tahini 
teriestgheeketibir 


LIBRARY OF THE 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 
AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 


g55 73S 


Un3iw 


Return this book on or before the 
Latest Date stamped below. 


University of Illinois Library 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2011 with funding from 
University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign 


http://www.archive.org/details/reportuponunited01 whee 


ENGINEER DEPARTMENT, U. S. ARMY. 


pane’ Oan 


UPON 


UNITED STATES GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS 


WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN, 


IN CHARGE OF 


CAPT. GEO. M. WHEELER, 


CORPS OF ENGINEERS, U. 5S. ARMY, 
UNDER THE DIRECTION OF 


THE CHIEF OF ENGINEERS, U.S. ARMY. 


PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF THE HONORABLE THE SECRETARY OF WAR, 
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACTS OF CONGRESS OF JUNE 23, 1874, AND FEBRUARY 15, 1875. 


IN BEVEN VOLUMES AND ONE SUPPLEMENT, ACCOMPANIED BY ONE 
TOPOGRAPHIC AND ONE GEOLOGIC ATLAS. 


VOL. I—GEOGRAPHICAL REPORT. 


WASHINGTON: 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE, 


1889. 


ea —¢ ‘ 
is) Print 
Oc Atay < 


AA 


{? 


YUN 7 = 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Hetterorpstransmitbalee eect acis.csisee = scr «ceyscee crane se sok gone cae cos 
Hinton ction were some Ce eset Jace aerebn, cerca cee noneannenkee conics 
CHAPTER I. Areas occupied—Passes, Western Rim of Great Interior Basin— 
Altitudes and distances Yosemite Valley and summary of re- 
sults 5 Gi Ug! iG SiS" 0.9 Bea ETS aN aI ca ere teat oat ee or 


m ape dg 6956.6. DOOR OMA AG Ser CO eR See I ace eee nn aa 


APPENDIXES. 


A. List of certain latitudes, longitudes, etc..................0..00.200-00- 

B. Description of atlas sheet maps. Pate svete ius meat kctegeotemac eis mein wisi aos 

C. Formulated methods and soning with Alneenens te Ce ore 

D. Notes on survey and disposal of public domain, with map... -. Bee Re 

E. Considerations upon National Government ied and Marine surveys, with 
HN) caestinero pee eee 

F. Memoir upon the Voyages, Discoveries; Prenieratione: and Surveys to and 
at the West Coast of North America and Interior of the United 
States west of Mississippi River, from 1500 to 1880, with notes 
on certain old maps and later bibliographical and other refer- 
ences to geographical co-ordinates for permanent official ae 
graphic Atlas of the United States.............-.... 

G. Synoptical table of contents of quirto volumes with summary list Ge re 
ports and separately published maps (topographic, land class- 
MH CATION AN ee COLO SIC) eee wees) Se eee oo esse cece 

H. Origin, organization, functions, progress, and cost of geographical surveys 
west of one hundredth meridian..............--......-.---- 

Nd exe sete sisview Ses See eS OSU IO A. CEE ee SOA SU a STG CO Oe eS 


21-146 


. 147-171 


172-210 
911-229 
223-227 


- 481-745 


747-760 


LIST OF PLATES. 


I. Section of a cave in Cave Valley, Nev............... opposite. . 
II. Alpine lake in the Sierra Nevada, near Camp Independence, Cal. 
opposite. . 
Ill. Kearsarge Mining Works, Kearsarge district, near Camp Inde- 
pendence, Cal....... SSE HAGA Oe ea OSES opposite. . 
IV. Scene at mouth of cation of the Virgin River, near Shonesburg, 
Withee nist ie ace cies cc sabe Gap evacuees chek opposite. - 
V. Dripping Pool, Kanab Cation, near the Colorado..... opposite. . 
VI. Headwaters of Paria Creek, from rim of the basin, Southern 
WEIN. 5 -sgbs 8505 Gane oomasd scanee cdes Seaeneaode NN tsar 
VII. El Vado de los Padres, Colorado River........._. .-. opposite... 
VIII. Crossing of the Colorado River near mouth of Paria Creek. 
opposite. . 
IX. Aboriginal life in the Navajo country, near old Fort Defiance. 
opposite. . 
X. Sandstone walls in Cafion de Chelle, N. Mex......... opposite. . 
XI. Cooley’s Park, Sierra Blanca Range, near Camp Apache, Arizona. 
opposite. - 
XII. Alpine lake, summit of Cerro Blanco, near Fort Garland, Colo. 
opposite. - 
XIII. Beaver Park, valley of Conejos River, Colo......-... opposite. . 
XIV. Lost lakes, head of Conejos Kiver, Colo., glacier peak in the 
GIS CANCE freerpeptee ee phe regerieiaie ae tieee eae scesevaiere opposite. . 
XV. Fisherman’s Peak or Mount Whitney, highest of the Sierra Ne- 
vada, near head of Kern River, Cal............... opposite. . 
XVI. The start of the river party from Camp Mohave, Arizona. 
opposite. . 
XVII. Black Caiion of the Colorado River, camp 8......... opposite... 
XVIII. Maimum, a Mohave Indian of the river party ........ opposite. - 
XIX. Black Cafion of the Colorado iver, from Mirror Bar. .opposite. 
XX. Month of the Lower Grand Cation of the Colorado kiver. 
opposite. . 
XXI. View looking south into the Grand Caton of the Colorado itiver, 
fromusheavawitz! Orossing@sss-4-225 se. ses 22 n= opposite. - 
XXII. Grand Cation of the Colorado River, near mouth of Kanab, Wash. 
opposite. . 
XXIII. Grand Cation of the Colorado River, near Paria Creek. . opposite. . 
XXIV. Colorado River party reaching mouth of Diamond Creek. 
opposite. . 
XXV. Mountain stations (Form I Horizontal Sketch); scale, 1 inch to1 
milen(APPLOXIM ALC) ieee eteaeee coerce nies eels opposite. . 
XXVI. Mountain stations (Form II, Horizontal Sketch) ; scale, 1 inch to 
ATOR LCOS etre steel afer etatsiccclsreleice eecm tee ence: opposite. . 


5 


LIST OF PLATES. 


XXVII. Main route and side meanders, and topographical stations 
(Form III), scale, 1 inch to 1 mile ..-..-.-.----------------- 
XXVIIL. Topography (sample from plotting sheet); scale, 1 inch to 2 miles 
XXIX. The Island of Antilia, by Benincasa, 1463 _--.. Deis 8 Snes oa 
XXX. America, from Ptolemeus, Edit. Rome, 1508 ....-..---------- 

XXXI. America, from a Frankfurt globe, about 1520, and from map of 
North America, by Ortelius, 1589 ........-....--.---------- 
XXXII. North America, by Zaltieri, 1566 ..-.-......--.---5.---<---=-- 
X XXIII. From “ Hondius” Ed., 1609, Amsterdam ..--..::.-.-.-.---3.-- 
XXXIV. North America, from Purchas, 1625... ....-.....-+-.-+----+---- 
XXXY. From map of North America, by F. de Wit, Amsterdam, about 
(| ie een Ran, Bin 0. em OE SGOU Reson mseee 

XXXVI. From map of North America, oo Toht Senex, F. R. 8., 1710. 
XXXVII. From map of North America, by Edward Wells, M. Ne pli eta 


XXXVIII. 


From map of North America, by Thomas Jeffreys, 1782 BAB Oo, 


LIST OF MAPS. 


1. Map showing routes of parties exploring Grand Canon of the Colorado; 


bo 


scale, 1 inch toGmiles....-” 222. -s2schise step i= opposite. . 


Sketch indicating advancement of public land, military, and geographical 


surveys, west of Mississippi River; scale, 1:3000000. . . opposite. - 


3. Sketch indicating distribution of the United States into convenient dis- 


tricts for Government topographic surveys, with index rectangles: 


for topographic atlas...........-----00 see eee esses opposite. - 


Page. 


356 
397 
498 
499 


5OL 
504 
506 
507 
509 
510 
511 
512 


170 


412 


436 


LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 


Unitep Srares Enewerr Orrice, 
GerocrapuicaL Surveys West or THE One Hunprepti MeErIpiAn, 
Washington, D. C., June 1, 1879. 

Genera: I have the honor to forward herewith manuscript of Volume 
I, the last of the quarto reports of this office, the publication of which is 
authorized by acts approved June 23, 1874, and February 15, 1875. 

This affords a pleasing opportunity once for all to express my thanks 
to the large number of assistants, officers, civilians, and others whose 
genuine enthusiasm for their various tasks has alone made possible the 
systematic production of so great an amount of geographic, geologic, and 
other scientific material. 

The aid extended by the supply"branches of the War Department has 
added materially to the augmentation of results. 

Very respectfully, your obedient servant, 
GEO. M. WHEELER, 
Captain of Engineers, 
In charge. 


Brig. Gen. H. G. Wrieur, 
Chief of Engineers, United States Army, Washington, D. C. 


Nore.—This report, brought substantially to a close in June, 1879, was 
not presented for publication until 1887, from press of other duties and sub- 


sequent prolonged illness. 
7 


' ay 
; i 
' ’ 
i i - 
sy - 
- ' J 
‘ 
© 
uo 
‘ a 
. ¢ ‘ 
i ee 
Le: 
. 
i 7 ; & 
ai! 
’ 
' 
a) eat a. 
14) - 4 
i 
i ¢ 
4 
' - 
U ft 
‘ 
i 
n 
= 
- ie : 7 
. 
- : a 
ran 
7 
' 
: i 
ae . 
; 
- 
* ' 
i 
i 
yt 
’ : 
1 
é 
‘ 
‘ . \ 
e 
- 9 
? 
. ° = 
a ‘. 
a ? 
- 7 fi 
F = ; 7 
. ' a 7 7 n 
7 * 
- . 


‘=k .” > wor 7 ia 
+ é : a : tc Cpe 
i ny 
y § i 
id _ 
5 | 
~~ 4 
=e 7 . | 
es 7 2 i j 
== t ‘ fi 
\ 7 mn im : 
; 
me . be : 
- : = = 
r= ae 
t : * 
= 1 
a ’ : 
5 ‘ we i 
H : e 
~ ‘ ‘ ‘ ww 
5 © : cy; ‘% bs 
7 : ’ ' A : 
‘ 
+ 7 3 * ; ak i - 
t ‘ 4 * ' 7 
. : a i i 
mI , i 
‘ + 7 ; a ' 
' ‘ - , } ; - 
7 = 7 
: = 7 , 
' D i He 7 p. 
7 - ; ey ~~ t : 
be 2 = 4 5 i 
s* oo LJ 7 
c y 1 ‘ : - - 
4 : t 
‘i ‘ : 7 5" a 
s 5 i = i fe 
, , 0 
7 ; ‘ HE 5 i 
t f ae We = 
} A 
A : - F 7 ’ 
f : ‘ = 7 i s : 
) ins 7 7 os ; i : . ~ 
: ; 2 es 2 
, o 
e. - 7 ; o “9 t 
' 7 . i 
= . 
} 7 aa 
f z = i 7 
1 1 1 - = ' 
; ‘ ; 7 ‘ is : : \ 
¥ ae : 2 ; ' 7 
4 a 7 
i‘ 3 a = 7 se 
ft 1 . 4 
- + 
: 7 a : ai i : 
: t 
' i ~ "3 » ¢ 7 7 
= _ . a : : -.* 
ri > x - = 2 - 
( Ls : - 1‘ i = 
= % F Loc¥t 
i ~ \ - =) ih 
’ 7 
y ; x © 
t . i 
: : 4 f : 
i i = . 
= 9 - ‘ ' 
. ‘ = 
f 
- 1 ° 7 
* ' es iy ; 
o = 4 
' A a 1 
i i e 
\ 7 
' 5 
{ vs 7 oni ' = 
; : ‘ j ’ p 
i 7 - al 
¥ . | 
| 
- . ‘ . 
T i = . 
e “ 
a) “ 
; + 
a t+ 7 
- 7 = 
: “ | 
i ’ 
y " a 7 . 
- ¥ = 
’ 
- ' 
- : ! 2 - 
bi ’ 
‘ 7 1. 2 rs j 
i : 7 = . = L j 
’ > | i . qe 
= : 7 : ; 
re - . a . al- 
- 7 oD 
i ' 7 , ct : \ ; 
ri a 1 1 


INTRODUCTION. 


The area within the United States west of the one hundredth meridian 
of longitude (1,443,360 square miles) embraces, entire, the basins of the 
Colorado (270,000 square miles), Interior (208,600 square miles), Coast 
(100,900 square miles), and Sacramento (64,300 square miles) ; also, that 
part of the Columbia (215,700 square miles) south of the forty-ninth par- 
allel, and portions of the basins of the Missouri (338,200 square miles), 
Rio Grande (123,000 square miles), Arkansas (75,500 square miles), 
Brazos (34,800 square miles), and the Red River of the North (8,360 square 
miles). 

Of the above approximation 993,360 square miles is of a mountainous 
structure, the many ranges surrounding interior plateaux and valleys, while 
the remainder (450,000 square miles) is composed of the ‘‘mauvaise terre” 
of the northern,“ plains” of the interior, and the ‘“ staked plains” of the 
southern, latitudes. 

The approximate average elevation above sea of the total area west of 
the one hundredth meridian is approximately 4,225 feet, the volume of the 
mass above this level being 1,155,201 cubic miles, while the approximate 
average altitude of the area of 359,065 square miles covered by the survey 
is approximately 5,000 feet, or corresponding to a volume of 340,024 cubic 
miles. 

The Colorado, Columbia, Missouri, Rio Grande, Arkansas, Sacramento, 
Brazos, Pecos, and Red Rivers are the principal lines of drainage of the fol- 

9 


10 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


lowing approximate total lengths and parts thereof comprised within the 


above area: 


Length Len 
Name of river. en west of 100th Name of river. Sikes west of 100th 
bey meridian. EAU meridian. 
Miles. Miles. Miles. Miles. 

aS Colorado!.<-- 0+ .<-2-n0 aes 1, 678 1, 678 || 6. Sacramento .....-.--- 270 270 
Qe Colum bidva-=- ease cea eee 1, 350 1=350)||0 7. pBrazos-sseces steno eee 770 150 
S5-/MiISS0UTI=-2s.ceose once 2, 824 1,600 |} 8. Red River ........-.- 1, 200 175 
4: Rio Grande, s225 seen. 1, 800 T5204 9 ph Ocos) cee -e ee ee tesele 600 600 
Bie Arkarisas 2 -o22-5ae5-ce= 1, 539 500 


The Great Interior Basin that, on account of its present state of desic- 


cation, is without outlet to the sea, has its own system of drainage and 


reservoirs, marked by a number of minor streams, such as the Humboldt 
) ? >} 


Sevier, Bear, Carson, Walker, Truckee, and Owens Rivers. 


The following determined volumes have been noted for the streams 


given herewith : 


Total Total drain- | Length in area| Navigable west of 100th meridian. 
No. Name of river. length, a age area, Fi west ete a 
proximated. approximated. meridian. ; iles, 
To what point. approx. 
Miles. Square miles. Miles. 
1 | Loweror main Miasissippi 1, 286 1, 256, 050 0 | All east of 100th meridian ---....-. 0 
23 PW 8200 ence cm ee 500 13, 850 0 | Not navigable 0 
3 | Saint Francis 320 10, 500 0) ee O™t Pessoa aoe see eee 0 
ASR ebeeaeeeteaerecnaeesen 1, 200 97, 000 175 Nob neyieeble west of 100th me- 0 
ridian. 
Hi PATKanGa8vas--s on ose sae 1,514 189, 000 500))==-= CO eS CO PSS OAR CHEBCB LE HHe 0 
6 | Upper Mississippi. --...-. 1, 330 169, 000 0 | All east of 100th meridian .......-. 0 
Tl MISSOUDL. oases sine 2, 908 518, 000 1,600 | To Fort Benton 1, 225 
Bi | Columbians. cues. c-sse2ec2 1,350 215, 700 1,350:|) TotheiCascades\-=--. 2. - 32-7 -ecce: 130 
9.) Sacramento --.....-....- 270 64, 300 270 | Tehama Rapids. °7<2 52222. 4.2-2---- 233 
10 | Colorado of the West. .--- 1, 678 279, 000 1,678 | Mouth of Grand Cafion ....-........ 460 
(West of 100th Not navigable west of 100th me- 
meridian.) ridian. 
11)| Rio:Grande. <<. -...s...-: 1,800 123, 000 | RP Ye REE oe codecpcnScsacodcEacsacnsaaes 0 
Se 
Volumes of discharge. 
No. Velovity in | Discharge Remarks. 
By— Locality. Date. feet per per sec- 
second. ond. 
Cubic feet. 
1 [Humphreys & Abbot..|.----..-----------+-[----++ eeeeeee|eeee ee eee eee 675, 000 Physics and Hydraulics of Missis- 
sippi River, pages 92 and 93. 
F102 2e OO caacoe tcc ctetest la-cccs teense culnsesas|seacaaumacse==|ennacvien=acmee 43, 000 Physics and Hydraulics of Missis- 
sippi River, page 93. 
Bil eeeeenCO! cncnerisnaeccsceeleeoees + sacceoesseaas| eamunwen=sneen|Cenaane CS sacad 31, 000 Physicsand Hydraulics of Missis- 
sippi River, page 92. 
4 GOGicestaccescaes|cacceccenccesresoece| sascesemaaaeas| cen eeelenetat 57, 000 3,300 square miles in area west of 
100th meridian; Physics and 
Hydraulics of Mississippi 
River, page 92. 
5 dO acseacetectcent | eatcdcseccsceste cet «sacecceaccens|cacccsecscesst 63, 000 75,500 square miles fn area west 
of 100th meridian; Physics and 
Hydraulics of Mississippi 
River, page 92. 
6 Fe al (Ean ie er en ener A Pear eS 105, 000 
7 GO So ons cob concane| ercb ote ee me tecncee lectin cece ceeae Nescovecececes 120, 000 2,824 miles to mouth of Three 
Forks; Physics and Hydraulics 


of Mississippi River, page 92. 


INTRODUCTION. 


11 


nn ene TLE UEEEtEdEtIEESdSIE SSIS SSSS SSS 


Volumes of discharge. 


No. - Velocity in | Discharge Remarks. 
By— Locality. Date. feet per per sec- 
second. ond. 
Cubic feet. 
8 | Estimate of Board of |......-.-..---ss0+--|-00--- 022-2 22-|--2--- 2-22 eee 300, 000 (Mean). Sen. Ex. Doc. No. 13, 
Engineers. 47th Cong., 2d sess., page 3. 
9 | W. H. Hall, State en- | Highest known. 3 Discharco § 205, 000cn.ft. |(Average.) | Snag-boat has reached Red Bluff, 
gineer of California. Ordinary high} 8°-2| 165, 000 cu.ft.) 30, 000 248 miles. 
ood. 
10 | Lieutenant Bergland -| Stone's Ferry..--- Aug. 11, 1875 3,217 | 18, 413. 38 
(esnoenoonasnoss Camp Mohave .-..| Sept. 3, 1875 1,250 | 11,623.43 | United States Geographical Sur- 
veys west of the 100th meridian. 
IDOeoocunpenceeone Fort Yuma..-.-- | Mar. 15, 1876 2, 809 7, 658. 74 < 
P. W. Hamel .......-- ne Camp Mo- | Sept. 15, 1871 3,006 | 16, 232.00 sf 
ave. 
Lieutenant Michler. ..| Mouth Gila River.| Dec. —, 1854 3, 000 6, 249.00 | Mexican Boundary Survey. 

11 nigel WERE SREScE Sano Polonas, N. Mex ..| Sept. 19, 1878 2, 560 856.40 | Lowest water; United States 
Geographical Surveys west of 
the 100th meridian. 

OP eee eens Fort Selden, N. M.| Oct. 3, 1878 2, 222 640. 75 gs 
Lieutenant Bergland .| Del Norte, Colo...) June 22, 1877 5, 301 4, 685.50 | High water. do. 


100th meridian : 


(1) Kansas River, 
taken at stage of about 4 feet above low water; ( 
1878 14,462 cubic feet; at same point in October, 1879, 6, 
northern boundary of Portland, in fall of 1876, 
average velocity, 3,98 feet per second, 
(4) confluents of Great Salt Lake (Bear, 
feet per second (during rising water 


vember 5, 1875, 373.5 eubic feet per secont 


Nore.—The following measured discharges have been found for minor streams, a part or all of which lie west of the 
between Wamego and Saint Mary’s, 2,500 cubic feet per second, in September, 1878, 
2) Yellowstone, at Fort Keogh, near mouth of Tongue River, September, 
505 cubic feet per second; Willamette, at one-fourth mile below the 
at stage of 34 to 4 feet above 0 or low water, 13,108 cubic feet per second, 
and later at 9 feet (approximated) above low water, 51,590 cubic feet per second; 
Weber, and Jordau Rivers and miscellaneous), March and April, 1878, 4,386 cubic 
rd prior to commencement of irrigation); (5) Gunnison, below Tumichi Creek, No- 


ond. 
(1) A. R. C. of E. 1879, App. O, p. 1092, J. D. MeKown, under Major Suter; (2) A. R. 
C. of E., 1877, App. JJ, p. 1009, R. A. Habersham, under 
229, Lieut. Young; (5) A. R. Geographical Surveys, 1878, 


For authority for the above sce 
C., of E., 1880, App. R, p. 1476, Lieut. Maguire; (3) A. R. 
Major Wilson; (4) A. R. Geographical Surveys, 1879, App. D, p- 
App. A, p. 105, Lieut. Bergland. 


The backbone of the continent within the boundaries of the United 
States, or the water-shed between the Interior and Pacific (approximately 
1,850 miles in length), consists of a number of distinct ranges separated by 
noticeable passes easily approached from the eastward or westward, and to 
which the appellation ‘Rocky Mountains” has been given. 

This name fades away as the true condition of its topography be- 
comes known from actual surveys, and each of the several ranges claims a 
title. ; 

The mother mass of this water-shed consists of the Saguache and 
Snowy Ranges in Colorado (about 425 miles in length) that, begin- 
ning at the head of the broad San Luis Valley, extend northwardly with 
a single break or marked depression at the head of the Arkansas, and be- 
come lost in the lower levels only as the ridges leading from Long’s Peak 
reach the plains in this direction. 

To this group of serrated ridges the name of “Sierra Madre” has been 
given, and no other mountain mass within our borders so well deserves the 
title, except perhaps the Sierra Nevada and Cascade Ranges, that within 


12. U. 8. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


United States territory are more local in their position, neither do they so 
truly form part of the great main line of continental uplift extending from 
the Isthmus of Darien to the Arctic Sea. 

To describe the physical characteristics of the multitude of ranges as to 
their more important topographic relations alone, would fill volumes, and, 
indeed, even that could not be done for parts of the area that have not yet 
undergone instrumental survey. 

Among the most important are the two just named, the Sierra Nevada, 
Cascades, Wahsatch, Uintah, Salmon River, Humboldt, Wind River, and 
many others. 

The Coast Ranges of California and Oregon, and the large number of 
subordinate chains of the Great Basin, and other portions of the elevated 
plateau aggregate not less than 161 distinct ridges or mountain chains, with 
serrated axial profile of not less than 20 miles each in length, disposed ac- 
cording to political divisions as follows: Nevada, 49; Arizona, 15, New 
Mexico, 27; Utah, 25; California, 24; Colorado, 11; Wyoming, 4; Mon- 
tana, 1; Idaho, 4; Oregon, 1 (part of Cascade Range only); Wyoming, 0; 
Texas, 0; Nebraska, 0; Dakota, 0; Kansas, 0; and Indian Territory, 0. 
Dotal, UG: 

Of the above 143 distinct and separately named mountain ranges, dis- 
tributed as follows: Nevada, 46; Arizona, 12; New Mexico, 25; Utah, 
25; California, 20; Colorado, 11; Idaho, 3; and Oregon, 1; total, 143; 
independent of numbers of isolated groups of mountains as well as plateaux 
and mesas, have fallen within the area under survey. 

Of the groups of named mountains, having no regular trend, there are 
found 103 within the surveyed area, and 93 exterior; and of the 41 prin- 
cipal plateaux, already named, lying west of the one hundredth meridian, 
36 fall within the surveyed limits and 5 without 

The aggregate number of ranges, mountain groups and plateaux(not in- 
cluding a number of minor subdivisions, that make up the Great Colorado 
Plateau) is three hundred and ninety-eight (398). 

The ranges, mountains, and plateaux (37, 72, and 5 in numbers, re- 
spectively) lying outside the region surveyed, are taken from the names 


INTRODUCTION. ils 


given upon the latest edition of the Western Territory map of the En- 
gineer Department, which number will doubtless be augmented when a 
detailed instrumental topographic survey of this territory is made. 

The great mountain forms, which consist for the most part of up- 
turned and corrugated strata, have been divided into ranges and mountains, 
the former confined to persistent ridges with distinct axial trend of not less 
than 20 miles in length each, the latter referring to the groups of mountain 
masses thrown above the general level with distinctive orographic features. 

The plateaux are tabular shaped formations, usually of sedimentary 
character, although often volcanic capped, standing apart and above the 
general level, being of irregular form and height, showing usually bold es- 
carpments along at least one well-marked portion of their perimeter. 

An attempt has been made to confine where possible the adjective use 
of the word “Mount” to a single isolated structure, as “ Mount Taylor,” 
and attaching names to the summit of the peaks, the latter being a topo- 
_ graphical feature, appreciable in extent, susceptible of exact geographical 
location, and more easily described with a definite individuality. 

The passes from east to west are more limited in numbers, and yet the 
practicable ones for routes by rail or common roads are found to increase 
upon diligent search, while ranges considered impassable a decade since 
are now climbed by the narrow-gauge tracks in their search for mining 
and other markets found in the local objective points of these rugged regions. 

The extended plateaux of the Colorado Basin and other localities west 
of the Continental Divide, and between it and the Sierra Nevada and 
Cascade Ranges, exceed in dimensions the plateaux and mesa system of 
Old Mexico, and the dry interior climate at elevations from 3,000 to 7,000 
feet and above, south of the 40th parallel, is doubtless as lovely as any of 
the typical Mexican climes of the high interior valleys, and, when clearly 
understood as civilization advances, will furnish numerous spots noted for 
their climatic efficacy. 

The Colorado Plateau, first named by the writer in 1868, covers, in 
its various mountain plateau and mesa forms, at least 100,000 square miles 
in Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona. 


14 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The sub-plateaux, defined by the varying uplifts and subsequent de- 
nudations, are severally named. Erosion, through the sedimentaries that 
are the basis of its structure (and of the primitive rocks in some instances), 
has given rise to the Grand Canon of the Colorado, a gorge without par- 
allel, so far as known, for its high and nearly perpendicular walls, tortuous 
windings, and great length. Other canons of extraordinary magnitude are 
the Glenn and Uinta of the Colorado River, the “Grand” of the Arkansas, 
the Canon of the Yellowstone, while the Colorado, for the greater part of 
its length, is essentially a canon river, and the Snake River flows through 
deep rocky gorges for much of its distance, and minor cafons of varied 
dimensions are to be found in or along the flanks of every prominent 
mountain range. 

The principal falls are those in and around Yosemite Valley, more 
noted for their vertical dimensions than those of the Yellowstone, the Great 
and Little American on Snake River, and certain minor instances along the 
Columbia and Colorado Rivers. 

The Yosemite Gorge has become justly famed as one of the most 
picturesque, and is especially unique at the season of high water. 

The Yellowstone Park (so called) is one of the later wonders, on ac- 
count of its geysers, mud and thermal springs, waterfalls, and beautiful 
lakes. 

But few of these Western valleys are of erosion, and these compara- 
tively narrow and occupying but a small area. The great detrital, plain-like 
valleys occupy the interior spaces between the positive ranges and plateaux, 
while the character of the extended plains, uniform as to elevation, the 
wrinkles of which are mostly from erosion, extending from the 100th me- 
ridian to the base of the mountains, is well known from descriptions of 
travelers and explorers of all grades. 

The deserts (so called) are portions of the Lower Colorado Valley 
(now crossed by a railroad), the Mohave, Death Valley, Amargosa, Ralston, 
Humboldt, Quinn’s River, and the Snake, thus reaching in patches from 
the Mexican border to the Columbia, between the meridinal limits of the 
Wahsatch and Sierra Nevada. 


INTRODUCTION. 15 


Sand dunes are noted particularly in the Colorado, Death, Amargosa, 
Termination, and San Luis Valleys. 

Numbers of natural parks or extended glades have been discovered in 
the mountainous portions of Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, and 
especially by the writer in the area embraced by the heads of Little Colo- 
rado, Gila, San Francisco, and Salt Rivers. 

The name has been erroneously applied in Colorado to those extended 
systems of detrital valleys inclosed by high encircling ridges called North, 
Middle, and South Parks, that are not particularly different from similar 
encompassed valleys, debouching abruptly in the direction of the flow of the 
waters, but wanting in that apparently artificial distribution of nature’s 
bounties to be found in the glade-like parks above mentioned, and indeed 
others along the southeastern portion of the Great Colorado Plateau. 

The number of peaks between 10,000 feet and 15,000 feet within the 
entire area, so far as now known, and measured and computed by this office, 
is (560) five hundred and sixty, Mount Whitney, or Fisherman’s Peak, in 
the Southern Sierras, enjoying an elevation of 14,470 feet (barometric), be- 
ing the highest that has been carefully measured barometrically. The num- 
ber both measured and computed by the Survey within the limits between 
5,000 feet and 10,000 feet can only be given quite approximately as (882) 
eight hundred and eighty-two.* 

_ Areas of depression below the level of the sea are found in the Colorado 
Valley north and west from Fort Yuma, covering a space of approximately 
1,600 square miles, and portions of Death Valley, in Eastern California. 

The lakes of the Great Interior Basin, acting as reservoirs, are largely 
saline and alkaline, while the number in other localities is large, especially 
those little lakes near the crests of important mountain ranges. The most 
remarkable one, examined and calied Crater or Mystic Lake, northwest of 
Fort Klamath, on the summit of the Cascades, evidently occupies an old 
eruptive vent, the surface of the water being not less than 900 feet from 
the lowest point of the rim of a number of lava beds of various colors and 
separate flows, that constitute the incasing walls of an oval of approximately 


“ These represent only a part of all existing peaks, as also but a portion of those determined in 
altitude. (See Appendix A and special volume Geographic Positions, &c., royal 8°.) 


16 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


7by 9 miles. The greatest height of the almost perpendicular wall is about 
2,200 feet. A small conical extinct crater of basalt rises out of the western 
end of the water, which is pure and cool. Although no visible outlet is 
known, yet one is possible, and the relative elevations permit that streams 
emerging from beneath the lava beds at both the eastern and western slopes 
of the Cascades should have their actual sources in this unique reservoir. 

The sedimentary strata and crystalline rocks are broken through in many 
localities by basalts and older lavas, the vent points being marked in some 
instances by the residual typical cone, great fields of which are noted near 
San Francisco Mountain in Arizona, while the lines of eruption of the many 
overlying and intercalated masses of the more ancient lavas is naturally 
veiled from view. 

The areas embraced by these lavas, except the basalts and trachytes, 
prove in most instances as indexes to deposits of the precious metals where 
search has been made, and will gradually become the alphabet of the more 
careful and intelligent prospecting of the future as mining advances into 
this extensive region. 

The high mountain areas, that are perpetually covered with snow, are 
comparatively slight, and confined to the ravines sheltered from the sun’s 
direct rays. Thisis due largely to the relatively small amount of rain and 
snow fall existing at the present stage of desiccation of this portion of the 
continent, the elevation of many ranges being amply sufficient with proper 
humid conditions to justify the presence of extensive active glaciers. 

The permanent source of supply from glacial masses, so efficacious in 
rendering certain the plans for irrigation in India and Italy that have the im- 
mense snow and ice storehouses of the Himalaya and the Alps, respectively, 
is wanting in the West; the winter snows melt rapidly and their moisture is 
soon transmitted below the lower levels, that most require irrigation, hence 
all plans looking to a successful recuperation of parched lands by the use 
of water must depend upon a larger than the usual modulus, upon the 
minimum of the running waters for the season, assuming a safe percentage 
of the additional volume that may be obtained by storage reservoirs. 

Artesian wells may be made to increase the practicably arable areas by 
appreciable amounts at minor spots, but on no considerable scale. 


INTRODUCTION. 17 


Observations for the classification of the lands for map delineation into 
(1) Arable or agricultural, (2) timber, (3) pasturage or grazing, (4) arid 
or barren, having been conducted over an area exceeding 175,000 square 
miles in California, Nevada, Idaho, Wyoming, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, 
and Arizona, there appears as a result the following approximate percent- 
ages: (1) Arable, 4.77 per cent.; (2) grazing, 49 37 per cent.; (3) timber, 
26.94 per cent.; (4) arid, 16.95 per cent.; water and marsh, 1.01 per cent.; 
and chaparral, 0.96 per cent. 

The locations of hundreds of points at which the precious and economic 
minerals occur but substantiate the belief gradually gaining ground of the 
almost unlimited prospective supply; the development of which is constantly 
being rendered more economic and certain. 

The highest percentage reached for any single sheet by the “arid and 
barren” is 53.32, while the “arable,” although relatively of meager amount 
(23.83 per cent. being the highest noted), will be increased somewhat by the 
artificial process of irrigation systematically conducted. 

Evidences of extinct glacial action are numerous; and have been noted 
by observers for periods of years. The detrital floors of many of the valleys 
are the result of this action, and the detailed shapes of several prominent 
mountain ranges, especially in Colorado, Utah, New Mexico, and Califor- 
nia, have been governed by the grand carving of glacial beds. 

A possible connection between the lacustrine beach of the ancient 
Lake Bonneville, that once covered the present Salt Lake and Sevier Lake 
Basins entire, and the deep-fluted carvings along the eastern flanks of the 
Snake Range in Eastern Nevada was observed in 1872, indicating that 
glaciers existed during the period that portions of the Great Interior Basin 
were covered by extensive lakes draining toward the Pacific. 

Mineral and thermal springs in considerable numbers have been noted 
in this region, and, up to 1875 not less than 120 had been located and 
reported upon. (See vol. 3, p. 150 ) 

The lower levels of the detrital plain-like valleys, more especially of 
the Great Interior Basin, are marked by alkaline and saline flats, or mud 
lakes, of many square miles in extent, impassable in seasons of rain and 


snowfall, and the plague of these desert-like areas in times of drought. 
2 WH—VOL I : 


18 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


The various sedimentary systems have been made in many localities 
to give forth their treasures of invertebrates and vertebrates, thus adding 
new forms and marking a wider distribution of others. 

To the paleontologist the vision of still rich fields in which are en- 
tombed the remains of the faunal and floral life of the fossil-bearing forma- 
tions is as attractive as the belief in the hoped-for bonanza to the miner, 
and somewhat alike; the surface alone has been but skimmed in either 
regard. 

Great additions have been made by the Government and other explor- 
ing parties during the past twenty years in the identification and distribution 
of the living fauna and flora, still there is a vast field for intelligent re- 
search into the details of distribution and variations of the multitudinous 
forms of animal and plant life. 

While the geologist has ample room to reduce to a system the rock 
exposures as well as their origin and history, and the mineralogist to inves- 
tigate and determine as to their constituents in this area of, approximately, 
1,500,000 square miles, possessed of altitudes varying from 200 feet below 
to nearly 15,000 feet above sea-level, the student of antiquity of the ancient 
races and their ruins and the present aboriginals has a horizon the value 
of which is but just dawning upon the popular mind, and from the many 
monuments marking the habitations of prehistoric peoples must come much 
to aid in making clear the nature of the pre-aboriginals and their modes and 
circumstances of life. 

The approximate number of Indians (pueblos and nomads) within the 
area of survey was found to be 60,000, belonging to not less than thirty- 
three distinct tribes. 

The white population therein, approximately, according to the census 
of 1880, was 631,067, that on account of the rapid influx of miners and an 
associate population stimulated by constant discoveries of gold and silver, 
and ever increasing railroad facilities, will doubtless be at least doubled in 
the enumeration of 1890. 

Of the different industries, mining takes the lead, except in the States 
of California and Oregon, where agriculture has reached a distinctive 
status. 


INTRODUCTION. 19 


The commercial relations are principally of mining necessities toward 
the interior, agricultural products toward the coast, and transcontinental 
traffic by the Pacific railways. 

The future principal loci of the fixed industries of the entire country, 
no matter to what point the center of population may drift, are, for agri- 
culture, the empire of the broad drainage of the Mississippi Valley entire; 
for commerce, at or near the principal harbors of the Atlantic and Pacific 
coasts, the Gulf of Mexico, the great lakes, together with a number of 
entrepot points on the main navigable streams; for manufactures, mainly in 
the valleys leading to the Atlantic and Pacific, north of latitude 40 degrees; 
while mining for the precious metals belongs more particularly to the 
mountainous area of nearly 1,000,000 square miles of the western, or 
Pacific coast slope, with exceptional localities in the Apalachian region. 

The great Mississippi Valley may be made the home of not less than 
200,000,000. Millions more can find a reward for industry in the area 
from the eastern base of the Continental Divide to the Pacific, while the 
comparatively narrow belt called the “Atlantic Districts” (see sketch map 
accompanying appendix I), being the strip along that coast, limited toward 
the interior by the water-shed of the Atlantic streams, already numbers 
its many millions. 

The reports of the ‘Geographical Survey West of the One Hundredth 
Meridian” relate to 359,065 square miles, situate in fourteen of the fifteen 
political divisions lying west of that longitudinal line. 

The actual area of survey from 1869 to 1879 (359,065 square miles) is 
distributed in the following proportions in the basins of drainage herewith: 
1. Colorado, 130,200 square miles; 2. Interior, 106,500 square miles; 3. 
Rio Grande, 50,400 square miles; 4. Arkansas, 23,100 square miles; 5, 
Sacramento, 22,900 square miles; 6. Coast, 11,900 square miles; 7. Co- 
lumbia, 11,300 square miles; 8. Missouri, 2,765 square miles. 

At the commencement (1869) the only transcontinental railroad through 
this area was that of the Union and Central Pacific and their eastern connec- 
tions; while to-day (January, 1887), the Southern Pacific meets the Atchi- 
son and Topeka, the latter branching to the Mexican coast at Guaymas, 
making a through route, with connections to San Francisco and San Diego 


20 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF !00TH MERIDIAN. 


The Atlantic and Pacific has been constructed westward along the Colorado 
plateau beyond San Francisco Mountain to join a branch of the Southern 
Pacific at or near the Needles on the Colorado River, thus establishing within 
a brief period three distinct lmes to the Pacific, independent of the Guay- 
mas connection; while the more northerly line (outside of the survey area), 
the Northern Pacific, has been completed, and the Denver and Rio Grande 
uarrow gauge has penetrated westward to Utah and southward toward old 
Mexico. North and south lines have been opened, notably from the Cen- 
tral Pacific Railroad at Ogden, Utah, Palisades, Battle Mountain, and Carson, 
Ney., and local roads reach to the centers of production in many directions; 
and thus gradually this land of mountain and desert, forest and waste, with 
arable stretches at irregular intervals, is being reached by rapid transit from 
thickly settled regions, and the products of the ranch and mine may now, 
from a constantly increasing number of points, be carried with ease to an 
ever-increasing circle of consumers. 

The Atchison and ‘Topeka Railroad also has connection at Kl Paso 
with the Mexican Central, already built to the city of Mexico, and other 
routes are projected to enter Mexico from ‘Texas, and other rail communi- 


cation with our southern neighbor has been successfully inaugurated. 


AREAS OCCUPIED. DiI: 


CHAPTER I. 


AREAS OCCUPIED. 


The several expeditions, from 1869 to 1879, inclusive, were enabled to 
extend the observations required, upon which to base a detailed topographic 
map, to embrace an area of 359,065 square miles, distributed as follows, viz: 
New Mexico, 80,052 square miles (or 65 per cent. of its total area); Cali- 
fornia, 64,906 square miles (or 41 per cent. of its total area); Nevada, 
62,181 square miles (or 60 per cent. of its total area); Arizona, 61,876 
square miles (or 54 per cent. of its total area); Utah, 38,969 square miles 
(or 46 per cent. of its total area); Colorado, 33,041 square miles (or 32 per 
cent. of its total area); Idaho, 8,877 square miles (or 10 per cent. of its 
total area); Oregon, 8,842 square miles (or 9 per cent. of its total area); 
Wyoming, 251 square miles; and Texas, 150 square miles. In addition to 
these detailed topographic surveys, initial astronomic or geodetic points 
were established in Nebraska, Montana, and Washington Territory. 

Topographic sheets have already been issued that delineate 326,891 
square miles of the above area, while the sum of small areas (mostly re- 
maining in plotting-sheet form) insufticient to publish as entire atlas sheets 
reaches 32,174 square miles. 

A number of geologic maps, the initiative of a projected Geological 
Atlas, based upon the above topographic sheets, have been issued as 
material was gathered. 

The annual reports comprise, besides the simple operations for the 
year, special descriptive and technical details. 


22 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The main quarto volumes (eight in number), devoted to special sub- 
jects (as astronomy, geology, &c.), are within themselves complete, as to 
the subjects embraced, at the date of issue, and there but remains the gen- 
eral Geographical Report from the main body of which all allied and 


technical material will be excluded. 


EXPEDITION OF 1869. 


The expedition of this year traversed an area of (approximately) 
24,428 square miles, including 24,028 square miles in southeastern Nevada 
and 400 square miles in western Utah. 

The basins explored and mapped were southern portions of the iCrreat 
Interior” and central parts of the Colorado, north and west of the great 
southern bend. The principal streams encountered other than the Colorado 
from south to north, are the ‘ Virgin River” and Muddy Creek, a tributary 
heading in Pahranagat Valley, with a small affluent having its source at the 
head of Cedar Valley near the Utah boundary; also portions of the western 
part of the Sevier Lake Basin, the Humboldt, and a number of southern 
tributaries, independent of minor streams issuing from the mountain sides 
and sinking within the confines of the neighboring troughlike valleys, that 
are generally subordinate interior basins, integral parts of the elevated, 
mountain-inclosed area, without ocean outlet, known as the “Great Interior 
Basin.” 

Novre.—The general route pursued by Lieutenant Wheeler in the expedition of 
1869 was as follows: San Francisco, Cal., to Halleck Station, Nev., on the Central 
Pacific Railroad; thence to Camp Halleck, Nev.; thence to Elko, Nev.; thence to Old 
Fort Ruby, via Huntington Valley; thence to Hamilton, White Pine District, via Long 
Valley; thence to Cave Valley via Steptoe Valley; th nce to Preuss Lake, (so-called), 
Utah, and return; thence to Panacea and Pioche via Cedar, Eagle, and Rose Valleys; 
thence to West Point via Grape Vine Canon and Meadow Valley Wash; thence to Las 
Vegas via mouth of Virgin River, and northern bank of Colorado River to El Dorado 
Canon; thence to Indian Spring via Spring Mountain Range; thence to Pahranagat 
District via Quartz and Summit Springs; thence to Moute Cristo Mill, White Pine 
District, via Quinn Cafon and Railroad Valley; thence to aan Halleck via White 
Pine and Huntington Valleys; thence via Halleck Station to San Francisco. 

The departure from the routes above stated, in this as for all other years, con- 


sisted principally in the detours necessary in the ascent of prominent mountain peaks, 
and in traversing the adjacent ranges, and in visiting important mining camps. 


EXPEDITION OF 1869. 93 


The measured mountain peaks above 10,000 feet approximately, are, 
Halleck, Humboldt Range, with four others unnamed; Grafton and White’s 
Peaks, Schell Creek Range, and one other; Union, Snake Range, and one 
other, and Charleston, of the Spring Mountain Range, or eleven in all. 

The trough-like detrital valleys between the nearly meridional ranges 
have sensibly the same trend, and with few exceptions are valuable only 
for grazing, on account of too great an elevation, poor soil, or want of water. 
The exceptions are Ruby, Steptoe, Duck Lake, and Pahranagat Valleys, 
with a number of smaller size near the borders of Utah, and where the 
Mormons had tilled the scanty-sized fields to good purpose. . 

The plateau system, so well marked in the area surrounding the Grand* 
Canon of the Colorado, and so widely developed in the central portion of 
the basin of this stream (named the ‘‘ Colorado Plateau” by the writer in 
1871), has but a slight representation in the 1869 area, consisting princi- 
pally in a number of detrital mesas, adjacent to and on the northwesterly 
banks of this river, and along the most southerly area of the reconnaissance. 
The population of the area embraced was sparse and confined to the few 
cultivated valleys and occupied mining camps, and counted by a few thou- 
sand except for the temporary influx into the White Pine District, while so 
far as concerns topograpbie material, relating even to horizontal dimen- 
sions, the then existing map of this region was almost a positive blank. 

The early Government explorers who had previously crossed this area 
in any direction, and whose reports have come under my notice, were 
Colonel Steptoe, along the northern portion in 1855; Captain Simpson, 
Corps of Topographical Engineers, to the southward and in nearly an east 
and west direction while en route from Salt Lake City, Utah, to Carson, Nev., 
in 1859; Captain Frémont, in 1844, while en route to California, along the 
lower route across the Great Basin first named by him; while in 1867 Major 
Sidney Lyon, formerly an Army officer, traversed southeasterly from Austin, 
Nev., to the Mormon settlements in southwest Utah. So far as can be ascer- 
tained, no one of these parties determined astronomical latitudes or longitudes, 
at points within the expeditionary area of 1869, except Captain Simpson. 

The land surveys had advanced but little into this section, only ap- 
proximately 3,500 square miles having been subdivided at the date of the 
expedition, since which time, however, marked advances in settlement are 


24 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


shown by the advance of the surveys and by the mining claims in numer- 
ous localities that have been entered and subdivided in accordance with the 
mining law of 1872.* 

The Indian tribes noted, and of which the total number approximated 
2,500 men, women, and children, were the Shoshones, Gosiutes, Snakes, 
Pah-vants, and Pah-Utes. None of these were on reservations, and roamed 
at pleasure, eking out a purposeless existence, principally by hunting, fish- 
ing, and from the store of pinon nuts found at infrequent intervals along 
the foot-hills and lesser mountain groups. 

While the greater number of these Indians profess to be peaceful, yet 
massacres of small parties in isolated canons were still of frequent occur- 
rence. 

It was impracticable, on account of the rapid nature of the reconnais- 
sance, to collect data by which to classify the lands, although it may be said 
that grazing everywhere predominates, except for the many barren locali- 
ties, while timber, mostly pine of the larger varieties, is found in the mount- 
ain ranges at the higher altitudes, the pinon being noticed along most of the 
rolling foot-hills in greater or less profusion. 

A number of mining camps were visited, and areas, composed entirely 
of the earlier grades of volcanic rocks, or of the junction between them 
and the sedimentaries, indicated fields for careful and intelligent prospecting, 
much of the former of which has since been done, while for long periods 
these many ranges will hold hidden their mineral secrets, only to be revealed 
as time, forced on by American activity, shall come to the rescue, and one 
series of mining ventures after another follow in rapid succession, until this 
industry, as applied to the precious metals, shall become more systematic 
and fixed. 

The water supply of the greater part of this area is extremely limited, 
the rainfall of the valley portions seldom exceeding 4 to 5 inches per an- 
num, although that of the mountains, including the winter snows, is con- 
siderably greater. The Colorado River bounds the southern portion of the 
area that is along its immediate northern banks, a mountainous and valley 


* Surveys by General Land Office had subdivided 32,793,702 acres, or 51,240 square miles, in Nevada 
up to Juve 80, 1886, out of an estimated area of 112,090 square miles for the whole State. 


~ UBRARY 


—OF THE 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLnols 


“uoschuoy] sg sshay, AQ UMDIGE qyooot e _ Peed el 6 9gT qoumpy ye M9 —podoaing 


‘ayDoOS| yo yUu0zIWOY 


"EPBAON UloysBvoyyNog ‘ABBA BAeD UT ‘eARD Jo uoTpeG pue uRg 


(A upton 

braid “a H Bey: M ‘ ‘ 
t TNS ae ? 4 4 i ih? oy h 

i SC perry See : is a, 

ee ; ES by y eA Si Hy Oba ee ayf AVY J? (Pus 


4 


alr 


“Yoou Oot ° | 
a ee ae oe eee aap ae soe eees el 
‘OYDOIS YWII}LI4 


L_ 


T ON ALW Ida a = ae ee a _ - "Taod Ta IVOl 


I 


EXPEDITION OF 1869. 25 


desert, interspersed with mesas. The Humboldt, an inconsiderable stream 
of the Great Interior Basin, skirts the northern portion. A few lakes are 
noted in the valleys lying east of the Humboldt Range—the reservoir of 
Sevier River and in Pahranagat Valley. But comparatively little land can 
be restored by irrigation so far as could be determined from a cursory view. 
Artesian wells will doubtless some day prove of local service along the 
mountain flanks at selected localities. 

The average mean temperature at the Signal-Service station at Pioche, 
Nev., toward the southern portion of the reconnaissance area, for the years 
1878, 1879, 1880, 1881, and 1882, was found to be 49°.8 Fahr. The max- 
imum monthly average was 74° for. August, 1878, and the minimum 26°.4 
for January, 1882. : 

The average precipitation for the same period was 6.71 inches per 
annum; the annual means varying between 8.36 inches and 4.67 inches. 

The mean relative humidity for the above five years varies between 
32.9 and 43.8. 

The means of communicating along northerly and southerly lines are 
amply practicable. Such routes have been availed of for the small number 
of wagon roads needed in the condition of settlement of the country ex- 
isting in 1869. 

The position of east and west routes is practically determined by the 
mountain passes that exist in the several longitudinal ranges, and hence are 
more limited innumber. Upon favorable developments in the mineral areas 
these valleys will be finally traversed by asystem of narrow-gauge railways 
(north and south), with feeders or arms extending laterally, east and west, into 
the mountain canons. 


Novre.—Plate I is here introduced showing the plan and section of a cave in the 
mountain limestone partially explored in Cave Valley lying due south of Steptoe Val- 
ley, that appears to underlie a number of small buttes westward from the main range, 
in which the same limestone appears heavily bedded. Its exploration was made by a 
party of 23 to a right-line distance of 3,000 feet from the orifice, developing walls of 
700 to 800 feet in height, with dry chambers for nearly 2,000 feet of the distance, the 
balance approaching the sink at the furthest distance from the opening, showing the 
presence and action of percolating waters, reaching a pit apparently terminal for this 
level which it was found impracticable to explore for lateral connections, that may, for 
all that is known, extend in any direction. : 


26 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


North from Old Camp Ruby a distance of several miles a stream of 
considerable dimensions was found emerging from the flanks of the Hum- 
boldt Range, which could be followed for a distance within its limestone 
walls to an orifice nearly filled by the volume of the discharge. This 
volume was not less than 2,000 feet per second, hence its cutting power 
with the velocity of emergence was very great, and doubtless along its 
course in the interior of the mountain structure passages of no little size 
have been eroded, to appear at some later day in the drainage of this basin 
as cave amphitheaters and avenues. 

Thermal springs were noted at the following points: Near Elko; also 
in Spring, Ruby, White Pine, and Pahranagat Valleys, at Panacea, in 
Meadow Valley, and in the wash to the southward. (See vol. 3, p. 150.) 

The mountain ranges are generally anticlinals, with doubtless the cor- 
responding synclinal, with a similar strike, below each adjacent detrital 
valley. Heavy limestone and quartzite beds are a marked feature, over- 
laid with rhyolitic or other eruptive masses, or as intruded beds, in many 
cases the sedimentary formations being entirely covered. The rapidity 
of the march gave no opportunity for either geological examination or 
collection of specimens. Parts of the area of 1869 were again entered 
in 1871 and 1872, when geologists and other collectors were added to the 
personnel. 

The superficial evidences of vein phenomena were many in the several 
districts then located, and as a better understanding is had of the relation- 
ship of the volcanic beds that are mineral bearing and the accompanying 
country rock, there will be found, it is* believed, much more to tempt the 
miner. ‘This wilderness of ranges and mountain ridges found in the great 
interior basin and other portions of the west visited by the parties of the 
several expeditions impress one fully with the opportunities for persistent 
mining when the same is converted, as is now rapidly being done, from 
the position of a sporadic effort to that of a fixed industry. The number of 
north and south mineral belts so called can scarcely be estimated; on the 
thirty-ninth parallel it cannot be less than fifteen, according to present dis- 


coveries, and.the ground is scarcely scratched. 


EXPEDITION OF 1869. 27 


Boundaries of the Great Interior Basin but imperfectly known along the 
southern and southeastern rim were traced and many sub-basins, the waters 
of which sink in the detritus or rocky strata of the plain-like valleys, were 
made known for the first time. 

The interior plateau climate of this so thoroughly desiccated region at 
all elevations above 2,000 feet, during the summer months was found superb 
in the extreme. From August 10 to the evening of October 27 not a rain 
cloud had been noticed by night or day by the valley parties, and the brill- 
iancy of the moon often made it possible to read by its light. 

Partial lake terraces were noted in certain of the more prominent val- 
leys, and it now seems evident from the lacustrine beaches, discovered in 
1871 by the expedition of that year and by Clarence King along the fortieth 
parallel, that the larger share of the ‘“‘ Great Interior Basin” was not long 
since the bed of great lakes having outlets northwardly or southwardly to 
the ocean 

These bodies of water have drained away, and residuals of a secular des- 
iccation have dwindled to that condition of semi-desert now so well known, 
the small reservoirs of Great Salt, Sevier, Humboldt, Winnemucca, Carson, 
Walker, Owens, and a few minor lakes being the only water surfaces of the 
former expanse. 

The artemesia of the plain-like valleys holds sway throughout the 
area, the bunch-grass clothes the foot-hills and the semi-mesas except for 
the more desert part of the area on the south and near the banks of the 
Colorado. 

Certain of the valleys in the eastern part of Nevada are clothed with 
well-bedded grasses in the bottoms that afford a natural annual yield of 
both fair quantity and quality. 

The mountain streams are stocked with trout. The varieties of fish 
and animals of all descriptions are extremely few, as also the individual 
specimens. The area is almost destitute of game except for such smaller 
varieties as duck, geese, crane, and sage-hens. A few blue-winged grouse 
are found in the higher elevations, and quail to the southward near the val- 
leys, and deer have been noted in the Humboldt and other like prominent 
ranges. In the southern or desert-like portions of the area rattlesnakes 


28 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


and reptiles were abundant.. No Indian ruins were seen, and, indeed, the 
student of antiquities will find but little to reward him in the region visited 
by the expedition of this year. It was determined that the hypothetical lake 
named ‘ Preuss,” after Frémont’s chief topographer, and hitherto placed on 
the maps as being crossed by the boundary line between Nevada and Utah, 
was without doubt the alkaline flat (overflowed from Sevier Lake at seasons of 
high water) lying to the southward of this lake, and between the Hawawah 
and Beaver Creek Ranges. It determined also that several Mormon settle- 
ments, containing about 2,500 inhabitants and several thousand acres of 
tillable land, heretofore supposed to be in Utah, were actually in Nevada. 

The minerals noted were mostly gold, silver, copper, lead, antimony, 
iron, salt, gypsum, alum, and cobalt (silver predominating), the well- 
known Meadow Valley mining district, with Pioche as a center, having 
been the largest producer. 

The towns were few, sparsely settled, and uninteresting; the many 
short creeks from the mountain sides usually sink before reaching the cen- 
tral portions of the valley. The discharge of the Muddy (more a creek 
than a river) at West Point is not less than 5,000 inches, and of the peculiar 
springs near Las Vegas, 1,500 inches approximately. The Colorado River 
(traversed for 70 miles along its. northern bank), with a drainage of 175,000 
square miles, was afterwards gauged at Camp Mohave and Fort Yuma (see 
years 1875 and 1876), and circumstances of its navigation were ascer- 
tained during the river trips of 1871. 

Of the twenty-three valleys traversed there was found not to exceed 
250 square miles of arable land, of which 18,000 acres lie in Pahranagat 
Valley, all of which practically requires irrigation. 

The mountain peaks vary between elevations of 8,500 to 13,000 feet; 
the vegetation reaching 11,500 feet where observed on the thirty-ninth par- 
allel. The other elements regulating the superior altitude of vegetation 
being (1) grade of slope, (2) mean temperature, (3) relative humidity. The 
principal timber is of the pine, pinon, cedar, fir, spruce, and cottonwood 
varieties, and may be noticed, in sparsely distributed forests, along the Hum- 


boldt, Schell Creek, Snake, and other ranges; in the mountains south of 


EXPEDITION OF 1869. 29 


“= 


White Pine and east of Railroad Valley; southeast of Clover Valley and 
along the southern extension of Schell Creek Range at three points before 
reaching the headwaters of the Muddy. Covering the foot-hills pinon and 
stunted cedar abound. The bunch grass of the rolling foot-hills, so luxuriant 
and fine of fibre, is changed within the Colorado River Valley zone into a 
coarser variety known as “hard tack.” 

Wherever land is cleared of large sage brush and brought under culti- 
vation by means of irrigation, the underlying vegetable mold, always dark, 
is found to furnish a most prolific soil. 

In the portion of Southeast Nevada visited, the maximum temperature 
of points up to 7,000 feet altitude noted was 100° Fahrenheit; the mini- 
mum winter temperature reaching, as has been recorded, 15° below zero. 

Mid-day temperatures in the shade, of 118° and 120°, were noted on 
the banks of the Colorado, but scarcely so oppressive as those of 95° to 
100° Fahrenheit in the more humid climate of the eastern seaboard. A 
system of strictly scientific observations at selected points in the great in- 
terior basins and the plateaux of the Far West at elevations from 3,000 to 
8,000 feet will develop, it is believed, equable conditions of climate, show- 
ing small actual and large relative humidities, and promising a salubrity that 
cannot be found in other portions of the United States, where the rainfall 
is so much in excess, and equal if not superior to the far-famed mesa sec- 
tions of old Mexico; for the distinctive mesa and plateau forms only receive 
their full development upon reaching the latitudinal confines of the United 
States. 

The rich, succulent bunch grass has been found most valuable for stock- 
raising, and the areas suitable have been already largely, if not entirely, 
utilized for this purpose. In 1869 cattle and sheep were being driven in 
from distant points, even as far as from Texas, but horses and mules were 
scarce. The soil is generally good for mountain roads, but they had been 
poorly made, with scarcely an exception, and were wanting in repairs. 

The highest point in this area is the summit of the Snake Range (baro- 
metric height 12,063 feet). This peak had been named Jefferson Davis in 
185455 by Colonel Steptoe, after the Secession and Confederate leader of 
that name. Mr. White, State mineralogist of Nevada, at the date of its as- 


30 =U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


cent for the first time by himself, myself, and party, suggested a change to 
that of my own, which idea was abandoned when it was learned that Cap- 
tain Simpson in 1859-60 had, from the valley below, passed this locality 
and suggested the appellation of ‘ Union,” which name has been adhered 
to in the office of Geographical Surveys. Although narrow-gauge railways 
have not yet (January, 1883) entered any portion of the 1869 area, yet 
elsewhere, in many sections traversed in the West, they have been intro- 
duced with economic effect, and the prediction of the writer in 1868 to the 
effect that for short meridional lines and local mountain routes this means 
of communication would prevail in the main, has been realized in scores of 
instances. Special maps of this reconnaissance were made on scales of 1 
inch to 6 miles and 1 inch to 12 miles; the material, later on, being incorpor 
ated into the atlas on scale 1:506,880, and where necessary into sheets, scale 
of 1:253,440. 

The material collected, supplemented by that of 1871, 1872, and other 
years, was finally incorporated and published in the regular topographic 
atlas sheets, Nos. 40, 48, 49, 58, 59, and 66. 


EXPEDITION OF 1871. 


This expedition traversed and examined an area of approximately 
72,250 square miles, including 18,811 square miles in Eastern California, 
29,600 in Northwestern and Central Arizona, 23,039 in Southern and South- 
western Nevada, and 800 square miles in Southern Utah, during an excep 
tionally long field season, commencing early in May and ending late in 
December. 

The basins of drainage, entered, traversed, and mapped, were central 
portions of the “Great Interior,” and of the Colorado of the West. The 
principal streams surveyed, forming sub-portions of the above basin areas, 
are the Humboldt with Maggie Creek and North Fork of its northern, with 
Smith and Humboldt Creeks of its southern, tributaries; again to the south- 
ward are the basins of the Virgin River and Muddy Creek, partly examined 
in 1869, and that entire of Owen’s River, finding its reservoir in the lake of 


that name; the Mohave, also now known to be a member of the separated 


EXPEDITION OF 1871. 31 


* 


family of little interior depressions without sea outlets, making up the whole 
of the undrained basin of the great interior plateau. The tributaries of the 
Colorado to the southward, traversed and followed are: The Bill Williams 
Fork, also its confluents, the Big Sandy, Santa Maria, &c., Little Colorado 
and Diamond Creeks, and other creeks entering the Grand Canon from its 
mouth to that of Diamond Creek; the basins entered still further to the 
south, as the San Carlos, Hassyampa, Agua Fria, Salt River, San Pedro, 
and Santa Cruz, are affluents of the Gila, while in turn certain of the 
prominent tributaries of the Salt River are the White Mountain creeks, 
Tonto, Pinal, Canon, also creeks rising in the Colorado Plateau, the Tonto 
Basin, and the Sierra Blanca Range, many of which were visited and 
explored for the first time by white men. 

In order to render clear, in this connection, tle purposes of this expe- 


dition, a copy of departmental instructions is herewith: 


OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF ENGINEERS, 
Washington, D. C., March 23, 1871. 

Srr: The Secretary of War, in his orders of March 18, 1871, a copy of which has 
been furnished you, has assigned you to the charge of the exploration, under the 
direction of the Chief of Engineers, of those portions of the United States territory 
lying south of the Central Pacific Railroad, embracing parts of Eastern Nevada and 
Arizona. 

The main object of this exploration will be to obtain correct topographical knowl- 
edge of the country traversed by your parties, and to prepare accurate maps of that 
section. In making this the main object, it is at the same time intended that you 
ascertain, as far as practicable, everything relating to the physical features of the 
country, the numbers, habits, and disposition of the Indians who may live in this see- 
tion, the selection of such sites as may be of use for future military operations or 
occupation, and the facilities offered for making rail or common roads, to meet the 
wants of those who at some future period may occupy or traverse this portion of our 
territory. 

In ascertaining the physical features, your attention is particularly called to the 
mineral resources that may be discovered, and, where the indications would seem to 
justify it, you should have minute and detailed examinations made of the locality and 
character of the deposits. } 

The influence of climate, the geological formations, character and kinds of vegeta- 
tion, its probable value for agricultural and grazing purposes, relative proportions of 
woodland, water, and other qualities which affect its value for the settler, should be 
carefully observed. 


32 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The latitude and longitude of as many as possible of the important points should 
be accurately determined, and in order to assist you in this, it is suggested that you 
make arrangements with the officers in charge of the United States Lake furvey and 
United States Naval Observatory, so as to determine by telegraph the longitude of 
those points nearest to your field of labor, with which your field-work can be con- 
nected. 


* * * * * * * 


The following places are designated as convenient for depots, viz: Camp Inde- 
pendence, California ; Camps Mohave, Hualapais, Whipple, and Apache, in Arizona; 
and Camps Wingate and Bayard in New Mexico. 

You will use your own judgment in modifying the plan proposed in the event of 
any unforeseen circumstances or physical obstacles preventing an adherence to it. 

To aid you in the discharge of these duties, Lieut. D. W. Lockwood, of the Corps 
of Engineers, has been ordered to report to you, and you are authorized to employ ten 
assistants as topographers, geologists, naturalists, We., at salaries already authorized 
from this office in letters of previous date; also, the necessary number of packers, 
guides, and laborers to complete your party, the whole number of civilian employés 
not to exceed thirty in number. You will procure your assistants, employés, equip- 
ments, supplies, &c., at those points which seem to insure the most economical and 
effective organization for the party, and are authorized to pay their actual transporta- 
tion to and from and to subsist them while in the field. 


* * * * * * * 


You will communicate with this office as often as the means of communication 
will allow, forwarding the usual reports and returns required by the regulations, and 
such other reports as will keep this office apprised of your movements, and the progress. 
of the expedition under your charge. 

* * * * * * * 
Very respectfully, your obedient servant, 
A. A. HUMPHREYS, 
Brigadier-General and Chief of Engineers. 
Lieut. GEORGE M. WHEELER, 
Corps of Engineers, Washington, D. C. 

Pursuant to these instructions the operations of the season were carried 
out with great vigor, and a preliminary report, accompanied by a skeleton 
map, scale 1 inch to 24 miles, was submitted and published shortly after 
return from the field. 

The routes of early explorers traversing this area are those of: (1) 
Padre Escalante, 1776, en route from Santa Fe, N. Mex., to Great 
Salt Lake, Utah; (2) Frémont, in 1844, also 1845, in his southern 


EXPEDITION OF 1871. 33 


route along the rim of the Great Basin, also from vicinity of Austin 
to eastern base of the Sierras, emerging via Owen’s Lake; (3) Emory, 
184647, with the California column along the Gila River; (4) Captain 
Sitgreaves, in 1852, from the Zuni villages, westward to the Colorado 
River, and thence along its banks to its mouth; (5) Lieutenant Whipple, 
1853, along the 35th parallel route from Sunset Crossing to Los Angeles, 
Cal.; (6) Lieutenant Parke, along the 32d parallel, in vicinity of Tucson, 
to the east; (7) Colonel Steptoe, 185455, from Salt Lake City into and 
along the valley of the Humboldt; (8) Captain Simpson, 1859, from 
Great Salt Lake, westward to Carson City; (9) Major Lyon (1867), from 
Austin, Nev., to Southwestern Utah. 

The areas were joined with those occupied in 1869, and so on for the 
successive seasons the work was developed to cover contiguous sections of 
territory. 

When the large latitudinal and longitudinal expanse, the extensive 
area, the long lines traversed, the broken mountain and desert tracts 
entered and for the first time made known as a whole, the multiple number 
of parties, their successful connection and co-operation, over a country 
where supplies had to be transported to advance depots, is considered, and 
when taken in connection with the successful ascent of the Colorado, the 
determination of its practical head of navigation, together with the fact that 
the regions south of the Colorado River, as well as a part of those to the 

Nore.—The route traversed by the officer in charge in 1871 was generally as 
follows: Washington, D. C., to Halleck Station, Nev.; Halleck Station to Camp Hal- 
leck and return; Halleck Station to Carlin; Carlin tu Bull Run district and return; 
Carlin to Eureka, via Mineral Hill; Eureka to Morey district; Morey to Meadow 
Creek, near Belmont, via Tyboe district; thence to Hyko, Pahranagat Valley; thence 
via Oasis Valley to Camp Independence, Cal.; thence to Cottonwood Springs via Cot- 
tonwood Cafion, Death Valley, and Ash Meadows; thence to Camp Mohave via Ivan- 
pah; thence to mouth of Diamond Creek via Colorado River and Grand Canon: thence 
to Truxton Springs; thence via Mineral Park to Hualapais Springs and to Camp 
Hualapais; thence to Prescott; thence to San Francisco Mountains; thence via Kim 
of Plateau to Tonto Basin and Camp Apache; thence to Old Camp Grant, Ariz., and 
to Tucson, Ariz.; thence by stage to San Diego, by steamer to San Francisco, Cal., and 
by rail to Washington, D. C. 

3 WH—VOL I 


34 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


north of it, were infested by hostile Indians, making a perpetual guard a 
necessity by night and day, all of this, coupled with the unflinching courage, 
perseverance, and tenacity of the personnel, one and all, make it apparent 
that the exploration of 1871 was one of the most important and useful of 
those intrusted to my charge during eleven expeditionary years. 

Indians to the number of several thousand were noted, belonging to 
the following tribes: Shoshones, Pah-Utes, Chemehuevis, and Utes of Ne- 
vada and California; the Seviches of Utah, and the Mohaves, Apache-Mo- 
haves, Hualapais, Cosninos, the Tontos, Pinals, Coyoteros, Mescaleros, and 
Arivaipas of the Apaches in Arizona. 

No census or enumeration claiming accuracy had been made in 1871. 
The greatest number of the White Mountain Indians (Coyotero Apaches) 
at Camp Apache that had ever drawn rations at one time did not exceed 
1,200 men, women, and children. It had been estimated that the total 
number of Apache warriors would not exceed 1,500; however this may be, 
their hardiness, in conjunction with a perfect knowledge of their broken 
mountainous and mesa region, in which their homes were situated, made 
them an enemy greatly to be feared. They were then entirely nomadic, 
true mountain Indians, unaccustomed and hostile to the intrusion of the 
whites, and restless and unsafe whenever on a reservation. The roaming 
Indians lead a precarious existence, alternating between valley and plain, 
foot-hills and mountains north of the Colorado River, subsisting on pine 
nuts, seeds of all kinds, jack-rabbits, lizards, and a few small birds; while 
south of the Colorado they live more upon game and fish, cook the mescal 
and certain cactus plants, cultivate small fields, and have ponies. In the 
valley of the Colorado small Indian fields of corn, melons, and squashes were 
seen. From among the Utes and Pah-Utes found north and west of the 
Colorado River, it was possible to obtain friendly guides, many of whom 
proved most valuable in pointing out the little hidden springs and streams, 
especially in the Death Valley country, Southwestern Nevada, and Eastern 
California sections. 

Indians were being fed by the military authorities at a number of 
posts in Arizona, notably at Camps Apache, Grant, Verde, and Whipple. 
The plan pursued at the former, that I had occasion to suggest while serv- 


EXPEDITION OF 1871. 5 


Oo 


ing on staff of commanding general, Department of California, was to issue 
tickets to each sub-chief or head of a family, at a general gathering, when 
all would be anxious to show their authority and get the greatest number 
together, as a basis for furnishing rations, when in case next ration day any 
members were absent, no rations would be issued to the particular family 
or band, until the entire number were remustered and absentees accounted 
for. This prevented the young bucks from being absent on the war-path, 
while rations would still be drawn for them at the reservation or agency. 
It is understood that this plan has since been tried with very good effect, 
and might well be made general. Some of the worst, if not worst, Indians 
remaining in the United States were those encountered in the lonely 
marches, away often from either highways or trails, on this expedition, 
whereas it is believed that ten years have so far changed the face of matters 
that an escort is scarcely, if at all, needed in any part of Arizona, unless 
during an outbreak, one of those periodical occurrences destined to come 
without warning, while the Indian race (fast giving way before white 
emigration) retain any of their native spirit. One cannot approach the 
subject of the Indian without reverting to the Stage massacre (see Prel. 
Rept., 1871, p. 29) near Wickenburg, Arizona (where three members of 
the expedition were murdered), long since proven to have been committed 
by Indians professedly friendly, and being fed at the expense of the Gov- 
ernment. Maimum, one of the Mohaves of the river trip, who had formed 
a great fondness for the ill-fated Loring, was largely instrumental in ferret- 
ing out these red-skinned assassins, and some of their number were finally 
found and punished during General Crook’s first command of the Military 
Department of Arizona. This is one of the evidences of the mistaken zeal, 
of the then peace-at-any-cost policy, that was for so long a time applied to 
the settlement of the Indian problem. Unfortunately, the bones of mur- 
dered citizens cannot rise to cry out and attest the atrocious murders of the 
far-spreading and wide-extending border lands of the Great West, and 
while the fate of the Indian is sealed, the interval during which their exter- 
mination as a race is to be consummated will doubtless be marked in 
addition to Indian outbreaks, with still many more murderous ambus- 


cades and massacres. (1879.) 


36 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The rapidity of movement and plans of the expedition, depending upon 
reaching supply points at stated times, and long marches between waters, 
did not permit of taking careful notes in the topographie record of the 
various natural divisions, &c., of the soil, nor of its cultivation, as was com- 
menced in 1872, and developed in later years to an actual economic classi- 
fication, reduced to percentages and shown graphicaily by colors on the 
topographic map. Suffice it to say that much of the country traversed, such 
as Death Valley, Armargosa Desert, and portions of the Mohave and Colo- 
‘ado Deserts, are as unpromising sections as the sun shines upon, even were 
it the depths of the ‘‘Sahara;” while fringed with smaller desert areas, con- 
taining oases of appreciable extent, the ones above mentioned are almost 
destitute of vegetation and water. Valleys near the railroad, like the Reese 
River, are marked by narrow lines of cultivable ground, and much grazing 
is met with, especially in the foot-hills, and occasional patches of timber in 
the higher ranges, reaching tracts of considerable size. Much of the region 
belongs to the “Interior Basin,” and to that portion of the “Great Ameri- 
can Desert” found in Southwestern Nevada and Eastern California. 

Shortly after crossing the Colorado the scene changes, and the rolling, 
broken mesas of the Colorado plateau are reached, where in many cases 
large areas of luxurious grass abound, with timber of the fir and pine 
species, one almost unbroken forest, except for intervening valley and glade, 
extending from far to the north and west of San Francisco Mountains to the 
eastward limit of the trip, the White Mountain Range, east of Camp Apache, 
a distance of approximately 850 miles, and varying in width from 60 to 100 
miles. 

Within this large area lies the “ Black (juniper) Forest” of Ives, and 
its extent is only limited by the heads of the Gila River, and the ranges 
extending thence eastward, one by one, to the valley of the Rio Grande. 
This forest is without doubt the largest, single, connected timber expanse 
found south of the fortieth parallel and west of the one hundredth meridian. 
Its elevation is from 7,000 to 11,000 feet, in most localities below 8,000. 
The little glade-like valleys might, with much success, be turned to pur- 


poses of agriculture and grazing. In 1871 but little of the arable or graz- 


EXPEDITION OF 1871. orl 


ing land had come into the market even in Nevada, since which date it is 
understood that subdividing surveys have covered the greater part of this 
section; and when one considers the comparativeiy few acres out of 
every hundred (not exceeding ten) that can be utilized by the farmer or 
stock grower, in connection with the Western tide of emigration, it is not 
difficult to see that before many decades every useful acre will be appro- 
priated, in pursuance of the present land laws, when there will still remain 
in the hands of the General Government sterile wastes, not alone of millions, 
but tens of millions of acres, which, valueless for agriculture, stock raising, 
or mining, must for a long time remain unoccupied, even with the most 
liberal land-settlement laws. The cultivable area may be increased slightly 
through surface and artesian-well irrigation in the southwest. and by re- 
precipitation in adding slightly to the normal amounts of rainfall, from the 
interposition of larger areas of evaporation, and through other causes. ‘The 
entire cultivable ground in Southern and Eastern Nevada is limited to 
small isolated spots, or narrow lines, while certain valleys in Arizona re- 
spond more liberally, notably the Chino, Williamson’s, and of the Verde, 
in the north; along Salt River, in vicinity of Phoenix, and of the Gila, near 
Florence, and in vicinity of Pueblo Viejo at the south. 

The Territory of Arizona, so long judged by the lines of transit through 
it along the lower Gila and other desert sections toward its southern border, 
bears a better character for productiveness of soil as its northern, central, 
and eastern parts become opened up and known. Not less than 10,000 
acres were cultivated at Phoenix in 1871. The artemisia, or desert sage, 
disappears as the higher semi-plateau regions of Arizona are reached, and 
is replaced by rich bunch and grama grasses and shrubs, although the 
presence of a strong growth of artemisia is everywhere indicative of a fine 
undersoil, but usually valueless from absence of water. Except for portions 
of the Colorado Plateau and certain valleys in Arizona, the average per- 
centage of arable and grazing land of the 1871 area was less than that for 
any single year, the arid area being largely in excess, which is not strange 
when one considers that the worst deserts of the West, é. ¢., Death Valley, 
Amargosa, Mohave, and part of the Colorado, utterly destitute of vegeta- 


tion except in rare spots, contribute to the area. 


38 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The mesas and valleys of the plateau systems and of parts of the 
Great Interior Basin have become the home of thousands upon thousands of 
cattle, to be limited only by the number of acres actually valuable for 
this purpose. The areas best adapted for grazing were all the open parts 
of the Colorado Plateau, of the Tonto Basin, and portions of the Upper 
Verde and Salt River, in Arizona. There is good grazing also in the Pah- 
ranagat and Muddy Valleys and portions of the Virgin River, near Saint 
George, Utah. he valley of the Upper Owhyee is exceedingly valuable 
for stock-raising, but of little use for agriculiure. Stock ranches, generally 
small, were noticed in many of these valleys, and commencing with the 
advent of the Central Pacific in 1868 the valleys and adjacent mountain 
sides of Central Nevada commenced to be appropriated for this purpose. 
Fine grazing was also noted in the Hualapais and Sacramento Valleys of 
Northwestern Arizona, but scantily supplied with water. Good grazing 
also appears in parts of the valley of the Santa Maria and Big Sandy, both 
tributaries of Bill Williams Fork. To sketch the different kinds of lands 
would be to prolong this report far beyond a reasonable length. 

Along the edge of the San Francisco Plateau, after turning eastward 
in going south from San Francisco Mountains, and toward Camp Apache, 
the Tonto Basin, with limiting ranges to the south, stands out full in view, 
an amphitheater of fully 250 miles east and west, and in width from 75 to 
125 miles; showing, too, among its subordinate ranges large tracts of tim- 
ber and many handsome grazing fields. The soil of the plateau is from 
old voleanie rocks of the dark variety of trachytes, deep, dark, and rich 
in most localities. ; 

Forests of greater or lesser extent fringe the high mountains and plateau 
in Nevada and Arizona. Pines are found reaching almost to the summit of 
the Humboldt Range, near Camp Halleck, and southward towards Hastings 
Pass. Here mountain mahogany (Cercocarpus ledifolius) reaches nearly the 
altitude of spruces and poplars, and cottonwoods 1 to 2 feet in diameter 
mark the streams of the several gulches. No trees were noticed in or near 
Maggie Creek and Independence ‘Valleys. Mountain mahogany was ob- 
served in many localities along mountain sides in Central Nevada. The 


summit of the Toquima Range enjoys patches of pines, while juniper and 


EXPEDITION OF 1871. 39 


pinon ( Pinus edulis) are noticed at lower levels, as is the case for most of the 
ranges in Central and Southern Nevada. The mountains northwest from 
and near Saint George, Utah, have considerable pine growth, and a dense 
growth of cedar is found at the head of the Grand Wash. Pine and scrub 
oak are noted about Bill Williams Mountain. The “Black Forest” of Ives 
is an area of densely-growing juniper, with pines and firs at the higher levels, 
and east of Camp Apache a heavy wilderness of pine (Pinus ponderosa, 
Pseudotsuga Douglasii, Abies concolor and brachyptera), interspersed with 
scrub oak (Quercus undulata), black walnut, and fir, appears. Heavy forests 
cover large portions of the Natanes Mesa and Pinal Mountains.  Cotton- 
woods are noticed on most of the streams below the level of about 3,500 
feet. 

Juniper and pinon alone are found along that part of Reyeille Range 
facing Hot Creek Valley. Fir and pine in patches appear on the slopes of 
the Timpahute Range, but only dwarf oaks at the foot. No timber of any 
sort was noticed from this range westward via Oasis and Death Valley to 
the Inyo Range; east of Owen’s River Valley (distance approximately 150 
miles) juniper and pinon clothe many of the divides of the ranges in South- 
western Nevada and Eastern California. On the San Francisco Plateau 
spruce and fir may be found in patches above 8,500 feet in altitude. The 
great forest of the Colorado Plateau extends southeastwardly for a distance 
of 400 miles, ending only near the Rio Grande, its width being variable 
and fully 100 miles at the greatest extension. It is estimated that the val- 
leys and glades interspersed through it will reach 15 to 20 per cent. of the 
area, where below 7,500 feet the land can be cultivated with safety at and 
below latitude 33 degrees, and all of it is valuable for grazing. The soil is a 
dark, deep, rich loam from the older lavas, and will some day respond to the 
call of the farmer, especially when the pines of the lower levels are cleared. 
This is a noble forest, both in extent and size of trees, that grow tall and 
vigorous, the forest area being joined substantially to that of the Tonto Ba- 
sin. Up to this date, ninety-two mining districts had been discovered within 
the field of the expedition, many of which were being worked on a lesser 
or larger scale, Pioche being the most productive of all. These were all 
located upon the map, most of them for the first time. Attention was in- 


vited as to their locality, to mountain environment, the character of ore, 


40 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


matrix and country rock, with reference to the methods of reduction in 
vogue. The areas within which it would be unavailable to search for the 
precious metals have in many cases been pointed out, both mineralogically 
and as regards geological exposures, and in certain instances, where the 
character of the country rock and its surroundings seemed to justify it, favor- 
able localities for prospecting were suggested. 

This year increased the available evidence showing that, with the ex- 
ception of the older trachytes, the lavas more ancient than the basalt are, 
in most if not in all cases, certain indexes of the favorable localities for 
silver deposition, and more careful and intelligent prospecting should be re- 
warded by uncovering ore concentrations of economic value in hundreds, if 
not thousands, more districts within the many mountain ranges. Also, asa 
rule, no croppings of the precious minerals have been noted along the south- 
western portion of the Colorado Plateau, visited in 1871; but the Great 
Tonto Basin has responded to the hardy prospector, with returns from its 
hidden wealth, in a number of points, not known in 1871. 

The railroad lines constructed within this area since 187i (at which 
date it was necessary to use the Central Pacific asa base) are: (1) the Pali- 
sade and Eureka; (2) the Battle Mountain and Austin; (3) the Atlantic 
and Pacific; and (4) the Southern Pacifie touching the 1871 area in its 
more southern route from Florence to Tucson. 

A railroad from Carson City to the southeast, thence to follow south- 
ward, and to the east of the Sierra Nevada, has also been constructed as far 
as Owen’s Lake. 

As mines develop, advantage should be taken of the meridional valleys, 
with low passes to the north and south, through which to carry lines be- 
longing to the north and south systems, needed for the proper development 
of the country. 

The only lakes known to exist in the entire area of more than 72,000 
square miles are Fish Lake, Nevada, and Owen’s Lake, California. 

The Alpine Lakelet view (Plate IT, a lithograph photographically based and 


representing a mountain water gem) is typical of the mountain reservoirs so frequently 
found, more particularly in the glacially carved ravines of the eastern flanks of the 


ALPINE LAKE IN THE SIERRA NEVADA, NEAR CAMP INDEPENDENCE, CALA 


oor : 
1% . - 
ves 
os 
- , 7 
. . é é ) 
i ‘ 
f 
are : 

i” 7 
x fs : 

‘4 ; : aa 4 
Sve “ oe LIBRANY 
ee: » OF THE 

} Sete Pr ; iy r 
SONICS SITY OF ILLINGSS 
“3 Li 
yt : 
. » = 
< : re 
us am : —— 
¢ ( 
t ; 
' ‘ 
oe 
’ es 
' 
. : B 
' 
; F 
= A & : a 
a a ) 7 a 
be «x a ‘, 4 
( Ne U : 
” Yr Tos : 
- i eG 
- ss 
! 
ate 


LUdHCNI dNVO UVEN ) 
VAVAUN VHUAIS AHL 40 MNVId NYFLSVE “LOIMLSIC JDUVSUVEM ‘SHYOM ONININ SOUVSHVEH 


EXPEDITION OF 1871. 4] 


Sierra Nevada, and marks also the storehouse of moisture which, emanating from 
the perennial snow fields higher in the mountains, finds its source as well as the rug- 
ged nature of its surroundings nearly at the level of where perpetual snow begins. 

The peculiarity of the Plateau drainage, the aqueous cutting having 
been largely through homogeneous beds, has not been favorable to lake 
formation, although the rain and snow fall would amply supply very 
large natural reservoirs, while north of the Colorado, and until the rim of 
the Great Interior Basin is reached, the Cretacous sea might not so long 
ago, geologically speaking, have extended, and again to the northward 
the present condition of desiccation, inherent to this large expanse of 
desert, does not now admit of the storage of water in these natural trough- 
like reservoirs, they having for the most part become detrital valleys, 
while evidences of old lacustrine beaches are noted in Owen’s River and 
other valleys to the northward, similar to the Lake Bonneville, the western 
edges of which were discovered in 1869 and further developed in 1872, so 
have other ancient lake beaches within the Great Interior Basin been dis- 
covered and their perimeter and relative elevations determined. 

Outside of the streams noted, the water from any source was precarious 
and little in the extreme for the entire area north of the Colorado River and 
to the south as far as the rim of the Colorado Plateau, where, although the 
rain and snow fall becomes considerable, the number of permanent springs 
is still small, partly it is believed on account of the high percolating power 
of the underlying rocks. 

Plate IIT represents the surroundings of a typical mining enterprise, the Kear- 
sarge, being the principal property high up among the eastern flanks of the Sierras, 
in proximity to and westward from Camp Independence, Cal., with which it is con- 
nected by wagon-road, terminating at the mines, far distant from railroad transporta- 
tion, and where a turbine wheel of 135 inches in diameter, driven by a small stream 
diverted from its mountain course, and given a fall of 156 feet, accumulates the force 
required to operate a twenty-stamp quartz mill, and proves a most valuable substitute 
for steam power. 

The buildings, made of rough sawed pine, and the tramway to the mouth of 
the mine, appear in the foreground and center of the illustration. The rude, simple, 
at the same time wild and rugged exterior of these pioneer camps can readily be un- 
derstood from the plate, which has been engraved from a photograph taken on the 


ground. 
The district contains fissure veins of silver-bearing ores, mostly carbonates. 


42 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


A cave eroded by water from mountain limestone was visited near 
Mineral Hill, similar to one in Cave Valley, Nevada (1869), although of 
less extent. ‘The orifice leads into a large chamber fully 60 feet in width 
by 70 feet in length, and from 40 to 50 feet in height. This chamber leads 
* the main channel about 150 feet, then apparently closing, the sides 


Oo 
t=; 


alon 
being covered with brilliant erystallizations. 

The northern half of the 1871 area lies wholly within the Great Inte- 
rior Basin, and the observations serve to fix its southern rim, hitherto but 
illy defined, from the point at which it cuts the Utah boundary westward 
to the Sierra Nevada. 

The degree of desiccation reached in this portion of the Great American 
Desert, especially in Death and Termination Valleys, the Amargosa Desert, 
and the sink of the Mohave, is a maximum; and extending northward through 
Ralston and a number of other valleys in Southwestern Nevada, and to the 
southward in the valley of the Colorado, the arms of the desert elongate, 
making one continuous chain of desert surroundings from the Mexican bor- 
der as far north as the plains of the Columbia River in Oregon. There are 
oases, indeed, within this long and wide expanse, and vegetation appears 
even where all signs of humidity are absent, but the secular change being now 
one of desiccation apparently holds sway over all. While the wet and dry 
of the cycles of maximum and minimum rainfall are not yet determined 
the averages of a given number of years afford but an inadequate, if not 
incorrect, idea of the climatic oscillations in progress. 

No coal croppings were reported during the entire trip except slaty 
beds, comparatively unopened, near Carlin, Nev. The area reconnoitered 
geologically was from 700 to 800 miles north and south and 100 to 250 
miles east and west, the full report of which contains much detail concern- 
ing structure. The observations were facilitated by the absence of trees 
and soil, and large experience was had by the geologists in the broad field 
of generalization on account of the extended region under view. Volcanic 
beds are strewn with a liberal hand over the country to the southwest of 'Tim- 
pahute Range, in Oasis Valley, Amargosa Desert and Death Valley regions, 
while south of Termination Valley a large expanse of impassable basaltic beds 


EXPEDITION OF 1871. 43 


(quite recent) lift their frowning, impenetrable, and almost jet-black heads. 
The granite ridge, forming the backbone of Telescope Range and falling 
~ away to the northward, joins the extensive volcanic beds lying eastward of 
the line of summits, which face directly on Death Valley, presenting rough, 
ribbanded walls (made up of different-colored lava flows), to the westward 
falling in gentle outline to the valleys through an eroded opening, of which, 
at the eastern end of a grand granite amphitheatre, a stream breaks as if 
by magic from the ground and keeps above the surface, being one of the 
few water-courses in the Death Valley region, and known heretofore, as 
were so many similar cases, only to Indians. The eastern slope of the 
Telescope Range makes an exceedingly abrupt descent of fully 10,000 
feet into Death Valley, the area due east from Telescope Peak being below 
sea-level. The view of this escarpment from the heart of Death Valley is 
among the most picturesque of mountain scenes, and only equaled by 
portions of the long, continuous, seemingly perpendicular walls of portions 
of the Sierra Nevada facing Owen’s River Valley. The geological and 
mineral collections, and others in the several natural history branches (in 
zoology, botany, fossils, &c.), went to swell the large and varied collections 
turned over to the Smithsonian Institution during a period of ten years, no 
detailed record of the contributions having been kept at the Office of the 
Survey until subsequent to 1876. 

The remnants of ruins of a former race were noticed at many new 
places in Arizona, nothing special having been observed north of the Colo- 
rado. There is a wide field of search in the basins of the tributaries of the 
Gila, Salt, and Verde Rivers and of southern portions of the Colorado itself, 
some points of which have been touched upon in later expeditions, and 
much of which remains as unexplored ground. Of the latter the valley of 
Canon Creek, reaching Salt River within the Tonto Basin, as well as other 
streams having their sources along the southern rim of the Colorado Plateau, 
are still, so far as known, both unprospected and unopened. 

The portion of the Interior Basin, to which the name of Great Ameri- 
can Desert has been applied, was entered along its widest expanse, traversed 
along a number of lines, its little oases made known, its general mountain, 


44, U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


valley, and drainage configuration established, with such details as were 
possible to obtain in a terra incognita of so great extent, so difficult of access, 
and with no single route for hundreds of miles in any direction hitherto be- 
ing known. The most striking change was noticed in the transit from the 
low desert-like valleys of Southwestern Nevada, Utah, and Eastern Cali- 
fornia to the high, rolling plateau of Northern and Eastern Arizona, where 
the succession of high serrated ridges, so common to the northern area, 
disappear, being replaced by sedimentary strata, covered by large lava 
flows, and forming a region well grassed and wooded, of good climate, and 
highly picturesque scenery. The southwestern portion of the Great Inte- 
rior Basin, a considerable portion of which was demarked for the first time, 
is made up of a number of local inclosed interior basins, like the Owen's 
River, Death Valley, and Amargosa, either of them terminating in an alka- 
line flat or a reservoir like Owen’s Lake. 

Pretty conclusive evidence was obtained connecting the basins of 
Death Valley and Amargosa with that of the Mohave, as a part of the 
same land-locked area, although the line of junction was not actually fol- 
lowed from the depression between the two former with the reservoir sink 
of the latter. 

The valleys of Southwestern Nevada and Eastern California are, with 
scarcely an exception, sandy desert wastes, generally accompanied by the 
typical alkaline flat and mountain-locked. The ranges are, in the main, of 
sedimentary formation, resting on granite, with, usually, numbers of geo- 
logic horizons exposed, through which voleanic beds of varying forms 
and ages have been interjected, constituting a series of wave-like anticli- 
nals or reversed synclinals, along the latitude of 38° north from the Sierra 
Nevada to the Wahsatch, a veritable ocean of mountains. As _ before 
stated, only isolated farming spots occur, considerable grazing, more usually 
in the foot hills, a scanty supply of timber, with great mineral possibilities, 
but with an infrequent and inconstant supply of water is found almost 
everywhere. The expedition gave a clear insight into the Grand Canon 
system and served to determine a part of the perimeter of the Great Colo- 
rado Plateau, first recognized by the writer in 1868. As a type of the 


JXPEDITION OF 1871. 45 


“ Box Canon” regions of Arizona, the country drained by the Santa Maria 
from the Aquarius Range to the Juniper Mountains, is the most intricate, 
interesting, and difficult. This was traversed in a northeasterly direction 
by myself and southerly by Lieutenant Lyle, and embraces about 12,000 
square miles. 

The eroded walls of lime and sandstone are basalt-capped, presenting 
every variety of contour, black, ugly, and frowning, with escarpments im- 
possible of ascent or descent, except in friendly openings where the drainage 
of minor side ravines had cut out more gentle slopes. This region was the 
stronghold of the Apache-Mohaves, where they had hunted and fished for 
unnumbered generations, and more lately murdered to their hearts’ content. 

The area embraced by this expedition falls within and will be found 
delineated upon the following Atlas Sheets, sixteen in number, viz: 39, 40, 
48) 49)57,,58, 99, 65, 66, 67, 73,.74,.75, 16, 83, and 89. 

A reference to this expedition may be found as Appendix DD, A. R. 
Gromer, 1872; also A. KR. C:. of E., 1871, p. 103. 


Novre.—As a specimen of the hardships of the campaign, the march from the 
northwest arm of Death Valley via Termination Valley to the Inyo Range may be 
cited. 

The route lay for more than 39 miles in light, white, drifting sand, which was 
traversed between 5 a.m. and 6p. m., the center of the desert being reached about 
meridian. The stifling heat, great radiation, and constant glare from the sand were 
almost overpowering, and two of the command succumbed near nightfall, rendering it 
necessary to pack one man on the back of a mule to the first divide on the route, where 
a grass sward was reached at the end of the long, sandy stretch, while the second, an 
old and tried mountaineer, became unconscious for more than an hour in nearly the 
same locality. This happened, fortunately, near 6 p. m., when the sandy waste was 
mostly behind us. With water from the canteens these men were restored to con- 
sciousness, and the march resumed by moonlight, without trail or guide. A living 
stream was reached between 3 and 4 a.m. at the eastern base of the Inyo Range, after 
a continuous march of over twenty-three hours. Other marches of this trip, but not 
in quite such desert sections, have extended from fifty to sixty and even eighty hours, 
with scarcely a single halt. 


EXPEDITION OF 1872. 


The survey received the specific sanction of Congress by act approved 
June 10, 1872, made in pursuance of a project laid before the Committees 
on Appropriation of the House of Representatives and Senate for the de- 


46 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


tailed topographic survey of the entire territory of the United States west 
of the one hundredth meridian.* 

The area embraced by this season’s work approximates 47,366 square 
miles (Arizona, 11,766; Nevada, 5,384; and Utah, 30,252 square miles). 
It lies for the larger part within the Great Interior Basin, the balance be- 
longing to the central portion of that of the Colorado of the West.* 

The principal canons within the area are the Grand, Marble, and Ice- 
berg, of the Colorado of the West, the Kanab and Paria, of its northern 
tributaries, the Provo, &e. 

Partial itinerary or rough notes of trip from Provo River and Valley to Strawberry Valley, 
thence via Spanish Fork and Thistle Creeks to Sam Pitch Valley, thence eastward along 


edges of Castle Valley and return, thence reaching Little Salt Lake Valley, via head of 
Sevier, to head of Virgin River (See Atlas Sheets 50, 59, and 67.) 


August 10, 1872.—Left camp at Provo, ascending the banks of the river of that 
name, entering the canon, which has cleft its way through the entire Wahsatch Chain 
at this point. A wagon road for transportation of coal and other supplies from valleys 
beyond to Utah Valley leads through this canon to Provo Valley. 


“This project has never been in print, but was a plan substantially for a complete 
connected continuous detailed topographic survey (with associated natural history 
observations) of the territory of the United States west of the one hundredth meridian, 
with primarily a resultant topographic map scale 1 inch to 8 miles, to be in the main 
an aid to military administration and operations, to occupy about 15 years, and to cost, 
in all, not exceeding $2,500,000. 

Independent of all other information given in the various publications of the 
survey, a reference to its extent, methods, cost, and cost of completion will be found 
as Inclosure No. 3 to Sen. Ex. Doc. No. 21, Forty-fifth Congress, third session. It 
was to have been the first great general survey of the country during its initial stages 
of settlement. 

* NovtE.—The following is the general line of the routes followed by the officer in 
command during the field season of 1872, departed from in the various mountain camp- 
ing and climbing detours necessary for detailed observations and the practical execu- 
tion of the work: From camp near Salt Lake City to mining districts about Parley’s 
Park and return; to Little Cottonwood Canon and return, via heads of American Fork 
and Big Cottonwood Canon; thence to Provo, Utah; thence to Spanish Fork via 
Provo Valley and Canon and Strawberry Valley; thence to Thistle Valley via Spanish 
Tork; thence to Utah Lake Valley and circuit to Sam Pitch Valley via Nephi; thence 
to the eastward across the range and along flanks of Castle Valley and returning to 
Sam Pitch Valley (without trail); thence to Nephi via Gunnison; thence to Fillmore; 
thence to Beaver and Panquitch via Parowan; thence via Sevier Plateau and head of 
Virgin River Valley and Canon to Toquerville; thence to Saint George; (all in Utah) 
thence to mouth of Grand Wash, and via Stone’s Ferry to Hualapais District and 
Mountains (Arizona); thence returning northward via Meadow Valley to Pioche, and 
thence to the Central Pacific Railroad at Palisades, Nevada. 


EXPEDITION OF 1872. 47 


A beautiful twin, or double cascade, with a fall of more than 100 feet, breaking 
from the south face of the canon walls, immediately south of the ford, is formed by a 
little mountain stream, heading in a lateral canon. 

Tired, wet, and hungry, camp is made (about 9.30 p. m.) near and opposite the 
mouth of the South Fork of the Provo River. Fresh discoveries of argentiferous galena 
(similar to the beds in American Fork Cation) were reported on the North Fork of the 
Provo River, not far from its confluence. A quarry of variegated marble is found on 
Snake Creek, near the Hot Springs visited in eastern portion of Provo Valley. A 
spring from which sulphur fumes escape continuously was passed (temp. 72° F.). 

The principal spring of the Provo Valley Group, of which the crater-like mound 
is the highest (67 feet above base), bubbles up a miniature volcano with a temperature 
of 1089 F. Several clusters are visited within a radius of 1,000 yards, with temper- 
atures as low as 88° F., and with colors of bluish, greenish, and bluish-black tints. 
Many scattered over quite a space in this wide, open valley were noticed as extinct. 
This group can aptly be called the ‘‘ Voleano” springs. 

The eastern flanks of the Wahsatch, facing toward Provo Valley, show denuded 
faces with much clearness, the beds making up the Wahsatch Chain, in the shaded 
valleys of which, near the summit, permanent snow is found. 

August 13, 1872.—The route from Provo to Strawberry Valley follows Daniel’s 
Creek to its source, and thence by a gentle summit or pass to the head of Strawberry 
Creek, along a natural wagon-road. The “sarviche” berries, so much sought after 
by the Indians, appear abundant and in full fruit. The beavers, rarely seen by day, 
still hold possession of the part of the stream in the vicinity of the valley, their dams 
recurring at short intervals. This was a favorite trapping ground in the days of the | 
early explorers. 

Short-leaved pines and mountain firs are met with, not large in diameter, but of 
extreme height. The groves of quaking aspens increase in size from the edges of 
either valley to this summit, which marks the divide of the waters between the Great 
Salt Lake and Colorado Basins, and mountain slopes stretching in many directions are 
lined with aspen groves as far as the eye may reach. 

Furniture is sometimes made of the larger specimens; otherwise it is of little use 
beyond its value for fencing and fuel. Strawberry Valley forms a part of the Uintah 
Indian Reservation, but it was not in 1872 utilized to any considerable extent by the 
Indians, and showed an expanse of elegant grazing ground, but probably at too high 
an elevation for crops at this latitude (altitude, 7,716 feet). It was followed along its 
western edge for nearly its entire length, whence it was the intention to pass westward 
into the north fork of Spanish Creek. A fortunate encounter with Indians (White 
Eye’s band of the White River Utes) put us in possession of an old worn trail, along 
which, before reaching the summit, a camp was made in the edge of heavy timber. 
This band numbered seven lodges, with plenty of horses and a few goats, counting 11 
bucks, 7 squaws, and 18 children (36 in all). They were on a hunting and fishing trip, 
and their outfit when mounted formed a unique miniature caravan. They were alarmed 
at the presence of even a few blue jackets, being absent from their proper reservation. 
They made the usual begging and palavering Indian visit to our camp-fire just at 
night fall. 

A sulphur spring on banks of north fork of Spanish Fork Canon (temp. 111° F.) 
was noted. 


48 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


August 14, 15, and 16, 1872.—A partial rendezvous was made on Soldiers’ Fork of 
Spanish Creek, and the march continued to Sam Pitch Valley and camp made near a 
settlement called Wales. 

A visit was made to opened coal-beds in Coal Cation, among the foot-hills west of 
Wales. These mines are situated about 14 miles from the Canon, through which flows 
a tiny creek, making the situation accessible and convenient for mining operations. 
One of the prospected layers (2 or 3 feet thick) pitches at the point of opening to the 
southward and dips toward the hill at an angle of about 50°, 

The beds occur between layers of sedimentary limestone, with a persistent narrow 
limestone dike, thickness 9 or 10 inches and highly fossiliferous, traversing laterally 
the entire bed. 

Immediately below the bed of limestone a deposit of fine quality fire clay, that has 
been successfully utilized, occurs. Lignite shows at the start and a bituminous coal 
(said to be coking) is shortly found. Sandstone, in contact with heavy vertical beds 
of conglomerate, occur at the valley mouth of the canon. 

August 25, 1872.—A detour to the eastward of the Sevier Valley was planned 
and a crossing made from near the source of Thistle Creek, about 1'$ miles from which 
a suminit isreached that either forms the immediate head orin close proximity thereto 
of six streams, viz: Thistle Creek, Soldiers’ Fork, Strawberry Creek, White River, 
San Rafael, and Sam Pitch Creeks. The tortuous line of these several water divides 
was followed in & southeasterly direction until a trail, evidently leading in the direction 
of Castle Valley, was met and followed. 

An exploration was made of the drainage approaches to Castle Valley, and as soon 
as rations ran tow steps were retraced westward to reach Sam Pitch Valley, near Fair- 
view. 

This trip was made without trail or guide (the Mormon guide having failed us) 
and in hourly expectation of meeting with some of the predatory Utes. 

Coal croppings were also visited in a canon about 7 miles east of Fairview. Found 
a small opening in narrow limestone strata between layers on either side of sandstone, 
in which anarrow seam of lignite was developed in a drift of 18 feet, with poor results. 

Scratchings had been inade in four different canons, and one is reported as show- 
ing cannel coal with 90 to 96 per cent. of carbon. Coal is reported in large quantities 
in the bluffs facing Castle Valley, at the head of White River, and seams were noted 
in a number of localities in this section. 

Visited a large marine fossil-bed and a vein of bituminous shale—width of the 
latter 11 inches, with upturned edges. Chips could be ignited with a match, and it is 
said to distil and make parafline and oil. Extensive chalk beds were also noticed in 
this vicinity. A canon farther to the north was visited from Fairview, where a coal 
vein had been developed of thickness from 12 to 24 inches. There isa great future for 
the coal fields of Central Utah. 

The waters of the Sevier could be utilized on a considerable scale for irrigation. 
It is believed that artesian wells could be sunk successfully on the eastern side of the 
valley about Parowan. Little Salt Lake, that appeared in the days of Frémont as 
quite a sheet of water, has since entirely evaporated, leaving alone alkaline flats. 

In noticing the agriculture of portions of the region traversed, it was found that 
the Mormons were the only people who pursued that branch of industry with regu- 


EXPEDITION OF 1872. 49 


larity, and invariably by the aid of irrigation. In some sections, as Pahranagat Val 
ley, Nevada, and the location of the Moqui and Zuni Pueblo Indians, in Arizona and 
New Mexico, by deep planting, crops are raised without resort to irrigation ; bat it is 
certain that such exceptional success attends only special localities, and is confined 
to special crops, particularly corn and melons. Alum beds are found in the canons ta 
the east of Parowan. 

Indications of coal have been discovered in the center fork of Centre Creek, and. 
a road is under construction to reach the timber that was being sawed for the Pioche 
market, a distance of 110 miles. Poplars, thorn, and maple occur along the canon 15 
miles out from Parowan. 

Float copper and silver ore has been noticed in the canon east of Paragoonah. Im- 
pure black obsidian beds had been prospected east of Beaver and taken for coal. Coal 
and cheap silver ore were found near the iron mines to the south. 

Lignite was found near source of creek leading to the Colob plateau in exposed 
strata of heavy reddish limestone, with irregular, conglomerate, and volcanie beds 
in vicinity. Considerable heavy timber noted on this plateau, which joins the Par- 
owan Range. . A steam saw-mill was in process of erection, with over 3,000,000 square 
feet of lumber within 14 miles, and the mining town of Pioche for a market. The pre- 
vailing conifer species suitable for timber are the pines (Pinus ponderosa and contorta), 
the spruce (A. Douglassii), and the fir (Abies Engelmanni). 

Summit Creek heads at the apex of the alluvial summit that separates Little Salt 
Lake Valley from the one to the south, and may be cited as an instance of an accumu- 
lation of detritus, leading to the creation of a sub-inclosed basin. 

Groves of aspen alternate with patches of pine, partly valuable for timber, along 
this plateau, between Little Salt Lake and the Sevier, the volcanic cap still continuing 
to the southward; while sandstone cap occasionally appears, underlaid with lime. 
Fine specimens of fossil pine leaves and cones are here obtained. Many marine shells 
collected, and a new species of fir noted. Sundown Valley discovered and named. 
Usually voleanic material appears on the surface of the Colob plateau, with occasional 
limestone, sandstone, and shale. There is a fine growth of grass and groves of quak- 
ing aspen. The pines and firs disappear to the southward toward the valley of the 
Virgin River. 

The country to the southward becomes more o;.en and level along the main ridge. 
Fine water and grass noted on every side. The co-operative Mormon herd of Cedar 
grazed in this vicinity a distance of nine miles from the settlement. The ground still 
coutinues volcanic, with here and there points of sandstone, limestone, and shale, the 
latter profuse with marine shells, similar to those noticed east of Fai: view, with an 
added bed of fossil oysters three to four feet thick. Skirting the rim of the plateau a 
break in the wall is finally found, and the train taken down into a box canon along a 
descent having an angle of fully 55 degrees at the head of Le Verken Creek. 

The summit of the southern rim, at an altitude of over ten thousand feet, affords 
one of the finest panoramic views then witnessed (1872)—the Virgin River lying at’ 
our feet, the Colorado Canon in the distance, plateaus, caonus, and mountains to the 
east, mountains high and frowning to the north, and the mountains and desert to the 
west and southwest, the ranges bordering the Colorado, especially the Virgin. Below 

4 WH—VOL I 


5Q U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


us lay the brown and blaek bristling ridges of the eroded mesas that for grandeur of 
beauty and desolation of appearance far surpass all that words can express. Clam- 
bering along the cliff, and while securing a large haul of fossils, the crisp edge of coal 
crops was noticed, and prospecting which a 12-foot vein of dense bituminous coal, 
having both above and below a bed of shale 15 to 18 inches thick, was found, with 
petrified wood strewn in many directions. 

Fossils were found in sandstone near head of north fork of the Virgin and vol- 
canic cap on the ridge leading to the head of the Sevier. 

Clumps of heavy pines were seen in the canons leading to the Virgin from the 
north; with fine bunch-grass and water here and there. The Sevier heads near the 
summit of a black voleanic peak to the south of the head of Coal Creek. Following the 
canon to the northward the eye soon rests on a beautiful lake, nestled in the mount- 
ains, fringed by the sward of an encircling valley, and set like a gem in the green 
verdure rising from the siopes on either hand. 

This lake is formed by the damming of the opening of the valley by black piles of 
vesicular lava, forming a miniature inclosed basin at the head of the Sevier. Clam- 
bering over the rough lava by the aid of a blind Indian trail, we suddenly emerge 
upon a handsome glade-like valley, in which springs up, as if by magic, a creek fully 
25 feet wide. 

This is known as Mammoth Spring, that breaks out from a considerable depth 
below the volcanic bluff, and gets its water in major part from the reservoir lake. 
Forests of heavy pines now appear along the valley of the headwaters of the Sevier. 

The fields of basaltic lava skirted are about 25 miles long and 7 to 10 miles wide. 
These beds are intruded through the sedimentaries. The fork leading to Panquitch 
Lake (34 and 14 miles) is reached by skirting lava fields and winding through forests, 
when a road is found and followed to the settlement on the Sevier. Duck on their 
migrations southward (September 30) were noted in large numbers, as well as trout in 
abundance. Indian and other cattle were found grazing in large numbers in the glades 
and valleys near head of Sevier. 

The road.from Panquitch to the south is followed, and a summit reached leading 
to Lorg Valley at the head of Virgin River. The actual heads of the Sevier were 
found to be multiple and fan-shaped. Sedimentaries, with edges facing southward, 
mark the transit from the drainage of the Sevier to that of the Rio Virgen. Coal 
is noticed cropping in a decided manner at lower end of Long Valley. Alum and 
saltpeter are also found here. 

Large pines were observed in forest form near the summit leading to Virgin 
River. Corn, wheat, rye, and a few vegetables can be raised at this altitude. Pass- 
ing to the basin of Virgin Canon, walls of 200 or 500 feet are encountered. Volcanic 
cap on the south and limestone on the north are visible from Long Valley. Camp 
was made at a little stream leading to Virgin River, heading to the north at a distance 
of about 2? miles, in red limestone. The topographic relief between basin of Sevier 
and the Colorado, in this vicinity, is rigidly marked by bluffs named indiscriminately 
Pink and Vermilion. Coal croppings noticed along Paria and Kanab Creeks. The 
valley of the Virgin River is followed to the main rendezvous at Toquerville.* 


*Nore.—In the area covered by the work of this year no timber of value except pine, spruce, and 
fir was found, the most extensive forests being on the Great Colorado Plateau. As the timber of the 
Government upon these tracts of land is subject to depredation from settlers and squatters, the sugges- 


“- 
oie 


Honaiy 
THE 


iwnce tee 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 


’ 
: 
- 
UJ ‘ 
‘ 4” 
eee ae 


a 


”~ 


“ 


, 7 rs 
wu a : : a 
» r) “a - 
LIBRARY 
»  oalQE THE > 5 try ee 
UNIVESSITY OF UINGIS s> 
7 : : Ma i : = 
. e . ie 
‘ % ve ; f Je 
hid 
% a 
oe 


EXPEDITION OF 1872. ol 


Plate TV is from a sketeh made by Mr. John FE. Weyss, at the mouth of Virgin 
Canon, near Shoonesburg, Utah, after the dangerous descent of the so-called Wriggle 
trail in one of the routes through the Virgin River Valley in 1872. Six miles south- 
west of the settlement called Mount Carmel, the route, known as the Elephant road, 
connecting the settlements above and below the Virgin Canon, ascending the plateau, 
leaves the river valley, following a due south course. Our party left this road, near 
the summit, following a dim trail, running sensibly parallel to the bed of the river 
(which here begins to cation), thence westerly, passing a sandy valley, traversed by 
deep ravines, coursing toward the canon of the Virgin. Seven miles brought us to 
the foot of a high mesa, at which point the trail disappeared, it being necessary to 
accomplish the ascent en echelon by scaling the successive beds of sandstone. 

This climb was impracticable for the pack animals, therefore a hand portage, to 
the very summit, of stores and equipage became necessary. ‘This ascent, begun at 
about 1 p. m., consumed the whole of the afternoon, and the sun had sunk when the 
party reassembled on the crest of the plateau. 

The train camped on the summit without water after a hard and dry day’s march, 
from which both men and animals were suffering. It was therefore concluded to 
advance with picked men to the valley below to secure water for the saffering party. 
After passing a shelf of bare, smooth-worn rock at the mouth of the descent along 
which it was necessary to slide at will for from 20 to 22 feet, the prints of Indian 
ponies became discernible, and a blind trail made its appearance. 

Regardless of the roughness, and threading the way among rock and débris, the 
descent is begun, soon a narrow shelf of 10 to 12 inches wide is reached, overlooking 
a deep and dangerous gorge, leading to an abyss cf darkness, which was passed after 
dusk. For a distance of 14 to 2 miles the trail, or- rather the want of a trail, followed 
the upturned strata edges, winding in and ont of projecting ledges, which could ouly 
be skirted in the darkness on hands and knees. It was near 10 o’clock when the small 
party reached a little trickling stream that soon joins the main river, which was quickly 
followed after quenching our thirst, on a prospecting tour for the first settlement down 
the river, which proving to be a few houses (called Shoonesburg, elevation 3,920.5 
feet), was reached about 11 p. m., where terms were soon made with the presiding 
elder, who, besides promising immediately a cup of coffee, invited us to the soft side 
of a haystack for the night, and into a little vineyard near at hand, wherein the moon 
acted as a most fascinating guide in pointing out the plump, full-grown, well-ripe 
clusters of grapes, of the finest cultivated varieties, including the To-kay. Our coming 
created a sensation, as no party, except on foot, had ever been known to pass this 
route, unless it were an adventurous mnail-rider with a trusty-led mule, in case of great 
emergency. Nothing short of considerable blasting could render the trail passable 
even for pack animals. 

The situation of Schoonesburg is exceedingly romantic. Mesa-locked as it is by 
the huge, steep escarpment of the semi-plateau forms at either hand, it lies ensconced 
in a little opening, a sparkling gem, dropped as it were through the mountains upon 


tion was made in the annual report of this year, that by legal enactment or otherwise the Government 
should give protection to its interests and the interests of future settlers in this regard; a suggestion 
since acted upon through the General Land Office. 


52 =U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the desert. The elevation of the plateau or summit of the Wriggle trail is approxi- 
mately 2,100 feet above the valley of Virgin River, or approximately 6,020 feet above 
the sea. 

Plate V, Dripping Pool, or Fern Spring, is situated in Kanab Canon, which 
narrows at this point so that the sun only reaches its bed for two hours during the 
day. 

The water of the pool, or spring, comes from a tiny lateral stream, intercepted by 
the erosion of the canon, which, containing mineral substances, has deposited a pro- 
jection extending about eight feet from the wall of the canon, which is covered with 
ferns (Maidews Hair—Adiantum capillus Veneris) and smal) flowering shrubs, that 
being constantly humid, and dripping even, form both a direct and mirrored object 
of great beauty. At a little distance toward the head of the canon a spring breaks 
out from the foot of the canon wall, at a temperature of 60° F. The walls at the right 
of the view are typical of the Colorado Canon series, of which they form a part. 

Plate VI represents a typical scene from a point of the rim of the plateau edge 
that divides the waters of the Sevier River from those of the Colorado, in Utah. It 
is approached from the east fork of the Sevier River, near the southern extremity of 
Plateau Valley (see Atlas, sheet 59), by leaviug the river near its entrance to the hills 
and following a more southward course along a valley surrounded by low hills. A 
gentle ascent of three miles is abruptly terminated by the precipice leading to the head 
of Paria Creek. 

These bluffs, consisting of parallel layers of soft red sandstone, fali perpendicu- 
larly to the eastward, forming the boundary within which lie embedded the headwaters 
of the Paria. The foreground includes fragments of the main mesa rim, the distant 
view being the mesas that line the Colorado, the Navajo Mountains rising to a some- 
what conical summit in the east. 

The sketch from which the engraving was taken was made on the ground by Mr. 
John E. Weyss, for many years connected with Western explorations and surveys 
under the War Department. 

Plate VII is an engraving from a sketch made by Mr. John E. Weyss at the ford 
on the Colorado River, known as “El Vado de los Padres,” the (Crossing of the 
Fathers), from its first having been attempted by white men in 177677, when a Span- 
ish party under Padre Escalante crossed it in an outward trip from Santa Fe to 
Great Salt Lake Valley and return. This crossing was approached by the party 
under Licut. Marshall, U. S. Engineers, by the old Navajo trail leaving Paria settle- 
ment (the last point of civilization in Utah), ascending a sandy and barren plateau, 
and following in a southeasterly direction the foot of the high plateau leading out 
from the Salt Lake Basin rim to the Colorado River. At a distance of 20 miles a mass 
detached from the plateau, and called Gunshot Mountains, is attained, whence passing 
a narrow slit-like gorge, 10 or 12 feet wide, appears an amphitheater, out of which a 
trail issues again upon a rocky plain, reaching after a little more than a mile, a deep 
narrow canon (represented in the foreground of the view), which is descended over pre- 
cipitous rocks, the debouche from which opens upon one bank of the Colorado (elevation 
at for.| 3,193.5 feet). Slight water ripples mark the line of the ford, which is reported 
as the only one for 300 miles, which of itself is only practicable, and then on horse- 


Gens 


By 


ee Sk 


il 


uog gare 


Se 


Lari) 
ee 
et 


4 


NA 


a 


7 


5 
Lina 7 
OF Lhe : = 
yryimelly OF \LLhwls 
- - : 
’ ie 
y = ® 
ee ; ; . 
- ; 7 ny 
+ s Ss : 5 ' 7 7 
—. 
+ = : 
= Bes] a 
| : | 
Fi + 
s 
? 7 
| 
7 


EXPEDITION OF 1872. 53 


back, at low-water stage. It will be found marked on atlas-sheet 67, at approximate 
longitude 1119 17’ west from Greenwich, and latitude 37° OV north. This is no longer 
of practical importance since a ferry has been established at the mouth of Paria Creek. 
The scene is one of remarkable grandeur aad almost unique in its loneliness. 

The early explorers whose tracks entered or crossed this season’s area 
are the following, according to date: (1) Padre Escalante, 1776—77, from 
Utah Lake southward, nearly through the center. (2) Frémont, 1845, 
along his southern route to California. (3) Stansbury, 1849-50, in the 
explorations and surveys ending at Great Salt and Utah Lakes. (4) Gun- 
nison, from valley of Green River to the Sevier Basin. (5) Lieutenant 
Beckwith, Pacific Railroad surveys along the thirty-ninth parallel. (6) 
Lieutenant Simpson, both in his outward and inward routes from the 
valley of Great Salt Lake to Carson, Nev., and return in 1859. 

The public-land surveys that had been extended over but little of the 
southern and western portion of this area have now (1887) carried their 
subdivision over a much larger portion, especially of the agricultural, 
grazing, mineral, and timber lands.* . 

The several tribes of Indians found within this section were: (1) The 
Uintah Utes, (2) White River Utes, (3) Pahvants, (4)-Pah-Utes, (5) 
Seviches, (6) Hualapais, and (7) Apache-Mohaves. Of these the Pahvants, 
Pah-Utes, and Hualapais were friendly; the Utes and Seviches semi- 
friendly ; the former being engaged in a raiding expedition that required 
the presence of troops to drive them back upon their reservation at Uintah 
and White River agencies. Therefore it was necessary to campaign east 
of the Wasatch in the presence of these Indians, who were evidently in no 
friendly mood, with a small party of nine persons. The only one who failed 
us in this emergency was the Mormon guide, a local judge (!), from one of 
the valley settlements. Chief Douglas, of the White River Utes (afterwards 
so intimately connected with the Meeker massacre of that agency), together 
with the war chief of the Uintahs (Tabby), interviewed us at the camp near 
Provo, and subsequently left for the mountains, the safe scene of all Indian 


murders and ambuseades, in the same direction that we were to follow. 


*NoTre.—Surveys by General Land Office up to June 30, 1886, had subdivided 12,910,540 acres, or 
20,173 square miles, in Utah, out of an estimated total of 84,476 square miles for the whole Territory. 


54 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


The Pah-Utes inhabit the country about the heads of the Sevier River, 
Santa Clara Creek, and parts of the Muddy and Virgin Valleys. The Utes, 
in several bands, inhabit the range in Grass Valley and other valleys about 
Fish Lake and in the San Rafael. 

The Scheavwitz live along the valley of the Colorado, in the Grand 
Wash, and canons and valleys leading into it. The tribes encountered wor- 
ship the sun, and agriculture is scarcely known among them. 

The Mormon flocks and herds dot the foothills of the valleys of the 
Sevier River and its tributaries, and gradually are expanding southward, 
already (1872), preparing to cross the Colorado River at the mouth of the 
Paria for settlements on the Little Colorado. The policy of the Mormons 
has been to discourage mining, and it is only since the Gentiles (so-called) 
have entered the country for its subjugation and settlement that it bids fair 
some day to become the theater of a very important, prominent, and perma- 
nent mineral industry, especially as railroad communication north, south, 
east, and west is now only a question of the near future as population 
increases. The opening of the silver mines calls for coal and iron, and the 
latter, rich and plentiful, must some day command more than a local market. 
In 1872 the surface had been only touched in any of the localities coming 
under inspection, and it was too early to state with clearness the true charac- 
ter of the ore deposits; enough was seen, however, to justify sanguine expecta- 
tions, especially at the Ontario mine, that has since been so large and regu- 
lar a producer of bullion, Coal in Sam Pitch and Castle valleys and on 
the northern fork of tributaries to the Virgin River promised to produce an 
economic and reliable coke. 

The principal commercial routes through the 1872 area were the Utah 
Southern Railroad, from Salt Lake City to near Provo, thence a stage line 
to the southward via Fillmore to Pioche, with a branch to Beaver, Toquer- 
ville, and Saint George. The Denver and Rio Grande, now extended to 
Salt Lake City, enters the area of 1872 along the route originally selected 
by Gunnison, and upon which a military wagon-road bearing his name was 
constructed. 

There had lately been a rude wagon-road constructed to the mouth of 


Paria, a creek where the well known Mormon desperado and leader of the 


EXPEDITION OF 1872. 535) 


Mountain Meadow massacre, Maj. John Lee (who was later shot standing 
in his coffin to expiate his crime under the law), had established a ferry for 
emigrants passing southward. The next ferry on the Colorado was at the 
mouth of the Virgin, a new thoroughfare for miners and others to North- 
western and Western Arizona. With the exception of the route to Pioche, 
there was no east and west route of communication—a more southwesterly 
one across a wide arm of the desert, known as the Los Angeles route, 
was, however, still employed by hardy bands of prospectors and occasion- 
ally by emigrants. 

Of the precious and economic minerals the following were observed, 
viz, gold, silver, copper, lead, iron, sulphur, gypsum, salt, chalk, bismuth, 
coal, &c. The southwestern portion of Utah has its silver, coal, and iron 
mines of great extent. The mineral resources of the several mountain 
ranges have been prospected, which has led to developments in several 
prominent mining districts and the cultivation of arable ground in the canons 
adjacent for local supply. 

By the use of canal irrigation, in a rather primitive way, the Mormons 
have been able to make the desert smile with productive fields, gardens, 
and grass plots, the area brought under successful and safe cultivation 
increasing from year to year. However, frequent droughts make it unsafe 
to attempt to irrigate the semi-mesa benches of loose, porous soil, while large 
and systematic schemes of irrigation may yet increase to a considerable 
extent the available acres, especially in those basins fed by the Wahsatch 
system of mountain ranges. * 

Many of the routes of the season were along the eastern rim of the 
Great Interior Basin, the exact limits of which were more clearly defined, 
and thus commencing with the expedition of 1871 and concluding with that 
of 1878, the entire perimeter line of this peculiar inter-plateau, land-locked 
structure (the “Great Interior Basin” of Frémont) was traced and de- 
marked, with the exception of a small part of its northern boundary. 

The portion of the Great Interior Basin visited this year is by far the 
best watered and has really proven a land of promise for the Mormons, and 


* NorEe.—The conclusion was reached that as the region of perennial snows in the western mount- 
ains are few in number and trifling in extent, the areas which can be permanently irrigated are largely 
limited by the absence of this source of water supply. 


56 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


is susceptible of considerable increase in settlement. Fourteen thermal or 
mineral springs lie along the routes of travel, with temperature varying 
from 72° to 185° F. 

The geological examinations furnished matter of particular interest. 
In general characteristics the northwestern portion of the region surveyed 
showed narrow mountain ridges, a part of the Cordillera system, composed 
of crushed and altered Paleozoic rock, alternating with rather broad valleys 
half filled with waste of the mountains. In this region granitoid rocks are 
of frequent occurrence, with many metalliferous veins. Considerable 
areas are occupied by lavas. The southeastern portion is the Upper Colo- 
rado plateau system, the rocks ranging from the Tertiary to the Devonian. 
The strata are undisturbed and easily observable in the numerous and ex- 
tensive canons. Coal in inexhaustible quantity, and widely distributed, is 
found in this region. 

In the Schell Creek Range, about White’s Peak, Nevada, terminal mo- 
raines of five or six glaciers were found, descending to 8,000 feet in altitude. 
On a flank of Union Peak, Nevada, are moraines, and an alpine lake, and 
from Old Baldy Peak two moraines, of which one contains a lakelet at an 
altitude of 9,000 feet, are to be seen. 

The glaciers of this region seem to have been confined to the high 
mountain ridges, and the evidence is against general glaciation. 

The limits of an ancient fresh-water lake which covered Great Salt 
Lake and Desert, Sevier Lake and Desert, and in all an area of 18,000 
square miles, or about equal to that covered by Lake Huron, were care- 
fully examined. This lake, for many reasons given in the appendix to the 
Annual Report for 1872, is supposed to have marked a temporary climatal 
extreme, contemporary with the general glaciation of the northern portion 
of the continent, and at high altitudes, local glaciation in the western 
mountains. 

Deposits similar to those of recent time are discovered beneath those 
of the period of the great fresh-water lake. 

The outlet of this lake was towards the Columbia River. From the ob- 
servations made, a map has been constructed showing the restored outlines 


of the ancient, though geologically recent, lake, named Lake Bonneville. 


EXPEDITION OF 1872. SYT 


At Provo a species of whitefish, native of the fauna of Puget Sound, 
was discovered to be abundant; and this fact may be taken in corroboration 
of the theory of the outflow towards the Columbia River of the former 
Lake Bonneville. 

The introduction a few years previously of the Eastern quail was found 
to have resulted in a considerable increase throughout the section of coun- 
try where first set at liberty, and it was deemed practicable to successfully 
introduce salmon, shad, and alewives into the tributaries of Salt Lake. 

General collections in natural history were made by Surgeon H. C. 
Yarrow, who rendered most valuable service in this direction, as did Mr. 
Henshaw in ornithology. The former states the collections of 1872 to 
have been as follows: 1,426 invertebrate fossils, 800 bird-skins (approx- 
imate), a large number of mammals, several hundred fish, 16 species new 
to science, 5,000 reptiles, insects, shells, plants, &e., and also a number 
of Indian crania, and a lot of ethnological specimens. These specimens, 
after having been reported upon by eminent specialists, were deposited with 
the Smithsonian Institution for the use of the National Museum. 

Excavations were made near Provo, Beaver, and Paragoonah, Utah. 
At the former a number of stone mills, pestles, arrow-heads, pottery, bones 
of animals, several domestic implements, and an almost perfect skeleton 
were discovered. ‘Time did not permit of more than superficial examination, 
with slight excavations among the 400 to 500 mounds near Paragoonah. 
Both of these localities are worthy of a more extended search. 

Ute and other vocabularies were collected. All that has been accom- 
plished in archeological researches appears as so much clear gain in addi- 
tion to the results for which the survey was primarily organized, 7. e., the 
topography of an extended area. 

The topographic detail secured by this expedition will, in the main, be 
found reduced upon Atlas sheets Nos. 49, 50, 58, 59, 66, and 67. 


58 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


EXPEDITION OF 1873. 


The area entered this year aggregates approximately 72,500 square 
miles, distributed as follows: Arizona, 20,175; Colorado, 19,892; New Mex- 
ico, 28,632; and Utah, 3,801 square miles. The main body of the expe- 
dition operating from Santa Fe, N. Mex., confined its labors to the basins 
of the Rio Grande, de Chelle, Little Colorado, Gila, San Francisco, and Salt 
Rivers, and the numerous creeks entering them, especially about the sources 
of the four latter streams. Sections under Lieutenants Hoxie and Marshall; 
United States Engineers, operated independently of the main body, the 
former from Salt Lake City as an initial point, and in the basins of Great 
Salt Lake, Sevier, Green, and Large and Little Colorado Rivers, while the 
latter, entirely detached, set out from Denver, confining itself principally to 
the basins of the Arkansas, Gunnison, and Rio Grande.* 

The streams which flow through the principal mountains and valleys 
furnish along their banks natural and artificial routes of intereommunication 
and exit to exterior areas, details of which are to be found on Atlas Sheets 
Nos. 52, 59, 60, 61, 62, 67, 68, 76, 77, 88, and 84 (see scheme of Atlas 
Sheets for United States, and description of maps in Appendix B). 

The important canons, other than the Grand Cation of the Colorado, 
are, those found at the heads of the Gila, San Francisco, Bonito, and Salt 
Rivers in Arizona and New Mexico; of Paria Creek and Castle Valley in 
Utah, and the Gunnison in Colorado. 

The routes of early explorers traversing the 1873 area are found to be 
eleven in number, as follows: (1) Padre Escalante, from Santa Fe to valley 
of Great Salt Lake and return; (2) Lieutenant Pike, 1807, from near 
Bent’s Fort, on the Arkansas, to the Rio Grande, near junction of Conejos 


Creek; (3) Captain Frémont, in his routes westward, alone valleys of Up- 
’ , ’ 5 B) 


*Nore.—The following are the main routes followed by the officer in command: By 
stage to Santa Te, N. Mex.; thence to Fort Wingate; thence northward beyond Old 
ort Defiance and return to Wingate; thence to Camp Apache, via Zuni and Colorado 
Chiquito crossing; thence, via main fork of White Mountain Creek, to summit of 
Sierra Blanca Range; thence north and eastward, south and eastward, and southward 
returning to Camp Apache; thence to Fort Wingate and Santa Fe, and thence to the 
railroad at Pueblo, Colo. 


EXPEDITION OF 1873. 59 


per Arkansas (1844) and Upper Rio Grande (1845); (4) Lieutenant-Colonel 
Cooke, 1846-47; (5) Lieutenant-Colonel Emory, from Rio Grande west- 
ward, 1846-47; (6) Lieutenant Simpson, to Canon de Chelle and return 
(1849); (7) Captain Sitgreaves, from Zui villages westward to Colorado 
River, 1851; (8) Captain Gunnison, 1853, from San Luis Valley to that of 
Gunnison River; (9) Lieutenant Whipple, Pacific Railroad Survey along 
thirty-fifth parallel, 1853-54; (10) Captain Beckwith, Pacific Railroad 
Surveys, 1854; and (11) Lieutenant, now Brevet Major-General, Parke, 
eastward to Fort Fillmore, Tex., from Colorado River, Pacific Railroad 
Surveys, 1854. 

The publie-land surveys during the period between the examination 
on the ground and the issue of the final maps have been prosecuted with 
vigor in many of the regions (especially in Colorado), and while connection 
was made in all practical cases on the ground, advantage has also been 
taken of the later sectionizing details, if any, to indicate new roads and 


settlements and other later permanent improvements. 


PARTIAL ITINERARY. 


Fort Wingate, N. Mex. to Fort Defiance, Ariz., &c., July 21, 1873.—Camp was made 
about 1 mile east of wagon road, about midway to Old Fort Defiance (Indian agency 
of the Navajoes) at Rock or Sheep Spring. The water seeps from the upper surface 
of a soft shale, underlying a red sandstone, with a slight dip to the northeast. This 
latter bed always carries more or less water on account of its permeability. Mexican 
bull teams carrying Government stores to the Indian agency were noticed encamped 
on road at Stinking Springs (so called from the odor of sulphureted hydrogen); the 
dry bed of the Puerco was passed at a bridge a little further on, when, leaving the 
valley along a northwest course, Rock Springs are reached, at a distance of about 
22 miles. The next day camp is made toward evening at the old post of Defiance. 
Subsequently a detour about 15 miles to the north and east is taken to the garnet and 
ruby fields. 

A ride of 10 miles brings one near the head of the drainage line passing through 
Defiance. A little rounded knoll in the valley below, covered with a reddish soil, in- 
terspersed with conglomerate pebbles, shows many garnets on the surface. The 
formation of the dry interior valley, marking a point of the garnet beds, shows on 
either side the persistent and familiar red sandstone bed, resting conformably upon 
mountain limestone, the prominent feature of the frequent mesas of the Little Colorado 
basins. Underlying it is found in many of the explored horizons a strata of bituminous 
coal. The extent of this apparently immense bed, as yet but imperfectly traced, covers 
thousands of square miles in Northwestern New Mexico and Northeastern Arizona. 

Scattered through the valley in question, often on the surface of burnt basaltic lava 


60 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


in loose débris, evidently washed from a bed of greenish, soft tufa that persistently 
breaks through the nearly horizontal sedimentary strata at varying angles, at horizons 
within the reach of the eye, were quantities of garnets and aqua-marines. A small 
emerald was also found on the surface, and rubies of fine texture and color have been 
found in the same locality. Were it not for the dearth of water, coupled with the fact 
that the points at which these gems have been discovered are on a Government reser- 
vation, there can be no doubt but that this locality is worthy the search of intelligent 
prospectors versed in the alluvial and fixed formations known to furnish precious stones 
of the varieties named. 

Fort Wingate, N. Mex., to Fort Apache, Ariz., August 5, 1873.—Leave camp at 6 
a.m., via Zuni Villages and Little Culorado, for one of the survey camps at Cold 
Spring, northeast of Camp Apache. 

The route crosses the spur-like divide of the southern branches of the Puerco and 
the northern tributaries of the Zuni, one of the obstructions of a route from the Rio 
Grande in Southern Colorado to Eastern and Central Arizona.* 

The route is {frequently relieved by little park-like openings, fringed or surrounded 
by irregular growth of forest pines (Pinus ponderosa) on either hand, with fine graz- 
ing (bunch and grama grasses predominating), with also a wealth of shrubs and flow- 
ering plants of a semi-tropical character, water alone being wanted to perfect the 
scene. Oak groves with mistletoe growth were occasionally noticed, and fir usually 
at elevations above 8,000 feet. At Nutrias, a Zuni outpost, is found a little pueblo 
town occupied by Zuni Indians, which, together with those of the Zuni village proper 
and that of Ojo del Pescado and Ojo Caliente, make four of the seven sites that once 
were settled by these village Iidians, the ruins of three others being now found near 
Deer Springs (Ojo Benado), Tule Springs, and at au adjacent point on the line between 
them and not far distant from the former. 

Here are noted large herds of goats and sheep, the property of both Navajoes and 
Zunis. Timber is still abundant, while it becomes dwarfed at Pescado and almost 
absent at Zuni proper. Below 7,000 feet in this section of the plateau region timber 
is scarce, becoming abundant at $,000 feet, and so continuing to an altitude of fully 
10,000 feet. 

The route leads out of the Nutrias Valley along denuded portions of the plateau 
system (sand and limestone beds, the equivalent of those in the Puerco Valley pre- 
dominating) into that of the Zuni proper, reaching the direct road to the villages, two 
miles west of the Pescado. 

The artemisia of the Western plains was frequently noticed with pinon pine and 
serub cedar prevalent, interspersed with heavy pine timber at intervals, especially at 
higher altitudes, along the day’s march. 

August 6, 1873, en route to and at Deer Spring Camp.—A few miles brings one to 
small irrigated fields at Black Rocks. Water appears at crossing of the Zuni near the 
pueblo (found slightly alkaline, the water in a well upon which the town is built prov- 
ing sulphurous). Most of the cultivated patches were of corn, while little groups 
of squashes and melons, beans, and wheat were noted. In the little gardens near the 
town, onions, tomatoes, and caraway were seen. They were watered by hand by the 


*Norr.—Since the construction of the Atlantic and Pacific Railroad, Northeastern Arizona is made 
more accessible from Holbrook Station, on the Little Colorado, 


EXPEDITION OF 1873. 61 


women from large ollas carried on the head, some of which were ornamented with con- 
siderable taste. The best corn fields were watered by irrigation ditckes from the river 
(nearly dry at this date). Most of the Zuni herds were at the Nutrias and at Pescado 
The principal beast of burden is the jack, while horses are also used. The then gov- 
ernor was Pedro Pino, from whom many items of interest were gathered. 

The grant from the Spaniards, or rather the Mexicans as asserted by Pedro 
Pino, covers the following area: Bounded on the north by the dividing ridge between 
Zuni River and the Puerco, on the east by the summit of the Zuni Mountains, on the 
south by an east and west line through the Salt Lake, and on the west by the Little 
Colorado. 

Many decades since a great storm came and flooded the valley so that their 
present site was uninhabitable, and it became necessary to take to the mesa, where 
they lived temporarily (old maps show the position as on a mesa bluff). 

‘Their traditions are to the effect that they had always lived in the same spot, 
and that three other pueblos found to be, one at Ojo Benado, asecond a short distance 
to the south and east, a third at Tule Spring, now in ruins, were once inhabited.* 

The valley is left at a southwestern exit. There is a well-marked rainy season at 
Zuni in July and August. Ojo Caliente, the fourth Zuni pueblo, was noticed in the dis- 
tance, as also fields of corn, apparently growing out of the sand, but in reality the sand 
was only a drift covering a dark alluvial earth, found underneath. Black erupt- 
ive basalts were observed at various points on the march; otherwise the lime and 
sandstone of the plateau system predominates, the latter approaching a quartzite. It 
is stated that the winds (from southwest) of the lower Little Colorado and Zuni in 
April, May, and June are almost hurricane-like and incessant. Young corn is blown 
up by the roots, against which the Zunis protect the tender growth by branches of 
cedar placed to the windward. 


* Nore.—The fact of there being these three ruins, and only that number being traditional with the 
Zunis, was clearly pointed out to me by Pedro Pino during along and careful conversation. That these 
villages are the actual ‘‘ Seven Cities of Cibola” visited by Coronado in his famous expedition of 1540 
appears quite probable. The narratives of the officers of the expedition and of historians of the times 
agree as to the exaggeration and di ception practiced upon the Spaniards by the imaginative tales of 
Fra Marco de Nig¢a, and describe the main of the ceven cities at about 25 miles distant from a river 
where wild flax had been found (probably the Little Colorado or Flax River), approximately the actual 
distance from Zuni to the bridge at the Colorado Chiquito crossing. (See Atlas sheet 76.) 

The position with regard to Tusayan (probably the Mogquis villages) and the Province of Tigeux 
(probably the pueblos of the Rio Grande north of Albuquerque) and Acuco (probably Acoma), as well 
as Quivira, corresponds quite well with the historical record of the marches of Coronado and his cap- 
tains. (See Smithsonian Report of 1869, pp. 309-342. Seven Cities of Cibola, by Simpson. ) 

The Jate General Simpson, in the article in question, quotes the following as of opinion that the 
Zuni pueblos were the seven cities: Gallatin, Squier, Whipple, Turner, and Kern. He also arrives at 
the same opinion from a somewhat extended examination of the Spanish authorities, while Emory 
- and Abert (as stated by Simpson) incline to locate the seven cities at and along the plateau southeast 
from Mount Taylor, counting Acoma, the most southerly and isolated as to position and language, as 
one. and Laguna, Cubero, Poblazon, Pojuate, Moquina, and Cibolleta in order to the northward. The 
late Mr. Morgan refers the site of the seven cities to the ruins found in the valley of the Chaco, The 
weight of evidence so far examined leads to the placing of their site at the Zuni pueblos, and this 
conclusion is strengthened by its proximity to the valley of the Gila, which, it appears, was crossed 
near the ruin now known as the ‘‘Casa Grande,” and called by the Spaniards (probably) ‘‘Chileitalle.” 

The entire region occupied by the present and extinct pueblos having been embraced by the sur 
veys of this office, their location will be found on the published atlas sheets. 


62 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Timber begins again, pinon and cedar on lower, and large pines at higher levels. 

August 7.—At Cedar Spring, about 22 miles from the Colorado bridge, the first 
glimpse of the Sierra Blanca is had, which testifies also to an emergence from the per- 
sistent plateau so long the horizon. 

The main peak, in somber blue, stretches well into the horizon, while the verd- 
ure of the eastern slope of the range does not, at so great a distance, appear so dense 
as that of the western noted from vicinity of Apache in 1871. 

These slopes, however, unlike their counterparts (the eastern) in the Sierra Ne- 
vada, face on smiling valleys and glades well grazed and watered, in a section of rare 
luxuriance, and marking a grand oasis as compared with the adjacent and more ster- 
ile portions of the valleys of the Rio Grande, Gila. Salt, and Little Colorado Rivers. 

Twelve miles beyond Deer Springs the desert-like waste of the Colorado Chiquito, 
and the familiar greasewood, sand-grass, and sage appear, while the pinon pines even 
becomes dwarfed and few. After crossing the Quemada, made muddy by the late rains, 
the Little Colorado is reached after a few miles. It is from 8 to 10 feet wide, with its 
surface current 6 feet below the banks. 

August 8.—Near Cave Springs. A fine spring breaks out from a voleanie bluff 
(basalt) and flows into a small, well-grassed valley, containing both bunch and grama; 
nestled among the mesa-ridges, scattered pinons appear, and from this point until the 
Mogollon forest is reached grazing and water are plentiful. A, mineral spring was 
noticed to the south of the road, some 10 miles toward Apache, where the more rolling 
hills have become covered with luxuriant bunch grass and occasional clumps of pine. 

Toward the close of the march the road reaches the timber fringes of the Great 
Mogollon forest of the San Francisco Plateau, 

August 9.—En route to and at Oak Grove Camp near Camp Apache, the road runs 
through a beautiful pine forest, with occasionally little groves of white oak (Quercus 
undulata) and a few black walnuts of small size. These oaks were abundant, of 
vigorous growth, exceeding 20 feet in height, with a wood solid and close grained. 
Bunch and grama grasses were abundant in all the glades or openings which oceasion- 
ally give a most delightful variation to the immediate landscape. 

A climb upon a peak near the route reveals a partial view of the Salt River Basin 
and the connection of this forest with the one explored in 1871 to the south and east- 
ward of San Francisco Mountains. This peak is a crater cone, as are so many aloug 
the northern end of the Sierra Blanca, an entirely volcanic range. The first view of 
the sedimentary breaking out from beneath the lava flows is found near Cooley’s Park, 
some 8 or 10 miles from Apache. Camp is made in a little oak grove opening, where 
running water and grass in abundance of themselves afford repose when compared 
with the reverse picture so frequent in the more desert portions of the trip. 

August 10,—Reaching Camp Apache, Arizona, an excellentand descending road leads 
into the branch of the White Mountain Creek, upon which Camp Apache is situated. 
This stream is followed from a point near Cooley’s Park. 


SIERRA BLANCA REGION. 


August 12, 1873. En route to and at Green Corn Camp, East fork of White 
Mountain Creek. Arrangements were completed for an exploration from Camp 


EXPEDITION OF 1873. 63 


Apache, as a base, to the eastward of the Sierra Blanca, and to include the heads of 
the East and North Forks of White Mountain Creek, the sourcesof the Little Colo- 
rado, San Francisco, and Bonito Rivers (tributaries of the Gila), and of the main fork 
of the Prieto or Salt River. Beyond, a few miles along the ravine of the East Fork, 
near Camp Apache, so far as could be ascertained, the foot of white man had never trod 
within these solitudes, and the magnificent expanse of more than 5,000 square miles 
of mountain, valley, glade, lake, and river lay before us, a true terra incognita. 

The drawing of the Indians toward the West to agencies at Camp Apache and 
San Carlos, Ariz., and eastward to Forts Bayard and Tulerosa, and to the Canada 
Alamosa, New Mexico, had left this a neutral zone, where Dame Nature ruled in all 
the magnificence of true simplicity. 

The special party was so equipped that no obstacle or peril of mountain-path 
finding could impede its movements in any direction, independent of trail and regard- 
less of the tangled forest or roaring stream. One of the objective points was the 
summit of the Sierra Blanca, from whence a mountain view unequaled by any within 
our territory, with the exception of those from the highest summits of the Sierra 
Nevada and Cascade Ranges, was anticipated, and the results far more than justified 
the expectation, for beyond description the view from this point (named Thomas 
Peak) was the most magnificent and effective of any among the large number that 
have come under my observation. 

The route for the day was entirely through the valley bottom which gradually 
narrows, being surrounded on either side by reddish beds of argillaceous limestone in 
which fossils (presumably ¢arboniferous) had been found. The mesa edges of the 
rolling plateau were covered with heavy pine of the species Pinus ponderosa (yellow 
pine) reaching heights of fully 80 feet, another variety (Abies concolor) prevalent in 
New Mexico though not growing quite as large, and having shorter leaves and cones. 
These trees quite approach the bed of the stream. Sycamores, mountain oak, and 
black walnut were also observed. 

August 13.—The topographers of the party leave camp to ascend a peak to the 
north and east from which a fair view is obtained toward the head of the stream, which 
appears densely wooded with pine and fir timber. Here and there a small stream flows 
in from the north side, furnishing water for the cornfields on the surrounding mesas. 
On a small eminence was found the rough débris of an old ruin originally constructed 
of voleanic (basalt) material without cement, and strangely enough without pottery 
fragments in sight. The volcanic ground passed over proves to be mal pais, and a most 
serious obstacle to the passage of the train. 

August 14.—It becomes again necessary to follow the bench on the northern bank of 
the creek, making one or two crossings exceedingly abrupt at almost impassable 
points. 

Several springs are passed flowing from the base of beds of permeable volcanic 
conglomerate. The springs are usually large, forming little streams flowing at least 
four or five hundred yards. 

The elevation gained was approximately 8,000 feet. The horizon was entirely 
above the sedimentary and in a basaltic rock cap. 

No sedimentary was found of later age than the Carboniferous, the lava having 
descended to this horizon, 


64 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The northern bank gives by far the best slope. It is accounted for on the suppo- 
sition that the snow melts first on the north side of the cation, thus giving a special 
character to vegetation. Strawberry and raspberry vines are seen. Camp is made at 
some springs densely surrounded by the most elegant evergreen of the Douglas spruce. 

The fir region has not yet been reached, it being found at greater altitudes. Lakes 
were spoken of over the divide near the head of the fork,in regard to which the In- 
dians have a superstitious fear, calling them the Holy Lakes, in which they say the 
divine mermaid dwells. Elk, mountain sheep, California lion, deer, antelope, wild tur- 
key are known to be abundant in this range, and their fresh tracks were constantly seen. 

August 15.—Karly in the day a little stream was met, coming in from the north 
through a deep ravine from a mesa densely wooded that reaches to the bed of the 
main creek, the crossing of which was attended with the greatest difficulty, an extem- 
porized raft being necessary. = 

Ascending the mesa if becomes necessary to coutour and follow an extensive bay 
that makes in from the north. This is finally passed.and a dividing ridge that comes 
in from the north gives a view of the head of two branches of the East Fork. Here it 
becomes necessary to descend into the ravine of the ost northerly one and follow the 
stream to its source, and, ascending the slopes of the tortuous divide, a plateau bearing 
patches of fine bunch grass is reached. From this one looks down into the valley of 
the North Pork. The animals feast upon the rank and succulent mountain bunch grass. 

August 16.—By ascending a high peak to the northwest it becomes possible to 
discover what seems to be a point at which the passage across the range can be made. 

August 17.—A camp is this day reached near the summit of the Sierra Blanca. 
The reconnaissance trail of yesterday was followed in the direction of a low divide 
north of the principal peak. The grades improve, but the spruce timber continues 
almost impassably thick. Traveling about 5 miles brings one to the 1idge, where a 
most remarkable panorama spreads before us of dense forests, interspersed with well- 
watered little valleys and glades covered with luxuriant grass and flowers, of lakes 
aud running streams sparkling in the sun, all amphitheatered by the grim walls east- 
wardly by the Datil Range, a part of the continental divide, and also the Tulerosa 
Range, with mountains to the southeast bordering the Gila, partly opening northward 
toward the Colorado. Water having been found near the summit, camp is established, 
and we push ahead to the main peak, where lies within our horizon a landscape view 
of the grandest scenery, interspersed with agreeable, home-like valleys, vales, and 
glades in nearly all directions. Outstretched before us lay the tributaries of seven 
principal streams, the true courses of which were unknown to geography, and only 
traced conjecturally on maps of this far-distant region, viz, the Colorado Chiquito, 
the Nutrioso Creek, the San Francisco fork of the Gila, the main head of the Prieto or 
Salt River, and the Bouito a tributary, and the north and east fork of White Mount- 
ain River. There are four main peaks within a distance of 10 miles, none of which 
had before been ascended by white men. The heads of the Colorado Chiquito and 
Rtio Prieto present a stretch of valley lands far surpassing any I have before seen. 
The view of the landscape to the east is of the most marvelous beauty of form aud 
color. Mountain, forest, valley, and stream are blended in one harmonious whole, in 
size large enough for a State, all falling within the horizon of one point. Few world- 
wide travelers in a lifetime even could be treated to a more perfect landscape, a true 
virgin solitude, undefiled by the presence of man. 


EXPEDITION OF 1873. 65 


August 18.—I am satisfied that the valley landscape to the eastward bad never 
been seen by any white men (1873). Perhaps here and there a few points had been 
touched while passing up or down at lower levels one of the streams above mentioned 
without giving any adequate view of the grandeur of the whole. 

August 19.—Took leave of camp of over 9,000 feet above sea, and moving west of 
north follow the steep sides of the divide leading to a stream that proves to be the 
principal head of the west or main fork of the Colorado Chiquito. For some distance 
after the bed of the stream is reached spruce timber and aspen still continue, pine 
soon appears, after which comes an opening inclined at an angle of 40°, and covered 
with a heavy growth of fine bunch grass, interspersed with a variety of flowers in 
bloom. ; 

For a little less than 2 miles the grass is of the old crop, then begins the new 
and juicy growth of the year subsequent to the burning over by fires set by the Indians. 
The creek here enters a small cation, only to emerge into a broad open valley in the 
vicinity of the road that leads to Apache. We follow up this fork and reach a most 
beautiful open park that was seen from the mountains as apparently carrying a stream, 
which proves to be a fallacy, as the little meadows of the lower portion have flowing 
water only in spring after the melting snows. The genera! height of the prairie is a 
little less than 8,000 feet. A nearly northern direction was taken over a rolling, natural 
park-like country, more beautiful than any artificial or cultivated park could be, and 
the most attractive landscape ever encountered by me (1883). 

The-march was continued a little more than 5 miles, to a prominence named Park 
Butte, it being surrounded by the most beautiful natural parks. The butte commands 
the whole basin of the west fork, and through it one again traces the volcanic river to 
the north and west which limits the upper basin of the Colorado Chiquito. 

August 20.—The train moves along the east side of the valley that surrounds the 
tributaries of the main west fork and soon crosses an almost imperceptible rolling 
divide to arroyos flowing in the opposite direction. It is soon discovered, however, 
that our line from the camp to Park Butte lay but a little to the west of a water-shed 
between drainage basins, the butte itself occupying one part of the line. Rolling 
arroyos that take their rise in the timbered ridges of this plateau soon converge and 
cafion upon reaching harder beds of volcanic flooring until soon water comes to the 
surface. The name of “Dotted Park” is suggested because of the numerous semi- 
mound-like structures planted almost regularly over its surface. It should be called 
either “ Dotted” or “Island” Park. Bear, of the brown, black, and cinnamon color, 
are common in the eastern parts of the Sierra Blanca Range. The party continues to 
the eastward and suddenly emerge into a little valley that carries a tortuous stream to 
the eastward, which we cross and follow in its general direction. We are obliged to 
leave the valley of the stream mentioned, which flowing into a canon soon turns to 
theeastward. The course is then left, and, skirting the timber to the north, we desery 
through an opening two bears feeding. A hunt is organized, but without success, the 
hunters sleeping out during the night. Meanwhile a 300-pound black bear had been 
killed after a hard fight. Here the openings are finely clad with nutritious bunch and 
other grasses. The soil is all volcanic. In the lower of these valleys, and below 
about 8,000 feet, crops could be raised without irrigation. 

5 WH——VOL I 


66 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


August 21.—Just at dusk last evening the party attempted to follow a trail, be- 
came entirely lost and cireled on their tracks, but during the day reached a point near 
our camp of last night, where two forks come together, which proved to be tributaies of 
the main Salt River. A topographical party is dispatched east to determine the drain- 
age of the water-shed upon which we had been traveling the greater part of the previous 
day. At this elevation spruce, pine,and aspen are found. Below us lies a beautiful 
valley at the confluence of the two streams mentioned, the soil of which at this alti- 
tude, and judging from the amount of humidity already noticed, ought to produce 
cereals, &c., without irrigation, a most valuable consideration in this section. Hvery- 
where in the openings the most succulent bunch-grass is found in abundance. This 
section day by day presents beauties and practical features that rank it by far as the 
most attractive to agricultural settlers of any portion within the limits of explorations 
in my charge. 

August 22.—The mal-pais soil, especially where it is nearly horizontal and without 
drainage, has become so thoroughly saturated that the mules sink belly deep in many 
places. The narrow valley of the fork entering from the south is followed for 4 or 5 
miles, running water being found for two-thirds of the distance. We then cross a 
rolling, timbered divide, that brings one into a similar valley that ought to lead 
toward the canon found traversing to the southwest yesterday. ‘This is followed for a 
time, then turning near to the north and west, pass over a sharp, peak-like divide, from 
which a view of the lake lying at our feet is obtained. It is about 13 miles in length 
and three-fourths in width, containing little islands well grassed. Its highest level is 
denoted by a slightly-marked beach line, fringed with a growth of shrub and apparently 
now at a medium stage. We found no more than 30 to 36 inches difference between 
that and high-water mark. The water is accumulated from the rains and is entirely 
of surface collections, slightly tinctured with vegetable matter. At its ordinary high 
stages it has no outlet and no stream enters it. 

August 23.—The park in this vicinity is called Lake Park; an old beach line is 
reported 12 to 13 feet higher on the western side of the lake. We follow up the line of 
drainage leading toward the lake from the west, which at certain high stages may 
have forced the water over the head of this low arroyo. 

The want of alkaline, saline, and other constituents in its waters must result 
from the large amount of percolation as compared with the amount of evaporation and 
the short distance traversed over a volcanic bed. 

August 24.—A march of a little less than 5 miles, mostly through the timber, 
brings us to the Rendezvous Camp. This is snugly situated in a point of timber com- 
manding the beautiful valley of the mountain stream that, rising in the canon of the 
southeast flank of the Sierra Blanca, flows through park, forest, and valley to enter 
again a cation prior to its confluence with the main stream, the Salt River. 

August 25.—This day was spent in camp; parties go out here and there to the 
eastward and south. A party of Indians, mounted, is reported to have crossed 2 or 3 
miles below. So far upon the route no trails except those made by game have been 
seen, and one would suppose that this very natural garden indeed had been neglected 
even by the Indians. No ruins are seen after crossing the range to the east, although 
Mr. Gilbert discovered some in the valley of the Little Colorado. These highland parks 
have been left to the animal denizens of the forest, to the bear, wolf, elk, deer, antelope, 
and other mammals, and to the gatherings of the winged families. 


' EXPEDITION OF 1873. 67 


August 26.—It appears that the rainy season is nearly past, the heavens are par- 
tially covered in the heat of the day by moving, fleecy clouds that precipitate at in- 
tervals floods of rain, but the nights are usually clear. 

No frosts were noted at this camp. Iam satisfied that the extent of country sur- 
rounding the heads of Colorado Chiquito and Salt River and Rio Prieto will add to our 
climatic sanitariums one of the most delightful localities on the continent. The winds 
that have full sway lower down in the basin are here broken by the Sierra Blanea. 

August 27.—A retrograde movement from this camp is made to reach the so-called 
Apache and Tulerosa trail. The route lay along broken ridges and through several 
little valleys, some with running streams and others without, until a very steep 
cation lying ahead seems to indicate an approach into what is supposed to be the 
Bonito, but which proves to be still another fork of the Salt River. In a little open- 
ing the valley is crossed by a stream of considerable size. Here, as has been noticed 
in several other localities, the grass on one side of a stream will be new, juicy, and thin, 
because of the burning of the sward during the season, while on the opposite side, where 
no burning has taken place, the thick tufts of bunch grass spreading into beds offer 
more abundant food for the animals that have now to depend upon grass altogether 
for their support. 

A trip to a divide to the southward shows nothing besides the peaks that have 
been noticed during the day and beyond which the main fork of Salt River is expected 
to-lay. In this portion of our territory, where Spanish geographical names are still 
used, streams of all sorts and sizes have been designated by the name river. 

August 28.—A party starts ahead from this point to reach Camp Apache, and the 
remainder follow them in their trail for about 2 miles. A pedestal-like peak, rising 
above the forest trees and commanding the course of the stream to the south, is 
ascended. The northern horizon commands in profile a characteristic view of the 
southern end of the Sierra Blanea, while to the northwest and northeast the regular, 
wooded slopes of what become, upon a close inspection, regular and broken mesas ot 
the divide between Salt River and the Gila. To the east the Escudilla and San Fran- 
cisco Mountains are well defined. Further to the southeast, put in bold characters 
upon the horizon, are high mesas or plateaus, with irregular edges, and one specially 
prominent range, because of its height, and still another, extending far to the south- 
ward, appear to close with the horizon in this direction. 

To the west the four peaks of the Mazatzal and the Sierra Ancha limit the hori- 
zon. The mountains facing upon the San Pedro (the Pinal Range) give no point to 
the view of sufficient interest to determine their identity. To the southwest in strong 
relief appears what to my belief is the Chiricahua Range, although at such magnifi- 
cent distances, when noticed from various compass points, it becomes difficult to dictate 
with precision. 

One remarkable peculiarity of a view to the south while occupying a central spot 
in the trough between several meridional ranges is well illustrated by this station. 
The Chiricahua Range, that in reality trends northeast, appears to have a direction 
quite southeast, while a range of marked longitudinal extent to the southeast (proba- 
bly the Mimbres Mountains) has apparently a direction of nearly southeast. This 
can only be explained on account of the inequality of refraction at different azimuths 


68 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


dependent on the character of intervening obstacles and to the vibrations of the 
atmosphere due to heated upward currents, apparently throwing objects out of a ver- 
tical plane. 

August 29.—An early march brings us well ahead on the trip to Apache. A 
meadow-like opening is reached, that must debouch into one of the north forks of Salt 
River. 

In less than 10 miles the canon of the river in question is reached. None of the 
little park-like openings noted near the main peaks were tributary to this stream, that 
heads further to the southward and not as near the main peaks as the others. At this 
crossing no sedimentary rocks had yet become exposed, and no opening, so far as 
could be seen above or below, large enough for even a small camp. 

In the meadow spoken of, wild flax was seen in patches; hence it is probable that 
the cultivated varieties could thrive. No more desirable location could be found for an 
elegant country residence than this meadow, nestled high among the rocky wooded blutts, 
peacefully sleeping in beauty, with no sound save the sighing from the trees that line 
the entire horizon on every side, or mayhap the rustle of the roving wild animals of the 
mountain forest. The amount of water that can be utilized for manufacturing and mill 
purposes is sufficient for all that will ever be required. We are now once more among 
the pines that only reach a certain altitude, here not exceeding 9,000 feet. Spruces 
are growing searce, while the aspen still remains, a native of many altitudes. Black 
walnut (Juglans rupestris, var. Major) of medium size are here observed. As was ex- 
pected, the trail followed is a nearly latitudinal one, that has been traveled from time to 
time by Indians en route from Tulerosa to Apache. Many of the smaller streams now 
flowing will run dry later in the season. At3 p.m. a party arrives from Apache with 
provisions, and, Lieut. Tillman reports, bringing mail and other material—quite an 
event in our forest life. 

August 30.—The trail from this point follows nearly a due west course for a few 
miles, then, turning toward the north, comes out near the head of the cafion from the 
south that was noted as in full view to the east of south from the hill ascending near 
Green Corn Camp, the scene being at once grand and striking. 

Making a steep descent, we commence the zig-zagging process along the mesa that 
faces the east fork, and emerge into the narrow valley of the stream directly opposite 
Green Corn Camp. Apache is soon reached, along the south bank of the stream. (For 
area visited, see northeast corner of atlas sheet 83 and southeast corner of sheet 76.) 


The Indian tribes encountered were the Navajoes, Zunis, Moquis, 
Jemez, White Mountain Apaches, and those found at Fort Bayard and Old 
Fort Tulerosa, also the following pueblos: Moquis, with its seven villages; 
Zuni, including the outposts at Nutria, Pescado, and Ojo Caliente; Acoma, 
Isleta, Jemez, Tesuque, San Yldefonso, Silla (or Zia), and Laguna. The 
area under survey has embraced the greater part of that originally inhab- 
ited by the pueblo or town people and all of that belonging to the present 
pueblos, to all of whom grants of land have been or are in process of 
being confirmed. 


‘EXPEDITION OF 1873. 69 


The count, as stated at the agency of the Navajoes at Old Fort Defi- 
ance on the then last annuity day, was 8,616, which had, however, before 
reached as high as 9,700. In annual report of Indian Office for 1886 the 
enrolled number is given at 17,358. Not more than 4,000 to 4,500 were 
in the habit of appearing on annuity day. The agency is situated (1873) 
near the southern end of the reservation, while the several bands live along 
the banks of the San Juan and its southern tributaries. 

They appeared to care little or nothing for their agent, and were kept 
in awe solely by the presence. of troops at Fort Wingate, near southern 
extremity of reservation limits. 

They had been moved a number of years before from the Pecos Valley. 
Many bands have large herds (reaching into the thousands) of horses, cattle, 
goats, sheep, mules, and donkeys. Manuelito, a fine specimen of an Indian, 
was their war chief, in fact the only one who had a voice with and a 
control over the whole tribe, the head chief being old, decrepid, and in 
his dotage. He had five wives or squaws, and each of the bucks of fine 
prowess and large wealth in stock had more than one. These dusky 
virgins possess a market value at maturity, the price depending upon family 
caste, good looks, chastity entering with considerable weight. The daughter 
of a prominent sub-chief is generally worth about four horses and twenty 
sheep, that are divided usually between the father, elder brother, and herself. 
As a race they are of more than average Indian intelligence, possessing rare 
qualities of shrewdness and cunning. Their facial dimension approaches 
the rectangular, and, except in individual cases, the high cheek-bones and 
irregular noses are lacking. The squaws are better treated than in any tribe 
yet visited (1873), and, although obliged to do some of the drudgeries of 
manual labor, still spend considerable time at their weaving and produce a 
woolen textile fabric for use as garments and for household purposes. This 
tissue is excelled by none for durability and unrivaled because of its im- 
permeability. Tradition dates their knowledge of this art (back of any his- 
torical association, however) to a Welsh or Danish woman, who lived to a 
good old age among them, and they now worship an old woman as one of 
their deities. In early days they colored their raw weaving material in nat- 
ural dyes, black, green, and yellow, but since the Government furnishes them 


70 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


colors, they have discarded their own for an inferior substitute. Some of 
their designs are highly characteristic and show good taste for color and 
figure. Should one Indian kill another by accident, another life must be 
the ransom or the payment of a stipulated number of horses or sheep, or a 
certain sum of money. ‘Their sense of retributive justice is strong. Three 
or four Navajo pupils were being educated at the agency at a cost of $1,200 
per year to the Government. The Navajoes had for a number of years 
made regular raids on the Mormon stock herds to the north of the Colorado, 
which has latterly, however, been stopped. They fear the incursion of the 
pale-face, but above all dread an inroad by the Chinese, that, locust-like, 
would consume everything in the land. , 

The ranches were few and far between along the route, and taking 
into account the extent of the Navajoe and White Mountain Reservation 
aud the ground claimed by the Zunis, there was but little land left to en- 
courage the settler to wander in this direction. However, the area visited 
to the east of a north and south line passing through the highest point of 
the Sierra Blanca and embracing thousands of square miles cannot be ex- 
celled by a like area on the continent for grazing and timber, while certain 
of the glades and valleys below 8,000 feet in elevation are susceptible of 
tillage, and the dark voleanic soil (of trachytic and basaltic components) is 
unsurpassed in natural fertility. The points at which floatrock even of the 
precious minerals had been found were few. Prospectors showed, besides 
the precious stones, specimens of silver ore, reputed as coming from the 
Navajoe Reservation, still others from the Zuni Mountains, while a third spot 
on the banks of Salt River, south and east of Apache, had been prospected 
successfully and locations made by Mr. Cooley, a guide and interpreter at 
Apache. Other mines of copper and silver ore had been discovered on the 
San Francisco branch of the Gila. 

The only general wagon-route through the area visited personally was 
the one leading from Wingate to Apache, while now arailroad (the Atlantic 
and Pacific) from Albuquerque, on the Rio Grande, to the Needles, on the 
Colorado, has been built and opened (1883), and the Arizona portion of the 
region visited in 1873 is reached from a station named Holbrook, on the 


EXPEDITION OF 1873. Cal 


Little Colorado, from whence stages depart for Apache direct, and for 
Springerville (Milligan’s Ranch) via Saint John’s, on the Colorado Chiquito. 

The only lakes reported in the Arizona and New Mexico portions of 
the area are two small ones (more properly lakelets or ponds), the first 
lying near head of White Mountain River, and the second found near the 
head of another branch of the North Fork, both small -reservoirs emptying 
into the stream in question, and a third (Reservoir Lake) lying near the 
headwaters of Salt River, and without visible outlet. This lake lies in a 
shallow basin, its waters resting upon and walled in by lava, slightly eroded. 
The water is shallow, weeds reaching the surface. At its stage in August 
it covered approximately 50 acres, with a possible 75 acres at maximum. 
An old beach, 10 feet above present level, long since abandoned, is ob- 
served, It appears to be permanent on account of the life it contains, and 
must have an underground outlet, as its waters are fresh. From the sum- 
mit of the Sierra Blanca, as one looks eastward at the rising of the sun, and 
when the adjacent amphitheater is first flooded with its morning light, it 
sparkles like a jewel, and is well set off by its mountain and mesa surround- 
ings, by which it is encircled on every side. The sources of the streams 
making up the headwaters of the forks of White River, the Salt, Bonito 
Prieto, Blue, San Francisco, Gila, and Little Colorado Rivers, are perpetual 
springs, rising near the mountain summits from storage reservoirs in the 
trachyte, dolerite, and basalt of this region, and following the courses that 
lead to their far-distant ocean level in the Gulf of California, they soon 
expand into a number of sparkling streams within the lava region which 
traverse a plateau-like area in which the cones of the Sierra Blanca are 
centrally situated, the picturesqueness of which is not equaled within our 
borders, not forgetting even the Willamette Valley of Oregon, although 
the latter, long and level, affords wider fields for agriculture, while much of 
the Eastern Arizona and Western New Mexico region, in which the Sierra 
Blanca lie centrally disposed, is valuable only for grazing and timber, water 
being in abundance; a country indeed in striking contrast to the compara- 
tive deserts of the lower Colorado Chiquito, Gila, and mesas westward of 
the Rio Grande in like latitudes. 


72 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


These streams, particularly mentioned and belonging to the portion 
visited, all finally reach the sea by the mouth of the Colorado of the West, 
the continental divide lying to the eastward. 

The portion known as Mogollon Mesa and White Mountain Region 
consists, geologically, the former of Carboniferous strata (limestone pre- 
dominating) and volcanic material, in the following order of sequence, as 
observed by Mr. Gilbert: (1) Trachyte; (2) *Sanidin-dolerite; (3) Basalt. 
In the Geological Maps, Nos. 1 and 2 are designated as trachyte and 
rhyolite. This volcanic field is an arm of a great region of igneous rocks, 
reaching almost continuously from San Francisco Mountains, on the north- 
west, to Mount Taylor, at the southeast, as centers of flow, and estimated as 
covering about 25,000 square miles. It lies principally between latitudes 
32° 45’ and 34° 20’, and longitudes 107° 30’ to 110° west of Greenwich. 
Thomas Peak, the summit of the Sierra Blanca, is also an elevated center 
of disturbance, and the resultant eruption and uplift has left lava beds of 
about 3,000 feet in thickness lying presumably on the Carboniferous, which 
is observed to the eastward of Camp Apache, along Main or East Fork of 
White Mountain Creek for 8 or 9 miles, there passing under the volcanic cap. 

Mr. Gilbert assumes three distinct lava flows in the order above given, 
the trachytic being the least recent. The basalt appears in patches, except 
to the north of the Sierra Blanca, Green’s Peak being a center of an ex- 
tended basalt area, which also appears along the bed of North Fork to vicinity 
of Fort Apache, the latter showing Carboniferous. 

The Little Colorado, near its head, is covered with almost continuous 
patches of basalt, the Triassic emerging near the present site of Saint John, 
and continuing along the valley to Sunset Crossing, where a Carboniferous 
horizon appears. ‘Triassic also obtains in vicinity of Fort Wingate; the 
Zuni Mountains are Carboniferous, while the Carrizo Valley and Zuni Pla- 
teau show cretaceous sandstone as predominating. The approximate zones 
(limited by altitudes) of the class of botanical products in the 1873 region 
in New Mexico and Arizona have been given by Dr. Loew (see p. 603, 
Vol. IID), as four, viz: 


* The term ‘‘sanidin-dolerite” was proposed by Mr. Gilbert for temporary use. See p. 526, Vol. 
ILI, Geology. 


* 


EXPEDITION OF 1873. (3 


(1) Zone of cactus, yucca, and agave; altitude 3,000 to 3,500 feet; 
grass scanty. Where there is water a most luxuriant vegetation springs up. 

(2) Zone of Obine and Artemisia (greasewood and sagebrush); alti- 
tude 3,500 to 4,900 feet; grass poor, with few exceptions, on granite and 
voleanic soils. The cactus species are diminished in numbers. 

(3) Zone of Juniperus occidentalis (cedar); altitude 4,900 to 6,800 
feet; cactus species few. 

(4) Zone of pine and fir, 6,800 to 10,800 feet (highest points). 

Thus are presented, between latitudes 33° and 34° north, and at eleva- 
tions from 3,000 to 11,000 feet, plant life comparable with that of the Sahara 
Desert, warm, temperate, and subalpine climates. Dr. Loew also pre- 
sents in Volume III highly interesting results of soil and mineral analyses 
and of mineral springs, among which may be noted the comparison of the 
mud of the Rio Grande with that of the Nile, in which it is found that the 
former is richest in potassa and the latter in phosphoric acid, the deduc- 
tion being drawn that no other or better fertilizer is required than the layer 
of finely-pulverized virgin soil that results from irrigation in the middle 
Rio Grande Valley. 

Of the collections of fish, many coming from the streams heading in and 
near the Sierra Blanca, there were sixteen new species. Mr. Henshaw adds 
to the list of birds, and determines the presence of several well-pronounced 
Mexican types. Dr. Rothrock adds his chapter and data to the critical and 
economic botany of this section (see Volume VI). 

The predominating timber species observed in the White Mountains are 
the pine (Pinus ponderosa, Pseudotsuga Douglasii), fir and spruce (Abies 
concolor and Picea Engelmanni), oak (Quercus undulata and Emory), black 
walnut (Juglans Californica), and juniper (Juniperus Californica). During 
the seasons of 1873—"74—75 a number of objects of archeological inter- 
est were obtained in New Mexico and Arizona, to which reference is made in 
Volume VII, p. 374 (see also Plates XVI, XX VII, and VIII, Volume VII). 

These articles were but individually collected in an irregular and des- 
ultory manner, pointing, however, to the localities whence is likely to come, 
through systematic search, a clearer view of the circumstances of life of the 
pre-aboriginals and to the regions where the sites of ruins are counted in 


74 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


great numbers, a part of which area yet awaits thorough exploration, and 
within which the surface of the subject of archeology has been as yet but 
scratched. 

Twenty-seven hundred geological specimens were collected during the 
season, also 4,500 fossils and 1,600 minerals, ores, &c., together with those 
mentioned in the following list: 


COLLECTIONS. 


The following summary shows the number of specimens collected dur- 


ing the season: 


Mammals, comprising alcoholics, skins, and crania, 67. 

Birds, comprising alcoholics, skins, crania, sterne, nests, and eggs, 1,450. 

Fishes, comprising alcoholics and skins, 1,660. 

Reptiles, alcoholics, 280. 

insects—Orthoptera (grasshoppers), 105 lots, probably 2,500 to 3,000; Coleoptera 
(beetles), 60 lots, probably 2,000 to 3,000; Lepidoptera (butterflies), including Zygeni- 
de and Bombycide, 428; Hymenoptera (wasps and bees), 90 lots, probably 4,500; 
Diptera (flies), 17 lots, probably 170; Hemiptera (bugs), 67 lots, probably 1,500; Neu- 
roptera (dragon-flies), 41 lots, probably 200; Formica (ants), 30 lots, probably 2,000; 
Arachnid (spiders), 54 lots, probably 600. 

Mollusea (shells), 22 lots, probably 500. 

Worms, leeches, and crustacea, 52 lots, probably 600. 

Also 19 lots ethnological specimens. 


These have since been transferred to the National Museum. 


Plate VIII.—This view, sketched by Mr. Gilbert Thompson in 1873, from Echo 
Peak, opposite the mouth of the Paria, marks substantially the commencement of the 
main or lower Grand Canon of the Colorado River, or the one ascended to the mouth 
of Diamond Creek by the boat party of 1871. An edge of the Paria Plateau is shown 
at the right, and the eastern escarpment of the Buckskin Plateau appears at a distance 
in the center. The cafon, passing centrally through the view, here presents the ap- 
pearance of having been forced asunder as if by the upward pressure of a widely 
extended and rapidly applied subterranean force, whereas observation goes far to 
prove that the volume between its mesa-like walls has been removed in greater part, 
if not all, by the slow process of water erosion, assisted somewhat by the denuding 
effects of the atmosphere. So far as known, the caion nowhere presents so even and 
unbroken a surface at the summit of its first walls, that are usually quartzite resting 
on granite, the beds that constitute here the exterior and outlying plateau approaching 
much nearer the bed of the stream from its entrance into the deeper cation, commenc- 
ing at the Buckskin Plateau, only to terminate at the Colorado crossing of 1871 (see 
Atlas sheet 66), a distance of approximately 250 miles. 


c * 


7 LIBRARY 
oi) OF THE 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS : 
7 
ft 


EXPEDITION OF 1873, (5) 


The variegated and vivid colors of the mesa walls of the above plateau as seen 
from Echo Peak (from which point a pistol-shot gives seven distinct reverberations) 
present a beautiful appearance. 

Plate [X.—This sketch, in colors, is irom a photograph by O’Sullivan, taken at 
one of the Navajoe wick-e-ups, near Old Fort Defiance, and is a scene of Indian every- 
day life. The head and lord of the family looks on with phlegmatic equanimity at the 
patient industry of the squaw and indulges in day dreams, undoubtedly of victories 
of war or excitement of the chase, performed by him or his ancestors. They gather a 
scant harvest of corn and grain, but depend now for the greater part upon Government 
rations. 

The slow process of weaving the famous Navajoe blankets may thus be described: 
Two horizontal poles, at a little greater distance apart than the length of the blanket, 
are fastened to two substantial uprights, while a third horizontal pole (movable) re- 
ceives the stretched warp threads at a convenient distance from the ground; the woof 
threads are inserted, one by one, by hand, each being followed up by a narrow, thin- 
edged board, hammered down by a cleat so skillfully handled as to scarcely break a 
thread. The time for completing a full-sized blanket varies from two and a half to 
three and a half months, according to fineness and design. Aboriginal, Government, 
and imported yarns are used. ‘These blankets, often of excellent design, are unique 
as regards warmth, durability, and impermeability. 

Plate X.—The walls, shown in the picture, which is a reproduction from a photo- 
graph by the late T. H. O’Sullivan, in 1873, at Camp Beauty, in the Caton de Chelle, 
were estimated by him to be 1,200 feet in height. Mr. Victor Mindeleff, of the Geolog- 
ical Survey, gives them at 1,000 in 1883. The abrupt descent into this cafion is reached 
from the south by a trail from Old Fort Defiance (35 miles distant), traversing a dry, 
sandy desert plateau. 

The main of the shafts of rock at the right (all solid sandstone, of obelisk shape) 
is stated to be 742 feet high. These stand in an isolated group near the center of the 
canon. 

The same columuar form is represented elsewhere in the valley of the Chelle 
(which in places is 3 miles wide) by the “ Explorer’s Column,” a pillar in altitude equal 
to the above of regular, shaft-like form. At this point five lateral cations converge 
from as many directions toward the main gorge, giving the locality the appearance of 
a star of six points. The walls are substantially vertical near the mouth of the canon ; 
the bottom is sandy and flat. 

The stream which rises near the head sinks beneath the sandy floor before reach- 
ing this point. The débris from the less vertical walls accumulates nearer the source, 
while the cation gorges, towards its head, entirely disappear. 

The ruins of the Cafion de Chelle were first brought to notice through Lieutenant 
Simpson’s reconnaissance of 1849. Some are said to be 400 feet above the river bed, 
and without evidence as to how they were reached. The Navajoes have no knowledge 
of their origin, or a tradition, even, and apparently they have been long in ruins. 

One of the ruins of the Cation de Chelle (represented in Plate XX, Volume VII, 
Archeology) is shown to be 50 feet above the cafion bed, and was named ‘ Casa Blanca,” 
or “ White House.” 


76 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Beneath it are ruivs of other stone structures, the former appearing to have been 
a fortress or place of refuge in time of danger. 

The walls are made of soft stone, split but not dressed, held together with mud 
mortar and covered on the outside with a whitewash or plaster of unknown composition. 

The wall-rocks, of a somber red sandstone, blending into a rich brown, approaching 
to black in places, are slightly furrowed nearly horizontally by the storms driving 
through the canon, and vertically by the dripping from above. These ruins, in the 
main, appear to have been located conveniently to the tillable areas, while some of the 
largest are constructed upon the bed and at the sides of the canon, with others above 
them. These latter are true cliff-dwellings, the niches or alcoves in which they have 
been built receding scarcely more than 10 feet, and are in no sense caves. The ap- 
proximate length of the cation is 30 miles. 

Plate XI.—This view (in colors) is introduced to illustrate, although but rudely, 
the beauty of the park-like valleys found almost indiscriminately along the flanks of 
the Sierra Blanca Range of Eastern Arizona. It is a reproduction from the only 
typical scene photographed by the late Mr. T. H. O’Sullivan. No picture can equal 
the original and no pen nor language describe the rugged grandeur of the broken sur- 
rounding mesa and mountain or the gentle valley-like glade, finely grassed and inter- 
spersed with pine groves. The soil of the valley portion responds to the husbandman 
at this altitude (less than 7,000 feet), while the surrounding rolling hills, as well as the 
mesa tops and the foot-hills, where the timber is not too dense, are covered with the 
richest growth of the nutritious grama and bunch grasses, making it one of the most 
desirable of all stock ranches. The coloring is by the hand of Mr. H. J. Morgan, 
following sketches and notes taken in the field. 

Plate XII (Alpine Lakes, Cerro Blanco Mountains).—East of the Continental 
Divide, at the head of the Arkansas, which from this point follows the erest of the 
Saguache arm of the Sierra Madre and as far south, approximately, as Santa Fe, N. 
Mex., lying between the valleys of the Rio Grande and the Arkansas, and in which 
head the Purgatory, Cimarron, Canadian, Moro, and Pecos Rivers, as well as many 
minor streams of the Rio Grande and Arkansas basins, is found a succession of 
mountain ridges fronting the great plains in bold relief along a line not far differing 
from the meridian of Pike’s Peak. The Sangre de Cristo Range, although a little to 
the westward, mark, with the Wet Mountain Range, immediately to the east, the 
northern limit of the Veta Mountains and Cerro Blanco group (sometimes called Sierra 
Blanca), apparently gathering the two above ranges into one, the Culebra, with the 
prominent Spanish Peaks, as eastern sentinels, which latter, a narrow ridge, in turn 
widens out until farther to the southward appear the Cimarron, Taos, Mora, Las Vegas, 
and Santa Fe ranges (see Atlas, sheets 61 B, 61 D, 62 A, 62 C, 69 B, 69 D, 70 A, and 
70 C). 

The subject of the accompanying illustration, embracing the summit of the Cerro 
Blanco, occupies a salient in the great San Luis plain or valley north and west from 
Fort Garland and quite separated from the main ridge, forming the nucleus of a special 
group, although in continuation of the general trend of the Sangre de Cristo. 

The peak lies in latitude 37° 34/ 43”.5 north, and longitude 105° 28/ 53.3 west of 
Greenwich, and at an altitude of 14,270 feet above sea, the mountain group forming the 
divide between the drainage basins of the Upper Rio Grande and Huerfano, a small 
tributary of the Arkansas. 


ms 


LibnAj;, 
OF THI 


UNTY, NSITY OF ALLInols 


EXPEDITION OF 1873. ell 


Four well-known passes lead from the valley of the Arkansas to the San Luis, in 
vicinity of this mountain mass; to the north the Mosea (9,787 feet), to the east the 
Sangre de Cristo (9,578 feet), and leading into it the Veta (9,392 feet), and a little more 
to the southward, but joining Sangre de Cristo Creek on the west, is Indian Creek 
Pass (9,720 feet). Since occupying this peak and region the Denver and Rio Grande 
Railroad have utilized the Veta Pass in its branch leading to the Rio Grande and the 
southern part of the San Juan region. 

The ascent of this peak can only be accomplished from tke main western branch 
of Placer Creek, that takes its rise near the eastern summit, which along a narrow 
northern spur is exceedingly precipitous until a small bench is reached, approximating 
11,000 feet, at the immediate toot of the bare granite mass cut ly many traehytic dikes 
of considerable size, of which the peak proper is composed. Here little Alpine lakes 
(like that shown in the view) act as reservoirs for the perpetually melting snow of the 
summit ravines. The timber line ceases where the lakes commence. Ten lakes were 
counted rising in terraces. 

The most elevated are kept full and cool throughout the summer from the constant 
melting of the perennial snows along their edges, from where the overflow feeds those 
at the lower levels, until the lowest empties into the drainage of Placer Creek. So far 
as known, it had never been ascended by white man prior to August 14, 1874, when 
Gilbert Thompson and Frank De Y. Carpenter, topographers of the expedition, occu- 
pied it, as a main triangulation station, remaining over night on the summit. The top 
is but afew yards in extent and occupied almost entirely by a cireular depression, 
possibly used by Indians as shelter for their sentinels, who probably occupied this at 
once commanding and strategic point as a watch-tower from whence to signal the ap- 
proach of an invading force, especially from any direction in the broad expanse of the 
San Luis Valley. 

The peak lying to the left of the center of the sketch is the one to which reference 
has been made. The crayon lithograph plate was produced from a photograph by 
O’Sullivan, as an original. 

Geologically (as determined by Prof. J. J. Stevenson and Mr. F. M. Endlich) this 
peak is a naked mass of eruptive granite (grayish in color, resembling syenite, and 
uniform in texture), which apparently terminates one of the anticlinals of the Sangre 
de Cristo Range. The granite is flanked at the southwest by trachytic beds. 


EXPEDITION OF 1874. 


The expedition of 1874 covered an aggregate area of 23,281 square 
miles, distributed as follows: Arizona, 275; Colorado, 3,600; New Mexico, 
19,040; and Utah, 866 square miles, and found in the basins of the Rio 
Grande, Gunnison, Arkansas, Chama, Cimarron, Mora, and Canadian rivers. 

The main parties were organized at and operated out from Pueblo. 


Norr.—The general route followed by the officer in charge was from Pueblo to 
Fort Garland, via Sangre de Cristo Pass, thence to Conejos, thence via Prospect Peak, 
heads of Conejos and east fork of San Juan to Pagosa Springs, thence to Tierra Ama- 
rilla and return, thence via head of San Juan and south fork of Rio Grande to Del 
Norte, thence by stage to railroad at Cation City, Colo. 


78 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The topographic results of this season are to be found in Atlas Sheets 
61 C, 61D, 62C, 70 A, 70C, 69 B, 69 D, 69 and 68. 

The routes of early explorers traversing a part of the area are: 
(1) Pike, 1807 (to the Rio Grande); (2) Frémont, 1844; (3) Simpson, to 
Canon de Chelle, 1849; (4) Gunnison, and (5) Whipple, P. R. R. §., in 
1853, and (6) Macomb, 1859. 

The subdivision of the public land surveys had been carried on only 
to a limited extent, except in vicinity of Pueblo, Trinidad, Fort Union, Las 
Vegas, and Santa Fe; nor, indeed, except in the San Juan regions, have 
later calls (1883) demanded the sectionizing of these lands to any consid- 


erable extent. ‘ 
PARTIAL ITINERARY, 1874. 


From camp on Smith’s Island, near Fort Garland, to Tierra Amarilla, via heads of Conejos 
Creek, San Juan River, and Pagosa Springs. 


August 17.—Broke camp and moved westward a distance across San Luis Valley 
of 16.8 miles, and camped upon the Trinchera, a tributary of the Rio Grande, about 4 
mniles from the mother stream. The road descends gently for the entire distance, is 
sandy in places, and finally enters the bottom of the creek at a bend shortly below the 
junction of the Ute and Sangre de Cristo creeks with the Trinchera. 

In the horizon are the broken ridges composing the Sangre de Cristo Pass, due 
east of the Cerro Blanco peaks, and farther to the north the Sangre de Cristo Range; 
the Saguache (southern ridge of the Sierra Madre) and the mountains at the head of 
the San Juan to the northwest, and their southern spurs immediately to the west of 
camp, while in the southern horizon volcanic masses join these foot-hills and several flat- 
topped mesas on either side of the Rio Grande. 

August 18.—A camp near the little town of Conejos is reached at a distance of 
about 20 miles over a comparatively level road, the river admitting of being forded at 
this season. Observed nothing worthy of note,except the so-called Hot Springs at 
Norman’s Ranch, near Conejos Creek. The main spring flows 8,000 gallons per minute, 
varying in temperature from 53° to 65° F, Several smaller ones appear in the vicinity. 
These springs have long been used by the Mexicans for rheumatic affections. This 
group of springs occurs 20 miles east of where the foot-hills of the San Juan Mount- 
ains reach the plains. Here and there appear island growths of the black species of 
grama, while the artemisia is persistent. The strip of land north of the road from the 
ford to Conejos and east of the foot-hills and northward to Del Norte could all be 
brought toa high state of cultivation to the extent of the volume of water of the 
Rio Grande and the mountain creeks flowing to the eastward.* 


* NoTE.—Guadaloupe, the oldest plaza, was located November 24, 1854, the others more recently. 
Most of the inhabitants came from New Mexico. The church in Conejos was erected in 1858. Over 
1,000 persons attend services each Sunday, but more than 2,000 pay tithing. A college and convent 
are in process of erection. Three priests and five monks constitute the head of the church in Conejos 
County. 


EXPEDITION OF 1874. 19 


August 24.—Lieutenant Whipple with the main party follows up Conejos Creek, 
with instructions to camp at a point convenient for a party under my direction en- 
gaged in a détour to the north and ascent of Prospect Peak. The détour route lay for 
a mile along the creek, with banks of about the same level as the plain which adjoins 
the low voleanic foot-hills that, bordering the Conejos and San Antonio Creeks, are of 
basalt in place on the Mesa and as finely comminuted drift at the lower levels. A 
sparse growth of scrub cedar, stunted pine, and spruce form patches on Prospect Peak, 
from which the view toward head of Conejos Creek was extremely beautiful, bearing 
resemblance to portious of the more broken ravines and mesas of the White Mountain 
regions pierced the year previous. 

A little creek reaching the Conejos from the north is visible here and there, half 
valley, half glade (timbered along its flanks with pines of considerable size, inter- 
spersed with quaking aspen), until cut across by one of the southern forks of the 
Alamosa. The voleanic covering of the mesas, of the entire western horizon of Pros- 
pect Peak (densely wooded in places), much resemble on a small seale the basaltic 
lava field in the vicinity of the Sierra Blanca of Arizona. 

One Mr. Wallace, a deputy mineral surveyor, reports a peg found and pulled up 
by him in the Sangre de Cristo Pass, about 3 miles below Stearn’s Ranch, marked 
“Lt. Pike, 1807,” which would indicate that this officer was marking points of his 
route, to be recognized by others in case of his loss or capture, the latter taking place 
at the junction of San Antonio creeks (where it is stated that the ruins of a block- 
house, built for defense of his party, still stands), and also that he passed from the 
basin of the Arkansas to that of the Rio Grande de Norte, by either the Sangre de 
Cristo or the Veta Pass. Color (gold) results from rude pan-washing in the bed of 
Conejos Creek. 

August 26.—Three divisions are made, one going to Prospect Peak to augment ob- 
servations, a second following the main valley of the Conejos, and a third (with the 
writer) to reach a rendezvous at a point named Red Bluff, via head of Prospect Creek. 

On account of want of trail and serious physical obstacles the party did not ren- 
dezvous until the 28th at Beaver Dam Camp higher up the Conejos and nearer junction 
of its two main forks. Basaltic lava everywhere predominates, making box or impass- 
able canons along the main stream and certain tributaries. Deer and foxes prevalent 
as game, and fine mountain trout in the stream. Yellow pine, spruce, and aspen are 
abundant. on every side, with rich mountain bunch grass in the ravines as well as upon 
the mesa slopes. 

August 30.—No rocks underlying the basalt of this portion of Conejos Creek are 
noted, the specimens found in cafions to the westward and on Conejos Peak being all 
volcanic. ; 

_ The Chama heads to the west of Beaver Dam Camp. Shortly after leaving this 
camp the Conejos turns to the westward, when highly metamorphosed granitic rocks 
appear. The character of the creek bottom changes, widening into a little park, 
spruce timber appearing on surrounding mesa-like hills except when the rock is ex- 
posed. Fox, martin, beaver, grouse, and duck were seen and captured in this locality. 
Soon the Conejos turns to the south and west, and its bed is left to cross a little divide 
which presumably would lead us on to the stream near its head (a camp being made 


80 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


in a wilderness of timber) near the divide and toward a stream the banks of which being 
reached was found to flow to the north and east. This proved to be the South Fork of 
the Alamosa. 

August 31.—Visited mines near the South Fork of Alamosa Creek, believed to lie 
in the southern extension of Summit District. The formation is here a metamorphic 
granite, while the lodes prospected were noted in connection with quartzite, said to 
contain free gold, and affording high assays. 

September 1.—Follow the Alamosa without trail to near its source, which is found 
to be from glacial snow-banks near Summit Peak. 

September 2.—Summit Peak was climbed, its elevation proving by computation to be 
13,393 feet above sea. Around the cluster of peaks in its vicinity heads the Alamosa, 
Conejos, and Blanea creeks, and the Chama River, and east fork of the San Juan and 
South Fork of Rio Grande. This mountain peak appears to be one mass of highly 
metamorphosed syenitice grapite. While the geology of the foot-hills west of the San 
Luis Valley has proven simple, that of the uplifts, in which nestle the sources above 
named, is quite complex, and yet awaits full study. 

The Conejos is entirely late volcanic to the point of its turning westward; then 
appears granite but little altered, then granite on the South Fork of the Alamosa 
highly metamorphosed, interspersed with dikes of quartzite and beds of conglomerate, 
along the route followed, while on the east fork of the San Juan older lavas much 
contorted are the surface formation. 

Here one of the worst descents into the canon of the East Fork of the San Juan 
ever made by our expedition pack-trains was undertaken, and camp made in a little 
nook overlooking an almost perpendicular canon wall, fully 1,000 feet in height. 

September 3.—A camp is finally made in a glade, lower down the stream, that 
flows due westward, which had to be forded several times at great risk at selected 
points. Here the parties separate, the one under my charge pushing ahead to reach 
finally a welcome trail, which proves to be the one leading from the Upper Kio Grande, 
at the mouth of its south fork, to Pagosa Springs, on the main San Juan, where a 
rendezvous camp was established, and from which point exploring and surveying 
parties were dispatched in all directions. 


Pagosa to Tierra Amarilla and return. 


This trip was made by the westerly route, crossing the mesa to the west of the 
Chama River at Horse Lake, returning by the route following toward head of Chama, 
then crossing the heads of Navajo and Blanea creeks, reaching the eastern banks of 
the San Juan. 

Portions of this route had belonged to the old trail from Santa Fe to the North- 
west, and was followed by the Escalante exploring party in 1776. This country is a 
succession of mesas, bordering on the Chama, Chaco, and San Juan Rivers, well de- 
seribed in the reports of Professor Cope. The country is well grassed and timbered, 
although scantily supplied with water, except along the several creeks. The Blanca, 
nearly dry, was the first stream crossed, then the Little, and a little farther on the 
main Navajo, reaching the Chama, opposite the Mexican settlement of Los Brazos, a 
few miles south of which was found the site of Old Fort Lowell. 


EXPEDITION OF 1874. 81 


The name Tierra Amarilla (yellow earth) is descriptive of tke alluvial soil washed 
from the persistent sandstone mesas found on either hand. 

The Denver and Rio Grande Railroad now has a junction at a station called An 
tonito, a short distance south and east of our camp at Conejos, from whence one track 
runs southward along the Rio Grande; a second, or the western branch, reaching the 
Chama by head of Los Pinos Creek, thence by one of the heads of Navajo Creek to 
the San Juan at its mouth, thence along the San Juan to mouth of the Piedra, thence 
partially across a mesa westward io Los Pinos Creek, thence to Durango, its terminus, 
in the valley of the Animas, from which a northern branch has been run to the mining 
town of Silverton. Thus the southern half of the intricate and comparatively inac- 
cessible San Juan region is tapped and given a communication with the outer world; 
while the northern part is fed with a branch of this same railroad enterprise entering 
the valley of the Gunnison from the Arkansas via Marshall’s Pass, following the former 
river to near its junction with the Grand, thence substantially on the old Gunnison 
wagon-road to Salt Lake City. The San Juan region, having Ouray as a center, feeds 
into this road at Montrose, approximately 45 miles from Ouray, while a branch of same 
road through the Poncho Pass reaches the town of Gunnison via the head of San Luis 
Valley and ridges to the westward, the road being tapped from Lake City at Sapenero 
Station, 38 miles distant. The Alamosa branch has been extended as far as Del Norte 
and branches from Gunnison and Poncho Pass pierce into the adjacent mining districts, 
forming further arms of this vigorous and usetul narrow-guage system. 

The route from Pagosa Springs to the Rio Grande at the mouth of its south fork lay 
along the banks of the San Juan to its main head, thence by a tortuous, almost blind 
trail at more than 1,000 feet altitude to the heads of the south fork of the Rio Grande, 
thence to its valley reaching a wagon-road at a saw-mill a few miles before attaining its 
junction with the main stream (altitude 8,016 feet). 

A most beautiful little mountain valley is found on main fork of the San Juan two 
or three miles above junction of east fork, thence the trail ascends the high, bare, pre- 
cipitous mountain ridges upon which it was necessary fo camp when darkness came, 
at an approximate elevation of 10,500 feet amid snow, sleet, hail, rain, thunder and 
lightning, in the face of almost a hurricane of wind; these combined demonstrations 
of nature, playing each its separate tune, all discordant, which was not enhanced in 
melody by the cracking, crashing, and crunching of the tall gaunt pines which as vie- 
tims lay along the lightning’s course. 

Snow covered the ground 4 inches in the morning. So far as known there has 
never before been recorded within one horizon at one time in different parts of the 
heavens, rain clouds, the moon visible in a clear sky, with thunder and lightning, hail, 
and snow, all recurrent within the hour, 


The sources of the Rio Grande are found in the heart of the so-called 
San Juan region at an elevation exceeding 12,000 feet, in latitude approxi- 
mately 37° 46’ north and longitude 107° 33’ west of Greenwich, flowing 
eastward until it reaches the San Luis Valley or plain, and thence runs 
nearly due south until El Paso (a point on the Mexican border) is reached, 


from whence it makes easting to its mouth in the Gulf of Mexico. 
6 WH——VOL I 


82 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


During its fall of more than 12,000 feet a number of the series of geo- 
logical formations have been cut. Archean (granites), Carboniferous, and 
Triassic (with beds of basalt and other eruptive rocks on either hand) are 
noted before reaching the San Luis Valley; then various forms of alluvium 
appear until the latitude of Conejos is reached, when the river cuts its way 
through extensive beds of basalt and trachyte (the former predominating), 
which continue to the approximate latitude of 86° 20’. Here beds of the 
Tertiary (Loup Fork and other marls) and afterwards Triassic are found, 
reaching further south than Santa Fe, beyond which point no geological 
data has been systematized through this office. 

The material held in solution and suspension, more especially from the 
limestones, trachytes, and basalts above mentioned, as well as those cut by 
the mountain affluents on both sides, conjoin to produce a sediment which 
when precipitated upon the lower bottom lands of the Rio Grande leaves 
there a rich residue which is an excellent fertilizer. 

The annual rainfall along the banks of the river varies from an average 
of 14.02 inches (Signal Service observation of nine years) to an approximate 
maximum at the source of 60 inches. Although the larger portion of the 
area of 1874, on account of its physical irregularities, broken and mountain- 
ous character and dearth of rainfall (usually in the valfey not exceeding 12 
to 14 inches) and limited opportunities for irrigation is unproductive, still 
narrow strips along streams at levels not exceeding 7,000 feet can in nearly 
every case be cultivated by ordinary ditch irrigation, while the greater part 
of the grazing lands are found between 7,000 and 10,000 feet, with timber 
fringes at from 7,000 to 8,000 feet, at which point the forests found to exist 
set in, the latter reaching a limit at approximately 11,000 feet, above which 
bare and precipitous rock or débris constitute the mountain escarpment. 

The character of the rock as to its susceptibility to surface or atmos- 
pheric denudation has a marked influence in determining the altitude limit 
of vegetation in a given latitude, as well as the position of the point itself 
with regard to humid-laden ocean currents, and therefore all observations 
so far made on this point fail to determine the actual limit that might be 


reached at any given latitude. 


EXPEDITION OF 1874. 83 


The valley of the Arkansas (approximately 24 miles wide) is well 
covered with fine vegetation wherever water can be brought upon it. The 
valleys at.the east flanks of Greenhorn Range (at elevation of 5,000 to 
6,000 feet) are well grassed, but frosts occur throughout the year, except, 
perhaps, from June 1 to September 15. 

The San Luis Valley is approximately 140 miles in length, and from 
50 to 60 in width. A considerable amount of its territory could be brought 
under cultivation by husbanding the waters of the Rio Grande and all minor 
streams reaching it from every hand. The valleys of the Culebra, Cos- 
tilla, Taos, Alamosa, and other creeks are all fertile and partially utilized, 
while the Rio Grande is dotted with settlements from where it emerges 

“from the mountains at Del Norte to the Mexican border even, and in an 
increasing degree from thence to the Gulf. 

The summits of the San Juan, De! Norte, Banded, and Chama mount- 
ains form a part of the great continental divide. 

The southern portion of the San Juan area toward the Chaco and 
lower San Juan borders on a waterless region, given up to the last stage of a 
secular dessication that relentlessly claims it as a part of the desert land. 

Legendary information exists among the Mexicans of running streams 
and springs that existed one hundred and fifty years ago that have now 
disappeared, while positive assertions are made of the drying-up of minor 
streams within the past fifteen to twenty years. | 

The famous Pagosa Springs and their surroundings, the scene of a ren- 
dezvous, were found in a virgin state, a sole squatter having improvised a 
log cabin, where afterward Fort Lewis was temporarily located, but, like 
many another of the pioneer military camps, moved farther into the wil- 
derness. 

The formation immediately around the springs is sandstone of the 
Lower Cretaceous, overlaid by a dark shale, exposed under which in places 
is a dark argillaceous, fossiliferous limestone. 

These springs are at the end of a beautiful park, extending northward 
along the San Juan for miles. That it was a place of resort since ancient 
times by aboriginals is attested by deeply worn trails converging from all 
directions. 


84 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Hills rise about them several hundred feet, covered with dense pine, 
the San Juan Range appearing in the distance. 

The various springs now active cover an area of fully 30 acres, the 
river having cut through an old bed of incrustations fully 12 feet thick. 
They are surrounded by a plain of limited extent richly covered with moun- 
tain bunch-grass. The large spring is about 30 by 40 feet, the water coming 
within 3 feet of the surface. Sounding was of no avail on account of the 
craggy character of the incrusted walls. No bottom was found at from 50 
to 60 feet. The main or Mammoth Spring is intermittent, with subter- 
ranean outlet to the river, as well as another, but partly covered, exceeding 
a foot in width and 4 feet deep. 

The rocks near the underground orifices are everywhere covered with 
sulphur, while at the mouth of the main outlet they are incrusted with a white 
porcelain-like substance with a calcareous base. Professor Stevenson thinks 
that the deep source is from the metamorphic rocks, and that sulphureted 
hydrogen is generated in the limestones of the ‘Triassic and the Carboniferous. 

An elegant natural bath had been formed (1874) by walling out the 
bulk of the San Juan and improvising a reservoir of proper depth, in which 
the hot and cold waters could permanently mingle, there resulting a scale of 
temperatures from about 70° to 140° Fahrenheit, according to position as 
regards mouth of main stream from the Mammoth Spring. 

These springs are destined some day to be the site of a famous water- 
ing place. The principal constituent is sulphate of sodium. (See p. 627, 
Volume IIL.) 

Temperatures 140°, 141° and 142° Fahrenheit were observed near the 
edge of the large spring; the temperature of the interior, however, could not 
be accurately ascertained for want of self-registering thermometers. 

Besides Pagosa, the thermal and mineral springs at Manitou, Las Vegas, 
Jemez, and Abiquiu were visited, description and analysis of which appear 
in Volume III. 

Professor Cope discovered large fossiliferous beds of extinct vertebrates, 
of which not less than 29 have been determined to be new, as shown in 


Part Il of Volume IV. 


EXPEDITION OF 1874. 85 


The nomadic Indians encountered by the main body of the expedi- 
tion were the Uncompahgre Utes, a branch of the great Ute family hav- 
ing Ouray (since dead) as their chief (also noted in 1873), with an agency 
near the town just being organized (1874) of the same name, also the Muache, 
Capote, and Weenemuche, or Southern Utes, and Jicarilla Apaches at Tierra 
Amarilla. The former Indians, since made more generally known on ac- 
count of the White River massacre, in which a distant band of the same 
tribe took a part, have been massed further west and north, and their lower 
reservation thrown open to settlement under certain conditions. This ap- 
pears likely to be the fate of all the reservations that were laid out origi- 
nally as to size, with less regard to the want of the tribes than were many 
of the earlier grants of the Spaniards in our present territory of Arizona 
and New Mexico. 

The following pueblos were visited by members of the expedition: 
Taos, San Juan, Nambe, San Felipe, Santa Ana, Sandia, Cochiti, Santa 
Clara, and Santo Domingo. (See Annual Report 1875, Volume VII, and 
special chapter on Indians.) 

The natural resources of the country traversed are comparatively good. 
In the San Luis and San Juan valleys and the numerous canons leading 
to them, and also upon the mesa land adjacent, grass is abundant, and water 
usually accessible and in many places plentiful for grazing purposes. Con- 
siderable portions of the plains along the streams can be readily irrigated, 
and, where used for farming, good crops are raised. The mountains vield 
abundance of timber, and in the side valleys leading into the San Luis Val- 
ley white pine of large growth forms extensive parks which will prove of 
ereat value to the future settler, if sufficiently protected. Large herds of 
cattle and flocks of sheep were found grazing in several localities, and 
several Mexican towns and ranches, besides those strictly in the mining re- 
gions, were encountered along the principal streams as far west as the Chama 
Basin. 

Although the winters are long, the climate is mild, and grazing con- 
tinues during the snowy season below the mountains. In the San Luis 
Valley timothy grass and clover have been introduced, and produce well 


where irrigated, and in some instances were found accompanied by the im- 


86 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


proved agricultural machinery prevalent in the East. But for the restrictions 
of Mexican grants of land, some of which are of disputed validity, the 
southern and southwestern portions of Colorado and northern portions of 
New Mexico would speedily entice a considerable population of farmers 
and stock-raisers. 

The region embraced is eminently a pastoral and timber country.  Op- 
portunity for agriculture is found only at specified points and over restricted 
areas. However the popular theory of the sterility of many a western mount- 
ain section has been exploded by actual examination, and the average arable 
lands below which the entire area west of the one hundredth meridian would 
not fall (the parties of this expedition having operated in portions the aridity 
of which is a maximum) is to some extent understood by areference to the 
land classification tables in a later chapter. 

Forests of yellow pine await the call for lumber and for mining timbers, 
railroad ties, &c., while spruce and fir, adjuncts to the forest, will help to swell 
the product. The climate at elevations not exceeding 7,000 feet is equable 
during spring, summer, and autumn, with heavy winter snows and well 
marked seasons for summer and winter, the spring and fall being variable. 
Those of the San Luis Valley and of the Upper San Juan and Chama are 
regarded as some of the best plateau mountain climates in the entire 
Southwest. 

Stock raising had entered but little (1874) into these regions, that have 
since, however, been appropriated, and the San Juan Valley begins to bring 
a reward to the hardy settlers (other than miners) who have cast their lot in 
these far distant regions. This year’s expedition but skirted the extensive 
San Juan mineral area, the knowledge of which is becoming greater each 
year and which must remain for a long period an important mining center. 

The principal streams within the area, the San Juan, Rio Grande, and 
Chama (west of the San Luis Valley), all are blessed with numerous tribu- 
taries, especially the first; many of them were meandered and made known 
for the first time, adding thus largely to the critical data necessary to the 
complete understanding in detail of the topography of this intricate region. 
Springs and streams in abundance are found near the heads of the main 


streams. All the physical conditions of the vicinity of the numerous heads 


Libri) 
OF THE a 
UNIVERSITY OFTLLiNUIS: 


( 


+ 
it 4 7 
a - , 
Ty 
‘ 
=r - 
_ 2a , 
fs TP i 
<a £ i 
4 ui y 
is 
an - . 
Te 
ae * 
a oy 
Xs 
oe = 


a 


‘LBRAN 
OF Th A 
ygenstr? ah WHA 
7 
ev « : 
Gn A e 
a 7 
2 f «= 
3 4 “ : : 
é ! A ti] = 
Miah oF 7 ‘ 
ee oo. a. : sl = 
LU - ) ; | 
4 7 


. 


‘ 
t Pei 
a } 
yet ; 
iy bE 
Ney 
oh. 
ie ad 
z Pg 
i 7 
ay i} r 
1 
‘ 
ant 
yy, ' . 
vee 3 
‘ 5 


~ BRAY 
UAIVEASITY OF ILLINOIS 


ae 7 an 7 ed 

1a att ji 

. a0 : 
o . iy 

A 
= 
i 

i 

‘ ~ 


EXPEDITION OF 1874. 87 


of these streams are notably different from the valley basins more distant from 
the sources, where the volcanic covering is wanting, and the valleys have 
been largely cut out of sandstone or highly arenaceous rocks. The rainfall 
in much of the area of the year exceeds 30 inches, while that deeper in the 
heart of the San Juan region reaches as high as 50 inches. Most of the 
voleanic and granitic soils retain moisture well, and hence the rolling valley 
grounds where dense timber is absent are perennially clothed with rich 


nutritious mountain grasses. 
BEAVER PARK VALLEY—CONEJOS CANON. 


Plate XIII.—This charming scene is laid near the head of Conejos Creek, not far 
from where it turns abruptly to the west and opposite a small western tributary. 

Conejos Peak lies to the rear, and, covered by the distant foot-hills, is shown in 
the center of the picture. The formation on either hand is voleanie (trachyte), much 
broken below the edge of the inclosing bluff. The whole region, from the mouth of 
Conejos Canon to the head of the East Fork of the San Juan, was found floored with 
lavas, old and new, with an occasional emergence of granite and quartzite. The valley 
elevation is 8,730 feet above sea. 

Fragmentary rocky knolls here and there break in upon the low perfectly smooth 
and grassy foot-hills, adjacent to the creek bottom, which has been transformed into 
a grassy meadow, with tangled shrub growth, by the action of the beaver in damming 
the waters. Pine and spruce adorn the higher foot-hills, as also the bluffs on either 
side, and the region generally. These aggregate a whole of consummate beauty, 
worthy of the pencil of the most gifted landscape artist. 

The plate was reproduced by crayon lithograph from a photograph by O’Sullivan. 


LOST LAKES. 


Plate XTV.—These lakes, of which there are three, hid in their mountain setting, 
were first discovered by myself from the westward route selected, which took the 
party from the head of Conejos Creek, Colorado, across a divide to the South Fork of 
the Alamosa. 

The plate is prepared from a photograph by the late T. H. O’Sullivan, and but 
further attests his skill and endurance as a landscape photographer in mountain work. 
As the picture shows, the mountain sides are densely covered with evergreen timber 
to the very water’s edge; they would lie “lost” from sight, except from a very few 
bare points peculiarly situated, hence the name. 

They are situated at an elevation of (approximate) 12,000 feet, in (approximate) 
latitude 37° 20’, longitude 106° 40’ west of Greenwich. The forest is composed prin- 
cipally of yellow pine, spruce, and fir. 

The lakes belong to the drainage basin of the Conejos. 

The volcanic covering of the surrounding region is trachytie. 


Except in the high mountains large game is not plentiful in this region, 


while, however, the streams abound in fish. 


88 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Important contributions were this year made by Professor Cope and 
Dr. Loew, the former in paleontology and archeology and the latter in 
geology, mineralogy, and soil and water analysis. 

Messrs. Yarrow, Rothrock, Henshaw, and Aiken added largely to col- 
lections heetofore made, and their reports are found in the Annuals and Vol- 
umes V and VI. 

Of archzeologicai interest may be mentioned the excavation of Indian 
graves at the burial-place of a ruined pueblo, found on a mesa fronting the 
Chama Valley, at foot of the Jemez Mountains and about 3 miles east of 
Abiquiu. 

The town had been built in the shape of an L, with an open area or 
court, and the usual estuffa or council chamber. The bodies were found 
buried within 30 feet of the walls of the pueblo. One entire skeleton was 
secured (subsequently deposited in the Army Medical Museum, Washing- 
ton, D. C.), and portions of several others, with a number of skulls. 

Evidences were found of the ruins of six to eight pueblos in the 
Chama Valley, affording habitations sufiicient for 2,000 to 3,000 souls, as 
estimated by Dr. Yarrow. 

Ruins are scattered indiscriminately over an area somewhat as follows: 
Between 35° and 39° latitude and west of the one hundred and sixth merid- 
ian, to the junction of the Main and Little Colorado, with isolated instances 
to the north and also west of the same region. 

Dr. Loew, in his mention of Ruins in New Mexico (see A. R. 1875, 
and Volume VII), states that the first notice of these people (the Pueblos) 
was by Cabeza de Vaca, a straggler from the expedition of Narvaez in 
1528 to what was then called the Florida coast. 

The many Spanish narratives agree in that there were found large 
numbers of inhabited villages. Various writers estimate the whole Pueblo 
population at 50,000, while others that of a single province at 25,000. 
Acoma was estimated as high as 5,000, while the present number of 582 is 
nearly all that can comfortably exist on this little mesa summit. The esti- 
mate or count of all the present existing pueblos (19 in number) is 9,681 
in all (see Annual Report Indian Bureau, 1886). 


“EXPEDITION OF 1874, 89 


The reasons advanced for this diminution are: 

(1) Change of climate in the direction of further desiccation, prompt- 
ing emigration. 

mC) The bloody wars with the Spaniards. 

(3) Amalgamation with the Spaniards. 

Ruins of once inhabited villages, cave and cliff dwellings, are found in 
the valleys of the Main and Little Colorado, Rio Grande, San Juan, and 
the Animas Fork, the Chama, Chaco, Jemez, Puerco (East and West), 
Zuni, Gila, Francisco, and Bonito Rivers. 

Many have been visited on the Animas River, and one writer states 
that in one building 517 rooms have been counted. 

Stone ruins are noted at Nacimiento. Professor Cope found in the 
valley of Gallinas Creek and on the Eocene Plateau to, the west of it the 
ruins of many inhabited places, with pottery, flint, implements, human 
bones, &e. 

These were remote from water, and no traces of cisterns were found. 
Pinon trees of an estimated age of six hundred and forty years were noted 
growing in the vicinity. A conjecture is made (since these ruins were all 
found in positions of natural defense) that the Cibollians, put to flight dur- 
ing the Spanish invasion, occupied these positions, giving an age of three 
hundred and thirty years. 

No traces of metal were found, and the present Indians can give no 
account of the former inhabitants of these ruins. 

Independent of the annual reports and contributions to the final vol- 
umes, there was published this year a special astronomical volume, to 
which the late Dr. Kampf and John H. Clark contributed. 


EXPEDITION OF 1875. 


The operations of the season of 1875 embraced (approximately) 39,169 
square miles, topographically surveyed—California 19,545, Colorado 6,216, 
and New Mexico 13,408 square miles. 

The California, Colorado, and New Mexico divisions were entirely 


separated, the former making their examinations principally in the basins 


QQ U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


of the Colorado and Sacramento Rivers; the latter in portions of the Upper 
Arkansas, Rio Grande, headwaters of the Pecos, the San Juan, and Un- 
compahegre.* 

The topographic results fall within Atlas Sheets 61 C, 69 B, 70 A, 70 C, 
77 B, and 78 A (Colorado and New Mexico), and Sheets 65 C, 65 D, 73 (A, 
B, C, and D), and portions of Sheets 74, 80, and 81, in Southern California. 

The Colorado section was under Lieutenant Marshall, whose report, as 
well as others bearing on this part of the work, is to be found in Annual 
Report, 1876, and in the quarto volumes. 

fight separate and distinct parties were in the field. 

The canon of the Gunnison (Colorado), below the town of that name, 
was the principal one visited, the description of which appears in Lieuten- 
ant Marshall’s Report. 

The routes of the following early explorers were crossed: Pike, 1807 
(Arkansas and Rio Grande); Long, 1820; Frémont, 1844 and 1845; Em- 
ory, 1847 (Arkansas Valley to Santa Fe); Simpson, 1849, to Canon de 
Chelle; Gunnison, 1853; Whipple, 1853-54; and Macomb, 1859. (See 
routes on Progress Maps in Annual Reports). 

Along the east base of the mountains from Pike’s Peak to the south- 
ward in 1875 the sectionizing of public lands had been well advanced, the 
region being, however, principally a grazing one. Since later developments 
in the San Juan region and the throwing open for settlement the lands of 
the Ute Reservation, sectionizing the arable and timber, and subdividing the 
lands for mineral purposes, has here proceeded at a rapid rate, until it be- 
comes a question of the near future (1883) when all the valuable arable and 
timber acres of this particular region will be appropriated by actual settlers 
and active citizens. 

SAN FERNANDO VALLEY. 
The San Fernando Valley is comparatively level and plain-like, lying 


encircled by mountains, the Santa Monica Range on the south, the Santa 


* Nore.—The route of the officer in charge was from Caliente via Tehachipi Pass 
and northwestern arm of desert to Los Angeles, thence to San Fernando, thence to 
head of Tujunga Creek and return, thence to Santa Clara Valley, thence to Old Fort 
Tejon via San Francisquito and Canada de las Uvas passes, Elizabeth Lake, &c., and 
thence to McGill’s Peak and vicinity and return, thence to Caliente, on Southern 
Pacific Railroad. 


EXPEDITION OF 1875. 91 


Susanna Mountains westward toward the coast, the San Fernando Mountains 
on the north, and to the east portions of ranges, the crests of which mark 
the drainage-shed between the coast and the interior. 

The soil is of a heavy, dark, calcareous loam. It produces all cereals 
except corn without irrigation, and with it judiciously applied, the yield 
should be largely increased and the whole made a garden. There is but 
little water in the valley, the creeks sinking within it (having an under- 
ground outlet to the Los Angeles River) being the Big and Little Tujunga, 
and Pacoima. 

Artesian water ought to be found at well-selected points and at moder- 
ate depths along the northern side. 

The arable area reaches about the sum of 150,000 acres. ‘T'wo ranches 
only were noted, outside of the old mission of San Fernando and the little 
railroad town of same name. Gold occurs in Big Tujunga Canon as well 
as iron, the latter also in Pacoima Canon. ; 

Argentiferous galena is found in the San Fernando Mountains. The 
only attempt at development in 1875 was upon a gold ledge near the head 
of Big Tujunga Canon. 

The San Fernando Mission is situated on the grant of that name (em- 
bracing nearly the entire valley), out of which the Encinos Ranch, covering 
nearly one league square, has been sold, and the old mission buildings, with 
their orchards and vineyards, by far the choice spots, have been confirmed 
in trust to the Roman Catholic Church. Not more than forty or fifty of the 
Mission Indians here remain, one (Don Rafael, with two wives) reported 
as having reached an age exceeding one hundred and ten years. 

The walls of the main buildings, including the church, are of adobe, 
made by the Indians from the immediate soil, with rafters and joining-tim- 
bers brought from over the mountains, not less than 25 miles away. The 
extended and arched portico, fronting the center of the valley, is of large, 
flat, well-burnt brick, cemented with a hydraulic lime, hard and durable. 
The buildings were commenced in 1807, and the church bell bears the date 
of 1809. 

The padres were possessed of large herds of cattle, sheep, and horses, 


with droves of hogs and numbers of work oxen. Their revenue came 


92 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


principally from the sale of tallow, soap, horns, and hides to the Russian 
trading-ships touching the adjacent coast. Olive-oil was also produced on 
a considerable scale. Near the source of the main springs that furnish 
water for the mission is a solid masonry tank, 10 feet in diameter and 
from 4 to 5 feet in depth, with pipes leading therefrom, which was evi- 
dently used as a distributing reservoir for the church and other buildings, 
while a much larger reservoir toward the center of the valley held the bulk 
of the flow, doubtless used for irrigation purposes. 

The orchard yet contains vines of the Mission grape, the native cactus, 
pear, fig, pomegranate, olive, peach, orange, lime, cherry, and palm trees. 

The route from San Fernando to Old Fort Tejon crosses the eastern 
end of the San Fernando Range near where the Tertiary sedimentaries of the 
Coast Range system overlie and join the heavy granitic rocks of this prolon- 
gation of the Sierra Nevada, and by a gentle descent crosses to the dry 
and sandy bed of the Santa Clara, that takes its rise near the Soledad Pass, 
and which (though dry in July, 1875) in times of flood is said to be a 
roaring stream with swift current. 

The Santa Clara Valley lies in the most direct line from the coast in this 
latitude to the basin of the Colorado, and the pass (a good one) has been 
utilized by the Southern Pacific Railroad. Unfortunately no safe and com- 
modious harbor exists on the sea near the mouth of Santa Clara Valley, as 
indeed is true for the entire coast from San Francisco to San Diego 
Wharyes have been built at Buenaventura and Hueneme, where both 
steamers and sailing vessels can land in fine weather, but where no vessels 
can lie at anchor with safety during storms. The other points at which 
wharves have been built (lying within the coast limits of the area of 1875) 
are Santa Barbara, Santa Monica, and Wilmington, and also a point named 
Newport, to the south of the mouth of the Santa Ana. The harbor of Wil- 
mington Bay or estuary has been improved by the Government Engineer 
Department by a breakwater reaching from the northerly point of Rattle- 
snake to Deadman’s Island, made for the first part of the distance, of 12-inch 
sheeting piles with heavy stringers, against which the shifting sand from the 
ocean side had already begun to bank, and for the part nearest Deadman’s 


Island of a double row of sheeting piles filled with heavy rocks and with 


EXPEDITION OF 1875. 93 


ripraps of heavy boulders brought from Santa Catalina Island. This con- 
struction was found to be quite successful, and dredging was going on in 
the channel leading to the harbor at its entrance, for a width of 60 feet, in 
addition to the natural scour. The size of the harbor at its best is small. 
Santa Monica is but an open roadstead found within an indentation of the 
coast. Because of the dearth of harbors, fit for all commercial purposes, to 
the south of San Francisco within our borders, and because of its intrinsic 
merits, San Diego must some day become a port of considerable importance, 
notwithstanding the want of immediate back country. 

Both the San Fernando and Santa Clara valleys were found to be rich 
in petroleum indications, while the well examined by me near the summit of 
San Fernando Ridge, having passed into granitoid rock below the sandstone 
beds, had no chance of finding oil, still doubtless good results will be reached 
by deep boring in the Santa Clara and San Fernando valleys (preferably the 
former), or among the lowest of the foot-hills. 

The petroleum appears to be a product of sandstone impregnated with 
asphaltum, while in certain localities masses of asphaltum conglomerate are 
found in contact with beds of clay from which the springs bubble up. 
They, however, are apt to turn out superficial reservoirs, and deep boring 
alone in the valley depressions will fully test the country. 

The route from Santa Clara Valley passes up San Francisquito Canon 
to its head, thence entering a small, encircled basin, at the northwestern end 
of which Lake Elizabeth, the reservoir for the surface drainage of the little 
basin, is situated. The pass has been named ‘ Turners,” the ‘ Soledad” 
(3,332 feet) lying at the eastern outlet of the valley. 

It is alleged that discoveries of gold (in quantity) upon this coast, and 
prior to American acquisition, were made in this canon and others along the 
northern side of the Santa Clara Valley. The contact between the coast- 
range tertiaries and the crystalline rocks of the Sierras is noted at a station 
about midway of the canon. _ 

Swarms of wild honey-bees have been observed in this region, and 
their capture had become a regular business of certain enterprising ranch- 
men, 


94 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The plains, valleys, and low foot-hills had become parched at the date 
of visit (July 25), the season being rated a dry ene among those that year 
by year were apparently becoming more arid. 

At the altitude of Lake Elizabeth the conifer region begins, and dense 
chaparral, shrub-oak, and heavy sage cover lower levels to the edge of the 
valley. 

It is claimed by the settlers that the banks of Lake Elizabeth have 
been settling along the eastern, if not rising along the western, side. 

The sheep have made savage work with the rounded hills facing the 
lake by treading out the natural grasses (principally the annual “filaree”). 
from the roots, which, if not properly cared for, must become in a few years 
desert knolls. Passing a low divide one comes face to face with the north-. 
western arm of the Mohave Desert. At time of visit there was blowing a 
strong, hot wind from the northwest, thus saving one from the terrible heat 
of a calm day. 

These breezes, that follow the passes between the Sierra Nevada and 
the coast ranges as avenues, are marked features of these inland regions. 
The usual changes of temperature disturb the equilibrium of Tulare and 
Colorado valleys sufficiently to cause a local flow in either direction for the 
greater part of each twenty-four hours, thus producing a marked, almost 
constant, flux and reflux of shifting currents. The steady encroachment of 
the desert sand carried by these oft-recurrent winds in the direction of the 
Canada de las Uvas Pass is noticeable (especially at Lievre Ranch, once 
one of the most promising, now half engulfed and buried in sand), and much 
grazing ground has been swallowed up thereby and springs choked. The 
route hence to Fort Tejon, a station from whence the exploration of the 
Southern Sierras began, lay through the above pass, following a winding, 
romantic road to the site of the old fort, ensconced in a gladelike open- 


ing 


5? 


with groves in the foreground. 
SUMMIT OF MOUNT PINOS. 


The best view toward the coast ranges (the ocean itself being visible) 
was had from a point 2 miles west of summit of Mount Pinos (a mountain 


to the westward of old Fort Tejon). 


EXPEDITION OF 1875. 95 


A fine outlook was had upon the valley of the Cuyama River, through 
which passes the trail from San Emidio to Santa Barbara (distance, approx- 
imate, 50 miles), and which trail would also be reached through the pass 
west of Cuddy’s Ranch and Lockwood’s Valley. 

There is a sharply defined range lying west of the Cuyama, visible from 
the above station, called McGill’s Peak, after the owner of a saw-mill, below 
the steepest declivity of the slope, where Government lands, as in many 
another instance noted in various parts of the West, were being despoiled by 
a non-owner, and naturally in a wasteful manner. 

The local markets for timber were Tejon Ranch and the vicinities of 
Bakersfield and Caliente, on the Southern Pacific Railroad. 

The drainage to the southwest, south, and southeast following old, eroded 
channels without water, is marked only by little springs. The verge of the 
desert is reached at the divide to the south of old Fort Tejon. 

The secular, desiccating winds driving over this region, with but little 
cessation, are having their effect in swallowing up fresh fields with the ever- 
drifting sand dune, and Southeastern California, in my judgment, is becom- 
ing more and more of a desert. 

The ocean currents, more heavily laden with moisture, only impinge 
upon the coast to the north of this latitude, while to the south they are in- 
tercepted by the pronounced and persistent coast range, which claims the 
greater share of moisture as a deposit. 

Mines are worked for antimony and silver in the Salt Creek Canon 
(reaching to the desert) just east of San Emidio. 

Mineral-bearing strata have also been noted, crossing the canon leading 
from Cuddy’s Ranch (5,100 feet elevation). 

The Frazer mine (gold) lies in the mountain of that name (immediately 
south of Cuddy’s Ranch), on the eastern side of which copper ore (bromides 
and sulphides) have been discovered but not worked. 

At the above elevation rye can be grown, but corn, wheat, and vegeta- 
bles do not mature (so says Mr. Cuddy, an old soldier, formerly of the First 
Dragoons). 

Buena Vista Lake, the reservoir of Kern River, that had also been em- 


braced in the general system of irrigation planned for the southern half of 


96 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the Great Tulare or San Joaquin Valley, lies in view, to the northward of 
the route from Old Fort Tejon to Caliente, Cal. 

The only Indians along the routes in Colorado were the Uncompaghre 
branch of the Utes, hitherto mentioned, while in California a few of the 
Coast Range Indians (Diegenos), at one time reservationed near Old Fort 
Tejon, were encountered. With the exception of the characteristic Indian 
features, they might easily be mistaken for Mexicans. They gain their live- 
lihood by working for the ranchmen. The Colorado River Reservation was 
visited by Lieutenant Bergland’s party, where vocabularies (Mohave and 
Chemehuevis) were obtained by Dr. Loew, who also contributed data con- 
cerning the Pah-Utes of Mono and Inyo Counties, in California, the Kau- 
vayas and Takhtams of San Bernardino, and of the other mission Indians of 
Santa Barbara, San Gabriel, San Juan Capistrano, and San Diego. 

Such general observations as are made refer to the California section, 
a region since well known and traversed by railroads, the Southern Pacific 
and the Atlantic and Pacific, and brought within the domain of civilization. 
The most interesting is the southern section of the Sierra Nevada, with its 
passes and valleys, its enormous mountain masses and the high peaks, 
whose escarpments form the horizon of the Owen’s River Valley and Owen’s 
Lake, (3,567 above sea-level), They are a wonder to the beholder, bold 
beyond description and exhibiting a variety of stupendous rock carving, 
inspiring with awe and of which the eye can never tire. 

All of the available ground of the Lower Sierra Nevada has been util- 
ized for grazing stock, especially sheep from farther to the south in the 
vicinity of Los Angeles. 

The timber still awaits a market except in small quantities. Ranching 
sueceeds well in the inclosed valleys among the foot-hills, where water is 
sufficiently abundant. 

The southern and eastern part of the Great Tulare Valley possesses a 
rich alluvial soil, alone wanting water to become highly productive. A 
proposition for irrigation on an extended scale was made by an officer of 
the Royal British Engineers (Colonel Brereton), who had had experience in 


India, but was never carried out for want of funds. Incidentally it was 


LIBRA\(; 
OF THE 


UNIVERSITY oy ILLINOIS 


{| Vad SNVWHYSHSIA OSIV CATTVO ) 


/ 


Nddy dO GVHH YVAN VAVASN VHUHIS HL JO LSSHOIH ‘MWVdd AFNLIEM 


“EXPEDITION OF 1875. 97 


learned that he placed the annual evaporation from Tulare Lake (approx- 
imately 100 square miles in area) at 6 feet. 

A report by Government commissioners upon irrigation of the great 
valleys of California (see Ex. Doc. No. 290, Forty-third Congress, first ses- 
sion) affords information on this subject. The State of California has insti- 
tuted special surveys looking to the critical condition of the supply of water 
and its useful distribution, results of which, however, have never been ex- 
amined by me. After leaving the Sierras to the south and westward, a 
ereat decrease has of late years been noticed in the volume of springs and 
especially the smaller creeks. 


FISHERMAN’S PEAK OR MOUNT WHITNEY, SIERRA NEVADA. 


Plate XV.—The subject of this sketch (taken by Mr. William A. Cowles, Septem- 
ber 22, 1875, from the summit of the peak, lying about 4.79 miles south, 37° 22/ 30” 
east of the true meridian, and named as Mount Whitney by Clarence King in 1871) is 
the highest peak of the Sierra Nevada, and was ascended by parties of the expedition 
on September 24, 1875 (William A. Cowles, Frank Holland, and two others), and 
October 13, 1875 (Lieutenant Birnie, Louis Nell, and F, Brockdorf). 

The latitude and longitude as established by observations and computations of 
this office (latitude 36° 34/ 32” 9 north, longitude 118° 17’ 30/" 00 west) is the first 
known determination of its geographical co-ordinates. The azimuths and distances 
from Old Camp Independence and Lone Pine will be found in the special volume of 
positions, &c. The adopted mean of barometric observations and computations of this 
office give an altitude of 14,471 and that by angles of elevation from Old Camp Inde- 
pendence and Lone Pine and corresponding angles of depression from the peak is 
14,470 feet. 

Hither of the altitudes place it as the highest point measured by careful baro- 
metric observations within the territory of the United States (except Alaska); the 
others next in order of height, according to present known measurements, are: (1) 
Mount Rainier or Tacoma Peak, Oregon, 14,444 feet; (2) Mount Shasta, California, 
14,442 feet (Whitney); (3) Uncompaghre Peak, Colorado, 14,408 feet. Mount Saint 
Elias, in Alaska (the geographical co-ordinates of which are so far only approximately 
determined), yet to be measured barometrically or by angles of elevation referred to a 
well determined land base, has been given altitudes as follows: 


Feet. 
1786. La Perouse .----..-.-......-- SDDEHI CaccardaRne esos 12, 672 
17 OlMalespin agrees ctsae wivcieen c= slesice sect = === -!=-= Bano lyptesyl 
1848. Russian Hydrographic Chart 1378...--..----------- 17, 854 
18495) Mebenkot. CharbiWilcseeceea-s- occ -\c~=--=-=-~=- 16, 938 
1872. English Admiralty Chart 2172......---------------- 14, 970 
LS7ASU a SH COBstISULVGYerecceeeeecestesesceac~e--=--s.-- 19, 500 + 400 


Vancouver gives no elevation (see Appendix No. 10, U.S, Coast Survey Report, 
1875, page 159). 


7 WH—VOL I 


98 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The records of this office show the mean of three readings of the barometer, taken 
at 4, 4.30 and 5 p. m., September 24, 1875; corrected for error and reduced to 329, is 
17,796 inches, the dry bulb thermometer being 35.3 and the wet 29°. 

Similar observations at the same hour on the afternoon of October 13, 1875, were: 

3arometer reduced 17,840 inches, dry bulb 36.7, wet 33.2. The observations were re- 

ferred to the daily means at Camp Independence, and those of Septemper 24 also to 
simultaneous observations at a camp near the peak, giving as a mean result 14,471 
feet. Angles of elevation and depression place the summit of the peak 10,513 feet above 
Camp Independence flagstaff; 10,693 above our camp at Lone Pine, and 10,806 above 
our camp on Owen’s River, near Eclipse Mill; careful barometric determinations of 
those points being, respectively, 5,956, 3,776, and 5,666 (the last two points being re- 
ferred to Camp Independence), giving as a mean result for the altitude of the peak 
14,470 feet, which is the final result adopted by this Survey. This result depends 
upon the altitude of Old Camp Independence, which is considered to be a well de- 
termined barometric station, the adopted mean being the result of a long series of 
observations taken in July and August, 1871, and October and November, 1875. Re- 
cent railroad levels furnished this office by the superintendent of the Carson and 
Colorado River Railroad place Independence Railroad depot 3,796 feet above sea, and 
Lone Pine depot at 3,720, remarking that these points are on the railroad, which runs 
through the lowest part of the valley some 3 to 4 miles eastward of Camp Inde- 
pendence and Lone Pine, which should therefore be higher, which statement is con- 
firmed by the altitudes already adopted by this office. 

These levels are dependent upon the assumed altitude of 4,985 feet for Mound 
House, on the Virginia and Truckee Railroad, the initial point of the Carson and 
Colorado Railroad, which is the altitude adopted for that point by this office. 

This point should be checked by level reference to Reno, Nev., the Central Pacific 
Railroad level giving 4,495.79 feet for altitude of the junction of Virginia and Truckee 
Railroad, 200 feet east of the railroad hotel, before the results depending thereon can 
be taken as final. 

The peak itself is a rude mass of granite, the culminating point, as shown in 
the sketch, being helmet-shaped. The southeastern re-entrant is an ampitheater 
carved by glacial action, the perennial ice-fields that have long since been dissipated in 
the secular desiccation of the region until the permanent snow and ice beds are but little 
patches in the protected hollows of northern ravines and fissures contiguous to the 
summit. The crest of the Sierra Nevada in this region is made up of bold granite 
masses, with almost a vertical front and bare denuded walls above the timber-line, 
which has reached, according to slope, altitudes between 11,200 and 12,000 feet 
above sea. 

The peak proper springs from the mother mass and is, according to Clarence 
King’s description, “like the prow of a sharp ocean steamer.” 

The canons radiating from the peak as a center fall almost precipitiously from 
2,000 to 5,000 feet between thin, sharp ridges, pinnacle-topped, forming crater-like 
amphitheaters with glacial polished slopes, the summits of which look down upon 
alpine lakes of deep sapphire, emerald green, and gorgeous opal tints, surrounded 
with snow-fields. 


Te = 


‘EXPEDITION OF 1875. 99 


These naked granite walls are without vegetation, a few gnarled and twisted 
pines (sp. Pinus contorta and sp. Pinus albicaulis) clinging to the rocks in the deeper 
canons. Several pinnacles are encountered between this peak and that first ascended 
and named by Clarence King, in 1871 (or what might be termed Mount Whitney No. 1, 
elevation 14,094 feet). This peak has since been called Mount Corcoran by the artist, 
Mr. Albert Bierstadt. 

The watershed of the immediate peak gives rise to the following streams: Three 
minor heads of the southern or main affiuent of Lone Pine Creek to the east; the lake 
amphitheater, source of an eastern tributary of the north or main fork of Kern River 
on the west, and one of the minor tributaries, if not the main head, of this latter stream 
to the northwest. 

These water-ways, always fed from the everlasting snows, are soon augmented 
into considerable streams in season of flood by the violent, frequent, and copious pre- 
cipitation at this altitude and from the melting of the winter’s snows. 

The peak was ascended by Cowles and party from the southwest, who states that 
the easiest ascent is from the east and the next best from the northwest. The party 
under Lieutenant Birnie approached the peak also from the southwest. 

The “Hockett” trail from Visalia to Lone Pine passes south of Mount Whitney 
No. 1 (now Corcoran Peak), crossing the divide of the Sierra Nevada at the head of 
Cottonwood Creek can best be used in making the ascent from the basin of Upper 
Kern River. 

From the summit Owen’s River Valley, seen to the eastward, appears stretching 
to the foot-hills of the White Mountain Range (80 miles distant), the most prominent 
peaks of which (White Mountain, 14,245 feet, and McBride’s 13,415 feet), are easily 
distinguishable. 

The Inyo Range, with Waucoba Peak (11,137 feet) at the north, Inyo Peak, 
Mount Hahn, and New York Butte (10,971, 11,030, and 10,545 feet, respectively) in 
the center, and Cerro Gordo Peak at the southern end, hides partly from view the 
more easterly but more prominent range, the Telescope, which forms the western wall 
of Death Valley, the main peak, however (10,938 feet), being visible, while through 
the persistent blue haze of this desolate region is revealed but dimly Grapevine and 
Waguyhe Peaks, lying north and eastward. At the southern end of the Inyo Range, 
Owen’s Lake, at an elevation of 3,567 feet, lies embosomed as a tiny mirror, joined 
with uncertain reflections to the Coso Mountains. 

To the southward Mount Corcoran (14,038 feet), Sheep Mountain (12,921 feet), 
Olaneha (11,251 feet), and Owen’s Peak (8,626 feet) form the sentinel towers of the 
remaining portion of the Sierra in this direction, their glacially eroded northern 
fissures holding plainly visible permanent snow-beds. 

The horizon to the northwest and north, embracing Kaweah Peak (over 14,000 
feet), Mount Silliman (11,263 feet), Brewer (15,836 feet), Tyndall (14,260 feet. approxi- 
mately), and Williamson (14,360 feet), completes the immediate mountain panorama, 
which must be seen to be appreciated. 

Valleys to the eastward and the outlying minor foothills of which, if not the 
actual bed of depression, that can be seen, are the Coso, Panamint, and Death Valleys. 
The desert toward the Colorado stretches out desolate and bare until lost in the horizon 
of Pilot Knob. To the north and south mountain forms mark the horizon, while to the 


100 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


northwest and west the Granitic rib, extending from Mount Tyndall to Kaweah Peak and 
its extension southward, hides even the Coast Range and Tulare Valley from view. 

Dr. Rothrock, the botanist of the expedition, reports upon the lower flanks of this 
mountain giant the presence of Pinus contorta, with Pinus ponderosa on the gentler 
slopes, Pinus albicaulis and Pinus Breweri at or near timber line. Spruces also were 
noted, and cedars 1 foot in diameter and 40 feet high at the elevation of 10,500 feet. 

Sheep graze almost to the summit of Mount Whitney No. 1 (Corcoran Peak) and 
Sheep Mountain, its southern neighbor. 

Norr.—As bearing upon the name to be permanently applied to this prominent mountain landmark 
the records found upon the summit by parties of this Survey are herewith given: 

(1) ‘tdugust 18th, 1873.—John Lucas, C. D. Begole, and A. H. Johnson, the first men on tbis peak, 
‘Fisherman’s Peak,’ found to be the highest in the range, by placing spirit level on Whitney, estimated 
to be about 500 feet.” 

(2) ‘September 6th, 1873.—Carl Rabe, William Crapo, T. McDonough, and William L. Hunter.” 

(3) “ September 19th, 1873.—This peak, Mount Whitney, was this day climbed by Clarence King, 
U.S. Geologist, and Frank Knowles, of Tule River. On September Ist, in New York, I first learned 
that Mount Whitney of 1871 was not the highest peak. Storms and clouds prevented me from recog- 
nizing [it] in 1871, or I should have come here then. All honor to those who came here before me.— 
CLARENCE KING.” 

(4) “J.T. Belshaw, William Crapo, W. R. Johnson, Cerro Gordo, Cal. July 7th, 1875.” 

(5) ‘John Muir, Yosemite; George B. Bayley, San Francisco; C, E. Washburn, San José. July 
22nd, 1875.” 

(6) “ Fisherman’s Peak, October 3rd, 1875.—J. M. Hutchings, of Yosemite, on a photographic tour of 
the high Sierras, in company with Prof. W. E, James, photographer, climbed Fisherman’s Peak and 
took a series of Leki ae views. Other persons: Dr. A. Kellogg, M. D., San Francisco; J. M. 
Hutchings, Prof. W. E. James, photographer, New York; Dr. C. B. White, U. 8. A., Camp Independ- 
ence; A. H. Jobnson, guide, Lone Pine; Edward Bedford, Yosemite; George P. Stanley, Brooklyn, N. 
Y.; and James Fleming and John I’, Cannell, U. S. A., Camp independence: Aneroid barometer 
(Hutchings), 15,018 feet. Thermometer 41° (1 p.m.) Water boiled at 187° F.,” &c. 

The following circumstances of observation of this peak have come to my attention: 

(1) A party of the geological survey of California, under Professor Brewer, of Yale College, and of 
which Clarence King was a member, apparently first saw this peak in 1864, and applied to it the name 
of Mount Whitney from the summit of Mount Brewer. 

(2) Messrs. King and Cotter again apparently saw it in 1864 from the summit of Tyndall. 

(3) Clarence King afterwards (1864) attempted unsuccessfully its ascent from the direction of Visalia. 

(4) King, in 1871, ascended the Sierra from Lone Pine, naming what is here termed Mount Whit- 
ney No. 1, lying southeasterly, and subsequently claiming, in September, 1873, that he had ascended 
and fixed the name to the wrong peak in 1871. 

(5) Mr. W. A. Goodyear, with Mr. Belshaw, of Cerro Gordo, were the first to discover and make 
known the supposed error in 1873. 

(6) On August 18, 1873, passing the Mount Whitney No. 1, where Mr. King’s recorded ascent and 
name were found, Messrs. Lucas, Begole, and Johnson proceeded to the higher peak, and justly sup- 
posing that it was unnamed, christened it Fisherman’s Peak. (See copy of their record). The fact of 
the ascent was published in an August number of the Inyo Independent. 

(7) On September 6, 1873, Carl Rabe and party ascended the main peak and measured it baromet- 
rically. 

(8) On September 19, 1873, Clarence King ascended this summit from the Visalia side and made the 
record, a copy of which is above given. 

(9) The parties that subsequently have made the ascent are, Crapo and cae July 4, 1875; Muir 
and party, July 22, 1875; One Hundredth Meridian Survey party, September 24, 1875; Hinges and 
party, October 3, 1875; One Hundredth Meridian Survey party, October 13, 1875 ; Brofieeae Langley, 
consulting specialist of the Signal Service, and party in 1881. The barometric altitude provisionally 
adopted by Professor Langley for the summit is 14,522 feet, only 50 feet higher than than the result of 
this office. 


EXPEDITION OF 1875. 101 


A military reservation of a certain number of legal subdivisions surrounding this 
peak has been declared by authority of the President in General Orders No. 67, of the 
War Department, September 26, 1883. It is understood that this reservation is for 
the purpose of securing the location for a prospective Signal Service station. 

In the preparation of the material bearing on Plate XV, I have been greatly 
assisted by Lieutenants Birnie and Macomb, Mr. Francis Klett, chief of party, Dr. 
Rothrock, and Messrs. Louis Nell and William A. Cowles. 

The most remarkable precious mineral developments of the Colorado 
area were in the San Juan, where this industry has become fixed and per- 
manent, with a regular annual output, while in the flanking ridges of the 
Southern Sierra Nevada and in the Coast Ranges from Santa Barbara south- 
ward, gold, silver, copper, lead, antimony, and tin have been found, a little 
superficial work done with, however, but little careful and intelligent pros- 
pecting and less serious development. The Colorado exploration led to the 
discovery of an entirely new and hitherto unknown pass by Lieutenant Mar- 
shall (now called by his name), leading from the Arkansas to the valley 
of the Gunnison, now traversed by a branch of the Denver and Rio Grande 
Railroad. The different approaches to the San Juan from the north and 
east were all made clear. In California the profiles through the Canada de 
las Uvas, Tejon, and Walker Passes and their approaches were carefully 
laid down. The Southern Pacific had already decided upon its line, leaving 
the Tulare plains at Bakersfield and reaching the Colorado Drainage or 
Mohave Desert by the Tehachapi Pass, thence southward penetrating the 
Santa Clara Valley by Soledad Pass. The intricate drainage of the South- 
ern Sierras, flowing to the Interior Basin, Mohave Desert, and Tulare Valley, 
was for the first time accurately mapped. 

The agricultural and grazing facilities of these areas are each year 
being more fully utilized, while the section in question is made more acces- 
sible than ever to the east by means of the Atlantic and Pacific Railroad 
lately (1883) joining a branch of the Southern Pacific Railroad from Mohave 
Station, near the mouth of Tehachapi Pass, at the Needles on the Colorado 
River. 

Without doubt the northwestern arm of the Great Mohave desert is 
encroaching upon the passes leading from it to the Tulare Valley, by ever- 


increasing beds of drifting sand, the loci of which not long since have been 


102 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


farther south and eastward. The secular desiccation common to the whole 
interior basin and to the desert regions of eastern or southeastern California 
plays its part in the sequence of desolation, already largely accomplished, 
and which has done the greater share of its work. ‘The encroachment should 
be resisted by a careful husbanding of present sources of supply, by cleans- 
ing and fencing springs, turning creeks of any considerable size upon the 
cultivated acres for irrigation, and thus holding within the sub-basins all that 
is possible of the original moisture there precipitated. 

Professor Marcou adds to the published record the result of his exam- 
inations in the Southern Sierra Nevada and adjacent coast ranges, a part of 
the ground having been visited by him 22 years before as a member of the 
Pacific Railroad exploring expedition under Lieutenant Whipple, corps of 
Topographical Engineers (see A. R., 1876). 

The results of the botanical investigations will be found discussed in 
the Annual Report for 1876, and Vol. VI. 

The archeological researches of 1875 were by far the most important 


among those accomplished during a single season, because of the fruitful 


8 
and excellent results from special excavations near Santa Barbara, Cal., 
which were well presented by Dr. Yarrow in his preliminary report (see 
Annual Report, 1876), and also in Vol. VII, which report is based largely 
upon these collections. Dr. Rothrock and Mr. Henshaw with their usual 
zeal materially assisted in these findings. 

In addition to the usual ornithological and botanical collections for the 
year, the special collection consisted of 200 Indian ecrania (1874 and 1875), 
55 lots of modern articles, and 57 boxes of stone and other implements 
from graves in Southern California. 

The types of this latter collection were studied by Professor Putnam at 
Cambridge, and the results embodied in Volume VII, and these, as well 
as those temporarily retained at the Washington office, have been finally 
deposited in the National Museum. 

During this year Volumes III and V, the first of the issue of quarto 
publications, passed the press, the usual report was submitted, and an 
advance edition of atlas sheets printed. Printed meteorological instructions 


were issued (See List of Publications, second edition, 1881). 


- EXPEDITION OF 1876. 103 


EXPEDITION OF 1876. 


The area embraced aggregates 21,044 square miles (California 9,550, 
Nevada 6,700, Colorado 750, and New Mexico 4,044), and lies in the basins 
of the Arkansas, Pecos and Rio Grande for the Colorado portion, and in 
the valleys of tributaries to the Upper Sacramento and Humboldt, Car- 
son and Walker rivers, of the Great Interior Basin.* 

The routes of early Government explorers falling within the areas of this 
year are Pike 1807 (Arkansas Valley), Frémont in his routes 184445, Lieu- 
tenant Peck 1847, and Lieutenant Abert and Peck (southeast of Albuquer- 
que) 1846-47, Frémont 1845 (near Walker Lake), Colonel Bonneville 1835 
(Humboldt Lakes), Colonel Steptoe 1855, and Captain Simpson 1858—59. 

The Nevada portion of the area joins the southern line of the belt ex- 
plored geologically by Clarence King either side of the Central Pacific 
Railroad in vicinity of 40th parallel (see Atlas of Geological Explorations 
40th parallel). 

The public land surveys had entered but a small portion of the area of 
this season, but wherever their stakes were found a connection was made 
and the record entered in the office plotting sheets, that thus becomes a per- 


manent although unpublished record of the Government. 
LAKE TAHOE REGION. 


One of the crowning beauties of the Northern Sierra Nevada (the whole 
range being justly celebrated for its massive grandeur) is the Lake Tahoe 
region, the lake itself having been aptly termed ‘the gem of the Sierras.” 
It is the reservoir of the waters of the upper Truckee River, and several 
minor streams, having a single outlet, the main Truckee. 

The water is of the deepest colored and most perfect blue, scintillant 
from its own purity, changing to aqua marine, as seen from its banks, with 


a depth in the center reaching at one measured point over 1,600 feet.t 


*Nore.—The route of the officer in charge, after leaving the rendezvous at Fort Lyon, Colo., and 
proceeding to that at Carson, Ney., was to Virginia City, Sutro and return via Dayton, Nev., thence to 
the vicinity of Lake Tahoe and neighboring mountains and return to rendezvous at Carson, visiting 
the stations at Ogden, Utah, both in the inward and outward routes, 

tNorr.—Systematic soundings should be made in order to establish its greatest and other depths, 
as well as its physical conditions and the fauna which it contains. 


104 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


One of the most beautiful points on its shore is on the Nevada side, at 
Glenbrook, immediately opposite Tahoe on the Truckee, a location more 
readily accessible from the Central Pacific Railroad. The most lovely spot 
is at the southern end, near Tallac Point, from which the peak of that 
name is reached by a wide trail at a distance of approximately 104 miles. 

This peak, rising high above the surrounding foothills (9,715 feet), com- 
mands a landscape at once unique and comprehensive and equalled by few 
of the many wonderful mountain views of our western region. 

At its foot lies Fallen Leaf Lake (lovely within itself) having an outlet 
into Tahoe. A perfect view of all the main body of Tahoe is spread before 
one, the horizon on every hand is mountain-crowned, the massive Sierra 
Nevada peaks—Freels, Monument, Jeb’s, and Job’s Sister (all over 10,000 
feet)—lying to the south and east, with others still higher in the dis- 
tant horizon. The most remarkable feature of all is in the number of lakes 
(large and small) to be seen within the horizon’s circumference. In addition 
to those named (‘Tahoe and Fallen Leaf), there may be seen Washoe, Mar- 
tell, Echo, Cascade, Gillmore, and Grass lakes, sixteen small ponds or lake- 
lets in the Devil’s Basin (nearly all visible from the peak), and eight others 
(all small) without names. 

These little mountain lakes (belonging to the Truckee and American 
River basins) are mostly fringed by forests of evergreens, pine, fir, and hem- 
lock. Sadly enough, on the eastern shores of Tahoe, and part of the south- 
ern, the flanks are being stripped for timber, to be swallowed in the Comstock 
mines. ‘There seems to be no method of arresting this spoliation. It would 
have been well years ago had the General Government reserved the slopes 
leading to this lake as a permanent pleasure ground, to be regulated for the 
benefit of all the people, as well as a specially beautiful spot for rest and 
recreation for travelers from all lands. 

The boundary between California and Nevada traverses it longitudi- 
nally, two counties (Placer and El] Dorado) abutting on the California side, 
and three in Nevada (Washoe, Ormsby, and Douglas). As Lake Luzerne 
of Switzerland is sometimes known as the ‘ Lake of the Four Cantons,” 


so might lovely Tahoe be called the ‘Lake of the Five Counties.” 


EXPEDITION OF 1876. 105 
INDIANS. 


The only tribe encountered not hitherto visited was at Fort Yuma, 
where a vocabulary of the Yumas was gathered by Lieutenant Bergland. 

These Indians, now decimated in numbers, are well known through the 
reports of the Mexican boundary and Pacific Railroad surveys and through 
Lieutenant Ives’ report of the Expedition of the Colorado. 

No new fields especially worthy the attention of settlers fell within this 
year’s area. The part of the Great Interior basin visited belongs outside of 
Carson Valley, Walker and Reese River valleys (all three pretty well 
taken up) to the desert land, as well as portions in New Mexico on either 
side of the Rio Grande, the most promising of the lands on the bed of this 
stream being already in the hands of settlers. 

The only mines of any great importance visited were those of the Com- 
stock lode, remarkable for the richness and extent of its bonanzas, and as 
having contributed more than $300,000,000 to the world’s stock of the pre- 
cious metals. 

The parties operating in four separate political divisions (California, 
Nevada, Colorado, and New Mexico), the peculiarities of the sections entered 
were necessarily great and varied. 

For detailed descriptions, the annual reperts and chapters on description 
of maps and land classification should be consulted. The Nevada portions 
of the Great Interior basin were particularly sterile, a region devoid of tim- 
ber, scanty in grazing, wanting in water, but little available for agricultural 
purposes, and with scarcely any timber except near the mountain summits. 

The marked exceptions to the above are the valleys of the Carson and 
Walker rivers. 

The California region near head of tributaries to upper Sacramento 
contains a much larger percentage of arable and grazing lands. 

Land classification sheets 47 B and 47 D (published together), embra- 
cing also a portion of the Carson Valley, contain the following approximate 
percentages: Arable, 6.6; timber, 27.6; grazing, 19.7; 36.1 for arid or 
barren, and 10.0 for lakes, ponds, and marshes. 


106 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Ranches were found dotted here and there in most of the mountain 
rulleys, as also for Colorado and New Mexico, the classification of which 
is shown upon sheets (in colors) embracing the surveyed areas of 1876. 

Along the route followed by parties from Fort Lyon, Colo., to Las 
Végas, N. Mex., the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad has since been 
constructed, while much of the territory at head of Arkansas is pierced 
by the tracks of Denver and Rio Grande Railroad, and Denver and South 
Park Railroad. In this region the railroads have taken the place of all the 
main wagon routes and are but forerunners of others that are finally to 
make the whole western mountain regions accessible to the more thickly 
settled parts of the nation and the world at large. 

The survey of the tributaries of the Upper Sacramento and of the 
region to the west of Pyramid Lake points in the direction of more accessi- 
ble communication from the Humboldt to the Sacramento, indicating that 
the route selected by Lieutenant Beckwith in 1854 (see Pacific Railroad 
Surveys, Vol. II), or one south of Pyramid Lake would be the more avail- 
able with lesser grades, although possibly a little longer line. Doubtless at 
some future day this route or a slight modification thereof will be made an 
integral part of the Central Pacific Railroad, thus avoiding, besides difficult 
grades, the expense of snow-sheds and dangerous delays by snow blockades. 

The following mineral and thermal springs were observed, viz: Soda 
Spring, near upper end of Fallen Leaf Lake, temperature 463° F., the water 
of which contains carbonic acid, sesquioxide of iron, and sulphureted 
hydrogen (Conkling); the Hot Springs, at foot of Lake Tahoe; Sulphur 
Springs, on Belleville and Wadsworth freight road; Warm Springs, at the 
State prison near Carson; the Steamboat Hot Springs, between Reno and 
Carson, and the Genoa Hot Springs in Carson Valley (see Annual Reports). 

The principal lakes outside of the Tahoe Group in the California region 
were Carson and Walker (the reservoirs of these rivers respectively), Pyra- 
mid, Honey, and Horse lakes, Donner and Independence lakes, and others 
(small) near the heads of the Yuba. 

The headwaters of the branches of Feather, Yuba, and American rivers 
were for the first time accurately located and traced out, a most intricate 


drainage, and a portion of the western rim of the great interior basin north 


EXPEDITION OF 1876. 107 


of latitude 39° was accurately located and much detailed topographic work 
accomplished at the sources of the Arkansas and South Platte, while in 
New Mexico much new data was gathered near the headwaters of the Pecos 
and Mora rivers. 

Within the Great Interior Basin bench marks of the Lake of the Glacial 


period, discovered by King and named “ La Hontan” 


were observed, mak- 
ing the second of a system of ancient lakes upon which detailed observa- 
tions have been made for the careful determination of their physical charac- 
teristics. 

Others are yet to be explored and investigated within the extended 
Great Basin area. 


DIVERSION OF THE COLORADO RIVER. 


The examination of this question from the foot of the Grand Canon to 
the Mexican border was intrusted to a party under Lieutenant Bergland, 
whose report appears in the Annual Report of 1876. 

The river trip of 1871 and the subsequent land explorations extending 
upwards along the canon banks of the river as far as “ El Vado de los 
Padres” and other reliable information, decided beyond all peradventure 
that no diversion could be made between the junction of the Grand and 
Green and the foot of the lower Main or Grand Canon. Lieutenant Berg- 
land concluded also that no diversion was practicable on account of encir- 
cling canon walls from this point to the head of the Colorado Valley, near 


the Needles 


tion of 1871. Interesting measurements and experiments upon velocity, 


a result consonant with the experience of the river examina- 


flow, evaporation, high and low water were made at Stone’s Ferry, Camp 
Mohave, and Fort Yuma. 

The fall of the river at Stone’s Ferry was found to be 2’ .13 per mile; 
its section=5,723 square feet, width=480 feet, hydraulic radius or mean 
depth=11’.89, velocity =3’.217 per second ; volume of discharge=18,410.38 
cubic feet per second. The observations were made between August 9 and 
12,1875. Atamodulus of 1 cubic foot per second for 200 acres, the above 
volume is sufficient for the irrigation of 3,682,000 acres. The surface of the 
water at this station (August 10, 1875) was found to be 1,097’.5 above sea, 
while that of the high water of 1871 reached 1,114.5 or an excess of 17 feet. 


108 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


At Camp Mohave the elevation of the surface (September 2, 1875) was 
found to be 704.9 above sea, the fall per mile=1’.2, the area of river section = 
4,628 square feet, its width=1,116 feet, mean depth=4’.144 with a velocity 
of 2'.50864 per second and volume of discharge = 11,623.43 cubic feet 
per second (observations from August 28 to September 2, 1875). 

At above assumed modulus this volume would irrigate 2,324,600 acres. 
The river fell 5’.11 at Mohave from July 9 to September 5, 1875. The high 
water of 1874 was 8 feet higher than level of September 2, 1875. At Fort 
Yuma (below junction of the Gila) the elevation of water (March 20, 1876) 
was found to be 120'.0 above sea, the area of cross-section 2,726.5 square 
feet, width 461 feet, fall 1.21 per mile, mean depth 5’.848, velocity =2’.809 
per second, volume of discharge (March 15 to 20, 1876) =7,658.74 cubic feet 
per second, or sufficient for the irrigation of 1,513,600 acres. The high- 
water mark of 1862 was 10/.19 above that of March 20, 1876. 

At Stone’s Ferry daily evaporations of 0.18 and 0.23 were observed. 

At Mohave, August 30 and 31,7 p.m. to 7a m., the evaporation was 
0.11, and from 7a. m. to 7 p. m., on August 80, 0’.69, or total for twenty-four 
hours of 0.8. 

Lieutenant Bergland deduces an approximate annual evaporation of 
95.77 inches, which would correspond to a reservoir lake sufficient to retain 
the flow at Mohave in September, 1875, of 556 square miles. 

At Fort Yuma, in August and September, 1868, Dr. Lauderdale, sur- 
geon, U.S. Army, measured daily evaporations of 0.408 and 0.409, and 
Lieutenant Bergland, from March 19 to April 1, 1876, daily evaporations 
from 0.3 to 1.02, or an average of 0.5, corresponding to a reservoir lake of 
570 square miles. Lieutenant Bergland found the soil in the vicinity of the 
Colorado Indian Reservation too porous, the canals easily undermined, 
fluming being in many cases necessary, and is of the opinion that levees 
would be necessary to prevent overflows and destruction of canals and 
ditches in case any system of irrigation is undertaken on a large scale. 

It is safe to estimate that at high-water stages at Camp Mohave there 
is sufficient water to irrteate 5,000,000 acres, were the same required. The 
conclusion arrived at by Lieutenant Bergland is to the effect that the river 


could be diverted north of Fort Yuma by a cutting of 160 feet, and also the 


— 


“EXPEDITION OF 1876. 109 


sand ridge west of Pilot Knob, and with a canal about 50 miles in length 
to reach the depressed area, and states that there are better points 
within Mexican territory. No present or prospective want will demand the 
former undertaking at any point below the boundary, while, were such a 
result necessary, doubtless the channel of New River might be utilized. 

A lake surface sufficiently large to act as an evaporating reservoir for 
the maximum influx of waters below the Gila would not exceed 1,000 square 
miles in extent, hence the effect of turning the channel into the depressed 
basin (especially at a minimum stage) would be to establish an inclosed 
reservoir without ocean outlet, while a flood stage would lead to an over- 
flow and cutting of a new and natural channel to the Gulf (lined by lagoons), 
which would in time become a partial tidal channel at high waters. In any 
event no climatic change worthy of the name, from the introduction of 
such a sized lake in this large desert area, would result, since the increase 
of relative humidity that would be experienced within the perimeter of a 
thousand yards would quickly be dissipated and swallowed up by the eager 
and absorptive dry winds of the desert and reprecipitation but little in- 
creased. The basin drained by the Colorado of the West is, approximately, 
241,965 square miles, or 154,857,600 acres. It is composed of mountain 
valleys, plateau, mesa, cation, and desert sections in wonderful variety. 

There are three marked districts within this area, divided somewhat as 
follows: (1) The more desert parts, bounded on the east by the west wall of 
the Grand Canon, limited on the north by the rim of the Great Interior Basin, 
and extending south and eastward near the head of the Salt and Gila rivers 
to the continental divide. (2) The plateau and cation district, the eastern 
limit extending northward along the continental divide to, approximately, 
37° north; thence to junction of Green and Grand; thence westward to the 
junction of the Great Canon wall and rim of the Great Interior Basin; thence 
southerly to west wall of Grand Canon; thence following southwestern edge 
of Colorado Plateau to continental divide, constituting in fact the Great Colo- 
rado Plateau entire. (3) The province of the mountains and their outliers, 
being, respectively, the basins of the Green and Grand rivers. The first, or 
desert, province is, approximately, 72,889 square miles; the plateau section, 
approximately, 83,986 square miles, and the mountain area, approximately, 
85,190 square miles. 


110 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


This special duty of Lieutenant Bergland, to which general topographic 
observations were added, brought him within the lines traversed by the fol- 
lowing early explorers: 

Major Emory, 1849 to 1857 (Mexican Boundary west from Yuma); Cap- 
tain Sitgreaves, 1851 (on the Colorado); Lieutenants Williamson and Parke 
1854 (Pacific Railroad Surveys), and Lieutenant Ives, 1858 (Exploration of 
the Colorado). 

Not less interesting were the special explorations affording new geo- 
graphical contributions in the basins and deserts north of tne Mohave, ex- 
tending eastward to the Amargosa, and including Death Valley, Panamint, 
and Owen’s River and Lake (see reports by Dr. Loew in the Annual Report 
for 1876). : 

These valleys, extending eastward from the southern end of the Sierras, 
decrease in elevation until a tract near the central portion of Death Valley 
is found at a depression of nearly 200 feet below sea-level. 

The depressions in order of succession (all of a general northerly or 
southerly trend), are the valleys of Owen’s River, Panamint, and Salinas, 
and the desert of Death Valley and Amargosa, the four dividing ridges being 
the Inyo, Argus, Telescope, and Amargosa ranges. No running water is 
found in the desert solitudes, outside of Owen’s River the withering dryness 
ot this portion of the western desert region is perfect and equal to that found 
in any portion of the Sahara, but happily the area permanently desolate is 


but small in comparison. 
EXPEDITION OF 1877. 

The area of this season’s work aggregated 32,477 square miles, dis- 
tributed as follows: California, 6,825; Colorado, 3,825; Idaho, 8,877; Ne- 
vada, 3,066; New Mexico, 6,303; Utah, 3,350; and Wyoming, 231 square 
miles. This area falls within the basins of the Upper Sacramento and its 
tributaries and the Great Interior Basin at the west, the Great Salt Lake 
Basin and those of Bear and Snake rivers in the center, and the basins of 
the Gunnison, Arkansas, and Rio Grande in the eastern section.* 

*NorTE.—The route of the officer in charge after reaching rendezvous at Carson 
was thence to Virginia City and return; thence, via Truckee, to Lake Tahoe, Tallac 
Peak and vicinity, and return to Carson; thence to Ogden, Utah; thence to Bear 
Lake, via Logan, Utah; thence to Twin Creek; thence to Green River Valley and 
return, Via Randolph and Evanston, Wyo., to Ogden, Utah. 


' EXPEDITION OF 1877. 1B! 


The routes of the early explorers crossed by the western section were 
those of Frémont, 1843 (near Camp Bidwell); Beckwith, 1854 (from Hum- 
boldt to Sacramento Valley); Williamson, 1865 (Feather River); and in the 
central, Bonneville, 1833; Frémont, 1843; and Dixon, 1859 (from the Dalles 
to the Great Salt Lake); and Emory, 1847; Gunnison, 1853; Loring, 1859 
(Salt Lake City to Santa Fe); Lieutenant Smith, 1849; and Captain Over- 
man (1873), in the eastern section (see Progress Map). 

Wherever possible the data established in these early route surveys have 
been utilized and their reports examined; in fact, up to and until the close of 
the war of the rebellion, these and the public-land surveys comprised the 
only surveys of this entire western region, and, asis well known, the latter 
are only planimetric and for a specific and single purpose (7. ¢., subdividing 
land and to gather measured boundaries upon which to base its sale). 
Uniformly the stakes marking subdivisions within the area of a given year’s 
survey have been joined with, wherever found. This season was marked 
by certain special surveys more in detail, as of the Lake Tahoe region 
(scale 1 inch to 1 mile), the Washoe mining district (scale 1 = 500’; pub- 
lished at 1 inch to 1,500 feet) as a basis for the systematic examination of 
this center of the precious metals.* 

The Mescalero Apache Indian Agency, situated on Tulerosa Creek, 
southwest of Fort Stanton, New Mexico, came within the area assigned Lieu- 
tenant Morrison, who reports this region as well watered and timbered, and 
abounding in game. ‘The number of these Indians in 1881 is given at 900 
(see Annual Report of Indian Commissioner for 1882). Morrison states that 
they are below medium size, of scant angular frames, and with larger and 


less symmetrical bones than the Navajoes, also less intelligent and more 


*One of the most interesting of the many phenomena presented by the workings of the Com- 
stock mines is the great heat encountered at the lower levels, and it was to the investigation of the 
sources of this heat-supply that Mr. Church devoted much of his time. As is readily seen, the ques- 
tion of future increase or decrease of the temperature is a most important one in its bearing upon the 
prosperous working of the mines. As the result of his investigation, Mr. Church reached the conelu- 
sion that the usual explanation of the heat that exists in the eruptive rocks of many localities, namely, 
that it is the last manifestation of the heat which fused the rocks, does not apply here, because of the 
persistence with which the supply is maintained under conditions that make extraordinary draughts 
upon it. He considers the true source to be the chemical alteration of the feldspathic minerals in the 
rocks, or the process technically known as kaolinization—the changing of feldspar to clay. As to the 
question of increase of heat he is of the opinion that it is subject to a steady and moderate increase as 
greater depths are reached. 


112 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


squalid. Among them marriage is a barter for the female; the dead are 
buried on hills and covered with boughs and stones. The women make 
baskets, while some of the men labor in the fields. 

Among the areas visited and mapped in 1877 most worthy the attention 
of the courageous and enterprising settler, are the valleys of the southern 
tributaries of Snake River, west of the Bannock Reservation and of the Gun- 
nison, all of which region is now easily accessible by rail (see description 
of Atlas Sheets). 

Lieutenant Morrison reported prospects of gold, silver, and copper in 
the Sierra Blanca, near Fort Stanton, but little known and entered upon 
since it was embraced in an Indian reservation. 

The most direct route from the head of the valley of Great Salt Lake 
to the Snake River was defined and measured. ‘The Utah Northern Rail- 
road, starting at Ogden, has since entered this ground. 

A fine natural pass was noted at the head of Twin Creek (a stream 
entering Bear River valley), which leads to Ham’s Fork of Green River. 
The approaches on either side were found to be superior to those on the old 
Bridger wagon-road to the southward. The game of this vicinity consisted 
(1877) of black, grizzly, brown, and cinnamon bear, elk, black, and cotton- 
tail deer in small numbers, with antelopes, foxes, coyotes, wolves, duck, 
grouse, sage hens, and rabbits in abundance; also many trout in the mount- 
ain streams. 

The valley of the Gunnison, mapped in 1877, has since been opened 
up, largely through the energy of the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad, 
being availed of- for a part of their route which extends west to Salt Lake 
City over pretty much the same line as that explored by Gunnison during 
the Pacifie Railroad surveys (and known as Gunnison’s route). A second 
railroad from Denver, the Denver and South Park Railroad, also reaches the 
valley of the Gunnison, near the town of that name. 

The routes leading from Forts Craig and McRae to Stanton were care- 
fully measured, as well as the region (a part of it the Jornada del Muerto) 
lying between and about the site of the Mescalero Indian Agency at 


Tulerosa. 


EXPEDITION OF 1877. a3 


The Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad now traverses the greater 
part of the entire length of the above “Jornada.” 


THERMAL AND MINERAL SPRINGS. 


Many thermal and mineral springs were noted by Lieutenant Tillman 
in Utah and Idaho (see Annual Report for 1878, page 110) on the Bear, 
Blackfoot, and Port Neuf rivers and along Mink and Salt creeks. 'Tempera- 
tures as high as 145° were recorded. Among the number were the well- 
known Soda Springs at Morristown, Idaho, near Bear River. Lieuten- 
ant Tillman observed that the carbonic acid gas escaped in such quantities 
that birds alighting near them are poisoned and that grasshoppers succumbed 
in less than two minutes. 

At the Hot Springs, near Honey Lake, Lieutenant Symons observed a 
temperature of 210° F. at the source, found to have an elevation of approxi- 
mately 4,000 feet above sea. A number of these springs are found among 
the flanks of Hot Spring Mountain. 

Lieutenant Bergland was enabled to measure the volumes of the Rio 
Grande above the North Fork, as also the latter, as well as the Gunnison 
above the confluence of the Tumichi, and the latter stream with the following 
results : 

Main stream (Rio Grande), June 22, 1877; width, 182 feet; maximum 
depth, 7 feet; area of section, 692 feet; mean velocity, 5.229 feet per second, 
and volume of discharge, 3,618.468 cubic feet per second. (This was at 
nearly its highest stage). North Fork (same date), width, 94 feet; mean 
depth, 3.125 feet; area of section, 196.5 square feet; mean velocity, 5.43 feet 
per second, and volume of discharge, 1,067 cubic feet per second, thus making 
a combined flow, or that of the Rio Grande below its north branch at this 
stage of 4,685.5 cubic feet per second. 

The Gunnison, on November 5, 1877, was found as follows: Width, 75 
feet; mean depth, 3.4 feet; area of section, 154.17 square feet; mean velocity, 
1.57 feet per second, and volume of discharge, 242 cubic feet per second. 

The Tumichi, width, 64 feet; mean depth, 1.8 feet; area of section, 50 
feet; mean velocity, 2.63 feet, and volume, 131.57 cubie feet per second, 

5 WH—VOL I 


114 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


thus aggregating for the Gunnison below mouth of _Tumichi 373.5 cubic 
feet at nearly a minimum stage. This is much larger at a season of high 
water, when the Gunnison cannot be forded with safety. 

The mean daily evaporation at Los Pinos Indian Reservation, from 
August 9 to 24, 1887, was 0.5537, of which 70 per cent. oecurred between 
sunrise and sunset, and the balance of 30 per cent. during the night. 

A small cave was explored by Lieutenant Morrison and party near Fort 
Stanton, New Mexico, in the limestone (capped by sandstone) of the Sierra 
Blanca. The main line extended, approximately, 1,000 feet from opening, 
and two laterals were measured, one, approximately, 1,400, and a second 
about 1,700, feet in length. The domes, stalagmites and stalactites, and 
crystals were found comparatively uninteresting. (See Annual Report, 1877, 
page 138.) 

The topographic results will be found embodied in Sheets 38 B and D, 
47 Band D, 56 B, 32 C and D, 41 A and B, 61 A, 84 B, and part of 77 D. 
(See also description of maps.) 

During the year Vol. IV (Paleontology) and Vol. II (Astronomy) of the 
quarto reports were issued; also the Catalogue of Mean Declinations of 2,018 
stars, and the usual annual report. 

Editions of final Atlas sheets 53 C, 61 C (sub), 65 D, 70 A and C, and 
77 B were issued. (See ‘List of Reports and Maps.”) 

EXPEDITION OF 1878. 

The area mapped aggregated 26,550 square miles (California 10,175 
New Mexico 8,625, Oregon 7,600, and Texas 150 square miles).* 

Portions of areas visited in 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876, and 1877 were con- 
nected with and in certain cases impinged upon. 


The main basins entered were the Columbia, Great Interior, Sacra- 
mento, Coast, Mohave, Great Salt Lake, Rio Grande, Pecos, and portions of 


* Nore.—The route taken py the officer in charge was from rendezvous at Carson, 
Ney., to Virginia, Nev., and returning, thence to Fort Bidwell via Reno, thence ‘6 
Fort Klamath, thence to the Dalles on the Columbia River via Corral Springs, Des 
Chutes, and Crooked rivers and Warm Springs, thence to Fort Walla Walla and re- 
turn, thence to Portland via Fort Vancouver, thence to Sacramento, Cal., via Roseburg, 
Oreg., and Redding, Cal. 


EXPEDITION OF 1878. 1/38) 


the Gila, the following being the principal streams : Columbia, Des Chutes, 
Upper Sacramento, Pitt, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Merced, and branches of 
San Joaquin, Los Angeles, Mohave, Rio Grande, Pecos, Miembres, and Gila 


; The canons of the Tuolumne, Stanislaus, and Merced rivers of the 
sierra Nevada are shown on Atlas Sheet 56 D. (See description of Atlas 


- The routes of the early Government explorers crossed were those: of 
_ Frémont (1843), eastern base of Cascade; Warner, 1849; Derby, 1849; 
Stevens, 1853; Mendell, 1855; Williamson and Abbott, 1855; Beckwith, 
A «1854; Dixon, 1859; Williamson, 1865; Emory, 1846-47; Whipple, 1853; 
Breast 1854, and Overman, 1873. (See Pacific Railroad Reports, Vols. IV, 
05 XI, and later report of the Bureau of Topographical Engineers, and 
of Corps of Engineers and Progress Map, with the several Annual Reports.) 
In these areas, in 1878, the subdivision by the General Land Office had 
but little entered, on account mostly of their inaccessibility, mountainous 
structure, and desert character; however, since that date it is learned that 
large areas of timber, valley, and grazing lands, and that showing mineral 
resources (both economic and precious), have come into the market and been 
disposed of to the settler. 


PARTIAL ITINERARY, 1878. 
Fort Bidwell to Fort Klamath. 


The route from Surprise Valley to Goose Lake Valley lay via Lassens Pass (eleva- 
tion 6,201 feet) of the Warner range, marking a point of the western rim of the Great 
‘Interior Basin. This pass debouches into Fandango Valley that leads into Goose Lake 
Valley nearly due east from the southern point of the lake of that name. 

The next day the route was continued from Willow Ranch, passing through Lake 
View, a new town or nucleus of agricultural settlement in this ety where a land 
office had lately been established. 
Goose Lake was found to contain fresh water and plenty of trout. Along the 
eastern side toward the foot-hills of the Warner range, basalt, covering tabular lime- 
stone, cropping here and there was noticed. The voleanie soil is dark, tillable, and 
many ranches have been taken up. The valleys were found abundantly clothed with 
grass, and the pine timber of the surrounding foot-hills was of luxuriant growth. The 
succeeding day’s journey lay entirely in the valley of Sprague River (discovered by 
and named after Major Sprague, Paymaster’s Department) to Prine’s Ranch. 


116 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The following day brought us (en rowte to join the main party of the California 
division at Fort Klamath) to Yainax, a branch of the Klamath Indian Agency. <A 
lovely country was traversed during this day’s march, all being within the Indian 
reservation after reaching a point a few hundred yards west of Prine’s Ranch. 

The march was resumed the following day, expecting to be able to reach Fort 
Klamath, but as luck would have it a road forking in the heavy timber was taken for 
the main one on account of its fresher tracks and apparently more frequent use. This 
proved, however, to be the old Eugene City wagon-road, and brought the party just 
at dusk to a little stream with abrupt banks, the bridge over which had gone to decay, 
thus stopping further progress. Reference to the topographical notes showed an 
erroneous course. The route was through heavy forests with little glade-like openings 
finely grassed. After a short rest aud supper the back track was taken by moonlight, 
and camp made at about 3.50 a. m. near the fork of the roads. At daylight the march 
was resumed until about 5 p.m., when the open valley of Williamson’s River was 
reached (this river was discovered by Colonel Williamson, U. S. Engineers, in his 
route from Sacramento Basin to Columbia River in 1865, and named after him), and 
later the regular Klamath Agency. The territory of this Indian reservation is spotted 
with tracts of fine land for farming and grazing purposes, with timber in sight from 
almost any point in all directions, and well watered with clear and limpid streams 
abounding in mountain trout. The succeeding march brought the party to the rendez- 
vous at Fort Klamath, where the more arduous labors of the season were to begin. 


Fort Klamath to The Dalles, Oregon. 


The route northward to The Dalles had for an initial point the main Indian agency, 
to which our steps were retraced, and thence following a northerly direction camp was 
made on the west bank of Williamson’s River, a short distance above an Indian trail, 
crossing the river to the eastward and passing just sonth of the abandoned bridge, 
mentioned on the Eugene City wagon-road. 

Pine forests, grazing, and tillable soil are noted. respectively, on the rolling hills, 
the slopes next to the valley, and in the valley proper. 

The succeeding day’s march follows northward tor a distance of 22.85 miles, the 
rude wagon-road, fashioned upon a natural bed, passing along the western edge of 
Klamath Marsh (here a meadow-like opening), thence through rolling ground, scantily 
timbered and grassed, crossing Sand Creek, a lively running stream of clear water, 
with sandy bed and banks, having its source near the summit of Scott Peak, of the 
Cascade Range, nearly due west. This water reaches Williamson’s River through the 
marsh. Camp is made at “ Big Springs,” that burst through the basalt cap of the out- 
lying fields of the immense eruptive flows that together gave size to the up-lift of 
the Cascades, flooding large areas on either side of the main axial line of upheaval and 
flow. The great flat surrounding Klamath Marsh is marked by stunted pines, burned 
in patches; larger pines toward the foot-hills rear their massive heads, lending color 
to the higher foot hills and mountain tops as high as 10,000 feet of the range to the 
westward. 

Thielson Peak, a needle-shaped, inaccessible pinnacle, standing bold against the 
horizon, bears north 54° west from Big Springs. The report was current at Fort 
Klamath that a number of unsuccessful attempts to scale this mountain mass, so pre- 


EXPEDITION OF 1878. ALG 


cipitous near its summit, have been made, but I am in doubt whether any mountain or 
plateau masses are inaccessible, except along certain lines of approach (instances like 
Thielson, and Cabezon en route to Fort Wingate, New Mexico, and the Grand Canon 
walls, are notable as being almost, if not entirely, exempt from escalade), yet the nat- 
ural erosion will always find weak lines in the rock mass, the profile of which is less 
abrupt and possible of access with the necessary appliances for skillful mountain 
climbing. 

Dangerous and difficult though it may be, it still is to be doubted whether there 
existS any mountain peak on the globe that cannot be ascended to the summit by a 
well-equipped party of two or three practical and hardy explorers. 

The water of the Big Springs is pure and cold. The little stream flowing from 
them absorbs and gives out an alkaline efflorescence. 

The next camp'is made at Corral Springs, a short distance west of the main route, 
north and on the Eugene City road, distance 21.64 miles. Meadows, upper tributaries 
of Klamath Marsh, were passed during the day, surrounded with pine forests, increas- 
ing in size and density as the foot-hills are reached. 

Here the party is divided, one portion going westward to explore the Eugene City 
Pass of the Cascades, the parks adjoining, and the headwaters of Des Chutes River, 
while the remainder follow the road northward to Little Meadows, on the Des Chutes 
River. 

The route to this point lay entirely through an almost unbroken forest of Oregon 
pine (Pinus ponderosa prevailing). 

Emigrant wagons were passed since leaving Williamson’s River, of pioneers from 
Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois, the owners of which, having exhausted the search for lands 
of promise in a due western direction, had now turned their faces northward and were 
aiming for the Pelouse River region. Thus the roving instinets of mankind help to 
point out and determine the land, paving the way to its settlement and to dots among 
the world’s productive areas. The soil and exposed rock still remain persistently 
voleanic (a comparatively late basalt). Walker Range, lying to the east, a low serrated 
ridge, marks a part of the perimeter of the northwestern arm of the Great Interior 
Basin, and its most westerly point is found (centrally) in this range, at longitude 
121° 40’ west of Greenwich (approximately). 

The route hence to Crooked River followed the Des Chutes to Farewell Bend, and 
thence across a volcanic desert for more than 30 miles, to Carmical’s Ranch, on Crooked 
River, at which point a route westward to the Willamette Valley crosses the Cascades 
at an elevation of 3,154 feet, near Fish Lake, between Mounts Jefferson and Washing- 
ton. At Big Meadows and Farewell Bend stock raising was carried on in a small way. 
The whole upper Des Chutes River is valuable for agriculture in the bottoms, grazing 
at average altitudes, and for timber to the very summit of the Cascades, and offers fine 
inducements at least to the pastoral class. 

Game proved abundant everywhere in the valley of the Des Chutes, and fish were 
plentiful (especially mountain trout) in the streams. The larder was generally well 
supplied with dressed venison and antelope meat and trout daily caught. Bear 
(grizzly, brown, and black) are of common occurrence in the mountains. 

Crooked River was settled at a place called Prineville, and again by ranches toward 
its source, by pioneers who had crossed the Cascades from the Willamette Valley, 


118 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


pushing farther into the wilderness. The route from Carmical’s followed northward 
for about 15 miles, to Willow Creek settlement, then north and west to Perry, on the 
Des Chutes, near the Warm Spring Agency. The country passed over was a rolling 
mesa (still basaltic soil), covered with a luxuriant growth of grass, and with pine 
thickets occasionally interspersed. At Willow Creek farming was carried on, but else- 
where grazing, one of the camps having been made at a small ranch, the ground and 
home of a sheep-herder (an Englishman) from Australia, caring for herds belonging to 
stock-growers who had begun their career and made their first attempt in Australia. 

About 6 miles from Carmical’s, on the summit of a small butte to the west of the 
road, a most beautiful and comprehensive view of the Cascades from Mount Scott on 
the south to Mount Adams on the north was had. 

A slight rain in the night had been a snow fall in the mountains, and the high 
peaks were all covered to below timber line, presenting the appearance of huge rough 
diamonds in an emerald setting. The morning was sunny and clear, and the vision 
entirely unobstructed by excess of humidity or haziness. There were visible, counting 
from the southward, the following peaks (each worthy a special description): Scott, 
Thielson, Diamond, Davis, Black Butte, Baldy, Saint Mary, the Three Sisters, Wash- 
ington, Jefferson, Hood, and Adams, twelve in all. No similar or as extensive a mount- 
ain panorama was elsewhere encountered in travels in the West, and one ean easily 
believe it to be worthy of comparison with like panoramas in the Himalayas seen 
from the crests of their subordinate or outlying foot-hills. 

Warm Spring Agency, one of the advanced Indian outposts, was reached, where 
the Indians were under the guidance of Captain Smith, an enthusiast, and a compara- 
tively large number were engaged in agricultural and pastoral pursuits. From this 
point it became necessary to make a hurried trip through the settlements of Oak Grove 
and Tygh Valley to Dalles, on the Columbia River, to inspect astronomical stations 
and pay attention to affairs in other parts of the widely distributed expedition of this 
year, Lieutenant Symons passed over portions of the same line later in the season. 
(See Annual Report, 1879.) 


INDIANS. 


The Klamath Indian Reservation was found to be the home of a num- 
ber of the Klamath, Modoc, and Snake tribes. 

The total population, as given in report of Indian Commissioner for 
1886, is 972. A subagency for farming purposes at Yainax, on the south- 
ern edge of the reservation, together with the main one at Fort Klamath, 
were the headquarters of the Government employcs belonging to the Kla- 
mathagency. ‘The question of actual and final boundary was in dispute; the 
area claimed is approximately 1,056,000 acres, or an average of 1,086 for 
each man, woman, or child. The Warm Spring Indians, numbering 859 
according to the Indian Commissioner’s Report of 1886, were found to be 


well advanced in the art of agriculture, many of them living in wooden 


EXPEDITION OF 1878. 119 


houses, using plows and other modern implements, transporting their crops 
by heavy teams, under an enthusiastic agent advancing toward the idea of 
individual ownership of land, if not citizenship. 

The section of territory visited in 1878 found to contain the most in- 
ducements to the settler on account of agricultural and grazing values lies 
along the entire length of the Des Chutes Valley in Oregon, at the sources 
of the Klamath, Williamson, and Sprague rivers (part of Klamath Indian 
Reservation) and about the headwaters of the Colorado Chiquito, San 
Francisco, and Gila rivers in New Mexico. The soil in the former locali- 
ties is drawn direct from the heavy rich basalt of the Cascades, and in the 
latter principally from trachytes and rhyolites of the Colorado Plateau, being 
rich in carbonates of lime and magnesia, potassa, and phosphoric acid. 

Regions notable for heavy timber (especially of the conifer species) 
are the summits (except the high peaks) and flanks of the Cascade range, 
the western flanks of the Sierra Nevada, the Miembres range in New Mex- 
ico, as also the mountains and mesas about the headwaters of the San 
Francisco, Colorado Chiquito and Gila rivers, this section marking the 
southern extension of the great and almost unbroken forest commencing 
north and west from San Francisco Mountain, heretofore mentioned. 

Ranches, mainly of herders for stock-raising purposes, already dotted a 
part of these regions in 1878 (see Annual Report, 1879), and while the 
amount of arable ground is not relatively so great (see chapter on land 
classification), still, together with that fit for grazing, and the large masses of 
timber, independent of the minor resources only faintly developed, give 
promise of the general occupancy of these territories by thrifty settlers. 

The condition of the mining industry undergoes an annual increase 
and expansion until the records of the subdivisions required in obtaining 
title form no inconsiderable feature of the labors of the General Land Office. 

The routes particularly worthy of mention lying within the area of the 
1878 survey are those from Fort Bidwell to Fort Klamath via Klamath In- 
dian Agency, and from the latter point to The Dalles on the Columbia River 
(see Special Report, list of geographical positions, &c.); also that from 
Fest’s Ferry on the Rio Grande to near headwaters of Little Colorado at 


Springerville, a route along which railroad communication could easily be 


120 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


had with the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad, near Eagle Station, 
due east from Fest’s Ferry, and the Atlantic and Pacific Railroad, at Hol- 
brook, on the Little Colorado, thus making another direct connection between 
San Francisco and the Gulf ports at Galveston and New Orleans, by util- 
izing the branch of the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad extending 
to El Paso. The approximate length of road necessary to build would be 
200 miles, from Holbrook, on Atlantic and Pacitie, to Eagle Station, on Atchi- 
son, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad. 

While the route or routes followed by the parties of 1878 from the 
basin of the Rio Grande to that of the Little Colorado may not be the most 
available, still a practicable line can doubtless be found along several routes, 
and I look for such a link in the connection from San Francisco to the Gulf 
of Mexico as something of the near future. 

The distance from Mohave Station, on Southern Pacific Railroad, to El 
Paso is stated at 940 miles, and that from the same station to Holbrook, in 
valley of Little Colorado, 564 miles, and the remaining distance to E] Paso 
(allowing 200 miles of road to be built) is 514 miles, or a sum total of 878 
miles, making a saving in distance only of approximately 25 miles. A north 
and south line, meeting rail communication at head of Sevier River, could 
cross the Colorado at mouth of Paria and join the Atlantic and Pacifie Rail- 
road at Sunset crossing, in which event the link from the Little Colorado to 
the Rio Grande would complete the chain of connection from the heart of 
the western mountain region to the Northeastern and Eastern Mexican 
States and tidewater at Galveston. 

Crater or Mystie Lake, a singular mountain reservoir, lies near to and 
north of the summit of the divide (Cascade Range) between the upper 
Klamath Valley and the head of Rogue River, a distance, approximately, 
of 23 miles from Fort Klamath. 

The elevation (barometric) of the lowest point on its southern rim is 
7,143 feet above sea, giving an elevation of 6,243 feet for the surface of the 
water. 

The route out of Klamath Valley crosses Wood River, then ascends 
Annie Creek, that takes its rise in the basaltic cap near the summit of the 


divide and at an elevation permitting of the source being fed subterraneously 


EXPEDITION OF 1878. L2H 


from this lake, the right line distance through reck to the edge of the lake 
being approximately 2 miles. 

The road is entirely along a volcanic floor, through thick pines, spruce, 
and firs. A suite of nine distinct layers of volcanic rock is shown on the 
precipitous walls of the bowl-shaped reservoir, that is 900 feet deep from 
lowest point of southern rim, and not less than 2,000 feet at the northeast 
angle opposite Mount Scott, of the Cascade Range. 

Snow lies nearly the entire year about the basalt rim, but the drainage 
is always from the interior or lake surface along the entire perimeter, except 
for a trifling surface drain at the most depressed or southerly point. The 
usual snow and rains are apparently the only feeders. 

It is believed that the water, which is clear and pure, does not freeze 
during the winter. It is certainly unique among all lakes the characteristics 
of which are known tome. Its bed has evidently been in the past the amphi- 
theater of long-continued volcanic activity, and appears to be in shape some- 
what like the basin of Kilauea, one of the largest of the present active vol- 
canos of the Sandwich Islands.* 

The water-line on a bold detached rock pedestal or shaft showed a rise 
above the then level of nearly 6 feet. 

A crater island or black basaltic frustum towers from the surface at the 
western side of the lake (about 23 miles from extremity of lake opposite 
Mount Scott), the elevation of its summit being approximately 2,500 feet 
above the water’s edge. This cone is covered with scattered pines nearly 


to the top. There is no evidence on the blackened rocky shore of fish, 
* Captain Dutton, U. S. Ordnance, gives the following dimensions for the voleanic vent known as 
Kilauea, on the island of Hawaii: ‘A pit about 34 miles in width, nearly elliptical in plan, and sur- 
rounded with cliffs for the mosé part inaccessible to human foot, and varying in altitude from a little 
more than 300 feet to alittle more than 700 feet.” (Fourth Annual Report U.S. Geological Survey, p. 
104.) 

He suggests the term caldera for the very limited class of amphitheaters, of which this may be con- 
sidered a type. Mokuaweoweo, the caldera found at the summit of Mauna Loa, about 22 miles from 
Kilauea, northwestward, has horizontal dimensions somewhat less than the latter, while a depth of 600 
feet is stated for one point on its rim. He accounts for the shapes of the peculiar depressions, some of 
which still remain as active volcanic vents, as follows: ‘‘Numerous small crateriform depressions are 
found in many parts of Hawaii, which also seem to me to be homologous to Kilauea, some of which are 
only a few hundred feet in diameter, and none of them exhibit any signs of recent activity. Considered 
with reference to their origin, the evidence is conclusive that they were formed by the dropping of a 
block of the mountain crust, which once covered a reservoir of lava, this reservoir being tapped and 
drained by eruptions occurring at much lower levels.” 


122 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN 


animal, or plant life. Small nodules of pumice floating slowly past evidence 
a very slight movement of the water. Its dimensions are approximately 3 
by 24 miles and oval shaped, with contractions at ends of minor axis.* 

It was stated that soundings had been made and a depth of 750 feet 
found. 'Thielson’s Peak stands athwart the northern rim as seen from the 
camp at the south, and about 16 miles distant. A heavy growth of pines, 
spruce, and fir approach the rim from every side, extending where possible 
to obtain a foothold along the canon escarpment toward the lake below. 

This unique mystic basin, mountain locked, set deep in the heart of the 
Cascades, marks a well-preserved opening that has once led to those interior 
laboratories of nature, the molten volumes from which still demand, although 
with waning force, outlets at many points through the earth’s crust, leaving 
often, as in this instance, rivets holding together, as it were, the solid forma-| 
tions temporarily rent asunder. 

In the northwestern arm of the Great Interior Desert are found Abert, 
Chewaucan, Summer, Silver, and Pauline lakes, which, with exception of the 
latter, are reservoir sinks. No lakes are reported within the New Mexico 
district. (See Atlas sheet 84.) 

The only thermal or mineral springs reported are mentioned by Lieu- 
tenant Birnie as the most important group in Southwestern New Mexico, 
the principal one, or Hot Spring, being situated at about 21 miles from Fort 
Bayard on road to Miembres. 

The temperature is 150° F., that at Apache, Idaho, 89° F., and that of 
another spring near, 120° F. They all have a copious flow and are noted 
for their curative properties. 

The western rim of the Great Interior Basin was traced for a distance 
of approximately 2° of latitude to the north of Fort Bidwell, or, say, Cali- 
fornia boundary, and many points determined that define the shape of its 
considerable northwestern arm. Thus by installments this peculiar inland 
feature of the far western mountain and plateau region has been bronght 
to light, additions to its extent and physical configuration having been made 


by each of the expeditions, beginning with that of 1869. It finally figures 


*Its geographic and topographic position is to be found delineated on one of the original unpub- 
geogray pogray ] g i 
lished plotting sheets among the archives of the Engineer Department. 


EXPEDITION OF 1878. 125 


upon the present map of the globe as the largest known determined area 
without surface drainage or outlet to the ocean. 

The northern limit of its northwestern arm is found to be approximately 
44° 20’ north latitude, and its extreme western at, approximately, longitude 
121° 40’ west from Greenwich. 

The approximate eastern and southern limits are 111° west longitude 
and 33° 45’ north latitude, respectively, thus embracing substantially 10° 40’ 
in longitude and 10° 35’ in latitude, with an approximate area of 208.600 
square miles. 


LIST OF PRINCIPAL PASSES ACROSS THE WESTERN RIM OF THE GREAT INTERIOR 
BASIN. 


This list, prepared by and under the direction of Lieutenant Macomb, 
is intended to show in a single view all the passes or gaps at present 
traversed by trails, roads, or railways crossing the western portion of the 
divide between the Interior Basin and the Pacifie water-shed. 

The passes are arranged in the order of their occurrence from north to | 
south, the altitude of the summit of each being given, together with that of 
the principal adjacent peaks. In the column of remarks will be found the 
name and character of the route of communication through the pass. 

The divide on the north follows the crest of the Great Desert Plain of 
Central Oregon, and, passing some 19 miles eastward of the Cascade Range, 
runs west of Summer Lake, over the ‘ Winter Ridge” of Frémont (locally 
Rim Rock Mountains), and through the Warner Range, lying between Sur- 
prise Valley and Goose Lake, and thence through a comparatively low roll- 
ing region west of the Madeline Plains to the vicinity of Lassen’s Butte. 
From here south it follows the crest of the Sierra Nevada, rising gradually 
to its maximum elevation at Fisherman’s Peak or Mount Whitney, and then 
descending more rapidly toward the south as the great Sierra falls away in 
the Coast Ranges of Southern California. Only three passes out of the list 
of seventy-nine are used by railroads; others are traversed by mainor through 
wagon-roads, while the remainder are crossed by local wagon-roads or trails. 

The railroad passes are distinguished by sMau capiraLs and those used 
by main wagon-roads by étalics. 


124 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Except where stated to the contrary in the column of remarks, all of 


the passes mentioned have been visited by parties of this survey, and the 


altitudes have been obtained from their barometric observations. 


Other 


authentic results, where known, have been noted for comparison, when 


there is no doubt as to the identity of the pass. 


To avoid any misunderstanding as to locality, the approximate latitudes 


and longitudes, with distances and directions of the principal peaks, have 


been given, as 
oD ? 


Approximate posi- 


s 
1 43 
2} 43 
3) 42 
4! 42 
5) 42 
6 42 
| 
7| 41 
8] 41 
| 
9} 41 
| 
10) 41 
ll] 41 
| 
| 
12 40 
| 
| 
13| 40 


Latitude. Longi- 


tion. 


tude. 


$4 | 119 
37 | 120 
45 | 120 
24 =| 120 
194 | 120 
131 | 120 
544 | 120 
49 | 120 
39 120 
| 

333 | 120 
043 120 
59 

332 | 121 


18 


15 


17 


shown by the plots of this office. 


Name and height of pass. 


Name. 


Camp Curry....---- 


GAN GONG a cccise crac = 


Antlenccsssecesesess 


Warnericcsencceseee 


Bidwell 


TGASS6N'Sseceac ceeees 


Madeline .........- 


Noble 


Prominent neighboring peaks, with 
approximate distance and direction 
from pass. 


Feet. 
5, 513 


4, 929 


5 820 


7, 204 


6, 201 


7, O84 


6, 356 


5, 500 


5, 736 


*5, 963 


Height. 


Crest of Great Desert Plain of 
Central Oregon; no marked 


peaks or divide. 


Winter Ridge; no marked 


peaks. 


No marked peaks; divide low. 


Nomarked peaks; divide very 
low; a pass in main crest of 


Warner Mountains, 5 miles 
east, is 6,835 feet. 


Sugarloaf, N. 59° E., 10} miles -| 8, 416 
| Fandango Peak, southward 34 | 7, 848 


miles. 


Fandango Peak, northward 34 | 7, 848 


miles. 


Cedar Peak, southward 3 miles) 8 308 


8, 308 
Divide low; peaks from 800 to |......- 
1,000 feet above pass. 


Cedar Peak, northward 3 miles 


Divide low; no prominent |......-. 
peaks. 
Lassen’s Butte S. 37° E., 64 


not in main divide, 


miles; | 


though highest. 


| 


* 6,074, Lieutenant Beckwith Pacific Railroad Reports. 


Remarks. 


Prineville and Harney 


wagon-road, 
Lakeview and _ Prineville 
wagon-road, 
Trail 
Lake to old Eugene road. 
and Prineville 


west from Summer 

Lakeview 
road, 

Wagon-road, Drew's Valley 
to Antler Post-Office. 


Old Oregon and California 
military road; present road 
from Lakeview to Warner 
Lake Valley. 

New Ayres grade, between 
Bidwell and Lakeview. 

Old Lakeview and Bidwell 
road, Altitude above Fort 
Bidwell from Lydecker's 
tables. : 

Wagon-road from south and 
Goose Lake Valley to Sur- 
prise Valley. 

Alturas and Cedarville road. 

Susanville and Alturas road, 
divide between Madeline 
Plains and South Fork of 
Pit River. 

Lieutenant Beckwith's route, 
Pacific Railroad Reports. 
Sacramento Valley and Fort 
Crook be- 
tween Canoe and Battle 

Creek. 


road, divide 


PASSES—WESTERN RIM—GREAT INTERIOR BASIN. 125 
Approximate posi- 7 : k Prominent neighboring peaks, with 
real | Name and height of pass. approximate distance and direction 
5 | from pass. Romagke: 
: === ; = 
2 | Latitude. peng Name. Height. Name. Height. 
Oe Cae Feet. Feet. 
W4')40) (39 | 121 132 | Poison Lake ........ 5,409 | Unnamed point, S. 42° E ...-.. 7,419 | Honey Lake Valley, Susan- 
ville, and Fort Crook road. 
15] 40 27 121 014 | Fredonyer .......-.| 5,670 | Unnamed peak, S. 52° E., 5 7,023 | Cross-road between Susan- 
miles. ville and Fort Crook road 
Unnamed peak, N. 78° W.,84 | 6, 649 and Susanville and Red 
| miles. Bluff road. 
16) 40 218 | 120 52 Susanville .| 5,507 | Unnamed peak, N. 57° W., 54 7,023 | Susanville and Red Bluff 
| miles, road. 
| Unnamed peak, S. 28° E., 64 | 7,496 
| miles. 
17; 40 19 | 120 44 | Gold Run...... 6,428 | Unnamed peak, S. 53° W., 43 | 7,496 | Susanville and Taylorville 
| miles. road. 
| Unnamed peak, S. 76° E., 24 | 7, 667 
| | miles. 
18] 40 133 | 120 28% | Thompson ....... ..| 6,022. Thompson peak, N. 57° W., 43 | 7,752 | Ranch-road from Honey Lake 
| | | miles. Valley to Thompson Creek. 
| Milford Peak, S.37° W.,4 miles| 6, 573 
19} 40 074 | 120 204 | McFadden ......... 5,999 Milford Peak, N.55° W., 6miles| 6, 573 | Ranch-road from Honey Lake 
| McKesick’s Peak, S, 62° E.,53 | 7, 083 Valley to Thompson Creek 
miles. Basin. 
20) 40 014 | 120 114 | Last Chance....-..-. 6,006 | McKesick's Peak, N. 319 W., | 7,083 | Local road from Long Valley 
| | 53 miles. to Last Chance Valley. 
| Adams Peak, §.32°E., 93miles.| 8, 432 
21) 39 474 | 120 06 | Beckworth.......... 5,193 | Adams Peak, N.1°E., 8imiles.| 8,432 | Wagon-road from Reno to 
Summit Peak,S.18° W.,6}miles, 8, 302 Beckworth post-office. 
22) 39 393 120 08 | Loyalton’........... 7,075 | Summit Peak.N. 8° W.,2}miles| 8,302 | Wagon-road between Loyal- 
| \ | High ridge, south............. 8, 820 ton and Reno. 
23) 39 335 120 69 | Sardine Valley ..... 6,346 High ridge, northeast......... 8,820 | Truckee and Loyalton road. 
| Peak, southwest 2 miles -. 8, 033 | 
24; 39 322 120 124 | Sierraville.... ....| 6,893 | No marked pesks:neare maces: |occcce es Wagon-road from Reno to 
, south end of Sierra Valley. 
25) 39 304 | 120 164 | Sierra Valley ...... 6,321 | Ridge rises 700 to 1,000 feet WeScp race Wagon-road from Truckee to 
above passes. south end of Sierra Valley. 
26) 39 362 | 120 282 | Yuba Gap*......... 6,700 | Haskell’s Peak, N. 50° W.,5 | 8,126 | Wagon-road, Sierra Valley to 
miles. Sierra City. Whitney 
Downieville Buttes, S.819 W., | 8, 541 gives 6,642 feet altitude of 
| 9 miles. | this pass. 
27| 39 402; 120 274 Haskell’s*.......-. 5, 315 | Haskell’s Peak, S. 76° W.,5 | 8,126 | Wagon road, Sierra Valley 
. miles. | to Quincey. 
| | Beckworth Butte, N.12°E., 6% | 7,250 
miles. | 
28| 39 29 | 120 264 | Henness.........-..| 6,958 | No marked peaks near, ridge |......-. Henness Pass wagon-road. 
| | rises 400 to 800 feet above | Whitney gives 6,996 feet. 
| passes. 
29| 39 25 | 120 27 | Meadow Lake..... WOT) aoe oases eeaa Sauce e st eee [eevee ce Branch road to Meadow Lake 
mining district from Hen- 
ness Pass road. 
30); 39 19 | 120 194 | Donner.... ......-. 7,043 | Castle Peak, 34 miles north- 9,013 | Summit of wagon-road from 
| ward. Truckee to Emigrant Gap. 


* Yuba Gap and Haskell’s Pass are not in the main divide, but in the high spur west of Sierra Valley, terminating north- 


ward in Beckworth Butte. The main divide bends sharply eastward about 17 miles south o 
spur runs directly north. 


f Beckworth Butte, while the 


126 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Number. 


32 


36) 


37) 


39 


40 


41 


ALDDTON Esse posi-| wame and height, of pass. pabrcc tera tna egarscues 
: from pass. 
Remarks. 
Latitude. Longi Name. \Height. Name, Height. E 

DiS Oe eet Feet. Feet. | 

DONNER <2 22--0e0052 69834 oe aceseem alana ceeainaecancccnsees | aaeeeee Summit Station; Central Pa- 
cific Railroad. Whitney 
gives 7,056 feet and railroad 
levels 7,018 feet for summit. 

39 124 | 120 16 | Soda Springs....... 7,906 | Granite Chief, 13 miles south- | 8,876 | On trail between Squaw Val- 

west. ley and Soda Springs. 

39 114] 120 163 | Squaw Valley...... 8,630 | Granite Chief, {milenorthwest) 8,876 | Trail from Squaw Valley to 

Rocky Point, south ........... 8, 765 American Valley runs over 
: : this gap. 
39 043 | 120 133 | Blackwood .........| 17,704 | Twin Peaks, north 24 miles...| 8,824 | Trail to head of Blackwood 
* Creek. 

39 02 120 12 Burton, or George-| 7,164 | Ellis Peak, northward 2{miles.| 8, 675 | Georgetown and Lake Tahoe 
town. trail. Whitney gives7,119 
| feetand railroad levels 7,154 

| feet for this pass. 

38 493 | 120 013 | Johnson's........... 7,266 | Pyramid Peak, N. 78° W., 7 | 10,052 | Simpson gives 7,222 feet, Cen- 

miles. tral Pacific Railroad survey 
Red Lake Peak, S. 17° E., 8 | 10,120 7,373 feet as altitude of this 
miles. pass. 

38 414 | 119 593 | Carson............. 8,634 | Red Lake Peak, N. 12° E.,4 | 10,120 | Summit of Ainador and Ne- 

mile. vada wagon-road. Whit- 
Alpine Peak, 8. 12° W.,2 miles) 10, 426 | ney gives 8,759 feet altitude 
of this pass. 

39 13 | 119 54 | Franktown’ .......- 7,960 | Rose Peak, N. 5° W., 84 miles -| 10,820 | On trail between Hot Springs 
Kk Marlette Peak, S.13° W., 24} 8,631 | (Lake Tahoe) and Frank- 
| miles. ; town. 

39 10% | 119 523 | Marlette*........... 8,265 | Marlette Peak, 1 mile north- | 8, 631 | Summit of wagon-road from 
| west. | Carson to Marlette’s Lake, 

Unnamed peak, southward 13 | 9,100) via Ash Canon. 
- miles. 
389 05g | 119 534 | Tahoe*...........00- 7,186 | Unnamed peak, N. 10° E., 33) 9,100 | Carson and Glenbrook (Lake 
miles. Tahoe) stage-road. 
Genoa Peak, S.11° E.,4 miles -} 9,155 
38 582/119 533 | Daggett’s*........... 7,297 | Genoa Peak, N. 6° E.,4} miles.| 9,155 | Summit of Kingsbury grade. 
Monument Peak, S. 6° W., 4 | 10, 035 Simpson gives 7,180 feet for 
| miles. this pass. 

38 50 | 119 542 | Freel’s*........... -; 8,685 | Freel’s, N. 26° E., 13 miles. .... 10,849 | Summit of trail from Lake 

| Valley to Hope Valley. 

38 474 | 119 563 | Luther’s*........... 7,681 | Freel’s, N. 28° E., 53 miles... -- 10,849 | Old stage-road from Hope 

Stevens, S. 25° W.,44 miles... 10,010 | Valley to Lake Valley. 
Simpson gives 7,505 feet 
| for altitude of this pass. 


“The six passes from Franktown to Luther's, inclusive, are not in the main crest of the Sierra, but in a lofty spur 
forming the eastern barrier of the Lake Tahoe Basin and sepurating it from the Carson Valley. This spur diverges from 
the main ridge just north of Carson Pass, at Red Lake Peak (latitude 38° 424’, longitude 119° 59’, altitude 10,120 feet), running 
approximately N. 25° E., to Freel's Peak, and thence almost due north some 35 miles, to the cation of the Truckee River, in 
latitude 39° 30’, This spur is very narrow, being less than 6 miles wide at Genoa, and very lofty, its main peaks, Freel’s 
on the south and Rose on the north, rising 800 feet above the highest in the main divide west of Lake Tahoe. Its topo- 
graphic details are well shown on the special map of the Lake Tahoe Region, and the name Tahoe Mountains has been 
proposed for it. Locally it is called the ‘' Eastern Summit,” in contradistinction to the main ridge across the lake, which 
is here known as the Western. 


PASSES—WESTERN RIM—GREAT INTERIOR BASIN. 


Prominent neighboring peaks, with 


127 


Pe EronamatS Posi-! Name and height of pass. approximate distance and direction 
from pass. 
id Remarks. 
atitude., Lonst- Name. Height. Name. Height. 
he On Feet. Feet. ' 
38 39 | 119 572] Blue Lake.......... *8,960 | Alpine Peak, N. 72° W.,2 miles} 10,426 | Northwest of Upper Bloe 
mis Lake, on old wagon-road, 
near the site of Summit 
City mining camp. 
38 388/119 55 | Charity.....-....... 8,292 | Peak west of pass, } mile... | 9,455 | Summit of wagon-road be- 
- Markleville Peak, N.30° E.,2 | 9,431 tween Charity and Hermit 
miles. valleys; road crosses main 
divide at about 14 miles 
south, at a point about 100 
feet lower. 
38 324 | 119 484 | SILVER Mountain | 7,630 | Highland Peak (Silver Mount-| 10,956 | Big Tree wagon-road, be- 
(or Ebbet’s). ains), east 3 miles. tween Sonora and Silver 
Mountain. The highest 
point on the road is on the 
divide between the Moke- 
lumne and Stanislaus riv- 
ers, 8,157 feetabovesea and 
about 6 miles west of the 
} main crest of the Sierra. 
30 | 119 454 | Wolf Creek (north).| 8.438 | Highland Peak, northward 3 | 10,956 | These gaps are at the head 
‘ miles. of Wolf Creek and crossed 
Wolf Creek (south).| 8,729 | Arnot Peak, sonthward 2 miles} 10, 068 by trails. 
19 | 119 38 | Sonora ............. 9,660 | Sonora Peak, north 13 miles ..| 11,444 | Summit of Sonora and Mono 
Leavitt's Peak, southward 3 | 11,553 stage-road. 
~ miles. q 
124 | 119 373 | Relief (forth) ..... 9,305 | Peak, 14 miles north......... 10, 829 | Old Relief trail crosses north 
: Relief (south) ...... 9,585 | Tower Peak, S. 44° E., 6 miles.| 11,719 gap. 
03 | 119 19 | Green Creek........ 10, 161 | Matterhorn, northward ....--- 12, 260 | On trail from Bridgeport to 
= Conness Peak, southward.....| 12, 552 Yosemite Valley; pass is 
on main divide; small lake 
in pass. 
023 | 119 174 | Virginia Creek -.... 11, 046 | Dunderberg (Castle) Peak, 1% | 12, 259 | Summit of Bridgeport and 
: miles northeast. * Yosemite trail, on divide be- 
Conness Peak, 53 miles south- | 12, 552 tween Virginia and Green 
ward. creeks; pass not on main 
divide. 
ate 119) 15, |ieWelianelssa...29--= 2 10,165 | Dana, 2 miles southeastward..| 13,043 Summit of Great Sierra 
Conness, 53 miles northwest- | 12, 552 wagon-road; altitude esti- 
ward. mated from Whitney. 
514 | 119 124 | Mono......- Siesseae | 10,765 | Dana, 3 miles northward...... 13,043 Summit of Mono trail, head 
i of Bloody Cafion; altitude 
from Whitney. = 
BO s3555 -----| Long Valley .--.... | 9,200 | Minarets to westward ....... 12, 266 , On trail from Chiquito Mead- 
| Red Slate Peak, southeast- | 13,147 ows to Long Valley. Alti- 
ward. tude from Whitney. 
Pe eres San Joaquin .-...-.. 12,400 Red Slate Peak, northwestward) 13,147 | Summit of trail from San 
Joaquin Basin to Owen's 
River Valley; altitude 
5 from Whitney. 
* Estimated. 
ws : 
PA 
eat ee 
“a oe ‘ 
= 
* 4" 3 a 


128 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Number. 


56 


57 


58 


59 


63 


64) 


68 


60. 


Approximate posi- 


Name and height of pass. 


Prominent neighboring peaks, with 
approximate distance and direction 
from pass. 


tion. 
er Longi- r i 
Latitude. iia Name. Height. 
: ye Feet. 
86:46). | Sse. eeed Independence ... | .. ..-. 
36 32 | .-.------ Unnamed pass ...-- | 12, 057 
36:25) || 118: 114. | Visalia..25-22 2. 10, 175 
35 393 | 118 O14 | Walker's ........-. 5, 322 
35 292 | 118 08 | Bird Spring......--. | 5,417 
| | 
| 
35 27 | 118 14 | Saint John's Mine..| 5,083 
35 203 | 118 17 | Caliente ............ 5, 497 
35 174) 118 24 | TEHACHAPAT ...---- 4, 025 
| 
35 113 | 118 293 | Oak Creek.......... 6, 904 
rY 
| | 
34 59 us 22 | Tejon......-..2-.-2- | 5,485 
| | 
} 
34 482 118 512 | Canada de las Uvas.| 4,206 
34 461 118 434 | Canada de las Uvas.| 3, 306 
34. 38% 118 23 | San Francisquito ...| 3,833 
1 
34 31. 118 074, | SOLEDAD (or Will-| 3,210 
| | iamson’s New 
Pass). 


Remarks. 
Name. Height. 
Feet. 

Black Peak, northward ....-.. 13, 009 | Pass just south of Kearsarge 

Kearsarge Peak, northward, | 12, 513 Peak, on trail from South 
and Williamson's Peak, | 14, 360 Fork of King’s River to In- 
southward. dependence. 

Fisherman's Peak, or Mount | 14,470 | Altitude from Whitney; trail 
Whitney, northward. to Whitney’s Peak from 

Corcoran Peak, southeast- | 14, 094 Lone Pine said to run over 
ward. this pass. 

Corcoran Peak, northward 8 | 14,094 | Visalia and Lone Pine trail ; 
miles. also called ‘ Hockett trail.” 

No marked peaks; crest of |....... Wagon-road between Weldon 
ridge 1,000 to 1,300 feet and Coyote Holes. Alti- 
above pass. tude from Williamson's Pa- 

cific Railroad Report, 5,302 
feet. 

No marked peaks near; crest ) .....-. Old wagon-road from Weldon 
of ridge 1,000 to 1,300 feet | to Mohave Desert, via 
above pass. | | Bird Spring; probally 

same as Humpahyamup 
| Pass of Williamson (alti- 
| tude 5,351 feet). 

Pah-ute Peak, 74 miles west- | 8,342 | Wagon-road from Weldon to 

| ward. Kelso Valley. 

No marked peaks near; crest Trail from Caliente Springs 
of ridge about 800 feet above | to Kelso Valley. 
pass. 

Double Peak, S.38° W.-...--.| 8,263 | Southern Pacific Railroad ; 

| | altitude by railroad levels. 
Williamson gives 4,020 tect 
| Pacific Railroad Report. 

Double Peak, about 4 mile 8,263 | Trail from Nation’s, Tejon 
northward, | Creek to Oak Creek. 

| Peak, south about 1 mile ..... 8, 347 
Peak, N. 61° E, 34 miles ..-.--- | 8,347 | Summit of trail between Te- 


No marked peaks near; 
divide between Tejon Creek 
(Tulare and Peru | 
Creek (Santa Clara Basin). 

No marked peaks near; on | 


on | 


Basin) 


Great Interior Basin divide. | 
No marked peaks near; head 
of San Francisquito Creek. 


No marked peaks near 


jon Creek and Dearborn’s 

Ranch, south of 

Lakes. 
Wagon-road from Elizali th 


Twin 


Lake to Bakersfield. Will. 
jamson’s altitude 4,256 
feet. 


Wagon-road from Elizabeth 
Lake to Bakersfield. 

Summit of wagon-road from 
Newhall to Elizabeth Lake. 
Williamson's altitude 3,718 
feet. 

Southern Pacific Railroad; 
altitude from railroad lev- 
els. Williamson gives 3,164 
feet. 


PASSES—WESTERN RIM—GREAT INTERIOR BASIN. 


129 


pprosimate posi-! Name and height of pass. 
‘g 
o 
a ie at aca te 
5 Latitude. ongi- Name. |Height. 
G1) W)C | Feet. 
69] 34 213/117 45% | Rock Creek....-..... 6, 703 
70; 34 20 | 117 37 | Swarthout’s Canon .| 6,870 
71} 34 228/117 35 West Cajon ........ 4, 841 
72) 34 212) 217 32 Cajon (main or cen- 4, 676 
| tral). 
73) 34 20% | 117 27 East Cajon.......... 4,196 
74; 34 193 | 117 25% | Pass23mileseast of | 3,771 
Fear’s Station. 
75| 34 142 | 117 20 | Devil's Caion...... 4, 683 
| 
76) 34 133/117 17 | Waterman’s......-. 4, 721 
77| 34 13§ | 117 124 | Strawberry.....-.-.| 5,186 
| 
78| 34 17 | 116 54 | Holcomb Valley ..-..) 7,131 
: | 
79| 34 17 116 50 Bear Valley...-...-- 6, 850 


Prominent neighboring peaks, with 
approximate distance and direction 
from pass. 


Name. Height. 

| Feet. 

Peak, } mile northeast.-....-.. | 7,576 
Peak, 1 mile southwest -...... | 9, 421 


Peak, 13 miles sonthwest .....) 8, 445 


Peak, 2} miles south 


No marked peaks near; slopes 


westward gentle. 


Peak, 14 miles west...-....- .| 5,509 


Strawberry Peak, 3 miles 6, 014 
eastward. 

Strawberry Peak, 11 miles 6, 014 
westward. | 

Peak, 14 miles south .........- | 8, 132 

No marked peaks near..-...--. | ee 


Remarks. 


‘Trail between Rock Creek 
and Prairie Fork of San 
Gabriel Creek. 

Road head of Swarthout's 
Cation. 


| Crossed by trail at head of 


Cajon Creek. 
Salt Lake 
wagon-road; altitude from 


Sunmit of old 


Williamson's Pacifie Rail- 
road Reports. 

Summit of present wagon 
road from San Bernardino 
to Panamint. 

Trail between Fear’s Station, 
Tejon Creek, and Holton 
Ranch (West Fork Mohave 
River). 

Summit of road from San 
Bernardino. 

Summit of trail head of Wa- 
terman’s Canon. 

Summit of road from San 
Bernardino to Little Bear 
Valley. 

At placer mines on summit 
of road west of Bear Val- 
ley. 

Summit of wagon-road about 
{mile north Bear Valley 


mining camp. 


Material was obtained for Atlas sheets (entire) 47 A, 56 D, and 84, 
while large contributions were made to sheets 20 B and D, 29 A and ©, 73, 


90 A, and 78 A. 


(See Progress Map.) 


Volume VI, Botany, appeared during this year, as also extract from 
Volume IJ, as “ Field List of Time Stars,” “List of Reports and Maps” 
(See “ List of Reports and Maps,” second edition, 1881.) 

The following regular topographic Atlas sheets were reproduced: 41 B, 
61 C, 61 D, 62 A, 62 C, 69 B, 77 D, and the Land Classification sheets 41 
B, 61 C, 62 A, 62 C, 69 B, and 69 D. 

9 WH--VOLI 


(first edition). 


130 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


EXPEDITION OF 1879. 


The expedition of this season was planned with the purpose of review- 
ing certain areas entered in 1873—75—77, and 78 in Atlas sheets 56 D, 61 B 
and 52 D, and for the completion of the Salt Lake survey and concluding 
of the special geological examination of the mountain range southward 
from the Spanish Peaks to the southern extremity of the Santa Fe Range. 

Parties operating in Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, and California were 
obliged to leave the field on June 30 (the close of the fiscal year), no further 
funds being available for field expenditures.* 

The basins of drainage within which are found the season’s doings are 
the Rio Grande, Arkansas, Colorado Of the West, Great Salt Lake, and 
Sacramento. 

The principal streams, other than those indicated by the names of the 
basins, will be found on the Atlas sheet mentioned and in the description of 
maps, as also the result of observations of the various physical details. 
Each of the parties continued triangulation observations from all available 
points within the allotted area to the date of finally closing the field work. 
A large number of new mining camps in Colorado, as Silver Cliff, Leadville, 
Ten Mile, Carbonate, Frying Pan Gulch, and new discoveries on the Gun- 
nison, were carefully located and given their appropriate places on the map. 


The capacity of the several areas in relation to farming 


@, stock raising, 
and timber supply will be pointed out in chapters on land classification 


and description of maps. 


* Norn.—The route taken by the officer in charge, in connection with organization 
of parties and distribution of duties, was from Washington, D. C.,to Ogden, via Pueblo, 
Colo.; thence to Antelope Island and other portions of Great Salt Lake and return; 
thence to Madera, the Yosemite region, and return; thence to Denver, Leadville, and 
South Park, in Colorado, including an ascent of Pike’s Peak. 

No mention is made, on the one hand, of the annual trips necessarily made, first 
from the San Francisco office, then that at Washington, and subsequently from the sub- 
field offices, to points of rendezvous; or, on the other, of detours made in the ascent of 
peaks, plateaux, and mesas, in the examination of passes, and for various and numer- 
ous other special objects. The kinds of travel were by rail, steamer, stage, ambu- 
lance, buekboard, mule and horse back, row-boat, and on foot. 


-EXPEDITION OF 1879. 131 


No new routes of importance were developed, but profiles were made 
showing the connection between the head of the Arkansas and South Park 
with the eastern forks and tributaries of Grand River. 

Other than the annual report there went to press during the year the 
MS. of Volume VII (Archeology), and the following Topographic Atlas 
sheets, viz: No. 82 D, 73 A, 78 A, and 84 B, were issued, as also Land 
Classification sheets 32 D, 61 D, 73 A, and 84 B. (See description of maps.) 

The following special list of altitudes and condensed table of distances 
in and around Yosemite Valley have been kindly prepared by Lieut. M. M. 
Macomb, United States Artillery. 


J.—_SPECIAL LIST OF ALTITUDES OF POINTS OF INTEREST IN AND ABOUT THE 
YOSEMITE VALLEY. 


Altitudes. | ‘Means 
, ‘ i -|Reference| of 
Points of interest. | | station. | measure- 
| Above | Above ment. 
valley. | sea-level.) 
Eee —| == 
\ 
Yosemite: Feet. Feet. 
Top of upper. .........---.2-------.200-0---0- --| 2, 548 6,482 | UPB ....| T. 
Pool foot of upper 1, 046 4,980 | U.B....| T. 
ROPVOMOWOELse sea c= === 486 4° 4209) tb. oe .|' bee 
Mootroi low OLe seer eee acess cer cae eae aes on seem cee nscemiant sracessene-=== | 114) 4,048 | U.B....) (oh 
Upper fall, 1,502 feet; lower fall and rapids, 486 feet; middle fall or cata- | 
ract, 560 feet ; total, 2,548 feet. 
Bridal Veil: | 
844| 4,769| L.B....| T. 
225] 4,150/L.B..-..| C. 


Sheer fall, 619 feet; cascades and rapids, 225 feet ; total, 844 feet. 


Norte.—In order to determine a reliable altitude for some known and easily identified point in 
the bed of the valley, a barometric station was established near Barnard’s, on a level with the Upper 
Tron Bridge over the Merced at that point, and a series of observations taken extending from October 
4 to October 12, 1878. A second series extending from June 9 to June 12, 1879, afforded a check upon 
the first. Referring these to the synchronous observations of the Signal Service office at Sacramento 
(76 3 feet above sea), reducing by Williamson’s formula and combining the results, gave 3,934.3 feet as 
a final value for the altitude above sea of the floor of the Upper Iron Bridge. In like manner inde- 
pendent sets of observations taken in the lower portion of the valley gave 3.924.6 feet for the floor of 
the Lower Iron or El Capitan Bridge. 

Base lines measured in the vicinity of these two bench-marks afforded a number of good points 
of view from which, by angulation, data were secured for the altitudes of nearly all the important 
points in the walls of the valley, including Eagle Peak, Clond’s Rest, and others, from which it was 
possible to extend the work to peaks of the High Sierra. 

It will be noted that these figures make the El Capitan Bridge only 9.7 feet below that at 
Barnard’s. As the distance between the two bridges in a straight line is about 3.3 miles, it results 
that the average fall of the floor of the valley between these two points is only about three feet per 
mile. For lack of time and means no line of levels was run to check this result, but it cannot be 
greatly in error, as the current of the river between the points mentioned is sluggish, and no marked 
fall in the channel was noted until the El Capitan Bridge was reached. Here it was quite perceptible, 


1382 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 
I.—SPECIAL LIST OF ALTITUDES OF POINTS OF INTEREST IN AND ABOUT THE 


YOSEMITE VALLEY—Continned. 


Altitudes. | Meanie 
Points of interest Reference of 
Above Above Ste non Piece 
valley. | sea-level.) : 
1. PRINCIPAL WATERFALLS—Continued. | 
Ribbon (or Virgin's Tears) : Feet. | Feet. 
POP vic occcascces seeessce tas nace eseceeeeesceduecacscececbeesawas weccoaeneosees 3, O81 | 7 OOG;|ans aoc IC: 
Pooliat foobise= 22-4250 acee cae ewes san recesses aoe ate sere eee eee 1,449 5,374/L.B... | 
Sheer fall, 2,632 feet ; cascades and rapids, 1,449 feet; total, 3,081 feet. 
Nevada: 
LOD scent ee eee eee ae oo eees ae tee cea eee eee ee ee eran 1, 987 b921)| USB .etC 
Pooliati foot: 2 tase: -saenceseeacnscwaceancemestanietsattec<coceueee meee eee 1, 370 5:8040 Webi o.1'C 
Height of fall, 617 feet. | 
Vernal Fall. | 
Oper eeaase 1,131 | 5,065 | U.B.. C 
Pool at foot ...- 795 4.729) | WB... 'C. 
Height of fall, 336 feet. | 
Il. Cuirrs AND POINTS OF NORTH WALL OF VALLEY. | 
El Capitan: | 
Rounded summit. 3,561] 7,486/L.B... : 
South edge of cliff 3, 087 i, O12 [eb Bele Te 


and for the same distance below it (3.3 miles) the average fall is about 128 feet per mile by barometric 
data. I’'rom the above it will be seen that the gently sloping floor of the valley lying between the 
above-mentioned bridges makes a natural plane of reference for the various cliffs, domes, and falls. 

In the subjoined list the altitudes refer, in the case of peaks or domes, to the highest points or 
summits; in the case of cliffs, to some easily identified point at or near the edges; in the case of a 
waterfall, to the lip of the fall and to the pool at the foot of the cliff. Asa rule the altitudes given 
are the results of independent angular measurements from two or more of the well-determined stations 
above referred to. In the case of points not well defined or not visible from such stations, barometric 
results are given. At the time of using the barometer for the measurement of falls, the stage of water 
was so low as to permit the observations to be taken at the lips of the falls and at the edges of the 
pools at their feet, thus making a close approximation to the true altitude possible. 

Should absolute values for the altitudes of the floors of the bridges mentioned be obtained at any 
future time by means of levels of precision, it will be an easy matter to rectify the altitudes of all 
points in the list referred to them by applying the proper correction. The reference station is therefore 
noted in each case. In the mean time the barometric values above given may be taken with consider: 
able confidence, as they accord closely with other authoritative results for the altitude of the floor of 
the valley. Colonel Williamson, in his Barometric Hypsometry, Part II, p. 28, gives 3,935 feet as the 
result of his computation of Miss Sproats’ observations taken in October, 186-; and Professor Whitney 
gives 3,947.5 feet as the final result of several independent series of observations taken in 1867 and 1873. 
(See hio Barometric Hypsometry, edition of 1874, p. 44.) 

For convenience of reference the list has been subdivided as follows: 

I. Principal Waterfalls. 
IL. Cliffs and Points of North Wall of Valley. 

Ill. Cliffs and Points of South Wall of Valley. 

IV. Domes and Peaks in the Vicinity of Valley. 

V. Peaks of the High Sierra (from Tower Peak to the Merced Group). 

Heights above sea as well as above the Yosemite are given. Under the heading ‘‘ Reference 
station,” U. B. stands for Upper Iron Bridge near Barnard’s, and L. B. for Lower or El Capitan Bridge. 
Under the head of ‘‘ Means of measurement,” T stands for transit, C for cistern barometer, and A for 
aneroid, 


ALTITUDES—YOSEMITE VALLEY. 


133 


1.—SPECIAL LIST OF ALTITUDES OF POINTS OF INTEREST IN AND ABOUT THE 


YOSEMITE VALLEY—Continued. 


Points of interest. 


II. Crips AND Pornts OF NorTtH WALL OF VALLEY—Continued. 


El Capitan—Continued. 
SH AGES CIRO OF GLUT ane ose Sonos sabe SBOE G OEE EEO a SOS ES ORSON EET OnOCa 


WWER RET RR OT GR ae scan d aCS COO CUCLEL DUO SE SIS D ED EEO CaS eOOCanG 


Kai-al-au-wa: 
PBT ATHin POL UV OSU OMI DONIN Allincecccccceciccucccossscsasncerecassccrsesmcrics 
A AOECONG POIMtrWestOL NIDDON EAU. a2scescnlecccnces sscin<sc\aicecoseonescl=o 
3. Third point west of Ribbon Fall 
Eagle Peak (highest of ‘‘ Three Brothers "’) 5 
Madd Lops rOune terete ites eceeiecnleseat sence dons scsi aenaieessinnececewra aan aie enal= 
Lowest Brother ...--- Seep fein eacarnlotelsstesiolsictaiarsinlo sw is etsioainietacta stele ciacimin afatarala'afetea mislomia 
Pom-pom-pe-sa (pyramidal rock southwest of Three Brothers).....-....----.------ 
Columbia Rock (on Eagle Peak trail) .......---....--...--.06 
Valley View Point (on Eagle Peak trait) - 
Eagle Tower (point of cliff west of Eagle Peak trail).......-...--. Pano nea EeTee 
VoseniteHalls Flagstaff (on cluf west of fall)...---..- 22.22). -05--2nse ee ee eee enen ns 
Lost Arrow, or Giant’s Thumb (Granite Needle, near Yosemite Cliff) .........----- 
svosemite: Loint(high’clift east of fall). t-- cece c se 6 woaa accra ees pwn erates ness 
e-sam-ai-ti Clit (eastiof Indian 'Cafion)...-- .---.-- 6. <--2.-sccec=-+ en eneeseoe-se=- 
Shade to Indian Baby Basket (west of Royal Arches) ...-...---..------.----------- } 
Washington Tower: | 
Somtheastern COP On si. sa- ae censccocactgecs cist oe jicscetacece~ccsactees veceees | 
STOTT Ca Ei omen Saaete Sade a ctineRean aia COaASt Homa bOSp Ma doe Geb oope SADSECoAgS | 


IL. CLIiFFs AND POINTS OF SOUTH WALL OF VALLEY. 


Leaning Tower (south of Bridal Veil Fall) 
Aichpeoints(souchior bean ing -LOWer) feos sone one ne nnm gee nnn nena am wen aaaeae/o- 
Cathedral Rocks (also called Three Sisters and Three Graces :) 
TLS GSLITIO netacecsnt coy SEOs CR aU SS g ICSC LO con Ads EoHo SS neeae ceanepeeaeaSdss 
Middle point.--..-.....--..- PCOS SHC COSS Oca OCH nodaSScobantaceose nc Sscsigesansass 
i thestiaasactoro===. 
Cathedral Spires (highest) 


High Spire south of Cathedral Bridge. . aes 
RconlenGmbissure)l Oliiivestan=sassct esses ccnciene nants Raenmeccneeneainesaeaea ce 
Sle Sen ein leeee cesta ee ona es(vcne's's es siasiocese sane == sents ace cnsasn as seca ceccease 
MN ONBE ONG (LOCK) eme an eee ee se oe cone e ene aa ne eens asa sinae ae enessemecccesees 
Glaciemboimts (justin MOCK) ee ees 2 nw ee ne ae nee ae ee ae eee nnnlonceencaan as ccmeleens 
Cliff southwest of Register Rock (opposite Grizzly Point) 
Cascade Cliffs, Little Yosemite Valley: 

West Cliff... 


asti@littemem ses easts ose e eee ase semen pcseece cee nee scene sss nerseechecctecacceces 
IV. DomEs AND PEAKS IN VICINITY OF VALLEY. 
NouthDome\(baseiof flacstaff atisummit) .....----. ------<nnosencocenacenccenes coos 


Wippembuttress LOMOrtMm and! o-s<-k oo s-slgm eae casnscecse soa sesaeseis sense <ce 
Lower buttress, or Awaia Point 


Altitudes. 


Above Above 


valley. | sea-level. 


Feet. Feet. 

3, 106 7, 031 
{ 3, 127 7, 052 

4 to to 
| 3, 359 7, 284 
» 212 7, 137 
3, 332 7, 257 
2, 723 6, 648 
3, 817 7, 751 
2,776 6,710 


1,124 5, 058 
3, 228 7, 162 
2,594 6, 528 
2, 846 6,780 
2, 963 6, 897 
1, 626 5, 560 
1,518 | 5,452 
1, 875 5, 809 
1,922 | 5,856 
1,905 5, 830 
3, 288 7, 213 
| 
1,635| 5,569 
2,593 6,527 
2,697) 6, 631 
2,000) 5, 984 
| 
2,697 | 6,631 
2, 868 6, 802 
2,884 6, 818 
3, 500 7,425 
3,071 | 7, 005 
2, 356 6, 290 
3,277 | 7,211 


2,498 | 6, 432 


4, 889 8, 823 
4185 8,119 
2,986 | 6,920 | 


Reference 
station. 


Bw 


Doh deeded 


WaBiee 
bis Bisse 
USB 
[UsBie. 
GABE o 
lua Bice 
(eBeoe 


43 


Means 
of 
measure- 
ment. 


[L.Blee=.| 20. 
|e By-- as |er 
|UsiB)e=:| er 
Us Bese.) 0 
U:Bss.|20. 
U.B:---,|| 2s 
UBiee cr 
Wee | Be, 
WA ece | 
Te sees |S 
UsBeee|eE 
U; Bese 
WB ce |r: 
UsByecee | 
WBese| (ET: 
DATs] ae 
fe a 
UsBese er 
UAB eas 


134 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


I.—SPECIAL LIST OF ALTITUDES OF POINTS OF INTEREST IN AND ABOUT THE 
YOSEMITE VALLEY—Continued. 


Altitudes. « 
Means 
Points of interest. Reference of 
AOE hore statlon. |_measure- 
valley. | sea-level. ment. 
IV. DoMEs AND PEAKS IN VICINITY OF VALLEY—Continued. | 
Feet Feet. 
Norlh Domeistestecescccconecee= sas c- nese meee eee ee cece es sca sees eee eee 8,591 Ueey ay | 8 eee pee BS 
Basket or Mitre Dome (, mile northeast of North Dome) -..... Seeder Prnccsnce 3, 670 VSL A O69 s eee a be 
Mount Watkins: | 
Rounded summit, north soos seco ee te soni cone se es eeeeeeence sesu eee eceseceee 4,489 | 8, 423 | UB) 2.) 0 
Rounded summit, soadth=< s.cc.cccwe. access seu seed-Geiecaas ese ctscasccemeeemes 4, 266 | 82005 | sUeB a. -.|| 
Cliuds’ Rest: | 
SOMMIb .Secae ese wes stew wea e sine eae Sates omen ian minis oe alate =e are ateiatal= uel eee ee 5, 978 | REY AN LOS 5 Seseseses bal Y 
First pinnacle, southwest ....-....--- eee eens lee tee ae olen elses ele 9462 |/(0Bi...| 
Second pinnacle, southwest 9407 |U. Bese 
Bluff 5 mile southward (west of Hopkins’ meadow) ..........2--..--..-02202-|---002-05 OFLISs| TUBS ss | cE 
Starr King: | 
Main peak acc o-caev casetas seen sceincrcerase<rcscseeeee aches ceemmere ence meee eeat 5,146] 9,080] U.B....| T. 
Dome: fa; Mile northwest: ..cceesce~ascleense sensase es eras civcacoauicsetareeesce 4, 637 8,571.5 | MOB oo Pe 
Dome i mile southeast -. 4, 893 8,827 | U.B....| T. 
Dome +, mile southéast 22. sccsece: sedeccccoccescessescc sect sieesceeccs meena 4,661| 8,595) U.B....| T. 
Cap of Liberty..............2-+8 eee ee ae ee ee 3,128| 7,062| U.B... | 7. 
Mount Broderick. .- 2, 701 | 6;.635s | (ULB ies. ens, 
Grizzly: POM cfs cc. coeees senesccessneseeocnes ceeecedtensraress nec. caeee heen ene| DEO’ Pp) 6,207 | U.B 22/40: 
Sentinel eWomer sac sans scan nte wants sacteaweneceastcenesasehcasaseene see eee et tee sees 4,188 | 8, 122 | UsiBeeee| (ene 
Ostrander’s Rocks: | ! 
INOLt a Jess arnis Saweta Senses sasiemeesaescaglas sce ssaceeieas saewas ee moon en een ee 4, 208 | 85.142) | OSB 2224 
SOUWGM tere eeeeroactmsttense mess soeaassee cess nen atelee ee sienemce ae oe ee eee 4, 223 | 8157] Ue Bins of 
Kai-al-au-wa Hill (head of Ribbon Fall Brook) 5,085 8,969 ~ULB a0; 
VY. PEAKS OF THE HIGH SIERRA FROM TOWER PEAK TO THE MERCED Grovr. | | 
Tower Peak (northern part of Tuolumne Basin) .................2...22-2------200- 7, 785 uD er US| Nt 0 9 > Year (ld 
Matterhorn (one of the crags in Tuolumne divide at head of Twin Lake Canon). ..! 8,326 | 12,260) U.B....| T. 
Conness Peaky 22 <ceacscssecnciesesoseese i ndeseestcs-mateces ce mes casa atcae= eee 8, 618 12/552) |) Usb. .<:)| SL. 
Wiarrenin ot ies tan.ncsccawackonansseaons onaccuaeens=enceneitercenstsissesemeas Mase st 7,347 | 12, 281 | Usb ss224 0s 
Dana Peak ...-- - : 9, 109 134043)) UWB. 22-| 0: 
Hoffmann Peak 6, 900 10, 834 | U.B....| T. 
Ten-ai-ya Peak (south,of Lake Ten-al-ya) s. -- .20.--nssce seen scencecestese-ttlecees 6, 370 10, 304 | WEB em.) 0: 
Cathedral Peak 6,986 | 10,920 | UsBene.| 0s 
Echo Peak 7, 250 117184") WB. =...) Te 
McClure Peak 9,041) 12,975 | U.B...| T. 
Lyell Peak 9,170 | 13,104] U.B... | T. 
Ritter Peak 9,196 | 13,130 | U.B....] T. 
Minarets........-.-.-- See Sees eee eae se CIR email eum, Sretiwia a ayerate elena To ea etter re ee ae 8, 332 12, 266 | U.B....] T. 
Clark Peak (northwest end of Merced Group).--...- .....22.----.eesccece ence eens 7, 578 rol2n|8U. IB ce. ,it eis 
Git ROWE seamen 25 ae en eee ee creaen sae ta eee ose. seme e ates meses aes eee eee 7, 620 1 5540| UB. 322} 8: 
ICU Be 8 C SR Se Nee en An ees Or IE os oan moc Ty to2 11,686 | U.B....] T. 
Merced Peak (culminating point of Merced Group).........--.-.--.---.-+-.+----- 7, 774 UT 708k RU. B22 o)|| 2 


PEAKS OF THE WHITE MOUNTAIN RANGE, NEAR CALIFORNIA AND NEVADA STATE 
LINE. 

McBride Peak (northern extremity of White Mountains, 50.55 miles eastward of 

MG YELP eas)! Sts ccstine aiwcynie Racainlaia ernirtaletm State oim clave arate om wintala (aatevalatate wiateieys = cm oiahstaapetet sty 9, 481 13;/415)|| UB: 522) 1. 

White Mountain Peak (culminating point of White Mountains, 56.23 miles east- 

ward of Lyell Peak... ic scncncscitcewsteccessteeerc eee as eameneaaseevene scence 10,311 14; 245:| U.B..../ T. 


DISTANCES—YOSEMITE VALLEY. 135 


II.—CONDENSED TABLE OF DISTANCES FROM BARNARD’S, AT THE UPPER IRON BRIDGE, 
TO VARIOUS POINTS IN THE YOSEMITE VALLEY AND ITS VICINITY. 


Notr.—The subjoined list of distances to various places upon the principal roads and trails presents 
in a condensed form information of interest and value to visitors to the Yosemite Valley, as well as to 
permanent residents. The distances are based upon odometric measurements taken by parties of the 
Survey in 1878-79, when all the important roads and trails were meandered. 

Through the courtesy of Mr. J. M. Hutchings, when guardian of the Valley, bearings and distances 
were furnished which gave the location upon the map of the more recently constructed pieces of road, 
known as Meadow Avenue, Tisseyak Avenue, and Pohono Avenue, also of a number of new bridges. 
The distances, as given in the list, are over roads and trails which will be in use for years. Several new 
trails are now (1886) completed or in course of construction ; notably a route from Glacier Point to top 
of Nevada Fall via the Tululawiak (or South Branch) Fall; Anderson’s new trail to Vernal Fall via 
the north bank of the Merced; and a trail from the Yosemite Fall to and down Indian Canon; but 
for these this office has no data. Barnard’s, at the Upper Iron Bridge, has been taken as an initial 
point on account of its central location, towards which all the principal roads converge. 


TABLE OF DISTANCES. 


Altitudes. 
Distances | 
Names of points. from | 
| Barnard’s. Above val- | Above sca- 
| ley. level. 
From Barnard’s to— Miles. | Feet. Feet. 
Artist Point, Madera Road 5. 85 725 4, 650 
Bridal Veil Fall, Madera Road, opposite to .-...--..---.-+--2--+-22- eee r eee erent eee 4.04 |-ces-nn. cn. |-onnnenncee- 
Black Springs, Coulterville Road: | 
via Meadow Avenue and Yosemite Bridge.-.....-.------------------+++-------> ANSI! eemcecases)|emeircssaan me 
via Cook's and Folsom Bridge ..-..-------------------) -+--+- +22 er errr reese CEC) ll) eee Sersacisen (cosees cee 
via South Road and El Capitan Bridge. -...-- 4.70 |------sccee-|-----neccnne 
Cascade Falls, Coulterville Road: | 
via Meadow Avenue and Yosemite Bridge. ..-...-..----------+-------++-+-+-+- 8.00 | 
via Cook's and Folsom Bridge ..---...----------- ----- ------ --- sete eee e eee e ee 7. 
via South Road and El Capitan Bridge. ..--...---.-------------+++++2-ee+ee- ++ Ms 
Cathedral Spires Bridge. northeast Cathedral Spires, on South Road....-----..--- 2. 
Chalybeate Spring, Mirror Lake Road. ...---..----++--++-++++++ 222222222222 rte 2. 
Columbia Rock, Eagle Peak Trail ......---.-.----------+----- ++ erst steers 1 
Cook’s Hotel. ---- : 0. 
Clouds’ Rest, summit via old trail to Register Rock ll 
Eagle Meadow, Eagle Peak Trail ..- 


El Capitan Bridge (opposite to) via South Road 
Folsom Bridge 
Forks Coulterville and Big Oak Flat Roads, north of El Capitan Bridge: 

via Cook’s and Folsom Bridge ....-- 


5. 

Eagle Peak (summit) .......-:-.--.-------++22- 022-2 ee eee cence reece ects scene 6. 
3 

1 


via Meadow Avenue and Yosemite Bridge--.-....----- SURSRO NSDSED ES cEEEESSSbOS 
via South Road and El Capitan Bridge 
Glacier Point, by trail 
Harris’ 


Hopkins’ Meadow, Clouds’-Rest Trail via old trail to Snow’s 
Indian Camp, west of Folsom Bridge : 


or hw ww 


via Leidig’s EY eee en sencood jsacaganctoo 
Vise Mend OWRAV OUGtwcrcices cece oases s caine sinalecinacccaviemaarascscelen==<- TAS4 | an. = coeine as|'-==amwcecce 
Tndiani@aronv brid essen eeseeaatss- sac lecaaesnancaasonaeenicsce~—n~=~en=sia=' (HIE beanernacbad cocancodesos 
eid panhotelsearecn ces sets cer sacs ae cea e caena an) toseecswaensee~\-nerinnwesmraes TE (W/E os Seaccas:|| calvse eoood 


Tegel Wb oak byptnal lec ee ase ese ane see ee ee acoamaee) «oseeeee=-s=oec=~- 38. 20 9, 170 13, 104 
Lyell Camp, head of Tuolumne Meadows on Lyell Creek .----..-. ---------++----- 32. 56 5, 084 9, 018 


136 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


TABLE OF DISTANCES. 


Altitudes. 
: Distance | pet 2 
Names of points. from ; 

Barnard’s. | Above val- | Above sea- 

ley. | level. 

From Barnard’s to— Miles. | Feet. Feet. 

Mhirror Lake: 

Via Meadow Awenue:.-..<-cccessensccccennerisaccce nance cericsdeamsnaceeceeec 2. 86 162 4, 096 
via Tisseyak Avenue ..........- SR BR ARAB An COP OERMEn Saab Ae oeer acc CE eesencese | asopCoeSees 
New “Inspiration Point,’ Madera Road 7.24 | 1, 440 5, 365 
Nevada Falls (top) via old trail to Snow’s..-...-. 5 SoS SECO OND BHIGSBU DASH ae Sc SioCoa4 5.45 1, 987 5, 921 


Pohono Bridge: 
via Meadow Avenue and North Road.......-.-0--.:2---22c0scsecceseneesnsee== 


vias Folsom) Bridie..:.s-s2<<2.c-5: 
via South Road and Bridal Veil Falls.....-........0.-2.----... 
River View via Folsom Bridge and North Road 


ae ne 


Register Rock (in Canon of Merced, on old trail to Snow’s).....-.--.-------++--+-- 

Kocky Point (at foot of ‘* Three Brothers,” on North Road).....----.---------+---+ 

Sentinel Wome Sima: osc e nos ee elena alee cea ee am ore = ete eee rie 

Snow’s Casa Nevada Inn, via old trail ..... 2.222. .22200c00s ce eenn ee ceeeneseecenenes 

South Dome, top, via old trail to Snow’s .......2---22--2-200-20---cceacesencceess-- 10. 
Tenaiya Bridge (over Tenaiya Creek, south of Washington Tower)......---.------ 
Tissoyak Bridge (over Merced River, south end Tisseyak Avenue)......------.--- 

Mulla widk BU e@. voce cecc ee ccascescecinclsmnce cis 2 swag eas «aas cate cen aeeanae- 


TOT POM tae aasne sacri s sawn cease eae e nse anes elses eee = oe eee ees 


Valley View (or Transport) Point -. 
Vernal Fail, foot of, via old trail to Register Rock 


ep we NM py 


Wos emite, Brid GOs <1 cce.se xen een ee ea aee a snacten ness ease teeeoca = 0.48 | 
Falls (top of upper, at Flagstaff) 4. 
Falls (foot of upper) ---..-------- 2. 
Falls (footof lower) by road 22... coc... ccs ton ee seuesawsecv eas aes soesecese=n= == 0. 

ROUND TRIPS. 

From Barnard's— Miles. 
To Mirror Lake via Meadow Avenue and return via Tisseyak Avenue. ............-2-eee 2s cee e ees cen e ee cee ee eee 6. 53 
Through Tisseyak Avenue and return, omitting Mirror Lake...-...-...--..--..---+-++---++--02 22-2 22+ + 22-2 eee ee 5.11 
To Pohono Bridge via Meadow Avenue and North Road, and return via South Road.........-...--.------------ 10, 57 
Grand circuit of the Valley via Meadow, Tisseyak, and Pohono Avenues....... ---------- 15, 28 
The same, including Mirror Lake and Cascado Falls........--..---- +21 222+ cece ee eee eee eee e erence ene cer eeeeee 22. 48 


The study of the Laramie in the Trinidad coal fields has led to a very 
important contribution of much economic interest by Professor Stevenson, 
showing the continuity of the Laramie coal beds, proving to this extent 
their general resemblance to the coal beds of the Carboniferous strata or age. 


COLLECTIONS. 


The only natural history collections of the year were made by Profes- 
sor Stevenson in the mountain region east of the Rio Grande and between 
the latitudes of Fort Garland and Santa Fe, and consisted of a number of 


invertebrate fossils and fossil plants and specimens from 26 distinct coal 


SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 137 


beds. The topographic results of the season are found on published sheets 
Nos. 52 D, 56 Band D, 61 Band D, and 62 A and C, and also on the 
original platting sheet of the Great Salt Lake and vicinity. 


FINAL SUMMARY. 


Although this work was projected simply as a first survey during the 
initial stages of settlement of the region penetrated, looking to a resultant 
topographic map, to be speedily available for military administration and 
operations as its primal object, the whole limited in means, men, time, 
and money, nevertheless, there has been an outcome also from other fields of 

‘observation, among the total of all of which the following may be briefly 


summarized: 
Square miles. 
Total area west of one hundredth meridian (see progress 
and annual reports and rectangle map accompanying Ap- 


@WGhbe18))\ oaoeeccbs acosmie neenditacd Geouceer os snenneS oe 1, 443, 360 
Mountainous portion of same w est ‘of the Great Plains (ap- 

proximately) ..-.:..-.- Date ere Ae se ee Se eraet ec 993, 360 
Surveyed topographically of atone mountain ALCOA ees *359, 065 


Topographic maps of same, published in 50 atlas sheets (each 

19 by 24 inches), on scales of 1 = 8 m., or 1:506,880; 1//— 

4m, or 1:253,440; 1’ —'2 m., or 1:126,720; 1’ = 1 m., or 

I GS3O0 14e— erm or M42 240 eee ns oni. erence sas ete 326,891 
Part of above area surveyed, but no ened in regular atlas 

sheet form (original data reduced upon partially completed 


OKO tS) sacgcassees sosmade beaoeaee sosboe soegs sods 32,174 
Regular topographic atlas sheets of above scales issued (19 

liiy BA VEE choo Wand sabposuscandes Geen cAOusd pa ac6o aeeSe 50 
Regular land classification atlas sheets issued (19 by 24 inches), 

(embracing 134,653 square miles) ..... .-...---.-------- 30 
Regular geological atlas sheets issued (19 by 24 inches) (em- 

bracing, 129)841 squareimiles) . saj. = acm ose cyan > sects 11 
Special and miscellaneous maps issued (various sizes and 

seales) (not accompanying reports) ........-...-...---... 19 
Special maps issued (various sizes and scales) (accompanying 

TROIS) Sc aoe seb doe) (ae Has ao SeRUen Aono DASEHomn nace oness 54 
MNotahkmapsiorallikindsissuedi2.— smecces2a--c- + soe eres 164 
Total number of publications of all kinds issued (15 quarto, 12 

annual reports, 14 special and NSE ETRINSO HS) PES a eee te as 41 


*Nore. =F iela- plots for all of above | are in contours, while final published maps are both in 
hachures and contours. 


138 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


GENERAL GEOGRAPHICAL RESULTS. 


Observations and delineation of the physical details of 143 mountain 
ranges, 103 groups of mountains, and 36 plateaux, within the limits sur- 
veyed topographically, from among 161 ranges, 196 mountain groups, and 
41 plateaux for the entire western mountainous area. . 

Discovery and naming of the great Colorado Plateau in 1869 and 1871. 

Securing the principal part of the data necessary to a final classification 
of the mountain and plateau systems of the western mountain region. 

Topography of 124,300 square miles of the Great Interior Basin (total 
area, 208,600 square miles) secured, and 1,925 out of 2,775 miles of its 
perimeter traced and definitely located, including its northwestern and south- 
western portions. 

The position and general profile determined of 840 miles of the Conti- 
nental Divide. 

Special exploration of the Colorado of the West to the head of naviga- 
tion, and its Grand Canon to the mouth of Diamond Creek. 

Determination of the limits and extent of the Great Interior Basin, in- 
cluding Death Valley, the Amargosa Desert, and the Colorado and Mohave 
River Basins. 

Special examination of the Colorado River of the West, from Stone’s 
Ferry to Fort Yuma, with a view to its diversion for purposes of irrigation. 

Specially accurate topographic surveys of Lake Tahoe and vicinity 
and Yosemite Valley (including much hypsometrie detail) and its approaches 
(see special maps). Special typical contour Survey of the Washoe mining 
region. 

Determination of passes of western, northwestern, and southwestern 
rim of the Great Interior Basin and of the Continental Divide from fortieth 
parallel north latitude to Mexican boundary. 

Preliminary location of southern portion of eastern boundary between 
Nevada and Utah in 1869. 

Preliminary exploration of north and south railroad lines crossing the 
Colorado River at the mouth of the Virgin River and at foot of the Grand 


Canon. 


SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 139 


Location and extent of great forests in Eastern Arizona and Western 
New Mexico. 

Determination of heights of 395 peaks (with names, many of which are 
new) above 10,000 feet, and of 754 others (with names) between 5,000 and 
10,000 feet in height. 

Location and profile of 202 mountain passes (26 of same belonging to 
the Continental Divide, and 79 to the western rim of the Great Interior Basin), 
and meander of not less than 90 rivers and thousands of minor streams. 

Exploration and underground measurement of 4 caves in Nevada and 
New Mexico. 

Meander of 21 lakes (including Great Salt Lake). 

Exploration of the Grand Canon of the Colorado, the Canon de Chelle, 
and others, also surveys about the Great American Falls of Snake River. - 

Discovery of north and south routes, especially from California, Ne- 
vada, Utah, Wyoming, and Colorado to Arizona and New Mexico, also from 
California and Nevada to the Valley of the Columbia. 

Discovery and measurement of levels below sea with determination of 
limits of special Death Valley Basin. 

Determination of non-existence of “Preuss Lake,” found on current 
maps of 1869, along eastern boundary of Nevada. 

Determination of evaporation about Great Salt Lake. 

Measurement of volumes of 7 principal streams with reference to water 
supply and irrigation. 

Observations for land classification for an area of approximately 175,000 
square miles. 

Topography and partial land classification of 83 Indian (including 19 
pueblos) and 32 military reservations, with geographic co ordinates of seven 
others. 

Landscape and stereoscopic photographs of mountain forms and Colo- 
rado Canon and other physical details. 

Connection made with all land survey stakes wherever found, with 
results permanently recorded on unpublished plotting sheets. 

Invention and introduction of the modified secant conic projection, ac- 
complishing a minimum of distortion in azimuth and distance, and the con- 


joining of sheets. 


140 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The introduction and development of land classification, commencing in 
1872 (see Chapter V.) 

Fifteen regular atlas sheets issued (1 =8 m.), embracing 261,232 square 
miles; thirty-four quarter atlas sheets (1’ = 4 m.), embracing 146,026 square 
miles; one subquarter atlas sheet (1” =2m.); also Colorado Canon map, 
scale 1 = 6m; of Lake Tahoe region 1// = 5ms.; Yosemite 2’ = 1m; and 
of the Washoe district, seale 1/’ = 1,500 feet, the three latter as special types. 

Contributions to the theory and practice of the determination of field 
astronomic latitudes and longitudes and barometric hypsometry appear in 
Vol. IH, quarto series. 

Published latitudes and longitudes (other than those contained in this 
volume) found in part in Vol. II, Astronomy.—Ast. Report, 1874—Prelim- 
inary Report of 1869.—Distances, &e., 4°, 1872—Special Volume, royal 
8 vo., and Annual Reports of 1875-76—77—78~79 and ’80. 

Vertical limits of timber on various mountain ranges ascertained. 

Invention of apparatus for determining absolute personal equation (see 
p. 475, Vol. II). 

Improvements in the portability, telescopic, and microscopic power of 
triangulation instruments. 

Determination of the mean declination for 1875 of 2,018 stars. 

The preparation, issue, and use of special forms (45 in number) for 
astronomic, geodetic, trigonometric, barometric, topographic, and other ob- 
servations and their reduction. 

A trigonometric basis for the Survey with initial points measured and 
developed bases was established in 1873. 

Hourly barometric observations at many reference stations made and 
reduced, 

Determination of altitudes, reports upon, published in part in Vol. II, 
special volume royal 8vo, and Annual Reports for 1875276777879 
and ’80. 

Geological reconnaissance of an area of not less than 221,500 square 
miles. 

Determination of the extent and correlation of the geological forma- 


tions for the above with new geological facts and conclusions; of the ex- 


SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 141 


istence of fossil remains widely distributed; and of glacial and voleanic action 
and phenomena. 

Determination of the limits in area within which the search for the 
precious metals may be successful. . 

Special contributions to the origin and building of mountains, the 
structure and age of ranges, to glaciation, the existence of precious and eco- 
nomic minerals, opportunities for artesian wells, also to economic geology, 
age of coals, distribution of lava, and the presence of borates at new locali- 
ties east of the Sierra Nevada in the Great Basin. 

Special chapters relating to the geological phenomena found upon the 
Colorado Plateau, in the Grand Canon of the Colorado, the Basin Ranges, 
the Cordilleras, the Sierra Madre, and San Juan Ranges of the Rocky Mount- 
ain systems, &e. 

Not less than fifty thermal and mineral springs discovered, of which 
twenty-seven were analyzed. 

Old “Lake Bonneville” outlined and partially investigated. 

Location and examination of 219 mining districts. 

One new mineral substance discovered, analyzed, and named. 

Not less than 31 new species of vertebrates from the Loup Fork and 
many others from the Eocene, and 63 of invertebrates discovered, described, 
and their geological and other relations established.* 

In zoology, from the very large and rare collection of birds only one 
was of a new species, while of reptiles there were eight, fishes thirty-two, 
mollusca one, and insects sixty-four, from the extremely valuable and rich 
collections, with many specimens of species exceedingly rare, though 


not new.t 


* The identification and description of these new species by Prof. E. D. Cope and Dr. C. A. White 
may be found in Vol. IV, quarto reports, and Appendix to Vol. IIL (Supplement), Geology. 


+ Messrs. Yarrow and Henshaw have kindly prepared the following list of new species in zoology : 


BIRDS. 


Aphelocoma insularis Henshaw. Santa Cruz Island, Cal., 1875. H. W. Henshaw. 


REPTILES. 
Bufo pictus Cope. Utah, 1872. 
Spea stagnalis Cope. Utah and New Mexico, 1874. 
Rana onca Cope. Utah, 1872. H.C. Yarrow. 
Chilopoma rufipunctatum Cope. Southern Arizona, 1874. H. W. Henshaw. 
Eutenia plutonius Yarrow. Arizona, 1871. 
Sceloporus jarrovii Cope. Southern Arizona, 1874. H. W. Henshaw. 
Sceloporus tristichus Cope. New Mexico, 1874. W. G. Shedd. 
Sceloporus smaragdinus Cope, Utah and Nevada, 1872, H. C, Yarrow, 


142 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


In Volume VI (Botany) is found the enumeration or description of 104 
orders, 637 genera, and 1,657 species from the Survey collections, and not 


a few of which are new. 


FISHES. 


Plagopterus argentissimus Cope. San Luis Val., Col., 1872. 
Lepidomcda vittata Cope. Col. Chiquito River, Ariz., 1873. 
Lepidomeda jarrovii Cope. Col, Chiquito River, Ariz., 1873. H.W. Henshaw. 
Apocope henshavi Cope. Provo, Utah, 1872. H.C. Yarrow and H. W. Henshaw. 
-Apocope couesti Yarrow. Camp Apache, Arizona, 1873. H. W. Henshaw. 
Apocope ventricosa Cope. Arizona and New Mexico, 1873. H.W. Henshaw. 
Alburnellus simus Cope. San Ildefonso, N. Mex., 1874. E. D. Cope and H. C. Yarrow. 
Alburnellus jemezanus Cope. San Idefopso, N. Mex., 1874. E. D. Cope and H. GC. Yarrow. 
Coratichthys physignathus Cope. Arkansas River at Pueblo, 1874. C. E. Aiken. 
Ceratichthys sterletus Cope. San Ildefonso, N. Mex., 1874. E. D. Cope and H. C. Yarrow. 
Hypsilepis iris Cope. San Ildefonso, N. Mex., 1874. E. D. Cope and H. C. Yarrow. 
Hybopsis timpanogensis Cope. Utah, 1872. H. C. Yarrow and H. W. Henshaw. 
Gila phlegethontis Cope. Beaver River, Utah, 1872. H. C. Yarrow and H. W. Henshaw. 
Gila tenia Cope, Provo River, Utah, 1872. H. C. Yarrow and H. W. Henshaw. 
Gia ardesiaca Cope. 
Gila gula Cope. New Mexico, 1874. H. W. Henshaw. 
Gila nigra Cope. Arizona, 1874. H. W. Henshaw and J. T. Rothrock. 
Gila seminuda Cope and Yarrow. Southern Utah, 1872. H.C. Yarrow. 
Siboma atraria var. longiceps, Cope. Utah, 1872. H. C. Yarrow. 
Myloleucus parovanus Cope. Beaver River, Utah, 1872. H. C. Yarrow and H. W. Henshaw. 
Hyborhynchus siderius Cope. Camp Lowell, Ariz., 1874. J. M. Rutter. 
Hyborhynchus nigellus Cope. Pueblo, Colo., 1874. C. E. Aiken. 
Campostoma aikenii Cope. Pueblo, Colo., 1874. C. E. Aiken. 
Pantosteus platyrhynchus Cope. Provo River, Utah, 1872. H. C. Yarrow and H. W. Henshaw. 
Pantosteus jarrovii Cope. New Mexico, 1873. H. W. Henshaw and H. C. Yarrow. 
Pantosteus virescens Cope. Pueblo, Colo., 1874. C. E. Aiken. 
Calostomus allicolus Cope. Twin Lakes, Colo., 1873. J. T. Rothrock. 
Catostomus fecundus Cope and Yarrow. Utah Lake, Utah, 1872. H. C. Yarrow and H. W. Henshaw. 
Moxostoma trisignatum Cope. Pueblo, Colo., 1874. C. E. Aiken. 
Haplochilus floripinnis Cope, Colorado, 1873. H. W. Henshaw and J. M. Keasby. 
Uranidea vheeleri Cope. Beaver River, Utah, 1872. H. C. Yarrow and H. W. Henshaw. 
Syllaemus latifrons (fossil) Cope. Colorado, 1874. W.L. Marshall. 
INSECTS. 
Trogus mellosus Cresson. New Mexico, 1874. T. V. Brown. 
Agama nitida Cresson, Colorado, 1873. C. W. Whipple. 
Agama albipes Cresson. Nevada, 1872. H.C. Yarrow. 
Myzine frontalis Cresson. New Mexico, 1874. H. C. Yarrow. 
Ammophila yarrowi Cresson. Pueblo, Colo., 1874. H. C. Yarrow. 
Stizus nevadensis Cresson. Nevada, 1872. H.C. Yarrow. 
Pumenes coloradensis Cresson. Colorado and New Mexico, 1874. H. C. Yarrow. 
Vespa occidentalis Cresson, Nevada, 1872, H. C. Yarrow. New Mexico, 1873, H. W. Henshaw. 
Halietus trizonatus Cresson. Nevada, 1872. H. C. Yarrow. 
Agopostemon meliventris Cresson. Colorado, 1872. H. C. Yarrow. 
Nomia nevadensis Cresson. Nevada, 1872. H.C, Yarrow. 
Eunomia marginipennis Cresson. Colorado and New Mexico, 1874. H. C. Yarrow 
Megacilissa yarrowi Cresson. New Mexico, 1874. H.C. Yarrow. 
Melecta thoracica Cresson. Eastern Nevada, 1872. H.C. Yarrow. 
Melissodes nevadensis Cresson. Nevada, 1872. H. C. Yarrow. 


SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 


It contains also contributions to economic botany and 


distribution of vegetable life. 


Bombus nevadensis Cresson. Eastern Nevada, 1872. H.C. Yarrow. 
Aphaenogaster sp. nov., Camp Hill, 1874. J H. Rutter. 


Lithurgis apicalis Edw. Colorado and New Mexico. H. C. Yarrow and C. E. Aiken. 


Nomada grandis Edw. Colorado. H.C. Yarrow. 

Argynnis hesperis Edw. Colorado. 

Argynnis nitocris Edw: White Mountains, Ariz., 1873. H. W. Henshaw. 
Argynnis nokomis Edw. Arizona, 1571. 

Argynnis nausicaa Edw. Rocky Cation, Ariz., 1874. H. W. Henshaw. 
Synchloe crocale Edw. White Mountains, Ariz., 1873. H, W. Henshaw. 
Gyrocheilus tritonia Edw. White Mountains, Ariz., 1873. H. W. Henshaw 
Apatura leilia Edw. Camp Lowell, Ariz., 1874. H. W. Henshaw. 
Satyrus wheeleri Edw. Arizona, 1873. 

Thecla sira Edw. Fort Wingate, N. Mex., 1874. H. W. Henshaw 
Lycena melissa Edw. Colorado, 1571. 

Lemonias cytherea Edw. Arizona, 1873. H. W. Henshaw. 

Catacola editha Edw. Sonoita Valley, Ariz., 1874. H.W. Henshaw. 
Euchaetes elegans Stretch. Owen’s Valley, Cal. 

Leucartica albida Stretch. Owen’s Valley, Colo., 1875. H. W. Henshaw. 
Arctia docta var. arizonensis Stretch. Arizona. 

Arctia yarrowii Stretch. Arizona. 

Lasia klettii Osten-Sacken. Camp Apache, Ariz., 1873. F. Klett. 
Bembidium nevadensis Ulke. Nevada. 

Dasytes ruficollis Ulke. Nevada. 

Epicauta wheeleri Ulke. Arizona. 

Lytta lugubris Ulke. Owen’s Valley, Cal. 

Crossidius intermedius Ulke. 

Lioderma viridicata Uhler. Colorado. J. T. Rothrock. 

Scolopocerus secundarius Uhler. Gila River, Arizona. O. Loew 
Megalonotus sodalicius Uhler. Colorado, Nevada, Oregon. 

Miris instabilis Uhler. Colorado. J.T. Rothrock. 

Hadronema militaris Uhler. 

Calocoris superbus Uhler. California. F. Bischoff. 

Corisa dispersa Ubler. California. F. Bischoff. 

Mantis wheeleri Thomas. 

Pedioscertetes nevadensis Thomas. 

Syrbula fusco-vittata Thomas. Lower Arizona, 1874. H. W. Henshaw. 
Oedipoda hoffmanni Thomas. Arizona, 1871. W. J. Hofiiman. 

Oedipoda wheelerit Thomas. 

Oedipoda.utahensis Thomas. Utah. 

Oedipoda sparsa Thomas. New Mexico. 

Eremovia magna Thomas. Lower Arizona, 1874. H.W. Henshaw. 
Pezotettix oregonensis Thomas. Oregon. J. Haldeman. 

Pezotettiz marshallii Thomas. Southern Colorado, 

Pezotettix humphreysii Thomas. Southern Arizona, 1574. 

Caloptenus yarrowii Thomas. 

Acridium shoshone Thomas. Nevada, Arizona. 

Acridiwm albolineatum Thomas. Arizona? 1873. 

Steiroxys hermanii Thomas. 1873. 

Steiroxys bilineata Thomas. San Carlos, 1574. H. W. Henshaw. 


MOLLUSCA. 


Anodonta dejecta Lewis. Arkansas River, west of one hundredth meridian. 


H. C. Yarrow. 


geographical 


144 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The numerous archeological and ethnological collections from vicinity 
of Santa Barbara, California, from Pueblos in Arizona and New Mexico, 
and certain interior tribes, are mentioned and described in Volume VII of 
the quarto series, which contains also notes upon human crania and skele- 
tons and 40 vocabularies of languages and dialects of as many nomad and 
village tribes. 

The following is a list of the various lots and specimens forwarded by 
this office through the Smithsonian Institution to the National Museum, 
their practical importance to the Survey having ceased with the examina- 
tion and reports made thereupon. This list has been compiled from the 
records of this office and those of the Smithsonian Institution so far as the 


latter have been available: 


Subject. hee ee Yr. ¥., F. Y.,/F. Y., F.Y., F. ¥.)F.¥., F.Y., iB: Y., r.Y., Ye, Total 
}1871. | 1872. | 1873. |1874. | 1875. | 1876. | 1877. | 1878. | 1879. | 1880. '| 1883. | 1884, | Potal. 
| 25 |p = 4 : 
Rocks : 
MDOCIMONS te mcemceaeccie ser seemne| ae elere | iseee ee easter eee Sood || boouroc loceec- [24945 1 G2 1s | ee Ses | 2 cere | eaters 4,415 
Boxes or lots. <<. c<<-c22.ssse- \ceaeee nena Jaoeccee [nee ee|ecenee [ee eeeee-[oneees eacer Ol a> ae 2 9 13 
Minerals, ores, &e.: | 
Specimens ..../.--..22.22s.000./eeee-- [Peters [eee S| ewe ene Sl eee es 1599371, 813))| eecele wea 3, 806 
Vertebrate fossils : | | 
Specimens)... ski as-cGsse esis soo <3-| cence |seeaae goer | 600K | Settes roan, | Seon *5OO! fess coaltzeoe dla ce ens 1, 000 
Lots or boxes ..-...........-.. lec ste Jeceeee|eeeeeee-]eeee-- My”) etvete ms | ees loawicen Bi Sou Saal Pace ees 9 
Invertebrate fossils: | 
TOUS es wake seer ates neice niacicm ate eects | BES See eecksor (etc fasrictoa! Meiers) merce dl emirsce baer DI eeeetese | Re eee 10 
MS PCCIMGN Sis estate ct sian see waite | 126 1, 426 15668] 250 -cececl ne wcie le cates 2, 169) NT) 200) | ce calli ee eee wees gO NOe 4 
Mammals: | | 
Specitnens j.ccsqa-csocscen sans 9| 21] 135] 52] 43 10}| 22s |e 2Gil Poe | ces ee| teal: 286 
Birds and mammals (alcoholic) : | | | | 
SPECIMENS oo aac eaenasat a eaiete| (oases aes SoSnpAce) apoeeS 26 | CO ce | Jere [ace eee | ama 30 
Mammal crania: | ] 
MSPSCIIMONE larasinceiai=fmrata aialaqalalsia's'ets'sll = tee lesa 37 3 18 Dl a ere ote | atetetace ell crore mel eee. | emer | eretarae 60 
Birds: | 
Specimens ..........22..20..02- 60] 522) 591,055] 793| 150!.....| 361] 470 |......|...-.- 31 | 4,101 
Birds’ nests: | | 
SPECIMENS as.2 2ac es eciences tee Jeeeee | 10 20 6 | BsStog| Pesciccciad) yncane Le AOU Seer) oeaeen| eae eee 55 
Birds’ eggs: { 
Specimens... ccss:se<scccee-| 12) 20 198 1 4 Weeterata TSB! | eo ease] 2eeeicrell Seco cilfoeete se 958 
Birds’ crania (sterna, &c.): 
DDECIMeDS:: 2.0 sje: catecceceeees,|ssoees, 4 31 22 9 Cal eres lee BE Oa Rosors| Poaceae Scooce 68 
Birds’ skeletons: | 
Specimens aecaefiaas Sot onceenetscon=ci|oenses | 4. croc] comeian)| sates Sul iee eee |loeemee aera oe ee Ba eae 4 
Bird-embryos: 
Specimens: 2.22 cesssc ccc wc. peretes Peers Meera Bl BOAR Ac) ocr Perec] sso il eSSoos| [Rachon| dees 5 
Reptiles (batrachians) : | 
SPECIMENS 2. -- 22 se esi wens nes 135 | 550 950 | 750 | 750 | BS! | sae al seetets ea ©. Asoo eaRSbo RARBG 3, 230 
DFE Theres be eee enineren yea 27) 9} 192] 140 | 153 Biliccce: 46!) we2s|\ egal eee eee 680 
Fishes: | | 
Specimens .......ese-2-0---.-2. | 15] 275} 9830] 650} g00| 350 |...... Aon |e) |e | eeees |e 3, 357 
JiOts:2,2scinceswowesracccen sees 3/ 48] 109! gL} 116 49 ete 357 | ee ile seen | octane 455 
| { 


SUMMARY OF RESULTS. 145 


Subject. ey.|RY.| FER Ze Be Mare ers | ets 1880 Mens. aad, Total: 
| | | 
Coleoptera (beetles) : | | | | 
Specimens ..--.-----------+++++ 1,300 100, 4,500 “4, 200 
THANE). gocueece = Speco eeaemeooeE | 135) 5 240 | 211 
Orthoptera (grasshoppers) : | 
Specimens | FAT eaceedl tee AEH sao0eoy Hea GN laa seeoleseeee| soca FECES 1, 150 
Thots\s-s<--<---=-------<00""-"°° | 48 eeeecr Beco Bacto ete 66 
Lepidoptera (butterflies) : 
Specimens | = [pecs seas |eccee|seenee|--—==-|=———=" C 771 
_ Lots --------++22 ++ 306 
Hemiptera: 
Specimens 3 
Lots 1 
Diptera and Neuroptera (flies) = 
Specimens - Tiss BEM boca |Dooeee benoon 50 
Meots) sascesecs seer ss ---e--2oe|-sse- |eeeeee 13 
Hymenoptera (bees and wasps) : | | 
Specimems -.-----+++--+----777* 450 |..---- 790 | 50 |..---- li |e eee eanee elena =| ==—= = 1, 291 
Tift) o cuackun spec en aoBSeoe- Soca eeooa 434| ae |eesce: | Bl eccace 3 49 
Arachnida (spiders) : 
Specimens -----.------+++-+++>" moecs|sae<a- 250 LOO! | eee ce c|senee-|neen=-|e==e==|emn=me\oernnatmonaes 350 
FIGf Hi cocod-ceeisen oc anbaoneec eed Reebed ean 26 7 begs becoed bocce eebecd psseed oscar bel ace 42 
Mollusca (shells) : 
600 250 |1, 000 BO! loser cece] seseen lm nin- = 2, 080 
66 23 95 23 |.----- 12 235 
Crustacea: 
Specimens 100 200 |..---- 12 9 |..----].----2|-eeene 321 
TiOth)- sees cc, ceoeee= ie eoeeeeen 1 14 Peace! ab NES beeecel ances pordod 29 
100 
2 
TEA fa Gene BERIT OS SECO OO RESO PEE ESC RGG| ROC TI |-s-.5-|--2-t-|=---<=|en-=== ll 
Ethnological : | 
Specimens ..------+--+++---757- aa SRS Ses Beeecieod pesca Iseacice) boeeanCe 566) |.--<<-|------|-0---0|-29-20] 2-2-2 366 
Archeological : 
= ia ORS CO) coe Taees RSE pseoee| pace ae bean aaa ace esa Sl li ear CE Ressen 4 
Specimens -.--.--------+-+-+ +77 26 | 719 |.-0---|------ 745 
Total specimens .----------+- 11,657 (2,928 | 11, 083 17,249 6, 631 9, 026 |5, 867 | 720 |.-.--- 31 |61, 659 
Total lots .---------------+--- 165 | 162 881 | 465 | 562 140 34 27 a 2 | 2, 568° 
| | 


* Approximated. 


Nore.—The collection of rocks, minerals, ores, &c., comprising more than four thousand specimens 
from various localities in the West, as mentioned in the summarized list in the Annual Report for 1879 
as haying been forwarded to the Smithsonian Institution, was, at my request, donated to the museum 
at the West Point Military Academy for use and exhibition there. The botanical specimens have all 
been fibally deposited in the Agricultural Bureau. Various crania and skeletons were from time to 
time forwarded to the Army Medical Museum. 

A reference to the collections made will be found in the following Annual Reports : 1875, pp. 8 and 
9; 1874, pp. 105-109; 1875, pp. 186, 187,188; 1878, p.91, and 1879, p. 198; and to those transferred to the 
Smithsonian and National Museum as follows: 1877, p. 1248; 1878, p. 92; 1879, pp. 193 and 199; and 

_ 1880, p. 36. 
10 WH—VOL I 


146 U. 8. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Latitudes, longitudes, altitudes, and topographic details have been 
furnished for the use of the Government in the compilation of the new 
western territory, and United States maps by the Engineer Department, 
and special maps prepared and compiled by engineer officers at headquar- 
ters, military division, and department, by the General Land Office, the 
Post-Oftice Department, the Coast and Geologic Surveys; also to 18 pub- 
lishing houses and private map publishers in America and Europe. 

Independent of the maps, the main body of the information is found in 
nine principal volumes (8 quarto and 1 royal octavo). Mention is made in 
the list of contributors to the quarto volumes, in the various reports and 
upon the resultant maps, of those assistants and others through whose zeal 
and industry so full and complete results have, in the main, been attainable. 

The whole points a permanent contribution to the geography, topog- 
raphy, and natural history of 359,065 square miles of the western portion 
of the United States. 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 


fas 
pa 
| 


CHAPTER II. 


ITINERARY OF COLORADO GRAND CANON AND RIVER TRIP OF 1871. 


EXPLORATIONS OF THE COLORADO RIVER OF THE WEST. 


A brief. chronological account of the earlier explorations prior to the 
commencement of the 19th century, and of subsequent exploring and sur- 
veying trips, is not thought to be out of place as a preface to the present 


report upon further exploration of the river from the direction of its mouth 


toward its source, made by parties of the expedition of 1871. 
An epitome of the statements contained in the report of Lieutenant 

{ves concerning the early explorations of the river, which doubtless were 

eathered by searching among many authentic records, are given herewith. 


Very little has been known concerning this river. Two streams, Green and 
Grand rivers, which flow through Utah in a southerly direction, have been supposed 
to unite somewhere near the southern boundary of that Territory and form the Colo- 
rado, but the point of junction has never been visited nor determined. 

* * * * * * * 


In less than fifty years after the landing of Columbus, Spanish missionaries and 
soldiers were traveling upon the Colorado, following its course for a long way from 
the mouth, and even attaining one of the most distant and inaccessible points of its 
upper waters. More information was gained concerning it at that time than was 
aequired during the three subsequent centuries. 

In the year 1540 the viceroy of New Spain, interested in the accounts derived 
from a Franciscan monk of the latter’s travels in the Territory now called New Mexico, 
sent an exploring expedition into that region under the command of Vasquez de 
Coronado. A detachment of twenty-five men, led by one Diaz, left Coronado’s party 
and traveled westward. He discovered the Colorado and followed it to its mouth. 


* * * * * * ¥* 


About the same time Captain Fernando Alarcon, by order of the viceroy, sailed 
up the Gulf of California and ascended the Colorado in boats for a long distance. 


* * * * * * * 


148 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Another of Coronado’s captains named Cardenas, with a party of twelve men, 
reached the pueblos of Moquis, and repaired from them, with Indian guides, to a 
portion of the Colorado far distant from that seen by the others. The history states 
that after twenty days’ march over a desert, they arrived at a river the banks of which 
were so high that they seemed to be three or four leagues in the air. 

* * * . * * ¥ * 

They averred that some rocks, which appeared from above to be the height of a 
man, were higher than the tower of the Cathedral of Seville. This was the first de. 
scription of the famous Big Canon of the Colorado. 

Several times during the succeeding two centuries the lower part of the river was 
visited by Catholic priests. In 1744 a Jesuit missionary, named Jacob Sedelmayer, 
went thither, following the course of the Gila, and traveled extensively in both New 
Mexico and Sonora, and about thirty years afterwards the Jesuits established missions 
among the Yuma Indians, who live at the junction of the Gila and Colorado. 

In 1776 another Catholic missionary, Father Escalante, traveled from Santa Fe to 
Utah, and having explored the region south of the Great Salt Lake, pursued a south- 
westerly course towards the sources of the Virgin, and then crossed to the Colorado, 
which he reached at a point that appears to have been almost identical with that at- 
tained from the opposite direction by Cardenas more than two centuries before. 

From this time the river was scarcely approached, excepting by an occasional 
trapper or some overland party crossing the lower portion en route to California. A 
considerable part of the emigration induced by the gold discoveries in that region 
passed through New Mexico by way of the Gila, and the travelers were subjected to 
molestation from the Yumas. In 1850 a detachment of troops was sent to the mouth 
of the Gila to keep these Indians under control, and not long afterwards a military 
post, called Fort Yuma, was regularly established. 

The difficulty of furnishing supphes to the garrison across the desert was such that 
in the winter of 1850 and 1851 General Smith, commanding the Pacific Division, sent a 
schooner from San Francisco to the head of the Gulf of California, and directed 
Lieutenant Derby, Topographical Engineers, to make a reconnaissance with a view of 
establishing a route of supply to Fort Yuma via the Gulf and the Colorado. The re- 
sult of the reconnaissance was successful and the route was at once put in operation. 

* * ¥* * * * * 

In 1851 Captain Sitgreaves, Topographical Engineers, with a party of fifty indi- 
viduals, made an exploration from Zuni westward. He struck the Colorado at a point 
about 160 miles above Fort Yuma, and followed the east side of the river, keeping as 
near to the bank as possible, to the fort. : 

* * * * * * * 

In the spring of 1854 Lieutenant Whipple, Topographical Engineers, in command 
of an expedition for the exploration and survey of a railroad reute near the 35th 
parallel, reached the Colorado at the mouth of Bill William’s Fork, and ascended the 
river about 50 miles, leaving it at a point not far below where Captain Sitgreaves had 
first touched it. 

* * * * * * * 


The course of the Colorado northward could be followed with the eye for only a 
short distance, on account of mountain spurs that crossed the valley and intercepted 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON, 149 


the view. A high, distant range, through which the river apparently broke, was sup- 
posed to be the mouth of the “Big Canon,” which the Spaniards in 1540 had visited 
at a place far above. 

The visits of exploratory parties and other trips made prior to the year 
1857, and not mentioned by Lieutenant Ives, are as follows: 

Capt. Francisco de Ulloa, who, in September, 1539, coasted the Gulf 
of California, found the waters turbid from the effects of a strong current 
and suspected that he was near the mouth of a great river. The position 
of such a river was accordingly indicated on a sketch map by the pilot. 

Gov. Juan de Onate in 1604 went from New Mexico with two priests 
and thirty soldiers to Moqui and thence crossed the country southwest- 
wardly to the Santa Maria (Bill Williams Fork), which was followed to the 
Colorado. He used the name Colorado, but applied it to the branch since 
known as Colorado Chiquito, not suspecting any connection between it and 
the great river which he found to the westward and named Rio Grande de 
la Esperanza. Members of his party ascended the river for some distance, 
and he afterwards followed it to the mouth, noting the Gila and naming it 
Rio de Jesus. 

Father Kino, who, prior to the year 1700 (making a final trip in 1702), 
explored a part of California, crossing it from the east to the west on the 
26th degree of latitude, from Loreto to New Year’s Harbor, following the 
Rio San Tomas, now the Rio de Ja Purissima, and the Boea de la Puris- 
sima. (See Annual Report U.S. Geographical Surveys, 1878, aecompa- 
nied by map, p. 228.) 

Father Garces, a Carmelite friar, made a journey in 1775 from Sonora 
through the Colorado River country, thereby opening another line of com- 
munication to the interior, extending as far as the Southern Sierra Nevada. 

Father Font, in his visit to portions of the Great Basin System in 1777, 
crossed the Colorado at the Mohave Valleys and proceeded to the eastward 
as far as the Moquis Villages. 

A copy of the map accompanying the journal of Father Font was 
procured in California by the late Brevet Maj. Gen. E. O. C. Ord, United 
States Army, then a captain, and is on file in the Engineer Department.* 


* Jedediah Smith, a trapper, explored the Colorado from the Virgin to the Mohave Valleys in 
September, 1826. 


150 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Captain Emory, Topographical Engineers, United States Army, in 
1846—47 crossed the river near the mouth of the Gila while en route to 
California as a member of the military command under Colonel Kearney, 
and there established a latitude station. (See Ex. Doc. No. 41, first ses- 
sion Thirtieth Congress.) 

Parties of the Mexican Boundary Commission Survey reached the 
river at points near the Gila and to the southward in the years 1849, 1854, 
and 1855. The latitude and longitude of the junction of the Gila and 
Colorado was, for the first time, determined by Lieutenant Whipple, of the 
Topographical Engineers ; and that part of the boundary from this locality 
to a point on the river 20 miles to the southward was determined, as also 
the latitude of the latter by the zenith telescope, by Lieutenant Michler, of 
the Corps of Topographical Engineers. 

Lieutenant Parke, of the Corps of Topographical Engineers, while 
engaged on the Pacific Railroad surveys in 1855, crossed the Colorado at 
Fort Yuma, near the junction of the Gila, en route eastward to the Rio 
Grande. 

The expedition of Lieutenant Ives, which took the field in 1857, the 
report of which appears in an executive document of the Thirty-sixth Con- 
gress, first sesssion, was the most important expedition ever fitted out for 
the direct and positive exploration and examination of the river from its 
mouth toward its source. 

The work was in many respects most admirably done; and, although 
he failed to reach the highest point to which navigation could be directed 
in case of a commercial necessity, still, for the first time, he developed an 
understanding of the geographical position, topographical accessories, and 
the hydrographic peculiarities of nearly 600 miles of this hitherto almost 
unknown great river. 

The next expedition was that sent out from Santa Fe in 1859, under 
Capt. J. N. Macomb, Corps of Topographical Engineers, with a view to 
determine the junction of the Grand and Green rivers. A point was 
reached by one of the parties of this expedition on the Grand River 
approximately 4 miles from and in view of the junction; from which 


locality the return trip was made to Santa Fe. The accounts of this expe- 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 151 


dition are to be found in the Annual Reports of the Chief of Topographical 
Engineers of 1860 and 1861, and in a special Geological Report by Pro- 
fessor Newberry published by the Engineer Department in 1876. 

Meanwhile adventurous prospectors and others, doubtless, reached por- 
tions of the river below the mouth of the Grand Canon. A monument on 
the northern shore found by a party of this survey in 1871 showed that 
the Grand Canon had been entered from below by a party of four men, of 
whom O. D. Gass, met by myself in 1869 at Las Vegas, was one. This 
was probably in 1864. 

Captain Rodgers, in October, 1866, took the steamer Esmeralda, 97 feet 
long and 22 feet wide, to Callville. (See Annual Report Chief of Engi- 
neers, 1868, Appendix X.) 

One James White, with another prospector, attempted to descend the 
riverin a raft from a point on the Grand in 1867, a brief narrative of which 
is related by C. C. Parry, assistant geologist Union Pacific Railroad Survey, 
in letter to J. D. Perry, Union Pacific Railroad, January 6, 1868, and sub- 
mitted by Brevt. Lieut. Col. R. 8. Williamson. (See Annual Report Chief 
of Engineers for 1868, p.1191.) The following is compiled from the above 
report: 

James White, formerly a resident of Kenosha, Wis., left Fort Dodge 
April 13, 1867, and, with a party under Captain Baker, made a prospecting 
tour of the San Juan region. Captain Baker was killed in a side canon of 
the Green River, August 24, and White, accompanied by one Henry 
Strole, commenced the descent of the river on a rude raft, noticing the 
junction of the Green and Grand and the mouths of the San Juan and 
Little Colorado. Strole was washed overboard on the fourth day and was 
drowned. White then lashed himself to the raft and continued on the per- 
ilous journey, securing, by the barter of his arms to Indians, enough mes- 
quit bread to sustain life till he reached Callville, on the Colorado, Septem- 
ber 8, just fourteen days from the time of starting. 


“His narrative throughout bears all the evidences of entire reliability, and is sus 
tained by collateral evidence, so that there is not the least room to doubt that he 
actually accomplished the journey and within the time mentioned by him.” 


The above narrative was corroborated by R. W. James, of the river 


party, who knew White well at Camp Mohave while the latter was a mail- 


152 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


rider between that point and Callville. So far as is known, he is the first 
white man who passed through the walls of any part of the Grand Canon. 

It is believed that Mr. John Moss and Capt. Samuel Adams subsequent 
to 1870 made trips in or about the canon region, but no authentic account 
of critical observations by either of them is available. 

The expedition down the river from the crossing of the Green River 
by the Union Pacific Railroad was undertaken by J. W. Powell in 1869, 
and carried out successfully. The several canons through the Uintah 
Mountains, those between the junction of the Green and Grand, and the 
commencement of the Great Grand Canon proper and the Grand Canon 
itself, were passed by a boat party, which upon debarking reached the 
settlements from the mouth of Virgin River. 

In 1870 the eastern boundary of Nevada was established by I. E. 
James, and the terminal point on the northern bank marked. 

Subsequently, Mr. Powell, in his geological explorations and examina- 
tions of portions of the Colorado Plateau system, caused to be prosecuted 
geologic, topographic, and other examinations of sections bordering more 
especially upon the Grand Canon both north and south of the river. 

In the reconnaissance of 1869 I reached, with parties under my charge, 
the Colorado at the mouth of the Virgin River, and traveled along’ its 
northern and western banks as far to the south as El Dorado Canon. In 
1871 a regular boat party was organized by men selected from the expedi- 
tion of that year, and the ascent of the river made from Camp Mohave 
through the Black, Boulder, Iceberg, Virgin Canons, and the transit of a 
portion of the Grand Canon, making a total distance of 205 miles, along 
which 225 rapids and falls were noted. In 1872 the river was traversed 
along its northern banks from the foot of the Grand Canon to the mouth of 
Virgin River by myself and party. The river was approached by parties 
of the expedition of that year in the heart of the Grand Canon at the mouth 
of the Paria and at the crossing of the “Fathers.” (El Vado de los Padres.) 

In 1873 the river was crossed at the mouth of the Paria by a party 
under Lieutenant Hoxie. In 1875 and 1876 Lieutenant Bergland, of the 
expeditions of those years, approached the river, making certain topographic 


and hydrographic examinations and surveys at points at and between Camp 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 153 


Mohave and Fort Yuma. The source of the Grand River, one of the main 
tributaries, was discovered by Lieutenant Pike in his expedition of 1805 
and 1806; that of the Green River (the main fork or continuation of the 
Colorado proper) by Captain Bonneville in his explorations of the years 
1832 and 1833. 

From such examinations as I have been able to make, the above appears 
to cover all the prominent explorations that have been conducted with a 
view to determine points upon the river itself, or the conditions of its hydrog- - 
raphy or adjacent topography, and while it is not submitted as a complete 
account, still it is vouched for by such publications as it has been found 
possible to examine. Doubtless, a more thorough search among the writings 
of Herrera, Haykluyt, Torquemada, Ramusio, and others, of the travels of 
the Jesuits, and the manuscripts of Spanish travelers and explorers that may 
be found in the libraries at Madrid, Mexico, that of Bancroft in San Fran- 
cisco, at the British Museum, and the Propaganda at Rome, and the Con- 
gressional Library at Washington, D. C., would bring to light new details, if 
not fresh facts. 

The river has been crossed by railroad surveying parties, namely, 
those of the Texas Pacific, Southern Pacific, Thirty-fifth Parallel, and 
Atlantic Pacific, at points near the Mohave Valleys and Fort Yuma. 

A brief abstract of the voyages and explorations above enumerated is 


herewith presented. 


CHRONOLOGICAL ACCOUNT OF EXPLORATIONS OF THE COLORADO RIVER OF THE 
WEST. 


PRIOR TO THE YEAR 1800. 


aye | 
Name of party. pasos Authority for and remarks. 
Capt. Francisco de Ulloa... 1539 Sailed up to the head of the Gulf, found the waters turbid from strong eur- 


rents, and suspected but did not see the mouth of a great river. (See An- 
nual Report United States Geographical Surveys, 1878.) 


Captain Diaz, of Coronado’s 1540 Leaving the main command and proceeding westward discovered the Colo- 
expedition. rado and followed it to its mouth. (See Ives’ Colorado River Report.) 
Captain Cardenas, of Coro- 1540 Separating from the main command, reached the Moquis villages and prob- 
nado’s expedition. ably some point in the canon region to the north and westward. (See Ives’ 
f Colorado River Report.) 
Capt. Fernando Alarcon. .... 1540 Acting in conjunction with Coronado’s expedition, ascended the Gulf of Cali- 


fornia and the river for a considerable distance for fifteen days in boats. 


(See Ives’ Colorado River Report.) 


154 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


CHRONOLOGICAL ACCOUNT OF EXPLORATIONS OF THE COLORADO RIVER OF THE 


PRIOR 


WEST—Continued. 


TO THE YEAR 1800—Continued. 


Name of party. 


Expeditionary 
year. 


Gov. Juan de Onate 


Numbers of Catholic priests. . 


Father Kino 


Juan Ugarte 


Jacob Sedelmayer 


Fernando Consak 


Juan Bautista Anza......... 5 


Father Garces....-....-..-+- 


Father Escalante 


Father Font ....-..s20--+0- 


1604 


from 1540 to 1740 | 


1698 to 1702 


Authority for and remarks. 


| Reached the river at junction of Santa Maria (Bill Williams’ Fork) and fol- 


lowed it to its mouth. 
Cal.) 

Visited the lower part of the river in their missionary endeavors. 
Colorado River Report.) 

A Jesuit priest who followed a land passage from New Mexico to California. 
(See Annual Report United States Geographical Surveys, 1878.) 

Sailed along the east coast of Lower California, reaching the mouth of the 


(i. L. Oak, of Bancroft’s Library, San Francisco, 


(See Ives’ 


Colorado in July, 1721. 

A Jesuit missionary who followed the Gila to the Colorado. 
later missions were established near junctions of Gila and Colorado. 
Ives’ Colorado River Report.) 

Similar trip to that of Ugarte, reaching the mouth of the Colorado on July 


Thirty years 
(See 


11, 1746, attempting to ascend tke river with his canoes. 

Crossed the Colorado overland from Sonora to Monterey, establishing a new 
route. 

Crossed the Colorado en route from Sonora to Mission San Gabriel (a second 
journey to California). 

Traveled from Sonora through the Colorado River country; opens another 
route to the interior near southern end of the Sierra Nevada. 

Crossed the Green and Grand rivers near their junction, and, returning from 
region of Great Salt Lake, forded the river at a point known as “ El vado 
de los Padres,” north of the Moquis towns. (See Warren's Memoir, Pacific 
Railroad Reports, Vol. XI.) 

Crossed the Colorado at the Mohave Valleys en route from Monterey, Cal., 


to the Moquis villages. (See Warren's Memoir.) 


SUBSEQUENT TO THE YEAR 1800. 


Jedediah Smith.......---.-- 
Bvt. Maj. W. H. Emory, To- 
pographical Engineers. 

Derby, Topo- 
graphical Engineers, and 
Brevet Major Heintzelman, 
Second Infantry. 

Sitgreaves, Topo- 


Lieutenant 


Captain 
graphical Engineers. 


United States and Mexican 
Boundary Commission. 


1826 


1846-'47 


1850 


1849, 1854, 1855 


A trapper who explored the river from the Virgin to the Mohave Valleys in 
September, 1826. (Henry L. Oak, San Francisco, Cal.) 

Crossed the river below mouth of Gila en route to California. Observations 
and computations for time and latitude were made and published. (See 
Sen. Ex. Doc. No. 41, first session Thirtieth Congress, pp. 8, 355, and 356.) 

Explored the river from its mouth to Fort Yuma. In Lieutenant Derby’s 

case observations and computations were made for time and latitude and 

published. (SeeSen. Ex. Doc. No 8, first session Thirty-second Congress.) 


Traveled westward from Zuni to the Colorado, and thence along the east 
bank to Fort Yuma. Observations and computations were made by Cap- 
tain Sitgreaves and Lieutenant Parke for time and longitude, and pub- 
lished. (See Senate Ex. Doc. No. 59, second session, Thirty-second Con- 
gress, pp. 5 and 24.) 

Lieutenant Whipple, Topographical Engineers, under Brevet Major Emory, 
Topographical Engineers, established and published latitude and longitude 
of junction of Gila and Colorado. Lieutenant Michler, Topographical En- 
gineers, in winter of 1854-’55, ran that part of boundary from the Gila to 
a point 20 miles below. Observations and computations for time and lati- 
tude were made and published. (See Report of Mexican Boundary Com- 

mission, Vol. I.) 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 


155 


CHRONOLOGICAL ACCOUNT OF EXPLORATIONS OF THE COLORADO RIVER OF THE 


WEST—Continued. 


SUBSEQUENT TO THE YEAR 1800—Continued. 


Name of party. ae aae Authority for and remarks. 
Captain Whipple, Topo- 1854 Pacific Railroad Surveys. Traversed the east bank from Bill Williams’ 
graphical Engineers. Fork to the Mohave Valley, whence he crossed to the westward. Observa- 
tions and computations for time and latitude were made and published. 

See Vol. IV, Pacific Railroad Reports.) 

Lieutenant Parke, Topo- 1855 On Pacific Railroad survey duty, crossed the Colorado at Fort Yuma. (See 

graphical Engineers. Vol. VII, Pacific Railroad Reports, Appendix D.) 
Ives, Topo- | November 28, Ascended the river from its mouth to the head of Black Caton. Observa- 


Lieutenant 
graphical Engineers. 


Captain Macomb, 
graphical Engineers. 


Topo- | 


Dew e LOWELL assoc. sos posnece 


Lieutenant Wheeler, Corps of; 
Engineers. 


1857, to March | 


23, 1858. 


1859 


1869 


1869 


1871 


1872 


tions and computations for time, latitude, and longitude were made and 

published. (See Ives’ Report.) Lieutenant Ives, during land trip from 

| Camp Mohave to Fort Defiance, reached the mouth of Diamond Creek and 

a point (Aubrey Cliffs) on the southern edge of the Grand Canon. 

| The party reached a point on the Grand River approximately 4 miles above 
its junction with the Green. (See Annual Reports Chief of Topographical 
Engineers, 1860, p. 252, and 1861, p.425; also Senate Ex. Doc. No.1, Thirty- 
sixth Congress, second session, and Report of Macomb Expedition, with 
geological report of Professor Newberry, published by the Engineer De- 
partment, 1876.) 

Descended from crossing of Green River by Union Pacific Railroad to mouth 
of the Virgin, traversing the Grand Cafion. Subsequently, during a num- 
ber of years, parties under his direction visited the plateau region of the 
Grand and adjacent canons both north and@ south of the river. (See re- 
ports upon ‘“‘ Exploration of the Colorado River of the West,”’ 1875, and of 
the Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region.) 

Examined the river on the northern side from mouth of the Virgin to El Dorado 
Cation. Observations and computations by Lieutenants Wheeler and 
Lockwood for time and latitude were made and published. (See Progress 
Report of United States Geographical Surveys for 1869, p.72; also Annual 
Report for 1876, p. 13.) 

Ascended the river in boats from Camp Mohave to the mouth of Diamond 
Creek, in the heart of the Grand Cation. (See Progress Report Geographi- 
cal Surveys West of the 100th Meridian for 1871.) Observations and com- 
putations for time and latitude were made and published. (See Annual 
Report of Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian for 1876.) 

He traversed the northern banks of the river from the foot of the Grand 
Canon to the mouth of the Virgin River in 1872. Lieutenant Marshall 
made observations for time and latitude on river above Grand Cafion in 
1872, that were published. A party of his command crossed the river at 
the mouth of the Paria in 1873, and during the years 1871, 1872, 1873, 1875, 
and 1876 parties of this expedition by land approaches surveyed, mapped, 
and otherwise examined large areas bordering upon the Grand Canon 
region both north and south of the river, and also at points on the river 
between Camp Mohave and Fort Yuma. Lieutenant Bergland during 
winter of 1875 and 1876 made observations and computations for time and 
latitude on this portion of the river. (See Reports of United States 


Gevgraphical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian.) 


156 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


ASCENT OF THE COLORADO RIVER AND EXPLORATION OF THE 
GRAND CANON TO THE MOUTH OF DIAMOND CREEK IN 1871. 
The report of the results from this special party of the expedition of 

1871 is made in itinerary form, as the examinations presented special 

features, making this boat trip an expedition in itself and the route promi- 

nent above all others. 

The river party left camp at Cottonwood Springs, on the east base of 
the Spring Mountain Range, Nevada, and, traveling by the most direct line 
of march, reached Camp Mohave on the evening of the 12th of September. 
Here were stored the boats, three in number, that had been constructed in 
San Francisco and shipped via the mouth of the Colorado to this point. In 
addition thereto, one barge, the property of the Quartermaster’s Depart- 
ment, through the courtesy of the commanding officer, Bvt. Maj. R. H. 
Pond, at Camp Mohave, was added to the little fleet. 

Time had been most actively employed in concluding the arrangements 
necessary for the trip, among which was the making of terms with the 
Mohaves, whose services were actually necessary in order to carry out the 
enterprise. Captain Asquit, the second peace captain of the tribe, and thir- 
teen others, finally decided to attempt the trip, although they were timid and 
greatly feared the dangers of the region outside of the country of the 
Mohaves. 


Plate No. XVI, herewith, is a sketch from a photograph of the little fleet as it left the ferry dock 
at Camp Mohave, with officers, soldiers, citizens, and Indians, on the ferry-boat, wharf, and river bank 
to bid adieu and god-speed in the long and perilous trip to the then little known region of the Grand 
Canon. 


The river party consisted, in addition to myself, of P. W. Hamel, topog- 
rapher; G. K. Gilbert, geologist; Dr. W. J. Hoffman, naturalist; T. H. 
O'Sullivan, photographer; E. M. Richardson, assistant topographer and 
artist; Frank Hecox, barometric assistant; F. W. Loring, general assistant; 
six boatmen, six enlisted men (one sergeant and five privates from Company 
G, Twelfth Infantry) from Camp Mohave, and Captain Asquit and thirteen 
other Indians of the Mohave tribe. 

I wish here to renew my appreciation of the kindness extended by all 


the officers then stationed at Camp Mohave, especially to Bvt. Maj. R. H. 
I } yi 1 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 157 


Pond, commanding, and Lieut. Charles P. Eagan, quartermaster and com- 
missary. 


September 16.—River Camp No. 1, near the old mill at Hardyville.* About 1p. m., 
by hard rowing, the boats and barge were fairly under headway in the stream, but on 
account of the current were soon obliged to put out the tow-lines. These are firmly 
handled by the different members of the party, all of whom are possessed of a genuine 
enthusiasm for the trip, and the boats, except No.2, anchored at the mill near Hardy- 
ville, reaching the camp about dusk. The Indians so far feel well disposed, having 
the promise of a good time and plenty to eat. 

September 17.—River Camp No. 2, near foot of Mount Newberry. Estimated dis- 
tance traveled about 15 miles, towing greater part of the day. Alexander’s Camp was 
passed about 13 miles above Hardyville. This is the highest point at which the Colo- 
rado River was then crossed by a ferry. One has since been established at the mouth 
of the Virgin River, whence a road to the southward reaches the Hualapais mines. 
Pyramid Canon was passed (see Ives’s Report) and camp made on the eastern side of 
the river, nearly opposite Mount Newberry. <A treaty relative to rations (the first dis- 
cipline applied to the Indians in regard to subsistence) was here made. As the land of 
the Pah-utes, with whom the Mohaves were lately at war, will soon be reached, strong 
guards are therefore necessary. The parties all sleep in a line along the low sandy beach. 
Travelled adistance of approximately 15 miles. The float rock in the washes indicate 
that the Black Mountains to the east are voleanic. 

September 18.—River Camp No. 3, foot of Painted Canon. This morning the first 
considerable rapids are met just above the camp, and the entire party are obliged to 
take hold of the line. Above this point to Cottonwood Island the river flows with a 
lesser current, and a favorable wind allows of the use of sails. The island is reached 
shortly after meridian, where ruins of two huts formerly occupied by white men are 
alone seen. Near here crosses the mail trail from Camp Mohave to Saint Thomas and 
other towns in Southern Utah. 

The Pah-utes have left this locality since their late trouble with the Mohaves, 
and it is now neutral ground. The island is nearly 7 miles long, is quite narrow, 
but covered by a fine coat of rich alluvium. From this point, the sails being again 
set, we reach a delightful little camp at Painted Canon, named after the variegated 
lavas of its walls, where the boats are beached and overhauled. Observations for lat- 
itude were here taken, and also a section of the river. 

September 19.—River Camp No. 4, near Big Bend. At the last camp the camera 
was first called into requisition. In the early part of the day the boats thread their 
way easily through Painted Canon, passing the small round island shown on Ives’s 
map, near which cemented gravel mesas in bold bluffs of 150 feet are noted. Camp is 
made along a narrow sand strip just above the first noticeable bend of the river. Noth- 
ing of marked interest is noted except the peculiar mountain forms, many dark and 
others variegated, that project from the sandy mesas along the banks, and the variety of 
miniature canons entering into the main or Painted Canon from both sides. Observa- 
tions for latitude are taken. 


*See map for location of the several camps. 


158 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


September 20.—River Camp No. 5, mouth of El Dorado Canon. The day has been 
warm, progress slow and tedious. Several rapids stronger than those heretofore have 
been encountered, and they are becoming gradually more difficult to pass on account 
of the steepness of the banks. A number of curiously eroded beds of half consolidated 
gravel are seen, especially on the eastern bank. The growing moon lends its attrac- 
tion to the camp, situated near the old quartz mill, the point reached by Lieutenant 
Lockwood and myself in 1869, in crossing the desert from Las Vegas ranch, via Forlorn 
Hope Springs. A lava butte of brown and orange colors on the Arizona side is passed. 
The river is the color of red clay and quite as thick as the Missouri. The Black Caton 
in advance seems to be an eroded channel through dark voleanic rock, while near 
its foot voleanic conglomerate appears. Sextant observations taken for time and lati- 
tude. 

September 21.—River Camp No. 6, Black Canon, below Roaring Rapids. <A re- 
distribution of boat parties is made and a rendezvous fixed for a camp above the Black 
Ganon. One boat following in the rear, which contains the photographer and his outfit, 
is called the “ Picture.” There are still short spaces along which rowing may be done. 
Several rapids are passed during the day, but none that give the barge much difficulty 
except at the mouth of a canon coming in from the west. Observations made for time 
and latitude. 

September 22.—Camp No. 7, above Roaring Rapids. A reconnaissance, following 
the Wash and reaching the heart of the ridge on the west side of the Black Canon, 
proves the existence of a pass leading toward Las Vegas Springs and ranch, and of 
water in little pools here and there, and of natural tanks cut in pot-hole shapes in the 
walls of the winding canon. Pass Roaring Rapids (see Ives’s Report) during the day ; 
also a cave on the western bank, known as Conner’s Cave. 

September 23.—Reached Camp No. 8, heart of Black Canon, above “ Violent Rap- 
ids” of Ives. The walls of the canon at this point make apparent sunrise very late, 
and not until 6.30 a. m. does this messenger appear. The sunshine does not reach the 
river part of the canon for one-third of the daytime, as the walls, varying from five to 
fifteen and even seventeen hundred feet in height, approach perpendicularity in this 
portion of the eaion. To the east plateau beds rise from three to four thousand feet 
above the river. To the west the Black Calon range, so called, is composed of vol- 
canie material overlying sedimentary rocks. 

The moon is now so far increased that the last two evenings in the Black Canon 
have been most picturesque and lovely. The rapids on to-day’s route have been 
severe, delaying the barge and obliging a portage of much of its cargo. We were 
unfortunate in capturing game, whether mammals or birds, although the tracks of deer 
and mountain sheep, probably coming to the river for water, are noted at the entrance 
of nearly every side canon; still little game is secured, while now and then flocks of 
duck, sandhill cranes, and pelicans are seen, but rise, as a rule, beyond gunshot 
range. 

Plate No. XVII.—This is from a photograph by O’Sullivan, taken near the center of Black Canon. 
The name ‘‘Gibraltar” has been proposed for the somewhat pointed bluff noticeable on the west 
shore. | 

Plate No. XVIII.—A sketch showing Maimum, a young and typical Mohave, in the foreground, 
is here introa. ced, as he was one of the characters of the trip. His lithe and supple form made him 


SURVEYS WEST OF 1007 MERIDIAN 
P io 


Ae Pic 


7OL.I. GEQGRAPHICAL REPORT. 


JER,FROM CAMP 8, LOOKING ABOVE 


ACK CANON, COLORADO RI\ 
1. 


— 


18 


‘ 


e 


‘ 
' i 
i 
m 
ees 2 
‘ ie a ) 
: ha, * es 
* : 
: qi it 7 
_ iD . 
-4 nf 
i 
nl : 44 7 
i 
1 
© 
7 
_ - 
+ 
i 
: e 
' 
i 
+ 
= 4 7 a 
LIBRA 
OF TH 
é “A eudlt 
gin, 7 OE Wars ; 
i i 
F a soo eS 
a ; . ee 
r - ae hi “r 
nn , rf nn a t % i 
7 Vy s rt i 
. i i 
y * * 4 - 
Bes ae a - 
1; Etech - na { = 
7 to j : 
r i 
~ 41: WE 
a = 7 
5 
: + 1 
P ; 
i , . 
j : eo 
i : 
; i i - 
Vv ‘ i 
é i 
i 
Fi 
i 
: ‘ 
= ae i 
: 7 é Hee 
; } 7 
; 1 1 7 ® i 
1 u 
0 7 : to 4 
a» 4 m 
H ae ? 
= 2 J 7 J teat a 
‘ \edieos y A 
a ae) r Apa: 
Pi oe i _ ae } ae 
a. 1 , ’ Syn ag 4 
es 7 2 - s * ayy of 
: j : Te \ / 
e . ‘ x : ’ v1 x 
i ; ae ae ae , : : : ; 
Vi i eee Bee Tea iF + rm wile 2" " 
wes ' - = Hh ‘ ’ Y i. 
A i fl 
; 3 ; 5 ; i : 
fons ” ' : + ; 
‘ ‘ - i 
eI ei. 1 
° ' 7 . 
le ae. 
A : 
te = 
7) , ; 
7 i} 
“ \ ; =! 
oF ¢ d i. = am : 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 159 


an object of pleasure to observe, while his childish enthusiasm and frankness were often turned to 
good account when the war councils of the fourteen Mohaves threatened disturbance. He became 
much attached to young Loring, who, with Messrs. Hamel and Salmon, of the river party, were the 
victims of the Wickenburg stage massacre, and, singularly enough, in company with other Mohaves, 
became one of the detectives to discover the Apache Mohaves whe perpetrated this most terrible out- 
rage. = 
September 24.—Reached Camp No. 9, head of Black Cafion.—The necessity for 
reaching the land parties at the crossing near the foot of the Grand Cation does 
not permit of our resting even on Sunday. By diligent labor camp at the head of the 
canon is reached, where the walls are quite abrupt and fully 1,700 feet in height. This 
brings us out to daylight once more. During the day several rapids have been 
passed, none very difficult except one, which will be called Horseshoe Rapids, because 
of its form. 

Here the face of the current strikes the western bank and from it rebounds to 
the south and east with impinging force along a collection of seemingly small boul- 
ders; and upon striking the sharp bluff along the eastern shore takes a similar turn 
to the southwest. This rapid delayed us two hours. The channel has been deep and 
the water smooth, although the curreut was strong. The walls of the cafon have ex- 
ceeded the usual height, and come for the greater part to the immediate edge of the 
water, bordered, however, at intervals by little sand banks. The walls of the canon 
near its head are composed of a highly metamorphic sandstone, exposing here and 
there brecciated cliffs and conglomerate boulders. 

The Black Canon, although interesting in the extreme, does not equal in grandeur 
what was expected of it from the description given in Ives’s Report. The walls are 
not so high nor as vertical as therein represented. However, the velocity of the 
current and number of rapids that are met, the sombre character of the walls, 
many peculiar weird forms, points at which a stillness like death creates impres- 
sions of awe, all tend to the belief that one of nature’s grand labyrinths has been 
passed. 

Plate No. XIX has been selected from the photographic subjects as typical of Black Canon be- 
tween Camp 8 and its head. The walls in other places are more abrupt and their perpendicularity at 
the water’s surface more marked, thereby presenting scene after scene of rare grandeur, but wanting 
in the gentler undulations of form shown in the sketch from “ Mirror Bar.” 

September 25.—Reaching River Camp No. 10, in sight of Callville (deserted). An 
early start soon brings us past Fortification Rock to the mouth of Las Vegas Wash. 
A considerable rapid is passed near the head of the canon. Those encountered later 
in the day were less violent, as the river spreads over a wider space. There is 
a marked change in the temperature. The equinoctial having passed, there are 
fewer changes in the increased currents due to local precipitation at points nearer the 
sources. 

Las Vegas Wash was passed at noon, and thus have had views on three sides of 
the isolated peak which will be called Black Butte. Fortification Mountain is in sight 
during the entire day. The shallow rapid opposite Las Vegas Wash contained suffi- 
cient water to allow the passage of the barge, which only reached camp at 11 p- m. 
The brightness of the moon affords, however, a light nearly equal to that of day. 
Table Mountain, nearly opposite the head of Black Canon, an elevation of approxi- 


160 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


mately 2,250 feet, is one of the marked features. The immediate canon walls are not 
ereatly in excess of 1,000 feet, while protruding points are from 1,750 to 2,000 feet, 
approximately. 

September 26.—Reaching River Camp No. 11, near the foot of Boulder Cafion. 
This point, a short distance within Boulder Canon, has been selected as a rendezvous. 
Leaving the boats for a while, following up the wash that comes in from the south at 
a point in sight of Callville, an Indian trail, supposed to lead into the Hualapais coun- 
try, is noted. Oneof the boatmen says that the Hualapais and Pah-utes eross the river 
at this point and interchange commodities. It is called one and a half days’ long In- 
dian marches, probably 75 miles, to the Hualapais mining district. 

The walls of Fortification Rock seem to be sandstone highly metamorphosed, while 
those iu Boulder Caton are of granite. Floating pieces of ironore (hematite) are noticed 
in the wash. Here in a marked degree is shown the large annual denudation of these 
sandy and conglomerate mesa forms. Thus is it made clearly manifest that the erosive 
agents of nature little by little are decreasing the profile of all mountain forms. 

The Indians exchange powder and ball for sheep and buckskin, the Pah-utes buy- 
ing from the emigrants. 

September 27.—At Lay-Over Camp. Astronomie and magnetic observations are 
here made, the former having been taken at all other camps. The boats and barge are 
carefully overhauled, cleaned, and caulked. Reports were heard of gold ore having 
been found near the wash that leads into the river from the south, at the mouth of 
which camp is made. This day of rest, being the first since the commencement of the 
trip, is heartily appreciated. The “ Picture ”comes up a little before noon, and the 
party are all together again. The photographie party have met with good success. 
Having rationed anew, they will still continue on a roving commission until the ren- 
dezvous at the crossing is made. 

September 28.—Reached River Camp No. 12, near head of Boulder Canon. Being 
anxious to arrive at the crossing, an early start is made, and all the force crowded to 
its utmost. A severe wind storm is met near the head of the canon, and the party 
becomes divided, one portion camping at the head of the canon and another fully 2 miles 
above. At the former camp a gale fills the air with sand so completely that if could not 
be kept out of the food, and during the night formed in drifts, covering the blanket 
beds. 

Mr. Gilbert furnishes the following general section of Boulder Canon: a nucleus 
of syenite, against which rest plicated crystalline schists, and over the whole are suc- 
cessive massive layers of trachyte, flanked at the east by basalt. 

September 29.—Camp No. 13, near mouth of Virgin River. The river here makes 
a sudden bend to the southward, and although the right-line distance to the mouth of 
the Virgin River does not exceed 5 miles, by the river course it is fully 10. The rap- 
ids encountered to day are less violent than usual, Two settlers are found, who have 
just arrived for the purpose of establishing a ferry to aid prospectors en route to the 
Hualapais mines, in Arizona. They have found a good road to the head of the Sacra- 
mento Valley, which to the southward skirts the mountains to the eastward of this 
valley. An Indian was here found with a note from the guide, Spencer, which gives 
hope that he will accomplish his difficult mission ef selecting a camp on the south of 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 161 


the river for a land rendezvous after having planted signals at the mouth of Diamond 
Creek, the objective point of the river party, and having selected a crossing and made 
a junction with the land command near Saint George, Utah. 

The territory of the Pah-utes, who have lately been at war with the Mohaves, has 
been successfully traversed and neutral ground reached. The Mohaves held a long 
conference with the Pah-utes of the Muddy region, several of whom live in this locality. 

A singular salt well on the mesa was visited. The elevation is found to be ap- 
proximately 50 feet above the river. It is doubtless a reservoir of waters accumulating 
on the rock bed that here ascends nearer to the mesa surface. 

September 30.—River Camp No. 14, near Notre Dame Rock. A distance of from 
13 to 14 miles was traveled and camp made on the southern bank a little after dark. 
A heavy rapid was passed a little less than 1 mile below camp, and also during the 
day, on the southern side, peculiar mesa forms, denoted respectively as Dome Rock and 
the Cloister. The river here bends considerably to the south. The barge moves 
slowly, and the duty forced upon the white men, who have to go frequently into the 
water, is very severe. One sees what appears to be a high range of mountains about 
30 miles distant, apparently perpendicular, whieh is presumed to be the commencement 
of the Grand Canon. : 

October 1.—Reach Camp No. 15, above Long Rapid. Rattlesnakes have been very 
plenty along the sides of the canon. To day Notre Dame and Cathedral Rocks were 
passed, and a little higher another mesa, islands that are the commencement of the 
canon cut out by the river from the Virgin Range. As this is our first canon upon 
entirely new ground it will be called Virgin Canon. Two or three slight rapids are 
passed, and a very large one at the head of the canon, by far the most violent yet seen. 
The difficulties of towing have been very great. A salt spring is noted on the southern 
bank, near the center of the canon. 

October 2.—Reached Camp No. 16, foot of Ieeberg Canon. Emerging from the 
cation are some lone rocks, against which the water breaks heavily in the flood season. 
An island appears here which is doubtless covered at high water. Indians approached 
from the southern bank and proved to be Pah-utes, who are planting a small strip of 
land near the river. They bring squashes, melons, and nets, to trade. They seem to 
be entirely sequestered from the other Pah-utes, and have no news except that they 
have apparently seen the source of Truxton Springs. It is surmised that they have 
seen white men cross the river a little above the Grand Wash. The Mohaves are 
getting tired and lazy, and the boats move wearily, passing a wash coming in from the 
north, and next a rapid, just at the foot of the cation, that, because of the peculiar 
contour of its northern walls, is called Iceberg Canon. The barge, as usual, does not 
reach camp until after dusk. 

October 3.—Camp No. 17, foot of Grand Wash, Iceberg Canon. The peculiar 
shades of color drifting in the strata, and the contour of the prominent walls have 
all been most singular in this canon. The progress to day is slow, and at night the 
distance traveled is not more than 7 or 8 miles. 

October 4.—Camp No. 18, crossing of the Colorado. To-day beaver-holes were 
noted and paths very plentiful along the river. One boat pushes ahead to reach the 
point of crossing, where it is expected to meet one of the land parties prior to October 5. 
The barge and other boats are left, with orders to come in as rapidly as possible, The 


11 WH—VOL I 


162 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


walls of the canon are soon passed, and what seems to be the extreme face of what 
well could be the beginning of the Grand Canon is seen. In between are numbers of 
broken washes of semi-plateau slopes. In less than a mile horse-tracks are discovered, 
and it is concluded that afew horsemen had camped there some days since. In tracing 
these up the river the land camp would doubtless be struck. Traveling ahead alone 
on foot on the river bank voices are soon heard, and it is found that Lieutenant Lock- 
wood and his party had come to the river, thinking it might be necessary to build a 
raft, and had gone a little way up the river to the old Ute crossing to get timbers and 
find a trail on the other side. Our meeting here was a cause for mutual congratula- 
tion. Here the mail is received, and parties at once dispatched to bring the main 
command to the crossing. Our rendezvous camp is made on the southern side, and 
every one is gladdened to know that the most difficult enterprise of the expedition has 
been so far consummated in a most satisfactory manner. 

October 5.—At the crossing of the Colorado, The day was spent in camp in pleas- 
ant intercourse, making arrangements for further operations, and the opportunity is 
taken advantage of to thoroughly overhaul the barge and boats. The former is to be 
left at the old Ute crossing, about 3 miles above the camp. The start will be made 
with picked crews, rationed for 15 days, hoping to reach the mouth of Diamond Creek 
in that time. The barge will form the basis of supply in case the difficulties of 
the ascent necessitate falling back upon it. Good grass is found upon the plateau 
about amile and a half to the southward, where the animals can recuperate. A 
marked change as to the conditions of grazing is noticed at once upon crossing the 
river. Between the walls of the canon to the east and the Virgin range to the west, 
nearly as far north as Saint George, Utah, is an area almost entirely destitute of 
, While every plateau, with its contiguous mesas, is covered with a thick bed, as 
one passes to the southward. 

Parties of relief are projected, to reach the crossing from the rendezvous at Truxton 
Springs with further rations in case of disaster. Another party is to attain the mouth 
of Diamond Creek, which is about 35 miles from the general rendezvous. Different 
routes of travel to be followed between now and the close of the season are discussed 
and arranged. About 4 o’clock the commaud begins to file down to the river bank 
and is brought across the river as fast as the different parties come up. All the boats 
are brought into requisition and the concentrated force quickly completes the crossing. 
The entire expedition is safe on the southern side of this turbid, unmanageable stream ; 
and thus the greatest and most extraordinary obstacles of the season are successfully 


grass 


passed. 

Friday, October 6.—At crossing of the Colorado, All the animals are brought 
across this morning by swimming against a fierce current with a single loss. Mr. 
Gilbert proceeds with his boat to the mouth of the Grand Canon with a view of making 
a geological section at this point. He succeeds in reaching the high mesa, about 3,500 
feet, but is unable to return to the bed of the river before dark, and makes his camp 
high up in the rocks. 

The Mohaves have a great feast over the animal that was killed in crossing, 
and in consequence many are sick; but the presence of a Pah-ute medicine-man has 
its influence in relieving the horrible pains of several of the overfed aboriginals. A 
greater part of the day has been made hideous by his roars, screams, and moans over 


CIGAAL) 
OF THE 
UNIVI Nets GE ULAWOIS 
- no 
“ wary ad 
a r 
. 
i” == i 
ln a 
oF a ; iy 
| 7 ; i i . ry oy . 7 
cl PRS OR 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANUN. 163 


the victims. For the third time the Mohaves have tried to desert and return to their 
homes. By dint of threats and persuasions they are, however, induced to remain 
until the completion of the river exploration. Observations are here made by Lieu- 
tenant Lockwood and myself for time and latitude. The barge is left near the cross- 
ing as the nucleus of a relief station, and with it Sergeant Hisenbise, one soldier, 
Captain Asquit, and three other Indians. The canon exploration is to be made by 
3 erews of 9 persons each. 

October 7.—Camyp No. 19, near foot of the Grand Canon. The land parties are 
left this morning to take one more day for recuperation, and the three boat parties 
merrily start out to search for further wonders in the Grand Canton, imagining but 
few of the many difficulties that were soon to be met. 

Gilbert Camp is reached at 1 p. m., but Ire had not then returned from the 
summit of the plateau. A little farther on a full view, magnificent beyond description, 
of the walls of the Grand Canon is had. Camp is made after nightfall on the southern 
shore, near a little stream trickling from the sides of the canon. Sheltered by the 
foliage that clusters around this little ravine one manages to protect himself from the 
wind-drifting sand. In the vicinity of the old Ute crossing, near the foot of the Grand 

* Canon, the river widens and the rapids are more shallow. ‘This is the best point yet 
noted for fording, still in the lowest of waters swimming would be necessary, and at 
high water doubtless the swift current would prohibit this method even. 

Plate No. XX is an illuminated sketch made from a photograph taken in the Grand Caton near 
its mouth, and is hence typical as to form, showing peculiarities of erosion that give rise to great vari- 
eties of profiles. The coloring is in some respects more brilliant than that in nature, although less 
vivid than in some of the beds, as, for instance, the red wall of limestone. The sun breaking through 
upon the vari-colored sedimentary beds eulivens a contrast of colors that no artist can accurately copy. 

October 8.—Camp No. 20, head of Winding Rapids. In following up the little 
ravine vear the camp the source of its pure stream of water is discovered, and near 
it most beautiful beds ef ferns. The photographer remains in this locality taking 
views. The springs near the Tufa Bluffs, on the north side, not far from our former 
camp, were examined and four were named—Tufa, Grotto, Baptismal Font, and Holy 
Water Cup. The temperature of these springs is 70 degrees Fahrenheit. The water 
is most clear and sparkling. A small stream of water, entering the river from a side 
canon to the south, was passed where elm trees were seen. Five rapids are passed 
within two miles. <A section of the river is here made by Mr. Hamel, and observations 
for time and latitude are taken by myself. 

October 9.—River Camp No. 21, near Cascade Rapids. Camp is broken early and 

the start made in fine style. It is hoped this day to make considerable distance, but 

soon many rapids are stumbied across, and at noon 9 had been passed, and prior to 
sunset, 15, some of which had as many as three falls. Observed three tufa mineral 
springs about noon, temperature 70 degrees. During the day a monument on the 
north shore was passed, in which was found a memorandum signed by ‘¢4” men, one 
of whom was O. D. Gass, of Las Vegas Ranch, Nevada, who had ascended to this 
point in 1864(?) (The “4” was partly obliterated.) 

The rapids are more formidable than any yet seen. I am satisfied that no one 
has ever ascended the river above this point, and Mr. Gass, one of the 4 persons men- 

tioned above, told me in 1869 at Las Vegas ranch that he considered it impossible to 
penetrate further. It is for this party to try it, however, and if successful to-morrow 


164 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


there will seem to be little doubt of reaching Diamond Creek. Traveled 74 miles 
today. The narrowest point in the river yet reached is immediately above Tufa 
Springs—75 feet. Its bed here is one of erosion through the underlying granite walls 
rising on either side. The coarse carving, noted in detail on the limestone and boulders 
of débris beaches, is here shown on a grander and more picturesque scale than else- 
where seen. The geological horizon of granite is just reached, and it is not improbable 
that it extends as far as Diamond Creek, where it was noted by Dr. Newberry, in 1858. 
A wash with high banks comes in at the camp from the north and is covered with 
driftwood, evidencing the rise at stages of high water. 

Plate X XT here introduced shows a projecting rock on the right hand of the sketch called ‘‘ Devil’s 
Anvil,” that overhangs the almost perpendicular canon. Part of the southern wall is shown, and also 
the river-bed. The photographic view was taken at a point a little higher up than Diamond Creek by 
one of the land parties of 1572. 

October 10.—River Camp No. 22, opposite Vernal Falls. We traveled this day 
not far from five miles. Two boats are lost over the rapid immediately in front of our 
camp, but secured again without damage. Early to-day a rapid is passed with a direct 
fall of at least 8 feet. The entire fall of the rapid before mentioned is 35 feet, above 
which comes smooth water for approximately 14 miles, flowing along solid granite: 
walls of the canons on either side. Another rapid met during the day calls for all 
the strength of the different crews. Much water las been taken by the boats. At 
last a long rapid of two falls appears, with smooth water at its head, extending for 
quite a distance. The boats succeed in passing the first one a little after dark. It is 
not considered safe to try the other, as everything has to be unloaded and the first 
boat has been very nearly swamped. Therefore a dark and dreary camp is made 
among the débris of the slopes, where, cuddled up Indian fashion, the weary hours of 
the night are passed. The labor of the past few days has been very wearing upon 
the men, and one of the strongest Indians was thrown upon the rocks and badly 
bruised, making two invalids in the party. I have several times during the day 
despaired of reaching Diamond Creek in time to join the relief party there, as each 
rapid in turn seems to be more powerful than the last, and the number per mile is 
evidently on the increase; and, furthermore, it appears unlikely that any party has 
ascended the river farther than this locality, or that one ever will. Still, the objective 
point can be reached, it is believed, if the men and boats hold together. Traveled 
approximately 5 miles and camped on north shore. 

October 11.—Camp No. 23, below Disaster Rapid. This morning Mr. Gilbert 
makes certain special geological examinations, among others examining an injected 
dikelike mass of basalt in the granite. Portage is made, and the rapid near camp 
passed. Another appears within one fourth of a mile, then smooth water for a little 
distance, after which a powerful rapid that takes the strength of all of the three crews. 
Then appears another stretch of fair water that brings one to the worst rapid of the 
trip. All the boats are brought up and lines thrown ahead. This rapid seemed long 
but not dangerous, however, but the first boat going into it proved differently. The 
first dash filled the boat with water, the second swamped it, and in this way the lives 
of two boatmen were endangered. The boat ran back against the rocks almost a per- 
fect wreck, and its contents were washed down below the overhanging rocks. A stout 
case containing my most valuable private and public papers and data for a great 


5 
4% 
¥ 
x 


13 


OF Vit) 
Waly Sth, OF hots 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 165 


share of the season’s report, which for the first time had not been taken out of the 
boat at a portage, was lost, as well as valuable instruments, the astronomical and me- 
teorological observations, and worse than all the entire rations of that boat. These 
losses could not be made good, and this disaster threatened to drive the canon parties 
back to the barge station at the crossing, thus pronouncing the trip a partial failure. 
Night came, and the boats dropped back about half a mile to camp. Weary myself 
and much dispirited, it is still necessary to maintain cheerfulness toward the little 
party, who see great trouble ahead. A compact vein of basaltic lava of 6 feet 
thickness obtruding through the granite was noticed, as also like intrusions ata number 
of points elsewhere on either side of the canon. The granite grows higher and is 
beautifully sculptured in pot-holes and other foris. 

October 12.—Reached Camp No. 24, bead of Disaster Rapid. The morning is ce- 
cupied in searching up and down the river for any trace of articles lost from boat No. 
1, but without success, Our party are all despondent, and as the boat swamped yes- 
terday was badly damaged, and rations are very short, a portion of the party is 
here detached to make the descent in this boat, with the expectation of reaching the 
land party and following their trail to the southward from the point on the river 
where the barge lies anchored. No one except Mr. Gilbert and myself think that the 
boats can pass the rapids ip front of us. It requires no little courage to continue far- 
ther on, since one day later would prevent a return in time to meet the relief party 
at the river-crossing, and the barge has rations ouly up to acertain date. Mr. Gilbert 
and myself propose to reassure the men by taking the first boat across the rapid. 
Portage of the stores is made to the wash at the head of the rapids, which consumes the 
greater share of the day, and half an hour before twilight a rope is stretched and the 
emergency prepared for. The entire force is stationed along the line, and the cast-off 
is made. In five minutes the worst part of the rapid is over, and just as the sun sinks 
gloomily behind the canon horizon the worst rapid is triumphantly passed, amid the 
cheers and exultations of every member of the party. Astronomical observations 
were made here. 

October 13.—River Camp No. 25. This morning the second boat passes Disaster 
Rapid suecesstully, and a fresh start for the further ascent is made. Three other 
severe rapids are passed duriug the day, still the distance traveled has been nearly six 
miles. About 3 p.m. a beautiful vista is passed, formed by the granite boulders that 
approach quite to the bed of the river, contracting the channel so as to produce an 
enormous current. The shifting current for quite a distance has sculptured strange 
contours among the granite walls that at this low stage protrude above the water. 
Many are carved like full columns, others honeycombed in extravagance of form, mak- 
ing the view 1 all its phases the grandest and most sublime of any noticed along the 
route. The channel here is the varrowest yet met—being less than 50 feet wide. The 
thickness of the granite beds becomes greater and greater, and now reaches from 700 to 
800 feet. The more solid the granite the less dangerous and difficult the rapids aud 
falls. This is easily explained, since the rapids have formed by accumulated debiis 
breaking in from the side canons, and from the boulders detaching from the sides of the 
main wall and falling into the stream. The latter more frequently make the dam, and 
the irregular flow of the water causes these most terrible rapids. It becomes neces- 
sary tomake a very ditlicult portage just atdusk. It is very severe, since the men are 


166 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


greatly worn. The hope of ultimate success sustains the sinking courage as also the 
belief that no one will follow speedily in our tracks, thus making the ascending ex- 
ploration of the river complete and final. 

October 14.—At River Camp No. 26, above Portage Rapids. The temperature at 
night in the canon has been of late decreasing, and the morning fire that can be made 
by a little drift-wood picked up is very agreeable. An old Indian trail is found in the 
creek that comes into the canon from the south. There are a few hills of scanty corn 
of this season’s growth, while a little avenne among the willows seems to have been 
planted with beans in hills, but no appearance of fruit. The Indians have evidently 
been here in the early spring, but not since. One of the worst rapids of the trip was 
met to-day, which obliged the portage of the boats with all the stores for fully one- 
fourth of a mile. Mr. Hamel and myself penetrated a second creek coming in from 
the south, following a gentler slope than any yet seen, which leads to the belief that 
possibly one could emerge by it from the canon bed, if necessary. The distance to-day 
is 23 miles. It took six hours to pass the rapid above mentioned. This morning the 
rear boat picked up a duck floating down the stream that had been killed by a shot, 
and itis hoped this may indicate that the land party has reached the mouth of Diamoud 
Creek, and that it is not far distant. 

Camp is made at a southern bend of the river, and for the first time out of sight 
of arapid. Now and then a stray duck is seen, but hardly any other winged animals. 
The flora of the side canons is extremely meager. Their streams have no fish, A 
peculiar salmon and kunchback are found in the river at places, but being without 
hooks it has been impossible to increase the scanty stock of provisions. No new plants 
or other forms appear, and the entire canon is but one grand rock laboratory. Noted 
to-day a small snake with black and white rings, different from any yet seen. Tray- 
eled 23 miles, approximately. 

October 15.—River Camp No. 27, Castaway Rapids. After an inspection of pro- 
visions held this morning, it becomes necessary to further curtail the amounts allowed 
to each individual. A rapid is passed early in the day with a fall of 8.8 feet, at which 
point the river is 483 feet in width. Eleven rapids are met and passed during the day, 
the entire distance gained being about 34 miles. The semi-granite walls appear on 
either hand with a superior cap of sandstone more prominent, giving at this special 
locality great perpendicularity to the walls. Towing is hence a thing very much to 
be dreaded. The short lengths of apparently smooth water are becoming less frequent, 
and swift currents are noted at each turn in the river. This indicates—and our ane- 
roids verify the fact—that the fall per mile increases at every step. 

Mr. Gilbert's boat is cast away in pulling through the last rapid, and he and 
Hecox go so far down the stream that the crew could not reach them, hence they go 
supperless to bed among the rocks in this wild canon. Our camp is a little shelving 
place in the rocks, with scarcely room enough for the little party to sleep among the 
boulders. Everyone is gloomy at the prospect, starvation staring one in the face with- 
out the certainty of relief either in advance or retreat. 

October 16.—Camp No. 28, Starvation Camp. To-day it has often been necessary 
to climb as high as 100 feet to pass the tow-rope ahead. Two portages of stores were 
necessary, and one portage of the boats. In passing the third nest of rapids the rope 
parted and one of the boats was cast away upon one of the roughest rapids in the 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 167 


river. The sight, although exciting, was an extremely sickening one. The boat was 
caught, however, on the other side, and extricated after much difficulty. Such acci- 
dents are disheartening in the face of the presumable dangers yet in advance, the 
number and extent of which are yet unknown. The boat upon the second trial, how- 
ever, passed safely. Washes reach the river from either side at the head of this rapid, 
and hence the magnitude of the dam accounts for its length. The one from the north is 
a stream with about 200 inches flow; the one from the other direction has a very gentle 
slope. 

Mr. Hamel climbed the granite wall, and reports it smooth and level on the top of 
the mesa. It may yet be necessary to take this route to the mouth of Diamond Creek. 
Astronomical observations were made for time and latitude. The entire rations of the 
party scarcely make a re-enforce to my blanket pillow, where they are at night placed 
as a precaution. 

October 17.—Camp No. 29, below Concealed Rapids. Made a portage of boats 
to-day among the narrowest and heaviest rapids of the trip. Width 35 feet, fall 10,4, 
feet. Speculations are rife to day as to the prospect of either want and starvation and 
inability to get out of the canon, and yet | believe there will be some loophole in event 
of the utmost emergency. Fortunately the weather during the day continues fine. 
The warm genial sun now and then reaches the river and improves the temperature 
of the water, with which all persons have constantly to deal, and the hands are not so 
cold that any of the party suffer in consequence. The river trip would still continue 
practicable were the unforeseen trials and privations known so as to be mastered. As 
it is, each day seems like an age, and the danger of complete disaster stares one so 
plainly in the face that a state of uneasiness naturally prevails. To day I have been 
thinking over a plan of sending forward upon the mesas to reach Diamond Creek. 
My mind is still bent upon taking the boats to their original destination if they will 
hold together. It has been necessary to guard the entire stock of rations in person for 
the last few days. It is decided this evening in the event of emergency that the boats 
shall be abandoned, the mesa reached on foot, and the mouth of Diamond Creek thus 
reached. Gained 3$ miles to-day. Saw the new moon by daylight, 2 p. m. 

October 18.—River Camp No. 30, Look-ahead Camp. It is now hardly daylight 
until 7 o’clock, at which time the weary labors of the day are begun. A portage about 
9 o’clock is effected at a rapid where some ugly boulders of enormous proportions are 
the only beach. To-day the fifth castaway is noted, and Gilbert and Salmon try their 
luck at swimming. It is estimated that the distance to the mouth of Diamond Creek 
cannot exceed 17 miles. The track of a man’s foot with boots or shoes on is noted on 
the southern bank. It is hoped that it may be some one from the relief party. A 
longer portage of boats has to be made, but it proves successful, and the camp at night 
is so Selected that it is believed the mesa in close proximity may be climbed in the 
morning. Notwithstanding the great obstacles of the day, a distance of 34 miles has 
been gained. The boats are leaking badly. Complete instructions are made for the 
two messengers, Hecox and Roberts, who volunteered to start out in the morning to 
reach Diamond Creek. This seems a necessary measure, as the lives of twenty persons 
are now dependent upon the success of the messengers sent ahead for food. <A fair- 
sized loaf is cooked for each, and they will depart at daylight. Between 10 and 11 a. 
m. Mr. Gilbert saw plainly the planet Venus. Astronomical observations were here 
taken. 


168 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


October 19.—Camp No. 31, mouth of Diamond Creek. | The climb to the top of the 
first mesa is very steep, but if was pleasant to find that there was sufficient space to 
the rear to admit of a pretty level trail along the next series of bluffs. The messengers 
feel hopeful, and fully appreciate the necessity for vigorous efforts on their part. It 
is fully understood by them that the parties intend to abandon the boats and follow 
on their trail on the morning of the 22d, if no assistance is sent before then. There is 
a slight chance of their reaching Diamond Creek and bringing provisions back by the 
second night. If not there must be considerable suffering on the part of those left 
with the boats. At a mile a little creek is crossed, on which old fire beds show the 
presence of Indians in their hunting season. I attempted to explore the bed of the 
stream crossing into the river, and was obliged to climb to the lower mesas, narrowly 
escaping a fall of 150 feet. The canon eut out by this stream is the most romantic I 
have ever examined among the varied scenes of years of mountain life. Shortly after, 
one of the members finds a fish-pole and line with a large salmon attached, which 
probably came from the party at the mouth of Diamond Creek, and a little later a 
float aud message from Hecox, who had reached the mouth of Diamond Creek. About 
2 p.m. a signal is seen, which proves to be a handkerchief left by Spencer, about 6 
miles ahead, toward which all possible exertion is made, hoping to reach that point 
before sundown. Camp is reached before dark, not knowing until then how tired aud 
weary all had become. Mr. Hamel reports having seen during the day a star at a 
point in the canon where the upper walls were in close proximity. Sextant observa- 
tions for time and latitude were here made, and also a cross-section of the river by 
Mr. Hamel. 


Plate XXII was redrawn from a photograph taken in 1872 near the mouth of Kanab Wash, and 
shows some of the pecularities of the erosion and the number of beds that make up tbe plateau system 
at this locality. 

Plate XXIII gives an illustration of the verticality of the lower or first wall above the bed of the 
river, as also the carving of its surface at Paria Creek. A part of the summit of an irregular plateau 


appears in the distance. ° 

Plate XXIV is a sketch redrawn from a photograph by O’Sullivan at the mouth of Diamond 
Creek, showing the northern wall of the canon that is here eroded into gentler profiles. The parties 
(enumerated below) belonging to the two boats that reached this point occupy the foreground. The 
following persons made the entire river trip: (1) Lieutenant Wheeler, (2) P. W. Hamel, (3) G. K. 
Gilbert, (4) T. H. O’Sullivan, (5) E. M. Richardson, (6) Frank Hecox, (7) William George Salmon, (8) 
R. W. James, (9) Thomas Hoagland, (10) George Phifer, (11) William Roberts, (12) Privates Drew, 
Flynn, and Keegan, and six Mohave Indians (Panabona, Seliquirowa, Obehua, Havanata, Sowickopelia, 
aud Mitziera), making twenty in all. The entire party worked with a will and were unflagging in 
their exertions, more eapecially those who were willing to continue the ascent after the third or 
damaged boat returned to the crossing, Mr. O’Sullivan, in the face of all obstacles, made negatives at 
all available points, some of which were saved, but the principal ones of the collections were ruined 
during transportation from Prescott, Ariz., via mouth of the Colorado, San Francisco, &e., to Wash- 
ington, D. C., thus destroying one of the most unique sets of photographs ever taken. 


Observations for time and latitude were made by Lieutenant Lockwood and my- 
self at the mouth of Diamond Creek. This same point had been reached by Ives dur- 
ing his land trip eastward to Fort Defiance. The relief party is overhauled at Peach 
Tree Spring by the advance runners, and they and a fresh relief party from the ren- 
dezvous at Truxton Springs reach the river on the 20th, bringing mental comfort and 
rations. A number of the boat party proceed the 21st to join the rendezvous, while 


free 7 7 , Ubi 
oa pa er ine OF THE - 
: ‘ uaiverstry OF auiwuls 


I481 


ATT) INOWVIG 40 .HLAOW ONT HOWE 


WY ALYVd YAAIY OdVYHOTOO 


40 


SATAUNS Ty 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. 169 


the balance begin their perilous journey down-stream, joining the barge and continu- 
ing the descent to Mohave, which point was reached in safety on the evening of the 
fifth day, thus evidencing the difference in rate of travel whether with or against the 
current. 

The transfer of the land parties to the south to the selected point of 
rendezvous, through a section almost a desert waste, without water and a 
terra incognita, the successful junction of the river and land divisions, and the 
accomplishment of the duties laid out for the different parties at the speci- 
fied times was a masterpiece of successful exploring, and shows the admir- 
able will and energy of all parties of the command. The guide, Charles 
Spencer, contributed in no small degree to the harmonious working of the 
plan, and to his intimate knowledge of the country was due the certainty 
as to date of connecting forces. 

The river at Camp Mohave on September 15, 1871, was found by Mr. P. 
W. Hamei to have a mean velocity of 3.006 feet, and a volume of discharge 
of 16.232 eubic feet per second. The observations were taken along a profile 
of 870 feet in width and cross-section of 5.400 square feet. Lieutenant 
Bergland, on September 3, 1875, found a mean velocity of 1.25 feet near the 
same point, a discharge of 11,611 cubic feet through a cross-section of 4,628 
feet, the width being 1,116 feet. The above observations can alone be 
reconciled in view of the sudden rises of the river from violent mid-sum- 
mer rains near the sources of the Green and Grand and the Little Colorado. 
There local floods, having their source at great altitudes, are of short dura- 
tion, and their influence will be felt but for a few days at any point along 
the stream, and hence the observations at intervals of not more than ten 
days may not properly be comparable or bear a fixed ratio to the mean 
flow. Soundings from 14 to 28 feet were noted in the river channel at foot 
of Boulder Canon. At Stone’s Ferry, on August 11, 1875, Lieutenant 
Bergland found a flow of 18,410 cubic feet per second through an orifice 
of 5.723 square feet, the width being 480 feet. The cross-section at foot 
of Grand Canon was 2,610 square feet, the width 315 feet, and sound- 
ings were recorded from 3 to 20 feet. At mouth of Diamond Creek the 
width was found to be 280 feet, and soundings noted from 9 to 380 
feet. 


170 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


One of the results of the river exploration has been to determine the 
absolute limit of navigation, a question not settled by the exploration of 
Ives, as a steamer ascended the river to a point (Callville) a short distance 
beyond the uppesmost point reached by him in his boat. This limit is the 
foot of the Grand Canon, or near the crossing of 1871. 

It is certain that at no stage of water could steamers reach this 
point unless the channel shall be improved by the removal of sunken 
rocks; but no insurmountable obstacles of this nature exist. The furthest 
practical head of improved navigation must remain permanently at the 
foot of the Grand Canon. 

The exploration of the Colorado River may now be considered com- 
plete. Its course has been traced from its mouth to the junction of the 
Green and Grand, and the positions of incoming tributaries noted. The 
greater part of the basins of the Grand and Green have undergone quite 
thorough exploration and survey during the past ten years, as well as much 
of the Great Colorado Plateau that borders the river in the vicinity of the 
great canons. 

These stupendous specimens of extended rock-carving that make up 
the system of the canons have been partially described and made known. 
They stand without a known rival upon the face of the globe, must always 
remain one of the wonders, and will, as circumstances of trausportation 
permit, attract the denizens of all quarters of the world who in their travels 


delight to gaze upon the intricacies of nature. 


MAP. 


The special map, on a scale of 1 inch to 6 miles, accompanying this re- 
port shows, besides the line of the river from Camp Mohave to the mouth 
of Diamond Creek and beyond, a number of the routes of the contiguous 
land parties, and locates by careful projection for the first time this little- 
known part of the river and its vicinity, embracing original detailed topog- 
raphy not elsewhere published. Each camp is marked so that the posi- 
tion stated in the text can be readily found. The western edge of this por- 
tion of the Colorado Plateau, a name proposed by myself for this class of 


elevated mountainous structures bordering more especially upon the Grand 


WEST OF THE 1007Th MERIDIAN, 


113° 10° 


UNITED STATES GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS 


WEST OF THE 1007” MERIDIAN, 


15 13°10" 
15) 


t ¥ : ; y ‘ 
SHOWING ROY, ria be CUR vy, \. 
WEP orm = ES ™ ay aA aa, 
AY RIVE ee 
RIVERANDLAND PARTIES © a a 
ii Engaged inExploring the ak Tah. BE . ih ie 
| 1 NY iiss : Ai m 5 
GRAND CANON or tHe COLORADO. | JB: ae 
| 5a WE f De Rares | i) 4 Under the Command of eS Ee 
{ | Be, SR E Nee! : Ist, Liout. Geo.M. WHEELER, Corps of Engineers, US.Army: eS i Ps 
\ ee ae ri Bs meseuadnte 
} fan — Se 


BY ORDER OF THE HONORABLE THE SECRETARY OF WIRY UNDER THE DIAROTION OF BRIG GENAA AUMPHARYS CHIBY OF ENGINEERS, WS ARMY 


COLORADO RIVER AND GRAND CANON. el 


Canon region of the Colorado and embracing portions of Southeastern 
Utab, Northern and Northeastern Arizona, extreme Northwest New Mexico, 
and extreme Southwest Colorado, is made distinct. The abrupt bend to the 
south is a marked feature, and the truly canon features of the river as far as 
Mohave are shown. ‘The Atlantic and Pacific Railroad now (1886) traverses 
the southeastern quarter, passing Truxton and Beale Springs. The field- 
notes of the canon proper were plotted on a large scale, which alone can 


show something of its intricacy and grandeur. 
GEOLOGICAL SECTIONS. 


The “Aubrey group” of the Carboniferous at the mouth of the Grand 
Canon, according to G. K. Gilbert (see Vol. IIT),is made up of approximately 
200 feet of cherty limestones, 300 feet cross-bedded yellow sandstones, mass- 
ive, 800 feet red and white shales and sandstones. The ‘‘Red Wall group” 
of the same formation consists of 510 feet of alternating sandstones and com- 
pact limestones, 800 feet red wall limestone (sheer escarpment), 1,365 feet 
limestones with intermediate calcareous shales. The “Tonto group” of 
the Lower Silurian is made up of 75 feet of marbled limestone, 600 feet of 
argillaceous shales with thin sandstones, mostly red, 80 feet dark red sand- 
stone, heavy bedded, and of 90 feet of granite, &c., to river of the Archean. 

Mr. Gilbert gives the following geological section at the mouth of 
Diamond Creek: Granite and overlying schists at the base; then succeed- 
ing the ‘Tonto group” composed of sandstone, shale, and limestone; the 
red wall bed of limestone; then Aubrey sandstones and limestones (see 
page 69, Vol. III, Geographical Surveys). 

The geological formations along the river route were observed as far 
as practicable by G. K. Gilbert. The topography gathered by Mr. P. W. 
Hamel in the midst of so many obstacles, is but an attestation of his skill 
in this direction made manifest in all his former duties under me. With one 
accord the river party were faithful to their duties and trusts, and by hearty 


action rendered the river ascent so great a success. 


172 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


CHAPTER III. 


POPULATION, INDUSTRIES, COMMUNICATIONS, IRRIGATION, AND ARTESIAN WELLS. 


POPULATION. 


The scene of operations was purposely laid in regions the most remote 
from local centers of settlement, the latter being availed of purely for 
outfitting 


g, rendezvous, and supply. 


The attempt has been made to tabulate the population so far as the 
published details of the ninth and tenth censuses will allow, with the fol- 


lowing result : 


TABLE OF CERTAIN AREAS WEST OF THE 100TH MERIDIAN, WITH ACTUAL AND RELATIVE 
POPULATION. 


{Computed and estimated from ninth and tenth censuses. } 


s g |g + | BS |e | 2 , | 23 
2 |2 3 = | #5 = 3 | sé 
| oc| 2a loch @ [Sel 2 | Sa eels 
Locality. S | $5 BS | 2 a | Se | z & a | SE 
a yl je") 2° |e") ©& | 43 |e! 4 Bole 
aN | 8 2 & E BS |e | 8 3 | eS 
a | s |e |e | 4 | ee | a] & a [oe 
| 
Sq. miles.| | Sq. miles | 
ATIZONG <ccasvaccesscs 113, 020 9,658 | 0.09 40,440 | 0.36 61, 816 | 7, 371 | 0.12 28, 683 | 0. 47 300 292 
California...........-..| 158,360} 560,247 | 3.54] 864,694 | 5.46 | 64,906] 103,200/ 1.59] 148,591 |2.29| 54 44 
Colorado. ;.<.0<:<- ae 108, 925 39, 864 | 0. 38 194, 327 | 1. 87 34, 283 | 28, 786) 0.85 125, 615 | 3. 66 392 330 
Idaho 84 800 14,999 0.18 32,610 | 0.38 8, 1, 922 | 0.21 8,829 | 0.99} 111 371 
NGM AG Sie ee aeeiecanl 110, 700 42,491 | 0.38 | 62,266 | 0.56 | 62, 181 18, 053 | 0.29 53,370 | 0.86 | 47 193 
New Mexico. ......... 122, 580 91,874 0.74 | 119, 565 | 0. 97 80, 052 84,207 1.05 117,610 1,47 31 40 
OTSZON) 5 oisccc cas sam 96, 030 90, 923 | 0.95 | 174, 768 | 1. 82 7, 600 | 5, 614 | 0.74 13, 924 j 1 83} 92 147 
Witehis ee. cee wcaeececwe 84, 970 86, 786 | 1.02 143, 963 | 1. 69 | 38, 969 | 51, 265 | 1.31 134, 245 | 3.44 65 | 102 
Motall veces cece =e 874, 385 936, 842 | 1,07 lh, 632, 633 | 1. 87 | 358, 684 302, 205 | 0. 84 631, 067 | 1.76 | 75 | 109 
| | 


*Notre.—These are the areas for which it has been possible to compute or estimate population. 


The area of 358,684 square miles out of a total of 359,065 square miles 
surveyed contained in 1870 (as near as may be ascertained from the census 
tables) 302,205 white inhabitants, of which 103,200 belonged to California 

? ; to} ’ 


84,200 to New Mexico, and the balance to other States and Territories. 


POPULATION. 173 


This number increased to that of 631,067 (approximated) during the suc- 
ceeding ten years. 

From the foregoing table it appears that the largest per capita of pop- 
ulation of the political divisions tabulated was 3.54 per square mile for 
California in 1870 and 5.46 in 1880, with a minimum of 0.09 per square 
mile for Arizona in 1870 and 0.36 for 1880 (also Arizona), while the largest 
pro rata in the areas surveyed, according to political divisions, was 1.59 per 
square mile for California in 1870 and 3.66 per square mile for Colorado 
in 1880. 

In case of the areas surveyed the average per square mile is but little 
increased, on account of comparatively large towns, except Leadville for 
Colorado; hence the larger share belong to the productive class, whether as 
miners, agriculturists, or stock growers, and not to the middle and non- 
productive classes, who are consumers only. 

In case of each political division the increase for 10 years (1870-1880) 
is at a greater ratio for the surveyed area as compared with the total area 
of the State or Territory, which indicates the occupation of virgin lands, and 
is a sign of a healthy development, no little part of which, it is believed, has 
been due to the fact that the knowledge, gained by the Government expedi- 
tions and surveys has been disseminated far and wide through published 
maps and reports, official and otherwise. 

The probable future agricultural population of the area surveyed 
(359,065 square miles), taken as a whole, will be governed as much, if not 
more, by the permanent supply of water than by the acreage available, for 
nearly all requires irrigation to be productive, and the most superficial 
estimate shows a tremendous deficit in water, as compared with the amount 
actually required (governed by known moduli) to irrigate alone the valleys, 
plains, and comparatively level foot-hills. 

Hence, in the aggregate, the waters of the western mountain region 
represent a large relative wealth, yet but little developed, while the present 
laws admit of practical, if not permanent, alienation of the water from the 


land. 
No wiser move could be made in the future of the land question than 


to have a critical measurement of all the principal means of water supply 


made and recorded for the use of the Goyernment and people, 


174 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The average percentage of arable land for about 175,000 square miles, 
classified, was found to be 5, which applied to the whole surveyed area, 
and at the rate of 200 inhabitants to the square mile, gives an estimate of 
3,500,000 for the farming industry, which can easily be increased to a limit 
of not less than 15,000,000 for all classes of inhabitants (only 16.95 per 
cent. found arid for 175,000 square miles) connected with mining, stock 
raising, manufactures, and commerce. 

While any estimate is largely conjectural, yet the population for mining 
alone, which is not limited by the area mined, as supplies can be almost 
entirely imported, may be enlarged indefinitely, pursuant to the fixed and 
intelligent search for the precious metals, and the development of the 
economic minerals, constantly being made available through improved 
means of transportation for the demands of an increasing population, the 
center of which moves steadily westward. 

The character, disposition, and peculiarities of the moving and fixed 
population that has taken possession of the Pacific coast and interior during 
the past 40 years is well known to every one, but not so that of the Mor- 
mons, who occupy and control a large meridional area about midway between 
the plains and the Pacific. 

The survey covered substantially all the area over which these people 
have spread, and it falls within the scope of the observations made to record 
certain data bearing thereupon. 

The area of the survey has embraced nearly all the territory occupied 
by this people in Utah, a part of the settlements in Idaho, and all those 
formerly in Southeastern Nevada. The total number of towns, villages, and 
settlements entered from 1869 to 1878 was 182, of which 145 belong to 
Utah, 23 to Idaho, and 11 to Nevada. Of these 107 were visited person- 
ally. The total population of Utah according to the census of 1880 was 
143,963 
approximately, 134,245, which includes none for Morgan, San Juan, Emery, 


, while it appears that the number within the surveyed area is, 
and Uintah counties. The population, as per census of 1880, of the 23 
Idaho towns above mentioned was not less than 8,829, making a total 
’ 5 
population in 1880 for 168 places (Mormons and Gentiles) of not less than 


143,074, independent of Mormon residents remaining in Nevada. 


MORMONS. 175 


The actual number of Mormons is not particularized in the census 
report, but each of the towns referred to is a Mormon town in the 
sense of being controlled by the dual, or church and state, authority of 
this modern religious hierarchy. 

New settlements have sprung up in Arizona, New Mexico, and Wyo- 
ming since the expedition visited the localities in these political divisions 
now appropriated by the Mormons, while 11 of their southwestern settle- 
ments that fell within Nevada when the boundary was run in 1870 were 
brought back to Utah since it was alleged that taxes were higher in Nevada 
and the State law against polygamy could doubtless have been enforced. 

The probable Mormon population in the western Territories did not, 
as it would appear, exceed 150,000 in 1880, which number is increased by 
emigration not less than 1,000 annually, and by the excess of births over 
deaths. This population, beginning with an American nucleus, has been 
recruited principally from the manufacturing and commercial centers of 
Great Britain, Denmark, the Scandinavian regions, Switzerland, and Ger- 
many, and usually from a mentally low and uneducated class, naturally 
willing to adopt any new scheme of religion, especially when coupled with 
proffers of an open air, healthy home, with promise of land to live upon, 
and a loan or donation of agricultural implements and seeds as an adjunct 
thereto. 

It appears that the following order of succession in authority prevails 
in the church organization: (1) president; (2) presidency of three; (3) 
twelve apostles; (4) the seventy (special); (5) elders; (6) priests; (7) 
teachers; (8) deacons; (9) bishops (judges) ; and (10) ordinary or lay 
members. 

It is believed that this organization, admitting as it does of providing 
a place with some authority attached to it for each person of sufficient 
mental ability, has been so far perfected that the actions, if need be, of 
each man, woman, and child to the greatest detail can be observed and 
varvied, when necessary, direct to the main president. 

The church was organized by Joseph Smith, the first presiaent, in 1830, 
in Manchester, N. Y. The succeeding presidents have been Brigham 


Young and John Taylor (lately deceased).* 
s J ) 


* At date of proof-reading (August 10, 1887) the office is vacant. 


176 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The tithing house is one of their principal institutions; it is the 
receptacle for one-tenth of all the income and earning of each individual, 
and the amount is devoted to the uses and purposes of the Lord through the 
needs of the church. 

Agriculture is with them the predominant industry, and they are, with 
very few exceptions, provident, industrious, and thrifty. 

Mining for the precious metals has always been looked upon with sus- 
picion, as a disturbing element to the true interest and progress of the 
community, while manufactures on a limited scale where skilled mechanical 
labor has been available have been prosecuted successfully in several of the 
larger towns. In every town that has been settled from fifteen to twenty 
years I have been favorably impressed with the quiet and orderly demeanor 
of the inhabitants, the cleanliness and substantial nature of their dwellings, 
and a spirit of contentment based on a willing industry that would do credit 
to any community in any quarter of the globe. The meeting-houses, to be 
sure, predominate in numbers, and often to the exclusion of the school- 
house, and in many of the outer settlements, especially, some of the children 
appeared lawless, unkempt, and untaught. 

They claim, and it is believed with justice, that their communities are 
without abandoned women, doctors, or lawyers. ‘The practice of polygamy 
is cited as the reason for the first, the old women attend to the second, and 
the bishops and other officials are both lawyer and judge. 

The “spiritual wife” system, or practice of polygamy, which conflicts 
with and is contrary to the laws of modern civilization, was only “revealed” 
to Joseph Smith about 1841-42, and was at first, at least, confined prin- 
cipally to the high priests and chiefs of the hierarchy. The practice, result- 
ing from this so-called revelation, acts as a powerful secular instrument by 
which to hold the communities together. 

Lieutenant Gunnison, in his history of the Mormons published in 1852, 
presents his views of causes that may operate to defeat the practice of 
polygamy within the church itself. 

The greatest benefits that could possibly obtain for these people, now 
alienated from the balance of the civilized world, would be the extirpation 


of polygamy by a means which shall render adults renouncing the practice 


INDUSTRIES. 177 


not liable, the present polygamous offspring legally legitimate, and the 
church corporation restricted to the ownership only of such lands and im- 
provements as are needed for strictly religious uses. 

Contact with ‘“‘Gentiles,” so called, making for themselves permanent 
homes in all the region now occupied by the Mormons, the introduction of 
Christian schools and other religious teachings, will help to emancipate this 
community that has sought a habitation within our border. 


INDUSTRIES. 


Mining is more or less general for the whole area, while farming or 
ranching is the exception for all other divisions than Utah, Some idea of 
the agricultural production of the region surveyed may be had from the 
following table compiled from the Tenth Census: 


TABLES SHOWING FARM AND LIVE STOCK PRODUCTION FOR AREA SURVEYED WEST 
OF 100TH MERIDIAN (CENSUS OF 1880). 


| | - | | 
Heed | Improved | value ofall ee | : : 
States and Territories. | Farms. fava | frat [ase nacaehand Cattle. Sheep. Wool. Swine. 
| 1879. i oxen. 
| 
| Number. Acres. Dollars. | Number.| Number.| Number. Pounds. | Number. 
591 40, 211 449, 710 5, 836 33, 609 | 76, 506 | 313, 674 | 1, 912 
A 7,101 | 1,121,363 | 7,324,411 54,502 | 158,263 | 1,108,273] 4,919,201 | 156, 869 
Wolorad0: 22 --- sec. -==s ener = 2, 651 | 364,018 | 2, 753, 814 57,004 | 344,774 745, 543 | 3,105, 091 7, 165 
TYTN acon Gasper aeang= mot | 591 41, 752 170, 180 4, 980 16, 570 5, 675 | 22, 535 992 
INewadaincess <<) aco 1,126 241, 476 2, 296, 097 20, 082 96, 033 105, 730 435, 352 5, 351 
NowsMexico!-ssessuceeeoe anne 4, 992 232,371 | 1,859,225 | 37,351 | 133,681 | 1,658,532 | 3, 250, 236 5, 869 
ORCI seaarbepossouesecHeaea use 1, 867 184,561 | 1,411,041, 27,385 | 79,344 312,299 | 1,765,470 | 24, 726 
TWIN Ae a occssene a npoeeeosemS 8, 941 393, 603 | 3, 283, 040 42, 645 85, 173 | 188, 255 747, 768 15, 989 
otal’--2-t..-cs- se ace=ssc-2 27, 860 | 2, 619, 385 19, 547,523 | 249,785 , 947,447 | 4, 200, 313 | 14, 649,327 | 217, 873 
) 


Notr.—The counties embraced, in whole or in part, are as follows: Arizona: Graham, Apache, 
Gila, Yavapai, Mohave, Yuma, Pinal, and Pima (two-thirds). California: Plumas, Alpine, Tuolumne, 
Mono, Mariposa, Inyo, Kern, San Bernardino, Los Angeles, Tulare (two thirds), Calaveras (one-half), 
El Dorado (one-half), Lassen (one-half), San Diego (one-sixth), Shasta (one-seventh), Tehama (one- 
third), Butte (one-sixth), Sierra (one-half), Nevada (one-third), Placer (one-third), Amador (one-third), 
Merced (one-eighth), and Fresno (one-third). Colorado: Jefferson, Douglas, El Paso, Pueblo, Huerfano, 
Costilla, Rio Grande, Conejos, La Plata, San Juan, Ouray, Saguache, Gunnison, Carter, Fremont, Lake, 
Park, Summit, Clear Creek, Gilpin, Arapahoe, Bent, Boulder, Larimer, Las Animas, and Weld. Idaho: 
Bear Lake, Oneida. Nevada: Washoe, Storey, Ormsby, Lyon, Douglas, Esmeralda, Nye, Lincoln, 
White Pine, Churchill, Roop, Eureka, Lander, and Elko (one-tenth). New Mexico: Dona Ana, Grant, 
Socorro, Valencia, Santa Fe, Rio Arriba, Taos, Bernalillo, Colfax (four-fifths), Mesa (four-fifths), San 
Mignel (four-fifths), and Lincoln (four-fifths). Oregon: Lake, Wasco, and Washington, Utah: Cache, 
Rich, Weber, Davis, Box Elder, Tooele, Utah, Wasatch, Juab, Millard, San Pete, Sevier, Beaver, 
Pinto, Iron, Salt Lake (seven-eighths), Kane, Washington, and Summit (one-half). 

12 wH—VOL I 


178 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The relative amount of the whole area surveyed being farmed in 1880 
appears to be about 1.1 per cent, with 2.7 per cent. for California, 1.5 per 
cent. for each Colorado and Utah, and less for all the others. It should be 
remarked that the regions are among the least settled, more inhospitable 
and remote than all others of the Western mountain region. The largest 
number of cattle per square mile are found in Colorado, and the least in 
Arizona, the most sheep in New Mexico, wool in California, and the least 
pro rata of sheep and wool in Idaho. The limit of the possibilities for all 
kinds of live stock is yet far distant. 

Agriculture can never be general for the territory surveyed, but must 
be confined to the narrow valleys, plains, and glade-like spaces, and lower 
levels of the foot-hills bordering on the streams, irrigation in nearly every 
instance being imperative on account of climatic conditions, orographical 
features, and especially insufficient and variable rainfall. In minor localities 
where the average rainfall is sufficient crops mature without it, its amount 
being limited both by small relative percentage of arable land, and the 
scarcity of water defining the area that may be reclaimed.* 

Hence this industry must forever, in this section, be subordinate to 
others, principally mining, and in case of the full development of the latter 
food supplies will be a permanent import. 

A timbered area of about 27 per cent. was found for 175.000 sauare 
miles, examined and noted.t 

This is much larger than would have been found for the whole area 
(359,065 square miles), as portions not determined belong to the more desert 
tracts, especially of Eastern and Southeastern California and Southwestern 
Nevada, where scarcely any timber is found, and it may be assumed that 


this percentage is much greater than that for the whole territory south of 


* Nore.—Nothing short of the exact gauging of streams and other sources of 
supply and of contiguous fields available for irrigation, making due allowance for re- 
turning water to its former channel after uses in irrigation, and allowing for absorption 
and evaporation while in transit, and applying a proper water modulus of, say, 1 cubic 
foot per second for each 200 acres, will give any adequate idea of the amount of land 
that may be ultimately and permanently tilled. 

+ No1lE.—Dr. Rothrock gives in a table on page 33, Volume VI, the proportionate 
area of wooded to open ground in Colorado, Utah, New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, 
California, Texas, Kansas, and Nebraska, as 86,793,679 acres wooded in a total of 
740,373,523 acres, or 11.7 per cent. 


FORESTS AND TIMBER. 179 


the 40th paraliel. Hence it would appear that the relative amount is small, 
not so much for the local supply for long periods, but for the requirements 
upon it to be made by the Mississippi Valley region, if not the East, when 
the northern forests are exhausted, in the near future. 

The greater share of the timber being coniferous, indicates that nature 
will not readily replenish the depletions when made, as is the case for 
deciduous growths. 

It is clear that the preservation of these forest areas cannot be guarded 
with too great solicitude. 

While all of the relations of the forests to climates are not yet fully 
determinate, yet itis well known that they establish more uniform or equable 
climatic conditions, tempering, as they do, the extremes of wet and dry, heat 
and cold.* 

While the permanent official control of these forest areas may not be 
possible, as the Government does not hold in perpetuity, yet the laws gov- 
erning the disposition of the remaining public lands to settlers may b2 made 
such as to determine their segregation into the hands of small holders, the 
timber may be protected from destruction until Government patents issue, 
while, finally, individual States may govern througli statutes looking to the 
minimum of spoliation and the maximum of replanting, or to the conserva- 
tion and extension of existing forests. 

First of all, these areas must be protected from fires (the most 
destructive factor), which, whether accidental or intentional, injure the 
large trees and kill the young growth.t 

The browsing of animals is a considerable source of destruction. 

The law should not permit cutting under a certain size; as, for instance, 


the yellow pine (Pinus ponderosa) should not have a diameter of less than 


*NorE.—As a general result from scientific investigation at meteorological 
stations in Germany, France, Switzerland, and Italy it has been found that during the 
warmer season (1) the air and earth temperatures were lower in the forest than in con- 
tiguous woodless places; (2) their variations less; and (3) the relative humidity was 
greater. (See Woeikof on the influence of forests upon climate. Petermann’s Mit- 
theilungen, 1885. No. 3.) 

+t NorE.—Professor Sargent gives in Volume IX, Tenth Census, the aggregate of 
about 750,000 acres burned over in 1880, in the eight divisions given in the preceding 
table. 


180 U. S. GEUGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


12 inches at 20 feet above ground. No trees should be cut. solely for lumber, 
as the tops are left to rot. Where trees are removed for lumber others 
should be planted. 

Dr. Rothrock recommends for this purpose: (1) Removal of the In- 
dians; (2) affixing a severe penalty in case of conviction of setting fire ; 
(3) removing sheep from timbered areas. 

The Swedish law (enacted prior to 1647) compels the “private owner 
to plant and protect from cattle two timber trees for every one cut.” 

Dr. Rothrock is of the opinion that with care and reasonable expense, 
areas denuded of timber may be regrown.* 

There is not the same necessity for the protection of pine as for all 
other species, including conifers, junipers, oaks, walnut, &c. Heavily 
timbered areas will be of great advantage, especially in decreasing evap- 
oration in vicinity of tanks, that will be required as a part of future irri- 
gating systems. 

While the law should limit the present waste, there never need be a 
time when the removal of forests for legitimate purposes shall cease. Dr. 
Rothrock is of the opinion that there are thousands of acres in Arizona where 
the blue gum and the western catalpa (both valuable hard woods of rapid 
growth) may be planted. He says: 


It may fairly become a question as to whether if would not be money well invested 
if the General and State governments were to anticipate future wants, aud plant ex- 
tensive areas of our Western domain with hardy and rapidly growing timber trees. 

It appears from the latest statistical information available that already the States 
and Territories comprising our domain are, in the percentage of timber area to the 
entire surface, actually below Norway, Sweden, Russia, and Germany. 


Since the above was written (1878) the deforestation, especially in the 
conifer regions, has been going on at an ever-increasing rate. The pro- 
portionate grazing area for 175,000 square miles, where data were computed, 
is found to be 49.37 per cent. This is probably larger than the average for 
the whole western mountain area, but points to this industry as one rela- 


tively large, and which in the increasing volume of population will naturally 


*Nots.—It is not by any means certain that the natural regrowth will not exceed 
the amount necessary for ordinary industrial uses, except for the conifereus areas. In 
deciduous forests it is economy when trees have reached their prime that they be eut 
rather than left to rot, others taking their places. 


GRAZING AND OTHER LANDS. 181 


be carried to a maximum. ‘To this end’the water must be husbanded, and 
indeed much of the area possessed of natural perennial grasses cannot now 
or ever be utilized for want of water for the stock. 

Independent of the conservation of the present sources of supply, an 
increase may be had at selected points through artesian wells, and a better 
distribution through a system of reservoirs and tanks. A prior table gives 
249,785 as the number of horses, mules, asses, and oxen for surveyed area 
in 1880, with 947,447 cattle, 4,200,313 sheep, 214,873 swine, and an annual 
production of 14,649,327 pounds of wool 

Stock-raising has become already a fixed and settled industry in which 
much capital is invested’and wherein business skill and enterprise will 
ultimately cover the whole field of our western possessions. 

The question of the utilization of grazing areas without water must 
soon come up for action, as no existing land law is adequate to their free 
appropriation by the actual settler. About 17 per cent. of an area of 
175,000 square miles examined for land classification was found to be 
absolutely barren. The total percentage for the whole western mountain 
region of about 1,000,000, although it includes the ‘Great Interior Basin” 
and “Desert,” so called, will probably be less than the above, not exceeding 
10 to 12 percent. The misleading term ‘arid region” has been applied theo- 
retically to territory west of the Mississippi, embracing more than four-tenths 
of the entire country, excluding Alaska, and the assumption made that only 
about 3 per cent. of this area can be used for agriculture through irrigation. 

Actual observations (which so often explode theories) for 175,000 
square miles adjacent to, bordering upon, and within the most desert, barren, 
and sterile wastes give a much larger percentage. The plentiful fields of the 
more productive and favored parts of California, Oregon, and Washington, 
especially, do not enter into this calculation, nor large tillable areas in 
Central Montana, all of which would largely add to the proportionate area 
finally available for agriculture, with present known sources of water supply. 
The present desert-land act provides for reclaiming portions of these areas 
fit for cultivation, when irrigated, but there will yet remain large tracts 
substantially desert and mountainous, worthless for the usual industries of 


agriculture, including grazing, timber growing, and mining, which if availed 


182 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


of at all permanently by settlers must be done by making the subdivision 
tracts larger and the rates nominal. These might be termed barren lands, and 
described as including all those sterile lands, whether of the mountains, the 
plains, or the valleys, not including those known to the law at present as “‘min- 


eral,” ‘timber and stone,” ‘‘saline,” ‘‘town-site,” ‘ 


desert,” “coal,” or as agri- 
cultural lands. These should be determined by a practical classification and 
marking out on the ground in advance of the legislation for their disposition. 

Mining for the area in question has been carried on principally for the 
precious metals (gold and silver). The prominent districts of Washoe 
(Comstock Lode), Bodie, Cerro Gordo, Eureka, Austin, White Pine, Little 
Cottonwood, Pinal, Leadville, Rosita, and the San Juan fall within the area 
surveyed. These, when coupled with the Black Hills of Nebraska, Tomb- 
stone of Arizona, and Wood River district of Idaho, include the districts 
that have been the principal producers of gold and silver bullion from 1869 
to 1879, inclusive, with the exception of certain of the gold mines (Lode 
and Placer) of California and the silver deposits of Central Colorado. 

The expedition of 1869 took the field during the White Pine excite- 
ment, since which a roving mining population has superficially prospected, 
far and wide, developing hundreds of centers where concentrations of the 
precious metals have been found partially exposed. Many of these have 
been exploited, a few systematically, the greater number sporadically, or 
in a desultory way. 

So far as time and means would permit, consistent with the aims of a 
topographic and geographic survey, it was the intention to follow in a gen- 
eral way this mining development, hence a ‘ List of questions” was prepared 
(see Prel. Rept., 1871, p. 32), and information based upon them has been 
gathered at 219 separate localities or mining districts. In this manner 
specific information was obtained, particularly with regard to discovery, time 
worked, exterior communication, boundaries, area of croppings, relation of 
ledges to mountain structure, direction and extent of lodes and deposits, char- 
acter of wall and country rock, nature of ores, results of assays and milling, 


annual production, number of mills, costofmining, milling, labor, supplies, &e.* 


*There were on March 20, 1880, 804 districts wherein subdivision surveys by the 
and office had been made or were in progress. Mr. King, in “Statistics of the pro- 
duction of the precious metals,” Tenth Census, gives a condensed estimate of the 


MINING PRODUCTION. 183 
The following, relating to the world’s annual production, is taken trom 
the Tenth Census: ° 


A.—ANNUAL BULLION PRODUCT OF THE WORLD. * 


POLITICAL DISTRIBUTION. 
e 


| 


Country. Gold. | Silver. Total. 

Dollars. Dollars. Dollars. 
RIM PeCIS CALGS Tiere ete estes ea cedinc sa accwsc oem eres acs=sensencanarcrcnces: | 33,379,663 | 41,110,957 | 74, 490, 620 
989, 161 25, 167, 763 | 26, 156, 924 
B10\804u lee peeenectees | 910, 804 
PATI Oni Qate=seeeiee se = a= eee mninmesmnn once nainasienaencs a snar on eccen nc sitcecns 1,993, 800 |... 2... -2c22 | 1, 993, 800 
Argentine Republic, -<a.22- -220---tcceesl--n =n enens ener snes annner sen ssennnannne 78, 546 420, 225 498, 771 
Wolomb ia esse et een sae e ae sew e earn nace owe wnweenern == == 2 =s-senciesrtenstees 4, 000, 000 1, 000, 000 5, 000, 000 
Rest of South America §...-..------------ 222-2 2s seer eect e ee er en se ee ecee senses 1, 993, 800 1, 039, 190 3, 032, 990 
RaR AI Mo esceceaceeaacs eaccedboacsaso O04 2 pce RCO ace geae Ee aeooe a are 99/10197228'l|l-- sae ae esses | 29, 018, 223 
Austria ..-.---- ae ‘ 1, 062, 031 2, 002, 727 3, 064, 758 
Germany || 205, 361 6, 938, 073 | 7, 143, 434 
Norway.----.---- Mere Setellepes os Bs clots 166, 270 166, 270 
Ttalyilll--<- <---ccoersss--5----- 72, 375 17, 949 90, 324 
Russia || . 26, 584, 000 415, 676 26, 999, 676 
eed Orca ne ee lea eee eeenaiiscseSeltnnnerisco-eneasiessisiasensesaiiece 1, 994 62, 435 | 64, 429 
Resto Munopesmasdscscccr ese ace estes s=-o= ro ~-sennasienacinwnaacinaem as encenscnne|iccececcetrc= 2, 078, 380 | 2, 078, 380 
DAPAN sec eseescae sce rnn= sma ssceccnecwannmcicssisssjeensiesccos22 cs lace cess 466, 548 916, 400 | 1, 382, 948 
Motaliee sean see e sess necacetenee seacecwacccecieseraciocncarasssisensscsernencncs | 100, 756, 306 81, 336, 045 182, 092, 351 
—— a — ~~ — = _! ! —————— 

* Table CC, Vol. XIII, Tenth Census, p. 331. + Census of 1880. t Actual export. 
§ From Dr. Soetbeer’s estimate in 1875. || Estimated from production of other years. 
CONTINENTAL DISTRIBUTION. 
| e u 
Continent. | bacon terse | staat 
| 

| Dollars. | Per cent. 
| 101, 558, 348 55.78 
PAC TAGE eee cere anles etree eae tecswenemes cas losamancetn=sincs's0sessnaserwasenseescansone® F 1, 993, 800 1.10 
ATISET Ali Beso ee eee nee tee ce neces cet cemnnsenennacamacisecencisnasivescsecsssieiovsoncssrsescercscs 29, 018, 223 15. 93 
Europe, including Russia in Asia ......---------++-2+0eeeeeee terre ccete Setactaeecscsceanree 39, 607, 271 | 21.75 
Sa PAs eee eee ese sa nm aaemiaceniare=s-n ee emcrn nicer a-aeertseusseeersososcec cass eceos 1, 382, 948 0. 76 
South America ..-..--..--.----s+--- ee ee eee ce cas eeancneinenseasesaaesseces 8,531, 761 | 4. 68 
TEP he gop OOo ~~ 182, 092, 351 100. 00 


years, from reports of the Hon. H. C. Burchard, Director of the Mint, showing a total 
of gold of $1,520,041,532; silver, $460,422,260, or $1,980,463,792 for both. The great- 
est goid production for any single year after 1849 was $65,000,000, for 1853; and the 
least, $33,467,856, for 1875. The largest annual silver yield appears as $51,600,000, 
for 1885; while in 1878, the largest output of gold and silver (yet recorded), a total 
of $96,487,745 occurred. The total output from 1804 to December 13,1885 (81 years), is 
stated (p. 204, Mineral Resources, 1885) at $1,708,715,670 for gold; $722,283,217 for 
silver; total, $2,430,998,887. 


184 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF i00TH MERIDIAN. 


Illness, lack of time, and want of assistance has prevented the system- 


atic presentation of the data thus collected, which more properly belongs to 


an office created for a special purpose than to one conducting a general 


topographic survey of the country. 


Mention of these severa! districts will be found under the heading 


“Deseription of Maps.” 
The following table serves to exhibit a 


of gold and silver in the territory surveyed, 


general view of the production 


and demonstrates the great ex- 


cess of the mining over the farming production at the present stage of de- 


velopment of this region. 


TABLE INDICATING THE ESTIMATED VALUE OF GOLD AND SILVER CRES PRODUCED 
IN SURVEY AREA FOR YEAR ENDING MAY 31, 1880.* 


Gold. 


Total. 


State or Territory. Ore raised. Silver. 
—— = — Se — | _ —<—— = 
Tons. | Dollars. Dollars. Dollars. 
| 

30, 794 262, 872 | 2, 813, 055 3, 075, 927 
509, 633 9,829,348 | 1, 525, 240 11, 354, 588 
348, 492 | 2, 633, 823 19, 306, 086 21, 939, 909 
500 mT ec eiscinaacie 12, 500 
343, 272 5, 466, 382 14, 069, 610 19, 535, 992 
10, 486 86, 776 774, 533 | 861, 309 
154, 648 270, 563 6, 165, 525 6, 436, 088 
1, 397, 825 15, 562, 264 44, 654, 049 63, 216, 313 


The greatest production of gold and silver from a single district has 
D ] fan} fo) 


been the output of the Comstock lode, estimated at $3805,779,612.48, to June 


30, 1880 (an average of five estimates, see p. 417.—‘ Lord, Comstock, Mining 


and Miners.” 


The “great bonanzas,” consisting of substantially connected ore bodies 


and found in the Consolidated Virginia, California, and Ophir ground, had 
yielded $107,000,000 up to the close of 1877 (see Church, Comstock Lode, 


$1,585,223 belongs to California. 
estimated, gold, $33,140,017; silver, $41,061,371; total, $74 
abovo States and Territories for same period is $65,953,753. 


output for the year 1870 is given at $66,000,000, of which $56,275, 


political divisions. (See Raymond Mining Statistics. ) 


sources, ) 


The total bullion output west of the Mississippi for same period is 
201,388. 


The total bullion output for the 


(See Tenth Census.) The total bullion 
000 was divided from the above 
The mint authorities estimate the value of the 


gold produced in 1885 at $31,801,000, the silver at $51,600,000, total, $83,401,000. (See Mining Qe- 


MINING PRODUCTION. 185 


placer gold, while Colorado was in the lead as to silver, with Nevada second. 
In the aggregate production Colorado was first, California second, and Ne- 
vada third.* 

There has been a slight falling off in the gold production of California 
for the five years ending 1885, a substantially uniform production of silver 
in Colorado, and a slight decline in the aggregated metals for Nevada in 
1882 and 1883, a large increase in Montana, especially in 1885, and a gen- 
eral increase elsewhere in the Western States and Territories for the same 
period. 

In smaller districts the reduction of ores (a truly separate business) 
takes place in favorable adjacent locations, either as an adjunct to the min- 
ing company or property, or as a separate ownership, the latter for all 
large districts. It may be noted that the output of complex silver ores 
has led to the centralization of reduction works, as evidenced at Argo, 
Boulder, and Pueblo, in Colorado, which, as transportation improves, will 
become more prominent. 

The present status of the gold and silver industry of this region amounts 
to an increasing annual production, now exceeding 580,000,000, which bids 
fair to still further increase, in view of developments and roduction in new 
localities exceeding a deficit in older-established districts. 

Hence the outlook is and has been encouraging, and especially as 
business methods and conservatism replace the irregular results of former 
wild speculations. 

At least one-third of the world’s current production of gold and one- 
half that of silver comes from the mines of the United States. While min- 
ing for the precious metals in the United States has not in so large a pro- 
portion of cases been a source of profit individually, yet it is believed by 
many that it has been so in the aggregate; the bullion products represent 


labor and are comparatively indestructible. It adds to the world’s wealth, 
] ) 


* Norre.—In 1885 California was first in gold production, with Colorado Jeading 
for silver, with Montana second, Utah third, and Nevada fourth; with Colorado first, 
California second, Montana third, and Nevada fourth, in the aggregate of gold and 
Silver. In general, it may be said that the three States above mentioned have pro- 
duced thus far the greater share of the gold and silver of the mines west of the 100th 
meridian. 


186 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


stimulates other industries, and adds to the ordinary increase of population, 
which latter sympathizes with healthful, equable production. 

The New Almaden Quicksilver Mines, so long well known in mining 
literature, carve within the area under observation. ‘These mines have been 
the greatest producers of mercury on our continent, and their output largely 
governed, for a time, the condition of this industry, now considerably de- 
pressed on account of the somewhat irregular demand. 

The lead product is the result of the reduction of this metal found in 
connection with the argentiferous galena ores (carbonates and sulphurets), 
one great center of which is at Leadville. 

Of the 139,897 short tons of lead estimated as produced in 1884, it 
appears that 112,965 tons was mined in Utah, Nevada, Colorado, Idaho, 
New Mexico, Arizona, and California, with Colorado leading at 63,165 tons. 

The principal copper mines falling within the area of survey are those 
of the well-known Santa Rita district, in New Mexico; the Aztec and Spring 
Hill districts, New Mexico, and on the Rio Francisco, in Arizona. 

Copper impregnations were noted in the orthoclase-porphyrite on 
Mount Turnbull, and along the northern bank of the Colorado between 
the ‘Rio Virgen” and Boulder Canon. 

The Santa Rita mine produces native copper, but as a rule the deposits 
of the southwest, so far as developed, are oxidized ores, often in large bodies, 
extremely rich. While this condition is not favorable to permanency, yet this 
is compensated for by the great field for prospecting the increasing number 
of producing localities. 

The total copper production for the United States in 1882 was 90,646,232 
pounds, of which 31,288,767 pounds, or about one-third, came from Arizona, 
Montana, New Mexico, California, Colorado, Utah, Wyoming, Nevada, 
Idaho, while in 1885, of a total production of 170,962,607 pounds, more 
than one-half, or 97,461,849 pounds (7. e., 15,000,000 pounds more than the 
product of the Lake Superior region), came from the same territory, 
Montana alone having produced 67,797,864 pounds, or nearly as much as 
the whole Lake Superior region. (See Mining Statisties, 1885, p. 210.) 

The ores of Arizona are principally carbonates and oxides, the principal 


centers being the Clifton, Bisbee, and Globe districts. Coal, mostly bitu- 


COAL. 187 


minous, and principally in the Tertiary and Cretaceous formations (with 
beds also in the Carboniferous), is found distributed far and wide. It is 
believed that one bed extends from the western border of the Plateau near 
Cedar City and Kanara, in Utah, southeastwardly to the Rio Grande, over 
500 miles. This is found in the Tertiary and Upper Cretaceous, as is true 
generally for the coals of the Great Colorado Plateau system. Lignites have 
an exposure among other localities in the Cretaceous rocks throughout Col- 
orado and New Mexico, and on Oak Creek south of the Arkansas. Coking 
coals of the Cretaceous were noted at and about Trinidad and near Hamil- 
ton, Colo.; also on Twin Creek, Wyoming. Few coals were discovered in 
Arizona, but evidence of extensive beds in Colorado and New Mexico is 
most abundant. Thin beds of anthracite (altered. by volcanic dikes) were 
noted at Los Cerillos and the Placer Mountains, New Mexico, and Ohio Creek, 
Colorado, and semi-anthracites in the Placer Mountains near Silver City, N. 
Mex. Between Trinidad, Colo, and Las Vegas, N. Mex., Professor Steven- 
son determined the geological horizon of twenty-six distinct superposed beds, 
of which his is the first systematic examination. Bituminous coal is found 
at Golden, Boulder, Canon City, Colorado Springs, the San Juan region in 
Colorado; on Red Creek near Elizabethtown; Nacimiento east of Mount 
Taylor; San Antonio; 8 miles north of Fort Wingate, and near Acoma, in 
New Mexico; 16 miles north of Fort Apache, and 12 miles west of Fort 
Wingate, and 25 miles northwest of the Moquis villages, in Arizona; and 
in Castle valley, the Muddy, San Rafael, and Sam Pitch valleys east of 
Kanara, and North Fork of Virgin, in Utah; at the source of Twin Creek 
and Ham’s Fork of the Bear and Green River basins, in Wyoming, and 
elsewhere too numerous to mention, as will be seen from the many reports. 
The principal anthracite coal of Colorado is found on Slate, Anthracite, and 
Ohio creeks, of the Gunnison drainage. (See p. 32, Mining Statistics, 1883— 
’84.) There are stores of coal underlying tens upon tens of thousand 
square miles of area surveyed, yet only scarcely scratched, and but most 
superficially known. 


188 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


PRODUCTION OF IRON AND STEEL IN 1882. 


{Taken from mining statistics. ] 


Locality. Pig iron. Rolled iron. | Iron rails. Steel rails. | Steel ingots. 
Tons. Tons. Tons. Tons. 
Golorado 0s. .ex 20cm aweucsasee sco soneaeseesseea= Soe 23, 718 4, 739 | 18, 217 23, 513 
California ...... 987 25, 813 | | BilG4dll screens 
OrePON . «-.2 22a os cscwsv cern csceensecseowrsinnveesaas 6,750 |..-------+--- lpm Rieeae se EE ora Me 
UW tah ysciscats sc Sencacsennwanenoersaeeesaeele==s0n came BY b | Masacemnare se [liscerores eve copes al (eo eee eae en | Mead ea Oe 
Total 31, 512 30, 582 | 23, 381 23, 513 


The foregoing serves to give an idea of present rate of iron and steel 
production, which is not at all commensurate with the extensive sources of 
supply, most of which are not yet fairly explored, even, in vast regions 
mostly too remote from large manufacturing centers and other consumers 
of iron products. The principal sources of iron production in Colorado are 
the South Arkansas, Hot Springs, Placer, Silver Cliff, and Grape Creek 
districts ;.in California, at Clipper Gap, Placer County; and in Utah, at 
fron County. The latter mines (magnetite and hematite) are found 8 miles 
west of Cedar City, covering a known area of 25 to 5 miles, where princi- 
pally assessment work only, to hold the claims, has been done 

Hematitic and magnetic iron ores were noted by Professor Stevenson 
in Archeean rocks in the Placer Mountains, and carbonate ores in Cretaceous 
shales of the Arkansas and Galisteo regions. Good ore is plentiful in many 
parts of New Mexico, in the Raton, Sandia, and Santa Fe Ranges, on the 
Rio Puerco, and elsewhere. 

Chromic iron in considerable quantities is found in San Luis Obispo 
County, California. 

Iron croppings (magnetite and hematite) were discovered in a wash on 
the northern bank of the Colorado between mouth of Virgin River and head of 
Boulder Canon. (For other localities known and discovered, see various 
survey reports.) 

Zinc is found principally as zine blende, and also in silver ores, within 
the survey region, and especially in Gilpin County; on Leavenworth 
Mountain, near Georgetown, in galena ores in small quantity; on Brown 
Mountain in larger quantity and more refractory; also on Republican 


Mountain in more than usual amount. 


_MINING PRODUCTION. 189 


It occurs to some extent in the Leadville ores and in the Ten-Mile 
district, and in the Little Giant mine of the San Juan region Arsenides 
of nickel found in Churchill County, Nevada, are rich, but not largely 
developed. (See Blake, Mining Statistics, 1883-84, p. 537.) 

The only tin ores opened within the region of survey were the Temescal 
mines, California, situated on the southwest slope of the Temescal Mountains. 
The vein extends a considerable distance, and is reported to contain 18 per 
cent. of tin. Tin was discovered in 1883 near San Diego, Cal., Fort Me- 
Kavett, Texas, and in the Black Hills of Dakota, and is known to exist in the 
granite regions of Idaho and Montana. 

Salt deposits were noted at the Great* and Little Salt Lakes, Utah; 
also in Sam Pitch, Juab, Millard, and Sevier Counties; in Snake Valley, 
Nevada, near Salina; and on the Virgin River, Utah; in South Park; on 
Salt Creek, Colorado; in New Mexico, 7 miles east of Zandia Mountains ; 
Ojo de Tao, a salt marsh 70 miles south of Galisteo; and Lake, 40 miles south 
of Zuni; also in the saliferous sandstones between the Colorado Chiquito 
and Moquis village at Sunset Crossing; Santa Catalina; and Croton Springs, 
Arizona. Salt in lesser quantities has also been noted at very many 
localities. 

An alum cave was discovered near Cook’s Peak, New Mexico. Alum 
is also found in Jefferson County, California; near Auburn, Placer County, 
California; in an alum-bearing bed on the Gila, in Socorro County, New 
Mexico; on the Verde River in Arizona, and in many places ,in Utah. 

Analyses of the Owens, Mono, and Black Lakes, California and Nevada, 
develop the presence of immense quantities of carbonate of soda. Extensive 
beds of borates of lime have been discovered near Death Valley, Inyo 
County; at Desert Springs, Kern County, and in the Calico district of San 
Bernardino County, California, independent of those already known in the 
central part of Nevada. 

Nitrates are found in the Cosnino caves, Arizona. Garnets and aqua 


marines, with oc casional small rubies, were noted northeastwardly from Old 


= Iti is Beane that the annual output of salt from Great Salt Lake is 100, 000 
tons (1887). 


190 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Fort Defiance; turquoise, in thin, irregular seams, at the old Spanish mine 
at Los Cerillos, N. Mex., and milk opal, inclosing fragments of basalt, on 
the Gila River, above the confluence of the San Francisco. 

Sulphate of antimony and arsenic were noted in silver ores in the San 
Emigdio and Banner districts, California, and in Green Mountain, 15 miles 
south ot Kernyille. Antimony is produced considerably from mines on 
Coyote Creek, Iron County, Utah. 

Petroleum is found in many parts of Colorado, especially in Fremont 

Jounty. It was first bored for on Oil Creek northeast of Canon City, a later 
notable well being 11 miles southwest of Canon City, in the Arkansas Valley, 
which region affords abundant opportunity for prospecting. Petroleum 
exists also in many counties of California. Among those known are Hum- 
boldt, Los Angeles, Ventura, Santa Clara, San Mateo, Santa Barbara, San 
Luis Obispo, and Kern Counties. Details of their development and product 
will be found in several survey reports and in mining statistics. 

Asphaltum occurs at Rancho la Brea, 7 miles west of Los Angeles, in 
commercial quantities, and over a large area; also in Santa Barbara 
County, and on Sulphur Mountain. 

California consumed and produced in 1884 about 2,500 tons of as- 
phaltum, exporting only to British America, Oregon, and Nevada. Sulphur 
occurs in Southeastern Idaho, near Swan Lake, and near Soda Springs, 
Oneida County; in several localities in New Mexico; in Santa Barbara 
and Ventura Counties of California, and near Humboldt House, Nevada; 
and at Cove Creek Fort, Millard County, Utah, within region of survey, 
but the output is inappreciable from any of these localities, due to the cheap 
price of Sicilian sulphur and cost of transportation. The yield (a decreas- 
ing one) in 1884 was about 500 tons for the whole United States, coming 
principally from the Nevada mines. In 1885 the yield from the Utah 
deposits had increased. 

Many other economic minerals were noted, nearly all of which were 
in an undeveloped state, and when one reflects upon the profusion and 
‘range (from the latest Quaternary to the Archean) of the geological forma- 
tions exposed within the territory in question there need be no surprise in 
the future at any actual mineral discovery. The search has begun in 


MANUFACTURES. 191 


earnest, the chances for fraud are gradually becoming lessened, business 
principles are applicable in more cases than hitherto, and it may be said 
that the mining industry, as a whole, of the Western mountain region is 
only in its infancy, but certain of a sure and healthy growth. 

The foregoing references, gathered somewhat at random, serve to give 
a hasty view of mining outputs and the existence of ores, while the possi- 
bilities, now but comparatively little known, are vast and widespread, await- 
ing both exploration and development. 

A tabulation following, census data, indicates the increase in manu- 
factures for the survey area for 10 years, and the actual annual production 


at each decade. 


TABLE SHOWING MANUFACTURES FOR AREA SURVEYED WEST OF THE 100TH MERIDIAN 


(NINTH AND TENTH CENSUSES). 
1870. 1880 
States and Territories. : ae ke wa = 
teste bheh: Capital. Products. Bovsbieh: Capital. | Products. 
| | 

Number. Dollars. Dollars. | Number. | Dollars. | Dollars. 
JARI a Re Soe CECE eC EER EEE CEE 15 136, 500 142, 174 | 47 177,775 | 374, 496 
California 540 | 2, 863,609 | 5, 026, 871 1,551 | 2,336,698! 4, 954, 358 

} | 

Colorado ..- | 256 | 2,835,605 | 2, 852, 830 | 601 | 4,290, 714 | *14, 237, 709 
dah ote etc oe teseeemucesecescessases | 2 12,500 | 13, 330 | 39 105, 950 300, 899 
INOVACB Gan acemicaneesicendencasaciccoscesesnactucs <= 306 4,954,700 15, 272, 696 168 1, 195, 050 1, 988, 455 
160 1, 376, 536 1, 335, 409 136 | 449, 625 1, 269, 932 
46 | 104, 550 120, 714 104 313, 600 961, 881 
505 | 1,259,726, 2,112, 617 625 | 2,613,507 | 4,279, 044 
1,830 | 13,541,816 | 26, 876, 641 3,301 11,482,919 | 28, 366, 774 


* This includes all of Arapahoe County, comprising Denver alone, which had (1880) 259 establishments, $2,301,850 capital, 
with $9,367,749 as a product. 


The total shows not alone the comparatively small amount of manu- 
facturing to the grand total of this industry, but its insignificance as com- 
pared with agriculture even, the latter being less than one-third of the 
production of the precious metals for the same area. 

The exterior commerce of the area surveyed may be said to consist, 
principally, in the importation of produce and manufactured goods, mining 
machinery, implements, fluxes, &c., and the exportation of ores, bullion, 


cattle, horses, and wool. 


192 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The local commerce consists more especially of the delivery, of things 
imported from entrepots, to the consumer, and the concentration, of things 
exported at entrepots, and their invoice and shipment to the distant market. 

A commerce transiting the area is a part of the present function of the 
Pacific railroads. In means of communication the region in question, since 
it came within the ken of civilization, has advanced from a condition of 
comparative solitude, where lines of aboriginal travel followed the rude, 
natural tracks of the nomadic tribes, through the era of military and common 
roads, national, state, municipal, and corporate; then that of railroads, sub- - 
sidized and non-subsidized by the State; of water-ways, natural and im- 
proved, and bridges following the call of an increasing population and 
industry. 

Relatively the water-ways are but a small factor in the element of 
communication as a whole. Railroads have already and will in an increas- 
ing ratio assist industry in the development of surface and hidden value. 

These will consist of the great trunk lines forming parts of the svstems 
from ocean to ocean, and of north and south meridional or arterial lines, 
flanked by side lines, reaching, finally, the most remote and inaccessible of 
mountain fastnesses, wherever the storage of sufficient actual or presumptive 
wealth is revealed. 

These main lines are to become factors in the great globe circuits of 
transit and, to meet the want of a civilization ever hungering after fresh 
fields to conquer, must be adjusted to the most natural road-beds, following 
the most direct lines, with the easiest gradients, with absolutely permanent 
beds, and wide tracks, while mechanical ingenuity must be taxed to pro- 
duce heavy engines with driving machinery (electric) capable of, say, 150 
miles per hour. The distance from New York to San Francisco could then 
be made in about 24 to 30 hours’ actual running time. 

IRRIGATION. 


Most of the agricultural lands within the region of survey require irri- 
gation in order to be productive, either on account of an insufficient rainfall, 
or, if sufficient, its irregular distribution throughout the year. For minor 
localities, irregularly distributed, and for certain seasons, crops will mature 


without irrigation. 


IRRIGATION. 193 


Irrigation being, therefore, the rule, the conditions which it imposes 
become of primal importance, and these relate particularly to the water 
supply and its utilization. 

The greater share of the land rated as agricultural is both chemically 
and mechanically fit to respond to the husbandman, sufficient moisture be- 
ing, naturally or artificially, supplied. The surface forms often forbid its 
practical utilization, no matter how much water may be available, because 
of steep slopes and inaccessibility. However, as a rule, as much land may 
be reclaimed as there is water available, and in most instances more. 

These lands are in the most level parts of the valleys and plains. 

The conditions surrounding the lands adjoining the flanks of the Sierra 
Nevada and Rocky Mountains have been compared with the broad valleys 
and plains of the Indian peninsula through which flow streams with far 
distant sources in the Himalaya. The general or main conditions as to 
water supply in the two cases are unlike, at least for three reasons: 

(1) While the acreage is large in the United States it is relatively much 
smaller than that in India, especially on account of the usually narrow 
valleys and spaces occupied by subordinate mountain forms. 

(2) The annual precipitation for the western region is less, usually, 
both for valley and plain and mountain proper 

(3) The region of perpetual snow, of itself an immense natural reser- 
voir, self-feeding at a time of minimum supply, for the western mountain 
interior of the United States is relatively insignificant as compared with that 
of the Himalaya. In fact, water is in deficit in the western interior; bence 
its future actual and relative values admit of great possibilities. Outside of 
the few streams gauged by this survey but little critical data as to the water 
supply exist, beyond meteorological observations, supplemented by general 
examinations. 

While no exact statement can be made as to the relation of the mini- 
mum supply of water to the actual amount of land to be irrigated, enough 
is known to render the caution proper of advising the measuring of the 
supply as the first preliminary, no matter how inviting may be the presence 


of wide expanse of ground only needing the application of water for its 


* Moncrief, in his “Irrigation in Southern Europe,” says: ‘‘It is usual in India that the irrigable 
area far exceeds the water at command with which to irrigate,” (Introduction, p. vii.) 
13 WH—YVOL I 


194 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


fructification. It cannot be doubted that many lands redeemed by irriga- 
tion will yield, perennially, bountiful crops, on account of the spread of 
fertilization through silts carried to them by waters, as is evidenced on a 
large scale and for long periods in the valley of the Nile (both theoretically 
and practically), and in a lesser way for the valley of the Rio Grande in 
the United States. 

The pre-requisite information upon which to base a judgment as to the 
true and complete function of irrigation as a factor in production can only 
be determined by special detailed instrumental surveys of the topographic 
features of the areas involved, especially of their hypsometric relations, for 
the preliminary lines of canals and other engineering structures, and, above 
all, for the measure of the water actually available, and especially at its 
lowest stage during the crop season. 

The needs for and advantages of irrigation are both self-evident, and 
while the advantage of developing systems of irrigation on a large scale by 
the General Government* during the early stages of settlement of the West, 
and especially when the remuneration to private capital to engage in them 
is not sufficient to justify its employment, is manifest, still such direct rela- 
tion between the General Government and a fixed industry of the land is 
not warranted, constitutionally or by precedent, and would entail added 
duties likely to reach over large proportions. 

However, when waters for irrigation shall be required from navigable 
streams, the jurisdiction over which rests with the General Government, it 
will be necessary to ultimately fix by law the regulation of the diversion, 
distribution, and use of water so required, so that commercial and other 
interests shall not suffer unduly, if at all. 

The systems of irrigation principally employed in Southern Europe 


and India have been by canals and reservoirs or tanks.t The former is by 


*In 1872 it was estimated (see p. 31, Prog. Report, 1572) that the United States then possessed 
about 200,000,000 acres that might be reclaimed by irrigation, but since then the greater share of this 
ground has been appropriated under the various land laws. (See Appendix, Survey and Disposal of 
Public Domain. ) 

t Reservoirs and tanks must of necessity be above the practical heads of navigation of streams, 
and where simple and economie in construction, be confined to comparatively small catchment areas 
for their supply. When arterial and local canal conduits are established, a system of tank-supply is 
destined to develop in connection therewith and as subordinate thereto, economizing much of the 
water that would otherwise run to waste. Where employed in India in case of irrigation-works fed 


IRRIGATION. 195 


far the most efficacious and extensive, the latter being either primitive or 
confined to small areas, except, possibly, the large reservoirs for storing 
irrigation water in Alicante.* 

Tanks or reservoirs as storages of surplus become adjuncts to complete 
systems, looking to the utilization of the larger portions of the supply in 
regions where freshets prevail or the rains all fall in a brief interval. In 
India, where the most extensive undertakings have been developed, the 
system based on the simple principle of gravity has been designated by 
the Royal Military Engineers as “canal,” ‘natural flow,” and “surface 
irrigation.” 

This system is adapted to large areas in the United States. 

For economic and sanitary reasons a scheme of drainage to relieve all 
‘surplus waters and return as much as possible to the normal channel is 
requisite. 

Practice seems to indicate that the combination of irrigation and nav- 
igation is not, as arule, advisable, and that the distribution of water should 
be by measurement. 

The modulus, or amount of water required for irrigating a given 
quantity of land, varies according to amount and frequency of rain during 
the season of cultivation, the kind of crop, and somewhat upon the porosity 
of the soil. 

A modulus of 1 cubic foot per second for 83.4 acres, watered during 
six months of irrigation, is given for the South of France, being a mean of 
28 acres for gardens, 50 for beans, 70 for meadows and lucerne, 168 for 
madder, 184 for chardon, and 454 for sundry other crops, watered only in 


by rivers having mountain sources, they have maintained an all-year-round supply that otherwise 
would have been limited to the interval from June to December, whereas in cases of rivers with large 
catchment areas not rising in the mountains, with adjunctive tanks, the supply was variable and 
uncertain, and much more so for small catchment areas. Tanks were extensively used on a consider- 
able scale by the natives in India prior to British occupation. Not being prime factors in a competent 
and thorough engineeriny scheme for irrigation, their actual or prospective use should be recommended 
with great caution, and determined only after instrumental test and mathematicai verification, result- 
ing, necessarily, from ample examination and special survey. 


*See Irrigation in Southern Europe, Lieutenant Moncrief, Royal Engineers, 1 vol., 8°, 371 p., 
London, 1868. Italian Irrigation, by R. Baird Smith, captain of Royal Engineers, 2 vols., 8°, pp. 434 
and 380. Irrigation in Southern India, by R. Baird Smith, Royal Engineers, 1 vol., 8°, pp. 148, with 
plates, London, 1856. Report of Irrigation Commission for California Valleys, being H. Ex. Doc. No. 
290, Forty-third Congress, first session, pp. 91, with maps; and Practice of Irrigation in Iudia, Egypt, 
Italy, &e., being S. Ex. Doc. No. 94, Forty-fourth Congress, first session, 


196 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


an emergency. The large unclassified areas render the result of little 
value. 

In Northern India, in case of the Eastern Jumna Canal, where about 
20 per cent. is lost by filtration, evaporation, &c., over a distance not less 
than 300 miles, it is found that 1 cubic foot per second suffices for 250 acres, 
the crops in question being 18 per cent. each for rice and sugar-cane, 50 
per cent. of wheat and barley, the former watered from 10 to 12, the latter 
4 to 6 times, and the balance of inferior crops watered only once or twice. 
Here the rainfall, coming principally in June, July, and August, is about 


greater than that at Madrid, given at 65 


40 inches, and the evaporation is 
inches. 

In the Henares Canal, in Spain, 1 cubic foot per second is found to 
irrigate 140 acres, and in Lorea, in the province of Murcia, 210 acres are 
irrigated per cubie foot. In case of the great valleys of California, the 
irrigation commissioners were of the opinion that a reasonable allowance 
for the land commanded by the proposed canals would be 1 cubic foot a 
second for each 200 acres, and they conclude that it would cost about $10 
per acre to irrigate these valleys. Here the evaporation is high, and quite 
equal to, if not greater, than that at Madrid. 

While this will answer well enough for sections in vicinity of the 40th 
parallel, and areas to the northward and to the south, even perhaps to 35° 
N. latitude, yet the area irrigated is quite too large for tracts bordering on 
the Mexican line. Nothing less than actual experience will warrant a 
determinate modulus, on account of the varying conditions. 

Trrigation by canals is now carried on in a comparatively small way, 
and without special system, in the interior of parts of California, Utah, 
New Mexico, and Colorado. 

The many difficulties besetting a generalized system, resulting largely 
from vested water rights, may yet be overcome as land advances in value 
and combinations of owners call on the State for either supervision or 
aid. 

The State engineering department of California has among its duties 
to investigate the problems of irrigation of the plains or valleys of the 
State. 


IRRIGATION. 197 


Co-existent with irrigation should be the reclamation of swamp, marsh, 
or overflowed lands, lagoons, and flood plains, by arterial systems of 
drainage. 

The irrigation commissioners in their report very properly advise the 
permanent adherence of the water to the land in the following words: 
“As a matter of public policy it is desirable that the land and water 
should be joined together, never to be cut asunder; that the farmers 
should enjoy in perpetuity the use of the water necessary for the irriga- 
tion of their respective lands; that when the land is sold the right to 
water shall also be sold with it, and that neither should be sold separately.” 

At present vested rights have intervened largely, pursuant to the act 
of July 26, 1866, which provides ‘that whenever, by priority of posses- 
sion, rights to the use of water for mining, agricultural, manufacturing, or 
other purposes, have vested and accrued, and the same are recognized and 
acknowledged by the local customs, laws, and decisions of the courts, the 
possessors and owners of such vested rights shall be maintained and pro- 
tected in the same, and the right of way for the construction of ditches 
and canals for the purposes aforesaid is hereby acknowledged and con- 
firmed.” 

A judicial interpretation thereon appears in the following extract from 
the decision of the Supreme Court (see p. 75 A. R., 1876): “4. In the 
Pacific States and Territories a right to running waters on the public 
lands of the United States, for purposes of irrigation, may be acquired by 
prior occupation, as against parties not having the title of the Govern- 
ment.” 

The supreme court of the State of California has confirmed (Heyden- 
felt, 5 Cal., 397, 1855) substantially the occupant by possession as against 
the parties subsequently appropriating the waters under like conditions, and 
declares the doctrine which must determine in other cases of occupancy 
after perfection of title, a more thorough and complete recognition of the 
rights to a specified amount of water, because of prior appropriation, which 
amount can be limited by nothing short of the entire volume of discharge.* 


*It is understood that later California decisions substantially require the return of the water 
unharmed to its natural channel at a iower level (1587). 


198 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


A rainfall of from 12 to 14 inches, properly distributed, would produce 
cereal crops without irrigation, while in case of a much greater precipitation 
recurring irregularly it would be requisite. As a rule irrigation implies 
that the increased production results from a lesser area than that where- 
upon the necessary amount of rain utilized actually falls* Monerief gives 
examples of irrigation being used where there are 40 inches of raintall.t 

Whatever the conditions of rainfall, the more or less ample result from 
the use of all natural flowing waters is, after the most complete system of 
canals shall have been made for diverting it to this use, governed to a 
large extent by evaporation, infiltration, &c.{ Specially interesting are the 
relations between normal water supply and its evaporation in inclosed 
basins, of which Great Salt Lake is a type. 

Information of interest results from the topographic and hydrographic 
survey of the Great Salt Lake and the basin, drained by it, which had for 
its object, in addition to an accurate detailed survey of the region, a 
meander of its shores and those of its islands, with soundings necessary for 
the determination of its present volume; observations upon the evaporation 
of its surface, with periodic rise and fall; the measurement at different 
seasons of the inflow and rainfall, with other meteorological observations 
at selected stations upon its aftluents. 

The topographic and hydrographic survey was completed (except 


*Therefore for each acre irrigated, as is necessary, to the extent that the rainfall is in deficit, 
robs more than an acre of a greater amount of water on account of loss in transit. It is clear that 
the drier regions can not afford this demand. However, the rainfall in excess of 20 inches from 
mountain areas should finally be held for use over a small percentage of the lower levels. Insignificant 
percentages of the very arid tracts in the western mountain interior will be reclaimed by irrigation. 
That these tracts are relatively small is an incentive for their amelioration in such a settlement of 
these regions as can permanently be made in the face of physical obstacles. 

+ Prof. James P. Espy, in his Fourth Meteorological Report (S. Ex. Doc. No. 65, 34th Cong., 3d 
Sess.), states that any cause, natural or artificial, producing an upward current of air will develop 
rain when the complement of the dew-point (the difference between the highest temperature at which 
vapor will condense and the temperature of the air) is small, the air calm below and above, and the 
upper atmosphere at its normal temperature. He suggests that masses of timber along a line 600 or 
700 miles at the west be fired, with the probability that rain would develop and travel eastward a long 
distance. This does not appear to be the result of the extensive accidental forest fires of the western 
mountains, except for localities near the burning space. It is suggested that the Weather Bureau 
should obtain, through observations from balloons, relative and actual amounts of moisture at stated 
intervals above sea level, and that experiments be made as to the methods and effects of producing 
local condensation, artificially. 

t Observations show that } of the water falling in the Seine is taken by the river to the sea, the 
balance passing off by evaporation and percolation. 


IRRIGATION. 199 


certain projected lines of sounding and continuous evaporation) reduced 
and held in original plotting-sheet form. 

Certain meteorological data are still wanting, such as the measure for 
along interval of the atmospheric conditions at the lake surface, the rise 
and fall of the latter, with annual evaporation, the re-precipitation and the 
amounts of water actually used in irrigation. Maury estimates the mean 
annual rainfall for the whole earth at 60 inches and principally in the 
torrid zone, with a mean of 37 inches for the north and 26 inches for the 
south temperate zone. Maxima are found at the rate of 86* feet per year 
in the Andes, between 30° and 40° south latitude, and in mountainous 
India, at the rate of 114 feet per year. The flowing waters of rivers 
and all other streams represent substantially the amount by which the 
precipitation (rain, hail, snow, and dew) exceeds the evaporation of the 
basin, less a small amount permanently transferred below the surface. only 
a part of which returns to its ocean source.t 

Evidently the secular variation for the Great Salt Lake, a type of the 
whole Great Interior Basin, is in the direction of carrying off by the pre- 
vailing winds more moisture than is brought to it, a movement which, still 
continuing, has been going on in varying gradation from the epoch when 
the ancient ‘“ Lake Bonneville” was a member of a fresh-water system of 
lakes, covering a large portion of the Great Basin. 

This is a direct reasonable result from the continental growth that has 
upheaved across the prevailing humid-laden westerly winds from the Pacific 
mountain ranges (of which the Sierra Nevada is the greatest and principal 
barrier), which impinge at a considerable angle to their axis, thereby rob- 
bing the moisture-laden air of much vapor, forcing the balance to the 
upper-air currents, through long distances, only to be precipitated upon 
meeting counter-currents, or carried with the bulk of the moisture of the 


upper air from ocean to ocean. 


*See Maury: Physical Geography of the Sea, p. 121. 

+The average rainfall upon any given area depends upon a great variety of conditions, as latitude, 
proximity to the sea, elevation, topography, extent and direction of adjacent mountain ranges, 
exposure to the prevailing winds, and generally to the different local causes that influence climate. 
Whatever acts to lower the temperature of the air, at a given locality, below the dew point, causes 
rain. The topography is the largest local factor in precipitation. 


2900 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The total amount of humidity brought to any given area depends upon 
the amount of evaporation engendered by the heat of the sun in the ocean 
equatorial belt, and the direction and force of the winds translating this 
vapor of water to lands of the continent, unequally distributed as they are 
when compared with water areas, and presenting irregularly disposed masses 
as they do to the path of these winds.* 

Prior to the elevation of the Sierra Nevada to its present level, it is clear 
that the prevailing winds brought to these regions more moisture than in 
their onward flight was carried away. The moisture brought to the land 
by the southeast monsoons of the Gulf of Mexico are without effect in deter- 
mining the water supply of the Great Salt Lake Basin. 

The causes which have led to the present water level of Great Salt 
Take are remote or secular, being due primarily to the resultant of the sun’s 
heat, which, bearing upon the ocean, produces the normal supply of moist- 
ure, modified by the relations of water to land surface, the levels of conti- 
nental forms, the irregular motion of the earth about its axis, if not to other 
relations not yet analyzed. The former produces the air currents, governed 
by varying conditions not now fully understood, while the later continent- 
building fixes limits to local precipitation, and gravity, unimpeded, dictates 
the return to the sea of the waters temporarily gathered by the land. 

Man’s occupation and cultivation serve to equalize somewhat the local 
relations of precipitation, evaporation, and temperature, but simply as a 
slight perturbation of the fixed law of secular variation. 

Were it possible to determine a mean secular variation in rainfall for 
this basin, it would apparently be in the direction of dessiceation from the 
causes outlined.t 


*The amount of rain is increased or diminished according as the prevailing winds come laden 
with moisture directly from the ocean, or have traversed previously large tracts, particularly mount- 
ainous regions, and are therefore dry. 

+ Geological evidence is in favor of a diminution of the earth’s mean temperature during the 
successive geologic ages. This is presumed to be due to a diminution of the mean solar heat, and to 
orographie changes and disturbances that have tended to increase the area of the land, as compared 
with that of the water, and to enlarge the volume above sea level since archwan times. The increase 
of land surface and general diminution of temperature both tend to dessication. The Great Basin has 
undoubtedly undergone climatic changes from both causes. The interior of continents every where en- 
joy a less rainfall than areas nearest the ocean shores. This is specially marked in the Great Basin, 
as compared with the western slopes of the coast ranges, and the Sierra Nevada at all latitudes. The 
latter, for instance, robs the Inyo range, although only abont 20 miles to the eastward, parallel, and 


IRRIGATION. 201 


Long continued observations will establish cycles of maxima and min- 
ima (within which annual and minor fluctuations occur), means of which 
will finally give the more permanent, secular, or climatic movement, inde- 
pendent of the physical relations surrounding the maxima and minima of 
precipitation, temperature, evaporation, relative humidity, etc., which deter- 
mine the amount of moisture brought in the atmosphere over these regions. 
There are others which by contrast may be termed local, which refer to 
changes in the level of the lake, and in the amount of inflow, by human 
agency, in irrigation, and the changes due to man’s occupation. 

There seems to be no question as to the actual temporary increase of 
the streams in this basin since it has been settled. 

This appears from relative measurements, and the increase of the water 
surface, if not in its volume. 

Mr. Gilbert states (p. 66, Arid Lands), an area of 1,750 square miles for 
the lake surface in 1850 (Stansbury) at lowest stage; 2,166 square miles in 
1869 (King) near its highest stage; while in 1878 the area of the water surface 
(including that of the island) was found to be 2,263 square miles, at a time 
when the streams had begun to rise and the springs were well supplied from 
the spring rains and melting snows. The mean depth in 1878 was found 


to be 15 feet, while none is given for 1850 and 1869; an estimated variation 


nearly as high, of most of the moisture that should otherwise reach it. (See ‘* The climatic changes 
of later geologic times, J. D. Whitney: Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 
College, Vol. VII, No. 2, 1882.) The geologic observations of Messrs. King, Gilbert, and Russell, point 
to two humid maxima, separated by an interval of aridity, together with an arid epoch, before the first 
or most pronounced humid maxima, and also the present period of dessication, all as having occurred 
during the Quaternary. The humid epochs are stated as coincident with a larger and a lesser glacial 
period. The observed data upon which this depends is founded, alone, upon two alluvial gravel be- 
tween two lacustrine clay or marl beds (see Second A, R. U. 8S. Geol. Sury., p. 169, and Monograph XI, 
Russell; Geological History of Lake La Hontan). The connection is not clear. It has been estimated 
that the so-called last glacial epoch terminated about 80,000 years ago. Various theories refer to glacial 
phenomena as general in character, whereas Frankland refers their sole cause to a higher ocean tempera- 
ture than the present, thus defining glaciation as local. As historic records do not afford evidence of 
any great secular climatic change, say within 2,000 years or more, it is safe to assume that the period at 
which the Great Basin Lakes were at their maximum, was many thousand years ago, since which a secu- 
lar change in climate has occurred from a state of considerable humidity tothat belonging to the present 
dessication. The weather elements have only been measured instrumentally about 100 years (thermom- 
etric records began, Paris, 1763, Stockholm, 1758, London, 1775), hence nothing can be predicated upon 
them as to the present movement of the climatic curve. Schott finds (see Smithsonian contributions, 
Tables, Distribution, and Variations of the Atmospheric Temperature, by C. A. Schott, 1876, p. 311) 
nothing to indicate a permanent change in climate in the records for ninety years. Fer long periods to 
come we must be content in gathering and comparing the maxima and minima of precipitation, tem- 
perature, relative humidity, and direction of the winds, without being able to plot the secular curve 
and assign the actual climate of to-day to its proper place thereon. 


202 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


of 20 inches for the mean normal variation in level is given. Independent 
of the oscillation due to the ratio between evaporation and inflow, there is 
a change which appears to be regulated at present by an increase in the 
tributary streams. ‘This increase gives a.rise of 7 to 8 feet, and one-sixth 
larger area.* This latter change has been explained theoretically by vol- 
canic, climatic, and human agencies 

The two latter are unquestionably involved as factors, while no evi- 
dence exists as ta the former producing a change in the level of the bed of 
the lake, and it is apparently refuted by the fact that the water has risen 
alike against all the shores and islands so far as known. 

If upheaval determined the enlargement it would scarcely account for 
its maintenance, as the evaporation is, approximately, 7 feet annually. 

The most probable explanation of the change now going on in the 
water supply of the lake is that of slow climatic oscillation, modified by 
man’s agency, especially in cultivation. 

Observations extending over long intervals will alone give the data by 
which the local or temporary fluctuations can be segregated and the secular 
movement be made clear. 

From the climatic cause it is not reasonable to expect a long continu- 
ance of greater water supply, but on the contrary, a minimum having been 
reached, the next minimum bids fair to be less than the one next preceding, 
while human agencies are in favor of increasing the amount of rain within 
the basin on account of increased evaporation, and hence re-precipitation, 
and an increase due to the local cumulation of moisture to the degree of 
saturation necessary. 

The human agencies are cultivation, raising of herds, and cutting 
timber. Irrigation has diminished the inflow to the lake, but increased the 
active area of evaporation. 

Drainage and cutting out beaver dams have increased the inflow, but 


tend to decrease the land evaporation.t The inflow of the lake is increased 


*Mr. Marcus E. Jones, of Salt Lake, gives a maximum rise of the lake from 1860 to 1872 of 13/4”, 
and a rise from 1849 to 1854, of 4‘; and a fall from July, 1854, to January, 1860, of 4’, and a still further 
fall from July, 1872, to January, 1884, of 9’. 

tEvaporation is influenced by extent of surface, temperature of air, dryness, stillness, and 
density of the water. 


IRRIGATION. 203 


by grazing and timber-cutting, while the land evaporation has been de- 
creased. Human agencies have no permanent influence on the total rain- 
fall within a given basin, but cultivation tends to equalize it, and is in 
favor of a slight temporary increase through re-precipitation.* This leaves 
16,000 square miles in which it would appear that the average should be 
as large, if not larger, than at Salt Lake City. This is about thirty-five 
times the volume that reaches the lake, according to Lieutenant Young’s 
measurement and estimate of 6,000 cubic feet per second inflow.t 

The cubic feet of water delivered in one year at above rate would be 
18,921,600,000, while that from a rainfall of 17.22 inches over 16,000 square 
miles would be 642,318,3836,000 cubic feet, or a presumable amount not 
reaching the lake of 623,396,736,000 cubic feet, sufficient to raise the lake 
nearly 10 feet. 

The far greater area of land, when compared with that of the lake, 
which absorbs and evaporates both, accounts, doubtless, for the above rela- 
tion in the main; at the same time it is reasonable to conclude that consid- 
erable portions of the vapor rising from this rapidly-evaporating surface 
are translated outside of the basin before the temperature of proper con- 
densation is reached.{ The perimeter of the Great Salt Lake in 1878 was 
found to be about 380 miles, with an area of 2,363, from which, subtracting 
100 square miles for the islands, leaves a water surface of 2,265 square 


miles. 


*The average rainfall (compiled by the Signal Office from the post hospital reports) at Fort 
Douglas, Utah, from January, 1871, to July, 1883, was 17.53 inches. The average for eleven years 
(1875 to 1885, inclusive) at the signal station at Salt Lake City was 17.22 inches, with a maximum in 
1875 of 23.64 inches, and a minimum in 1880 of 10,94 inches, corresponding to a minimum temperature 
of 48° F., while the next less mean rainfall, 13.11 inches, in 1879, corresponds to 53° F., the maximum 
mean annual temperature. On p. 228, Tables and Results of Precipitation, Smithsonian Coutribu- 
tions, Mr. Schott remarks upon a type curve as pointing ‘‘to a gradual increase of the average annual 
precipitation from about 1818 to the present time” for the east coast from Maine to Virginia, but finds 
the variation in the Ohio Valley, and as far west as Missouri, to be different, though not opposite, and 
makes no comparisons for the regions farther west. Mr. Gilbert estimates 12,500 square miles as bripvg- 
ing no water to the lake. 

t The volume of supply equals the rainfall plus incoming streams and a few springs. The annual 
evaporation is shown by the ‘‘ supply,” plus the fall or minus the rise. 

{ The results of observation on the relative evaporating action of earth and water are conflicting. 
Observations at Geneva for a year showed 199,%; lines from earth, and 536;4 lines from water; others 
at the Helder, in 1862, gave water 602.9 millimeters, and 1,399.6 millimeters for ground covered with 
clover and other grasses, The evaporation from the Nile is stated to be three times greater than from 
the ground bordering it (see Marsh., p. 441). The conditions of the Nile Valley in Egypt and Nubia are 
more like those of Salt Lake than are those at Geneva and in Holland. 


904 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The approximate mean depth is 15 feet, with a greatest measured depth 
of 39 feet. The mean or average volume was (1878) 946,347,288,000 cubic 
feet, equal to an inflow of about five years at 6,000 cubic feet per second, 
undisturbed by the relations between precipitation and evaporation. 

Lieutenant Young found the fall of the lake to be 31 inches from March, 
1878, to March, 1879; assumes a rainfall for the whole lake of 12 inches for 
same interval, and 40 inches rise for an inflow of 6,000 cubic feet per 
second (measured and estimated), which factors aggregate a probable total 
annual evaporation of 83 inches. . (See p. 230, Annual Report, 1878.) 

A simple mean of bi-daily observations at level of water of lake near 
Farmington for eleven days in July, six in August, and three in September, 
1879, gave a mean daily evaporation of 0.52 inches. 

Mr. Gilbert refers to a total annual evaporation of 80 inches (See p. 73, 
Arid Lands). Through courtesy of Mr. Gilbert I have been furnished 
observations taken by Lawrence Burgess & Co., at their salt works near 
Salt Lake City, showing an evaporation of 124 inches for the first twenty- 
six days of August, 1877, or a daily average of 0.47 inches.* 

The time was, and the remaining beach terraces of Lake Bonneville 
are a silent witness, when more moisture was brought to this water-shed 
than escaped from it, and the excess of precipitation over evaporation cre- 
ated a level which permitted the ancient drainage to the Columbia; whereas 
it appears evident that these same agents now, throughout the whole great 
interior basin, have carried off more moisture than they have supplied, leay- 
ing the many reservoir lakes, saline and alkaline flats as a result. While 
no measurement at hand gives us the exact ratio of precipitation to evapo- 


* King reports an observed evaporation of one-half inch per day in the Great Basin, for the driest 
period of the year (p. 526, Vol. I, Systematic Geology). 

Lieutenant Bergland estimates from a daily mean of 0.784 for four days in August the annual 
evaporation at Camp Mohave at 95.77 inches, and gives other yearly evaporations in inches as follows: 
Cumana, 130; Dead Sea, 96; Marseilles, 73.2; Palermo, 58.4; Manchester, 41.0; London, 28.5; Rotter- 
dam, 23, and Brestau, 14.8—. Moncrieff gives the evaporation for Madrid at 65 inches, which he 
estimates as considerably greater in Northern India. 

The annual evaporation of the Red Sea, at a moderate estimate, is half an inch per day in sum- 
mer (See Ansted Physical Geog., p. 150). 

The annual evaporation from water at the Helder in 1861 was found to be 602.9 millimeters = 23.62 
inches, and at Geneva it is stated at 536} lines = 63.3 inches. 

The evaporation near shore of Kern Lake, August 14 to September 29, 1879, was found to average 
0.318 inch daily (see Hall, Physical Data and Statistics of Cal., 1886, p. 377). ; 

The irrigation commissioners assume that the evaporation in the interior valleys in California is 
high, and quite equal to that at Madrid. 


IRRIGATION, 205 


ration, yet observations already made are sufficient to render tenable the 
theory that this desiccation is justly due to the secular agency of the winds. 
The climate of the globe is one complex whole, where action and reac- 
tion sensitively, if not sensibly, permeates throughout its entire atmospheric 
envelope or covering, and that of any one basin is interdependent on all 
the others, and in ever-recurring measure upon the winds that circuit all. 
At the rate of 1 cubic foot per second for the irrigation of 200 acres, 
the average discharge of 6,000 cubic feet admits of irrigating 1,200,000 
acres by the inflowing of Great Salt Lake. Of this amount 700,000 acres 
could be irrigated by the Bear River, while the land classification examina- 
tion shows that the arable space in sheets 41 A and B, embracing only a 
part of the Bear River drainage, is 663,200 acres. 
; Likewise, assuming that arable lands are so situated with reference to 
the Jordan, Weber, and minor streams that they may be reached by gray- 
itation, it is not too much to assume that all of the inflowing waters of the 


¢ its bottom a saline 


lake may be in time diverted from this reservoir, leaving 
flat, or with at best a number of minor or local reservoirs at the deepest 
points. 

Whatever man may do, nature will proceed uninterruptedly in its 
course; and the secular movement being one of desiccation, a saline bed will 
ultimately be all that is left of the Great Salt Lake from natural causes. 

Meanwhile the temporary outlook is favorable to irrigation, cultivation, 
and the full utilization of the available water supply to its utmost maximum, 
with promise of favorable results where judgment is used. 

This may be done by a system of canal irrigation, with tanks or artifi- 
cial reservoirs as a limited adjunctive, planned to utilize, if need be, every 
cubic foot of water precipitated. While farming without irrigation may 
doubtless be safely carried on where the downfall exceeds 20 inches, yet 
for the whole interior basin, and indeed for much of the western mountain 
region, especially that part south of the fortieth parallel, and particularly 
not including the more humid Northwest, crops may be at least doubled 
from its use, and ordinarily the soil be fertilized from the silt deposited. 
The control of the natural water supply is also a matter of importance to 
the present extensive mining industry. 


206 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


ARTESIAN WELLS. 


Because of the large areas throughout the western mountain region 
that may be cultivated by the aid of water artificially conducted to it 
where the natural supply is below the essential normal, it becomes a matter 
of prime necessity to utilize to the utmost every known resource; and hence 
artesian wells are to play, in quite a limited way, an important function 
among these arid tracts. Artesian water may be said to comprise all that 

‘store or reservoir held in permeable ground, between impermeable beds, 
the distant source of which affords sufficient pressure to force it to or above 
the surface of a boring or well sunk through the upper impermeable strata. 

Water supply thus obtained is called artesian, from the town of Artois, 
in France, where such sinkings were made in the Middle Ages; but the dis- 
covery that water might be so obtained dates back to the older civilization 
of Egypt; prior to historical times in Asia Minor; and they have been sunk 
in Persia, China, Algeria, the Sahara, and Lombardy. 

The conditions necessary are a continuous pervious stratum of suffi- 
cient exposure to collect the supply, inclined so that the water enters higher 
than the site of the well, with substantially water-tight beds over aad under, 
to prevent escape in a vertical direction, with rainfall adequate to the use 
for which the supply is intended, and an inappreciable lateral escape from 
the sides both of the reservoir and the well. The elevation to which water 
will be forced from an artesian opening will be the height of the supply 
less the diminished height due to less pressure from loss of supply through 
rents and fissures, the great amount of friction of the irregular rocky under- 
lying bed, and the resistance of the atmosphere. 

It must be remembered that a large natural overflow will lower the 
general water line to its own level, and that also in a certain class of wells 
the flow is caused by the expansive force of pent-up gases, disseminated 
through the water itself, or held in a contiguous communicating reservoir. 
This is believed to be usually the force in petroleum wells. It is doubtful 
whether any rock is impenetrable to water under a sufficiently high pressure, 
but high pressures and great depths (say below one mile) are not, as a rule, 
compatible. 


ARTESIAN WELLS. 207 


The porous beds which reservoir the water may be of sand and gravel 
(drift), alluvium conglomerate, loose chalks, arenaceous strata, and granular 
magnesian limestones, certain granites and greenstones, the latter through 
fractures and fissures and some sandstones through pores, coal measures of 
alternating sandstones and shales, or in general, with notable exceptions, 
the newer geological formations. The impervious strata consist generally 

-of the Archean rocks (granites, quartzites, and other crystalline rocks), 
clays, argillaceous and marly strata, clayey shales, shaley limestones and 
sandstones, and compact sandstones. 

Water is not generally found in Archen rocks (granites, quartzites, 
&e.), hence it is not economic to bore in them, and the popular impression 
that the deeper the sinking the better, is fallacious.* 

Mr. Gilbert thinks that the conditions in general for success are favor- 
able in the Tertiaries of the valley of the Sevier of Utah, from Monroe to 
Gunnison, and to the southward, as well as the line of valleys to the east- 
ward, but not the southeastward, where the Tertiaries are cut by a portion 
of the canon system. 

Professor Stevenson thinks that artesian water,may be had near 
Galisteo, southeast from Santa Fe, and immediately west of Fort Union, 
N. Mex., but would probably be unsuccessful on the Canadian plains north 
from Cimarron Creek. : 

A geological commission reporting to the Department of Agriculture in 
1882 thinks that of all that part of Colorado lying eastward of the mountains, 
that artesian borings are more likely to be successful in the eastern portion of 
the area, between the Arkansas and the South Platte, than elsewhere, the 
porous beds being the Dakota sandstones of the Cretaceous and Triassic 
sandstones respectively. 

I am of the opinion that artesian wells may generally be made success- 
ful on the western flanks of the Sierra Nevada, along the eastern side of the 
Great Interior Valleys, northward from Tehachapai Pass, on the eastern 


* Wells have been bored at Saint Louis 3,150 feet, and Columbus, 2,500 feet, without satisfactory 
result; also at Fort Monroe, 900 feet; Staked Plains, 1,050 feet; Sacramento County, California, 2,160 
feet. Hall reports 22 failing cases in California (300 to 2,160 feet); Hon. Horace Beach reports 6 failing 
cases, Colorado, New Mexico, and Wyoming (200 to 1,500 feet). Artesian water was not found in the 
chalk at Southampton, England, at 1,317 feet. 


908 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


flanks of the Cascade Range, at selected localities from Fort Klamath north- 
ward to the Columbia River; also at special points in Atlas Sheets 70 A 
and ©, east of the ranges between the plains and the Rio Grande, in the 
Cretaceous formations of the flanks of the Zuni Mountains, New Mexico, 
eastward from the Sierra Blanca of Arizona, near heads of the Gila River, 
and in parts of the Tonto Basin. The same is true for many of the inclosed 
watersheds of the Great Interior Basin, especially in the Bear and Sevier 
River drainage, as also east of the Humboldt and Pahranagat Ranges, and 
elsewhere, but intelligent examinations should precede actual attempts at 
boring. They are not likely to be so, for the Plateau systems of the Colo- 
rado River Basin, the permeable beds of which are drained toward the river. 

Unfortunately the territory where success is most certain is usually 
now favored with the most rainfall, and hence at present the least in need 
of this adjunctive water supply. This does not interfere with the great rela- 
tive value of artesian waters in the more arid sections, and the distribution 
from more humid to less humid ground by proper storage and conduit con- 
ditions. 

The State engineer of California reports, in 1886, 646 artesian wells in 
California, by counties as follows: 12 in San Joaquin (700 to 1,250 feet) ; 
19 in Stanislaus (270 to 1,000 feet); 86 in Merced (130 to 540 feet); 25 
in Fresno (150 to 910 feet); 101 in Tulare (200 to 784 feet); 36 in Kern 
(180 to 850 feet) ; 119 in Sacramento (60 to 2,160 feet) ; 408 in San Ber- 
nardino (40 to 410 feet); and 40 in Los Angeles (40 to 270 feet). 

Professor Chamberlin reports on not less than 15 wells in Wisconsin 
(300 to 959 feet), and refers to the approximate number of 100 near Denver, 
Colo. (See p. 150, Fifth Annual Report, Geological Survey). 

Various artesian wells are referred to in the Geological Survey Reports 
of Indiana (Cox) and those of other States. 

The well at the Insane Asylum, Saint Louis, at a depth of 3,843 feet, 
affords a little water, unfit for domestic use. The deepest known well is in 
Sperenberg, near Berlin, where, in 1871, boring had been carried to a depth 
of 5,500 feet, the last 3,200 feet through a bed of salt not then pierced. 

Artesian wells have been common in China from a very remote antiq- 
uity, and some are 3,000 feet deep; that at Nensalzwerk, Silesia, is 2,300 feet. 


ARTESIAN WELLS. 209 


Other wells are the Dupont well, at Louisville, one at Chicago, and 
others at Fort Carroll and Charleston. 

The French Government has lately bored many wells in Algeria, at 
depths of from 100 to 200 feet, but they mostly contain mineral matter. 

Many artesian wells exist in France, and some in England. 

Theoretically the temperature of the earth increases as its interior is 
penetrated, and actual observations seem to confirm this theory. The aver- 
age (1 degree for every 50 or 60 feet) usually given is entitled to no great 
weight, because of the difficulty of obviating the local thermometric oscil- 
lations, from the normal rock temperature, before coming in contact with 
external atmospheric and aqueous heat. This average, assuming the theory 
of internal fluidity, whether in aggregate or reservoir mass, will depend 
principally upon the thickness of the crust at the point of observation, its 
power of conductivity for heat, and in some slight degree by the latitude 
and altitude of the place. The following temperatures have been noted : 
Grenelle, near Paris, 82° (1,802 feet) ; Saint Louis, 73°.4 (3,843 feet); Louis- 
ville, 76°.5 (2,086 feet); Charleston, 87° (1,250 feet) (see Chamberlin, p. 
165, 5 A. R. Geol. Survey); Sperenberg, 114°.7 (3,390 feet); Fort Wayne, 
514° (2,635 feet); Wabash, 504° F. (2,270 feet); Terre Haute, 81° F. 
(1,923 feet). Professor Cox cites average increase in artesian wells as fol- 
lows: Wurtemberg, 1° F. for each 19 feet; in Durham and Manchester, 1° 
for each 65 to 70 feet; in silver and lead mines of Saxony, 1° for each 65 
feet; in Cornwall, 1° for each 75 feet; Grenelle, 1° for each 60 feet; Naples, 
1° for each 208 feet, and same city 1° for each 83 feet. 

The total precipitation of a district being carried away from it by sur- 
face and underground drainage, evaporation, and underground storage, it 
obtains that by tapping these reservoirs they may be again supplied from 
the native source through the outcrop of the porous beds, and thus water 
which would otherwise escape by some of the sources mentioned may 
be retained and utilized, thus increasing the supply available for irrigation. 

Relatively the total amount that may thus be availed of is small, be- 
cause of the small surface through which its storage takes place, and the 


larger proportionate share carried off by surface drainage and evapora- 
tion. 
14 WH—VOL I 


210 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The State engineer of California reports 1,800 acres irrigated in 1880 
in Los Angelos and San Bernardino Counties, California, which has since 
been doubtless increased, as also areas made available in the great interior 
valleys of the State. 

The artesian reservoirs, removed from the factor of evaporation, store 
up supplies in case of need, which may be tapped and refilled, the amount 
drawn off being carried to open-air tanks or reservoirs of suitable capacities, 

The porous beds often receive their supply in districts favored with 
much moisture and carry the same to districts less favored, thus equalizing 
the humid conditions and ameliorating the more arid tracts. 

It is not reasonable to look to them to make productive an absolutely 
desert area except for very small amounts. 

Attention has been invited to this subject more with a view to create 
an interest in the prosecution of the inquiries preliminary to tests over large 
areas and actual borings where conditions are favorable. 

The examinations made in advance should consist of the determination 
of the actual topographic and the conjectural geologic profile; the position 
of outcrop area, lithological character, thickness and extent of the exposed 
porous collecting beds and their surface conditions; the proper distances of 
the wells from the same, governed by inclination and comparative eleva- 
tions of the overlying beds; the quantity and conditions of rainfall, evapo- 
ration, &e ; the incoming drainage, if any, from contiguous districts, and 
disturbances affecting the continuity of the water-bearing strata. 

Such data, gathered for large areas by competent observers, would 
permit of grouping with considerable certainty, territory where the con- 
ditions are favorable and the reverse, and with less certainty the doubtful 


regions. 


CHE AV Pa Ek Ly. 


INDIANS. 


According to the report of the Indian Commissioner for 1885 there are 
within the United States, exclusive of Alaska, 259,244* Indians (estimated 
and enumerated), of whom more than 70,000 belong to tribes in the Indian 
Territory and elsewhere, known as civilized. 

Of these, 228,506 are found in the States and Territories west of the 
Mississippi (including 78.580 in the Indian Territory and 9,901 pueblos), 
and the balance, or 20,738, in Wisconsin, Michigan, New York, Maine, North 
Carolina, and Florida. 

The population of the twenty-one separate wild or nomadic tribes and 
the twenty pueblos visited, reached in 1886, according to original observa- 
tions, the reports of the Indian Commissioners, special census reports, and 
those made by the military authorities, an approximate ageregate of 60,000 
souls. 

Of these, 42,333 nomads either resided upon or were charged off to 
reservations, the aggregate area of which is given at 21,272,556 acres, or an 
allowance of 502 acres for each man, woman, and child (buck, squaw, and 
pappoose). 

The total of the pueblos, including the Moquis, aggregate approximately 
9,901, and the area of their grants and reservations now aggregates 3,415,645 
acres, or at the rate of 353 acres per capita (mah, woman, and child). The 
average for the Moquis is 1,307 acres, and for all the other pueblos, includ- 
ing Zuni, 117 acres. Were the total of 60,004 Indians all on contiguous 
reservations, each individual would count against 475 acres. 


*The report of the Indian Commissioner for 1886 gives a total of 247,761, a reduction due to 
further enumeration and a closer count by the military and Indian authorities, 


211 


912 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The following table summarizes the tribes encountered, reference to 


most of which may be found in the several survey reports: 


INDIAN TRIBES WITHIN 


AREA OF SURVEY. 


= 
3 
& Name of tribe or | State or Terri. -2 
3 reservation. tory. rf 
g : | ae 
A | o 
a a] 
1 Warm Springs....| Oregon.....-.. | 1878 
2 |} Blamath 2.4222. weetQOrnccssces 1878 
3) Bannocks and Idaho......... 1877 
| Snakes. 
4 | Snakes .....-...--| California..... 1878 
| | 
5 | Mission.........-. sa Gh Ouse mace ae 1875 
| 
6 Pah-Utes.......- | Nevada....... | 1869 
7 | Pah-Utes, Pyra- | ...do.........| 1877 
| mid Lake. 
8 Shoshones and| ...do-........ | 1869 
| Pah-Utes. 
9 | Piutes and others |....do.....-... 1869 
| 
10 | Gosiutes.......--. Utah... secce- 1869 
11) Pah-vants ..-...-- 2a2GO0 22. S2eces 1869 


12 | Uintah and White|....do .........| 1872 


River Utes. | 
13 | UncompaghreUtes .-..do ......... i874 
14 | Southern Utes..... Colorado | 1874 
15 | Navajoes ..-...--. | New Mexico...) 1873 
16 | Jacarilla Apaches.|....do ....... i 
( 1878 
17 | Mescalero Apaches). . 
18 | Apaches at Can- | 5 1878 
ada Alamosa. | 
19) | Wlognisic---2-2--- Arizona.-2...| 1874 
| 
29 | Other Pueblos ..... New Mexico.. 51874) 
| |¢18755 
21 | Apaches.......... Arizona....... Piel 
| 018735 
22 | Pimas and Mari- |----do eee sees | 1871 
copas. 
23 | Yumas (Colorado | California see | 1876 
River Reserva- 
tion). 
24 | Mohaves and Che-| Arizona.......| 1875 


| welhnevis, 


3, 200 


1, 248 


3, 300 


100 


256 | 


134 


1, 056 


1, 252 


978 | 
17, 358 | 


1, 202 


300 


1,919 


7, 762 


4, 977 


5, 050 


800 


999 } 


1882 


1882 
1885 


1885 
1886, 
1886 


1886 


1886 


1886 | 


1886 


in 


| Reservation 
area 
acres. 


464, 000 


1, 056, 000 


1, 202, 330 


None. 


160, 762 


2, 039, 040 


1, 933, 440 


1, 094, 400 © 


8, 205, 440 


474, 240 


None. 


2, 508, 800 
906, 845 


2, 528, 000 


357, 120 


45, 889 


300, 800 | 


per | 
capita. 


| Acres 


a 
a 
So 


on 
—) 


10 


None. 
1, 932 


1,544 
1,119 
473 


393 


508 


None. | 


Class. Remarks. 


Nomads, on res- | Warm Spriugs, Wasco, 


ervation. Tenino, John Day, and 
Piute. 
NcatOOnewclscsmsae= | Klamath, Modoc, Wal- 


pape, &e. 
Near Fort Hall. 


Located northeast from 


Nomads ..-..... | 
| Fort Bidwell. 
Serrano, Diegueno, Coa- 
hnila, and San Luis 
Rey. 
Nomads: 5.22... Away from 
tions. 


Semi-civilized -. 


reserva- 


Nomads, on res- 
ervation. 


Wandering over Ne- 
vada. 
Moapa River Reserve. 


Nomads .....--. 


Nomads, on res- 
ervation. 

Nomads .....-.- 

(22.2000: <2 ccsccens= 


Nomads, on res- Estimated. 


ervation. 


_ Tabequache Utes. 


Mescalero, Jicarilla, 
and Mimbres Apa- 
ches, near Fort Stan- 
ton. 


Piieblos: ceanes= 
v0 pote vewese Estimated. 
{ Mostly on reservations, 
| 4 
| Arivapa, San Carlos, 
Nomads ...... {| Chiricahua, Coyotero, 


Mohave, Pinal Tonto, 
and Yuma Apaches. 


Nomads, on res- Estimated. 
ervation. | 
Nomads ........ Do. 


Nomads, on res- | 202 are Chemehuevis. 


ervation. 


INDIANS. 213 


INDIAN TRIBES WITHIN AREA OF SURVEY—Continued. 


mn | 


| 3 | | S S| 
w a le ll pe i | cis aa | 
© | Name of tribe or | Stateor Terri-, -= | @ Bee || || *1. Penne 
3 reservation. | tory. is 2 Ps Be z aie Class. Remarks. 
5 | & 5 = Zaa 5° 
A al 4 aA | & 4 
ES = =: Se ee ——s 
25 | Mohaves (Camp |..-.do -......-. | 1871 700 | 1882 | None. | None.) Nomads .....-- 
Mohave). | | | | 
26 | Hualapais .......-. eset Os ses | 1871 | 728 | 1886 730, 880 | 10045 edOle sean n ee | Estimated. 
27 | Seviches, or Sup- |.--.do -...-..... | 1871 214 | 1882 38, 400 179 | Nomads, on res- Do. 
pai. | | | ervation. 
| | 
Motale-s------- | ;aneseensacaso5| poceee /*60, 004 |..... 24,688,201 | 475 
| | | | 


* Of this number, 7,990 are estimated as either away ante having been on a reservation. 

The area of Indian Territory occupied by the several tribes is given at 
64,223 square miles, or 41,097,332 acres, for a total of 75,805 Indians, or 
at the rate of 542 acres per capita. The largest average within the region 
of survey is 1,932 acres, in the case of the Uintah and White River Utes. 

While so far as data shows the only tribes, where the average is less than 
160* acres per capita, are the Mission, the Pimas, and Maricopas and the Piutes 
in the Muddy Valley, the Yumas, also the Pueblos, other than the Moquis. 


STATEMENT SHOWING TOTAL OF INDIANS AND AREAS OF INDIAN RESERVATIONS 
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER. 


| | 
a Number! Area, in | Average | Average Sey 
3 State or Territory. |on reser- acres, of res-| acres per gnily of eee Remarks. 
Ss | vation. | ervation. capita. five: cies: | 
A } | | 
AUD BASTIZ OND <r tatniclataaieimtoin lel aialal=tain sm niel=’sl<tata = 21, 687 6, 603, 191 304 | 1, 520 3 700 Mohave not on reserve. 
Qi i@aliformia sssesc cases cemeceeeceeeeee 5, 020 472, 492 92 460 4 6,456 off reserve. 
Su GoloradOeres ache eerncissseeaseee eas 78 1, 094, 400 1,119 5, 595 1 None off reserve. 
2) Dakotagessececesesac qneabocostecanan 30, 740 26, 847, 105 873 4, 365 9 Do. 
ON LOAN Om weae cfr eea ee sieae ae eterna 3, 937 2, 611, 481 664 3, 320 3 600 off reserve. 
6 | Indian Territory -....--..----- weeuee | 75, 805 41, 097, 332 542 2,710 | 7 None off reserve. 
Mi MLOSVEL Seisteteat= amet pataa oleae a ae aaa stata 380 1, 001, 258 4 20 | 1 Do. 
S| Kansas:2s-2: (ss-nsesecese. oocnc+ coves 1, 007 102, 026 101 505) 1 Do. 
98) Minni@S0tala. aastesataessceteaeasineacn a 7, 596 4, 755, 716 626 | 3, 130 | i} Do. 
LOn | Mlontanaeearnonc eset seeee eee sae 12, 94 £28, 168, 960 | 2,185 10, 925 | 6 Do. 
DU Ne braskeaiesteaaena< =o easestccca=alaas 2, 823 380, 197 | 134 670 | 2 Do. 
12) Nevadaieeoscs cee eee 1, 728 934, 135 552 2,760 | 2 | 6,500 off reserve. 
13 | New Mexico 43 36, 332 9, 586, 526 264 1, 320 3 | None off reserve. 
14 | Oregon.......- ie 3, 947 2, 075, 560 526 2, 630 5 | 800 off reserve. 
15 Utah ose na ne a 2, 308 3, 972, 480 | 1, 721 8, 605 2 | 390 off reserve. 
16 | Washington. . a 8, 097 4, 107, 556 | 507 2, 535 6 | 2,000 off reserve. 
17 | Wyoming ......-.... 1, 800 2, 342, 400 } J, 301 6, 505 1 | None off reserve. 
Motelioe caste. ce aaa eceiaan es 217,079 | 135, 172, 817 623 8,115 57 | Total off, 17,446. 


* This would be at the rate of 800 acres for each family of five. 
+The reservation known as ‘“ Blackfoot,’’ extending from the north bank of the Upper Missouri to the northern 

boundary, has an area of 21,651,200 acres for 6,693 Indians, or 3,235 for each Indian, and 16,175 acres for each family of five. 
Nore.—New York, North Carolina, and Michigan each have one agency, and Wisconsin two. 


914 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The total number of agencies west of the Mississippi River is fifty- 
seven, including seven for the Indian Territory. The aggregate area of 
Indian reservations west of the Mississippi River is about 135,172,817 
acres* (211,208 square miles),t while that of the military reservations ad- 
jacent, is 1,838,054 acres. 

The largest average in acres per capita, shown by the table for a single 
political division, is 2,185 for Montana, and the least is for Iowa 

The number of Indians west of the Mississippi River (211,079) is, 
when compared with the ever advancing civilized population, scareely 
appreciable, while the territory held for their use is in area about five times 
as large as the State of New York. 

It isa mooted question, at present impossible of determination, whether 
the Indians of the United States, as a whole, are increasing or decreasing; 
probably the former, in a very small ratio, either actual or relative. 

Reflection makes it apparent that not only is the large area reserved 
greatly in excess of any actual need of the Indian, especially when their 
roving and predatory habits are abandoned, but also that these large tracts 
impede the harmonious and homogenous settlement of these regions, now 
being availed of for farms, homes, mines, mills, and workshops. The ever 
restless surging tide of population, almost a law unto itself, already in 
many cases crowd over the borders of these reservations, and the time is 
not far distant when the question of the surrender of these lands to actual 
settlers will naturally be answered in the affirmative, on the plea of the 
greatest good for the greatest number. 

Assuming that there are 45,000 families of five each within the 
above area, and allotting to each one 320 acres, there would then remain 
more than ground enough for 750,000 white families, each with not less than 
160 acres. 

Of course great quantities of land are not available for agriculture, 
and statistics are not at hand, but it is safe to assume that the land that 
might be spared by the Indian could be made the home of 3,000,000 farmers 


and stockgrowers, with such number of miners as this industry shall war- 


* This area, as determined from a search and compilation at ths Land Office, is 165, 868, gel. acres, 
or 259,170.280 square miles. 
+ Taken from Annual Report of the Indian Office for 1886. 


INDIANS. PGS) 


rant, with mechantcs and men of commerce in numbers demanded by these 
industries, while at the rate of 50 per square mile, the possible popu- 
lation, after subtracting the allowance to 45,000 Indian families, would be 
9,500,000* 

Assuming an allotment of 320 acres to each family, there would remain 
about 120,000,000 acres of land which, at $1.25 per acre, aggregates $160,- 
000,000, which, funded at 3 per cent., would afford an annual income of 
$4,800,000—an amount not greatly in deficit of the present annual estimate 
of the Indian Bureau. 

After an allotment some land remaining would be worth more than 
$1.25 per acre, while considerable quantities could not be sold for that sum.t 

Nothing less than an actual, practical, demarcation of the several classes 
of land, from an examination by experts, as a preliminary, would do justice 
to this subject, the favorable outcome of which would go very far toward 
the permanent settlement of the Indian question and the relieving of the 
Government and Treasury of a fiscal burden, and vexatious relations so 
long borne. 

COST. 


It is believed that the cost of the Indian service from direct appro- 
priations (independent of indirect expenses through the War Department) 
has been for a period of years not far from $7,000,000 annually. The 
present Commissioner shows that the estimates for the fiscal years 1886, 
1887, and 1888 are decreasing, reaching the sum of $5,608,873.64 for the 
latter. The total cost, from direct appropriations alone, of the Indian serv- 
ice is unknown, but it probably reaches into the hundreds of millions. 


——————— a = a —— ———— — 

*The average of the United States for the Census of 1880 was 17, with 254.9 for Rhode Island, 
221.8 for Massachusetts, 151.7 tor New Jersey, 128.5 for Connecticut, and 106.7 for New York, and less 
than 100 for every other State. 

+ The Indian Commissioner, in report for 1885, recommends bonds at 5 per cent., which would, at 
above estimate, produce an annual income of $8,000,000; he also advises different sizes of allotments 
according to ‘fertility, productiveness, climate, and other advantages,” the perchase of remaining 
lands by the Government, and opening to homestead entry at 50 to 75 cents per acre (see Indian Office 
Report, 1885, p. iv). 

General Sheridan, in his report for 1885, suggests that each family be located on 320 acres; all 
the balance to be bought by the Government at $1.25 per acre, the proceeds to be invested in Goyern- 
ment bonds for the benefit of the Indians (see Report Secretary of War, 1585, Vol. I, p. 62). 

He renews this recommendation in his report for 1886, and estimates an annual income of 
$4,480,000 for the Indians, and a saving of 170,000 square miles to the public domain. 


216 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


It appears from the statement below, from the Adjutant-General’s 
Office, United States Army, that the War Department has never made any 
attempt to discover the cost of its Indian wars.* 


“COST OF INDIAN WARS WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI. 


Although there has been scarcely a year since the acquisition of the territory west of the Missis- 
sippi that the troops of the United States have uot been engaged in active hostilities against the Indians 
in that section, the separate operations to which the term ‘ war” may be applied in a fairly military 
sense may be limited to the following: 

I. The New Mexico Expedition, under the command of Col. Stephen W. Kearney, 30th June, 
1846, to 13th February, 1847. 

Il. The California Indian war of 1851-52. 

Ill. The Rogue River, Yakima, and Klickitat wars, in Oregon, August, 1853, to June, 1856. 

IV. The Cheyenne and Arapahoe troubles, August 4, 1845, to March, 1856. 

V. The Navajo troubles in New Mexico, September 17, 1849, to December 18, 1858. 

VI. The war of the Spokanes, Cour d’Alenes, and Pelouses, in Washington Territory, May 18, 
1858, to October, 1858. 

VII. The war against the Apaches in Arizona, March, 1861, to April, 1866. 

VIII. The Cheyenne war of 1864, 

IX. The war in Southern Oregon and Idaho, and Northern California and Nevada, 1865-68. 

X. The war against the Cheyennes, Arapahoes, Kiowas, and Comanches, in Kansas, Colorado, 
and Indian Territory, in 1868~’69. 

XI. The Modoe war in Oregon, in 1872-73. 

XII. The war against the Apaches, in Arizona, in 1873. 

XIII. The war against the Kiowas, Comanches, and Cheyennes, in 1874 and 1875. 

XIV. The war against the Northern Cheyennes and Sioux, in 1876 and 1877, 

XV. The Nez-Perces war, in 1877. 

XVI. The Bannock war, in 1878. 

XVII. The war against the Northern Cheyennes, in 1878~’79. 

XVIII. The Apache war in Arizona, 1871 to 1876, 

It would be difficult to reach even a fair approximation of the cost of these wars to the Govern- 
ment; and although most writers are in the habit of speculating upon what they denominate the 
‘expenses attending our Indian wars,” their figures can not be other than mere ‘guess work.” “The 
money cost of our Government wars with the Indians,” says Mr. George E. Ellis, in his ‘“‘ Red Man and 
White Man in North America ” (Boston, 1882), is doubtless stated within bounds when it is estimated 
at $500,000,000 ;” and Mrs, Helen Hunt Jackson, in her “ Century of Dishonor” (New York, 1881), re- 
peats this statement with added emphasis. The first of these writers estimates the cost of the Seminole 
war at $25,000,000, and of the Cheyenne war at $30,000,000, and these are fair instances of the caleula- 
tions of most writers on the so-called ‘ Indian problem,” who depend on such figures for the proof of 
theirarguments. The aggregate expenses of both these wars were less than $20,000,000. (See H. R. 
Doc. 8, 26th Congress, 2d session.) 

Asa matter of fact the War Department bas never made any attempt to discover the actual cost 
of its Indian wars. The most of them have been waged by our small Regular Army, whose expenses 
while in active service have seldom exceeded its peace establishment. ‘The extraordinary expenses 
due to an Indian war are generally of the same nature as the regular expenses in time of peace. They 
differ only in degree and are both so blended and commingled that, unless the particular circumstances 
attending the expenditure are matters of record or are fresh in the memory, it would be difficult for 
any disbursing officer to ascertain from his accounts what part of his expenditures were due solely toa 
state of war, and what would have been the expenditure had the troops remained in camp or garri- 
son.”—(Col. J. D. Bingham, Dee. 23, 1879.) 

It was not until within the last few years that the War Department has found itself called upon to 
so far separate the Army expenditures as to calculate what part of them were due to Indian outbreaks 


INDIANS. ALE 


The total cost to the Government of its control (military and civil) of 
the Indians; and protection of settlers, is the aggregate of the above class 
of expenditures, increased by Land Office and other expenses directly con- 
nected with surveys, &c., of the Indian Territory and other reservations. 


NOMADS. 


While the survey expeditions were in the field, the reservation system 
was definitely developed for the whole western region, and asa result, large 
areas have by treaty been thus segregated from the public domain. 

The fierce Indian wars, of which the Sioux and Apache conflicts are 
typical, have become substantially a thing of the past. The country has 
been netted with transportation lines, the means of tracing hostiles has 
improved, but above all, their war-like spirit has been broken, and little 
by little, stern necessity has forced an assimilation with the gentler ways 
of peace. 

Hereafter, outbreaks will doubtless occur, when instigated by willful, 
turbulent, and wily leaders, but these needs must be both less frequent and 
violent. 

The Commissioner of Indian Affairs refers to the Indian population as 
civilized, party civilized (those living on reservations and adopting civilized 
customs in part), and “blanket Indians.” 

The latter may, or may not, live on reservations, retain substantially 
their aboriginal costumes, the blanket being the principal article of dress, 
and to whom labor is unknown. He refers to them as ignorant, super- 
stitious, idle, thriftle 


ss, dependent, and barbarous, but trusts that civilization 


or hostilities. In November, 1880, in response to a Senate resolution of June 21, 1379, the War Depart- 
ment returned certain data concerning the expenses incurred by the United States in certain Indian 
wars (Senate Ex. Doc. 15, 46th Congress, 3d session); and while the results of a tedious examination 
of the records were wholly unsatisfactory, they afford the only accurate figures that have ever been 
reached on the subject. The figures elicited show expenses by the Quartermaster and Commissary de- 
partments in case of Nos. IX, X, XI, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, and XVII, as $23,717, 268.77. 

It is not known that any attempt has ever been made to ascertain what extraordinary expenses were 
incurred in the prosecution of the operations against the Apaches in Arizona. Certainly no separate 
report has ever been published on the subject, aud no special appropriation for that purpose has ever 
been asked for by the War Department. Whatever expenses have been incurred have been met from 
the regular appropriation for the support of the Army. 


218 U.S. GEGGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


may follow the introduction of agriculture* and its improvements, edu- 
cation, and such industries, gradually, as are most suitable. 

He advocates the abandonment of tribal relations, the surrender of 
superstitions, the forsaking of savagery, and the adoption of white customs 
and industry; the education of the children, the cultivation of individual 
responsibility, with, finally, equal rights as citizens, when they shall no longer 
be ‘‘wards” of the nation. 

He recommends the allotment to each family of a homestead, with 
the Government to assist in building houses, fences, and opening lands, the 
title to be held temporarily in trust, and finally in fee; other lands to be 
sold and proceeds funded for their benefit. He looks upon the Pueblos as 
objects of sympathy and guardianship, and thinks that ultimately the fifty 
agencies west of the Mississippi River may gradually be lessened by con- 
centration within selected areas. 

In 1869 all of the twenty-six tribes, other than the Pueblos, were 
nomads, and either warlike or restless upon the approach of civilization, 
except, perhaps, the Warm Spring, Mission, Pima, and Maricopa, Yuma, and 
Mohave Indians. ‘hey were essentially interior Indians, wanderers within 
given limits, through the mountains, plateaux, valleys, and plains; those 
first above mentioned cultivating somewhat the soil, others of the Great 
Interior Basin, subsisting in part on pion nuts and roots, while the balance 
subsisted by hunting and fishing. 

The total number being inconsiderable when spread over so vast a 
domain, land to them had no apparent limit, could not be conceived of in- 
dividually, but was traditionally held as a tribal possession, from whence 
all foreign intruders of whatever race, tribe, or color, were unwelcome and 
hostile. At the same time, love for the soil, in the abstract, amounted to a 
passion, and life was readily sacrificed to’ the protection of the territory of 
their fathers. 

The habits, characters, disposition, and language of these tribes has 
been made the subject of many reports, military and civil, scientific and 


otherwise. They are now being ethnologically considered and it is hoped 


*The number of acres under Indian cultivation in 1885 was 248,241, an increase of 18,473 over the 
previous year, with 372,276 acres for 1826. 


INDIANS. 219 


that the types of this remnant of a former population will have been secured 
before they have become absorbed, or at least have assimilated certain 
of the arts of modern civilization. While their ultimate fate is certain, 
nevertheless the greatest amelioration of their condition is consistent with 
their permanent and contiguous settlement as tribes, as much massed as 
possible, on allotted lands, held permanently in severalty, as self-supporting 
inhabitants, capable of and exercising, finally, a proper local self-government. 
The history, yet to be written, of the contact of American civilization with 
the aboriginals, the subjugation of the latter, the appropriation of the lands, 
through conquest and “treaty,” the gradual apparent decimation of these 
races, their amalgamation in part, and the hastening of their final extinction, 
furnish food for the ethnologist and philosopher, but scarcely for the prac- 
tical man of affairs, intent on wresting from productive nature the largest 
bounty, through whose agency treaties have doubtless too often been 
made for Indians to misunderstand, and which the Government has been 
prevented from enforcing. 

The Indian has been denominated and treated as a ward, and at the 
same time as ostensibly a sovereign, treaty-making power. 

He has been met by the Government, through its War Department, 
sword in hand, to suppress outbreak, and as sustaining the Interior Depart- 
ment, whose emblem has been the olive branch, while the citizen has too 
often stood ready to rob him of his morals and his land. 

It is not at all strange that this child of wonder and fear, viewing nature 
and man more through the external senses, should resist the approach of 
civilization that apparently despoils him of most that life holds dear. This 
resistance, always a forlorn hope, has had its day for the Indians of the 
western mountains ‘Their warlike spirit is now broken, and these hardy 
sons of nature are now gradually adopting the ways of peace and civiliza- 
tion. The result of this control, assimilation, and gradual absorption, can 
better be seen a century hence than now. 

While most of the war problems with the Indians have been solved, 
yet this arm of Government must for a long time be ready to be invoked 
that the Indian may accept his fate, while the Indian troubles of Alaska are 


also a thing of the future, which emigration and settlement may develop. 


920 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Since the wild Indians of our continent are found, upon early contact 
with civilization, a creature of impulse that can only be controlled through 
fear, it is evident that the presence of the military force is necessary to pre- 
serve and defend both the interests of the white man and Indian. 

It is this great power of conservation that the military establishment 
possesses that has rendered possible, within so short a time, the settlement 
of our grand far western domain. 

Wise counsel will always avail of this protecting and defending influ- 
ence, of this conservating power in Government, with the Indians as else- 
where, always to the exclusion, where possible, of its more active and 
offensive operations. In which case experienced Army officers will, where 
needed, be called upon to advise, and my extended experience proves that 
the Indians of all tribes respect the judgment and discretion of such offi- 
cers, and too often have but little respect for the authority of their agents, 
except where seconded by the proximity of the soldiers. 

Assuming that war hands and measures are needed for the regulation 
and control of the wild and savage tribes met by American civilization, to 
prevent wars and wage them, and that the greater share of the work of this 
protectorate has already been done, certain suggestions occur as the result 
of my personal observation. The issue of rations should be stopped grad- 
ually, but finally; the Indian to be fed from the product of volunteer, 
hired, or enforced labor. The annuities of goods and money gradually to 
be suspended; the former as the Indian becomes more self-sustaining, the 
latter by conversion into a permanent fund in connection with the disposi- 
tion of the reservation lands. Where needed they should be supplied with 
a nucleus of cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, wagons, oxen, and agri- 
cultural implements. Where labor is not voluntary, they should be hired 
in instances; in others made to labor, and thus through labor educated up 
to a use of the individual judgment. 

As fast as they are able to exercise the responsibility they should be 
given certain of the rights as citizens, especially before local courts. 

The acquisition of territory from, and the formuiation of property 
rights, by organized authority, appears to be the only basis upon which 
land titles, needed for the spread of civilization, may be guaranteed, and 


INDIANS. 22 


the greater the number of small holdings for a given area the better; hence, 
as soon as individual heads of families are competent, they should receive 
land in severalty in trust for a period of years, and in fee finally.* 

The proceeds from the sale of unnecessary lands and from temporary 
leases, if any, to be held in trust by the Government (the annual income to 
be equally distributed), until they can reach the state where they may ex- 
ercise the functions of local self-government. 

Therefore the reservations, wherever found, and including the Indian 
Territory, will finally be abandoned as such, as fast as the Indians become 
accustomed to the labor, duties, and privileges of civilization, and are thus 
self-supporting. Considered as owners of land, they are wealthy in the 
community sense; to educate and bring them to the condition of utilizing 
and preserving this wealth, in the individual sense, is one of the principal 
indeterminate factors of the Indian problem. 

At all times every religious denomination should not only be allowed, 
but encouraged to missionary labors, especially with the young, and to 
establish schools, but entirely separate and apart from the Government. 
Thus it would appear, except as touching the administration of unallotted 
Indian lands, the temporary control of those allotted, and the trust funds 
during the necessary period, that the remaining functions of the Indian 
Bureau, not disappearing through the amelioration of the condition of the 
Indian, can. gradually be transferred to, and absorbed by, the regular 


branches of the State and Territorial governments. 


PUEBLOS. 


The Pueblos (20 in all), including the Moquis (1,919 enumerated), 


lands in severalty to the Indians, to extend the protection of the laws to them, the lands allotted to 
be held under patent in trust for twenty-five years, or longer at the discretion of the President ; also 
for purchasing lands not allotted thereunder, with eligibility to citizenship to any allottee under given 
conditions, and for making surveys and resurveys for purposes of allotment. This act further provides 
for the purchase of unallotted lands, upon the consent of the Indians and ratification by Congress, said 
purchased lands to be held for homes for actual settlers, the money therefor to be held in the public 
treasury for the sole use of the tribe the land of which has been bought, and subject to appropriation 
by Congress, with interest at 3 per cent. per annum, for the education and civilization of the Indians 
for whom it is held. 


999 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Their habits and characteristics are, in the main, well known, and it is 
believed that they are still being investigated ethnologically. 

Entirely peaceful, they are well worthy the fostering care and encour- 
agement of the Government in the cultivation of their fields, the title to 
which (except, perhaps, for the Moquis and Zuni) it is believed vests in them 
permanently, although their exact status as to citizenship is indeterminate, 
and the protection of their lands by the General Government may become 
a necessity. 

They should be aided by wagons and oxen where needed, and by 
agricultural implements and seeds for all. 

From personal observation in a number of instances, I am aware of 
their strong desire for such encouragement, and these Indians, more than all 


others, merit the sympathy and support of the Government. 


CHeA Porn hk Vv. 


LAND CLASSIFICATION. 


As early as 1872 the instructions required observations upon the vari- 
ous natural resources of the area being surveyed topographically. The 
systematic classification of the land over conjoining areas was attained in 
1874, and continued with increasing detail until the close of the field work. 

The greater portion of the area surveyed having been in advance of 
and remote from settlement, but a small part as reached had been sub- 
divided by the surveys of the public lands, and as all of the ground had to 
be traversed and viewed by the topographic parties, without appreciable 
additional time or cost, the measurements, examinations, and notes required 
as a basis for the classification were prosecuted, pari passu, with the prin- 
cipal branches of field-work. 

The first use of such results was with the troops in their movements 
without forage supplies and the next with the General Land Office in con- 
ducting their subdivision surveys, while the use has been general for those 
seeking homes in these regions, and for the capitalist and investor with 
present or prospective interests therein. 

It is not claimed that the results are more than approximate, either in 
quality or quantity, as much had to depend on individual judgment, 
especially in the line of demarcation for area, with an admixture of grazing 
and timber, or as to the kind of grazing. 

The amount stated as agricultural in the following tables is confined 
to that which may either be actually cultivated without irrigation, or, 


irrigation being necessary, as is most usual, it has been estimated or deter- 


223 


224 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


mined that sufficient water is available. This excludes large areas the soil 

of which is fit for cultivation with irrigation, but for which no water is 

available. 

As the estimates of valuable soils that may be irrigated have been 
kept below a minimum, it is not unlikely that at some future period the 
amount actually cultivated may be in excess of amounts stated, from the 
small local increase due to irrigation itself excluding the effect of secular 
changes in rainfall. 

The number of divisions were finally expanded until notes on all the 
following natural resources were taken, which includes all classes now 
known to the law in its disposition of the public lands, viz: 

1. Arable or agricultural: without irrigation, with irrigation (sufficient water 

being available), or by drainage. 

2. Timber: (1) large, (2) small, with prevailing species, as pine, hemlock, spruce, 

fir, live-oak, cedar, We. 

. Pasturage or grazing: (1) good, (2) bad, with species and quality of grasses. 

. Arid or barren, including ‘desert lands,” also “salines.” 

. Swamp, tide, and overflowed lands. 

. Location of the precious and economic minerals, such as (1) gold, in place or 
placer; (2) silver and platinum; (3) cinnabar and copper; (4) lead and zine; 
(5) iron and coal; (6) tin and nickel; (7) antimony and arsenic; (8) sulphur, 
also mica; (9) sodium, chloride and carbonate of; (10) alum and borates; 


(11) peats, marls, and clays; (12) asphaltum, petroleum, nitrates, and phos- 
phates; (13) precious stones. 


3 
4 
5 
6 


On the published sheets only four divisions have been shown, because 
of the great expense of engraving and printing in colors, as fellows: (1) 
arable or agricultural; (2) arid or barren; (3) timber, and (4) pasture or 
grazing. 

The following atlas sheets have been so issued, 7. ¢.: 32 C, 32 D, 38 D, 
41 A, 41 B, 47 A, 47 B, 47 D, 52 D, 61 A, 61 B, 61 C, 61 C sub, 61 D, 62 
A,'62C, 65. D,69-B, 69D, TOA, 70 Cy 13:An te C47. B11 2 sae 
B, 84 C, and 84. 

The table herewith indicates the approximate percentages found in an 
area somewhat exceeding 175,000 square miles. 


LAND CLASSIFICATION. 225 


TABLE OF LAND CLASSIFICATION, 


mn ., nD 
23 Land classification. e 
a 33 Rae 
Be lous sana = so 
e = 23 3 [i 4 s me a = =& 
5 ao |p (es) == EO ee oe Remarks. 
H |SS lst. |26) om | 25 @ |5 zs se 
A ne (5 |xo| ta |£0 : 2 az ae | 
° os Ps to| er 6 EL be _s =e | 
2 4e- F = Se e > oe ae | 
3 BRS 2 as = s a al a2 | 
3 soe 2 ao a5 > a3 2 me 
a A iv 4°) & <q \4 8 < 
Sq.m. | Sq. m. |\P.et.| Sq. m. \P. et.) Sq.m .| Sq. m. |P. ct.| Sq. m. | P.ct. | 
Tdaho---| 4022.58) 20. 38) 0.50) 2247. 85/55.90| 230.05 5.70 1524. 30.37.99 .2...- Bene | Word Issued June 10, 1881. 
ane 4) 4022. 58| 30. 00) 0.73) 2818. 10,70. 08) 1000. 36 24.87, 120.00 2.98) 54.12) 32D . | Toaccompany extracop- 
' : | ies An Rep. 1879. 
Bernd 4127.18] 111.60] 2.80) 3115.10'75. 55) 430.57,10.15 401.28) 9.80) 68.63) 1.70, 38D . | Issued Nov. 05, 1880. 
| | 
Idaho. (| 4075.20) 58.50] 1.45] 2038.65/72.13) 441.2410. 82, 363.60) 8.90] 273.30] 6.70 41 A... | Issued June 30, 1881. 
Idaho. | | | | 9290.54) 5.4) 
Utah - t 4075.29] 971. 40]23. 83} 1883. 45/46.21| 867.80.21.30) 132.10) 3.25) ““""? ° 41B... Published with extra 
Wyo. } | | | | | copies An. Rep. 1878. 
Califa . | 4178.42) 229.81) 5.50) 1094. 75 26.20) 2632. 40 63. 00 » 146.25, 3.50) 75.21) 1.80 47 A....| Issued June 30, 1880. 
Nova a H 4178.42} 120. 68| 2.89) 526.1012.59) 625.25 14.96 2227.9453.32, 678.45) 16.24) 47 B ....| Toaccompany extracop- 
evada | | | | ies An. Rep. 1879. 
...| 4228.56] 411.96! 9. 80! 1122. 88/26. 50) 1624. 82)38.40) 899. 90.21.30 169.00) 4.00) 47D ..-..| Do. 
cas do | 4228. 40 89.00 2.10) 560. 00 13. 24| 2819. 40.66. 68} 760. 00)17.98)....... |----- 52,Di-2= |! The “arid or barren” 
| | | | usually above timber 
lines, or mountain 
| slopes and summits. 
| Issued year ending 
| | | | | | June 30, 1885. 
Do... | 1590.86} 135.34) 8.50! 906.44/57.00) 477.58 30.00) 71.50) 4.50........ ---- | 53C (P).) Published as topograph- 
| | ical sheet only. 
Do....| 4278.00) 233. 00) 5.45) 2217. 00/51. 82) 1493. 0034.90) 335.00 7.83)....... |.---- 61A....| Published with extra 
| | | copies An. Rep. 1878. 
Do | 4278. 00! 403.00: 9.41) 757.00)17. 70) 2223.00.51. 98) 895. 0020.91).....-. |.---. 61B...., Pulished with extra 
| | | | | copies An. Rep. 1377. 
Do....| 4326.29) 59.67) 1.37! 410.21) 9.48) 2670. 31.61.73) 1186. 10.27.42 ....... |.---- 61C ... | Published with extra 
| | | | copies An. Rep. 1878. 
Do..-.| 1100. 00 13.00) 1.20) 88.00) 8.00) 557.0050. 60) 442.0040. 20 ......-.|------ 61C,sub Part of sheet 61 C, San 
| | Juan mining region. 
Do .--.| 4326.29) 443. 29:10. 24) 1470. 00.34. 00) 1232. 00,28. 46 1181..00)27. 30). ....-. |.----- 61D...., Issued June 30, 1879. 
Do... | 4278. 00) 291. 00) 6.80} 2970. V0\69. 42) 773.0018.07) 244. 00| 5.71).....--.|----- 62 A....| Published with extra 
| | copies An. Rep. 1878. 
Do | 4326.29) 197.00) 4.62) 2773, 20/64. 11) 56 | Do. 
Calif'a .., 4420.20) 67.00) 1.50] 2132. 00/48. 20) Published with extra 
1 copies An. Rep. 1877. 
| (69 B, publ’d with extra 
| || copies An. Rep. 1877. 
Coker do:} 16059. 52) 930.68 5. 80) 8334. 2651.90) 5 Bee saath dah ie oxi 
| \|69 (P), published topo- 
| | (| graphically only. 
Do..-..| 4373.74) 168.00, 3.88] 1412. 00/32. 25) 2536. 74/58. 00) : hs (Niet ees | Published with extra 
| | | ees | copies An. Rep. 1877. 
N. Mex.) 4420.20) 155.00 3.51) 2797. 20 63. 28) eaten | i Ose vatmln = | Do. 
Califfa ... 4465.85 344.12 7.71) 1052. 74 23. 31] 723. 91/16. 21) 1537. 0534. 42 Spe eeclitgs 95 gi A.... Issued June 30, 1879. 
| | 5 +8 | 
Do... | 4510.00 G07. 70 13.50) 1940. 90 43.00, 435.00) 9.70, 429. 80) 9.50 $345" 39 4355.73 C --..| Issued March 31, 1881. 
Arizona.|17952. 24, 796.24 4.40) 7154. 00 39. 90) 2614. 00/14. 60) 7388. 0041.10).-..... |------ livotsceee Published as topograph- 
| | | | | ical sheet only. 
N. Mex.) 4465.85, 193.00. 4.32) 2537. 85 56. 84) 1015. 00)22. 48) =720..00)16.11). -..--. ---- | 77D ...| Published with extra 
| copies An. Rep. 1877. 
Do....| 4510.27) 88.04, 1.92) 3300.43 73.18, 933. 3420.70) 188.46) 4.20).....-. |------ 77D....| Published with extra 
; | | | copies An. Rep. 1878. 
Do .. | 8976.12) 500.00 5.57) 6076. 12 67.69) 1200. 00 13.37) 1200. 00,13. 37)......- |.----- 77 “aris | Fabhshed on full sheet 
| 77 C. No. 77. 
Do .. |17952. 24) 781.04 4. 35)11914. 40 G6. 37) 3148 34/17. 53, 2108. 46/11. 75).-....- opr || \UNASceeiae Issued year ending June 
| 30, 1885. 
Do....| 4465.85} 84.03, 1. 88) 3430. 22,76. gal 804. 52/18.01) 147.08) 3.29)........|.---.. 78 A....| Published with extra 
‘Arizona | copies An. Rep. 1879. 
5 ; 13573. 47} 228.09) 1.65) 5850. 17/43. 12) 4441. 61/32. 80) 3053. 60/22. 43)......-.].---.- 83 (P)... Published as topograph- 
RENE H | | | ical sheet only. 
N. Mex | 4554.13) 200.00, 4.40) 2154.13.47. 30) 1700. 0037.32) 500.00 10.98 ........|....-- 84 A ..... Shown on full sheet 84. 
Do 4554.13) 32. 00) 0.70) 3480. 2776.40) 871.6019. 20) 170.26) 3.70).......-].-..-.| 84 B ..... Toaccompany extra cop- 
| ies An. Rep. 1879. 
Do... | 4596.76) 154.00) 3.40) 3673. 00.79.90) 732.76 15.90) 37.00 0.80)........]..---- 81 C ....| Issued year ending June 
| 30, 1882. 
Do -- |. 4596. 76). --....- --.-| 3281. 7671.39 865. St: 24 i {UBC Bt it) eee eee 84D .. | Shown on full sheet. 84. 
Do .. |18301. 78} 386.00) 2. 11/12589. 16.68. 79) 4169. 36/22. 78) 1157.26 6.32)........].----- | (64. 2..-.- | Issued year ending June 
| | 30, 1885. 
| | 
* Water and marsh. # Chaparral. t Water. 
Nore.—(P) after the atlas-sheet number sigui ‘es that only a portion of the sheet has been classified. 


15 wH 


VOL I 


996 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Of the area of 175,035.54 square miles above given, 8,358.17 square 
miles, or 4.77 per cent., is agricultural ; 86,412.86 square miles, or 49.37 per 


erazing; 47,159.35 square miles, or 26.94 per cent., timber; 29,659.55 


cent., 
square miles, or 16.95 per cent., arid or barren; 1,764.40 square miles, or 
1.01 per cent., water, swamp, or marsh; and 1,681.25 square miles, or 0.96 
per cent., chaparral (the latter in Southern California). 

The following table gives the division of the above area, according to 
States and Territories : 


| Land classification. 
sg States and Ter- | Areas. | | water | 
6 | « ritories. Arable. Grazing. | Timber. Avid or barren. and | Water. 
Rod | | chaparral. | 
4 | | | | 
| |Sq. miles. | P. ct.|Sq. miles.| P. ct. sa. miles. | P.ct. Sq. miles. | Pict, |Sq. miles. Sq. miles. 
1} California...... | 23, 652. 62 | 1, 575.31 | 6.7 | 8,244.67 | 34.9 | 6,757.18 | 286 | 4,812.17 20.4 | 2,232.29 eeae nee 
2| Nevada....... | 6,487.01 | 322.18] 5.1 | 2,735.82] 42.2 142.84 | 2.1 | 2,620.77} 40.3 |p oecemee | 665. 40 
$| Idaho....:..... | 11, 160.16 | 714.79 | 6.4 6,734.36 60.4 1,756.65 15.7 1, 776. 40 15; ||eccecesase 177. 96 
4| Wyoming ..... 290.00} 00.00 |...... | 270.00 |......- | 20.00 |....... CV BUID Gamera Beeeeroeen jeerecces oe 
6) (Utah aa nessa 4, 745. 58 | 365.49 | 7.7 2,882.69 | 60.5 | 763.80 16.4 363. 60 Cl) ene 370. 00 
6) Arizona ....-.. | 26, 320. 28 | 969. 94 | 3.7 '10, 433. 82 39.6 | 5, 061. 01 | 19.2 | 9, 855. 51 SUD. ||eaceeeteteil ssa 
7| New Mexico ..| 66,842.86 | 2,106.81 | 3.2 [41,710.18 | 62.5 17,942.98 | 26.7 | 5,082.89| 7.6 |......... [eaeene 
8] Colorado....... 35, 568. 03 | 2, 303. 65 a 5 113, 401. 32 41.3 id 714.85 37.7 5, 148. 21 GAO ea aate ace | Bee Ae 
175, 035. 54 | 8, 358. 17 | 4.77 |86, 412. 86 49.37 \47, 159.31 26. 94 [ees 659. 55 | 16.95. (eae: 65 _ 
| | | 
No. States and Territories. Atlas sheets. 
ACG AITO Sect sa cect esses eee eee 47 A.65 D,73 A and C, and parts of 38 D and 47 Band D. 
2) Nevada 2a -- <2.</s sc seeswesleesstwies sesccecae Parts of 38 D and 47 B and D. 
3 (kdano's. snc scncecwnesecacce 32 C, and parts of 32 D, 41 A and B. 
4) Wyoming Parts of 32 D and 41 B. 
5 | Utah Parts of 41 A and B. 
| Arizona. 2.\ .c--. so. secs e-2ofedtesse oe 75, and part of 83. 
MNS We NCGXICO cuanto aemcaele ca asintvaasissieaa =a 70 C, 77,78 A, 84, and parts of 69,70 A, and 83. 
8 |i Colorado. .s22-, Gene scetececercccten- oe .-- | 52 D, 61 A, B, C, and D, 62 A and C, and parts of 53 C, 69, and 70 A. 


© 


From the above it appears that Colorado (over 35,000 square miles 
examined) has the greatest arable (14.5 per cent.), the least arid (6.5 per 
cent.), and the largest timber (37.7 per cent.) average. New Mexico has 
(above 66,000 square miles examined) the least average arable (3.2 per 
cent.), and the largest for grazing (62.5 per cent.). 

California has the least grazing average (34.9 per cent. for more than 
23,000 square miles examined). Nevada has the least timber average (2.1 


per cent. for over 6,000 square miles), and the greatest arid (40.3 per cent.), 


LAND CLASSIFICATION. DOG. 


a 


It should be remarked that the several aggregate areas are unequal, and 
that they represent relatively the least valuable portion of each political 


division as regards native resources. 


TABLE OF MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM PERCENTAGES FOR ATLAS SHEETS. 
Atlas 


ae ees Atlas eeayiawe ||| | -Atlé Sees Atlas 1 Bes “ 
Largest and least averages. alee Arable. | anoet Grazing. || Set. Timber. eneets Arid. 
—————— | | 
Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. | Per cent. 
Maximum for 175,000 square miles..-..||. 41 B 23. 83 84 C 79.0 52). 66. 68 47 B | 53. 32 
Minimum for 175,000 square miles. ..... 84 D 0.00 |} 61 C | 8.0 32. C 5.70 814 C | 0.8 


| 


The above indicates the largest and least averages for the several 
classes, and the atlas sheets within which they occur. It should be noted 
that where the arable touches zero (84 D) that the arid is only 9.79 per 
cent. (See Table.) Grazing and timber areas, which average for all 
49.37 per cent. and 26.94 per cent., respectively, reach maxima of 79.0 per 
cent. and 66.68 per cent., respectively, and from these areas cultivable fields 
may be had by reclamation and irrigation, while tracts now arid may be 
made productive from the fertilization due to irrigation, even when the 
natural soil is in its ingredients unfit for crops. 

The outlook is far more favorable to agricultural development than 
would appear from a superficial view, or as when observed along linear 
routes, traversing the plain, valley, and desert, and the Western Mountain- 
ous territory as a whole, is not by any means the arid region it might 
appear when viewed theoretically or in the abstract. 

The probable increase of arable territory, through systematic means 
of irrigation, is mentioned under the headings of “ Irrigation” and ‘Artesian 
Wells.” 

It cannot be too strongly urged that practical steps should be taken 
for the determination of the more exact character of the barren lands yet 
owned by the Government, whether subdivided or not, with a view to their 
final disposition to actual settlers, and gradually there should grow up a 
systematic classification of the mineral and vegetable kingdoms for all the 
lands. 


APPENDIX A. 


SPECIAL LIST OF LATITUDES, LONGITUDES, ALTITUDES, ETC., OF 
CERTAIN MILITARY POSTS WEST OF THE 100TH MERIDIAN. 


NOTE. 


When this volume was authorized, it had been intended that it should contain, 
at the date of issue, all the geographic positions (latitudes and longitudes), the result 
of field observations, and subsequent computations,* and that it should be followed 
by a special report, devoted principally to geographic positions alone. 

Circumstances attending publication rendered it imperative that the latter vol- 
ume should appear first (see Special Report on Positions, Azimuths, &e¢., royal 8°) 
which, on account of paucity of office assistance, it was impossible to render complete 
under any of the branches of results. 

Circumstances beyond my control have precluded the possibility of exhausting 
the subject further, and hence this appendix has been confined simply to a list of 
positions determined at certain military posts. 

Had time and means permitted, it would have been practicable to have compiled 
a list of all available mathematically determined latitudes and longitudes (coastwise 
and interior) in their respective orders of value, with a reference to the detailed 
authority for each determination and description of monuments marking these points. 

Such a compilation is a prerequisite to the construction of the much-needed 
general military topographic atlas of the whole country. 


* The classes of stations, the computed positions of which were determined, are eight, as follows: 
(land 2) Main and secondary astronomical; (3) sextant latitude; (4) base lines (measured and devel- 
oped); 5and6) primary and secondary triangulation; (7) three point, and (8) cross-sight. 


229 


930 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL 


SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


TaBLe I.—MILITARY POSTS, GEOGRAPHICAL POSI 


Z| | 
@ Name of post. | ae 
Ss 
z 

1} Abraham Lincoln, Fort, Dak ............ Scamaelas sae acmeae asec eeee ees 18 B 
2 | Apache, Port, AvTiZ.<..ccc.<cecc-- sscweceecce eee eacoeae aestwaenesesseues 83 A 
3) Baker. Camp: Mont. vasees's0s geass senna esecvcessetd-+ecenccs seeues cogs =s 14 B 
4 | Bayard, Fort, N. Mex. (astronomical monument)........--.--..--++-+-+- 84 C 
© | BerntonsMort, (Mont)itenc uns co ess seer st ecer ee cnetewatenassacis come tecenes 60 
Gi), Bidwell Hort; Calii(facstatt)icsacet-c-cccescacade wanecesceSaranancecees 38 B 
7 | Bliss, Fort, Tex. (astronomical monument)...............-..02002--e000- 90 B 
8: Bowles Wort eArigt esc: <ac.cek eet acer acne Geancton cated onndasunceueneae 89 B 
9 | Cameron, Fort, Utah (first building erected 1872)..........2..-2----..++- 59 A 
10 |'Chevenne Depot, Wyo. --- oo .2- cove cawevsecewescctesedueatsscevancsea= | 44 C 
11) Craig; Kort, Ne Mox. (flagstaff). o-. =<. 0..2.< 62. nce.ccenes oececeeeaeesets 84 A 
12 | Douglas, Fort, Utah (astronomical monument) ......-...-..------------+ 41 D 
13) lis; Wore; Mont: (agetatt): sc0ss este aces aateesscoecceacec ccscscesoseace 15 C 
14)|'Fetterman, Fort, Wiy0..s..0ccss6scacvusdcewssse assed eee eee esas eRe a 35 C 
15)}/ Fred. ‘Steele, Fort, Wyo: (flagstaff). -. 2.20.5... ce0cssccccsoenscessencce= 43 
16 Garland, Fort, Colo. (flagstaff) 62 C 
17 | Grant, Porte Avigico...wesao es: stacasasec avec censces tessost meas oneese ee 83 C 
18 | Hall, Fort, Idaho (flagstaff) 32 D 
19 | Halleck, Fort, Nev. (astronomical monument)................-.--.------ 40 C 
20°] Bancock; Camp; Dak.(flavstaih)\ << sacccc. ocean's ace aceiciees cc's ccetiaces see 18 B 
21 | Independence; Camp; Calica <.c2-2c.cccecs ces ciassvidcs~mesecsaseteceeeesces 65 

22; | Klamath; Fort, Oreg. << Sse scas sacs sc aineics sarees varcase see cents, seleie'scre.4's 29 C 
23 Laramie, Fort, Wyo. (tl 44 
24 | Lewis, Camp, Mont ......-...-..00s- Monaucweacecn ssacuwaccecamceaee fascice 15 B 
25 | Melinney, Mort; Wiy0sss :0.ccsu-asecseacetecceescccacsteausccsscosscee ee 34 B 
26 | Marcy, Old Fort, N. Mex. (astronomical monument) .....--...-. eeeacatd 69 D 
27 | Mohave, Fort, Ariz.....-.......-.. BR eRe SAU Ro rarer SAA er cites 74 3B 
28 | North Platte Station, Nebr .........-..............2 Somes cise comnacaeme es 45 D 
29 | Robinsun, Fort, Nebr. (astronomical monument) 35 D 
30 Ruby, Old Camp, Nev. (astronomical monument).........--.--.--------- 49 A 
31 | Russell, Fort D. A., Wyo. (flagstaif) ..............c000cee-sc0--<- amen ee 44 C 
32 | Sanders, Fort, Wyo. (flagstaff) .........0...ccsccceeeneccceeeeeeeeceeeee 43 D 
33 | Shaw, Fort, Mont ........ aid erainielaleiaid = Gives e\awiaiine lates arnt raiaiain aeteiccinee te cite eos 5D 


Latitude. 


44 46 10. 00 


33 47 18.70 
46 40 44.00 


38 16 33.34 


43 08 54.80 
40 45 34.35 
46 58 17.90 
36 50 10.00 
42 41 07.70 
42 12 01.31 


43 47 05. 60 


35 41 19.29 


35 02 09. 00 
41 08 18.33 
42 39 23.73 


40 03 38. 63 
41 08 38.83 
41 17 26.39 
47 30 33. 00 


Longitude. 
eo orouw 


100 50 57. 00 


*109 57 00.00 
111 11 00.00 


108 09 08.77 
| 110 39 48.00 


120 09 15, 56 
106 29 03, 37 
Notreduced. 
) 111 44 00.31 
104 49 11.65 


107 O1 07. 96 
111 50 14. 07 


| 


! 


110 58 30.97 | 


| 
| 109 26 30.00 


106 15 12.75 


105 56 45. 22 


| 114 35 54.00 
100 45 53.14 
103 27 59.70 

| 115 31 06.75 

| 104 50 24.47 

| 105 34 59. 56 
111 48 19.05 


Alti- 
tude 
above 


level. 


4, 448 
14, 905 
4, 747 


LATITUDES, LONGITUDES, ETC. 2911 


TIONS, ALTITUDES, AND MAGNETIC VARIATIONS. 


Expe- a 
penne: ee | Authority. Remarks. 3 
riation. year. z 
4 
oru | | | 
pESsanansn | 1874 Capt. William Ludlow, | Longitude by chronometer and sextant, latitude by sextant........------.| 1 
| | Corps of Engineers; | 
| | W.H. Wood, assistant | 
| | engineer. 
1410 42| 1871 | Wheeler.-....--.------ | 2 
asacteccee | 1875 W. H. Wood, assistant | 3 
| engineer Yellowstone | * | 
Expedition. 
12 56 0 1878 | Wheeler ..-...-.----.-- | Longitude by telegraph and transit, latitude by zenith telescope 4 
_...---...| 1875. Lieut. F. V. Greene, | Northern Boundary Commission survey .--..---------.+--+++-+++eee207777 3 
| | Corps of Engineers. 
1753 0| 1877 | Wheeler...-..---.----- | Trigonometric connection with triangulation | 6 
12 25 15 1878 | Wheeler ...----- ., Longitude by telegraph and transit, latitude by zenith telescope ..------- 7 
13 4753 | 1873 | Wheeler.---.----------- Latitude by sextant ..-222-2 22> sr ds-c- coos soe once seer ecen=e aes acese=- | 8 
16 24 0 1873 | Wheeler.....--.-------- | Trigonometric connection with triangulation leas 
anaeHe=8cd | | Trigonometric connection with Cheyenne astronomical monument, alti- | 10 
tude of astronomical monument. 
12 59 09 Trigonometric connection with triangulation ..----..-------+++-++--+++-*> j 11 
17 01 0 1872 Wheeler. - | By traverse line to Coast Survey station at Salt Lake City .--..--------- | 12 
1913 0 1877 | Wiheeler... 6-5. -- = -.10:-- Trigonometric connection with astronomical monument at Bozeman, 13 
Mont.; magnetic declination for Bozeman; altitude from Northern 
Boundary survey. | 
OSES CEOS 1876 Capt. W. S. Stanton, Longitude by telegraph and sextant from Detroit by Capt. H. M. Adams, | 14 
Engineer Corps. | Engineer Corps; latitude by sextant. | 
16 2710) 1873 Wheeler Trigonometric connection with astronomical monument .....-.--------+-- | 35 
14 07 08 1873 | Wheeler | Lrigonometric connection with triangulation. .-..-.--.-...---------++-- | 16 
13 49 0 1873 | Wheeler ...-..---------.| Latitude by sextant .......-..---- --.---- +--+ +e see ee eee ee eee rece eee eee (17 
1813 0 1877. Wheeler - Latitude by sextant, longitude measured on plat -.--..-.--.------------+- | 18 
16 21 24 1869 | Wheeler ...--...-------- Longitude by telegraph and sextant, latitude by sextant-.----.---------- | 19 
savseoicos 1873. VT. H. Safford ......-.--.| Trigonometrie connection with Bismarck observing pier - 
15 33 43.) i871 Wheeler .-......-..--<- | Longitude by lunar culmination ..-..----------.---+---+------ 22222 e250 
19 41 0| 1878) Wheeler.-.-..........-- Tatitudeiby, sextant|ss-c-)2-2---aass- ese. ermns=ee re ee ci ea= sna aer 


15 24 50 1877. Capt. W. S. Stanton, Trigonometric connection with astronomical station at camp on Laramie 


| Engineer Corps. | River. | 
secccaheas 1875 W. H. Wood, assistant Longitude by chronometer and sextant, latitude by sextant .......-..---.| 24 
engineer. | 
Seeeetce TST7A Cap Ei WerS onStanton slice dome eae see cttee cts ae ne) eee nececeeseee sorzccrerenncesentecn|/20 
Corps of Engineers. | 
 \s 1873-5 F eee ae cn 
13 09 32 i srs Wrheeletz-c-n2--+-.--=-: _ Longitude by telegraph and transit, latitude by zenith telescope-..-.-..-- | 26 
14.45 0 1875 | iwiheclent sane nessecece= By connection with iron monument of California boundary ..-----.------ | 27 
eee eee 1874 | Wheeler.....--..---.-- | Longitude by telegraph and transit, latitude by zenith telescope --..-.-. 28 
nausaaesa: 1877 | Capt. W. S. Stanton, | Longitude by telegraph and sextant from Detroit by Lieut. P. M. Price, 29 
Engineer Corps. Engineer Corps; latitude by sextant. 
17 09 04 1869 | Wheeler... ves Longitude by telegraph and transit, latitude by sextant ---..-....------ 30 
ceesceeo | 1872 | Wheeler .--....-.......... Trigonometric connection with Cheyenne astronomical monument .----- 31 
15 30 0 1873 | Wheeler.--...--.-.--... | Connection by traverse line with astronomical monument at Laramie City. 82 
Soecssees 1875 | Lient. F. V. Greene, | Northern Boundary Commission survey .--...-------------+2----2220+2+5) 39 
. Engineer Corps. 


232 


U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


TaBLE I.—MILITARY POSTS, GEOGRAPHICAL POSITIONS, 


& Name of post. 
em 
z | ; 

| 
$4 | Sheridan, Camp, Nebr ...........-..- SEs einem winin te SS ne perma m a) 
35 | Sidney, Fort, Nebr. (astronomical monument).......-......--..--..----- 
36: |.Stanton, Wort, IN. Mox. (flagstafh) 2222.22 5 ence ns acoenistacaveice os cacescct 
37 | Union, Fort, N. Mex. (astronomical monument) ...........-...-..--.--- 
88a) nVierde: Port, chr a ¢ ase ae: ercecs ce we enri da meee a tensatcie st eras ctulaeseis reece Dae 
39 | Whipple, Fort, Ariz. (astronomical monument)..-...........2..--....--- | 
40 | Wingate, Fort, (N. Mex. (fagataff}.:. .c2-..22c2c5..5.2 cee ceesseeeccccee 


* Approximate. 


| Atlas 
| sheet. 


36 C 


Latitude. 


Alti- 

tude 

Longitude. above 
| sea- 

| level. 

102: 38 46,70. |...-.-- 
102 58 13.32) 4, 106 
105 31 59.72 | 6, 152 
105 00 51.15 | 6, 744 
*111 53 00.00 | 3, 160 
112 27 10.20 | 5,318 
108 32 20. 00 | 7, 038 


Note.—Blanks in “altitude” and ‘‘variation’’ columns do not necessarily imply lack of field observations, the compilation 


LATITUDES, LONGITUDES, ETC. 


ALTITUDES, AND MAGNETIC VARIATIONS—Continued. 


ag. | Expe 

netiowa. dition- 

riation. year. 

saenlomcie ait 1876 
| 

| 1874 

1878 

1873 

1871 

| 1871 

14 51 27 | 1873-5 


being incomplete. 


Authority. 


Capt. W. S. Stanton, 
Engineer Corps. 
Wheeler 
Wheeler 
Wheeler 


Wheeler. - 
Wiheeler-o-..2-0.--4si-= 


233 


Remarks. 


| 
| 


Longitude by chronometer and sextant, latitude by sextant 


Longitude by telegraph and transit, latitude by zenith telescope 


Trigonometric connection with triangulation 
| 


| Longitude by lunar culminations, latitude by zenith telescope 
| Latitude by sextant 


} Taken from plat. 


| Number. 


| 


wo 
pes 


oo 
un 


ww w 
aad 


wo 
o 


40 


The altitudes marked ‘‘/"' are from connected levels, the others from cistern barometer determinations. 


APPENDIX B. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 
INTRODUCTION. 


The following brief description of the principal published atlas sheets 
of the uniform series is herewith presented, in order that certain details 
shall become more intelligible, and that a further and more complete 
reference to published reports bearing thereon may be suggested.* 

The projection chosen as the basis of construction of the several poly- 
conic rectangles so called is original, and may be termed a modified secant 
conie projection. It will be found elsewhere described in this volume. 

The 111th meridian west from Greenwich was chosen as the central 
line from which the several principal rectangles (ninety-five in number) 
were laid out on either side. The parallel 39° north latitude has been 
assumed as the central latitude line. Each rectangle comprises 2° 45’ of 
longitude and 1° 40’ of latitude. Each sheet is separately projected by the 
modified secant conic method, and so constructed that the number requisite 
to embrace an entire State or Territory may be conjoined where desirable, 
The seale of each atlas sheet is 1 inch to 8 miles, or 1: 506880; for each 
quarter sheet 1 inch to 4 miles, or 1: 253440. Lesser subdivisions of a 
single atlas sheet have been published on the scale of 1 inch to 2 miles, 1 
inch to 1 mile, and an inch to two thirds of a mile. The principal positions 
on each sheet are checked, by the results from the main astronomic deter- 


muimations, of measured and developed bases, and trigonometric positions; 


x This appendix (partly compiled), for which Lieutenant Macomb has rendered assistance, it has 
not been possible to make cither uniform or complete. 


235 


236 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


the result of computations, by means of least squares. Intermediate points 
are checked by means of positions determined from a secondary triangula- 
tion. Minor positions are the result of trigonometric observations by the 
several topographic parties. Reductions from the note-books were first made 
by the field topographers on a large scale, usually 1 inch to 2 miles, and 
these are reduced in an artistic manner to the final atlas sheets. The land 
classification series were obtained by placing in color upon the topographic 
map as a base the various observed facts and relations concerning the distri- 
bution of the arable, arid, timber, and grazing lands, together with special 
features of lakes, marshes, etc. The geologic sheets, so far as published, 
are obtained by superposing upon the topographic sheet as a base the 
several colors defining the formations as observed and determined. The 
grand basins of drainage, within which the operations of the survey were 
conducted and from which the topographic maps have resulted, are: the 
Coast, Interior, Sacramento, Columbia, and Colorado, lying west of the 
Continental Divide; the Missouri, Mississippi, Arkansas, Brazos, and Rio 
Grande east of the Continental Divide (see map of ‘ Areas of Drainage to 
the Atlantic and Pacifie ”). 

The aggregate of the mountainous area of these basins, all lying west 
of the Great Plains, is approximately 993,360 square miles.* 

In 1869, when the explorations and surveys began, there had been 
built within the now surveyed area of 359,065 square miles of this terri- 
tory, 1,637 miles of railway, including the Union Pacific Railroad, North 
Platte to Ogden, and the Central Pacific Railroad, thence to San Francisco ; 
while in 1884 railroads in the same area aggregated not less than 16,000 


miles. 


SHEETs 32, C anp D. 


These two quarter sheets form the southern half of full sheet 32 of the 
1-inch to 8-mile series. The northern half was not surveyed. The terri- 
tory embraced is the southeastern corner of Idaho and a narrow strip of 


western Wyoming. 


* See ‘ List of reports and maps, second edition, 181,” for titles of most of the maps herein de- 
scribed, and also Appendix G, herewith. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. Boll 


Scale—One inch =4 miles, or 1: 253440. Area, 8,046 square miles 
(4,023 square miles each).* Boundaries, 42° 20’ and 43° 10’ north lati- 
tude, and 111° to 113° 45’ longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent 
sheets published: 8. 41, A and B; field work during 1877 expedition. 

There are six principal settlements, three Mormon and three Gentile. 
Fort Hall is at the northwest corner of Sheet 32 D, nor far from the Snake 


and Bannock Indian Agency, which lies to the southwest, at Ross Fork. 
GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


With the exception of a small portion in the southeastern corner, drained 
by Malade Creek (a small arm of the Great Basin), the whole area belongs 
to the Snake River Basin and its tributaries, of the Columbia. The grand 
physical characteristics are the distinctions between the Basin Range systems 
that constitute all of 32 D, and the southeastern part of 82 C, and the Snake 
River Desert or Plains and their lava exposures. 

The ranges proper are meridional, mostly anticlinals, with correspond- 
ing synelinals under adjoining valleys, or monoclinals, joined by ridges 
flanking irregularly the whole uplifted masses, which surround a number of 
elevated detrital valleys, usually the beds of streams, having both exterior 
and interior drainage. Several mountain groups border the plains of Snake 
River. 

DIVIDES AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. 

The most important divide is that between the Bear River portion of the 
Great Basin and the Columbia, of which the Port Neuf and other unnamed 
mountains form a part. The sub-basins are those of the Snake, Bear, and 
Blackfoot Rivers, each threading its way through mountain masses in canons 
of various magnitudes. The ridges are crowned by many prominent peaks 
towering above the adjacent valleys. The Snake follows a tortuous bed 
eroded from a plain-like eruptive basalt field. The Utah Northern now 
traverses Red Rock Pass, the outlet of Old Lake Bonneville (82 D). Vari- 
ous other passes, as the Port Neuf, connect the several detrital valleys, 


* For 32 C there is (1) 1,541 square miles mountainous, (2) 223 valley, (3) 440 as plains, and (4) 1,819 
desert ; while for 32 D the areas for mountains, plateaus, and valleys are 1—876—807 and 1,340 respect- 
ively. There are seven ranges, one plateau, sixty-four measured or named mountain peaks (two 
above 10,000 feet), five valleys, two lakes, two main passes, and four canons, the principal one being 
along Snake River. 


238 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


ranging in altitude between 5,000 and 7,000 feet, and by means of which 
present and future communication becomes assured. The climate differs 
but slightly from that of Sheets 41 A and B, except for the more desert 
northwesterly section and the higher altitudes at the northeast, where a 
more rigorous winter and cooler summer prevails, with lower temperature 
for July and August. The resources, except for the exceedingly sterile 
desert portion, are similar to those for Sheets 41 A and B, not having 
yet been scarcely utilized except for a little mineral development in high 


altitudes at the northwest. There is substantially no game. 
LAND CLASSIFICATION. 


There is founda for 32 C: 5 per cent. arable, 55.9 grazing, 5 per cent. 
timber, 37.9 per cent. arid; while for 82 D there was noted 73 per cent. 
tillable, 70.08 per cent. grazing, 24.87 per cent. timber, and 2 per cent. 
arid; also 2.34 per cent. lakes, ponds, and marshes. 

It should be remarked that the percentages of arid as compared with 
arable would be changed somewhat in favor of the latter after all known 
processes of irrigation (but little practiced at present) have been applied. 
In sheet 5, accompanying Annual Report of 1878 (Hayden Survey), there 
is shown for area, in common with 382 D, geologic exposures of Silurian and 
Carboniferous from the Paleozoic; Triassic, Jura-Trias, and Cretaceous 
(Laramie group) from the Mesozoic; Tertiary (Salt Lake beds) and 


o 


Quaternary of the Cenozoic; together with considerable basalt and small 
hot spring deposits. The Archzean is absent, or rather covered by overly- 
ing formations, while the Tertiary volcanic rocks do not appear. The pre- 
vailing rocks of the mountain forms are compact blue limestones, calcareous 
shales, sandstones, and quartzites, quartzite-schists, ete. The Iowa mining 
district embraces the country drained by Iowa Creek, Anderson Gulch, 
Eagle Creek, Jack-IXnife and Tin-Cup Runs, and an area of 15 miles north 
and south and 10 miles east and west (32 D), with Pisgah Peak (9,695 
feet) as a center. Gold quartz occurs at about 6,800 feet in connection 
with iron, and magnetic iron is found in all the Lowa placers situated at 
the base of Mount Pisgah. he ores of the vicinity are iron, copper, lead, 


manganese, silver, and gold (see Annual Report, 1878, p. 89). 
to) ] oD ’ 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 939 


Routes —The Utah Northern Railroad enters the area just south of Red 
Rock Pass (32 [D), reaching 32 C near mouth of lower Port-Neuf Canon, 
passing out (northeast corner 32 C) near Blackfoot, finally joiming the 
Northern Pacific at Garrison, 454 miles from Ogden. <A branch of the 
Union Pacific Railroad from Granger enters via Bear River, passes Ben- 
nington and Soda Springs, thence through the Port-Neuf Cations to Poco- 
tillo, crossing Snake River near American Falls, passing out (32 C) near 
42° 45’ north latitude. This is known as the ‘‘ Idaho Division” or “Oregon 
Short Line.” The counties are the southern half of Oneida aad a small 
portion of Bear Lake, Cassia, and Alturas. The population of Bear Lake 
and Oneida counties was 10,199 in 1880, with 1,937 for the settlements 
within the atlas sheets.* 

SHeets 38, B anv D. 


These together form the eastern half of the full sheet of the same 
number. 

Locality—Parts of northeast California, northwest Nevada, and south- 
ern Oregon. 

Scale—1 inch=4 miles, or 1: 253440 — Area: 8,202 square miles. 
(388 B=4.075; 38 D=4.127).t Boundaries: 40° 40’ and 42° 20’ north 
latitude, and 119° 15’ to 120° 374 longitude west from Greenwich. Ad- 
jacent sheets published, 8. 47 B. Field work during expeditionary years 
of 1877-78. 

GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 

At least two-thirds of the eastern portion belongs to the Great Basin, 
the western rim of which (marked by the Warner Range from Sugar Loaf 
Peak at the north to about latitude 41° north, thence by isolated groups) 
traverses the area nearly north and south, and the remainder to that of 
the Sacramento. 


* Taken from Rand, McNally & Co.’s Atlas. See also Annual Report 1878. The rain-fall at Fort 
Hall (See Signal Service Report, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 91, 50th Cong., 1st sess.) taken from observa- 
tions from May, 1871, to December, 1880, gives a mean of 17.51 inches, a maximum of 21.77 inches, 
1880, and aminimum, of 9.67 inches 1873. 

t Of the 2,978 square miles in California 925 are mountainous, 893 plateau, 668 valley, 262 plains, 
and 230 desert; 3,624 square miles fall in Nevada, of which 1,193 are mountainous, 486 plateau, 835 val- 
ley, 328 plains, and 800 desert; the balance (1,582 square miles) in Oregon, embraces 315 square miles 
mountainous, 567 plateau, and 700 desert, 


240 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF i00TH MERIDIAN, 


The combined area is made up of a number of ridges of the Basin 
Range series, together with mountain groups flanking in echelon the line 
connecting the northern extremity of the Sierra Nevada and the southern 
of the Cascade Ranges. 

The mountain forms are strewn in rich confusion, and with the pla- 
teaus constitute more than half ‘the area, the balance consisting of valley- 
like plains, sparsely vegetated, and wanting in drainage lines. 

The principal divide, following the Warner range and its continuation 
for the greater part of its line of demarkation, is that between the Great 
Basin and the Sacramento. The sub-basins are the Upper Pitt River, Sur- 
prise Valley, and a number of alkaline flats or plains, also minor basins and 
reservoirs, such as are common in the more sterile regions of the interior. 

The only ranges are the Warner and Granite, the other elevated forms 
being masses of outlying hills and broken plateaus or mesas (mostly vol- 
canic) traversed by canons. From a total of sixty-six principal peaks none 
exceed 10,000 feet, while at least seventeen are between 5,000 and 10,000 
feet There are ten principal valleys, sixteen lakes (also a large number of 
alkali or mud flats, dry except during the rainy season), nine passes,* and 
nine canons. ‘The only rivers are the north and south forks of the Pitt. 
The climate has the marked wet and dry seasons of the Great Basin, all the 
rain falling during the winter. The area of 38 D is composed of 2.8 per 
cent. agricultural, 75.5 per cent. grazing, 10.4 per cent. timber, 9.8 per cent. 
arid or barren, and 1.7 per cent. water surface. 

[rrigation is necessary for crops, and is limited mainly by the water 
available from streams, the sources of which lie in the mountains and high 
lands. 

Grazing predominates. Timber is mostly used locally. Artemisia 
fringes the valleys and foot-hills persistently. The native resources are 
scarcely touched upon. Agriculture, with a little mining, is so far the only 
industry. Salt is produced in moderate quantity. The lake beaches are 
alluvial and lacustrine. The remnants of ancient glacial action are prev- 
alent. Voleanic croppings abound in the Great Basin area. No fossils 


* See list of passes hitherto. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 241 


only three settlements of any importance. Fort Bidwell is located in the 
north central part of 38 B. Its post hospital meteorologic summary from 
January, 1871, to July, 1883, gives a mean annual temperature for that pe- 
riod of 51.1° Fahr.; a mean annual precipitation of 16.87 inches, the greatest 
occurring in December and March; the highest temperature 97 °Fahr., oc- 
curring in August, 1881, and the lowest —18° Fahr., in January, 1883. 
There is no railroad within the area. King shows the Granite Range 
(38 D) as eruptive granite (Archean), with a little basalt at the southeast, 
all flanked by Upper and Lower Quaternary, with basalt for the Mad- 
eline mesa to the west.* 
Sueers 41, A anp B. 

These sheets form the northern half of the same numbered full sheet. 

Locality.—Parts of southeastern Idaho and northern Utah. 

Scale—1 inch to 4 miles, 1:253440. Area, 8,150 square miles. 
Boundaries, 41° 30’ and 42° 20’ north latitude, and 111° and 113° 45° 
longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets, N. 52, A and 
B. Field work in season of 1877. 

There are thirty-six Mormon and twenty railroad (Union Pacifie, Cen- 
tral Pacific and Utah Northern railroads) settlements within the area. 


GENERAL PAYSICAL FEATURES. 


The larger area lies within the Great Basin; the Great Salt Lake being 
the reservoir of the streams, while the balance is drained by minor streams 
leading to Snake River.t It is characterized by orographie disturbances, 
resulting in Basin Range upheavals, here mostly serrated meridional ridges, 
with the marked exception of the Clear Creek Range, having an east and 
west axis. The mountain and plateau forms embrace more than half the 
area; the balance consisting of detrital valleys and plains, through which 
the precipitated waters reach, either an interior reservoir or gravitate to the 


* For further description, see Annual Reports 1877, 1878 and 1879, and Vol. V. For Lakeview, 
Oreg. (elevation 5,060 feet), the Signal Service gives rain-fall for three years ten months, from Novem- 
ber, 1883, to November, 1887, an average of 18.03 inches. 

+The territory pertaining to Idaho contains 1,674 square miles mountainous, 164 square miles 
platean, and 1,422 square miles valley lands; while that for Utah consists of 2,403 square miles mount 
ainous, 243 plateau, and 2,244 of valley. There are not less than nine principal mountain ranges, with 
sixty-six prominent peaks (two above 10,000 feet), nine valleys,seven main passes, two cations, and 
seven lakes. 

16 WH—VOL I 


242 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


far-distant Columbia and the sea. One of the northern arms of the Great 
Salt Lake occupies the central southern part of 41 A. 

The principal divide is that between the Great Salt Lake integer of 
the Great Basin and the Snake River drainage of the Columbia. The 
minor basins are all tributary to the above lake, the most humid of all the 
sub-basins of the ‘ interior.” 

Much of this area was covered in earlier Quaternary times by what is 
now known as “Old Lake Bonneville,” which had one of its outlets in 
northern part of 41 B. 

The climate, although north of the fortieth parallel, is typical of the 
interior central plateau, having its marked wet and dry seasons, with a small 
but irregular rain-fall, severe mountain winters ; the valleys in the main be- 
ing habitable for stock on outdoor winter ranges, while except for a few 
days in August, the summer climate is delightful, and the winter, at not ex- 
ceeding 7,000 feet, comparatively mild and uniform. Agriculture is the 
principal industry developed by the Mormons. Crops require irrigation, 
and it is believed that the available water supply is in deficit of available 
alluvium. Hence the agricultural capacity is limited, the mineral resources 
comparatively undeveloped, while it is already traversed by railroads, and 
manufactures are comparatively unknown. Game, except near mountain 
summits, is rare; salmon are most plentiful in the northern streams in 
spawning season, and trout abound. 


LAND CLASSIFICATION. 


Sheet 41 A is found to contain approximately 1.45 per cent. arable ter- 
ritory, 72.13 per cent. pasturage or grazing, 10.82 per cent. timber, while 
8.9 per cent. are arid, with 6.7 per cent. of lakes, ponds, and marshes. Sheet 
41 B contains 23.85 per cent. arable ground, 46.41 per cent. of grazing, 21.3 
per cent. timber, and 3.25 per cent. arid or barren; also 5.41 per cent. lakes, 
ponds, and marshes. 

The Mormons have practiced unsystematie ditch irrigation to great 
advantage, the soil being found rich and productive. It has been assumed 
that the rain-fall in this and adjoining areas in Utah and southern Idaho 


has been increased since the practice of irrigation. There is no proof of 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 243 


change due to this cause alone (theoretically there is a small re-precipi- 
tation), and can be none until the true relations between the secular cycle 
of rain-fall, and the intervening wet and dry stages, have been determined 
by instrumental observations. 

Geologic—King defines the Raft River Range and the ridges south of 
Kelton, with small masses between, as of the (Carboniferous) Lower Coal 
Measures (mostly heavy bedded blue and gray limestones), as also the 
Promontory Range; the balance south of latitude 41° 45’ N. as Upper 
and Lower Quaternary with Lower Carboniferous, Sub-carboniferous, Dev- 
onian, Silurian, and Carboniferous for this part of the Wahsatch, and Eocene 
Tertiary for the plateau west of Randolph; @ ¢., types of the principal for- 
mations above the Archean except the Cretaceous. Archeean exposures, 
presumably elsewhere buried, are noted at the base of the Wahsatch north- 
ward from Ogden; also south nearly to Salt Lake City. At the head of 
Miner’s Canon, southward from Black Pine Peak (41 A), mining operations 
had been conducted with considerable activity. Deposits of coking coal 
of excellent quality occur on Twin Creek (41 B) about 24 miles from Bear 
River, where croppings are numerous, some being exploited. Farther east- 

-ard, in the tertiary foot-hills, are croppings of a light, highly lustrous, 
bituminous, non-coking coal, while 20 miles southeasterly, from sandstone 
bluffs facing Green River Basin, are croppings of mammoth bituminous 
veins. 

Routes. —The Central Pacific Railroad enters near Corinne, thence via 
the northern swampy and marshy shores of the lake to Kelton, emerging at 
Terrace. The Oregon Short Line (see 32 C and D) enters via Snake River, 
thence pr oceeding to Soda Springs (32 D).* 


* The counties in Idaho are ee of Cassia, Oneida, and pean anes a portions of Box Elder, 
Cache, and Rich in Utah. The population (1880) was + 23,456 (approximate) or a mean of 2.88 per 
square mile. 

The following was then the population of the principal Mormon towns: Logan, 2,378; Hyrum, 

1,234; Wellsville, 1,194; Richmond, 883; Smithfield, 1,100; Malade, 1,650; Franklin, 600, and Bloom- 
ington, 500. There were fifty-four post- -offices. In Cache County the number of important farms was 
998, with 50,839 acres under cultivation, and in Rich and Box Elder Counties, respectively, one hun- 
dred and fifty-three and five hundred and thirty-three farms and 18, 397 and 28,037 acres cultivated. 
For further description see Annual Report, 1878, and Vol. V. The rain-fall at Corinne for nine years 
three months, between January, 1871, and November, 1887, was: Average, 10.26 inches; maximum, 
18.95 inches, 1884; minimum, 7.07 inches, 1886. At Kelton, for six years three months, between July, 


944 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Sueets 47 A, B, ann D. 


Locality —Parts of north central, eastern and northwestern Cali- 
fornia. 

Scale-——One inch = 4 miles or 1: 25310. Area, 1°,585 square miles. 
Boundaries, 39° 0”, 39° 50’ and 40° 40’ north latitude, and 119° 15’, 120° 
374 and 122° 0' longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: 
N. 38 D. Topography executed during 1876, 1877. and 1878. 

These quarter sheets constitute the eastern half and northwest quarter 
of Sheet 47. There are nineteen principal settlements, thirteen in Cali- 
fornia, and six in Nevada. 

GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


All that portion east of the Sierra Nevada summits and their continu- 
ation northward belongs to the Great Basin, the balance, including 47 A, 
forming part of the coast drainage, the streams being tributary to the Sac- 
ramento.* The most noticeable features are the northern end of the Sierra 
Nevada, members of the Basin ranges, and outliers of various trends, shapes, 
and forms between the Sierra Nevada and Cascade Ranges. 

The mountain exposures cover more than half the area, the balance 
consisting of valleys and plains, which toward the coast are traversed by 
many minor drainage lines. 

The maps give a correct expression of the physical features. The 
principal divide, running northerly and southerly, is that between the Great 
Basin and the Sacramento, which follows the water-shed of the upper 
Sierra Nevada, and the uplifts reaching in echelon northwesterly toward 
the Cascade. 

Through this area the Central Pacific Railroad winds its way, making 


the long traverse of a pass in the northern sierras, while the maps point out 


1881, and November, 1887, was: Average, 6.07 inches; maximum, 11.74 inches, 1884; minimum, 2.12 
inches, 1882. At Terrace, for six years two months, between July, 1581, and November, 1887, was: 
Average, 4.25 inches; maximum, 9.47 inches, 1884; minimum, 1.08 inches, 1887. See Signal Service 
Report. 

* For sheets 47 B and D the number of square miles in California is 3,811, divided as follows: 
.580 mountainous, 1,416 valley, and 815 desert, while the balance of 4,596 square miles in Nevada con- 
sists of 1,940 mountainous, 1,380 valley, and 1,276 desert. There are four principal ranges, three 
groups, one hundred and sixty-eight prominent peaks (two above 10,000 feet), and thirty-five lakes, as 
well as seven passes and a number of canons. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 245 


the possibility of better grades farther northward. The climate is divisible 
into three varieties, one, attaching to the mountains, a second to the valleys 
of the Great Basin, and a third to the lower levels of the Sacramento. The 
rainfall is greatest in the mountains and least in the Great Basin. Red 
Bluff (southwest corner sheet 47) is the nearest station at which a summary 
is available. Signal-Service observations from July, 1877, to July, 1883, 
give a mean annual temperature of 62.8° Fahr., with 110.5° Fahr. for the 
highest in August, 1878, and 25° Fahr. as the lowest in January and 
December, 1878, also December, 1879 and 1882, with a mean annual rain- 
fall of 30.84 inches, the greatest occurring in January, with southerly pre- 
vailing winds, for spring and summer, and northerly for autumn and 
winter.* 

Searcely any of all this area is susceptible of economic cultivation, the 
main resources being mineral and timber. Here are found large hydraulic 
mines, now being persistently exploited, together with numerous gold lodes 
worked ona continuous and extensive scale, together with the famous Com- 
stock lode, the history of which is well known. Naturally the Great Basin 
area requires irrigation, although small mountain valleys may be cultivated 
without. Irrigation is practiced on a small scale and without regular sys- 
tem. Of large game the region is destitute, while the few remaining fish 
are confined to near the sources of the streams. Wild geese, ducks, white 
and blue herons, and sea gulls are found in great numbers about the lakes. 


LAND CLASSIFICATION. 


Sheet 47 A is found to contain 5.5 per cent. tillable land, 26.2 per cent. 
grazing, 63 per cent. of timber, 3.5 per cent. arid; also 1.8 per cent. lakes, 


* Signal-Service rain- n-falls are given as ie Red Bluff, sixteen years three months, from Sep- 
tember, 1871, to November, 1887: Average, 23.99 inches; maximum, 61.65, 1877~’78 (*), and minimum, 
13.52, 1872~73 (*). Truckee, seventeen years one month, from September, 1870, to November, 1587: 
Average, 28.09 inches; maximum, 47.21 inches, 1871-72 (*), and minimum, 13.85 inches, 1282-83 (*)- 
Cisco, seventeen years one month: Average, 55. 10 inches; maximum, 80.46 inches, 1880-’81, (*) and mini- 
mum, 34, 187677 (*). [(*) Seasonal from September to August, inclusive.] Carson, nine years nine 
months, from OER 1875, to December, 1886: Average, 11.75 inches; maximum, 18.03 inches, 1875, 
and minimum, 7.05 inches, 1883. Reno, six i three months: Average, 4.58 inches; maximum, 6.17 
inches, 1884, aa minimum, 2.95 inches, 1885. Wadsworth, six years four months, from July, 1881, to 
November, 1887: Average, 4.48 inches; maximum, 5.72 inches, 1887, and minimum, 2.75 inches, 1°83. 
Also, Old Fort Churchill, for three years nine months, from January, 1862, to May, 1867: Average, 7.43 
inches. 


246 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


ponds, and marshes. Sheet 47 B consists of 2.87 per cent. arable, 12.59 
per cent. grazing, 14.96 per cent. timber, 53.382 per cent. arid, together with 
16.24 per cent. lakes, ponds, and marshes; while 47 D comprises 9.8 per 
cent. arable, 26.5 per cent. grazing, 38.4 per cent. timber, 21.3 per cent. 
barren, together with 4 per cent. lakes, ponds, and marshes. 

It is believed that steps are being taken to irrigate the Sacramento 
Valley through State intervention. 

The Fortieth Parallel Survey gives for the Truckee, Lake, and Virginia 
Ranges and other parts of eastern 47 B and D, Archian, Triassic, Tertiary, 
and Quaternary formations, with exposures of eruptive granite, basalt, and 
older lavas. The Silurian, Carboniferous, Jurassic, and Cretaceous (the 
latter not found west of the Wahsatch) are wanting. The Archzean crops 
(very slightly) in the Truckee Range only. The older volcanic rocks are 
Trachyte, Rhyolite, Diabase, Quartz Propylite, Melaphyr, Dacite, and An- 
desite. Both Upper and Lower Quaternary are present. The result of 
glacial action is notable along the flanks of the Sierra. Mention is made of 
the Eagle and Meadow Lake districts in the annual report (1878). The 
numerous hot springs in vicinity of Lassen’s Butte are described by Lieu- 
tenant Tillman (p. 212, Annual Report, 1879) and Steamboat Springs by 
Lieutenant Macomb (p. 12838, Annual Report, 1877). The population as 
determined from the Tenth Census for the portions of Shasta, Tehama, 
Butte, Plumas, Sierra, Nevada, and Placer Counties, Cal., embraced was 
11,065, while that for Washoe, Storey, and Ormsby Counties of Nevada 
was 27,966 for the territory described. 

Routes —The Central Pacific Railroad enters east of Wadsworth and 
emerges near Cisco. At Reno the Virginia and Truckee Railroad connects 
with Virginia City. From Mound House the Carson and Colorado Rail- 
road follows the Carson River to Dayton, near which it passes out. (See 
sheet 57; see also Annual Reports 1877-1879, and Vols. V and VL.) 


Sueets 48 © anp D. 


Locality —Part of west central Nevada. 
Scale—One inch=4 miles, or 1:253440. Area, 8,458 square miles. 
Boundaries, 39° and 39° 50’ north latitude and 116° 30/ and 119° 15’ longi- 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. Q47 


tude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets, Weal, DaS7 od: 
FE. 49. Field work during 1876. 

These quarter sheets, constituting the southern half of sheet 48, fall 
entirely in the Great Basin, belonging to the Humboldt, Carson, and Walker 
River drainage. There are four principal settlements. 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


These are typical of the Great Basin. The streams are all without 
ocean outlets, many sinking before the valleys are reached. This area, 
falling entirely within the Basin Range system, consists of a number of 
ranges, mostly meridional, joined by irregularly disposed divides, the whole 
holding within their perimeters detrital valleys and desert plains of their 
own building and upon which the visible mountains appear to rest, consti- 
{uting a section among the most uninviting parts of the central interior of 
the Great Basin, scarcely susceptible of cultivation, but stored with min- 
erals.* 

The divides are those between the several valleys and plain-like spaces, 
with drainage lines, of which the most notable are the Carson, Walker, and 
Reese Rivers. The subordinate streams of this desiccated region are few 
and confined to the mountain-heights and their foot-hills. 

The climate, except for its extreme dryness, is very equable. The 
winter, unless for altitudes above 8,000 to 9,000 feet, is not usually severe, 
while the summer climate along the flanks of the valleys and within the 
canons is decidedly even, without high temperatures and with cool nights. 
Winnemueca, Nev, is the nearest point at which a meteorological sum- 
mary is available, which from July, 1877 to June, 1883, shows a mean 
annual temperature of 48.6° Fahr., with a maximum of 104° Fahr. in July, 
1887, and minimum of 20° Fahr. in December, 1879, an annual average 
precipitation of 8.31 inches, the greatest in January, the prevailing winds 
being south west.j Crops could be matured, were water ¢ available, at eleva- 


* There are fous principal ranges, five mountain masses, sev jal groups of hills, among w hich 
are sixty-nine prominent peaks, ten above 10, 000 feet, with and without names. There are twelve 
main valleys. three lakes, and nine passes. 

+For eight years eleven months, from July, 1877, to December, 1887, the Signal Service gives for 


rain-fall at Winnemucca: Average 7.93 inches; maximum 11.80 inches, 1585, and minimum 6.77 inches, 


248 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


tions not exceeding 7,500 feet, however, the paucity of water determines 
only a mining future, the exception being grazing and timber. Systematic 
search for the precious metals has not yet been begun within the area of a 
very great number of mountain ridges, therefore no one can point out with 
certainty the future of this somewhat erratic industry, but it is safe to as- 
sume that more intelligent examination of surface indications and their 
connection with geologic formations known to contain ore concentrations, 
will eventually lead to the development of hidden wealth not at present 
suspected, and verify the statement that the ground of the western mount- 
ains from a mineral standpoint has not yet been ‘“ scratched.” 

King shows for the area north of 30° 30° a small exposure only of 
Archean in the Reese River Range ; no Cambrian, Silurian, or Devonian ; 
Carboniferous, ‘Triassic, and Jurassic (the latter small), and Quaternary. 
The lavas other than Basalt, are Trachyte, Porphyry, Rhyolite, Andesite, 
Diabase, and Diorite. The Toyabe Range is based on eruptive granite, then 
Weber Quartzites and Carboniferous, large exposures of Rivyolite, slight 
of Miocene, surrounded by Quaternary. The Desatoya Mountains are 
principally Rhyolite with Triassic beds. The Augusta Mountains are like- 
wise of Rhyolite, with masses of Trachyte, Andesite, and Diabase. The 
Pah-Ute Range is granite at bottom, with beds of Trias, and the Kaw- 
soh Mountains are Basalt. Remains of old lake beaches are noted in many 
of the valleys, and “Lake La Hontan” in Quaternary times covered the 
greater part of sheet 48 C. (See Monograph XI, U.S. Geological Sur- 
vey—Russell. ) 

The Ione, Union, Mammoth, and Lodi mining districts are mentioned 
in Annual Report, 1877; silver-bearing ores are found north of New Pass, 
and in Vol. III, Fortieth Parallel Reports, pp. 336 and 349, is found refer- 
ence, respectively, to the Kingston and Reese River districts (48 D). The 
Genoa Hot Springs receive mention by Lieutenant Macomb (Annual Re- 
port, 1877, p. 1283). 

Routes —The Central Pacific Railroad traverses the northwest corner 
(48 C) en route from Winnemucca to Reno. The Nevada Central (south- 


~ 


1878, Austin, for two years nine months from December, 1877, to September, 1820: Average 10.21 inches; 
and Hot Springs, five years ten months, from July, 1881, to November, 1887: Average 3.26 inches; 

SS) A , 7 ’ ’ 8 ’ 
maximum 4.49 inches, 1882, and minimum 1.42 inches, 183. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 249 


ern terminus at Austin) follows the Reese River Valley northward to Bat- 
tle Mountain Station on the Central Pacific Railroad (90 miles). In the 
southwest corner (48 C) the Carson and Colorado Railroad enters near 
Larres Wells and continues southward toward Walker Lake.* 


SHEET 49. 


Locality —Parts of eastern Nevada and western Utah. 

Scale—One inch = 8 miles, or 1: 506880. Area, 16,814 square miles. 
Boundaries, 39° 1’ to 40° 40’ north latitude and 113° 45’ and 116° 30’ 
longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: I. 50, SE. 
59, S 58, SW. 57, W. 48. Expeditions of 1869 and 1872. There are 
seven principal settlements. The military post (Old Fort Ruby) had not 
been abandoned in 1869. 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


Integers of the basin mountain system, consisting of meridional ranges 
and groups, together with detrital valleys and plain-like desert tracts, con- 
stitute the area which lies entirely within the Great Basin. 

Among the subordinate basins may be mentioned that of the Hum- 
boldt, while the balance represents a number of sub-basins, the streams in 
which either sink before reaching the valley beds or enter reservoirs such 
as Ruby and Franklin Lakes of Ruby Valley. The whole area is traversed 
in nearly a northerly and southerly direction by orographic systems of 
meridional uplifts, prominent among which are the Pinon, Diamond, Hum- 
boldt, Long Valley, Egan, Schell Creek, Toano, and Snake Ranges. Many 
prominent groups of mountains are found interspersed within its borders. 
The broad and deep detrital valleys have resulted from the building and 
subsequent erosion of the great mountain masses, the principal part of the 
latter occurred since these valleys were the beds of ancient Quaternary 
lakes, as ‘‘ Bonneville” and ‘“ La Hontan.” 

The only divide of importance is that be.ween the Humboldt and the 
series of small detached basins to the southward. The drainage is all 


* There was (1880) a total population of about 3,067, or 0.36 per square mile. The area embraces 
nearly all of Churchill, one-half of Lander, and small portions of Eureka, Nye, and Lyon Counties. 
There were thirteen post-offices. The principal towns are Austin (2,150) and Hillwater (214), the 
county seats of Lander and Churchill Counties, respectively. See also Annual Report 1877 and Vol. V. 


250 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


interior, and consists of all deposited moisture remaining after evaporation 
and translation hence by prevailing winds, which reaches finally surface or 
subterranean reservoirs. Communications along north and south lines are 
simple, while those east and west are through passes, often difficult and 
considerably far apart.* 

The climate is typical of the Great Basin, with its valleys rising in 
altitude from 5,000 to 8,000 feet, the summits exceeding 13,000 feet (cen- 
tral latitude = 40° north). The winters, except at elevations above (ap- 
proximate) 8,000 feet, are not severe, while the summers are cool, yet with 
sufficient thermal power to produce crops even at the northern limit of 
the sheet, wherever the rain-fall is sufficient or water may be artificially 
supplied. Similar to other portions of the Great Basin, the rain and snow 
fall is but small; the reservoirs of snow, although accumulated on a large 
scale in winter, are soon dissipated, and but few, if any, of the high mount- 
ain summits hold snow spots during the entire year. 

The permanent resources of this territory must be largely mineral. 
The several valleys have been occupied, where practicable, as stock 
ranches; isolated points and areas have been occupied for farming purposes, 
while timber answers for local markets. Ruby Valley is one of the largest 
arable sections in all Nevada. No systematic land classification was 
made. The White Pine district, flourishing in 1869, has shown but little 
subsequent development, while the Eureka mines have proven extremely 
rich and valuable. The normal water supply is swallowed by the eager 
earth. 


* There is a profusion of prominent peaks, mostly unnamed. There are four principal lakes, 
numbers of alkaline flats, five passes, and four important canons; the only river being the Humboldt, 
with creeks in abundance. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 251 


The following districts have been worked with varying but indifferent 
SUCCESS : 


Approximate geographical | 
position. | 
No.) Name of district. | By whom visited. s Remarks. Printed reports. | 
Long. west. | Lat. north. | | 
| | = ees Sas eee ———EE— 
| ie] t | ° / 
it | C@avOncccesitenecictes | G. M. Wheeler... -- 115 25 | 40 10 | On Ruby Hill....... Progress Rep., 1869. | 
mW Winitenhine. <= ..-.4.5-- do 115 30 { 39 15 White Pine Range.-| Progress Rep., 1869, p. 8. 
3 | Robinson -.-.------ doj-. =. 114 55 | 39 15 | Egan Range ..--.-- | Progress Rep., 1869, p. 9. 
ZsSnakeeno=< icon om asd oe saRSebacscas 114 10 | 39 00 Snake Range ...--- | Progress Rep., 1869, p. 10. 
5 | Sacramento-..-.--- w2200lescsaeacce=s>) 114 16 39 10 (edo. Dreceweeaes.'s2-| SP LOPTESS: RED. 1869) p. 11. 
6 | Hercules ....-...- Romeo een 114 55 3920 | Egan Range...-..-- 
7 | Railroad .---.---.- 2 11600 | 40 30 | Pinon Range -..-.-- Progress Rep., 1871, p. 35. 
8| Mineral Hill - 1160510 oe 40Mo nln domerctese-ce ae Do. | 
9 | Diamond ....-.-- | Severs : 115 45 39 50 Diamond Range .--.| Progress Rep., 1871, p. 36. 
10) Racine-...-=....<-- Sa : 115 30 40 00 Humboldt Range --.| Do. 
11 | Eureka -. 115 56 39 58 Diamond Range .--.| Progress Rep., 1871, p. 37. | 
12H [WSiervas-nacsse=se- 11617 | 39 16 Do. 
ASH Pintosecenm ve =F &3 15850 a 39 25 Diamond Range .-- | Do. 
14 | Spring Valley..-. | G. M. Wheeler... 116 05 | EY Pye eee pehodadcecesacss Progress Rep., 1871, p. 39. 
15.) Antelope ......-- SO OP ae smisieree siecle 116 05 | UN) Hones aepacosoccon asse Do. 
16 | Schell Creek..... | G. K. Gilbert .-- 114 41 39 47 Schell Creek Range.) Progress Rep., 1872, p. 26. 
ig || Seve en |e 114 35 39 40 Do. 
18 | Silver Mountain. . 114 35 39 45 Do. 
19 | Piermont -.--..-- |--- 114 32 39 30 Do. 
20 | Eagle (Old Kern).| E, E. Howell ..-.. 114 07 39 42 Kern Mountain..-. | Progress Rep., 1872, p. 27. | 
| 21 | Clifton.-....--.--. G. K. Gilbert.--- 113 50 40 00 | Deep Creek Range. .| Progress Rep., 1872, p. 21. 
| | 


The little probing in the above-mentioned districts had been insuffi- 
cient to determine as to their permanent character. 

The Fortieth Parallel reports. give for the area north of 39° 45’ north 
latitude the succession of geological formations from the Archzean to the 
Quaternary, except Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous, and Miocene Tertiary ; 
with exposures of Eruptive Granite, Trachytes, Rhyolites, Quartz Por- 
phyry, Diorite, Dacite, Andesite, and Basalt.* The Cortez Range consists 
principally of Granites and Carboniferous, flanked by Pliocene, and sur- 
rounded by Quaternary. The Pinon Range shows successively the Cam- 
brian, Silurian, Carboniferous, Eocene, Pliocene, and Quaternary, with 
Trachyte, Rhyolite, and Basalt beds. The Diamond and Egan ranges are 
principally lower Carboniferous. The Humboldt Range consists of Ar- 
cheean, Devonian, Sub-Carboniferous, eruptive Granites, and Pliocene, sur- 

- rounded by Quaternary, with small Trachyte exposures. In the northeast 


* For kinds of rocks observed for the various strata, see Vol. I, Fortieth Parallel Reports, p. 544. 


952 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


corner appear upper and lower Carboniferous, Granites, large Rhyolite, 
and Quaternary areas. Thermal and mineral springs frequently oceur, 
the result of deep-heat or sub-surface chemical action. 

Routes.—In the extreme northwest corner is the Central Pacific Railroad; 
at Palisades the Eureka and Palisade Railroad runs to Eureka (90 miles). 
The old overland stage route enters north of fortieth parallel, following the 
Western Union telegraph line, emerging at Grubbs Wells. It is the main 
eastern and western stem, from which laterals feed where required 

The population was (1880) about 10,240, or an average of .61 per 
square mile, with twenty-eight post-offices.* 

SHEET 50. 

Locality —Central and western Utah. 

Scale—One inch = 8 miles or 1: 506880. Area, 16,814 square miles. 
Boundaries, 39° and 40° 40 ‘ north latitude, and 111° and 113° 45’ longi- 
tude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: E. 51, 5. 39, SW. 
58, W. 49. Surveyed during 1872 and 1873. The principal settlements 
are Mormon, and lie westward of the southerly trend of the Wahsatch in 
the valleys of Great Salt and Utah Lakes and those bordering the Sevier 
Lake desert. 

GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 

Basin Range mountains west of the Wahsatch constitute the principal 
orographical features with meridianal axes, being usually sharply defined 
ridges with abundance of foot-hills. 

The balance of the area consists of high basin-shaped detrital valleys 
and desert like plains. All except a small territory at the eastern edge of the 
sheet belongs to the Great Basin, its limiting line at the east being the ser- 
rated summits of the Wasatch and Snowy Ranges. The westerly third of the 
sheet is of an exceedingly desert character, the arable portion being a north 
and south strip centrally disposed and limited to the bottoms of the valleys 
and streams leading thereto after emergence from foot-hills and mount- 
ains. There are fifteen prominent ranges, which together, with certain 
mountain and plateau forms, constitute the orographic features of this ex- 


ceedingly interesting mountainous region. The most noticeable range is 


* For further descriptions see Progress Reports, and vols. 3 and 5. 


DESCRIPLION OF ATLAS SHEETS. Zia 


the Wahsatch, substantially monoclinal in structure, dipping eastwardly 
from 25° to 30°, with the exception of Nebo Peak, which appears to be 
mainly a residual anticlinal. King ts authority for 56,000 feet of conform- 
able stratified rock, from the Azoic to and including the Triassic, as the basis 
of the structure. He also reports a practically inexhaustible supply of Coal 
in the Cretaceous and Tertiary found to the eastward. Through immense 
canons of great abruptness traversing this range and emerging through bold 
openings to the interior valleys, several streams, like the Weber, Provo, and 
Spanish Fork Rivers, take their rise in subordinate elevations to the east- 
ward. The principal rivers are the Jordan, Provo, San Rafael, and Sevier, 
while of creeks and minor streams there is an abundance. The principal 
divides are the sub-water sheds of the Great Basin, lying between the 
Great Salt and Sevier Lake drainages. 

These lakes are the reservoirs of the water remaining and not carried 
off by evaporation and wind-carrying agencies. The valleys are mainly well 
settled and tilled by thrifty Mormons. Strawberry Valley, although too high 
for cultivation at this latitude, is rich in grazing. The Great Basin valleys 
are detrital, while those belonging to the Colorado basin are of erosion, 
There are twelve principal peaks, nearly all above 10,000 feet, a number 
of lakes, passes, and canons. 

The climate is typical of the Great Basin at or near the fortieth par- 
allel. The following summary from March, 1874, to July, 1883, taken 
from the records of the Signal Office (station Salt Lake City) gives for mean 
annual temperature 51.3° Fahr, mean relative humidity, 43.7;° average 
precipitation, 17.26 inches; prevailing winds, northwest. The highest 
temperature (101° Fahr.) occurred in August, 1875, and the lowest (—10° 
Fahr.) in December, 1879.* 

The agricultural resources have been well developed by the Mormons, 
ditch irrigation being used, as also the grazing, but little, however, of the 


*The Signal Service gives further, for Salt Lake City for twenty-two years three months, from 
February. 1857, to December, 1837: Average rain-fall 21.2; maximum 38.20 inches, 1886, and mini- 
mum 10.94 inches, 1880. Deep Creek, for two years eight months, from September, 1877, to Septem- 
ber, 1880, average 4.77 inches; Nephi, for two years and six months, from March, 1883, to August, 
18x5: Average 20.55 inches; maximum 25.96 inches, 1884, and minimum 13.72 inches, 1883. Old Camp 
Floyd, for two years six months, from July, 1858, to December, 1860: Average 7.33 inches; maximum 
11.28 inches, 1859, and minimum 4.83 inches, 1860; and Goschen for one year eleven months, from July, 
1881, to June, 1883: Average, 4.96 inches. 


254 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


timber. The Mormons have discouraged mining, which, yet in its infaney, 
has been confined to so-called Gentile enterprise. Vast coal-fields abound in 
the southeastern portion, especially bordering Sam Pitch Valley, and along 
the southern edges of Castle Valley. The lowest elevation is Great Salt 
Lake, 4,195.2 feet. The valleys rise upward to 7,700 feet ; the culminat- 
ing peak is Nebo, 11,992 feet. Most of the ranges are mineral bearing. 
The old river-bed below the sink of the Sevier northward is believed to be 
the drainage line of the waters of the Sevier Basin to the Great Salt Lake 
during the last stages of subsidence of Old Lake Bonneville (see ‘ Bonne- 
ville” chart). 

The mountainous portions consist mainly of Silurian, Carboniferous, 
Jurassic, and Tertiary, with small patches of Archean, Trachyte, Rhyolite, 
and Basalt, the valleys of Quaternary. The Wahsatch here shows Cam- 
brian, Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Triassic, while the Uintah at 
the northeast is Upper Carboniferous. King gives for the main body of 
the Wahsatch about 25,000 feet of intercalated quartzose, mica, and horn- 
blende schists, with quartzites at top (Azoic), with about 3,000 to 4,000 
feet (Paleozoic) principally caleareous and dolomitie material, with inter- 
ealated beds of quartzite and grits; also limestone and quartzose beds, the 
balance (Triassic) being lime beds, sandstone capped, Dolomite (1,800 feet), 
siliceous limestone, and Quartzite. Most of the ranges are mineral-bearing, 
ore beds occurring persistently in the limestone. 


The following list contains districts that have been worked : 


| Approximate geographical | 
No. Name of district 3y whom visited. poston: = Remarks. | Printed reports. 
| | Long. west. | Lat. north. | 
| | Ores o | | 
1 | American Fork...) G. M. Wheeler. .-.| 111 33 40 31 Wahsatch Range...) Progress Rep., 1872, p. 14. 
2 | Little Cottonwood)....do ..........-. acGO! :cccecscecescns| ETOPTOSS ROD 1olanp.os 
3 | Big Cottonwood ..|.... 0's 22 ses cee fe Oe cbeerocone res | Progress Rep., 1872, p. 16. 
4 | onan die sen seaes locas GO. oS aieiediince|soceesscesssaalcsceesieeseces|a-aatnennwslea ences Not reported. 
5'| Uintah <..222. 0.2 eserils Baars emcee | Wahsatch Range -- .| Not reported. 
6 | Blue Ledge: 22 -- 22220022 ees <2 02. | foe. -- eae as seeesee scene =s|cnneenaamslosee~ se scsc= Not reported. | 
7 | East Tintic....... Lieut. Marshall | 112 10 39 35 East Tintic Range. | Progress Rep., 1872, p. 17. 
8 West Mountain...| G. K. Gilbert ..-. 112 10 40 33 Oquirrh Range ..--.| Progress Rep., 1872, p. 18. | 
Camp Floyd .....- |" 112407 ||) “_40%e0ie ||Deatdoeeeeeee see Progress Rep., 1872, p. 19. | 
Os OAR omens aa eeee ae eee 112715 40 22 sia Osa eaereeeeemeeine Do. 
11 | Mount Nebo...... | BeRlettsss-ase-= 111 48 38 48 Wahsatch Range -..| Progress Rep., 1872, p. 25. 
12.) Salt Marsh . .-. HiuiCrmeper's.osce0| cacetl-oereses| seseaes ceecaes,|cace ne seme ee ete eee Not reported. 
13) Pintoy: 22222-22222 Lieut. Dinwiddie - 13 28 37 36 Same as Iron City ..; Progress Rep., 1872, p. 24. | 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 255 


Routes —The Utah Southern Railroad traverses northerly and southerly, 
emerging near Holden, and proceeding thence to Frisco, 280 miles. The 
Utah Western connects Stockton with Salt Lake. Branch roads are; from 
West Jordan for Bingham Canon; Sandy for Alta; Lehi for Tintic; and at 
American Fork for the canon of same name, celebrated for its alpine scenery ; 
another branch at Nephi connects with Fountain Green and Wales. At 
Provo the Denver, Rio Grande and Western Railroad runs to Scofield, in 
East Valley, en route to Denver. The old overland stage road (along 
which runs the Western Union Telegraph) traverses the sheet latitudinally, 
and the Salt Lake and Saint George road longitudinally. The lines of the 
the Deseret Telegraph connect almost every settlement with Salt Lake.* 


SHeet 52 D (SourHeast QuaRTER OF SHEET 52). 


Locality.—Part of central Colorado. 

Scale.—One inch = 4 miles or 1: 2538440. Area, 4,229 square miles. 
Boundaries, 39° and 89° 50’ north latitude and 105° 30’ and 105° 52’ 30” 
longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: E. 53 C, SE. 
62 A. and C., 8. 61, SE. 61 A. Surveyed during 1873, 1876, and 1879. 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The area is pre-eminently mountainous, the principal uplifts being parts 
of the Saguache and Snowy Ranges, constituting our true ‘“ Sierra Madre.” 

The remaining portions are the ‘South Park,” a mountain-inclosed 
basin, and the narrow valleys of the Arkansas and minor streams. The 
Continental Divide traverses the sheet in a northerly and southerly direc- 
tion, entering at 105° 53’ at the north, and emerging at 106° 36’ west longi- 
tude. It is pierced by a number of passes, but otherwise its outline is bold, 
tortuous, and rugged, impracticable of approach by ordinary communication. 

The subordinate divides are mountain ridges falling away with the 
drainage east and west. East of the main divide the waters drain to the 
Gulf, while to the west they drain to the Pacific. 


* The total population (18380) was 59,670, or approximating 3.6 to the square mile, All except, say, 
2,000, are found east of a line passing from the southern end of Salt Lake to the emergence of the Saint 
George Road. The largest town was Provo (2,384), There were (1880) seventy-four post-offices. The 
area under cultivation (1880) was 142,379 acres. The principal productions are wheat, barley, oats, 
Indian corn, Irish potatoes ; also fruit and grapes. 


256 U.S. GEUGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The lowest level is about 8,000 feet, while the highest, as Lincoln and 
Gray peaks, exceeds 14,000 feet. The whole western portion is one grand 
mountain mass, from which has been earved, by glaciation and other means, 
canons, gulches, and narrow isolated valleys, beds of the present streams. 
The picturesque little valleys and glades of the segment of South Park 
embraced, warrant the name “ Park,” which is a misnomer as applied to the 
whole expanse, which is an undulating detrital plateau.* The climate of 
this area is exceptionally severe in winter, while for summer it is such that 
cultivation of the ordinary cereals and vegetables is impracticable, except 
for warm exposures at lowest levels. The resources are almost entirely of 
a mineral and grazing character, the most important development of the 
former having been in and around Leadville. Here the principal ore de- 
posits occur in Blue Limestone (Lower Carboniferous) and, in connection 
with the overlying porphyry, often at the contact. The ores are mainly 
chloride of silver, carbonate of lead, and Argentiferous Galena, surrounded 
by silica and clay, and accompanied by oxides. The exploitation of these 
limestone and porphyry beds, which cover a wide area, has been princi- 
pally near the California Gulch, where first discovered. It is unsafe to 
predict the future of an intelligent and scientific prospecting and develop- 
ment of the ore bodies, the index to which is the outcropping porphyry. 


The following are among the Silver Mining Districts of the area : 


Approximate geographical 
position. 

No. | Name of district. By whom visited. er - _______+|:~ Remarks. 

Long. west. | Lat. north | 

o + | or | Feet. 

dit GNevadal--ce..creq-| (Oe Loewspscessecetee-seeoreee: 105 31 3948s 7, 000 
aliGrrith ths ves stacss se O. Loew and J. J. Stevenson. 105 41 39 42 | 8, 500 
bl PLB V0) hee am arte Dr; Kam piseensase=aecene ae 105 40 3945s 8, 000 
4 | Snake River...... | Professor Stevenson....-.-.-- 105 50 ! 39 38 | 8, 000 
a Montana aoc cca s=|seesies (ACSA ESD ROSE PRES SHE SoAD 105 30 39 45 | 8, 000 
6 | Upper Union.....|...... Oise snaeee sae eee eeereee 105 40 39 43 8, 000 
7 | Idaho 105 32 | 39 43 7, 600 
ON CMOrTIS! wance ene laces dO seeteacee caso eas eee ee 105 40 | 39 42 7, 800 
9 | Montgomery...... [RES igen eee ee 106 08 39 42 10, 000 
10)!) Bockskin s.cs<c<c|<ooces (BRERA Rp tre Speen aa 106 10 39 20 10, 000 


* There are a number of mountain ranges, which include thirty-seven principal peaks (seventeen 
at least above 10,000 feet). There are seven prominent passes, 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 257 


Timber abounds in many localities, partially sufficient for home 
consumption, but grazing, especially in South Park and the valley of 
the Arkansas, predominates. Larger game, as elk and deer, are found, 
especially in the western parts, and an abundance of fish, more particularly 
in streams flowing toward the Colorado. 


LAND CLASSIFICATION. 


There has been determined 2.1 per cent. tillable land (approx.) 13.24 
per cent. grazing, 66.68 per cent. timber, and 17.98 per cent. arid or barren, 
the latter principally above the timber line on mountain slopes and sum- 
mits. The area within which a search for precious minerals is likely to be 
rewarded is a large percentage of the whole, representing, it is believed, 
one of the largest and most permanent mining centers in Colorado. 

The Hayden Survey gives for the Saguache a body of Metamorphic 
Granite, with exposures of Upper and Lower Carboniferous, Eruptive Gran- 
ite, and Rhyolite, Moraines and Placer Bars, with Metamorphic Granite pre- 
dominating for the Park Range, and beds of Silurian, Upper and Lower Car- 
boniferous, Triassic, Cretaceous, and Rhyolite, also Placers, with Meta- 
morphic Granite in preponderance, elsewhere, with beds similar to the 
above, and placers, especially in the Blue River drainage. 

- Emmons * distinguishes the Mosquito Range, in which the Leadville 
mines occur, as having been uplifted after the Cretaceous, and hence, geo- 
logically, not a part of the Park Range. The sedimentary beds in which 
the Porphyry was intruded were deposited in Paleozoic and Mesozoic 
times.t 

The Archzean consists of Granites and Crystalline Schists, upon which 
rests a lower Quartzite (Cambrian), about 200 feet thick, then a white lime 
(Silurian) about 200 feet, then usually a white Porphyry, the blue lime- 
stone, then white and other Porphyrys, with Weber Grits superimposed, 
making about 4,000 feet for the Carboniferous; on the flanks are lake and 


* See Monograph XII, U. S. Geological Survey. Geology and Mining Industry of Leadville.—Em- 
mons. 
+Prof. J. J. Stevenson defines the present Rocky Mountain System ‘as having resulted, especially, 
from four marked upheavals, occurring as follows: First, at close of Carboniferous; second, at close of 
the Trias; third, at close of the Cretaceous; fourth, during the Tertiary. The first and third upheavals 
were the most general. (See Vol. III, U.S. Geog. Surv. Reps., p. 501.) 


17 WH—VOL I 


258 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


recent beds. The structure is the most complex near Leadville, becom- 
ing a simple monoclinal near Buffalo Peaks Slight exposures of Diorite, 
Porphyrite, and Rhyolite occur in contiguous areas. It is not at all impos- 
sible that valuable ore concentrations will be discovered at horizons below 
the blue limestone in connection with the white limestone and quartzite, 
and until the Archean Granites and Schists are reached.* 

Routes—The Pueblo and Arkansas Valley Railroad enters near 106° 
15’ longitude west, joining the South Park division of the Union Pacific 
Railroad at Como. From Dillon it passes via Ten Mile Creek hence to 
Leadville, and Granite further south (Sheet 61). The Eagle River Branch 
joins at Leadville, running north via Tennessee Pass toward Eagle River 
Vhe Denver and South Park Railroad, starting from Denver (5,197 feet), 
following the South Platte to South Park, enters the area near 39° 23’ 
north latitude, connects at Como with the Blue River Branch, thence run- 
ning southward to Garo, where a branch connects via Fairplay with Alma, 
and thence southwest, emerging near 105° 56’ longitude west southerly to 
Buena Vista (Sheet 61). Its total length in 1884 was 379 miles.t 


SHEET 53 C. 


Locality.—Part of central Colorado. 

Scale-—One inch = 4 miles, or 1: 253440. Area, 4,228 square miles. 
Boundaries, 39° and 39° 50’ north latitude and 104° 7° 30” and 105° 30’ 
longitude west. Adjacent published sheets: 8.62 A, SW. 61, W. 52 D. 
Surveyed during 1873 and 1876. Embraces southeast quarter of No. 53.t 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The territory embraced lies entirely east of the Great Continental 
Divide, and within the Mississippi drainage. The western rim of the Great 


* The rain-fall for Georgetown is given by the Signal Service for one year aud pine months, from 
October, 1878, to August, 1887, at an average of 13.82 inches. 

+ The total population (1880) was about 45,662, or approximating 11 per square mile. The sheet 
embraces Lake County, the greater portions of Gilpin, Chaffee, and Gunnison Counties. The principal 
towns are Leadville (14,820), Georgetown (3,556), Breckenridge (3,005), Central (2,626), Silver Plume 
(1,260), Fairplay (500), and Red Cliff (500), all in 1880. There were (1880) seventy-one post-offices. 

t The principal cities and towns are Denver, Golden, Black Hawk, Box Elder, Franklin, Castle 
Rock, and Huntsville, 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 959 


Plains and the foot-hills of the Main, Snowy or Front Range, with the 
Kenosha, through which the Platte debouches into its own local valley, 
constitute the main features, which are varied by narrow valleys towards 
the mountains and along certain drainage lines. The divides are all sub- 
ordinate, being mountain ridges between streams in the western, and rolling 
hills between drainage lines, in the eastern part of the sheet.* 

The following summary of observations between November, 1871, 
and July, 1883, taken from the means of the signal office at Denver, serve 
to give some idea of the measured elements of climate for this latitude: 
Mean annual temperature, 49.1° Fahr.; mean relative humidity, 48; 
average precipitation, 14.55 inches; prevailing winds, south; highest tem- 
perature (105° Fahr.) occurred in August, 1878, and the lowest (—29° 
Fahr.) in January, 1875; the greatest precipitation occurs during May + 

The resources are good, especially the agricultural, along the Platte 
Valley. The eastern half is principally utilized for grazing, but mining 
for the precious metals is considerably prosecuted along the western foot- 
hills. 

Commerce centers at Denver, where manufactures will ultimately fol- 
low; while the food production is, in the main, sufficient for home con- 
sumption, leaving a surplus, from mining and stock raising, that may be 
exchanged for articles of convenience, comfort, and luxury. 

The area of 1,590.86 square miles of the western portion of this atlas 
sheet has been examined with the following result: 8.5 per cent. arable, 57 
per cent. pasturage, 30 per cent. timber, and 4.5 per cent. arid. The aver- 
age of grazing would be largely increased by including the balance. 

The Central and Queen mining districts belong to the area, both near 
together (7,000 feet) in Clear Creek Basin. The Hayden Survey has de- 
termined for the mountain part of this area a body of Metamorphic Rocks, 
overlaid at exposures with upper Carboniferous and Triassic, with Creta- 
ceous, Tertiary, and Post Tertiary for the “Plains,” with beds of Basalt 


*The mountainous portion aggregates 1,280, the valley 138, and the plains 2,810 square miles 
Seventeen prominent peaks may be noted, six above 10,000 feet. 

+The Signal Service gives the rain-fall at Denver for eighteen years one month, between December, 
1869, and December, 1887, at an average of 14.46 inches; maximum 20.27 inches, 1875, and minimum 
11.14 inches, 1873, and for Golden, for five years, between May, 1860, and Angust, 1887, at an average of 
18,43 inches. (See also Annual Reports 1574 and 1877, and Vols. III and V). 


260 OU. EOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


and Trachyte. In and about Manitou Park the Archzan is superposed 
by Silurian, Lower Carboniferous, and Triassic. Alluvium is confined to 
narrow valley strips. The distribution of the Metamorphic, Paleozoic (Si- 
lurian and Carboniferous), Mesozoic (Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous), 
Tertiary and Eruptive Rocks, for the greater part of Sheets 52 D, 53 C, 
61 and 62, as determined by Prof. J. J. Stevenson, will be found in Vol. 
III, U. 8. Geographical Survey Reports, pp. 348-425. 

Routes.—The Kansas Pacifie Railroad, entering near Byers, proceeds 
westward to Denver, whence radiated (1884) the Denver and South Park, 
Colorado and Cheyenne Division of ine Union Pacifie, Denver and Rio 
Grande, Denver and New Orleans, the Colorado Central, and Denver and 
Boulder Railroads.* 


Sueets 56 B and D. 


Locality —Parts of central and eastern California and western Nevada. 
Scale—One inch = 4 miles or 1: 253440. Area, 8,604 square miles. 
20/ and 39° north ee and 119° 15° to 1207 37 30. 
longitude west of Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 47 D, NE, 
48 C, E. 57, and SE. 65. Surveyed during 1876, 1877, 1878, and 1879. 


nO 


Boundaries, 37 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The area belongs principally to the drainage of the Sacramento, with 
the exception of a narrow strip along the eastern and north central border 
of 56 B, which appertains to the Great Basin. The main orographic features 
consist of parts of the main Sierra Nevada and its foot-hills, from Merced 
River on the south to the southern end of Lake Tahoe at the north. The 
balance consists of that part of the Great Valley of California bordering 
on these foot-hills as above. The arable land is mostly confined to the 
valleys. . 

The divide between the Great Basin and Aion Sacramento (the Sierra 
oye 


Summit) enters 56 B near 119° 51’ longitude west and emerges at 119° 36° 


"The total population (1850) was 48,263, or approximating 11 per square mile, The whole of 
Douglas and Jefferson Counties is included except a little of the latter, also parts of Gilpin, Clear 
Creek, Park, El Paso, Elbert, and Arapahoe counties. The principal towns (1880) are Denver (35,630), 
Golden, (2,916), Black Hawk (2,005). With the exception of Monument (255), on the Denver and Rio 
Grande Railroad, all others were less than 200 each. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 261 


longitude west, traversing 56 D near the northeast corner. The main passes 
of the- Sierra are four and all difficult. (See list of passes, p. 123 et seq.) 

The subordinate divides are the ridges of the mountain flanks and foot- 
hills separating the drainage areas. The principal drainage lines are parts 
of the Merced, Tuolumne, Stanislaus, Mokelumne, Cosumnes, American, 
Carson, and Walker Rivers. 

The principal ranges are parts of the Sierra Nevada, the Pine Nut, 
and Sweetwater. 

There are sixty-five named and measured peaks, from a total of one 
hundred and forty-eight mountain summits, each over 10,000 feet in alti- 
tude. Each of the streams traverses canon walls for a part of its course, 
that of the Yosemite, through which the Merced runs, being the most 
prominent. (See Yosemite Sheet.) 

The following mining districts are noted: 
ie = . | Approximate geograph- aa ; 


ical position. 
No.) Name. | By - hom visited : Remarks. Printed reports. 


Long. west. Lat. north 


| 1 AIDING Aeeiaa ete aistere at | A.R.Conklipg..| 119 46 38 45 Eastern Sierras, silver..--- Annual Report, 1878, | 
| 2 | West Walker River-|..- (i cocadnonatd | 119 30 38 45 Pine Nut Range, silver ...-. Do. | 
3 | Confidence .......-- estich hemes ABs | 120 00 38 10 | South Fork Stanislans, silver Do. 
4 MMONILOR a <es-- 2-2 |--- AGO Srconcis St | 119 40 38 42 6089, Sierras, silver ..--...-. Do. | 
5 | Silver Mountain --+.| fe GOV: c2ecce=- | 119 43 38 38 | 6500, Sierras, silver ......... Do. 
Oj pelacervallas..-nesctt.| se CON anes saie LoOe £7} 38 43 Foot-hills of Sierras, gold... Do. 
7 | Washington .--.... |e doee-so) nes | 120 30 phy Sally Ae CD odessa nSeoctaseedsec Do. 


The main body of the Central Sierras is Granite (Archean), inter- 
spersed with columnar and other masses of Trachyte and Basalt, with 
unaltered Tertiary and Cretaceous Sandstones and Limestones (marine) at 
the base of the foot-hills (composed of metamorphic slates and granite), 
with a belt of gold-bearing ores in Metaimorphic Slates, often accompanied 
by metamorphosed sandstones traversing the lower foot-hills, longitudinally, 
the entire length of the sheets. 

Gold-bearing veins are found in the Granite, but more especially in 
the Slates. The prominent hydraulic workings have been found in heavy 
deposits of detrital material, stratified and nearly horizontal, underneath 
lava, and over the granites and slates. These beds vary, but are chiefly 


962 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


fine-grained sandstone, interstratified with fine argillaceous shales and 
clays, with gravelly beds, called “cement,” exactly such as would be found 
in an ordinary river bed, below which is the “paygravel” or the “channel.” 
These are old river beds covered, in the post-tertiary, by volcanic flows 
from the High Sierra. The ordinary post-tertiary placer beds or surface 
washings have here been pretty much exhausted. The Mariposa estate 
consists of belts of highly metamorphic sandstone and slates (Jurassic), 
interspersed with beds of limestone, with bands of serpentine, also stea- 
tite and talcose slate. Very little volcanic accumulation and no great 
hydraulic works exist in Mariposa County. There is a belt of big trees (a 
species of redwood (?) of limited range) extending from Tulare to Cala- 
veras County, at elevations from 5,000 to 7,000 feet. One of the most 
noted groves is at Calaveras, the base rock of which is granite, overlaid 
with volcanic masses. Professor Whitney measured a trunk 23 feet in 
diameter, and determined for it the age of one thousand three hundred 
years. Copper and Hematite iron are found in Calaveras County. Lower 
Tertiary Sandstones in Amador County contain Lignite. The auriferous 
belt is 20 iniles wide (Triassic) in El Dorado County, the slates predom- 
inating. ‘The formations exposed other than Archzean are Jurassic, Tri- 
assic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Volcanic. The intimate geologic relations 
of this great mountain region are yet but partially determined, the State 
Geological Survey of California not having completed its work.* 
Routes.—There is now a railroad nearly to the Yosemite, otherwise 
wagon roads built at the call of the mining development are the only means 
of communication. Here many irrigation reservoirs can be located. The 
evidences of ancient Glaciers from 1,000 to 2,000 feet in thickness are found 


in the high Sierras of this region.t 
SHert 57. 


Locality.—Parts of southern Nevada and eastern California. 
Scale.—One inch =8 miles or 1: 506880. Area, 17,209 square miles. 
Population (1880) approximating 11,404. Boundaries, 37° 20’ and 39° 


* The Signal Service gives for Placerville, near western edge of 56 B, for ten years and four months, 
between January, 1874, and May, 1886, an average rain-fall of 39.04, with a seasonal maximum of 
61.81 inches, 187576, and minimum of 22.67 inches, 187677. 

t For further descriptions see Aunual Reports 1877, 1878, and 1679, and Vol. VI. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 263 


north latitude and 116° 30’ and 119° 15’ longitude west from Greenwich. 
Adjacent published sheets, N. 48, NE. 49, E. 58, SE. 66, 8. 65, W. 56 (B 
and D) NW. 47 (A, B, and D). Surveyed in 1871.* 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


Except for a very small area at the southwest corner, the whole be- 
longs to the Great Basin, prominent subordinate parts of which are Walker 
and Mono Lake basins, with parts of Owen’s River and other separated inte- 
vior basins. The Sierra Nevada summits are found at the southwest corner 
of the sheet, while exemplars of the Basin Range Systems constitute the 
mountain portion of the balance. These have mostly meridional axes, 
rising from and surrounding high detrital valleys and level desert wastes. 
The water-shed between the Great Basin and the Sacramento is found at 
the southwest, while all other divides merely separate the Walker from 
the Owen’s River Basins and trom other small sub-basins of the interior, 
which hold the seant supply of water remaining to these regions. 

The southeast portion is substantially a desert waste, while the water 
supply available for the northwest and western parts is insufficient for 
agriculture. 

The mountain ranges and groups, partly outliers of the Eastern Sierra 
(joined with a master grasp to this immense chain), of which there are not 
less than eleven (with fifteen principal peaks, four above 10,000 feet), are 
mineral bearing, with scarcely an exception, and have been prospected and 
exploited at many points, many of which have been abandoned on account 
of the supposed paucity of ore as well as difficulty of access, but which in 
many instances lie dormant enly again to be wrought upon as communica- 
tions advance and mining becomes fixed. The intricate contours of the 
profusion of mountain forms show everywhere sub-aerial denudation. 
There are four prominent lakes, four principal passes, and three canons. 
Nothing but the mining industry can ever be of any great importance in 
this area of not less than 17,000 square miles. Where irrigation would 


admit of large production in many valley-bottoms, water can not be had and 


*No part of the area represented by this sheet is published except at scale: 1 inch =8 miles. 
All existing editions are out of print. 
The principal towns are Aurora, Benton, Belmont, Columbus, Bishop Creek, and Ellsworth. 


264 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the summer rain-fall is nearly nothing. With scarcely an exception, the 
valleys are the beds of old lakes, the beaches of many of which are still 
outlined against the mountain flanks. While reference has been made to 
the great desert of southwest Nevada, it should be stated that the applica- 
tion of the word “desert” to any portion of the earth’s surface is arbitrary 
and not warranted by a systematic nomenclature. It is often applied to 
large expanses, which, as compared with other more fertile regions of like 
extent, might be characterized as desert. The idea that the ‘Great Ameri- 
can Desert,” so called, embraced the greater part of the Western Mountain 
Region, between the Rocky Mountain and Pacific Coast Ranges has been 
gradually exploded, since more accurate and detailed surveys have pointed 
the many practical resources that nature affords. Many of the valleys are 
without grass, but with artemisia persistent, with soil sandy and gravelly, 
occasionally rocky, with often plenty of good water at springs, and with 


be 


mountain ridges marking the horizon in every direction. The mountain 


‘anges are clad with a few scattering scrubby trees, mostly nut pine. 


Approximate geograph- | 
| pi ical position. | 
'No. | Name. By whom vis- : Remarks. Printed reports. 
| |Long. west. Lat. north, | | | 
ca ee ee ee | eee | Sees = ——— ie ene | 
| ° ‘ 1 | 
1} Twin River........-.. G. K. Gilbert... nly by dee ty 38 50 Moyabe Wanle.:..<22-2s- soe Prog. Rep., 1871, p. 41. 
2 err: (HARARE oe 116 55 38 37 Toquima Range ............ Do. 
3 eee OO) seweoen 117-00 38: 30° |se-- 25 (pe enrss Seeeeoe Do. | 
4) Mt. Chiefie. 22 ic2.<0%: Several .....-.. 116 50 38 57 Bea OO, sameness eacivac Soaeee | Do. 
| 5| Silv.r Bend.........- G. K. Gilbert | 116 55 | 38 36 epee sO Oieaeetaoouncecee ia: | Do. 
|} 6 | San Antonio .....--.. Dr. Hoffman...) 117 20 | 38 20 San Antonio Mountains... | Prog. Rep., 1871, p. £5. 
7 | Montezuma........... Soi Besa 117 15 3747 Near Carroll Peak......... | Prog. Rep., 1871, p. 46. 
BilAlidin sees anes CO: sseneez2 117 14 BF 4B Me aa weteesaetetesstevccs ccs Prog. Rep., 1871, p. 47. | 
9 Gold Mountain ..---... Une iris 117 25 37 21 Extension of Silver Pk. Rge. Do. | 
10 }-Palmetto:..< :-<2-.::.- Om sesenen 117 37 37 31 Silver Peak Range.......-- Do. | 
| 11 | Green Mountain -.-... ; COfsuess se TT 40) |) Satie 21) | Laeeae GO:- oes. toscetoscsaceccs Do. 
| 12 | Columbus... 2c--4-22 pac Ol cerete ste ce | 118 00 38 irl Oise (tS Seem rin coe cornice | Prog. Rep., 1871, p. 48. | 
18 | SilverPk and Red Mt .| Lieut. Lyle...| {07 42 | 37 8B |----- G0. -nnree crerneesenee lise AO: 
| . 117. 46. |) 137 52 | <2 erdoee es cee cenceetec es Prog. Rep., 1871, p. 53. 
14) Blind Spring.......-. Dr. Hoffman... 118 30 37 55 Also Dr. Loew, 18) Prog. Rep., 1871, p. 46. 
15} Oneata...<.--20cse-e222 Jeeves noes 118 36 Bt 145%, || saveeecerses SSeS os aa ecael| Prog. Rep., 1871, p. 48. 
| 16 Meoatgomery.-....-... =e SOO omens 118 20 37 50 White Mountains, .......--. Do. 
17 | Deep Spring Valley...| F. Klett ...... 118, 03. /" von Bat Miceeoen GOV csc eerste eee | Prog. Rep., 1871, p. 49. 
| 18 | Union.......... E Lieut. Birnie .| 117 35 38 55 | 6,700, Near Bald Peak --...) An. Rep., 1877, p. 1269. 
| 19 | Mammoth .... do | 117 44 38 «OT 6,800, near Paradise Peak =| Do. 
| 20) | Od tee ca wacncs secon ee ely Sores ee LT #52 38 59 5,300, near Lodi Peak. ......) An. Rep., 1877, p. 1270. 
2 BOdIG nec <ee socescsaees | A.R. Conkling 118 59 38 12 | Near Braley Peak ..... --| An. Rep., 1878, p. 80. 
22 | Castle Peak........- SecOie saceskcc| 119 14 38 05 Near Castle Peak........--. An, Rep., 1878, p. 84. 


“yl 
| 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 265 


These several districts have been worked with varying degrees of suc- 
cess for some and failure for others. 

Beds of borax, sulphur, alum, ete., are noted. 

The backbone of the Sierra is Granite. South of Mono Lake is a 
chain of extinct volcanoes of trachytic and other volcanic rocks, with 
obsidian and pumice abundant, and another volcanic range about 25 miles 
eastward, while voleanic formations predominate between the heads of the 
Walker and Owen’s Rivers. The table of lava nearly crosses the valley 
at Bishop Creek. (Whitney, Geol. Surv. of Cala ) : 

The balance of the sheet is composed of the usual Basin Range 
mountains.* 

Routes—The Carson and Colorado Railroad, built since this area was 
surveyed, traverses the whole sheet from north to south, reaching Carson 
Lake, continuing thence to Hawthorn Station, Soda Springs, and Owen’s 
River Valleys to terminus at Hawley. Its northern terminus is Mound 
House on Virginia and Truckee Railroad (atlas sheet 47). Stage routes 
connect Hawthorn with Aurora, Bodie, and Bridgeport; also Candelaria 
with Silver Peak and Montezuma. Big Smoky Valley is traversed by a 


good wagon road.t 
SHEET 58. 


Locality—Part of eastern and southern Nevada and southern Utah. 
Scale—One inch =8 miles or 1:506880. Area, 17,208 square miles. 
Boundaries, 37° 20’ and 39° north latitude and 113° 45’ and 116° 30’ 
longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 4°, NE. 
50, E. 59, SE. 67, E. 66, SW. 65, W. 57, NW. 48. Field work during 
1869, 1871, and 1&72.t 


* The ‘“‘ Basin Ranges” or ‘‘ Range System” of mountains are described by Mr. G. K. Gilbert as 
composed of: First, sedimentaries; second, granite and allied rocks (nuclei of ranges or dikes), and, 
third, voleanic. They are mostly simple and compound monoclinals, parallel, of moderate dimensions, 
and with some regularity of upheaval, the forces, being usually simple vertical uplifts from loci be- 
low the earth’s crust, were uniform over large areas. The valleys are intervals between lines of 
greatest uplift. Clarence King gives a stratigraphical summary, designating the rocks of the several 
formations for a section along the fortieth parallel, on p. 544, Vol. I, of his reports. A description of 
Black Lake, near Benton, and analysis of its waters, is found on page 191, Annual Report of 1876. For 
further description see Progress Report, 1871, Annual Report 1876~77, and Vol. V. , 

tTowns and population: Bodie, Cal., 6,000 (mining); Candelaria, 9 miles west of Columbus, 
1,200 (mining); Grantsville, 13 miles southeast of Ellsworth, 475, and Belmont, 869. 

tNo quarter sheets have been published. All existing editions are out of print. 


266 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


PRINCIPAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The area belongs to the Great Basin. ‘The mountainous portion con- 
sists entirely of nearly meridional ranges (nineteen in number) of the 
Basin systems, surrounding elevated detrital valleys, mostly without per- 


manent drainage lines, each in turn a minor reservoir for the scanty pre- 


cipitation.. At the southeast certain small valleys are susceptible of culti- 
vation. ‘The valleys are detrital without exception, often presenting broad 


expanses of sandy waste in the southwest portion, Pahranagat and Meadow 
Valleys affording most in cultivation.. The divides are ridges of the 
mountains that form the perimeters of all the areas of subordinate eleva- 
tion, constituting a number of small inclosed basins of the Great Interior. 
The drainage lines are few and insignificant.* 

The low divides between the detrital valleys admit of easy transit 
northerly and southerly, whereas east and west routes must often deviate 
to effect mountain passages. 


The following mining districts had been opened : 


| | approximate geograph- | 
e ical position. 
No Name. Byes = Remarks. Printed reports. 
| | Lat. north. Long. west. 
- | Senseo | ee — —s = 4; 
| 
| oo: ° ' 
1 Shoshone ......-- G.M. Wheeler; 114 10 38 «48 Snake Range ..........-. Progress Report, 1869, p. 8. 
2 Patterson 114 45 38 35 6,500, Schell Creek Range.) Progress Report, 1869, p. 12. 
OVA LUN teeetataeta a tar 114 30 37 «55 5,900, Ely Range ..-....-- Progress Report, 1869, p. 14; | 
1872, p. 42. 
a Gim-pal-ute 2.2.22 |eencAOie eee ss 115 40 37 30 | ‘Tim-pah-Ute Range ..... Progress Report, 1869, p. 23. | 
5 | Pahranagat Lake.|... do 115 15 37 36 | Pahranagat Range......- | Progress Report, 1871, p. 43. 
6)| CRevellley.coasce-a)s ane 0%. orccce= | 116 05 38 00 | Reveille Range .......... Progress Report, 1869, p. 67; 
| | 1871, p. 42. 
7 | Hot Creek ........|.-. Ci Re pe er | 116 20 38 30 Hot Creek Range. ......- | Progress Report, 1869, p. 68. 
8), Morey cosceor-ee bOOn costae: 116 12 38 38 | 7,380, Hot Creek Range... Do. 
OeGianteoces veceee Gteoesesses 115 25 38 20 | 9,000, Grant Range.....-. 
10 Rattlesnake ..-- 116 20 | 38 20 | Hot Creek Range. ...... Progress Report, 1871, p. 39. 
HU ed Te aeeesecnisca peer | 116 22 38 20 | sew COl vawisas sven ieee Progress Report, 1871, p. 40. 
123 Bh reibure ec cecc<-=-| = 115 30 37 4 Near Worthington Peak..| Progress Report, 1871, p. 42. 
| 13 Highland . 114) (31, este tos 6,000, Highland Range..-.| Progress Report, 1871, p. 43. 
| 14 Blind Mountain - dowtetees 114 40 | 38 05 | Ely Range .......... - Do. 
IRL SWGrOomMeeseseenaee G. K. Gilbert. - 115 40 | 37 25 7,000, Tim-pah-Ute Range | Progress Report, 1871, p. 44. 
| 16'| Bristol... .......<. E. E. Howell .. 1l4 40 | 38 «(05 Ely Ranze..---.-2----225 Progress Report, 1872, p. 27. | 
The resources are largely mineral, mostly undeveloped and difficult 
C 1 M 7 Re al 
of access. The Pioche mines have been the greatest producers. How- 


* There are nineteen main peaks (each above 10,000 feet), four lakes, and five canons. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 267 


ever, new mining centers are being discovered, and better transportation, 
together with improved mining resources, will lead to a thorough examina- 
tion of this and all the western mountain region for permanent areas 
within which the search for the precious metals can be continued indefinitely. 

The Snake, Schell Creek, and Highland Ranges are Carboniferous 
and Silurian, as also the Ely, with an area of Rhyolite on its eastern slope. 
There are large rhyolite exposures at the southeast, while all the valleys 
geologically noted are Quaternary.* 

~ The climate is typical of the Great Basin south of the fortieth par- 
allel, of which that for Salt Lake and Carson are representative points. 
At no point has the actual determination of the annual rain-fall been made, 
except at Pioche, where the annual average from July, 1877, to June, 
1883, inclusive, was 6.75 inches (greatest in December), with a mean an- 
nual temperature for the same period of 49.8° Fahr. and 38.5 for relative 
humidity, with maximum temperature of 98° Fahr. in July, 1878, and 
minimum of —13° Fahr.in December, 1879, with south as prevailing wind.t 

Routes—Pioche and Bullionville Railroad. Mines to reduction works, 
length 13 miles. The main route is that from Eureka and Hamilton 
(Sheet 49), via Pioche, Panacca, and Clover Valley to Saint George, 
Utah (Sheet 67), marked by a telegraph line. 

Latitudinally through the northeast quarter runs a wagon road built 
westward from Utah in 1857 by the Mormons. The meridional boundary 
line between Utah and Nevada runs near the eastern border of the sheet. 
The (approximate) population (1880) was 2,000, or .11 to the square 
mile. Post-offices, eleven.{ 

SHEET 59. 

Locality— Southeastern Utah. 

Scale —One inch =8 miles or 1:506880. Area, 17,208 square miles. 
Boundaries, 37° 20 to 89° north latitude and 111° to 113° 45’ longitude 


*No special land classification observations were made. For further description see Progress 
Reports, 1869, 1871, and 1572, and Vol. V. 

t The Signal Service gives the rain-fall for Pioche for five years ten months, between August, 
1877, and May, 1883, at an average of 6.47 inches, with maximum of 8.36 inches, 1878, and 4.67 inches, 
1880. 

| The principal settlements are Hyko, Patterson, Pioche, and (Mormon) Panacea, Clover, Round, 
Rose and Eagle Valleys, and Homer. 


268 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SUKVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 50, 8. 67, SW. 66, 
W. 58, N. W. 49. Field work during 1872 and 1873.* 
PRINCIPAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 

The whole area, except a small southeasterly corner, belongs to the 
Great Basin, and especially to the minor drainage of the Sevier. It consists 
of two distinct types, @. e., the Basin Range and Colorado Plateau systems, 
of orographie features. The line of division, forming part of the Great Ba- 
sin perimeter, marked by sharp plateaus edges, begins in the northeast cor- 
ner and emerges at the southwest at latitude 37° 30’ north. The former 
has the usual display of serrated ridges, inclosing detrital valleys, while the 
latter is constituted of the contorted and eroded plateau forms of the newer 
formations, presenting contours that defy description. The major part of 
the area is mountain and plateau with valleys, wide in the interior and nar- 
row in the plateau region. The western portion is desiccated; the central 
consists of rich and productive soils, valuable through irrigation, but the 
easterly third (land of the canon and plateau) is of but little value except 
for its coal. The Great Basin part was covered in the early Quaternary 
by Old Lake Bonneville, beaches of which are traceable, the whole being 
desiccated and practically worthless for agriculture. The main divide is a 
portion of the southeast perimeter of the Great Interior Basin, separating 
the former from the exterior drainage of the Colorado.t 

The main river (Sevier) rises fan-shaped in many sources in the pla- 
teau, traversing finally valleys of varying width and character, hence 
through portions of the range systems, passing into reservpir in the north- 
west corner of Sheet 50. The change from the range to the plateau system 
is plainly indicated by the topographic reliefs and often abruptly, so that 
profiles are an index of the practically passable ridges of the central, and 
those impracticable in the southeastern portions, about the Dirty Devil and 
Escalante Rivers. Most marked are the differences between the broad and 
long valleys, such as the Escalante and Preuss, and the narrow strips 


fringing running streams of the plateau, which latter may be termed canon 


* Published only at the scale 1 inch = 8 miles. Existing editions out of print. Principal! towns 
are the Mormon settlements of Fillmore, Beaver, Parowan, Cedar City, ete., along the narrow strip 
west of the Wahsatch. 

t There are eight principal ranges and five mountain groups, five plateaus and two mesas, two 
passes, and several canons, seven lakes, and eleven principal peaks (eight above 10,000 feet). 


DESCRIPTIVE OF ATLAS SHEBRTS. 269 


valleys. In the days of Bonneville and Frémont the Wahsatch was con- 
sidered to extend indefinitely southward toward the Colorado. The dis- 
tinct ranges into which this great system is divided are for the first time de- 
lineated upon this sheet and its neighbor, No. 50. The elevations of the 
Great Basin portion are from 4,600 to 11,894 feet. 

The climate is typical of the Great Basin south of the fortieth parallel. 
(See astronomical observations at Beaver. )* 

The developed resources are principally agriculture and stock raising 
by the Mormons; but mining has been conducted in a desultory fashion, 
having hitherto been almost prohibited by the Mormon policy, and always 
open to improvement and development, while great areas of timber cen- 
trally located yet wait local markets.t 

The mountain ridges consist (geologically) of Archean, Silurian, 
Carboniferous, Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous, and Tertiary, interspersed 
with Trachyte and Rhyolite beds, as well as large masses. The plateaux 
are Tertiary, Cretaceous, and Triassic, as well as Trachyte and Rhyolite. 
The valleys of the interior are Quaternary, while those of the Colorado 
Canon region are eroded from the Jurassic.t . 


The following silver-mining districts were visited: 


Approximate geographi- 
| eal position. 
| No. Name. | By whom visited. Z r= Remarks. Printed reports. 
| Long. west. Lat. north. 
| peeonieeny | 
1 | Silver Belt...-. | Lient. Marshall.) 113 28 37 «40 Tron Mountains....---..---- 1872, p. 18. 
2 | North Star. ----- G. K. Gilbert. -- 113. (07 38 28 East of Picacho Mountains .) 1872, p. 20. 
Sul eStabeeteacecne- eeedO: sates serio 11308 OF} ObY ol acess (OY, Sanaa taped Sees 1872, p. 21. 
ail Rocky:.-.--.--=|-2-+00)<-----<- oy 113 02 38 28 East of San Francisco Sp. ..| Do. 
5 | Lincoln .....-- PdOene eee 112 55 38 16 | Mineral Range....---.------ Do. 
6 | Granite...-.--- |...-d0 112 48 38 20 Bee Wh peanosagacosorOsto 1872, p. 22, and vol. 3, p. 20. 
7 | Grand Gulch ...|.--.do -.-- eA lecoeeo earned Pecbaseaabes Passed nae cecsoce mec ..--- | Not reported. 
\e58)| Ohio2-...,----=- F. Klett.... .-- | 112') 17 38 22 Beaver Range ..--.-.--.--- | 1872, p. 22. 
| 9| Iron Spring. .-..|..-.do -.--..----- 11322 37 45 Iron Mountains..-.--. ---- 1872, p. 23. 
10 | Beaver League .| G. K.Gilbert .. | 11309 38 32 East of Beaver Creek Range} 1572, p. 24. 
11 | Iron City -..--.- | F. Klett. ..--..- 113 28 37 36 6,000, Iron Mountains..----- Do. 
12 | San Francisco .-.|.--.do .--------- 112 «15 38 20 West of Paria Cafion. .---- 1871, p. 27. 
13 | East of Monroe |....-.------------ 112 «(05 38 40 Sevier Range ....---.--..--.| Not visited. 


i 


* The Signal Service gives the following rain-falls: Fillmore, for three years two months, between 
August, 1877, and September, 1880: average, 30.20 inches; maximum, 66.70 inches, 1878, and 6.62 
inches, 1879. Frisco, for two years six months, from July, 18-5, to December, 1887: average, 7.72 
inches; maximum, 8.08 inches, 1886, and 7.10 inches, 1887. 

+No systematic land classification has been published. 


tFor distribution of voleanic rocks sec Part T, Chap. V, Vol. III, p. 118. 


2970 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The index to the precious-metal ores, here as elsewhere, in the Great 
Basin at least, is the presence of volcanic beds other than Trachytes and 
Basalts, and fruitful lines of search are often at their junction with the 
sedimentary rocks. Hence to some extent the field will ultimately be lim- 
ited by observation to the true mineral centers and none other. The iron 
mines are found in Jurassic and Triassic rocks overlaid with Rhyolite. 

Routes—The Utah Southern (see Sheet 50) enters at sink of Beaver 
Creek, thence via Milford, thence westerly to Frisco. A wagon road fol- 
lows the Sevier. The Pioche and Salt Lake road traverses at the north- 
west. The Deseret telegraph line traverses the entire sheet. The southeast 


Basin rim is nearly everywhere impracticable for routes southward.* 
SHEET 61. 


Locality—Central and southwestern Colorado. 

Scale-—One inch = equals 8 miles or 1: 506880. Area, 17,208 square 
miles. Boundaries, 37° 20/ and 39° north latitude and 105° 30' and 108° 
15’ longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets : NE. 53 
GC, E. 62 A and OC, SE. 70 A and C, 8. 69. Field work during 1873, 
1874, 1875, 1876, and 1877.+ : 


PRINCIPAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The area embraced pertains to three independent drainage basins, 7. ¢., 
the Colorado, Arkansas, and Rio Grande, the source of the latter being in 
Sheet 61 C, 

The Continental Divide (here principally defined by the summit of the 


Saguache) traverses the entire area in a tortuous northerly and southerly 


* The most populous town is Beaver (1,732 in 1880). Two miles east of Beaver is situated Fort 
Cameron, the only military post in southern Utah. The total population in 1880, confined to a narrow 
longitudinal strip, was 17,660, or approximating 1 per square mile. There were (1880) fifty-one post- 
offices, and 36,537 acres under éultivation, The principal field products are wheat, barley, oats, hay, 
Indian corn, fruit, and grapes. 

+The quarter sheets (61 A, B, C, and D) constitute full Atlas Sheet 61, not otherwise published. 
Portion of the quarter sheet representing the San Juan mining region has been published on the 
scale 1 inch = 2 miles. A model of thisarea in plaster, artistically executed, with vertical scale three 
times enlarged, was exhibited at the Centennial; afterward deposited in the National Museum, where 
it is now on permanent exhibition, and also a duplicate furnished the U. S. Military Academy at West 
Point. The principal settlements are Gunnison, Montrose, Uncompaghre, Centreville, Lake City, 
Animas Fork, Ouray, Animas City, Silverton, Del Norte, and Saguache, 


DESORIPTION OF ATLAS SHEBTS. 27 


line, appearing on sheets 61 B, C, and D. The ridges forming this divide 
are here mother mountain masses (Archzean), resting on crystalline and 
schistose beds, often exposed, and form with their northward continuation a 
part of the main backbone of the continent. Falling away toward the 
Pacific and the Gulf drainage are mountain ranges of varying proportions, 
all elaborate in detail and making one of the most intricate as well as inter- 
esting areas. 

Other than the Continental or principal divide are those between the 
Arkansas and Rio Grande and the confluents of the Grand River Fork of 
the Colorado of the West. The whole region except the San Luis Valley is 
mountainous, with varied geologic exposures, including a number of suites 
of the older volcanic rocks, rising to elevations exceeding 14,000 feet. Un- 
compaghre Peak is next in elevation to Fisherman’s Peak, or Mount Whit- 
ney, the highest measured peak within the United States.” 

The Rio Grande is the main river. This area has a mountain and 
valley climate, differing materially. The usual wet and dry seasons 
are here varied, for the high altitudes are not so distinctly marked and 
correspond to winter and summer respectively + The winters of the 
valleys, as compared with those of the mountains habitable for mining: 
are much less severe, more uniform, and safe for wintering of stock. 
Stock must be driven from the higher to the lower levels in winter, miners 
and those who supply them only remaining at the high altitudes above 
10,000 feet. 

The railroads have made it practicable to supply a large mining popu- 
lation, which has steadily increased since 1873, when parties of the Survey 
first positively announced the discovery of placer gold on the San Miguel 


* Of the total area of 4,278 square miles for 61 A, 1,804 are mountainous, 1,604 plateau, and 870 
valley ; of 61 B., 2,860 square miles are mountainous, 428 plateau, 440 valley, and 550 plains ; for 61 C, 
there are 3,345 square miles mountainous, 861 plateau, and 120 valley; while 61 D has 1,442 square 
miles mountainous, 72] plateau, 1,353 valley, and 810 desert. There are two hundred and fifty-nine 
principal peaks (observed and named—two hundred and three above 10,000 feet), six lakes, ten passes, 
and four canons. There are three main ranges, twelve mountain groups, together with subordinate 
orographic forms, also plateaus and mesas. 

+The Signal Service gives the following rain-falls: Summit, for three years seven months, be- 
tween August, 1876, and October, 1880: average, 30.67 inches. Montrose, for two years eleven months, 
between February, 1885, and December, 1387: average, 10.10 inches; maximum, 10.24 inches, 1885, and 
minimum, 9.64 inches, 1587. Hermosa, for six years eleyen months, between April, 1875, and August, 
1882: average, 14.66 inches; maximum, 15.54 inches, 1880, and 13.28 inches, 1887. 


972 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Creek, since which time, for this territory of several thousand square miles 
without an inhabitant save the Indian, there has grown up a healthy 
mining population of not less than 20,000 souls. 

The resources are confined (except for the San Luis Valley, suscepti- 
ble of cultivation) to mining and cattle raising. The waters of the Rio 
Grande, if diverted for irrigation, are susceptible of reclaiming tens of 
thousands of acres. Here reservoirs may be made to perform an important 
function. The area within which mineral concentrations may probably be 
found is a large percentage, while grazing is everywhere abundant along 
the rolling foot-hills, the canons, and minor valleys and numerous glades 
found at intervals throughout the entire mountainous portions. The native 
resources for the whole area aggregate (approximately) the following per- 
centages: Arable, 6.62 per cent.; grazing, 28.21 per cent.; timber, 44.27 
per cent.; and arid, 20.9 per cent. 

The maps of the Hayden Survey give geological exposures from the 
Archean to the Quaternary, the former consisting of metamorphic, erupt- 
ive, and other granites, and the latter principally of lake and scattered 
drift, with Alluvium. For 61 A, the West Elk Mountains are Cretaceous 
at the base, overlaid with beds of Trachyte, Trachyte-Breccia, and Por- 
phyry-Trachyte. The Uncompaghre Plateau is Cretaceous, and the Qua- 
ternary is confined to the narrow valley of the Gunnison. There are ex- 
posures also of metamorphic granite, Jura-Trias, Tertiary, and Basalt: 
For 61 B, the Sangre de Cristo are of metamorphic and other granite, 
superposed by Silurian, Lower, Middle, and Upper Carboniferous, with 
beds of Trachyte, of which also the Cochetopa Hills are composed, while 
the Elk Mountains consist of Metamorphic and Eruptive Granite, Silurian, 
Lower, Middle, and Upper Carboniferous, Jura-Trias, and Porphyry- 
Trachyte. There are noted also Cretaceous, Rhyolite, and Andesite rocks, 
with Quaternary (Alluvium, Drift, and Moraines). For 61 C, the San Juan 
Ranges are metamorphosed Granite and Paleozoic, Devonian, Middle and 
Upper Carboniferous, Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, Trachyte, Porphyry- 
Trachyte, Basalt, and Quaternary (Lake Drift). The Uncompaghre Peak 
is Trachyte. For 61 D, there is Trachyte for the mountains on both sides 
of the Rio Grande, and Quaternary for the San Luis Vailey. There are 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 973 


exposures also of metamorphic and other granite, Lower and Upper Car- 
boniferous, Tertiary, Trachyte-Breccia, and Quaternary.* 

Until the removal of the Uncompaghre Utes, after the loss of their 
famous chief, Ouray, the agency for this branch of the great Ute tribe was 
at Los Pinos, north of the town of Ouray. The reservation has since 
been surrendered, the Indians moved to Utah, and the land thrown open 
to settlement by special act. 

Routes. —The main line of the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad enters 
with the Arkansas, which it follows to the junction of the South Arkansas, 
whence it continues to Leadville, while the Utah division passes south- 
ward, crossing the Continental Divide via Marshall’s Pass and hence to 
Gunnison. From Gunnison westward (61 A) it reaches the Uncompaghre 
at Montrose, hence again to the Gunnison, and turning westward emerges 
from the area. 

The Denver and South Park Railroad connects at Buena Vista with 
Garo and Fairplay (Sheet 52 D). 

The Denver, South Park and Pacific connects Northrop with Quartz 
Creek. The San Luis branch of the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad 
extends from Salida, at mouth of South Arkansas, southward via Poncho 
Pass to the San Luis Valley to its southern terminus at Hot Springs. 
There are two other branches. Twenty-four miles west of Fort Garland, 
at Alamosa, the railroad extends to Conejos and Durango (Sheet 69), 
whence a branch follows the Animas to Silverton. The Crested Butte 
branch connects Gunnison with the coal district on the Upper Ohio Creek. 
The total length of the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad in 1884 was 
1,685 miles.t 

Sueets 62 A, C, and D. 


Locality —Parts of central and southern Colorado. 
Scale.—One inch — 4 miles orl: 253440. Boundaries, 37° 20’ and 


* The Creston and El Dorado mining districts are found mentioned on page 1252, Annual Report 
1277, and the mines of San Juan in various reports. 

+The population was (1880) 23,603, or 1.37 per square mile. The counties are all of Hinsdale, 
San Juan, Ouray, Rio Grande, and Sagnache, nearly all of Gunnison and Chaffee, parts of Park, Fre- 
mont, Custer, Costilla, Conejos, La P.ata, Dolores, Miguel, Montrose, and Delta. The largest town is 
Lake City (1,950). There were (1850) one hundred and thirty-two post-offices. 
18 WH—VOL I 


274 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


39° north latitude and 104° 7° 30” and 103° 30° longitude west from 
Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 53 C, 8. 71 A, SW. 69 B, 
W. 61, NW. 52 D. Field work during 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876, and 


1877.* 
PRINCIPAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The combined area includes various mountain ridges forming the 
western limit of the Great Plains, including the mass of which Pike’s Peak 
is the summit, and ranges dividing the Arkansas from the Rio Grande. 
The western rim of the Great Plains constitutes the eastern portion, while 
the Great San Luis Valley is reached at the southwest. 

The principal divide is that between the Arkansas and Rio Grande 
drainages, marked by the summits of the Sangre de Cristo and Culebra 


Db 


Ranges and the Cerro Blanco and La Veta Mountains. The main drainage 
line is the Arkansas. 

There five main mountain groups, together with bluffs, buttes, and 
hills. The whole of 62 D forms a portion of the western rim of the Great 
Plains and is of plateau form.t Here again is the marked line between the 
climate of the valleys and the mountains, the latter being comparatively 
mild in winter, agreeable and cool in summer, except in the more arid por- 
tions of the Arkansas. 

The following serve to indicate elements of climate for this area: 

(1) Fort Lyon, Colo., from January, 1871, to June, 1883: Mean an- 
nual temperature, 41.3° Fahr.; average rain-fall, 11.99 inches; highest 
temperature 105° Fahr., in June, 1881, and the lowest, —25° Fahr., in Jan- 
uary, 1883. 

(2) Pike’s Peak, from November, 1873, to July, 1883: Mean annual 


temperature 19.3° Fahr.; average precipitation, 32.81 inches; prevailing 


* These sheets together comprise all except the northeastern quarter of full Atlas Sheet 62. The 
principal towns are Colorado Springs, Pueblo, Canon City, Huerfano, and Las Animas. The military 
posts of Forts Garland and Lyon are found in Atlas Sheets 62 C and D, respectively. 

+ Of the 4,278 square miles of 62 A, 1,283 are mountainous, 214 plateau, 214 valley, and 2,567 be- 
longing to the western border of the Plains; while for 62 C, 1,273 square miles are mountainous, 508 
valley, and 2,545 belonging to the Plains ont of a total of 4,228 square miles. There are fifty-nine prin- 

cipal peaks (thirty-two above 10,000 feet), two lakes, nine passes, and five canons. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 275 


wind southwest; highest temperature 64° Fahr., in July, 1879, and lowest 
—37° in January, 1875, and December, 1878. 

(3) Fort Garland, Colo., from January, 1871, to June, 1883: Mean 
annual temperature, 41.2° Fahr., average annual precipitation, 14.74 inches; 
greatest precipitation in July; highest temperature 91° Iahr.,in 1881, low- 
est, —30° Fahr., in November, 1880 * . 

The first is typical of the western border of the Plains, the second of 
the high mountains, and the third of the Rio Grande at these latitudes. 
The natural resources admit of a moderate amount of farming along the 
narrow beds of the streams, expanding somewhat eastwardly on the Arkan- 
sas, together with mining at numerous points throughout the mountain 
ridges, and grazing almost everywhere along the flanks of the mountains, 
even to near the beds of the streams. 

Timber is found along the foot-hills, reaching even to and beyond 
11,000 feet. 

The native resource classification of 62 A and C is as follows: Ara- 
ble, 5.67 per cent.; grazing, 66.74 per cent.; timber, 22.36 per cent., and 
arid or barren, 5 23 per cent. 

Irrigation has been but little used. “Reservoirs could be availed of to 
some extent as land becomes more valuable. Attempts have been made 
at obtaining artesian water near Fort Lyon, but so far without success. 
Reference to the mining districts at Hardscrabble and Rosita will be found 
in Annual Report, 1876. The maps of the Hayden Survey give Archean 


* The following rain-falls are taken from the Signal Service publication (Sen. Ex. Doc. 91, 50th 
Cong., Ist Sess. ). 


| Interval. | | 
No. Locality. = From— To— Annual Maximum. Minimum. 
| Yrs. | Mos. | 
| | Inches Ins. Yrs. | Ins. Yrs. 
ili Colorako Springs. ce-jonsn-c eee lee oon 7 7 | Dece., 1871 | Dec., 1887 | 15.79 20.10 1872 | 14.55 1886 | 
2 | Pike's Peak 14 1 | Nov., 4873 | Nov.,1887 | 29.33 45.57 1881 9.28 1881 
Sul Eonntain..--s2cs.ce | 2 3 | Nov., 1871 | Feb., 1875 Os Oui meamenveeone tars | omen ee | 
4 | Las Animas or Fort Lyon ... 19 | 0 | Jan., 186) | Dec., 1887 12, 26 16.97 1872 7.67 1871 | 
SI SOULE OSD lO. assoc nee eeeo aaaee 8 | 9 | Sept., 1872 | Aug.,1887 12.67 | 15.81 1885 11.72 1878 
| 6 | Old Fort Massachusetts ................ 5 1 | Oct., 182 | July, 1858 | 17.23 18.81 1858 13.87 1856 
7 | Fort Garland ..-...- Seen eae Joao Coser 21/ 7] Oct., 1878 | Oct, 1883| 12.85 | 41.34 1-72 5.44 1861 | 


276 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


masses for the main mountain ridges, and members of the other geologic 
eras terminating in the later Quaternary. 

For 62 A, the Arkansas Valley is Cretaceous (Colorado). Pike's 
Peak is a mass of Metamorphic Granite, with beds of Trachyte, flanked 
and fringed at the south by Silurian, Trias, Jura, and Cretaceous rocks. 

The exposures around Manitou and the Garden of the Gods are 
Silurian, Upper Carboniferous, Trias, Jura, and Cretaceous. Wet Mount- 
ain Valley is of Metamorphic Granite at its perimeter, and drift cen- 
trally. 

For 62 C, the Spanish peaks are a body of Upper Carboniferous, 
flanked by Cretaceous, with fan-shaped, flaring masses of Porphyry- 
Trachyte at the summits. The Sangre de Cristo Range consists of Meta- 
morphic and other granites and Upper Carboniferous, with outlying expos- 
ures of Cretaceous and Trachyte, the Quaternary being drift lake beds 
and Alluvium. The Wet Mountains, with a base of Metamorphic Granite, 
show also Trias, Jura, and Cretaceous, with Trachyte beds. 

For 62 D, there is shown Cretaceous, Post-Cretaceous, and Alluvium 
(narrow). Professor Stevenson refers the lignite-bearing series of southern 
Colorado to the Upper Cretaceous, which, as measured at Canon Ctty, 
consists of: 

(1) Sandstones, varying in color and structure, and including thin 
beds of lignite, 250 feet. 

(2) Shales, sandstones, and lignites, 175 feet. 

(3) Sandstone and shale, the former containing thin beds of lignite, 
350 feet. 

Routes —The Denver and Rio Grande and the Denver and New Or- 
leans Railroads (see 53 C) traverse the area southerly, the former via 
Pueblo to Trinidad (70 A), emerging near Apishpah. At Colorado 
Springs a branch runs to Manitou, famous for its climate and springs. At 
Pueblo the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad arrives from the 
East, while the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad traverses the Arkansas 
en route to Canon City. Another branch leaves the main stem at 
Cucharas en route westward to Fort Garland, where it joins other branches 
leading to Del Norte (61 D) and farther south (69). The grade of the 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. DHT 


line across La Veta Pass and the Sangre de Cristo averages 128 feet to 
the mile. 
The Denver and New Orleans Railroad, after leaving Easton (53 C), 


follows substantially the old stage road to Pueble.* 
SHEET 65. 


Locality —Eastern California and southern Nevada. 

Scale.—One inch =8 miles or 1: 506880. Area, 17,588 square miles. 
Boundaries, 35° 40’ and 37° 20’ north latitude and 116° 30/ and 119° 15’ 
longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 57, NE 58, 
E. 66, 8. 73 A. and C, NW.56 B and D. Field work during 1871 and 
1875.t 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The crest of the Sierra Nevada, with Fisherman’s Peak, or Mount Whit- 
ney, nearly central, traverses almost north and south the western half of the 
sheet, marking the water-shed between the Great Basin and that of the Sac- 
ramento. 

The basin ranges occupy the whole eastern half. More than half is 
mountainous, the balance consisting of alluvial and detrital valleys and des- 
ert-like plains.t| The contrast between the considerable downfall of the 
whole region west of the Sierra summits and the sterile region eastward is 
most marked, this crest-line being the frame-work, so to speak, of the des- 
ert land of the interior. 

The principal divide is that between the Great Basin and the Sacra- 
mento, crossing which there are no natural passes, the only known line of 


transit being a rough trail from Lone Pine to Visalia, passing south of Fish- 


* The sheets embrace all of Huerfano County, and Pueblo County except a small strip at the east; 
El] Paso County almost entire; a small portion of Park County; about one-half of Fremont County, 
two-thirds of Custer, and a small part of Costilla. The whole population (1880) was 31,963, or ap- 
proximately 3.70 per square mile. The largest town is Pueblo (7,821 in 1880). There were (1880) 
sixty-one post-offices. See also Prog. Rep., 1871, and Annual Report, 1876. 

tThe full sheet is out of print. The quarter sheet embraces the southeastern portion. The prin- 
cipal settlements are Lone Pine, Independence, Cerro Gordo, and Swansea. The military post (Camp 
Independence) has been abandoned. 

t Sheet 65 D has 1,768 square miles of mountainous, 442 of plateau, 884 of valley, and 1,326 of 
desert territory, Total, 4,420 square miles. 


278 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


erman’s Peak, or Mount Whitney. The main drainage lines are the Tulare 
and Owen’s Rivers. In the southwest quarter of the sheet, bordering Tulare 
Lake and River, is land susceptible of easy cultivation through irrigation, 
while directly eastward (latitude 36° north) is found a series of desert val- 
leys culminating in Death Valley, so called, the beds of which are either of 
shifting sand or saline and alkaline efflorescences, mostly destitute of vegeta- 
tion and entirely unfit for cultivation. The anatomy of the Sierra is now 
quite well known, while the several interior ranges belong to the Basin 
system, the groups of ridges forming the frame-work of independent, 
undrained areas, where streams, containing water sufficient to sustain a 
feeble existence, lose themselves in the valley depression or disappear 
before energing from the lateral canons of the foot-hills. 

The most sterile of all the local desert tracts are Death Valley, 
Amargosa, and the waste northward therefrom. In 1871 the trails and 
sources of water supply within these particular and contiguous tracts were 
but little known. The Great Death Valley itself was considered an almost 
impassable obstacle, dangerous alike for man and beast. Our operations 
have developed the existence of hitherto unknown creeks and springs, 
making it possible in future to transit this country along selected lines with 
comparative ease, when proper precautions are taken. No where else is 
the transition from the coastwise territory to the Great Basin more marked 
than in this particular sheet. The high Sierra is the condensing limit 
for the greater share of the moisture of the lower-air strata, the bulk of 
o at these crests and thus returns to 


5 


which is precipitated before arrivin 
the Pacific, while the eastward currents traverse the Great Interior robbed 
of their moisture, hence the resultant rain-fall here is a minimum. This 
result is enhanced by the fact that the minor ridges of the Sierra extending 
westward reach high altitudes and cover a wide expanse This portion of 
the Great Basin is entirely cut off from the humid-laden currents extending 
inland, axially following the Columbia and portions of the Snake Rivers, 
the course of which mark substantially the northern limit of the Interior 
Desert tract, the southern limit of which is only reached where the Colo- 
rado joins the Gulf. 


At Camp Independence from October 6 to 25, 1875, the precipitation 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 279 


was 0, the maximum temperature 89° Fahr., and the minimum tempera- 
ture 39° Fahr., with prevailing winds north west.* 

The summary at Visalia, Cal, a point near the western border, and 
typical for the southern part of the Great California Valley, from July, 
1877, to July, 1883, gives a mean annual temperature of 61.2° Fahr.; 
average annual precipitation, 9.12 inches, with prevailing winds northwest; 
greatest precipitation in February; highest temperature, 109° Fahr. in 
June, 1879, and lowest, 18° Fahr. in January, 1882.+ 

Quarter-sheet 65 D contains, approximately, 15 per cent. tillable land, 
48.2 per cent. pasturage, 9.7 per cent. timber, with 40.6 per cent. barren 
ground (see L.C. Table). The amount of arable territory is small, that for 
grazing large. Much of the rain-fall of the Western Sierras passes under- 
ground, to be held in artesian reservoirs. Conduits from these are being 
successfully utilized through artesian wells, now considerably used in irriga- 
tion. The agricultural conquest of the Great Valley of California can be 
made more ox less complete by skillfully applying all known means of irri- 
gation by gravitation. A detailed topographic and geologic study should 
always precede any work of magnitude. Owen’s River receives small 
streams from the Sierra. Near the debouches, in many instances, will be 
found sites favorable for future irrigation reservoirs. 

The profile of the Sierra due west from Owen’s Valley is the steepest 
within our territory, exceeding an average of 1,000 feet per mile. The 
main body of the Sierra Nevada is Archean Granite, occasionally lava 
capped, with bands of sandstones and metamorphic slates. The Granite 
comes to the edge of the Lava near Fish Springs. About the crests are 
noted lateral, medial, and terminal moraines of extensive extinct glaciers, 


especially at the heads of Kings and Kern Rivers. East of Owen’s River, 


November, 1865, to August, 1877: average 5.97 inches; maximum 7.06 inches, 187374, and minimum 
1.63 inches, 1872~73 (*), and for Visalia for eight years one month, from January, 1870, to May, 1886: 
average 9.25 inches; maximum 13.10 inches, and minimum 3.95 inches, 1875-79. (*) [*Seasonal rain- 
fall from September to August inclusive. ] 

tThere are twelve ranges, three mountain groups. with the Table and Black Lava Hills; and 
among seventy-one principal peaks seventeen are above 10,000 feet. There are two lakes, seven passes, 
and thirteen canons. 


280 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


and Gneiss. A great mass of Basalt flanks the entire southern rim of 'Ter- 
mination Valley. 

The Amargosa Range consists of Schists and Sandstones, overlaid 
by limestone. The Owen’s Mountains are composed of Granite-gneiss, 
and other crystalline rocks. The basin ranges have exposures of the Silu- 
rian and Carboniferous, frequently interspersed with both old and new vol- 
canic rock 

The mining districts below mentioned had been discovered, properties 
located, and more or less development made: 


| | | Approximate geograph- | 
| : | 


| F ical position. 


| No. Name. | By whom visited. | | Remarks. Printed reports. 
| Long. west.) Lat. north. | 
| ee ae ne == i is Tals a | 
| | ° fe} t | | 
1. | Wiaicovaiecsce. = G.M. Wheeler... | 117 55 37 00) | Inyo.Rente- Jose. se. seennn | Pub. Rep., 1871, p. 45. | 
2 | Fish Spring. ....- Lieutenant Lyle - .| 118 16 37 03 | Near Soldier's Caiion ....... | Pub. Rep., 1$71, p. 50. | 
3 | Kearsarge ..-..... G.M. Wheeler...) 118 10 36 50 West of Independence -.-- Do. | 
4 San Carlos......- Mgpic( st Gemesenncnog 118 00 36 45 Inyo Range. ss<cc2s-5.se- Do. 
| 5| Lone Pine .-......).... Ons 222-3.s5<<- 118 03 36 35 East of Fisherman's Peak - Do. 
| 6 | Granite Mountain | Lieutenant Lyle..; 117 42 36 «12 Coso Mountains ..........-- Pub. Rep., 187], p. 51. | 
7 | Telescope. :--......| Several ....-....- | 117 05 | 36 18 | Telescope Range....-..---. Pub. Rep., 1871, p.52. | 
|. Si lay ongescees esse | G.M. Wheeler... 117, 12) | «36 «635 | Panamint Range..-...--..-- Do. 
| 9 | Death Valley ...- | -- OOnrans<ce=< = 117 (07 36 33 Telescope Range. .-.-..-.-- Do. 
| 10 | Amargosa ........, A.R.Marvine .-- | 116 30 35 45 | Slate Range. ........---...-. | Do. 
| 1 | Rose Spring ae Lieutenant Birnie | 117:13—~«||:«36—«16_—| 4,600 feet, Telescope Range...) An. Rep., 1876, p. 65. 
| 12 | Lookout .-----... fers O ter aetele tere 117) 26 360«i14 4,200, Argus Range....-.-...| An. Rep., 1876, p. 67. 
| 13°) Cost. ses seeaee heieatl Opa eees omen a 117 48 36 20 | 5,800,Coso Mountains ...-.-. An. Rep , 1876, p. 56. 
| 14} Sumner ......... |) De AuToy ween ee } 118 30 35° 45 Sierra Nevada ............- | An. Rep , 1876, p. 65. 
| 15 | New Coso .....-- Dr: Loew: <--2<<.2-= | 117 48 36 0620 5,800, Coso Mountains. ..-- An. Rep., 1876, p. 56. 
| 16) Panamint......-- leoort Wrsssoeeocers4 | 117 07 36 (07 6,600, Telescope Range......| An. Rep., 1876, p. 49. 
17 | Cerro Gordo ...-..|.-.. d0eeeeee eee 117 49 3632 8,300, Cerro Gordo Mountains) An. Rep., 1876, p. 62. 


Dr. Loew found the water of Owen’s Lake to contain 2.5 per cent. of 
carbonate of soda and other salts, tasting strongly alkaline and salty, and 
scarcely fit for medicinal purposes. By diverting the small incoming 
stream and allowing the Jake water to evaporate a great quantity of car- 
bonate of soda could be obtained, which some day may prove an article 
of commerce. Black and Mono Lakes are similar.* 

Routes —The Southern Pacific Railroad enters the area in the south- 
west corner at about 36° north latitude, leaving it 5 miles east of the 


southwest corner. The Carson and Colorado Railroad (see Sheet 57) 


*See Annual Report, pp. 192-197 for Thermal and Mineral Springs, ete. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 281 


extends to Hawley, south of Bishop Creek; total length 301 miles.* 


Various wagon roads may be seen on the map.t 
SHEET 66, 


Locality. —Parts of eastern California, southeastern Nevada, north- 
western Arizona, and southwestern Utah. 

Scale-—One inch = 8 miles, or 1: 506880. Area, 17,588 square miles. 
Boundaries, 35° 40’ and 37° 20’ north latitude, and 113° 45’ and 116° 30’ 
longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets, N. 58, NE. 
Ho Ol, OE. 15, SW. 74 B, W. 65, NW. 57.4 

Field work during 1869, 1872, and 1873. 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


This area embraces exemplars of the Basin Range systems and of the 
border land between them and the Great Colorado Plateau, and combines 
many varieties of mountain and plateau forms of which the territory is 
largely composed; detrital valleys and desert wastes constituting the bal- 
ance. The divide between the Great Basin and the Colorado crosses the 
sheet centrally almost northerly and southerly, forming a part of the 
southeastern perimeter of the land-locked area. The Colorado is the main 
drainage line, into which empties the Virgin River. 

The sinks, for the little remaining basin drainage, are either reservoir 
lakes or subterranean. 

With the exception of the arable land of the Muddy, Santa Clara 
Creek, Pahranagat and Pah-rimp Valleys, and Las Vegas Springs, this sec- 
tion is typical of the desest in all its worst phases. 

Certain ranges—as Spring Mountain, Kingston, Vegas, Colorado, 
Meadow Valley, Pahranagat, Belted, and Virgin —are still covered with 
timber at the summits, and a spring is infrequently noted. Otherwise even 


the springs found at wide intervals throughout this large area are unreliable, 


*In June, 1883, the prospective terminus was a point near the thirty-fifth parallel on the Colorado 
River. 

t The total population (1880) was 8,068, approximately, or .45 per square mile. Kernville (362) 
was the largest settlement. The military post of Camp Independence has been abandoned. In Inyo 
County (1880) there were two hundred and forty-two farms, with 28,323 acres cultivated. Number of 
post-offices, twenty-seven. 

t This sheet was not otherwise published than at 1 inch =8 miles. Existing editions out of print. 


282 U.S. GEVGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


often dry, and many that were found active when visited are not necessa- 
rily permanent. The same applies, substantially, to Atlas Sheets 57 and 65. 
The mouth of the Grand Canon is found at the southeast, where commences 
the Colorado Plateau, marking a new character of uplift and displacement, as 
compared with the basin ranges. This area forms a part of the great Death 
Valley of southern Nevada, which haslost many of its terrors since the expe- 
ditions of 1869, 1871, 1872, and 1875.* Although typical of the Desert, this 
region is now entered as well as circumvallated by advancing emigration, 
crossed by the iron river of commerce, and although uninviting toa degree, 
yet nevertheless has, particularly in the forest and the mine, large store-houses 
yet to be needed by increasing population, while each decade it grows 
nearer to centers of settlement.- The climate is that of the more southerly 
parts of the Great Basin; @. ¢., uniform and mild in winter; parching hot in 
summer. It may be assumed that within the lower levels of certain desert 
sections of this sheet, as was observed in the Death Valley depression, the 
thermometer at midnight in August reaches as high as 119° Fahy. 

The permanent agricultural resources are slight, the grazing consider- 
able, the timber limited, while there is a large field within which to dis- 
cover and exploit the precious metals. 

Geologic notes along the eastern part of the sheet and the canons of 
the Colorado show exposures of Archiean, Silurian, Carboniferous, Tri- 
assic, Trachyte, Rhyolite, and Basalt for the mountain and plateau struct- 
ure, and Quaternary for the valleys and desert wastes. 

The following mining districts had been located and somewhat devel- 
oped in 1869, 1871, and 1872:+ 


Approximate geograph- 


No. Name. By whom visited.| ical position. — | Remarks. Printed 1 eports. | 
Long. west. Lat. north. | | 
— | - ; a = = — = | ose 
1 | Colorado: -.--.-=-::-. |G. M. Wheeler 114 45 35 44 1,000 feet. ....-.--.....-.| Pub. Rep., 1869, p. 20, and 
| and Dr. Loew. | Au. Rep., 1876, p. 61. ' 
2) Yellow Pine ....... | G.M. Wheeler..; 115 25 36 (00 7,600 feet. .....c22t2.s256 Pub. Rep., 1871, p. 52. 
3 Timber Mountain.. [Looe (i Ce an Be eb 36 ; 25 Spring Mountain Range as ee bee i ae 
iC edatreccecaeaanewe [ee eoe U0 eee 114 30 87°15 Mormon Range .......- | Pub. Rep., 1871, p. 43. 
5 South Eastern ......| F. R. Simonton . 115 30 37 «(07 Desert Range...---..--- | Pub, Rep., 1871, p. 45. 
6 iC lavke yocacenc can as | G.M. Wheeler..| 115 25 35 (00 Spring Mountain Range | Pub. Rep., 1871, p. 53. 


. *There are eleven principal ranges, with thirteen prominent peaks; also Arrow Canon and 
Meadow Valley Mountains and the Colorado Pleateau, together with three passes and eight canons. 
t Districts in Long Valley and east of the Grand Wash were also visited. See Prog. Rep., 1572. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 283 


Dr. Loew remarks that bitter and brackish waters are characteristic of 
these desert tracts; such as the Virgin River, which is highly charged with 
bitter-tasting, purgative salts (principally sulphate of soda and magnesia). 
Analysis does not show, however, any poisonous constituents, but proves 
that the desert alkaline and salty effloresences charge these waters. 

Routes—Various wagon routes, including the old California and Salt 
Lake emigrant road, will be found delineated. 

The arable lands of the Muddy Valley aggregate approximately 
25,000 acres, of which three-fifths are under cultivation. The old site of 
Callville marks the furthest point to which steam navigation on the Colo- 
rado has been carried.* 

SHEET 67. 

Locality—Parts of northern and northwestern Arizona and southern 
Utah. 

Scale.—One inch = equals 8 miles or 1: 506880. Area, 17,588 square 
miles. Boundaries, 35° 40/ and 37° 20' north latitude, and 111° and 113° 
45’ longitude west trom Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 59, 
SE. 76,8. 75, SW. 75, W.66, NW. 58 Field work during 1871, 1872, 1873.f 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The whole area is a part of the Great Colorado Plateau, most pro- 
nounced in its type, and through which the Colorado River flows, always 
in a canon of greater or less proportions. The subrial and subaqueous 
cutting of this region have produced orographic types without counterparts, 
so far as known, in any other quarter of the globe. The divides are all be- 
tween tributaries of the Colorado and the mother stream. The Colorado 
Chiquito is the only important line of drainage other than the main river, 
which traverses the entire extent covered by the sheet, which embraces the 
heart of the Grand Canon. This extensive plateau region is the resultant 
of a great uplift over an area of fully 120,000 square miles more or less uni- 
form in areal pressures, as compared with the usual dynamic disturbances 


along axial lines, common to the western mountain region. 


- The entire nopulation (1880) did not exceed 1,000 persons, principally Mormons, iiiere were 


seven post-offices. 
t Not otherwise published than on the inch to ecight-mile scale. Edition ont of print. 


284 U.S. GEUGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The magnificence of the subzerial carving and the thickness of the ge- 
ologie formations displayed make it a wonderland for all time and a most 
fruitful school and field for the geologist of the present and the physicist of 
the future. The minor plateaus have been given local and special names.* 

No mountain ridges exist. The little valleys, where found, though 
narrow, are fertile, and offer inducements to settlement. The climate varies 
from that found at the levels of the streams and the more elevated plateau 
terraces, between which is a vertical distance, in instances, of 7,010 feet, 
the former being mild and uniform in winter with agreeable and compar- 
atively cool summers. Grazing is the prime resource, agriculture being 
of but little avail, while the search for the precious metals is restricted. 
Coal croppings, however, are abundant in the north and northwest portions. 
General mention of land classification will be found in the published re- 
ports. The entire area affords exposures of sedimentary rocks such as 
limestones, quartzites, etc., except where immense beds of basalt have ob- 
truded through these beds and lie dispersed over considerable areas. In 
the Grand Canon Granite (Archean) appears at the base of these sedi- 
mentary beds. (See Vol. III, p. 162, Fig. 66.) 

The plateaus are composed of Silurian, Carboniferous, Triassic, Ju- 
rassic, Cretaceous, and Tertiary formations, with obtruded beds of Trachyte, 
Rhyolite, and Basalt. 

The rocks are various sandstones and limestones, with calcareous and 
arenaceous shales for the mouth of the Grand Canon. The Tertiary is ab- 
sent except at the northwest corner of the sheet. All of the great divisions 
of geologic time are represented in the canon district of the Colorado.t 

The Cretaceous is composed of calcareous sandstones and argillaceous 
and Carboniferous shales, about 2,600 feet thick;{ the Jurassic consists 
of sandstones and gypsiferous shales, also calcareous sandstones and shales 
(800 to 1,200 feet) ; the Trias, (2,500 to 3,500 feet) cross-bedded sandstones 
and saliferous and gypsiferous clays or shales; the Carboniferous (4,000 


to 5,000) being mostly thick masses of limestone (Aubrey limestone, 800 


* There are five sub-plateaus, also the Red Hurricane Ledge, Aubrey, Skumpah, and Vermilion 
Cliffs, and White Mesas, and the Scheavwitz Mountains. There are five principal peaks, three passes, 
and six canons. 

tSee Gilbert, table on p. 171, vol. III, and remarks pp. 172 et seq. 

t See Howell, p. 275, vol. IIT. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 285 


to 900 feet; Aubrey sandstone, 1000 feet; Redwall limestone, 1000 feet) ; 
the Silurian, or probably primordial, being the Tonto group (marbled lime- 
stones, 800 to 1,200 feet; Tonto shale, 600 feet, and Tonto sandstone, 80 feet) 
with Archean, made up of Granites and schists at the base of the series.* 

It is impracticable to delineate the wonderful convolutions of nature 
found traced in these canons, except upon maps of a very large scale, 
Lateral gorges almost innumerable exist, mostly with dry beds. The cli- 
matic conditions of a maximum dryness, irregular and often violent precip- 
itation, and persistent wind storms account for the corrugated superficial 
face of nature. 

The river is constantly deepening, uot alone from water erosion, but 
by the chiseling and grinding force of the minute pebbles and particles of 
siliceous and other matters driven by the current, which is given a rotatory 
motion by the winds. 2 

The edges of the sub-plateaus most distant from the river bed are nearly 
perpendicular, and usually of deep-red sandstone or limestone, with summits 
covered by a scanty growth of sage and greasewood, interspersed with grass, 

Juniper or pinon prevail in the vicinity of voleanic cones, with occa- 
sional areas of yellow pine (pinus ponderosa). Grazing, somewhat 
utilized, is abundant. 

Sommunication is confined to roads and trails (see map). The total 
population (1880) is6,151, not including the Scheavwitz Indians, a small 
nomadic tribe, who live along the narrow canon valleys, planting small 
patches of corn, wheat, and watermelons, subsisting in part by the chase 
and upon roots, mice, etc. There were (1880) twenty-one post-oftices. 
The eastern portions are scarcely settled and poorly known, almost desti- 


tute of water and but little marked even by trails. 


* Gilbert gives for section of the Grand Cation at Diamond Creek, Granites and schists, super- 
posed by the Tonto group, the Redwall limestone, Aubrey sandstone, and the Aubrey limestone (sce 
fig. 39, p. 69, vol. III). In Chap. XII of Monograph IT, U.S. Geological Survey, Captain Dutton writes 
of the History of the Grand Canon district. He states that prior to the Carboniferous period large 
bodies of Silurian and Devonian strata were deposited, and that afterwards the region was elevated, 
greatly eroded, and then submerged. The Carboniferous was deposited uncomtormably upon the denuded 
surfaces from 12,000 to 16,000 feet thick, continuing until the close of the Mesozoic. About 10,000 feet 
were eroded during the Tertiary. The Colorado River is thought to have been the outlet of a great 
Eocene lake in the early Tertiary, and to have persisted in its ocean course and connection ever since. 
The present Grand Canon is considered as the result of corrasion extending only through the Carbonif- 
erous, and somewhat into the Archean, 


286 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


The principal precipitation in the Grand Canon region is in the winter 
months. There is some rain in November, and slight showers occur over 
small localities of the high plateaus even in summer, where snow occurs in 
winter, while at the middle level the downfall (alternating snow and rain) 
is small and irregular.* 

SHEET 69. 

Locality —Parts of southern Colorado and northern New Mexico. 

Scale.-—One inch = 8 miles, or 1: 506880. Area, 17,588 square miles. 
Boundaries, 85° 40’ and 37° 20’ north latitude, and 105° 30/ and 108° 15’ 
longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 61, NE. 
62 A and C, I. 70 A and C, SE. 78 C, 8. 77, SW. 76. Field work during 
1873, 1874, 1875, and 1877.4 

GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 

(Juarter-sheets B and D constitute the eastern half of the main sheet 
69, which half les entirely in the Basin of the Rio Grande, except a small 
area at southeast corner belonging to the Pecos. The northwest quarter 
belongs to the San Juan drainage. The mingling of ridge, plateau, mesa, 
and narrow valley forms makes this sheet an individual unlike any other 
of the series. The Continental Divide follows in much of its course the 
rolling crests of plateaus, instead of ridges, which plateau areas, when at 
lower levels, were probably the bed of a cretaceous sea, joining the 
present Gulf of Mexico with that of California, if not the Pacific proper. 

The principal divide is the shed of surface water flowing either to the 
Gulf of Mexico or California, traversing the sheet nearly northerly and 
southerly in its central parts for two-thirds of its width, then turning to the 
westward, emerging at the southeast corner. The main drainage lines are 
the Rio Grande and San Juan. At the north, the Rio Grande traverses 


impracticable canons, its valley narrowing so that cultivatable land upon 


* The Signal Service gives the following rain-falls: Saint George, six years two months, between 
January, 1861, and October, 1880: Average, 11.57 inches, Harrisburg, two yearstwo months, between 
February, 1859, and Febrnary, 1872: Average 13.14 inches. Mount Carwel, three years fonr months, 
between January, 1874, and July, 1878: Average, 36.7linches; maximum, 58.05 inches, 1874, and mini- 
mum, 22.50 inches, 1876. Kanab, five years four months, between May, 1872, and October, 1879: Aver- 
age, 11.09 inches; maximum, 14.60 inches, 1876, and minimum, 7.37 inches, 1877. 

+The principal settlements are Santa Fe (the second oldest settlement in the United States, 
where military headqnarters have for a long time been established), San Ildefonso, Santa Cruz, Abi- 
qguiu, Plaza Alealde, Taos, Costilla, Culebra, and Jemez, 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 287 


its banks disappears, except in the proximity of a lateral confluence. This 
changes at Embuda, whence to the southern border the valleys widen, set- 
tlements increase, and the area under cultivation is considerable.* Limited 
areas are cultivated in the valleys also of the Chama, Jemez, and other 
creeks, that could be expanded considerably pursuant to a skillful system 
of irrigation. This area is one of the most interesting of the Southwestern 
Interior, needing further detailed examination as to its geologic and min- 
eral structure and native resources. The Santa Fe Range, a prominent 
serrated ridge or cordillera, and its companion, the Las Vegas Range, lie 
in the southeast corner, while the Jemez and other mountain groups rear 
their summits above the plateau. The southwest portion is made up of 
plateaus and mesas. At the north and northwest, and especially north of 
the San Juan, serrated ridges die away into the plateau region at the south, 

These ridges are Granite-based, overlaid by limestone and other sedi- 
mentaries, interspersed with older voleanie masses (eruptive and intrusive), 
in the vicinity of which precious-metal croppings and ores are found. 
The climate of the southerly portions consists of wet and dry seasons 
in the valleys, with medium precipitation, cultivation by irrigation only. 
Some of the constituents appear in the following means taken from the 
Signal Office records: Santa Fe, November, 1871, to June, 1883: mean 
annual temperature, 48° Fahr.; mean relative humidity, 44; average 
annual precipitation, 14.51 inches; prevailing winds, east; the highest tem- 
perature, 97° Fahr. in August, 1878, and the lowest, —13° Fahr. in December, 
1879; the greatest precipitation in July. Fort Lewis, June, 1880, to July, 
1883: Mean annual temperature, 44.7° Fahr.; average annual rain-fall, 13.49 
inches; the highest temperature, 103° Fahr., occurred in August, 1880, and 


the lowest in January, 1883; the greatest precipitation occurs in August.t 


*Of the 1,750 square miles of 69 B found in Colorado, 437 are mountainous, 219 plateau, 656 
valley, and 438 plains; while for the balance, 2,624 square miles in New Mexico, 656 are mountainous, 
328 plateau, 984 valley, and 656 plains. For sheet 69 D, 1,560 square miles are mountainous, 1,820 
platean, and 1,040 valley. There are four principal ranges and seven prominent mountain groups, with 
fitty-two main peaks (twenty-five above 10,000 feet), ten plateaus, seven mesas, six lakes, three passes, 
and eleven canons. 

tThe Signal Service summaries give rain-falls as follows: Santa Fe, thirty years ten months, 
between February, 1850, and December, 1887: Average, 14.8L inches; maximum, 24.84 inches, 1n54, 
and minimum, 7.75 inches, 1863, Old Fort Lowell, four years six months, between October, 1868, 
and June, 1874: Average, 11.49 inches; maximum, 13.58 inches, 1872, and minimum, 7.42 inches, 1873. 
Old Camp Burgwin, five years nine months, between September, 1354, and May, 1860: Average, 8.65 
inches; maximum, 12,70 inches, 1859, and minimum, 3,86 inches, 1856. 


288 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The resources are: Agricultural for narrow strips, grazing for the 
ereater share, considerable timber at the southeast and northwest, with 
many mines already opened, and much prospective mineral wealth. In 
the southeast quarter of Sheet 69 D the sites of early Spanish mines are 
still recognizable, while this industry at present is confined largely to the 
San Juan area. 

The observed land classification for 16,059 square miles indicate, 
approximately, 5.8 per cent. tillable, 51.9 per cent. grazing, 36.35 per 
cent. timber, and 5.95 per cent. absolutely arid or barren, defining substan- 
tially a timber and grazing region. The Mexicans have practiced irriga- 
tion for long periods. The constituents of the silt borne in suspension by 
the Rio Grande waters, being rich and fertilizing, produce a mud covering 
as a result of the irrigation, which completely renovates the soil. This 
mud is found by analysis to be richer in phosphates than that of the 
Nile.* 

Prof. J. J. Stevenson and others have determined Igneous, Tertiary, 
Cretaceous, Carboniferous, and Archean formations for the ridges and 
higher portions of the eastern part of the sheet, with Quaternary for the 
valleys proper. Professor Stevenson determined the profile from the Rio 
Grande to the Canadian Plains (across the Santa Fe Range) as follows, 
from west to east: Tertiary (Loup Fork); Carboniferous (sandstones, lime- 
stones, and shales) over Archean (reddish and coarse granites, fine-grained 
gneiss, mica schists, and quartzites), faulted toward Mora Valley; Jura- 
Trias (thin layers of sandstones and shales); Cretaceous (Dakota = sand- 
stones, limestones, and shales; Colorado = argillaceous limestones, lami- 
nated sandstones, and arenaceous shales); Basalt for the Canadian Hills 
and west of Turkey Mountains.t The Santa Fe Range is substantially 
Archean, flanked on either side by heavy Carboniferous beds. The Tur- 
key Mountains are Dakota over Carboniferous, and the Canadian Hills are 


Basalt, superposed upon Colorado and Dakota beds of the Cretaceous. 


“It has been determined that the most necessary mineral combinations for the best soil are: Sul- 
phurie acid, phosphoric acid, potassa, lime, magnesia, and oxide of iron. Phosphoric acid and potassa 
are the most valuable, but are least in quantity. These substances impoverish after prolonged cultiva- 
tion, and must be replaced artificially to insure adequate productive power, 

{See Plate 1, opposite p. 406, vol. IIL, Geology Supplement, 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 289 


Routes—The Denver and Rio Grande Railroad enters from the north 
near the one hundred and sixth meridian, thence to Antonito, where a 
branch diverges for Silverton, Colo. (Sheet 61.) 

From Antonito this railroad follows a southern course, striking the bed 
of the Rio Grande at Embuda Station, following thence to Espanola, the 
nearest station to Santa Fe, thence it continues along the Rio Grande, 
forming a junction with the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad. (See 
Sheet 77.) Many wagon roads are shown, while Indian trails predominate, 
especially in the central and western section.* 


SHEET 70 A and C. 


Locality—Part of southeastern Colorado and northeastern New Mexico. 

Scale —One inch = 4 miles, or 1: 253440. Area, 8,794 square miles. 
Boundaries, 35° 40’ and 37° 20’ north latitude, and 104° 7’ 30” and 105° 
30’ longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets : N. 62 C, 
S. 78 A, SW. 77, W. 69, NW. 61. Field work during 1874, 1875, and 


1876. 
GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The main orographic forms are the serrated ridges on the western 
‘side of each sheet and beyond the plains proper, together with the western 
rim of the Great Plains, bordering on the staked plains at the south, and the 
plateau forms rising above their general level, the whole interspersed with 
minor canons and narrow valleys of erosion. The principal divide is that 
between the tributaries of the Arkansas on the east and those of the Rio 
Grande at the west. 

The main drainage lines are the Purgatory, the Canadian, and Mora 
Rivers, all tributaries of the Mississippi Basin. The Pecos heads in 70 C. 


*The most populous town is Santa Fe, the capital of New Mexico, with 6,635 inhabitants (1880). 
The total population (1880) was 30,052, or approx. 1.7 per square mile (one of the most thickly settled 
portions of New Mexico). The military posts are Fort Lewis, on the headwaters of the Rio de la Plata, 
and at Santa Fe. Post-offices, thirty-eight (1880). There are eight Indian Pueblo villages, each one 
of which had granted to it by the Spanish Government a tract of land one league square. Most of 
these grants have been confirmed by the United States. The nineteen pueblo villages (7,879 inhabi- 
tants), with 505,657 acres.of reservation, had (1880) under cultivation 13,940 acres, raising 10,215 
bushels of wheat, having 1,850 houses, 2,236 horses, 6,525 cattle, and 24,400 sheep. The agency for the 
Southern Utes is at Tierra Amarilla, ou the Chama. 

t These quarter-sheets constitute the western half of principal sheet No. 70. 


19 WH—VOL I 


290 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Heavy mountain ranges, each worthy of special description as to 
physical features, form the western limit of the Plains.* 

Climate.—The following is the meteorological summary at Fort Union, 
N. Mex., from June, 1880, to July, 1883: Mean annual temperature, 
49.2° Fahr.; average annual rain-fall, 17.68 inches; the highest tempera- 
ture, 96° Fahr., occurred in July, 1881, and the lowest, —30° Fahr., in 
January, 1883; the greatest precipitation occurs in July (compiled from 
Post Hospital Reports by Signal Service). The resources of this area are 
but slightly agricultural, irrigation being necessary, largely grazing, with 
timber throughout the foot-hills and lower levels of the mountain ranges, 
and mines of the precious metals within the mountains proper. The deter- 
mined land classification for the whole area is as follows: Arable, 3.67 per 


3 


cent.; grazing, 47.86 per cent.; timber, 43.96 per cent.; arid or barren, 
4.52 per cent.t Substantially a grazing and timber section. 

The mountain ridges have been determined as Archzean, Carbonifer- 
ous, Cretaceous, and Igneous, the plains as Cretaceous and Quaternary, 
often capped where rising into the plateau forms with Basalt. Professor 
Stevenson gives the geologic profile on the thirty-seventh parallel, from the 
Rio Grande to the plains across the Culebra Range, from west to east, as 
follows: Basalt in Rio Grande; Trachyte passing under Basalt and partly 
covered with conglomerate ; Archeean (coarse, gneissoid, and mica granites, 
compact gneiss, mica schists, and quartzites) at the base, superposed on 

eastern slope of Culebra by Carboniferous (3,276 feet of sandstones, lime- 
stones, and shales),t then Dakota (sandstones), Colorado shales, ete., Lara- 
mie (1,800 feet of sandstones and shales) groups of the Cretaceous, the 
latter capped by Basalt for the Raton Plateau. The generalized section of 
the Laramie group within the Trinidad coal-fields shows thirty-three sepa- 


* of the 1,750 square miles of 70 a lying in Colorado 547 are mountainous, 437 late 438 oe 
ley, and 328 plains; the balance of 2,624 square miles in New Mexico has 820 mountainous, 656 plateaus, 
656 valley, and 492 plains. The mountain, plateau, valley, and plains area of 70 C are 1,040, 520, 260, 
and 2,600 square miles, respectively. There are five main ranges, the Turkey Mountains and Canadian 
Hills, with forty-five peaks, twenty-two above 10,000 feet ; also the Canadian and Raton Plateau, three 
mesas, seven passes, and six cations. 

+The Signal Service summarizes rain-fall as follows: Trinidad, Colo., three years six months, 
between August, 1477, and February, 1881: Average, 21.73 inches; maximum, 33.84 inches, 1878, and 
minimum, 15.78 inches, 1879. Fort Union, twenty-nine years one month, between September, 1851, and 
October, 1887: Average, 18.51 inches; maximum, 39.47 inches, 1861, and minimum, 10.38 inches, 1870. 

tSee pp. 77 and 78, Vol. 111, Geology Supplement. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHERTS. 291 


rate and distinct beds of lignite, mostly coking coal, of an aggregate 
thickness exceeding 180 feet.* The Culebra Range is an axis of Archean, 
with Trachyte on the west and a wall of Carboniferous on the east. The 
Raton Plateau is Basalt over Laramie and Colorado groups of the Cre- 
taceous.t 

The following mining districts had been opened in 1875 and 1876: 


Approximate geograph- 
ea ical position. 
No. Name. By whom! ccs Remarks. Printed reports. 
visited. | 
Long. west. | Lat. north. 
- - _- — - - oo | 
Beetle ety | | 
1| Moreno, Willow, and | Lieut. Birnie..| 105 12 36 37 | 11,000 feet, Cimarron Range, | An. Rep., 1876, p. 66. 
Ute Creeks. near Baldy Peak. | 
01 JADA ICS ssereoccousaeoes A.R.Conkling) 105 12 36 38 11,000 feet, Cimarron Range- Do. 
| DUG oloondaicnecseciceoee=|s > 6- OO sascin =n 105 «23 36 «640 9,000 feet, Taos Range.----- An. Rep., 1876, p. 201. 


Mining developments are still subjected to the whim and caprice of 
this as yet unsettled industry, and change materially from year to year. 

Routes—The Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad, entering from 
Sheet 62 A, reaches Trinidad, and continuing southward it finally reaches 
Romero en route to Las Vegas (78 A) and onward. At El Moro Station 
the Denver and Rio Grande Railroad branches to the Trinidad coal-fields.t 


SHEET 73. 
Locality—Southwestern California. 
Scale-—One inch — 4 miles, or 1: 253,440. Area, 17,952 square miles. 
Boundaries, 34° and 35° 40’ north latitude, and 116° 30’ and 1192 15) 


longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 65, NE. 
66. Field work during 1871, 1875, 1876, and 1878.9 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The area comprises part of the Great Basin, the southern Sierra 
Nevada, a number of separate coast ranges, which separate the strip of 


* See pp. 104 and 105, vol. III, Geology Supplement. 

+See Plate II, opposite p. 406, vol. III, Geology Supplement. 

{The counties are part of Las Animas, Colorado, and parts of Colfax, Mora, and Costilla, N. Mex. 
Total population (1880), approximately, 20,604, or 2.33 per square mile. Post-offices, twenty-three 
(1880). ; 

§ Quarter-sheets A and C constitute the western half of full sheet No. 73. 


992 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


territory in vicinity of Los Angeles and to the south from the Great Basin, 
with a part of the Great Valley of California, near Kern Lake, minor 
coast valleys west of the coast ranges, while more than half the area 
belongs to the Desert, in which is found, alone, the Mohave River, fringed 
with vegetation. The main divide is that between the Great Basin (a por- 
tion of its southwest perimeter) and the coast drainages, of the Sacramento 
at the north and other minor streams southward. The mountains and 
desert claim the greater share of the area, while the arable lands, next the 
coast at the south, semi-tropical in character, are of most pronounced 
fertility. The mountains are the several coast ranges trending nearly 
meridionally, breaking away en échelon from the flanks of the mass cul- 
minating in Fisherman’s Peak, or the southern end of the Sierras proper, 
joined by the Tehachipi as a principal link, together with several mountain 
groups distributed over the Great Basin portion.* 

Climate.—The following is the Signal Service summary for Los Ange- 
les from July, 1877, to July, 1883: Mean annual temperature, 60.4° Fahr.; 
mean relative humidity, 66.4; average annual precipitation, 14.58 inches; 
prevailing wind west; the highest temperature, 103.5° Fahr, oceurred in 
June, 1878, and the lowest, 80° Fahr., in December, 1818, December, 
1879, and January, 1880. The greatest precipitation occurs in December.t 

The resources are agricultural for the Los Angeles region, as well as 
also the lower end of Tulare Valley, especially through irrigation, timber 
within the foot-hills of the Coast Ranges and the Sierra Nevada, grazing for 
specified portions of the higher levels, while mining for the precious metals 
is prosecuted at an ever-increasing number of localities in all the mountain 


ridges, including those of the desert proper. 


* Sheet 73 A has 2,354 square miles mountainous, 557 plateau, 280 valley, and 1,275 desert, while 
for 73 C there are 3,035 of mountain, 375 of ocean, 610 valley, and 490 desert. On acount of the barrier 
presented by the coast ranges flanking westward from the southern Sierra Nevada to the ocean, south- 
ern California is more isolated from the balance of the State than is Oregon, There are four main 
ranges, eight mountain groups, the San José Hills, with sixty-eight principal peaks (thirty-eight above 
10,000 feet), seven lakes, nine passes, and twenty-four canons 

tDr. Loew reports on the physiological effects of a very hot climate (see Annual Report 1876, p. 328) 
and deduces 2.6° Fahr., as the hourly cooling effect on the body from drinking 2 liters of water at 70° 
Fahr., daily, which is the amount that the temperature of the body would be raised if no more water 
were available for evaporation, which latter takes place principally from the surface of the body and 
but little through the lungs. Hence it is that the time within which one must succumb from thirst in 


. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 293 


nO 


From the observed land classification for 73 A and C the following per- 
centages have been determined: Arable, 10.61 per cent.; grazing, 33.35 
per cent.; timber, 12.91 per cent.; arid or barren, 21.92 per cent. ; chapar- 
ral, 18.73 per cent.; water and marsh, .57 per cent.; water, 1.91 per cent. 

Prof. Jules Marcou* refers to the mountains south of the Canada de las 
Uvas, the “Sierra Madre,” assuming them to be ‘ bayonet-shaped faults ” 
displaced from the meridional trend of the Sierra Nevada, which is resumed 
farther southward. He states that the granite, pegmatite, gneiss, dioritic and 
metamorphic rocks, forming the principal mass, are of a geologic date an- 
terior to the Paleozoic, while the “ counterforts” of sand, sand-stone, and 
conglomerate found at Cajon Pass and other portions of these masses date 
from the Post Pliocene or Quaternary He found serpentinous dioritic 
rocks to contain silver and copper near their junction with the Granite in 
San Gabriel Canon. 

Tertiary sandstones with conglomerate are found on the desert side of 
the Sierra Liebre. 


such adry, hot climate is quite brief. The following rain-falls summaries by the Signal Service are 
taken from Sen. Ex. Doc. 91, 50th Cong., Ist Sess. : 


Tnteryal. | | | 
No. Locality. SS ee hrom— | To— patoa | Maximum. Minimum. 
bir: Mos.| } | 
| | Inches | Ins. Yre. | ‘Ins. Yrs. 
1 | Caliente ..-....... 11 2 | Sept.,1876 Nov., 1887 10. 93 18.15 1883-84 3.16 1878-79f 
2| Tehachipi --...... | 10| 10] Nov.,1876 | Oct., 1887 | 11.64 18.77 1883-84¢ | 4.75 1878-79f 
3) Mojave; <2 -...5.-. 10 10 | Sept.,1876 | Nov., 1887 | 4.05 | 9.96 1883-84t 0.00 1882-83 
4| Old Fort Tejon... 6| 0 | Mar, 1855 | Ang.,1864| 16.89 | 32.97 1855-56 | 11.97 1856-571 
5 | Old Camp Cady. . 2 2 | May, 1868 | June, 1876 BEEP eens aBoS6ccD | eset peace is 
6 | San Bernardino. . 16 0 | July, 1870 June, 1886 16.17 DUAL wees ee acre Si 98e esse. 
TaleColtontess2enee-e ee 11) 0 | Sept.,1876 | Oct., 1887} 9.31 | 23.35 1883-81¢ | 5.43 1882-83t 
8 | Nordhoff ........ 5 5 | Dec., 1881 | May, 1887 PY bat eect. BSE Bese \teceenc scsetsiacs 
9 | Los Angele 16 4 | Sept.,1871 | Dec., 1887] 16.03 32.16 1883-84¢ | 3.97 1871-72t 
10 | Ravenna........- Seiad | Sept., 1879 | Nov., 1887 nual 27.27 1883-84+ | 3.83 1882-83 
11) Newhall...--...-- 11 | 3) Sept.,1la76 | Nov., 1887 14. 72 42.11 1883-84 3.04 1876-77 
12 | San Fernando .... 9 6 | Sept.,1877  Aug., 1887 15. 29 | 18.91 1877-78t | 7.87 1878-79t 
13 | Cahuenga Valley | 2) Jan., 1883 Mar.,1887 | 19.45 BOSASee een 9300) 2eeeee == 
14 | Spadra..... .....- 13 | 0 | Sept.,1874 | Nov., 1887] 12.10 | 24.50 1883-84t 5.80 1882-83t 
15 | Santa Monica ..... 3 8 | Sept.,1879 | Nov., 1887 | 12.49 | 17.30 1885-86t 10.22 1879-80t 
16 | Sumner..-........ 13 3 | Sept.,1874 | Nov., 1887 5.38 9.10 1883-841 1.41 1878-79t 


*See Annual Report, 1876, p. 158 et seq. 
+ Seasonal rain-fall from September to August, inclusive. 


994 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


He gives the following résumé for the relative ages of the mountain 
systems of a part of southern California: ‘ 


I.—Sierra Madre, of the Primordial epoch, or Laconic, anterior to the Silurian. 
II.—Coast Range, of the close of the Eocene epoch. 
II1.—Sierras of San Fernando and Santa Monica, of the close of the Miocene epoch. 
IV.—Hills of Los Angeles, of the close of the Pliocene epoch. 
V.—Mountains of Cajon Pass (east side of the Sierra Madre) of the close of the Post Pliocene 
or Quaternary epoch, or, perhaps, even of modern times. 


The following districts had been somewhat developed in 1875: 


| | 
Approximate geograph- 
ape ical position. 
No. Name. Ey. whom << <= Remarks. Printed reports. 
Long. west.) Lat. north. | 
| 
ee) eee 
1 | El Paso........... A.R.Marvine..| 117 40 | 35 30 | Near El Paso Peak .............] Prel. Rep., 1871,p. 52. 
2 | Charlotte......... Lieut. Whipple-| 118 06 34 20 6,400 feet, near Gleason Peak...) An. Rep., 1876, p. 51. 
3 | San Emidio..-.-.. DA. OY 2225. << 119 O04 34 53 | 4,800 feet, north of McGill Peak) Do. 
4 | Green Mountain..|]...-.do .........- 118 22 385 28 | 8,000 feet, Pah-Ute Mountains 2) An: Rep., 1876, p. 52. 
| | | 
5 | New El Dorado ..|....do ...-....-- 118 14 | 35 27 | 5,000 feet, north of Kelso Valley) An. Rep., 1876, p. 58. | 
| | | | 


Routes —The Southern Pacific Railroad enters the area in the north- 
western corner, and, traversing the Tehachipi Pass, reaches Mohave Sta- 
tion, from whence the Colorado River division extends eastward. The 
main stem of this road reaches Los Angeles, also Santa Monica, and south 
to San Pedro and Santa Ana. From Los Angeles another branch extends 
via San Gorgonia Pass to Yuma on the Colorado. The Carson and Colo- 
rado Railroad (see Sheets 57 and 65) was to have been extended to Mohave 
Station. Various wagon roads, including a part of the Old Salt Lake 
road, appear delineated.* 


ATLAS SHEET 75. 


Locality — Parts of central and western Arizona. 

Scale-—One inch to 8 miles, or 1: 506880. Boundaries, 34° to 35° 40’ 
north latitude, and 111° to 113° 45’ longitude west from Greenwich. 
Area, 17,952 square miles. Adjacent published sheets: NW. 66, N. 67, 
E. 76, SE. 83. 


*A part of Ventura, Kern, Los Angeles. and Bernardino Counties is embraced. Total popu- 


aatel 


lation (1880) is 32,733, a trifle less than 2 per square mile. Post-offices, forty-nine (1880). 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 295 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


This sheet shows, in part, the geographic relations of two great oro- 
eraphic systems (the Colorado Plateaus and the Basin Range), together 
with the border land between them. The line of separation happens here 
to be well marked by the topographic distinction of table and ridge, so 
that part of the southwestern border of the great plateau can be traced by 
drawing a line from Music Mountain in the northeast toward the southeast 
corner of the area, passing north of the Black Hills. The area north of 
this line is part of the great southern bench of the plateau. It is capped 
by the upper limestone of the Carboniferous, and upon it stand the vol- 
canic peaks called Floyd, Picacho, Bill Williams, Sitgreaves, Kendrick, 
Agassiz, and Humphreys. The latter four belong to the San Francisco 
group, which is briefly a series of massive trachytic eruptions, surrounded 
by small basaltic cones, which have thrown out a great lava mantle extend- 
ing far to the south and east, covering the somewhat indefinitely named 
Black Mesa and part of the Mogollon. 

To the southwest of the line of demarkation lies the Basin Range 
country, characteristically broken by a succession of ranges having 
approximately the same trend, and inclosing trough-like alluvial valleys. 
The sheet contains four ranges and six groups of mountains, three plateaus 
and two mesas, one small lake, twenty-four principal peaks (seven above 


10,000 feet), two main passes, and four canons of magnitude. 
DIVIDES AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. 


The entire area, so far as its surface drainage is concerned, belongs to 
the Colorado Basin. The most important divide is that running from Music 
Mountain to Floyd’s Peak, of the San Francisco Group, and southward 
over the crest of the Mogollon Mesa, separating the area into a northern 
and southern water-shed. The waters of the north pass off to the Colorado 
through the heads of Cataract Creek and the Colorado Chiquito and its 
tributaries. Those of the south are tributary to Bill Williams Fork on the 
west and the Gila on the east. The divide of these secondary basins passes 
from Floyd’s Peak over the crest of the Juniper Range, Aztec Pass, Santa 
Maria, Granite, Weaver, and Date Creek Mountains to the Cactus Plain. 


296 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The only stream of importance is the Rio Verde, the drainage of the 
entire area being confined to small streams and dry arroyos, sometimes 
filled with water from melting snows gathered in the high plateau. 

The highest point in the area (and in Arizona) is Humphrey’s Peak 
in the San Francisco Mountains, 12,562 feet above sea, and the lowest is 
the Canon of Bill Williams Fork, about 800 feet above sea. 

The lava-capped San Francisco Plateau varies in altitude from 5,526 
feet at Lockwood Spring to 6,857 and to 7,108 feet along its most elevated 
portions, trending to the southeast from the San Francisco Mountains. 

The soil immediately adjacent to the lava in situ is black and often 
meager, while that found in the valleys and glades is dark, deep, rich, and 
of most positive fertility. 

Climate.—The prevailing climate is dry, although this section of 
Arizona is unusually favored as regards rain-fall. The summer climate of 
the uplands and higher valleys (5,500 feet) is delightful, and the winters 
mild though variable. The highest peaks of the San Francisco Group 
carry snow during the winter months, and upon the higher plateaus heavy 
snows sometimes occur, rarely lying long enough, however, to seriously 


:=) 


impede travel. There is a well-marked rainy season during the months of 
July, August, and September, when showers are frequent. Series of 
observations at typical points over the whole area are not at hand, but the 
following meteorological data from the Signal Office records at Forts Verde 
and Whipple and for Wickenburgh give an idea of what might be expected 
at similar localities: 

At Fort Whipple (altitude 5,340 feet, latitude 34° 33’ north, longi- 
tude 112° 28’ west), from November, 1873, to July, 1883, the mean annual 
temperatare was 52° Fahr.; the mean relative humidity 43.2; average pre- 
cipitation 15.86 inches (maximum in August); prevailing wind south; high- 
est temperature in July (maximum of 103° Fahr., in July, 1878), lowest tem- 
perature in January (lowest minimum of —18° Fahr., in December, 1879). 

At Fort Verde (latitude 34° 33’, longitude 112° 52’ west, altitude 
3,100 feet) from November, 1874, to July, 1883, the mean annual tempera- 
ture was 60.9° Fahr. (maximum in July, highest 114° in July, 1881—mini- 


mum in January, lowest —6° Fahr., in December, 1879, and January, 1882); 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS, 297 


the mean relative humidity was 42.4, with an average precipitation of 13.46 
inches (greatest in August), with south as the prevailing wind. 

At Wickenburgh (latitude 34°, longitude 112° 44’, altitude 1,400 feet) 
from January, 1874, to April, 1682, the mean annual temperature was 62.9° 
Fahr., maximum in July, highest 111° Fahr., in July and August, 1877; 
minimum in January with lowest = 12°, in 1878); the mean relative hu- 
midity was 46.1; the average precipitation 8.6 inches (greatest in August), 
with south for prevailing wind.* 

The Colorado Plateau consists of Silurian, Carboniferous, and Triassic 
formations, with a large exposure of Basalt. 

The ranges in the western and southwestern parts of the sheet are of 
Archean, with large Trachyte and Rhyolite areas, while the valleys are 
all of Quaternary. The Cretaceous and Tertiary of the Plateau series 
(see sheet 67) are wanting.t 

GENERAL ECONOMIC FEATURES. 

Timber.—The Mogollon Mesa and the San Francisco Mountains, which 
have extensive forests, produce the finest timber in this section, the best 
being the yellow pine (pinus ponderosa), which in large growth clothe the 
higher altitudes, and Douglass spruce. The lower ranges, as a rule, have 
a fair growth of full timber; pinon, cedar, or juniper (J. occidentalis), 
ash, oak, and cottonwood, and syeamore grow in the bottom lands of the 
principal streams and fringe the glades and openings of the subordinate 
basins. 

Agriculture and Grazing—Good gramma and bunch grass is to be 
found throughout the mountains and mountain slopes, affording ranges for 


large herds of cattle and sheep. 


*The Signal Service gives the following for rain-fall: Old Camp Willow Grove, one year seven 
months, between February, 1868, and September, 1869: Average 9 inches: Old Camp Hualapais, two 
years eleven months, between April, 1870, and June, 1873: Average, 20.89 inches, Camp Verde, seven- 
teen years eight months, between December, 1868, and November, 1887: Average, 11.44 iuches ; maxi- 
mum, 17.22 inches, 1884, and minimum, 4.80 inches, 1571. Fort Whipple, twenty years seven months, 
between June, 1865, and December, 1887: Average, 16.83 inches; maximum, 27.13 inches, 1574, and 
minimum, 10.02 inches, 1880. Old Camp Date Crek, six years three months between May, 1867, and 
July, 1873: Average, 13.76 inches; maximum 27.84 inches, 1868, and minimum, 13.60 inches, 1870. 
Wickenburgh, eight years five months, between November, 1875, and January, 1886: average, 9.83 
inches; maximum, 17.17 inches, 1884, and minimum, 6.35 inches, 1877. 

+ For further geologic description see Vol. III, part I, chapter VI; part IJ, section II, and part ITT, 
chapter, IX, section I. 


298 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Building material—Good stone for building purposes may be found in 
the magnesian limestone of Canon Diablo, the lava rock of the Mogollon 
Mesa, and the sandstone in the vicinity of Chino Valley. 

The principal agricultural lands occur in Chino and Williamson’s Val- 
leys, between the Aztee and Cactus Passes; in the vicinity of Prescott 
(Fort Whipple) and Fort Verde and in the bottom lands of Bill Williams 
Fork. South of the San Francisco Mountains along the Prescott and 
Santa Fe road are little valleys and open glades suitable for farming homes. 
The deep depression in the southeast corner is the area called the Tonto 
Basin, containing forest meadows and fine valleys suitable for stock-rais- 
ing. The soil in the localities mentioned is fertile, and favorable for corn 
and grain, but asa rule irrigation is necessary to make agriculture here re- 
munerative, as droughts are frequent. 

A rough estimate of the classes of lands in this area of 17,952 square 
milesis: Agricultural with irrigation, 796 square miles, or 4.4 per cent. ; 
grazing, 7,154 square miles, or 39.9 per cent.; timber, 2,614 square miles, 
or 14.6 per cent.; arid or barren, 7,388 square miles, or 41.1 per cent. 

Considerable spaces now covered with a sage-brush growthean proba- 
bly never be made productive for lack of water; these notably are the Cac- 
tus and Prescott Plains, the flat country in the northwestern part of the 
area, that north and south of the Cactus Pass, the plains between the Ken- 
drick and Aquarius Ranges, and parts of the basin of Aqua Fria Creek. Of 
the lands included under the head of agricultural with irrigation probably 
not over one-fifth is actually under cultivation. 

The principal crops grown are barley, Indian corn, potatoes, and some 
wheat. The ordinary vegetables and fruits can be raised. 

Game.—The San Francisco Mountains and Mogollon Mesa include the 
best game country in this area. In 187173 grizzly, black, and cinnamon 
bear, deer, and antelope were all noted. 

Routes of communication—The Atlantic and Pacific Railroad crosses 
the area from east to west; entering at Canon Diablo, it traverses the forest- 
clad plateau south of Humphrey’s Peak, where it reaches its greatest alti- 
tude, 7,355 feet above sea, passes north of Bill Williams Peak and between 


Mounts Floyd and Picacho, crosses Aubrey Valley, and leaves the area by 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 299 


way of Truxton Springs. From Ash Fork Station on Partridge Creek it is 
about 50 miles by stage to Prescott.* 

The main wagon routes to the westward are the Fort Mohave (Colo- 
rado River) and Prescott Road and the Ehrenburg (Colorado River) and 
Prescott Road; to the south the Prescott and Fort McDowell Road; and 
to the east the Prescott and Apache Road and Verde and Apache Road, 
and the Old Prescott and Santa Fe Road, striking the Little Colorado at 
the mouth of Canon Diablo. 

Since this area was surveyed in 1873 the Atlantic and Pacific Railroad 
has been built, and numerous settlements not shown on the map have 
sprung up.t 

A number of mining camps have been established in the Bradshaw or 
Silver Mountains and the hills east of Prescott, known as the Lynx Creek, 
Hassyampa, Big Bug, Turkey Creek, Walnut Grove, Pine Grove, Tiger, 
and Humbug districts. ‘There is also the Weaver district in the range of 
the same name, the Martinez in the Date Creek Mountains, and the Green- 
wood in the Aquarius Range and the flat country east of it.t 

Wickenburgh, on Hassyampa Creek, and Bradshaw, in the Bradshaw 
Mountains, are (1880) mining camps of about 200 and 100 inhabitants, 
respectively. There are other mining settlements in the Bradshaw Mount- 
ains. In the Canon of Beaver Creek, north of Fort Verde, are many inter- 


esting ruins of the buildings of extinct aboriginals. 


*Tn 1884 a railroad was in course of construction along this route. 

+ The only town of importance is Prescott, seat of Yavapai County and capital of Arizona; pop- 
ulation in 1880, 2,074. Wickenburgh, on the Hassyampa, is a village of about 200. Two miles north- 
east of Prescott is the post of Fort Whipple, and about 40 miles further east, by road on the Rio Verde, 
is Fort Verde. According to the census of 1880 the population of this entire area was about 4,800 (or .27 
to the square mile), and thus nearly one-half was centered at Prescott and Forts Whipple and Verde. 

{The following were post-offices in July, 1883, on the Atlantic and Pacific Railroad: Flagstaff, 
south of Agassiz Peak, near Antelope Spring; Williams, northeast of Bill Williams Peak, near New 
Year Spring; Ash Fork, about 50 miles north of Prescott, on north branch of Partridge Creek, and 
Hackberry, near Truxton Springs. From Ash Fork there is a daily mail to Prescott and Whipple Bar- 
racks. Other post-offices are Aqua Fria Valley, Cienega, Stoddard, and Fort Verde, on the Prescott 
and Verde Road; Big Bug, Bumble Bee, and Gillett, on the Prescott and Phenix Road; Skull Valley, 
Antelope Valley, Stanton, and Wickenburgh, on the Prescott and Wickenburgh Road; Cox, Walnut 
Grove, and Kirby, on the Hassyampa Creek, Simmons, on Mint Creek, Juniper, in Williamson’s Valley; 
Hassyampa, Meesville, Bueno, Alexandria, Bradshaw, Walker, Howell, and Tip-Top, in the Bradshaw 
Mountains. There are also settlements east from the Mazatzal Range in the Tonto Basin, at present 
without direct mail communication. This area embraces the southern and most populous part of 
Yavapai County and the southeastern part of Mohave County. 


300 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


| Approximate geograph- | 
e | este By whom ical position. , : ne 
No. Name. eee - =. Remarks. Printed reports. 
Long. west. | Lat. north. 
° ‘ ° 1 | 
1| Maynard ....... 113 50 35 10 | Progress Report, 1&71, p. 54. 
2) Tiger 2. -2.<s5<. gh bf bs} 34° «(05 Do. 
3 | Pine Grove .....| } 112 20 34:10 | Progress Report, 1871, p. 55. 
4) Bradshaw ...... = 112 20 3413 Do. 
5 | Turkey Creek ) 112 20 34:18 Do. 
| | Weaver........ |... ..| 112 20 3405 Do. 
7 | Walnut Grove..| 112 22 34 «20 | Do. 
8 | Hassyampa..... act QOsceaccasesied | Ie. 25 34 «18 | Progress Report, 187], p. 56. 
9 | Martinez ......-. 22200. | 113. (00 34 (06 | Date Creek Mountains Do. 
| 10 | Santa Maria ....| ...do 11300 34-30 Kendrick Mountains -| Do. 


ATLAS SHEET 76. 


Locality —Parts of eastern Arizona and western New Mexico. 

Scale. —One inch to 8 miles or 1: 506880. Boundaries, 34° to 35° 
40’ north latitude, and 108° 15” to 111° longitude west from Greenwich. 
Area, 17,952 square miles, of which 12,726 belong to Arizona and 5,226 to 
New Mexico. Adjacent published atlas sheets: NE. 69, EK. 77, SE. 84, 58. 
83, W. 75, NW. 67. 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The area belongs orographically to the Colorado plateau system and 
consists in the main of a number of nearly flat or gently rolling table lands 
or mesas of varying extent, separated and cut into by steep-walled canons 
of varying depths but nowhere approaching in size the gigantic chasms 
nearer the Colorado River. The general slope is toward the northwest, 
and the lowest point (about 4,600 feet) is in the bed of the Colorado Chi- 
quito, where it leaves the area. The highest point is Green’s Peak (10,093 
feet above the sea) in the White Mountain Group (Sierra Blanca of Ari- 
zona). Other prominent ranges are the Datil in the southeast, with sum- 
mits varying from 9,000 to 9,500 above sea, and the Zuni in the north- 
east, a little lower. The most imposing and most elevated of the mesas is 
the Mogollon, breaking abruptly to the south in cliffs varying from 600 
to 1,000 feet. There are also four mountain groups, two plateaus, one 


mesa, one lake, ten principal peaks, and one canon (Quivira). 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 801 


DIVIDES AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. 


A loop of the Continental Divide enters the area at Campbell’s Pass 
(7,306 feet, approximately, above sea) a few miles to the eastward of Bacon 
Springs, and curving to the south and east along the crest of the Zuni 
Mountains incloses a small part of the Rio Grande Basin. The summit at 
the pass flattens out into a plain of considerable extent, and the dividing 
ridge is almost imperceptible. This divide again enters the area at Mangos 
Pass (7,977 feet) in the Datil Mountains at the head of the Burnt Fork, in- 
closing a second small extent of the Rio Grande area. With the above ex- 
ceptions, the entire drainage belongs to the Great Colorado System, which 
is represented by portions of the basins of its tributaries, the Colorado 
Chiquito and the Gila. The comparatively small area belonging to the 
Gila Basin is south of the Mogollon Mesa. Nearly the whole section is 
therefore drained by the Rio Colorado Chiquito (Little Colorado or Flax 
River). 

Geological exposures are in the Zuni Mountains, Carboniferous and 
some Archzean southward along the Marcou Buttes (extinct craters) to 
Pinon or Alamocita Mountains, Datil Range and White Mountains (Green’s 
Peak) eruptive rocks (trachyte and basalt), which latter extends northward 
and westward from Green’s Peak for 40 miles over the Carboniferous 
sandstone of eastern portions of the Mogollon Mesa. This unbroken vol- 
canic area forms part of the great lava flow of New Mexico and Arizona, of 
which the boundaries were first determined by the operations of this survey 
187173 (see Vol. II], Chapter XIX) Inthe remainder and greater por- 
tion of the area the exposures are Cretaceous (Zuni Plateaus) and Tri- 
assic (plateaus north of Colorado Chiquito and Puerco Rivers), the former 
characterized by numerous sandstone-topped mesas with shaly bases, the 
latter by barren sandstones and clays weathering in fantastic forms.* 

The Sunset Gap mesas are basalt-capped remnants of Triassic beds, 
consisting principally of red sandstone with about 72 feet of layers of gyp- 
sum and clay. Canon Butte, at the mouth of Bouche’s Fork, is similar. 

At Sunset Crossing and above, the Little Colorado is not typical of the 


region, as it does not flow in a canon, but on the contrary having a flood 


* For further geologic description see Chaptere IX and X, Vol. III. 


302 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


plain in places a mile or more in width. It oceupies a monoclinal valley 
between the Carboniferous and Triassic. The whole area is substantially 
a plateau, with Archean, Silurian, Carboniferous, Triassic, Cretaceous, and 
Igneous rocks, the detrital masses being inappreciable. One of the great 
lava-fields of the world extends from San Francisco Mountains to Mount 
Taylor, not less than 235 miles, consisting of a heavy body of fully 20,000 
square miles in extent, with an arm reaching to the mountains above named. 
The rocks are (1) Basalt, (2) Sanidin-dolerite, and (3) Trachyte, with Basalt 
always on top and Trachyte at bottom. The Colorado Plateau, of which 
this sheet forms a part, has been estimated as high as 140,000 square miles. 

After heavy rains there is a still pond at Sunset Crossing, where salt 
deposits. The quantity is small, its taste disagreeable. It contains less 
than 79 per cent of common salt. At the Moqui villages, Arizona, as also 
at Mimbres, N. Mex, the subsoil was found to contain moisture, probably 
ascending from a subterranean stratum of water, sufficient for raising crops 
in these dry regions without irrigation. While the surface soil in the des- 
ert and detrital plain consists usually of pebbles, yet the subsoils usually 
have revealed all the constituents of fertility. 

Climate and resources.—The climate is mild, with little snow in winter ; 
it has already been described in general terms in Sheet 75. The following 
statistics for Fort Wingate, will give an idea of it as regards the Zuni Mount- 
ain country. There is a well-marked rainy season in July and August. 

The following summary from Post Hospital observations, from June, 
1880, to July, 1883, has been made by the Signal Service for Fort Wingate, 
N. Mex. (latitude 35° 31’, longitude 108° 24’, altitude 7,038 feet): Mean 
annual temperature, 50.5° Fahr. (highest in July, with maximum of 92° 

“ahr. in June, 1881; lowest in January, with minimum of —16° Fahy. in 
January, 1883); average precipitation, 13.42 inches (greatest occurs in 
July).* Small belts of good bottom lands occur on the Colorado Chiquito, 
Boucheé’s Fork, Lithodendron Creek, Zuni River, and on the heads of the 
Gila, south of the Mogollon Mesa, are many forest meadows and valleys 


*The Signal Service has compiled rain-falls as follows: Old Fort Defiance, eight years eight 
months, between May, 1852, and March, 1861: Average, 13.84 inches; maximum, 22.44 inches, 1854, 
and minimum, 11.63 inches, 1856. Fort Wingate, twenty-one years six months, between December, 
1864, and October, 1887: Average, 14.77 inches; maximum, 25,06 inches, 1873, and minimum 5,67 inches, 


1879. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 303 


suitable for stock raising, and where the hardier vegetables could be 
grown. Coal in workable quantities occurs at Stinking Springs, 12 miles 
west of Wingate. 

The country is not well watered, except in the mountain ranges. The 
Rio Colorado Chiquito is a muddy and tortuous stream below the Rio 
Puerco, but permanent for 30 or 40 miles below Sunset Crossing. — Its 
waters have a slight taste of gypsum. The Puerco is little more than a 
muddy wash, without rimning water through half the year. Bouche’s 
Fork is permanent, from 2 to 4 feet deep and 18 inches wide, and in 1873 
abounded in fish. 

Grazing.—The slopes of the mountains up to the timber, as a rule, 
grow bunch and grama grass sufficient for large herds. Reservoirs can be 
established near head of the Little Colorado. 

Agriculture—Lrigation is necessary as a rule, but in certain favored 
spots the Indians on Zuni River raised good crops without it. 

Timber.—Cottonwood occurs in the bottoms of all the main streams. 
In the Zuni, Datil, White Mountains, and especially on the forest-clad 
Mogollon Mesa, large timber is found, the most valuable species being 
yellow pine (Pinus Ponderosa) and Douglass spruce (A. Douglassi). A 
small oak grows on the lower slopes. The timber of the lower mesas is 
mainly a sparse growth pinon and juniper, suitable for fuel only. 

Routes of communication—The Atlantic and Pacifie Railroad (built 
since the sheet was issued), crosses the Continental Divide at Campbell’s 
Pass (7,396 feet above sea), thence north of Fort Wingate, follows the val- 
ley of the Puerco to its junction with the Colorado Chiquito, which stream 
it follows to Sunset Crossing, from whence it ascends the plateau. From 
Manuelito, near the Arizona and New Mexico line, a stage road runs north 
to Defiance; from Holbrook (junction of Puerco and Colorado Chiquito) 
a stage road runs south, via Snowflake, about 90 miles to Camp Apache 
(in Sheet 83), also to Saint Johns and Springerville. Other main routes 
are the Prescott and Wingate road, entering the area at Sunset Tanks, 
following from Sunset Crossing the same_course as the railroad, the Apache 
and Wingate road crossing the river north of Saint John’s at the Colorado 
Bridge, and then passing via Zuni Creek and mountains to Fort Wingate. 


304 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. - 


From Saint John’s there is a through road to Los Lunas on the Rio 
Grande via Rito Quemado, From this point a through road continues 
south to Luera Springs (Sheet 84); and thence via Ojo Caliente to Fest’s 
Ferry, on the Rio Grande. 

Military posts, towns, and settlements—The only military post is Fort 
Wingate, in the northeastern corner of the area, 3 miles south of Fort 
Wingate Station, on the Atlantic and Pacific Railroad.* 

With the advent of the railroad new settlements and villages have 
sprung up. When first visited this entire region was little more than a 


roving and hunting ground for the Apache and other Indians. 


SHEET 77. 


Locality. — Central New Mexico. 

Scale.—One inch = 8 miles or 1: 506880. Area, 17,592 square miles. 
3oundaries, 34° and 35° 40’ north latitude, and 105° 30’ and 108° 15’ lon- 
gitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 69, NE. 70 
Aand C, KE. 78 A, 8. 84, SW. 83, W. 76. Expeditionary years of 1871, 
1873, 1874, 1x75, 1876, 1877, 1878.+ 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The whole sheet has examples of the ridge, plateau, butte, plain, and 
valley formations. The latter is principally a narrow strip along the Rio 
Grande. The plateaus and plains (the latter often quite desert in charac- 
ter) predominate. The main ridges lie to the east of the Rio Grande, while 
mountain groups rise from the plateaus at many points. The area lies 
almost wholly within the Rio Grande Basin, except a small portion belong- 
ing to the Pecos. The principal divide (the Continental lying to the west) 
is that between the Rio Grande and its eastern affluent, the Pecos. There 
are eight principal towns, all on the Rio Grande, together with various 
small Mexican settlements and Indian pueblos. 


*The principal settlements in 1878 were: Saint John’s, a town of about 200 inhabitants, mostly 
Mexicans; Springerville, a thriving and growing settlement of 150 inhabitants, in a beautiful valley 
on the headwaters of the Rio Colorado Chiquito; Rito Quemado and Rito Mangos, smalt Mexican set- 
tlements on the Burnt Fork; also the villages of the Zuni and Navajo Indians on Zuni Creek and 
northwest of Fort Wingate. 


+ Quarter-sheets B and D constitute the eastern half of full sheet No. 77. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHERTS. 305 


Outside of the narrow strip belonging to the Rio Grande this country 
consists of plateaus and mesas, with serrated ridges or cordilleras east of the 
river running nearly north and south. ‘The persistent mesa plains impart a 
desert character to much of this region away from the Rio Grande, the soil of 
which, however, in many instances is highly fertile, needing only water to 
raise abundant crops, while at specified points through the sandy surface 
the Pueblo Indians have successfully raised crops by deep planting with- 
out irrigation. It can not, however, be said, outside of the narrow Rio 
Grande Valley, to be other than a pastoral and mining region. There are 
five main ranges, nine mountain groups, four plateaus, ten mesas, sixty-six 
principal peaks (four above 10,000 feet), one lake, four main canons, and 
one mountain pass.t 

Climate—The following Signal Service summary is for observations 
from July, 1879, to May, 1881, at Socorro, N. Mex. (latitude 34° 5’, lon- 
gitude 106° 55’, altitude 4,569 feet): mean annual temperature 56.3° Fahr. 
(highest in July, with maximum of 97° Fahr., in June, 1880; lowest in 
January, with minimum of —2° Fahr., in November, 1880), mean relative 
humidity 46.8; average precipitation 11.22 inches (greatest occurring in 
December, with south for prevailing wind).t 

The present resources of this tract consist of the agricultural produc- 
tions of the Rio Grande Valley, cattle raising on a large scale, timber for 
local markets, with mining at a great number of localities constantly on the 
increase. 

The land classification for the sheet (17,592.24 square miles) is 4.35 
per cent. for arable, 66.37 per cent. grazing, 17.53 per cent. timber, and 
11.75 per cent. arid or barren. 

Dr. Loew found, upon comparing chemically the compositions of the 


Rio Grande and Nile mud (see Vol. III, p. 5+8), the former to be richer in 
potassa, but with a less amount of phosphoric acid, with a greater absorp- 


a Of the 4,466 square mites represented by 77 A 1, 315 > belong to the platean, 5 21 to Soe and 
2,630 to the plains, while for a like area in 77 B, 1,172 square miles are mountainous, 1.160 plateau, 984 
valley, and 1,150 desert or barren, and for 77 D (4,510 square miles) 1,065 are mountainous, 1,060 pla- 
teau, 795 valley, and 1,590 plaius. 

tFurther Signal Service compilations give: Albuquerque, twelve years ten months, between 
February, 1450, and August, 1879: average, 7.76 inches; maximum, 16.20 inches, 1558, and minimum 
3.78 inches, 1560. Socorro, two years ten months, between November, 1849, and May, 1831; average, 
8.0L inches (record at broken interyals). 


20 WH—VOL I 


306 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


tive power on account of an excess of hydrated oxide of iron. He concludes 
that the inhabitants of the Rio Grande Valley will never require any other 
fertilizer than the waters of that river. 

The formations exposed between latitude 34° 15’ and 35° 15’ north, 
and longitude 105° 30’ and 106° 15’ are Archazen, Carboniferous, Creta- 
ceous, and Tertiary, with patches of Igneous. Professor Stevenson gives 
the strficture south from Galisteo Creek as Dakota, Colorado, and Laramie 
of the Cretaceous overlaid by Trachyte masses. 


The following mining districts had been located in 1873—74: 


| | | fl Approximate peograph- [F | 

| = 

|No.| Name. Ahi Das HEA) TEOEAGT, | Remarks. | Printed reports. | 
Long. west. [Lat. north 

| at — aa — ra =a aa — — —_ = i) 

| | ro) , ° ’ 

| 1 Spring Hill... Dr. Loew 107 00 3405 5,500, near Socorro Peak ... Not reported 

| 2 | Old Placers...|....do...- | 106 10 | 35 20 7,000, Placer Mountains......-...-. | Do. 

|. (8!| Ta. Joya’ 2---|:2e8d0nnnea: | 106 50 | 34 20 5,000, southeast of Ladrones Peak. . Do. 

4 | New Placers..| .-. do.....| 106 13 3515 7,000, Tuerto Mountains .......-..- Do. 

| 5 | Los Cerillos...|....do ..... | 106 08 35 (27 5,800 Placer Mountains ............ ‘Annual Report 1875, p. 107. 

| 


Routes.—T The aoe Tepeke and Santa Fe Railroad enters the 
area at approximately 35° 24’ north latitude, and extends westerly to Santo 
Domingo, on the Rio Grande. From Lamy Station a branch (distance 18 
miles) reaches Santa Fe. The main line runs south along the valley of the 
Rio Grande, emerging from the sheet near Socorro. It effects a junction 
with the Atlantic and Pacific Railroad near the pueblo of Isletta. The 
direction of the Atlantic and Pacific is northwesterly, entering the area of 
Sheet 76 about 18 miles east of Fort Wingate. Numerous wagon roads 
are found delineated.* 

SHEET 78 A. 

Locality —Part of northern ys Mexico. 

Scale-—One inch = 4 miles, or 1: 253440. Area, 4,465 square miles. 
Joundaries, 34° 50! and 35° 40’ me latitude, and 104° 7’ 30” and 105° 
30’ longitude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: N. 70 C, 
SW. 77, W. 77, NW. 69. Expeditionary y years of 1874—75.7 


a Tot: al population (1880), 35,3387, or approximating 2 a the square mile. Improved lands ap- 
proximating 23,569 acres. There are thirteen Pueblo towns: Jemez, Silla, Santa Ana, Cochiti, Santo 
Domingo, San Felipe, Sandia, Isletta, Pecos, Laguna, Moquina, Pojuaqne, and Acoma. Moquina and 
Pojuaque contain an admixture of Mexicans. 

t This sheet is the northwest quarter of 78, 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 307 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


The area is plateau and plain-like in character, forming the border 
between the typical rolling land of the Great Plains and the serrated head 
lands of the Staked Plains extending toward Texas. No mountains, even, 
interrupt the solitude and monotony of the landscape, and valleys, where 
occurring, are narrow erosions from the plateau and mesa beds. 

The only divide of importance is that between the drainage of the 
Pecos and the Canadian. The former stream drains the greater portion of 
the territory that otherwise belongs to the Staked Plains. There are four 
principal settlements. This is purely a plateau and mesa country, inter- 
spersed with plains and narrow canon-like valleys, of little value except for 
grazing. 

There is, however, but little absolutely barren ground, with consider- 
able timber about the canons and the higher levels bordering the plateau 
edges. 

There are no mountain ranges or groups, one plateau (Pecos), thirteen 
mesas, ten principal peaks, one lake, and four main canons. 

The observed land classification determines the following approximate 
ralues: 1.88 per cent. tillable, 76.82 per cent. grazing, 18.01 per cent. 
timber, and 3 29 per cent. arid or barren.* 

The geologic formations at the northwestern corner, north of 35° 15’ 
latitude and west of longitude 105° 5’, are the Archzean, Carboniferous, 
Cretaceous, and Tertiary.t 

Routes —In the northwestern corner the Atchison, Topeka and Santa 
Fe Railroad passes southward along the eastern and southern base of the 


Santa Fe Range via Las Vegas,} Beresal, and Pecos. 
SHEET 83. 


Locality —Parts of eastern and southeastern Arizona and western and 


southwestern New Mexico. 


egas, for one year ten months, between April, 


*The Signal Service gives for rain-fall at Las Vi 
1850, and January, 1876: Average, 23.46 inches. 

+ For further description see Sec. 3, Chap. XVI, Vol. IIT, Supplement, Geology. 

t One-third of San Miguel County (approximately), with a population (1830) of 20,638, is com- 


prised, The principal town is Las Vegas (1330), 6,000 inhabitants, Post-offices, eighteen (1880), 


808 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Scale-—One inch = 8 miles, or 1: 506880. Area, 18,302 square miles. 
Boundaries, 32° 20’ and 34° north latitude, and 108° 15’ and 111° longi- 
tude west from Greenwich. Adjacent published sheets: NW. 75, N. 76, 
NE. 77, and E. 84. Expeditionary vears of 1871 and 1873. 


GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES, 


Orographic systems.—The southern boundary of the Colorado Plateau, 
which was traced across Sheet 76, enters this area at the northwestern 
corner, passes north of the Sierra Ancha southeastward to Natanes Butte, 
thence easterly over a lava country, swinging gradually to the north to the 
Datil Range. South of the plateau system thus inclosed lies a region of 
mountain ranges, approaching parallelism, with intervening detrital valleys. 
They belong to the western group of the mountain ranges of Arizona and 
New Mexico, and are related by their trend to the Basin Ranges, as the 
eastern group is to the Rocky Mountain System of Colorado, as explained 
in relation to Sheet 84. There are seven principal ranges, ten mountain 
groups, three plateaus, one lake, twenty-six well-defined peaks (four above 
10,000 feet), four main mountain passes, and four canons. 

The lowest point in the area is where the Gila leaves it (about 2,000 
feet above sea), and the highest Thomas Peak (altitude 11,496 feet), in 
the White Mountains, or Sierra Blanca Range of Arizona. 

A loop of the Continental Divide enters the northeastern corner of the 
area, following the northern crest of the Tulerosa Range to near latitude 
33° 30', where it swings northeast. A bay of the Rio Grande Basin is thus 
inclosed, being a western extension of the San Augustin Plains, here 
marked by a depression containing a saline marsh, The following is 
from Dr. Loew as to the geographic distribution of plants:* (See Vol. ITI, 
p. 603.) 


* The regions of the southwest may be divided into four distinct zones (according to altitude): 

(1) Zone of Cactus, Yucea, and Agave; altitude, 3,000 to 3,500 feet. Grass is scanty. Where 
there is water a most luxuriant vegetation springs up. 

(2) Zone of Obione and ‘Artemisia (greasewood and sage-brush); altitude, 3,500 to 4,900 feet. 
Grass is poor, with few exceptions, on granitic and voleanic soil. The cactus species are 
diminished in number. 

(3) Zone of Juniperus occidentalis (cedar); altitude, 4,900 to 6,800 feet, Cactus species few, 

(4) Zone of Pine and Fir; 6,800 to 10,800 feet (highest points). 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 309 


Extensive forests occur, especially above 8,000 feet, while below 6,000 
feet the country assumes a semi-desert character, and finally the true desert 
form at lower levels, and especially toward the lower main Colorado and 
Gila Rivers. It has been proved that the bottom-lands of the San Pedro 
and Gila Rivers are exceedingly fertile, as also the upper Gila near Old 
Fort West, while fine timber abounds in the Burro and Mimbres 
Mountains. 

The following meteorologic summaries serve to give some idea of 
the atmospheric conditions at points within and adjacent to this sheet: 

Fort Apache, Ariz., from October, 1877, to July, 1883 (latitude 33° 
48’, longitude 109° 57’, altitude 5,050 feet): Mean annual temperature, 
521° Fahr. (highest occurs in July, with maximum of 102.5° Fahr in 
July, 1881; lowest in January, with minimum of —9° Fahr. in February, 
1880); mean relative humidity, 50.2; average precipitation, 22.98 inches 
(greatest occurring in July and August), with prevailing wind east. 

Silver City, N. Mex, from May, 1878, to June, 1883 (latitude 32° 
46’, longitude 108° 14, altitude 5,890 feet): Mean annual temperature, 
54° Fahr. (highest in July, with maximum of 99° Fahr.in June, 1881, and 
July, 1882; lowest in January, with minimum of 5° Fahr. in December, 
1880); mean relative humidity, 48.6; average precipitation, 20.16 inches 
(greatest occurs in August); prevailing wind, northwest. 

Old Camp Goodwin, Ariz., from September, 1877, to July, 1883 (lati- 
tude 33° 4,longitude 110° 2’, altitude 2,710 feet): Mean annual tempera- 
ture, 60.7° Fahr. (highest in July, with maximum of 109° Fahr. in July, 
1881; lowest in January, with minimum of 14° Fahr. in January, 1881); 
mean relative humidity, 50.6; average precipitation, 9.26 inches (greatest 
occurs in August); prevailing wind, northwest. 

Fort Grant, Ariz., from November, 1875, to July, 1883 (latitude 32° 
39’, longitude 109° 57, altitude 4,860 feet): Mean annual temperature, 
60.2° Fahr. (highest in July, with maximum of 103° in August, 1879; 
lowest in January, with minimum of 17° Fahr. in January, 1880, and 
January, 1881); prevailing wind, north. 

Florence, Ariz., from November, 1875, to April, 1882 (latitude 33° 3° 


longitude 111° 19’, altitude, 1,480 feet): Mean annual temperature, 68.6° 
a l ) 


310 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN.- 


Fahr. (highest in July, with maximum of 116° in July, 1879; lowest in 
January, with minimum of 19° Fahr. in December, 1879); mean relative 
humidity, 43.1; average precipitation, 9.61 inches (greatest in August); 
prevailing wind, west. 

Fort Bowie, Ariz., from June, 1880, to July, 1883 (latitude 382° 8’ 
longitude 109° 30’, altitude 4,872 feet): Mean annual temperature, 63 


Ow 


Fahr. (highest in June, with maximum of 106° Fahr. in June, 1881; 
lowest in January, with minimum of 13° Fahr. in January, 1883); average 
precipitation, 16.16 inches (greatest in July). 

Fort Lowell, Ariz., from January, 1871, to June, 1883 (latitude 32° 
12’, longitude 110° 52’, altitude 2,000 feet): Mean annual temperature, 
65.9 Fahr. (highest in June, with maximum of 115° Fahr. in August, 1881; 
lowest jn January, with minimum of 0° Fahr. in January, 1883); average 
precipitation, 11.49 inches (greatest in August). 

Fort Thomas (latitude 32° 4’, longitude 110° 6’, altitude 2,710), 
mean of four years: Mean annual temperature, 60.9 Fahr. (highest occurs 
in July, with maximum of 109° Fahr.; lowest in January, with minimum 
of 12.8 Fahr.); mean relative humidity, 50.9; average precipitation, 9.77 
inches (greatest in August); prevailing winds: spring, west; summer and 
autumn, southeast: winter, northwest.* 

The orographic systems are composed, geologically, of the Archean, 
Silurian, Carboniferous, Triassic, and Igneous formations; the valleys, of 


(Juaternary.t 


* The last two stations are from Post Hospital Reports, the others from the Signal Service. The 
latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes are approximate only. The Signal Service gives further summaries 
for rain-falls as follows: Fort Apache, twelve years four months, between May, 1875, and November, * 
1887: Average, 21.34 inches; maximum, 31.12 inches, 1881, and minimum, 12.41 inches, 1877, Camp 
San Carlos, six years six months, between June, 1881, and December, 1887: Average, 13.36 inches; 
maximum, 20.41 inches, 1384, and minimum, 8.15 inches, 1885. Fort Grant (combined with old Camp 
Grant), nineteen years seven months, between September, 1866, and December, 1877: Average, 16.65 
inches; maximum, 25.67 inches, 1834, and minimum, 8.95 inches, 1879. Old Camp Goodwin, three 
years eleven mon‘hs, between January, 1866, and May, 1870: Average, 26.58 inches; maximum, 27.93 
inches, 1867, and minimum, 16 inches, 1868. Camp Thomas (Gila Valley), seven years nine months, 
between April, 1830, and December, 1887: Average, 10.74 inches; maximum, 15.16 inches, 1884, and 
minimum, 8.65 inches, 1882. Old Fort Tulerosa, one year five months; between May, 1873, and Octo- 
ber, 1874: Average, 33.13 inches. Silver City, four years eleven months, between May, 1878, and 
March, 1883: Average, 20.28 inches; maximum, 30.82 inches, 1881, and minimum, 13.77 inches, 1879. 

+t West of the Mimbres River the trend of the mountain ranges is northwest. They disappear 
northward under the lavas of the plateau. The axial rocks are Archwan and Paleozoic, post-Carbon- 
iferous in age. The ranges (usually monoclinal) all show post-Carboniferous voleanic rocks, including 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. old 


The following mining districts had been located in 1871-73: 


| Approximate geograph- 
| ical position. | 
| . By whom ue son = 
No. Name. initads Sy, Remarks. Printed reports. 
| Long. west. | Lat. north. 
| °o f 2) / | | 
ty | Pinalieee es cee, = {pe erred 110 55) || 38: 17 | Pinal’ Range.-..cc--:. --<----<: Prog. Rep., 1871, p. 56. 
2 | Chloride ........-.-. Dr. Loew...-.| 108 15 | 32 45 6,000 feet, near Bear Peak. ---. Not reported. 
3 | Silver Flat......-.|.--. domes. 2s2: | 108 15 | 32 44 6,000 feet, near Silver City .-..-.. | Not reported. 
4 | Burro Mountain .. -... riie-eecoos | 108 25 | 32 36 6,500 feet, Burro Mountains... .| Not reported. 
5 | Copper Mountain. ....do .......- } 109 20 33° «10 | 3,800 fect, sontheastof Gray Peak| Not reported. 
| | 


Routes —The Southern Pacific Railroad enters a little west of the 
New Mexico boundary, thence via Railroad Pass, leaving approximately 
with the road southward from Camp Grant. Various wagon roads are 
delineated * 

ATLAS SHEET 84. 


Locality— Part of southwestern New Mexico. 

Scale. —One inch = 8 miles or 1: 506880. Boundaries, 32° 20’ to 34° 
north latitude, and 105° 3)” to 108° 15’ longitude west from Greenwich 
Area, 18,302 square miles, of which 1,400 square miles in the southeastern 
section (84 D) were not surveyed. The northeastern and southwestern 
sections (Atlas Sheets 84 B and 84 C) have been issued separately on a 
scale of 1 inch to 4 miles or 1: 253440. Adjacent published sheets: NW. 
76, N. 77, W. 83. 

GENERAL PHYSICAL FEATURES. 


t 


Orographical systems —The mountain ranges of Arizona and New 
Mexico, as they extend northward from the plateau of the Sierra Madre in 
jatitude 32°, have been divided into an eastern and western group, distin- 
guished by a difference of trend of the axes of corrugation (Vol. ITI, 


granite, feldspathic porphyry, propylite ? trachyte, rhyolite, basalt, and quartz porphyry. Vein matter 
carrying gold is fuund in the Syenite of the Chiricahni Range; cupriferous veins in quartzite in the 
Gila Range quartz veins, with argentiferous ores, in the voleaniec rocks of the Pyramid Range; gold 
in placer, near Clifton; also copper in Paleozoic limestone, and argentiferous galena in Silurian 
limestone, and shale at Silver City. (See Vol. III.) 

* The largest town is Silver City, 1,800 inhabitants (1880). Since visiting the area, which is true, 
also, for every atlas sheet published, many new mining camps, towns, and settlements have sprung up, 
and others have inereased and developed. The White Mountain Indian Reservation embraces fully 
one-third of the whole area. 


312 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Geology, Chap. XVIII, Gilbert). The latter group has a northwestern 
trend, as illustrated in Sheets 76 and 83 by the Pinaleno, Pinal, Mazatzal, 
and ranges to the west, and when traced northward is found to gradually 
change its direction, finally coalescing without discernible break with the 
Basin Ranges of Utah and Nevada which trend north and south. The 
mountains of the eastern system have a marked north and south trend and 
are the southern continuation of the Rocky Mountain system of Colorado, 
and with them form the eastern boundary of the Colorado Plateau region, 
while the western group marks its southern terminus. 

To the eastern systems belong all the mountains of this area, which 
are here arranged in four great groups trending north and south, and in- 
between them three great plains. Of the area of 84 B (4,554 


square miles) 2,412 square miles are mountainous, 268 plateau, 267 valley, 


cluding 
1,340 plains, and 267 desert. 

The mountains in the west of the area are known as the Mimbres, San 

2) 

Mateo, and Magdalena Ranges, in the west center as the Sierra de los Ca- 
b] oD to) 

ballos and the Fra Cristobal Range, in the east center as the Organ, San 

Andreas, and Oscuro, and in the east as the Sacramento, Sierra Blanea (of 

’ ’ ’ 
New Mexico), Carrizo, and Jicarilla Ranges. There are seven principal 
? D | 
ranges, seven groups of mountains, three plateaus, one mesa, forty-nine 
prominent peaks (five above 10,000 feet), four mountain passes, and three 


main canons. 


DIVIDES AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. 


The Continental Divide follows the crest of the Mimbres Range to 
Mimbres Head, then swings to the southwest, thus inclosing an area belong- 
ing to the Colorado Basin, here drained by the Gila. South of this is the 
Mimbres drainage, which belongs to an interior basin, reaching its greatest 
depression just south of the Mexican line in Palomas Lake. With these 
exceptions the area belongs to the Great Rio Grande Basin, that river itself 
flowing centrally through it from north to south. The plains of San Au- 
gustin in the northwest of the sheet have at their lowest point an alkaline 
marsh about 6,700 feet above sea, and though without a surface outlet. still 


lie wholly within the Rio Grande area. The same may be said of the vast 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. ole 


Mal-pais plain, reaching its greatest depression in a salt marsh 3,800 feet 
above sea, which is the lowest point in this atlas sheet, Sierra Blanca Peak, 
11,892 feet above sea, being the highest. The eastern slopes of the Sacra- 
mento, Sierra Blanca, and northern ranges drain to the Rio Pecos, the 
principal tributary of the Rio Grande. 

Geological exposures.—No connected geological reconnaisance was made 
throughout this area, but it may be of interest to record here the principal 
exposures noted. The mountain area from the Antelope to the San Angus- 
tin Plains, and west of the Mimbres crest, belong to the great lava flow of 
New Mexico and Arizona, mentioned in reference to sheets 76, 77, and 83. 
The western slope of the Mimbres Range is an almost continuous sheet of 
trachytic lava. The range itself is considered a great monoclinal uplift 
with westward dip, composed in chief part of lava, including the crest, but 
revealing the underlying sedimentaries (Paleozoic) along the eastern base. 
The Negrita Hills between the Mimbres and San Mateo Ranges are masses 
of dark plutonic rock. The country rock of San Mateo Peak (the southern 
and most prominent, though not the highest of that range) is trachyte with 
basaltic outcropping of later date about its base. The country rock of 
the Magdalena Range (a rugged group contrasting strongly with the lava 
forms to the westward and culminating ina peak 10,798 feet above sea) is 
to the south granitic and to the north granitic capped with carboniferous 
limestone. The Fra Cristobal Mountains, rising precipitously 2,500 feet 
above the Rio Grande, are metamorphosed sandstone capped with lime- 
stone. At the north the dip is to the west, further south the strata are 
nearly horizontal, while at the extreme southern end and in the Caballos 
the dip is to the east. 

The Oscuro and San Andreas Ranges are sedimentary uplifts, anti- 
clinal and capped with limestone, and lie in a line of upheaval extending 
from the Placer Mountains in north central New Mexico to the Franklins at 
the southern boundary. The dip in the Oscuros is eastward, which ap- 
proaches the horizontal at San Andreas Pass and changes to the westward 
as we go south into the range of that name. To the east of this uplift lies 
the desolate Mal-pais Plain, probably the bed of acretaceous sea, marked 


at the north by a remarkable lava outburst of recent date, which has flowed 


314 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


over 40 miles southward from a small crater at the north. The plain 
reaches its greatest depression in a marsh, strongly impregnated with sa- 
line matter, largely common salt. To the southeast of the marsh is a sin- 
gular accumulation of gypsiferous sand, perhaps 30 feet in depth, dazzling 
white and slowly drifting southeastward under the influence of the prevail- 
ing winds. Limiting this plain upon the east is the Sierra Blanca of New 
Mexico, with its northern outliers, the Noyal, Carrizo and Jicarilla Mount- 
ains, while farther south the great mesa wall of the Sacramento Mountains 
forms the eastern limit.* East of the Mimbres Range the ridges trend 
north and south, being a continuation of the Rocky Mountains, so called, 
and the eastern boundary of the Colorado Plateau. The rocks are mainly 
Archean and Carboniferous with Silurian toward the boundary, flanked 
by Cretaceous and other Mesozoic strata. The last great upheaval, as stated 
by Gilbert, begun before the close of the Cretaceous. Argentiferous ga- 
lena is found in Carboniferous limestone in the Upper Mimbres. The 
Santa Clara District on the western slope of the Santa Rita Range consists 
of argentiferous ores in Carboniferous limestone. The famous Santa Rita 
Mine is on the contact between the limestone and porphyry. 

Sierra Blanca Peak, onc of the most striking mountain masses in the 
West, rising boldly nearly 7,000 feet above its eastern base, is a great mass 
of eruptive rock, largely quartzite, trachyte-porphyry, and graphic granite. 
About its base and even high up upon its flanks are exposures of the 
sedimentary beds through which it has been thrust, and especially note- 
worthy is a horizontal limestone exposure from the west, near the top of 
the ridge south of Nogal Peak. The high outlying ridges of the Sierra 

*The Signal Service publishes rain-falls as follows: Old Fort Craig, twenty-one years three 
months, between January, 1855, and December, 1884: Average, 11.59 inches ; maximum, 24.58 inches, 
1559, and minimum, 4.63 inches, 1858. Old Fort MeRae, five years nine months, between April, 1864, 
and January, 1876: Average, 11.10 inches; maximum, 13.45 inches, 1869, and minimum, 5.97 inches, 
1873. Fort Stanton, twelve years eight months, between January, 1856, and December, 1887: Aver- 
age, 19.55 inches; maximum, 28.70 inches, 1857, and minimum, 13.65 inches, 1860. Old Fort Thorn, 
four years eleven months, between January, 1854, and December, 1858: Average, 14.71 inches; max- 
imum, 20.55 inches, 1857, and minimum, 10.58 inches, 1858. Old Fort Selden, twelve years three months, 
between November, 1865, and October, 1887: Average, 8.49 inches; maximum, 12.60 inches, 1869, and 
minimum, 3.49 inches, 1873. Fort Bayard, twelve years five months, between March, 1867, and Octo- 
ber, 1887: Average, 14.72 inches; maximum, 22.18 inches, 1873, and minimum, 6.44 inches, 1871. Old 


Fort Cummings, four years four months, between March, 1869, and July, 1873: Average, 15.03 inches; 
maximum, 20.55 inches, 1870, and minimum 10.79 inches, 1871. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. al) 


Blanea, where not of volcanic origin, have the same formation of sand- 
stone capped with limestone as well as the Sacramento Mountains, which 
are properly a great plateau-like uplift of sedimentary strata with a deeply 
eroded surface sloping generally eastward. The western edge is a bold 
mesa bluff, perhaps 3,000 feet high near the center, breaking down south- 
ward into a series of comparatively low broken hills.* 

The following summaries are from the record of the Signal Office: 

La Mesilla, N. Mex, from August, 1877, to August, 1882 (latitude 
32° 16’, longitude 106° 49’, altitude 3,900 feet); mean annual temperature, 
60° 3 Fahr. (highest in July, with maximum of L07°.8 Fahr. in June, 1881, 
lowest in January, with minimum of 2° Fahr. in December, 1880); mean 
relative humidity, 43.3: average precipitation, 8.9 inches (greatest in 
July); prevailing wind, west. Fort Craig, N. Mex., from July, 1878, to 
July, 1879 (latitude 33° 38’, longitude 107° 1’, altitude 4,448); mean 
annual temperature, 60°.3 Fahr. (highest in August, with maximum of 
102° Fahr. in July, 1878, lowest in December, with minimum of 2° Fahr. 
in January, 1879); precipitation greatest in January. 

The following mining districts were visited in 1873 and 1874: 


Approximate geograph- | 

ical position. | 

|No. Name. By whom visited. _ : e _\ Remarks. | 
| | Long. west. | Lat. nortb. 


| eee = ft fr — 


° / ° ’ | 
1) (Central@sc--.-- _| Doctor Loew...... | 108 10 32 50 8, 000 feet. | 
2 | Pinos Altos..-. G. K. Gilbert..-... 108 14 | 32 48 6, 000 feet. | 
3 | Upper Mimbres pedO tessa esis 108 05 | 32 50 | 6,000 feet. 


Agriculture —At Canada Alamosa several hundred acres are irrigated, 
as also the bed of the Mimbres, from a few miles above McKnight’s to Crit- 
tenden’s, below Mimbres. Water sometimes scarce in May and June; fine 
crops of potatoes and grass at Pinos Altos and Fort Bayard. Along the 
Rio Grande are fertile bottom lands, capable of irrigation, varying in width 
from 3 miles to a few hundred feet, where all the fruits and vegetables of 
this latitude are grown. The soil is especially adapted to grape culture. 


Much more land could be brought under cultivation by proper irrigation. 


*The hot springs of Silver City are described, see A. R., 1879, p. 250 et seq. 


316 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


In the Mimbres Mountains a good supply of lumber and fuel timber 
oceurs, such as pine, cedar, and oak. Heavy pine timber is abundant upon 
the flanks of the San Mateo and Magdalena Mountains, while the principal 
streams show cottonwood, aspen, and serub oak. 

The same may be said of the Sierra Blanca and Sacramento Ranges 
eastwardly, while pinon and cedar, with some oak, is quite plentiful upon 
the slopes of the Carrizo and Jicarilla Mountains to the north. 

A dense growth of pinon and cedar covers the east slopes of the 


fo} 


Oscura and the Chupadera mesas. The Magdalena, Caballos, and the Fra 
Cristobal Ranges are devoid of timber. Cottonwood occurs, here and 
there, in groves along the Rio Grande. 

Grazing.—Nearly everywhere throughout this entire area nutritious 
wild grasses grow. Even the great dry plain, the Jornado del Muerto, 
and its northern extension, as well as the dreary Mal-pais Plain, are coy- 
ered with good grama-grass. Their lack of surface water prevents the 
greater portion being utilized for stock ranges. The proportion of utterly 
barren and worthless lands is comparatively small, and is confined almost 
entirely to the rocky crests of the mountains. The approximate amounts 
of the classes of lands have been shown by colors on the southwest and 
northeast sections of this area (L. C. Sheets $4 B and C), and are given 
in square miles. 84 B: Total area, 4,554 square miles, of which 82 square 
miles, or .7 per cent. are arable; 3,480 square miles, or 76.4 per cent., 
grazing; 872 square miles, or 19.2 per cent., timber; 170 square miles, or 
37 per cent., barren. 84 C: Total area, 4,597 square miles, of which 154 
square miles, or 3.4 per cent., arable; 8,.73 square miles, or 79.9 per cent., 
grazing; 733 square miles, or 15.9 per cent. timber, and 37 square miles, 
or .8 per cent, arid or barren. 

The climate is temperate and healthful, with the usual New Mexican 
characteristics of an exceedingly clear, dry, and pure atmosphere, witha 
rainy season in July, August, and September, when thunder storms are 
frequent in the principal mountains. Heat seldom oppressive ; nights gen- 
erally cool. The precipitation is nowhere great, but the following local- 
ities are noted as excessively devoid of flowing water: The Sierra Magda- 


lena, Caballos, and Fra Cristobal. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. Bie. 


Lake Tanor Recron (Srerra NEvADA). 


Scale of original, 1 inch =1 mile, or 1: 63360. Scale of publication, 
1: 42240. Area, 2,394 square miles. Boundaries, 38° 45’ and 39° #2’ 
north latitude, and 119° 33’ and 120° 22’ 30” longitude west from Green- 
wich.* 

Lake Tahoe is shown between the main crest of the Sierra Nevada on 
the west (locally the western summit) and a lofty spur on the east called 
the Tahoe Range (locally the eastern summit). This lake lies 6,202 feet 
above sea, is about 21 miles long by 12 broad, deep, with an approximate 
area of 188 square miles. It is a veritable gem in a mountain setting. 
The most prominent peaks of the main Sierra are Tallac, 9,715 feet; 
Rubicon, 9,284 feet; Twin, 8,824 feet; and of the Tahoe Range, Freels, 
10,849 feet; Monument, 10,035 feet; Genoa, 9,155 feet, and Rose, 10,820 
feet. Directly east of the Tahoe Mountains is the Carson Valley, well 
watered and fertile, with an average altitude of 4,600 feet. It is termi- 
nated on the east by the foot-hills of the Pine Nut Mountains. North of 
Carson Valley are Eagle, Washoe, and Steam-boat Valleys and Truckee 
Meadows. East of this chain of small valleys are the Washoe Mountains, 
including Mount Davidson, McClellan, and other prominent peaks. 

The important towns are Carson, capital of Nevada, in Eagle Valley ; 
Virginia, on the eastern slope of Mount Davidson; Reno, Boca, Verdi, and 
Truckee, on the Central Pacific Railroad, together with Genoa, in Carson 
Valley, Empire, Dayton, Silver City, Gold Hill, Gleabrook, and Tahoe 
City, on Lake Tahoe. 

The Central Pacific Railroad is shown traversing the Truckee Canon 
and crossing the Sierra in the vicinity of Donner Lake. Virginia and 
Carson have railroad connection with the Central Pacific at Reno. 
A portion of the Carson and Colorado Railroad runs east from Mound 
House. Whitney conceives Lake Tahoe and its surrounding valley to be 
the result of local subsidence similar to the Yosemite, because of its surface 
depth below the mountain crests on each side and its parallelism with the 
mountain axis. The lake is now very deep (over 1,600 feet), and the 


* This map was reproduced by the Heliogravure process at the Iinperial Royal Military Geograph- 
ical Institute, Vienna, 


318 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


amount of detritus received by it already is unknown. ‘The mountain 
range is granite. 
Lake Tahoe is a natural reservoir, the value of which could be mate- 


generally by 


rially enhanced for irrigation and purposes of water supply 
increasing its capacity by a dam where it enters the Truckee. The extent 
to which this may be done can be ascertained by an engineer’s examination 
and survey of the local conditions, out of which would grow the position, 
plan, and cost of the construction required. A project was at one time 
presented having in view the making of this exceedingly pure water avail- 


able for the supply of San Francisco. 
Restored Our.ine or LAKE BoNNEVILLE.* 


Locality —Portions of western Utah and eastern Nevada, embracing 
parts of Atlas Sheets 40, 41, 42, 49, 50, 51, 58, 59, 60, 66, and 67. 

This unnumbered sheet exhibits the location of a great fresh-water lake 
of the glacial period, first noticed by the writer during the expedition of 1869 
near the summit of the Snake Range in Nevada, afterwards traced and its an- 
cient beaches delineated in 1871 and later years by the expeditionary par- 
ties, and for which Mr. G. K. Gilbert suggested the name of Lake Bonneville 
in honor of the earliest scientific explorer of this region. This ancient lake 
extended over an area equal in extent to Lake Huron and included the val- 
leys in which are now found Salt, Sevier, and Utah Lakes. A northern outlet 
toward the Columbia was subsequently determined to be at Red Rock Pass, 
at the northwestern arm of Malade Valley, about 4,900 feet above sea. 

No southerly outlet was found, and it is doubtful whether one ever ex- 
isted. ‘There are many bays, joining the main body by narrow straits, with 
canoned walls, especially in the more northerly portions traced during later 
expeditions. The altitude of the main or “ Bonneville” beach is 5,178 feet.t 

Lakes Bonneville and La Hontanf are the principal Quaternary lakes 
that occupied portions of the Great Interior Basin.§ 


*It belongs to the Geological Atlas. (See p. 58, List of Reports and Maps.) 
+ The vestiges of the lake are described as glacial phenomena on p. 91 et seq., Vol. III, Geology. 
fSee U.S. Geol. Survey, Monograph XI, Russell, Geological History of Lake La Hontan; also 
King, Vol. I, Fortieth Parallel Reports. 

) The Great Basin is limited on the west by the abrupt eastern wall of the Sierra Nevada and 
other ranges to the southward, on the east substantially by the great mountain mass of the Wahsatch, 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 319 


The numerous terraces and shore-lines incident to each indicate the 
relative conditions of humidity at intervals in the progress of desiccation. 

Gilbert found for Bonneville two principal shore-lines, prominently 
marked and easily traced, the ‘‘ Bonneville” and “Provo,” the latter about 
400 feet lower than the former, and corresponding, doubtless, to the long- 
continued lowest level at which the old lake had an outlet over the hard 
limestone through Red Rock Pass. Between these two there are four or 
five comparatively well-marked shore-lines, and only one well distinguished 
below the Provo line. 

The lake was undoubtedly fresh for all levels above the Provo, and 
probably salt when lower and without outlet. 


vives the surface of La Hontan at 4,388 feet and about 800 feet 


King g 


lower than Bonneville, noting the difference in the terraces and shore-lines 
in the great abundance of calcareous tufa for La Hontan. Russell says 
that no outlet for La Hontan was discovered, north or south. 

King assumes from geologic evidence that the present and another 
period of desiccation in the Great Basin during the Quaternary were each 
preceded by a period of long-continued humidity, the first of which was 
probably directly correlated with the earliest and greatest Glacier period, 
and the second with the later Reindeer Glacier period. He states also that 
the Quaternary lakes show “ that the two glacial ages, whatever may 
have been their temperature conditions, were in themselves each dis- 
tinctly an age of moisture, and that the interglacial period was one of 


intense dryness, equal in aridity to the present epoch.” 


to the southward by the irregular rim of the water-shed of the Colorado, and the northward by a simi- 
ilar line as regards the Columbia. Its entire perimeter has now been traced. Its dimensions are 
approximately 800 miles north and south and 500 miles east and west, with an area of 208,600 square 
miles. ‘This large district is without outlet to the ocean, returning to the atmosphere the total pre- 
cipitation less that held in reservoir. Between the eastern and western barriers are many long and 
narrow ranges averaging from 5,000 to 8,000 feet, usually meridional, quite regular and parallel, 
steep on one side and sloping on the other, ordinarily monoelinal, which surround plain-like valleys 
with a surface level of 4,000 to 5,000 feet at the north, descending southerly to the sea-level and 
below in Death Valley, all floored by detritus from the mountains, concealing their depths, and into 
which flow considerable streams that finally reservoir in saline and alkaline lakes. The average rain- 
fall in this region is exceedingly small.” King states that the post-Pliocene of this area, during which 
there were two distinct glacial epochs, was marked by ‘‘a very long period of very great humidity, fol- 
lowed by a period of intense dryness,” equal in aridity to the present, which gave way to a briefer 
period of humidity, which was rapidly succeeded by the present age of desiccation, 
"See Signal Service compilations, 


320 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Russell found terraces of a Quaternary lake traced on old moraines of 
great magnitude deposited west of and near Mono Lake. He concludes 
that the greatest extension of the glaciers preceded the maximum rise of 
Mono Lake, the lacustral record of which indicate two periods of high 
water, and he mentions two well-marked glacial epochs in the Sierra 
Nevada. Gilbert states that the Bonneville and Provo shore-lines are 
neither horizontal nor parallel, and also that the region along the eastern 
margin of Bonneville has recently undergone depression, and presumably 
is still subsiding, and that there is no warrant for assuming that the end of 
voleanic activity in the Bonneville region has been reached * 

The following summary of conclusions, by G. K. Gilbert, appears on 
page 200, Second Annual Report, U. 8. Geological Survey : 


(1) The climatic episode, of which Lake Bonneville was the expression, consisted of two humid 
maxima, separated by an interval of extreme aridity. The second maximum was the more pro- 
nounced; the first the longer. ; 

(2) The time elapsed since the close of the Bonneville epoch bas been briefer than the epoch, 
and the two together are incomparably briefer than such a geologic period as the Tertiary. 

(3) The period ot voleanie activity in the Great Basin, which covered a large share of Tertiary 
time, continued through the Quatenary also, and presumably bas not yet ended. 

(4) Such earth movements as are concerned in the molding of continents had not ceased in 
western Utah at ihe close of the Bonneville epoch, and presumably have not yet ceased. 

(5) The Wahsatch Range, the greatest mountain mass of Utah, has recently increased in height, 
and presumably is still growing. 


The future history of the humid conditions and changes in the Great 
sasin depend upon meteorologic conditions, only now partially understood. 


TopockapHic Mar of YOSEMITE VALLEY AND VICINITY. 


Locality—Part of eastern central California. (Sheet 56 D.) 

Scale-—One and three-fifths inches =1 mile, or 1: 39600. Bounda- 
ries, 837° 40’ 15” to 87° 48’ north latitude, and 119° 28’ 15” to 119° 42’ 
longitude west from Greenwich. 

Phis map (the original of which on a much larger scale was con- 
structed in contours) with hachures to represent the steeper slopes at and 
about the summits of the peaks and plateau—canon-shaped walls—has been 
reproduced in hachures, and is complemented by a list of distances and ele- 
vations prepared by Lieutenant Macomb, found in an earlier part of the 


“It is stated that a monograph on Lake Bonneville, by G. K, Gilbert, isin preparation. (See ad- 
vertisement, U.S. Geological Survey.) 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. a2 


volume, which together make quite an intelligent description of and guide 
to this wonderful and unique mountain region. The valley proper is 
shown in considerable detail, while the outlying mountain ridges and foot- 
hills are delineated in the usual manner. This abundance of detail ren- 
ders it almost unnecessary, from a topographic point, to enlarge upon the 
description. The area comprises a section of the western flank of the 
Sierra Nevada, which embraces the canon-like valley of the Yosemite, 
included in the Merced drainage. 

This valley, about 8 miles long and from one-half to 1 mile in width, 
situated on the Merced River, is characterized by nearly perpendicular 
walls of granite of great heights, as compared with its width and the small 
amount of débris or talus at the bottom of the cliffs. It possesses features, 
beautiful in their grandeur and sublimity, that are scarcely surpassed, and 
its counterpart is unknown. 

El Capitan is 8,300 feet; Cathedral Rock, 3,000; Sentinel Dome, 
4,150; Half Dome, 4,737 (absolutely vertical for 2,000 feet), and sur- 
rounding cliffs and peaks 7,000 to 9,000 above the level of the valley 
(about 3,900 feet). The Bridal Veil Fall is 1,000 feet high, the Yosemite 
1,500, the Vernal 475, and the Nevada 894 feet. The fall in the valley is 
approximately 50 feet. In the landscape are groves of trees and flowers, 
brilliant in contrast with the neutral tinted rocks. Pitch pine (P. ponderosa) 
125 to 150 feet high, also P. Jeffreyi, a few sugar pines, white oak (@. 
labata) and evergreen oak (Q. crassipocula), willows, poplars, and cedars on 
the cliffs, are noted. Whitney finds the trees the same as about Mount 
Shasta, except more black oaks (@Q. Sonomensis). The Half Dome is unique. 
Most great cafions and valleys of the Sierra Nevada are the result of 
denudation. Whitney concludes theoretically that this one was the result 
of upheaval while the granite was in a semi-plastic condition below its sur- 
face, that the Half Dome was split asunder, and that the valley proper was 
formed by the subsidence of a limited area sinking to an unknown depth, 
because of its support from underneath being withdrawn. King found 
evidence of a former glacier, probably 1,000 feet thick, in the valley, and 
the lateral canons are polished and grooved.* It may be remarked that its 


*See ‘The Yosemite Guide Book,” Whitney, 1869. 
21 WH—VOL I 


322 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


peculiar shape can not be accounted for by the usual phenomena presented 
as the result of the upheaval and subsidence of the earth’s crust. 
King 


including irregular masses of different mineralogical composition. 


describes* the granite of El Capitan as homogeneous, but 


Its smoothly fractured face is a uniform gray granite, in which are 
masses, as if segregations of certain mineral components, which as a whole 
is characterized by “a high proportion of plagioclase, hornblende, and 


titanite.” 
OvTLINE AND TopocrapHic Map or Washoe Mininc Recion, NEVADA. 


The outline map, in one sheet, engraved on stone (printed with con- 
tours in brown), embraces more especially the vicinity of the Comstock 
lode and indicates the location of mineral claims, patented and unpatented, 
shafts, mills, mining towns, etc., on scale 1 inch = 2,000 feet, or 1: 24000. 
The topographic map includes a greater area and is engraved in two sheets, 
on stone, showing contour lines of 50 feet interval; scale, 1 inch = 1,500 
feet, or 1:18000. ‘This map has resulted from a typical plane-table survey 
based on initial astronomic, geodetic, and trigonometric positions, further 
supported by measured and developed base-lines. It is valuable as a 
ground map for all military, economic, and scientific purposes, and sufh- 
ciently ample for all delineations of land classification, geology, etc., and 
also to aid in a thorough and complete analvsis of this lode from all ave- 
nues of scientific inquiry, establishing data for all general profiles from 
well-determined bench marks. 

King states, as characteristic features, that both the Sierra and Desert 
Ranges are composed (1) of crumpled and uplifted strata from the late 
Jurassic down to the Azoic; (2) ancient eruptive rocks accompanying the 
Jurassic upheaval; (3) modern eruptive volcanic rocks, ranging probably 


+ This class of survey is now employed by the U. 8. Geological Survey at the prominent mining 
districts investigated by them. The curves of the topographic map for a portion of the area, together 
with the outlines of the mining claims, have been employed and appear identically represented on 
Atlas Sheet 3 of Geology of the Comstock Lode, ete., by the U.S. Geological Survey, wherein, except 
for the words ‘‘ Topography by U. 8. Geographical Surveys west of the one hundredth meridian,” the 
result (not in harmony with the fact), asa whole, would appear to have been produced by the former 
organization. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 323 


more or less complexity, twisted and warped by longitudinal forces, often 
compressed into zigzags, sometimes masked by outbursts of granite or 
syenite, and lastly built upon by or frequently buried beneath immense 
accumulations of volcanic material. The Basin Ranges are usually meridi- 
onal and parallel, separated by valleys filled with Quaternary. The Vir- 
ginia Range is one of the older Jurassic folds of stratified rocks, through 
whose fissures granite and syenite have obtruded. After a long repose 
from early Cretaceous to late Tertiary the range was riven and deluged 
by floods of voleanic rocks During the voleanic period the valleys were 
partly filled by fresh-water lakes. Water penetrated the fissured range, 
which, meeting the melted rock, gave rise to the solfataras and hot springs. 
Then followed the Glacial age with its floods and torrents, and finally the 
present extreme desiccation period. The district proper consists of an 
accumulation of volcanic rocks built upon the Virginia Range, which 
together are an epitome of the whole Great Basin, representing within 
narrow limits every important geological event of the Cordillera system. 

In the late Tertiary came the outflow of immense volumes of propy- 
lite, followed by the earlier andesites, which brought the solfataras and 
gradually filled the fissures with concentrations of metal-bearing quartz. 
The later andesite flows poured out over the decomposed propylite. Out- 
side the vein occurred eruptions, when great volumes of Sanidin-Trachyte 
overflowed the country, as also the lesser basaltic eruptions that marked 
the close of the volcanic era. 

Mount Davidson is considered as a relic of syenite, against the outer 
base of which are grouped metamorphic rocks, schists, limestones, graphitic 
shales, and slates. Richtofen found syenite containing both orthoclase 
and oligoclase, mica, and epidote, but no quartz. North and South of the 
syenite are metamorphic rocks, classed by Professor Whitney as Triassic. 
Over-lying the metamorphic is quartzose-porphyry. The foregoing are the 
oldest series. Propylite and Sanidin-Trachyte are of the Tertiary series.* 

Church summarizes nine epochs during the structure as follows: (1) 
The Diorite, (2) the sub-ordinate pressure, (3) the Propylite, (4) the prin- 


“He says that propylite ‘‘incloses several, perhaps most, of the largest and most productive 
silver veins in the world, as those in the Karpathian Mountains, of Zacatecas and other places in 
Mexico, and probably several veins in Bolivia.” 


394 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


cipal elevation, (5) the Andesite, (6) the opening of the Strata, (7) the Sili- 
ceous, (8) the Trachyte, (9) the Argentiferous. He claims that nothing 
like a real vein exists, and that the largest ore bodies can have been formed 
from deep mineral sources by the quiet action of the dynamic forces that 
have everywhere molded the earth’s crust. 

The following has been given for the succession of the Washoe 


Rocks :* 


Becker.t King. Richtofen. 
Granitecessesce-e<nence a eae en + Granite and Syenite ................--| Syenite. 
| : 
| Metamorphics ......--.--.----.eee0e|-222 22 eee eee ce ete eer cer recite te eee Metamorphies. 
| Granular diorites ........--. -.--- 2 


Propylite or trachytic greenstone ..../ Propylite. 
Porpbyritic diorites.......--.--.. 


| Quartz-porphyry ...-------------+-- 
Earlier Diabase-.........---.-.+++--| 
Later Diabase (‘‘black dike’) --. - 
Earlier hornblende-andesite..-.--... Marlies andesite. .2.22-<-<--s-seceess = 
Aupite-andesite ....s5...-.<--2205- | 


Later hornblende-andesite ----. -¢|| uater andesite\=<-2.cnesnceccsse cee eus | 
Sanidin-trachyte.........--.----.-----| Sanidin-trachyte. | 
| 


Basalt... =-.:=: Sens naicctreee Opeaaee Basalt casccc see eenienacaesaoeseecacce= Other voleanic rocks. 


i Mr. Becker particularizes as follows 

Granite = a pre-Tertiary, non-vitreous crystalline rock. 
Diorite = a pre-Tertiary, non-vitreous crystalline rock. 
Quartz-porphyry = a pre-Tertiary, glass-bearing porphyritic rock. 

Diabase = a pre-Tertiary, more or less porphyritic rock. 

Andesite =a Tertiary or post-Tertiary, glass-bearing, more or less porphyritic rock. 


Basalt =a Tertiary or post-Tertiary. plagioclase, augite rock. 


Mr. Church looks upon the vein as a substituted mass. There is a 
series of stratified eruptive rock 12,000 feet thick, in which lie a number of 
large quartz masses. Herein may be ore bodies imbedded which show no 
traces of existence at the present level of erosion. He considers that there 
were two periods of deposition. 

Mr. Becker refers the present detailed structure of the country to fault- 
ing and not to eruptive bedding. The presence of faulting is recognized 
by irregular vein openings, horses, crushed condition of the quartz, slick- 
ensides, and rolled pebbles. He mentions an upward movement of the 
foot-wall, and finds the country rock, east and west, divided in sheets. All 
the large and profitable ore bodies have occurred at or near the west wall. 


* Mr. Becker determines the greater part of the hanging-wall to be diabase, and the ‘ black- 
dike” also, and the supposed trachyte to be a hornblende-andesite. The so-called propylite, he 
states, comprises a number of Tertiary and pre-Tertiary rocks altered by decomposition. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 325 


Mining began in 1859. ‘There had been extracted for the twenty-one years 
ending June 30, 1880, 5306,000,000 in bullion, of which 5132,000,000 
was gold. The mines are the deepest in America. In 1882 there were 
185 miles of galleries. 

The lode itself is a long and wide belt of vein-matter, ramifying at 
each end into divergent angles. The foot-wall dips from 33° to 45° east- 
ward. The claims extend about 22,000 feet north and south. The best 
mines so far opened are confined to about 12,000 feet. The east and west 
extension of rocks in which mineral has been found exceeds 15,000 feet. 
Mr. Becker gives cross-sections through the Utah, Union Shaft, C. & Gs 
Hale & Norcross, and Belcher, showing the vein-matter between the earlier 
diabase at the east and Granular diorite at the west. The Sierra Nevada 
is put entirely in the diorite, while the Yellow Jacket shows slates at the 
west in place of the diorite. Mr. King shows the Yellow Jacket, Savage, 
and Crown Point quartz entirely in prophylite, while for the Hale & Nor- 
cross, Mexican, and Potosi syenite is shown at the west of the vein. Mr. 
Becker, in the Sutro Tunnel cross-section, gives from west to east as follows: 
(1) Granular diorite, (2) earlier diabase, (3) earlier hornblende-andesite, 
(4) augite-andesite, and (5) later hornblende-andesite. Large horses occur 
at upper levels and to a depth of 2,000 feet. The vein material, like most 
of the silver-bearing ores at the west, consists of a quartz gangue. In it are 
found native gold and silver, argentite (silver glance), polybasite, and 
stephanite, with some very rich galena and occasionally pyrargyrite, as 
also iron and copper pyrites, oxide of iron, manganese, sulphate of lime and 
magnesia, and carbonate of magnesia, lime, lead, and copper. The line of 
oxidation is confined principally to 500 feet in depth. The decomposition 
from metamorphic action increases with the depth, and is coincident with 
the faulting action and deposition of the ore. 

The most probable view of the ore concentration attributes the bulk 
to deep-seated solfataric action, with accessions by lateral secretion to some 
extent from the east country. Ina dry hole of the new Yellow Jacket 
shaft, with a self-registering thermometer buried in the rock, the tempera- 
ture was 155° Fahr. at depth of 2,670 feet (3,103 feet below datum at 
Gould & Curry croppings) on July 10, 1879. Heated air and water are 


326 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the greatest obstacle to mining. Observation has shown a somewhat arbi- 
trary rate of increase of rock temperature of 1° Fahr. for each 33 feet. 
The greatest heat occurs in moist rock. The Gold Hill mines were flooded 
in 1880-’81 with water at temperature 170°.* The heat is found to decrease 
in a geometrical ratio horizontally eastward from the lode. Various 
theories have been propounded to account for the heat found in the rock 
and water of the chambers and drifts mined. These are (1) radiation from 
a melted or hot interior (igneous), (2) from deep waters, (3) oxidation of 
certain elements. Probably a combination of the second and third more 
reasonably explain the heat phenomena, which acts also upon the meteoric 
waters. The evidence of an uniform increase of temperature in rocks of 
the earth’s crust thus far pierced are variable and conflicting. Too often, 
as at the Comstock, the chances are that the locality is an exceptional one, 
not promising uniformity. Therefore, while theoretically the greater 
depths will be hotter, still the ratio of increase is unknown. Doubtless a 
boring reaching below the action of deep waters would register a decrease 
in temperature. 

The air passing through the openings (1882) was estimated at 300,000 
cubic feet per minute. There were then never less than 1,000 men under- 
ground. Although there were double gangs for the eight-hour shifts, 
alternating every hour, requiring an unlimited amount of ice-water for 
drinking and washing in this permanently vitiated Russian or Turkish 
bath (according as air-space is wet or dry), yet all the miners were healthy. 
The sticks used in timbering are sawn square, 12 by 12 inches, fitted at 
the surface, and placed without nails. Up to 1880 it was estimated that 
450,000,000 board feet had been consumed, together with about 900,000 
cords of fuel for hoisting and pumping from 1860 to 1880, and about the 
same at the mills. 

Changes in machinery up to 1879 are found noted on page 16 of 
Church’s quarto volume. 


*Great bodies of very hot water in some of the principal mines has, for the present, sub- 
stantially stopped deeper mining (say below 3,250 feet), thus limiting exploitation to the higher 
levels, larger lateral expansion, and among the low-grade ores. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 327 


The ventilation is by a combination of natural and artificial means. 
The former consists of the down and up cast shafts; the latter in local 
movements of air from one part of a mine to another by small engines. 
Air is also forced from the surface in some cases. The drifts and newly- 
‘opened spaces are fed by fan-blowers (compression instead of exhaustion) 
from air taken from the most favorable point of supply at one of the upper 
levels. All of these combined are scarcely adequate. Heavy machinery 
for pumping (capacity as high as 10,000,000 gallons per month) is an 
essential as a safeguard against “water bonanzas” or floods that do or may 
occur. 

Mr. Chureh divides the ground of the main lode into wet and dry 
portions, the latter much in excess. The wet ground is fissured and 
decomposed. In thirty months there had been pumped 450,000,000 gal- 
lons (1,800,000 tons) of water from the Savage and Hale and Norcross. 
This ‘water bonanza” filled to the level of 1,750 feet, which was lowered 
only 250 feet at the end of three years. The Sutro Tunnel (1879) dis- 
charged 1,250,000 gallons daily. 

A system of pan-amalgama tion, with the aid of “bluestone” (cupreous 
sulphate) and salt, guaranties an average of 75 per cent. of the bullion 
from the ore. The relative yield of gold and silver is variable, having 
been 57 per cent. silver and 43 per cent. gold up to June 30, 1880. It is 
believed that the downward search will develop the existence of a more 
regular and deep-seated fissure. 

It has been observed that ore bodies more frequently occur in the 
steeper parts of the dip, and that the thickest part of the quartz lies on the 
edge of the hollow of the west wall. 

The obstacles to continued deep mining are temperature and drainage. 
The depth to which it is carried on account of the former is indeterminate. 
Mr. Becker says the boiling point of water at this level will be reached 
near 4,000 feet. Mr. Church estimates 2013° Fahr. for 4,000 feet and 
273° Fahr. for 6,000 feet. These estimates are largely theoretical. The 
mines are now worked far below the level of the Carson River: therefore 
the engineering feat of hoisting the water may at deeper levels be enlarged 
and complicated by the presence of very hot and very large “water 


328 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


bonanzas.” Mr. Becker thinks the prospects for ore are good while the 
hanging-wall shows diabase in mass. 

The search should also be made eastward and westward. Nothing 
but a systematic exploration of the whole volcanic mass, 12,000 feet wide 
and 22,000 feet in length, to the greatest practicable depth, is adequate for 
the proper exploitation of this great mining region. A combination of the 
properties near the Sutro Tunnel with this latter enterprise would permit 
of more systematic and thorough opening and testing at a more reasonable 
expense, and of hoisting from chambers on this level. 

Electrical observations as to the potentials of different parts of the 
lode were made by Mr. Becker with negative results.* 

The regular atlas sheets and other maps issued by the Survey are 


included under the following heads: (1) Topographic atlas; (2) Geologic 


*The contour map was prepared as the basis of an extended survey and research into the phys- 
ical structure and surroundings of this mineral deposit that has thus far rivaled in output any other 
district of our country. This examination, after the requisite mathematical surveys, above and below 
ground, needed to show the anatomy of the surface, the location of properties, the workings, and rock 
structure, was to have included a geological and mineralogical exposition of the whole region, includ- 
ing chemical, microscopical, and other examinations in petrography, together with the physics of the 
main vein and ore deposition as a whole, the mining, milling, machinery, shafting, timbering, pump- 
ing, ventilation, drainage, the Sutro Tunnel (its value and uses), the heat (rock, air, and water), air 
volumes and velocities, rock and other collections, effects of hot water, electrical conditions, the 
bonanza and borrasca, the probabilities in depth, and any and all observations suggested during the 
investigation, to the end that a type of its kind should result, giving data for all future engineering 
caleulations and for a detailed relief model. Cireumstances prevented the prosecution of this compre- 
hensive work to its close. 

The following published reports bear on this subject : 

The Comstock Lode, by F. Baron von Richtofen, Ph. D. (November 22, 1865)—San Francisco, by 
the Sutro Tunnel Company : Towne & Bacon printers, 1866. 83 pp. 8°. 

Vol. III, Reports of Geological Exploration of Fortieth Parallel, with Atlas—Washingtou : Gov- 
ernment Printing Office, 1870. Mining Industry, by James D. Hague, with geologic contributions by 
Clarence King. 

Reference to the structure and constituents of the Washoe Rocks are found in Vols. I and VI of 
the above reports. 

Generally in the following annual reports of the U. 8. Geographical Survey: Annual Report 
1877, p. 1246; Annual Report 1878, p. 79; Annual Report 1679, p. 137; Annual Report 1578, Appen- 
dix H. Report upon examinations at the Comstock Lode, by John A. Church. pp. 145-166. 

The Comstock Lode, its formation and history, by John A. Church, E. M., Ph. D.—New York : 
Jokn Wiley & Sons, 1879. 4°. pp. 226. ; 

U.S. Geological Survey, Monographs, Vol. III, Geology of the Comstock Lode and the Washoe 
District, with Atlas, by George F. Becker—Washington: Government Printing Office, 1882, 4°. pp. 422. 

U. S. Geological Survey, Monographs, Vol. IV, Comstock Mining and Mines, by Eliot Lord— 
Washington : Government Printing Office, 1883. 4°. pp. 451. 

Official reports by Mr. J. Ross Browne and Mr. R. W. Raymond, U. 8. Mining Commissioners, by 
Mr. R. H. Stretch and other State mineralogists of Nevada, bearing on the economy and engineering of 
the mines, have been published. 


DESCRIPTION OF ATLAS SHEETS. 329 


atlas and land classification series; (4) special maps separate from reports ; 
(5) special maps accompanying and bound with reports; (6) miscellaneous. 

The topographic sheets are intended to show all prominent feat- 
ures, natural or artificial, of the areas represented, with detail commensu- 
rate with the publication scale employed. These topographic sheets form 
the basis of the geologic and land classification series. The boundaries 
and relative positions of the atlas maps are shown upon the progress sheets 
found bound in the several annual reports. 

The full sheets are published on the scale of 1 inch to 8 miles, or 
1: 506880; the quarter sheets, to the scale 1 inch to 4 miles or 1: 203440 ; 
and special maps upon such other scales as the character of the area and 
the object to be subserved have demanded. 

The originals are a series of plotting sheets usually on a scale of 1 
inch to 2 miles, while the regular form of final issue is a photolithograph 
therefrom, principally in hachures, printed in black with an overlying flat 
tint, the dimensions of each sheet being 19 by 24 inches. Departure from 
this form of publication for advance issues and other reasons is specially 
noted. (See generally “ List of Reports and Maps 1881,” and pp. 71 and 
74 for special and miscellaneous. ) 

The frontispiece sheets of the topographic atlas are as follows: Title, 
legend, sheet of conventional signs, progress and index map, and map of 
areas of drainage. Those preliminary to the regular geologic sheets are 
title and index map. 

The geological formations exposed are indicated by colors according 
to a key or legend in the margin of each published sheet. They have been 
issued as lithographs with mountain reliefs in crayon and as photolitho- 
graphs with hill shading in hachures. 

The land classification series consists of certain maps of the topo- 
graphic atlas, showing in colors, according to a key on the margin, approx- 


imately the areas of agricultural, grazing, timber, and arid or barren lands. 


APPENDIX C. 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 
INTRODUCTORY. 


A brief description of the methods of field observation, and subsequent 
office reduction, such as have been perfected and practiced, with examples 
in the astronomic, base measurement, geodetic, trigonometric, topographic, 
hypsometric, and map-making processes is herewith presented, together 
with a statement as to the instruments employed and computations prac- 
ticed by the survey. 

Incidentally allusion will be made to the investigations into the special 
subjects of Geology, Mineralogy, Paleontology, Zoology, Botany, Arche- 
ology, Ethnology, etc. Most of the forms (exceeding forty) for field and 
office work are the result of the special experience of the survey, and have 
largely been originated by the officer in charge to meet the requirements of 
rapid and extended topographic work, based on a computed triangulation 
with resultant maps, usefully, economically, and rapidly produced. 

The problem presented upon being charged with explorations and sur- 
veys in the interior was to prosecute the grade of field observations com- 
mensurate with the rapid production of accurate topographic maps, useful 
in military operations and administration, over vast areas west of the Mis- 
sissippi, at a minimum of time and cost. 

The outgrowth of this requirement led to the framing and perfecting 
of a system of survey, based on a mathematically connected net-work of 
established points, which, except for suspension of appropriations, would 
have been carried to the completion of the first general survey of this 


331 


332 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


region within the limits affixed, and would have given to the Government 
the nucleus of a skilled body of men, most valuable to a regular topo- 
graphic and geographic office, filling a permanent requirement of the War 
Department. 

Statistics show that for the whole world in 1885 an area of about 
50,000,000 square miles was not undergoing a systematic instrumental 
topographic survey, as compared with 6,000,000 square miles (approximate ) 
so surveyed at that date. (See p. 146, House Ex. Doc. 270, Forty-eighth 
Congress, second session.) Hence it would appear that the system of work 
pursued so economically and effectively will have its further application in 
portions of the above immense area, prior to the ultimate requirement for a 
more elaborate, detailed, and expensive general survey. 

On our own continent there is a field for the development, to com- 
pletion, of such surveys in the mountainous territory west of the one hun- 
dreth meridian, in Alaska, the more temperate part of Canada, and parts of 
Mexico (except for the more thickly settled portions), in the Central 
American States, and the same is true for all of South America. On the 
other hand, it may be remarked that in general, the United States sur- 
veys conducted east of the Mississippi should be based on trigono- 
metric points established with the greatest accuracy, and with all known 
scientific refinements, while such purely topographic details only as are 
required by the scale of map temporarily published may be varied consid- 
erably. 

All other grades of work, interior in plan or grade of result, are but 
temporary expedients. 

The projection and scale upon which the map is to be made having 
been determined, geographic points, the co-ordinates of which are neces- 
sary as a basis for its construction, are obtained by means of astronomic, 
geodetic, topographic, and hypsometric observations. The classes of points 
employed in the horizontal projection of the main objects observed are: 
(1) Main astronomic, (2) secondary astronomic, (3) sextant latitude, (4) 
base-line, (5) main triangulation, (6) secondary triangulation, (7) cross- 
sight, (8) three-point, and (9) meander, each and every one of which 


become a topographie station. ‘The determinations for altitude result from 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 333 


barometric observations and from angles of elevation and depression. . The 
initial points to which the geodetic and topographic determinations are 
referred, and by which checked, are established at the main and secondary 
astronomical stations. The sextant latitude stations check a special class 
of points on extended meanders. The number of main and secondary 
astronomically determined points required for checks over the entire area 
is comparatively few. The probable error of the resulting longitudes and 
latitudes is a minimum for the class of instruments and observations 


employed. 


FIELD. 
MAIN ASTRONOMICAL STATIONS 


The main astronomical stations, selected upon or at the termini of tel- 
egraph lines, and at intervals of from 250 to 300 miles, checking belts of 
triangles, are occupied with the best field astronomical instruments, the 
comparison of times being made by telegraphic exchanges. Near each 
point a base is laid out, measured and connected therewith, and observa- 
tions made at the vertices of triangles so disposed as to completely envelop 
the base and initial astronomical point, and to furnish computed bases to 
which the main triangulation stations next adjacent can readily be referred 
The observations taken at the vertices of the triangles surrounding the base 
are similar in number and accuracy to those at main triangulation stations, 
and one initial point answers for each and all of the belts of triangles cen- 
tering at a single base. The set of instruments and apparatus used ata 
main astronomical station are one combined meridian transit of 26 or 30 
inch focal length, with appurtenances, or 

1 ‘astronomical transit, and 

1 zenith telescope. 

1 astronomicai clock or break-circuit chronometer. 

1 chronograph, and 

1 personal equation apparatus. 

1 connecting switch-board. 

2 break-cirenit keys. 

1 battery of two jars, insulated connecting-wire, and battery fluid. 


150 yards extra telegraph wire. 
1 observing-tent, and the usual meteorological instruments, hereafter mentioned. 


334 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The observations are generally made from a brick pier surmounted by 
a stone slab, upon which the base of the instrument rests. This observing- 
pier acts as a permanent monument marking the spot, and may be avail- 
able at a subsequent period for other astronomical observations. 

The meridian is marked by north and south piers of stone, securely 
planted at conspicuous localities. ‘The monument and meridian marks fix 
upon the ground a line, the length and true azimuth of which become 
known with much accuracy. 

An hourly series of meteorological observations, including as long an 
interval as possible, is made at each main station. 

The method of making and recording the observations for time and 
latitude, exchanging signals, computing results, and placing the same in 
form for publication, is shown in Vol. II of the quarto reports.* The mean 
probable error at twenty stations, at which there is an average number of 
determinations of longitude of at least five, is found to be 0.27, and at 
the same stations, with an average number of determinations of latitude 
of at least one hundred and thirty-five, there appears a mean probable 
error of --0’.08. 

An apparatus for determining absolute personal equation, invented 
and designed by Dr. Kampf, in association with myself, in the winter of 
1873—74, will be found figured as Plate III, appendix, page 475, and 
described on pages 482, 483 of Vol. II, Astronomy. The principle of the 
mechanism consists in producing a point of light, which serves as a star, 
the actual time of passage of which over ruled lines making a reticule is 
automatically recorded on the chronograph, and with which the recorded 
time of passage noted by the observer is compared, which thus may be 
made to eliminate the ‘‘personal equation.” 

It is believed that this arrangement works perfectly automatically, 
and upon making the changes suggested on page 483, Vol. II, will prove 
entirely satisfactory, being simple, effective, and comparatively inexpen- 


sive. 


* The order of sequence for an astronomic report is given on p. 3, Vol. II, and instructions for 
conducting latitude and longitude determinations appears on p. 80 et seq, special Astronomical Report, 
1874, while the manual for these and all other field observations remains in manuscript incomplete. 
A preliminary pamphlet of ‘ Instructions for officers and civilian assistants”? was issued in 1874. 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 335 


SECONDARY ASTRONOMICAL STATIONS.* 


These differ from the main stations more particularly in the lesser 
accuracy with which time and latitude are determined. The instruments 
used are the sextant and artificial horizon, with a mean solar or sidereal 
box or pocket chronometer. The observations are wholly by eye and ear 
The exchanges, instead of by automatic signals, are arbitrarily selected 
and transmitted by the observers at the sending and receiving stations. 
An illustration of the manner of conducting observations at one of the 
stations, although still subject to improvement, is shown in the Preliminary 
Report of the Reconnaissance of 1869. This class of observations may 
be availed of at stations far distant from railroad communication, thereby 
saving time and expense and the endangering of instruments by their 
transportation in rude vehicles over rough roads for long distances in the 
interior. The observations for time and latitude are similar in every 
respect to those employed in latitude observations, except that more weight 
is attached to the time determinations, and the number of sets of observa- 
tions is multiplied and extended over a longer interval. The usual meteor- 
ological observations are made, and it is often found practicable to prose- 
cute an hourly series of these at secondary astronomical stations. The 
point of observation is usually marked by a strong stone pier. ‘The 
reductions are the same as those given in the next heading, and the prob- 
able error of time determinations and the resulting comparisons may or 
may not be determined by the aid of “least squares.” 


SEXTANT LATITUDE STATIONS.* 


Points are checked in latitude and approximately in longitude by 
sextant observations for time and latitude along measured lines that traverse 
long cafons, mountain defiles, or low valleys and ravines, that admit of 
but few three-point stations, the horizon of distant elevated points being 
intercepted by intervening obstacles. Observations of this erade are made 
at most of the camps occupied while surveying a given region. The 
instruments used are a sextant, » With ¢ an artificial horizon, a mean solar or 


* Both the “ Eecondary 1 and ‘‘sextant” stations Bore described were not eound necessary to 
any appreciable extent, except in the earlier field years, when telegraph stations were few and far 
distant, and the trigonometric nets had been only partially developed. 


336 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


sidereal box or pocket chronometer. The usual meteorological observations 
are made during the interval. The local time is determined by sets of 
observations of single or double altitudes of the sun, or certain selected 
east and west stars. The latitude results from sets of circummeridian 
altitudes of selected south stars and altitudes of Polaris, arbitrarily selected. 
For each set of south-star observations a corresponding set of Polaris 
observations is required, and the same for the meridian altitudes of the sun. 
The record forms required for observations and computations are: (1) 
sextant observations; (2) time by single altitudes; (3) time by equal alti- 
tudes; (4) latitude by Polaris; (5) latitude by circummeridian altitudes. 
The probable error of a mean latitude as determined from two sets of south 
star and three sets of Polaris observations = + 17.45. (See Preliminary 
Report of 1869, p. 35.) 

The following are examples of forms for field astronomic observations 
(time by astronomic transit, and latitude by zenith telescope): (a) Abbre- 
viations and signs; (b) time observations; (¢) signals; (d) mean places of 
stars; (e) setting list; (/) observations for latitude (time and latitude by 


sextant and chronometer); (g) finding list; (2) sextant observations. 


(a)—ABBREVIATIONS AND SIGNS. 


a. b. ¢. = azimuth, level, and collimation corrections. 
A. B. C. = azimuth, level, and collimation factors. 
T = observed time, reduced to the mean of wires and corrected for 
rate. 
T’ = observed time, corrected for instrumental errors. 
AM = apparent right ascension of star. 
4, = resulting error of the chronometer after the mean of the wires 
is corrected for rate and level. 
47, =adopted mean error of chronometer. 
str iT 
4T= error of the chronometer. 


° 


v — difference between mean final correction of chronometer and 


ag: 


Station, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


1491, Negus sidereal. 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 


(b)—TIME OBSERVATIONS. 


August 2, 1873. Dr. F. Kampf, observer. 


337 


Chronometer No. 


Ob) eChmmen ee cmemeaine= mae ma an l=- « Coronx. B’ Scorpii. § Ophiuchi. 7 Herculis. y Draconis. 
East. East. East. East. East. 
(Azimuth) 0. 23 0. 92 0. 67 —0. 20 —0. 83 
(Level) 1.10 0.57 0.74 1.44 1.95 
(Collimation) 1.12 1.08 1.00 1. 46 2.12 
25.0 29.3 E. 28.7 W. 26.4 26.5 29.3 28.5 27.0 
28.5 26.0 26.5 28.6 28.2. 27.7 27.3 28.6 
+05. 02 0s, 00 +05. 03 — 0%. 004 
16 2 17.80 16) Sie Ae 71 16 17 41.18 | 16 25 48.52 | 16 31 59.30 
22.30 6. 20 45. 26 54.73 32. 8.33 
31.60 TEAS i Sponsonoconsedeoe 26 6.38 25. 33 
36. 32 19. 33 57. 70 12.71 34.93 
41.40 24.10 18 2.28 19.15 44.20 
50. 58 33.15 10. 52 31.30 33 (01.47 
55, 97 37.77 15. 00 37. 80 10. 25 
162 36.71 |16 8 19.57 | 16.17 5866 |16 26 12.94 |16 32 34.83 
Transit mean thread..-..------ -- LSdacd aseececdeedaee bpocecupesocerse B= BYP) Ul beRoeconcnoéasts||Hcontocescsescc 
Correction for level..............- + 0,02 + 0.01 0.00 + 0.04 — 0.01 
Correction for collimation. --.....- + 0.08 + 0.07 + 0.07 + 0.10 + 0.14 
Correction for azimuth..-.-..--.-- + 0.25 + 0.99 + 0.72 — 0,22 — 0.89 
Reduced transit .......--..--..--. 16 2 37.06 16 8 20.64 16 17 58.73 16 26 12.86 | 16 32 34.07 
TT ADU AERA rn cute emisieraiancis clei s[ais.cieie,<'~ 15 52 21.37 15 58 4.92 16 7 43.10 |16 15 56.96 16 22 18.43 
Error of chronometer—fast. ---.. - 10 15.69 10 15.72 10 15.63 10 15.90 10 15.64 
ON Ele de saeremessee coseod A Draconis. » Hereulis. « Ophinchi. e Urse Min. a’ Herculis. 44 Ophiuchi. 
Iilum. and description. - East. West. West. West. West. West. 
Mactontausses tosses ees —1.41 —0.01 0.50 —5.09 0.42 0.98 
1D Sonteneesosccos 2. 42 1.29 0. 89 5.38 0.95 0. 50 
(Cesena sseere as 2.80 1.29 1.01 7.41 1.04 1.09 
BooadocucooodegE 27.5 29.5 27.5 30.2 28.0 29.5 Neca acongése4 28.5 30.0 
naire acstowice soe 27.6 29.8 27.0 30.4 27.3 30.5 26.5 31.5 
+08. 05 + 0%. 07 +08. 05 +05. 05 +05. 06 + 0%. 07 
16 37 46.90 | 16 48 27.80 | 17 1 39.00 77 «(22.35 17 18 51.87 17 28 35.37 
58. 38 33. 50 43. 56 55. 50 55, 50 40.00 
38 20.25 44.49 52. 00 8 57.24 19 4.16 49. 31 
33. 64 50. 20 56. 53 9 30.42 8.61 54.10 
45. 80 55. 76 2 0.80 10 2.30 13. 20 58. 91 
Do sceassonsacsos 39° 8.97 49 6.13 9.18 11 3.40 21.60 29 «7. 66 
Ulssaccensas0505- 21.70 11. 60 13. 40 34. 35 25.78 12. 41 
IMGan Seen ese ane cenas eae 16 38 33.66 16 48 49.93 7 106; 35 17 «69 29.37 17 19 8.68 17 28 53.97 
Cor. for level ........--. + 0.12 + 0.09 + 0.04 + 0.27 + 0.05 + 0.03 
Cor. for collimation-.... + 0.19 — 0.08 — 0.07 — 0.50 — 0.07 — 0.07 
Cor. for azimuth .--..--. — 1.52 — 0.01 + 0.54 — 5.47 + 0.45 + 1.05 
Reduced transit. -.-...--. 16 38 32.45 16 48 49.93 17 1 56.86 17. 9 13.67 17 19 9.11 17 28 54.98 
MabulareACphios=c--2es=- 16 28 16.63 | 16 38 34.26 | 16 51 41.18 16 59 7.93 |17 8 53.25 17 18 39.18 
Error of chron.—fast . -- 10 15.82 10 15.67 | 10 15. 68 10 15.74 | 10 15. 86 10 15.85 
| | | 


a@ = +1.075. Mean correction of chronometer—10™ 15*.745. 


ce = +0.067. 


22 WH—VOL I 


for 16" 35" 


fb 


0.019. 


338 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(c)—LONGITUDE OBSERVATIONS—ARBITRARY SIGNALS SENT AND RECEIVED. 


Station, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


Colorado Springs, Colo. 


August 2, 1873. Sent from Salt Lake City, Utah. Sent from 


Sidereal chronom- | Sidereal chronom-| Sidereal chronom- | Sidereal chronom- 
eter 1491. Colorado | eter 1511. Salt | eter 1491. Colorado | eter 1511. Salt Remarks by observer. 
Springs. Lake City. Springs. Lake City. 
hm. 8. hom 8. h. om 8. hsm.) 38s 
18 37 37.98 9 51 59.00 18 42 55.56 9 57 16.90 The seconds from the 
Salt Lake City chro- 
AEN Bp Ehee INS AGS nometer coincide with 
37 57.47 18. 47 15. 60 36. 92 those ots own. I sok 
s = 7 four full minutes, an 
38 (7.46 28,44 26. 53 47.83 And share yaeecnnds 
17. 55 38. 54 36. 59 57 57.91 come 0%,095 later han 
Clark's. This number 
zie 48-00 ned ae EY has to be substracted 
38. 00 52 59.01 43° 55.54 16. 87 fromallsignals received 
9 and given as Colorado 
47.79 53 «8.79 44 5.60 26. 93 Springs chronometer, 
38 57.51 18. 50 16. 40 37. 71 and from the mean. 
39-7. 64 28. 65 25. 60 46. 90 
17. 57 38. 55 35. 60 58 56.90 
27.90 48.90 45. 56 59 «6.86 
37. 64 53 58. 66 44 55.53 16. 87 
47. £0 54. «8. 90 45 8.50 29. 82 
39 57.90 18. 90 15.53 36. 88 
40 7.97 29.00 25. 59 46. 87 
17.81 38. 82 35, 57 9 59 56.85 
27.90 48. 90 45. 59 10 0 6.86 
18 40 38.00 9 54 59.00 18 45 55.56 10 0 16.90 
Means.) 18 39 7.721 | 9 53 28.728 18 44 25.914 | 9 58 47.934 
—0. 095 
18 39 7.626 — 
CHRONOMETER CORRECTION. 
: a a Sidereal | Chronometer i 
Determined by set of stars. Hoe eonractions Hourly rate. 
1873. h. m. m. Bs 
Aug, 2 | Before exchange of time signals..| 16 35 —10 15.745 Onl 
Aug. 2 | After exchange of time signals...) 19 29 —10 16.038 a, 


+ 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 


(d)—MEAN PLACES OF STARS FOR 1873. 


[Used for determination of latitude of Colorado Springs, Colo. ] 


Number | Number in} Right ascen- ante Number | Number in| Right ascen- eet 
of pair, | B. A.C. sion. Deg Hemintha. of pair. | B.A.C. sion. Wewikematn. 
hm. 8. ° ‘ u hom 8. ° re a 
1 5587 | 16 34 57 | 12 38 35.4 23 qu4o | 20 32 51 | 20 45 23.4 
5628 | 16 40 03 | G4 49 48.4 7ig9 | 20 39 08 | 56 55 44.74 
2 5747 | 16 56 55 | 33 45 14.08 24 7243. | 20 45 37 | 50 18 41.56 
5775 | 17 01 13 | 43 59 09.46 7256 | 2¢ 49 08 | 27 34 33.08 
3 5790 | 17 03 38 | 40 40 59.86 25 7297 | 20 55 05 | 39 45 23.86 
5834 | 17 10 38 | 36 57 13.04 7320 | 20 58 09 | 38 09 23.70 
4 5871 | 17 16 46 | 46 21 58.58 26 7361 | 21 06 13 | 22 33 45.2 
5007 | 17 26 07 | 31 15 15.10 7401 | 21 13 27 | 55 15 54.42 
5 5978 | 17 33 41 | 61 58 18.9 27 maz | 21 18 55 | 25 37 43.49 
5901 | 17 36 16 | 16 00 44.7 7489 | 21 27 11 | 52 03 36.28 
6079 | 17 51 20 | 56 53 35.36 28 7505 | 21 29 35 | 37 57 56.32 
6 6110 | 17 56 57 | 20 50 05.7 7521 | 21 31 52 | 39 50 37.76 
¢ GLO TM) 518) 03,520) )15 205747) 46.2 29 7554 | 21 36 28 | 40 13 45.02 
8 6238 | 18 16 04 | 28 48 39.4 7566. | 21 38 10 | 37 42 10.92 
6255) 7)/ 18) 1818" |) 49 03, °28.30 30 7621 | 21 46 12 | 66 12 08.4 
9 6357 | 18 33 55 | 39 33 26.28 wes. | 21 50 45 | 11 28 27.5 
6365 | 18 35 54 | 38 15 01.54 31 7683 | 21 57 48 | 57 23 17.18 
10 6301 | 18 40 14 | 39 28 51.50 eaaeti || oa ana iesg a lRant sity Tes 
1 ACS [eee 20 ASR) 598485 21732 32 7757 | 22 07 50 | 27.58 46,49 
CSRS || Se ACE LE 7825 | 22 20 17 | 49 45 25.92 
oy 6520 | 18 57 51 | 46 45 20.56 ree aseane tra con aon cars 
6571 | 19 06 54 | 31 04 22.42 5a cae cailmtemMioxaccaialiral 0s wie 
13 6586 | 19 09 17 | 65 45 57.5 34 qs74 | 22 28 44 | 78 10 19.9 
6615 | 19 13 44 | 12 08 35.4 7380 | 22 30 13 | 38 58 39.82 
14 6652 | 19 19 49 | 2% O1 21.6 35 | Gr.3873 | 22 39 08 | 38 32 07.36 
6681 | 19 23 29 | 57 46 18.90 7931 | 92 28 21 | 38 48 01.90 
15 se9s | 19 27 03 | 34 11 03.32 36 7951 | 22 41 18 | —4 53 13.7 
6720 | 19 30 43 | 43 40 02.52 7990 | 92 47 55 | 82 28 47.5 
16 6731 | 19 32 42 | 44 24 56.30 8003 | 22 52 51 | 11 03 03.3 
784 | 19 41 36 | 33 26 00.74 37 039 | 22 58 43 | 66 31 29.0 
17 6s19 | 19 46 42 | 18 20 49.49 a UR PPS LI a | as 
6852 | 19 51 19 | 59 22 23,28 8147 | 23 16 26 | 19 51 47.4 
8 Aoteiad sy arte RET 39 siss | 23 24 11 | 57 50 55.98 
i . 

6901 | 19 59 31 | 19 37 42.0 SORW GrS 10K) 628% 3258217 IRS: a5 705-58 
19 6918 | 20 01 40 | 51 28 32.38 S200 | 230455720 nT (54. 22 
rralean ace ia) lice cosuaatn 41 8310 | 23 48 03 | 56 47 34.04 
42 gsi7 | 23 49 12 | 56 42 18.74 

20 6963 | 20 09 26 | 42 59 40.52 
mron Ih ts sey or. [pret aes 43 | Gr.4216 | 23 57 39 | 49 09 47.30 
8374 | 0 00 0% | 28 19 15.15 

9D . 
21 y22 | 20 17 40 | 39 51 04.58 Ah Pe Seeeceel lean etm os'ce 
2 52 

7061 | 20 22 52 | 38 01 27.56 pis A prone toate 
22 7084 | 20 26 10 | 36 30 32.70 45 87 0 18 54 | 1 14 10.80 
7101 | 20 28 29 | 41 02 2458 105 0 22 45 | 76 19 06.8 


339 


340 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(e)—ZENITH TELESCOPE SETTING LIST. 


Station, Colorado Springs, Colo. Approximate latitude, 38° 49'.7, Approximate longitude, 64 59™ 17s, 


No. 1 - Zenith dis-| S. pes 
pair. B. A. C.| Mag. a. & Avice N. Setting. Remarks. 
h. m. 8. ° U o ; & uA 
1 5587 64 16 34 57 12 38.6 26 11.1 S. 26 «5.6 
| 5628 5 40 3 64 49.8 26 «(0.1 N 
2 5747 5 16 56 55 33 45.2 5 4.5 Ss. 5 7.0 
577. 6 17. 1038 43 59.2 5 9<.5 N. 
3 5790 54 17 3 «(38 40 0 1 51.3 N. 1 51.9 
5834 3h 10 38 36 57.2 1 52.5 S m Herculis. 
4 5871 6 16 46 46 22.0 7 32.3 N. 7 33.4 
5927 267 31 15.2 7 34.5 s. 
5 5978 6 33° 41 61 58.3 23 «8.6 N. 22 58.8 
5991 6 36 16 16 (0.7 22 49.0 Ss. 
6079 34 51 20 56 53.6 1B 3.9 N. 18 1.8 | € Draconis. 
6110 5 56 57 20 50.1 17 59.6 Ss. 
7 6157 54 18 3 20 20 47,8 18 1.9 Ss. i 
8 6238 6 16 64 28 48.6 1. 1.1 Ss. 10 7.4 | 7 Hereulis. 
6255 5 18 18 49 3.5 10 13.8 Ni 
9 6357 6 33 55 | 39 33.4 0 43.7 N. 0 39.2 
6369 6 35 54 | 38 15.0 0 34.7 Ss. 
10 | 6391 5 40 14 | 39 28.8 0 39.1 | N. et Lyre. 
1B 6468 6 50 13 33° 48.4 5 1.3 Ss. 4 0.7 
6475 5 51 28 43 46.8 | 4 57.1 N. 
| 
12 6520 5k 57 51 46 45.3 7 55.6 Ni 7 50.5 
6571 6 19 6 54 | 31 44 7 45.3 Ss. 
13 6586 6 9 17 65 45.9 26 56.2 Ne 26 48.7 
6615 6 13 44 12 86 26 41 5. A Aquile. 
14 6652 if 19 49 20 «#421.4 18 48.3 Sy 18 52.5 
6681 64 23 29 57 46.3 18 56.6 N 
lo 6698 6 27. «(3 34 11.1 4 38.6 Ss. 4 44.5 
6720 6 30 43 43 40.0 4 50.3 N. 
16 6731 6 32 42 44 24.9 5 35.2 N. 5 29.5 
6784 5 41 36 | 33 26.0 52357) || 3S; x Cygni. 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 


(f). OBSERVATIONS FOR LATITUDE.—COMPUTATION. 


Station, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


August 2, 1873. 


Dr. F. Kampf, observer. 


041 


Dr. F. Kampf, . 


recorder, 
| Level 
No. of | No. é a oes: 
obser. | of | 0G.ia) X: Micrometer. Remarks, 
vation. | pair. |" ~~ 2 8 : 
N. Ss. 
Turns. Divs. d, d. 
18 1 5587 Ss. 13 2.6 | 16.0 25.4 | Air good, little undulating. 
5628 INic 2 83.9 45.5 Out. 
19 2 STAT Ss. 7 23.7 19.8 22. 3 
775 N. 12 27.8 21.8 20.3 
20 3 5790 N. 8 79.0 21.3 20.7 
5834 Ss. 9 79.8 14,3 27.9 
21 4 5871 Ne 7 42.8 24.3 17.3 
5927 Ss. 4 72.9 21.4 20.0 | Wrong star. f 
22 5 5978 N. 18 32.0 22.3 19.5 
5991 | S. |—O 787 | 13.0 | 29.0 
6079 N. 11 34.6 25.0 17.0 | 32° after last wire. 
23 6 6110 Ss. 7 89 9.3 32.0 
24 7 6157 Ss. 9 35.1 8.0 33. 6 
25 8 6238 Ss. 2 62.8 24.0 17.7. 
6255 ING 15) 027, 8.3 33.4 
26 9 6357 N. 13 31.0 20.0 22.0 
6365 5. 4 53.2 AN bG) 29.4 | 12" after meridian; very faint. 
27 10 6390 N. 8 95.0 23.0 19.3 
28 11 6468 Ss. ll 94.6 21.0 21.8 
6475 N. 8 8.1 17.0 26.0 
29 12 6520 Nig 14 39.0 24.4 18.7 
6571 Ss. 4 36.4 9.3 33.4 
30 13 6586 N. 17 10.2 21.8 20,9 | Changed the inclination on the last wire. 
6615 Ss. 2 312 23.9 18.5 
Corrections. 
No. of | 
eet Half sum of ‘ 
Ole Declination. declination’: Latitude. 
i Microm. and refr.| Level. | Merid. 
fe} ‘ um fo} ‘ “uw u wf a“ 
18 12 38 36.28 38 44 17.10 +5 16.52 +8. 83 0.00 38 49 42.45 
64 49 57.93 
19 33 45 19.77 | 38 52 18.27 -2 36.61 0.27 0.00 | 38 49 41.39 
43 59 16.77 
20 40 41 6.67 38 49 12.95 +0 31.09 —3. 58 0. 00 38 49 40.46 
36 57 19.23 
22 61 58 27.07 38 59 37.98 —9 53.67 —3. 63 0.00 38 49 39.78 
16 0 47.09 
56 53 42.89 
23 20 £0 9.14 38 51 56.02 —2 12.26 —4. 03 +0. 30 38 49 40.03 
24 20 47 49.68 38 50 46.29 —1 1.99 —4.84 | +0.30 38 49 39.76 
25 28 28 44.07 38 46 9.43 —5 24.60 —5 14 0. 00 38 49 39.69 
49 3 34.80 


342 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(f).-OBSERVATIONS FOR LATITUDE.—COMPUTATION—Continued. 


No. of Feteeanae Corrections. ; 
obser- Declination. accretions: ————— Latitude. 
vation: Microm. and refr.| Level. Merid. 
= =| = = —~ =| = = 
oon " o 7: " ’ ” ” " 
26 39 33 31.90 38 54 19.47 —4 32.73 —5. 36 +0. 04 38 49 41.42 
38 15 7.04 
27 | 39 28 57.04 38 52 2.04 —2 17.25 —3. 79 +0. 04 38 49 41.04 
28 | 33 48 32.34 38 47 42.42 +2 00.07 — 2. 69 0. 00 38 49 39.80 
43 46 52.49 
29 46 45 26.13 | 38 54 56. 64 —5 11.50 —5. 06 0.00 38 49 40.08 
31 4 27.16 
30 65 46 2,67 38 57 20.68 —7 39.54 +1.73 +0. 04 38 49 42.91 
12 8 38.70 


(g).—TIME STARS. 


The following table gives the time stars which it will be most favorable to use, 
and they are paired generally in the most convenient manner for observing. If prac- 
ticable, they should be observed at the same altitudes east and west; at any rate the 
altitudes should be as nearly equal as possible. The double altitudes should be be 
tween 80° and 120°, and, if practicable, the time observations should be made before 
and after the latitude observations. 


} Approx. Approx. 
Month. | East star. West star. | double alti- East star. West star. double alti- 
| | tude. tude. 
| at Pee _| a ~oee 
| | | fe 
| ONE: Fosse oe @Lyrw s -c2e25-- y Urse Majoris ... . 95° @ Cygni-......-- a Coron Forealis -. 
Oly s255-5-- QLyr@ 22262. c PATOUNNUS saamae no 100° aCyeni,Jo-cccc. aCorone Borealis -- 
| August. ....| a Cygni......... AT CCULTIS: see cie= am 118° Markab ......:. a Coron Borealis -. 95° 
September..| Markab..-.....- a Corons Borealis -. 90° NV RGPaSt cence (20 Dab: ers eee Inc 
October. ..-. a Andromed®...| @ Lyr® .-.....------ 110° B Andromede...| aCygni.-.........-.. 
November ..| a Arietis........ IAN TAIT ES sem satan | 88° @ Ceti... scenes GPOLASD. san nsaisccclale 88° 


The following gives, in the order of their Right Ascensions, a list of stars which may also be used for time when 
from any cause it is impracticable or undesirable to use the stars of the above list: 


B Cassioper. y Andromeda. B Serpentis. ¢ Aquilx. e Cygni. 
6 Andromede. B Persei. B Herculis. BCygni. ¢ Cygni. 
a Cassiopex. a Persei. ¢ Herculis. y Aquilx. € Pegasi. 
6 Andromede. e Ursw Majoris. « Herculis. 6 Cygni. a Aquaril. 


€ Cassiopex. » Ursie Majoris. 6B Draconis. 6 Capricorni. » Pegasi. 
B Arietis. a Serpentis. y Draconis. y Cygni. B Pegasi. 


[To be used for sextant latitude observations. 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 


SOUTH STARS. 


343 


The local mean times of culmination on meridian 116° 
west of Greenwich given. | 


1878 
Star. Day.| June. | Day.) July. | Day.) August. | Day. Sepiem: Day. | October. | Day. Novem 
h. m. 8. h. m. 8 
1] 10 29 53 1| 8 3137 
5 | 10 14 07 5| 815 50 
10| 95424) 10) 75608 
ibree. 
pLibye 15| 93442| 15| 7 3625 
20| 91459] 20| 71642 
25| 85526) 25| 6 5659 
1| 10 57 42 1] 85926 
5 | 10 41 56 5| 8 43 39 
; 10} 102213] 10| 8 2357 
a Serpentis. 15|100231| 15] 8 0414 
20|/ 94248) 20) 74431 
25| 92305| 25| 7 24 48 
h. m. 8. 
1 | 10 50 27 1} 84813 
5 | 10 34 40 5 | 8 32 27 
| 6 
a. Ophinchi. 10|101458| 10) 812 44 
15°] 95515| 15) 75302 
20| 93532] 20/ 73319 
25| 91549] 25| 713 36 
h. m. 8. hom, s. 
1 | 11 03 45 1) 90132 1| 7 03 16 
5 | 10 47 59 5| 8 45 46 5| 64729 
Altair 10|102816| 10; 82603| 10] 627 47 
(a Aguile.) 5 
15100834) 15) 80620] 15| 6 08 04 
20| 94851) 20) 74638] 20| 54821 
25] 92908] 25] 72655] 25] 528 38 
h. m. 8. 
1] 10 54 55 1| 85639 1} 6 5425 
5 | 10 39 09 5| 8 40 52 5| 6 38 39 
nae 10} 101926! 10] 82110] 10] 61856 
Seine 15| 95943} 15] 80127] 15| 55914 
20| 94001! 20] 74144] 20] 53931 
25| 92018) 25] 72201] 25] 51948 
1/10 17 09 1) 81455 
5 | 10 01 22 5 | 759 09 
ba] 
Markab, 10| 94140) 10] 73926 
(a Pegasi.) 15| 92157| 15]. 719 44 
20} 90214) 20) 70001 
25] 84231] 25] 6 4018 


Besides the above. which will always be used when possible, the following may be used for south-latitude stars. 
They are given in the order of their Right Ascensions: 


a Libre. 
6 Serpentis. 


y Serpentis. 
6 Ophiuchi. 


¢ Ophiuchi. 
a Capricorni. 


Polaris will always be observed as the North star for latitude. 


8B Capricorni. 


B Aquarii. 


a Aquarii. 
y Aquarii. 


344 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Sextant No. 8, and artificial horizon of Mercury. 
tion: Camp 10, near Hamilton, Nev. 


(h)._SEXTANT ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. 


M. T. chronometer No. 1283, by Negus. 
Lieut. G. M. Wheeler, sextant observer. 


Sta- 


Object observed: Sun's upper limb. 


Date 


July 18, 1869. 


Object observed: Sun's upper limb. Date: July 28, 1869. 


Time of observation by | Observed double | Time of observation by | Observed double | Time of observation by 
chronometer. altitudes. chronometer. altitudes. chronometer. 
hom. 8. ° ed! hom. 8. ° LON hom 8 
9 26 57.0 1144 00 00 9 32 53.0 113 10 00 1 41 54.5 
9 27 27.2 114 10 00 9 33 20.5 113 20 00 1 41 24.2 
9 27 55.0 114 20 00 9) 933! 50.5: 113 30 00 1 40 53.8 
9 28 25.3 114 30 00 9 34 21.5 113 40 00 1 40 24.0 
9 28 51.8 1l4 40 00 9 34 50.0 13 50 00 1 39 56.6 
9 29° 21.9 114 50 «(00 9 35 19.0 114 00 00 1 39 26.0 
9 29 48.4 115 00 00 9 35 49.5 114 10 00 1 38 56.5 
9 30 22.0* 115 10 00 9 36 19.8 114 20 00 1 38 24.1 
9 30 45.8 | 115 20 00 9 36 48.5 114 30 00 1 37 58.0 
9 31 13.3 115 30 00 9 37 16.8 114 40 00 1 37 27.7 
9 31 41.5 115 40 00 9 37 47.5 114 50 00 1 37 v0.0 
9 32 12.0 115 50 00 9 38 17.5 115 00 00 1 36 30.0 
9 38 47.0 115 10 00 1 36 00.5 
Mean (12) 9 29 34. 68 114 55 00 Mean (13) 9 35 49.32 1 38 56.56 


Object observed: a Aquilw (Altair). 


Date: 


Object observed Polaris. 


Date: July 28, 


July 28, 1869. 1869. 
Time of observation by | Observed double | Time of observation by | Observed double 

chronometer. | altitudes. chronometer. altitudes. 
h. m. 8. Cee hom. 8. Cees 
10 41 1 118 20 00 10 56 19.3 79 04 30 
10 41 31 118 31 00 10 57 53 79 05 30 
10 42 00.5 1i8 32 00 10 58 48.1 79 06 00 
10 42 43 118 33 00 10 59 39 79 05 30 
10 43 22.7 118 34 00 11 00 33.2 79 O07 00 
10 44 20.8 118 35 00 11 01 22 79 07 30 
10 45 32 118 36 00 11 02 07 79 08 00 
10 47 46 118 37 00 11 02 535 79 08 30 
10 49 53 118 35 30 11 03 35.8 79 09 00 
10 50 55 118 34 00 11 04 20 79 09 30 
10 51 54 118 33 00 11 04 55 79 10 00 
10 52 46 118 32 00 
10 53 34.8 118 31 00 
10 54 25 118 30 00 
10 55 10.1 | 118 29 60 

Mean (15) 118 32 50 Mean (11) 11 01 07.81 79 07 27.2 


9) 


*Should be 17.0 = ?. 


BASE MEASUREMENT. 


The location of the base line is selected with great care, having in 


view the greatest level expanse conveniently situated as regards the initial 


geographic points and those intended to be occupied in the scheme of de- 


velopment. 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 345 


The entire line is cleared of all impediments and made as level as pos- 
sible. 

The extremities are permanently marked by 5-foot iron rods encased 
in cement-laid brick piers, and iron bolts at intervals of 200 feet are placed 
for convenience and accuracy in alignment. The line is also accurately 
leveled. For the purpose of development large temporary wooden frames 
are erected over the ends of the line. 

The measurements were made by a rod herein described. 


DESCRIPTION OF MEASURING-ROD. 


The rod was decided upon by the officer in charge in the winter of 
187576, upon consultation with Dr. Kampf, and constructed by Mr. 
Edward Kahler. It was made of wood, 20 feet in length, strengthened by 
vertical cross-piece. Each end of the rod is provided with a scale 8 inches 
long, subdivided to one one-hundreths of an inch so that by a magnifier it 
can be read to thousandths. At a point near the center an arc of a circle 
of 30° extension is fastened. An arm attached to the center of the circle, 
and movable by a micrometer screw, carries a level, so that after deter- 
mining the zero point on the face of the circle the inclination of the rod can 
be easily read to five minutes. The rod is placed for measurement on two 
iron plates weighing about 30 pounds each, and provided with three strong 
iron pins 2 inches long. In the center of the plate, on an elevated silver 
plane, is drawn a cross-line, which acts in the nature of the zero-point of the 
line. 

METHOD OF COMPARISON. 

The rod was compared daily, both before and after its use, with two 
steel standard rods, constructed by the U. 8. Coast Survey, and of a nor- 
mal length of 5 feet, at the temperature of 61°.6 Fahr. A very simple 
apparatus was used, constructed for comparison, the standard steel rods 
being supported on two wooden blocks, and therefore elevated by the 
thickness of this support from the plane of measurement, two knife-blades 
were driven in a wooden board, 22 by 14 feet by 4 inches, being as much 
above the surface of the board as the polished plane at the end of the 
normal rod. The center of the sharp blade and the plane of the normal 
rod are brought into the same vertical plane, and by an assistant is kept in 


346 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


this position until the second rod is brought in contact with the first. Thus 
continuing, the fourth rod was found to reach over the knife-blade about 
14 inches. A square block of wood was placed at the end, in contact with 
the normal rod, and by means of a small measure, 3 inches long, and 
divided to hundredths, the distance from the square block of wood to the 
blade of the knife is read, the temperature being always carefully noted 
and the measurement repeated. 

After determining the distance between two points on the edges of 
the knife-blades, the measuring-rod is placed on top of the blades with the 
utmost care, and the scale on both ends read. In this manner the amount 


of overlapping of the rod was obtained. 
DESCRIPTION OF METHOD OF MEASUREMENT. 


The line is laid out in advance for one day’s work, marked by iren 
pins 2 feet in length and about 180 feet apart. A fine line is tied to one 
pin and fastened to the next one. Two plates are then laid down within 
the distance of 20 feet 2 inches, approximately, so that they are parallel 
with the line and tangent to it. One laborer takes the measuring-rod, bring- 
ing it near the plates, and the assistant being at the rear end, the laborer 
on the other, both grasp the rod at the same time and put it on top of the 
plates five one-hundredths of an inch distant from the cross on the ridge of 
the plates. The assistant reads the rear end of the scales at the same time 
that the principal observer reads at the front end by means of a common 
magnifying-glass. The readings are then at once recorded. After that the 
level is read by the principal and simultaneously by the assistant, who is 
now at the front end. He reads the rear end of the scales, and the 
readings are recorded by both. Then the readings are called out and in 
case of disagreement repeated. In the mean while the other laborer puts 
an auxiliary rod of 20 feet 2 inches in the position, so that the rear end 
may be in line with the mark on the plate driving the third plate in the 
ground. When the readings are finished the new plate is found in its 
proper position, the laborer brings the rods in front of both plates, and the 
operation is repeated. The other laborer takes meanwhile the first plate 
put down and brings it to the front as No. 4. The thermometer is read 


from time to time on the shady and sunny side of the rod, to obtain its 


MFTHODS OF SURVEY. 347 


temperature. After a reasonable practice the rate of measurement may be 
assumed as 20 feet for each interval of one and one half minutes. 


CO-EFFICIENT OF EXPANSION. 


The steel rods of the U. S. Coast Survey are of normal length at the 
temperature of 61°.6 Fahr. By means of the co-efficient of expansion for 
one degree, as given in Lee’s tables, the distance of 20 feet is reduced by 
applying the temperature of the time of comparison, and thereby the 
distance between both knife-blades is obtained. 'To this is added the read- 
ings of the scales of the rod, and the length of the rod for the observed 
temperature is found. The mean of the observations at low and high 
temperatures are taken, and from the difference of both lengths the factor 
of expansion is derived, as shown in the next table. 


Comparisons at low temperature. Comparisons at high temperature. 
rr : a y : = if | Seaes 
Pome ene g ciseie Wie ioe. |e. lege We ies 
Se wlge Wee be ele) e | ay |ge | Bel el: 
3 £3 roy so oe, 3 3 | $9 pie oR) ca a 
3 wo BS SS cS) 5 a ae 4s oD 3 S 
Date. o do o$ on = = 3S es og an . = 
re a Bk =H ms | OS ee 7a ie oe Se, on 
8 Ber ee aoe Ee tS 8 cae <2 Bon Ee ae 
3 | <8 a moans a oss ico ally ric: ag io ese aleces 
g as ot sy 2 | as oo 3g < 
) ee BS = Aa a i) oa Bs a Le 8 
g gr Sa, tals S 2 ot Bey CI iS 3 
a Bs | 2 E 3 eae Be gis 4 S 
i-} a i] 
a | # ts) 4 B H | s) 4 DR 2 
1876. ° Inch. Inch. Inch. Inch. | Inch. ov} Inch. Inch. Inch. Inch. Inch. 
Sept. 23 | —14.1| -1.4950 | --0.0215 | —1.5165 | 0.4950 | —1.0215 | +51.4 | —1.5500 | +0. 0784 | —1.4716 | 0.5110 | —0.9606 
24) — 6.6} --1.4950 | --0.0101 | —1.5051 | 0.4940 | —1.0111 | +36.4 | —1.5450 | +0.0555 | —1. 4895 | 0.5050 | —0. 9845 
25] --10.3 | —1. 4960 | —0.0157 | —1.5117 | 0.4980 | —1.0137 | +39.4 | —1.5540 | +0. 0601 } —1.4939 | 0.5200 | —0. 9739 
26} — 7.6 | —1.5150 | —0.0116 | —1.5266 | 0.5050 | —1.0216 pt484 | —1. 5320 | +0.0739 | —1.4581 | 0.5180 -0. 9401 
| 
27} —10.6 | —1.5000 ; —0. 0162 | —1.5162 | 0.5070 | —1. 0092 | +-23.4!| —1.5350 | +0. 0357 -1, 4993 | 0.5220 | —0, 9773 | 
28 3.1 1.5150 0. 0047 1.5197 | 0.5170 | —1. 0027 | +11.4] —1.5480 | +0. 0220 | —1.5260 | 0.5280 | —0, 9980 
29 | — 8.8) —1.5100 | —0. 0134 | —1, 5234 | 0.5270 | —0.9964 | +22.0 | —1. 5390 | +0. 0336 | —1. 5054 | 0.5320 | —0, 9734 
30 | — 6.6 | —1.5230 | - 0.0101 | —1.5331 | 0.5320 | —1.0011 | +47.9] —1.5650 | +0. 0731 | —1. 4910 | 0.5390 | —0. 9529 
Oct. 1 = 7.8) —1.5260 | —0.0119 | —1,5379 | 0.5390 | —1.0079 | +11.4) —1.5410 | +0.0174 | —1.5236 | 0.5410 | —0. 9826 
2) — 2.4 | —1.5340 | —0. 0037 —1. 5377 | 0.5390 | —0. 9987 | +60.4 | —1 5640 | +0.0922 | —1.4718 | 0.5540 | —0. 9178 
3 | — 9.6} —1.5180 -0. 0146 —1. 5326 | 0.5350 | —0. 9976 | +44.4 | —1.5750 | +0. 0677 | —-1.5073 | 0.5420 | —0, 9653 
4) —.9.6) —1,5350 | —0.0146 | —1.5496 | 0.5410 | —1.0086 | +52.4| —1.5750 | +0.0800 | —1.4950 | 0.5450 | —0. 9500 
5 | — 9.6 | —1.5330 | —0.0146 | —1.5476 | 0.5390 | —-1. 0086 60.4 1. 5880 0.0922 | —1. 4958 | 0.5510 | —0. 91448 
6 | —10.2 | —1. 5330 | --0.0156 | —1. 5486 | 0.5410 | —1. 0076 | +56.4 | —1.5740 | +0.0861 | —1.4879 | 0.5960 | —0.9419 
7|— 5.6) —1.5440 | —0. 0085 | --1. 5525 | 0.5410 | —1.0115 | +18.4 | —1.5730 | +0.0281 | —1.5449 | 0.5420 | —1.0029 
8/+ 0.4) —1.5580 | +0.0006 | —1.5574 | 0.5490 | —1.0784 | +17.4| —1.5740 | +0. 0266 | —1.5476 | 0.5510 | —0. 9966 
10 | —13.0 | —1.5450 | —0.0198 | —1.5648 | 0.5590 | —1.0058 | +33.4 | —1.5750 | +0.0509 | —1. 5241 | 0.5620 | —0. 9621 
11| — 5.8} —1.5370 | —0. 0088 | —1. 5458 | 0. 5600 | --0. 9858 
11} — 2.6) —1.5370 | —0. 0040 | —1. 5410 | 0.5410 | —1. 0000 


Mean length of rod at 54°.5 Fahr.=20 feet—1.0062 inch. 

Mean length of rod at 99°.0 Fahr.=20 feet—0.96616 inch. 
Expansion of rod for 44°.5 Fahr.=0.04004 inch. 
Expansion of rod for 1°.0 Fahr.=0.00090 inch. 


348 U. 8. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF LOUTH MERIDIAN, 


REDUCTION OF OBSERVATIONS. 


The following corrections are applied to the number of rods multiplied 
by 20 feet: 

(1) Difference of rod from 20 feet at mean temperature of all observa- 
tions multiplied by the number of rods measured. 

(2) Readings of both ends of wooden rod when lying on the plates. 

(3) Correction for inclination. 

The following table contains the corrections for (1): 


First measurement. Second measurement. 
ae 3 Lt BLS 
‘ois 5 rs 2s 
ER 2| 2, a2 
Date. = Date. 5 ap Ey Ag 
eu a os =] 
5 ° | a B= 
23 2) 38 | ge 
eo ac ea eo 
he l & g te 
oH oO 3 ou 
qe A | 4 mA? 
Inches. Inches. 
Sept. 232... .2s-- 88 104 —101, 5487 OCT ae Dacaeten eae 92 144 144. 8357 
PA Rs hee erase 80 104 —102. 1987 | 97 151 146.1710 
y eee eee 89 o4 — 52.6305 92.5 152 147. 7516 
2b ponteaee oe 86 109 —106. 5279 | 83 150 151. 9837 
Py re Po 65 102 —101, 6022 fe 88 145 141. 5302 
a en ener ate 81 104 —102. J061 1b eae 58 129 129. 3945 
DOT ata oe 89 | 111 —108. 2337 Tee seasc ee 63 148 139. 4297 
84 | 105 —102. 9000 1 Bias teenie 57 150 141. 7125 
Oct. 92 | 98 — 95.3392 
94 108 —104 
93 110 | —106.8146 | 
A onesie 85 72 — 70.4318 | 
First measurement, 1,181 rods—1, 155, 2558 inches. Second measurement, 1,179 rods—1, 142. 4090 inches. 


DEDUCTION OF RESULTS OF LENGTHS OF BASE NEAR SUTRO, NEV. 


First Second 
measurement. | measurement. 
Sum of corrections for (1).-- — 96.2713 — 95, 2007 
Sum of corrections for (2)... ae —101. 2506 — 62, 2997 
Sum of corrections/for (3)... .2s2.scse-ncocc ees — 1.1624 — 1.1492 
Suni of Cormections...2scsscescesenacee==== eu = elem —198. 6843 —158. 5496 
Number of rods multiplied by 20 feet 23620. 0000 23580. 0000 
Leuth of base... . 23421. 3157 23421. 3504 
MOal <-ic-2 ticccsconcccsecessizsaacanescessceasees ceca ene anwanses= 23421. 333 
Reduction to the level of the sea .......--....---- eee teas aoe — 4.946 
Resulting length: (feet) .2---5 2-222: 22sc2sesc0rscc|-escesivees=- 2-2" 23416. 387 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 349 


GEODETIC AND TOPOGRAPHIC, 


It becomes important to determine astronomically the longitudes and 
latitudes of a sufficient number of stations as points of departure for sur- 
veys, and as subsequent checks upon an extended triangulation. It having 
been determined upon to prosecute the survey over a given region, the 
most convenient astronomical station is selected, if one has been determined 
within or sufficiently near the area, or else observations to determine the 
co-ordinates of a well-selected point must be made. The location-of the 
site for a base-line in the vicinity is selected, if practicable, upon a plain 
or in a valley surrounded by mountain ridges, so that its direction shall be 
nearly coincident with the longer axis of the curve passing through the 
triangulation points lying within its horizon. The extremities of the base 
are then permanently marked, and frequently stations along it. Base 
measurements have been made by the wooden rod, approximately 20 feet 
in lengtii, heretofore escribed, careful comp risons being made before and 
after each day’s measurement. Each base is measured at least twice, or for- 
ward and backward, and the mean of the results taken. The astronomical 
azimuth of the base is determined from either extremity, and from one of 
the extremities to the end of a developed base being the vertex of one of 
the surrounding triangles. The vertices of the surrounding triangles are 
so selected that the direction of the line of greatest distance between any 
two is such that this triangular side with each of the two others joining 
with the majority of the main triangulation stations shall make a number 
of well-shaped or as nearly isoceles triangles as possible. From observa- 
tions made at the vertices of a sufficient number of triangles a proper 
connection is made between the initial astronomical point and each of the 
main triangulation stations surrounding it. The grade of the observations 
made at developed triangulation points is the same as that employed at the 
main stations. 


MAIN TRIANGULATION STATIONS. 


These are selected in advance, usually prominent mountain peaks, 
buttes, mesa edges, and from among natural objects easily identified, so 


350 +U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


that the triangles of which they become the vertices shall be as nearly 
equilateral as practicable. Main triangles usually quadrilaterally connected, 
having sides from 20 to 60 and 70 miles in length, cover the entire area. 
Sides of triangles of greater length than 40 miles are to be avoided when 
possible. From six to ten and twelve pointings are made from each sta- 
tion to each adjacent station of the same order within the horizon. 

The instrument used* is a transit theodolite of 10 or 8 inch limb, 
graduated to read by vernier to 5 or 10 seconds in are, and with magnify- 
ing power sufficiently strong to recognize objects at a distance of 75 miles 
in the rare clear atmosphere of the western mountains. Both vernier and 
repeated angles are read at each station. A profile of the entire horizon, 
usually consisting of mountain ridges, is then made, serving to identify 
distant stations and aiding also the topographer. Angles of elevation and 
depression are read to the most prominent mountain peaks. The azimuth 
of one side of each triangle is required. Incidentally the variation of the 
needle is determined. The set of meteorological observations is taken at 
extremities of measured and developed bases, and also main and secondary 
triangulation stations. The point is marked by a compact conical-shaped 
mound of stones, in which a staff is firmly imbedded. A record of the 
occupation, on parchment paper, incased in a metallic box, is left buried in 
the cairn. 

The computed positions of the main stations give the co-ordinates 
of a large number of initial points not alone of value in current map- 
ping enterprises, but which will prove of permanent usefulness in the 
future as more details are added to existing maps, and might now be 
availed of with advantage to the land surveys in checking their main and 


minor lines. 


SECONDARY TRIANGULATION STATIONS. 


These stations are selected among minor peaks and natural objects, 
usually at lower altitudes than the main stations. The belts of triangles 


*The triangulation instrument used at the main triangulation stations is the result of the expe- 
rience of the survey, combining portability and strength with the requisite accuracy. It may also be 
available for astronomical time and azimuth observations. : 


5S METHODS OF SURVEY. 351 


connecting these stations do not necessarily make a network covering the 
entire area, but embrace the mountain portions lying between the valleys 
and plains. The observations are frequently made with the same instru- 
ments and in like manner to those at the main stations, with fewer multipli- 
cations. A triangulation instrument of lesser graduation and focal power 
may be used, and the observations repeated from three to five times. The 
horizon sketch, barometric observations, etc., are the same as at main 
stations. The sides of the secondary triangles vary in length from 2 to 20 
miles, 


THREE-POINT STATIONS. 


These may be minor peaks or topographic objects, but are usually 
taken along measured lines. Each station must be in clear view of three 
others determined in position as main or secondary tri.ngulation stations. 
The readings are made by a transit theodolite, graduated to read by vernier 
to one minute. Aneroid readings are always taken, but not necessarily 
the full set of meteorological observations, variation, etc., as is required at 
main and secondary stations The number of this class of stations is great 
as compared with main and secondary stations. The longitude and latitude 
of the most important are computed, and others are reduced graphically. 


CROSS-SIGHT STATIONS. 


These points lie outside of the area being occupied, and are such as 
may be available for main triangulation stations for occupation in subse- 
quent seasons. From the main station at which pointings are taken these 
stations are treated the same as a distant main triangulation station, and 
they come into the system of triangulation as the same is extended to 
include them. 


352 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The following is an example of the form employed for field triangula- 
tion observations : 


Date, August 12, 1877. Station, Mount Pisgah. Observers, Lient. S. E. Tillman and Topog- 
rapher G. Thompson. Instrument, Stackpole No. 1459. 


Readings, 1° set. | Readings, 4° set. H 
Oljects aieen Differential | ean | Differential 
: | s+ | angles. | 7 | angles. 
Vernier A. B. A.& B. | | Vernier A. B. ASB: 
| Or ft cou Te gi, Omir! | Ont nt ton [toa OUT) 
Meade Peak....-..------ | 009 | 00] oo | | 30 00) 00) 00 
15 39 55 | | 15 39 10 
Castle Rock. .s-scae- <= “15 39 55 3955 | 3955 | | 315 39 10 3910 | 39:10 
| | 42500 | | | ; 425 00 
Sherman Peak ........-. 20.5 5 445 04 55 | 320 410 | 4 10 04 10 
| 19 46 35 | 19 47 20 
Oxford Peak 22.5200... 39 51 30 | 51 30 51 30 | } 339 51 35 5125 | 5130 
| | 2 44 40 2 44 40 
Sedgwick Peak.....-+---.| 42.3625 | 35 55 36 10 242 36 10 36 10 ; 3610 | | 
| | 64915 | | 6 49 30 | 
Elkhorn (?).;-sss2--<2- | 49 25 30 | 25 20 | (25 25 349 25 40 | 25 40 25 40 i 
| | 28 38 40 | | 28 37 25 | 
S. Putnam Peak.--....--- 78 410 4 0 | 0405 | 18 8.15 |) (9°55 03 05 | 
| | Wee ay i: al Lag ate 4 225 
, Mount Putnam..---...-- ) 82 525 | 455 05.10 | 22.535 | 5 25 05 30 
| | 115 7 25. | 115 7 10 
North end Mount Putnam, 197 12 40 | 12 30 12 35 137 12 50 12 30 12 40 
| 16 51 50 | 1651 50 | 
SR@LOUS -eeeroscicaese= <6 214 4 30 420 | 04 25 ; 154 4 35 4 25 04 30 =| 
047 45 | \ | 
Mount Baird .........-.-- 2145225 | 5155 | 52 10 meee Pere ve ae | 
| | 60.1545 | 61 3 00 
Peak 1 275 “8 0) \, e760: 0755-1 | 215 7 45 715 ‘1. 07°80 
brits 32 500"! 15 32 30 
Point 290 40 45 40 45 40 45 | 230 40 10 39 50 40 0 
27 32 25 
Wyoming Peak .....-.-.. | 3181315 | 13 5 | 1820 | | sau Seana ee ceeasey Wee teeee 
Meade Peak.--.---..-.--. | 350 0 0 00) 00 41 46 50 300 0 5 59 55 | © 0 | 69 20 00 
| | | | 


TOPOGRAPHIC MEANDER STATIONS. 


These independent of the astronomie and trigonometric positions 
occur at short intervals along the measured lines that follow the roads, 
trails, streams, divides, natural routes of communication, and, in fact, over 
nearly all traveled routes. The angles of deflection of the line and its 
azimuth, from given points, are read by a transit theodolite specially made 
for the survey, of 33-inch limb, and graduated to read to minutes in are 
by the vernier, and of focal power necessary for distances not exceeding 
12 miles. The observations at these stations are made by the topogra- 
pher and recorded upon book blanks of special form; those at the three 
grades before mentioned by the observer, and are recorded upon special 
forms. The number of this grade of stations is determined by the sinuosi- 
ties of the road, the complexity of the topography, and the scale required 


for the map. 


LibwAl\y 


OF THE 
UNIVENSITy OF ILLingls 


Inst NE IGO, Whrdemeann 


MAGNETIC NORTH 
o 


Horizontal Sketch from Tallac Peale, Cal. Qecupied Oct 14, 1876 by Party N° 2, Cal. Section, 


oo ao = 
Magnetic Azimuth: 0° 0° 0” 


Seale | inch to 1 Mile (Approx) 


METHODS OF SURVEY. BY} 


The assistant engaged upon topographic work takes the necessary 
angles and sketches at all the stations of the several grades, and records 
them in blank forms specially prepared for the uses of the survey, the 


ia 


principal of which are the ‘“ mountain station” and ‘“ topographical” (ex- 
amples as engraved plates herewith, forms 1, 2, and 3) books. The obser- 
vations at main and secondary triangulation stations include a_ profile 
sketch of the entire horizon, the marked points being governed by meas- 
ured angles, a horizontal sketch in contour of the declivities from the 
summit to the levels of the adjacent valley or plain, particular attention 
being paid to the character and direction of drainage, sources of which 
are usually found at each station occupied. Horizontal sketches of the 
adjacent topography are made at each ‘three-point” and ‘“ meander” 
station, and sketches at points arbitrarily selected of all marked topo- 
graphic reliefs. He also notes the changes in elevation given by the 
aneroid readings, and enters at each station all notes of practical im- 
portance, whether actually needed for the map or indicative of the sur- 
face of the country, and the limits of the grades of land that are required 
to be designated. Each horizontal sketch thus made overlaps each suc- 
ceeding one, and each sheet of the topographic record-book thus serves 
asa rude plane table, the reduction from which, referred to the initial 
points of the several grades, make a connected plot completely delineating 
the entire area. Measurements along the roads, trails, water courses, 
ete., result from the number of revolutions, indicated by an odometer, 
of a single wheel attached by shafts and other rigging to an animal, 
usually a mule, ridden by the observer. The actual number of revolutions 
to the mile made by the wheel is found from practical tests on different 
classes of traversed routes, and also over the different profiles found of each 
class. Tables are then prepared, from which the distance for any given 
number of revolutions can be taken, the arguments being the character and 
profile of the route and the number of revolutions per mile resulting there- 
from. The recorder enters also the aneroid readings at each station of the 
route, indicates the character of each camp, as to wood, water, grass, and 
other camping facilities. He notes also the general character of the country, 


its opportunities for travel, the nature of the landscape, the amounts of 
23 WH——VOL I 


354 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


timber and grass, and information concerning springs, streams, ete. In 
plotting the measured meanders allowance is made for the sinuosities of 
the road and the differences in elevation. The former is reduced by esti- 
mation; the latter is governed by the aneroid profiles. 

Where more detail and greater care in the delineation of this class of 
contours is required, in special and restricted areas, the portable plane 
table, specially constructed for mountain work, and the usual methods inci- 
dent thereto, has been employed, an example of which is the special survey 
of the Washoe mining region. 

To a limited extent, stadia distances, between topographic stations, 
have also been made available. 

In addition to the number of altitudes resultie from cistern and ane- 
roid barometer observations, those deduced from vertical angles of eleva- 
tion and depression taken by the topographer upon all marked points from 
each of the stations form no inconsiderable number. Variations of the 
needle are determined at each camp and at all stations of importance. The 
method employed is by observations upon Polaris at its elongation, the 
most rapid and accurate where an ordinary field-transit theodolite is 
employed, or by observing the magnetic azimuth of Polaris at any of its 
hour angles, the local time being given or known. The magnetic needle 
is not used in observing courses, except along unimportant meanders, and 
its use is to be discouraged even in these cases. 

The degree and amount of evaporation are determined on lakes, 
ponds, and rivers of importance, and streams are gauged usually at their 
point of leaving the foot-hills for the valleys or plains. For the latter 
measurements the method given in Lee’s tables has been adopted. 

The instructions contemplate a connection, trigonometrically or by 
offsets, with stakes marking the surveys of the public lands where found. 
In the case of offsets the compensated steel tape or chain is used. The 
section of the survey bordering on the Pacific coast has been directed, 
where practicable, to join, by a triangulation connection, with monuments 
and stakes of the U. 8. Coast Survey. The same holds good in all the sec- 
tions with regard to monuments of international boundaries and those 


between political divisions. 


i 
J i = 7 
) a 
LIBRAR 
OF THE : 5 
pistivie = Sas 
; < 
f 

my S ; ; 


( YoyoYS UOZLIOY]) ‘TS UMOY © SHOTS UTRIUNO] 


a0: 0 YNUILZY opener iN ‘Svalso() FO) Your ps apRag 


ae 


S& 


ET ke AA ps tle ao i ern 
pion yee pa ret Ce ec 


"9 
é me : Ws 1 le $ 
bs ik 8 = 3 2 a 
* z| is is S ite | ae le 
; <- a ts ig : a e é tc 
| < ‘ 8 
| : t S ; : 
~* A 
UT | dunys HEDb Nef 
AW ae 
wee zee = : — Ra a — ’ = Ons = vols 1) Vf 
ULE UO PL OOTON }s ‘| 


MIS UOZLLOLT 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 355 


The recording of the notes upon which to base the delineation of the 
land traversed into agricultural, non-agricultural, timbered, grazing, min- 
eral, etc., is mandatory. The data are entered in the topographic field- 
books, and the description is prepared by the chief of party and the 
topographer. 

Magnetic observations for the determination of declination, dip, and 
intensity are taken, when practicable, at main astronomical stations and 
elsewhere, by means of a portable magnetometer and dip circle. 

Merewith are graphic examples of “ Mountain Stations” (Forms 1 and 
2), and Topographic Meanders (Form 3), and field and explanatory notes 
(two pages). 


Camp No. 48 to No. 49, at Nogal Creek, N. Mex. Topographer, Frank O. Maxson. Date, August 
8,1877. Instrument used, 4892, Young & Sons. Party 2, Colorado Division. Magnetic variation Camp 


48, 12°33’. Lat.. —-. Dep., —. Miles surveyed, 21.32. Miles unsurveyed, Total, 21.32. 
Time. Distance by— Aneroid No. 4. 
Station, | ———___—_ = = = 
- Read >} 
Arrive.| Leave.| ~: Miles. Inches.| — | Feet. 
ing. | | 2 
VIL 12.24) 12.32] 46.00 | 65 1 73 | 24.100 |....] 5,785 | 187. 49 Camp Sta. Nogal, 221-20. Cone 
end range, 235-40. Jic., 336-45. Wooded 
pt. E. of So. Bl. range, 122-30. Camp E. 
$ mile. 
PZid| eetosay aera gee 0 (Se aeee 45; 1 965|toc-c==s BEA acHooe 
8 AZADI i-S rare o 40 1 OU} eescaees 
EO eaasSabe 12000! |s2aea cee (Oe at £5 |S ee Ben boonesKs 
Vil 1.05 1.18] 55.00} 1.02 2 106 | 24.050 |....] 5,845 | Jic., 356. 
LOD) Saeeema 1.35 } Premontetets 82) 2 1 V7 pe oaoeel base esceceee 
Ix 1.48 2.00; 62.85 1.07} 2] 106 | 23.940 5, 960 
I Brera PAA Beaescee 1.07} 2 148i ese beag| bookends 
x 2. 32 2.40 72. 00 | 32 3 218 | 23.690 |....| 6,230 | Nogal, 225. Jic., 337%. 
49 2.48 7.13 | 73.35 | 18, 7 Zab |naeet ae Gaon donocase Aug. 9,1877. 188 II. M. M., 102-22. Car, 
88-05. H. p. e., 112-13. Cone, 132-35. 
Tortolita, 339-51. 
ee aeace WelGH Se xo s == ~24 Si] 12755 |eeeaeaacl ces |2c sec oc. 
I 7.20 (BETA eee 1.38 | 3 290 | 23.750 | 75 | 6,050 | 189 VIII. Post marked I. R., XVI., 996. 
M. M..235-00. So. BL., 54-35. Nogal, 77-50. 
Bare Hill, 10-28. Bare cone S. of mount- 
ains, 305-23. 
IL 7.45 O08 |e 30 283 | 23.600 | 65} 6,205 
Ii 8.05 CRUE |} eee sons 24) 4) 354 | 23.8251 76] 5,975 
LV; 8.12 (EP eeeicaee 1.32) 5) 190 | 23.825 77 | 5,975 | Tortolita Spg. 190 IX. Tortolita Peak. 
M. M., 308-53. So. Bl., 127-53. Nogal, 
149-57. N. So. Bl., 142-33. Sal., 184-00. 
Mesaend. 186-00. Hst. pt., 190-47 (—49’). 
Round Mt., 198-30 (—1° 30’). Sh. p. N. 
end So. Bl range, 150-50 (—5l’/). Cow- 
ranch, 328-28. Car, 305-40 (+46'). Wood- 
ed cone, 330-40 (—4»’). Bare cone, 344-47 
(—48’). Cap., 18-48 (+27'). Cone H. p.e. 
So. Bl, 101-00 (+52).. Ranch passed in 
coming up 65 mag. Lake, 873-88 mag. 
Sta. X. of yes., 763 mag. Ranch, 724 mag. 
Vi 8.43 -72| 3) 195 | 23.650 | 82) 6,150 | At 8.37 ranch left. 
Po eee 72)|\ 33 220) |i ease. ad oencSs3 
ABE 9.12 1.02 | 2] 260 | 23.400 | 83 6, 425 
Vil 9. 35 1.25] 3 32 23.290 | 80 | 6,565 


356 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


} ee 
Time. Distance by— es Aneroid No. 4. 
hie) 
Station. a a 2 g real = oll oe 
| Arrive | Leave peed Miles. |= Inches.| & | Feet. 
S iy i] 
VEEN) ||P SOF aT) cea ne ms . 38 | 10 13 | 22.350 | 82 | 7,640 | 191 X. West Tortolita Pk. M.M., 62-10. 
So. BL, 245-58. Nog., 266-28. Sal., 32-31. 
190, 199-39. Car, 65-07. Round Mt., 
316-00. Neud malpais, 27-05, Cow-ranch, 
89-52. 
IX 11. 25 NRL eeepc 18) 0 dill sosesss 21.900 | 80} 8,160 
|) W518) 185) sseeeee LOXOO/ |e 204) seaees 21.940 | 79 | 8,120 | No survey to Camp 49. 
49 6.00 6.50 | 73.35 -57 Aug. 10, 1877. 
I 7.00 7.05 | 75.80 76 
1 hal ead elON mermereeters 25 
II 7.20 7.24 | 80.10 1.43 
i 7.48 7.58 | 86.20 1. 83 
IV; SEO asters slates 94. 00 47 
50 8.45 9.50 | 96.00 nA CVO RAF Sess] Bospnase noes Saeccere 
IT} 10.25) 10.30 |.-...... S80) [Dact|eeeear 22.050 | 74} 7,760 | 1921. N.So. BI., 66-35. Nog., 107-00. Tor- 
tolita, 216-10. Cone located, 188-10. 
II 102565)) SELN00) [ices eae V80 finerea|erectes 21.740 | 74} 8,125 | 193 IT. M. M., 68-00. So. Bl., 245-30. N.So. 
BL., 264-55. Nog.,290-20. ‘Tortolita, 76-52. 
IIl LUO) | peecle cine atemeatnien to es) eesti 21.690 | 75 | 8,310 | 194 III. M. M., 289-03. So. Bl., 106-55. N.So. 
Bl. , 125-05. Nog., 140-57. Tortolita,308-22. 
Camp No. 50 to No. 50a, at Nogal Creek, N. Mex. Topographer, Frank O. Maxson. Date, August 
8,1877. Instrument used, 4892, Young & Sons. Party 2, Colorado Division. Magnetic variation Camp 
48, 12° 33’. Lat., —~. Dep., ——. Miles surveyed, 21.32. Miles unsurveyed, —-. Total, 21.32. 
Time. Distance by— |€ 3 Aneroid No. 4. 
eS 
station. |——_——|_ _____|8] Bear-| __ 
s 2 
Arrive.| Leave. Read Miies. pars Inches.| = | Feet. 
ing ae é | 
ti, | SS Ob restee=t|| saleleya = Pc (Va Re lees 21.515 | 79 | 8,515 | Aug. 10,1877. 1951V. M. M., 239-39. So. 
| BL, 52-21. Nog., 83-58. Tortolita, 260-21. 
Ne LD0/|)cteissinas|cceesecc 22.50) esodleseaan 21.400 | 76) 8,650 | 196 V. M. M., 257-05. So. BL, 68-45. Nog., 
| 85-20. Tortolita, 283-21. 
Nogal, Peale }) 12140) ooo. 5 .| eo. aa|e noses. Ae Peres Coerreee lacialiins seed Primary triangulation station No. 3 occu- 
| pied Aug. 10 and 11,1877. Camp 50a is 
on slope of station about 200 feet from 
the top, due east. 
Nogal Peak 1,25 |. Aug. 11. Meander by ridge toward So. Bl. 
I 60 |. 1971. M. M.,—. So. Bl., 330-30. N. So. 
BI., 347-50. Nogal, 216-55 (+8°—235'). 
IL . 85 QU Th ouecen= 19811. M. M., 136-50. So. BI, 297-31. N. 
' So. Bl., 312-43. Nogal, 196-27 (+5°—30’). 
Fast Cone, 250-35. 
Ill 12.48 Sy Beeseeieress 65 |. yO enenisar| sema| eecootins | 199 IIT. M. M., 322-10. So. BI., 118-14. N. 
| | | So, BL, 1381-45. Nogal, 9-40 (+3°—10’). 
| _ East Cone, 69-30. 
Camp 50a |.....-- 72007 |zonceze i 123:|.< ssenes Od bee In canonof Nogal Ck., about 1 m.N. E. of 
Nogal Pk. Aug. 13, 1877. 
I (Be Bn) RY liye Berenice 108: js. EV soars By EEE 205 I. M. M., 44-52. So. BL, 218-40. Nog., 
305-56 (+119—05’). N. So. Bl., 241-25. 
| | | Cone E., 172-20. 
TT |) :802' |esniaylesese 2 saalesl A70/lczsacaee |e eee 206 IT. M.'M., 250-15. So. BL. 71-53. Nog., 
| 167-45 (4.5°—15’). N. So. BI., 98-24. Tor- 
| | | | tolita, 247-23. 
BB UE 8.27) 18.48) enc c- es T28iece =|) 100 |nnseme: Sah |nosntee ee 207111. M. M., 218-26. So. Bl., 44-30. Nog. 
| 130-30 (+4°—15’). N.So. BL, 71-30. Tor- 
| tolita, 208-16. 
IV} 9.20 PBERE Wetoqoss 1.15 Sa ae Gre escrcc Sete asncieee 2081V. M. M., 41-37. So. Bl.,232-35. Nog., 
| | 298-30 (+8°—47/). N. So. BL, 256-95. 
| Tortolita, 12-25. 
V {| 10.00 HO (200 | eeieeetcee . 60 180) sca cfes.--| << mel eels eas 209 V. M. M., . So. Bl, 353-50. Nog., 
| 58-45 (+4°—02’). N. So. Bl,——. Tor- 
tolita, 116-34. 
VEL 11.14 a RAP) 1.94 | ---| 109 .--..--.|.--.|.--2---- | 210 VI. M. M., 104-15. So. Bl, — 
| Nog., —. N. So. BIl,—. Torto- 


lita, —. 

Cone E., 296-32. Carr, 86. Cone E. of Cone 
E., 258-00. Pajarito, 163-45. Bare Cone 
E., 114-21. 


MAGNETIC NORTH. 
0 


250 


aa - | 


7 Le pe ERRNGS 
: AUTEN fe Zan (IN IS: 
= ; > a < Nie 
apa ZA SANA Rep AK NS 
AGG GINS 
aN GEE NANCE 
ZN Lad HAD VENER 
ZEN J SIN 
Cm Se a <2 ia 18 ARR NEE Ne 
OPT ee i SW NF 
HNN AICO NZ yf 
IAI: Ae df i~ IN 
is « . = FAD Cy Ne Gi im: t 
AD IGS = 3D) SHCA \ 1 ZAs ON SK bs wy RE A AKG) a ME N 5 
Tage eaeneecaaRaaaa SURROD r] yy WER Cee 
200 190 180 170 160 150 


Main-route and Side Meanders, ana Topographical Stations. 
Form 3. 


(Scale: Linch to 1 mile) 


Lib 
OF Vl 


ait) LA 


ls 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 357 


BAROMETRIC ALTITUDES. 


Differences in altitude resulting from barometric observations are ob- 
tained for each of the stations of the several grades of observations. 
These are divided into cistern and aneroid barometer observations. A set 
of the cistern barometer observations consists of the reading of the mer- 
curial column by a vernier scale, and of the attached thermometer for 
temperature of the column, and of the wet and dry bulb thermometers. 
The anemometer, when at hand, indicates the force of the wind, its direc- 
tion, while the character and extent of clouds are also estimated. The 
maximum and minimum thermometers are each recorded once during every 
twenty-four hours. At main astronomic stations the rain-gauge is also 
employed. Aneroid barometer readings are in all cases referred to those 
of the cistern barometer, and frequently during each twenty-four hours 
the comparative index error is determined. Aneroid observations consist 
of reading by the index arm the inches and decimals of an inch, and upon 
the altitude scale the number of feet, as also the attached thermometer. 
The general meteorological conditions are noted and the hygrometers are 
frequently read. The methods of observation, of reduction, care, repair, 
and filling of instruments are described in the manual of instructions. 
(There are three editions. See list of reports and maps, 1881.) 

The temperature of mineral and thermal springs of the area surveyed 
is noted, and specimens therefrom taken for examination and analysis. 

The difference of readings of the wet and dry bulbs in the atmosphere 
adjacent to and over surfaces of water, as lakes, ponds, hot springs, rivers, 
ete., is in many instances noted. For the observations in the branches 
of mineralogy and mines, geology, paleontology, zoology, botany, and 
archeology, usually made by experts and specialists, requiring but few 
instruments,* the eye unaided so frequently noting phenomena, no formu- 
lated methods as guides have so far been devised. Different observers may 
reach the same results by slightly different methods. The collection of 
data is dependent upon the objects sought, whether scientific or practical. 


*The principal instruments of the geologist are the geological pick and hammer, the clinometer 
compass, pocket level, and aneroid barometer, the lines of demarkation of the superposed formations, 
where well defined, being impossible of exact measurement, even if that were requisite, the true thick- 
ness of exposed strata and beds being, however, more important. 


358 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100°TH MERIDIAN, 


The results are the determination of the structural geology of the region 
through chemic, petrographic, and paleontologic data, with characteristic 
profiles, the collection of fossils, vertebrates, and invertebrates from dis- 
covered beds. In mineralogy and mines* the examinations take a wider 
range, invelving engineering plans and methods of execution, as in the 
mining and milling of ores, ete. Specimens are, when practicable, col- 
lected illustrating the lithological characteristics of all grades of rock, 
deposits of ores, from saline, alkaline, borax, and other beds. 

In zoology collections of mammals, birds, fishes, insects, ete., are 
made, and when a sufficient amount of any one class is secured, are placed 
in the hands of a specialist for examination and report. The same rule 
applies in botany.t A study is made of the present and extinct Indian 
tribes as to their habits, language, customs, burial places, mounds, ete. 
Photographs of landscape and stereoscopic size are made when practicable, 
illustrative of peculiar landscape features, of particular geological forma- 
tions, of ruins, and of several Indian tribes. 

Exemplifications of the field barometric are herewith: (a) Cistern and 
aneroid barometer readings (Form I); (0) aneroid readings (Form III); 


(c) aneroid and odometer readings (Form IV): 


(a). [Form I.]—CISTERN AND ANEROID READINGS. 


Party: No. 1, Utah section. Louis Seckels, observer. 


CAMP NO. 28, TOLL-GATE (SUMMIT RANCH), PLUMAS COUNTY, CAL. 
Standard Cist. bar., No. 1735. | ee ian Aneroid. | Thermometers. | | Wind 
| Date. x = 3 " i an i 

| : Lb = D: ott No.5 | No. 4. | i g | 
a eine = a nD ve} i. 
Hour. = an Soa > SN eal | oe) FS 
| Ee Be Az }4/e| 2/8) 8/-2 |& 
| & a m et feet [ey ce Oe ie ee 

| 1878 | | | Mi) leet |e 
| Sept. 20 | 2.00 p.m. | 69.7 | 24.684 |...... |----++ fence) 6) | ee een eeeee 71 | 24,22]....|.--.|650| 46.3) 0 | w. | 8 

| 

| Sept. 20 | 9.00 p.m. | 33 2 | 24.620 |......]-.-.-.|. -eeee.| 33.5 | 24.612 | 35 | 24.48] 35 | 24.23) 70 | -..|33.5/ 31.4] 0 | SW. | 2 
| Sept. 21 6.00 a.m. | 27.6 | 24.614 |.... aeoe.|.----..| 27.8 | 24.612 | 30 | 24.47 | 30 | 24.23|....| 28 | 28.8] 27.4) 0 | WwW. | 2 
Sept. 21 | 7.00 a.m. | 34.3 | 24.636 | -.006 | -.013 | 24.617 | 34.8 | 24.638 |....)..-... 36 | 24.27| -..|.-.. 34.2 | 31.5) 0 | SW. | 2 


*See list of mining questions, preliminary report, 1871, p. 32. 
t Special survey forms regulate the field record in ‘natural history” and ‘ botany.” Special 
forms (not subject to issue) regulate the organization and equipment of field parties. 


, 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 


~ 


309 


(a). [Form I.]—CISTERN AND ANEROID READINGS—Continued. 


FORKS OF THE ROAD, NEAR BRIDGE 


OVER BUTT CREEK, (ANEROID STATION 11). 


lars 
Standard Cist. bar. No. 1735. eel rr Ancroid. Thermometer Wind 
Date. aa : “henna Eecl eS alee = : line 
ate Iza! eh # | Se | 3 Sal a (Salat lea] .to| No.5. No. 4. 3 
Hour ('S2| & | «Z| se | ee la3| 8 S| 2 ss) es i _ | | S| 
 |3s| % |S2/28| 88 |85| 3 25/23 138 23 /a ale el2| 2 S| 
° m D oF 2 = is stl | 5 = a 
l4-| & |e |S2]/ RQ Ia a iq Sl4-) FS lS 1A /e lo] a ls 
1878. | eee | 
Sept. ZL | 12.15 p.m. | 70.6 | 25.522 |......| ae aellre eee te. || saat 72 | 25.13 69.8 | 522] 0 | SE. | 4 
| | 
*BUTT MOUNTAIN, CIS. BAROM., 20 FEET BELOW SUMMIT. 
— | z 
Sept. 24 7.00a.m. | Bell cosa ba | beens] Baad bse 33:53 /129;5)|nsee| eee 
Sept. 24 8.00 a.m. |.....). dl ce55 | bobo betes, boeglesce | 38.5 310 Real Ease 
Sept. 24) 9 00a.m. |--=-]--2+ ae paeae acd) 25 COHOIBI Ws esd as 
Sept. 24 10.00 a.m. oe ecco ees| eees eee |--- (47.0 34.0 ee el 
| | | | | | 
* Lieutenant Tillman, observer. Psychometer No. 7; No. 4 and Cist. barom. No. 1735 at Camp 29. 
(6). [Form III.J—ANEROID READINGS. 
Party, main: Lieutenant Wheeler, observer. FromCamp 8 to Camp9. Date: August 24, 1874. 
3 ac | ef | 
e Anecroid | Ss 3 2 | Se 
2 ————nn RAD at a | wa 
eq | ee < ™ | 3A 
o8 Hour. g ve | Ae | S Weather. a |oa Remarks. 
oF 2 a unset 2 6 | Se 
: EI FSU ueSicsa| = Seon |pors 
° a | 3 23 ® } & Sa | 
a 4A | 4 | o7 q | < N | 
: i | Pt | 
Camp.| 6.00 a.m. | 1719 | 22.35 | 22.715 | -.365 | 48.4} Cumulus......- 7,610 29.65 Conejos, Colo. 
| PSet5 tem. 719) 22535 alleen =1376)|(5035;| sess dk a= see | 7,610 | 29.65 | Hore of Conejos Creek, Guadaloupe, 
| Solo. 
2 | 10.00 a.m. | 1719 | 21.695 |......- =.376)| 14.5) -2<d0roc.. 3 --=2 | 8,045 | 29.65 | First ascent of mesa. 
3 12.20 p.m. | -| -.376 | 69.6) Cum. and wind | 9,260 29.65 Saddle, near Prospect Peak, Colo. 
4| 1.00 p.m. Y -.376 | 702| Nim. and wind. .) 9,455 | 29.65 | Prospect Peak, Colo. 
5 | 200p.m.| 1719 | 20.81 |....... ~.376 | 68.8 | 9,500 | £9.65 | Do. 
6 | 2.30 p.m. | 1719 | 20.83 |...... _| -.376 | 66.3 seeeeeees---| 9,460 | 29.65 Do. 
7| 3.00p.m.| 1719 | 20.83 |...-.-. -.376 | 62.2 | 9,460 | 29.65 Do. 
Camp.| 800p.m.| 1719 | 21.93 | 22.318 | 388 | 54.2 | 8,090 29.65 On Conejos Creek, Colo. 
| | 


Note.—Give locality of camp or station, with Stat: 


e or Territory in which situated. Take readings at divides, cross- 


ings of streams, towns, ranches, settlements, mountain summits, ete., and, in general, all points which can be located without 


the aid of the topographer. 


o» 


360 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Party: No. 1. 
Rock), to Camp No, 29, at Deer Creek Meadows, Cal. 


(c). Form 1V.—ANEROID AND ODOMETER READINGS. 


Section, Utah. 


L. Seckels, ree 


order. 


From Camp No. 28, at Toll Gate (Summit 
Date: September 21, 187%. 


, | a 
a | Cist. bar. No. 1735. | o . | Odometer. A |e 
ae 3 |, Bee ae | = | = = | os sé 
oe | Hour. | | e 3 | a | gs | “3 Remarks. 
| Reading. Att’d T. = | Reading. | nile | Miles.) = Were 
| | | | \ <4 N 
| | | ce) | ° | 
| No. 28 | 7, 00a. m. 24.27 386) 24.636 61 2s an BESO eoeerercrinc! acrociocd bors 2 ees lqaritess 
0) 7.20 24,981] 4c saa olen eee =0:35 000 =} 426 | 0.000 | 5,150| 29.65. Toll gate. 
1| 8.00 24.37 | 48 Seat isles |(sosate nies cell ars casas 854 426 | 0.831 | 5, 050) 29. 65 
2) 8.45 24.38 fpae cea sets | SS ceo 793 | 426 | 1.031 | 5, 050) 29. 65 
3] 9.20 DAN GOP eee alte edeesemc|cenwcecset|se<tecaan 1245 | 426 | 1.061 | 4, 825) 29. 65 | 
4 9. 30 24. 67 | manl| eaeeemiem| = aatsineie.sia1a)[ sletale, vias 1500 426 | 0.599 | 4, 775 | 29, 65 
5 | 10.00 1856 426 | 0. 836 | 4, 625) 29. 65 
6 | 10.20 2081 426 | 0.528 | 4, 650) 29.65) Creek. 
7 10.40 2308 426 | 0.533 | 4, 625/| 29.65] Creek. 
8 11.00 ) 24.85 | 2578 426 | 0.634 | 4,575 | 29. 65 | 
9 | 11.30 25 00 | 3014 426 | 1.024 | 4, 450) 29. 65 | 
10) 11.50 295103 Peace 3286 426 | 0.639 | 4, 350 | 29, 65 AI 
11] 12.15 p.m.} 25.13 | 72 25.522 | 70.6 3453 426 | 0.392 4,300 29.65) Forks of road to Sol- | 
| | | | | diers’ Meadows. 
12 | 13.55. je 252005 |Use5<2 Waewenara as caeeeces | aoeeeee | 3679 426 | 0.531 | 4, 450) 29. 5 . | 
13} 1.10 OFS i); LAR peers | PE ease \eaaees | 3830 426 | 0.354 | 4,350/ 29.65) Butt Creck. 
14 | 2.00 25,00 | Ae ccastcawsas oe 4495 | 426 | 1.561 | 4, 450) 29. 65 | 
15 | 2.45 9 5221 | 426 | 1.704 | 4 475) 29.65) 
16 | 3.30 5733 | 426 | 1.202 | 4, 500] 29, 65 
17| 4.10 6435 | 426 | 1.648 | 4,575/ 29.65 Lost Creek. 
18| 4.35 | 6770 426 | 0.786 | 4, 500 | 29. 65 
19 | 5. 30 7584 426 | 1.911 | 4,375 | 29. 65 | 
20 5.45 7813 426 | 0.538 4 350 | 29. 65 | Camp No. 29. 
No.29 | 6.00 p.m 25.12 | 6t | 25.552 | 62.0 | Seno | For comparison. 


Nore.—Compare aneroid with cistern immediately before leaving and after entering camp. 


The readings of the 


aneroid at these times are essential, and must be taken to close the projile. 


The field instruments employed are as follows : 


ASTRONOMIC, GEODETIC, TOPOGRAPHIC, AND BAROMETRIC INSTRUMENTS. 


Astronomical transits. 
Meridian transits (Coast Survey pattern). 
Zenith telescopes. | 
Sextants and artificial horizons. 
Astronomical clocks at observatories. 
Mean solar and sidereal box-chronometers. 

Size of limb. 


Transit theodolites: -.<2-. 2. <iseescsiceistecs 10 inch | 
Transit Pieouolites|-c-s-s.esi=s sees Oe INCH 
Transit theodolites .........-- 7 inch 
Transit theodolites - - 6 inch 
Topographers transit theodolites.-...... 34 inch | 
Gradietiter: 2.5 ssc cnta so -s Cee coca 34 inch 


Levels and staffs. 
Alt-azimuths. 


Pocket sextants. 

Prismatic and pocket compasses. 

Magnetometers. 

Dip circles. 

Five-foot steel standard rods (U. 8. C. 8. pattern). 

Twenty-foot wooden rods, with scales and stands 
(Survey pattern). 

Compensated steel tapes, 50 feet. 

Steel and linen tapes, 50 feet. 

Steel chains, 50 feet. 

Odometers, with vehicles (Survey pattern). 


| Pedometers. 


Cistern-barometers, double yernier, with mount- 
ain attachment. 
Mean solar and sidereal pocket-chronometers. 


METHODS OF SURVEY. 361 


ASTRONOMIC, GEODETIC, TOPOGRAPHIC, AND BAROMETRIC INSTRUMENTS—cont’d. 


Mean-time watches. 
Chronographs (cylinder and fillet patterns). 
Personal-equation apparatus (Survey pattern). 
Connecting switch-boards (Harkness pattern). 
Break-circnit keys and battery. 
Readings in are by vernier to — 
5 seconds. 


| Aneroid barometers, reading to 20,000 feet (Survey 
pattern). 

Hygrometers (Survey pattern). 

Pocket thermometers. 

High temperature thermometers. 

Maximum and minimum thermometers (Survey 


pattern). 
10 seconds (Survey pattern). | Anemometers. 
30 seconds. Aerometers. 


60 seconds. 
60 seconds (Survey pattern). 
60 seconds. 


Rain gauges. 
| One set field drawing instruments, with protract- 
| ors, scale, rules, and triangles, 


Mountain cistern barometers (special pattern). 


. OFFICE. 
ASTRONOMIC AND GEODETIC, 


The office reductions necessary in the construction of the map and 
accompanying report are, computation of the latitudes, longitudes, and alti- 
tudes of points of the several orders of value, determined astronomically, 
geodetically, hypsometrically ; the projection and construction of the tri- 
angulation and the preliminary plotting sheets and of the resulting topo- 
graphic maps, upon which the land classification and geological sheets are 
based; in the computations of latitudes and departures, and for variations 
of the needle, and in the reduction of the meanders and other topographic 
data; the preparations of tables of distances, of longitudes, latitudes, alti- 
tudes, variations, ete; and in the reduction of magnetic and other obser- 
vations. The reduction of the astronomical observations of two of the 
three grades employed has been adverted to, and those necessary for lati- 
tude results are made upon blank forms upon which are entered the argu- 
ments required in computations for errors of local times, from single or 
double altitudes of the sun or stars, from cireum-meridian observations, 
and those upon Polaris off the meridian for latitude. The triangles are 
grouped in the best conditioned figures, and the necessary computations 
for the adjustments, distances, azimuths, latitudes, and longitudes are made 
as indicated in the examples herewith upon geodetic computations. Com- 
putations are also made of the main and secondary triangulation, cross- 
sight, and three-point stations. 


362 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The following are examples of the forms of astronomic computations 
(time by transit, and latitude by zenith telescope): (a) computations for 
time; (b) publication (time) ; (c) final longitude results ; (d) transcript of 
latitude observations ; (e) computations for latitude; (time and latitude by 
sextant and chronometer) ; (f) time by single altitude ; (g) time by equal 
altitudes (h) latitude by cireummeridian altitudes; (i) latitude by Polaris. 


(a)—COMPUTATION OF OBSERVATIONS FOR TIME. 


Colorado Springs, Colo., August 2, 1873. Before exchange of signals. 


AT’g = — 10™ 158.70. 
an een aa Naar cea) co aa a, 
| Clamp. Name of star. Ao T. aA. | aA. Ao T's éT’. vAtS Cc; A, C2, 
Mm, 3. &. &. m, & &. | &. & &. &. 
eee « Corronae.......- —10 15.36 | +0.23 | +0.02 | —10 15.59} 0.11 | +0.23] 41.12] 0.05] 1.25 
E. ...| B Scorpii......... 10 14.66 | 40.92 | +0.07] 10 15.58 | —0.12 | +0.92| 41.08] 0.85] 1.17 
barge 6 Ophiuchi........ 10 14.84] $0.67 +005] 10 15.51 | —0.19 | +0.67 | +1.00| 0.45) 1.00 
| E.....| 7 Herculis ........ 10 16.02 | —0,20 | —0.02} 10 15.82 | 40.12 | —0.20] 41.46] 0.04] 2.13 
eee » Draconis ......- 10 16.39 | —0.83 | —0.06]} 10 15.56 | —0.14 | —0.93 | +2.12| 0.69] 4.49 
E.....| A Draconis ....... 1017.15} 1.41 —0.11| 10 15.74] 40.04) —1.41 | +280] 1.99] 7.84 
W ...| » Herculis ........ 10 15.76) —0.01| 0.00] 10 15.75] +0.05 | —0.01 | —1.29] 0.00] 1.66 
W....| « Ophiucbi ....... 10 15.21] +050, +0.04] 10 15.71 | +0.01 | +0.50| —1.01| 0.25] 1.02 
W... | ¢ Urs Minoris...| 10 21.71 | —5.09 —0.38 | 10 16.62 | +0.92 | —5.09 | —7.4i | 25.91 | 54.91 
| W....| a! Herculis........ 10 15.48] +0.42 +40.03] 10 15.90] +0.20 | 40.42} —1.04] 0.18] 1.08 
| W ....| 44 Ophiuchi....... —10 14.87] +0.98 | +0.07/ —10 15.85] 40.15 | +0.98 | —1.09| 0.96] 1.19 
+0.93 | —3.82 | —2.96 [431.37 [477.74 
Clamp. | Name of star. AC. | AgT’. | CéT’. | aca. eC. Ss. AT. v. Bi 
\_ — —_ — — | —_ | _ = —— 
Sean ese s. 8. 8. Gh m. 8. 
E.....| « Corrone .......| +0.26 | —0.03 | —0.12 | +0.25 | +0. 08 +0.33 | —10 15.69 | —0.05 | 0.0025 
E ....| 6’ Scorpii.......-- +0.99 | —0.10 | —0.13 | +0.99 | +0.07 +1.06} 10 15.72 | —0.02 | 0.0004 
E.....| 6 Ophiuchi....... +0.67 | —0.13 | —0.19 | +0.72 | +0.07 +0.79| 10 15.63 | —0.11" | 0.0121 
E.....| 7 Herculis ........ —0.29 | —0.02 | +0.17 | —0.22 | +0.10 —0.12} 10 15.90 | +0.16 | 0.0256 
E.....| 4 Draconis........| —1.76 | +0.12 | —v.30 | —0.89 | +0 14 0.75) 10 15.64 | —0.10 | 0.0100 
F.....| A Draconis ..... —3.95 | —0.06 | +0.11 | —1.52 | +0.19 --1.33 | 10 15.82 | +0.08 | 0.0064 | 
W....| 1 Herculis ........ +0.01 | 0.00 | —0.06 | —0.01 | —0, 08 —0.09| 10 15.67 | —0.07 | 0.0049 | 
W ....| « Ophiuchi........ —0.50 | +0.01 | —0.0) | 40.54 | —0.07 +0.47} 10 15.68 | —0.06 | 0.0036 
W ....| « Ursw Minoris ...| +37.72 | —4.68 | —6.82 | —5.47 | —0. 50 —5.97| 10 15.74 0.00 | 0.0000 
W ....| a’ Herculis ...... —0.44 | +0.08 | —0.21 | +0.45 | —0.07 +0.38| 10 15.86 | +0.12 | 0.0144 | 
W ....| 44 Ophiuchi ...... =1.07 | +0.15 | —0.16 | +1.05 | —0.07 40.98 | —10 15.85 | +0.11 | 0.0121 
+31. 64 | —4.66 | —7.72 Mean (11) | —10 15.745 | +0.019 | 0.0920 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 363 


NORMAL EQUATIONS. 


Ss. 8. 
0 = 40.93 +11.006T’ — 3. 82a’ — 2. 26¢ 6T' = —0.045 
0 = — 4.66 — 3. 8261’ —31. 37a’ +31. 64e a = 40.075 
0 = —7.72 — 2.266T’ +31. 64a’ +77. 74c © = +0. 067 
a= +4+1,00 
0.88762 0.35411 1.50024 (1. 89064) ata!’ = a = 41.075 
—4. 660 —3. 820 +31, 370 
+3. 142 +0. 920 —12. 878 +0. 468 —1.518 —7.720 
a _— ——— 9. 67025 +0. 130 +0. 101 
—1.518 —2. 900 +18. 492 1. 02032 — +2. 375 
0. 18127 0. 46240 (1. 26699) ——_ — 1.388 ——— 
+0. 930 +11. 000 — 3.820 8. 64993 0.14239 —5. 244 
—0, 224 — 0.066 + 0.920 —0. 015 1. 26699 0. 71966 
— — — —_——_ 1. 89064 
+0. 706 +10. 924 —2. 900 8. 87540 
—0. 238 — 0.455 +0. 075 8. 82902 
—— — +-0. 067 


+0. 468 +10. 479 
9. 67025 (1. 02032) 


(b).—FORM FOR PUBLICATION. 


Colorado Springs, Colo. August 2, 1873. Before signals. 


Name of star. | Clamp. | 7. BS Alt saAcen len cON | GWE | AR. aT. 

bs eee 8 8 8 Vas ime | 1 i ™. 8. 
« Corone .....--- | 16 02 36.71 | +0. 02 +0. 25 +0.08 | 16 02 37.06| 15 52 21.37] —20 15.69 
| B! Scorpii....-..- 16 08 19.57, +0.01 +0.99 +0. 07 16 08 20.64} 15 58 94.92 10 15.72 
| § Ophiuchi 16 17 57.94 0. 00 +0.72 | +0.07 16 17 58. 73 16 07 43.10] 10 15.63 
| 7 Herculis | 16 26 12.94 |—+0.04 | —022 | +0.10 16 26 12.86! 16 15 56.96| 10 15.90 
| » Draconis ...... Beas 16 32 34.83! —0.01 —0. 89 +0.14 16 32 34.07 | 1G 22 18.43 10 15. 64 
| A Draconis....-. |e wees 16 38 33.66 | 40.12 | —1.52 +0.19 | 16 38 32.45] 16 28 16.63] 10 15.82 
» Herculis..-.... Wiecscse 16 48 49.93 | +0.09 | —0.01 —0.08 16 48 49.93 | 16 38 34.26 10 15.67 
« Ophiuchi ...... Wiissecs 17 01 56.35 | +0.04 | +0. 54 | —0.07 17 Ol 56.86) 16 51 41.18) 10 15.68 
« Urse Minoris..| W .--... 17 09 29.37] +0.27 | —5.47 | —0.50 17 09 23.67! 16 59 07.93| 10 15.74 
a! Herculis -.---- 0 eee | 17 19 08.68] +0.05 | +0.45 | —0.07 17 19 09.11 | 17 08 53.25] 10 15.86 
44 Ophiuchi .... | W.---.. 17 28 53.97 | +0.08 | +11. 05 | —0.07 | 17 28 54. 98 | 17 18 39.13 | —10 15.85 


Mean for 16" 35" local sidereal time, —10™ 15.745 +0°.020. 


NORMAL EQUATIONS. 


0 = +0.93 +11.005¢ — 3.82a/ — 2.26c 

0 = —4.66 — 3.826¢ +31.37a/ +31 64e 

0 = —7.72 — 2.266t +31.64a! +77.74c 

a’ = +0s.075. 

c= +0 .067. 
Preliminary value of the azimuth, a= +1*.00. 
Azimuth of the instrument, a+a!’=-+1'.075. 


364 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(c)—FINAL RESULTS FOR LONGITUDE. 


aloha fe : ene eee nl one 
Signals sent from— Recorded at— aoe eat a pentane) ( oi beeen Tene ules Means. 
received, longitude. hanes? 
1873, | 
July 29. Tis vtape ev omal|| tte Ts” 8. hom. 8. hm s. | 2. lh. m 8 
Salt Lake City.....| Colorado Springs -.| 18 09 00.11 | —0 10 11.72 17 58 48.39 
| Salt Lake City..-..-| 9 23 24.95 | +8 07 05.46 | 17 20 30.41 | 0 28 17.98 
Colorado Springs . | Colorado Springs ...| | 18 15 05.10 | —0 10 11,72 | 18 04 53.38 
| Salt Lake City..--.-. 9 29 30.17 | +8 07 05.46 17 36 35.63 | 0 28.17.75 | 0.23 | 0 28 17.865 
| July 30. 
Salt Lake City. -.... Colorado Springs ---| 18 48 52.05 | —0 10 12.48 18 38 39.57 
| | Salt Lake City...--. 10 03 16.16 , +8 07 05,46 18 10 21.62 | 0 28 17.95 
Colorado Springs ... Colorado Springs ..-| 19 00 15.66 | —0 10.12.49 18 50 03.17 | 
Salt Lake City.-.-.. 10 14 40.01 +8 07 05.46 18 21 45.47 | 0 28 17.70 | 0.25 | 0 28 17.825 
August 2. | 
Salt Lake City-..... Colorado Springs ---| | 18 39 07.63 | —0 10 15 83-18 28 51.80 
| Salt Lake City ..-. 9 53 28.73 +8 07 05.11 | 18 00 33,84 | 0 28 17.96 
| Colorado Springs .. Colorado Springs -.-| | 18 44 25.91 | 9 10 15.83 | 18 34 10.08 | 
| | Salt Lake City....-. 9 58 47.24 +8 07 05.11 |. 18 05 52.35 | 0 28 17.73 | 0.23 | 0 28 17.815 
| August 5. | | - 
| Colorado Springs ..| Colorado Springs .-.| 18 46 45.80 | 0 10 1830] 18 36 27.50 | 
| Salt Lake City....-.| 10 01 05.27 | +8 07 04.44 | 18 08 09.71 | 0 28 17.79 
Salt Lake City..... Colorado Springs .--| | 18 51 25.60 —0 10 18.31 | 18 41 07.29 
Salt Lake City .... 10 05 44.85 +8 07 04.44 | 18 12 49.29 | 0 28 18.00 | 0.21 0 28 17.895 
| August 6. | | 
Salt Lake City.... | Colorado Springs -. 18 17 05.32 —0 10 19.17 | . 18 06 46.15 | 
| Salt Lake City -.... 9 31 23.72 | +8 07 04.49 | 17 38 28.21 | 0 28 17.94 
| Colorado Springs ..| Colorado Springs ..| 18 25 45.36 —0 10 19,18 | 18 15 26.18 | 
| Salt Lake City...... 9 40 03.97 | +8 07 04.49 | 17 47 08.46 | 0 28 17.72 | 0.22 | 0 28 17.830 
Final difference of longitude: 
h. m. 8. 8. 
Colorado Springs, Colo., east of Salt Lake City, Utah. .. ........-..-...--. 0 28 17.852 +0.009 
Salt Lake City, Utah (Astronomical Monument), est of Washington, D.C. 2 19 22.74 
Washington, D.C. (Dome of Naval Observatory), west of Greenwich....--. 5 08 12.12 


Colorado Springs, Colo. (U.S. Engineer Astronomical Monument of Geographical Sur- 


veys), is hence— 
ou ” 


WiestofWashineton), DiC: 5.2 .accc.encancensneseenestesseced teh aU iocou— 
Wiest Of Green WiC owacaccendctscncsicsssqeesduems ese -—s emer 104 49 15.15 = 


m 8. 
51 04. 89 
59 17.01 


a 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 365 


(d).—OBSERVATIONS FOR LATITUDE. 


Station: Colorado Springs, Colo. 


Level. | Level. 
Microm- |——_—__| r Microm- | = 
Date. yo cok eter- Remarks. | Date. | No.2 aot | eter. | | Remarks. 
* | readings., a Ss. |! | ; readings.) s 
| 
——————— - | a — | —— | —— = 
1873. Meche Mace 1873. | t. dalle 
sug. 2| 5587 |18 2.6) 160|25.4| Air little || aug, 2) 7297 | 16 26.0 | 21.0 
| undulating 7350)" ||) Al 20.3 | 27.2 
5628 | 2 83.9] 41.5]... | . 
a 2 7361 4 70.1 | 25.0 | 22.8 
7 93.7 99 
piel EET TS) Cee 7401 | 14 82.5 | 27.9 | 20.2 
5775 | 12 27.8 | 21.8 | 20.3 
7 5 | 7444 | 9 14.0] 25.7] 222 
5790 | 8 79.0 | 21.3 | 20.7 _ ACT eee ere 
5834 | 9 79.8 | 14.3 | 27.9 
7505 0 | 24.7 | 23. 
5078 | 18 32.0 | 22.3 | 19.5 Cale Me ese Ocal ates bine 
5991 | -0 78.7 | 13.0 | 29.0 \Witiicaamitad tng basset litoia a | ast learwces 
| len7505)0 4 50.6 | 24. Fi i 
6079 | 11 34.6) 25.0 | 17.0 aug. Hass ‘ - | ; ; = , Faewucteeee 
6110 | 7 89| 9.3) 32.0 Ste |iasee 4 | ; 
| 6157 | 9 35.1| 8.0 | 33.6 | 7354 |17 79.8 | 22.6 | 17.3 | 
751 Ba vey lines 
6238 | 2 62.8 | 24.0 | 17.7 LN ae bead 
6255 | 15 0.7| 83 | 33.4 7621 | 10 19.3) 23.9| 16.2] Changed the 
q 0} 35. inclination. 
6357 | 13 31.0 | 20.0 | 22.0 Pe Ned OAC Mia aaa 
6355 | 4 53.2) 11.9 | 29.4 | Very faint. 7683 | 12 44.7 | 22.7] 18.0 | 
6391 | 8 95.0 | 23.0| 19.3 | 7733 | 7 26.9 | 23.0] 18.0 
6168 | 11 94.6 21.0 | 21.8 7757 | 7 21.0 | 25.2 | 15.8 
6175 | 8 81) 17.0} 26.0 7825 |12 4.6 | 20.7 | 21.0 
| | | 
6520 | 14 39.0 | 24.4 | 18.7 | 7882 | 15 53.0 | 23.0 | 18.3 
6571 | 4 36.4/] 9.3 | 33.4 | | 7857 | 4 88,9 | 23.8 | 17.8 
| | aon gc lg 
6586 | 17 10.2 21.8 | 20.9 | Changed in- | PN Peace aso 
6615 | 2 31.2/23.9|18.5| Clination. | | 7880 | 9 46.8 20.3 | 21.0] Wrong set- | 
. ‘ p ting. 
rile Collages Gr.3873 | 17 49.3 | 30.0 | 11.3 EB 
6681 | 14 89.3 | 30.4 | 12.3 7951 | 10 20.8 | 23.0 | 18.4 
¢ | 9 9 
aan ll @ Basen lot 7990 | 6 63.9 | 20.3 | 21.0 
6720 «| 15 11.5 | 27.0| 16.0 8003 | 11 59.9 | 17.9 | 23.0 
39 0 | 27. : 
6731 | 15 81.0 23.9) 19.0 a ae | 7s 
6784 | 4 56.9 | 17.3 | 26.2 : Pe ea 
| 8147 5 42.0 | 19.8 | 22.8 
6819 7 75.5 | 18.0 | 26.0 8188 8 91.0 | 33.7 9.0 
6852 | 11 64.6 | 28.6) 16.0 Gr.4110 | 14 830| 327] 9.8 
5 2 
ae #4 ae eo = 8296 | 9 51.0 | 28.0 | 14.5 
pw aki | Eby 8310 | 15 46.0 | 14.0 | 28.6 
6918 | 8 12.0] 18.9) 26.2 8317 | 10 38.9 | 13.5 | 29.2 
6944 | 12 52.4 | 30.9 | 14.4 ; | 
Gr4216 | 5 4.3 | 24.7| 18.0 
6963 | 7 75.8 | 21.7 | 23.6 3374 | 14 99 5 | 16.6 | 26.0 
0. | 19. 
COE a) at Oe aia ane 28 | 7 99.1 25.0 | 18.0 
7022 | 16 49.0 | 20.5 | 25.2 67 | 11 26.2 | 20.3 | 22.3 
| 32. | 
7061 | 3 54.0| 32.9] 13.3 a7 |i 44.4 | 22.0| 208 
7084 | 12 98.9 | 20.9 25.0 105 | 5 70.3 | 25.6 | 17.3 
7 a 
7101 | 6 98.9 | 29.4 | 16.9 Peed ee sets larson a 
7140 | 8 9.8] 22.5 | 23.0 178 | 5 88.5 | 28.8) 14.5 
7189 |10 5.3 | 31.7 | 14.8 or | 4 49.9) 19.0) 24.3 
7243 | 16 77.0| 18.6 | 28.0 | Faint. (*) 9 35.0 | 15.3 | 28.0 | 
7256 | 3 20.0 | 32.3 | 14.3 250 | 15 42.0 | 27.0 | 16.3 


366 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(e). COMPUTATIONS FOR LATITUDE OF COLORADO SPRINGS, COLO. 


| ; 7 Corrections. 
Date. | Osin | cdadlinations «| =eneminera |aoee ah ea) | anrade 
Mier. and refr. | Level. Merid. 
eee ee | eee |e — | = pare 
1873. ° ‘ a“ t a | uo ua fe} ‘ “uw 
Aug. 2 1 38 44 17.10 | | er8)838) || © 0500 38 49 42.45 
2 | 38 52 18.27 | | 0.27 | 0.00 41.39 
3 | 38 49 12.95 —3.58 | 0.00 40. 46 
5 | 38 59 37.08 | | —3.63 | 0.00 39. 78 
6 38 51 56.02 | | —4.03 | -++0.30 40. 03 
7 38 50 46.29 | —4.84 | +0.30 39. 76 
8 38 46 09.43 | —5.14 0.00 39. 69 
| 9 | 38 54 19.47 —5.36 | +0.04 41.42 
10 38 52 02.04 | = 3.79) 0.04 41. 04 
rb 38 47 42.42 | —2.69 0.00 39. 80 
12 38 54 56. 64 | 5.06 0.00 40.08 
| 13 38 57 20.68 | +1.73 | +0.04 42.91 
| 14 38 53 53.73 | +316 | 0.00 40.17 
| 15 38 55 37.74 | +2.69 | 0.00 40. 28 
| 16 38 55 33.12 | —1.10 0.00 42. 78 
17 38 51 40.50 —2 00.84 +11. 26 0.00 40.92 
18 38 46 23.19 +3 19.28 Sih 0.00 41.26 
19 38 47 21.81 +2 16.82 | +2.53 0.00 41.16 
20 38 47 31.17 +2 08.90 | 41.26 | 0.00 41.33 
21 38 56 20,23 —6 42.34 +4,12 0. 00 42.01 
22 38 46 32.70 +3 06.41 |° 42.31 0.00 41, 42 
23 38 50 37.75 —1 00.7 +4.51 | 0.00 41.52 
24 38 56 41.06 —7 01.60 | 42.36 0.00 41. 80 
25 38 57 27.43 —7 45.41 | —0.55 | 0.00 41.47 
26 | 38 54 53.13 =5) 14,55 2.72 0.00 41.30 
27 38 50 43.09 —1 04.59 | 0.00 39. 93 
28 38 54 20.25 —4 38.88 | 0. 00 38 49 42.00 
Aug. 4 28 38 54 20.87 431406). | 0.00 38 49 42.68 
{ 29 38 58 01.72 —8 16.08 | 0.00 40.14 
30 38 50 19.96 —0 33.94 0.00 39, 81 
31 38 52 20.47 —2 40.89 0 00 42. 25 
32 38 52 09.08 —2 30.25 | 0.00 41.33 
33 38 44 07.72 +5 30.66 | 0.00 41. 32 
34 38 45 08.56 +4 29.25 | | 0.00 40. 64 
35 28 45 26.65 +4 09.33 | 0. 00 40.93 
36 88 47 50.22 +1 50.91 | 0.00 42. 23 
37 38 47 19.18 +2 20.71 0.00 42.17 
38 38 48 09.34 +1 30.54 0.00 42.05 
39 38 51 24.36 —1 48.43 0. 00 41.90 
40 38 54 29.04 —4 52.37 0.00 42.17 
41 38 52 46.58 —3 04.87 —0.30 0.00 41. 41 
42 38 50 08.94 =0' 27.81 —0. 60 0.00 41.03 
43 38 44 33.51 +5 09.20 —-0.7 0.00 41.97 
44 38 48 00.60 +1 41.61 +1.37 0. 00 43.58 
45 38 46 41.93 +2 58.41 +2. 61 0. 00 42. 95 
46 38 52 36.80 —2 56.95 +1.65 0.00 41.50 
47 38 44 01.61 +5 39.49 +1.48 | 0.00 42. 58 
48 38 46 33.68 +3 08.59 —0. 55 0. 00 41.72 
49 38 50 36.07 —0 57.39 +3.49 0. 00 _ 42.17 
50 38 52 35.44 —2 56,16 2.61 | 0.00 41.89 
51 38 44 19.92 +5 24.52 —4.01 0.00 38 49 40.43 
Aug. 5 14 38 53 55.48 —4 14.31 +0.16 0.00 38 49 41.33 
15 38 55 38.54 —5 55.89 —0.22 0.00 42, 43 
16 38 55 33.94 —5 50.80 +0.27 0.00 43.41 
17 38 51 41.30 —2 03.04 | 44.45 0.00 42.71 
18 38 46 24 00 +3 16.55 +0. 80 0. 00 41.35 
19 38 47 22.65 +2 18.31 | +0. 03 0.00 41.459 


Nore.—The example herein has been taken from Special Ast. Rep., 4°, 1874, p. 50, et seq. 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 


(f).—TIME BY SINGLE ALTITUDE. 


Station, Camp 10, near Hamilton, Nev. 


Date, July 18, 1869. 


Wheeler, observer. 


° 


, 


" 


Latitude = 2 = 39 #15 48.9 Log. r. 
North polar dist. = A = 68 47 06.5 Bar. 
Name of star = Sun's upper limb. Attd. th. 
Obs'd doub. alt. = 14 5500.0 Det. th. 
Index error = —3 25.5 Ref. (mean) 
Doub. alt. cor. = 114 5134.5 
Altitude = 57 25 47.2 
Ref. (Ther. bar )= —0 37.2 
Truealt.of * = A= 57 25 10.0 
° , ” 
Z 39° «15 48.9 cos. £ = 9. 8888771 
A = 68 47 6.5 sin. A 9. 9695230 
A = 57 25 10-0 eos. 7 sin. A = 9. 8584001 
2m = 165 28 05.4 
m = 82 44 2.7 cos. m = 9. 1020031 
m — A = 25 #18 52.7 sin. (m— A) = = 9. 6310263 
Cos. m sin. (m — A) = 8. 7330294 
Sin2¢p = Sees) 8. 8746293 
sin. }p = 9. 4373146 
° D " 
kp = 15 53 09.79 
pinare = 31 46 19.58 
ho om. 8. 
pintime = 2 07 05.30 
245 + eq. of time = app. noon = 24 05 56.10 
Mean time = + p = 21 58 450.80 
Time of obs’n by chron’r - 9 29 34.68 
Chron’r slow of mean time = +29 16.12 


37.2 


367 


NoteE.—This form answers for time by single altitude of east and west stars, taken at nearly equal elevations above 
the horizon and at hour angles from the meridian as nearly equal as possible. 


868 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(g).—TIME BY EQUAL ALTITUDES OF SUN’S UPPER LIMB. 


See page 68, Sextant Observation Book. Station, Camp 10, near Hamilton, Nev. Date, July 28, 
1869. Wheeler, observer. Assumed lat., + 39° 15’ 49’.. Assumed long., 7> 41™ 448, 


Dec. of sun at Greenwich apparent noon...--..-.---| +18 56 13.7 

| Hourly variation. SRA OAN Poe tc cece tre aes 
Longe.-=- ene cccc canes eus.ecan seins clas 7.6955 SESE SDD EEICACEICO 
| —4 238.88 
Dec. at apparent noon at station. ...-..-------------- } 18 SL 44,82 

ho om. 3s. 
Eq. of time at Gr. apparent noon. .....-.--.--.++-+-+ 0 06 11.28 
Hourly variation ...--.----------++-+----- 09.054 |....-------------+ 
THOM Gs asoscescccesasdvimcees ocpeceseneecas 7.6955 —0O 0,42 
Eq. of time at apparent noon at station.......--..--- 0 06 10.86 
Mean of times of observation a. m...... -..-- «----- 9 35 49.32 
Mean of times of observation p. m......-..---------- | 13 38) = (56.56 
| Difference <..-<...<0-22-206% secennie 4 03 07.24 
| 
| SM ea aca a icy eae honcierctaie circle alate e eet aln geet eet e leas iaa (see! |) ‘23 14 45.88 
Half Sus. 2sccc.. cc se +0 anwclssiame sa seow ria ss —s—s% 11 37 22.94 
Hourly variation in dec, = 8.........-.--------+----- —34'/.94 
AGE sana eee n9, 4265 Biteecca, cease yaasece rece 9. 3623 
GOO gesceseiessiesceeer! nl. 5433 WO Oisese eee aeee= --- 71.5433 
| Log. tang. lat. 9.9125 Log. tang. dec........-- 9. 5336 
+7. 63 0 8823 —2. 75 nO. 4392 
ho om. 

Half sum of times of Obs)... s..<.cscc<se2~ce--sc-- Se 11 37 22.94 
Gol rection:.veacasnassraec seetecr er ee csccasieie merece ces +0 4,88 
Chron. time of app. noon ......-.-----+--+--eeeeeee- 11 37 27.82 
Mean time of app. noon.......---------+-+----+--+++-- |} 12 6 10.86 


Error of chronometer (slow) ...--.-----++---+22 seee- 0 28 43,04 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 


369 


(h).—CIRCUM-MERIDIAN ALTITUDES OF ALTAIR (a AQUILA). 


Station Camp 10, near Hamilton, Nev. Date, July 29, 1869. 


Wheeler, observer. 


— : 
No Observation 2 Time of obser- | Time fr. Red. to 
: altitude. vation. mer. mer. 
I vs oth) hm 8 a i 
1 118 30 00 10 41 O1 | +6 49.3 91.3 
s 2 118 31 00 10 41 31 | 6) 19.3 78.4 
3 118 32 ov 10 42 05 5 49.8 66.7 
4 118 33 00 10 42 43 5 07.3 51.5 
5 118 34 00 10 43 22.7 472736 4) 39:1 
6 118 35 00 10 44 20.8 3 29.5 | 23.9 
7 118 36 00 | 10 45 32 2 18.3 | 10.4 
8 118 37 00 | 10 47 46 +0 04.3 «| 0.0 
9 118 35 30 10 49 53 —2 02.7 | 8.2 
10 118 34 00 10 50 55 3.04.7 | 18.6 
bk 4 118 33 00 10 51 54 4 03.7 32.4 
12 118 32 00 10 52 46 4 55.7 | 47.7 
13 118 31 00 10 53 34.8 bed4.5) |) 64.7 
14 118 30 00 10 54 25 6 34.7 | 85.0 
15 118 29 00 15,5 
Sum .- 492 30 723. 4 
Mean 118° 32’ 50” See soe ae | (ce ecaise'at l= = 48", 23 
\ 
hom. & 
Stars Auten pceccerincicenssosan 19 44 25,72 
Long. in time 7 41 43.89 
Reduction to sidereal time m. n. at station....--. 1 15.85 
Sid. time m. noon at Greenwich -..--.------------ 8 24 45.38 
Sid. interval past mean noon ...-------+----+------- 11 18 24.49 
Retardation—......------------0+----- eee errr 1 51.14 
Mean time of Culmination. . 11 16 33.35 
Chron. slow...--------+------+--e---- 28 43.04 
Chron. time of Culmination .--.-.---------- ----- 10 47 50.31 
COMPUTATION. 
fo} ‘ aw" 
Assumed Lat. = + 39 15 49.8 + log. cos. 9. 88888 
Dec. = + 8 31 41,2 + log. cos. 9.99517 
“9, 88405 
Z = 30 44 04.6 — log. sin. 9.70847 
0. 17558 
Mean of red = 48. 23 log. 1, 68332 
i = 1.00547 0. 00237 
Correction = + 72/.66 log. 1, 86127 
Half index error = | —70".0 
Refraction | 25.9 
Sum + LV 12/47 | —l' 35/9 
Diff. = total correction = — oO 23.2 
Half mean of obs’d 2 alt — 59 16 25.0 
True mer. alt. = 59 16 01.8 
Zenith distance = 30 43 58.2 
Dec. = 8 31 41.2 
Lat. = 39 .15 39.4 
Log.ir. = 1.54058 
Bar. 231.113 9, 88673 
Ther att'd, 649.4 F. 9. 99938 
Ther. det'd. 65.2 F. 9, 98645 
Refraction 257.89 1.41314 


Notr.—This form is used also in obtaini 
24 WH—VOL I 


ng latitude by circum-meridian altitudes of the Sun. 


37() U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(i). -—LATITUDE BY POLARIS. 


Sextant No. 8 M. T. Chronometer No. 1285. Station, Camp 10, near Hamilton, Nev. Date, July 
28, 1869. Wheeler, observer. 


(This reduction is made with the Polaris tables of the British Nautical Almanac (1869), and refraction tables of Ivory 
(Lee's Tables, Ed. 1853).] 


° 4 ips hiv Na, NSi | 
Mean obsd. 2 alt .......-.- -- 79 OF 27.3 Time by chron......... --- 11 01 07.81 | 
UndexX:6rror’..o-6s anes oes —2 20 Chron:sloW)-2.<-5--eesecces 28 43. 04 
Corrected 2d alt.. ...--.-.-- 79 05 07.3 Mean time of obs ...-...--. 11 29 50.85 
Alpitnd @.ss ss oc omecencsee 39 32 33.6 | Diff. of longitude ........- 7 41 43,89 
Refraction — 0 52.7 Mean time at Gr. m. 19 ll 34.74 | 
Corrected alt. -o. ss scc..ce-s 39 3140.9 Acceleration.......-..-..-. 3 09.18 | 
Subtract 1’.. -1 
Reducedtaltsccnccemes soe 39 30 40.9 Sid. int. past Gr. m. n.....- 11 33 00.03 
Ist (correction. <<. .<...s2--- —16 49.0 Sid. time m.n. at place. ...- | 8 24 45.38 
Apparent alt. 39 «13 SLY Sid. time of obs.....-....- 19 57 45.41 | 
2d correction............--- +0 47.4 = - | 
3d correction............++ A 05:0.) Tog. nicest ae eae 70.66 | 1.84917 | 
| Se 
| Latitude ..... nfewtetsiatlaetlans |} 39 15 443 Barometer.--.-..-.. 231.113 9, 88673 | 
| _| Ther. attached ....64°.4 F. 9.99938 | 
| Ther. detached. ...65°.2 F. | 9.98645 | 
Refraction ....-..--.52/.69 | 1.72173 


LATITUDE BY POLARIS. 


Sextant No.8. M.'T. Chronometer No. 1283. Station, Camp 10, near Hamilton, Nev. Date, July 
28,1869. Whiceler, observer. 


[The same observations reduced by the later method as given in the American Ephemeris, and the refraction by Bessel’s 


tables. | 
2 i u : hi 9G o8s | 
Mean obsd. 2alt.........--- 79 OT 27.3 Timelby Chron... c.acs6cee 11 01 07.81 
Index CrroOr_s<.~- cece ue een —2 20 WhrOn eewccnienssccietcies ses os | 28 43. 04 
Corrected 2d alt .........-- 79 #05 07.3 Mean time of obs .......--. | 11 29 50.85 | 
Altitude »e.| 89 382 (3856 Diff. of longitude .- “| 7 41 43.89 © 
Refraction icasiee sscee cms — 0 52.8 Mean time atGr .......... 19 11 34.74 
Corrected alt: ...---...2-. 39 «31 «40.8 Accelerationisns:-2..s:- >: 3 09. 18 
Table A »-16 00.9 Si 33 00. 03 
B +0 44.3 Sid. time m. n. at place...-.. 8 24 45.38 
c +0 4.0 Sid. time of obs........--- 19 57 45.41 | 
D — 0 43.0 App. rightascen’n......-... 1 1d) 34531) | 
| Hour angle .-.--. ae. —5 13 48.90 
| ; log. a 1.76080 
atitudecsccs: s-- seen oes 39 15 «45.2 Barometer .......--.23'.113 log. BA —0.10735 
| Ther. attached ... 64°.4 F. log. yA —0.01380 
Ther. detached... 65°.2 F. log. tang 0 08347 
App. declination (5) ...--. 88 36 25.2 Refraction .-. ...-..%2!.86 “7.72312 
App. zenith dist, (¢) ...... 50 28 20 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). Sir fil 


GEODETIC COMPUTATIONS.* 
ADJUSTMENT OF ANGLES. 


When the angles at any station are to be obtained from vernier read- 
ings, the adjustment is made in the following manner: Take the means of 
the two vernier readings upon each point included in the observations 
around the horizon for the reading upon that point; the two readings thus 
obtained for the point of beginning will usually differ;+ when they do not, 
no corrections are to be applied to the readings. When there is a difference 
between the two readings upon the point of beginning, this difference is to 
be divided by the number of points observed upon; the quotient is the 
correction to be applied to the reading upon the second point. The cor- 
rections then increase in arithmetical progression, being applied in order to 
the consecutive readings. The corrections will all have the + or — sign, 
according as the measurement around the horizon falls short or exceeds 
360°. Each set of observations around the horizon is to be thus corrected 
when necessary. The angles between the points are then derived by 
differences between consecutive readings in each set of observations. The 
means of the values for the different angles thus obtained are taken for the 
final values of the adjusted angles. 

When the measurements at any station are repeated angles, the adjust- 
ment is made by the method of least squares, and is as follows: It is 
evident that between the 2 objects which surround any point there are 
necessarily 7 — 1 angles. Any angle measured between two points not 
consecutive is the sum of two or more consecutive angles; hence when all 
the angles are measured, anv measure between points not consecutive 
gives an equation of condition. As many conditional equations as possible 
should be formed, care being taken that no one is introduced which is a 
consequence of two or more already considered. The sum of all the 


angles at a station should be 360°, and this rigid condition must always 


* Special assistance was rendered in the description of the methods employed in the geodetic com- 
putations by Lieut. Samuel E. Tillman, Corps of Engineers (now Professor of Geology, ete., at the 
U.S. Military Academy), and the late F. Kampf, Phd., assistant, U. 8. Geographical Surveys, 

tIf this difference is produced by a slipping of the instrument at any particular setting, it will 
be observed by inspecting the differential angles, and should be corrected without other consideration. 


372 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


enter among the conditional equations. The method of forming the con- 


ditional equation is shown in the accompanying example. 


Measured angles at station. 


° , | ° 4 ” 
(1) Castle—Sierra .-.... .--...- 20 07 37 (4) Peavine—Washoe...-....-- 12 39 50 
(2) Washoe—Castle...........-- 21 23 24 (2) Washoe—Castle...........-. 21 23 24 
42 31 01 | 34°03 14 
(3) Washoe—Sierra...-..------- 42 30 49 (5) Peavine—Castle..-.......... | 34 038 12 
12 | 02 
| | 
(6) Summit—Washoe ....-.....- ll 47 «00 (8) Onjumi—Peavine ......-.-- 20445138 | 
(3) Washoe—Sierra...........- 42 30 49 (4) Peavine—Washoe.....-..-- 12 39 50 | 
54.17 49 
(7) Summit—Sierra .....-....--- 54 17 56.5 (9) Onjumi—Washoe .-.... 
07.5 
(0) Onjumi—Summit....--...-- 26 07 04.5 (11) State Line—Onjumi.......-. | 16 02 41 
(6) Summit—Washoe .........-. 11 47 00 (12) MeKesick’s—State Line... - 14 06 43 | 
} 3 04.5 | 30 09 24 
(9) Onjumi—Washoe....-...---- 59.0 (13) MeKesick’s—Onjumi. --..-- 30 09 29.5 
“5.5 5.5 
(13) MeKesick’s—Onjumi. ....--. 30 09 29.5 (145) Thompson—Onjumi..--...-.. 90 24 545 
(14) Thompson—McKesick's ..--| 60 15 29.1 (10) Onjumi—Summit -----. ..... 26 07 O45 
| 90 24 58.6 116 31 59.0 
| 15) Thompson—Onjumi...-....-. 90 24 54.5 (16) Thompson—Summit .--..--.| 116 31 33 
4.1 = 26.0 
O=+12 + (1)-+ (2) (3) 
0=+ 2 4+ (4)4+ (2)— (5) = Fi Pe 
0= - 7.54 (6)+ (3)— (7) (7) 5417 56.5 
OS ea8h tee (8) (4) — (9) (17) 189 10 56.0 
G=+ 5.5+(10)+ (6)— (9) (16) 116 31 33.0 
0=— 5.5-++ (11) + (12) — (13) Se 
O=+ 4.14 (13) + (14) — (15) 360 00 25.5 
0=+26 + (15) + (19) — (16) 
0=+25.5+ (7) + (17) + (16) 


Kesick’s 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). aye) 


These equations of condition, containing a greater number of unknown 
quantities than there are equations, are to be solved by means of correl- 
atives (Chauvenet, 556, Vol. I). To obtain the coefficients in the normal 
equations, the following form for the equations of correlatives is to be 
used: 


Le a2 3 a 5 6% |. 8" | 9 Corrections. Corrected angles. 


“ 


— 9,68 | 21 07 27.32 


1 | Castle—Sierra. 
— 9.684 5.53 | 21 23 19.85 2 | Washoe—Castle. 
+ 9.68—11.53 | 2 30 47.15 3 | Washoe—Sierra. 
+ 5.53— 9.03 12 37 46.50 4 Peavine—Washoe. 
— 5.53 34 03 06.37 5 | Peavine—Castle. 
—11. 53-412. 56 | 11 47 01.03 6 | Summit—Washoe. 
+11.53—19. 87 | 54 17 48.16 7 | Summit—Sierra. 
— 9.03 25 14 08.97 ca Onjumi—Peavine. 
+ 9. 03—12. 56 37 53 55.47 9 | Onjumi—Washoe. 
+12. 56—22. 58 26 06 51.48 10 | Onjumi—Summit. 
— 3,27 16° 02 39.73 11 | State Line—Onjumi. 
NOT 14 06 41.73 12 | McKesick’s—State Line. 
+ 1,27— 9.32 30 69 21.45 | 13 | McKesick’s—Onjumi. 
-- 9.32 60 15 19.78 al Thompson—McKesick’s. 
+ 9. 32—22. 58 gO 24 41.24 15 | Thompson—Onjumi. 
422. 58—19. 87 16 31 35.7 16 | Thompson—Summit. 
—19, 87 189 1) 36.18 17 | Sierra—Thompson. 


Notge.—Rule as many parallel columns as there are equations of condition; to the left of the 
tirst column arrange in vertical order the symbols indicating the unknown quantities (usually figures) 
in the equation of condition. The factors to the unknown quantities, beginning with the first con- 
ditional equation, are placed in order in the vertical columns, opposite their respective quantities, and 
with their proper signs. The numerical terms in the normal equations will be the same as in the 
conditional equations. The coefficients of the unknown quantities in the normal equations are 
obtained by multiplying the several factors in every column each into itself and into the correspond- 
ing ones in every other, and summing the products of the respective columns. When the unknown 
quantities are of different weights, an additional column is introduced in the correlates, the weights 
being placed opposite their respective quantities, and employed in the combination of the factors. 
The normal equations in this case are: 


0=+12 +3.000 +1.000 —1. 000 — — — — — — 
0=+ 2 +1.000 +3. 000 — -+1.000 — 
0=—— 7.5 —1.000 — +3. 000 — +1. 000 1. 000 
0—-+ 9 — -+1.000 — +3.000 +1. 000 — 
0=-+ 5.5 — —— 41.000 41.000 +3. 000 — eee 000 == 
0=— 5.5 —= — — — — +5. 000 1. 000 — = 
0=4+ 4.1 41.000 +3.000 —1.000 — 
+1. 000 —— 1.000 +3.000 —1. 000 


| | 
| 
| 
| 


15000 — — — —— —1.000 +3. 000 


374 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


These equations are solved by logarithms, as shown below: 


0=+ 8.5 es 090 ae Oe 
0=+26 41.000 —1.000 +3. 000 
434.5 Ses gs = 100 = 1000 eee 
1.5378 9, 5224 0. 0000 0.0000 (0, 4260) 
0O=+ 4.1 a —_ —1.060 +3.000 —1,000 
412.94 = =— -0.1285 — 40.37 — —0.3% 
coin ee 0, 125 40.375 —1.000 12. 625 
1, 2315 9, 0969 9.5740 0.0000 (0, 4191) 
Qa ats a 
6 490 2 eo 04e A t-0, 143, 08a 
510,99 9 = ae 0s = 0nd ee 
9.996 —<— — 86812 — 9.1553 (0.4181) 
O=—+ 5.5 a £44,000: 412000; 300008 == OS 
249/04) 5 Se a 0 105 0875), one 
(2274 2 SS sans 4000 fee 
oyase eee 80,018 00d eT Oe 
_ 9.87 — —— 41.143 41.000 42.571 +0.143 
— 0.054 —- — _ +0. 003 — —0.008 
— 9.929 —— — 41.146 +1.000 +2.563 
0.9969 ——  —— 0.0592 0.0000 (0.4087) 
G5 =) £1,000" © » =" 235.000: <1 2000 
ao ove7d ee 0, 447, 0, 300 
412.874. —— +1.000 —0.447 +2.610 
1.1096 — _ 0.0000 9.6503 (0.4166) 
0=-+ 8.5 —- — -—«- — 0.333 — — — Se ere) 
Ge Fs ens 000" pee 9.000) @ = 1000 
429, 000 1,000. pee 67 ee = F-10008 1 —0.333 
43000 == eee 0042 ee = 05 —0. 125 
45,800 1,000)  p-———aebeees = eh Saas 
So Q2811) a 06. 001g os ads 
2 @it 1000) = OSs -— ETA ond 
2.05018, | ===. oon = 0) 008 
4: $199 1.000 9 —— 88.618 SS a ae 
id =) ade 
410.559 —1.000 —— +2.106 —0.447 
4:9. 0056, ——) 0.171 00077 


412.774 —1.000 10.171 +2. 029 
1.1062 0.0000 9.2330 (0.3073) 
0=+ 2.000 +1.000 43.000 — +1.000 
<4. 200 5 — = 0, 963) OLE 
— 2.820 41.000 42.617 +0.171 
— 1.08 +0.084 —0.014 
— 3.90 41.084 +2. 603 
0.5911 0.0351 (0.4155) 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 5905) 


0=+12.00 +3.000 +1.000 —1, 000 
+ 6.29 —0.493 +0. 084 


418.29 42.507 +1. 084 
ei G2) 0, 451. 


+19,91 +2. 056 
1. 2991 « 1 K 2 Kao «4 «5 «6 kK 
0. 3131 —9.68 +5.53 —11.53 —9.03 +12. 56 —1.27 —9.3% 


0, 9860 


Note.—The solution gives the indicated values for the correlatives, which, multiplied into 
their corresponding factors in the equations of correlatives, determine the corrections to the unknown 
quantities, as shown in the example above. After the corrections are applied all equations of condi- 
tion must be 0=0. 


After the angles at all the stations are corrected by either of the above 
methods, these angles are to be used in the formation of the triangles. 
The adjustment of the figure composed of several triangles is next accom- 
plished. This adjustment involves what are called both angle and side 
equations. The first result from the necessity of the three angles of any 
triangle being equal to 180° + the spherical excess; the side equations 
from the necessity of the several directions to any one station intersecting 
in the same vertical line. ‘The conditions are simultaneous, and the angle 
and side equations must be solved together. The figure for adjustment 
should include those points which give the best triangles. This result is 
obtained when each point is occupied and each observed from every other. 
It usually facilitates work to include 5 to 7 points ina figure. It is also 
advantageous to embrace triangles in which the smallest angles exist. 
After all the triangles possible between the points selected are formed, the 
“spherical excess” (¢) of each must be computed; four-place decimals are 
sufficient. This computation should always be controlled by observing 
whether the sum of the corrections of two of the triangles 


2 
of a quadrilateral be equal to the sum of the corrections of 
the other two into which it can be divided. Each angle 
ar : 


is formed by two sights, and is represented by figures, 
thus: 1.2. 0. The number at the vertex is always placed in the center; 
or it may be represented thus: — (3) + (Q), the left-hand sight being given 


376 U.S, GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the negative sign. The spherical excess (€) is computed thus (the side 
1—2 being known): 


log 1-2 4.6391 


bo 


1,,0:2 149° 56’ 20’. 74 a.c. sine 0.3002 
0.2.1 19) ad, 304). 26 sine 9. 5263 
2.1.0 10 25 45 .00 sine 9.2577 : 8. 6626 
log 0—1 4. 4656 9, 6998 
1 ‘0 £—O5.58 log 0—2 4.1970 1. 4047 


9. 7671 


The sum of the two sides (0—1) and (0—2) multiplied into sine of 
incladed angle and into a constant depending on the latitude gives (e). 

The number of equations.—In every quadrilateral there can be formed 
three independent triangles; the fourth is a consequence of these three. 
In each figure one has therefore three angle equations. In forming these 
equations those triangles should be used with largest error, that is, the 
maximum difference from 180° + «. The side equation results from a prin- 
ciple of solid geometry. 

Considering (0, 1. 2) as the base, the whole figure, 0. 1. 
2.3, may be considered as the projection of a pyramid, in 
which the sum of the logarithmic sines of the angles at the 
base taken in one direction, must be equal to the sum of the e 
logarithmic sines taken in the opposite direction; in this case ¥ 
log. sine 3. 2. 0. + log. sine 3. 0. 1.+ log. sine 2. 1. 3.= log. 
sine 3. 2. 1.4 log. sine 0. 1.3. The vertex must be so chosen as to give 
the smallest angles in these equations. That station is best for the vertex 
the sum of whose distances from the other three is a minimum, or that 
point which is observed more often to than from. To illustrate the method 
of forming angle and side equations, suppose one has five points at which 


E the angles have been adjusted. Commencing with any 


4 . : . +e 
point, number them around in order to the right; join 
3 1 with 2, and 2 with 3, and 1 with 3; this gives one 


angle equation. Then join 4 with each of the other 3 
ot points; this gives two more independent angle equations 
and one side equation. If, now, the fifth point be joined with the other 


four, the first two new lines will give a new angle equation, and then each 


METHODS OF SURVEY (KEDUCTIONS). 317 


additional line will give one, and so on for each point brought into the 
combination. When each point is observed from every other, the number 
of angle equations will be equal to the sum of the natural numbers from 1 
to a number 2 less than the number of points, that is, from 1 to n—2 
inclusive. After the first three points are joined, it will require three new 
lines to bring into existence aside equation. As each new point is brought 
into the figure it first requires three lines to introduce a side equation; then 
each line to the remaining points gives one; so that the number of side 
equations under above conditions, all points being observed from all others, 
will be equal to the sum of natural numbers from 1 to n—3 inclusive. 
When each point is not observed from every other, the number of angle 
and side equations may be known by the following formulee: 

i— n+1—=number of angle equations. 

1—2n + 3—number of side equations. 

J—number of lines. (Report of Chief of Engineers, 1872, p. 1046.) 

The numerical term in each angle equation is the difference between 
180° + ¢ and the sum of the angle in that triangle, + when the sum of the 
angles is > and—when <180°+¢. The numerical term in each side 


equation is obtained by summing the log. sines of the angles taken in one 


direction and obtaining the difference between this sum and the sum of the 
log. sines in the opposite direction. The logarithmic differences of the 
sines for 1° become the coefficients of the correction to the directions. 
(Coast Survey Report, 1854, p. 80.) 

The following example serves to illustrate the computations employed 
after the adjustment of angles. 

The forms used are entirely the outgrowth of the experience of the 
survey. 


378 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


GEODETIC COMPUTATIONS. 


Angles read— 


Date. | Station. (mean.) Remarks. 
| | 
——_— —_ ess = (ieee : — 
1877. ; } o| « “ 
July 16 Meade Peak ....... Sherman Peak....-.. od oe Observers, Lieutenant Tillman and , 
| Sedgwick Peak .... | 10) 12 52.14 Assistant Thompson. 
Mount Pisgah ....-.. 83 | 2; 20.00 
| 
July 23 Sherman Peak ...... | Sedgwick Peak .....|....] ...].....-- Observers, Lieutenant Tillman and 
| Mount Pisgah ....... 95] 0) 8.00 Assistant Thompson. 
| Meade Peak ........ | 66 | 40) 14.00 
' | | 
Aug. 1° Mount Pisgah | Meade Peak .-......)....]....----.-- Observers, Lieutenant Tillman and 
| Sherman Peak ...... 20 4) 23.57 Assistant Thompson. 
Sedgwick Peak .....) 22] 31 52.86 
| | Mount Putnam ...../ 39 | 28 47. 86 | 
| Aug. 31 Sedgwick Peak. -. | Mount Putnuam...... lscea|eae Observer, Lieutenant Tillman. 
| | Mount Pisgah. ..... 59 | 
Meade Peak ....-..-. 54 | | 
| Sherman Peak ...... 8 
Sept. 17 Mount Putnam ~ .. | Mount Pisgah ...... parE een Poca Observers, Lieutenant Tillman and 
Meade Peak ......-. 46 | 44| 27.62 Assistant Thompson. 
| Sherman Peak ..... 13| 1/ 33.24 | 
Sedgwick Peak... | 20 | 56 20.73 


Sedgwick | ee) a ee Ph. 


© 
3 Sherman Ph. 


(1) FORMATION OF ANGLE EQUATIONS. 


Corrections 
from least 
Equation Logarithms square adjust- Computation for 
No. Angles. Values observed. of sines. ment. Corrected angles. spherical excess. 
1-2 4.7197 
2.3.1 (36 47 03.62) 0. 2227 —15. 69 36 46 47.93 3-2 4.4954 
3.1.2 20 56 20.73 9. 5530 + 4.17 20 56 24.90 3-1 4. 8695 
1.2.3 122 16 39.17 9. 9271 +11. 52 122 16 50.69 sin 2.3.1 9.7773 
3-2 4, 4954 constant 1, 4043 
3-1 3, 52 4, R695 0. 5465 


Equation 
No. 


Il 


1-2 
2.4.1 (31 
4.1.2 33 
1.2.4 114 
4-2 
4-1 
1-2 
2.5.1 39 
5.1.2 80 
1:25, 59 
5-2 


5-1 


1-3 
3.4.1 (42 
4.1.3 13 
1.3.4 124 

4-3 

4-1 


rae 
tl 
on e 
=~ 

ou @ 
i==! w 


2.3.5 95 
3.5.2 22 
5.2.3 62 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 


(1) FORMATION OF ANGLE EQUATIONS—Continued. 


Angles. Values observed. 


51 55. 27) 
57 53,97 
10 17.50 

74 


42 21.59 
48 32.50 
—18, 05 
— 9.36 
—27.41 

4 47.41) 
1- 33,24 
53 43,99 
3.84 

0 40.72 
46 0.86 
13. 29.99) 
11.57 

5 4.29 
44 27.62 
10 40.03) 
11.94 

40 22. 00 
12 52.14 
6 21.67 
—24.19 
—_0. 62 
—24.81 

0 8.00 
31 52.86 
28 6.67 
7.53 

— 5.73 


Logarithms square adjust- 


of sines. 
4.7197 
0.2774 
9, 7472 
9. 9602 
4.7443 
4, 9573 


4.7197 
0. 1967 
9. 9942 


4. 8695 
0. 1738 
9, 3527 
9.9139 
4, 3960 
4. 9572 


4. 8695 
0. 0541 
9. 9366 
9. 9294 
4. 8602 
4. 8530 


4.9573 
0, 0042 
, 9. 8623 
9. 8915 
4, 8238 
4, 8530 
4.7443 
0.5024 
9, 2489 
9. 1492 
4. 4956 
4.3959 


4, 9106 
0, 0017 
9. 5834 
9. 9478 
4, 4957 
4, 8601 


Corrections 


from least 


ment. 


++ | 
one 


| ++ 
oo Mw 


9 


| 
ou 


95 


Shi! 
3.95 


Beil 
. 34 
05 


Computation for 


Corrected angles, spherical excess. 


31 51 53 
33 57 47, 
114 10 12. 


39 29 06. 
80 42 26. 
59 43 36. 


42 4 43. 
13 1 35. 
124 53 44. 


Dawe 
wwa 
w wo 
Ceo 
—_ SS 


98 
19 
01 


81 
10 
45 


85 
29 


43 
59 46 1, 
58 13 20 


20 
o4 


4-2 4.7443 

4-1 4.9573 

sin 2.4.1 9.7226 
constant 1.4043 
0. 8285 


5-2 4.9106 

5-1 4.38531 

sin 2.5.1 9.3033 
constant 1, 4043 
0.9713 


4-3 4.3960 

4-1 4,9572 

sin 3.4.1 9.8262 
constant 1.4043 
0. 5837 


5-3 4. 8602 
5-1 4. 8530 
sin 3.5.1 9.9459 
constant 1. 4043 


1. 0634 

5-4 4, 8238 

5-1 4. 8530 

sin 4.5.1 9, 9958 
constant 1.4043 
1. 0769 


3-2 4. 4956 

3-4 4.3959 

sin 2.3.4 9, 4975 
coustant 1.4043 
9.7934 


3-2 4. 4957 

3-5 4.8601 

sin 2.3.5 9.9983 
constant 1. 4043 
0. 7584 


379 


380 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Equation 
No. 
Ill 
2. 
4. 
5. 
IV 
3. 
4. 
5. 
Equation 
No. Angles 
Vi =4.2.3 
3.1.2 


a os 
ow os 


VI 5.3.4 


~ 
—_ 
mo ON 


pats 
sé ; 


(1) FORMATION OF ANGLE EQUATIONS—Continued, 


Angles. Values observed. 


5-2 
4.5 83 2 20.00 
5.2 42 36 16.43 
2.4 54 21 45.00 
4-2 21. 43 
4-5 — 9.32 
+12. 11 

5-3 
4.5 93 15 12.14 
Die 20) :425 23057 
3.4 66 40 14. 00 
4-3 —10. 29° 
450 4.21 
—14.50 


of sines. 
4.9106 
0. 0032 


4, 8602 
0. 0007 
9, 5855 
9. 9629 
4. 3964 
5. 8238 


(2) FORMATION 


Variable directions. 


—()+(@) 
—(#) 
—()+()4+4)—-@) 


—(3)+(4) 
+(3) 
—(H)+) 


— (4)+() 
—(#)+(4) 
—(4)+(4) 


—(#)=F(3) 


—4)+)+)—-@G)+4)- 


(Ci) s-() 


+(4)—-(4) +) (4) 
—($)+() 


—(#) 


—(#)+(4) 
—(4)+(4) 
+(4) 


Corrections 
from least 


Logarithms square adjust- 


ment, 


+. 


8. 02 


—10. 69 


+\+ 


9. 44 


5. 60 
0,45 
9. 35 


Observed 
values 
of angles. 


8 6 
56 
4 


21 


46 44 
83 2 
59 48 


21. 67 
20.73 
47.41 


27. 62 
20. 0 
32. 50 


Corrected angles. 


Computation for 


83 2 28.02 4-2 4.7443 
42 36 5.74 4-5 4, 8238 
54 21 35.56 sin 2.4.5 9.9968 
constant 1. 4043 

0. 9692 

93 15 17.74 4-3 4. 3964 
20: 4.23.12 4-5 4,8238 


66 40 23. 


OF SIDE EQUATIONS. 


Logarithms 
of sines. 


9. 1492353 


S. 5531245 


8. 5285419 


9, 2487908 


9. 9270988 


9, 9629576 
9.3529375 
9, 9958423 
QVSliiaro 
9, 53855733 
9, 9139295 
9, 8622885 
9. 3117914 

—5, 39 
9, 8915903 
9, 999407 
9. 9942611 
9, 7957922 
9. 8622885 
9. 9967868 
9, 9366917 
9. 7957670 

+2. 52 


35 sin 3.4.5 9.9993 
constant 1, 4043 


0. 6238 
First 
Variation correc- 
for 1”. tion. 
+1.478 39.114 
+0.550 24.307 
+0.233 43. 209 


+1. 169 

—0. 133 

+0. 910 

+0.091 23. 862 
+0.910 36.775 
+0.029 12.369 
+0.576 22.601 
—0.147 = 43. 847 
+0.19s 25. 042 
+0.170 34.529 
+0.151 34.982 
40.084 26.124 
+0.198 5. 042 
+0.026 28,505 
+0.123 36. 688 


spherical excess. 


Last 4 
places 
of loga. 
rithms, 
4930.1 
1441.9 


1722.8 
8094.8 
7567. 0 
0833. 6 
9696. 5 ~ 
8097, 


==913 


mee 


_ 


9665. 8 
9696. 5 
3446.9 
7309.2 
5677.6 
9180. 4 
2833. 8 
7691.8 


2833. 8 
7890. 1 
6968.3 
7692. 2 

aes 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 381 


(3) EQUATIONS OF CONDITION. 


I 0=—27.41 —@)+)-@+@) 

Il 0=—24.81 —(3)+(3) ()4+()-O+@ 

WI 0=+12.11 —()+4)-@4)4+@-@+@ 

IV 0=—14.50 —H+Q—-HHY-O+AD 

Vv (_28.525—1.460(4)-+1.143(4)-+1.611(3)—1.711($)—0.936 (4) +0.936(2) 

VI v= 5, 3004.0.763(4)-1.108(4)+0.345(4)-+0.235(4)—0,238(3)—0.118(4 )—0.420(8)-+0.587 4) 
595. 0,368(4)-+0.334(4)-+0-151($)—0.274(4)+-0.026(3)—0.026(4)—0.170(4)-+0.170(8) 


(4) CORRELATIVE EQUATIONS. 


(aye eee cleeeeos SG pee ET) SC) ecco: — 3.577—0.592 = — 4.169 
(6s) | CAeBoo Baeaee| occas pees | 44143 —1.1u8 | —0.368 | — 7.11240.330 = — 6.782 
(Yes eee peel eee Boece 40.345 | +0.334| — 4.53440 027 = — 4.507 
(alee 4 |owe.s-| --2- | $1-GUD | =----2-- |eeee-2-2 4+11.614—0.095 = +11.519 
(4) | --e--] —L] 41 J------ 1 Sve e eens = 40.151 | — 5.830-+0.344 = — 5.486 
(By\\) 240i esse sre | ence | Pere | 9.274 | + 4.188—0.240 = + 3.948 
(a) eseees|) al [eseeec|be=n= =| Bees | eer eeecee |) faseese — 3.574—0.123 = — 3.697 
(il sees ste ||) EU || eos becee 40.238 | ...-..-..| + 6.718—0.197 = + 6.521 
(BW) bases | Hoses Py ey cess wee ||| 022883) «= | — 3.14440.320 = — 2.824 
Gy |B: | aa) =t]2-.-.| —0.936"|--------- 40,026 | — 3.808+0.332 = — 3.476 
| (Qnleeee= Sy eenode —1| 40.936 |. ----2-)-+---+2--- | — 0,889—0.175 = — 1.064 
} [ees eet | ee | | 0.026 | + 4.697—0.157 = + 4.540 | 
| @) | Tea I BA sl co | Ronee heme 6.118 | —0.170| + 8.949+0.033 = + 8.982 
WG) alee Wee == ctl ieee | 2 es | We eericece peeadiacod _ 9.720—0.253 = — 9.973 | 
(63) | ecco bocooel besaeee lets eee se | /=0.429)| 2=..--- | _ 9.099—0.370 = + 0.271 
FEY Pd |e as ce ie tl +0. 110 | + 0.870—0.150 = + 0.720 
From the foregoing are formed the following 
(5) NORMAL EQUATIONS. 
Second : 
First com- 
Cee putation. 
— 19 O0=—2.41 +4. 000 —2. 000 —0. 463 —0.778 
+ 0.7 0=—24. 81 ——_— +6. 000 —2. 000 +2.000 +1. 450 +0, 238 —0.125 
+ 07 0= +12. 11 —2. 000 —2. 000 +6. 000 42.000 — 0.775 —0, 547 +0, 203 
— 21 O0=—14.50 +2.000 +2. 000 +6.000 — 0. 936 —0. 500 —0. 196 
— 2.3 0 = —28.525 +1. 450 —0.775 —0.936 -+10.713 —2, 380 —0. 703 
+117. 4 = — 5.39 —0, 483 +0, 238 —0, 547 —0.500 — 2.380 +2. 539 +0. 636 
+ 1.3 =-+ 2.595 —0. 778 —0, 125 +0. 203 —0.196 — 0.703 +0. 636 +0. 404 


382 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


SOLUTION. 


The solution of the above equations is made by means of four place logarithms. 


0.1139 0. 40236 9. 8910 y, 0969 9. 3075 9, 2923 9. 8470 9, 8035 
+117.40 — 5.390 — 0.463 + 0.238 — 0.547 — 0.500 —2.380 + 2.539 
— 2:05 — 3.975 1.225 -- 0/197 —= 0/820. +. .0.309| =" 4/1079 = =" 1.002 
4115.35 — 9.365 + 0.762 + 0.435 — 0.867 — 0.191 — 1.273 +4 1.537 


2. 0620 0, 97151 9. 8820 9. 6385 9. 9380 9. 2810 0. 1048 (0. 18667) 


— 2.30 —28. 525 + 1.450 — 0.775 — 0.936 +10.713 — 2.380 
+ 226 + 4.304 — 1.354 — 0.218 + 0.353 — 0.341 — 1.224 + 1.107 
— 0.04 —24.131 — 1.354 + 1.232 — 0.492 — 1.277 + 9.489 — 1.273 
4.95.58 7.755 + 0.631 + 0.360 — 0.718 — 0.158 — 1.054 
+ 95.49 —31.886 — 0.723 + 1.592 — 1.140 — 1.435 +4 8.435 
1. 9800 1. 50360 9. 8591 0, 2020 0. 0569 _ 0. 1568 (0. 9261) 
— 2.10 —14.500 + 2.000 + 2,000 + 6.000 — 0.986 — 0.500 
+ 0.68 + 1.22% — 0.377 — 0.061 + 0.098 — 0.095 — 0.341 + 0.309 
— 1.47 —13.275 — 0.377) 4+ 1.9389 + 2.098 + 5.905 — 1.277 — 0.191 
+ 14.33 — 1.164 + 0,09 + 0.054 — 0.108 — 0.024 — 0.158 
4-12.86 —14.439 — 0.282 + 1.993 + 1.9909 + 5.881 — 1.435 
4-16.24 — 5.424 — 0.1238 + 0.271 — 0.194 — 0,244 
+ 29.10 —19.863 — 0.405 + 2.264 + 1.796 + 5,637 
1. 4639 1, 29804 9. 6075 0. 3549 0.2544 (0. 75105) 
+ 0.70 412.110 — 2.000 — 2.000 + 6.000 + 2.000 — 0.775 — 0.547 
— 0.65 — 1.269 + 0.391 + 0.063 — 0.102 +4 0.098 +4 0.353 — 0.320 
+ 0.05 +10.841 — 1.609 — 1.9387 + 5.898 + 2.098 — 0.422 — 0.867 
+ 65.06 — 5.284 4- 0.430 + 0.245 — 0.489 — 1.108 — 0.718 
+ 65,11 + 5.557 — 1.179 — 1.692 + 5.409 + 1.990 — 1.140 
+ 12.91 — 4.309 — 0.098 + 0.215 — 0.154 — 0,194 
+ 78.02 + 1.248 — 1.277 — 1.477 +4 5.255 + 1.796 
— 9.27 + 6.330 + 0.129 — 0.722 — 0.572 
+ 68.75 + 7.578 — 1.148 — 2.199 + 4.683 
1. 8373 0, 87955 0.0599 0.3422 (0.6705) 
+ 0.70 —24.810 + 6.000 — 2.000 + 2.000 + 1.450 + 0.238 
+ 0.40 + 0.781 — 0.241 — 0.039 +4 0.063 — 0.061 — 0,218 + 0.197 
+ 1.10 —24.029 — 0.241 + 5.961 — 1.987 + 1.939 + 1.232 + 0.435 
— 32.65 + 2.651 — 0.216 — 0.123 4 0.245 + 0.054 4 0.360 ~ 
— 31.55 —21.378 — 0.457 + 5.8383 — 1.692 + 1.993 + 1.592 
— 18.02 + 6.018 + 0.136 — 0.200 + 0.215 + 0.271 
— 49.57 —15.360 — 0.321 + 5.538 — 1.477 + 2.264 
— 11.69 + 7.978 4 0.163 — 0.909 — 0,722 
61.26 — 7.382 — 0.158 + 4.629 — 2.199 

+ 32.28 + 3.558 — 0.539 — 1.033 
— 28.98 — 3.824 — 0.697 + 3.596 


(9. 6064) 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 


1. 4621 0. 58252 9, 8432 
— 1.90 —27.410 + 4.000 
+ 2.50 + 4.863 — 1,498 
+ 0.60 —22.547 + 2,502 
— 57.19 + 4.644 — 0.378 
— 56.59 —17.903 + 2,124 
+ 8.18 — 2.732 — 0.062 
— 48.41 —20.635 -+ 2.062 
+ 2.09 — 1.427 — 0.029 
— 46.32 —22.062 + 2.033 
ae1G365) fo dee57= = 0428) 
— 29.47 —20.205 + 1.752 
— 5.62 — 0,741 — 0.135 

+ 


— 35.09 —20. 946 


1, 5452 
1, 3366 
421.70 


The different correlatives are: 


SOLUTION—Continued. 


(0, 55582) 


— 0.241 
— 0.241 
— 0.216 
— 0. 457 
+ 0.136 
— 0.321 
+ 


area || 


| 


0. 163 
0. 158 
— 0,539 


— 0.697 


lal 


+ 


2.000 
OmsoI = =" 049770 
12609 = O'ST7 
0.430 + 0.095 + 
16179) 00280" = 
0.098 — 0,128 
1.277 — 0.405 
0. 129 
1.148 

= 19,8630 


7.578 


5.28 


= 5, 
mess oo Agee 140870) et 80048 == 
+ 


— 9,030 — 


7, 860 5.813 — 


—12.854 —15.152 —11.204 — 


1.1094 1, 
0.55322 0. 


18047 1. 04937 1 


31. 886 
9. 367 
5. 691 
3. 689 
2. 852 


42. 108 
- 62431 


50995 ~=—-0, 298820, 6982 
+ 3.574 + 3.235 + 1.987 + 4,991 


+95. 49 

+29. 10 —15. 69 

+68. 75 — 8.79 +19. 53 

—28. 98 —24, 92 427.77 + 4.10 

—15.13 —26. 97 — 6.47 +10. 59 

—44.11 +16. 86 +41.61 +114. 02 

1. 6445 1, 2269 1. 6192 2. 0570 

1, 0887 0. 5564 0. 8682 1. 1309 

+12. 27 —3. 60 —7. 38 —13. 52 
From first From sec- 
computa- ond com- 

tion. putation. Sum. 


a, = +12. 955 
a; = + 3,574 
a3 = a oe 235 
dy = + 1.987 
a5 = + 4.991 
a = + 4.862 
az = +20. 190 


-L0, 2170 = +113. 1720 
-L0, 1227 = ++ 3. 6967 
—0.0360 = + 3.1990 
—0.0738 = + 1.9132 
—0.1352 = + 4, 8558 
—1.0343 = + 3, 8277 
1.7993 = +20. 9893 


0. 463 
1. 225 
0. 762 


++ 


Pop crel 
© © 1 ow w 
@Saseanrns 
Sogn 


a eng 


oo 
on 
w 


ATS 
0. 87350 
0. 6868 

+ 4,862 


+115. 35 
+ 16.54 
+ 5,34 
St 53812 
ee all 
+ 17.21 


+158. 97 
2.2013 
2. 0146 

—103. 43 


383 


+ 2.525 
—10. 085 
— 0.447 
+ 0.657 
— 0.390 
— 3.509 
+ 3.092 


— 8.157 
0.91153 
1. 3051 

+20. 190 
+ 1.30 
—16.89 
— 1.53 
— 0.73 
+ 1.45 
4 9.50 
—65. 80 


—72. 70 
1.8615 
2.2561 

+41. 7993 


The sum of these values introduced in the correlatives gives the resulting corrections of the directions 


as given before. 


The computation of distances, after the final adjustment of figures, 


consists of the solution of the triangles, and is always checked by dupli- 


cate reduction from the common triangles to which any side may belong, 


plane angles being used. 


384 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The following are examples of computations for distances : 


Objects. Spherical angles. Sph. | Plane angles. | Logarithms. 
| eae | 
Putnam-SedP wick: <a. cccesceecemccte see se pincsce te ode oe cgcies sae meeela 4. 7196637 
Sherman Peak’*--2.2-..-...s< | 86 46 47.93 1.17 | 36 46 46.76 | 0. 2227623 
MountiPntnamie. s.cccemesccccs 20 56 24.90 1.17 | 20 56 23.73 | 9.5531410 | 
Sedgwick Peak --.<...-.--..<-. 122 16 50.69 | 1.18 | 122 16 49.51 9. 9270850 | 
Sherman-Sedgwick 4. 4955670 
Sherman-Putnam 4. 8695110 
Putnam Sed 2widhivs. «tsescremerccmiesecas'se tne si eswscae dee seneenee ~~ 4, 7196637 | 
Meade Peak:..--..--2:sicn:sases 31 51 53.98 2. 29 | 31 51 51.73 0. 2774399 | 
Mount Putnam 33 58 0.75 2,28 33 57 58.50 9. 7471821 | 
Sedgwick Peak.............-0. 114 10 12.01 | 2.24 | 114 10 9.77 | 9,.9601562 | 
Meade-Sedgwick \oveccasa dias swenads secna seas ssiciveno neve snneaeecwens 4. 7442857 | 
Moeade=Pi iam irasssecse. pcesceue ccc.) cents conecaceseeenasseeemeas 4. 9572598 
| a | 
| Putnam=-Sedswiele cer csectaecos Sess $a 26.06 eaclvececcfeaanemeasiaesta 4. 7196637 
| Mount Pisgah....-..-......-.- 39 29 6.81 3.12 39 29 3.69 0. 1966334 
Mount Putnam 80 42 26.10 12 80 42 22.98 9.9942616 | 
Sedgwick Peak ............--- 59 48 36.45 | 3.12 | 59 48 33.33 9..9366927 | 
Pisgah-Sed io WiGkeo emetic seccececeecemctescee cet cessstvcccesmncsseeees 4. 9105587 | 
Pispah—- Pn (pam sessest cts ae eames a ccine sateen seca amen nte eet 4.8529898 | 
Potnam-Sherman..de secu. sso veote ivecveesscs-s -escesndeecesestaesees 4.8695110 | 
Meade Peak ......-..- sed 42 4 43.70 | 1.28 | 42 4 42.42 | 0.1738296 


Mount Putnam 
Sherman Peak 


13 1 3585 | 1.98 | 13 1 34.57 | 9,3520496 
124 53 44.29 | 1.98 | 124 53 43.01 | 9.9139193 


Mesde=Sherman. .<scsccccas eng «descsn cde cunnsastesesaceenaet sshusace 4. 3962902 
Meade -POtnaMm -.0 osc cece. caesce cece csivceresenesereanecsesceestiess 4,9572599 | 
| PUtRaM=SHONMaNe enc ccms scares Gs sane hci cre a eet gee eto ee 4. 8695110 | 


Mount Pisgah 


62 0 49.43 | 3.86 | 62 0 45.57 | 0,0540141 


Mount Putnam 59 46 1.20 . 86 59 45 57.34 | 9.9365014 | 
Sherman Peake vec sscscesse see 58 13 20.94 | 3.85 | 58 13 17.09 | 9.9294647 
| Pisgah! SHEVMaNysewses tas saieraenen wees. ores clnanestecesioeeeceeses 4. 8600265 
Pisgab—-Pntn amor conor iesa aioe o= nan .ancieinsie ses siaawana ances sae SEES 4. 8529898 
| Putnam-Meade ....... SCR Se Done Senge OE Ce epas Ire crn ose ice 4. 9572598 
Mount Pisgah ......-. -| 82 5 12.55 3.98 | 82 5 8,57 0. 0041564 | 
|. Mount Putnam .....-......-... 46 44 25.35 | 3.98 46 44 21.37 9. 8622761 
| Meade Peak ..-.2-. <2. -<-ccceee 51 10 34.04 3. 98 51 10 30.06 9. 8915735 | 


Pispah-Meade\<-< .-2-5- seccsenctcseies-sor- e855 
Pisgah=Potoant. 22.5 occeeeeesecneseeunde stone cas bescecees tacoma weer | 
Meade-Sedgwick | 
Sherman Peak ... | | | 
| Meade:Peak <<<... <ccsceccess ; 10 12 49.78 | 0. 21 | 10 12 49,52 9. 2487602 
Sedgwick Peak ................ | 8 6 38.67 0.20 | 8 6 38.47 9. 1494835 
Sherman-Sedgwiok!>.— 2... eeacsessteee seesaw eoscascacieten assoc caen 4. 4955669 
Sherman—Meade in sic... ss 0qrcrnasceamereeenceeaceeescestacsasasesiss 4. 3962902 | 
—— | 
Pisgah-Sedgwick 4.9105587 | 
Sherman Peak 0.016570 | 


Mount Pisgah 9, 5833512 | 


Sedgwick/Peake.-.-cccee<sceos 7 [imple i 9. 9478109 
Sherman—sod wile: .ijcncsenc teanasccenss'oe eccestedeeiseiess-cics-ashas 4. 4955669 


Sherman=Pispabe soe. c2-2-cne ses. <2 sane eee ee nae eee “4, 8600266 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 


| 


Objects. 


| Spherical angles. | 


Logarithms. 


Pisgah-Sedgwick 


Meade Peak .-.......------ 83 
Mount Pisgah ....-..--.------- 42 36 
Sedgwick Peak...--..--------- 54 21 


Meade-Sedgwick 
Meade-Pisgah 


Pisgah-Sherman 


Meade Peak ..----.----..----- 93 15 
| Mount Pisgahieosaceences oom 20 4 
| Sherman Peak..-....---------- 66 40 


Meade-Sherman 
Meade-Pisgah 


BxC Plane angles. 
AEBS SERS OCB aco EDO RUE O I OSGOnS 4. 9105587 
3.11 83 2 24.91 0. 0032119 
5.74 3.11 42 36 2.63 9. 8305151 
35. 56 3.10 54 21 32.46 9. 9099218 
4. 7442857 
SRBC RI LOS CEE ARCO SOLE CURES 4, 8236924 


4. 8600265 


17.74 1.40 93 15 16.34 0, 0007010 
23.12} 1.40 20 4 21.72 9. 5355627 
23.35 1.41 66 40 21.94 9. 9629648 
eae ne wen aiccins elena min sm leaacins 4, 3962902 
Pease oo saie semanas laa = steers 4. 8236923 | 


The following examples indicate method of obtaining the latitude, longitude, 
and azimuth, which are followed by forms for recording the data resulting from the 


computations : 


Azimuth a: Mount Putnam to Sedgwick Peak -- 337 45 3.67 
Spherical angle: At Mount Putnam..-....--------------++---- — 80 42 26.10 
Azimuth a’ Mount Putnam to Mount Pisgah .------.------- 257. 2 37.57 
Bae 805s NN orieietars e'enle sine nniniaiem ein ennai ene nismcicioiciesn oc il +180 34 56.05 


Azimuth (a) | 


GEODETIC CO-ORDINATES. 


77 37 33.62 | 


Latitude. Longitude. 
i: 42 57 7.957 Mount Putnam, A: 112 10 9.802 
6L +0 8 26.531 A —" 0) (51) 122075 
L’ 43 5 34.488 Mount Pisgah, A’ 111 18 57.727 
Computation for latitude : Computation for longitude: 
log. dist. 4, 8529898 log. dist. 4. 8529898 
B 8. 5106682 sin a! n9. 9888004 
cosa’ ~ 79. 3506485 A! 8. 5091042 
log. (1) n2. 7143065 —517. 9723 sec L’ OTT Sb5303 
+70 
log. dist. 9.70598 = 
Cc 1.37325 log. (V) n3. 4874327 
| sin?a’ 9. 97760 6A —3072. 0745 
| log. (IT) 1.05683 + 11.3980 Computation for azimuth: 
log. D zs800 log. (V) n3. 4874317 
a 25 ' 
— 506. 57 log. [(1)+(1I)]? 5. 4093 on (= L ) 9, 8339667 7.840 
log. (III 7.7953 + 0.0062 zi 
og. OTD. 2a ui see 0.000003 0. 462 
log. B 6.1675 “ 
sin2a/ dist.? 9. 6836 log. (VI) n3. 3213987 n8. 302 
(1) me. 7148 —da —2096. 035 
—log. (IV) n8. 5654 + 0.0868 — . 020 


—édL—506. 5318 


25 WH—VOL I 


386 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Azimuth a: | Sedgwick Peak to Mount Putnam... Sc ‘| 157 54 53.98 
| 
| Spherical angle: | At Sedo wickPealkkeoeees .2icessahlasss crema ests mate |} + 59 48 36.45 
Pp : | | 
| | — 
| Azimuth a’ | Sedgwic Peak to Mount Pisgah ..........----- }* 217 43 30.43 
da°+ 180° | alee hahaa ale te ete ee ate eee tare ne nfe fe a ale nimi! Aimee tar if Sie 180 24 56.38 | 
Azimuth (a) | Mount Pisgah to Sedgwick Peak .......-...--.. | 38 8 26.81 | 
GEODETIC CO-ORDINATES. 
Latitude. Longitude. 
L: 42 30 53. 968 Sedgwick Peak, A: 111 55 39.900 
6L + 0 34 40,521 CEN — 0 36 42.174 
Li 435 34.489 Mount Pisgah, lil 18 57.726 
Computation for latitude : Computation for longitude: 
log. dist. 4. 9105587 log. dist. 4. 9105587 
B 8. 5107014 sin a/ n9. T866619 
cos a n9, 8981520 A! 8. 5091042 
log. (I) 73. 3194121 —2086. 4697 See Dee e 
—35 
log. dist.? 9, 82112 = 
¥ ‘4 9 
Cc 1. 36664 log. (V) n3. 3428516 
sin?a’ 9. 57332 5A —2202. 1737 
log. (11) ONTELOSsG ct) 45: 7687 Computation for azimuth: | 
log. D Bs log. (V) 13. 3428516 | 
2080 7 o 2 rc 
hae a a ee sin (E+E) 9. e301843 7.840 | 
log. (IIT) 9.0218 + 0.1052 Ae 2 
sec 0. 0000055 . 02 
log. E 6. 1580 seen apes 
Meee ete a 
sin’a’ dist.? 9.3944 log. (VI) n3.1750414 7. 869 
| (1) n3. 3194 i 
| — —ba —1496. 378 
| —log. (IV) n8.8718 +4 0.0744 San 
| —dL—2080. 5214 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 


POSITIONS, ETC., OF GEODETIC STATIONS. 


387 


[Derived from base at Ogden, Utah, by Lieutenant Tillman, Lieutenant Young, and Mr. Thompson. ] 


Station. 
Year. = 
1 2 
| 
1877 | Mount Putnam | Sedgwick Peak 
1877 | Mount Putnam Mount Pisgah . 
| 1877 | Mount Pisgah... Sedgwick Peak. 
1877 | Meade Peak .... Mouni Pisgah - 
1877 | Sedgwick Peak | Meade Peak ..-- 
1877 | Meade Peak....| Sherman Peak.. 
1877 | Sedgwick Peak. Sherman Peak... 
—————— 
| Station. 
Year.|—— —=— 
1 2 
1877 | Mount Putnam | Sedgwick Peak. 
1877 | Mount Putnam_| Mount Pisgah . 
1877 | Mount Pisgah . | Sedgwick Peak - 
1877 | Meade Peak ....| Sedgwick Penk. 
1877 | Sedgwick Peak .| Meade Peak ... | 
| 1878 | Meade Peak... | Sherman Peak..| 
| 1877 | Sedgwick Peak.) Sherman Peak... 


: | 
— Distance 


in miles. 
1 to 
32. 64 337) 45 
43.99 257 «2 
49. 38 38 8 
41.47 17534 
34.49 212) 5) 
15. 47 2 19 
19.46 | 280 11 
_____ Distance 
in miles. 
1 
32.64 112 10 
43.99 112 10 
49.38 111 18 
41 47 111 15 
34.49 lll 55 
15. 47 111 15 
19. 46 lll 55 


Azimuth. Latitude. 
2 2tol 1 2 
” 9 ' “" a " ° . u" 
3.67 | 157 42 57 7.96 | 42 30 53.97 | 
37.57 | 7 42 57 7.96 | 42 5 34.49 
26.82 | 217 | 43 5 34.49 | 42 30 53.97 | 
55.28 | 355 | 42 29 41.37 | 43 5 34.49 
5.99 92 42 30 53.97 | 42 29 41.37 | 
37.53 | 262 42 29 41.37 | 42 97 52.18 
44.66 100 42 30 53.97 | 42 27 52.18 
Longitude. Altitude | 
-|— | 
} 
2 1 | 2 
—_ aes 
g K iy Feet. Feet. | 
9.80  11L 55 39.90 8905.3 9207.2 
9.60 | 111 18 57.73 8905.3 9695.6 
57.73 | 111 55 39.90 9694. 6 9207.2 | 
10.75 | 111 18 57.73 | 105409 | 9694.6 | 
39.90 11L 15 10.75 9207.2 | 10540. 9 | 
10.75 | 111 33 11.25 10540. 9 9572.0 | 
39.90 111 33 «11.25 9207. 2 | 


388 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


GEOGRAPHICAL POSITIONS BY MAIN AND SECONDARY TRIANGULATION FROM BASES 
MEASURED AT MAIN ASTRONOMICAL POINTS, AND FROM OTHER TRIGONOMETRIC 
CONNECTIONS. 


[From base, measured at Ogden, Utah, by Dr. F. Kampf, Miles Rock, C. E. and C. J. Kintner.] 


Atlas | Altitude 


Year. Station. | oe Longitude. Latitude. eatoNe oes Remarks. 
oF 4 o 4 om | Feet, 
1877 | Mount Pntnam., 32D | 112 10 9.80 | 42 57 7.96 8905.3 Lieutenant Young Triangulation Sheet No. 11. 
| and Mr. Thompson 
1877 | Sedgwick Peak ..do ..| 111 55 39.90 | 42 30 53.97 9207.2 | Lieutenant Tillman Do. 
1877 | Sherman Peak..)..do .. 111 33.11.25 |) 42 27.52.18 | 9572.0 | Lieutenant Tillman Do. 
and Mr. Thompson 
1877 | Meade Peak ....|..do ..} 111 15 10.74 | 42 29 41.37] 10540.9 |......do ............ Do. 
1877 | Mount Pisgah ..|..do ..) 111 18 57.73 | 43 5 34.49 | 9694.6: )--< 22. (ice set seencs Do. 
The different correlatives are : 
From first comp. From second comp. 
a, = — 0.596 —0. 0089 
az = + 3.138 —0. 0080 
a3; = + 0.072 —0. 0223 
a, = — 0.719 +0. 0088 
a5 = + 8.764 +0. 0291 
ag = + 2.205 —0. 0339 
a, == —11. 324 —0, 0494 
dg = + 3.129 —0. 0481 
ay = — 3.553 +0. 0436 


The sum of these values introduced in the correlatives give the result- 
ing corrections of the directions as given before. 

Cross-sight stations.—To compute the position of a point observed from 
only two other points, the problem is reduced to the solution of a simple 
triangle, the two observed angles and included side being the known 
quantities. The third angle is obtained by difference from 180°, the two 
remaining sides are then determined approximately, and the spherical 


cle. 


fo) 


excess (¢) computed. The operation is then repeated with the new an 
When the station is cross-sighted from three points, the problem becomes 
the simplest case of the more general problem already given, for adjust- 
ment of figure, and involves only one side equation. The sum of the two 
observed angles in each triangle, taken from 180°, gives the third approxi- 
mately. The spherical excess (¢) and the two unknown sides in each 
triangle are then computed approximately. The side equation is solved, 


requiring only one correlative and giving one normal equation. The cor- 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 389 


rections to the angles thus obtained, introduced at the same time with the 
spherical excess (¢), give the determination of distances to the required 
degree of accuracy. When the point is cross-sighted from more than three 
stations, all possible triangles should be formed, and the problem is similar 
to the general case already given. The ‘three-point” problem is solved 
by the formula given in “ Lee’s Tables and Formule” (p. 87). The more 
general form of this problem is shown in “Coast Survey Report,” 1864 
(p. 116). 

The following form indicates the means of computing latitudes and 
departures : 


Camp 87, at railroad crossing, Colorado River, Arizona. To Camp 38, at the Needles, Colorado 
River, Arizona. Date, September 7, 1875. Gilbert Thompson, computer. 


Jorrec- Bearings— Reduced 

statin, Bhaveeds, tenia, Rednea | : _ feoin station 
distance. | Magnetic. True. in miles.’ 

| Camp 37 1913 —14 66:1) S531 Be S. 16} E. 0.16 
1 1993 | --3 229 | N.86E. | S. 793 E. | 54 

2 9995 |... 2... 167| N.79E. |: S. 8635. | .39 

3 CEEDY | eer | 270 | 8. 35E. | S. 2045. | 64 

4) 2662 | —10 201} Sonth. | S. 143 E. 47 

5 | ORT Slee e 207 | S. 40 E. S. 253 E. 49 

6|  3080| —15 | 207 | S.17E. | S. 245. .53 

7 3300) |eeeeeee | 258 | S. 44E. | S. 204 E. .61 

8 | 3580 | —16 | 281| S.33E. | S. 18} E. 66 

9 3877 |) 15" 136] §. 36E. | S. 2135. .32 

10 4018 =e 344| S. 41E. | S. 26} 5. .81 

u 4370 — 2 103| S.18E. | S. 3} E. 24 

| 4475| —3| 952 | $. 235. | S. 8¢E. | 59 

13 | 4730 |....-.- | 131| S.50E. | S.35}E. | 31 

Camp 38 | Asal eps dese | See eae |aoweeclencane laaeese necees 6.76 
Camp 37 | 1913 | —76 = total correction -......---..----- 0.15 
| 2948 | = Hotal traveleceeemeren tee oee eee 6.94 | 


390 +U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Camp 37, at railroad crossing, Colorado River, Arizona—Continued. 


| Aneroid | 
Station. Southing. Easting. Westing. | No. 2097. Remarks. 
| Feet. 
| 
ne ———|——_— aes 
64 19 
Camp 37 64 19: |s=25 se 670 | Mag. var. 14° 30’ E. 
106 246 | ; 
ab 42 220i \\ecemeesta 497 
| 116 413 
2 | 10 1G Val See ates 438 
| 369 508 . 
Sal 253 95 |scoasse. 468 Followed a rough trail. 
564 458 | eS 
4 195 zeeclt 550 678 
751 547 | 
5 “1 G78) 9 eee On| enema 589 
978 557 | 
6 227 NO) ane oeene 640 
1203 684 | i 
7 | 225 197 |:2¢-22 2 582 | 426 Odometer revolutions 
pAd| 710) Aan Te | a” Q 2 mi 
g | 147 o¢ WT) eel il 565 equal one mile. 
1597 822 es 
9. | 127 50M seccs6c2 737 | 
1905... 976 ae 
10 ” 308 iy eee | 577 
20 982 < 
P| 78103: |v ee 6 bens ee == 672 
2257 1019 | 
12| “249 B7 leon see | 642 
236% : 095 sa | 
13 BGR Et anOil2seseeleeseeens 
Camp 38 2363 1145 50) ee eeseea: 8.5.56 miles. 
Campy esi tosccce ae 50) |ieSaz com. eeesice=l E. 2.58 miles. 
2363 1095 
Oo - “4 
Camp 37. Long. 114 26 36.98 (by Meander.) 
2 38.55 — = diff. of Long. for E. 2.58 miles. 
Camp 38. Long. 114 23 58. 43 


Camp 37. Lat. 34 42 21.43 (by Meander, checked by sextant obs.) 
4 35.77 — = diff. of Lat. for S. 5.56 miles. 


Camp 38. Lat. 34 37 45.66 


Nortes.—It is considered preferable to compute the Lat. and Dep. 
with the number of revolutions instead of the miles; the latter being 
used in plotting. 

When there may be a great number of stations, and their interme- 
diate distances very short, it is more accurate and rapid for plotting to 
use the total Lat. and Dep. of the station from the point of beginning, 
as given in the example, by the small figures. 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 391 


IHYPSOMETRIC. 


The computations necessary for the determinations of differences of 
altitude from cistern and aneroid barometer observations are made by 
referring each set of observations to one or more initial points well estab- 
lished in altitude, at which simultaneous observations have been taken, 
and by means of the methods pointed out by Bvt. Lieut.-Col. R. S. Will- 
iamson, Corps of Engineers, in his treatise on the barometer. (See Profes- 
sional Papers of the Corps of Engineers, No. 15.) The projection em- 
ployed, and for which co-ordinates are computed at the Washington office 
of the survey, as required, is that of a secant cone intersecting the spheroid 
in latitudes 34° and 44° north; the initial element of the cone being the 
line joining the points at which the parallels above mentioned are inter- 
sected by the 111th meridian of west longitude. The resulting maps 
admit of conjoining; and the amount of distortion, both in distance and 
azimuth, for so large an area is less in the aggregate than in the polyconic 
projection. 

The following examples indicate the method of computation of baro- 
metric altitudes: (a) Transcript of Observations (Transcript from Form | 
and Form II); (®) Aneroid Profiles—Computations (Transcripts from 
Forms III and IV, and Form V); (c) Barometric height determinations, 


392 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


(a). METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS IN THE FIELD, 1878. 
[| Transcripts from Forms I and II. ] 


Party No. 1. Division, Utah. Recorded in Book No. 123. F. M. Lee, computer. 


| Standard cist. gees No. 1735. Error Cistecn barometer oall7674 Wneroig Nooo! 
Date. Hour. 5 S ie o.. 8 | } | = | 
= . | >, =| era > . 
3 sb ET WS), Nd PEE lees 2 ole Al eae lees 
| = Heh Et ES So es = Eat lemmi=Na dl at peuehs |p 5} 5 
| | \3| 8 pe ltee eee [oem re VOCE TES sais 
ee al oa FA 4 4,8 foo Ra | ; 4 ro 8 
| 7 f ze ia | ‘ ale i 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Ss 9 10 11 a2 la: 40615 16 
: 
| Camp No. 28, Toil Gate (Summit Branch), Plumas County, Cal. 
| 2 = = 
Sept.20/ 2  p.m.| 69.7 | 24.684 | —.096 | 24.58: D4 Gls|eayeneleaszee eee | ee bee % 
20| 9  p.m.| 33.2 | 24.620 | —.016 | 24.6 24.601 33.5 | +0.2 24.612) +.005|.... 35.0 24.48) —.124 
a1) 6 am. 27.6 | 24.614 | —. 004 | 24.6 24.587 | 27.8 | +0.2 24.612 | +.005|....) 30.0 | 24.47] —.140 
| 21) 7 a. =| 34.3 | 24.636 | —.019 | 24. 24,587 | 34:8') 4-02: (24.638 | -.005.|.2:.|:-222:}oeoee-|\as-2-00 
| ie | 
| 24.596 | | 


Forks of the road near bridge over Butt Creek (Aneroid Station, No. 11). 


. 102 | 25.420 | +. 007 | 25. 427 


21 | 12.15 p.m.| 70,6 | 25.522 | Beas Seseed| Repcsan Enacsbad econ seer RAPA ar ema 
| : 
| 
| | 25.427 
3utt Mountain, Plumas County, Cal., instrument 29 feet below summit. 
24) 7 am.|...--.| .023 | 22.557 | —. 030 | % | 37/51| 0.2 | 22/580))/4-.005)|00. lees eee (eee aoe 
24/8 am | —.028 | 22.5 .039 | : 4005) \cd-0/2") 221600) |1-23005 [cer |oeeeee | erc ee neces 
| | if } 
24) 9 ao. | —.038 | 22.580 | —.040 | 22. 540 | 45.0 | +0.2| 22.618 | +.005}....|...--.].-.2--]---.2--- 
24°10 am 047 | 22.587 024 | 22.563 | 49.5 | +0.2 | 22.634 | +.005|.-..|...--. Jokes, | eeece es 
— | | | 
| 22.541 | | | 
Camp No. 29, Deer Creek Meadows, Plumas County, Cal. 
| = | 7 : : t | = ~ 
21) 9 p.m! 40.4 | 25.528 | —.033 | 25.495 | —.003 | 25.492 | 40.8 | +.02 | 25.524 4.005 ....| 42.0 | 25.40] —. 095 
| | | | 25.492 | | el | 
22) 7 a.m;| 31.2 | 25.544 Ot | eee eee 31.3 | +0.2 25.538 | +.005 32.0 | ¢ =—w32 
22! 2  p.m.| 74.2 | 25.564 BA | see [roe ouen 75.0 | 40.2 25.566 | +.005 74.0 —. 064 
22/9 p.m.| 42-0 | 25.506 | -- ho) |e eeee 25.485 | 42.4 | 40.2 | 25.508 | +.005|.-..| 44.0 —.089 
i | | 
| | 
| | | 
23° 6 a.m,| 27.4 | 25.472 | —.008 | 25,469 | —. 023 
23| 7 a.m.| 29.7 | 25.462 | —. 009 | 25.453 | 030 
2359 p.m. —. 063 | 25.377 | -—..003 
25.414 
| 24.7 a.m. 33.0 | 25,499 030 25. 448 
24.8 am.| 45.8 | 25.538 | 039 | 25. 454 
| 2) 9 am.| 51.3 | 25.548 | — | —.040 | 25, 450 
24410 a.m.) 57.4 024 | 25, 468 | 


Note.-- Transcript to be compared by chief of party with original record, and forwarded, when book ia filled, to the 
rate the observations at each place from those at the next following place by leaving two or more lines between them. On 
cord whatever may have been crowded out of the column of remarks concerning the preceding place of observation. 
Deity. When two cistern barometers are read together, enter the reading of that one which is the more reliable, or whicb 
is by comparison with the reading of the standard, ecrrected for instrumental error only, and with the reading of its ‘‘at 
rometer at 32° F.” The *‘ correction’ is plug when the reading is less than that of the standard, and minus when greater. 
The reductions performed in cach vase are to be noted in writing at head of column, 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 393 


(a), METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS IN THE FIELD, 1878. 
[Transcripts from Forms I and II. ] 


Party No. 1. Division, Utah. Recorded in Book No. 123. F. M. Lee, computer. 


a) | 
Aneroid No. 6. Thermometers. ; Clouds. Reinier Wind. | 
B 4 No. 5. | No. 4. | * | 2 | of. Pes Remarks. 
42 2b —— °c Sen| Resa 2 
= = ee a | Spal fe a Vel se lotsa |e os | é | 
Se | & Iwasilaine| Dry |wee| DE |2| = | 2/8 Bedi eleis| 2 |e | 
x = | 5 mum. mun. | buib. bulb. oo | | 2 4 | z IS = a\a | = A a | 
(Seba eae im ; ie ae ea | | oes a 
14 | 15 «16 17 «18 | 19 20 21 [22 23 2425 26 27 285 29 30 3a 
| | | 
Camp No. 28, Toll Gate (Summit Ranch), Plumas County, Cal. 
71.0” °4 29 —. 368 65.0 | 46.3 | 18.7 |----| 0. 281 0 0 0 Seas Wie s Louis Seckels, 
2 = 5 : observer. 
| 35.0 | 24.23 | -— 374 33.5 | 31.4 Pe |) 1021780) 20 0 0 | SW.| 2 
30.0 | 24.23, -. 3&0 28.8 27.4 | ne EA ee 0.749 , 0 0 0 | Soci | See AS erie 
36.0 | 24.27 347 | 34.2 | 31.5] 27|---.| 0.739 | 0 0 peel eee SS Weill 2 
| -— | | | 
| | 40.3 | 0.637 | | | 
Forks of the road near bridge over Bult Creek (Aneroid Station, No. 11). 
72.0 25.13 | —. 290 69.8 | 52:2 | 17.6 |---- 0.323 | 0 0 LU) 9) Seve! ees Bao SE. | 4 
| | 
| 69.8 (E625 We pees ese) Seeese Gene) otsc! tarsi macho 
Butt Mountain, Plumas County, Cal., instrument 29 feet below summit. | 
99.5 | 4.0| ...| 0.612 )-.--|---- eS =o Miientenant hill: 
31.8 | 6.7 | © CSB eel Bee ce colys| PUL | pares) [eee | naan man, vbserver. 
3105 |e10!|e2-)) 00/363) |. = -----|.-- | Psychometer, 
34.0°| 13.0 |---| 0.326 |----!--- |__| No.7. 
= | | | ea) 
| 0.456 } | 
Camp No. 29, Deer Creek Meadows, Plumas County, Cal. 
42 | 25.18 | -}-/315.|------|------ 39.5|35.0| 4.5 |---| 0.663] 0|0]|.0 |-.|---.|---.| 0 | 0 | Louis Seckels, 
39.5 | | 0.663 | | | observer. 
39,4 | 30.2 | 3.2 |---| 0.678 | 0] 0] © ].--].--|----| 0 | 0| 
71.8 | 50,0 | 21.8 |....] 0-263) 0 | 0 | 0 J... |---|...) W lea) 
| 43.0 | 37-3 | 5:7 |.:--| 0-612] 0 | 0] O |----|.-- |---| 0 | 0) 
] —— | — | | 
194 | 0.518 LO a =| 
| | 
30.0 | 25.12 | —. 349 |.----- 29.5 28.6 26.8 ay eee 0.682 | 0 | 0 0 5 || a5 ORR L0: | 
nod 31.8 | 28.2 6 0.589 | 3 (*) | SW | oes comes ta Oban Va0 | 
eres 53.6 | 45.0 6 0.525] 0 | 0} 0 ..|... | W. | 4) Cistern 1767 and | 
— | —— oat | | aneroid No. 6 
38.0) | 0.599 | | | on side trip. 
Beane epee! Wacsoned posee 30:0 | 43.2} 37.5) 5.7 | -- 0.610 | 0 0 po esac esac bistc 0 0 
46.6 39.0 67} =- 0.559 | 0 OM seesltiseste 0 0 
6 | 42.6.) 10.0] -. | 0.465 0 Of erie sce) SE: i\\74 
8 | 13.2 OSSS0l I KOM On | nONe sea lieeal === SE. | 6 
| | | | 0.503 


* Cir, Cum. 
Office of the Survey. Fill out, in the field, columns Nos. 1, 2,3, 4,9, 11, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 24, 25 26, 27, 28, 29, 30,and 31. Sepa- 
the first of these lines record in red ink the means of the preceding set of observations. On tbe lines next following re- 
scribe each locality in full, using, if necessary, the entire line immediately preceding the set of observations at that local- 
more habitually in the party, in column 4, as the standard baiometer. The error of the othor barometer is to be obtained 
tached thermometer” corrected for error. The aneroid errors are to be determined by comparison with the “standard ba- 
Column 14 is for recording the reduced readings of the second barometer after all necessary corrections have been made. 


394 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Party, No. 1. 


Hour. 
Station. 
1 
7.60 a.m 

Camp No. 28 7.20 
1 8.00 
2| 8.45 
3] 9.20 
4 9.30 
5 | 10.00 
6 | 10.20 
7 10.40 
8 11.00 
9 11.30 
10 11,50 
11 | 12.15 
12°) 12.:55. 
13 1.10 
14 2.00 

15 2.45" | 
16 3. 30 
17 4.10 
18 | 4.35 

19} 5.30 


20 5.45 


Camp No. 29 . 00 p.m. | 


Novre.—Form to be filled and forwarded to the office in Washington, D. C. 


Utah section. 


(b).—ANEROID PROFILES.—COMPUTATIONS, 


{Transcript from Forms IIT, 1V, and V.] 


Aneroid 
No.6. 


Reading. 


- 80 


80 
85 
00 


13 
00 


295 


Recorded in Book No. 61. 
Fred. W. Floyd, computer. 


Cist. bar. No. 1735. 
Error, +.006, 


Reading. 


Att. th. 


Bar. at 
320 
D 

24.617 


Date, September 21, 1878. 


Camp No. 28 to No. 


25 470 


ae portent ‘Total cor- Corrected een ttt 
error otf x Tection. | readings. | 
Patel. oscil. | ture. 
6 7 8 9 | 10 #48 
|—— | 
| Mies 
Bae [yee ese A [eae ebs leans Acoli “gen ||ek sae 
+.319: | =. 036: |) =-.288) 1) 24.563, |kz2-2-| 9132 
+.319 | —.039 | +.280 | 24.650 | 48 | 132 
+.319 | —.040 | +.279 659 | .- 132 
4.319 | —.035 | 4.284 sagt |eoeee 132 | 
+.319 | —.032 | +.287 S957) | aceeealy eoer| 
+.319 | —.024 | +.295 .095 | 65 | 132 
+.319 | —.022 | +.297 O77 j-zs:2-| 182 
+.319 —. 020 +. 299 (090% leaoees | 132 
+.319 | —.017 +. 302 152) |n22227 | 132 
+.319 | —.007 4.3)2 3100 Menor | 132 
+. 319 .000 | +.319 419 |eeeeee 132 
+. 320 +. 008 +. 328 25. 458 72 132 | 
+.320 +.018 +. 338 25, 338 132 | 
| +.320 | +.019 | +.339 | 25.439 |...... 132 | 
+.320 | +.023 | 4.913 | 25.343 | 74 | 192 
+.320 | +.026 | +.346 | 25.296 |...... 132 | 
+.320 | +.030 | 4.350 | 25.250 |...... 132 | 
+.320 | +.032 | 4.352 | 25,202 | 72 | 132 | 
+.320 | +.031 35]! || 2an2olnl seccee 132 
+.320 | 4.028 | +.348 | 25.398 |...... 132 
+.320 | +.026 | +.346 | 25.446 |...... 132 
“tec S20M [cecasewes|ssaeeaacmalinevaceees 64 | 132 | 
| | 


Fill out columns 1, 2, 10, 


, and 20 from 


camp or station, with the State or Territory and number of atlas sheet in which situated, will be entered. Locality can 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 


(b).—ANEROID PROFILES.—COMPUTATIONS. 
[Transcript from Forms III, IV, and V.] 


Party, No.1. Recorded in Book No. 61. 


29. Fred. W. Floyd, computer. 


Utah section. 


Date, September 21, 1878. 


Camp No. 28 to No. 


Remarks. 


Toll Gate, Summit Ranch, Cal, At- 


-538 Camp 29, Deer Creek Meadows on 


< < aed Diff.of| p:. | 
D, | appx. | p, APB | atritnge,, bution | Aitude altitade) (erg, 
(h—H) | aitf. of “| ditt of of a in 
altitude. | altitude. error. S@@level.| sta | nites, 
| | tions. 
tl = = — - = = at = 
2 | 13 14 15 16 17 is | 19 20 
ae ons sath. = ——— 
pets a at  esecche cer | PesceSee| EEN RSee a Boece Aan EERE Rare 
23566.9| Altitude by cistern bar....| 5426.6 | eee 5496.6)| 
23659.6| — 92.7) — 7.0) —99.7| 5326.9] + 4.4| 5331.3 Jas Sheet 47 A. 
23669.2| — 9.6 —0.7| —10.3| 53166) 88) 5325.4 
23907.4 | —238.2 | 18.0 —256.2 | 5060.4) 13.2) 5073.6 | : 
23984.3] —769|--5.8 —82.7| 4977.7] 17.6] 4995.3| 783) .599 
24128.7 | —144.4 | —11.0) —155.4] 4822.3] 22.0] 4844.3) 151.0] .836 
; 241099] + 188/414 > 4 20.2) 4842.5 | 26.4 4868.9 | 24.6) .528 | Creek. 
| 24132.9 |, —23.0|-—1.7| — 24.7] 4817.8| 30.8] 4848.6 20.3] .533 | Creek. 
24ig8.3 | —55.4/—42! —50.6| 47582, 352] 4793.4, 552] 634 | 
24354.6 | —166.3 | 12.6 —178.9) 4579.3) 39.6) 4618.9 | 174.5 1.024 
24465.2 | —110.6}]— 84] —119.0] 4460.3 .0| 4504.3 | 114.6 | . 639 | 
| 24505.4| —40.2)—3.0| —43.2] 4417.1] 48.4 | 4465.5 38.8 | 
| 24381.4] +1240]/+ 9.4 | 4133.4] 4550.5 2.8 | 4603.3) 137.8] .531 
24485.9 | —104.5'— 7.9} —112.4) 4438.1] 57.2] 4495.3 1080] .354 | Butt Creek. 
24386.7 | + 99.2 47.5) 4106.7) 4544.8) 61.6 | 46064 | 111.1 )| 1.561 
24338.0| + 48.7|+4 3.7) + 52.4| 4597.2] 66.0] 4663.2] 56.8] 1.704 
24990.3 | + 47.7|/ + 3.6] + 51.3] 4648.5] 70.4| 4718.9] 55.7| 1.202 
24240.4 | + 49.9) 43.8) + 53.7| 47022) 74.8) 4777.0) 581. 1.648 | Lost Creek. 
| 24291.3] —50.9;—3.9,) —54.8| 4617.4| 79.2] 4726.6] 50.4| .786 
| 24443.5| —152.2 | —11.6| —163.8 | 4483.6) 83.6) 4567.2) 159.4 1.911 
24493.1 | — 49.6 —3.8 — 53.4) 4430.2) 487.9) 4518.1 | 49.1 | af 
Sa ecp oe een ocsacesed bose ee:| Meas sesen lexaece cee Jocececee ceeeeeeeee|eeeeee | Lost Creek. 
Altitude of Camp No. 29 by cist. bar., | $518.1 | | For comparison. 
Error in aneroid profile.-... .-...-.. | —87.9 ft. | 


. 3892 Forks of road to Soldiers’ Meadows. 


anervid and odometer books; columns 3 and 4 from meteorological book. 
not be too explicitly given. One day’s readings alone should be recorded on each page. 


In column of ‘‘ Remarks” the locality of the 


396 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(ce). BAROMETRIC DETERMINATION OF HEIGHTS.—FIELD SEASON, 1878. 


7 


Party No. 1. Division, Utah. Lieutenant Tillman, executive officer. F. M. Lee, computer. 
Observations recorded in books No. 123 and No. 52. 


Names of tables, ete. Computation. Computation. Computation. Computation, | 
Date, 1878 ... - -s.e--- | Sept. 20 and 21. Sept. 21. Sept. 24. Sept 21 to 25- 
| No. of synchronous obs. .-. 4 1 4 Daily means. 
| Lower station ........ ..2.| Red Bluff. ted Blutt. Camp 29. Red Bluff. | 
Upper station. ..... -.... 2S. Toll Gate. Nearbridgeover Butt Mountain. 29. Deer Creek 
| Bult Creek. Meadows. 
| atolie = donee 29. 631 29. 626 25, 455 29. 570 
| Bar. at 32° a se = 
(Ua 5 gee eee 24. 596 ¢ 22. 541 25. 438 
' = ; 58.5 49.8 725010) 
Temperature i. = 40.3 40. 4 42.4 | 
lttu 98.8 90.2 115.4 
ja =o 590 500 -503 | 7 405 
Humidity /@ 627 32: - 456 552 
S| — _ —— — ——os 
lata’ =..... 1. 227 . 823 . 959 . 957 
Latitude = .............. 40° 08 | 40 40° 07 | 40° 05 
—— eS eee Z ee, | 
| DD iN) = ee os eas Seuss 28486. 1 28481. 6 24502. 3 28432. 0 
| Di (A) mode, Ness etrasts mite aisle 23602. 1 24473. 4 21314.1 24484. 8 
| atlapprox, 2-2-22:<.0222--. 4884. 0 4008. 2 3188.2 3947.2 | 
| Dis = 2, 9 313.4 | 85.1 206. 4 
| 2d approx 4321.6 | 3273.3 | 4153.6 
| Dii = 2.4 139 1.5 1.8 
Div 9 11.6 | 8.7 11.2 
Dy = 2 0.1 1.5 0nd 
eee ——s eee ae 
3d approx | 43352 3285. 0 4166.7 
| Dv = ; 44.0 40.0 44.0 
Dai = 2. 22.4 7.8 14.0 
Correct for (a+ a’) = .... 15.4 18.4 Nao 13. 4 
Diff. of altitude = ae 5088. 6 4353. 6 3292. 5 | 4180.1 
Alt. of reference station = 338. 0 338.0 | 4518. 1 338. 0 
+20.0 
Altitude of station = ...- 5426.6 1691.6 © 7830.6 4518.1 | 
| ! _ | 
REMARKS.— Barometer 20 feet beiow summit. 
~ 
TOPOGRAPHIC. 


The topographer’s plot is a complete and accurate representation of 
all the topographic information secured in the field, adjusted to the pro- 
Jection upon which are laid down all the initial cheek-points upon which 
the work is based The plots are projected on a scale of 1 inch = 2 
miles, with contours at 200 feet interval, subsequent to the computation of 


latitudes, longitudes, altitudes, departures, distances, azimuths, ete., and 


" 0 
—- UN Yen : THE 
Te SITY oy LLnojg 


ae 


Topography. 


TINE 
yx? on 
ed rs 
h a Biles 
a ay 
‘ $pr-Sta. pa» bua 


ip) 
a0) /A\ ASS 
2 dl 


YX SESS =) P 
~— ¢ Nev sok ‘GA 


HOA ANY A 
Sy ( OW > if 4 Ne ) : ys 
; D \\ ) x op AW (( tg 
oe NP wa of) Wao ia S 
CEN RES. ONG Hy 
f ‘\ Yy iy) 


f 


Scale Linch to 2 miles. 
Contours CO tet verticad wdterval (appren! 


Sample from Plotune Sheet.) 


METHODS OF SURVEY (REDUCTIONS). 397 


following conventional sigus adopted for these sheets. A sample is here 
with introduced in the form of an engraved plate. 

There is also a special series of conventional signs for the finished 
atlas sheets. 

Upon photographs of these plots the classification of the lands inte 
grades is made, as also upon the completed map when reproduced by photo- 
lithography. The final sheets are drawn upon boards upon which paper has 
long been mounted, and by the modified secant-conic projection on a scale 
one-third larger than the published representation, /. ¢., 1 inch to 4 miles and 
1 inch to 8 miles, or to such scales as may be decided upon in order that 
all the advantages resulting to photolithography from a reduction in scale 
may be secured. The finished map is prepared by oftice draughtsmen and 
the work is divided into construction, line-drawing and lettering, and_hill- 
shading. The plotting-sheets are drawn in conjectural contours, and the 
final maps in both hachures and contours, as also by a combination of the 
two. ‘To accurately represent the true contour or vertical relief of the 
ground upon-a horizontal projection by conventional signs has long been a 
desideratum, several methods having been adopted. These resolve them- 
selves into two distinct forms, (1) by contours and (2) by hachures.* The 
first, for the highest use to which a map may be applied, @. ¢., for construc- 
tion purposes, where accurate working profiles are required, is well-nigh 
indispensable. Such a use presupposes the accurate determination of a 
large number of points at short distances apart on each contour, an accu- 


racy to which but few if any of the most refined surveys of the world have 


* The French military engineer, General Noizet de St. Paul, was the first to propose the use of 
horizontal curves for limited areas, while they were first introduced for generalized areas in the mili- 
itary topographic survey of Hesse-Casselin 1835 (See H. Ex. Doc. No. 270, 48th Cong., 2d sess., p. 242). 
Hachures were first introduced by Colonel Lehman, a military geographical engineer, and as full straight 
lines normal to the adjacent contour of least level and of thickness corresponding to the slope, and 
modified by General Mufiling into broken and sometimes waving in place of straight lines. 

Geographical co-ordinates as a means of defining the positions of given points upon the earth's 
surface were first suggested by Hipparchus, ‘‘ the founder of astronomy.” 

The several systems proposed and adopted for the projection of parts or all of the globe upon a 
map have been supplied by various mathematicians, reference to many of which may be found in 
Treasury Department Doc. No. 61 (Coast and Geodetic Survey). 

The conventional signs employed have been the outgrowth of the wants (principally military 
and economic) which these basic maps supply. 

The line work and lettering at full or other scale, in its artistic merit depends upon whether the 
maps are to be reproduced by hand engraving or by the various mechanical processes now in vogue, 


398 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


reached for large areas. The engineer’s contour or the contour of precis- 
ion is, it must be understood, far different from those the result of sketch- 
ing between points of each contour determined at irregular intervals, that 
might and should, indeed, be termed, in consequence, conjectural contours 

Contours have to some extent been used in this country as the basis 
upon which to delineate geology, thereby rendering the coloration of the 
formations as first in importance. Hachures, or lines normal to the con- 
tours, of two kinds, have been employed in certain foreign surveys: (1) of 
uniform strength and varying number per linear inch; (2) of uniform 
number per inch and varying strength. These have sometimes been called 
mathematical contours. In either of these forms they are stiff and inex- 
pressive. The hachures employed upon the final maps of the survey are 
arbitrarily selected as to direction, number, and strength, allowance being 
made for light and shade, as best suits the scale where they have been 
employed. By combining the two (hachures and contours), the former 
being used only to represent the steepest declivities, the most striking effect 
is produced, the map is less obscured by heavy lines, and the more prac- 
tical information, showing routes of communication, lines of drainage, set- 
tlements, etc., appears in bolder relief. Neither plan has yet been adopted 
by the survey, the hachure method having been most used. Each map is 
made a completed original, ready for reproduction by the camera, and 
becomes one of the most important records of the survey. 

From the computation-forms the longitudes, latitudes, azimuths, alti- 
tudes, distances, variations, ete., are entered upon a book record specially 
prepared, and are held for reference or publication. The geology of the 
areas represented is shown by a scale of colors selected to indicate the 
different formations upon the topographic maps as a base. The three 
originals, (1) topographic, (2) land classification, (3) geologic, of each map 
are filed as a part of the records of the survey. The reports of opera- 
tions embrace a description of the annual labors of the survey and discus- 
sion of the results. The quarto reports aggregate results in special sub- 
jects, as geology, paleontology, ete, prepared by assistants engaged upon 
the survey, and by others, authorities in their several scientific branches. 


The methods pursued in the examinations upon data, and collections in 


METHODS OF SURVEY (PROJECTION). 399 


mineralogy, geology, zoology, ete. requiring so much comparison and 
research, can not be reduced to the exactitude of mathematical computa- 
tions, map projections, and constructions, but are more the result of indi- 


vidual effort after long training and experience. 
MODIFIED SECANT CONIC PROJECTION. 


The scale (1 inch=8 miles, or 1:506.880) originally decided upon, 
after consultation at and upon the express direction and sanction of the 
Engineer Department, for the construction of atlas sheets of the whole area 
of 1,443,360 square miles, required practically a new projection, admitting 
of a minimum of distortion in azimuth and distance consistent with the 
conjoining of sheets for the whole territory, as well as a single political 
division or other part thereof. From this requirement there was evolved 
what has been termed the “modified secant conic projection” theory of 
projection. 

The projection is the development of a secant cone, the directing 
element of which is the intersection of the central meridian with the 
parallels of latitude of 34° and 44° north. Along these parallels the 
degrees preserve upon the map their exact ratio with the actual degrees of 
longitude. Distances equal to the latitude degrees are laid off along the 
central meridian and circles drawn through them. The distances measured 
along the meridians on the map are correct everywhere, and as the 
meridians from the vertex of the cone to the different points of the devel- 
oped parallels become right lines the distortion in azimuth is inappreciable. 

Formula for deducing x and y, the co-ordinates of curvature: 

If we call P the are of a latitude degree in latitude 34°, and p in 
latitude 44°, R and r the corresponding radii of the developed cone, we 


have— 
P—p P _, P(R—r) 
Pho == 
P=101,037 yards.* p=8i,117 yards. 
R—,r (meridional are from latitude 34° to 44°)=1,214,073.7 
yards. 


*Clarke’s Spheroid, 


400 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Consequently we find— 
R=9,209,187.2 yards. r=1,995,113.5 yards. 
6, the angle at the vertex of the developed cone for 1° of 
longitude, is found by the equation— 


Ss BR TSOP 
360° — 2Ra Ra 


oO 


or 6= 


=3T7' 43”. 


As the developed parallels are circular ares, the co-ordinates of curva- 
ture are— 
Om, difference of meridians =a2=r sin 0. 
dp, difference of parallels =y=r versine 6=- tang. § 6. 
Greatest error in length, relatively and positively, for an atlas sheet bordering latitude 29°. 


The maximum error of construction is at the extreme parallels 29° and 49°, 


= Yards. 
In latitude 29° one degree of arc is represented by ..---...---.---.------------ 107, 687 
In latitude 29° one degree of arc on the globe..---..----..------+---.--+------ —106, 564 
PTO ee aieeia riscoleiotetn csc fen ce) Sie le, Syelsia motets erepiare tat areiele tate ==r~ rah aia = egatatars ales 
in 107,687, or 1 in 96. 
: ; : Miles. 
An atlas sheet diagonal, bordering latitude 29° (each sheet embracing 1° 40° in 
latitude and 2° 45’ in longitude), is from the above projection ...-...--.---- 202, 248 
A great cirele connecting the same points on the globe is ....-..--------------- —200, 805 
GN COusthe CLrOl — seeds scenes ies ane sirse esse ajueegsciee Seas seemless acer 1, 443 
or 1 in 140. 
cou 
The azimuth of the diagonal line in projection is....-..----- 560 17718 
The azimuth of the diagonal line on the globe is ..---...---. 55 45) «(O01 


EIvCOr TW AZO bh S05 2 cs ce bone c een smmimetae Sas etnies Soh 7 


¥ 


METHODS OF SURVEY (PROJECTION), 


401 


The following projection tables (or natural scale for 60° in longitude 


and 21° in latitude) were computed by Assistant Louis Nell, who has 


otherwise assisted in perfecting the practices under the projection. They 


exhibit the logarithms of metres, in order to facilitate reduction to any 


desired scale. The dimensions are given for each degree in latitude from 


29° to 49° north latitude, and for a range of 30° in longitude on each side 


of the central meridian: 


MODIFIED SECANT CONIC PROJECTION. 


Co-ordinates 6m, dp in yards. 


Latitude 349. 


] ; 
J | Latitude 29°. | Latitude 30°. | Latitude 31°. Latitude 32°. | Latitude 33°. | 
is dm. dp. 6m. Sp. | 6m. Sp. 6m, ép. | 6m. 6p. ém. 
: | | 
1 107, 687 591] 106, 357 584) 105, 027 576 103,697, 569) 102, 366 562, 101,035, 
2 215, 360/ 2,363) 212,701) 2,834) 210, 041/ 2,305) 207,380) 2,275, 204,719] 2,246 202, 058 
3 323,008) 5,316} 319,019] 5, 250) 315,029} 5,185) 311,039) 5,119] 307,049} 5,054. 303, 057/ 
4 450,617] 9,450) 425,299) 9,334) 419,980, 9,217) 414, 660] 9,100) 409,340, 8,983, 404, 019 
5 538,174) 14,765) 531,527 14,583) 524, 880) 14,400) 518,232] 14,218 511,582! 14,035, 504, 929 
6 645, 666] 21,260} 637,692} 20,997) 629,717] 20,734) 621, 741/ 20,471 613, 764| 20,2091 605 785 
7 753, 080| 28,932] 743,780, 28, 575| 734,478] 28,218) 725, 175| 27,860} 715,871) 27,503) 706, 565| 
8 860, 404) 37,783| 849,79 37,317| 839, 151| 36, 850 828, 522] 36,383| 817,892] 35,917, 807, 259 
9 967, 625) 47,812} 955,675| 47,221) 943,723) 46, 630, 931,769) 46,040, 919, 814) 45,449, 907, 857 
10 | 1,074,728] 59,015) 1, 061,456) 58,286, 1,048,181] 57,557) 1,034, 904 56, 828) 1,021,626] 56,099 1, 008, 345 
11 | 1,181,703) 71,393 1, 167, 109| 70,512! 1, 152, 513| 69, 630| 1,137,915] 68, 748| 1, 123, 315! 67, 865 1, 108, 712 
12 | 1,288,535) 84, 944) 1, 272, 622| 83, 895, 1, 256, 706] 82, 846) 1, 240,788] 81,797) 1,224, 868) 80,747 1, 208, 945 
13 | 1,395,212) 99, 667/ 1,377,981, 98,436) 1, 360, 748 97, 205, 1, 343, 512) 95, 974| 1, 326, 274! 94, 742, 1, 309, 033 
14 | 1,501,721) 115, 558) 1, 483, 176 114, 131, 1, 464, 627] 112, 704) 1, 446, 075) 111, 276) 1, 427, 521) 109, 848) 1, 408, 964 
15 | 1,608, 050) 132, 617] 1, 588, 191) 130, 980, 1, 568, 329] 129, 342) 1, 548, 464) 127, 703] 1,528,595) 126, 065| 1, 508, 724 
16 | 1,714, 184) 150, 842) 1, 693, 015) 148, 979) 1, 671, 842) 147, 116) 1, 650, 666) 145,253) 1, 629, 486 143, 389 1, 608, 303 
17 | 1, 820, 113) 170, 230) 1, 797, 635] 168, 128) 1, 775, 154] 166, 025) 1,752, 669) 163, 922) 1,730, 181) 161, 819, 1, 707, 689 
18 | 1, 925, 822) 190, 779| 1, 902, 039] 188, 423) 1, 878, 252) 186, 067) 1, 854, 461, 183, 710| 1, 830, 667/181, 353 1, 806, 869 
19 | 2, 081, 300) 212, 488) 2, 006, 214) 209, 864) 1, 981, 124) 207, 239] 1, 956, 030, 204, 14 1, 930, 933) 201, 989 1, 905, 832 

| 20. | 2,186, 632) 235, 351) 2, 110, 148) 232, 445) 2, 083, 758) 229, 538) 2, 057, 364) 226, 630) 2, 030, 967) 223, 722 2, 004, 565) 
21 | 2, 241, 509) 259, 368] 2, 213, 826] 256, 165| 2, 186, 141) 259, 961) 2, 158, 450, 249, 757, 2, 130, 755) 246, 552, 2, 103, 056, 
2 2, 346, 215, 282, 465) 2,317, 240] 278, 977) 2, 288, 260) 275, 488) 2, 259,276 271, 999) 2, 230, 287) 268, 509) 2, 201, 294) 
2 2, 450, 638) 310, 819) 2, 420, 375) 307,010, 2,390, 104) 303, 171} 2, 359, 830 299, 331) 2, 329, 552, 295, a 2, 299, 269 
24 | 2, 554, 767) 338, 307] 2, 523, 217) 334, 129) 2, 491, 661] 329, 951] 2, 460, 100) 325, 71] 2, 428, 536, 321, 592) 2, 396, 966| 
2 2, 658, 588 360, 906) 2, 625, 756) 362, 375) 2, 592, 918) 357, 843] 2, 560,075 353,311] 2, 527, 228) 348,777, 2,494 374) 
26 | 2, 762, 089) 396, 643) 2,727, 979) 391, 744) 2, 693, 862 386, 845] 2,659,740 381, 945) 2, 625, 614) 377, 045. 2, 591, 492) 
27 | 2, 865,259] 427, 577| 2,829, 874] 429, 296) 2, 794, 483) 417, 015) 2,759, 087, 411,733, 2, 723, 686) 406, 450 2, 688, 279 
28 | 2, 968, 082) 459, 513) 2, 931, 428] 453, 838) 2, 894, 767/448, 162| 2, 858, 101 442, 486, 2, 821, 429 436, 808, 2, 784, 751 
29 3,070, 548) 492, 639) 3, 032, 629) 486, 555) 2, 994, 702) 480, 470] 2, 956, 770) 474, 384) 2, 918, 832 468, 98) 2, 880, 888 
20 | 8,172, 645) 526, 887/ 3, 193, 465) 520, 381) 3, 094, 277) 513, 873| 3, 055, 084] 507, 864) 3, 015, 885) 500, 854) 2, 976, 679) 

26 WH—VOL I 


ep. 


554 
2,217 
4, 988 
8, 867 
13, 853 
19, 946 

27, 145 
35, 450 
44, 858 
55, 370 
66, 983 
79, 698 
93, 510 
108, 420 


141, 525 
159, 716 
178, 996 
199, 363 
220, 814 
243, 347 
265, 018 
291, 649 
317, 411 
344, 243 
372, 143 
401, 166 
431, 130 
462, 210 
494, 343 


402 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Longitude. 


MODIFIED SECANT CONIC PROJECTION—Continued. 


Latitude 35°. 


du. 


| 
99, 704 
199, 396 
299, 065 
398, 696 
498, 280 
597, 805 | 
697, 257 | 
796, 625 
895, 897 
995, 062 
094, 107 
, 193, 020 
291, 789 
390, 403 
488, 850 
587, 117 
685, 193 
, 783, 067 
, 880, 726 
, 978, 158 
075, 352 
2, 172, 298 
2, 268, 980 
2, 365, 391 
2, 461, 516 
2, 557, 344 
2, 652, 866 
2, 748, 068 
2, 842, 938 
2, 937, 467 


_ 


Ce = te yt a Te et 


ép. 


217, 905 


240, 142 
261, 527 
287, 807 
315, 230 
339, 709 
367, 241 


395, 882 


425 451 
456, 121 
487, 831 


| 


Latitude 36°- 


ém. 


98, 373 
196, 734 
295, 072 
393, 373 
491, 628 
589, 823 
687, 948 
785, 989 
883, 936 
981, 776 

1, 079, 499 
1, 177, 091 
1, 274, 542 
1, 371, 839 
1, 468, 972 
1, 565, 927 
1, 662, 694 


1, 759, 261 | 


1, 855, 616 
1, 951, 748 
2, 047, 644 
2, 143, 296 
2, 238, 687 
2, 333, 809 
2, 428, 674 


2, 523, 201 | 


2, 617, 447 
2, 711, 378 
2, 804, 981 
2, 898, 245 


ép- 


540 
2, 159 
4, 856 | 
8, 633 

13, 488 | 
19, 420 
26, 430 
34, 516 
43, 676 
53,911, 
65, 219 
77, 598 
91, 047 

105, 564 

121, 147 

137, 796 

155, 507 

174, 279 

194, 110 

214, 996 

236, 936 

258, 035 

285, 964 

309, 048 

335, 173 

362, 338 

390, 596 

419, 770 

450, 032 

481, 318 


dm. 


97, 042 
194, 071 
291, 078 
388, 049 
484, 974 
581, 840 
678, 637 
775, 351 
871, 973 
968, 489 

1, 064, 889 

1, 161, 160 

1, 257, 292 

1, 353, 273 

1, 449, 090 


1, 544, 734 — 


1, 640, 191 
1, 735, 450 
1, 830, 502 
1, 925, 332 


2,019, 930 


2, 114, 287 
2, 208, 388 
2, 302, 223 
2,395, 782 
2, 489, 051 
2, 582, 022 
2, 674, 681 
2, 767, 018 
2, 859, 028 


532 
2,129 
4, 791 
8, 516 

13, 305 
19, 157 
26, 072 
34, 048 
43, 085 
53, 182 
64, 336 
76, 547 
89, 815 
104, 185 
119, 508 
135, 931 
153, 403 
171, 920 
191, 483 
212, 086 
233, 729 
254, 543 
280, 121 


304, 865 


330, 637 


354, 434 


385, 310 
414, 089 
445, 941 
474, 804 


Latitude 38°. 


om. 


95, 710 
191, 408 
287, 084 
382, 724 
478, 319 
573, 856 
669, 325 
764, 712 
860, 007 
955, 199 

1, 050, 276 

1, 145, 227 

J, 240, 039 

1, 334, 703 

1, 429, 206 


1, 617, 684 
1, 711, 636 
1, 805, 383 
1, 898, 912 
1, 992, 213 
2, 085, 274 
2, 178, 084 
2, 270, 632 
2, 362, 907 
2, 454, 896 
2, 546, 591 
2, 637, 979 
2, 729, 049 
2, 819, 790 


525 
2, 100 
4, 725 
8, 399 
13, 123 
18, 895 
25, 715 
33, 581 


42, 494 | 


52, 452 


63, 453 


75, 497 
88, 582 
102, 706 
117, 868 
124, 060 
151, 298 
169, 561 
188, 855 
209, 176 


230, 522 


251, 051 


276, 277 


300, 682 


326, 100 
352, 529 


380, 023 
408, 407 
437, 849 
468, 288 


Latitude 39°. 


5m. 


94, 378 
188, 745 
283, 089 
377, 399 
471, 663 
565, 871 
660, 010 
754, O71 
848, 040 
941, 907 

1, 035, 661 
1, 129, 290 


1, 122, 784 


1, 316, 129 
1, 409, 318 


1, 502, 336 


1, 595, 173 
1, 687, 818 


1, 780, 260 © 


1, 872, 488 
1, 964, 490 
2, 056, 256 
2,147, 775 


2, 239, 035 


2, 330, 026 


2, 420, 735 
2, 511, 154 
2, 601, 270 
2, 691, 073 
2, 780, 552 


518 
2,071 

4, 659 

8, 282 
12, 940 
18, 632 
25, 357 
33, 114 
41, 903 
51, 722 
62, 570 
74, 446 
87, 349, 
101, 277 
116, 228 
132, 200 
149, 193 
167, 202 
186, 227 
206, 265 
227, 314 
247, 557 
272, 433 
296, 497 
321, 562 
347, 623 
374, 734 
402, 724 
431, 756 
461, 772 


METHODS OF 


SURVEY (PROJECTION). 


MODIFIED SECANT CONIC PROJECTION—Continued. 


Longitude. 


Cconmnrnaunrwnreo 


Beep eotpee 
DBNAUWU FEF WHR OS 


19 


a uw 


a 


mm ww 
a 


(ty 
— a) 


Latitude 40.° 


Latitude 41°. 


Latitude 42°. 


403 


ém bp. 
93, 046 510 
186, 081 2, 042 
279, 093 4, 593 
372, 072 8, 166 
465, 006 12, 758 
557, 884 18, 369 
650, 695 24, 999 
743, 428 32, 647 
836, 071 41, 312 
928, 613 50, 992 
1, 021, 044 61, 687 
1,113,351] 73,396 
1,205,525 | 86, 116 
1, 297, 554 99, 848 
1, 389,426 | 114, 587 
1, 481, 131 130, 334 
1, 572, 658 | 147, 087 
1,663,996 | 164, 842 
1,755, 133 | 183, 599 
1, 846,059 | 203, 354 
1,936,761 | 224, 105 
2, 027, 284 | 244, 063 
2,117,460 | 268, 587 
2, 207,433 | 292, 313 
2,297, 138 | 317, 023 
2, 386,568 | 342,717 
2, 475, 711 360, 445 
2, 564,555 | 397, 039 
2, 653,090 | 425, 662 
2,741,306 | 455, 254 


6m. Sp. 
91, 714 503 
183, 416 2,012 
275, 097 4, 528 
366, 744 8, 049 
458, 348 12, 575 
549, 896 18, 106 
641, 378 24, 641 
732, 782 32,179 
824, 099 40, 720 
915, 316 50, 262 
1, 006, 423 60, 803 
1, 097, 409 72, 345 
1, 188, 263 84, 883 
1, 278, 974 98, 418 
1, 369, 531 | 112 946 
1, 459,923 | 128, 468 
1,550,140 | 144, 980 
1, 640,169 | 162, 482 
1, 730,002 | 180, 970 
1, 819, 626 | 200, 442 
1, 909, 031 | 220, 896 
1, 998, 206 | 240, 568 
2,087,140 | 264.742 
2,175, 824 | 288, 127 
2, 264, 246 | 312, 484 
2, 352, 395 | 337, 809 
2, 440,261 | 364, 155 
2, 527, 833 | 391, 354 
2,615,101 | 419, 567 
2,702,054 | 448, 735 


dm. op. 
90, 381 496 
180, 751 1, 983 | 
271, 100 4, 462 
361, 416 7, 932 
451,683 | 12, 392 
541,906 | 17, 843 
632,059 | 24, 283 | 
722,135} 31,712 
812,125 | 40, 128 | 
902,017} 49,531 | 
991,801 | 59, 920 
1,081,465 | 71, 294 
1,170,998 | 83, 650 
1, 260,391 | 96, 988 
1,349, 633 | 111, 305 
1, 438,711 | 126, 601 
1,527,617 | 142,874 
1, 616,338 | 160, 121 
1,704, 866 | 178,341 
1,793, 188 | 197,529 
1, 881, 294 | 217, 687 
1,969,173 | 237, 073 
2,056,816 | 260, 895 
2,144,211 | 283, 941 
2, 231,348 | 307, 944 
2,318,216 | 332,901 
2, 404, 806 } 358, 864 
2,491,104 | 385, 668 | 
2,577,105 | 413,471 
2,662,794 | 442, 216 


Latitude 43°. Latitude 44°. 

ém. op. ém. Sp. 
89, 048 489 | =» 87,715 481 
178, 086 1, 954 175, 420 1, 925 
267, 102 4, 396 263, 104 4, 330 
356, 086 7, 815 350, 756 7, 698 
445, 027 12, 209 438, 365 12, 027 
533, 915 17, 580 | 525, 922 | 17, 316 
622, 738 23, 925 | 613, 416 23, 567 
711, 486 31, 244 | 700, 836 | 30, 776 
800, 149 39, 536 788, 171 38, 944 
| 888,716 | 48, 801 875, 412 48, 070 
977, 175 59, 037 962, 547 58, 152 
| 1, 065, 517 70,242 | 1,049, 566 69, 191 
1,153,730 | 82,417 | 1,136,460} 81, 183 
1, 241, 805 95, 558 1, 223, 216 | 94, 127 
1, 329, 730 109, 664 | 1, 309, 825 108, 023 
1,417, 495 124, 735 1, 396, 276 122, 867 
1, 505, 090 140, 767 1, 482, 559 138, 660 
1, 592, 503 | 157,760 | 1, 568, 664 155, 398 
1, 679, 725 175, 711 1, 654, 580 173, 080 
1, 766, 745 194, 617 1, 740, 297 191, 703 
1, 853, 551 214, 477 1 825, 804 211, 266 
1, 940,135 | 233, 577 1, 911, 091 230, 080 
2,026,485 | 257, 048 1, 996, 149 253, 200 
| 2,112, 591 279, 754 2, 080, 967 275, 566 
| 2,198, 444 303,403 | 2, 165, 534 298, 861 
2, 284,031 | 327,992 | 2, 249, 839 323, 082 
2, 369, 343 | 353,572 | 2, 333, 875 348, 279 
2, 454, 371 379, 981 2, 417, 629 374, 293 
2, 539,102 | 407,374 | 2, 501, 092 401, 275 
2, 623,528 | 435,694 | 2, 584, 255 429, 172 


404 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


| Longitude. 


aaunk wor” 


eee 
ome So wo 


Oe 


16 


ee 
om =I 


nm 
So 


21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
7 
28 
29 
| 30 


=| 


MODIFIED SECANT CONIC PROJECTION—Continued. 


Latitude 45°. 


ém. 


86, 382 
172, 754 
259, 105 
345, 424 
431, 702 
517, 928 
604, 092 
690, 183 
776, 191 
862, 106 
947, 917 

1, 033, 613 

1, 119, 185 

1, 204, 623 

1, 289, 916 

1, 375, 053 

1, 460, 025 

1, 544, 820 

1, 629, 431 

1, 713, 845 

1, 798, 052 

1, 882, 044 

1, 965, 809 

2, 049, 336 

2, 132, 618 

2, 215, 642 


2, 298, 401 


Latitude 46°. 


Latitude 47°. 


ép. dm. bp. ém. Sp. 
474 85, 048 467 83, 715 459 
1, 895 170, 087 1, 866 167, 420 1, 837 
4, 264 255, 105 4,199 | 251, 104 4,133 
7, 581 340, 092 7, 464 334, 759 7, 347 
11, 844 425, 038 11, 661 418, 373 11,478 
17, 053 509, 933 16, 790 501, 936 16, 527 
23,208 594,767 22, 850 585, 440 
30, 308 679,529 29, 841 668, 873 
38, 352 764, 209 37, 760 2 
47,339 | 848,797 | 46, 609 35,486 | 45, 878 
Hy,209) 933, 284 56, 385 918, 648 55, 501 
68, 139 | 1, 017, 657 67, 087 1, 001, 698 66, 035 
79,919 | 1,101,908 78,715 1,084,628 77,481 | 
92. 696 1, 186, 027 91, 266 1, 167, 428 89, 835 
106, 38L 1, 270, 003 104, 739 1, 250, 087 103, 096 
321, 000 1, 353, 826 119, 132 1,332, 595 117, 264 
136, 552 1, 437, 486 134, 444 1, 414, 944 132, 336 
153, 036 1, 520, 973 150, 674 1, 497, 121 148, 311 | 
170, 449 1, 604, 277 167, 818 1,579,119 165, 186 
188, 789 1, 687, 288 185, 875 1, 660,926 | 182, 960 
208,055 1,770,296 204,843 | 1,742,534 | 201, 631 
226, 583 1, 852, 990 223, 085 1, 823,932 | 219, 587 
249, 351 1, 935, 462 245, 502 1, 905, 110 241, 652 
271, 377 2,017,700 267, 188 1, 986, 059 2, 998 
294, 318 2, 099, 697 289, 775 | 2, 066, 769 | 
318, 172 2,181,439 | 313, 260 2, 147, 230 | 
342,986 | 2, 262, 920 337, 691 | 2, 227, 433 
368,604 | 2,344,128 | 362,913 | 2, 307, 367 | 
395, 176 2, 425, 053 | 389, 076 2, 387, 024 | 382, 974 
422, 649 2, 505, 687 | 416,124 |. 2, 466, 393 | 409, 599 
Meridional ares. Meridional ares. 
— ———— — 
Latitude. Yaris. | Latitude. Yards. 
° ° 
29 | 121, 217.1 | 36 121, 354 5 
30 121, 235. 8 | 37 121, 375. 2 
BL 121, 254.8 38 121, 396. 2 
32 121, 274.1 39 121, 417.3 
33 | 121, 293.8 40 | 181, 438.5 
34 | 121, 313.7 41 | 121, 459. 9 
35 | 121, 334.1 42 121, 481.4 
J 


Latitude 48°. Latitude 49°. 
dm. | dp. ém. dp. 
‘ 

381 | 452 81, 047 445 
.752 | 1,807 | 162, 083 1,777 
, 102 4,067 | 243, 100 4, 001 
424} 7,230] 324, 088 7,113 
,706 | 11, 295 405, 037 11, 112 
5,938 | 16, 263 485, 938 16, 000 
$111 | 17,581 566, 779 21,775 
214 | 28, 905 647, 553 28, 436 
238 | 36,576 728, 248 35, 984 
822,173 | 45,147 | 808, 856 44, 416 
904, 009 | 54,616 | 889, 367 53, 731 
985,736 | 64,983 | 969, 770 63, 930 
1, 067,345 | 76,246 | 1, 050, 057 75, O11 
1,148,825 88,403} 1, 130,217 86, 971 
1, 230,167 | 101,453 | 1,210, 242 99, 810 
«1,311 115,395 | 1,290,120! 113, 526 
1, 392 130,227 | 1,369,843 | 128, 118 
1,473,265 | 145,947 | 1,449,401 | 143,583 
1, 553,956 | 162,554 | 1,528,786) 159, 921 
1,634,459 | 180,045 1,607,986 | 177,129 
1,714, 767 | 158,418 | 1,686,992} 195, 204 
| 1,794, 868 | 216, 088 | 1, 765, 796 | 212, 588 
1, 874,752 | 237,801 | 1,844,386 | 233, 949 
| 1,954,411 | 258, 807 | 1,922, 755 | 254, 615 
2,033, 836 | 280,685 | 2,000,892 276, 139 
2,113,014 | 303,434) 2,078,789 | 298, 519 
2,191,939 | 327,099 | 2,156,435 | 321, 800 
2, 270, 600 351, 530 | 2,233,822 | 345, 836 
2, 348, 987 | 376,87 | 8,310,930 | 370, 767 
403,072 2,387,779 | 396, 543 


| 2,427, 092 


Meridional ares. 


Latitude. 


Yards. 


121, 502, 9 
121, 524.5 
121, 546. 1 
121,567. 7 
121, 589, 2 
121, 610.8 
121, 632.2 


AppenpiIx D. 


NOTES ON THE SURVEY AND DISPOSAL OF THE PUBLIC LANDS. 


(With map. ) 


The area embraced in the territory of the United States, obtained by 
treaty, conquest, cession of States, and purchase, other than that belonging to 
the original thirteen States, has been denominated ‘public domain” and the 
“national domain.” ‘The former is estimated to embrace 2,489,280 square 


miles (including Alaska, 577,390 square miles), while the latter is increased 
by 404,955.91 square miles, making a total of 2,894,235.91 square miles, 
by the annexation of Texas and the land purchase from that State. (See 
pp- 10, 11, and 13, Public Domain.) 

The land surveyed within this territory, according to the records of 
the General Land Office, to June 30, 1886, was 971,174,878 acres, while 
that disposed of at same date is reported as 672,176,026 acres.* 

The area then remaining unsurveyed was 844,329,269 acres,t while 
that undisposed of up to June 30, 1886, was approximately 1,144,604,734 
acres. 

This is a general estimate, and embraces all that reported as unsur- 
veyed and as undisposed of from that which is surveyed, and includes all 


Indian and other reservations, unsurveyed private land claims, surveyed 


* The estimated disposition of the public domain under various laws from its origin to June 30, 
1883, is given on p, 519, Public Domain, ed. 1883, under various heads, as follows: Cash sales, land 
bounties, State selections, salines, town sites; railroad, canal, and wagon-road grants; mineral lands, 
homesteads, serip, coal lands, stone and timber, swamp and overflowed lands, educational, timber 
culture, and as desert lands. 
t This inelndes all of Alaska, estimated at 369,529,600 acres. 
405 


406 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


private land claims in Arizona, California, Colorado, and New Mexico, 
school lands, unsurveyed railroad, swamp-land, and other grants, 273,272,475 
acres reported as undisposed of (June 30, 1886) but surveyed, and all of 
Alaska and the public land strip, aggregating 373,202,240 acres, The 
General Land Office has no available data for estimating the areas em- 
braced in the several classes above mentioned. In the above are inclosed 
the large mountain and desert tracts, unsurveyed rivers and lakes, and 
much permanently unproductive and barren land, it being impossible to 
state even approximately the actual amount of productive and useful land 
available for disposition. 

The cost of the survey and service of the disposal of the public lands, 
involving all cash receipts on account of the same from the commencement 
to the 30th June, 1883, was $351,981,160.32, while the net cash receipts 
therefrom to the same date had been $225,552,675.23, thus showing that 
the public or national domain had cost to that date in cash $120,428,484.89 
more than has been realized. (See diagram, p. 530, Public Domain, ed. 
1883, and for statistics pp. 1-21, Public Domain.) 

Independent of the above, the cost to the Government of acquiring, 
disposing of, and rendering available this great domain is the expense of 
wars of conquest therefor, the money sum in cases of purchase, the Indian 
wars and Indian service, the money and land subsidies to the Pacific rail- 
roads, the cost of all Territorial governments, all surveys within its borders, 
and indirectly certain parts of the cost of military occupation of the interior, 
and naval of the coast. Enormous as the aggregate of the above will be 
found, it is an investment well made by the country as-a whole, as the 
great profits of an ever-increasing industry show, while the strategic 
importance of a continental expansion (land limited only at the north and 
south) within a single general jurisdiction can be measured only by the 
aggregated gains of industries developed, multiplied, and perfected, limited 
in time only by the life of the Government. 


ORIGIN. 


The Government of the United States became custodian or trustee of 
lands acquired for the nation, known as the public or national domain, 


PUBLIC LANDS. 407 


first, from States (colonies prior to July 4, 1776), ceded under the Con- 
federation and under the Constitution, in pursuance of a resolution of the 
Confederation passed Tuesday, October 10, 1780, providing for the recep- 
tion and care of such unappropriated lands as might be ceded by States to 
the United States, and for the disposition of the same for the common 
benefit of the United States. 

The first cession appears to have been made by New York, March 1, 
PUSA: 

- ORGANIZATION. 


The cessions of the several States were organized from time to time 
into geographical divisions by the laws creating them, and the lands were 
ordered to be surveyed, including lands to which the Indian title had been, 
or would be, extinguished. By ordinance of May 20, 1785, it was deter- 
mined that a surveyor from each State should be appointed by Congress, 
or a committee of the States, who should faithfully discharge his duty 
under oath before the Geographer of the United States, which latter official 
was authorized and directed to carry out the subdivision of the lands pre- 
paratory to sale. Thus the first officer in charge of the survey of the 
public lands was called the ‘‘Geographer of the United States.” Under 
the act of May 18, 1796, lis title was changed to that of the Surveyor- 
General of the Northwest Territory. 

Capt. Jared Mansfield, U.S. Army, filled this office from 1803 to 1813. 
Under him many and important changes and improvements were made in 
the surveying system which had been adopted in 1785.* 


*(See The Public Domain, 1880, p. 170.) These changes and improvements were the introduction 
of greater accuracy, and the determination of the principal lines by astronomical observations, as 
would appear from the following, although the published reports of the General Land Office do not 
give the detailed results. In a private letter from President Jefferson, of May 21, 1803, to Captain 
Mansfield, offering him the position of Surveyor-General (copy furnished by Paymaster C. D. Mans- 
field, U. S. Navy, grandson of Col. Jared Mansfield), after pointing out the defects then existing, he says: 
“We have been wanting also * “ * accurate determinations by astronomical observations of sev- 
eral points and lines in our geography very interesting to us.” He suggests for the Mississippi a 
compass-and-chain survey “corrected at proper intervals by celestial observations.” Mr. A. S. Dud- 
ley, of Marion, Ohio (husband of a granddaughter of Colonel Mansfield), states that Colonel Mansfield 
accepted the office on the condition that proper astronomical instruments be furnished him for fixing 
points of latitude and longitude and locating meridian lines astronomically. President Jefferson ordered 
the proper instruments (at a cost of $1,054) from London. These instrnments reached Colonel Mans- 
field at Cincinnati, Ohio, and were used in making many astronomical observations ordered by the 
Government, They are now on deposit in the Department of Philosophy at West Point. Prof. George 


408 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


On May 7, 1822, the first surveying district was created, namely, the 
State of Ohio, with an officer called the surveyor-general in charge, since 
which time various States and Territories, either singly or two or more, or 
any of them, have been joined together for such purpose by law, and in 
charge of a surveyor-general with assistants. 

The surveys have been made under the contract system, usually non- 
competitive, the surveyor-general selecting the deputy, Congress fixing the 
compensation. 

These surveying districts are closed by act of Congress when all the 
public lands are surveyed and certain archives therein transferred to the 
State in which the lands he. 


ADMINISTRATION. 


The administration of the public lands has been under the Treasury 
and Interior Departments. 

Commencing May 20, 1785, under the Board of Treasury (three com- 
missioners), the then Treasury Department made sales of public lands and 
gave certificates. 

The General Land Office was created April 25, 1812. Upon the cre- 
ation of the Department of the Interior, March 3, 1849, the General Land 
Office became and continues to be one of its bureaus. 

FUNCTIONS. 

The functions of the General Land Office cover the entire ground, 
commencing with the acceptance of public lands from certain States and 
further acquisition, and are based on ordinances and laws for disposing of 
the same, commencing in 1785, the general and permanent laws governing 


which were codified in 1880 and published by the Interior Department 


W. Davies, in his Surveying (ed. of 1841), states regarding the public land surveys, p. 4: ‘‘ The method 
was originated by Col. Jared Mansfield, whose great acquirements in science introduced him to the 
notice of President Jefferson, by whom he was appointed Surveyor-General,” and on p. 127, ‘The prin- 
cipal meridians and the principal east and west lines have been established by astronomical observa- 
tion.” Latitude and longitude checks upon the position of the principal lines of survey appear to have 
fallen into desuetude, and more than eighty-five years later the General Land Office is found prosecut- 
ing its subdivisions, substantially unaided by these geographic connections and checks, demanded alike 
by the scientific progress of the world and the requirements of a reasonable accuracy. One trusts that 
prior to the subdivision of Alaskan lands the system there established shall be based upon a skeleton 
or net-work of cardinal points geographically connected and determined with the highest order of 
accuracy. Accounts of the early surveys of the public lands may be found in Niles’ Register. 


PUBLIC LANDS. 409 


While the actual surveys are but a small part of the duties devolving 
on this office, yet the system and method by which the subdivisions are 
determined has principally to do with the simplicity and security with 


which the settler gets his title. 


SYSTEM, METHODS, ETC. 


What is known as the “rectangular system” of surveys was first 
reported by a committee of Congress May 7, 1784. It provided that the 
public lands should be “divided into hundreds, of 10 geographical miles 
square, by lines to be run and marked due north and south, and others 
crossing these at right angles.” 

As amended and passed May 20, 1785, it provided that the lands 
should be divided “into townships of 6 miles square, by lines running due 
north and south, and others crossing these at right angles, as near as may 
be,” ete. 

The laws regarding surveys of the public lands may be found in 
U.S. Land Laws, General and Permanent, 1880, p. 20, sec. 99 et seq. 
Chap. ITI.* 


The law does not require the determination of the latitude and longi- 
tude of the base-lines and principal meridians, and, so far as is known, no 
proposition was ever made to introduce altitude determinations or system- 
atic topography into these surveys, the latter as practiced being purely 


planimetric and incidental to the subdivision proper. 
Cost. 


The surveys of the General Land Office had cost approximately to June 
30, 1879, including surveys of boundary lines and Indian reservations, 
$23,672,606 (see p. 475, House Ex. Doc. 270, Forty-eighth Congress, 
‘second session).t The survey appropriations since to Jung 30, 1888, have 
reached a total of $25,795,195.09. 


* A statement as to the surveys of the public lands will be found in Chap. VIi, p. 178, The Pub- 
lic Domain, 1880. 

+The acting commissioner of the General Land Office, in letter of January 15, 1886, states that 
“the total area of the public lands surveyed to and ineluding June 30, 1885, is 969,245,192 aeres, and 
the estimated cost, including the expenses of maintaining the offices of the surveyor-general, was 
$31,500,468.74, or an average of 34 cents per acre.” 


410 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


THE RESULTS. 


The survey results have been the subdivision into legalized tracts of 
971,174,878 acres and the running of, approximately, 5,372 miles of State 
and Territorial boundaries.* 

This most important service, especially on account of the simplicity 
and utility of the system of subdivision, has been of incalculable benefit 
in the development of the far western interior, and while the actual execu- 
tion of the lineal survey work has not been of a high grade of accuracy 
because properly skilled surveyors have not been employed, still it has 
given the practical information upon which the Government has been able 
to base a patent, parting with its title, and by means of which the settler 
has been able speedily to enter upon and occupy the land. 

In a newly settled and rapidly growing country it is impossible 
practically to carry out an elaborate system of subdivision with the greatest 
practical scientific accuracy. The pressing calls will not permit, and as 
was found in the colony of Victoria, a geodetic system (see p. 181, House 
Ex. Doe. 270, Forty-eighth Congress, second session) was introduced and 
proved a failure, while on the other hand the Dominion of Canada, after 
examination and comparison of all known methods of land parceling, has 
based its subdivisions upon the system originally introduced in the United 
States and carried out very much in the same manner as was intended by 
Captain Mansfield that the surveys of the United States should have been 
prosecuted, who may be termed the founder of the rectangular system, 
geographically disposed and checked. 

It may be remarked that the absence of geographical points and 


imperishable monuments established part passu on the main and subsidiary 


* Of the 971,174,878 acres reported by the Land Office as having been subdivided June 30, 1886, 
724,529,431 acres lie west of the Mississippi, while of the 844,329,269 acres then remaining unsurveyed 
all except 7,252,857 acres (Florida) belong to the same territory, including, however, 369,529,600 acres 
(estimated) for Alaska, where these surveys have not yet been commenced. It appears that the present 
law requires the establishment of no latitudes, longitudes, or alritudes in connection with these sur- 
veys, neither has it been the custom to conduct systematic topography, the latter being simply plani- 
metric, without a geographic basis; hence the results of the Land Office surveys, so far as their uses 
in the compilation of general topographic and geographic maps, are but preliminary on account of 
these deficiencies, the data transferred being only such minor details as can be adjusted to the known 
geographic co-ordinates. For preliminary field and subsequent office plats they have, however, 
furnished valuable information. 


PUBLIC LANDS. 411 


lines of the public land surveys will be the source of the most fruitful 
litigation in the future, when increasing population, production, and con- 
sequent value to land demand more accurate bounding lines to properties. 
Having been brought in connection with the practical work of subdivision 
surveys in the field in no less than fifteen Western States and Territories, I 
may be pardoned for stating certain things which have been brought to 
my notice which could obviously be benefited. Among them are— 

(1) The want of well-determined astronomic or geodetic check-points 
in the establishment of the main meridian and standard lines, for their 
grouping geographically, and for controlling errors. 

(2) The necessity for a more uniform system of marking all main 
lines and every corner of each tract in the scheme of subdivision. 

(3) The establishing of base-lines each on a true meridian centrally 
within each mineral district, and the establishing of more permanent initial 
monuments; these latter should be of iron, and deeply planted. 

(4) 'The connection of all the exterior of each surveying district with 
fixed points or boundaries, or those geographically fixed, so that the whole 
shall intercommunicate and check, and not prove finally a blotch upon the 
great and perfect map of the region as they now do to a great extent, but 
become a permanent contribution to it. 

While it is extremely important that these changes should be applied 
in the completion of the surveys in each existing district, the utility is 
paramount in the case of Alaska, over which the land laws soon must reach. 
It is sincerely to be hoped that most radical reforms will be introduced 
into the surveying service before the large area of Alaska is entered. 

A survey of this character must always be lineal, and it would be 
most unfortunate should the attempt be made to introduce a system of 
altitudes, or topographic details, other than planimetric. 

The present system of subdivision should be left intact until every- 
thing except the absolutely desert lands remain unsurveyed and unoc- 
cupied, when the necessity for their final disposition must force upon the 
attention of the Government the preparation of a practical land classifi- 
cation, by means of which the central office at Washington may be 
informed of the exact character of -the tracts left undisposed of, which 


412 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


would be worth to the Government, the settlers, and the nation one hun- 
dred times its cost. 

This classification should take into account each and every kind of land 
known to the law, including the railroad and other grants, with reserva- 
tions, Indian, military, or otherwise, and should show the class of the 
desert land, that is, whether permanently sterile or arid for want of water, 
or worthless from any other cause. 


Nore.—It is estimated, assuming table on page 531, Publie Domain, edition 1883, that there are 
about 300,000,000 acres of desert lands, other than those on reservations, that can not be irrigated. 
The above table gives for June 30, 1888, the estimated character, quantity, and value of the then 
remaining public domain.* 


MAP. 


A sketch map has been compiled and is here introduced, showing the 
stage of progress of the public land surveys of the Interior Department, 
and the military, topographic, and geographic surveys of the War Depart- 
ment on June 30, 1879. Since this date the total area subdivided up to 
June 30, 1886, has reached 971,174,878 acres, and the area remaining 
unsubdivided is 844,329,269 acres. 

As aresult of the persistent solicitation of certain geologists and others, 
upon the organization of the Geological Survey, funds for War Department 
works have not been available,and only such topographic details have 
since been gathered in these regions as are desired by the geologist as the 
groundwork for the geological data, which is superimposed in colors upon 
his topographic map as a base. 

Surveys needed for military and economic purposes must wait either 
until individuals who control in the name of science are broad enough to 
comprehend the whole situation, or the Departments needing data succeed 
ab initio in secvring Government action each in favor of itself. 


* From the fourteen States and Territories, on page 31, Progress Report, 1872, within which the 


survey has operated, there had been disposed of up to June 30, 1886, the sum of 263,639,466 acres, 
which, assuming 333,957,198.52 acres of railroad aud-other grants, reservations, ete., to be subtracted 


from the total amount of 977,043,200 acres, shows an apparent acreage of 379,446,535.48 then remaining 
undisposed of in the surveyed area, which amount is to be increased by the patents issued in favor of 
those grants from 1872 to 1886, the reservation areas remaining about the same. Applying arbitra- 
rily the percentages actually found for about 175,000 square miles surveyed, there would result, approx- 
imately, 20,000,000 acres arable, 188,000,000 acres grazing, 105,000,000 acres timber, and 66,000,000 acres 
arid or barren. The lands disposed of during the interval were principally arable and timber, hence 
the grazing and arid areas remaining would be greater. However, irrigation and reclamation will 
bring, ultimately, portions of the natural grazing and timber areas under the head of arable. 


This is a Page Marker - Please Insert Foldout here 
Page Marker 
Insert Foldout 


This is a Page Marker - Please Insert Foidoyt here 
Page Marker 
Insert Foldout 


This is a Page Marker - Please Insert Foldout here 
Page Marker 
Insert Foldout 


THIS 15S Q Page Marker -— Please Insert Foldout here 
Page Marker 
Insert Foldoud 
This is a Page Marker - Please Insert Foldout here 
Page Marker 
Insert Foldout 
THIS 1§ A PAGE MAARKER - PLEASE INSERT FOLDOUT HERE 


PAGE MAARKER 
INSERT FOLDOUT 


This 1S 2 "age Marke !? - Please Ingert re (deud he Pre 
Page Marke r 
Jngert fre ldeut 


This is a Page Marker = Please Insert Foldout here 
Page Marker 


ee 


PUBLIC LANDS. 413 


The map shows, independent of the township lines of the actual land 
survey subdivisions, the areas of the Fortieth Parallel Geological Explora- 
tion and the Geographical Surveys west of the 100th Meridian, by lines 
the routes of eighty War Department topographic expeditions, the areas 
of Indian and military reservations, and the Indian Territory; also the 
reservations of the Yellowstone Park, Yosemite, and Mariposa Trees, con- 
firmed and unconfirmed land grants, and grants for rail and common roads 
west of the Mississippi. 

It shows the work of the geographic surveys to have been mostly in 
advance of the land surveys, and largely in areas untouched by land-sur- 
vey lines, principal or minor. In areas common to the operation of both 
the geographical and land surveys, the latter were supplemented by the 
vertical element of topography and further details, all being merged into 


and governed by a trigonometric net of points geographically established.* 


* The long experience that served to familiarize one with the later practices of the public land 
surveys and the interest engendered are the justification for the following suggestions: 

(1) The lands should be subjected to a field classification in advance of subdivision, according 
to kinds recognized by law, and such other divisions, as irrigable, grazing, etc., as experience shall 
dictate. 

(2) A geodetic net (astronomically checked) of points should be spread, as circumstances permit, 
over the whole system, and uniform monuments should mark all the larger and lesser points, even to 
the quarter-sections. 

(3) The present method of subdivision, checked as above, should remain intact, but the law 
should grant irrigable and pasturage iands under new conditions as to amount, methods of securing, and 
eligibility; and subdivisions, even to 10-acre tracts, if necessary, can serve to segregate the several 
classes of land recognized by law. 

(4) A new mining law should give title to a specified amount of surface, and to all that lies 
thereunder, and while the form of the claims may be made adaptable, i. e., rectangular or square, yet 
these subdivisions should be connected and harmonized with those of the general system. 

(5) As rapidly as possible the final status and limits of all railroad and other grants, together 
with all Indian, military, and other reservations, should be made upon the ground, and a geographical 
distinction be made for their limits and boundaries. From the field data soon should grow a map 
whereupon preliminary office traces of every quarter-section, within each and every quarter-section, 
could be computed and delineated in advance. 

(6) Too much attention can not be given to the complex question of how best to dispose of the 
remaining public lands. It may be remarked that iu 1858 the Geodetic Survey of Victoria attempted 
to apply a trigonometric check net to rapidly extending disconnected selections but failed, probably 
because the scientific work demanded precedence of the linear subdivisions. The two classes of work 
should be distinctly separate, co-operating in effect, but governed by appropriate instructions for each. 

The method of survey.of the public lands of Canada are, as regards subdivision into tracts, 
based on the rectilinear plan adopted in the United States, but in practice check, astronomic, and 
trignometric points are a feature, and topography to some extent, the latter by the selected and qual- 
ified Dominion topographical surveyors. 5 


APPENDIX E. 


CONSIDERATIONS UPON NATIONAL GOVERNMENT LAND AND 
MARINE SURVEYS. 


(With map.) 


From the date of my assignment to duty in the office of the Chief of 
Engineers, in 1871, for the purpose of perfecting plans for explorations and 
surveys in the interior, and subsequent assignment to the charge of geo- 
graphical surveys, all information possible, consistent with my arduous 
duties, was necessarily gathered bearing on the principles, practices, and 
results of Government surveys. 

This information, as obtained, was held within the archives of the 
Survey Office, and my visit to the International Geographical Congress at 
Venice proved to be the opportunity for supplementing it by personal 
observation and otherwise. 

Out of this examination grew that part of the report on the Venice 
Geographic Congress (House Ex. Doc. No. 270, Forty-eighth Congress, sec- 
ond session) which contains a large amount of detailed information, some 
of which, where appropriate, has been found germane to this appendix, 
proposed and authorized at the date of the law for the series of quarto 
reports. 

The purposes and objects of the principal general surveys of the sey- 
eral great Governments that in consequence of the importance, magnitude, 
and variety of the interests involved assume an extent and demand a 
minuteness and accuracy seldom, if ever, required by single communities 


415 


416 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


or individuals, are to aid (1) defense, (2) navigation, (3) commerce, (4) 
other industries, and incidentally (5) science. 

These surveys are divisible into three classes : 

(1) Topographic. 

(2) Hydrographic or marine. 

(3) Cadastral or revenue. 

The first become geographic surveys when sufficiently extended and 
fundamentally based upon initial astronomic points with a trigonometric 
extension and when accompanied also by examinations in the physical geog- 
raphy branches of mineralogy, geology, and natural history. 

The name defines the second. 

The third,* applicable to revenue purposes in older and thickly set- 
tled countries and to land subdivisions for settlement in newer countries, 
are simply planimetric. The surveys necessary for great engineering 
operations are naturally the outgrowth of the constructions demanded, 
being a proper function alone of the engineer in charge. 

There are derived, especially from the first two, maps of given areas, 
which possess when produced by Governments, as compared with those 
made by private means, a truthfulness and accuracy which either are or 
ought to be above suspicion, resulting from a general and not a special 
survey. 

All of these works in Europe are based upon and held subsidiary to 
large and permanent governmental wants, or as an aid to specified indus- 
tries. 

It never having been the practice of the General Government to levy 
a tax upon land, there is no requirement on its part for a cadastral survey ; 
the latter, whenever undertaken, must be subject to the State or municipal 
authority, except for the 10 miles square of the District of Columbia, the 
supreme jurisdiction over which rests with Congress. 

Were such a survey to be made it should rest upon a rigid trigo- 
nometric basis with added levels of precision, the resulting map to be in 


contours. 


~ Cadastral, from the French cadastre, is defined as ‘a plan from which the area of land may be 
eomputed and from which its revenue may be valued.” 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 417 


By the assistance of these maps the system of surface and under- 
ground improvements and repairs could be estimated for and constructed 
with greater celerity and certainty. A survey is not by nature integral 
and enjoys its proper functions only as an aid or auxiliary, as for instance, 
to works of construction where an instrumental analysis is required, or, as 
in cases of fortifications, internal improvements, or assisting navigation by 
pointing out the most available routes and the danger of others, or for the 
simple division of land.* 

Hence the nature of the survey, its organization, methods, and results, 
should be held subordinate to the industry to be assisted or the specified 
want, as, for instance, the proper function of the hydrographic survey of the 
coast is as an aid to “navigation,” that of the northern lakes of the United 
States was an aid to “commerce,” while the public land survey is for the 
speedy and simple marking of legalized tracts to facilitate transfer of title; 
that of the river and harbor examinations is as an aid to the projects of per- 
manent improvement that can alone be consummated by engineering skill. 
In all cases the survey is but secondary, acting as a technical guide in the 
important operations cited. 

In the main, then, the extent of the survey should be governed by the 
requirements, through the Executive Departments of the several works, as 
of engineering constructions, internal improvements, promotion of com- 
merce, navigation, ete., while the quality of the results should in every 
instance be dependent upon the amount of exactness and detail necessary, 
but will in a great measure, however, be governed by the skill of the indi- 
viduals secured for the task. 

In the main, the Government should be actuated by the requirements 
of the Departments in which is lodged the jurisdiction over operations that 
demand surveys for their intelligent prosecution. No organization for sur- 


vey duties alone, fixed by law as to numbers, is needed, and all present 


s ‘The land surveys require a linear survey, accurate within certain limits, RE legal- sized tracts, 
the corners of which should be marked with durable monuments. As these surveys cover large areas 
and are also widely separated in the several political divisions, the main and subsidiary meridians and 
parallel lines to which the subdivisions are referred should be frequently checked in geographical 
position. This has mainly been omitted thus far in the survey of the General Land Office, to the man- 
ifest detriment of the interests both of the Government and people; and no uniformity or permanence 
having been secured in the marking of boundaries, it is often difficult to re-establish legal corners with 
certainty when the stakes, stones, or other marks haye once been remoyed, 

27 WH—VOL I 


418 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


and future surveys could be made by the permanent and trained officers of 
the military and naval services associated with selected civilians. Although 
the advantages of concentrating all survey duties in the hands of one 
organization are many, yet they are exceeded in importance by the certain 
danger of this one organization becoming in time further and further 
removed from the practical wants of the Government itself, and, finally, 
superior to the purposes for which it was created. 

Workers in the various scientific branches required in these surveys 
should be made to bend their endeavors to immediate practical ends, which, 
if not done, tends to foster a patronage of science by the Government, 
than which nothing could be less conducive to its true progress or more 
inimical to the interests of the Government in this regard. The works 
inaugurated should therefore be classified and administered according to 
their nature and the objects sought, and not by the means and men put in 
requisition for their execution. 

The grand general topographic survey, upon which the resulting maps 
depend, is principally made up of three parts, viz, the triangulation, the 
topography, and the cartography. The main or primary triangulation 
rests on bases measured with the highest attainable accuracy, the origin of 
the geographical co-ordinates of which depend on initial astronomical 
determinations of the first or highest order of value; from these datum 
points as loci a net-work of triangles is developed, with sides varying from 
10 to 100 miles in length. The latitude and longitude, at least of one ver- 
tex, and the azimuth of one side of each triangle, is then determined with 
the greatest care and precision. 

The primary triangulation forms the frame-work of a lesser or second- 
ary triangulation, from which the area is always subdivided by a tertiary 
triangulation. In extreme cases a further triangulation of the fourth and 
fifth order has been made. 

The points thus determined become the initial stations of the topogra- 
pher. 

The original field-notes* or plane-table sheets of the topographer, 
supervised and inspected by competent officers in the field, go to the hands 


*In Europe, except for England and France, the topographic field-notes have, as a rule, been 
laid down on the plane table, 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 419 


of the cartographer, by whom, under rigorous official supervision and 
inspection, they are reproduced on the same or a reduced scale for publi- 
cation. 

These mathematically based topographic surveys, extended as they 
are to embrace large areas, where surface curvature is taken into account, 
become geographical surveys of the highest order of perfection yet reached, 
forming when properly done the mathematical frame-work for all geogra- 
phy. The cadastral survey usually, depending on a planimetric base and 
linear measurements, while extended also to embrace large areas, employs 
only a simple net-work of lines bounding properties. 

‘Tt will be seen that the first and most useful function of geodesy is as 
the triangulation factor of a topographic survey, then when a requisite pre- 
liminary knowledge is thus had, to extend its purpose as an adjunct to the 
classes of observations necessary for the most accurate possible measure- 
ments of the figure of the earth, while it should be remarked that the work 
of detailed geologic examinations can not properly begin until the topo- 
graphic map is prepared for use as an index or graphie field note-book. 

The topographic survey lies at the foundation of all that constitutes 
finally an exact knowledge of physical geography, and no such survey is 
complete until all the natural and artificial features are mathematically 
measured, recorded, and delineated, the configuration being shown by 
equidistant rigidly accurate contours at intervals suited to all requirements. 
These requirements are properly dictated by the results demanded, as well 
as by time and cost, since the latter, for instance, were the contours carried 
to the greatest precision demanded by military engineers in the studies for 
construction of permanent fortifications, and made applicable to the entire 
area of any given country, might readily be made to exceed the value of all 
the Jand and other wealth found therein. 

Reproduction is by hand or mechanical engraving on stone, zinc, or 
copper. . Hand engraving, especially on copper, is a long and costly process 
(reaching as high as $45 per square inch for hill work), and has been re- 
placed by photographie transfer—i. ¢., photolithography when the receiving 
and printing surface is stone, photo-zincography when zinc is used, and 


heliogravure for copper, The latter has been brought to a high state of 


420 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


perfection in Austria, and is used also for reproducing military topographic 
maps in Italy and Russia. Various means, chemical and otherwise, are 
now being attempted, with more or less success, for obtaining, with the 
greatest directness and clearness, transfers of specially skillfully delineated 
originals, from surfaces of zine and copper. Chromo-lithographed maps are 
much employed in Continental Europe, as, for example, the new military 
map of France, 1:50,000, also French war department maps of scales 
1: 800,000, 1:500,000, 1: 400,000, 1: 200,000, and 1: 100,000; military 
maps of Holland, 1: 50,000 and 1: 25,000 (Eckstein process); map of 
‘Italy, 1: 100,000; the new map of Spain, 1: 50,000, ete. 

Without exception, in all Europe, and wherever topographic surveys 
have been systematically developed, the geologist avails himself of the 
topographic map as a base work, and preliminary to his investigations in 
the field, and upon which to delineate and publish in colors his theoretical 
abstractions as to the several geological formations and their lines of 
demarkation, according to the classification and nomenclature in vogue in 
the several countries, but in no case known to me has the geologist had or 
exercised jurisdiction or control over the more important and fundamental 
operations upon which the trigonometric and topographic survey and its 
results are based, nor even in connection with the mathematical construc- 
tion of the detailed map, the functions of which, as will be seen, are 
dominated by broad and general requirements pertaining to one of the 
highest duties of government, the country’s defense. When once the 
natural features, with all means of communication, are determined, this 
map can be developed in economic succession to meet all industrial wants, 
national, state, municipal, and individual, and it can not be confined to the 
comparatively narrow requirements of special branches of science. 

These topographic maps are found indispensable, not alone to the war 
departments of the several Governments for all general as well as special 
military operations (strategie and otherwise), but of primal importance to 
other departments as well, especially those organized to promote the indus- 
tries of agriculture, commerce, and mining; to those engaged in public 
works of interior improvements relating to means of communication, flow 


of waters, establishment and perpetuation of harbors (in their conception 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 4?1 


and study), thereby, as in other like cases, saving long and expensive 
researches; in the decision of claims; in selecting areas for cultivation ; 
also in works of irrigation; arterial drainage of marsh and swamp lands, 
as well as in prevention of inundation, and also as aids to artesian boring 
and in the management of forests; they are useful also in illustrating the 
economic classification of the soil; for the recording of general geological 
investigations, including the several formations and the distribution of 
extinct as well as living fauna and flora; as an aid in the study of meteo- 
rological phenomena and in scientific researches generally ; as_prelimi- 
naries to the projection of railways, canals, and other lines of communica- 
tion; to the hydrographic surveyor in his field of operations; in the 
establishment and marking of post routes, completed railroads, canals, and 
telegraph lines, as well as reservations, administrative and other bounda- 
ries; also for the enlightenment of justice; the elucidation of questions 
of history, ancient geography, ethnology, or archeology in international 
treaties, cessions of territory, and rectifications of frontiers. In Europe, 
especially, the map, prepared in advance, or pari passu as a preliminary 
to any of the above undertakings, is considered almost a sine qua non. 
In addition to governmental uses, those for municipal and educational 
purposes, and by the people generally, are too numerous for mention 
here. 

The principal Government maps now in use can be classified under 
the heads of (1) topographic, (2) economic, (3) cadastral. 

Since the vertical element of the topographic survey has reached a 
greater degree of refinement, the map has frequently been designated as 
orographic, chorographic, or hypsometric. The economic maps are sever- 
ally known as those for land classification, agricultural statistics, routes, 
post routes, drainage, forestry, sanitary purposes, railways, telegraphs, in- 
terior communications and navigation, river and harbor improvements, 
national roads, ports, for recording geologic, mineralogic, and meteorologic 
results, ete. 

The above (except engineering maps) are all based upon the original 
or mother topographic map, with or without the orography, and varying 
in amount of detail. 


422 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


There are also special engineering, magnetic, natural history, ethno- 
graphic, archeeologic, historic, boundary ard outline or planimetrie maps 
(generalized), the latter usually on a small scale. 

By far the most important or paramount use to which the topographic 
map has been applied is naturally that for military purposes (in fact in this 
connection the terms military and topographic are synonymous), since a 
military establishment, with its varied functions, is necessary to every Goy- 
ernment for the full and final protection of its citizens, and the defense of 
its soil with the structures and improvements thereon, while the first neces- 
sity of the strategist is a thorough knowledge of the physical conformation, 
the obstacles and resources of a country in which operations are to be con- 
ducted, and no military commander has ever in advance thoroughly and 
successfully planned a campaign, or properly carried on the operations 
thereupon consequent, or conducted armies in advance or retreat, protected 
lines of communication and the forwarding of supplies, or has grasped the 
situation as a whole in the numerous details required by the advanced state 
of military science and art, except by a thorough and free use of a full 
supply of accurate topographic maps, upon which are delineated all the 
natural and economie or artificial features, and of the means of transit over 
the territory to be protected or the region embraced within the scope of 
the military operations.* 

Other than the topographic map of every scale, used by the war serv- 
ice of Governments, are special maps for military uses, as of passes and 
positions, camps, garrisons or posts, maneuver grounds, for tactics, war, 
and fortification studies, of fortified, halting, and camping places, and 
itineraries, prepared and published generally on scales from 1:500 to 
1:12,500. Most of the above are held alone for confidential Government 
uses. 

All of these without exception, upon scales (large and small) depend- 
ent upon either a study of actual theaters of war, or approaches thereto, 
or intercommunication, are a true requirement of the strategist and com- 


mander, and thus very properly through the centuries topography has 


*The great and increasing range and accuracy of artillery and small-arms are constantly ren- 
dering a more intimate knowledge of the contour and accidents of constantly greater importance, 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 423 


grown up a permanent unvarying essential of the military profession, than 
whom none other is ever to have the same need for the knowledge thus 
made available 

In Europe the possession of good maps has now become of recognized 
importance to the citizen, be he a professional, manufacturer, agriculturist, 
or merchant, as well as to the soldier or Government, while their use to all 
classes of the public increases with each decade. 

If the detail is carried to that required for revenue purposes (as for 
instance to the scale of 1: 2,500 employed in England), the whole based 
on the trigonometric points needed for the topographic survey, the added 
uses of the map are for purposes of registration, valuation, and transfer 
of Jand. 

In addition to the general topographic and cadastral survey special 
surveys are required for the sites of fortifications and vicinities, defensive 
field-works, and other Government constructions, upon which to base all 
works for drainage and improvements in cities and large towns (the latter 
cared for by the general governments in Europe); and, especially in the 
United States and the colonies of Great Britain, the land-parceling surveys, 
as an aid in securing and perfecting title. 

There have been noted as employed on the topographic or basé-work 
series of maps of Europe names, conventional signs, and abbreviations to 
the number approximately of 1,148, which may be divided as follows: (1) 
Those representing natural features, or (2) pertaining to means of com- 
munication, (3) agriculture, (4) commerce, (5) manufactures, (6) mining, 
(7) miscellaneous, (8) special military, (9) special technical, and (10) 
boundaries. Colors have been employed for representing more distinctly 
a number of objects from each of the above classes. 

One of the results of modern civilization in its quest after habitable 
lands for their advantages to the multiple wants of man will naturally be 
to gradually subject the temperate regions, at least, to the analysis of a 
minute topographic survey, the value of such data having already become 
so well fixed in the polity of the older civilized nations. 


494 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The following lists show the distribution of areas “undergoing” and 


“not undergoing” systematic topographic surveys: 


Areas undergoing systematic instrumental, mathematical, topographic surveys (based on computed triangulation), 


Continental divisions Gnienetne Population. Seale bec e Remarks. | 
survey. se 
1. Europe ...... wees 3,412,417 | 305,064,737 | 1: 10,560 to 1: 126,000 States of Great Britain and Ireland (United 
| Kingdom), France, Spain, Portugal, Bel- 
| ginm, Holland, Denmark, Switzerland, 
] | | Germany, Italy, Austria, Norway, Swe- 
| | den, Russia (inclusive of Poland, Fin- 
| | land, and Roumania). 
[dcp AISA: eaten eee emaa nciee 2,367,956 | 271,068,600 1:253,55l1and1:100,000 | India and Java. 
BRO. 8 ty (ieee eed | 243, 485 2, 867, 626 1: 50,000 | Algeria (a department of France). 


TLotallee ses ss. n= 6,023,858 579, 000, 963 


Note.—The “ population” is taken from Bebm and Wagner's ‘ Die Bevélkerung der Erde, VI,” 1880. 


Areas not undergoing systematic instrumental, mathematical, topoyraphic surveys. 


] 
Area not 
Continental divisions. | undergoing Population. Remarks. 
survey. = | 
1. Europe 354, 745 10, 864, 263 | Bosnia, Herzegovina, Luxembourg, Servia, Montenegro, Bulgaria, | 
| | | Turkey, and Greece. 
DCASIB Cs camet eadelec ses | 14,841,389 | 563,384,400 | All except India and Java. 
3. Africa... ..| 11, 304, 551 202, 811,374 | All except Algeria. 
45 America, csesec ese =e: | 14,922, 074 98, 650,500 All except United States. (The latter proposed only.) 
os Oceanic ences esos | 3, 457, 034 4,031,000 The entire area. 
6. Polar regions.......-. 1, 745, 326 82, 000 Do. 
7. United States ....... 3, 025, 000 50,155,783 Proposed only. Special surveys in progress. 
Totaly 2ee~ ose | 49, 650, 119 930, 233, 320 
1 


The foregoing shows that a little over 6,000,000 square miles have 
been so surveyed, or are undergoing such survey, or about one-ninth of 
the land portion of the globe, while the balance, or about eight-ninths, 
inhabited by over 900,000,000 of people, is comparatively poorly known, 
or, in part, a terra incognita from a true topographic standpoint. 

The only principal works of Standard Interior Topographic Surveys 
for the whole world (all directed by army officers) are nineteen, as follows: 
(1) United Kingdom, (2) Germany (Prussia), (3) Saxony, (+) Bavaria, (5) 
Wurtemberg, (6) Baden, (7) Austria-Hungary, (8) France, including 
Algeria, (9) Switzerland, (10) Holiand,* (11) Spain, (12) Italy, (13) 


* There 1s also a government topographic office at Batavia, Java (Dutch East Indies). 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 425 


Sweden, (14) Russia, (15) Belgium, (16) Denmark, (17) Norway, (18) 
Portugal, (19) India. 

Hydrographic surveys of domestic and foreign coasts are being carried 
on alone by the marine ministries or navy departments of the following 
countries: (1) Great Britain, (2) France, (3) Germany, (4) Italy, (5) 
Austria, (6) Japan, (7) Sweden, (8) Holland, (9) Chili, (10) British India, 
(11) Portugal, (12) Denmark, (13) Spain, (14) Russia, (15) Belgium,* 
(16) Norway, (17) Java (East Indies). 

There are special organizations for geological examinations and inves- 
tigations and allied research (systematic work and reconnaissance) in the 
following states ; (1) Alsace-Lorraine, (2) Austria, (3) Bavaria, (4) Belgium, 
(5) Finland, (6) France, (7) United Kingdom, (8) Hungary, (9) Hesse- 
Darmstadt, (10) Italy, (11) Luxembourg, (12) Norway, (13). Prussia, (14) 
Roumania, (15) Russia, (16) Saxony, (17) Spain, (18) Sweden, (19) Switz- 
erland, (20) Algeria, (21) Cape Colony, (22) India, (23) The East India 
Netherlands, (24) Japan, (25) New South Wales, (26) New Zealand, (27) 
Queensland, (28) Victoria, (29) Canada, (30) Greenland, (31) United 
States, (32) South Australia, (33) West Australia, (84) Servia, (85) Wur- 
temburg; all within the jurisdiction of various civil departments of the 
governments, such as the interior, public works, commerce, industry, pub- 
lic instruction, ete. 

These examinations and investigations usually embrace the branches 
of minerology and paleontology, with chemical and microscopic analyses, 
and are either general in their character, locating and defining the rock 
and other formations, by means of surface examinations and those made in 
mines, or by boring and cross-sections, using the togographic map as a 
basis upon which to illustrate the former, with colored sections added, and 
in some cases investigating the dynamic forces, past or present, in relation 
to the development and present condition of the earth’s crust, or economic, 
as in examining for the causes surrounding the presence of the valuable 
mineral constitaents found in rocks and soils, and in analyzing soils and 


pointing out their relative values for specified purposes. 


*This work in Belgium (having no naval department) is found under civil administration ; in 
Portugal, supervised and directed by naval officers, it is grouped under a bureau of geodetic works, 


426 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The resultant geologic map, one of the most important practical ob- 
jects and results of such an examination, while exceedingly valuable for 
the student of geology and the miner, is less useful to the world at large, 
and the governments more especially, than the purely topographic map upon 
which the colors are superposed, the latter and the special geologic signs 
tending somewhat to confuse the topographic detail proper. 

In other words, the topographic or mother map of a country is the one 
that all the world may use, while the geologic edition of the same is limited 
in its utility toa by no means large class of specialists, and to specified 
industrial wants. 

Government geologic investigations seem first to have been begun in 
gland in 1832, Belgium in 1836, Russia in 
1840, Austria and Spain in 1849, India in 1851, Holland in 1842, Portugal 


in 1857, Sweden and Norway in 1858, Switzerland in 1859, Prussia in 


France in 1825, followed by En 


1862, and Italy in 1868. G. W. Featherstonaugh, an English geologist, 
was the first to conduct geologic work for the United States in 1834 and 
1885, making reports to Colonel Abert, chief of the Corps of Topographical 
Engineers in 1835 and 1836. Similar examinations specifically authorized 
continued until 1852, when they were stopped by law, after which geolo- 
gists accompanied exploring parties, and geologic exploration itself was 
revived in 1867, and the present Geological Survey afterward created by 
statute in 1879. 

The work of these organizations is under the control of commissions 
in Alsace-Lorraine, Belgium, France, Hesse-Darmstadt, Italy, Luxem- 
bourg, Russia, Switzerland, Wurtembere, which commissions are composed 
of the director of the work, in certain cases of officers of the topographic 
bureau, professors of geology, mining engineers, practical geologists, and 
others. 

They are directly under the administration of mines in Austria, 
Bavaria, Finland, France, Italy, Prussia, Russia, Spain, Algeria, Java, New 
South Wales, Queensland, and Victoria. 

The operations are under the direction of the bureau of geodetic and 
topographic works in Portugal, and under the topographic bureau in Wur- 
temberg. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 427 


Elsewhere the chiefs or directors appear to report directly to the head 
of the departments severally known as of agriculture and mining, public 
works, letters, science, and fine arts, commerce, industry and agriculture, 
home and interior departments, imperial domain (Russia), finance (Saxony), 
revenue and agriculture (India), department of mines and water sup- 
ply, ete. 

It should be mentioned, however, that the several European Govern- 
ment departments above enumerated enjoy legal jurisdiction over the sev- 
eral industries specified, different from any of the grants of our own Con- 
stitution or legislative acts thereunder. Many European Governments, 
unlike the United States, either own or exercise a control over the mineral 
resources of the state, which in some cases has been the direct cause of the 
geologic examination. 

The functions of the geologic works in the main may be stated to be 
the prosecution and execution of a geologic examination of a given region, 
at once useful to science and the economic interests of the country. This 
entails the production (usually by direct superposition of colors, or by 
compilation) and publication of general and special geologic maps, based 
on the topographic map (a separate function in all the older nations), also 
geologic profiles, sometimes with, as well as without, explanatory text. 

Original topographic work, in areas selected by the geologist, has been 
carried on pari passu with the geological examination in certain newer 
countries where the topographic works have not been brought to a perma- 
nently organized state, but in none of the cases observed has the geologist 
undertaken the mathematical, instrumental, triangulation, or topographic 
work. 

Monographs and geological and paleontological reports usually form a 
part of the duties of this office, as well as the collection and care of all 
documentary evidence requisite, bearing upon the work in hand and of 
objects of geologic and mineralogic interest, as rocks, fossils, ete. 

These works, although yet young, are highly important and have been 
conducted with great activity and zeal, often in the face of numerous 
obstacles and with sometimes scanty funds, the latter elsewhere than in the 
United States. 


428 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The methods of geological examination appear to be more individual 
than following a formulated convention, the field observations being very 
simple, especially where the geologist is equipped in advance with a com- 
plete topographic map. 

The cost per square mile it has been difficult to ascertain, if indeed it 
has ever been strictly computed for any given class of geologic work, for 
the reason that, independent of their unformulated condition inherent to 
their very nature, the scope of the investigation, for reasons theoretic or 
practical, may be varied and prolonged indefinitely. 

Government topographic surveys will be referred to according to their 


“measure,” “the men,” and “ the results.” 


THE MEASURE. 


The general object or purpose for which a survey is to be made having been 
decided upon, the measure comprises, (1) the grade or class; (2) the Department con- 
trolling jurisdiction; (3) the plan with estimate of aggregate cost; (4) the subsequent 
annual projects with accompanying estimates; (5) the methods employed with regula- 
tions thereunder; (6) detailed field and office instructions; and (7) the limit as to time 
for the accomplishment of each class or kind of result parsaant to a definite plan, 
with estimates, approved in advance by proper authority.* The above are to be 
applied in each of the three great natural divisions of Government surveys, #. @., (1) 
topographic (becoming geographie when accompanied by examinations in mineralogy, 
geology, and other branches of natural history); (2) hydrographic or marine; (5) cadas- 
tral or revenue, including all subdivisions of lands. 

The term “topographic” (herein used in its most comprehensive sense) includes 
a variety of methods, all requiring that the principles of geodesy shall be observed . 
in the measurements of bases and subsequent triangulation, with initial points astro- 
nomically determined as original points of departure. The surveys that properly 
come under this head are, (1) detailed topographic surveys looking to the “ common 
defense” (interior, along international boundaries and coastwise, especially including 

* Before a survey is authorized, a plan including its scope, scale, accuracy, area embraced, 
results intended, and limit of duration with estimated total cost should be submitted, passing both the 
administrative and legislative serutiny before approval. In pursuance of the general plan, annual 
projects should be submitted and receive administrative action whereby the progress of the work as 
to time and cost can be readily compared with the original total estimate, which should not be 
exceeded unless after the express sanction of Congress in view of substantial reasons therefor. The 
methods to be employed and regulations to be followed, prepared by officials specially designated for 
this purpose, should be approved, issued as the guide and made imperative and mandatory. 

Unless Congress should be guided by the annual estimates made pursuant toa general plan, 
wherein total cost largely controls the organization intrusted with the expenditures, it is likely to 
drift into the position of a permanent beneficiary requiring annual appropriations for the establish- 
ment independent of the amount of survey work actually performed. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 429 


all possible prospective theaters of war*) ; (2) of sites for fortifications ; (3) of localities 
of river and harbor and other internal improvements that should include a network 
of lines, trigonometrically based and carefully measured, covering the area of all the 
navigable waters of the United States, establishing latitudes and longitudes with the 
requisite number of altitudes resulting from levels of precision, with meanders and 
cross-sections, and proper topographic and hydrographie details of all navigable coast 
and stream lines upon which to base a complete connected and permanent system of 
improvements (by a slight development of the belts of triangles thus required points 
may be established in aid of State surveys, at least one for each county in each State, 
and the trigonometrie extension serve as the initial basis of the great general topo- 
graphic survey of the country); (4) of the lengths of rail and common roads, canals, 
and water-courses over which the United States transports its troops, mails, material, 
and supplies; (5) topographic surveys in detail of the public domain west of the Mis- 
sissippi for military and other purposes, and incideutaily the agricultural classifica- 
tion of the public lands not yet subdivided, and to include where required additioual 
meanders of new routes, all finally to be availed of for, and merged into, a great gen- 
eral topographic survey of the whole country. It is needless to add that no such 
important, works can be successfuily prosecuted, with the highest attainable vigor and 
precision, except under a rigorous military administration. 

The preamble to the Constitution makes it one of the primal purposes of the Gov- 
ernment to ‘“‘ provide for the common defense,” and carries with it the authority there- 
for, while a wise policy based on the axiom “in time of peace prepare for war” should 
actuate the Government to systematically engage in the construction of permanent 
works of defense, and adopt all aids, accessories, and auxiliaries thereto. 

The hydrographic surveys are in aid of navigation, and incidentally facilitate 
and promote commerce. Surveys for the latter, however, are and ought to be made 
by the engineers, who subsequently construct the improvement. Mostof the original 
general hydrographic work for our sea-coast has been accomplished. 

The grade of the survey is to be largely determined by the accuracy and detail 
of the results required, and while the basis upon which the survey rests should be 
attained by the best means of measurement, the devices employed for securing the 
minuter portions of the data must vary within wide limits. Whatever the execu 
tive organization for the survey parties, the administration of the work should be 
intrusted to the Department having the most immediate, complete and permanent 
use for the results, thus securing the most vigilant supervision. In event of foreign 
war or domestic revolt, rebellion, or revolution, whether the invaders approach by 
sea or land, the original data upon which is based the special or general topographic 
nap should be under the control of the War Department, which then becomes at 
once the most important branch of the Government, necessarily planning and 
directing the principal operations; and in case of approaches by sea the same applies 
with equal force to the Navy Department, as regards the hydrographic data of the 
coast and its approaches. 


* The following appears in a memoir of John Anderson and I. Roberdeau, military topographical 
engineers, as early as 1816: ‘* The undersigned do not hesitate to recommend, withont the apprehen- 
sion of being mistaken, or of its being attributed to any other than public motives, the completion of 
a frontier military survey of the whole interior and exterior of the United States,” 


430 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The nature of the requirements of the administrative departments appears in 
the following table : 


NG Name of 


Department. Nature of survey. 


1 | State ..... International boundaries. 

2) War........ Detailed topographic surveys for the common defense (interior adjoining national bound 
aries and coastwise), culminating in a general topographic survey. Sites for fortifica- 
tions. Location of river and harbor improvements, including an analytical survey of 
all national navigable waters. Revisionary surveys, where necessary, of the Great | 
Lakes and their harbors. Military, geographical, and topographical survey of pub- 
lie domain west of Mississippi, including reconnaissances, meander of routes, military 
reservations, ete. 

3 Treasury .... None, except preliminary survey of sites for light-houses. 

4 Justice ...... None. 


5 | Post-Office None. The distances along mail routes should be determined by the great general topo- 
graphic survey. | 
6) Navy ...-.. Hydrographic or marine survey of the entire sea-coast, with bays, harbors, ete., and ap- 
proaches thereto International longitudes and incidental hydrographic surveys of | 

foreign coasts. 
Interior ... | Legal subdivision of the public lands. Lines of Indian reservations. Boundaries be- 


| tween States and Territories. Geological examination and classification of the mineral 


lands. 


Nore.—For the Department or Bureau of Agriculture no surveys are necessary. 
THE MEN. 


After the available number of selected and trained officers of the Government 
belonging to the military and naval services is exhausted, it is comparatively unimpor- 
tant who shall be called upon to assist iu making the Government surveys, and provided 
means are taken to select individuals whose professional attainments are of ahigh order, 
whose special training eminently fits them for the work. Numbers of competent men 
are regularly edueated and trained at the Government expense at the Military and 
Naval Academies, from whom selections are and can be made, while those of the civil 
list have usually been educated at the scientific or technical schools of the country, 
or have had like elementary training in foreign lands. 

The military and naval services represent all quarters of the Union, and enjoy- 
ing practically a life tenure, are more likely to hold the interests of the Government 
equally if not more sacred than their own, and more aptly find that time for study 
and reflection so necessary to the development of great schemes of survey. The 
available number is, however, comparatively limited. Not a few competent civilians 
have been trained in the practical schools of the Coast and Lake Surveys and the later 
Geographical Surveys west of the Mississippi, while any deficiency can readily be 
filled by the graduates of the civil scientific schools of the country. 

The organized personnel so far regularly employed by the Government in its 
mathematical surveys have been: 

(1) The Corps of Engineers (and prior to the consolidation act of 1863, the Corps 
of Topographical Engineers) regularly and also by detail upon the topographic parts of 
the survey of the coast. (See Title 56, Rev. Stat.) 


Nore.—It appears to work admirably in Spain where authority exists to select trained officials, 
specially qualified, wherever fonnd, provided their experience is adequate Examinations in geology 
and other branches of natural history require specialists selected for their well-known attainments, 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 431 


(2) Officers by detail trom the ordnanee, artillery, cavalry, and infantry. 

(3) Officers of the Navy as called upon and by detail upon the hydrographie parts 
of the survey of the coast. 

(4) Astronomers and others of the Coast, Lake, and Geographical Survey. 

(5) Surveyors general and their deputies, who are to be “skillful surveyors,” and 
contract surveyors of the Interior Department. 

(6) Topographers of the Geological Survey engaged in the production of the 
topographic base map used by the geologist in his field examinations. 

The number available for selection from the above sources, excepting, perhaps, 
the fifth, can readily be kept employed. The scope and intent of their duties should 
be, however, defined with the utmost precision by law. 

As the surveys of the inland portions of the United States are practically as yet 
in their infancy, as compared with those of foreign nations, it is safe to expect that 
they will be extended over continuous intervals following systematic plans, and hence 
a personnel of skilled men will be required whose number will naturally increase and 
whose tenure should be nade as permanent as practicable. 


THE RESULTS. 


The results of the land surveys are accomplished when the approved plats of the 
subdivisions reach the General Land Office and the patents in accordance therewith 
are issued. These surveys have alone a practical mission to fulfill, and are not, nor 
should they be, performed with any special pretense of great scientific accuracy. The 
geographical and topographical surveys, to the contrary, should be carried out on a 
connected scientific basis, with published results appearing in sketches, maps, and 
reports of the highest order of merit, emanating through the administrative depart- 
ment in control. 

All the map data constitutes a substantial contribution to the great future gen- 
eral topographic map of the United States that it will take generations to complete, 
and the jurisdiction over which should be confined to a single branch of the Govern- 
ment, instead of being distributed as at present. The final maps and systematic 
reports, other than the annual reports of operations, should be published in depart- 
mental editions of 2,000 copies each, with such additional number as Congress may 
order in special instances. 

Authority of law should be granted for the sale of the maps and reports at cost 
price, and the bureau organization supervising the surveys should be directed to con- 
tract with business establishments for their convenient sale. The same should apply 
to the published results of the hydrographic or marine surveys and the geological 
investigations. The hydrographic surveys should likewise present their final results 
in a series of systematically arranged coast charts upon a projection convenient for 
navigators, with the usual reports devoted to sueh scientific investigations into 
methods as long continued and reported experiments may develop. This is especially 
applicable to the geographical and topographical surveys. There would thus result 
three sets of scientific reports: (1) From the geographical and topographical survey, 
in relation to admeasurements upon land; (2) from the hydrographic survey, in refer- 
ence to measurements in and off shore and upon the adjacent coasts and in the deep 
sea; and (3) the geological and mineralogical discussions resulting from the exam- 
ination of the geological structure and mineral resources of the interior, I connec- 


432 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


tion with all these operations there should be made as circumstances permit collec- 
tious of paleontologic, zodlogic, botanic, and archieologic specimeus, to be subse- 
quently transferred to the National Museum for deposit, arrangement, examination, 
classification, and report. 

The law should define the proper co-ordination and co-operation of and between 
the several Departments of the Government in the prosecution of their works of 
survey. 

The great general survey of the country is both a practical and scientific meas- 
ure, and belongs to the domain of exact science, and should be withdrawn entirely 
from the field of theoretical science, or it can never be carried to a successful conelu- 
sion. This view, while absolutely correct as regards the interests of the Government, 
is also in favor of the best and most permanent recognition of the true and earnest 
workers in the theoretical branches of science. 

The following table indicates the future surveys that will be required by the 
Government of the United States: 


Future surveys that will be required by the Government of the United States. 


coasts of nationalities not prose: | 


cuting marine surveys, | 


erartmet | Locus ot | other ongant 
Character of survey. control juris- jurisdiction. | zation we | Remarks. 
diction. | employed. | 
——— ee | —— a = = 
Subdivision of public lands.....| Interior ....-. Whole public General Land .This work to be kept separate and 
domain. Office, distinet from all other Government | 
| surveys. 
Sites for and approaches to | War.......... Whole United Corps of En- | Preliminary toand in connectionwith | 
fort. fications. SLC: gineers. | the construction and use of perma- | 
= | | nent works of defense. 
iver and harbor examinations, | War........-- Whole United Corps of En | To result in a trigonometric connec- | 
to include geodetic connec- | States. gineers. tion and analytical hydrographic | 
tions and levels of precision, survey of all navigable waters of | 
surveys of Mississippi River, the United States and the establish. | 
ete. ment of levels of precision, and to | 
| | aid in State surveys 
| General geographic and topo- | War.....----- Whole United Corps of En- For detailed topographic surveys 
graphic, resting on a trigo- States. | gimeers, as- | necessary tothe ‘common defense” | 
nometric basis (west of Mis- sisted by and those for the complete military | 
sissippi River), also interior other offi: | topographic map of region west of | 
adjoining national boundaries | cers of the Mississippi, and finally the entire | 
andcoastw seand incidentally Army and United States and maps for the | 
agricultural Jand  elassifica- civilians. | Geological Bureau. (Land classifi- 
tion and for irrigation, and | cation to embrace areas in advance 
finally to embrace the whole of subdivision surveys.) 
country (The Great General 
Topographic Survey). 
| Coast, hydrographic or marine..| Navy ..-.---- Whole sea- | Coast Survey To complete bydrographic survey of 
coasts of | consolidated | Atlantic, Gulf, Pacific, and Alaskan 
United with the Hy- coasts, with resurveys of prominent | 
States and) drographic harbors, ete. Tidaland other hydro- 
Alaska. | Office. | graphic observations, including in- 
| | ternational longitudes, and incident- | 
| | ally bydrographic surveys of tidal | 
| | and navigable waters of foreign | 
| 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 433 


Future surveys that will be required by the Government of the United States—Continued. 


| Department | | oe | other organi 
Character of survey- | éonteal qari | Ganedieuan | zation That | Remarks. 
diction. | eanieve 

Geologicalexaminationandmin- Interior...--. | Whole United Geological Di- | Geological examinations of the public | 
eral land classification. States. rector and lands and their mineralogical classi- | 

assistants. | fication (special investigations con- 
cerning distribution aud mode of 

occurrence of precious and economic 

minerals within the States), includ- 


| ing general geological structure— 
| 


maps to be based on those executed | 


| by the General Topographic Survey. 
Miscellaneous, as (1) Interna- | State (1), War Wherever Officers of the | To be made as required by officers at ; 


tional Boundaries. (2) Mili-| (2), Navy required Corps of headquarters military divisions and 
tary routes, meander and (3), Inter.or throughout Engineers departments, and by detail of offi- 
wagon roads; Military reser- (4), and) the United and other cers and surveyors to the depart- 
vations; Routes for national Treasury, States. | branches of ment where jurisdiction is lodged. | 
railroads and canals; Cadas- | (5). the Army, 
tral survey of District of Co- naval — offi- 
lumbia. (3) Isthmus surveys. cers, and 
(4) Boundaries between States specially se- 
and Territories, Indian reser | leeted ci- 

| vations. (3) Sites for light- | | vilians. 
houses, ete. | 


The works of survey first and most needed in the United States are 
(1) military and naval; (2) economic ; (3) engineering and other scientific. 
Under the first head are those of sites for and approaches to fortifications ; 
strategic frontier, coastwise, and interior belts ;* all communications (nat- 
ural or artificial); to be followed as required by a general detailed topo- 
graphic survey of the whole country on a rigid mathematical basis (see 
index map herewith) including general hypsometric work and precise level- 
ings; also the completion especially of the hydrographic features of the 
survey of the Atlantic, Gulf, and Pacific coasts, including off-shore hydrog- 


* The strategic belts first to be selected with reference to possible foreign invasion would be strips 
of territory not less than 200 miles in width along the Atlantic, Gulf, and Pacific coasts and the Cana- 
dian frontier as far as the western end of Lake Superior. A like strip surveyed less in detail for the 
present should follow tke forty-uinth parallel to the Pacific, as also the whole Mexican boundary. 
The entire Atlantic, Gulf, Pacific, Alaskan, and Lake coasts are comprised in this survey with all the 
tidal waters of the bays, rivers, and an ocean and lake off-shore belt reaching to deep water. 

Looking to domestic rebellion or revolution, the natural lines of division are those between the 
north and sonth, or substantially the line shown on the sketch-map as dividing the northern from the 
suuthern tier of districts, and for the east and west the dividing line between the Atlantic and Missis- 
sippi Valley districts, and between the districts of the Plains and those of the Pacific composed prin- 
cipally of the divides or water-sheds of the Appalachian and Rocky Mountain regions. Belts of not 
Jess than 150 miles on either side of the above boundaries should be surveyed in an amount of detail 
governed in a measure by the conditions of settlement of the regions thus coyered, but sufficient for 
maps of a considerable scale. 


28 WH—YVOL I 


484 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


raphy, tidal observations, and development of danger to ocean navigation, 
along navigating lands adjacent to these coasts, with revisionary surveys 
when and where necessary, completion of the general hydrographic recon- 
naissance of the Alaskan coast, to be followed when necessary by its sys- 
tematic hydrographic survey after the best and most approved methods. 

Under the second, are the analytical surveys of all national water- 
ways,* including completion of that in progress by the Mississippi River 
Commission to be developed hydrographically to embrace the whole basin 
with the detailed revisionary surveys of the Great Lakes and other nav- 
igable waters when and where necessary ; the systematic, agricultural, and 
mineral classification of all improved and unimproved lands, with results 
geographically delineated upon the topographic maps as a base. 

Under the third should be included all the special engineering surveys 
for projects and construction other than those for general works of internal 
improvement of water-ways, the special surveys needed for the graphic 
illustration of geology and mineralogy (the general illustration of the 
former appearing on the general topographic maps as a base), with such 
added data for paleontologic, zoologic, botanic, and archeologie illustra- 
tions as these and other special branches of science shall demand from 
time to time. 

From a scientific standpoint should be added such practical researches 
and developments in astronomy, geodesy, lineal measurements, terrestrial 
magnetism, gravity determinations, refraction, and other atmospheric condi- 
tions, the Gulf Stream, Japan current, and deep-sea operations, as shall 
benefit the accuracy, comprehensiveness, and completeness and_ fullest 
utility of surveys which finally in their broadest sense are to aid in the 
common defense, navigation, commerce, the other industries, science, and 
statistics. 

DISTRIBUTION INTO DISTRICTS. 

In event of carrying on proper mathematically based inland geo- 
graphic and topographic surveys with geodetic connections, such as referred 
to, it becomes convenient to divide the country into a number of districts. 


* This should be developed finally into a thorough hydrographie survey for the whole interior 
of the United States, as the groundwork ofthe utilization of the entire natural water supply for re- 
gions with asurplus as well as those suffering from a deficit, 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 435 


The sketch chart of the United States herewith shows eight such divisions, 
with 210 rectangles, each representing 1° 40’ latitude and 2° 45’ longitude, 
described as follows: (1) Mountainous or Pacific district, north; (2) 
Mountainous or Pacifie district, south; (3) District of the plains, north; 
(4) District of the plains, south; (5) Mississippi Valley district (north) ; 
(6) Mississippi Valley district, south; (7) Atlantic district, north; (8) 
Atlantic district, south. The most easterly of these districts are obtained 
by following approximately the water-shed between the Atlantic and the 
interior from, approximately, latitude 42° north to latitude 32° 20’ north. 
From the first point the line of division extends to the head of the Niagara 
River, and from the latter to a point on the Gulf of Mexico a little east of 
the mouth of the Ocilla River. Thus the two Atlantic districts are formed, 
the junction between them being marked by the Potomac River from its 
source to the sea. The Mississippi Valley districts are bounded on the 
west by the western boundaries of Louisiana, Arkansas, and Mississippi to 
Kansas City on the Missouri; thence along the river to Sioux City ; thence 
following Big Sioux River to the southwest corner of Minnesota; thence 
via western boundary of this State to forty-ninth parallel. The most east- 
erly point of the dividing line between the subdivisions north and south is 
where the thirty-ninth parallel intersects the Atlantic water shed; thence 
following that parallel westerly to the Ohio; thence along the Ohio to its 
mouth; thence following the Mississippi to St. Louis; thence to Kansas 
City via St. Louis, Kansas City and Northern Railroad. 

The western limits of the plains districts begins at the mouth of the 
Pecos, and thence by its eastern water-shed to its junction with the Atchison, 
Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad near Las Vegas, N. Mex.; thence to Den- 
ver via the above and the Denver and Rio Grande Railroads; and thence 
to Cheyenne by the Colorado Central; thence northwardly to Fort Laramie; 
thence to intersection of South Fork of Big Cheyenne by the 104th 
meridian of longitude ; thence in a northwesterly direction to forty-ninth 
parallel. The latitudinal dividing line is from Kansas City, Kans., to 
Pueblo, Colo., via Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad. 

The Pacific districts embrace all of the mountainous region from the 
Great Plains to the Pacific, and are divided laterally by the Union Pacific 


436 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


and Central Pacific Railroads. Accidentally the aggregate of the northern 
and southern districts vary but little in area, the former being 1,524,700, 
and the latter 1,534,060 square miles. (For areas see sketch-map here- 
with.) At least one central point can be selected in each of the eight areas 
from which to direct the operations of a survey and most convenient of 
access to all prominent points. Independent of the land subdivisions, belts 
of detailed topography are needed for the common defense, and the com- 
prehensive detailed survey of all the navigable waters of the United States, 
those suggested for the several districts, is as follows: In the Atlantic dis- 
tricts the final establishment of geodetic points in each county, the belts of 
triangles to be checked by necessary astronomic points and the measure of 
all water and land routes of transportation. The same applies to the Mis- 
sissippi districts. The districts of the plains first require detailed meander 
surveys of all the routes and streams checked by astronomic stations with 
geodetic connections to follow as the country becomes more thickly settled 
and the States take up the more detailed topographic and geologic sur- 
veys. The Pacific districts should first be covered entirely by a topo- 
graphic survey similar to that prosecuted for the ten years ending June 30, 
1879, by the War Department, and an estimate of the cost of completing 
which is given in inclosures No. 3 to Senate Ex. Doc. No. 21, Forty-fifth 
Congress, third session, while for the more thickly settled portions topo- 
graphic works resting on first-class geodetic basis are the only ones that 
should be prosecuted. 

To secure uniformity and simplicity in the map the modified secant conic 
projection is suggested that has been employed successfully upon the geo- 
graphic surveys of this office. The number of rectangles of the same size 
as those into which the area west of the 100th meridian was divided in 
1872 is 210. The approximate size of a rectangular area for the middle 
latitudes is 150 miles east and west by 120 north and south, or 18,000 
square miles or 11,520,000 aeres. The size of each printed sheet is 19 by 
24 inches. The projection admits of the conjoining of sheets. When 
parts only of an entire rectangular subdivision are to be mapped the same 
projection can be applied upon different scales and the size of the sheets 


yaried at will, The limit of the Government surveys in the older States 


*LLCAL, SURVEYS 


Cf 


PRO Waray 


ie 


> 
< 
=; 
= 
S 
ae 
= 7 f 
f- 
= 
| 


| | SKETCH 
INDICATING A DISTRIBUTION OF THE 


TERRITORIAL DOMAIN 


OF THE 


PREPATED UNDER THE DIRECTION OE 


| 
1m, an ila ain pal Ria pl Nina rm 
UNITED STATES 
I=} DISTRICTS “AVORABLE TO THE | 
| | OPERATIONS OF PARTIES PROSECUTING | 
i | GENERAL GOVERNMENY SURVEYS — a 

I | 
| 
| 


IY WEUT. GEO. MWIEELER.CORPS OF ENGINEERS US ARMY. 


1879 


Onginally devined January I#t 1875 


Scale of miles 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 437 


being to the establishment of latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes and meas- 
urement of railroad, canal, and other routes of communication, and the first 
topographic survey, the resulting sheets may be turned over as produced 
to the States about to prosecute a more detailed topographic survey or the 
continued examination of its geological structure and mineral products. _ 
Upon a scale not less than 1 inch to 4 miles for territory east of the 
Mississippi, nor less than | inch to 8 miles west of that line, the projections 
of the number of sheets required for the whole United States should be 
begun, upon which should be compiled and delineated all known longitudes 
and latitudes of importance, and sufficiently accurate geographical material 
resulting from original surveys heretofore and hereafter to be made should 
be added at a permanent office of the War Department to be designated 
by law for all time. These sheets when completed and conjoined would 


constitute the great final topographic map of the union of States.* 
The area, population, ete., of the districts is as follows: 


g lie aS : 
‘ oO. r 2 a leon Ss 
: ane Area, | Ponuigtion) gE [Pon 8 |a| es | 
| D diem toyed Pa } 
Ee} | 3 Was Bore é 
A fa [= |a/e | A 
Sq.m. | | } 
1 | Mountainous or Pacific district (north). ...... 515, 239 595,769 | 1.2 36,994 | 1.23) 4 | 3 if 
2 | Moun ainous or Pacific district (south). .-.---. 584, 938 563, 244 | 1.0 | 1,045,924) 1.8) 4 | 6) 10 
3 | District of the plains (north)...--. a deeecelst: 347, 337 495, 316 1.4 1,150,973 | 3.3] 3] 10 
4 | District of the plains (south) ........-...-.-- 358, 323 | 922,536 | 2.6 | 2,109,230 | 2.3 | 3 14] 17 
5 | Mississippi Valley district (north) ............ 479, 433 | 13, 275, 062 | 32.3 | 15,482,879 | 32.3 | 17 | 102) 119 
| 6} Mississippi Valley district (south) .. Bas 381,165 | 7,221,087 | 18.9 | 10,177,105 | 26.7 | 13 65 78 
7 |) Atilantic:district (morth)) .=---..--.-- -<-<e--2-- 166, 704 | 12, 030,489 | 72.2 | 14, 695, 859 | 88.1 | 22 94 116 | 
8 | Atlantic district (south) ..-........-.-.......- 192,461 | 3,454,868 17.9 | 4, 861,819 | 25.3 10 33 43 | 
| 3,025, 600 \"3a, 508,371 | 42.7 | 50,153,783 |186|76| 324} 400 | 
| | | | | 


Note.—The approximate area given by the tenth census of the States and Territories excluding area of water surface 
(approximately 55,600 square miles) is 3,025,600 square miles, or 2,970,000 square miles of land surface. The total iength of 
sea-coast line from headland to headland is approximately, Atlantic, 15,600 miles; Gulf, 2,805 miles; Pacific, 1,905 miles; 
Alaskan, with the larger souuds and bays, but exclusive of the Aleutian Islands, 7,800 miles, independent of bays, sounds, 
etc., that aggregate 4,980 miles for the Atlantic, Gulf, and Pacific. The coast within the United States of Lakes Superior, 
Michigan, Huron, Erie, and Ontario aggregate 4,230 miles in length. 

The total population as given by the census of 1880, exclusive of Alaska (33,426), was 50,155,783, or an average of 
17.29 per square mile, excluding the Indian Territory, and of the area of settlement estimated at 1,569,570 square miles, an 
average of 32 per square mile. The largest average per square mile in any State in 1880 was 254.9 for Rhode Island, with 
Massachusetts next at 221.8, and the least, .20 per square mile, for Wyoming, while the Territory of Utah shows 1.03, 
those of Arizona and Idaho .04, and Dakota .09 per square mile. 


*This mother map should then be developed specifically to meet all economic and industrial 
requirements, the latter particularly by the States, after a general examination of the structure and 
resources of the whole country. 

If we are to have these maps (military, economic, and scientific), as have them we must, they 


438 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The cost of a geographic and topographic survey of any part of 
this area can be made to vary from $1 to $1,000, or even a much greater 
sum, per square mile. Estimates of the ordnance survey of England, still 
incomplete, show its cost to be more than 5200 per square mile. The cost 
of our own coast and lake surveys has reached considerable amounts that 
are, however, no absolute criterion, as the elaborate bases and networks of 
triangulation established for a narrow belt of hydrography and topography 
would answer in the interior for a much greater area, and the details 
required in reference to inland topography may be varied indefinitely. 
The cost per capita of an elaborate survey of the entire country com- 
parable with that of the home Government of England would be great, 
and if conducted with ill-defined powers and bad management might easily 
exceed the value of the entire landed properties of the Union, and without 
results in the least degree commensurate. 

It is plain when the great area of the country is considered in connec- 
tion with the comparatively small average of population, and coupled with 
the fact that a great part in the West is still substantially an unoccupied 
mountainous wilderness, that the Government is not yet prepared to com- 
mence, except for selected areas, interior surveys after the elaborate detailed 


and costly plans of Great Britain and the older and more populous nations. 


TOPOGRAPHIC. 
ORIGIN. 


In England the great general or topographic survey may be said to 


have commenced with the measurement of the Hounslow Heath base, under 
will result from a practical application of all known scientific principles and methods to the work in 
hand while constantly consulting the current and permanent wants of the Govcrument and people. 

The preserving, protecting, and defending functions of the war branch of the public service 
have no single better field of operations in an interval of peace than in collecting all known informa- 
tion bearing on military operations in detail for our own country, and generally for that of our neigh- 
bors. 

From all survey works in the past, from those of the present, as well as the future, wherever 
lodged as to administration or execution, every particle of critical data bearing ov latitudes, longi- 
tudes, and altitudes should be coustantly availed of by the War Department and compiled into a sys- 
tematic descriptive list or tabulation of this data for the whole United States, including description 
of monuments aud bencb-marks, which should then be entered on skeleton map-sheets, the ground- 
work of a permanent military topographic atlas of the whole country such as heretofore mentioned, 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 439 


General Roy, Royal Military Engineers, in 1784, the triangulation for the 
(military) topographic map dating from 1791. 

Prior to the organization of the several German states into the present 
Empire the general land or topographic surveys were prosecuted inde- 
pendently. In Prussia, prior to 1816, there existed only the desultory 
works of a few administrative departments of the Governments and indi- 
viduals, at which date these map works were transferred from the sta- 
tistical bureau of the finance department to the general staff of the army, 
where they have since remained. In 1864 the more systematic topo- 
graphic survey of the six eastern provinces of Prussia was established, 
and in 1870 the new general map, scale 1: 100,000—674 sheets—was pro- 
jected. 

Triangulation was begun in 1781, followed by detailed topography in 
WS: 

The oldest manuscript map found mentioned of Saxony dates from 
1531. The survey of the country was first encouraged by August, the. 
Elector, and conducted by members of the Oder family from 1550 to 1600, 
publications therefrom being prevented. The first map seems to have been 
printed in 1568, and to have been used with revisions for over two hundred 
years. 

The Aventine map of Upper and Lower Bavaria, 1525, that by Apian, 
1536, are the first known, and were used for over two hundred years. 
The first Bavarian atlas was projected by Bonne (in 1801), an officer of 
the French general staff (¢tat-major), detached for this purpose. The 
general staff of the Bavarian army has systematized and prosecuted this 
work without intermission since 1817. 

The first known map of Wurtemburg is one by Stoffler (1542, unpub- 
lished), which was accidentally burned in 1534.- The oldest known pub- 
lished map was issued at Tubingen in 1559. The first trigonometric 
observations began in 1793. Systematic triangulation dates from 1818. 

Trigonometric and topographic works in Baden began in 1812—14, 
under Colonel Tulla, chief of the corps of military engineers. 

International Commission.—General Baeyer’s project, “the degrees meas- 


urements of Central Europe,” was sanctioned by the Prussian Government 


440 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


June 20, 1861, and a central bureau was established at Berlin in connection 
with the Geodetic Institute, with General Baeyer at its head.* 

The earliest known atlas of the Austrian domain consists of eleven 
wood-cuts, dated 1561. The oldest geometric maps of Austria date from 
the seventeenth century. Triangulation began in 1762. 

The military topographic bureau of France dates from 1688, and has 
been in continuous existence ever since. 

The Dufour military survey of Switzerland commenced in 1830. 

Astronomic and trigonometric observations for a general topographic 
map of Holland were begun in 1802 by General Krayenhoff, inspector- 
general of fortifications and of the corps of engineers. 

Systematic topographic surveys as an aid in defense against all invaders 
were only begun in the Dutch East Indies in 1849, in the territory between 
Batavia and Buitenzorg, prior to which there were none but defective maps. 

Triangulation seems to have begun in Spain in 1855. 

In Italy, prior to the consolidation in 1861, the Italian state govern- 
ments prosecuted separate surveys dating from about 1815. Austria con- 
trolled in the northern part of Italy till 1866. 

The first map of Sweden appears to have been executed in 1539, and 
the first engraved map in 1626. Surveys of different grades have been 
going on for over two hundred years. The first complete map was issued 
about the year 1800. The oldest known triangulation is 1758. 

A map of the Inlet of Ide, in Norway (scale approximately 1: 50,000), 
appeared in 1661. A description of parishes was begun in 1706, and a 
general map of Norway appeared in 1761. The military topographic sur- 
vey was ordered in 1773. 

The oldest geographical knowledge of Russia, consisting of deserip- 
tions of real estate by the fiscal agents of the Mongolian occupation, dates 
from the middle of the thirteenth century. 

The first general map of Russian territory, now lost, was made about 
the middle of the sixteenth century, and called “The Great Drawing.” A 


printed map of Russia, published 1614 at Amsterdam, with Latin inscrip- 


*After General Baeyer’s death (1886) if was no longer connected with the Geodetic Institute, but 
is maintained at the cost of the several states as an international association, consisting of a president, 


nine associates, also the director of the central bureau and Geodetic Institute. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 441 


tion, is found in the scientific military archives of the general staff bureau 
at St. Petersburg. Peter the Great was the first to fully realize the neces- 
sity of an accurate geographic knowledge of the Empire. He ordered 
the execution of surveys, preparation of maps, description of territory by 
districts in 1720, and made it a part of the duties of the office of the quar- 
termaster-general to collect all needful information in regard to inilitary 
topography and roads over which to move armies. Triangulation scien- 
tifically conducted began in 1816 in Russia. 

The trigonometric operations for a topographic survey of Belgium 
date from 1844. 

The oldest noted map of Denmark bears date of 1550; another one 
was issued between 1638 and 1652. Triangulation commenced in 1762. 
The organized military survey dates from 1809. 

Geographic works have long been fostered by the Government of 
Portugal, and topographic works resting on a trigonometric basis were 
begun at the close of the eighteenth century. 

Surveys on the coast of what is now ealled British India began about 
1600. The first map mentioned is the one by D’Anville in 1754. Route 
surveys began in 1763. Triangulation was introduced about 1800. 

Instrumental topography may be said first to have been undertaken 
for the Government of the United States shortly after the Louisiana pur- 
chase by the expedition of the army officers, Lewis and Clarke, from the 
Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, set on foot by President Jefferson, 


in pursuance of a specific confidential grant of money by Congress. 
ADMINISTRATION. 


The administration is that of the war department for Germany, Aus- 
tria, France, Switzerland, Holland, Dutch East Indies, Italy, Sweden, Bel- 
gium, Denmark, and Norway ; office of works in Great Britain, with a 
mixed personnel of military and civilians, with a major-general in charge ; 
in Spain under the department of public works, with a field-marshal gen- 
eral in charge; in Portugal under the department of public works, with a 
brigadier-general at the head; in British India as a branch of the depart- 


ment of revenue and agriculture, with a lieutenant-general in charge. 


442 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


ORGANIZATION. 

Much correspondence with foreign government offices and search at 
many important libraries sufficed to find only twenty distinct topographic 
survey organizations, distributed as follows: (1) United Kingdom, at 
Southhampton, England (under a major-general until 1883, the present 
director-general being Col. R. H. Stotherd, royal military engineers) : 
(2) Prussia, at Berlin (in charge of Major-General Regely, of the general 
staff) ; Saxony, at Dresden (in charge of Colonel von der Planitz, chief 
of the general staff); (4) Bavaria, at Munich (in charge of Colonel von 
Orff, of the general staff); (5) Wurtemberg, at Stuttgart (in charge of 
President Von Schneider, of the statistical topographic bureau); with 
Col. H. Bach as chief of the topographic branch; (6) Baden, at Carlsruhe 
(in charge of Lieutenant-Colonel Schneider, of the Prussian general staff); 
(7) Austria, at Vienna (Maj.-Gen. Joseph Baron Wanka von Lenzenheim, 
director); (8) France, at Paris (in charge of Colonel Perrier, of the gen- 
eral staff; (9) Switzerland, at Berne (in charge of Col. J. J. Lochman, 
corps of engineers); (10) Holland, at The Hague (office, only, in charge 
of C. A. Eckstein, director, under the chief of the general staff, a major- 
eeneral); (11) Dutch East Indies, at Batavia (in charge of Major Meyer) ; 
(i2) Spain, at Madrid (in charge of Field Marshal Charles Ibanez de 
Ibero, corps of engineers); (13) Italy, at Florence (in charge of General 
Charles Gené); (14) Sweden, at Stockholm (in charge of Col. Victor von 
Vegesack, of the general staff); (15) Norway, at Christiana (in charge of 
Col. C. G. With, chief of the general staff); (16) Russia, at St Peters- 
burg (in charge of Major General de Forsch, general staff); (17) Bel- 
gium, at Brussels (temporarily in charge of Maj E. Hennequin, of the 
general staff); (18) Denmark at Copenhagen (in charge of Maj. Gen. L. 
E. Fog, chief of the general staff); (19) Portugal, at Lisbon (in charge 
of Brig. Gen. Carlos Ernesto de Arbués Moreira); and (20) India, at Cal- 
cutta (in charge of Lieut. Gen. J.T. Walker, royal military engineers, as 
surveyor-general). 

With the exceptions of the Topographical Institute at The Hague (the 
functions of which are confined to the office, and are more or less technical 


and connected with reproduction of maps), and the statistical topographic 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 443 


bureau at Stuttgart (the duties of which are more statistical than topo- 
graphie, the latter branch having, however, an officer of the army as chief) 
the field and office operations are in charge of and directed by officers of 
military engineers, or of the general staff of the army of the several ranks 
of major, colonel, brigadier, major, and lieutenant general and field-marshal.* 

In England the organization has from the first been known as the 
‘ordnance survey,” with an officer of the royal military engineers as 
director-general, with the rank of lieutenant-general or major-general, until 
1883, when a colonel was placed in charge. It now consists (1885) of 
30) officers, 128 non-commissioned officers, and 229 soldiers of the royal 
engineers, 1,962 civilian assistants of various grades, and 934 laborers, 
numbering 3,283 in all. 

The main office at Southampton, in charge of the director-general, has 
the following divisions : 

(1) Administration, correspondence, and accounts. 

(2) Examination of manuscript plans, reduction and drawing of maps for engrav- 
ing, photozincography, letter-press printing, and electrotyping. 


(3) Trigonometric branch, 
(4) Engraving general topographic maps on copper, plate-printing, and coloring 


maps. 

A special boundary office is found at London and ten sub-offices 
throughout England; also one at Edinburgh for Scotland; another at 
Dublin for Ireland; the latter for publication, engraving, and revision. 

In Prussia the state land survey (Landes-Aufnahme) is in the charge 
of a special chief (a major-general), under the chief of the great general 
staff (¢tat major-g¢néral) of the army at Berlin. It consisted July, 1885, 
of 93 officers of the general staff, engineers, and of the army, 408 
technical officials, and 39 clerks, messengers, ete., or 540 persons in all. 

There is a central (deliberative and consultative) commission of sur- 
veys in Prussia, presided over by the chief of the great general staff, now 
EF ield Marshal Count von Moltke. 


* There have ted for the prosecation of topographic works, at fleas the followi ing speci: ally 
selected corps of officers, known in France as “engineer geographers” and “military geogr aphical 
engineers” (1696 to 1831), as military engineer geographers” in Austria (1851 to 1861), and ‘ mili- 
tary topographical engineers” in Russia (1822 to date), and the Corps of Topographical Engineers in 
the United States from March 3, 1813, to March 3, 1863, 


444 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


This commission is composed of representatives from the following 
bureaus of the several ministries : 


Treasury : Publie domain, forests, and forestry; direct taxes. 

Commerce: Administration of railways, land and water improvements, and com- 
munications. 

Agriculture: Communal division and amelioration of land. 

Public instruction : Geodetic Institute. 

War and general staff: State survey and geographic statistical division of the 
general staff. 

Marie: Hydrographic office and survey of the coast. 


The minister of the interior, in addition to the above, is entitled to a 
representative on this commission.* 

The general state land survey, with its main office at Berlin, has four 
principal divisions, as follows: 

The general office (semi-administrative and executive in its control), 
consisting of 47 officers of the army, 208 technical officials, 30 clerks, 
messengers, ete , and subdivided as follows: 


(1) Trigonometric division.—Section I: Office of the chief, repair and supervision 
of instruments and means of transportation, correspondence, purchase of ground for 
monuments. Section If: Principal triangulation, Section IIL: Triangulation of sec-_ 
ond class. Section IV: Detailed triangulation. Section V: Leveling and altitudes. 
Section VI: Publication, archives and library. 

(2) Topographic division.—Section I: Office of chief. Section II: Preparation 
for field operations, care and repair of instruments, archives and library. Section 
III: Reconnaissances. Section IV: Field survey sections. 

(5) Cartographic division—Section I: Office of chief, archives and library. See- 
tion IT: Drawing of map 1: 100,000, Section ITI: Publication of map 1: 25,000. 
Section IV: Revision of original maps. Section V: Revision on stone. Seetion VI: 
Copper engraving. Section VIL: Printing. Section VIIL: Photographie institute. 
Section IX: For general and staff purposes. 


The triangulation work required by this most systematic of surveys 
is the first duty of the organization, and proceeds independently, although 
adopting, when convenient, any of the lately verified triangulation, con- 
ducted by the Prussian members of the international commission for 
“European degrees measurements,” under General Biiyer, a retired officer 


of the general staff, and formerly chief of the ‘“ Landes-Aufnahme.” ¢ 


* The bureaus of mines and mining and of the geological examination of Prussia are not rep- 
resented on this Commission. 

+The great general staff of the Prussian army, traces of which date back as far as the Branden- 
burg army under the great Elector, consisted in 1875 of 147 officers of all grades, with 40 other ofticers 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 445 


In Saxony the topographic work is carried on by the general staff of 
the army, with a colonel of the general staff (¢tat-major) in charge. 

In Bavaria the topographic survey has been conducted continuously 
by the army general staff since 1817. The present director has the rank 
of colonel. 

The statistical topographic bureau of Wurtemberg, with a small topo- 
graphic office at Stuttgart, consists of 1 director, 1 honorary, 9 ordinary, 
and 2 extraordinary members, with 17 assistants, with a civil head, only a 
small number of whom, under the direction of an army officer, are engaged 
on topography. A consultative commission, with delegates from the minis- 
tries of justice, the interior, education, and war, are superior functionaries 
of this bureau. The trigonometric and topographic works of Baden (with 
main office at Carlsruhe) are conducted by a lieutenant-colonel of the 
Prussian general staff 

In Austria-Hungary the present organization of the Military Geo- 
graphical Institute, a branch of the general staff of the army, at Vienna, 
consisted in 1881 of 296 officers, 190 technical officials, and 300 non- 
commissioned officers, soldiers, and day workmen, 786 in all, with a major- 


general at its head. The military surveys in Austria during the last half 
attached for one year’s duty. This body has had since 1821 an independent position, subject alone to 
the control of the commander-in-chief (now the Emperor of Germany ). General Field Marshal Count 
von Moltke has held the position of chief since October 29, 1857. 

Its duties are the management of all questions concerning its personnel and arrangement of 
duties therefor, the continual development of military knowledge concerning both Germany and other 
countries, the use of railways, the compilation of military history, the promotion of military science, 
maps, the great topographic survey of the country, etc. 

For strategic purposes there are three sections, to each of which are allotted a given number of 
countries, the duties of each of which are to attentively follow all military innovations at home and 
abroad, keeping informed of all matters concerning military organizations, reserves, the armament and 
equipment of armies, the military geography of countries, the construction or removal of permanent 
fortifications, the development of railways, roads, canals, ete. 

The fourth section is that for railroads. Its special duty is to keep informed of everything that 
affects the subject of military transport, and to possess and maintain an accurate knowledge of all 
railway systems both at home and abroad, together with their capacity for traffic, and to plan large 
military transport arrat gements, etc. 

The wilitary history section has charge of the records and the library. A geographic statistical 
section is charged with the preparation of foreign military maps, and a special and independent branch 
has charge of everything connected with the great general survey. There is no army of Continental 
Europe without its general staff, engaged in specific duties and with a selected personnel drawn from 
the most able and meritorious officers of the army at large. (See “The Duties of the General Staff, by 
Maj. Gen. Von Schellendorf,” translated by W. A. H, Hare, lieutenant of royal engineers, London, 
1877.) 


446 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


of the eighteenth century were conducted under the quartermaster-general, 
and the land survey has been exclusively executed by officers of the army, 
who had also hitherto been detailed for geodetic operations. 

The following, taken from the year-book of 1881, shows the divisions 
of the organization.* 


Group 1.—Direction of the institute. 

Group 2.—Astronomic geodetic division, 

Group 3.—Mapping: (a) military land surveys; (b) military drawing Aivision.t 

Group 4.—Topography: (a) chief; (b) topography; (c) special map drawing 
division; (d@) lithography; (e) copper engraving; (/) correction and revision of maps. 

Group 5.—Technical: (a) chief; (b) photography and chemigraphy; (¢) helio- 
gravure; (d) photolithography; (e) presses, bookbinding. 

Group 6.—Administration: (a) chief; (b) archives; (c) accounts; (d) non-com- 
missioned officers. 

Group 7.—Cadastral division.¢ 


The military topographic bureau of the war department of France 


was established in Paris 1688, where it has since continuously existed. <A 
) ~/ 


‘ 


corps known as “engineers of camps and armies” was established in 1696, 


which was changed to the designation of ‘engineer geographers of camps 
and armies” in 1726, and to which a more stable status was given in 1744, 
In 1760 the engineer geographers were separated from the bureau of fortifi- 
eations, and in 1761 consolidated with the “dépot des cartes et plans.” By 
ordinance of 1776 the above body was associated in service with the mili- 
tary engineers, and in 1777 the title of ‘military geographical engineers” 
was conferred. In 1791 the functions of the latter were merged with those 
of the military engineers. A final reorganization was effected in 1799, with 


a special bureau directly under the First Consul. Topographic surveys 


were carried on by the ‘ engineer geographers” until their disbandment in 


1831, when they were taken up and carried to completeness by the ‘“ Etat- 


Major.”. The name of the central office in Paris has been ‘“dépdét de la 
“The total personnel of this institute in 1876 was 1,258. (See Comstock, ‘‘ Notes on European 

Surveys,” p. 4.) There existed in Austria from 1851 to 1861 a specially selected corps of ‘ military 

engineer geographers,” disbanded, however, upon the reorganization of the general staff in 1861. 

t This includes a military drawing: school for selected officers and non-commissioned officers. 

t The above establishment is a direct outgrowth of the ‘ Deposito della Guerra” of the Cisalpire 
Republic, created at Milan about the year 1800, when a military topographic corps, called ‘engineer 
geographers,” was formed, to which were attached officers of the engineer corps (Corps du Génie) of 
the Franco-Italian army. After the Austrian occupation of 1814 the above was continued under the 
name of ‘Instituto Geographico Militare.” This office was transferred in 1839 to Vienna, and per- 
petuated substantially under its present form, 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 447 


guerre,” and for which the title “service geographique ” has been given to 
the new surveys and revisions of the mother topographic map. The pres- 
ent head of this branch of the service has the rank of colonel. 

The organization having charge of the topographic work in Switzer- 
land is located at Berne, and is known as the ‘federal topographic bureau 
of the general staff,” with a colonef of military engineers in charge. It 
consisted in 1875 of engineers, engineer topographers, draughtsmen, en- 
gravers, lithographers, and printers, the number varying according to the 
means annually at disposal. 

In Holland a number of officers of the general staff of the army, under 
the head of that bureau, conduct the topographic work in the field and 
prepare the result for publication, while the Topographic Institute, with 
Mr. Eckstein as director, under the same authority, has charge of the re- 
production of all maps for the war and other ministries of the Government. 

The topographic bureau of the Dutch East Indies at Batavia is under 
the charge of an officer ranking as a lieutenant-colonel or a major of the 
army.* The service consists of (A) the ‘“direction,” embracing the chief, 
one captain, one or two first or second lieutenants (adjutants)—the lieu- 
tenants do not belong to the general staff, but may be drawn from all 
branches of the army; (B) the “survey brigades,” four captains (chiefs), 
four first or second lieutenants, six adjutants, eight sergeant-majors, twelve 
European sergeants, eight European corporals, eight European apprentices 
(soldiers); a “triangulation division,” with one major or captain (chief), 
two captains, two first or second lieutenants, one military surveyor (each of 
first, second, and third class), one adjutant, two sergeant-majors, and three 
sergeants; (C) the “ topographic office,” thirteen adjutants, sergeant- 
majors, European sergeants, corporals, apprentices (soldiers), draughtsmen, 
and eighteen native draughtsmen (first, second, and third class); (D) the 
“photographie division,” one photographer and two assistant photographers 
(military surveyors and soldiers); (E) a “lithographic division and instru- 
ment workshop.” Civilians are eligible alone to the photographic, litho- 


graphic, and instrument workshop divisions. 


* Examinations are held for officers and assistants, which must be satisfactorily passed before 
admission to this service. In 1873 the topographie service was transferred from the engineer depart- 
ment to the general staff, 


448 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The Geographic Statistical Institute at Madrid is under the charge 
of an officer of the corps of engineers (Field Marshal Ibanez), who is 
assisted permanently and by detail by officers of engineers, artillery, and 
the general staff, engineers of “ ponts et chauss¢ées,” of mines, and of 
waters and forests, of astronomers, a corps of topographic engineers (offi- 
cers and topographers), and geodetic aids. All military officers and civil 
engineers while employed on this duty receive extra compensation 
therefor. 

At the same time the general staff of the war department of Spain is 
engaged in the preparation of maps, making reconnaissances, ete. 

The topographic works in Italy are carried on by the Military Geo- 
graphic Institute at Florence, a branch of the general staff of the army, 
but with power of independent action and self-control. It is composed of 
officers of the general staff, military engineers, officers of artillery, cavalry, 
and infantry, technical and clerical assistants, and a number of selected 
enlisted men. 

The topographic section of the army general staff has charge of the 
land surveys in Sweden. In 1806 the Swedish field surveying corps was 
established, embracing duties hitherto done by the royal fortification corps 
and army at large, with a definite organization. In 1811 this branch was 
merged with the fortification corps under the name “the royal engineer 
corps,” divided into the fortification and field survey brigade. The topo- 
graphic part was separated and organized independently in 1831. Since 
January 1, 1874, the topographic corps has been dissolved and united with 
the reorganized general staff, with constitution as above. 

The military geographical survey of Norway is conducted under the 
Geographical Institute at Christiania, which resulted from merging the 


5 z 


geographical survey of the interior department with the topographic section 


of the general staff (état-major). 

In 1828 the survey was named the “combined topographic and hydro- 
graphic survey,” which became in 1833 the “royal Norwegian geographical 
survey,” which was again changed to that of ‘“ Norwegian geographical 
survey,” which was consolidated as above with the topographic section of 


the general staff (¢tat-major). Independent of the general staff, officers 


¢C 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 449 


of the army and navy are specially detailed for a period of service in the 
field and oflice. 

The personnel is divided in the following sections, independent of an 
accounting branch : 

(1) Trigonometric-photographic section (its chief being a captain of the general 
staff). 
(2) Detailed surveys and map publications (chief, a captain of the general staff). 
3) Hydrographic section chief, a specially assigned naval officer). 

gra} ’ 1 J g 

(4) Engraving and printing (chief, the lithographer of the general staff). 
(5) Photographie galvanoplastie section (chief, the photographer of the general 


The general staff in Russia was organized in 1763, and route maps 
were prepared by its officers during the latter part of the eighteenth century. 
The imperial office of draughtsmen was created in 1796, and in 1797 con- 
verted into the imperial depot of charts. The collection of maps, hitherto 
in the engineer and quartermaster-general’s departments, were transferred 
to this depot, which was ofticered by detail of superior and subaltern 
officers of engineers and from the army, in charge of a major of the 
engineer corps. In 1812 the depot of charts became the military topo- 
graphic depot, directly under the minister of war, and was afterwards 
(in 1816) placed under the chief of the general staff, the topographic sec- 
tion of which it still remains. In 1822 a corps of topographical engineers, 
unlimited as to numbers, to carry on systematic works was established as 
a branch of the imperial general staff, and a body of selected soldiers with 
a school for topographic instruction. This body was limited to 70 officers 
and 456 topographers in 1832, and the school received an entirely military 
organization. This corps was again reorganized in 1866, the personnel 
being fixed at 6 generals, 33 superior officers, 156 subalterns, 170 topog- 
raphers with civil rank, 236 topographers with rank of corporal, and 42 
apprentices, making 643 in all 

The Military Cartographic Institute of Belgium, at Brussels, a branch 
of the general staff, was in 1882 temporarily in charge of a major of the 
general staff, its former head, with the rank of colonel, having lately 
deceased The topographical engineers are taken from the older pupils 


(subaltern officers) of the military school, twelve or fifteen of these officers 
29 WH—VOL I 


450 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


forming a brigade of the ¢tat-major. The reproduction branch consists of 


draughtsmen, lithographers, engravers, photographers, and printers. 

The topographic section of the general staff at Copenhagen has charge 
of the “military geographic map” of Denmark. 

The general staff was established in 1808, and took charge of the above 
work in 1830, and to which all the map work hitherto in the hands of the 
Royal Scientific Society of Denmark was transferred in 1843, where it has 
since remained. The work is performed partly by officers of the general 
staff and partly by other officers of the army detailed therefor. This office 
was reorganized and largely increased in 1867. 

In Portugal (unlike any other country) the trigonometric, topographic, 
hydrographic, and geological works are united under one direction, which 
was created in 1856. The bureau for this branch of service at Lisbon is 
divided into five classes of duties, as follows: 


(1) 
(2) 
(3) Hydrographic works. 
(4) Geologic works. 

(5) Artistic works and administration. 

The present great survey of India has resulted from the amalgamation 
(January 1, 1878) of the former organizations styled trigonometric, topo- 
graphic, and revenue surveys under a single administrative and executive 
head, the surveyor-general, with a personnel in 1882 (according to the 
“India List”) of 44 military officers and 160 civil assistants. 

No organization for the prosecution of systematic general topographic 
surveys exists in the United States. The Geological Survey, organized by 
statute in 1879 for purely geological purposes, with the following words of 
an appropriation act as authority, “to continue the preparation of a geolog- 
ical map of the United States,” is carrying on topographic field operations 
at widely divergent localities in the older as well as the newer States, from 
a geologic standpoint, ¢. ¢., based on triangulation “sufficiently correct” 
only for the scale of the map employed, and with undue weight attached to 
the topographic relief of the natural features as compared with the details 


of communication and artificial and economic features of the ground. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 451 


The Coast Survey has executed a narrow strip of topography along 
the Atlantic, Gulf, and Pacific coast lines, where its surveys are complete, 
usually to the first crest-line within view of the nearest navigable channel 
of approach, and the same may be said, in a general way, of the Lake 
Survey of the great northern lakes, as regards their lines of coast. By a 
special grant the Coast Survey is carrying on triangulation near and along 
the thirty-ninth parallel to connect its trigonometric belts along the Atlantic 
and Pacific coasts. 

The Mississippi River Commission adds a strip of topography, includ- 
ing the stream and its banks. 

Prior to the establishment of the Geological Survey various temporary 
organizations under the Interior Department had been operating at different 
times since the war of the rebellion in the regions west of the Mississippi 
River, known as the “ Geological and Geographical Survey of the Terri- 
tories” and of the “Rocky Mountain Region,” and the “Geological Explora- 
tion of the Black Hills,” all controlled by the theoretical considerations of 
the geologist. The “oeological exploration of the 40th parallel,” under 
the engineer department, conducted its labors on a similar basis, while 
the “geographical survey of the territory ‘west of the 100th meridian,” 
under the same department, proceeded from almost a diametrically opposite 
standpoint, giving due weight to the astronomic, geodetic, and topographic 
observations, with map delineations of all natural objects, means of com- 
munication, artificial and economic features, the geologic and natural history 
branches being treated as incidental to the main purpose. 

The latter may be considered as the only organized systematic general 
geographic and topographic work (both scientific and practical) ever begun 
by the General Government in the interior of the country. 

Just as its organization (consisting of officers of engineers of the Army, 
selected general service and other enlisted men, civilian assistants, clerks, 
messengers, etc.) was brought to a high state of efficiency (through training 
and experience) the appropriations were suspended. Geology in organic 
form was established in the Interior Department, the vastly more important 
work of topography was disregarded and left unprovided for, and the 
services of practical and experienced Government engineer officers thus 


452 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


lost for this latter duty, resulting in a direct and positive step backward, 
without precedent throughout the civilized world.* 


FUNCTIONS. 


Since general relief surveys of the land were instituted in England 
the ordnance survey has had sole and undisputed charge of the astronomie, 
base measuring, trigonometric, topographic, hypsometric, and cartographic 
operations therefor. 

The following are the principal works at present in progress : 


(1) The final preparation and publication of the new topographic map series for 
the whole United Kingdom, scale 1 inch to 1 mile, in 696 sheets. 

(2) Surveys for and the final preparation and publication of the 6-inch scale or 
county maps for the United Kingdom in, approximately, 15,591 sheets. 

(3) Surveys for and the preparation and publication of the cadastral or parish 
maps for the entire United Kingdom (25 inch), seale 1: 2,500. Sixteen of these sheets 
make one of the 6-inch engraved maps. The approximate number is 51,488 sheets for 
England when complete, and for Scotland 12,316 sheets. 

(4) Survey for aud the preparation and publication of (scale 1: 500) plans of 
cities and all towns over 4,000 inhabitants, except London and environs, which latter 
is at the scale of 60 inches to the mile. 


The duties imposed upon the office for the great general survey of 
Prussia (Germany) comprise the field and office operations necessary to 
the successful prosecution of the astronomic, base measuring, trigonometric, 
topographic, hypsometric, and cartographic works required by the war and 
all other departments of the Government, except for the cadastre. 

The principal works now in progress are the following : 

(1) The plane table and station work necessary for the topographic sheets, with 
their final preparation and publication on scale 1: 25,000 (3,698 sheets) for all of Ger- 
inany, except Saxony, Bavaria, Wurtemberg, and Baden, the yearly area to be surveyed 


being fixed at 200 German square miles (approximately 4,400 square English statute 
miles), the trigonometric, topographic, and cartographic results following each other 


* The subject of scientific surveys was examined by a joint Congressional commission during 
the 48th and 49th Congresses, and their report, after hearing voluminous evidence, forms Senate Report 
No. 1285, Part 1 and Part 2, 49th Congress, first session. ‘The majority report leaves the Coast Survey 
and Hydrographic Office subtantially in statu quo, and sustains the extension of the Geologic Survey 
with certain restrictions, and does not favor the establishment of a scientific commission to take 
charge of the general direction of all scientific work under the Government, whereas the minority 
report recommends the transfer of the Coast Survey proper to the Hydrographic Office of the Navy, 
and the restriction of the Geologie Survey in field, office, and publication work. The result of this 
commission had no bearing on legislation, except to regulate Geological Survey publications, and 
indirectly upon appropriations. The whole subject remains in an inchoate and unsettled state. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 453 


in quick succession. The special scale of 1: 12,500 is used for the vicinity of garrisons 
and maneuver districts. , 

(2) The preparation and publication of 554 of the 674 sheets of the new topo- 
graphic map of Germany, scale 1: 100,000. 

(3) The keeping “au courant” of older surveys, with field observations therefor, 
construction of special maps, and revision of various Government maps, such as are 
now being issued. (See lists of maps.) 

(4) To develop, pursuant to the demands of modern scientific warfare, the carto- 
graphic work necessary for military purposes, as well as to supply the economic maps 
required for industrial purposes. 

The topographic survey of Saxony (with its trigonometric, topographic, 
leveling, and cartographic divisions) is at present specially charged with 
the surveys for the preparation and publication of a map (from plane table 
sheets) of Saxon territory, scale 1: 25,000, in 156 sheets. 

Likewise Bavaria and Wurtemberg make similar maps of same scale, 
after a plan for all Germany somewhat uniform with 990 and 192 sheets, 
respectively. 

The above countries contribute to the general map of Germany scale 
1: 100,000, Saxony 30, Bavaria 80, and Wurtemberg 20 sheets, and issue 
various topographic maps, generally on minor scales. 

In Baden there is a special topographic survey for a map 1: 25,000 in 
170 sheets in progress, which contributes to form a part of the general 
map |: 100,000 of Baden’s territory constructed at Berlin. 

The Military Geographical Institute at Vienna has had full and unin- 
terrupted control of all the topographic works of Austria-Hungary resting 
on a trigonometric basis with precise leveling operations, of which the 
principal ones now are— 

(1) Field work for plane table sheets of the whole territory, scale 1: 25,000, 
which so far remain unpublished. 

(2) The construction, preparation, and publication of a new topographic map 
scale 1: 75,000, in 720 sheets. 

(3) The cadastral survey (based upon a number of trigonometric points) of 
Bosnia and Herzegovina. . 

(4) Continuation and enlarging the map (1: 750,000) to embrace Germany, Bel- 
gium, Holland, Eastern France, Western Italy, revision of map of Central Europe 


(scale 1 : 300,000), preparation of recruiting maps (scale 1: 1,000,000), correction and 
revision of all special maps. 


In France the ‘ dépot de la guerre” (geographical service) of the war 


department has exclusive jurisdiction and control of the fundamental opera- 


454 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


tions demanded for the principal or mother topographic map of the country, 
its main works being as follows: 

(1) Revision, once in each five years, of the topographic map of France, scale 
1: 80,000, 273 sheets. 

(2) Field and office operations necessary for the preparation and publication of 
the new topographic map-of France, scale 1: 50,000, 1,092 sheets (original field min- 
utes, scale 1: 40,000). 

(3) The new surveys required for the construction and publication of the topo- 
graphic map of Algeria, scale 1: 60,000, approximately 327 sheets. 

(4) Reduetion of the map of 1: 50,000 to the scale of 1: 200,000 for the topo- 
graphic map of France, scale 1: 200,000, 81 sheets. 

(5) Corrections and revision of the great variety of planimetrie and topographic 
naps of France issued by this branch of the war department. 

The fortification branch issues its separate map (scale 1: 500,000), and 
also maps on scales 1: 1,000 and 1: 2,000 for more exact studies, making, 
however, nothing further than local surveys, while the ministry of public 
works issues a compiled map for specific purposes, scale 1: 200,000, and 
the ministry of the interior also another compilation on scale 1: 100,000 
(each taking advantage of local surveys under its own direction). 

The Federal Topographic Bureau of Switzerland is charged with all 
the field and office operations (astronomic, trigonometric, leveling, topo- 
graphic, and cartographic) necessary and incident to the full measure of 
the topographic survey, its main duties at present being— 

(1) The constant revision and reissue, as required of the Dufour topographic 
map of Switzerland, scale 1: 100,000, 25 sheets. 

(2) The field surveys and office reductions necessary for the new detailed topo- 
graphic map of Switzerland, scales 1: 50,000 and 1: 25,000, of 119 and 442 sheets, 
respectively (16 sheets, scale 1: 50,000, and 64 sheets, scale 1: 25,000, each, make one 
sheet of Dufour map, scale 1 : 100,000). 

(3) Preparation and publication of a general map of Switzerland in 4 sheets, 
scale 1: 250,000, as well as corrections and revision for a number of standard Govern- 
ment maps. 


The Topographic Institute of Holland, under a director subordinate 
to the chief of the general staff; has charge of the reproduction of all the 
general topographic maps of the country, the latter having direct charge of 
the field surveys, including the usual main and minor operations therefor. 

The present duties of the general staff include— 


(1) The correction and revision incident to the new editions of the topographic 
map of Holland, scale 1: 50,000, 62 sheets. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 455 


(2) Revision of the chromo-lithographie map of the ‘“ Ponts et Chaussées,” scale 
1: 50,000. 

(3) New chromo-lithographic map of Hollan&, scale 1: 25,000, in 776 sheets 
(confidential publication). 

(4) Map of the principal rivers of Holland, scale 1: 10,000. 

(5) Chromo-lithographie atlas of the residences of Java, scale 1: 100,000. 

(6) Atlas of the Dutch East Indies, 14 sheets. 


The field work of the survey and office reductions, including con- 
struction of maps for the Dutch East Indies, take place under the officer 
in charge of the Batavia office, while the field observations for the new topo- 
graphic map of Holland are made entirely by selected officers of the army. 

The current works of detailed survey now being prosecuted are— 


(1) Residence of Banjoewangi, scale 1: 40,000, title, index, and 4 other sheets 
(photo-autography ). 

(2) Residence of Preanger Regency, scale 1: 20,000, title, index, and 4 other 
sheets (photo-autography). 


(3) Above in 1 sheet, scale 1: 50,000. 

(4) Division of Deli, residences east coast of Sumatra, scale 1: 100,000, 7 sheets. 
(5) General map of Madura, in colors, scale 1 : 100,000. 

(6) Various residences, scale 1: 20,000. 

(7) General maps, ete., scale 1 : 100,000. 

(8) Various residences, Preanger Regency, 2 sheets, scale 1 : 300,000. 

The Geographical Statistical Institute of Spain comprehends all the 


fundamental operations, which are of a high order, of the several classes 
requisite for the final detailed topographic map of the kingdom. 

Its principal duties at present are— 

(1) The field observations (scale 1: 25,000) necessary and incident to the con- 


struction and publication of the topographic map of Spain, seale 1: 50,000, in 1,080 
sheets. 


A general itinerary map of Spain is issued by the general staff of the 
army. 

Italy conducts all its topographic operations through its military 
geographic institute, which has jurisdiction over all the operations (astro- 
nomic, trigonometric, topographic, and cartographic) necessary to such an 
object. 

The principal works now being carried forward are— 


(1) Field and office labors necessary and incident to the construction and pub- 
lication of the new general topographic map of the kingdom, scale 1: 100,000, in 277 
sheets, which absorbs all others. 


456 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(2) Preparation and publication of the field minute plots at scales of 1: 50,000 
and 1: 25,000. 

(3) Special maps for war studies, scales 1: 5,000 and 1: 10,000, and of vicinities 
of Rome, Florence, ete., scales 1: 10,000 and 1: 25,000. 

(4) General maps of the kingdom on various scales, and the constant and neces- 
sary revision of all maps issued by this bureau, other than the regular series, scales 
1: 100,000, 1: 50,000, and 1: 25,000. (See lists of maps.) 


In Sweden the topographic bureau is charged with all the surveys 
required for military and economic purposes, with the fundamental initial 
base-measuring, trigonometric, topographic, leveling, and cartographic oper- 
ations therefor. 

At present the works carried on are— 


(1) The field and office work necessary for and incident to the construction and 
publication of the main topographic map, scale 1: 100,000, in 232 sheets (field-notes 
on seale 1: 20,000 for southern and 1: 50,000 for northern parts). 

(2) The survey for construction and publication of the economic map of Sweden, 
seale 1: 20,000. 

(3) The topographie * Liin” or county map for Sweden, scale 1 : 200,000. 

(4) Topographic map of passes and positions, scales 1: 10,000 and 1: 20,000, and 
of Stockholm, scale 1: 20,000. 

(5) A general map of the kingdom, small scale, with revisions and changes 
required for all maps. 

(6) Maps specially for war studies, in scales of 1: 1,000 and 1: 5,000. 


The geographical service of Norway has charge of all the usual 
fundamental operations which such offices have been called upon to per- 
form in Europe. 

Its principal works at present are— 

(1) All field and office work necessary for the principal topographic map of 
Norway, scale 1: 100,000, in 54 sheets. 

(2) The “Amt” map of Norway, scale 1: 200,000, with large cities shown thereon 
at scales of 1: 20,000. 

(3) General map of Norway, scale 1: 400,000, and the necessary revisions and 
changes for all maps. 

Russia confides all its topographic work to the topographical section of 
the general staff, which includes all the preliminary main linear and angular 
measurements for fixing the initial geographic co-ordinates upon which 
the detailed topography is based. 

The principal works now being prosecuted are— 

(1) The field and office work necessary to the construction and publication of 
the great map of Russia in Europe, scale | : 126,000, in 792 sheets, which includes the 
topographic map of Poland, 59 sheets, same scale. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 457 


(Original field minutes of the above are taken at the scales of 1: 21,000 and 
1: 42,000, and it is believed are published in specified instances, but not yet as a whole.) 

(2) Topographic map of the Caucasus, scale 1: 210,000, 77 sheets ; topographic 
map of European Russia, scale 1: 420,000, 154 sheets ; topographic map of Asiatic 
Turkey, scale 1: 840,000; topographic map of military districts in Turkestan, scale 
1: 1,680,000; topographic map of Western Siberia, scale 1: 210,000; map of Central 
Asia, scale 1: 4,200,000; and various others, with all the changes and revisions 
currently required. 


Belgium carries on the astronomie, trigonometric, topographic, and 
cartographic works necessary for the resultant topographic map through 
its Military Cartographic Institute. 

Its principal works at present are— 

(1) Field and office operations necessary for construction of the topographic 
‘map of Belgium, scale 1: 40,000, in 72 sheets. (Original field-minutes at scales 
1: 10,000 and 1 : 20,000.) 

(2) The topographic map of Belgium, scale 1: 20,000, in 450 sheets, now com- 
plete. (The publication of special plane-table sheets, scale 1: 10,000, has also been 
begun.) 

(3) Various older maps. (See lists of maps.) 

(4) Current changes and revisions receive constant attention. 

In Denmark all the topographic duties devolve upon the single organi- 
zation constituted for that purpose. 

The main works at present are— 

(1) The topographic map of Jutland, seale 1: 40,000, in 131 sheets. 

(2) The same for the islands, scale 1 : 80,000, in 29 sheets. 

(3) The field-minute sheets (construction and publication), scale 1: 20,000—681 
sheets for Jutland and 437 sheets for the islands. 

(4) Topographic map of Zealand, scale 1 : 160,000. 

(5) The constant correction and revision of maps. 

Portugal carries on under one direction the following principal works 
on a trigonometric basis: 

(1) The principal topographic map of Portugal, scale 1: 100,000, in 37 sheets. 

(2) Chorographic maps of Portugal, scales 1: 500,000 and 1:1,000,000; also 
maps of Lisbon, scales 1 : 8,000 and 1: 10,000, with all needed revision work. 

The surveys of India (topographic and revenue) are carried on under 

y pogray 
one direction, with principal work in progress as follows: 

(1) Field and office work necessary to the completion of the main topographic 
atlas of India, seale 1: 255,561, in 177 sheets. 

(2) Plans of towns, military stations, forts, etc., seales 1: 500, 1: 2,640, ete. 


458 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


(3) Surveys of estates, military districts, presidencies, provinces, frontiers, ete., 
scales 1: 3,168 to 1: 2,027,520. 

(4) Revenue surveys at scale of 1: 15,840, 

(5) Various general charts on inconsiderable scales, together with all correction 
and revision work. 

There never having been defined by law a general topographic survey 
of the United States, all such works have but followed the specific money 
grants therefor. As has been stated, appropriations for the geographical 
surveys of the War Department have been dropped from the annual acts, 
and that Department for the time being but compiles and issues the best 
maps it is practicable to prepare with scanty funds. The Coast Survey 
continues as heretofore its narrow shore strip of topography of the land 
that first meets the eye of the navigator and establishes a central geodetic 
belt, while the survey of the Mississippi River Commission adds also its 

, J } 
quota of topography. The Geological Survey is also producing such 
restricted topography upon which to base its general geologic map as the 
geologist requires. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 459 


PROGRESS. 


The summary tables herewith afford a résumé of the progress in the 
several countries conducting systematic topographic works: 


460 


Number, 


10 


11 


Algeria. \Q 166, 023 | 
Switzerland........ 15, 978 
Holland. <.-cscc.c: | 13, 740 
Spainsscs9---sscee< 193, 286 
MtAl yi. ccwieis werecsiciens« | 111, 405 
Sweden........... | 173, 967 
Russia, including — 2, 129, 201 

Poland. 

Belpium' see... cee | 11, 375 


Area 
in square 
miles. 


Name of country. 


Great Britain and 
Treland (United 
Kingdom). 


123, 185 


Germany <-:.<<-2.. 208, 368 


Austria-Hungary §- 241, 553 


} 


France, including § 205, 976 


Denmark (Jutland, | 
including Born- 


holm Island), j 14.788 

| Denmark (Islands). 
Norway .-.....-... 125, 646 
Portucalas<sscececs 34, 418 
India scsses22<-25< 1, 457, 244 


Total 
| 


35, 246, 562 


45, 194, 172 


population. 


37, 869, 954 | 


37, 672, 048 


2, 846, 102 


4, 323, 647 


16, 902, 621 


28, 459, 451 


4, 603, 595 


83, 909, 945 


1, 969, 039 


|252, 541, 210 


3, 310, 412 | 


5, 655, 197 


1, 806, 900 | 


4, 708, 178 | 


87 | 


26 


39 


497 | 


133 


14 


136 


173 


U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Summary table of data concerning the general govern 


In year. 


1880 


1880 


1881 


1881 


1880 


| 1880-781 


1883 


1881 


1883 


1882 


1882 


1880 


1881 | 


1881 


ale 


1 


ie 


1 


| 


te 40, 000 


ies 


1875 | 


1 


1 


ite 


Scales. 


: 100, 000 


~ 
’ 


000 


50,000 | 
50, 000 


: 100, 000 


50, 000 


50, 000 
= 100, 000 
: 100, 000 


: 126, 000 


40, 000 


80, 000 


+ 100, 000 


: 100, 000 


253, 440 


umber of sheets. 


674 | 


1,092 


327 | 


25 


72 


177 


Area of each sheet | 
in square miles. 


ne 
a 


370 


391 


243 


on 


When begun. 
| 


DRT 2 veatee areata 


Prior to 1850. 


In progress 


When to be 
ended. 


About 1890. . 


ES eer 


In progress.) 


In progress 


Complete... 


In progress. 


In progress. 


In progress. 


In progress 


Norr.—The following are the authorities for the areas adopted: 
Switzerland, Holland, Portugal, Norwa 
Britain; the ‘‘ Landes Aufnahme.” 
Gotha Almanae for 1883 for Al 


geria, Denmark, and India. 


“England and Wales, 360; Scotland, 131; and Ireland, 205 sheets 


“‘Superficies de l'Europe” for Austria, France, 
y, Belgium, Russia, Spain, Italy, and Sweden; the ‘‘Ordnance Survey” for Great 
or Great General Staff Survey at Berlin, for Germany and its subdivisions, and the 
The populations are taken f:om the Gotha Almanac for 1883. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AN 


ment topographic surveys in Europe and of Tndia. 


D MARINE SURVEYS. 


er) 


Remarks. | 


Present aan ; \ ms : 
annual cost | Administration. | Title of survey- 
| 
| 
\ | 
— | — — __— 
| 
$1, 433, 640. 60 | War department | Ordnance Survey (Southampton, 
| until 1870, now England). 
office of works 
(organization \ 
| unchanged). 
| 
$342, 358. 00 | War.------29"°"* | “Landes Aufnahme,”’ General 
| Staff Topographic Bureau 
| (Berlin). 

319, 200. 00 Wai oeeeeenaccee | K. I. Militar Geografisches In 

| stitut.” Military Geographical | 
Tnstitute (Vienna). 
| |“ pépst de la Guerre.” Vie 
= | Géographique de >Armée.” 

136, 960. 00 | NS SOC ns Military Geographical Service 

| (Paris). 

25,000. 00 War ..----+----° | “Bureau Topographique Féad- 
| éral.” Federal Topographic 
| Bureau (Berne). 

27, 500. 00 | War.-c-ccesees-- “Tnstitut Topographique.” To- 

pographica’ Institute (The 
Hague). 
| 474, 570. 00 Public works ---- “Instituto Geografico y Esta- 
| distico.” Geographical and 
| Statistical Institute (Madrid). 
\ 78, 604. 00 War..------*°*""° | “Tnstituto Geografico Militare.”’ 
) Military Geographic Institute 
| | (Florence). 

95,000.00 | Wars---+----*77" General Staff Topographic Bu- 

| reau (Stockholm). 

SS RGHABNOSOOR> | War ..----e +2207" “Section Topographique d VEtat- 

| Major.” ‘Topographical Section 

| of the General Staff (St. Peters- 
burg). 

38,200.00 | War-------+277" “Tnstitut Cartographique Mili- 

taire.” Military Cartographic 
Institute (Brussels). 
{ “ Generalstabens Topografiske 
War | Afdeling.” General Staff, 
BSCR OS a | cerese-seee7\| Topographic Bureau (Copen- 
| hagen)- 
| 33,900.00 | War..----++---+" “Norges Geografiske Opmaaling.” 
| Norwegian Geographical Insti- 
| tute (Christiania). 
|ecowsttce elfen Public works -- - “Trabalhos Geodesicos.” Geo- 
| | graphical Institate (Lisbou). 
| 573,715.00 | Revenue and | Survey of India (Calcutta) . ------ 
| agriculture. 
| 


ll 


Approximate. 


+ Total estimates for year ending March 31, 1886. 
pally for cadastral survey. £1 taken at $4.85. 
‘Por year 1889, 
§The extension of this survey 0 


; 1 cover Bosnia and Herzeg 
going topographic survey 18 the Turkish Empire as it was former 


Appropriated for the year previous $1,357, 539.25, expended 


ovina is in p ogress. 
ly, and Luxembourg. 


First base-line mea-ured 1874. Published with hills 

in hachures withoutcontours, also in outline with 
contowrs (all in black); ‘new series” 216 square 
miles represents the area of a sheet for England. 
113 sheets (England and Wales), 94 (Scotland), 
and 200 (Ireland) jssued to December 31, 1884. 
9) sheets issued of old series (110 in all) for 
Enzland. 


395 sheets issue 
by Saxony; 4 7 in all to July 1, 1885. 
sheets Pru furnishes 554, Saxony 
80, and W urtemberg 
hachures. 


by Prussia, 6 by Bavaria, and 16 
i Of the 674 
30, Bavaria 
20; copper engraved 1D 


d 
1 


578 sheets issued in J 
ure in bachures. 
survey of Bosnia 
mately, $170,879. 


gags. Published by heliograv- 
The annual cost of cadastra 
and Herzegovina is, approxi- 


{20 sheets issued for France in 1885; zincographed 


| jn six colors. 23 sheets for Algeria in 1885. 

| | 

Publication complete; copper engraved; hachures ; | 
heights in meters. (Dufour map.) This sum | 
($25,000) covers all cost of this bureau (field and 
office). | 


[pEubbeasion complete (the expense is for office 
| work and field work necessary for new detailed 
| may). Lithographed ; hachures. (General tope- | 

sraphic map of Java and Madura, in hachures | 
and colors; seale 1: 100,000; pripted at military 
topo OT department at The Hague, as also 
| other ‘* residences,” a8 fast as surveyed. 


29 sheets 


The amount includes statistical work. 
i in five colors, 


jssued in 1885; stone engraved; 
with 20-m. contours. 


109 sheets issued in 1885; heliographed. This map 
absorbs all others; 12 hachures and contours. 


64 sheets issued in 1882; copper engraved in hach- 


ures Populous districts issued on scale 1: 50,000. | 
505 sheets issued in 1885, showing railways. Hach- | 
ures. A copper engraved military topographic 


map of Poland, now complete, Was commence! 
in 1875; scale 1 + 126,000. | 


72 sheets issued to 1°85; engraved on stone; con- 

tours 5-m. interval; reduced by photography 
from scale 1 : 20,000; printed in black. 

69 sheets issued at scale 1: 40,000 in 1885, and 29 
sheets issued at scale 1; 80,000, 18825 contours 10 
Danish ‘ fod” apart. Reduced by photography 
from original plats, scale 1: 20,000; copper en- 
graved. 


This sum is for 1875-'76. 43 quarter sheets issued 
to January |, 1885 ; printed in colors; contours 
at intervals of 100 ‘t tod” (31.38 meters). | 


22 sheets published in 1885; printed in black; 


hachures. 
| 67 sheets finished in 1e85 also 152 quarter sheets ; 
hachures. The great atlas of India. Royal mili- 


tary engineers, other army officers, and civilians. | 
Reduced from surveys of different scales. 


princi- 


The only part of Europe not under- 


462 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Summary table relating to special gov 


an | 2 |g. 
ag | 3 | 23 
oe D aa 
. — Area in Total 2 & | = ga When 
ss RAMe OR COUNTY. square miles. | population. = g | Inyear. Seales. m oe begun. 
2 as | 2 ‘38 
= 35 | Fp) 
E hea e | Bs 
a | Ay a <q | 
1| Great Britain ............2.-2. 123,185 | 35,246,562 | 286| 1881! 1:10,560 |*13,301;  24/ 1841 | 
i | | 
| 
| | 
|) 2) Prussia... ocs2oseetoseeones 159,947 | 33,412,115 | 209 | 1880 | 1:25,000) 3,698 50 1370 
3) | \ Saxony iefie-seeeestee eee 5, 787 2,970,220} £13 | 1880) 1:25, 000 15650 1872 
| 
4) Bavaria...... WN seeee! 29, 283 5,271,516 | 176 1880 | 1:25, 000 990, 50 1867 | 
| | 
5 | Wurtemberg........--.--..++- 7, 528 1,970,132 | 261 1880 | 1:25, 000 192 0 1820 
i} 
GilBadenc. ec see2es ccseeee se ress 5, 822 1,570,189 | 269 1880 | 1:25,000 170) 50 1875 
F fs . 9 | F | 22 
7 | Switzerland ......-...2.2..---- 15,978 | 2,846,102 | 178 1880 iH ea eee ae } 1868 
| : 
i] 
} | 
Si Holland!soee.sacsecsoeeeteseses 13, 740 4, 323, 647 315 | 1880-’81 | 1:25, 000 776| 24| 1862-63 
| 
: matasOcdet th Ore | 1:50, 000 963 156 | 
Of Stal yrs. cocn..s2se0ceeeendereoee sea 28,459,451 255, 1881 f 1:25,000 | 4817 a ; 1862 
| | 
| 10 | Belgium .................022- 11,375 | 5,655,197 | 497 1880, 1:20,000} 430) 30.38| 1844 
| | 
11 | Denmark, (1) Jutland......... | | seg § 1:20, 000 646 500 |? = 
(3) Tslandgcses eal ; 14,788 | 1,909,039 | 133 1880 f 1; 20' 000 a6 so |¢ 1870 
| 
| 


* Approximate. t Only so far as yet shown on index (incomplete). 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE 


ernment topographic surveys in Europe. 


| When to be 


SURVEYS. 463 


Sndeds Administration. Title of survey. Remarks. 
, About 1890..; War department Ordnance Survey (Southampton, | Called county maps. Published with contours; 
until 1270, now England). fortifications, etc., added for confidential uses of 
office of works war department. There were 1,552 full and 1,861 
| (organization | quarter sheets (England and Wales), 2,036 (Scot- 
unchanged). land), and 1,907 (Ireland) issued to April 30, 1885. 
1900 cereisintata'e | Nie mencseaniae General Staff Topographic Bu- 931 published in 1885. To be reduced and included 
reau. ‘‘Landes Autnahme”’ in map of German Empire; scale 1: 100,000. | 
| | (Berlin). | 
| | . 
IGGTUS Seen Wratiecec seers ss “Generalstabs Topographisches i26 sheets publish d to 1885. Contours 10 m. inter- 
Bureau.” General Staff Topo- val, forming part of map of German Empire; 
graphical Bureau (Dresden). scale 1: 100,000. 
In) progress:| War,---..--<¢+--<- “Generalstabs Topographisches Publication commenced in 1875. Photolitho- 
Bureau.” General Staff Topo- graphed. 200 sheets published in 1885. Con- 
‘graphic Bureau (Munich). | tours 10 m. interval. Forms part of German 
| Empire map; scale 1: 100,000. 
In progress.| Finance .....---.. “Statistisch-topographisches Bu- | Estimated and appropriated, $128,559. No sheets 
} | reau.” Statistical Topographic | yetissued. Chromolithographed. Contours5m. 
Bureau (Stuttgart). interval. Contributes to German Empire map; 
scale 1: 100,000. : 
In progress.| Commerce ....--- “Topographisches Bureau.” | 137 sheets issued in 1885, printed in colors. Con- | 
! Topographical Bureau (Carls- tributes towards new general map of Germany; | 
ruhe). scale 1: 100,000, in 674 sheets. Contours. 
Im" progress ||| Wa4n..---.-ss2cccse “Burean Topographique Féd- | 95 sheets issued, scale i: 50,000; 355 sheets issued, 
| éral.""_ Federal Military Topo- scale 1: 25,000, in 1885. Chromolith« graphed in 
graphic Bureau (Berne). three colors; cultivated in bister; water, blue; 
balance black ; scale 1: 50,000 for Alps and foot- 
hills, with contours at 30 meters and hachures 
near summits; elsewhere scale 1: 25,000 (copper 
| engraved), with contours 10 m. and hachures 
about summits. | 
| 
| 1892-'93 ..... VU AT aaa ciettolalarects's “Institut Topographiqne.” | Engraved on stone and printed in colors. Confi- 
Military Topo_raphiec Institute dential military map. Not for sale. 
(The Hague). 
1802 eepece= Wiaricccsseccecsse “Istituto Geografico Militare.”’ | There were 456 sheets, scale 1: 50,000, and 427 at 
Military Geographical Institute scale 1: 25,000, issued in 1885. In hachures and 
(Florence). contours. 
lComplete.-..|| Warks-as4-ceecee- “Tnstityt Cartographique Mili- | Publication c mpletein black, ended 1880. Photo- 
| taire.”’ Military Cartographic lithographed; one meter contours. Fublished | 
| Institute (Brussels). in black, also in black and three colors. Princi- 
pal roads and localities, red; forest and meadows, | 
| green; cultivation, yellow. 
SWialyaeeesaceee cee “Generalstabens Topografiske | (1) 500 sheets issued to 1883; (2) 80 sheets issued to 


In progress 


Afdeling.”” GeneralStaff Topo- 


graphic Bureau (Copenhagen). 


1883. Direct reproduction by photolithography 
from plane table sheets. 


464 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


COST. 


While an average cost per square mile of a topographic or other sur- 
vey does not convey an absolutely accurate idea of intrinsic merit, yet as 
an approximate guide to governments prosecuting or about to prosecute 
such surveys over large areas, estimates of cost, upon the various scales, 
based upon actual expenditures, can not but be of value. 

In most instances these are naturally difficult to obtain. First, because 
apparently the executive branches carrying on the works have not, as a rule, 
been called upon to compile the data; again, since in any one of these 
undertakings from which has resulted a final, complete, and connected 
detailed topographic map of an entire state, the scale upon which the 
field minutes have been taken has often varied duffng the prosecution, as 
well as that of the published map. Of far more importance, however, is 
the variation due to configuration of ground and facility and means of 
communication over it. 

The official reports of the survey of India give certain details from 
actual expenditures concerning cost, as follows: 

1. For the general topographic survey (scale 1 inch to 1 mile) based upon the 
primary triangulation, an average (for 10 years) of approximately $11 per square mile. 

2. For the village survey (scale 4 inches to 1 mile) based on main triangulation, 
an average (for 10 years) of $26.50 per square mile. 

3. The cadastral survey (scale 16 inches to 1 mile), the average rate of $82 
(approximately) per square mile, for a period of 15 years. j 

To cbtain the total cost in any of the above cases, to each must be 
added the cost of the astronomic and principal triangulation work and that 
of leveling. The cost of the latter along main lines has been estimated at 
$35 per linear mile. 

The actual total cost of the ordnance survey of England from its first 
organization to December 31, 1881, as given by the officer in charge of 
accounts, was £4,544,050 (estimating only for the years 1871 and 1872), 
or 522,725,250. The average cost per square mile to that date would have 
then been S186. 

On the assumption that the cadastral survey can be completed in 1890, 
and allowing the present annual cost up to that date, the then cost per 


square mile would be $244, 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 465 


The result will then be a map on the scale of 1 : 2,500 for all England, 
the same for the cultivated parts of Scotland and the 6-inch scale for the 
uncultivated portions, and the latter scale for Ireland entire. 


The above cost is independent of the regimental pay of officers and 
enlisted men, which has been estimated would cause an increase of about 
one-eighth. The average cost of the present plane-table survey of the 
German Empire (scale 1 : 25,000), as given at the Berlin office (by an officer 
deputed for that purpose), assuming 200 German square miles as the 
annual amount, at a cost of 1,200,000 marks for field and office work, gives 
(approximately) $79 per square English statute mile. This sum is in addi- 
tion to the cost of the earlier surveys, mostly on the 1 : 50,000 scale, for the 
separate German states. The estimated cost of field and office work by the 
Geographical Institute of Vienna (field plot 1 : 25,000) has been estimated 
at about 1,000 florins, a pretty large sum, reaching, approximately, 5400 
per square mile. The extremely detailed survey of the city of Bombay 
for municipal purposes of an area of 22 square miles and 149 acres on the 
scale of 1 inch to 100 feet for the city proper and 1 inch to 40 feet for the 
suburbs, was found to cost at an average approximate rate of $7,040 per 
square mile. 

All the above estimates are based on actual: expenditures, and do not 
include the cost of the production of the printed map from the original 
drawing. 

Reference to details of cost may be found in House Ex. Doe. No. 270, 
48th Congress, second session, under the headings of the several countries 
reported upon. 

The following amounts appropriated for the purposes below, stated to 
the close of the fiscal year ending June 30, 1888, have been taken from 
the Statutes at Large: 


Interior Department : 
Subdivision surveys of public lands (1802-1887) ...-.-.---- jomiaaacas $25, 795, 195. 09 
Surveys for State and Territorial boundaries (1802-1885) .......---- 517, 846. 59 
Surveys of Indian reservations, including allotted lands (1789-1887). 1, 914, 913. 16 
War Department: 


Surveys for military defenses (1823-1875) ....-..----.---+----+-+-+-+--- 2, 144, 967. 17 
Military and geographical surveys west of Mississippi (1841-1880)... 342, 510. 56 


30 WH—YVOL I 


466 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Pacific Railroad surveys (1853-1856) -..__.. +2. 2-55-22 = eee - $389, 200. 00 
Geographical surveys west of 100th meridian (1872-1879)* Braise aN 340, 000. 00 
Examinations and surveys (roads and canals) (1811-1864). .... 2.2... 855, 435. 57 
Examinations and surveys (rivers and harbors) (1819-1886)......-.. 2, 549, 574. 05 
Survey of the northern lakes (1841-1885)......-.---..--.--.-.---< 2,951, 379. 00 
Survey by Mississippi River Commission (since 1879)......-....---- 775, 000, 00 


Treasury Department : 
Coast and Geodetic Survey (1806-1818, 1832-1887)................-. 21, 038, 810. 38 


Interior Department : 
Geological and mineralogical examinations (mostly west of Missis- 


SIPP1)) (W834=1859) o.oo. cc. = oe sas Mewlein rere aint Sears ae ere ele 337, 388. 85 
Geological and mineralogical examinations of the Territories (1867- 
1S79) A ease ese ina Se bs 655d aes Ree ee eee eee Crone 713, 825. 00 
Geological and mineralogical examinations of the Rocky Mountain 
TEPIOME (LS TOUS): 2 ao. seis esate ieee siete aaa oe eas aerate Bac 279, 000. 00 
Geologica! exploration of the Black Hills (1876-1878).............-.. 26, 588. 62 
Geological Survey (1879=1S87)) seers cteets Siete reresetere reise siete eet 3, 038, 840. 00 
State and Interior Departments : 
Surveys of international boundaries (1798-1885) ... .......-....--. 2, 993, 689. 20 
Navy Department: 
Exterior exploring expeditions (1836-1875) ..............-...-.----- 1, 351, 708. 86 
Isthmiantsurveys’ (1857-1872) \..-.<..:sc. = jetcare patteets setelee eroereiaeiete ee 126, 500. 00 
Interior Department : 
Collections in Smithsonian Institution and National Museum (1856- 
SSC) 2 sees ape sre ees cle Ge 6 aieg-shaje\ oni sie a/b eis w sie lare cieenenee ai sloereieeyeieetey - 1,621,891. 42 
Ethnology (UST9=USS Tre, wee cic ono wos osm a(necernyete reer oats 300, 000. 00 
Various: 
Miscellaneous; (1SES—lS8b) ess 22s «0 2s ws crtce meee inert emeteleeteire e 338, 331. 60 
TO ball 151-15, Nes stoveness eee steyesster- ois: o. 6 « wang ctesclatelonleee eeteiere Seer 70, 755, 095. 12 
RECAPITULATION. 
Appropriations to June 30, 1888. 
Public lands, including boundaries of States and Territories and Indian 
TOSEL- VA LIONS 22 ok ccotcsers ic pe ee eae sieic are oc te eee $28, 227, 954. 84 
Geographical and topographical (west of the Mississippi River, inelud- 
ing, Pacific Railroad’ surveys): 22. s5ereeeeen eo -- -- e eener 1, 473, 677. 73 
Examinations and surveys (roads and canals, rivers and harbors), lake 
survey, Mississippi River Commission surveys, including incidental 
ropa contingencies, ete: 4.3.2 5 sso eee: se: eas seers 7, 131, 388. 62 


* This does not include $30,000 appropriated ($20,000 in 1875 and $10,000 in 1876) for illustrations 
and publications. The sums in this table are independent of these iatter items of cost. including all 
field expenses and the preparation of office results, as manuscript text, maps, plates, etc. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 467 


Hydrographic or marine (Gcast Survey)* ....---...--.------------- $21, 038, 810. 38 
Geological examinations (mestiy west of the Mississippi River, and all 
prior to Rae GeologicaleSurnviey)tesscstsees cel cicite ceisler sete str 1, 750, 813, 47 
Geological Survey (present organization) f...-.....-.. Seraribegneleie ester 3, 038, 840. 00 
HR GAAORONS WOOGIE ocbs sab56 bh eocccoacHoSou sau euaeDacessaece 2,905, 689, 20 
Surveys for military defenses (lortitications, field works, geological ex- 
ploraioneroniiethy parallel iGtG)s <2) citersta-) \ereellosieieie = = inerevowwieere == 1, 348, 989, 00 
IEELENLOTMCLDLONING ELDCOVULONS = 16), Heyer elininiar= tetera siete efere eeta cies 1,351, 708. 86 
Smithsonian and National Museum collections (including ethnology)... 1,921, 891. 42 
Miscellaneous (including isthmian surveys).--..-.--....------------ 477, 331. 60 
Potalleee-ee 1s Seiarets eiaié cis ste evsee aesassie (ae ae seis Sievsietisicvaws. cette 70, 755,095. 12 


The above appropriations, arranged according to Departments charged 
with the present control of the work, are as follows: 


Interior Department (pubtic lands, surveys of State and Territorial 
boundaries, geologic and mipveralogic examinations, Smithsonian 


and National Museum eellections, ethnology, etc. See els See POO NOL NOL TIO 
Treasury Department (Ccast Survey)..-..----..--------++--e-+----- 21, 168, 310. 38 


War Department (military defenses, roads and canals, rivers and 
harbors, northern lakes, military and geographical surveys west of 
the Mississippi, Pacific railroads, geographical survey west of 100th 


meridian, Mississippi River Commission) .....--- -----.++------- 10, 549, 397. 95 
State Department (international boundaries).......----------------- 1, 911, 229. 94 
Navy Department (exterior exploring expeditions) .....-......-.---- 1, 478, 208. 86 

WE, socccocdpagaods cbaceéeshosascocecucdsupseucescgddsan: 70, 755, 095. 12 


The above total sum uniformly expended throughout the United States 
would have been at an approximate rate of $23.50 per square mile, and 
yet the great general topographic survey has not been even begun. The 
results so far have been of a specific character, the purposes and objects of 
this class of works as a great public measure not having yet been seriously 
considered. 

The entire amount appropriated has not in all cases been fully expended, 
but it is safe to assume that the cost of the service of the public surveys in 


* There have also been ex pended from the ‘appropriations of the War aud Nay y Departments sums 
including pay, rations, per diem, etc., of officers and enlisted men, authorized and actually employed 
on this work. The Secretary of the Neer states in his annual report for 1882 actual expenditures of 
$260,870.63, $229,969.32, and $220,931.64 as the sums, respectively, for the years 1879, 1880, and 1881. 
The cost to the War Department is unknown. 

+ The Director estimates $200,000 as the current cost of engraving and printing for the fiscal year 
ending June 30, 1885, which is defrayed from appropriations for public printing. (See American 
Journal, 3d series, p. 102.) 


468 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the United States to June 30, 1888, including the aid and supplies from 
more general appropriations, and excluding all costs of publication and 
reproduction of original manuscript, maps, and plates, will have exceeded 


seventy-five millions of dollars. 


HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYS. 
INTRODUCTION. 


Hydrographic surveys of domestic and foreign coasts are carried on 
under naval administration in eighteen countries, shown in the following 
list: 

While the administration is naval in all cases, the navy department 
itself is under the department of railways, post-offices, and telegraphs 
(with a civilian personnel) in Belgium. In Austria it forms a part of the 
war department. In Norway the war and navy administrations together 
form the department of defense. In Portugal the office is under the depart- 
ment of public works, wherein the topographic, geologic, and hydrographic 
surveys are all combined under a single head. 

In the United States there is found a hydrographic service attached to 
the Coast and Geodetic Survey under the Treasury Department. 

There is also a hydrographic office in the naval establishment, but 
its sphere is restricted in the main to office duties, reconnaissance of foreign 
coasts, and the publication of compiled maps, while the systematic hydro- 
graphic survey of the ocean and Gulf coasts of the United States has been 
carried on by what is known as the Coast and Geodetic Survey of the 
Treasury Department.* Herewith follows a tabulated list of government 
works of hydrographic surveys: 


* Certain meagre and incomplete data concerning Government marine surveys will be found on 
pp. 497-538, House Ex. Doc. No. 270, 48th Congress, second session. This has been availed of in pre- 
paring the summary herewith, as also further original information since gathered by Commander J. R. 
Bartlett, U. S. Hydrographer, by official correspondence with the several foreign oftices, freely fur- 
nished, and to some extent used herein. 


Name of country. 


(1) England -...-- Hydrographic Office, Ad- Capt.W.J.L. Wharton, | Navy ------------ See its Catalogue. Office 
miralty. R. N. Hydrographer. at London. 

(2) Germany ----- Hydrographic Office, Ad- Rear Admiral F. von | Navy .-------- | SeeitsCatalogue. Forms 
miralty (Hydrograph- Schlenitz, Director | a department of the Im- 
isches Amt der Admi- of the Hydrographic per'al Admiralty. Of: | 
ralitiit). Department. | fice at Hamburg. 

(3) Austria. Hun- Hydrographic Office (Hy- R. Miiller, Director-.--. Imperial War | See its Catalogue. Office | 

gary. drographisches Amt). Department, | at Pola. 
Marine Section | 
(K. K. Kriegs, 
Marine). 

(4) France. ..-.-- Ftat Major-Géneral, Serv- M. Boqnet de la Gyre, Marine and Colo- | See its Catalogue. Office 
ice Hydrographique. Hydrographic Engi- | nies. | at Paris. | 

neer-in-chief. | 

(5) Holland Hydrographic Bureau | Capt. Van den Broecke, | Navy (Ministeérie | Office at The Hague. 

| (Afdeeling Hydro-| Chief Hydrographer. van Marine). 
graphie). 
(6) Dutch East | Hydrographic Office (Hy- Lieut. A. C. J. Edeling, Marine .--..------ Office at Batavia .-.-.--- 
Indies. drographisches Bureau). Chief Hydrographer. 
| (7) Spain .--.---- | Hydrographic Office (Offi- | Capt. Luis Martinez de INAV eee ease See its Catalogue. Office 
| | cina Hidrogratica). Are, Director. at Madrid. 
(8) Italy .......-- | Hydrographic Office | Capt. G. B. Magnaghi, | Navy (R. Minis- | See its Catalogue. Office 
| (Ufficio Idrografico). Director. teru della Ma- at Genoa. 
rina). 
| (9) Sweden ---.-.- | Hydrographic Office (K. Captain of the Navy, Navy ------------- See its Catalogue. Office 
| | Sjékarteverket). Director. at Stockholm. 
| (10) Russia .....-- Hydrographic Depart- | Lient. Gen. Th. Wes-— Navy (Ministére Office at St. Petersburg. 
| ment (Département | pelago, Director. de la Marine 
| | Hydrographique). | Impériale). 
(11) Belgium .--- Hydrographic Depart- | Mr. Vandenpeereborm, Marine Brauch of Office at Brussels. 
| ment (Département Engineer-in-chief. Department of | 
Hydrographique). Railroads, ete.. 
| (Administration 
| | dela Marine). 
| (12) Denmark ...- | Hydrographic Office | Commodore H. P. Rothe, | Navy ------------- | Office at Copenhagen. 
| (Sekaart Archivet). R. D. N.. Director- | | 
General. | 
(13) Norway ..---- Hydrographic Section of Hydrographer to the | Defense .....----- |The war and navy ad- 
the Geographical Insti-| Admiralty, a selected | | ministrations are com- 
tate (Geografiske Op- naval officer. | bined at Christiania. 
| maaling). See Catalogue. 
| (14) Portugal -..- Hydrographic Section of Rear-Admiral F. M. P. | Public Works Office at Lisbon. 
Geodetic Works. (Di- de Silva. (Travaux Pub- 
receao Geral dos Trabal- | liques). 
hosGeodesicos. Secgao | 
| | Hydrographica). 
(15) India..-..---- Marine Survey Depart- Commander Alfred Car- | Marine ...--------| Office at Calcutta (maps 
| ment. | penter, R.N. now produced through 
: Admiralty, London). 
(16) Brazil - - - Hydrographic Bureau | Dr. José Rodrigues de | Navy (Ministro Office at Rio Janeiro. 
(Reparticao Hydro- | Leria Quarte. | da Marina). 
graphica). 
(17) (Chili=- <2. <-- | Hydrographic Office (Offi- Ignacio Garcia Tudelos, | Navy (Ministro Office at Santiago. 


List of government hydrographic surveys. 


Title of work. 


cina Hidrografiea). 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 


Present Director or Su- 
perintendent (1885). 


| Administration. 
| 


Director. 


da Marina). 


| 


Remarks. 


; 


470 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF i00TH MERIDIAN. 


List of government hydrographic surveys—Continued, 


Present Director or Sa- 


Name of country. Title of work. | perintendent (1885.) Administration. Remarks. 
(18) Japan......-- | H.1.J.M.’s Hydrographic | Rear-Admiral N. Yana- Navy .-...-...----.| Office at Tokio. 
Office. gi, Hydrographer. | | 
(19) United States | Coastand Geodetic Survey | Mr. F. M. Thorne, Act- | Treasury .------- See its Catalogue. Office 
* ing Superintendent. | at Washington. 
(20) United States | Hydrographic Office......| Commander J. R. Bart- | Navy ....-.-.---- See its Catalogue. Office 
lett, U.S Navy. at Washington. 


Information regarding the above table and other assistance touching hydrographic matters has been kindly furnished 
tthe U. S. Hydrographic Office, Navy Department, especially by Commander Bartlett and Lieutenants Dyer and Emmerich. 


HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYS. 
ORIGIN. 


Germany.—The German hydrographic bureau was established in 1866, 
after the North German confederation. 

Spain.—The hydrographic office of Spain was established in the six- 
teenth century. (See letter from Juan Romero.) 

Iraty.—The hydrographic office of the royal navy was founded by 
royal decree in the year 1874. 

Denmark.—The central institution for hydrographic works in Denmark 
and its colonies (Sgkaart Archivet) at Copenhagen was established in 1784. 

The survey of the Danish waters was commenced in the seventeenth 
century, occasionally continued from and during the eighteenth, and has 
been continued without interruption, especially since 1825. 

Inpra.—Surveys along the coast of India by Europeans began about 
the year 1600, the sailors having preceded the land surveyors by some- 
thing like two hundred years. In 1873 the government of India appointed 
a superintendent of marine surveys. 

Unirep States Coast Survey, Treasury DepartMent.—This work 
was first appropriated for in 1806, and actually commenced in 1807, 

Hyprograpuic Bureau, Navy Derpartment.—Lieut. M. F. Maury, 
when in charge of the Naval Observatory and Chart Depot, began the 
collection of information, from logs of vessels, for the purpose of making 


charts to show the prevailing winds and currents, ete., and of the physical 


GOVERNMENY LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 471 


features of the ocean, including its meteorology, etc. The present Hydro- 
graphic Office was definitely established by act approved June 21, 1866. 


ORGANIZATION. 


Great Brrrain.—The staff of the hydrographic office at the admiralty 
in London is composed of the following: Hydrographer,* assistant hydrog- 
rapher (both naval captains), eleven assistants (staff captains, staff com- 
manders, and lieutenants),} four civilian assistants (admiralty clerks), seven 
draughtsmen; also clerks and copyists. 

There is no distinct class of surveying officers; they are appointed for 
service at the admiralty for five years, and may be, and as a rule are, 
re-appointed but occasionally again go to sea, and retain only their line of 
promotion on the regular list. 

Grruany.—A detailed naval officer (rear-admiral or captain) is ‘‘chief” 
of the hydrographic office; two naval officers (captain or lieutenant-com- 
mander) in charge of divisions; one naval officer, chief of sections; four 
officials, chiefs of sections; also the necessary number of secretaries, clerks, 
assistants, and draughtsmen. 

An official is director of the observatory at Wilhelmshafen, with three 
specialists as assistants. 

An official chief of the chronometer observatory at Kiel. 

A naval officer at the head of the depots of charts and instruments in 
Kiel and Wilhelmshafen. 

Also the directors of surveys in the Baltic and North Seas. 

Neither the officers engaged in the work of surveying nor those 
belonging to the hydrographic office form a special corps, there being no 
marine staff, but are detailed for these duties from the regular corps of 


*In the military branch of the British navy staff captains and commanders rank below captains 
and commanders, respectively. 

+F. J. O. Evans, hydrographer, in 1882 was a staff captain on the retired list. Staff captains 
and commanders on board ship are subject to the authority of the executive officer, though he be only 
a lieutenant, but may succeed to the command in the absence of the captain. The old corps of navi- 
gating officers, composed of the grades of staff captains and commanders and navigating lieutenants, 
is gradually being consolidated with the regular line of the British navy. There are sixty-two officers 
employed on surveying duty, among whom are ten staff commanders and five navigating lieutenants. 
Regular line-officers are employed in eight of the nine vessels engaged exclusively in surveying, while 
the officers of the ninth are from the old navigating class, now merged with the line. 


472 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


naval officers for an indefinite period, which is usually a long one; and 
each line-ofticer is required to be qualified and prepared for duty in uavi- 
gating and surveying. Line officers of the navy perform the navigating 
and surveying duties. 

The name of the office is the hydrographic bureau (hydrographisches 
Amt) of the admiralty. 

The whole organization of the German admiralty is essentially mili- 
tary, and is assimilated as much as possible to that of the army. 

Ausrria-Huneary.—The following is the personnel of the Austrian 
hydrographic office at Pola: One director; tour chiets of divisions; two 
lieutenants of the line (observatory and depot of charts); one assistant in 
marine library; one marine commissariat assistant, appointed from the 
retired list; one foreman as mechanician, instrument department; six naval 
employés as manipulators; three civilian workmen, instrument depot; one 
messenger; also usually a detail of five officers of the navy; also a tem- 
porary detail of naval officers for certain works of a scientific or maritime 
military nature. 

The director and heads of divisions of the hydrographic office are 
appointed by His Majesty the Emperor, upon the recommendation of the 
imperial war department, marine section. 

The director of the hydrographic office is a captain or official of the 
sixth grade, but the heads of the four divisions are chosen either from the 
commanders or lieutenant-commanders on the active list of the navy, or 
are officials of the hydrographic office of the seventh grade. 

Franxce—This office has lately been attached to the office of the 
minister of marine. It is in charge of the hydrographic engineer-in-chief, 
under the orders of the chief of staff. The personnel consists of the corps 
of hydrographic engineers, seventeen in number; a number of ofticers of 
the navy, one of which (an officer of superior rank) is chief of the division 
of nautical publications, another is in charge of the division of meteorology, 
and another in charge of the instruments for purposes of navigation; a 
managing agent, storekeeper, clerks, and draughtsmen. 

The hydrographic surveys, as far as possible, are conducted by the 
hydrographic engineers. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 473 


Officers of the navy are also called upon to perform similar surveys. 

A captain of the navy, assisted by several lieutenants, has charge of 
the preparation and publication of nautical books. 

The position of hydrographer is a permanent one. He comes from 
the Polytechnic School, and his rank is between captain and rear-admiral. 

The hydrographic engineers come from the Polytechnic School. 
Members must come from the Polytechnic School, ranking first with sec- 
ond lieutenants, then successively with lieutenants, commanders, captains, 
and commodores. 

Hotianp.—The hydrographic bureau of the ministry of marine con- 
sists of one chief of bureau, three naval officers, two surveyors and one 
for administrative work, two civilians for other administrative work, and 
two engravers. 

There is no special navigating or surveying class in the Dutch navy. 

Spain.—The chief of the hydrographic office, or chief of hydrography, 
is now a captain, who is relieved every four years by an officer of even 
grade, at the pleasure of the government. He is assisted by another officer 
of the rank of commander. 

There are fourteen other officers, as follows: Five compilers and trans- 
lators, six draughtsmen, a librarian, a photographer, and a storekeeper. 
There are six others, permanent engravers. 

The chiefs and officers are selected unreservedly from the general 
naval service. 

Iraty.—The hydrographic office is composed of one director (from 
captain to rear-admiral), four naval lieutenants in charge of different sec- 
tious, a commissary of the royal navy (disbursing officer), five chief helms- 
men, two under helmsmen, and twelve seamen. 

In addition to the above military personnel the office employs the 
following civilian assistants: A chief draughtsman, six draughtsmen, a 
chief engraver, six engravers, one chronometrician, a chief of the mechanical 
workshops, six mechanical workmen, a chalcographer, a register, two car- 
penters, two men from the invalidi, and a porter. Occasionally other 
officers are added in excess of the complement, for special work and for 
acquaintance with the instruments and methods of survey. 


474 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


There is no special surveying corps, but any officer of the navy can 
be called on to do hydrographic surveying. 

Swepen.—The personnel of the hydrographic office consists of one 
chief and a number of officers of the navy and employés. The actual 
number is four officers and a draughtsman for the survey proper. Some- 
times an additional number of officers are detailed. There are also attached 
to the office three engravers and two plate-printers. 

The office is wholly naval, the men for surveying work coming from 
the general-duty offices of the line. 

Russta.—The hydrographic department in Russia has Lieut. Gen. Th. 
Wespelago as its director. 

Betaium—The personnel of the hydrographic service of Belgium is 
as follows: One engineer-in chief, two engineers, one clerk, a draughtsman, 
one clerk, a copyist. The position of the engineer-in-chief, the engineers, 
and the clerks is permanent. 

The professional staff is recruited from the candidates who have 
diplomas as engineers, or have served in the engineer corps of the army. 

Drenmarx.—The hydrographic office is composed of one hydrographer 
(not permanent), four commanders, and a certain number of lieutenants 
and sub-leutenants, all naval officers in active service 

The navy having no special corps of surveyors or hydrographers, it is 
intended to reorganize the hydrographic office of Denmark to make it 
embrace some of the different branches of nautical science. 

Norway.—The hydrographic survey is immediately in charge of a 
selected naval officer. 

PorruGcaL.—The third section of the general direction of geodetic 
works is devoted to hydrography. The hydrographic engineers are naval 
officers who have taken a special course in hydrography. 

Inpia.—The duties of the hydrographic office are discharged by the 
superintendent, two deputy superintendents, nine assistants, three executive 
officers, one medical officer, a naturalist, and one superintendent of drawing 
branch. 

Brazit.—The hydrographic office is under Dr. Jose Rodrigues as 


chief hydrographer. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 475 


Japan.—The hydrographic office is in charge of Rear-Admiral N. 
Yanagi, hydrographer. There are five divisions, namely, of surveying, the 
publishing and instrument division, the naval observatory, and the pay and 
account division. 

Unirep Srates, Coast Survey.—The personnel (188485) consisted 
of sixty-three field and one hundred and fourteen office civilian assistants, 
fifty-eight naval officers, and three hundred and forty seamen, or five hun- 
dred and seventy-five in all. (See p 525, Venice Report.) 

Hydrographic Bureau—The office is in charge of Commander J. R. 
Bartlett,* U.S. N., assisted by twenty-two lieutenants and five ensigns; ten 
lieutenants and one ensign of this number are on duty at the principal 
offices in Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, New Orleans, and 
San Francisco. There are forty office employés, such as clerks, draughts- 
men, printers, and laborers. 


ADMINISTRATION. 


In all foreign countries the administration of hydrographic surveys of 
coasts, ete., is naval, with the exceptions of Portugal, where this duty, 
supervised and directed by naval officers, is a branch of the public works 
department, and Belgium, which, without a navy department, places this 
administration in a civil department. 

In the United States the Coast and Geodetic Survey is found under 
the Treasury Department, and the Hydrographic Office, with its labors 
confined to the survey of foreign coasts, is a branch of the Bureau of 
Navigation of the Navy Department. 


FUNCTIONS, 


Great Brrraw.—The jurisdiction of this service covers home, colonial, 
and foreign coasts. The functions are various and numerous. The most 
important are to execute accurate surveys of all parts of the world which 
are visited by British ships, and to prepare and publish these surveys in 
the form of charts; to write and publish nautical directions to accompany 
the charts; to compute, prepare, and publish tide-tables and light-lists for 
all parts of the world; to receive and take charge of all remark-books 


*This officer has since been sneceeded by Lieut. G. L. Dyer, U. 8. Navy. 


476 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


from the captains and navigating officers of Her Majesty’s ships, as well 
as information from all other sources, home or foreign; to compile such 
information and publish it promptly in the form of hydrographic notices 
or warnings of danger, in order that all charts and other nautical documents 
may be kept corrected up to the latest period. The admiralty charts, 
numbering about 2,900, may be classed under five heads, viz, ocean, 
general, and coast charts, harbor plans, and physical charts. 

Geruany.—The duties of the hydrographic bureau are mentioned on 
page 503, Venice Report. 

One of the most important works of the admiralty is to provide 
charts of the east coast of Russia, those in existence being in Russian, and 
henee of no use to German sailors. 

Austria-Hunycary.—The functions of the hydrographic office are re- — 
ferred to on page 504, Venice Report. 

France.—The entire work relating to hydrography and the correction 
and printing of charts is done by and through the hydrographic office at 
Paris. The publications (instructions, reports, and maps) are numerous. 
The jurisdiction of the hydrographic bureau extends over home and foreign 
coasts, and its duties, as in case of all foreign hydrographic offices, relate 
to both field and office work, of surveying, and to the preparation and 
publication of maps, charts, reports, treatises, notices, lists, ete. 

The operations of the hydrographic surveys extend to the limits of 
tide-water, or, where there is no tide, to the head of navigation. 

Houianp.—The jurisdiction of the hydrographic coast work of Holland, 
projected purely in the interest of navigation, is confined to the home coasts, 
there being a separate office for the survey of the East India coasts at 
Batavia, where Dutch surveying vessels are actively engaged in the marine 
surveying of their possessions in the East Indian Archipelago. Its labors 
are confined to soundings and observations at the mouths of rivers and 
harbors, and along the coast to the head of tide-water navigation, the 
main survey of which has long since been-completed. All the charts of 
the coast and harbors are engraved and printed at the admiralty. 

SPAIN. 


The hydrographic office controls all that concerns the making 


of surveys by hydrographic parties at home or abroad. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. ATT 


The coast and hydrographic surveys are united and belong to one 
party. The published works of this office, as is usual, appear and may be 
found in the printed catalogue thereof. 

Iraty.—The duty of making the surveys of the coasts of the kingdom 
+s the exclusive function of the hydrographic bureau. This office provides 
all the ships of the royal navy with the hydrographic data and charts, and 
the nautical and geodetic instruments with which they should be furnished, 
according to their missions. The work ashore and afloat is done by the 
officers serving on the hydrographic vessel, co-operating, where possible, 
with the royal military geographic institute of the royal army. (See 
also p. 517, Venice Report.) 

Swrpen.—The duties of the hydrographic office are as follows : 
Hydrographic surveys of the coast and lakes open to navigation, sound- 
ings and general exploration of the waters surrounding the country, and 
coast defenses, magnetic observations, ete. ; also the publication of charts 
and descriptions of coast channels, ete. 

The projection of the hydrographic charts is the same as that employed 
for the general staff’s military topographic maps. 

Russta.—The hydrographic department uses the shore triangulation 
points of the military topographic land survey. 

Brencium.—The duties of the hydrographic service are surveys of 
coasts, soundings, observations relative to the phenomena of tides, curva- 
ture of the earth’s surface, the determination of ebb and flow of tidal 
currents, the velocity of currents at the surface and at different depths. 
These studies are completed by observations for temperature, density, and 
saltness of water, the latter at recurrent intervals, as also the publication 
of results. 

Deymark.—The hydrographic office has charge of the survey of home 
and foreign coasts, and consists independently of the survey proper, of 
nautico-meteorologic observations, and in publishing annually the results 
of all abservations of tides, currents, degree of saltness of sea-water, etc. ; 
has also the care of nautical instruments. There is a division for secret 
charts, which latter contain very detailed surveying, and are intended for 


time of war, when all sea-marks and light-ships are withdrawn. 


478 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


PortuGaL.—The duties of the hydrographic office are as follows, 
namely: Hydrographic reconnaissances; surveying and construction of 
general maps and hydrographic charts and plans of coasts, islands, bars, 
ports, and rivers; soundings; meteorologic, magnetic, astronomic, and geo- 
detic observations; location of light-houses, buoys, ete. This office has 
published a series of coast and harbor charts from new surveys. 

Inp1a.—The office of marine surveys in India was established for the 
purpose of completing and maintaining the surveys of the Indian coast 
from the sonthern extremity of Tenasserim to the western limit of Sind, 
beyond which all surveys are performed by the British admiralty. 

In October, 1875, the duties of this branch were defined as follows. 
“The systematic surveys of the coast of India are to be carried on with 
suitable vessels sufficiently equipped and manned. These surveys are to 
be connected with the shore surveys, and closed in on points already fixed 
by the British trigonometric survey.” (See also p. 522, Venice Report.) 

Japan.—The hydrographic office of the navy is charged with the 
marine surveying and publication of the charts, the compilation of the 
books relating to sailing directions, ete.; also the meteorologie observations, 
the issue of the publications as above, and the supply of the necessary 
instruments and other matters connected with the safety of navigation. 

The naval observatory is in charge of the following: Heavenly meteor- 
ologic and magnetic observations; determination of longitude by  tele- 
graphic communication; to regulate and test the instruments and to issue 
necessary alarm; to make weather and current charts by examining the 
different observations along the coast; to prepare and arrange the reports 
and statistics connected with these observations and tests of instruments. 

Unitep Srates.—The functions of the Coast and Geodetic Survey 
appear in sections 4681, 4682, 4683, and 4684 of the Revised Statutes, 
amended by various subsequent authorities contained in appropriation acts, 
and are substantially as follows: To make a survey of the coast, in which 
shall be designated the islands and shoals with roads or places of anchorage 
within twenty leagues of any part of the shores of the United States, and 
also the respective courses and distances between the principal capes or 
headlands, ete.; also examinations and observations with respect to St. 


GOVERNMENT LAND AND MARINE SURVEYS. 479 


George’s Bank, and to any other bank or shoal, and outward to tne Gulf 
Stream. 

The instructions for carrying out the acts of Congress are found in 
Treasury Department Circular No. 110. (See also p. 526, Venice Report.) 

The acts of Congress upon which the work of the Coast Survey is 
founded define it as an aid to commerce and navigation, while the clause 
in the report of the board on reorganization in 1843 provides for the 
topography as far inland as needed for purposes of commerce or defense. 
The law itself is silent as to the uses of this work as an aid in the military 
defense of the country. 

Hyprocrapuic Orrice.—The functions of the Hydrographic Office are 
found in sections 431 and 432, Revised Statutes, which provide for the 
duties of this office; the improvement of the means for navigating safely 
the vessels of the Navy and mercantile marine by providing, under the 
authority of the Secretary of the Navy, accurate and cheap nautical charts, 
sailing directions, navigators’ manuals of instruction for the use of all 
vessels of the United States, and for the benefit and use of navigators 
generally ; for the preparation of maps, charts, and nautical books relating 
to and required in navigation. 

It has no authority over any surveys of home coasts, but there may 
be assigned to it, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Navy, surveys 
being conducted by naval officers on foreign coasts. 


APPENDIX F. 


MEMOIR UPON THE VOYAGES, DISCOVERIES, EXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS 
TO AND AT THE WEST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA AND INTERIOR OF THE 
UNITED STATES WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER, BETWEEN 1500 AND 1880, 
INCLUDING LATER BIBLIOGRAPHICAL AND OTHER REFERENCES TO DETER- 
MINED LATITUDES, LONGITUDES, AND ALTITUDES AVAILABLE FOR THE 
BASIS OF THE PERMANENT OFFICIAL TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS OF THE UNITED 
STATES, 


GENERAL TABLE. 


Page. 

Part I. Geographical discovery and exploration, west coast and interior, 1500 to 1800, with . 
chronological list of expeditions and notes on certain old maps.----- ------------ 481-512 
Parr II. Epitome of Warren’s Memoir, 1800-1857, with added notes. .----.---------- +--+ ---* 513 
Parr IJ. Geographical and geological explorations and surveys, 1857 to 1880 .----------- +--+ 599 


PART I. 


GEOGRAPHICAL DISCOVERY AND EXPLORATION, WEST COAST AND 
UNTERIOR, 1500 TO 1800. 


This period of exploration is alluded to in a brief paragraph in 
Warren’s Memoir, and was evidently considered of no particular im- 
portance as regards latitudes and longitudes from which to compile the 
map of the territory west of the Mississippi that was constructed after the 
completion of the Pacific railroad surveys. It is mentioned occasionally 
in the Coast Survey Reports,* while in that for 1884 appears an article, 


= 


regarding the various explorations, by Dr. J. G. Kohl, whose complete 


* See Coast Survey Report, 1857, Appendix No. 52. 
481 


3L WH—VOL I 


482 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


manuscript fell into my hands through the courtesy of the geographical 
society of Bremen. It is doubtless true that there has been no permanent 
use of the latitudes and longitudes of these early explorers, but the Coast 
Survey have been assisted by them to some extent during their early 
reconnaissances, and indirectly, also, parties engaged in the interior. How- 
ever, if the discoveries in the Western Ocean had not been made, there 
would have been no requirement for the early voyages of discovery and 
exploration, whether their geographic positions were the best or not. 

The necessities of the time, whether dictated by war or conquest, 
commerce or defense, demanded information, exterior and interior, of the 
new found lands, and little by little the Indian rawhide and bark sketches 
and traditional itineraries gave place to the actual travels, investigations, 
reconnaissances, and finally instrumental surveys, until ultimately the Goy- 
ernment expeditions, equipped with the best instruments in vogue at the 
time, carried their examinations more into detail, especially on the west 
coast and occasionally in the interior, until there resulted a series of sketches, 
maps, and charts, the outgrowth of these undertakings, descriptions of 
ereat fullness by the late Dr. J G. Kohl, but 


od 


which were prepared with 
which have scarcely been treated upon in the literature of the country. 

He also gathered a large collection of maps (mostly copies) relating 
to this subject while an official of the State Department, within the archives 
of which these still remain. They have not been availed of, except that 
Mr. Justin Winsor has published in the Harvard University Bibliographical 
Contributions, No. 19, an annotated calendar for the use of scholars, 
entitled “The Kohl Collection of Early Maps,” prior to which I had 
selected, somewhat at random, a number of the most intelligible specimens 
that were most easily found in the then condition of arrangement of the 
maps, of which reproductions are herewith found listed in the table of 
contents and described separately. 


PRIOR TO 1500. 


Geographical knowledge, confined to a learned few among the ancients, 
consisted, at the close of the fourth century, in a surmise only of the 
sphericity of the earth, with vague and diminutive conception of its size, 


VOYAGES, DISCOVERIES, PXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS. 483 


while the positive knowledge of Europeans was limited to a parallelogram, 
north-west and south-east in direction, about 120 degrees east and west and 
50 degrees north and south, being an area bordering on the Atlantic and In- 
dian Oceans, including the Mediterranean, parts of southern, southwestern, 
and central Europe, Arabia, Persia, India, and northern Africa. There were 
various theories concerning the shape of southern Africa; a mare oceanum, 
stretching westward to unknown Asiatie shores, with hypothetical islands 
intervening, opinions that this sea was navigable, and that India might 
possibly be reached by sailing westward. The popular mind only grasped 
the idea of sphericity long after the first circumnavigation in the sixteenth 
century. From the fifth to the fifteenth century cosmographical and all 
other knowledge lay almost entirely dormant. It seems probable that the 
American continent may have several times been reached prior to the 
discoveries by Columbus, but the following appears to be the only authentic 
published information now extant:* 

In 986, Biarne, sailing southwest from Iceland, came within sight of 
land, believed to have been America, and conjectured by Kohl to have 
been Cape Cod, Nova Scotia, and Newfoundland. 

In 1000, Leif, son of Eric the Red, sailed southwest from Greenland 
+n search of lands seen by Biarne, and made a settlement at some point on 
Narragansett Bay. Columbus made his first voyage in 1492,t but did not 
reach the main-land. Cabral reached the coast of Brazil in about latitude 
10 degrees north in 1500, and was the first of the navigators of this period 
to reach the continent f 


From 1500 To 1800. 


There were eleven nationalities engaged in the discovery and explora- 
tion of the west coast and interior of the United States between the years 
1500 and 1800. The chronological statement that follows gives more than 
one hundred and fifty separate expeditions, endeavors, or attempts in this 
direction, and comprises all those of importance known to me. Of these 


*See De Costa, B. F. The Pre-Columbian Discovery of America, Albany, 1868. 

tIt has not been proven that Prince Henry, Toscanelli, or Columbus had any knowledge of the 
discoveries by the Norsemen. 

tSee Bancroft’s History of Central America, vol. I, pp. 67 et seq. 


484 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


several voyages and explorations seventy-six were Spanish, twenty-three 
English, twenty-one French, fifteen (at least) by the Jesuits and Francis- 
cans, six Russian, four American, three German, two Italian, two Danish, 
one Portuguese, and one Hungarian. 

The first voyage of Columbus gave to all Western Europe the earliest 
impulse for western voyages of discovery. The King of England, also rich 
merchants, among them Italians, became interested and favored the idea 
of finding a direct westerly route to China and Japan. 

Hence, with the single exception of the Russians, who came from the 
west, all the early European discoverers and explorers of America set out 
from the east. ‘They found the North American continent as a barrier, and 
sailed along its entire eastern coast. This coast was comparatively well 
known twenty years before the western or Pacific was discovered. The 
latter was discovered by Balboa, at the Isthmus of Panama, in 1513, and 
the Strait of Magellan by this navigator in 1519. Those who immediately 
followed these discoveries occupied themselves with the South American 
coast, hoping to find water communication between the Atlantic and Pacific, 
when subsequently, and for a similar purpose, Cortez and his captains in 
1530 commenced to turn the direction of discovery from Central America 
to the northwest. During forty years (1492 to 1532) the east and west 
coasts of South America were explored and made known, as well as the 
east coast of North America as far north and beyond the St. Lawrence, 
and a portion of this river, while fully one-fourth of the two Americas, 
the west coast of North America, remained unknown. This led to many 
and varying speculations by cosmographers. Some thought there was no 
American continent but only a succession of islands, but the principal 
belief was that North America was a large peninsula joined to Asia, while 
Columbus died ignorant of having discovered a new continent. 

Expeditions for discovery along the northwest coast expected the close 
proximity of Japan and China. After the Isthmus and Cape Horn were 
discovered, theoretically a supposed northwest passage promised shorter 
water communication to the above countries and possibly Cathay. Hence 
the expeditions along the east and west coast often took the form of a 
search for this passage. 


VOYAGES, DISCOVERIES, EXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS. 485 


In various relations, connected also with arctic explorations, these 
undertakings continued, until in October, 1850, Captain McClure, of the 
English navy, from Behring Strait reached the waters of ‘Winter Har- 
bor,” where Parry had come from the east in 1820, and whence he was 
relieved by Lieutenant Kellett’s sledge party across the intervening ice 
space, thus proving a northwest water communication for North America, 
ice locked for a short distance only, yet unserviceable as a highway of 
commerce. 

Cortez began the exploration of the west and northwest coast, which 
culminated in the discovery of Behring Strait by Behring. 

The Spanish expeditions were dispatched principally by the govern- 
ment of New Spain, and were, as is true of nearly all the expeditions of 
this period (especially Spanish and English), based on the ideas of com- 
merce and conquest. 

The English expeditions of Cook, Colnet, Vancouver, and Broughton 
were ordered by government, but in the main the underlying impetus was 
commerce, except for the Jesuits and Franciscans, who went as missionaries 
to spread the faith. 

The expeditions, then, were naval. military, civil, clerical, corporate, 
and individual. During these three centuries new countries were sought 
for, principally with the hope to find gold and spices, to found government, 
and agerandize religion, while in these later days the religious zeal and 
love for gold have been replaced by the more peaceful ways of commerce 
and competition that are now making known the remaining portions of the 
globe available for civilization. 

The ‘northern route to China” was a problem long cultivated, while 
the full discovery of America was mainly completed in modern times. In 
the sixteenth century explorations reached 43 degrees north latitude. From 
1602 to the middle of the eighteenth century no Spanish expedition reached 
the cold and inhospitable northwest coast. Meanwhile the Jesuits and 
Franciscans ‘‘civilized” Upper and Lower California. The expeditions 
were substantially Spanish till the time of Drake (1579). These were 
quite continuous till Cabrillo (154243), when little was done till Velasco 
(1564). The next considerable interval of quietude was from Iturbi (1615) 


486 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


to Ortega (1632), then Casanate (1648) to Pinadero (1664), after which, 
except for slight attempts ending in 1683 \Atondo), the Spanish were seen 
nowhere upon the coast till the expedition of Galvez (1767), about one 
hundred years later. For two centuries (1550-1750) nothing was done as 
compared with the activity from 1492 to 1550 

The English expeditions (coastwise and interior) continued till 1842. 
Many expeditions under French auspices (1673-1750) sought for the 
“oreat river of the west” of La Hontan. 

The Franciscans either accompanied exploring parties or made inde- 
pendent expeditions from Ruiz (1581) to Junipero Serra (1782), more than 
two hundred years. 

The Jesuits joined expeditions as early as 1642, but commenced inde- 
pendent journeys under Salvatierra (1697), and continued with much activity 
until their expulsion (1767) from California. 

The first Russian (Deschnew) explored the coast in 1648, and the last 
in 1841. 

The French explored in the interior as early as 1639, and conducted 
important expeditions (1820-42). . 

American explorers began with Kendrick (1788). The fur companies 
were active in exploration (180621), as also the Russian settlements 
(1812—41). Missionary travels on land were made from year to year. 

Although Ulloa, in 1539, determined Lower California to be a penin- 
sula, yet the fact was lost to view, and it was only in 1766 that Link 
determined and made known for all time the peninsularity.* 

Cortez discovered Lower California, which Ulloa sailed around Upper 
California was first visited by Cabrillo (1540-’43) The interior was but 
imperfectly settled and explored toward the seventeenth century. It was 
not till the nineteenth century that this country was thoroughly explored 
by Americans. 

From 1579 (Drake) to 1778 (Cook), (two hundred years,) except for 
the Russians, no one visited the northwest coast but the Spaniards. 


During the thirty years closing the eighteenth century one expedition 


* Lower California was first called an island by the Dutch pirates at the Bay of Tichilingue, on 
the southeast coast, at the beginning of the seventeenth century, Purchas, in 1625, was the first to 
print the above error. 


VOYAGES, DISCOVERIES, EXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS. 487 


after another, combining traffic and exploration, almost yearly revealed all 
the mysteries of the West. Even trading voyagers wrote narratives, each 
one bringing new facts and names. 

Cabrillo’s was the most remarkable in the sixteenth and Viscaino’s in 
the seventeenth century of all the Spanish voyages. The latter made the 
first reliable astronomic observations and general rude reconnaissance of 
the coast, while Vancouver conducted what might be termed the first contin- 
uous reconnaissance. Good observations were also made by Cook, Gali, 
Perouse, and Malaspina. Mackenzie was the first to reach the northwest coast 
from the east. Vancouver's time was the most active in the history of west 
coast explorations, during which a total of thirty vessels took part, with 
officers of ability, and accompanied by astronomers. The Franciscans suc- 
ceeded the Jesuits. Most of the French came from Canada. In 1640 some 
Cossacks sailed down the Amoor River to the Pacific. Deschnew reached 
Behring Strait along the north coast of Siberia. Kamchatka was discov- 


ered at the end of the seventeenth century. The Hudson Bay Company 
first explored the Yukon. ‘The missions were the basis of settlement and 
assisted in establishing government. 

The scientific and commercial world for a long time reaped no benefits 
from the Spanish expeditions, the records of which were retained by the 
court. 

Prof. George Davidson makes comparison of the nomenclature used 
by Ulloa, Cabrillo, Ferello, and Viscaino, comparing it with that of to-day. 
(See Appendix 7, U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1886.) 

The Kohl manuscript refers to this feature at great length in his 
hydrographic descriptions. It does not appear that the numerical latitudes 
and longitudes used by the several expeditions in plotting their routes have 
ever appeared in print. They doubtless rest principally in the old archives 


of “New Spain,” 


in the City of Mexico, and at the hydrographic bureaus 
at Madrid and London, where nothing less than a scientific search will 
develop their existence and comparative value. However, as before stated, 
these have all been replaced by later determinations. 

Want of time, delicate health, and various duties have prevented such 


a digest of the great mass of facts at disposal as would summarize all 


488 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the leading events and results, and hence one must be content with the 


presentation of a chronological list, with remarks thereon, as an index, at 


least, to what took place during an interval of fully three centuries, trust- 


ing that the scientific as well as literary history of these endeavors will be 


fully treated hereafter. 


CHRONOLOGICAL STATEMENT OF VOYAGES AND EXPLORATIONS TO THE WEST COAST 
AND INTERIOR OF NORTH AMERICA BETWEEN 1500 AND 1800.* 


(Including Columbus and Corte Réal.) 


Note.—The following abbreviations have been used in list of authorities: (1) K. for Dr. J. G. Kohl; (2) M. for de 


Mofras; (3) B. for Burney; (4) G. for Greenhow; (5) T. for Twiss. 
(4) PF. for French; (5) E. for English; (6) Gr. for Greek ; 


guese; (3) S. for Spanish ; 


For nationalities: (1) I. for Italim; (2) P. for Portu- 


7) R. for Russian; (8) G. for German ; 


(9) D. for Danish; (10) H. tor Hungarian; (11) A. for American; (12) Fr. for Franciscan. 


No. Name. 
1 | Corte Réal.......-- 
2 | Columbus .......... 
3 | (H) Nunez de Balboa 
4 | Tello de Guzman .. 
Oi) -PInedtecscese-aces 
6) | GEspinosa).ss-cec-s- 
1) | (Cortes: Scce-<se >. ce 
8 | Gonzalez de Avila 
9) Garay soccsccnes = 
10 | (Guevara ........... 
11 | Mendoza........... 
12 | Narvaez ..... saesmsanaeee 
13 | Maldonado .......- 
14 | Guzman ..... coasté 


Nation. 


Year 


1528 


Authority. 


Ruge and K.... 


Remarks. 


Belief in the fictitious “Straits of Anian” 
grew out of a supposed voyage by the 
brothers Corte Réal. No authority for this. 
Anian appeared about 1566 in Italy. (Har- 
risse.) 


During fourth voyage attempted to find a 
strait leading to the South Sea and land of 
the spices. (Did not reacn the main-land. 
Kohl, p. 514, U.S. CG. S., 1884.) 


Discovered and established existence of the 
South Sea, from heights near Panama, 


The first to visit Panama. 


Discovered Mississippi River and named it 
‘Rio de Espiritu Santo.” 


Sails from Panama as far as the Gulf of 
Nicoya, in 10° north latitude. Visited in 
canoes in 1517 by Hurtado. 


Sent several expeditions to west coast of 
Mexico. 

Discovers the west coast of Nicaragua. His 

pilot Nino went even as far as Chiapas. 


Discovered mouth of Rio Grande del Norte. 


Via Straits of Magellan reached Tehuantepec 
and Zacatula. 


Continued the explorations of coast of New 
Spain. M. de Mofrat and his researches 
are unknown to me. Of Hurtado de Men- 
doza I only know the expedition of 1531, 
undertaken by orders of Cortez. Mendoza 
was killed by the natives on the coast of 
Cinaloa. Before him Nufio de Guzman had 
discovered Jalisco and Cinaloa in 1530. 
(Professor Fischer.) 


Expedition to Florida. Narvaez dies. From 
his army four men, Cabeza de Vaca, Doran- 
tes, Maldonado (iXohl says ‘Alonzo de Cas- 
tillo”), and Estebancio, went by land, across 
the Mississippi River, through New Mexico 
and Arizona, to Culiacan, 1516. Kohl says 
1529. 


Explored 100 leagues of west coast of Mexico. 


By land to the west coastof Mexico, to Sinaloa 
(‘‘ Nueva Galioia”’). 


* Copies of this list as at first compiled having been submitted to James Carson Brevoort, Rev. B. F. De Costa, D. D., 


Henry Harrisse, Professor Fischer, an 


found noted. 


Professor Ruge, and it has been revised in accordance with their suggestions, as 


VOYAGES, DISCOVERIES, EXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS. 489 


CHRONOLOGICAL STATEMENT OF VOYAGES AND EXPLORATIONS, Erc.—Continued. 


No. 


Name. 


Nation. 


Year. 


Authority. 


Remarks. 


15 


16 


17 | 


18 


21 


22 


23 


26 


27 


28 


(ea 


perenne 


Cabeza de Vaca 


Mendoza 


De Soto 


Niza, Marcos de .....---- 
JINAROORY SacDodeSrIEOCOGHOs 


@oronadoOl-s.sccs~snas0- = 


Cabrillo 


1532 


1533-'34 


1535-'37 


1536 


1538 


1539-'40 


1539 


1540-42 


1542-43 


1541 


1544 


1533 | 


1542-'43 | 


| G. B. M. and K. 
(See also Her- 
rera and Nay- 
arrete; sailed 
from Aca- 
pulco.) 


Colece. de doc. 
inedit., XIV, p. 
128. 


G., B., M., and 
K. 


K., B., G., and 
Whipple. 


Bey Gayo, Ka, 
and Whipple. 


G., B. M., K., 
and Whipple. 


Grete, ee 
and K. 


G., B., M., and 
K. | 


Reached 27° north longitude at west coast 
of Mexico. This expedition is lost to view. 
Not known how far it went. (Bernal Diaz 
del Castillo, Lib. xm, p. 2. R.) 


| Discovers St. Thomas (St. Benedito. R.). 


Sailed from Tehuantepec, Gulf of California. 
(See Gomara.) Ximenez, the pilot who 
murdered Bezerra, discovered Lower Cali- 
fornia. 


Sailed from Chiametta. Takes possession in 
person of southeast part of Lower Cali- 
fornia. Gomara says it is not known how 
far up the Gulf of California Cortez sailed. 


From Mississippi River Valley, via what is 
now New Mexico, to northern Mexico. 
(Member of Narvaez expedition.) 


Explored a part of the lower Mississippi Val- 
ley. Was followed by Moscoso, who recog- 
nized the delta and afterward went into 
interior of Texas. Then for one hundred 
years the Spaniards did not add to the 
knowledge of this region. 


From Acapulco. Reconnoiters both shores of 
Gulf of California. Subsequently visits 
Magdalena Bay and sails around Lower 
California. Wentas faras Isla delos Cedros 
(28° 10’ north), from whence he sent one 
ship back, proceeded farther, and not heard 
fromagain. (R.) Latitude30°north. (K.) 
(See also Ramusio and Hakluyt.) 


From Culiacan penetrating northward found 
the seven cities of Cibola, alleged to have 
been discovered by Cabeza de Vaca. 


Sails from Mexican coast. Adjunct to Coro- 
nado’s expedition. Discovered Colorado 
River and ascended it 85 leagues. 


Reached the seven cities of Cibola, the prov- 
ince of ‘‘Quivira,’’ and northward to 40° 
north latitude. 


Sails from Navidad, Mex. Examined west 
coast of California, reaching approximately 
43° north latitude. Discovered San Cle- 
mente, Santa Catalina, and St. Bernardo 
Islands, Santa Barbara channel, and bays of 
San Diego and Monterey. After Cabrillo’s 
death (January 3, 1543), his pilot Ferrelo 
sails northward, presumably to 43° north. 
(R.)_ Cabrillo was a Portuguese in Spanish 
service. I do not believe that he passed 
Cape Mendocino. (See also Navarrete and 
Herrera.) 


Discovered the Mississippi River near the 
mouth of the Arkansas. Sailed from Cuba, 
May 18, 1539, reaching Tampa. 


Explored about one hundred miles of lower 
Mississippi, recognized the delta, and ex- 
Lees along the coastof Texas. Succeeded 

e Soto. 


Member of Coronado expedition. Passed 
from Quivira, through the region now 
known as Texas, and came to Panuco. 


From Panuco northward toward confines of 
Florida. 


490 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


CHRONOLOGICAL STATEMENT OF VOYAGES AND EXPLORATIONS, Erc.—Continued. 


(See Bancroft, Northwest Coast, vol. 1, p. 20.) 
1590, and Humana, 1599. 


No. Name. Nation. Year. Authority. Remarks. 
| 
Se = - ee — aa eee 

29 | Bazares.........2- pecs Seeenen tins 1658)\ "Ku ccoeecscoseess Coasted north from Panuco, probably as far 

as Matagorda Bay. 

S0i| SViGlAd6O.<..4--se—en—55055 Siseecesee 1564) || Mie oe seen | Made an expedition to the California coast. 

31 | Wrdaleiass.--.scnsccecces Decree 1568 | G., B.,and Kee Claimed by ‘‘one Salvatierra” to have made 

the northwest passage. Unatuthentic. (R.) 
Went from Phillipine Islands to Mexico. 
(K.) 
82) | adrilleno: sc ceiasasisenccie5||9 5 omineccen 1574 | G., B., and K ...| Pretended to have sailed through a passage | 
near Newfoundland from A Uautic to Pacific. 
335|( Drake -ss.<-ssassscnss ess 0 Oe arae 1579 | T., G., B., M., | Sailed from England via Magellan Straits. 
and K. | Reached about the same latitude attained | 
| by Cabrillo. Claimed by many to have dis- 
covered San Francisco Bay. Named the | 
California coast ‘‘New Albion.”” (See 
Fletcher: The world encompassed. An 
English freebooter.) 
34 | Ruyz (spelled ‘‘Ruiz” by | Fr.....-.. 1581 | K.and Whipple.| Travels north from the valley of San Bar- 
Kohl.) tolomeo, near the silver mines of Santa Bar- | 
bara, at outskirts of Spanish settlements in | 
Mexico, 160 leagues, reaching New Mexico.* 
OUIG Ali cecnscaanssaanciaeeess Siiscpisars 1582-84 | M.,B.,and K..... From Acapuleo, Reconnoitered coast north 
of 387th parallel. Made no important dis- 
coveries. (Gali: LeGrand Routier de Mer. 
See also Hakluyt.) 

36 | Espejo..-.- wesees eecceoses | Sica secess 1582-'83 | KX. and Whipple | Visits Pueblos on Rio Grande, also Zuni. A 

principal discoverer in New Mexico. 

37 | Juan de Offiate............ Ss caceecae 1591 | K. and Davis, | Explores and colonizes New Mexico, and 

| p. 267. founds Santa Fe in 1611. The Rio Grande, 
believed fora long time to head in Salt Lake, 
was laid down as entering the Gulf of Cali- 
fornia, until corrected by Coronelli on his 
map of approx., 1680. Results meager.! 

38 | Cavendish ...... Seesesenae Rvscsecae 1587,| Goand/K:<.-. 5: Touched at southern end of Lower California. 

| An English freebooter. 
39 | De Fuca, (Unauthenti- | Gr........ 1502 | G., T., B., M., | Pretended to Michael Lock to have made the | 
cated. R.) and K. northwest passage. 
| | 

40) |:Cermenon ---.-5.<<.sase0: Siveooesaas 15959) M> and K-.-coce | From Mexican coast. Wrecked either in or | 

near San Francisco Bay. 

AU Visdaind .coscccawcteusess Dstcceesas 15958) Bicsccceaneneee Examines the lower part of the Gulf of Cali- 

fornia. (Doubtful.) Kohl gives only 1596. 
£3" ls VISCRINO oxcicatecie sc seca as Siena 1596 | G., T., B., M., | From Acapuleo. Does not pass beyond lower | 
| and K, entrance of the Gulf of California. Men- 

tions Island of Santa Cruz. 

43) | ViSCAlNO .<cccccecee aesesea|Sieceeeiees 1602-03 | G., T., B., M., | From Acapulco, Reaches Cape Blanco or 
and K. Co- | approx. 42° north latitude. (R.) (Aguilar 
leccion de doc, probably saw the mouth of the Columbia 
inedit. rel. al River.—K.) His companion, Aguilar, went 
desc., tom. as far as 43° north and to Cape Blanco. (R.) | 
VIII, p. 539. Did not visit the Gulf of California. Men- | 
Madrid, 1867. tions Sierra de St. Lucia (Coast Range of 
Navarrette in California). Discovered Point Reyes. (See 
colec. d. doc. also Torquemada and Navarette.) 
ined. p. 1. hist. 
d’Espana, Xv, 

45. (R.) 

44 Maldonado (fictitious) ....) S .--...--. 1609 | G., T., B., M., | Presented fictitious account of voyage by the | 

| | and K, northwest passage. 


* The following entradas into New Mexico were made: Rodriguez, 1581-82; Morlette in 1591, and Bonilla abont 1596, 
Also Francisco Cano, 1568; Chamuseado, 1581; Martin, 1583; Castano, 
(See Narr. and Crit. Hist.. vol. 1, p. 504.) 
t'Texas was entered by Perea and Lopez, 162¥, and Captain Vaca, 1634. 


(See Bancroft, Northwest Coast, vol. I.) 


VOYAGES, DISCOVERIES, EXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS. 


491 


CHRONOLOGICAL STATEMENT OF VOYAGES AND EXPLORATIONS, Etc.—Continued 


46 


48 


49 


50 


52 


53 


57 


58 


59 


61 


47 


Carboneli.....-. 


Nicolet 


Canas, Cestiude 


Jesuits 


Deschnew 


(H) Porter 


y (Portél de) 
Casanate. 


Piftadero 


Luecenilla, also Lizanilla. . 


Wa Sallsi-cosssecr~cesss=s 


ba Hontan..-.<. <--.56.0.. 


(H) Alondo 


spells the name A tondo. 
R.). 


Coxton, Captain 


(Navarrete | 


= 
Nation. | Year. 


Authority. 


Remarks. 


1615 


1632 


1636 


1639 


1642 
1642 


1648 (R.) 


IS} aneeomoSs 1648 


1664-"67 


SSooncdsc 1668 


1669 
1673 


1680 


1682(R ) 


1683 


16283 


1688 


MiandKe eo 


Charlevoix and 
Schooleraft. 


Warren 


K. and Warren 


Kenenisa 


Made reconnaissance along east coast of Gulf 
of California to approx. 30° north latitude. 
Did not reach the mouth of the Colorado. 
History written by Father Andres Perez de 
Ribos, a Jesuit. 


Made three visits to the southerly parts of the 
Gulf of California lying between Cape St. 
Lueas and the Bay of La Paz, from whence 
pearls were brought. 


Made visit for pearls to Gulf of California, 
Did not reach the mouth of the Colorado. 


Believed to have been on the waters of the 
Wisconsin. 


Sailed from near Bay of La Paz with soldiers 
and missionaries, 40 leagues to the north- 
west, fr pearls and information. Report 
written by Father Jacinto Cortes, a Jesuit. 


First voyage for founding California missions. 
‘They furnished missionaries, journalists, 
cosmographers, and historians to nearly all 
the government expeditions. 


A Cossack, who sailed from north Siberia 
through the Arctic Ocean and Bebring 
Strait. Neither understood nor published 
the discovery of this strait. Discovered 
Kamschatka. Does not mention the Ameri- 
can continent. 


To the east coast of Lower California. Did 
not reach the mouth of the Colorado, 


Sailed to coast of Lower California for pearls, 
as_also in 1667. No important results. 
Colorado River not seen. 


Made similar voyage to that of Pifadero. No 
important results. Colorado River not seen. 


Made discoveries on the Wisconsin River. 


Entered the Mississippi River from the Wis- 
consin. passed the mouths of the Missouri 
and Ohio, reached the Arkansas, and re- 
turned via the Illinois. 


Named St. Peter's River and Falls of St. 
Anthony. 


In 1678 started from Canada to find northern 
route to China. Discovered mouth of Mis- 
sissippi River. 


Explored the Des Moines River and heard of 
a great western river running to the ocean 
(probably the Columbia), 1687, in the vi- 
cinity of the Yellowstone Park. Brougbt 
to France sketch of amap painted by natives 
on a buffalo skin. 


Cost about 225,000 pesos. Results meager. 
Explorations ininterior. Returned to Mex- 
ico 1685. Reached a bay on east coast of 
Lower California at approx. 26° 30/ north 
latitude. Accompanied by Father Kuhn, 
the cosmographer of the expedition, who 
wrote the report. 


From north Pacific up a long river which ran 
out of a great lake called ‘Thoyaga. 


Norte.—Fonte (fictitious) supposed to have been a Spaniard sailing from Peru in 1640 (G., B., M., and K). Another pre- 
tended voyage by northwest passage came into note in 1708. Brought before French Academy in 1750. Kohl says there 
was no such man and no such expedition. 


492 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


CHRONOLOGICAL STATEMENT OF VOYAGES AND EXPLORATIONS, Erc,—Continued. 


62 


65 


66 


67 
68 


69 


70 


74 


75 


76 


77 
78 


79 


Name Nation. Year. 
Le Sueur Hy. 1695 
Salvawerrs..--sns0ceecceee I (Jesuit) -| 1697 
Therville s. 2ic.ccecs2<2624: ieee 169899 | 
DoeRONt ceccaaeseccecss--| Lecosess c= 1700 
Kuhn (Kino) .........--- G (Jesuit) | 1701-03 
| 
Guillenccarcsnsneceseeeso- iG (Ri) eas 1719 | 
Wiarteeesacadstasececcensis Jesuit .-- 1721 
C@harlovoixi.s--s<cesesce=e 10 Saas 1721 
BRONTE pacisencieeissea=sse 1D eer eseee 1728 
Varennes dela Vérandrye.| Fr ..-..... 1731 
WMaraval-ssee-seresecssa= Jesuit --- 1732 
Du Pradt (Du Pratz. K.).| F......... 1735 
Behring (Bering, R.) ..- | D.-....--. 1741 
Stollerceecteoeasmeasse ces Gee. esses: 1741 
Tehirikof (Tschirikow. | R........-. 1741 | 
K.) 
Sedelmayer..........-.--. Rigas. sn 1744 
Consake cscs comesasteees tn Jesuit .-.. 1746 
Verendryce (Verenderye) | F....-..-. 1755 
Glottol scescse=seccese rcs: |) Mvecsaaa<— 1763-"65 
Bill Seco seeeeicstsens Reeoenssee 1766 
Carvericescacesesecasiee=s Eaees aaa 1766-'67 
‘ 


Authority. 


Warren ..-...-- 


G., K., and M... 


Kiser ee eeeeeeae 


G., T., and K 


G. Steller, jour- 
ney 
Kamschatka 
to America. 


Gi Divand K 22. 


Whipple.......- 
M. and K....... 


from | 


Remarks. 


Discovers Blue Earth, on St. Peter River. 

Founded the first mission in Lower California. 

Entered Mississippi River fiom its mouth. 
Discovered Lakes Maurepas and Pontehar- 
train, settling at Biloxi. 


Made expeditions up and down the Missis- 
sippi River. 


Discovers the peninsularity of Lower Cali- 


fornia. Dies in 1710, leaving the question 
unsettled. (K.) Reached the mouth of the 


Colorado in 1702. 
Makes overland expeditions to California. 


Sailed along east coast of Lower California, 
reaching the mouth of the Colorado in July, 
1721. 


Explored along upper Mississippi. Learned 
from Tndians of Missouri heading in high 
mountains, and of a western river leading 
to the ocean. 


Reaches northeast extremity of Asia, approx. 
north latitude 66°. Enters straits called by 
his name. Stated vaguely that in 1730 
Krupischeff and Gwozdef followed Behring, 
reaching the American coast. (Bancroft.) 


Discovers Red River and Lake Winnipeg. 


Explored from approx. latitude 28° north, 
along eastern coast of Lower California, 
toward Pacific. 


Learned from a Mississippi Valley Indian 
more details of the ‘‘ great western river.” 


Discovers Aleutian Islands, about 60° north 
latitude. Points to separation between Asia 
and America. Explores 300 miles of Amer- 
ican coast. 


First scientific exploration on the west coast 
near Cape (Island of) St. Elias. (R.) 


Discovers Prince of Wales Archipelago. 


Followed the Gila River to the Colorado. 


Sailed from eastern coast of Lower California, 
(28° north latitude). Explored lower part of 
the Colorado River to establish missions. 
Nearly same route as Ugarte. Reached the 
mouth of the Colorado July 11, 1746. 


Made attempts to reach the mountains near 
the source of the Missouri River. 


Xeached Kodiak on trading expedition. From 
1745 ( Nevodchikof) Siberian merchants made 
trips to the Aleutian Islands. 


Follows Kamschatka coast to 66° north latitude. 


Started from Boston. Visited the upper Mis- 
sissippiregion, Returned forlack of means. 
Gave the name of Oregon to the ‘river of 
the west ’’ (See Carver's map in September 
number of Journal of Military Service 
Institution, 1883. Symons: “The Army 
and the Exploration of the West."’) 


VOYAGES, DISCOVERIES, EXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS. 


493 


CHRONOLOGICAL STATEMENT OF VOYAGES AND EXPLORATIONS, Erc.—Continued. 


No. Name. Nation. Year. Authority. 
Sou Pun kecensceeeress<acicscae Jesuit .-- 1766) |pKeeeaeacttaees === 
SAN |G AL OZpeccssicwainas= sees Sisvececeest) L761 08) | Mince cea canons 
85 | Krnsenstern (Captain | R-.---.....| 1768 | G. and K....... 
Krinitzyn and Lieuten- 
nat Lewashoff. K.) 
| 
&6.| Franciscans .-.--.....--- \ Rig: sees see | 1769-70 | G., T., and K 
| | 
87a) DP Anteroche|<-<--<--<<<e-||B\-=. ses N760))|| Ko este stone ee 
SU BR OLtal at anaes .a-ccamec cen: | ipeeceecoce aU) | ee soesasoaco cae 
| | 
BONISVila Pees sa-aee=e-c scene =. (Sree 1769) [Ke ece-ccareeeoe: 
0) bRortalaces.ccsecsc ne econ Sissseeee= 1769-3701 Kee ce enieeece sa == 
Ole PP CTOZ aeweeceere sansa c= Sreeer scons RAMs acecepedaascsdd 
OZR IPP OLUAIA wececsise<a <6 sos fPSyeeocnen <& 750 Reeser eee eee as 
Got Ola ensaeanccaa amen. aa Cees sene Lid O= TA) OK se are ee eeretratars 
04 || pBenyowsky--.2-s-sc-=--=- Hiseeere sae ati |i Gre cee amine eet 
OoR MMCaINOE ween eesasanacea es SH costars see Tyla) ees seoppsosese 
OYg |) THe a eee eareSar ers Sicsseccss ait P) || Se eae 
| 
97 | Com. Don Pedro Fages | § ....----. AYP NIB GssaeeSenseeeaae 
| (K.) and Crespi. 
OSs pherezs-cene cesses Stee Sieneees 174 | K..G., T., ‘and 
90) PAN ZA reno nse nonas=cericice st Senses NCE | Ne a mien 
4 
100 | Franciscans ---.-..-....-- Tes Bscce BY een ec osepeoss 
(liccetarncsas-s-<6enc=- Sie eeeces | 1775 | G., T., M., and 
| with 
101 |2 
PACV Al Alam seen ao see eas een Nf Sc5cccce LT Tog | Kee eee eee 
| and 
(BOdePaiwenscoscesocess= Soe ese VITDWeKere set acres 


Remarks. 


Walked across great part of Lower California, 
establishing its peninsular form. Reached 
a point twenty or thirty leagues from the 
Colorado and turned back. Last of the 
Jesuit explorations. 


Travels in California, establishing missions in 
Monterey. Travels by land from San Diego 
to Monterey. (R.) 


Sails to Aleutian Islands, 


Explores southern 
part of Alaskan coast. 


Make settlements at San Diego and Monterey. 


Occupied Transit of Venus Station at south- 
ern extremity of Lower California. Deter- 
mined its longitude with greater accuracy. 
Vancouver made comparisons as late as 1793. 


verland from Velicata, Lower California, to 
San Diego. Traversed from Colorado River 
to San Diego for the first time. Mission of 
San Diego established. 


From San Blas, Mexico, toSan Diego. Assist- 
ing land expeditions and rediscovering San 
Diego. 

Land expedition in search of Monterey, reach- 
ing 37° 45’ north latitude, in view of Bay of 
San Francisco, 


Sailed from San Blas to Monterey. Reached 
Santa Barbara only, and returned to San 
Diego, thence sailed to Monterey, reaching 
that bay 167 years after Viscaino. 


Overland from San Diego to Monterey, found- 
ing that mission. 


Overland between Monterey and San Diego, 
establishing missions of San Buenaventura 
and San Gabriel. 


Visits several Aleutian Islands. 
discoveries. 


No new 


Explores from Hudson’s Bay, discovers Great 
Slave Lake, and follows Coppermine River 
to the Arctic. 


From San Blas, Mexico, to Monterey via San 
Diego. 


From Monterey northward toward San Fran- 
cisco Bay. 


From Monterey Bay. From San Blas to San 
Diego and Monterey, and thence northward 
to about 54° 30’ north latitude, discovering 
Nootka Sound. Visited several points after- 
wards claimed to be discovered by the Eng- 
lish. (See Humboldt: New Spain.) 


Overland from Sonora to Monterey. Crossed 
the Colorado, establishing a new route be- 
tween California and New Mexico, through 
Sonora, for supplying the missions. 


Mission of San Juan Capistrano established. 


= 

From San Blas. Discovered the mouth of the 
Columbia River, but did not enter it. From 
San Blas_to explore northward to 65th 
degree. Discovered in latitude 57° 2! north 
a great mountain (Mount Edgecombe). 
(See also Barrington; Miscellanies and 
Maurelle; Diary of the voyage.) Heceta 
and Ayala sailed together. (R.) 


To Monterey, thence San Francisco Bay, 
making its first survey. 


Reached 58th degree north latitude, 


494 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


CHRONOLOGICAL STATEMENT OF VOYAGES AND EXPLORATIONS, Erc.—Continued. 


No. 


103 


104 
105 


106 


107 | 


105 


109 


110 


115 


116 


117 


118 


Name. Nation. | 
i] 
ae 7 \ 
Garces@ea ne e-enececeeeees | Carmelite.) 
A Zaman es eeetse (ees scieean S. -------} 
Wrobishor<<2cecssces'esoses] E.. A 
ANZA eeeie sn aeeaseacteen r= BYP SAneHoRS | 
Quiros and Moraga. .-----| Syice cise === 
RAIVOraccwscvinacasansaciseal psa seas sis 
| 
'Cook.-<-- COCeC EE Rese csceee GO walaisee 
HGCalantessossecsccoses=- Taal | 
120) (0Ge. Peseceossascecesad Waeeasae ae 
Arteaga and Bodega y | S.......- 
Cuadra. 
Ror fee openno Saab ocanesar eerste 
Hann Geese ce siceasassieteee isle UR ensoee 
Lowrie and Guise......-- | 2 36asceeoN | 
La Perouse,: <<<... 52 | Wn seecee 
| 
(Peterseaesasaseesoee soe FO Stains costs 
Dixon and Portlock... .-- 8 Oe 
Berkeley .---.+... Asana: 1ihieemscccs 
MunCan:-csesescerceses ss Eivsses cise 
Sigeccesees 


Year. 


1775 | 


1775 


1776 


1776-78 


1785-"86 


1786 


1786 


1786 | 


1786-'87 


1787 


Authority. 


G.,M., and K... 


G.an|K 


G. and K 


. Remarks. 


| From New Mexico to San Diego, crossing the 
Colorado, and opening a new route near 35th 


parallel. 


From Presidio San Miguel in Sonora to mis- 
sion San Gabriel. Crossed the Colorado 
River. 


Churchill and miss. 


Overland, Monterey to San Francisco Bay, 
making plan of bay from Jand side. Second 
land expedition to San Francisco Bay. 


Combined land and sea expedition, Monterey 
to San Francisco Bay. Made further ex- 
aminations in and around the bay, and dis- 
covered the San Joaquin River, 


Monterey to northward, founding mission 
Santa Clara. 


Sails for northwest passage and reaches 68° 
north latitude. Discovered Nootka Sound 
and Prince William’s Sound, 60° north lati- 
tude. Believed firmly in water communi- 
ie between Behring Straits and Batlin’s 

ay. 


From Santa Fe to border of Great Salt Lake 
and return. 


Discovers the Athabasca. 


From San Blas. Searching along west coast 
for arctic passage. Reached Port Bucareli, 
55° 17 north. (See Maurelle’s Diary.) 


Traveled near coast from Monterey via Santa 
Barbara, establishing San Buenaventura, 


Visits Nootka Sound. Discovered Fitzhugh 
Sound. (See Forster: History of Voyages.) 


From Nootka Sound to Prince William Sound, 
and discovers the coast called by Dixon 
Queen Charlotte Island. 


From Brest. Visits northwest coast between 
52° and 54° north latitude, touching at 
Monterey. 
west passage. 
St. Elias. 
Perouse au tour du monde.) 


Reached latitude of Mount 


From Bombay. Visits NootkaSound. Prob- 
ably the first to circumnavigate Queen 
Charlotte’s Island. 


| From England. Names Queen Charlotte's 
Island, Cook’s River, and Prince William's 
Sound. (George Dixon: Voyage around the 
world.) 


From Ostende, under the Austrian flag. 
covers and names de Fuca Straits, and 
thence explored southward along the coast. 
Discovered Cape Classet, Barclay Sound, 
and showed Vancouver to be an island. 
Reached Nootka Sound. (See Greenhow 
and Forster's Voyages.) 


Discovered Prince of Wales Archipelago, 


vd also de Fuca Straits. Reached 
Prince William's Sound. (See Navarrette: 
Humboldt.) 


Had orders to find the north- | 


(Millet Umean: Voyage de la | 


Dis- | 


VOYAGES, DISCOVERIES, EXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS. 


495 


CHRONOLOGICAL STATEMENT OF VOYAGES AND EXPLORATIONS, Erc.—Continued. 


No. 


Name. 


Nation. 


Year. 


Authority. 


Remarks. 


121 


122 


123 


124 


128 


129 


130 


1381 
132 


133 


134 


135 
136 


137 


138 


139 


Meares and Douglas 


Kendrick 


Martinez 


Colnet 


Narvaez 


De Haro 


Fidalgo 


Billings 


Quimper 


Marchand ...... CRSCSESREE 


SS) 


RP 


1788 


1788 


1789 (R.) 


1783 


1789 
1789 


1789 (K.) 


1789 (K.) | 


1790 


1790 


1791 
1791 


1791 


1791 


1792 


G. and K 


G.,M.,and K. . 


Navarrette -.-- 


G., M., and K-.. 


Gand K-s------ 


Giand theese: 


From Caleutta. Fur-trading expedition. Vis- 
its Cook’s River, Nootka Sound, and names 
Straits of Fuca, Recognized coast of New 
Albion to latitude 45° north. Reached 
Prinee William’s Sound. Took possession 
inname of Queen. (See Hugh Murray: His- 
torical account of di-coveries in North 
America. ) 


Explores east coast of Queen 
Reaches Nootka Sound. 


From Boston. 
Charlotte’s Sound. 


From San Blas. Explores de Fuea Straits. 
Reached Nootka. Military trip to prevent 
English commerce. Claimed the whole 
coast for the King of Spain. (See Green- 
how.) 


Sailed February 17, 1789. from San Blas, under 
orders of the King of England, to fortify 
the harbor of Nutka (Nootka). (R.) 


Reaches Nootka in search of Straits of Fuca. 
Explored de Fuea Straits. 


Explores coast north from Nootka to near 61° 
north latitude. Reached Prince William's 
Sound. 


Visits Nootka Sound and Cook’s River. Dis- 
covered Puget’s Sound. Takes possession 
for the King of Spain. 

From Ocsotck. Visits Aleutian Islands. No 

new discoveries. 


Discovered Neeah 
Reached 


Explores Straits of Fuca. 
Harbor. Claimed for Spain. 
Prince William’s Sound. 


More complete exploration of Straits of Fuca. 


Sails to examine Pacific coast, 35th to 60th 
degree north latitude. 


From Acapuleo. Sails to explore the _ficti- 
tious “Straits of Anian.”” Reached 60° 
north latitude opposite Mount St. Elias. 
Did not find, and denied the existence of a 
northwest passage. Made few discoveries, 
but many exact determinations. (See Nav- 
arrete: Humboldt, New Spain.) 


From Marseilles. Visits Norfolk Sound, near 
56° north latitude. Reached Sitka. Made 
very few observations. (See Marchand: 
Voyage au tour du monde.) 


Visits northwest coast. 


Revisits Straits of Fuca. Discovered Gray's 
Harbor. 

From Falmouth. Examines west coast, Straits 
of Fuca, ete. Furnished the first exact map 
of the lower Columbia, Found high moun - 
ain ranges along the coast; recognized these 
from Californiato Alaska. Showed ‘‘ Cook's 
River” to be a bay, and named it Cook's 
Inlet. Destroyed the illusions aboutanorth- 
west passage. 


Enters Columbia River near its mouth. This 
river was believed by Aguillarto have been 
a bay. 


Explores coast northeast of Queen Charlotte's 
Island. From San Blas, Mexico, March 20, 
1792. 


496 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


CHRONOLOGICAL STATEMENT OF VOYAGES AND EXLORATIONS, Erc.—Continued. 


No. Name. Nation. Year. Authority. Remarks. 


140 | Galiano and Valdez....-.-. anes ease 1792 | G., M.,and K...| From Acapulco. Explores Straits of Fuca 
and coast between 53° and 56° north lati- 
tude. The end of the Spanish expeditions. 
Discovered Frazer River. 


141. |, Mackenzie. ....-552..--<.. 1 dene oa 1793 | T., B., and K ...| Discovers Fraser’s River and crosses ‘‘ Rocky 
Mountains” to Pacific at the Cascades. 
First to traverse parts of the Columbia in a 
boat. A most important exploration. 


142° | ‘Broughton:--..-2:.-<.2:. 1c eae Pally Cait) il [Bb Reet es ae re Reached Nootka in 1796 from Sandwich Isl- 
ands. Sailed thence to Monterey. (K.) 


143 | Krusenstern and Lysi- | R......--. IS03=05i) WK ecee nenees msr From Cronstadt. Explorations in northern 
ansky. | parts of Russian America, 180405. Princi- 
pally commercial. 


144 | Chwosdoff and Davidoff. --| R.-.....-- TS0G! | Wotecce isexcceaes Sailed from Sitka to San Francisco, making 
| examinations of the coast, returning to 
Sitka. 


145°) Beech === ..-2-+.2223oe5<< Kaseescnes BPP fie Steerer Coasted from Bering’s Straits as far south as 
Monterey. Made map of San Francisco 
Harbor. 


1463 |Beloherss=.n2c.6 cess cece o- (Hie cercc 1p 183642, | Ke So eneaaecees Coasted and reconnoitered from opposite 
| Mount St. Elias to Cape St. Lucas in 1837, 
also in 1839. Explored and surveyed the 
Sacramento River. 


147 | Fur companies.......-..-- Avand Fe.) T0621 | Ie. Ascot eee anes. The Northwest, Pacific, and other fur com- 
| panies explored and operated in the North- 
west and along the Columbia River. The 
Northwest Company at one time had 25,000 
“voyagers ” in employ. 

148") ‘Kotzebue... 2:4. -t.2s.. ..2 eeeee coe] 18t5— 18) | he. 2. ee ooeeeee Instructed to sail through Bering’s Straits 
| eastward to Europe. Discovered Kotzebue 
Sound. Believed there was water communi- 
cation, because of southern current through 
Bering’s Straits. 

149 | Hudson Bay Company ....} E......--- 1821="41)| Kees... cececneses All fur companies united, with headquarters 
at Fort Vancouver (see Franklin, Richard- 
son, Parry, and others), occupied the waters 
of the great Northwest. 


150 | Russian explorations -.... Rucasae= es W12-"41 || Ke. ssceccar snes Made settlements and stations on the Cali- 
fornia coast up to 1841, at Bodega Bay (Port 
Romanzoff), ete. 


c 


151 | Mission expeditions. -....-- 1 Oe A Sees Kincne semeciecienee Excursions made from San Francisco inland 
and between Mexico, New Mexico, and the 
California coast, at least up to 1811. 


French explorations ..-.... 1 Oh Oe ae 1820-"40 


i 
nr" 


s+++++----..--.| Expeditions of cireumnavigation, touching at 
| the usual places in the North Pacific, mak- 
ing observations and reconnaisances at and 
about harbors, bays, and lakes. 


spcBsodd f SA | Kose a een | Parts of interior of Pacific coast. Last of 
the French explorations. 


DerMofragi: Sono asesncses F 


DIACUIM fences sa sceeewe sees A....----.| 183637 | K...............| Traveled through MexicotoGuayamas. Mado 
notes and sketches at mouth of Colorado | 
River and elsewhere. (See Senate Ex. Doc. 
No. 24, Twenty-fifty Congress, second ses- 
sion.) No latitudes or longitudes. 


Nore.— For List of the Explorers, see Bancroft, Northwest Coast, vol. 1, chap. x, pp. 310-342. List on pp. 340-342. 

The principal published authorities on the grand achievements in explorations and surveys on the west coast, of the 
sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries (undertakings without a parallel in the past, when all the attendant cir- 
cumstances are considered, and never to be equaled in the futur), are found at length in the Kohl manuscript, while some 
of them, together with others consulted by myself, are herewith : 

Hakluyt: Vol. ut. Voyages and Navigations. London, 1600. 

Ramusio: Delle navagazioni et viaggi. 

Navarrete: Collecion de los viajes y descubrimientos. 


VOYAGES, DISCOVERIES, EXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS. 497 


Gomara : Historia general de las Indias * * * con la conquista de México y de la Nueva Espafia. Saragoga, 
1552-'53. 

Venegas: Noticia de la California. Madrid, 1757. 

Herrerra: Historia general, ete. Madrid, 1730. 

Burney: A chronological history of voyages and discoveries in the South Sea and Pacific Ocean. 3 vols. 4°. Lon- 
don, 1803. 

Purchas Pilgrims: Vol. m1. London, 1625. 

Humboldt: Essai politique sur le royaume de la Nouvelle Espagne. Paris, Schoell, 1811. 2 vols. in 4°. 

Greenhow: History of Oregon and California. Boston, 1845. 

Mofrat: Exploration du territoire de l’Oregon, etc. 2 vols. Paris, 1844. [Mofrat gives a chronological bibliography 
on p. 485, vol. 2.) 

Abert: Examination of New Mexico, 1846-'47. 

Whipple: Vol.iv. Pacific Railroad Reports. 

Reports, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Appendix 19, 1884, and Appendix 7, 1886. 

Bancroft: History of the Northwest Coast. Vol. 1, 1543-1800, 8°, pp. 735. List of authorities, pp. XVII-XXVUI. 

Bancroft: History of Central America. Vol. 1, 1501-’30. Summary of Geographical Knowledge to the year 1540, pp. _ 
67 et seq. 

Narrative and Critical History of America. Discoveries on the Pacific Coast. Vol. 11, pp. 431472. Early Explora- 
tions in New Mexico, pp. 473-304. 

Ternaux-Campans (Henri): Voyages, relations et mémoires originaux pour servir & l'histoire de la découverte de 
l’Amérique. Paris, 1837-'41. (Two-series, 10 and 8 vols.) 

Recueil de Voyages et de documents pour servir & Vhistoire de la Geographie depuis le XTII* jusquw’ A la fin du XVIe 
siécle. Jean et Sébastien Cabot. 

D’apres des documen's inedit, par Henry Harrisse. Paris, Ernest Leroux, ed., 28 rue Bonaparte, 1882. Bibluographie, 
pp. 369-375. 


OLD MAPS. 


A number of photolithographs from tracings of old maps are here 
introduced, with a legend page facing each, intended to illustrate, though 
rudely and irregularly, the process of geographical information as to the 
North American continent between 1500 and 1800, so far as the same has 
been shown cartographically. While these maps are not a// standard or 
typical at their dates of issue, having been selected principally from the 
collections made by the late Dr. J. G. Kohl and atlases found in the Con- 
gressional Library,* they are, nevertheless, suggestive, and may lead to a 
more critical review of the progress of American discovery, exploration, 
and cartography from the earliest discoveries to the commencement of the 
nineteenth century, from an_ historical and scientific standpoint which 
exceeds the scope of the present memoir, that proposes simply an intro- 
duction to the epitome of Warren’s Memoir, and the further résumé of 
Government explorations and surveys within the confines of the United 
States. 


* Copies of Hondius, edition 1609, and Senex, 1710, were furnished by and through the courtesy 
of Assistant J. C. Lang. 


32 WH—VOL I 


498 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


THE ISLAND OF ANTILIA, BY BENINCASA, 1463. 


This is of interest principally because it may be considered as one of 
the first maps indicating larger countries to be found to the west of Europe. 

Norges sy Kouui.—This map is a copy of a part of a map which is to 
be found in a portolano of Benineasa. 

Benincasa was an Italian, who composed, between 1463 and 1473, 
different portolanos, which are mentioned in the work of the Vicomte de 
Santarem, “‘ Histoire de la Cosmographie,” vol. 1, p. xlii. 

Our map is taken from his portolano of the year 1463. It is remark- 
able— 

(1) Because it has in the latitude of Spain the Island of ‘‘Antilia,” 
nearly as large as Portugal, and two other large islands to the west and 
north of it named ‘ Rosellia” and ‘“ Salvaga,” which islands appear in the 
same or a somewhat varying manner and shape on many other maps, and 
may be considered as the jirst indication of larger countries to be found to the 
west of Europe. 

(2) Because a whole chain of islands extends on it midway between 
the Canarian Islands and Ireland. Also this chain of western islands is to 
be found in a similar manner on different other maps of the middle of the 
fifteenth century. (See Santarem, Hist. de la Cosmographie, 1, p. xlii, and 
1, p 177; also Winsor-Kohl collection of early maps. Bibliographical Con- 
tributions, Harvard College, No. 19, p. 47; No 245) Under No. 20, p. 8, 
A. D. 1455, reference is made to a sea chart by Bartolomeus de Pareto, 
showing “Antilia” and an island farther west named “Roillo;” also No. 
21, p. 8, A. D. 1476.) 

A portolano by Andreas Benincasa, given in St. Martin (Pl. VII) and 
Lelewel (Pl. XXXIV). It shows ‘“‘Antilia” as a western island, and the 
“Tsola de Bracill” west of Ireland. 


IRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE 100% MERIDIAN. 


cs 4sata hel Ferro 
SS. ¥«de patra 


‘s\ ¥*delinferrro 1] 
ee 
A\ Isola de Cararva 8 t A 


V%de forte ventura 


0,2 Ysele selvage 


v/, Cy 2 Grdcrosa 
Ny 2° MAlegranea 


Q Rocho 


AWRICA 


ae Raseliva 


Anna 


Ansesetls. 


Ansett: Ansode 


ouo7z ( 


pievitayay A 
ou bicogupy q 


puirguaa 2p 02087 XN 


7727949 ap vposy WA 


ay wo © 


Aravales fmada 
Salvage 


Dp 
i 


ayer {i 
OUI LPM Oa4t07 ss 


The Island. ofAntilia by Benineasea , 1463. (Reduced) 


did 


s 
° # = 
+ 


a 


. o 6h 


a 
oy 7 


ye 


i apa ww we ae 


' 
es 
s 


Libra 
OF Fie 7 
one sty oF ILUNOIS ©? 


* MERIDIAN, 


U.S.GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE 100% 


FOE ots SEE 


39° 


| 


— INS 
«Sh 

LIA 3% 
a SE Sng 

Nee oat 


TA ow 


325 


BTS: JI2Z20 


JIO 


America srom Platomaens, Edit: Romae, 1508, (Reduced/3o5 


Bien, Photo-lith 


Julius 


OLD MAPS. 499 


AMERICA FROM PTOLOMAEUS, EDIT. ROM, 1508. z 


This map at its date (1508) was the most complete and reliable com- 
pilation extant of what was then known in regard to America. It was 
issued five years before Balboa discovered the Pacific Geean. 


Nores sy Konu.—This is a copy of a part of the celebrated map of 
the world added to the edition of Ptolomaeus, Rome, 1508. Humboldt, 
who in his works alludes often to this map and has given most valuable 
critical notes upon it, says that it has been drawn and composed by the 
German Johannes Iuysh. It was revised and corrected by two Italians, 
Marco of Benevent and Jonnes Cotto of Verona (‘‘Correcta a Marco Bene- 
ventano et Joanne Cotto Veronensi”). (See upon this most interesting 
map Humboldt in the preface to Ghillany’s German work on Martin Be- 
haim, and Walkenaer in his “Recherches eéographiques sur lintérieur de 
l’ Afrique septentrionale,” p. 186, and, also, Biographie Universelle, tome vr, 
p. 207). 

The title of this map is ‘‘Universalior cogniti Orbis Tabula ex re- 
centibus confecta observationibus” (a more universal table of the known 
world compiled from modern observations). The principal features of this 
map are the following: 

“Terra Nova” (Newfoundland), in its eastern and southern coast very 
well represented, is given as a peninsula of Asia. 

“Gruenlant” or “Gruentlant” (Greenland) is likewise a peninsula of 
Asia, of which the countries and provinces of Mangi, Ciamban, Tebet, the 
points “Quinsai,” ‘Zaiton,” and the islands “Java Major” (Borneo ?), 
“Java Minor,” and “Candyn” (?) appear. Japan (or Zipangu) is omitted 
because the author, as he says in a Latin inscription, believed that this 
island was now found by the Spaniards in another place, and called by them 
“Spagnola.” 

This “Spagnola” (our Haiti) he puts about sixty degrees of longitude 
to the west from the meridian of Ferro, and north of the tropic of Cancer. 
To the southeast of it he adds some of the smaller Antillian Islands— 
“La Dominica,” ‘ Monferrato,” “ Matinina” (Martinique). 


500 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


To the northwest of ‘‘Spagnola” appears a country which is no doubt 
Cuba, or Fernandina, or Isabella, though not indicated by name. That 
Cuba, and Cuba only, is meant, seems evident from the mass of small isl- 
ands on the north coast as well as on the south coast of this land, though 
it reaches as high as 40° north latitude. These groups of islands appear 
to be those innumerable little rocks and isles which Columbus called the 
Garden of the King and the Garden of the Queen. 

On the south coast they are all collected in a kind of bay, which we 
afterwards find repeated on many subsequent maps, and of which some 
others have erroneously supposed that the Gulf of Mexico was indicated 
by it. 

A Latin inscription in the west says that the King of Spain’s ships did 
not come as yet farther, and intimates that it was unknown if this country 
was an island or not. This question was only settled in the year 1508, on 
the circumnavigation of Cuba by Ocampo. Nothing more appears of 
North America. Of South America, which is called “ Terra Sancte Crucis” 
(the Land of the Holy Cross, after Cabral), sive Mundus Novus (the New 
World), nothing appears but the northern coast as far west as Ojeda (1501) 
discovered it, and the east coast as far south as the 38th degree south lati- 
tude. On the west coast is an inscription which says that the Spaniards 
had not yet penetrated farther. 

The Latin inscription in the interior of South America gives a descrip- 
tion of the natural productions of the continent, and another Latin inscrip- 
tion at the south end of the coast says the Portuguese navigators came as 
far down as 50° south latitude, but did not reach yet its southernmost end. 

The editor of the Ptolomaeus, to which this map is added, makes in 
the book itself the further remark that he was unable to find that part of 


the map which related to these southern regions. * 


* See also Winsor: Kohl collection, No. 28, p. 9, Bulletin No. 19. 


RAN 
OF THE 
Uy Sth OF {LLINO'S 


ay 


U.S.GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE 100™ MERIDIAN. 
SEOGRAPHICAL REFORT. 


MARIS PACER Loum 
(quod vulgo Mar del Zur) 

cum reguonibus carcumiacentabus, uefilisque wn eodem 
peysin Sparsis, novifsima descriptio . 


un 
eT 
AY | tt, 

* Br i 
5 Foe tt yen | 


be in Frankfurl, about 1520. { Reduced ) 


OLD MAPS. 501 


AMERICA, FROM A GLOBE IN FRANKFORT, ABOUT 1520. 


This is notable, since it is believed that it is the first map upon which 
the name ‘‘America” appears.* 

Nores ny Konnt—This is a-copy of a part of a map which depicts 
America. The drawing is contained on an old globe of the world in the 
city library of Frankfort on the Main. 

Neither the date nor the author of the map or globe are indicated, but 
the whole design agrees in all its principal features with the map given on 
the globe of I. Schéner, of the year 1520, preserved in Nuremberg (see 
our collection). We know that Schéner made different globes, and that of 
Frankfort may also be one of them 

The same as on the globe of Nuremberg, so also on this, America is 
divided in two great islands and different smaller ones. These two islands 
have nearly the same configuration, and are represented on their western 
coasts as unknown and unexplored. On both maps the northern reaches as 
high as 50° north latitude, and the southern as far as 40° south latitude, 
where on both maps is a strait. 

The Antilles have on both globes the same configuration, distances, 
and number, and the same may be said of “ Zipangu” (Japan). On both 
maps a vessel stands near the strait which passes through the northern and 
southern islands: 

A nearer comparison, however, shows many different variations on both 
globes. At first our present map is neither so rich in names nor so special 
in the representation of the coast. Then the imaginary southern contiment 
has on our map quite another shape than on that of Nuremberg, and the 
same may be said of that northern island which stands for Labrador and 
indicates the discoveries of Cortereal. Besides this, many of the inscrip- 
tions and names on our map differ from the map contained on the globe of 
Nuremberg. It is therefore evident that the one is not a mere copy of 
the other, but that they are different independent works, made, perhaps, by 


* Winsor says, p. 11, Bulletin 19, ete., No. 34: “ Wieser, in his Magalhdes-Strasse (p. 19), where 
an engraving of it is given, declares it to be the globe made to aceompany Schéner’s Luculentissima 
quedam Terre totius Descriptio, printed in 1515, and of which two copies are now known.” See also 
Nos. 35 and 36, same page. 


502 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the same author (Schéner?) but at different times. Because on our globe 
everything is less perfect and complete, it is very probable that it was con- 
structed at an earlier period, where Schiéner perhaps had not yet made so 
many studies of his subject. It seems that we must put it at all events 
before 1520, perhaps about 1515, and this globe, therefore, may be con- 
sidered the first map on which the name ‘‘America” occurs. The southern 
continent is called “Brasilia Regio” (the region Brasilia). On the globe of 
Nuremberg it is called ‘‘ Brasilia inferior.” 


OLD MAPS. 503 


FROM MAP OF NORTH AMERICA, BY ABRAHAM ORTELIUS, 1589.* 


This map was among the best of those of America extant toward the 
close of the sixteenth century. The Pacific coast had already been recon- 
noitered above the 57th parallel by Gali. 

The Ortelius has been referred to as the prototype of the modera 
atlas. The publication was continued to at least 1612. His map of the 
world appears to have been fashioned after Mercator. He prefixed to his 
book a list of authorities from whose labors he had constructed his own 
maps. The titles are wholly of the sixteenth century, and not a single 


Spanish one appears among them. 


*Stevens says of Ortelius: ‘‘He was a bibliographer, a cartographer, an antiquary, * * * 
a good mathematician and geographer, and * * * gave his authorities.” In 1570 Ortelius pub- 
lished at Antwerp the first edition of his Theatrum Orbis Terrarum, fifty-three copper-plate maps, 
engraved by Hogenberg. In 1589 there was Marchetti’s edition at Brescia and a Latin one at Antwerp. 
(Narr. and Crit. Hist. of America.) The atlas of 1570 was one of the most celebrated geographical 
works of the sixteenth century, of which there have been many subsequent editions in Dutch, German, 
French and Italian, in which the number of maps has been much increased. 

In 1606 the first English edition appeared, while the latest Italian one noted is 1697, but mean- 
while other cartographers had taken the field. He was the first to collect and compile from contem- 
porary maps. His learning, integrity, and discriminating judgment has made his atlas valuable as a 
trustworthy record of the best geographical knowledge of his time. (See Narr, and Crit. Hist. of Amer- 
ica, vol, III, p. 34.) 


504 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


NORTH AMERICA, BY ZALTIERI, 1566. 


Remarkable in that it is reputed to be the first map upon which the 
Straits of Anian (Stretto de Anean) appear. 

Nores py Koun.—This is a copy of a printed map of North America 
preserved in the imperial library in Paris It has an Italian inseription as 
follows: 

“The design of what has been discovered of New France, which we 
have received lately from the newest navigations of the French to those 
places, in which are to be seen all the islands, ports, capes, and places of 
the land which are in the same.” 

“In Venize, engraved on copper by Bolognino Zaltieri, in the year 
1566.” 

Unhappily this map has neither latitudes nor longitudes, not even the 
tropics, nor any indication of a measure by miles. 

In the general configuration of North America it resembles very much other 
maps made at the same time in Italy. It has in the north “Grutlandia” 
(Greenland ?), and in the west “Giapan” (Japan), and the Strait of Anian 
in the same manner. (See Italian maps of this time in our collection.) 

It resembles, particularly in its general features, the map of P. Furlani, 
produced at the same place (Venize) and some years before (1560). The 
mountains on both maps are made in the same manner. The river systems 
of the St. Lawrence and of the rivers of the Californian Gulf are very 
much alike, and so is the great ever-long northeastern wing given on both 
maps to North America. Zaltierie (if we may consider him as the author 
of this map) only deviates in this from Furlani, that he separates America 
from Asia by the Strait of Anian, which Furlani did-not. 

Some further peculiarities of his map are the following: He puts the 
name La “Nova Franza” (New France) in the center of North America. He 
has Newfoundland still dissolved in many islands. To the west of it he 
has the same river system of the St. Lawrence as Furlani, but he gives no 
name to this river. Besides, however, he has to the southwest of it a great 
lake, Lago,” and coming out from it ariver which he calls “RS. Lorenzo” 


(St. Lawrence River), and which empties into the sea on the coast of New. 


US.GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE 100™ MERIDIAN, 


GEOGRAPHICAL REPORT. 


Mare Seplentrionate rrog 72-0 


St defigno del adescoperto della 
ieee ee rl quale Lis Aavuto 


Terre Ay 1a cal wy 
encog Ti he 
ta > ke 


AY one Apalcher 2235 aN 


Sy 
KSUEVEINE 


Piha sna 
Lagerarae 


Ma TE del Y war 


> 


r ee 
Son Bar lelornec Rhotha Partida 


Terra trecog tle 


g a Trine 


Rane de Drago 


Starr lane 


(Or Se z 
oe Be 


Hare 


Gru andra 


Mat oe 


C Fedo 


wo (Edel 
vaberado 


North America by Zallrert, 1566. ( Reduced ) 


Julius Bien, Photo dith. 


. 


in 


WM 


OLD MAPS. 505 


England. This is a great curiosity, and proves that the rivers and inlets of 
Maine (Penobscot?) were considered as branches of the St. Lawrence, or 
as outlets of the Canadian lakes, of which lakes already Cartier had brought 
home some report. 

Something not less extraordinary is also the position of the name 
“Apalchen” (Apallachian Mountains?) in the center of the whole continent. 
The author had perhaps read something of De Soto’s expedition. 

It is not easy to say to which ‘‘newest French expedition” (novissima 
navigatione dei Franzesi), of which he lately (ultimamente) received his 
information, the author alludes in his inscription. The latest French expe- 
ditions were those of Ribaut and Laudenniére to Florida (1554), but of 
those the author takes on his map no notice at all. The coast of Florida 
is given according to the old Spanish authorities. 

The latest French expeditions to the regions of the St. Lawrence were 


those under Roberval since 1541. 


Nore.—{Kohl assumes this to be the first map upon which the ‘‘ Straits of Anian” appear. (See 
p. 51, Winsor, A. D. 1558, referring to a map by Martines, presumably of the above date, as one of the 
earliest to contract the water separating America from Asia to the dimensions of a strait; also p. 20, 
No. 94, where Winsor compares this map with one by Des Liens (North America), same year (1566). 
See, also, p. 17, No. 69, A. D. 1566.) A copy of this map is found reproduced on p. 451, Narr. and 
Crit. Hist. of America, vol. 11, and a sketch, also, on p, 93 of vol. Iv. 


506 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


FROM ‘‘HONDIUS,” ED. 1609, Amst. 


Hondius was a celebrated Dutch geographer, who edited with Gerard 
Mercator a once famous atlas of the world and drew many maps. In 1604 
he bought Mercator’s plates. He issued a new edition in 1606, to which 
fifty maps were added, including a few American ones, and thus began the 
Hondius-Mercator Atlas. He died in 1611 (p. 374, vol. 1v, Narr. and Crit. 
Hist.). 


VOI U.S, GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE 100th MERIDIAN. 


SpE eren, RS, 
2 : a) 


INDIA NOVA. 
ad magnx Gerardi Merca 
toris aui Vniverfalis imi: 
tationem in campendi 
um redacta 
Per Michaelem Mercatorem 


Duyfburgenfem. / 


Se eke 
~¢ HAL TI viunc 


Julius Bien, Photo lith 


_ 7 
_ - 
a _- 
a 
i + 
Y 
Hietiee : a 
: ") Te a 
; an 7 


ey 


* sa - ‘ 
. : - a } a 
oo ; : ri) A = i : 
- 5 ; fj 
i I | a - : : a 
' : ‘ ‘ : f = 7 
«a 1 - * - 
it~ a ‘ A 
T im 1 - bl 
be v : : a 
5 * 
- ~ 
: 5 
- 7 7 
; = a 
3; : 
; - 7 . i 
- 7 af ins 7 
‘ R 
‘ 
- > : : 
i 1 _ 
: 
a . ’ 
‘ ' 
= “ ' d 
y: , : 4 - 
, ‘ - , 
: i ; 
ik : - ; 
- 4 
i 5 : . 
1 . = 
. -_ 
aa 7 
: : 
1 i in 7 
7 : : A ‘ 
F ie a 1 : ‘ f : _ . i ae 
* ry 
: - 
- ‘ 
* ~ 
: - 
- ' 
: rs 
- - 
t Tes 
' 
-— its 
N - i 7 
5 
“= , - 
a : = ive : ; 
- = 7 
7 7 = 
: 7 : Lew Ay : 
‘} ’ 7 7 
OF THE 
f , ii fete, 
; = eee 
. ¥ 
ra 7 
‘W . : 
, i; ~*~ = ut 
7 1 o & ’ ” 
- . 4 i 
‘ i - : 
ay : 7 
us oe bo 7 
7 ‘ 
j 7 
; 2 ‘ ; 
= 1 - : 
x os 
4 = 
55h : : : ; 
, i 
ad * A 7 ~ 1 
- * 7 7 
=> 
+ 1 iy - 
7 , 
a 
’ : = - 
7 7 1 , oa 
: 
’ ( 
a 
- ‘ 1 
U ‘ 
: ‘ 
= F 1 
: 
1 
‘ = = = ' 
i - 1 ‘ s ~ 1 
4 - i 
i 
; 
5 : “ j 7 
: : ' : 
7 
ee e« ; 
i 7 


¢ 
. 
, ee 
‘ 
. 4 
<6 
. 
ae 
‘ 
oy" 
i 
“> 
. 
, i 
re 
' 
{ 
' 
. 


UME OO Mol SHAE 


[POUPOL | EGY SPUPLNY ULOLY WIMOIUY YON 
ros. oor $68 


068 


Ezra one 


WAP HP ai7) 


ODUKSA VIGAM IATWRX a Ey 


by, OIL LNYLAAS| VOLMANY — ofenuonsuw ah 


AVE SNOSCOW 


NVICRUSUN WOOL SEERE elO SOE SADLACIS TWOTTAVEOOND Sd 


OLD MAPS. 507 


NORTH AMERICA, FROM PURCHAS, 1625. 


This map was constructed after the first voyages of Hudson, Button, 
and Munk (1610-19), intending to prove the possibility of a northwest 
passage through which fictitious accounts of pretended voyages by Mal- 
donado, Juan de Fuca, and Fonte had been published. California is shown 
as an island. 

Notes sy Kou.—This is a copy of a map cortained in the third 
volume of Purchas’s Pilgrims, London, 1625. 

Purchas calls it ‘the north part of America,” and adds it to a little 
Treatise of the northwest passage to the South Sea, through the continent 
of Virginia, and by Fretum Hudson.” 

Neither in this treatise, nor on the map, nor in the preface of his work, 
nor in the index of the maps contained in his work, Purchas says by whom 
and how this map was composed. On the map we find only that “R. 
Elstracke” engraved it. 

Nearly all other maps in Purchas are bad and reduced copies from 
Hondius and others. But this has some original value. It was made soon 
after the first voyages of Hudson, Button, and Munk (from 1610-719) to 
Hudson’s Bay, with the intention to prove by it the possibility of a northwest 
passage. he treatise and the long inscriptions on the map itself contain 
an explanation of it. 

Purchas says that it would be easy to sail through Hudson’s Bay to 
the Western Ocean, and particularly to the waters of California. 

Where “Button wintered,” he says (near Fort Nelson), “the tides were 
15 feet high, and they were particularly high with a western wind, which 
could only be explained by a connection of Button’s Bay with the Western 
Ocean, which could not be far distant.” 

Besides this there was still much hope for open water between Button’s 
Bay in the west and the bay in which Hudson wintered in the south. On 


Nore.—Winsor, on p. 18 of Bulletin No. 19, gives: 82, A. D. 1589. ““The World, by Hondius. 
An engraved map, on which a statement that it is intended to show the tracks of Drake and Cavendish 
is signed by Jodicus Hondius, 1589, * * * In an inscription referring to the Tierra del Fuego 
group, Hondius remarks that Cavendish and the Spaniards do not accept Drake’s views making a 
continent the southern boundary of the Straits of Magellan, and on later maps Hondius seems to have 
accepted these other views. (See Uricoechea, No. 25.)” In edition of 1609, above, a wide stretching 
continent is shown. 


508 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


his map he represents this region as unknown. That there was no water 
was only discover2d by Captains James and Fox, who about 1630 sailed 
along those coasts of Hudson’s Bay. ; 

“California,” so Purchas says further, has been believed until now 
erroneously to be a continent. “But it is now found to be an island, 
stretching as far as 42° north latitude, as may appear in a map of that 
island which was brought to London out of Holland.” The Californian Gulfis, 
consequently, after him, no gulf, but a long strait, which he:represents as 
certainly going as far as 42° north latitude, and which may go still farther 
north and may be counected with Hudson’s Bay. 

Hudson’s Bay is stretched out two degrees too far to the south. He 
gives to the northern part of the Pacific Ocean the name “ Oceanus Juponi- 
cus” (the Japanese Ocean). 

His map is, perhaps, the first printed map on which we find the name 
of “Nova Brittannia” (New Britain) for Labrador. 

All the Spanish and other foreign names on the map are so very cor- 
rupted that sometimes they even can not be recognized. (See Winsor- 
Kohl maps, p. 21, No. 100; also p. 53, No. 284, A. D. 1625.) 


‘ ' 
: ' o i 
: t 
= : 7 
! ‘ 
» ' : 
* - 
q ' 
¥ 
Se” t 
© 7 « 
- ' 
A 1 
7 i 
i 
| o ~ es ¥ 
t 
5 
ae 4 
: } 
5 
' 
: 7 
i 
ae - 
' 
- : ’ ; 
' A 
: - 
— ' 
ret 
a 
; t= 
2 
5 
’ 
+ <¥ — 
‘ 
; : 
i 
b 
: 
' 
v 
i 


he 


ye 


UMPMoy wag, snyny 


_ = =| 
|FrOp@ (270 gna YpIM) UDP LaySULy OF OT 
ay My won fo wm v-uboigy 


Lae | “a cwenzo 
Je is 


sance onary TD 


Uv w | 


0 v7 ~ 


oMARE VERMIO 


220006 ary 


pends ae 


: I~ ° : | ae / | ap 
. ; A ~~ St 
ie - aIWOVID THVW — 
en Ke : ; 
ve 


aoeeers 


/ a de a 
ef lS — Race 
\ y f Oe re iar | / / ~ 4. Bea A 
esa? ; aye (Ss [Ses 
\ 4 i : —— ae eis / / ™ 4 
a cae ae Sk ; a “s ep dei} : / / : 4 
| . = y | > / / 
‘ | c.f 
N : Crremge 2p I4ed. cane / 
{L \ 7 : - = Pad SS TS vA Loy 
: + a ie apa ae ; ar; Tee am ee | 
THOdad TWOIHdv ds) Oa) NVIGMUAW AOOL AHL AO.ISAM SAMAMNS TC 


5 I IOA 
WHdVAYOND 'S Lh ae 


OLD MAPS. 509 


FROM A MAP OF AMERICA BY F. DE WIT. FOLIO. AMST. (WITHOUT DATE— 
ABOUT 1670).* 


Shows California as an island. The Arctic Ocean, although already 


entered, is not delineated. 


* The first example of De Wit’s imprint appeared about 1675, at Amsterdam, with a printed index 
calling for 102 maps. 8S. Wolfgang, 1680, published an atlas, with maps by Blaeu, Visscher, De Wit, 
and others. Other atlases have the name of F. de Wit. The Blaeu establishment was burned in 1672 
and most of the plates were lost. Those saved passed into the hands of De Wit. (P. 376, vol. Iv, 
Narr, and Crit. Hist. of America.) 


510 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


FROM MAP OF NORTH AMERICA BY JOHN SENEX,* F. R. S., LONDON, 1710. 


California is still shown as an island, although Father Kuhn in 1701-3 
had already again demonstrated the peninsularity of Lower California, 

See Winsor, Harvard College Library, Bulletin No. 19. Kohl! maps, 
p. 22,1710. “John Senex’s map of North America, of which there is a 
reproduction in David Mill’s Report on the Boundaries of the Province of On- 
tario, Toronto, 1873.” 

The above map purports to give corrections up to date, from the obser- 
vations communicated to the Royal Society at London and the Royal 
Academy at Paris. 


*Tt appears that later the above author rejected the Lahontan story of the ‘“‘Long River.” 


US.GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE 100°" MERIDIAN. 
EE GEOGRAPHICAT 


/ 


aton of Mozeemlecks 


: =  & f A done eats wee 

t ; ALake of Sale water to Leagues “7 ~ JNA DOVES S. 

wide and3eo about according whe Zz | Siz or. < 

} Teport of the Savages Who allfo Say 7 } . i 

that the mouth of it rs ab agreat dis: i 2 = ad Eo 
tance fromthe South Coafe andis % 7 =hiaenenis Neteont 


{ 


“, 


RS Peter 
apes 


but 2 leagues broad. Thatthere is fi OF uillser 


above too Towns about i And 
fray Sal ont nrith large Boats ; 


PM RA og 


Indian Villages | 
a NADA 


. a Fd 
f 
a 
y 


* B | Faoulgous a 
; o Pe ar ie | " 
4 ess a / | Soe PILE\PAN 
| F [Aour)oua 
al ORG, N Tt 7 A 


} 
ILINoIs 


} / Ssrcetly / [Slilsouns Village of; 
a | | ea ‘lag ‘age of of olumarey 
| sf Franafeo | at ieapenitits — oe mee I. | 
| | OD oe ome | . cus ass X * oes, Ree ees ae |S Anve! | 
| Basis by the x youas y | ve te \ H as [ 
GREAT TEGUAIO Ger tee ecaaties i iamabs SE q 
L ee Valquera: 


Apaches of navaio 
a roa ee 
fle 


Ro hh 
Canouaouare ~ 


the Ci moatinmo 
_ 2 A%eChoumans a 


each fn BS acomee “Es Gfpgota deAbe * tyecke 
iy | Pimeria or omacfon Anton Sesto lar Barrancas ES 
creel Soafin® a S Andrew a iz ae 4 > od eo Carne Village > \ 
6 Otaturs % < TA Candatinn $ oo aA 

iis \ o-tesbabria A FP jie saat ae 
Paes a aed = > : { the Temerlom: 
M §E 
J ‘CO le 


or Paoytes 


i Geerss, Cones” 
oS Chafloval 
Ee i ; dhe Baigoulas 4. 
| ~— ; ; ~foutimack: 
: . Quachas/ 


> Mpurgtian 
Corpus Cheftig 


° Casas Lge | 


Selado R 


ox? Yoomara: 


Fe 
Batopiles 2 
2 Lureés 
LOA i 
Ridels i ‘NEW/_Biscay > 


be ama 


T "Rede Ure 
oie 


Prevides Jel Cure 


Me SMarih o 


iz 

A GA TECAS® files: oe 
SomBrete RE?» SLoui 
Mires Zacelecas d 
OF oS Felipe 


: Webs 
; Graney nas Fh 
From Mayu of No orth. America. By Johre Server FR. SL70/ Reduced.) 95 


Julius Bieu, Photo-lith 


_ - 
— 
i 
‘ JOR > 
OF Tris 
ii a) 


LAN 
. :0F THE 
: Ui ur ILLINOIS: 


“PIEoOUg Yaig sn’ 


oor (paonpoy) ELE VIN ‘STTAM PLPm 


pip hg voisaulp Yyp.oy so Uvpy ~Uwo0Ly 


PA 


pa =ayatayn bales ayy HOV) 
Boy, 7 conte 07 
$ a aa i di 6) 
ai: Byfayodurpyy Ae 
-quelepepens re 


. ay eusoenby 


fete) 1xofy 


¢ % ENE — 
e Hee Sey aw, 
ayy 9) fq \ 1Aod | \ eye / 
7 ee Sats | 
Sree = fet 
H ¢« OT d [te pence Et 4 
x ee eSSe ue 


ot Me ao/aq: pede 
° PENS 9 fe / 14S p2.22fiy v 


Maa 
NMONYNA HA GV SLuvwd id 


NVICRUIW a OOL MELL lO LSOIM SALAS WOIHdVaOOUD Sd 


OLD MAPS. 511 


FROM MAP OF NORTH AMERICA BY EDWARD WELLS, M. A., 22 


California is still shown as an island, and discoveries above about 45° 


*The full title is “A new map of the most considerable plantations of the English in America.” 
a, is entitled ‘‘A new sett 


The Wells atlas of 41 maps, of which No. 39 is a part of North Americ 
of maps, Both of Antient and Present Geography, Edward Wells, M. A., and student of Christ-Church. 


Oxon.” 


N. lat are ignored. 


12 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


or 


FROM MAP OF NORTH AMERICA BY THOMAS JEFFERYS, 1782.* 


California is shown as a peninsula. The name of New Albion is 
prominent. Explorations had reached as high as 68° N. lat. 

The above map purports to be a true delineation of North America 
with the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and the nearest coasts of Europe and 
Asia, with the tracks of the latest cireumnavigators and other discoveries; 
also the coasts of California and New Albion. The Russian discoveries 
between Asia and America taken from the map published at St. Petersburg 


in 1774, by Mr. J. Von Stablin, secretary to the Imperial Academy. 
y ’ J i J 


* Jeffery’s American Atlas being a description of the whole conlinent of America, engraved on 
forty-eight copper plates, folio, was published in London 1775. 

t For the published authorities on maps of Nerth America and its west coast during this period 
the following may be cited: 

Santarem: Cosmography and Cartography of the Middle Ages, 3 vols. 8°. Paris, 1849. 

Lelewel: Géographie du Moyen Age, Bruxelles, 1852. 3 vols. 8° and atlas. 

D’Avezac: History of the Projection of Geographical Maps. 

Uricoechea: Mapoteca Columbiana. London, 1860. [The British Museum has the author’s copy, 
with additional and voluminous notes in MS. compiled subsequent to 1860, and prior to his death. ] 

British Museum: Catalogue of Maps, ete. 

Winsor: Harvard Library, No. 18. A Bibliography of Ptolemy’s Geography. 

Winsor: Harvard Library No. 19. The Kohl collection of early maps. 

Daly: Bulletin, Am. Geog. Soc., No. 1, 1879. The Early History of Cartography. 

Narrative and Critical History of America: Vol. 1v, General Atlases and Charts of the 16th and 
17th centuries, pp, 369-374, 


IGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE 100% MERIDIAN 
127-35 nF 35 
“= Mount|s*Ehas 
ord Le Hise eo 
ee. of 


hee 
a teckerby LordiAnion ins 7.3 
as to the Names or Silualiwtof Places 
HromFraneileo de G: Journal 53.3 
go 


AG 42 


secteeneeeBOls 1240. 
He Bisetynery0ee 
3 TortefDen Gaspare._ 
. Very rapa River. 
eg 5 Cape Mendocino _ 

x de¥ontes Journal --- i 5 
Thiige #99 ts pretan\iadthae inarga. | een 
S Adpide¥oute aiterilynd Saild by. Rae Seppanae pals aaprembalead |" 
erates Botta tn cs ie ( sretarperate thar. 

4 im a y, : 
by He Fou WAVE of Hudsons Bey 
| i ofthe 
| Crinese Geoprap 
0.J de Fucuprtauds he ender lin 
Wie Straits ohn jan and four Pi 
nas ruts 


ibouls > 4 ice 
poise” Ae / 
( * ; : are Aes 
“ - I. a, a G 2 
throws Doe accel 7 race, * = ; TNE es event J-4e 
and Norlubartihe gobinte he Nor! » ie : 
(ACHIPU ZANES : 


{ 


Tabat yp 
gg? Ueques 


ee Fe ule 


wai 


Dra’ 


ke dizcoverd Myond yy Degrees 


Ww 


named by S Franleis Drake to whoyn 
- the Ming in rs 7h 
Wevadasinsces 


’ 


46 


ope 


Z 
apr 


a 
As 8! Nernardo "= 


14735" 


From Moye of North America by Thomas Jefferys, 1782iKeduced N07 35 


didins Biew. Photo lis 


g 
‘ 
! 
~~ 
— 
‘ 
geal ' 
Sane 
= + 
i 

. 


Aa aie 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR.—1800-1857. 


MEMOTIR 
* * * * ‘ * * 
A BRIEF ACCOUNT OF EACH OF THE ENGLISH EXPEDITIONS SINCE A. D. 1800, 
ro 


LIEUT. GOUVERNEUR K. WARREN, 


CORPS OF TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, U.S. A. 


33 WH—YVOL I 


LETTER TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR. 


War DepartTMENT, OFFICE OF EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS, 
Washington, D. C., March 2, 1858. 

Sir: I transmit herewith a report from Lieut. G. K. Warren, Topo- 
graphical Engineers, exhibiting the data and authorities from which was 
compiled the map of United States territory between the Mississippi River 
and the Pacific Ocean, intended to illustrate the reports upon the Pacific 
railroad explorations. 

It contains a brief account of all the explorations of our territory west 
of the Mississippi River of approved authority, which will be not only valu- 
able 1o the officers of the corps, but, it is thought, interesting to the public. 

The laborious task of compiling the map and preparing the report has 
been performed by Lieutenant Warren while occupied with other duties of 
an onerous character. The more carefully his work is examined the more 
apparent will be the industry, care, and sound judgment with which it has 
been executed. 

Very respectfully, your obedient servant, 
A. A. HUMPHEYS, 
Captain Topographical Engineers, in charge. 
Hon. J. B. Fioyp, 
Secretary of War, Washington, D. C. 


on 
a 


LETTER TO CAPT, A. A, HUMPHREYS, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 


War DeparTMENT, OFFICE OF EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS, 
Washington, D. C., March 1, 1858. 
Sir: * * * This memoir is a brief account of the numerous ex- 
plorations made in our territory west of the Mississippi River, and I hope 
may prove valuable to those seeking information with a view to developing 
the resources of this vast region, as well as interesting to those studying 
the progress of geographical discovery. The work has been in progress 
during the past four years; but other public duties have absorbed the 
greater part of my time, which must be my excuse for its defects. * * * 
I have the honor to be, very respectfully, your obedient servant, 
G. K. WARREN, 
First Lieutenant, Topographical Engineers. 
Capt. A. A. Humpnreys, 
* Corps of Topographical Engineers, in charge of 
Office of Explorations and Surveys. 
517 


CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
CuarrTeR I.—Explorations from A. D. 1800 to A. D. 1832. 


Captains Lewis and Clarke, U.S. A., 1804—'5~6.—Major Pike, U.S. A., 1805-°6.—Humboldt’s New Spain, 
1811.—Rector, C. E., and Roberdeau, T. E., map, 1818.—Major Long, T. E., first expedition, 1819~20.— 
Major Long, T. E., second expedition, 1823.—J. C. Brown, C. E., survey, 1825~26-27.—R. Richardson, 
C. E., survey, 1826.—Northwestern boundary Commission, 1828 —British Admiralty charts, 1828,— 
Lieutenant Hardy, R. N., exploration of Gulf of California, 1825~26—27~28.— Ross Cox’s adventures 
on the Columbia, 1832.—Lieutenant Allen, U. 8. A., reconnaissance of source of the Mississippi, 
1832.—Schooleraft’s narrative, 1832.—Finley’s map of North America, 1826, 


CuHarter II.—Explorations from A, D,.1832 to A, D. 1844. 


Captain Bonneville, U.S. A., expedition, 1832-’36.—Discovery of Great Salt Lake and Humboldt 
River.—Irving’s Astoria.—Lieut. E. Steen, U.S. A., map, 1835.—Topographical Bureau, map of west- 
ern frontier, 1837.—C. Dimmock, C. E., survey, 1838.—Capt. W. Hood, T. E., memoir and map, 1839.— 
Topographical Bureau, map of Oregon, 1838.—Survey of boundary of Louisiana and Texas, 1840.— 
Commodore Wilkes, U. 8. N., map of Oregon, 1841.— Kendall’s Santa Fé expedition, 1841.—Profes- 
sor Nicollet’s exploration and map, 1836-’40.—Lieut. J. C. Frémont, T. E., exploration, 1842.— 
Capt. N. Boone, U.S. A., expedition, 1843.—Capt. J. Allen, U.S. A., expedition, 1843.—Topographical 
Bureau, map of Texas, 1844.—Gregg’s ‘* Commerce of the Prairies,” 1344. 


Carrer IlI.—Exzplorations from A, D. 1843 to 4, D. 1852. 


Capt. J. C. Frémont, T. E., exploration, 1843~44.—Capt. J.C. Frémont, T. E., exploration, 1845~46.— 
Lieut. J. W. Abert, T. E., reconnaissance, 1845.—Lieut. W. B. Franklin, T. E., reconnaissance, 
1845.—Brevet Maj. W. H. Emory, T. E., reconnaisance, 1846~47.—Lieut. J. W. Abert, T. E., recon- 
naissance, 1846—47.—Lieut. Col. P. St. George Cooke, U.S. A., expedition, 1846-"47,—A. Wislizenus, 
M. D., examination, 1846-47.—Brevet Capt. W. H. Warner, T. E., reconnaissance, 1847~48~49.— 
Geological explorations, Lake Superior region, Foster and Whitney, 1847~48~49.—Geological ex- 
ploration of Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnessota, Owen, 1849.—Lieut. G. H. Derby, T. E., reconnais- 
sance, 1849.—Lieut. J. D. Webster, T. E., survey of mouth of Rio Grande, 1847.—Lieut. J. H. Simpson, 
T. E., reconnaissance along the Canadian River, 1849.—Lieut. J. H. Simpson, T. E., reconnaissance, 
Navajo country, 1849.—Capt. R. B. Marey, U.S. A., expedition, 1849.—Capt. H. Stansbury, T. E., 
expedition to Great Salt Lake, 1849-50.—March of rifle regiment to Oregon, 1849.—Major Wood, 
U.S. Inf., and Captain Pope, T. E., expedition to Red River, 1849.—Brevet Lieutenant-Colonel John- 
ston, T. E., reconnaissance in Texas, 1849-50-51.—Topographical Bureau, map of territory of 
United States west of the Mississippi, 1850.—R. H. Kern, C. E., reconnaissance on the Pecos River, 
1850.—Lieut. J. G. Parke, T. E., map of New Mexico, 1851.—Captain Sitgreaves and Lieutenant 
Woodrnff, T. E., boundary of Creek country, 1850—51.— Captain Sitgreaves, T. E., expedition to 
Zuni and Colorado Rivers, 1851.—Lieut. G. H. Derby, T. E., reconnaissance, mouth of Colorado 
River, 1851.—Lieut. I. C. Woodruff, T. E., reconnaissance, 1852.—Capt. R. B. Marcy, U.S. A., expedi- 


tion to source of Red River, 
519 


520 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Cuarrer IV.— Explorations from A, D, 1852 to A, D. 1857. 


Gov. I. I. Stevens and Capt. G. B. McClellan, U.S. E., exploration and survey for a railroad route, 1853- 
54~55.—Lieut. R. Arnold, U.S. A., survey, 1854.—F. W. Lander, C. E., reconnaissance, 1854.—Capt. 
G. W. Gunnison, T. E., and Capt. E. G. Beckwith, U. S. A., exploration and survey for a railroad 
route, 1853.—Capt. E. G. Beckwith, U. 8. A., exploration and survey for a railroad route, 1854.— 
Capt. A. W. Whipple, T. E., exploration and survey for a railroad route, 1853~54.—Lieut. R. S. Will- 
iamson, T. E., survey for a railroad route, 1853-54.—Lieut. J. G. Parke, T. E., exploration and survey 
for a railroad route, 1854.—Capt. J. Pope, T. E., exploration and survey for a railroad route, 1854.— 
Lieut. J. G. Parke, T. E., exploration and survey for a railroad route, 185455.—Lieut. R. S. William- 
son, T. E.,and Lieut. H. L. Abbott, T. E., exploration and survey for a railroad route, 1855.—Maj. 
W. H. Emory, U. S. A., United States and Mexican boundary survey, 1549-’55.—Capt. J. L. Reno, 
U.S. A., survey, 1853.—Capt. R. B. Marey, U.S. A., exploration, 1854.—Alexander Ross, ‘ Fur Hunt- 
ers of the Far West,” 1855.—March of Colonel Steptoe’s command to California, 1854~55,—Lieut. 
J. Withers, U. S. A., survey of road, 1854.—Lieut. G. H. Derby, T. E., survey of roads, 1854—55.— 
Licut. G. H. Mendell, T. E., reconnaissance, 1855.—Capt. J. H. Simpson, T. E., survey of roads, 1855.— 
Lieut. G. K. Warren, T. E., reconnaissance, 1855.—Lient. F. T. Bryan, T. E., reconnaissance, 1855.— 
Lieut. J.C. Amory, U.S. A., reconnaissance in 1855.—Major Merrill, U. 8. A., reconnaissance, 1855.— 
Licut. I. N. Moore, U.S. A., map of part of New Mexico, 1855.—Lieut. E. L. Hartz, U.S. A., recon- 
naissanee, 1856.—Lieut. F. T. Bryan, T. E., survey of road, 1856.—Capt. J. H. Dickerson, U.S. A., 
survey of road, 1856.—Lieut. W. D. Smith, U.S. A., reconnaissance of route, 1856.—Capt. A. Sully, 
U.S. A., reconnaissance, 1856.—Lient. G. K. Warren, T. E., reconnaissance of Missouri and Yel- 


lowstone, 1856,—Explorations ordered in 1857, 
* a * * 2 * a 4 * > 


INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 


* * * * * * * * * 

Before detailing the manner in which the compilation has been made, 
I have therefore thought it desirable to give a brief account of each of the 
different explorations, * * * the methods employed in observing, the maps 
prepared, ete., in order of date. 

By this undertaking I hope to promote the consultation of the original 
reports and maps, by pointing out to each investigator those works which 
probably contain information about the region of country especially inter- 
esting to himself. As a general rule, I shall confine myself to the explora- 
tions made in the territory of the United States. 

The maps of the old Spanish and French navigators and explorers who 
visited the Mississippi, the Gulf of Mexico, and the shores of the Pacific, 
and who often examined portions of the interior, have nearly all been re- 
placed within our territory by more accurate determinations of our own. 
They have, therefore, little practical value in this connection, and will not 
be specially noticed. An almost complete account of Spanish discoveries 
in New Mexico prior to 1811 can be found in Baron Humboldt’s New 
Spain. The subject is still further discussed in Lieut. James Abert’s report 
of reconnaissances in New Mexico in 1846, Capt. A. W. Whipple’s report of 
survey of railroad route near the 35th parallel, and elsewhere. 

A valuable history of the progress of early discoveries on the western 
coast of North America can be seen in a French work by M. Duflot de 
Mofras, published in 1844, and also in Mr. Robert Greenhow’s book on 
Oregon and California, published in 1845. This last work is accompanied 
by a map “of the western and middle portions of North America,” com- 


piled by Mr. Greenhow. 
* ¥* * * % * * * %* 


522 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The first exploration which seems to require a detailed notice is that of 
Japtains Lewis and Clarke, U.S. A., directed by President Jefferson in 1803 
* * * * * x * * * 

As the explorations are mentioned in order of date, the various exami- 
nations in the same region, or along the same route or river, are necessarily 
separated. To avoid the difficulty which this arrangement presents in 
making a prompt reference to all the sources of information of any one sub- 
ject, an index has been prepared which will be found at the end of this 
memoir. The political and military divisions of the country are taken in 
the index as they appear on the first edition of the map, which was correct 
at the date of this report. 


CHAP EeRy i: 


EXPLORATIONS FROM A. D. 1800 TO A, D, 1832. 


Captains Lewis and Clarke, U.S. A., 1604~5~’6.—Major Pike, U.8. A., 1805~6.—Humboldt’s New Spain, 
1811.—Rector, C. E., and Roberdeau, T. E., map, 1818.—Major Long, T. E., first expedition, 1819- 
'20.—Major Long, T. E., second expedition, 1823.—J. C. Brown, C, E., survey, 1825~26~27.—R. 
Richardson, C. E., survey, 1826.—Northwest boundary Commission, 1828.—British Admiralty charts, 
1828.—Lieutenant Hardy, R.N., Explorations Gulf of California, 1825~26-27~28.—Rcss Cox’s 
* Adventures on the Columbia,” 1832.—Lieutenant Allen, U.S. A., reconnaissance of the source of 
the Mississippi, 1832.—Schooleraft’s Narrative, 1832.—Finley’s Map of North America, 1826. 


EXPLORATIONS OF CAPT. MERIWETHER LEWIS, op S.A., AND CAPT. WILLIAM CLARKE, U.S.A., IN 
1804-'5-'6. 

The narrative | have consulted most particularly is entitled “ Travels 
to the Source of the Missouri River and across the’ American Continent to the 
Pacific Ocean, performed by order of the Government of the United States in the 
years 1804, 1805, and 1806. By Captains Lewis and Clarke; published from 
the official report, and illustrated by a map of the route and other maps. Lon- 
don: Frinted for Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, Paternoster Row.— 
1814.” This book consists of one volume quarto, illustrated by a map on 
a scale of seventy miles to an inch, showing the country from Lake Superior 
and the Mississippi to the Pacific Ocean, between the 39th and 49th parallels. 
The other maps are enlarged plans of certain important localities. Another 
and more common edition, published by the same parties in 1817, is com- 
posed of 3 volumes 8vo, with a map ona scale of about eighty miles to 
an inch. 

An account of the expedition was also published in 1808, by Patrick 
Gass, a sergeant on the exploration; it contains some particulars not noticed 
in the official narrative. 

An abridged edition, prepared by Archibald M. Vickar, was published 
in two volumes in Harper’s Family Library Series, in 18—. The map 


523 


524 U. 8. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


accompanying this edition has one glaring error, in placing a high range of 
mountains ranging east and west between the Missouri and Yellowstone 
Rivers. 


* * * * * * * * * 


THE JEFFERSON PRODROME AND THE APOCRYPHA.* 


On the 19th of February, 1806, the expedition being then still in 
progress, President Jefferson addressed to Congress a communication en- 
titled as follows: 


[1-06.] Message | from the | President of the United States | communicating | Discoveries | made in explor 
ing | the Missouri, Red River and Washita, | by | Captains Lewis and Clarke, Doctor Sibley, | 
and Mr. Dunbar; | with | a Statistical Account | of the | Countries adjacent. | — | February 19, 
1806. | Read, and ordered to lie on the table. | — | City of Washington: | A. & G. Way, print- 
ers. |. . . | 1806. 

Svo. pp. 1-171,3 1. (State Papers.) 

[1806.] Message | from the | President of the United States, | communicating | Discoveries | made in explor- 
ing the | Missouri, Red River and Washita, | by | Captains Lewis and Clarke, Doctor Sibley | 
and Mr. Dunbar ; | with | a Statistical Account | of the | Countries adjacent. | -— | Read in Con- 
gress, February 19, 1806. | — | New-York: | Printed by Hopkins and Seymour, | and sold by 
G. F. Hopkins, No. 118, Pearl-street. | — | 1506. 

One vol. 8vo, pp. 128 +1 folded 1. not paged. 

[1807.] Travels | in the | Interior Parts of America ; | communicating | Discoveries | made in Exploring | 
the Missouri, Red River and Washita, | by | Captains Lewis and Clark, | Doctor Sibley, | and | 
Mr. Dunbar ; | with | @ statistical account | of the | Countries adjacent. | — | As laid before the 
Senate, | by the | President of the United States. | In February, 1806 | and never before published 
in Great Britain | — | London: | Printed for Richard Phillips, 6, Bridge street, | Blackfriars, | 
By J. G. Barnard, 57, Snow Hill. | — | 1207, 

8v0, pp. 1-116, with a folding table. Forming part, separately paged, of Vol. VI of Phillip’s 
“ Collection of Modern and Contemporary Voyages,” §c. 

(1809.] ‘ The Travels of Cap's Lewis and Clarke, from St. Louis, by way of the Missouri and Columbia rivers, 
to the Pacific Ocean; performed in the years 1804, 1805, and 1806, by order of the government 
of the United States, containing delineations of the manners, customs, religion, §c. of the Indians, 
compiled from Various Authentic Sources, and original Documents, and a Sunmary of the Sta- 
tistical View of the Indian Nations, from the official communication of Meriwether Lewis.  Tllus- 
trated with a Map of the Country, inhabited by the Western Tribes of Indians. 8vo, pp. ix and 
309. London, 1809.” 


[1809.] The | Travels | of | Capts. Lewis § Clarke, | by order of the | Government of the United States, | 
performed in the years 1804, 1805, §° 1806, | being upwards of three thousand miles, from | St. 
Louis, by way of the Missouri, and | Columbia Rivers, to the | Pacific Ocean: | Containing an 
Account of ihe Indian Tribes, who inhabit | the Western part of the Continent unexplored, | and 
unknown before. | With copious delineations of the manners, cus- | toms, religion, Se. of the In- 
dians. | Compiled | From various authentic sources, and Documents. | To which is subjoined, | A 
Summary of the Statistical View of the Indian | Nations, from the Official Communication 
of | — | Meriwether Lewis. | — | Embellished with a Map of the Country inhabited by | the West- 
ern Tribes of Indians, and five Engravings | of Indian Chiefs. | — | Philadelphia: Published by 
Hubbard Lester. |... . | 1809. | Price—1 dollar 624 ets. | 

One vol., 12mo, pp. i-xii, 13-300, pl. 5, map, and tail-piece (scroll and pen). (Copywright 
dated April 17, 1809.) 


* The subjoined titles are extracted from the admirable résumé “' of the various publications relating to the travels 
of Lewis and Clarke,” by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S.A. For which see Bulletin No.6 of the United States Geological and 
Geographical Survey of the Territories. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 525 


[1812.] An | Intersting Aeccount | of the | Voyagés and Travels | of | Captains Lewis and Clark, | in the 
years YBU4, 1805, and 1806. | Giving a faithful description of the river Missouri and | its source— 
of the various tribes of Indians through | which they passed— | manners and customs—soil— 
climate | —commerce—gold and silver mines—animal and vege- | table productions interspersed with 
very enter- | taining anecdotes, and a variety of other useful and | pleasing information remark- 
ably calculated to de- | light and instruct the readers — to which is added a | complete dictionary 
of the Indian tongue. | By William Fisher, Esq. | — | Baltimore. | Printed by Anthony Milten- 
berger, or the purchasers. | 1812. : 

One vol., 12mo, 2 portraits, pp. v-xv, 16-326. 


[1813.] An | Interesting Account | of the | Voyages and Travels | of | Captains Lewis and Clarke, | in the 
years 1804-5, §* 6. | Giving a faithful description of the river Missouri and | its source—of the 
various tribes of Indians through | which they passed—manners and customs—soil | —climate— 
commerec—gold and silver | mines—animal and vegetable | productions. | Interspersed | With 
very entertaining anecdotes, and a variety of | other useful and pleasing information, re- | mark- 
ably calculated to delight and | instruct the readers. | To which is added | A complete Dictionary 
of the Indian tongue | — | by William Fisher, Esq. | — | Baltimore: | printed and published by 
P. Mauro, | N°: 10, North Howard St. | 1818. 

One vol., 12mo, portraits?" pp. tii-wii, 13-262, with 3 full-page wood-cuts. 


[1840.] he | Journal | of | Lewis and Clarke, | to the Mouth of the Columbia River | beyond the Rocky 
Mountains. | In the years 1804-5, J 6. | Giving a faithful description of the Rwer Missouri | and 
its source—of the various tribes of Indians | through which they passed—manners and cus- | 
toms—soil—climate—commerce—gold and | silver mines—animal and vegetable | productions, 

: gc. | New Edition, with Notes. | Revised, corrected, and illustrated with numerous | wood cuts. | 
To which is added | « complete dictionary of the Indian tongue. | — | Dayton, O. | 
Published and sold by B. F. Ells, | John Wilson, Printer |... . | 1840. 
One vol., 16mo, pp. i-xii, 13-240, portraits of Lewis and of Clarke, and 14 other full-page 
wood-cuts. 


[1807.] 4 Journal | of the | Voyages and Travels | of a Corps of Discovery, | under the command of Capt. 
Lewis and Capt. | Clarke, of the Army of the United States, | from | the mouth of the River Mis- 
souri through the | interior parts of North America | to the Pacific Ocean, | during the years 1804, 
1805, §: 1806. | Containing | An authentic relation of the most interesting transactions | during 
the expedition,—A description of the country,— | And an account of its inhabitants, soil, climate, 
curiosities | and vegetable and animal productions. | — | By Patrick Gass, | one of the persons 
. employed on the expedition. |—| With geographical and explanatory notes | by the pub- 
lisher. | — | [Copy-right secured according to law.] | Pittslurgh, | printed by Zadok Cramer, | 

for David M’ Keehan, Publisher and | proprictor.... . 1807. | 

One vol., 12mo, pp. i-viii, 9-262. (No illustrations.) 


[1810.] 4 | Journal | of the | Voyages and Travels | of a Corps of Discovery, | under the command of Capt. 
Lewis and Capt. | Clarke, of the Army of the United States, | from | the mouth of the River Mis 
souri through the | interior parts of North America, | to the Pacific Ocean, | During the years 
1804, 1805. and 1806. | Containing | an authentic relation of the most interesting transac- | tions 
during the expedition —A description of | the country,—And an account of its inhabi- | tants, 
soil, climate, curiosities, and ve- | getable and animal productions. | — | By Patrick Gass, | one 
of the persons employed in the expedition. | — | With | geographical and explanatory notes. | — | 
[Copy-right secured according to Law.] | — | Philadelphia: | Printed for Mathew Carey, | No. 
122, Market-street. | — | 1810. 

One vol., 12mo, pp. i-viii, 9-262, with 6 full-page wood-cuts. 


[1810.] ‘‘ Voyages des capitaines Lewis et Clarke, depuis Vembouchure du Missouri jusqua Ventrée de la 
Colombia, dans V Océan Pacifique, fait dans les années 1805-06, par ordre du gouvernement des 
Etats-Unis, contenant le Jovrnal des érénements les plus remarquables du voyage, la description 
des habitants, du sol, les productions animales et végétables, ete ; trad. en Srangais par A.-J.-N. L. 
(Lallemant). Paris, A, Bertrand, 1810, in-®, avec carte, 6 fr.” 


526" Ui; 


S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


[1814.] History | of | The Expedition | under the command of | Captains Lewis and Clark, | to | the sources 


of the Missouri, | thence | across the Rocky Mountains | and down the | River Columbia to the 
Pacifie Ocean. | Performed during the years 1804-5-6. | By order of the | Government of the 
United States. | Prepared for the press | by Paul Allen, Esquire. | In two volumes. | Vol. IL IT]. | 
Philadelphia: | Published by Bradford and Inskeep ; and | Abm, H. Inskeep, Newyork. | J. 
Maxwell, Printer. | 1814. 

Two vols,,8vo. Vol. I, pp. i-xxviii, 1-470, maps. Vol. I, pp. i-ir, 1-522, maps. (> Vol. 
TT, Chap. VIT, “ A general description of the beasts, birds, and plants, §vc., found by the party 
in this expedition,” pp. 148-201.) 


[1815.] Travels | to the source of | the Missouri River | and across the | American Continent | to | the Pacific 


Ocean. | Performed by order of | the Government of the United States, | in the years 1804, 1805, 
and 1806, | — | By Captains Lewis and Clarke. | — | Published from the Official Report, | and 
illustrated by a map of the route, | and other maps. | — | A new edition, in three volumes. | Vol. 
I, (1, 111.) | —| London: | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown. | Pater- 
noster-Row. | 1815. 

Three vols., vo. Vol. I, pp. i-xxvi, 1 1. not paged, 1-411, maps 3. Vol. II, pp. i-wii, 1-434, 
maps 3. Vol. IL, pp. i-vii, 1-394. (> Vol. IT, Chap. XXIV, ‘‘ A general description of the 
beasts, birds, plants, §-c., found by the party in this expedition,” pp. 1-73.) 


(1815.] ‘(Lewis und Clarke.) Tagebuch e. Entdeckungsreise durch Nord.-Amerika in d. Jahren 1804-6. 


Aus d. Engl. v. Weyland. Mit 1 Karte.” < Neue Bibliothek der wichtigsten Beschreibungen, 
u. 8. w. (Weimar, gr. 8vo.) Bd. I, 1815. 


[1s16—18.] Meize | naar | de Bronnen van den Missouri, | en door het vaste land van America | naar de Zuid- 


zee. | Gedaan op last van de Regering der Vereenigde Staten van America, | in de jaren 1804, 
1805 en 1806. | Door de Kapiteins | Lewis en Clarke. | Met eene Kaart. | — | Uit het Engelsch 
vertaald door | N. G. Van Kampen. | — | Eerste [tweede, derde en Laatste] Deel. | * | Te Dor- 
drecht, | Bij A. Blussé §* Zoon | 1816. [1817, 1815]. 

Three vols. 8vo. Vol. I, 1816, pp. i-rrvii, 1-398, map. Vol. LI, 1817, pp. i-viti, 1-390. Vol. 
IIT, 1818, pp. i-xii, 1-335. : 


{1842~75.] History | of | the Expedition | under the command of | Captains Lewis and Clarke, | to | the 


* 


sources of the Missouri, thence across the Rocky | Mountains, and down the River Columbia to 
the | Pacific ocean ; performed during the | years 1804, 1805, 1806, | by order of the | Govern- 
ment of the United States. | Prepared yor the press | by Paul Allen, Esq. | Revised and abridged 
by the omission of unimportant de- |-tails, with an introduction and notes, | by Archibald 
M‘Vickar. | in two volumes, | Vol. I. [II.] | New York: | Harper § Brothers, Publishers, | 
Franklin Square. | 1868. 

Two vols. 18mo, some of the issues forming part of Harpers’ series, ‘‘ The Family Library,” 
Vol. I, pp. i-vi, i*-v*, vii-li, 538-371, 3 maps. Vol. II, pp. i-x, 11-395, 3 maps. (>Vol. IT, 
Appendix, ‘ Further enumeration and description of the Quadrupeds, Birds, Fishes, and 
Plants noticed during the Expedition,” pp. 339-378. ) 


These explorers began to ascend the Missouri River in keel boats, cor- 


deled by hand, in 1804. They were provided with compasses for determin- 


ing their courses, and with chronometers, sextants, and artificial horizons 


for obtaining latitudes and longitudes. They spent the winter of 1804 and 


1805 at Fort Mandan, opposite the existing Ree village, or Fort Clarke. 


The next season, having ascended the Missouri to the Three Forks, and 


named them Jefferson, Madison, and Gallatin, and believing the first to be 


the main stream, they followed it to its source. 


* 


* * * * * * * * 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. , AAT 


It does not appear from the journal I have read that the explorers re- 
lied much upon determinations for longitudes. That of the mouth of the 
Platte was taken by them half a degree too far west; that of the mouth of 
the Yellowstone accords well with the best recent determinations; that of 
the mouth of the Columbia was taken one degree too far west. The place 
which they mention as the extreme navigable point of the Missouri is placed 
by their observations on latitude 43° 30’, while the most southern point on 
Jefferson Fork is, according to Governor Stevens’s map, in about latitude 
44° 30’; thus showing a considerable discrepancy. Most of the routes and 
rivers they examined have been re-explored, the only exceptions being the 
sources of Salmon River, the Missouri River from the Gate of the Mountains 
to its source, and the Yellowstone from the point where Captain Clarke 
struck it to the mouth of Powder River. The tests to which the maps of 
this exploration have been subjected prove them to have been carefully 
made and with great accuracy, considering the means and circumstances of 
the party. 

The original map represents the different ridges of the Rocky Mount- 
ains with a general northwest trend from the Black Hills westward, and it 
is neither responsible for the error of representing those north of the Platte 
with a northeast trend nor for the false indication of a range of mountains 
running east and west between the Yellowstone and Missouri. Deceived 
by the size of the Wallamath at its mouth, these explorers supposed it to be 
a stream of great length, and represented it on their map as heading to the 
southwest in the vicinity of what is now known to be the Great Salt Lake. 
The names they gave to the rivers have been generally adopted, although 
a little confusion exists about some of the smaller ones. Captain Lewis’s 
melancholy death occurred before the completion of the narrative, thus 
devolving the whole labor of the report upon his able associate, Captain 
Clarke. Several editions of the work have appeared, differing somewhat 
from each other; and thus, no doubt, has arisen the misunderstanding now 


existing concerning the names of places. 


528 U.S..GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


EXPLORATIONS OF MAJOR Z. M. PIKE, U.S. A., 1805-"6-'7. 


The narrative I have consulted is entitled ‘An Account of Expeditions 
to the Sources of the Mississippi, and through the western parts of Louisiana, to 
the Sources of the Arkansas and Pierrejaun Rivers, performed by order of the 
Government of the United States, during the years 1805, ’6, and ’7; anda Tour 
through the interior parts of New Spain, when conducted through these provinces 
by order of the Captain General, in 1807. By Major Z. M. Pike; illustrated 
by maps and charts. Published by C. & A. Conrad & Co., Philadelphia. John 
Binus, printer—1810.” Accompanying it is a map of the Mississippi River 
from the mouth of the Missouri River to Leech Lake, on a scale of about 25 
miles to one inch; a map, in two sheets, on a scale of about 40 miles to one 
inch, showing the supposed positions of the Platte, Arkansas, and Red 
Rivers, from their mouths to their sources; and a map of New Spain, in 
two sheets, on a scale of about 75 miles to an inch. 

In 1805 and 1806 Lieutenant Pike,* in his expedition to the sources of 
the Mississippi, ascended the stream from the mouth of the Missouri to what 
is called Upper Red Cedar Lake (since named Cass Lake), and examined 
Turtle River, an affluent of this to its sources. He also examined Leech 
Lake and Leech River to its junction with the Mississippi. His map of the 
river gives its general direction with considerable accuracy, and is the more 
creditable to him, since, in his own language, ‘in the execution of this voy- 
age I had no gentlemen to aid me, and I literally performed the duties (as 
far as my limited abilities permitted) of astronomer, commanding officer, 
clerk, spy, guide, and hunter.” 

Lieutenant Pike’s second expedition was to the sources of the Arkansas, 
with the intention of passing thence south to those of Red River of Louisi- 
ana, and descending this stream to Natchitoches. He was accompanied by 
Lieut. James B. Wilkinson, U.S. A., and Dr. J. H. Robinson, M. D., and 
was provided with a sextant, chronometer, and compasses. 

* * * * * * * * * 

Nearly every part of the country traversed by Lieutenant Pike has 
since been explored by parties better provided with instruments, and his 


determinations are now replaced by others more accurate. 


*Major Pike was a lieutenant while making both of the explorations noticed here, and was 
promoted after his return, 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 529 


Red River, the discovery of whose sources was one of the main objects 
of Major Pike’s expedition, was examined in 1806 by a party under Captain 
Sparks from the mouth as far up as the Spanish border. Here he was met 
by a Spanish force very much superior to his in numbers, and prevented 
from going further. 

At this time the boundary between Louisiana and New Spain was not 
definitely agreed upon, and the Americans and Spaniards each maintained 
troops near the border to prevent the incursions of the opposite party. 
Burr's schemes were also agitating the public mind, and probably increased 
the suspicions of the governments of both nations. 

* * * * * * * * * 


HUMBOLDT'S NEW SPAIN, 1811. 


The edition of this work, which I have consulted, is entitled ‘ Polztical 
Essay on the Kingdom of New Spain, containing researches relative to the geogra- 
phy of Mexico ; the extent of its surface, and its political division into intendaneies ; 
the physical aspect of the country; the population ; the state of agriculture and 
manufacturing and commercial industry ; the canals projected between the South 
Sea and Atlantic Ocean; the Crown revenues; the quantity of the precious metals 
which have flowed from Mexico into Europe and Asta since the discovery of the 
New Continent; and the military defence of New Spain. By Alexander de 
Humboldt ; with physical sections and maps, founded on astronomical observa- 
tions and trigonometrical and barometrical measurements. Translated from the 
original French by John Black. Second edition. London: Printed for Long- 
man, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown, and H. Colburn —1814.” It is accom- 
panied by an original map, on a scale of 120 miles to an inch, ‘‘of New 
Spain, from 16° to 38° north latitude,” between the 94th and 114th meridian; 
“reduced from the large map drawn from astronomical observations at Mexico, 
in the year 1804, by Alexander de Humboldt ; and comprehends the whole of the 
information contained in the original map, except the heights of the mountains.” 

This work, completed by the Baron Humboldt for the Spanish Govern- 
ment in 1808, is almost a complete summary of all the explorations made 
by the Spaniards down to the date of its preparation, and is therefore of 
much value in showing the extent of their knowledge at that day. It shows 
that Father Escalante, in 1777, visited or gained information about Lake 

34 WH—VOL I 


530 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Timpanogos (doubtless Utah Lake, which has an affluent now called by 
that name, and which is fresh, like the one described by him), and also Lake 
Salado (probably Sevier Lake), which, he says, receives the waters of the 
Rio de San Buenaventura, its western limits being unknown. Baron Hum- 
boldt did not entertain the idea that any large river flowed into the Pacific 
Ocean from the region which now composes the Territory of Utah, as was 
generally represented on all the English maps. His work does not, how- 
ever, give any positive information about the topography and hydrography 
of any portion of our present territory which the explorations of our Gov- 
ernment have not replaced by more accurate results. Still, as it has formed 
the basis of many classifications of the great mountain system and abounds 
in valuable enunciations of the true principles of hydrography and topog- 
raphy, no one should neglect to consult it whose scientific investigations 
extend to the country west of the Mississippi. 


RECTOR’S AND ROBERDEAU’S COMPILED MAP, 1818. 


This map is titled, ‘‘ Sketch of the western part of the continent of North 
America, between latitude 35° and 52° N.,” from the 87th meridian to the 
Pacific Ocean, on a scale of about 47 miles to an inch. ‘ This map, of an 
extent of country including more than 20° of latitude and 50° of longitude, was 
originally drawn under the inspection of William Rector, esquire, surveyor of the 
United States for the Territories of Missouri and Illinois, and was by him pre- 
sented to the General Land Office, January 21, 1818. It is probably the most 
correct map of the country now extant. Signed, Josiah Meigs, General Land 
Office, January 21, 1818; Roberdeau, U. S. T. Engineers, del.” 

From the year 1807 to 1819 our country was much of the time in- 
volved in foreign difficulties, and little was done, so far as I have been able 
to learn, in exploring our western possessions. This map of Rector and 
Roberdeau has, I believe, never been published. 


* * * * * * * * * 


MAJOR S. H. LONG'S FIRST EXPEDITION, 1819 AND 1820. 
“ Account of an Expedition from Pittsburg to the Rocky Mountains, per- 
formed in the years 1819 and 1820, by order of the Hon, J. C. Calhoun, Secretary 
of War, under the command of Major Stephen H. Long, from the notes of Major 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. bol 


Long, Mr. T. Say, and other gentlemen of the exploring party: compiled by 
Edwin James, botanist and geologist for the expedition. In two volumes, with an 
atlas. Philadelphia: H. C. Carey and I. Lea, Chestnut street—1823.” This 
book also contains Major Long’s official report. Accompanying the publi- 
cation is a map, in two sheets, on a scale of 75 miles to an inch, embracing 
the country from the meridian of Washington to the Rocky Mountains, be- 
tween the 33d and 47th parallels. The original map in the Topographical 
Bureau is in one sheet, on a scale of 36 miles to an inch. The same work 
was republished ‘im three volumes in London: printed for Longman, Hurst, 
Rees, Orme, & Brown, Paternoster Row.—1823.” 

This expedition started from Pittsburgh, Pa., early in April, 1819, on 
board the small steam-boat Western Engineer, under command of Major Long. 
He was assisted by Major Biddle, Lieut. J. D. Graham, U.S. A, Cadet W. 
H. Swift, Dr. Baldwin, Dr. Thomas Say, Mr. Jessup, Mr. T. R. Peale, and Mr. 
Samuel Seymour. They were provided with chronometers, sextants, tele- 
scope for observing occultations and eclipses, and with compasses. They 
descended the Ohio River to its mouth, ascended the Mississippi to the 
mouth of the Missouri, and up this river to Old Council Bluff, which was 
the end of their travels that season, the main body wintering there at 
Engineer Cantonment. 


* * * * * * * * * 


Major Long returned to the seat of General Government during the 
winter, and was accompanied the next spring by Capt. John R. Bell, U.S. A., 
who took the place of Major Biddle, and by Dr. E. James, as botanist and 
geologist, in the place of Dr. Baldwin and Mr. Jessup, the former having 
died while ascending the Missouri River. Lieutenant Graham returned from 
Engineer Cantonment with the steam-boat. 


* * * * * * * * * 


This was the third attempt by exploring parties, under the United 
States Government, to discover the sources of Red River. The explorations 
of Major Long’s expedition, made in Arkansas and Missouri on their return, 
have been replaced by the surveys of the United States Land Office. The 
only portions of the route of this exploration which have not been re- 


532 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


examined are the trails from the Arkansas to the Canadian, and from the 
Great Bend of the Arkansas to Fort Gibson. 

The astronomical observations by Major Long, Lieutenant Grabam, and 
Lieutenant Swift consisted of altitudes and lunar distances by the sextant 
and eclipses of Jupiter's satellites, observed with a four-foot telescope. The 
relation of their determinations to those of subsequent parties will be dis- 
cussed hereafter. Their barometers were all broken before they reached 
the forks of the Platte. On the map which was made by Major Long we 
see the Black Hills of Nebraska represented as a north and south range, 
differing from Lewis and Clarke’s map, which gave them a northwest trend. 


This is the first original map which represents this range as running north. 
MAJOR LONG'S EXPEDITION TO THE SOURCE OF THE ST. PETER’S RIVER. 


The work I have consulted is entitled “ Travels in the Interior of North 
America, with the particulars of an Expedition to the Lakes, and the source of the 
St. Peter’s river. By Messrs. Long, Keating, and Colhoun ; in two volumes. 
London: Printed for G. B. Whittaker, Ave Maria lane.—1828.” It is accom- 
panied by a map, on a scale of 35 miles to an inch, exhibiting the route of 
the expedition. It includes the area limited on the northeast by a line drawn 
from Lake Winnipeg to the east end of Lake Ontario; on the southeast by 
aline from Lake Ontario to Pittsburgh; on the southwest by one from Cincin- 
nati to Rock Island, in the Mississippi; and on the northwest by one from 
the Mandan villages to Lake Winnipeg. 

This expedition was commanded by Maj. 8. H. Long, topographical 
engineer, who was assisted by Thomas Say, zoologist, antiquarian, and 


botanist; William H. Keating 


D>) 


mineralogist and geologist; and James C. 
Colhoun, astronomer, who was supplied with a sextant and pocket chro- 
nometer, Distances were estimated and courses taken by compasses. Mr. 
Say and Mr. Keating, by the latter of whom the published narrative was 
written, acted as joint literary journalists. They started from Philadelphia 
in April, 1823; traveled to Wheeling; thence to Columbus; thence to Fort 
Wayne, on the Miami River, where they obtained a few soldiers to accom- 
pany them, and thence to the southern extremity of Lake Michigan. The 


journey between these last two places was through a wilderness, and on 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 533 


reaching Chicago they found it to consist “of a few miserable huts, inhab- 
ited by a miserable race of men,” though it was, ‘perhaps, one of the oldest 
settled places in the Indian country.” From this point they proceeded 
through the unknown wilderness to Fort Crawford, or Prairie du Chien, at 
the junction of the Wisconsin and Mississippi Rivers. From this point one 
portion proceeded rapidly by land up the right bank of the Mississippi to 
Fort Snelling. The other part arrived there soon after by water. This 
place had been visited by Major Long in 181%, and its site recommended 
for a permanent military post, which was established in 1819. 
* * * * * * * * * 

The astronomer, Mr. Colhoun, made numerous observations, which 
embraced every kind of which a sextant is capable. Our knowledge of the 
route has been improved by other explorers from the mouth of the St. Peter’s 
River to the 49th parallel, but from that point to the mouth of Dog River 
this map is our only authority along the route explored. The Shayenne 
River, which Major Long supposed to be only 50 miles long, has since 
been shown to have a valley about 300 miles in length. 


J. C. BROWN’S SURVEY OF ROAD FROM FORT OSAGE TO TAOS, 1825 1826, AND 1827. 


In the Topographical Bureau there is one map, in two sheets, of this 
survey, on a scale of 4 miles to an inch; another on a scale of 12 miles to 
an inch, and a third on a scale of 4 miles to an inch, in thirty-one sections, 
“of the road surveyed and marked out from the western frontier of Missouri, 
near Fort Osage, to San Fernando de ‘Taos, near Santa Fé, in New Mexico, 
by order of the Government of the United States, in the years 1825, 1826, 
and 1827, with accurate and minute notes and directions for the use of 
travelers,” which begins thus: “The following pages contain a map of the 
road, as surveyed and marked out from the frontier of Missouri to Taos, the 
first settlement in the direction to Santa Fé, under the direction of Benjamin 
Reeves, George C. Sibley, and Thomas Mather, commissioners appointed 
by the President of the United States for that purpose.” 

This survey was made with a chain and compass, corrected by observa- 
tions for latitude with a good sextant. The longitudes were referred to the 


meridian of Fort Osage, which was taken at 93° 51/03". This road is that 


534 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


of the Santa F¢ trail, along the divide between the Kansas and Arkansas 
Rivers. 
* * * * * * * * * 

These maps, though not displaying great skill in topographical repre- 
sentation, were constructed from a survey more elaborate than any subse- 
quent one over the same route. They are therefore of much value at the 
present time. The names now in use along the line were many of them 
given by this party. I am not aware that the original map and notes have 
ever been published. 


R. RICHARDSON’S SURVEY OF ROAD FROM LITTLE ROCK TO FORT GIBSON, 1826. 


The map of this road, in the Topographical Bureau, is constructed on 
a scale of four miles to an inch. The survey was made, I believe, with a 
chain and compass, and is valuable as showing the relative longitudes of 
Fort Smith and Fort Gibson. It does not seem to have been used on late 


compilations. 
NORTHWEST BOUNDARY COMMISSION, 1828. 


The commissioners appointed under the treaty of Ghent for ascertain- 
ing and establishing the north and northwestern boundary between the 
United States and Great Britain made a decision (June 18, 1822) at Utica, 
N. Y., which was published by a resolution of the United States House of 
Representatives in 1828. As this publication extends their labors no further 
west than the outlet to Lake Superior, the information and maps do not re- 
late to the region under consideration. I believe that the surveys made 
under the commission were extended as far west as the Lake of the Woods, 
and according to these the boundary line was fixed in the second article of 
the Ashburton treaty. In the State Department there is a map, in five 
sheets, on a scale of an inch to two miles, a reduction of which was pub- 
lished on Nicollet’s map of the hydrographical basin of the Upper Missis- 
sippi. The original maps have the following title: 


‘Map of a part of certain surveys along the water communications northward of Lake Superior, 
com.sencing at the mouth of the Pigeon River and extending westward to Lake Namekan; made by 
order of the honorable the commissioners under the sixth and seventh articles of the treaty of Ghent. 

“Signed: Sena eae ; Commissioners. 
““T, FERGUSON, Surveyor. 
“GEORGE W. WHISTLER, U.S. Artillery, 
“ Draughtaman and Assistant Surveyor.” 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 5385 


BRITISH ADMIRALTY CHART OF LAKE SUPERIOR, 1828. 


This chart, published from reconnaissances made by Lieut. H. W. Bay- 
field, R. N., are, to this day, the best we have of the northern shore of Lake 
Superior. 


LIEUTENANT HARDY, R. N.—EXAMINATION OF GULF OF CALIFORNIA, 1825, 1826, 1827, AND 1828. 


Lieutenant Hardy visited the whole coast of the Gulf from Mazatlan 
around by the mouth of the Colorado to Loredo, in search of pearl fisheries. 
He did not determine any positions by astronomical observations, and his 
map has not been used by me. 


ROSS COX.—ADVENTURES ON THE COLUMBIA RIVER. 


This book is entitled ‘Adventures on the Columbia River, including a 
Narratire of six years on the Western side of the Rocky Mountains among vari- 
ous tribes of Indians hitherto unknown, together with a Journey across the Amer- 
ican Continent: By Ross Cox. Published by J. J. Harper, New York.—1832.” 

The journey across the continent was made up the Columbia to one of 
*ts northern sources, crossing the Rocky Mountains at the head of the Atha- 
basea River, near Mount Hooker, in about latitude 52° 10’ north. The 
book is very interesting and instructive in regard to the early operations of 
the fur companies. 


RECONNAISSANCE OF THE SOURCES OF THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER, BY LIEUT. J. ALLEN, U.S. A., 1832. 


The report of Lieutenant Allen, with map, on a scale of 5.75 miles to 
an inch, exhibiting the Mississippi River from Lake Pepin to its source, 
together with the country adjacent to his routes, is printed in Ex. Doc. No. 
323, Ist session Twenty-third Congress. 


* * * * * * * * * 

“JT was not furnished with, nor could I procure at Fort Brady, any 
instruments by which to fix, from astronomical observations, the true geo- 
graphical positions of points necessary to be known for the construction of 
an accurate map; and to obviate this inconvenience I had recourse to a 
method of tracing the whole route between the few points fixed and given 
by the observations of former travelers. For this purpose a compass, the 
only instrument I had, was placed in my canoe, where it was constantly 


under my eye; and as the canoe proceeded in the line of a river I carried 


536 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


my observations from the compass to a field-book at every bend or change 
of direction, thus delineating in my field-book all the bends of the river pre- 
cisely as they occurred; and by establishing a scale of proportions in the 
lengths of the reaches I was also in this way enabled to lay down and pre- 
serve the general curve of a river with surprising accuracy, as was tested 
afterwards in constructing on my map the routes of rivers between known 
points. The distances were estimated with great pains and care, and from 
the combined judgment of all the gentlemen of the party. * * * 

“On the portion of the Mississippi above Cass Lake, which was the 
least known of any part of the river and route, I bestowed on the tracing 
and computing of distances the most unremitted attention.” 

To Lieutenant Allen we are indebted for the first topographical and 
hydrographical delineation of the source of the Mississippi; and this, some- 
what improved by Mr. Nicollet, is our authority at the present day for the 
Mississippi above the mouth of Swan River. Lieutenant Allen was a com- 
panion of Mr. H. R. Schoolcraft, whose labors and writings are so well known. 

SCHOOLCRAFT’S NARRATIVE OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE SOURCE UF THE MISSISSIPPI IN 1832. 

The title of this work is as follows: ‘Narrative of an Expedition through 
the Upper Mississippi to Itasca Lake, the actual source of this river, embracing 
an exploration through the St. Croix and Burntwood (or Brule) rivers, in 1832, 
under the direction of Henry R. Schoolcraft New York: Published by Harper 
& Brother, No. 82 Cliff street.—1834.” This book is embellished by “A 
sketch of the sources of the Mississippi River, drawn from Lieutenant Allen’s 
observations in 1832, to illustrate Schooleraft’s inland journey to Itasca 
Lake, in two sheets, on a scale of about 11 miles to an inch.” 

Mr. Schoolcraft’s object on the expedition in 1832 was to attempt a 
reconciliation of the difficulties between the Chippeway and Sioux Indians. 
The routes he pursued were nearly those mapped by Lieutenant Allen, as 
already described. 

In the same book is a brief account of Mr. Schoolcraft’s examinations 
in 1831 (in connection with his duties in relation to Indian affairs) of the 
country between Lake Superior and the Mississippi. His route lay up the 
Mauvyaise or Bad River to its source, and thence down the Chippeway to 
its mouth. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. Dow 


Mr. Schooleraft had also accompanied Gen. Lewis Cass in his expedi- 
tion to the sources of the Mississippi in 1820, at which time the highest 
point reached was the lake called Red Cedar by Pike, but since generally 
known as Cass Lake. 

Mr. Schooleraft publishea a beautiftil description of this expedition, 
ealled, “Narrative Journal of Travels from Detroit, northwest through the great 
chain of American Lakes, to the sources of the Mississippi river, in the year 
1820. By Henry R. Schoolcraft. Albany: Published by E. dE. Hosford.— 
1821.” It is accompanied by a map on a scale of 65 miles to an inch, ex- 
hibiting the region bounded by the 1st and 21st meridians west from Wash- 
ington and the 41st and 51st parailels. 

The Mississippi River, whose extreme sources Messrs. Allen and School- 
craft have the honor of first exploring, was discovered by Hernando de Soto, 
who reached its banks probably near Memphis in 1541. Father Marquette 
and Sieur Joilet first saw it in 1673. Father Hennepin visited it in 1680, 
and named the St. Peter’s River and the Falls of St. Anthony. The mouth 
was discovered in 1683 by the Sieur La Salle, who sailed down the Illinois 
River to the Mississippi, and navigated it to the Gulf of Mexico. M. Le 
Sueur visited it probably as early as 1695, at which time he discovered the 
blue earth on the St. Peter’s. In 1702 he floated two thousand pounds of 
this material to the mouth of the Mississippi. These statements in regard 
to the discovery of the Mississippi I have taken principally from Mr. Keat- 
ing’s narrative of Major Loneg’s expedition to the sources of the St. Peter’s 
River. 

We are indebted to Capt. Jonathan Carver, who visited the Upper 
Mississippi in 1766—68, for much of our early knowledge of the Upper Missis- 
sippi valley, although some of his statements must be received with caution. 
He claims to have first conceived the idea of passing from the sources of the 
Missouri to the Pacific Ocean. An expedition to this effect was actually 
fitted out by the aid of Mr. Whitworth, when the growing troubles of the 
colonies with the mother country led to its abandonment. 


* * * * * * * * * 


o 


OyHPAC Pal Rr: 


EXPLORATIONS FROM A. D. 1832 TO A. D, 1844. 


Captain Bonneville, U.S. A., expedition, 1832 to 1836.—Discovery of Great Salt Lake and Humboldt 
River.—Irving’s Astoria.—Lieut. E. Steen, U. 8. A., map, 1835.—Topographical Bureau, map of 
Western Frontier, 1837.—C. Dimmock, C. E., survey, 1538.—Capt. W. Hood, T. E., memoir and map, 
1839.—Topographical Bureau, map of Oregon, 1838.—Survey boundary Louisiana and Texas, 
1840.—Commander Wilkes, U.S.N., map of Oregon, 1841.—Kendall’s Santa Fé Expedition, 1841.— 
Professor Nicollet’s exploration and map, 1835—40.—Lieut. J.C. Fremont, T. E., exploration, 1842.— 
Capt. N. Boone, U.S. A., expedition, 1843.—Capt. J. Allen, U.S.A, expedition, 1843.—Topograph- 
ical Bureau, map of Texas, 1844.—Gregg’s Commerce of the Prairies, 1844. ‘ 


BONNEVILLE'S EXPEDITION TO ROCKY MOUNTAINS, 1832 TO 1836. 


The narrative I have perused is entitled “The Rocky Mountains ; or, 
Scenes, Incidents, and Adventures in the Far West; digested Srom the Journal 
of Captain B. L. E. Bonneville, of the Army of the United States, and illustrated 
from various other sources. By Washington Irving. In two volumes. Phila- 
delphia: Carey, Lea & Blanchard.—1837.” This is accompanied by two 
maps; one on a scale of 23 miles to an inch, showing the sources of the 
Missouri, Yellowstone, Platte, Green, Bear, Snake, and Salmon Rivers, and 
a portion of Lake Bonneville (Great Salt Lake); the other, on a scale of 
50 miles to an inch, giving the country from the Rocky Mountains to the 
Pacific, between the parallels of 38° and 49° north latitude. 

Captain Bonneville’s explorations were made in prosecution of the fur 
trade, which was his principal object, and very great accuracy in the map 
is not therefore to be expected. His letter of instructions, from Major- 
General Macomb, dated Washington, August 3, 1831, contains the follow- 
ing directions: ‘The leave of absence which you have asked, for the pur- 
pose of enabling you to carry into execution your design of exploring the 
country to the Rocky Mountains and beyond, * * * has been duly con- 


539 


540 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


sidered and submitted to the War Department for approval, and has been 
sanctioned. You are therefore authorized to be absent from the Army till 
October, 1833. It is understood that the Government is to be at no expense 
in reference to your proposed expedition, it having originated with your- 
self. * * * You will naturally, in preparing yourself for the expedi- 
tion, provide suitable instruments.” 
* * * * * * * * * 

Having made his arrangements for the year he visited the Great Salt 
Lake and saw its northern portions. ‘To have this lake properly explored 
and all its secrets revealed was the grand scheme of the captain for the 
present year. * * * This momentous undertaking he confided to Mr. 
Walker, in whose experience and ability he had great confidence.” ‘“ He 
instructed him to keep along the shores of the lake, and trap in all the 
streams on his route. He was also to keep a journal and minutely to record 


the events of his journey and everything curious or interesting, and make 


maps or charts of his route and of the surrounding country.” No pains nor 
expense were spared in fitting out this party, which was composed of forty 
men. They had complete supplies for a year, and were to meet Captain 
Bonneville in the ensuing summer in the valley of Bear River, the largest 
tributary of Salt Lake. 

This party endeavored to proceed south over the great barren salt plain 
lying to the west of the lake, but their sufferings became so great, and the 
danger of perishing so imminent, that they abandoned the proposed route and 
struck to the northwest for some snowy mountains in the distance Thus 
they came upon Ogden’s (Humboldt) River, and followed down it to the 
“sinks,” or place where it loses itself in the sand. Continuing on they 
crossed the Sierra Nevada, in which they were entangled for twenty-three 
days, suffering very much from hunger, and finally reached the waters of 
the Sacramento; thence turning south they stopped at the Mission of Monte- 
rey. After a considerable sojourn the party started to return. Instead of 
retracing their steps through the Sierra Nevada they passed round its south- 
ern extremity, and crossing a range of low hills, found themselves in the 
sandy plains south of Ogden’s River, where they again suffered grievously 


from want of water. On this journey they encountered some Mexicans, 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 541 


two of whom accompanied them to the rendezvous appointed by Captain 
Bonneville. The return route of this party probably was nearly that taken 
by Captain Fremont in 1842, and known as the Santa F¢ trail to California. 
They thus traveled quite around the Great Basin system. 

While this expedition was in progress Captain Bonneville made an ex- 
cursion to the headwaters of the Yellowstone. Leaving Green River he 
moved east to the sources of the Sweetwater, so as to turn the Wind River 
Mountains at their southeast extremity; thence striking the head of the 
Popo Agie, he passed down it to Wind River, which he followed through 
the gap of the Little Horn Mountains, and through the Big Horn range. 
Below these mountains the river becomes navigable for canoes, and takes 
the name of the Big Horn River From this point he returned to Wind 
River and attempted to cross the Wind River Mountains direct to his caches 
on Green River. In this he was foiled by the chasms and precipices and 
compelled to take his former route around their southeastern extremity. 
From the depot he went up to the sources of Green River, crossed the mount- 
ains between its source and that of Wind River, and again returned to 
Green River by the Sweetwater. He then passed over the mountains to 
the Bear River Valley, and thence to the Port Neuf River, where he estab- 
lished his winter quarters. 

During the winter he started to visit the Columbia, passing down the 
Snake River Valley, through the Grand Ronde and over the Blue Mount- 
ains to Walla-Walla. He returned to Bear River in the succeeding June. 
On the 3d of July, 1834, he made a second visit to the Columbia, and re- 
turned to spend the winter on Bear River. In 1835 he returned home* by 
way of the Platte River. 

Captain Bonneville’s maps, which accompany the edition of Irving’s 
work, published by Carey, Lea & Blanchard in 1837 (the later editions 
generally do not give the original maps), are the first to correctly represent 
the hydrography of this region west of the Rocky Mountains. Although the 


geographical positions are not accurate, yet the existence of the great interior 


* Captain Bor poewille’ ‘Ss Tena continued absence after thee avexton of his leave, during which 
time no news was received from him at the War Department, led to his name being dropped from the 
Army Register. He was, however, restored, and now holds the commission of colonel of the Third 
infantry. 


542 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


basins (without outlets to the ocean) of Great Salt Lake, of Mary’s or Ogden’s 
River (named afterwards Humboldt by Captain Fremont), of the Mud 
Lakes, and of Sevier River and Lake, was determined by Captain Bonneville’s 
maps, and they proved the non-existence of the Rio Buenaventura and of 
other hypothetical rivers. They reduced the Wallamuth or Multonomah 
(Willamette) River to its proper length, and fixed approximately its source, 
and determined the general extent and direction of the Sacramento and San 
Joaquin Rivers. The map of the sources of the Yellowstone is still the best 
original one of that region. 
* * * * * * . ok * * 

Colonel Benton, in his “Thirty Years’ View,” page 580, says of Fre- 
mont’s second expedition: ‘He was at Fort Vancouver, guest of the hos- 
pitable Dr. McLaughlin, governor of the British Hudson Bay Fur Company, 
and obtained from him all possible information upon his intended line of 
return, faithfully given, but which proved to be disastrously erroneous in 
its leading and governing feature.” * * * ‘All maps up to that time 
had shown this region traversed from east to west, from the base of the 
Rocky Mountains to the bay of San Francisco, by a great river called the 
Buenaventura, which may be translated the good chance. Fremont believed 
in it, and his plan was to reach it before the dead of winter, and then hiber- 
nate upon it.” 

It is evident that Colonel Benton had never seen Captain Bonneville’s 


map, or he would not have written this paragraph. 


EARLY DISCOVERIES IN THE GREAT BASIN. 


The exploration of the Great Salt Lake was a favorite object with 
Captain Bonneville; though called Lake Bonneville by Mr. Irving, its ex- 
istence was well known to the traders and trappers on his arrival in that 
country, as was also that of the Ogden’s or Mary’s River. A short account 
of the first discoveries in this region may not be inappropriate in this place. 

In Captain Stansbury’s report, page 151, he says: ‘The existence of 
a large lake of salt water, somewhere amid the wilds west of the Rocky 
Mountains, seems to have been known, vaguely, as long as 150 years since. 
As early as 1689 the Baron la Hontan * * * wrote an account of discov- 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 543 


eries in this region, which was published in the English language in 1735.” 
This narrative of La Hontan of his journey up “La Rivitre Longue,” flow- 
ing into the Mississippi from the west, has for more than a century been 
considered fabulous. It is spoken of even by Captain Stansbury as an 
‘imaginative voyage up this most imaginary river,” up which La Hontan 
claims to have sailed for six weeks without reaching the source. During 
this voyage he learned from four Mozeemlek slaves belonging to the Indians 
living on the river ‘that, at the distance of 150 leagues from the place he 
then was, their principal river empties itself into a salt lake of 300 leagues 
in circumference, the mouth of which is two leagues broad; that the lower 
part of that river is adorned with six noble cities, surrounded with stone 
cemented with fat earth; that the houses of these cities have no roofs, but 
are open above, like a platform, as you see them drawn on the map; that, 
besides the above-mentioned cities, there are above a hundred towns, great 
and small, round that sort of sea, upon which they navigate with such boats 
as you see drawn on the map,” ete. 

Now, this description does not, in any particular, correspond with the 
Great Salt Lake; and if it was told by the savages to the baron might, 
with as much if not far greater propriety, be considered as referring to the 
Pacific Ocean, with the Columbia flowing into it. 

The story of La Hontan excited much speculation and received various 
additions in his day; and the lake finally became represented on the pub- 
lished English maps of as late date as 1826 (see Plate IIT) as being the 
source of two great navigable rivers flowing into the South Sea. Here it 
was that historians supposed the Aztecs were located before their migration 
to Mexico. 

Father Escalante, in 1776, traveled from near Santa Fé, New Mexico, 
in a northwesterly direction, to the Great Colorado. After crossing it and 
passing to the southwest through the country near its western bank, he 
turned again to the southeast, recrossed the stream, and proceeded to the 
Gila. During his journey he probably was in the vicinity of Utah Lake. 
He there met with Indians who told him of a lake to the north whose waters 
produced a burning sensation when they touched the skin. This lake was 


perhaps the Great Salt Lake; and its property of making a burning sensa- 


544 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF i00TH MERIDIAN. 


tion when applied to the skin was probably the effect of the strong solution 

of salt which it contains. This lake was not visited by Father Escalante ; 

and that which he represents on his map, and which is copied on Humboldt’s 

New Spain as Lake Timpanogos, was probably what is now called Lake 

Utah, into which a stream flows called by the Indians Timpanogos River. 
* * * * * * * * * 

A portion of the Great Basin system was visited by Father Font as 
early as 1777, near the Mojave River (which he called Rio de los Mortires). 
He followed its course to the place where it sinks, and then traveled east, 
crossing the Colorado at the Mojave valleys, and kept on as far as the Mo- 
quis villages. A copy of his map was procured in California by Captain 


Ord, U.S. A., and is now on file in the Topographical Bureau. 
IRVING'S ASTORIA. 


“ Astoria, or Anecdotes of an Enterprise beyond the Rocky Mountains. By 
Washington Irving. Authors revised edition, complete in one volume. New 
York: G. P. Putnam —1849.” It contains a reduced copy of Wilkes’s map 
of Oregon, and is the only edition at my command. 

This beautifully written book, published first, I believe, in 1836, con- 
tains an account of the voyages and journey performed by Mr. Astor’s 
parties. One of these, under Messrs Hunt and Crook, went, in 1811 and 
1812, from the Arikaree village, on the Missouri, at the mouth of Grand or 
“Big River,” westward through the Black Hills and Big Horn Mountains 
to Wind River, and thence to the sources of the Snake or Lewis. River, and 
down that stream to the Columbia. 


* * * * * * * * * 
MAP OF LIEUT. E. STEEN, UJ. S. DRAGOONS, 1835. 


This map exhibits the country from the west boundary of Arkansas and 
Missouri to the Rocky Mountains, between the 3ist and 45th parallels, on 
a scale of 20 miles to an inch, it shows the route of the rangers under 
Colonel Manny, in 1833, who made an excursion from Fort Gibson west- 
ward as far as the head of the Little River, and back, and of the routes of 


the dragoons under Colonel Dodge, in 1834 and 1835. 


* * * * * * * * * 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 545 


Capt. R. B. Marey, U.S. A., has since explored all this section, and in- 
formation concerning it can be found in his reports. 

The expedition under Colonel Dodge in 1835 started from Fort Leaven- 
worth, proceeded up the Platte and South Fork to its source, then traveled 
south to the Arkansas, and returned by it and the Santa Fé road to Fort 
Leavenworth. 

* * * ¥ * * * * * 


TOPOGRAPHICAL BUREAU MAP OF THE WESTERN FRONTIER, 1837. 


This is “‘A map illustrating the plan of the defenses of the western and north 
western frontier, as proposed by Charles Gratiot, in his report of October 31, 
1837, compiled in the United States Topographical Bureau, under the direction 
of Col J. J. Abert, United States Topographical Engineers, by W. Hood.” 

This map was published (Senate document No 65, second session 
Twenty-fifth Congress) on a scale of 50 miles to an inch. It embraces the 
territory of the United States from the Gulf of Mexico to the 45th parallel 
of north latitude, and from the Mississippi River west to near the 103¢ 
meridian. 

New Orleans and St. Louis are both represented as being in longi- 
tude 90° 25’. 

SURVEY OF C. DIMMOCK IN 1838. 

This survey, made with chain and compass for a military road along 
the western borders of Arkansas and Missouri, between Fort Smith and Fort 
Leavenworth, is still valuable between Old Fort Seott and Fort Smith, as 
it has not here been replaced by the United States Land Office surveys. 


TOPOGRAPHICAL BUREAU MAP OF OREGON, 1838. 


The title of this is ‘“A map of the United States territory of Oregon west 
of the Rocky Mountains, exhibiting the various trading depots or forts occupied 
by the British Hudson Bay Company connected with the western and northwestern 
Sur trade, compiled in the Bureau of Topographical Engineers, from the latest 
authorities, under the direction of Col. J. J. Abert, by Washington Hood, 1838. 
M. H. Stansbury, del.” 

This map accompanies the report of Mr. Linn, from “the select com- 


mittee to which was referred a bill to authorize the President of the United 
35 WH—VOL I 


546 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


States to occupy the Oregon Territory, submitted to the Senate,” which 
report forms Senate document 470, second session Twenty-fifth Congress. 

The map is published on a scale of 25 miles to an inch, and embraces 
the territory of North America from the 38th to the 55th parallel west of 
the 102d meridian. 

All of this map, between the 40th and 50th parallels, with some trifling 
changes, was published in Wyndham Robertson’s work, entitled ‘Oregon, 
our Right and Title,” ete., published in Washington, 1846. 


* * * * * * * * * 


MEMOIR AND MAP BY CAPTAIN HOOD, 1239, 


Capt. Washington Hood, Topographical Engineers, while stationed on 
the Missouri frontier, compiled in 1839 a map, on a scale of 42 miles to an 
inch, of the country adjacent to the headwaters of the Missouri, the Yellow- 
stone, the Salmon, the Lewis, and the Colorado, with various observations 
on the subject of the practicable passes or routes through the Rocky Mount- 
ains to the Pacific, “from informaticn obtained in frequent conversations 
with two highly intelligent trappers, William A. Walker, of Virginia, and 
Mr, Coates, of Missouri, who belonged originally to Captain Bonneville’s 
party, but subsequently continued to roam the mountains as free trappers 
during six consecutive years; as also that derived from others, who were 
connected with surveys and expeditions as far to the westward as Santa Fé 
and ‘T'aos.” 

This map is correct in its main features, but neither it nor the notes 
were ever published. 


* * * * * * z * * 


SURVEY OF THE BOUNDARY BETWEEN LOUISIANA AND TEXAS IN 1840. 


The journal of the commission will be found in Senate document No. 
199, second session, 'Twenty-seventh Congress, and is accompanied by two 
maps. One, ona scale of 14 miles to an inch, gives the Sabine River; and the 
other, on a scale of 4 miles to an inch, represents the meridian boundary 
line between the Sabine and Red Rivers, the initial point being the place 
where the Sabine is crossed by the parallel of 32° north latitude. 

The surveys on the part of the United States of the portion north of 


the Sabine River were made by Lieut. Col. James Kearney, Lieut. J. Edm. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 547 


Blake, and Lieut. L. Sitgreaves, Topographical Engineers; and along the 
Sabine River by Maj. J. D. Graham, Lieut. "ed: lee, and Lieut. G. G: 
Meade, Topographical Engineers. The surveys on the part of Texas were 


by Messrs. P. J. Pellows, D. C. Webber, and A. B. Gray. 


UNITED STATES EXPLORING EXPEDITION UNDER COMMANDER CHARLES WILKES, U.S.N. 


“Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition during the years 
1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, and 1842, by Charles Wilkes, U. S. N., commander of 
the expedition, member of the American Philosophical Society, etc., in five volumes, 
and an atlas. Philadelphia: Lea & Blanchard.—1845.” The map extends 
from the 40th to the 53d parallel, and from the 106th meridian to the Pacific, 
on a scale of about 48 miles to an inch. 

This naval exploring expedition arrived in Oregon in 1841. 

A party under Lieutenant Johnson started from Nisqually, crossed the 
Cascades near Mount Rainier, and reached the Columbia near the mouth of 
the Pisquose River. Crossing the Columbia they proceeded to Fort Okini- 
kaine, thence to the mouth of the Spokane, and thence north to Fort Col- 
ville. They then turned south, visited the Mission, and continuing on 
struck the Kooskoosky, about forty miles below where Lewis and Clark 
struck it; thence they traveled to Fort Walla-Walla. From this point they 
returned to Nisqually by the valley of the Yakima River, crossing the Cas- 
cade Mountains at its source. 

The Columbia River was surveyed as far up as Walla-Walla, and a 
party was dispatched up the valley of the Willamette, and thence to the 
sources of the Sacramento, down which they traveled to the bay of San 


Francisco. 
KENDALL'S NARRATIVE—SANTA FE EXPEDITION, 1841. 


‘Narrative of the Texan Santa Fé Expedition, comprising a description of 
a tour through Texas, and across the great southwestern prairies, the Comanche 
and Caygua hunting grounds, with an account of the sufferings from want of 
food, losses from hostile Indians, and final capture of the Texans, and their 
march as prisoners to the city of Mexico, with illustrations and a map. By 
George Wilkins Kendall ; in two volumes. New York: Harper & Brother, 82 
Cliff street—1844.” The map is ona scale of 45 miles to an inch, bounded 


548 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


on the north by the 38th parallel, on the east by the 91st meridian, on the 
south by the 19th parallel, and on the west by the 103d meridian. 

This expedition left Austin, the capital of Texas, on the 21st of June, 
1841. Mr. Kendall, the author of the narrative, accompanied the expedi- 
tion fron: motives of mere curiosity and a desire of travel, being fully im- 
pressed with the idea that it was entirely a commercial expedition, and not 
one that would render null his passport received from the Mexican consul 
at New Orleans. ‘The entire military force consisted of six companies, aver- 
aging forty men each. There was a large train of wagons containing the 
property of merchants who accompanied the expedition to trade at Santa 
Fé. The whole party was under the command of General McLeod. * * * 
This expedition, it is thought, may have been the first to visit the sources 
of Red River, but it furnished no topographical information which could be 


accurately represented upon a map. 
I. N. NICOLLET’S EXPLORATIONS, 1836 TO 1840. 


This report and map was printed by the Senate, document No 237, 
Twenty-sixth Congress, second session; the title being “ Report intended to 
Ulustrate a map of the Hydrographical Basin of the Upper Mississippi River, 
made by I. N. Nicollet while in employ under the Bureau of the Corps of Topo- 
graphical Engineers. February 16, 1841.—Ordered to be printed, and 200 addi- 
tional copies for the use of the Senate. Washington: Blair & Rives, printers.— 
1843.” The map accompanying this document is on a seale of 1 to 1,200,000, 
“Reduced and compiled, under the direction of Col. J. J. Abert, in the 
Bureau of Topographical Engineers, by Lieut. W. H. Emory, from the map 
published in 1842, and from other authorities in 1843.” 

The map published in 1842 was on a seale of 1 to 600,000, and bore 
the title of “Map of the Hydrographical Basin of the Upper Mississippi 
River, from astronomical and barometrical observations, surveys, and in- 
formation, by I. N. Nicollet, made in the years 1836, 1837, 1838, 1839, and 
1840; assisted in 1838, 1839, and 1840, by Lieut. J. C. Fremont, of the 
Corps of Topographical Engineers, and authorized by the War Depart- 
ment.” Both of these maps comprised the valley of the Mississippi and 


country adjacent, from the parallel of 388° to 48° 30’ north, between the 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 549 


89th and 101st meridians west from Greenwich, and contained, in addition 
to the results of Mr. Nicollet’s own observations and determinations, a com- 
pilation of nearly all previous authentic explorations within these limits. 

Mr. Nicollet says in his introduction that “having come to this country 
for the purpose of making a scientific tour, and with a view of contributing 
to the progressive increase of knowledge in the physical geography of North 
America, I determined, after having explored the Alleghany range in its 
various extension through the Southern States, and having ascended the 
ted River, Arkansas River, and to a long distance the Missouri River, to 
undertake the full exploration of the Mississippi River from its mouth to its 
very sources. During the five years that I was engaged in these excursions 
I took oceasion to make numerous observations calculated to lay the foun- 
dation of the astronomical and physical geography of a large extent of 
country, and more especially of the great and interesting region between 
the Falls of St. Anthony and the sources of the Mississippi. With these 
labors I connected, also, the study of the customs, habits, manners, and 
languages of the several Indian nations that occupy this vast region of 
country. .At the expiration of this long (and I found it an arduous) journey, 
I returned to Baltimore among my good friends of St. Mary’s College, where 
I soon received a flattering invitation from the War Department and To- 
pographical Bureau to repair to Washington. The result of my travels was 
made known to these departments, upon which they thought proper to in- 
trust me with the command of an expedition to enable me to complete to 
the greatest advantage a scheme which T had already projected on my visit 
to the far west, namely, the construction of a geographical and topograph- 
ical map of the country explored.” This was in the spring of 1838. 

The years 1838 and 1839 were spent in explorations in Minnesota, 
assisted by Lieutenant Fremont. Mr. Nicollet had nearly completed the 
map, and written a portion of his report, when death put an end to his 
labors before he was enabled to finish it, or to revise what had been pre- 
viously written. The report does not, therefore, do justice to the surveys, 
and it is impossible to specify the routes he pursued except for the years 
of 1836, 1838, and 1839, and somewhat imperfectly for these, even though 


I have consulted his original notes in the Topographical Bureau. The 


550. ~«2U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


reconnaissances of these years are the ones which, topographically, have at 
present the greatest value, as nearly all the others made by him have since 
been replaced by more accurate surveys under the General Land Office. 
Wherever Mr. Nicollet went he was indefatigable in the use of the tele- 
scope for observing occultations and eclipses, and of the sextant, with 
which he was very skillful; with these, a pocket chronometer, artificial 
horizon of mercury, and barometer, he obtained results possessing remark- 
able accuracy for the means employed. 


¥ * * * * * * * * 


Mr. Nicollet was the first explorer who made much use of the barom- 
eter for obtaining the elevation of our great interior country above the sea. 
An abstract of the methods and principles by which he was governed in 
his explorations is given in his report, and have served as a guide to many 
subsequent explorers. His map was one of the greatest contributions ever 


made to American geography. 
EXPLORATION OF LIEUT. J. C. FREMONT, TOPUGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS IN 1812. 


The report of this expedition is 8. Doe. No, 248, Twenty-seventh Con- 
egress, third session, and is entitled ‘dn Exploration of the Country lying 
between the Missouri River and the Rocky Mountains, on the line of the Kansas 
and Great Platte Rivers.” It is illustrated by a map on a seale of 1 to 
1,000,000 (nearly 16 miles to an inch), embracing the country from the 
forks of the Platte to the South Pass, between the forty-third and forty- 
fifth parallels. 

Lieutenant Fremont’s party consisted of about twenty-five persons, 
all mounted except eight who drove the carts carrying their stores. He 
was assisted by the since well-known topographer, Mr. Charles Preuss, and 
provided with chronometers, sextant, artificial horizon, telescope for observ- 
ing occultations, and a barometer. 


* * * * * * * * * 
Lieutenant Fremont made, throughout this journey, astronomical 


observations whenever circumstances permitted. His barometer was 


broken among the Wind River Mountains. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 551 


EXPLORATION BY CAPT. N. BOONE, JNITED STATES DRAGOONS, 1843. 


The manuscript copy of this map, report, and journal L obtained from 
the files of the Adjutant-General’s Office, and it is exceedingly interesting 
as containing an account of a country almost unknown. The map is on a 
scale of 20 miles to an inch. It exhibits the country between the Arkansas 
and Canadian Rivers as far west as the 100th meridian. It contains no 
meridians or parallels, as no astronomical observations were made. Captain 
Boone says: “It is a map or rough sketch of the country, with the water 
courses running through it. The courses and distances are all estimated 
from point to point direct, and not according to the distance actually trav- 
eled during each day, as it was found impossible to note the courses and 
distances of the windings made during each day’s march.” This report is 
accompanied by a minute journal, covering fifty-five pages of letter paper, 
closely written, and is referred to by General Taylor, in transmitting it, as 
containing ‘much valuable and curious information, particularly in relation 
to the salt region on the Red Fork of the Arkansas.” The map and report 


have never been printed.* 


* * * * * * * * ¥ 
EXPEDITION OF CAPT. J. ALLEN TO SOURCE OF DES MOINES RIVER, ETC., 1843. 


The report and journal of this expedition form printed House Doe. No. 
168, 1st session 29th Congress. No map was printed with this report. 
Captain Allen submitted a map of his route with it, concerning which he 
makes the following remarks: “For the actual route passed over | must 
refer to the accompanying map, which will show it more fully and com- 
pletely than it could be made by any other description. The map was 
constructed by Lieutenant Potter, under my immediate direction, and the 
sare of taking minute notes on the way and the pains taken during its pro- 
jection by that officer to secure ail the information within its reach, will 
warrant me in saying that it. gives a very correct delineation of the country 
passed over, as also the topography of other parts of this territory, perhaps 


the most accurate on record.” The Adjutant-General (R. Jones), in his letter 


* Though I am not aware that this map was ever published by the Government, the principal topo- 
graphical information which it contained was embraced in a map published by the Messrs. Harper, in 
1847, entitled ‘‘ Harper's Cereographic Map of the United States. By Samuel Breese, A. M.” 


552 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


transmitting this report to Secretary Marcy, says: ‘Instead of the map of 
the route accompanying the report, I submit the more perfect map of the 
Upper Mississippi by Nicollet (from which Captain Allen’s sketch no doubt 
was taken), upon which the route of the troops under his command has 
been carefully traced in the Topographical Bureau. Should it be deter- 
mined to publish Captain Allen’s route, Colonel Abert is of opinion it would 
be best to use the plate prepared for Nicollet’s map. This would be not 
only much less expensive, but would probably improve the original map, 
which is one of much value.” 
* * * * * * * * * 

The expedition under Captain Allen consisted of J. 8S. Griffin, assistant 
surveyor; First Lieut. P. Calhoun, 2d dragoons; Second Lieut. P. Noble, 
Ist dragoons; Second Lieutenant Potter, Ist infantry, and 52 soldiers. 
Captain Allen was supplied ‘with a small imperfect sextant,” and no 
chronometer. 

* * * * * * * * * 

A portion of this route along the Big Sioux has not been reconnoitered 
since. 

TOPOGRAPHICAL BUREAU MAP OF TEXAS, 1844. 

The title of this is “Map of Texas and the countries adjacent, compiled 
in the Bureau of the Corps of Topographical Engineers, from the best authorities, 
for the State Department, under the direction of Col. J. J. Abert, chief of the 
corps, by W. H. Emory, 1st lieutenant Topographical Engineers, War Depart- 
ment, 1844,” on a seale of about 70 miles to an inch. | 

This gave most of the information extant, at the date of compilation, 
respecting the country comprised between the Gulf of Mexico and the Mis- 
sissippi River on the east to the Pacific Ocean on the west, between the 
twenty-second and forty-second parallels of north latitude. No mountains 
are indicated, except those inclosing the Rio Grande Valley. A lake, in the 
approximate position of the Great Salt Lake, is represented, and another one 
receiving the waters of Ogden’s or Mary’s River. There are no names on 
the lakes and rivers represented in these interior basins; but this compila- 
tion shows that the existence of these basins and lakes was, at that time, 


admitted as an established fact in the Topographical Bureau. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 553 
GREGG’'S COMMERCE OF THE PRAIRIES, 1844. 


The title page of this book is ‘‘Commerce of the Prairies, or the Journal 
of a Santa Fé Trader, during eight expeditions across the Great Western 
Prairies, and a residence of nearly nine years in Northern Mexico, illustrated 
with maps and engravings. By Josiah Gregg, in two volumes. New York: 
Henry G. Langley, 8 Astor House-—1844.” 

The map which accompanies the book is on a seale of 57 miles to an 
inch, and embraces the country from the west boundary of Missouri, Ar- 
kansas, and Louisiana, to the 108th meridian. It is based on the map of 
Humboldt’s New Spain, that of Major Long’s first expedition, and that of 
the road survey of J. C. Brown along the Santa Fé trail, with such corree- 
tions and additions as Mr. Grege’s own observations suggested. It was one 
of the most useful maps of this region at that day. The book is an inter- 
esting and valuable description of ail the then known portions of New 
Mexico, and of the country along the routes between Fort Leavenworth and 


Santa Fé, and between Santa Fé and Fort Smith. 


Chea Pathe eT 


EXPLORATIONS FROM A. D. 1848 TO A. D. 1852. 


Capt. J. C. Fremont, T. E., exploration, 1843-’44.—Capt. J. C. Fremont, exploration in 1845~46.— 
Lieut. J. W. Abert, T. E., reconnaissance, 1845.—Lievt. W. B. Franklin, T. E., reconnaissance, 
1845.—Bvt. Maj. W. H. Emory, T. E., reconnaissance, 1546—47.—Lieut. J. W. Abert, T. E., recon- 
naissance, 1846-"47.—Lieut. Col. P. St. George Cooke, U.S. A., expedition, 1846~47.—A. Wislizenus, 
M. D., examination, 1816—47.—Bvt. Capt. W. H. Warner, T. E., reconnaissance, 1°47 to 1849.-- 
Lient. G. H. Derby, T. E., reconnaissance, 1849.—Lieut. J. D. Webster, T. E., survey mouth of 
Rio Grande, 1847.—Lieut. J. H. Simpson, T. E., reconnaissance along the Canadian River, 1849.— 
Lieut. J. H. Simpson, T. E., reconnaissance Navajo country, 1849.—Capt. R. B. Marey, U.S. A., 
expedition, 1849.—Capt. H. Stansbury, T. E., expedition to Great Salt Lake, 1849-50.—March of 
Rifle Regiment to Oregon, 1849.—Major Wood, U.S. Infantry, and Captain Pope T. E., expedition 
to Red River, 1849.—Brevet Lieutenant-Colonel Johnson, T. E., reconnaissances in Texas, 1849 to 
1851.—Togographical Bureau map of territory of the United States west of the Mississippi, 1850,— 
R. H. Kern, GC. E., reconnaissance on the Pecos River, 1850.—Lieut. J. G. Parke, T. E.. Map of New 
Mexico, 1851.—Captain Sitgreaves, T. E., and Lieutenant Woodruff, T. E., boundary of Creek 
country, 185051.—Captain Sitgreaves, T. E., expedition to Zuni and Colorado Rivers, 1851.— 
Lieut. GH. Derby, T. E., reconnaissance mouth of Colorado River, 1851.—Lieut. I. C. Woodruff, 
T. E., reconnaissance, 1852.—Capt. R. B. Marcy, U. 8. A., expedition to sources of Red River. 


CAPT. J. C. FREMONT’S SECOND EXPLORATION, 1843 AND 1844. 


The title of the printed report is, ‘‘ Report of the Exploring Expedition 
to the Rocky Mountains in the year 1842, and to Oregon and North California 
in the years 1843-44. By Brevet Captain J. C. Fremont, of the Topograph- 
ical Engineers, under the orders of Colonel J. J. Abert, chief of the Topograph- 
ical Bureau; printed by order of the Senate of the United States. Washington: 


Gales &: Seaton, printers —1845.” Senate Doc. No. 174, Twenty-eighth Con- 
gress, second session. 


This book contains a reprint of the report of the exploration in 1842, 
and the accompanying map exhibits the routes followed during that expedi- 
tion, as well as during the years 1843 and 1844. The longitudes given on 
this map and in this report (pp. 100 and 101) differ materially from those of 
the first report and map; the reason for the change being explained on page 


555 


556 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


321. The new map is on a scale of 82 miles to an inch, and is “strictly 
confined to what was seen and to what was necessary to show the face 
and character of the country.” It was drawn by Charles Preuss, whose 
skill in sketching topography in the field and in representing it on the map 
has probably never been surpassed in this country. The map, which in 
most respects may serve for a model, exhibits also a profile, made from 
barometrical observations, drawn with a horizontal scale of 1 to 3,000,000, 
or 47.35 miles to an inch, and a vertical scale about thirty times greater, 
or 8,500 feet to the inch. 

A “topographical map of the road from Missouri to Oregon, commenc- 
ing at the mouth of the Kansas, in the Missouri River, and ending at the 
mouth of the Walla-Walla, in the Columbia, in seven sections, from the 
field notes and journal of Capt. J. C. Fremont,* and from sketches and 
notes made on the ground by his assistant, Charles Preuss, compiled by 
Charles Preuss in 1846, by order of the Senate of the United States,” 
forms a part of House Committee Report No. 145, second session Thirtieth 
Congress. Its scale is 10 miles to the inch. It contains detailed topog 
raphy and full notes of the route pursued by Captain Fremont (between 
the points named) in 1843, and is an excellent map for travelers. It is not, 
however, accurately constructed, according to the list of geographical posi- 
tions given in Captain Fremont’s report, and this should be borne in mind 
by compilers. 

Throughout this lengthened exploration in the mountains and across 
the plains Lieutenant I'remont made many astronomical observations, deter- 
mining longitude by observing occultations and eclipses with a telescope 
and by chronometric differences, and latitudes by observing with sextants 
and artificial horizons. After the investigations necessary in compiling the 
map which accompanies this memoir, I may be permitted to add my testi- 
mony to the truth of Captain Fremont’s assertion in his notice to the reader 
at the beginning of his report, “that the correctness of the longitudes and 
latitudes may well be relied upon.” They contain only such errors of lon- 


gitude as are inherent to results obtained from observations made with the 


«Fremont did not receive his promotion to the rank of brevet captain until the termination of his 
second expedition, 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 5DT 


instruments employed. A mercurial barometer was carried across the con- 
tinent on the road to Oregon as far as the Blue Mountains, where it was 
broken. The subsequent elevations on the route were determined by the 
temperature of boiling water. 

The second expedition under Lieutenant Fremont left the town of Kan- 
sas on the 29th of May, 1843. The party consisted of twenty-nine men, 
all mounted, their stores, ete., being carried in twelve carts. He was as- 
sisted by Mr. Charles Preuss as topographer, Mr. Thomas Fitzpatrick as 
guide, and Mr. Theodore Talbot. 


* * * * * * * * * 


EXPLORATIONS OF CAPT. J. C. FREMONT, 1845-46, 


A portion of the results of this was published by the United States 
Senate, first session Thirtieth Congress, Mis. Doc. No. 148, entitled: ‘ Geo- 
graphical Memoir upon Upper California, in illustration of his Map of Oregon 
and California, by John C. Fremont, addressed to the Senate of the United States. 
Washington: Wendell @ Van Benthuysen, printers.” ‘This is accompanied by 
a map, drawn by Charles Preuss, on a scale of 1 to 3,000,000, embracing 
all the country between the 104th meridian and the Pacific Ocean, and 
between the 382d and 50th parallels of north latitude. It was compiled from 
the surveys of Captain Fremont and ‘other authorities,” and was at the time 
of its publication (1848) the most accurate map of that region extant. 

A great deal of information in regard to this expedition, not contained 
in the memoir, has been published in the newspapers and in various 
pamphlets. 

There are probably many reasons why a complete account of this third 
expedition, as well as Colonel Fremont’s subsequent ones, has never been 
published; but this desideratum will probably be soon supplied.* 

Captain Fremont started upon this exploration better provided than on 
his previous ones. He had under his command Lieuts. J. W. Abert and 
William G. Peck, Topographical Engineers, and was aided by Mr. Charles 
Preuss and Mr. E. M. Kern, as topographers and artists. He was provided 


with a portable astronomical transit instrument, sextants, chronometers, and 


*Tn press, Col. J. C. Fremont’s Explorations, prepared by the author, and embracipvg all his ex- 
peditions, Childs & Peterson, publishers, No. 602, Arch street, Philadelphia, 


558 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


barometers. No map or account has been published of his route east of 
Bent’s Fort, but I believe it is nearly that by which he returned in 1844 
He left the frontier of Missouri in May, and on arriving at Bent’s Fort de- 
tached Lieutenants Abert and Peck to explore the sources of the Canadian 
River, and then to return to the States. 

* * * * * * * * * 

It is probable that the war with Mexico and the troubles between 
Americans and Mexicans in California, which began prior thereto, put a 
stop to his explorations beyond what could be obtained by ordinary ob- 
servations in traveling from point to point during a period of violent hos- 
tilities. 

During this expedition Captain Fremont obtained the longitude of the 
mouth of Fontaine qui Bouit; of the camp at Great Salt Lake; of Lassen’s 
farm, on Deer Creek; and of the Three Buttes, in Sacramento Valley. The 
first two results have never been tested by any other observer with a good 
instrument, but are generally received as correct. The other two have been 
tested by land-oftice surveys, and by Lieutenant Williamson’s second Pacific 
railroad survey, connecting with the Coast Survey longitude of San Fran- 
cisco. Both tests indicate that his results were close approximations to 
aceuracy. These four determinations of Captain Fremont detected some 
errors in his previous map, amounting in one instance to 15’ in longitude, 
and which furnished the means for correcting them. 

A note on Captain Fremont’s map of routes of 1843-44 gives the fol- 
lowing descriptive information: ‘The Great Basin: Diameter 11° of lati- 
tude, 10° of longitude; elevation above the sea between 4,000 and 5,000 feet; 
surrounded by lofty mountains; contents almost unknown, but believed to 
be filled with rivers and lakes which have no communication with the sea, 
deserts and oases which have never been explored, and savage tribes which 


no traveler has seen or described.” 


This note, with the map and accom- 
panying report, have conveyed the idea that this basin is encircled by a 
ridge of mountains forming a vim. This was so represented on the map 
compiled by Mr. Preuss in 1848, and gave rise to the belief in the existence 
of two long ridges running east and west, lying on the north and south of 


the basin, which, however, by that time had been much reduced in extent 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 559 


MARCH OF AN ARMY DIVISION FROM SAN ANTONIO DE BEXAR, TEXAS, TO SALTILLO, MEXICO, 1846. 


An account of this march, from a topographical stand-point (accompa- 
nied by astronomical determinations of latitude and longitude), by Capt. 
George W. Hughes, Corps of Topographical Engineers, forms Senate Mis. 
Doc. No. 32, Thirty-first Congress, first session. 

The division was under the command of Brig. Gen. John E. Wool. 
The topographical party preceded the troops, leaving San Antonio on 
September 23, 1846, and consisted of the following persons, viz: George 
W. Hughes, captain, Topographical Engineers; L. Sitgreaves, first lieu- 
tenant, Topographical Engineers; W. B. Franklin, second lieutenant, Topo- 
graphical Engineers; EF. T. Bryan, brevet second lieutenant, Topographical 
Engineers; Dan Drake Henrie, interpreter; James Dunn, hunter and 
guide; two wagoners, four laborers, and two private servants. 

The distance from San Antonio to the west bank of the Rio Grande over 
the route traversed was 164 miles; that from the Rio Grande to Santa Rosa, 
209 miles; from Santa Rosa to Moneclova, 72 miles; and from Monclova to 
Parras, 181 miles. From Monclova reconnaissances were made to Quatro 
Cienegas and to Saltillo and beyond in several directions via Monterey. 

During a long halt at Monclova the topographical engineers were en- 
gaged in making surveys of the surrounding country and astronomical 
observations, reconnaissances for long distances from the camp in different 
directions, making computations, plotting field-notes, and reducing obser- 
vations. Immediately prior to the above march, Lieutenant Franklin had 
made a reconnaissance of the country from La Vaca to San Antonio, Texas. 
The topographical party was provided with the necessary instruments 
for the determination of geographical positions by latitude and longitude. 
The computed latitudes of forty-one stations, determined by observations 
with the sextant on Polaris, are given, and also eight longitudes. The latter 
were determined (with the exception of that of one point by lunar distances) 
by observations on the eclipses of Jupiter and satellites. A general topo- 
graphical map (scale 5 inches to 1 mile) embracing all the routes recon- 
noitered accompanies the above Executive document, which shows also the 
trace of a route from Matamoras on the Rio Grande northward to San 
Antonio. 


560 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 
RECONNAISSANCE BY LIEU. JAMES W. ABERT, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1845. 


This report forms Senate Doc. No, 488, Twenty-ninth Congress, first 
session, and is accompanied by a map on a scale of about 32 miles to an 
inch, embracing the country from the 94th meridian to the Rocky Mount- 
ains, and between the Platte River and the 35th parallel. 

Lieut. J. W. Abert, assisted by Lieut. William G. Peck, Topographical 
Engineers, having been detached at Bent’s Fort by Captain Fremont, in 
1845, with instructions from him to explore the Purgatory Creek, the Cana- 
dian and False Washita Rivers, left that fort on the Arkansas on the 15th 
of August, 1845, with a party of thirty men, four wagons, and sixty-three 
horses and mules. They were supplied with a chronometer and sextant. 

¥ * * ¥* * * * * * 


RECONNAISSANCE BY LIEUT. W. B, FRANKLIN, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1845. 


An abstract of Lieutenant Franklin’s journal, and a reduced copy of his 
inap, on a scale of 75 miles to an inch, were published in House Ex. Doe. 
No. 2, first session T'wenty-ninth Congress. The title of the map is: ‘“ Map of 
the Route pursued by the late Expedition under the command of Col. 8. W. 
Kearney, United States Ist Dragoons, by W. B. Franklin, Lieutenant Topo- 
graphical Engineers, attached to the expedition, 1845.” 

The original map is on ascale of 82 miles to aninch. The new informa- 
tion which it contained was published with Lieutenant Abert’s map of his 
exploration, made in 1845, wherein credit is given to Lieutenant Franklin 
for the material taken from his map. 

The expedition was under command of Col. 8. W. Kearney, United 
States Ist Dragoons. 

& * * * * * * * * 

An account of the expedition is given in Lieut. Col. P. St. G. Cooke’s 
late book of ‘“‘ Scenes and Adventures in the Army.” 

RECONNAISSANCE OF MAJOR WM. H. EMORY, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1846-"47. 

The report forms a part of Senate Ex. Doc. No. 7, first session of 
Thirtieth Congress, and is entitled: ‘* Notes of a Military Reconnaissance from 
Fort Leavenworth, in Missouri, to San Diego, in California, including parts of 
the Arkansas, Del Norte, and Gila Rivers. By Wm. H. Emory, Brevet Major 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 561 


Topographical Engineers, made in 1846—47, with the advanced quard of the 
‘Army of the West. Washington: Wendell and Van Benthuysen, printers.— 
1848.”* 

It is accompanied by a map, on a scale of about 24 miles to an inch, 
exhibiting only that portion of the country and the routes that came under 
the observation of the parties. The map contains also a barometrical pro- 
file of the route across the continent, on a horizontal scale of about 24 miles 
to an inch, and a vertical scale of about 8,200 feet to an inch, the vertical 
scale being about 15 times the horizontal. A report by Lieutenant Abert 
of the portions of the route between Fort Leavenworth and Bent’s Fort is 
also appended Major Emory (then a first lieutenant of Topographical En- 
gineers) was assisted by Lieut. W. H. Warner, Topographical Engineers, 
Lieut. James W. Abert, Topographical Engineers, Lieut. Wm. G. Peck, 
Topographical Engineers, Mr. J. M. Stanley, and Mr. Norman Bestor. His 
instruments were two box chronometers, two 8$-inch sextants, and one 
syphon barometer, which was the first mercurial barometer ever carried 


overland to the Pacitic unbroken. 
* * * * * ? * * ~~ 


Lieutenants Abert and Peck did not accompany Lieutenant Emory be- 
yond Santa Fé, instructions being given them to make certain explorations 
in the neighboring region. 

x ¥ * * * * * * * 


‘RECONNAISSANCE BY LIEUTENANTS ABERT AND PECK, 1846-'47. 


_ The results of these explorations are given by Lieutenant Abert’s re- 
port, which forms a part of House Ex. Doc. No. 41, first session Thirtieth 
Congress. It is accompanied by a map, on a scale of 10 miles to an inch, 
exhibiting the portion ef New Mexico between latitude 33° 30’ and 37°, 
and from the meridian of 104° 30’ to 108°. This map was also reduced 
and republished on Lieutenant Emory’s map already described. 

Lieutenants Abert and Peck commenced, on the 8th of October, the 
examination intrusted to them by Lieutenant Emory, after having pre- 
viously visited certain mines. It does not appear that they were provided 


Thirtieth Congress. 
36 WH—VOL I 


562 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


with any instruments for making astronomical observations, and the lati- 
tudes and longitudes used were those determined by Lieutenant Emory. 


* ¥* * * * * * * * 


ROUTE OF COL. P. ST. G. COOKE, 1846-'47. 


This officer’s report forms a part of House Executive Document No. 
41, first session Thirtieth Congress, and is accompanied by a map of his 
route, on a scale of 12 miles to an inch; his route is also represented on 
Emory’s map. 

Colonel Cooke was sent by General Kearny from La Joya to Santa 
Fé, to take command of the “‘“Mormon battalion,” en route for California. 
Proceeding to that place, he assumed command, and on the 19th October, 
1846, led the battalion, consisting of about four hundred men, each com- 
pany having three mule wagons, down the Rio Grande to a point about 
three or four miles above San Diego, on that river. 


* * * * * * * 2 * 


EXAMINATIONS BY A. WISLIZENUS, M. D., 1846-’47. 


The account and results of this form Senate Mis. Doc. No. 26, first ses- 
sion Thirtieth Congress, and are entitled: ‘“ Memoir of a tour to Northern 
Mexico, connected with Colonel Doniphan’s Expedition, in 1846 and 1847. By 
A. Wislizenus, M. D., with a scientific appendix and three maps. Washing- 
ton: Tippin & Streeper, printers—1848.” These maps are, 1st, a map of the 
country from the 25th to the 39th parallel, between the 94th and 107th 
meridians, on a scale of 50 miles to an inch, exhibiting the topography of 
the route traveled over; 2d, a map or geological sketch of the same coun- 
try, on a scale of 80 miles to an inch; and 3d, a barometrical profile of the 
route, on a horizontal scale of 36 miles to an inch and a vertical scale of 
2,000 feet to the inch, the vertical scale being 95 times the horizontal. 

Dr. Wislizenus undertook this scientific tour at his private expense. 
Leaving St. Louis in the spring of 1846, he followed the Santa Fé road, 
by the Cimarron route, to Santa Fé. Thence he went down the Rio Grande 
Valley to El Paso and Chihuahua. Here the derangement which the Mex- 
ican war produced kept him for six months “in a very passive condition.” 


On Colonel Doniphan’s arrival in that neighborhood he accepted a situa- 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 563 


tion in the medical department of the Army, and returned with the troops, 
by way of Monterey, to the States. 


EXPLORATION OF BYT. CAPT. W. H. WARNER, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1847 to 1849. 


Very little of the results of the exploration of Brevet Captain Warner, _ 
after he was relieved from duty with Major Emory, have been published. 
He made extensive examination of routes along the Pacific and in the Coast 
Mountains, from San Diego to San Francisco, and had nearly completed 
his map of that then unknown section of country when he was directed to 
make the exploration in the Sierra Nevada, on which he lost his life in an 
Indian ambuscade. His notes and papers passed into the possession of his 
assistant, Lieutenant Williamson, Topographical Engineers, and were thus 
available to him in his examinations made in 1853-54, in connection with 
a route for a railroad to the Pacific. 

The only portion of Captain Warner’s explorations, to my knowledge, 
of which a map and report were published, was that of his last expedition. 
This was prepared by Lieutenant Williamson, and forms a portion of Sen- 
ate Ex. Doc. No. 47, first session Thirty-first Congress. The map of the 
route is on a scale of 15 miles to an inch. * * * In about latitude 42° 
Captain Warner was surprised on the march by an ambush of Pit River 
Indians, and he and several of his party were killed. This rendered the 
further prosecution of the reconnaissance impossible, and Lieutenant Will- 
iamson returned to Benicia. Captain Warner’s note-books were saved, and 
from them a sketch of his route, with a report, was made by Lieutenant 
Williamson. 

GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATIONS IN THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION LAND DISTRICT, BY J. W. FOSTER 
AND J. D. WHITNEY, 1847 TO 1849. 

These explorations to obtain a knowledge of the physical geography, 
climate, and geology of the copper and iron regions bordering on Lake Su- 
perior were made by Messrs. Foster and Whitney in or about the years 
1848, 1849, and 1850. It would appear that the U. S. Land Office surveys 
were the basis upon which the work proper of this survey was compiled. 
Messrs. Foster and Whitney were in charge of the survey a little more than 
two years, and were aided by Messrs. James Hall, of New York, E. Desor, 


564 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


of Massachusetts, and Charles Whittlesey, of Ohio; also for a part of the 
time by Mr. 8. W. Hill, of Michigan, and Mr. John Burt, for many years a 
surveyor in that region, who placed his notes at their disposal. 

The report is addressed to Hon. Justin Butterfield, Commissioner of 
the Land Office. It is in two parts. 

Part I, made in 1850 and published in 1851, gives a historical sketch 
of the explorations, a description of the physical geography and climate, 
and so much of the geology as was necessary to the full elucidation of the 
copper-bearing rocks and their relation to the sedimentary formations. 

Part IT forms Senate Ex. Doc. No. 4, special session, March, 1851, and 
has title, ‘The Iron Regions,” together with the general geology ; ordered 
to be printed March 13, 1851. Printed by A. Boyd Hamilton, Washington, 
1851. In this a detailed and systematic description, as far as the materials 
would permit, ls made of the geology of the whole of the Lake Superior 
region, commencing with the bed formations and ascending to those which 
are now in process of accumulation. 

The report was accompanied with sections, illustrations, and a general 
map on which the range and extent of the general systems of rock are de- 
fined. The observations were extended over an area of little Jess than 
100,000 square miles. 

Chapter IX, on Magnetic Variations, Comparison of Terrestrial and 
Astronomical Monuments, by Charles Whittlesey, General Warren states, 
“will have a permanent geographical interest and value as long as the 
United States land surveys form the basis of our maps.” 


GEOLOGICAL ‘EXAMINATION OF WISCONSIN, IOWA, AND MINNESOTA, AND PORTIONS OF 
NEBRASKA, BY DAVID DALE OWEN. 


The published results of this investigation appear in the form of a 
“ Report of a Geological Survey of Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnesota, and inci- 
dentally of a portion of Nebraska Territory, made under instructions from the 
U.S. Treasury Department by David Dale Owen, U. S. Geologist. Philadel- 
phia: Lippincott, Grambo & Co.—1852.” (1 vol., 4°, pp 638.) 

This work made large additions to geographical as well as geological 
information. The final report made to Hon. J. Butterfield, Commissioner 
of the Land Office, embraces in a connected and revised form the sub- 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 565 


stance of all the preliminary reports made from time to time and of the 
annual reports for 1848, 1849, together with a full statement of the result 
of the last year’s operations. It is accompanied by condensed reports of 
the assistant geologist and of the heads of sub-corps, which contain 
detailed distributions of the districts assigned to each, together with gen- 
eralizations deduced therefrom. The names of the following gentlemen 
are acknowledged: J. G. Norwood, assistant geologist; J. Evans, B. F. 
Shumard, B. C. Macy, C. Whittlesey, A. Litton, and R. Owen, heads of 
sub-corps; G. Warren, H. Pratten, F. B. Meek, and J. Beal, sub-assistants. 

Accompanying the report is a general map, 1 to 1,200,000, on which 
the different geological formations are represented by distinct colors. It 
includes latitude 38° to 49°, longitude 89° 30’ to 96° 30’. 

The report contains many illustrations in scenery, sections, diagrams, 
plates of fossils, and detail maps. Among the latter may be enumerated 
a map of the north shore of Lake Superior; of the Mississippi from the 
mouth of the Wisconsin River to the Falls of St. Anthony; of the Wis- 
consin River from the mouth up to Whitney’s Rapids; of the Missouri 
River from its mouth to the Big Sioux River, in two sheets; of the Des 
Moines River from its mouth up to Lizard Fork, in two sheets. These 
maps of rivers exhibit sections showing the geological formations of the 
bluffs. There is also a map of the Bad Lands, which is imperfect in its 
representation. 

A party under Dr. Evans examined the Missouri River in 1849 as high 
up as Fort Berthold, the Fox Hills north of the Cheyenne River, and the 
Bad Lands on the White River. 

A party under Dr. Shumard ascended the Minnesota River as far as 
the mouth of Red Wood River, a tiny stream. Dr. Owen ascended the 
' Mississippi as high as Crow Wing; thence by that river and Otter Fort 
River he passed into the valley of the Red River of the North, and along 
it to Fort Garry in the British Provinces. 

Many barometrical observations were made and altitudes deduced. 


566 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


RECONNAISSANCE IN CALIFORNIA BY LIEUT. G. H. DERBY, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1849. 


A report of certain of these examinations forms a part of Senate Ex. 
Doc. No 47, first session, Thirty-first Congress, and is accompanied by a 
map of the Sacramento Valley from the American River to Butte Creek, 
surveyed and drawn by order of General Riley, commanding Tenth Military 
Department, by Lieutenant Derby, Topographical Engineers, September 
and October, 1849, on a scale of 10 miles to an inch. 

SURVEY OF THE MOUTH OF RIO GRANDE, BY LIEUT. J. D. WEBSTER, TOPOGRAPAICAL EN- 
GINEERS, 1847. 

The report of this forms Senate Ex. Doc. No. 65, first session Thirty- 
first Congress. The map is on a scale of an inch toa mile and exhibits the 
windings of the river from Matamoras to its mouth. 

SURVEY OF A ROAD FROM FORT SMITH TO SANTA FF, BY LIEUT. J. H. SIMPSON, TOPOGRAPHICAL 
ENGINEERS, 1849. 

The report of this survey forms Senate Ex. Doc. No. 12, first session 
Thirty-first Congress, and is accompanied by a map of the route, in four 
sheets, on a scale of one inch to 10 miles. The survey was made with chain 
and compass, checked by astronomical observations made with a sextant 


and chronometer. 


* * ¥ * * ¥ * * * 


RECONNAISSANCE IN TITE NAVAJO COUNTRY, BY LIEUT. J. H. SIMPSON, TOPOGRAPHICAL EN- 
GINEERS, 1849. 


Lieutenant Simpson’s report of this expedition forms part of Senate Ex. 
Doc. No. 64, first session, Thirty-first Congress, and is accompanied by a 
map of the route pursued, on a scale of an inch to 10 miles.* 

This expedition, the object of which was the chastisement of the Navajo 
Indians, was under the command of Bvt. Lieut. Col. J. M. Washington. 
Lieutenant Simpson was assisted in his duties by Messrs. E. M. Kern and 
R. H. Kern, and was provided with a sextant and chronometer for astro- 
nomical observations. The whole command left Santa Fé on the 16th 
August, 1849. 


* * * * * * * * * 


* This report is also published as part of House Ex. Doe. No. 45, Thirty-first Congress, first session. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 567 


EXPEDITION OF CAPT, R. B. MARCY, FIFTH INFANTRY, 1849, 


The report of Captain Marcy forms Senate Ex. Doc. No. 12, first session 
Thirty-first Congress,* and is accompanied by a map drawn on a scale of 
an inch to 36 miles, embracing the country from the Arkansas River south 
to the 31st parallel, between the 94th and 108th meridians. Captain Marcy 
went from Fort Smith to Santa Fé over the route surveyed by Lieutenant 
Simpson, Topographical Engineers. Of the remainder of his journey he 
prepared a map from notes taken by his command. He was not supplied 
with instruments for astronomical observations; his distances were measured 


with an odometer. 
* * * * * * * * * 


EXPEDITION TO GREAT SALT LAKE, BY CAPT. H. STANSBURY, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1849-'50. 


The report of this expedition forms Senate Ex. Doc. No. 3, special 
session, March, 1851, and is entitled: ‘‘ Exploration and Survey of the Valley 
of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, including a reconnaissance of a New Route 
through the Rocky Mountains. By Howard Stansbury, Captain Corps of Topo- 
graphical Engineers, United States Army. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo 
& Co.—1852.” It is accompanied by a map of the routes from the Missouri 
River to the Great Salt Lake, on a scale of 1 to 1,000,000 (about an inch 
to 16 miles), and by another of the Great Salt Lake and vicinity, on a scale 
of 1 to 240,000 (about 4 miles to an inch). 


* * * * ¥ * * * * 


MARCH OF RIFLE REGIMENT TO OREGON, 1849. 


An account of this march by Maj. Osborne Cross, A. Q. M., forms an 
appendix to the Quartermaster-General’s report to the Secretary of War. 
It is printed in House Ex. Doce No. 1, second session Thirty-first Congress. 

This regiment, under Colonel Loring, marched from Fort Leavenworth 


to the Columbia River, with wagons. 
* * * * * * * * * 


EXPEDITION TO THE RED RIVER OF THE NORTH, 1849. 
The report of the commander of this expedition, Bvt. Maj. S. Woods, 


Sixth Infantry, U.S. Army, forms House Ex. Doc. No. 51, first session 
Thirty-first Congress. That of Capt. John Pope, Topographical Engineers, 


*This report appears also as part of House Ex. Doc. No, 45, Thirty-first Congress, first session. 


568 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


who was attached to the command, is to be found in Senate Ex. Doe. No. 
42, first session Thirty-first Congress, and is accompanied by a map of the 
route, on a scale of an inch to 20 miles, based on the map of the Hydro- 
graphical Basin of the Upper Mississippi, by Mr. Nicollet, most of which lat- 
ter map is here repeated. On the outward journey, Captain Pope measured 
the road with an odometer, took courses with a compass, and made observa- 
tions for latitude with a sextant. 


* * * * * * + * * 


RECONNAISSANCES IN TEXAS, BY BVT. LIEUT. COL. J. E. JOHNSTON, LIEUTS. M. L. SMITH, WILLIAM 
F. SMITH, F.T. BRYAN, AND N. MICHLER, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, AND LIEUT. H.C. WHITING, 
ENGINEERS, IN THE YEARS 1849 TO 1851. 


No reports have as yet been published giving the whole extent of the 
explorations made in Texas by the above-mentioned officers. The follow- 
ing notice of such data as have come to my knowledge will therefore be 
the more acceptable. The reports of explorations that have been published 
form part of the Senate Ex. Doc. No. 64, first session Thirty-first Congress. 
The report of Capt. 8. G. French, A. Q. M., of the southern route from San 
Antonio to El Paso, forms also a part of this document, which is accompa- 
nied by a map of the routes described, on a scale of an inch to 20 miles. 

Lieut. William F. Smith, in February, 1849, started to explore a road 
from San Antonio to El Paso. 


* * * * * * * * * 


Lieut. F. T. Bryan left San Antonio June 14, 1849, for El Paso, and 
taking nearly the same route as Lieutenant Smith to the San Saba River, 
crossed it, and traveled north to the north branch of Brady’s River, where 
he struck west along the head of the Rio Concho, and thence to the Pecos 
at the Horse+head Crossing. Fording the river he traveled up its right 
bank to Salinas Creek ; thence he struck northwestward to Delaware Creek, 
ascended it to its source, and crossed the Guadalupe Mountains, through 
the Guadalupe Pass; thence he proceeded to the Sierra de los Alamos, and 
thence through the Sierra Hueco to El Paso. 

Colonel Johnston, in 1849, directed the construction of a road for the 
troops over the route discovered by Lieut. William F. Smith. * * * 

On arriving at El Paso Colonel Johnston and Lieutenant Bryan sur- 
veyed the valley of the Rio Grande to Dona Ana, while Lieut. William F. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 569 


Smith examined the Organ Mountains north to Salina de San Andres, and 
the Sacramento Mountains between the Canon del Perro and La Cienega. 

Colonel Johnston and party returned to the Pecos by the route that 
Lieutenant Bryan had explored through the Gaudalupe Pass ; thence they 
passed down the Pecos River to the mouth of Live Oak Creek, from which 
point they examined the direct route to Fort Inge, across the heads of the 
San Pedro and Nueces Rivers. During Colonel Johnston’s reconnaissance 
the roads were measured with an odometer, and numerous observations were 
made with the sextant. 

Lieut. N. Michler, in 1849, made a reconnaissance of the country from 
Corpus Christi to Fort Inge, along the valleys of the Nueces, Leona, and 
Frio Rivers, for the purpose of opening a military road. 

Lieutenant Michler then examined the route from San Antonio to Fort 
Washita, passing through Austin, Navarro, Dallas, and Preston, and thence 
to the emigrant crossing of the Pecos. The return route from Fort Washita 
lay up the Red River to the mouth of the Little Washita, thence west to the 
Big Washita, thence southwest to the Double Mountain Fork, thence to the 
Big Springs of the Colorado, and thence through the White Sand Hills to 
the Pecos. From this point he returned to San Antonio over nearly the 
route previously explored by Lieutenant Bryan as far as the head of the 
Concho, where he struck southwest to the San Saba, and thence by Forts 
Mason and Martin Scott to San Antonio. The distances along the route 
from Fort Washita to the Pecos were chained. No mention is made of as- 
tronomical observations being taken on this journey.* 

Capt. R. B. Marey, Fifth Infantry, had just passed over the portion of 
the route from the Pecos to the Double Mountain Fork, and gave Lieuten- 


ant Michler information concerning it. 
* * * * * * * * ¥ 


An examination was also made of the Colorado, with the view of im- 
proving its navigation, by Lieut. William F. Smith, assisted by Messrs. R. 
A. Howard and J. F. Minter. 


Lieutenant Whiting reconnoitered the route between San Antonio and 


570 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Fort Worth. This route was also examined by Lieutenant Bryan, Topo- 
graphical Engineers. 

The above items are mainly from the printed reports or maps. The 
following information in regard to the unpubiished maps of the explorations 
in Texas in 1850-51 have been obtained from the officers engaged in the 
surveys. In the Topographical Bureau there are two maps, both incom- 
plete, of these explorations; and each contains routes not upon the other. 

In January, 1849, Lieutenants Bryan and Michler, Topographical En- 
gineers, examined Aranzas and Corpus Christi Bays, and the road from 
Corpus Christi to San Antonio, via San Patricio and Calaveras. In Febru- 
ary, 1849, they made a reconnaissance of the lower road from San Antonio 
to the crossing near Presidio de Rio Grande, via Fort Inge; and also of a 
road from the San Fernando Crossing to San Antonio. 

In May, 1849, Lieutenant Michler examined the road from San Antonio 
to Port Lavacea; and in June and July, 1849, the road between Corpus 
Christi and Fort Inge, along the Nueces, Frio, and Leona Rivers. 

In May, 1850, Lieuts. William F. Smith and F. T. Bryan, Topograph-. 
ical Engineers, surveyed the Rio Grande with boats from El Paso to Presi- 
dio del Norte. 

* * * * * * * * » 

From August to November, 1850, Lieut. M. L. Smith and N. Michler 
examined a road from San Antonio to Ringgold Barracks, via Fort Merrill, 
of which we have no map. They also surveyed the Rio Grande from Ring- 
gold Barracks to a point 80 miles above the mouth of the Pecos. 

In April, 1851, Lieutenant Bryan laid out and made a road from Aus- 
tin to Fort Mason, of which we have no map. 

In April, 1851, Colonel Johnston reconnoitered the western frontier of 
Texas from the headwaters of the Nueces to Fort Belknap, via the head- 
waters of the Llano, San Saba, Concho, and Clear Fork of Brazos. 

* * * ® * * * * * 

There were other surveys and reconnaissances made by these officers; 
but the maps are not available, and I have experienced more difficulty in 
compiling the map of Texas than that of any other portion. Throughout 
most of the above examinations astronomical observations were made for 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. el 


latitude. The longitude of San Antonio was determined by Colonel John- 
ston by moon culminations. 

In April, 1851, Lieuts. W. F. Smith and N. Michler were placed on 
duty on the United States Mexican Boundary Survey. Lieutenant Bryan 
left Texas in the spring of 1852; Lieut. M. L. Smith in November, 1852 ; 
Colonel Johnston in the spring of 1853. 


MAP OF THE TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER, ETC., 1850. 


To this map the following title was affixed: “A map of the United States 
and their Territories, from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, and of part 
of Mexico; compiled in the Bureau of the Corps of Topographical Engineers, 
under a resolution of the United States Senate, from the best authorities which 
could be obtained.” 

This map was published on a scale of 50 miles to an inch, and con- 
tained material from the greater portion of the maps I have already de- 
scribed. 


RECONNAISSANCE ON THE PECOS, BY MR. R. H. KERN, 1850. 


A military reconnaissance of the Rio Pecos, as far south as the Bosque 
Grande, was made in 1850 by Mr. R. H. Kern, who was attached to the 
command of Capt. H. B. Judd, Third Artillery. It was probably made with 
a compass and estimated distances, and without any astronomical observa- 
tions; but of this I have no positive information. The map of the recon- 
naissance was used by Lieutenant Parke in his compiled map of New Mex- 
ico in 1851. 


MAP OF NEW MEXICO, COMPILED BY LIEUT. J.G. PARKE, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, IN 1851. 


This map, by Lieutenant Parke, was a careful compilation of all the 
available and reliable information in relation to New Mexico which could 
be obtained at that date from trappers and hunters, as well as from actual 
survey. It was prepared by him, while in that country, by order of Bvt. 
Col. John Munroe, U. 8S. Army, commanding Ninth Military Department, 
and was drawn by R. H. Kern in 1851. It was subsequently reduced in 
the Bureau of Topographical Engineers, and published on a scale of 36 
miles to an inch. 


572 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


RECONNAISSANCE FROM SANTA FE TO FORT LEAVENWORTH, IN 1851, BY CAPT. J. POPE, TOPO- 
GRAPHICAL ENGINEERS. 

Captain Pope traveled on the Cimarron route as far as Cedar Creek, 
where he turned north and struck the Arkansas at the Big Timbers. Cross- 
ing this river he took a northeast course to the Smoky Hill Fork, and came 
upon it near where Captain Fremont struck itin 1844. From this point he 
traveled down the stream. 


* * * * * * * * * 
SURVEY OF CREEK BOUNDARY, BY CAPTAIN SITGREAVES AND LIEUTENANT WOODRUFF, TOPO- 
GRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1850-’51. 

The report and map of this survey form printed House Ex. Doe. No. 
104, first session Thirty-fifth Congress. The map is on a scale of 1 to 
600,000, or about an inch to 94 miles. Chain and compass were used 
in the survey, and the longitude of Fort Gibson was determined by moon 
culminations. A sextant was used to determine the latitudes. 

The northern line begins on the parallel which passes near the mouth 
of the Red Fork of the Arkansas, at a point a little west of north from Fort 
Gibson, and continues west on the parallel to the 100th meridian. 


RECONNAISSANCE DOWN THE ZUNI AND COLORADO RIVERS, BY CAPT. L. SITGREAVES, UNITED 
STATES TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, IN 1851. 

The report of this forms Senate Ex. Doe. No. 59, second session of 
Thirty-second Congress, and is accompanied by a map of the routes pur- 
sued, on a scale of 10 miles to aninch. The reconnaissance was made with 
a compass and estimated distances, and checked by astronomical observa- 
tion made with a sextant. 

This expedition, under Captain Sitgreaves, assisted by Lieut. J. G. 
Parke, Topographical Engineers, Mr. R. H. Kern as topographer, and Dr. 
S. W. Woodhouse, surgeon and naturalist, was organized at Santa Fé, New 
Mexico, and consisted of about twenty persons, including packers and 
servants; pack-mules being used for transportation of provisions, etc. The 
party accompanied an expedition against the Navajos as far as Zuni, which 
point they reached by the usual road from Albuquerque on the 1st of Sep- 
tember, 1852. 


* * * * * * * * * 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. bid 


RECONNAISSANCE OF THE COLORADO RIVER, BY LIEUTENANT DERBY, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGI- 
NEERS, 1852. 

The report of this forms Senate Ex. Doc. No. 81, first session Thirty- 
second Congress, and is accompanied by a map, on a scale 4 miles to an 
inch, of the Colorado River from its mouth to Fort Yuma. Lieutenant 
Derby was supplied with a sextant and chronometer. 


* * * * * * * al * 


RECONNAISSANCE OF LIEUTENANT WOODRUFF, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1852. 


Lieut. I. C. Woodruff, Topographical Engineers, made a reconnaissance, 
in 1852, of a portion of the Kansas River; of Walnut Creek; of Pawnee 
Fork; and of other streams lying between the Smoky Hill Fork of the 
Kansas and the Arkansas Rivers. These examinations were made for the 
purpose of selecting proper sites for military posts. The map and report 
prepared by Lieutenant Woodruff have never been published The former 
was made from compass notes and estimated distances, checked by the as- 
tronomical determinations of Captain Fremont and Major Emory. 


EXPEDITION TO THE SOURCES OF RED RIVER, BY CAPT. R. B. MARCY, UNITED STATES IN- 
FANTRY, 1852. 


The report of this expedition forms Senate Ex. Doc. No. 54, second 
session Thirty-second Congress, House Ex. Doc., first session Thirty-third 
Congress, and is accompanied by numerous illustrations and by two maps, 
one of which exhibits the country from the 91st to the 114th meridian, lying 
between the 31st and 38th parallels, drawn on a scale of 24 miles to an inch; 
the other, on a scale of 10 miles to an inch, shows the country surrounding 
the sources of Red River. 

Captain Marcy was assisted by Bvt. Capt. G. B. McClellan, Engi- 
neers, who made astronomical observations for latitude and longitude by 
means of a sextant and “pocket lever watch.” The routes were mostly 
measured with an odometer, and observations were taken with a barometer. 


Dr. G. G. Shumard accompanied the expedition as surgeon and geologist. 


* * * * * * * * * 


CHAP TER iV 


EXPLORATIONS FROM A. D. 1852 TO A. D. 1857. 


Gov. I. I. Stevens and Capt. G. B. McClellan, U. S. Engineers, exploring and surveying railroad 
route, 1853-’54~55.—Lieut. R. Arnold, U. S. A., survey, 1854.—F. W. Lander, C. E., reconnais- 
sance, 1854.—Capt. G. W. Gunnison, T. E., and Capt. E. G. Beckwith, U.S. A., exploring and 
surveying railroad route, 1853.—Capt. E. G. Beckwith, U. 8. A., exploring and surveying railroad 
route, 1854.—Capt. A. W. Whipple, T. E., exploring and surveying railroad route, 1853~54.— 
Lieut. R. S. Williamson, T. E., survey for railroad route, 1853-’54.—Lieut. J. G. Parke, T. E., ex- 
ploring and surveying railroad route, 1854.—Capt. J. Pope, T. E., exploring and surveying railroad 
route, 1854.—Lieut. J. G. Parke, T. E., exploring and surveying railroad route, 1854—55.-—Lient. 
R. S. Williamson, T. E., and Lieut. H. L. Abbott, T. E., exploring and surveying railroad route, 
1855.—Maj. W. H. Emory, U. 8. A., United States and Mexican boundary survey, 1849 to 1855.— 
Capt. J. L. Reno, U.S. A., survey, 1853.—Capt. R. B. Marcy, U.S. A., exploration, 1#54.—Alex- 
ander Ross, fur hunters of the far West, 1855.—March of Colonel Steptoe’s command to California, 
1854—55.—Lieut. J. Withers, U. S. A., survey of road, 1854.—Lieut. G. H. Derby, T. E., survey 
roads, 1854~55.—Lieut. G. H. Mendel, T. E., reconnaissance, 1855.—Capt. J. H. Simpson, T. E., 
survey roads, 1855.—Lieut. G. K. Warren, T. E., reconnaissance, 1855.—Lieut. F. T. Bryan, T. E., 
reconnaissance, 1855.—Lieut. J. C. Amory, U. 8. A., reconnaissance in 1855.—Major Merrill, U. S. 
A., reconnaissance, 1855.—Lieut. I. N. Moore, U. S. A., map part of New Mexico, 1855.—Lieut. E. 
L. Hartz, U.S. A., reconnaissance, 1856.—Lieut. F. T. Bryan, T. E., survey of road, 1856.—Capt. 
J. H. Dickerson, U. S. A., survey road, 1856.—Lieut. W. D. Smith, U.S. A., route, 1856.—Capt. A. 
Sully, U.S. A., reconnaissance, 1856.—Lieut. G. K. Warren, T. E., reconnaissance Missouri and 
Yellowstone, 1856.—Explorations ordered in 1857. 


EXPLORATION AND SURVEY FOR A RAILROAD ROUTE NEAR THE FORTY-SEVENTH AND FORTY- 
NINTH PARALLELS, 1853 to 1855. 


The report of this exploration and survey will be found in Vol. I,* 
Senate Ex. Doc. No. 78, second session Thirty-third Congress, and House 
Ex. Doc. No. 91, second session Thirty-third Congress. Quarto edition. 

They are accompanied by a map, in three sheets, drawn on a scale of 
1 to 1,200,000, exhibiting the entire exploration; and a sheet of profile on 


*Vol. I also contains the report of the Secretary of War and Capt. A. A. Humphreys on the com- 
parative advantages of the routesexamined. These are accompanied by a map of the territory of the 
United States, from the Mississippi tothe Pacific, on a scale of 1 to 3,000,000, and a sheet of profiles of 
all the routes on a horizontal scale of 1 to 3,000,000, and a vertical scale of 1 to 60,000. 


575 


576 U.S GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


a horizonta: seale of 1 to 3,000,000, the vertical scale being 1 to 60,000, or 
fifty times greater. 

A brief report of the progress of the survey was published in Senate 
Ex. Doe. No. 29, first session Thirty-third Congress, which is accompanied 
by a map of the route from St. Paul to Fort Union, drawn on a scale of 
1 to 1,200,000. 

A nearly complete report is contained in House Doc. No. 129, first 
session Thirty-third Congress, accompanied by a profile and map, in three 
sheets, showing the entire route, drawn on a scale of 1 to 1,200,000. This 
map is, however, not so complete as the one in the quarto edition. 

An additional report has also been made by Governor Stevens, which 
will appear in a subsequent volume with numerous landscape illustrations.t 

This expedition, as first organized, consisted of four separate parties. 
The one under Governor Stevens's personal supervision operated from 
St. Paul westward towards the mouth of White Earth River; thence on 
the prairies lying along the Missouri River to the Rocky Mountains, and 
then among the passes of that region. Another, under Bvt. Capt. G B. 
McClellan, Engineers, began at Fort Vancouver, on the Columbia, operated 
northeastward, examining the passes of the Cascade Range, and then east- 
ward to join Governor Stevens’s party. Another party, under Lieut. A. J. 
Donelson, Engineers, examined the Missouri River from its mouth to the 
Yellowstone, where a junction was made with that under Governor Stevens. 
The fourth party, under Lieut. R. Saxton, United States artillery, con- 
ducted a reconnaissance from Fort Walla Walla to the Bitter Root Valley, 
where a depot was established. 

The party under the immediate supervision of Governor Stevens took 
the field at St. Paul’s on the 8th June. The principal engineer and sci- 
entific assistants consisted of Lieut. C. Grover, United States artillery; 
Dr. George Suckley, surgeon and naturalist; Messrs. F. W. Lander and 
A. W. Tinkham, civil engineers; Mr. J. Lambert, topographer; Mr. J. M. 
Stanley, artist; Mr. G. W. Stevens, assistant astronomer, and Mr. J. Moffett 
and Mr. J. Doty, meteorologists. Governor Stevens failed in securing the 
services of the officer designed to take charge of the astronomical observa- 


tions. 


t Ordered by the Senate at the second session Thirty-tifth Congress, 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 577 


The party was well supplied with suitable instruments. Odometers, 
compasses, barometers, thermometers, sextants, chronometers, and a porta- 
ble astronomical transit of twenty-six inches focal length (which latter was 
not used). 

* * * * * * * * * 

Lieutenant Saxton arrived at Fort Benton on the 12th of September. 
He had been charged with establishing a depot of supplies at St. Mary’s 
village, and left The Dalles on the 18th of July, 1853. His party consisted 
of Lieuts. Robert Macteely and Richard Arnold, Messrs, Arnold and Hoyt, 
and forty-nine enlisted men, packers, ete. They were provided with 
barometers, compasses, sextants, and chronometers. The distances were 
estimated. 

* * & = * * * ¥ * 

The party on the western division, under the command of Capt. 
George B. McClellan, consisted of Lieut. J. K. Duncan, Third Artillery, 
Lieut. S. Mowry, Lieut. H. C. Hodges, Mr. JF. Minter, civil engineer, 
George Gibbs, geologist, and Dr. J. G. Cooper, naturalist. Captain 
McClellan left Fort Vancouver in July, 1853. 

* * * * ¥* * * * * 

A large map of the Cascade Range, north of the Columbia, was pre- 
pared by Lieutenant Duncan on a scale of 1 to 400,000. 

* * ¥* * * * * * * 

Lieutenant Mullan, being left at Cantonment Stevens, on the Bitter 
Root River, to make observations in the mountains during the winter, made 
several reconnaissances. He was assisted by Mr. Adams as topographer 
and artist. The maps of the routes were made from compass courses and 
generally estimated distances. | 

* * * * * * R * * 

The reports of each of the reconnaissances made by the subordinates 
of Governor Stevens’s expedition will be found with his printed report; and 
the various maps of these routes were compiled by Mr. Lambert on the 
map that accompanies it. Governor Stevens also made additional examina- 
tions in 1855, in connection with his official duties with the Indians, and 


the results will be published in a supplementary volume. 
37 WH—VOL I 


578 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


SURVEY BY LIEUT. R. ARNOLD, 1854. 

In the summer of 1854 Lieut. R. Arnold, Third Artillery, made an 
odometer survey and map of a road which he opened from Puget Sound 
to Walla Walla, through the Nachess Pass, over nearly the same route recon- 
noitered by Lieutenant Hodges, of Captain McClellan’s party, in 1853. His 
report will be found as an appendix to the annual report of Col. J. J. Abert, 
Topographical Engineers, forming part of Senate Ex. Doe. No. 1, first 
session Thirty-fourth Congress. 


EXAMINATIONS BY MR. F. W. LANDER, CIVIL ENGINEER, 1854. 


The report of Mr. Lander forms part of House Ex. Doc. No. 129, 
First Session Thirty-third Congress, and is reprinted in the quarto edition 
of Pacific Railroad Reports, Vol. II, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 78, and House 
Ex. Doc. No. 91, second session Thirty-third Congress. The report is 
unaccompanied by maps or sketches. 

Mr. F. W. Lander returned to the States in 1854 by the emigrant road 
up the valley of the Columbia; thence across the Blue Mountains through 
the Grande Ronde; thence up Snake River and across to Bear River; and 
thence by the usual traveled road through the South Pass and down the 
Platte River to Missouri. 

The journey was undertaken by him at the request of citizens of 
Oregon and Washington Territories, ty endeavor to find a railroad route in 
this direction. Although he examined several approaches to the Blue 
Mountains from the west, he found no practicable railroad route, as time 
and means did not permit him to reeconnoiter this portion as fully as he 
intended. It was also his design to examine a route from the source of 
Snake River over the mountains to the head of Green River, but an acci- 
dent to himself prevented this. His examinations tended to confirm the 
opinion of the difficult nature of the route west of the South Pass. 


EXPLORATION AND SURVEY FOR a RAILROAD ROUTE TO THE PACIFIC, NEAR THE THIRTY-EIGHTH 
AND THIRTY-NINTH PARALLELS, UNDER CAPT. J. W. GUNNISON, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 
The report of this examination was made by Capt. E. G. Beckwith, 
United States Artillery, and forms part of Vol. II of the quarto edition of 
the Pacific Railroad Report, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 78; House Ex. Doc. No. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 579 


91, second session Thirty-third Congress The maps were prepared by 
Mr. F. W. Eglofistein, and are in four sheets, on a scale of 12 miles to an 
inch. 

The profile of this route is engraved on a horizontal scale of 30 miles 
to an inch, and a vertical scale 39, times greater than the horizontal. Nu- 
merous illustrations accompany the quarto edition. This report was also 
published in House Doc. No. 129, first session, Thirty-third Congress, and 
was accompanied by a preliminary map, on a scale of 50 miles to an inch, 
and profile on a horizontal scale of 15 miles to an inch, the vertical scale 
being 2,000 feet to an inch. <A sketch of the portion of the route between 
the 104th and 110th meridian, on a scale of about 16 miles to an inch, ac- 
companies the report of the Secretary of War—Senate Ex. Doc. No. 29, 
first session, Twenty-ninth Congress. 

This expedition was composed of Captain Gunnison, Lieut. E. G. Beck- 
with, Third Artillery ; Mr. R. H. Kern, topographer; Mr. 8. Homans, astrono- 
mer; Dr. J. Schiel, surgeon and geologist; Mr. F. Creutzfeldt, botanist ; and 
Mr. J. A. Snyder, assistant topographer; with the necessary teamsters and 
employés. They were escorted by Capt. R. M. Morris and Lieut. L. 8. 
Baker, and about thirty soldiers of the regiment of mounted rifles. They 
were provided with sextants and artificial horizons, compasses, odometers, 
mercurial and aneroid barometers, and instruments for railroad surveying. 


Their supplies, ete., were transported in wagons. 
* * * * * * * * * 


Messrs. Beale and Heap passed over nearly this same route in advance 
of Captain Gunnison’s party on their way to California. The journey of 
these enterprising travelers was a very trying one; and they lost nearly 
everything they had in attempting to cross Grand River on a raft during a 
high stage of water. They published a brief and interesting narrative of 
their journey, accompanied by a map. 

Col. J. C. Fremont* also passed over nearly this same route during the 
winter of 1853—54. He crossed the Sierra Blanca through the Sandy Hill 
Pass; thence his route was not materially different from Captain Gunni- 
son’s to the point where the latter left Grand River. Colonel Fremont con- 


ment No. 8, second session Thirty-third Congress. 


580 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


tinued further south, and crossed the Sawatch Mountains south of Gunni- 
son’s route. He had with him, as far as the Mormon settlement, Mr. IF. W. 
Keloffstein, as topographer. 


SURVEY FOR A RAILROAD TO THE PACIFIC NEAR THE FORTY-FIRST PARALLEL, BY LIEUT. E. G. 
BECKWITH, IN 1854. 


The report of this route, by Lieutenant Beckwith, forms part of Vol- 
ume IT of the quarto edition of the Pacific Railroad Reports. The topo- 
graphical maps are in four sheets, on a scale of 12 miles to an inch. The 
profiles are drawn on a horizontal scale of 16 miles to an inch, the vertical 
scale being 287° times larger. This report of Captain Beckwith was also 
published in House Document No. 129, first session Thirty-third Congress, 
and was accompanied by a preliminary map on a scale of 50 miles to an 
inch. 

On the 3d of April Lieut. E. G. Beckwith, aided by Mr. F. W. Egloff- 
stein and the surviving assistants of Captain Gunnison, started to examine 
the practicability of the Wasatch Mountains east of Great Salt Lake. 


* * * * * * * * * 


AN EXAMINATION TO ASCERTAIN THE MOST PRACTICABLE LOCATION FOR A WAGON ROAD ALONG 
THE CARSON VALLEY ROUTE, PASSING NEAR LAKE BIGLER,t (CALLED BY FREMONT, IN HIS 
MAP OF HIS SECOND EXPEDITION, ‘‘'MOUNTAIN LAKE,” AND ON HIS MAP OF THE THIRD EXPE. 
DITION, LAKE BONAPLAND.) 


This examination throws much light on the subject of the practicability 
of the route for a railroad. 

The altitudes were determined by an aneroid barometer. The deter- 
mination of the eastern boundary of California was another object in the 
examination, and for this purpose the party used an astronomical transit and 
sextant with chronometers. The report of these operations, by George H. 
Goddard, accompanies the annual report of the surveyor-general of the State 


of California, Assembly document No. 5, session of 1856. 


SURVEY FOR A RAILROAD ROUTE TO THE PACIFIC, NEAR THE THIRTY-FIFTH PARALLEL, BY CAPT. 
A. W. WHIPPLE, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS. 


The final report of Captain Whipple forms Volumes III and IV of the 
quarto edition of the Pacific Railroad Reports, Senate Ex. Doe. No. 78, 


House Ex. Doc. No. 91, second session Vhirty-third Congress. It is accom- 
’ » > 


t Now kuown as Lake Tahoe. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 581 


panied by a topographical map in two sheets, drawn on a scale of 15 miles 
to an inch, and a sheet of profiles on a horizontal scale of 15 miles to an 
inch, and a vertical 50 times the horizontal. There are, besides, geological 
maps and numerous other illustrations. His preliminary report forms part 
of House Doe. No. 129, first session Thirty-third Congress. This edition is 
accompanied by a map in two sheets, and on a scale of 1 to 900,000, and a 
profile of the route on a horizontal scale of 1 inch to 79,500 feet, and a ver- 
tical scale of 1 inch to 3,000 feet. 

Captain Whipple was assisted by Lieut. J. C. Ives, Topographical 
Engineers; Dr. J. M. Bigelow, surgeon and botanist; Jules Marcou, geolo- 
gist and mining engineer; Dr. C. B. R. Kennerley, physician and naturalist; 
A. H. Campbell, principal assistant railroad engineer; H. B. Mollhausen, 
topographer and artist; Hugh Campbell, assistant astronomer; William 
White, jr., assistant meteorological observer; Mr. George G. Garner, assist- 
ant astronomer; Mr. N. H. Hutton, assistant engineer; John P. Sherburne, 
assistant meteorological observer; and Mr. T. H. Parke, assistant astronomer 
and computer. They were provided with a portable transit, sextants, and 
chronometers, for astronomical observations, and with the other instruments 
needful for reconnaissances. They were escorted by a company of the 
Seventh Infantry, under Capt. J. M. Jones, and began the survey with a 
train of wagons. Lieutenant Ives proceeded, with an astronomical transit 
and other instruments, from Washington, D. C., to Albuquerque, by way 
of San Antonio and El] Paso, where he joined the party. 

* * * * * * * * * 


SURVEY FOR A PACIFIC RAILROAD THROUGH THE PASSES OF THE SIERRA NEVADA AND COAST 
RANGE, BY LIEUT. R. S. WILLIAMSON, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1554. 
The final report of these surveys and reconnaissances forms Volume 
V of the quarto edition of the Pacific Railroad Reports. It is accompanied 
q ] 
by a general map on a scale of 1 to 600,000; one of certain passes on a 
scale of 1 to 240,000, and several detailed maps. There are, too, sheets of 
profiles drawn on a horizontal scale of 1 to 120,000 and a vertical scale five 
times greater. The report is also accompanied by geological maps and 
profiles. The report and general map were also in House Document No. 
129, first session Thirty-third Congress. 


582 U.S GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Lieutenant Williamson was assisted by Lieut. J. G. Parke, Topograph- 
ical Engineers; Lieut. G. B. Anderson, Second Dragoons; Dr. A. L. Heer- 
man, physician and naturalist; Mr. W. P. Blake, geologist; Mr. Isaac W. 
Smith, civil engineer; Mr. Charles Preuss, topographer; and Mr. Charles 
Koppel, artist. His escort was commanded by Lieut. G. Stoneman, First 
Dragoons. Continuous topographical sketches of the routes traversed were 
taken, and the work checked by astronomical observations with the sextant. 
Two of the passes were surveyed with chain and spirit level. On the map 
Lieutenant Williamson embodied some of the explorations of Captain 
Warner which had not before been published. 


* ¥ * * * * * * * 


RECONNAISSANCE FOR A RAILROAD ROUTE BETWEEN PIMAS VILLAGE AND EL PASO, BY LIEUT. 
J. G. PARKE, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, IN 1854. 

The report of this reconnaissance forms part of Volume II, quarto 
edition of the Pacific Railroad Reports. This report is printed in House 
Ix. Doe. No. 129, first session Thirty-third Congress, and is there accom- 
panied by a map on a scale of 5 miles to an inch, and profile on the same 
horizontal scale, the vertical being 1,000 feet to an inch. 

Lieutenant Parke, assisted by Mr. H. Custer, topographer, and Dr. 
A. L. Heerman, physician and naturalist, and provided with barometers, 
odometers, and compass, on the 24th of January, 1854, left San Diego 
with a party of twenty-three men, exclusive of an escort, under Lieutenant 


Stoneman, of twenty-eight dragoons 
* * * * * * * ¥ * 
RECONNAISSANCE FOR A RAILROAD ROUTE FROM EL PASO TO PRESTON, BY BVT. CAPT. JOHN 


POPE, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1854. 


The report of this reconnaissance will be found in Volume IT of the 
quarto edition of the Pacific Railroad Reports, and is accompanied by a 
map, on a scale of 15 miles to an inch, and a profile on the same horizontal - 
scale, the vertical being fifty times greater. The report, with a map and 
profile, on a scale of 10 miles to an inch, also forms part of House Doe. No. 
129, first session Thirty-third Congress. 

Capt. J. Pope was assisted by Lieut. Kenner Garrard, First Dragoons; 
Dr. J. Mitchell, surgeon and naturalist; Mr. CL. Taplin, and J. HW. Byrne, 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 583 


with an escort of twenty-five men under Lieut. L. H. Marshall, Third In- 
fantry. The party, including teamsters, etc., numbered seventy-five men. 
They were provided with sextant, chronometer, odometer, and compasses. 
The grades were determined by measuring the vertical angle with a theod- 
olite. The expedition left Dona Ana February 12, 1854. 


* * * * ¥* ¥* * * £ 
Captain Pope made additional explorations in the vicinity of the Gua- 
dalupe Mountains during the years 1855, 1856, and 1857, while engaged 
in the experiment for obtaining water by artesian wells, but his final report 


has not yet been made. 


EXPLORATION AND SURVEY FOR A RAILROAD ROUTE FROM BENICIA, CALIFORNIA, TO FORT FILL- 
MORE, NEW MEXICO, BY LIEUT. J.G. PARKE, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1854-'55. 


The report of these examinations forms part of Volume VII of the 
quarto edition of the Pacific Railroad Reports, and is accompanied by two 
topographical maps, on a scale of 12 miles to an inch, and profiles of his 
routes on the same horizontal scale, and a vertical scale fifty times larger. On 
the same sheet is a profile of the route from Fulton to San Diego, on a hor- 
izontal scale of 36 miles to an inch, and a vertical scale fifty times greater. 
There are also geological maps and profiles. 

Lieutenant Parke was assisted by Mr. Albert H. Campbell, civil engi- 
neer; Dr. Thomas Antisell, geologist; and Messrs. Custer and N. H. Hutton, 
topographers. They were provided with sextants and chronometers, barom- 
eters, compasses, and odometers. On the 20th November, 1854, they left 
Benicia with a party of about thirty persons. 


* * * * * * * * * 


EXPLORATION AND SURVEY FOR A RAILROAD ROUTE FROM THE SACRAMENTO RIVER TO THE 
COLUMBIA RIVER, BY LIEUT. R. S. WILLIAMSON, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS. 


The report of this expedition, owing to the illness of Lieutenant Will- 
iamson, was written by Second Lieut. H. L. Abbot, Topographical Engi- 
‘neers. It forms Volume VI of the quarto edition of the Pacific Railroad 
Reports, and is accompanied by a topographical map, in two sheets, on a 
scale of 12 miles to an inch, and two sheets of profiles, on the same hori- 
zontal scale, but with the vertical scale fifty times greater. 

The party consisted of Lieut. R. 8. Williamson, Topographical Engi- 
neers, assisted by Lieut. H. L. Abbot, Topographical Engineers, with Dr. 


584 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


J.S. Newberry, as geologist; Dr. E. Sterling, as physician and naturalist; 
Mr. H. © Fillebrown, as assistant engineer; Mr. C. D. Anderson, as com- 
puter; and Mr. John Young, as draughtsman. A light cart was taken for 
the instruments, but everything else was transported by pack mules. The 
party was supplied with sextants and chronometers, odometers, compasses, 
and barometers. 

The expedition left Benicia, California, on July 10, 1855, and pro- 
ceeded up the Sacramento Valley to Fort Reading, crossing the river at 
Fremont. At the fort it was joined by the escort, consisting of Lieut. H. 
G. Gibson, Third Artillery; Lieut. G. Crook, Fourth Infantry; Lieut. J. B. 
Hood, Second Cavalry, and one hundred soldiers 


* * * * * > * * * 


In making the map of this exploration, Lieutenant Abbot embodied 
various unpublished military reconnaissances made in Oregon and northern 
California, which he duly acknowledges. These were: That by Major 
Alvord, in 1853, from Myrtle Creek, in Umpqua Valley, tosRogue River 
Valley ; that by Mr. G. Gibbs, in 1852, from Humboldt Bay to the head 
of Scott’s River; that of Lieutenant Chandler, in 1856, near the mouth of 
Rogue River; that of Lieutenant Kautz, in 1854, near Coos Bay ; those of 
Lieutenant Williamson from Yreka, east of Shasta Butte, to Fort Reading ; 
from Yreka to lower Klamath Lake, and from Port Orford to Coquille and 
Rogue Rivers, made while on military duty in the Department in 1851-52. 


UNITED STATES AND MEXICAN BOUNDARY SURVEYS. 


These surveys began in 1849, and continued, with various interruptions, 
till 1856. During the establishment of the boundary line agreed upon by 
the treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo, four different appointments were made of 
United States commissioner, four of astronomer, and two of surveyor. 
Delays were caused by these changes, by a want of means to properly carry 
on the work, and by differences of opinion as to the proper initial point on 
the Rio Grande. 

The following-named reports can be consulted in relation to it: 

1st. The reports of the Secretary of the Interior, one dated February 
27, 1850, printed Senate Ex. Doc. No. 34, first session Thirty-first Congress; 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 585 


and another dated July, 1852, which is printed Senate Ex. Doc. No. 119, 
first session Thirty-second Congress. 

These contain various letters from different individuals and sketch 
maps in reference to the initial points of the boundary line on the Pacific 
shore, at the juncture of the Gila and Colorado Rivers, and on the Rio 
Grande. 

2d. Extract from a journal of an expedition from San Diego, California, 
to the Rio Colorado, from September 11 to December 11, 1849, by A W. 
Whipple, Lieutenant United States Topographical Engineers; printed 
Senate Ex. Doc. No. 19, second session Thirty-first Congress 

3d. Report of Lieut Col. J. D. Graham, Topographical Engineers, 
Senate Ex. Doc. No. 121, first session Thirty-second Congress. 

This is a narative by Colonel Graham of his connection as astronomer, 
with the establishment of this line, and is accompanied by numerous letters 
from different persons, one of which is Lieutenant Whipple’s report to 
Colonel Graham on the survey of the Gila. This report of Colonel Graham 
is also accompanied by a “barometric profile of the route from San Antonio 
via Castorville, Fort Inge, Howard’s Spring, Ojo Escondido, Eagle Spring, 
E] Paso del Norte, and Dona Ana, to the copper mines of Santa Rita, in 
New Mexico, in 1851; from observations by and under the direction of 
Bvt. Lieut. Col. J. D. Graham, United States Topographical Engineers, 
assisted by Lieut. W. F. Smith, Togographical Engineers, and Mr. J. 
Lawson, and computed by Lieut. G. Thom, Topographical Engineers” 
The profile is on a horizontal scale of 20 miles to an inch, the vertical 
scale being 105,%; times greater. 

Colonel Graham acknowledges, in terms of commendation, the aid re- 
ceived by him from Lieutenant Whipple, Topographical Engineers, and 
Lieutenants Tillinghast and Burnside, U. 8. Army. 

Ath. ‘Personal, Narrative of Explorations and Incidents in Texas, New 
Mexico, California, Sonora, and Chihuahua, connected with the United States 
and Mexican Boundary Commission, during the years 1850-51-52, and ’53. 
By John Russell Bartlett, United States Commissioner during that period ; in two 
volumes, with maps and illustrations. Published by D. Appleton & Co., Nos. 346 
and 348 Broadway, New York, and No. 16 Little Britain, London —\854.” 


586 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


In page 11 of the preface to this work, Mr. Bartlett says: ‘‘The maps 
of the survey, as well as the astronomical, magnetic, and meteorological 
observations, with all that strictly appertains to the running and marking 
the boundary line, were, by the instructions of the Secretary of the Interior, 
placed in charge of the surveyor, Byt. Maj. W. H. Emory, who alone is 
held responsible for the faithful performance of these duties. From the 
high character of that officer as an engineer, the public may expect, in 
proper season, a satisfactory account of his labors in these departments. 
Some time must elapse before the maps to illustrate the whole boundary 
from one ocean to the other can be completed; I have therefore been 
compelled to construct, meanwhile, the map prefixed to this work from 
my own itinerary and from the most authentic information that could be 
obtained.” 

This work contains, among other things of interest, an account of the 
country south of the boundary, on the route from El Paso via the Guada- 
lupe Pass to Guaymas; and also of a journey through Chihuahua, Coahuila, 
and New Leon to the Rio Grande. 

5th. ‘Report on the United States and Mexican Boundary Survey,” 
made under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, by William H. 
Emory, Major First Cavalry and United States Commissioner. _Wash- 
ington: Cornelius Wendell, printer.” 

The report of Major Emory was published in 1858, and forms Senate 
Ex. Doe. No. 108, first session Thirty-fourth Congress, and, with the 
appendices, makes two volumes. There are four topographical maps on a 
scale of 1 to 600,000, ‘showing the boundary line and the country con- 
tiguous, as far as information has been obtained from actual survey or 
reconnaissance.” There is also a topographical map on a seale of 1 to 
6,000,000, entitled a ‘Map of the United States and their Territories 
between the Mississippi River and the Pacific Ocean and part of Mexico, 
compiled from surveys made under the order of W. H. Emory, Major First 
Cavalry, United States Commissioner, and from the maps of the Pacific 
Railroad, General Land Office, and the Coast Survey, projected and drawn 
under the supervision of Lieut. N. Michler, Topographical Engineers, by 
Thomas Jekyll, C. E., 1857-58.” This map (of all the country north of 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 587 


the surveys of the Mexican boundary) is a reduction from the map which 
I have compiled for the Pacific Railroad office. 

Major Emory’s report is also accompanied by a geological map of the 
same country, and on the same scale as that just mentioned, prepared by 
James Hall, assisted by J. P. Leslie, esq. This map is without date. 

There is also a barometrical and geological profile along the Rio 
Grande from its mouth to El Paso, and thence across the country to the 
Pacific. The report contains numerous illustrations of scenery, and geo- 
logical, botanical, and zoological plates. 

Assistance is acknowledged to have been received in the field from 
Lieut. A. W. Whipple, Topographical Engineers; Bvt. Capt. E. L. F. Hard- 
castle, Topographical Engineers; Mr. G. C. Gardner, Dr. C. Parry, Messrs. 
E. Ingraham, C. Radziminski, Arthur Schott, J. H. Clark, S. W. Jones, E. 
A. Phillips, J. H. Houston, J. E. Weiss, H. Campbell, F. Wheaton, W. 
White, and G. G. Garner. 

The line, as finally determined and established under the treaty of 
Guadalupe Hidalgo, extended up the Rio Grande from its mouth to lati- 
tude 31° 54’ 40” north; thence west along that parallel to the meridian of 
109°37' west; thence due north to the Rio San Domingo; thence down 
that stream to the Gila; thence down the Gila to its mouth; thence in a 
straight line to the point on the Pacific in latitude 32° 32’ north. 

Numerous reconnaissances were made by different parties in going to 
and from various points on the line; and the Rio Grande was surveyed as 
far up as the parallel of 32° 22’ north, and a portion of that parallel run 
by Lieutenant Whipple as directed by Mr. Bartlett, commissioner at the 
time. 

The treaty of 1853, by which the tract of territory known as the 
Gadsden purchase was acquired from Mexico, changed the boundary line 
so as to make it commence on the Rio Grande at latitude 31° 47’ north; 
thence due west 100 miles; thence south to latitude 31° 30’ north; thence 
due west to the 111th meridian; thence in a straight line to a point on the 
Colorado 20 miles below its junction with the Gila; thence up the Colo- 
rado to the former line. 


588 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


To establish this boundary Major Emory (then brevet major, Corps 
Topographical Engineers) was appointed commissioner and astronomer on 
the part of the United States ; and the work was accomplished during the 
years 1855—56. Major Emory was assisted in this work by Lieut. N. 
Michler, Topographical Engineers; Lieut. C. N. Tumbull, Topographical 

’ } ta) ] oD ? 5 ] 
Engineers; Messrs. C. Radziminski, M. 'T. W. Chandler, J. H. Clark, H. 
Campbell, W. Emory, M. Von Hippel, C. Weiss, I. Wheaton, A. Schott, 
J. Houston, D. Hinkle, B. Burns, E. A. Phillips, and J. O’Donoghue. 

’ ’ d ] ) to) 
Capt. G. Thom, Topographical Engineers, had charge of the office in com- 
I » +oposray 8 ’ Ss 


puting the work and projecting the maps of both boundary surveys. 


SURVEY OF ROAD FROM BIG SIOUX TO MENDOTA, BY BVT. CAPT. J. L. RENO, UNITED STATES 
ORDNANCE, IN 1853. 

Captain Reno was assisted in this survey, which was made with chain 
and compass, by Mr. James Tilton (now surveyor-general of Washington 
Territory) and Mr. A. Cross. 

The map now in the Topographical Bureau has never been published. 
The report forms printed House Ex. Doc. No. 97 first session Thirty-third 


Congress. 


EXPLORATIONS OF THE SOURCES OF THE BRAZOS AND BIG WICHITA RIVERS, BY CAPT, R. B. 
MARCY, FIFTH INFANTRY, IN 1854. 

The report of this forms Senate Ex. Doe. No. 60, first session Thirty- 
fourth Congress. It is accompanied by a map of the region explored, on a 
scale of 8 miles to an inch. Captain Marey was accompanied by Major 
Neighbors, Indian agent, and Dr. G. G. Shumard, geologist, and escorted 
by forty-five men of the Seventh Infantry, under Lieuts. N. B. Pearce and 
G. Chapin. An odometer, compass, aneroid barometer, and thermometer 
composed his main instruments. 

The object of the expedition was to find suitable lands to reserve for 
the Indians. 


* * * * * * * 


No astronomical observations being made, he adopted the positions of 


Forts Belknap and Phantom Hill, from Johnson’s map of Texas. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 589 


FUR HUNTERS OF THE FAR WEST, BY ALEXANDER ROSS, IN TWO VOLUMES; PUBLISHED BY 
SMITH, ELDER & CO. LONDON: 1855. 

This book begins with the transfer of Astoria to the British Northwest 
Company, and gives the history of this company down to its union with the 
Hudson’s Bay Company in 1821, which closes the first volume. The second 
volume is a narrative of some expeditions conducted by the author for the 
Hudson’s Bay Company in 1825 and previous years. On one of these he 
led a large trapping party into the Snake country, and visited the sources 
of Salmon, Malade, Goddin’s, and Reid’s or Boisé Rivers, giving a very in- 
teresting account of much country as yet unexplored by any surveying 
expedition, and I believe undescribed in any other hook. The information 
concerning it is of great value and interest. 

The author, in speaking of the great amount of information required 
by the members of these fur companies, and the little that has been given 
to the public, says that it has not been kept secret from design, but merely 
from inability to make it publie. 

There are many works of travels and adventures on the prairies men- 
tioned in this memoir, but I have endeavored to refer to most of those con- 
taining accurate information of country not covered by the official surveys. 

MARCH OF THE COMMAND UNDER COLONEL STEPTOE, FROM FORT LEAVENWORTH TO CALIFOR- 
NIA, 1854-'55. 

The report of Capt. Rufus Ingalls, who was quartermaster to this com- 
mand, forms a portion of the printed annual Executive Document of 1855, 
part two. A map showing the routes of portions of the command from Salt 
Lake City west is also a part of the same document, and was furnished by 
Captain Ingalls. The command started from Fort Leavenworth during the 
first part of June, 1854, and traveled the usual route via Fort Kearny, Fort 
Laramie, South Pass, and Bear River to Great Salt Lake City, where they 
spent the winter. 

* * x * * * * * * 

Lieut. 5. Mowry, who accompanied Colonel Steptoe, was detached at 

Great Salt Lake City in the spring of 1855 to conduct some dragoon 


recruits and animals by the Sarta Fé trail to Fort Téjon, in California. 


590 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


This duty he performed. His report was rendered to the Adjutant-General, 
but has not been published. It was not illustrated by any topographical 
sketches. 


SURVEY OF MILITARY ROAD IN OREGON, BY LIEUT. JOHN W. WITHERS, IN 1854. 


The map, with descriptive notes, is on file in the Topographical Bureau. 
It is drawn on a scale of 2 miles to an inch. The road is located along the 
valley of Umpqua River, between Scottsburg and Myrtle Creek. The re- 
port of Lieutenant Withers accompanied the annual report of the Colonel of 
Topographical Engineers for 1855. 

SURVEYS AND RECONNAISSANCE BY LIEUT. G. H. DERBY, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, IN 
OREGON AND WASHINGTON TERRITORIES, 1854 AND 1855. 

The principal of these examinations were for a road from Salem to 
Astoria, in Oregon, and from Columbia Barracks to Fort Steilacoom, in 
Washington Territory. The maps are on file in the Topographical Bureau, 
drawn on a scale of 1,to 48,000. There are also reductions of these (made 
in the Topographical Bureau) to a scale of 4 miles to an inch. These 
surveys and maps were made by direction of Maj. H. Bache, Topographical 
Engineers, by Lieutenant Derby, assisted by Mr. George Gibbs and C. M. 
Bache. A brief report in relation to these routes will be tound in the 
annual report of the Colonel of Topographical Engineers for 1855. 

RECONNAISSANCE OF THE ROUTE OF THE SNAKE RIVER EXPEDITION, BY LIEUT. G. H. MEN- 
DELL, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1855. 

I have never seen Lieutenant Mendell’s report. The reconnaissance 
was probably made by means of compass courses and estimated distances, 
checked by astronomical observations for latitude. A tracing from his 
original map is in the Topographical Bureau. 

This expedition, consisting of about two companies, all mounted, under 
the command of Bvt. Maj. G. P. Haller, Fourth Infantry, was organized 
by General Wool in the summer of 1855, for the purpose of chastising the 


Indians who had killed some emigrants near Fort Boisé. 


® * * * * * * * e 


EPITOME OF WARREN'S MEMOIR. 591 


SURVEYS OF ROADS IN MINNESOTA, UNDER CAPT. J. H. SIMPSON, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS. 


Captain Simpson’s annual report for 1855, with a map, on a scale of 
24 miles to an inch, showing all the General Government roads under his 
charge, forms a part of the annual Executive document for that year. One 
of these roads extends from Point Douglas, on the Mississippi, to the mouth 
of St. Louis River; another from Point Douglas to Fort Ripley; another 
from Fort Ripley, on Crow Wing River, to Otter Tail Lake; and another 
from the Mendota to the mouth of the Big Sioux River. These are the 
principal roads. The one last mentioned was surveyed by Captain Reno 
in 1853. 


RECONNAISSANCE IN THE DAKOTA OR SIOUX COUNTRY, BY LIEUT. G. K. WARREN, TOPOGRAPH- 
ICAL ENGINEERS, IN i855. 


The report of this forms Senate Ex. Doc. No. 76, first session Thirty- 
fourth Congress. It is accompanied by a map on a scale of 1 to 600,000, 
giving the detailed topography of the routes explored, and a general map 
of Nebraska, on a scale of 1 to 3,000,000. 

While making this reconnaissance I was attached to the staff of General 
Harney, commanding Sioux expedition, and was assisted by Mr. P. Carrey 
and J. H. Snowden. Sketches of routes were also furnished me by Lieut. 
G. T. Balch, U.S. Ordnance, and Lieut. J. Curtiss, Second Infantry. The 
instruments used consisted of odometers, compasses, and barometers. I 
left St. Louis on the 7th of June. * * * Over the routes traveled the 
distances were measured with an odometer, and maps were made of all the 
routes traversed. 


RECONNAISSANCE OF A ROAD FROM FORT LEAVENWORTH TO THE BIG TIMBERS ON THE AR- 
KANSAS, BY LIEUT. F. T. BRYAN, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, IN 1855. 


The map of this is in the Topographical Bureau, but neither it nor the 
report have been published. 

The party under Lieutenant Bryan consisted of Mr. J. Lambert, topog- 
rapher; Mr. C. Lombard, road surveyor; Mr. C. F. Larned and 8. M. Cooper, 
assistant topographers. Their instruments consisted of compasses and 


592 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


odometers. Having surveyed the route from Fort Leavenworth to Fort 
Riley, they were joined there by an escort under Maj. L. Armistead. 


* * * * * * * * * 


RECONNAISSANCE BY LIEUT. J. C. AMORY, FROM FORT GIBSON TO BENT’S FORT, IN 1855. 


Lieutenant Amory was attached to the command of Lieutenant-Colo- 
nel Morrisson, who left Fort Gibson and traveled up the Verdigris as far 
as the Kansas boundary. Here they left that river and proceeded north- 
west, gradually approaching the Arkansas until they struck it at the mouth 
of Walnut Creek; thence they proceeded over the usual road to Bent’s 
Fort. Their route from Fort Gibson to the mouth of Walnut Creek was 


through country previously unexplored. 
RECONNAISSANCE BY MAJOR MERRILL, UNITED STATES DRAGOONS, IN 1855. 


This consists in a sketch of the route of a portion of the Second Dra- 


goons from Fort Belknap direct to Council Grove and Fort Riley. 
MAP COMPILED BY LIEUT. I. N. MOORE, UNITED STATES DRAGOONS, IN 1855. 


This map embraces the country between the Rio Grande and Pecos, 
from the thirty-second parallel to the thirty-sixth, and is compiled from 
examinations, sketches, and notes taken by himself, Major Carlton, Lieu- 
tenant Higgins, and other officers of the Army while traversing this region 
on Indian scouts, ete. The positions of the main points along the Rio 
Grande, Canadian route, and upper El Paso route are taken from the pub- 


lished maps of the Topographical Engineers 
RECONNAISSANCE BY LIEUT. E. L. HARTZ, EIGHTH INFANTRY, U. S. ARMY, 1856. 


Lieutenant Hartz, with a command of three non-commissioned officers 
and twenty-four men, with two wagons, started on the 16th of August from 
Fort Davis to intersect the EK] Paso road. His general course was nearly 
west, but with many détows to obtain water. He passed through the 
Carisso Pass, which is difficult for wagons, and struck the El Paso road 
25 miles west of Eagle Springs. A map of this route was made by Lieu- 
tenant Hartz, on a scale of 1 inch to 5 miles., It is not stated in his report 


or map what instruments were emploved in reconnoitering, 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 593 


EXPLORATIONS FOR ROAD FROM FORT RILEY TO BRIDGER’S PASS, BY LIEUT. F. T. BRYAN, 
TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1856. 

The report of this will be found in the annual documents accompany- 
ing the President’s message for 1857. The origiual map, on a scale of 1 to 
600,600, is in the Topographical Bureau, and was not published with it 
Lieutenant Bryan was assisted by Mr. J. Lambert, Mr. C. F. Larned, Mr. 
S. M. Cooper, assistant topographers, and Mr. H. Englemann, as geologist. 
They were provided with odometers, compasses, barometers, and sextant. 
They were accompanied by thirty men, and protected by an escort of one 
company of the Sixth Infantry under Maj. L. A. Armistead. 

* * * * * * * * * 
SURVEY OF ROAD FROM OMAHA CITY TO FORT KEARNY, BY CAPT. JOHN H. DICKERSON, A.Q.M., 
IN 1856. 

The report of Captain Dickerson is published with the documents ac- 
companying the President’s annual message for 1857, but without the map, 
which is in the Bureau of Topographical Engineers, under the direction ot 
which the survey was made. This survey from Omaha to the Platte, and 
along that river to Fort Kearny, was made with a chain and compass and 
spirit level. 

A survey was made with compass and odometer of the route up the 
Loup Fork, on the south side, leaving it near the mouth of Beaver Creek. 

RECONNAISSANCE FROM FORT RANDALL TO FORT KEARNY, BY LIEUT. W. D. SMITH, SECOND 
DRAGOONS, IN 1856. 

A reconnaissance was made of this route during the march of a squad- 
ron of the Second Dragoons under Lieut. W. D. Smith. The report is aceom- 
panied by a sketch map made from the measured distances, but without com- 


pass courses. The report has not been printed. 


RECONNAISSANCE FROM FORT RIDGELY TO FORT PIERRE, BY CAPT. A. SULLY, SECOND IN. 
FANTRY, IN 1856. 
A reconpraissance was made of this route by Captain Sully, whose com- 
pany formed part of the command of Lieutenant-Colonel Abercrombie, in 


making the movement between these two posts. Topographical sketches 
38 WH—VOL I 


594 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


were made with a pocket compass and estimated distances. Captain Sully 
determined the source of the Big Sioux River to be in Lake Kampeska. 
This map and the report are not yet published. 
RECONNAISSANCE ON THE MISSOURI AND YELLOWSTONE RIVERS, BY LIEUT. G. K. WARREN, 
TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, IN 1856. 

A map on a scale of 1 to 600,000 has been prepared and the material 
reduced from it to the Pacific Railroad map. The detailed report and map 
are not yet published. 

On this reconnaissance I was assisted by Mr. N. H. Hutton and Mr. J. 
H. Snowden, assistant topographers, Dr. and F. V. Hayden, geologist and 
naturalist, and was provided with an astronomical transit, a sextant, chro- 
nometers, barometers, odometers, and compasses. We started on a steam- 
boat from St. Louis, April 16, to join General Harney at Fort Pierre, and 
on our way made a map of the Missouri from the mouth of the Big Nemeha. 
At Fort Pierre I received orders from General Harney to proceed on board 
the American Fur Company’s boat St. Mary and examine the Missouri River 
as far as she should go, and then to return down the stream by Mackinac 
boats. The Missouri River was thus mapped as far up as the mouth of the 
Big Muddy, 60 miles above Fort Union. The party consisted, in addition 
to the assistants, of about thirty men, seventeen of whom were enlisted men 
of the Second Infantry. 


* * * * * * * * * 


BRIEF STATEMENT OF THE EXPEDITIONS THAT TOOK THE FIELD IN 1857. 


The United States astronomical and surveying parties for establishing 
the boundary line (49th parallel) between the United States and Great Brit- 
ain, of which Archibald Campbell, esq., was commissioner, and Lieut. J. G. 
Parke, Topographical Engineers, astronomer, was organized under the 
State Department and started for the field of operations on the Pacific coast 
in April, 1857. 

The party under Mr. W. H. Nobles, organized in the Interior Depart- 
ment for making a road from Fort Ridgely to the South Pass, examined the 
route during the summer as far west as the Missouri at the mouth of Crow 
Creek. 


95 


qn 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 


The party under Lieutenant Warren, Topographical Engineers, organ- 
ized by the War Department, started in June in two divisions—one from 
Omaha City, the other from Sioux City. They united at the mouth of Loup 
Fork, examined this stream to its source, and thence proceeded by way of 
the valley of the Niobrara River to Fort Laramie. Thence they proceeded 
north, explored the Black Hills, and, returning by way of the Niobrara 
River examined it to its mouth. 

The wagon-road expedition, organized under the Department of the In- 
terior, of which Mr. F. W. Lander was the engineer, made reconnaissances 
of the mountains between Green River and Bear River. 

The wagon-road expedition under Lieutenant Bryan, this year, was 
confined to routes which he had previously mapped and explored. 

The expedition against the Sheyenne Indians, commanded by Colonel 
Sumner, explored a portion of the country between the Platte and Arkansas 
Rivers. 

The party commanded by Colonel Johnston to survey the southern 
boundary of Kansas, and of which Mr. J. H. Clark was astronomer and 
Mr. Weiss surveyor, was organized by the War Department. It accom- 
plished that work and reconnoitered the country south of the line. 

The party for constructing a wagon-road from Fort Defiance to the 

tolorado River was organized by the War Department and placed in charge 
of Mr. E. F. Beale. He examined the line of the proposed road during the 
summer and winter. 

The party for the construction of a wagon-road from El] Paso to Fort 
Yuma, of which Mr. Leach was superintendent and Mr. N. H. Hutton was 
engineer, passed the summer and winter in the operation, and have not yet 
returned. 

The expedition of Captain Pope for making of experiments in artesian 
well-boring is still in the field. 

A party under Mr. Major, for establishing that part of the 98th and 
100th meridians between the Canadian and Red Rivers, was organized by 
the Interior Department and is still in the field. 

The expedition under Lieutenant Ives for ascertaining the navigability 
of the Colorado of the Gulf of California, was organized under the War De- 
partment and is still in the field. 


596 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The Land Office surveys along the whole frontier are advancing 
steadily, as in former years. 

The foregoing is an epitome of the expeditions taken direct from War- 
ren’s Memoir, Pacific Railroad Reports, Vol. x1. In Chapter V he gives the 
method of compiling the map of the territory west of the Mississippi, with a 
list of the principal longitude determinations. This general map, first pub- 
lished immediately before the outbreak of the war, was drawn and engraved 
to the scale of 1 to 3,000,000 (1/’=47.35 miles) and contained all the then 
known topographic and general geographic information of this territory, and 


with revisions was issued up to 1867, when a recompilation was commenced. 


Norr.—As instances, more particularly of general geological exploration work, or publication not 
appearing on page 490 of House Ex. Doe. 270, Forty-eighth Congress, second session (Venice Geographical 
Report), notes of which have kindly been furnished by Jules Marcou, the following may be mentioned, 
which, though not furnishing data valuable for map compilation (especially in original geographical 
co-ordinates), are of interest at least from a bibliographical point of view: 

Gabriel Franchere, 1819/46-’54.—Narrative of a voyage to the northwest coast of America in the 
years 181112~13-'14._ First edition (French), Montreal, 1819; second edition (English), New York. 

M. Nuttal, 1821.—A journal of travels into the Arkansas Territory during the year 1519, 

J. K. Townsend.—Narrative of a journey across the Rocky Mountains to the Columbia River. 
Philadelphia: 1839. 

Prince Maximilian de Wied, Neuwied, 1840.—Voyage in the interior of North America, 1832—33~34. 
Three volumes with atlas. Paris. (Published also in German.) 

Duflat de Mofras.—(Exploration du territoire de ?Orégon, des Californies, ete.) Exploration of 
the Territory of Oregon, of California, ete., 184074142, in two volumes, 5°, 1544, Published by order 
of the King, under the auspices of the President of the Council and the Minister of Foreign Affairs. 
Vol. I, p. 521, four plates; Vol. II, p. 387, four plates ; accompanied by an atlas of twenty-six sheets 
(maps and plans). On page 475 et seq. of Vol. 1 will be found a list of latitudes and longitudes of 
eighty-six places, with authorities. 

De Smeth (the Jesuit Father), 1846 (?).—Letters upon the Rocky Mountains. (These first appeared 
in the Annals of the Propaganda at Rome.) 

G. F. Ruston, 1848.--Adventures in Mexico and the Rocky Mountains. 

Ferdinand Romer, 1849.—Texas. (Contains a geological and geographical map.) 

P. T. Tyson, 1850.—Geology of California. His report forms a part of Senate Ex. Doc. No. 47, 
Thirty-first Congress, first session, which also contains several maps, especially one by Lieut. (afterwards 
General) E. O. C. Ord, with two reports of this officer to General Riley. 

Jules Marcon, 1855-’58.—Geology of North America, p. 144, with three maps and seven plates. 
Zurich: 1858. This publication contains a compiled general geologic map of the country west of the 
Mississippi River (no scale); also a general geological map of New Mexico (compiled), scale 1 to 900,000. 

In 1880 General G. K. Warren had proposed to furnish notes of ‘some interesting early explorations” 
of which he had learned since his memoir was published (and also additional bibliography), as soon 
as his duties should permit, which he had not, however, been able to do before his death in 1832, 

In the same category are the following voyages and travels, taken from a manuscript kindly fur- 
nished by Amos Bowman, now an assistant of the Canadian Geological Survey: 

In 1806 Simon Frazer, a partner in the Northwest Company, explored westward from the Red River 
settlement, reaching Fraser Lake, between the great bend of the Fraser River and the mouth of Sheena 
River, in latitude 54° N., and established a fort.* 


*See Greenhow’s Memoir, p. 155. 


EPITOME OF WARREN’S MEMOIR. 597 


David Thompson, a partner and geographer of the Northwest Company, set out from the Selkirk 
settlement on Lake Winnipeg in 1810, for the purpose of crossing the Rocky Mountains to the Columbia 
River. In the spring of 1811 he constructed a cedar canoe, near the sources of the Columbia (probably 
at the boat encampment in latitude 52° N.), and descended that river, arriving on July 15 at Astoria. 
He was the first white man to descend the northern or upper main branch of the Columbia. Finding 
the Astor Company already in possession he returned the way he came.* 

He made a map of the previously unexplored and unsuryeyed Northwest Territory, which is pre- 
served in the Crown lands department of Canada. 

In 1824~25 Dr. McLoughlin established a post at Fort George (Astoria) and at Vancouver. 

Rev. Samuel Parker’s exploring tour beyond the Rocky Mountains in 1835-’36-’37, with map, is 
written in narrative, but has separate chapters on geology, zoblogy, ethnology, and climatology. Mr. 
Parker entered the Rocky Mountains, and traveled by the usual trappers’ (afterwards the Oregon 
emigrant) route via Black Hills, Jackson’s Hole, the Three Tetons, Pierre’s Hole, Fort Hall, Grande 
Ronde, and Walla Walla to Vancouver. 

In 1841 Sir George Simpson crossed the Rocky Mountains via the Saskatchewan and Kootenay 
Rivers, and came down the Columbia to the Hudson Bay establishment at Vancouver, of which there 
is a published account. 

McLeod’s Santa Fé expedition left Austin, Tex., in June, 1841, and proceeded over the Llano Esta- 
eado and was captured by the Mexicans. 

Fremont made a fourth expedition in 1848, at his own expense, assisted by the public-spirited 
citizens of St. Louis, including Dr. George Engleman. He left St. Louis October 9, 1348, and went via 
Kanses River to headwaters of the Colorado and the Wabsatch Mountains into California by a southern 
pass. t 

Humboldt, in his ‘‘ Aspects of Nature,” attempts to present the progress of discovery in the Far 
West. 


* See Irving’s Astoria, pp. 96, 97. tSee Upham’s Life of Fremont. Boston: 1856, 


a8 


gives oad bo A il Ee 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 


CON TENE S. 


Inttrodnctoryerem aris trea meeatse om eree ieee ee sae ciate ea encet san iee een ema eens eee 


CuapTeR I.—Explorations from A. D. 1857 to outbreak of War of the Rebellion. 


Lieut. G. K. Warren, T. E. (Black Hills), 1857,—Lieut. Col. J. E. Johnston, 1857.—Lieunt. J. C. 
Ives, T. E. (Colorado River), 1857—58.—Capt. J. N. Macomb, T. E. (Junction Green and 
Grand Rivers), 1859.—Capt. J. H. Simpson, T. E, (Salt Lake to Carson Valley), 1859.—Lieut. 
J. Dixon, T. E. (Fort Dalles and Great Salt Lake), 1859.—North western Boundary Survey 
(A. Campbell, commissioner; Lieutenant Parke, T. E., asironomer), 1859.—Capt. John 
Mullan, Second Artillery (Fort Walla Waila to Fort Benton), 1858~62.—Capt. W. F. Ray- 
nolds, T. E. (headwaters Yellowstone and Missouri Rivers), 1869—’60.—Lieut. J. Dixon, T. E. 
(Harney Lake to Eugene City, Oregon), 1860.—J. H. Clark (Texas boundary), 1857—’60.— 
Government, wagon-roads; 18576 Nir ss as oe oe cee aciosec\enies ssiseice cake ees o eee cs seek 


CHAPTER II.—Reconnaissances, explorations, and surveys, headquarters military divisions and de- 
partments, A. D. 1865 to A. D, 1380. 


Maj. R. S. Williainson, Corps of Engineers, Susanville to Fort Bidwell, Cal., and Fort Klamath, 
Oregon, 1865.—Maj. R. 8. Williamson, Corps of Engineers, Fort Churchill, Nev., to Fort 
Lyon, Idaho, and vicinity and return, 1866.—Lieut. M. R. Brown, Corps of Engineers, Fort 
Riley to Fort Dodge and Fort Harker to Denver, 1867.—Capt. C. W. Howell, Corps of En- 
gineers, Republican Fork to 100th meridian, Union Pacific Railroad, 1868.—Capt. W. J. 
Twining, Corps of Engineers, northern Dakota, 1869.—Capt. Charles W. Raymond, Corps 
of Engineers, Yukon River, 1369.—Lieut. George M. Wheeler, southern and southeastern 
Nevada, 1869.—Capt. D. P. Heap, Corps of Engineers, Montana and Dakota, 1870.—Lieut. 
G. C. Doane, U. S. Army, Upper Yellowstone, 1870.—Capts. J. W. Barlow and D. P. Heap, 
Corps of Engineers, Upper Yellowstone, 1871.—Capt. W. A. Jones, Corps of Engineers, 
Uintah Mountains, 1871.—Capt. D. P. Heap, Corps of Engineers, Missouri River and Da- 
kota, 1872.—Maj. J. W. Barlow, Corps of Engineers, Yellowstone and Muscleshell Rivers, 
1872.—Capt. William Ludlow, Corps of Engineers, Yellowstone River, 1873.—Capt. G. J. 
Lydecker, Corps of Engineers, Lava Beds, 1873.—Lieut. E. H. Ruftner, Corps of Engineers, 
Ute country, 1873.—Capt. W. A. Jones, Corps of Engineers, northwestern Wyoming and 
Yellowstone Park, 1873.—Lieutenant Ruffner, Corps of Engineers, and Lieutenant Ander- 
son, U.S. Army, Fort Garland to Fort Wingate, 1874.--Capt. William Ludlow, Corps of 
Engineers, Black Hills, 1874.—Capt. William Ludlow, Corps of Engineers, Carroll (Mont.) 
to Yellowstone Park, 1875.—Capt. W. S. Stanton, Corps of Engineers, Big Horn and Yel- 
lowstone, 1876.—Lieut. E. Maguire, Corps of Engineers, Yellowstone region, 1876.—Capt. 
W.S. Stanton, Corps of Engineers, routes in Wyoming, 1877.—Surveys of military reserva- 
tions and wagon-roads. Military topographic maps at headquarters divisions and depart- 
NS age ecccrsce d6é6 GoGo UC ES Odes BA GSAEIGE BHOS ALES SEAS SE cS Ooce Aiea aan ree eae 


601 


Pages. 


603-604 


605-626 


627-651 


602 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Pages. 
CHAPTER III.—Geographical and geological explorations and surveys under War and Interior De- 
partments, 1865 to 1880 


Wak DEPARTMENT.—Engineer Department.—Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel, 

King, 1867 to 1572, inclusive.—Geographical Surveys west of the One-hundredth Meridian, 

Wheeler, 1871 to 1879, inclusive.—U. 8. Lake Survey.—Mississippi River Commission and 

Survey, Col. and Bvt. Maj. Gen. Q. A. Gillmore, Corps of Engineers, and Lieut. Col. and Bvt. 

Brig. Gen. C. B. Comstock, Corps of Engineers, Presidents to 1879, inclusive.—Missouri 

River Commission.—Surveys for River and Harbor Improvements.—New Maps of Western 

Territories and of the United States, by Engineer Department...-..........----.---.---. 653-699 
INTERIOR DEPARTMENT.—Geological Examination of Nebraska and Wyoming, 186768; Geo- 

logical Survey of the Territories, 1869 to 1872, inclusive; Geological and Geographical 

Survey of the Territories, Hayden, 1873 to 1878.—Exploration of the Colorado River, 1869 

to 1872, inclusive, and Geological and Geographical Surveys of the Rocky Mountain Re- 

gion, Powell, 1873 to 1879.—Geological Exploration of the Black Hills, Jenney, 1875, Indian 

Office.—State and Territorial boundary lines and of Indian Reservation, General Land 

Oftice, 1857—’80.—Snbdivision of public lands, General Land Office, 1857 to 1880.—U. S. 

Geological Survey (established) 222. \-2ecsec.s sone ee ta see ee an eae eee see eae eee ee 699-726 
StaTeE DEPARTMENT.—Northern Boundary, Campbell, commissioner; Farquahur and Twining, : 

chief astronomers, 1872). 3. 5s22o5 cece < sew eee aan, saieoes oa) taiciate He clanieeee eelee nese ee et eee Peer atOD 
TREASURY DEPARTMENT.—Triangulation along Thirty-ninth Parallel, U. S. Coast and Geo- 

detic Survey, and in aid of State surveys.—U. S. Naval Observatory.—State geological and 

other suryeys.—Topographie and other Government maps.—Material for a general topo- 

eraphiciatlas. << coms eiemitasaseieaeciew cece wine oo weienidsoe Geanise ce ES eee oe elee sae occa se ae ee MOS TAO 


NOTE. 


The authorities consulted, and upon which this memoir of expeditions between 
1857 and 1580 depends, are the published reports of the several expeditions and 
works, communications from Messrs. King, Hayden, Powell, and G. K. Gilbert (the 
latter regarding Black Hills exploration by Jenney), replies to Engineer Department 
circular of February 8, 1875, and from notes compiled in the fifth division of the office 
of the Chief of Engineers, by whose order all the manuscript matter collected at the 
Engineer Department has been placed in my hands for examination and digest. 

In order that a route should be considered as possessed of sufficient geographical 
information to be embraced in the following lists, especially of expeditions subsequent 
to the war, the criterion followed has been that there should have been established at 
its terminal points, or along its course from original and independent observations 
and computations, latitudes and longitudes, one or both. 

Hence it has been necessary to omit many worthy military expeditions of no little 
magnitude and importance, that have added to the store of general geographical and 
topographical knowledge, that has often in map compilation been utilized by con- 
necting with known points the geographical co-ordinates of which had been estab- 
lished, as also the great number of scouts, meritorious in themselves, but not pro- 
vided with the means or instruments for determining independent geographical 
latitudes and longitudes. 

To do full justice to the efforts of the Army, as a fixed, as well as a moving nuclei 
in the pioneer settlement of our western region would require a special memoir, and 
while the large number of important military expeditions are not here traced out, as 
not within the scope of this compilation, yet no one more than the author is alive to 
the great importance of all these movements, not alone as the bulwark upon which 
the early settlement has leaned, but as gatherers of facts, topographical detail 
and allied data. The Army has on one occasion and another threaded nearly every 
main and minor route in the West and scouted myriads of lesser streams to their 
very source, thus producing a vast fund of truthful and practical information that in 
various forms has been available to the Government, the settler, and the public. 

It is not by any means certain that my examination has developed all the expedi- 


603 


604 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


tions that come within the schedule, the available time having been short and my 
health broken ; therefore, conscious of the imperfections, the result is submitted with 
diffidence, and with the hope that where errors and omissions are found that I may 


be notified of them. 
G. M. W. 


PRINCIPAL AUTHORITIES CONSULTED IN PREPARATION OF MEMOIR. 


Annual Reports, Chief of Topographical Engineers, 1857 to 1862, inclusive. 

Annual Reports, Chief of Engineers, 1866 to date; also manuscript and other maps at Engineer 
Department. 

Professional Papers No, 24, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army. 

Primary Triangulation of the Lake Survey, Comstock. 

Published reports and maps of the geological exploration of the 40th parallel, 

Published reports and maps, geographical surveys west of the 100th meridian. 

Published reports and maps of the geological and geographical survey of the Territories. 

Published reports and maps of the geological and geographical survey of the Rocky Mountain 
region. 

Published reports and maps of the geological exploration of the Black Hills. 

Annual reports of the General Land Office, 1857 to date. 

Annual reports of the Coast Survey from 1852 to date. 

Annual reports of the Naval Observatory, and report under Nautical Almanac Office of 1869; 
total solar eclipse 1869. 

Executive documents mentioned under the several headings: Report of the survey of the north- 
ern boundary; report of exploring expedition from Santa Fé to junction of Grand and Green Rivers, 
1259, Macomb; report of explorations across the Great Basin of Utah, 1859, Simpson; report of Owen’s 
geological survey of Lowa, Wisconsin, and Minnesota; report of exploration of Oregon Territory by 
M. Duflot de Mofras, two volumes, 1845; Northwestern Wyoming, including Yellowstone National Park, 
Jones, 1873; Nebraska and Dakota, Warren, 1825 to 1857; military wagon-road from Fort Walla 
Walla to Fort Benton, Mullen, 1858 to 1862; exploration of Yellowstone River, Reynolds, 1858; Texas 
boundary, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 70, first session Forty-seventh Congress, geological report, Hayden, 
Engineer Department, 1859 and 1860; Ives’s Colorado River expedition, 1857 and 1858; Barlow and 
Heap, Yellowstone region, 1871; Ludlow, Black Hills, 1875; Ruffner, Ute country, 1873 and 1874; Ray- 
mond, Yukon River, 1869; Symons, Columbia River; Geology of the Black Hills of Dakota, Newton 
and Jenney, 1880. 

Letters of several engineer officers to the Chief of Engineers, from archives of the Department, 
and maps compiled at headquarters divisions and departments; manuscript notes prepared in Division 
V, Office of the Chief of Engineers, U.S. Army; summary list of boundaries run by the General Land 
Office, in manuscript; manuscript maps of Northwest Boundary Survey, from State Department. 

From manuscripts and letters kindly furnished by Messrs. Hayden, Powell, King, Hague, Gil- 
bert, the General Land Office, and others. 


CHASE Oy Hetuale 


EXPLORATIONS FROM A. D. 1857 TO OUTBREAK OF WAR OF THE REBELLION, 
WAR DEPARTMENT. 


EXPLORATION OF LIEUT. G. K. WARREN, T. E., IN 1857. LOUP FORK, BLACK HILLS, BETWEEN FORKS 
OF SHEYENNE RIVER, NIOBRARA RIVER, ETC. 


The survey was made under the direction of Capt. A. A. Humphreys, 
in charge of Office of Exploration and Survey, and for which the sum of 
$25,000 was set apart. Organized at Omaha, and left there June 27, 1857. 
The objects sought were to gain knowledge of the Territories of Nebraska 
and Dakota generally in both practical and scientific matters, and among 
the former was specially desired the nature of the routes pursued as to their 
being favorable or otherwise to the construction of common roads or rail- 
roads. 

The expedition divided at once into two parts, one going direct to the 
Loup Fork of the Platte, the other up the east bank of the Missouri to Sioux 
Sity, where an escort was obtained, and thence as directly as possible to 
the rendezvous at the Loup Fork. Thence the whole expedition proceeded 
up the main Loup Fork to its source, in longitude 104° 35’, in the Great 
Sand Hills, making oceasional side examinations some 10 miles on each 
side of the river. 

Thence the expedition tried to proceed directly north to the Niobrara 
River, but the sand ridges compelled it to take a westerly course through a 
country with occasional alkaline and fresh-water lakes, but scantily watered, 
till it struck the Indian trail between the Platte and Niobrara, in longitude 
102° 380’. Thence it easily reached the Niobrara River, which it followed 
to where the trail turns off to Fort Laramie, and thence to that point, the 


longitude of which was determined to be 104° 30’. 
605 


606 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


In two parts the expedition left Fort Laramie September 4, 1857, one 
portion proceeding down the Niobrara to about longitude 101° 30’, and 
there awaiting the other, which proceeded nearly due north to the neigh- 
borhood of Rawhide Butte, which was examined; thence to the Indian 
agency of the Dakotas, on the Niobrara, and from there by a well-marked 
trail to the Old Woman’s Fork; down this to the Sheyenne, along this some 
distance, thence to Beaver Creek, and along the east branch of that into the 
Black Hills. Entering these from the west the Inyan Kara Creek was 
reached; thence southeast by a peak named in honor of General Harney to 
Bear Butte and the North Fork of the Sheyenne; thence southeast to the 
South Fork of the Sheyenne, where connection was made with the route 
of 1855; thence up this fork two days, then through a portion of the “Bad 
Lands” to the White River; thence southerly to the Niobrara River, and 
thence to the rendezvous with the other party at the mouth of Reunion 
Creek. 

The whole expedition then proceeded down the Niobrara River to the 
junction of Turtle Creek, when the main party proceeded directly to Fort 
Randall, while a special party continued the reconnaissance of the river to 
the Missouri. At Fort Randall a fongitude was determined, and thence the 
expedition went to Sioux City, where it closed. 

Lieut. G. K. Warren, T. E., commanded the expedition, escorted by 
30 enlisted men of the Second Infantry under Lieut. James McMillan. The 
civil assistants were J. H. Snowden and P. M. Engel, topographers ; Dr. F. 
V. Hayden, geologist; W. P. C. Carrington, meteorologist; and Dr. 8. Mof- 
fatt, surgeon. 

The instruments were a portable transit of 26 inches focal length, 
pocket and box chronometers, sextants, prismatic and pocket compasses, 
odometer, mercurial barometers and thermometers, and a full outfit of every- 
thing necessary for collecting and preserving objects of natural history. 

Only a preliminary report of Lieutenant Warren to Capt. A. A. Hum- 
phreys has been published in the Report of the Secretary of War accom- 
panying the President’s Message to Congress at the session beginning De- 
cember, 1858. <A selection from this was published in No. 9, Vol. I, of the 


publications of the American Geographical and Statistical Society of New 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 607 


York, November, 1859, and is also quoted by the English traveler, Burton, 
in his ‘Journey across the Rocky Mountains to California,” published by 
Harper & Brothers, New York, 1862. A number of these preliminary re- 
ports (1 vol, 8°, pp. 173, 1859), printed for special distribution by the War 
Department, were accompanied by a military map of Nebraska and Dakota 
by Lieutenant Warren, which embodied his own results and those of earlier 
explorers, on a scale of 1 to 120,000. This map was published by resolu- 
tion of the Senate, first session Thirty-fifth Congress. 

The above report was reprinted in 1875 (1 vol., 8°, pp. 125). 

A letter dated January 29, 1858, by Lieutenant Warren to Senator G. W. 
Jones, of Iowa, by direction of the Hon. J. B. Floyd, Secretary of War, was 
also published (8°, pp. 15), with a small sketch map, scale 1 to 6,000,000. 


SOUTHERN BOUNDARY OF KANSAS, LIEUT. COL. JOHNSTON, 1857. 


This boundary was established by Lieut. Col. Joseph E. Johnston, 
First Cavalry, under the War Department during the summer and fall of 
1857. He was assisted by J. H. Clark, H. Campbell, and J. E. Weyss. 

A reconnaissance was also made for a railroad route from the southeast 
corner of Kansas to the Rio Grande. A practical route was found com- 
mencing at Neosho, Mo.; thence southwestwardly, crossing the Grand and 
Little Verdigris Rivers and the Arkansas at approximate latitude 36° 20’; 
thence south of west to the Canadian, commecting with Lieutenant 
Whipple’s route of 1853 near the one-hundredth meridian ; thence via head 
of Canadian to Anton Chico on the Pecos; thence westward to Albuquerque, 
on the Rio Grande. A report to the Secretary of War of the latter appears 
in House Ex. Doc. No. 103, Thirty-fifth Congress, first session, accom- 
panied by a printed copy of the general map, scale 1 to 1,000,000. 

The original maps of this boundary determination, in one general sheet, 
scale 1 to 1,000,000, and 9 detailed sheets, 8 of which'are at scales 1 to 
100,000, and one at scale 1 to 25,000, are now on the files of the Engineer 
Bureau. 

From a note indorsed on Map No. IX of the vicinity of the terminal 
point, scale 1 to 25,000, it would appear that this point, ascertained by 
assuming the west boundary of Missouri at longitude 94° 38’ 03’.6 west 


608 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


from Greenwich and measuring 462.7 miles, was found upon revision and 
full comparison of the moon culmination observations, taken at this point, 
to be 11,582 feet too far west, which places (by this authority) the west 


Go 


boundary of Missouri at 94° 40’ 26”. No field-notes are on record in the 
Engineer Bureau. 

The act of July 8, 1856, authorizing the survey directs the line ‘to 
be surveyed and distinctly marked, and a plat of said survey shall be 
deposited in the office of the Secretary of the Interior, and another plat of 
said survey shall be deposited in the office of the Secretary of the Territory 
of Kansas. The sum of $35,400 was appropriated to carry out the above. 

EXPEDITION FOR THE EXPLORATION OF THE COLORADO OF THE WEST, BY LIETT. J. C. IVES, 
CORPS OF TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1857-’58. 

The work of this expedition was commenced at “ Robinson’s Landing,” 
near the mouth of the river, on or about December 1, 1857. 

The party ascended the river in an iron steamer fifty feet long, 
constructed in sections, and shipped from the east to the mouth of the river 
via San Francisco. Fort Yuma was reached January 9, 1858, where the 
entire party (two sections approaching from San Diego and old Fort Tejon, 
respectively) were assembled. 

The principal object of the expedition was to ascertain how far the 
river was navigable for steam-boats, aid whether it might not prove an 
avenue for the economical transportation of supplies to newly occupied 
military posts in Utah and New Mexico. 

The steamer exploration was conducted as far as ‘ Explorers’ Rock” 
at foot of Black Canon, from whence by skiff the head of the canon was 
reached, and probably Las Vegas Wash. Here the further exploration of 
the river was abandoned, a return to the steamer made, the foot of 
Black Canon assumed to be the practical head of navigation, and a recon- 
naissance conducted to connect this point with the road to the Mormon 
settlements A land party under Lieutenant Tipton also followed the 
banks of the river from Yuma to Pyramid Canon. The entire expedition 
returned to the Mohave villages, where a division was made, a portion 
returning on the little iron steamer, the Eaplorer, to Fort Yuma; the 
remainder, including Lieutenant Ives, Dr. Newberry, Messrs Egloffstein, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 609 


Mollhausen, and Peacock, laborers, packers, and twenty soldiers as escorts 
under Lieutenant Tipton, took up a further land exploration. This party 
proceeded to the eastward, reaching by a détour the Grand Canon at the 
mouth of Diamond Creek, thence along the Colorado Plateau to the north- 
east. The Grand Canon was again pierced at the ‘ Yampais villages,” 
near the mouth of Cataract Creek; thence south and eastwardly San Fran- 
cisco Mountain was reached, and eastwardly the little Colorado, from 
whence a northern détour brought them to the Moquis villages; thence 
eastwardly to old Fort Defiance, where the party was disbanded. 

The expedition was in command of Lieut. Joseph C. Ives, Corps of 
Topographical Engineers, and under the direction of the Office of Explora- 
tions and Surveys, Capt A. A. Humphreys in charge. Lieutenant Ives was 
assisted by Messrs. Egloffstein and C. Bielawski as topographers, Messrs. P. 
H. Taylor and C. K. Bockert, assistants; Dr. J. 8. Newberry, geologist, with 
Mr. Mollhausen as assistant. The engineer and constructor of the steamer 
Explorer was Mr. A. J. Carroll, with Robinson as pilot. The escort con- 
sisted of twenty-five enlisted men under Lieutenant Tipton, Third Artillery. 
The chief of land transportation was Mr. G. H. Peacock. The party were 
supplied with astronomical transits, sextants, and chronometers, theodolites 
and transits, cistern barometers, prismatic clinometer, and pocket com- 
passes, chains, tapes, ete. Transit observations, coupled with occultations 
for longitude, were made at initial and check points; the latitudes were 
obtained by daily sextant observations and the elevations by barometric 
hypsometry. Hydrographic and topographic data were separately recorded. 
The report was made to the Office of Exploration and Survey and pub- 
lished in 1861 as Senate Ex. Doc., Thirty-sixth Congress, first session. 
It makes one volume quarto, aggregating 365 pages. It comprises also a 
geological report by Dr. Newberry, one on botany by Profs. Gray, 
Torrey, Thurbert, and Dr. Engleman, and one on geology by Prof. 8. F. 
Baird. The appendices are devoted to the discussion of the astronomical 
and barometrical observations, with lists of distances, latitudes, longitudes, 
ete., and to the construction of the maps. There are two topographical 
maps: one from mouth of the Colorado to head of navigation, scale 1 inch 


to 6 miles; another from head of navigation to Fort Defiance, 1 inch to 12 
39 WH—VOL I 


610 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


miles. Upon these maps as a base Dr. Newberry has shown the general 
geological formations in colors. The report is well illustrated by an abun- 
dance of panoramic views, engravings, Indian portraits, and wood-cuts. 

The party reached Fort Defiance for disbandment May 23, 1858. 

This appears to have been one of the most careful, complete, and 
interesting of the reconnaissance expeditions prior to the war. 

A preliminary report appears in the annual report of Captain Hum- 
phreys, in charge of Office of Explorations and Surveys, War Department, 
1858, from pages 31 to 42, inclusive. 


EXPEDITION FROM SANTA FF, N. MEX., TO THE JUNCTION OF THE GREEN AND GRAND RIVERS, 
BY CAPT. J. N. MACOMB, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1859. 


The survey was commenced in July, 1859, to develop an unexplored 
region to the northwest. The route was from Santa Fé to Canada, and 
thence crossing the Rio Grande up the valley of the Chama via Abiquiu, 
the then outpost of civilization in this direction, across the continental 
divide to the headwaters of the San Juan via ‘‘ Horse Lakes,” crossing the 
Navajoe and Blanco, reaching Pagosa Springs; thence to the valley of the 
Rio Dolores, crossing the streams known as Piedras, Los Pinos, Las Animas, 
La Plata, and Mancos, and thence northwestward to the Grand River, to a 
point whence could be seen the junction of its valley with that of the Green 
River. To Ojo Verde the route followed sensibly the old ‘ Spanish Trail.” 

Returning, a southerly direction was taken till the San Juan was 
struck, near the mouth of Rio de la San Abaso, the right bank of which 
was followed up to a crossing opposite Canon Largo, which canon was fol- 
lowed up to the divide, which was crossed to the valley of the Rio Grande ; 
thence to the pueblo of Jemez, to the crossing of the Rio Grande at San 
Domingo, and to Santa Fé. 

The expedition was commanded by Capt. J. N. Macomb, 'Topograph- 
ical Engineers, the escort a detachment of Company EK, Eighth Infantry, 
by Lieut. M. Cogswell. The civil assistants were: J. 8. Newberry, geolo- 
gist; C. H. Dimmock, topographer; I. P. Fisher, as time and astronomical 
observer; Messrs. Dorsey and Vail, meteorologists. Captain Macomb was 


the astronomical observer and computer. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 6L1 


The instruments were sextants and artificial horizons, a refracting 
telescope of about 6 feet focal length and 4 inches aperture, prismatic and 
pocket compasses, sidereal chronometers, barometers, and thermometers. 

A report was made November, 1860, to Capt. A A. Humphreys, 
Topographical Engineers, in charge of Office of Explorations and Surveys, 
and printed (page 149, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 1, second session Thirty- 
sixth Congress). 

Subsequent duty with the Army in the field prevented a more full 
report on the part of the officer in command. 

A map* of the route was prepared on a scale of 2 inches to 1 mile or 1 to 
31,680, a reduction from which was incorporated in the map of explorations 
and surveys in New Mexico and Utah, 1860, scale 1 inch to 12 miles, 
constructed and engraved on a steel plate by F. W. von Egloftstein. 

The survey was completed in September, 1859. 

The Geological Report was published by the Engineer Department, 
U.S. Army, 1876 (1 vol., 4°, 152 pp) While the map was engraved in 
1860, the publication of this report, in common with others on western 
surveys, was arrested by the war of the rebellion, each and every available 
military officer and man being called to the field. 

Captain Macomb, while en route east, proceeded to the southwest 
corner of the then Territory of Kansas and retraced that part of the 
boundary along the thirty-seventh parallel from the old monument to the 
one hundred and third meridian, and erected a stone monument at the 
intersection of the above meridian and parallel in November, 1859. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS FOR WAGON-ROADS ACROSS THE GREAT BASIN OF UTAH FROM 
CAMP FLOYD TO GENOA, BY CAPTAIN SIMPSON, T. E., 1859. 


o, Gen. Albert S. 


fo) 


This exploration and survey, ordered by Bvt. Bri 
Johnson, commanding Department of Utah, and having for its object the 
discovery of routes across the Great Basin of Utah more direct and 
practicable than the Fremont route—hitherto believed the only one 
possible—left Camp Floyd May 3, 1859. No itinerary is given, but the 


party reached the termination of the westward exploration June 12, started 


*This map contains on its face the latitude and longitude of a number of points determined 
(astronomically) by the expedition. 


612 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


on its return June 24, and reached Camp Floyd August 5, having discovered 
two practicable emigrant and military roads, either of which shortened the 
distance between Camp Floyd and Genoa 200 miles. 

The party, in command of Capt. J. H. Simpson, Topographical Engi- 
neers, Was accompanied by an escort of twenty men commanded by Lieut. 
Alexander Murray, 10th Infantry, and consisted of Lieut. J. L. Kirby 
Smith, Topographical Engineers, in charge of observations, with sextant for 
latitude and time or longitude; Lieut. H. L Putnum, Topographical Engi- 
neers, in charge of compass survey of route and topography, observations 
with astronomical transit for longitude and of dip-circle and magnetometer ; 
Henry Engleman, geological, meteorological, and botanical collector; Charles 
S. McCarthay, collector of specimens of natural history and taxidermist; C. C. 
Mills, photographer; Edward Jagiello and William Lee, assistants to astron- 
omer, meteorologist, and photographer; H. V. A. von Beckle, a soldier, 
as artist to take sketches. Asst. Surg. Joseph C. Bailey accompanied the 
expedition. The entire party, including the escort and employés, numbered 
sixty-four persons. ‘The expedition was provided with three sextants, three 
artificial horizons, one astronomical transit, four chronometers, two barome 
ters, and several prismatic and pocket compasses. 

The report of Captain Simpson, made to the Chief of Topographical 
Engineers, February 5, 1861, is accompanied by reports from his assistants 
on the topographical, geodetic, magnetic, geological, mineralogical, botan- 
ical, ethnological, and pictorial character of the country traversed, by a 
map drawn by J. P. Mechlin (scale 1 to 1,000,000), by profiles, diagrams, 
and sketches. An important result of the expedition was the establishment 
by Captain Simpson of a new and more accurate longitude of Salt Lake 
City, differing largely from certain previous determinations, which has since 
been substantially verified by the telegraphic determination of the Coast 
Survey. The report of Simpson was published by the War Department at 
the Government Printing Office in 1876, and appears as one volume, quarto, 
495 pages, accompanied by maps and other illustrations. There is a geo- 
logical report by Henry Engieman, one on paleontology by Prof. F. B. 
Meek, a list of birds by Professor Baird, a chapter on ichthyology by 
Theodore Gill, with botany by Dr. George Engleman. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 613 


The entire report consists of an ‘Introduction, Report, and Journal” 
and nineteen appendices. It is accompanied by a map (scale 1 to 1,000,000) 
of the wagon-roads explored and opened by Captain Simpson, which con- 
tains original topographical data of parts of the Great Interior Basin, then 
(1859) but little known. Captain Simpson in 1858, prior to his western 
trip, examined and surveyed a new wagon route (the itinerary of which 
appears in the above volume) from Camp Floyd to Fort Bridger, which was 
constructed also under his direction, and a report of which appears in Sen- 
ate Executive Document No. 40, Thirty-fifth Congress, second session. 


RECONNAISSANCE, FORT DALLES, OREGON, TO GREAT SALT LAKE VALLEY, LIEUT. JOSEP 
DIXON, T. E., 1859. 


A command was organized for the purpose of exploring and opening a 
wagon-road from Fort Dalles, Oregon, on the Columbia River, to Great Salt 
Lake Valley, by special orders No. 40, Headquarters Department of Ore- 
gon, dated April 27, 1859, Brig. Gen. W. S. Harney, commanding. Capt. 
H. D. Wallen, Fourth U. S. Infantry, was in command of the expedition, 
and Byt. Second Lieut. Joseph Dixon, Corps of Topographical Engineers, 
was assigned to duty with the command. 

The route traveled commences at Fort Dalles and runs nearly due 
south, crossing Deschutes River, at the mouth of Warm Spring Creek, to 
Crooked River, following the same to its headwaters, and from thence to 
Lake Harney; from thence northeasterly, crossing the Blue Mountains to 
Malheur River; crossing which, meandering mountain passes and adjacent 
valleys, Malheur River is again crossed, to Snake Riyer and along this 
stream to Raft Creek, which is followed to its source at Cedar Spring; thence 
crossing the dividing ridge to Bear River, which it crosses near mouth of 
Roseaux River, and from thence nearly due south to Salt Lake City and 
Camp Floyd. 

Another route commences at Fort Dalles and runs easterly to Umatilla 
River, which it crosses and follows for about 30 miles, thence southeasterly 
crossing the Blue Mountains to headwaters of Burnt River, which it follows 
to its mouth on Snake River; thence to Malheur River where the first 
route crosses that river the second time. 


614 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Another route was traversed by Lieutenant Bonnyeastle, of the expe- 
dition, from Crooked River to Fort Dalles, crossing the Deschutes at its 
mouth on the Columbia. 

Still another route, by Mr. L. Scholl, was also traveled, from vicinity 
of the mouth of the Owhyee near where the first route crosses Snake River, 
‘following the course of the Owhyee to near mouth of Kearney River, 
which it follows to its source, thence passing headwaters of Canon Creek, 
Bruneau, and Salmon Falls River, ete., to Rock Creek, connecting with 
first-mentioned route. 

The instruments used on this exploration consisted of sextants, chro- 
nometers, barometers, compasses, odometers, ete. 

The reconnaissance was completed as far as Lake Harney, and on 
October 20, 1859, the command returned to Fort Vancouver. 

The report of Lieutenant Dixon was submitted to the Chief of Topo- 
graphical Engineers and published in Senate Executive Document No. J, 
second session Thirty-sixth Congress, accompanied by a map, scale 1 inch 
to 20 miles, compiled under the direction of Capt. George Thom, Topo- 
graphical Engineers. 

A general report of this expedition, accompanied by reports of Lieu- 
tenant Dixon and Lewis Scholl, guide and topographer, appears as Senate 
Executive Document No. 34, Thirty-sixth Congress, first session. In the 
appendices are found (pp. 46-49) tables of latitudes, longitudes, variations 
of the needle, altitudes, and distances. 


SURVEY OF THE NORTHWESTERN BOUNDARY OF THE UNITED STATES, 1857-'61. 
STATE DEPARTMENT. 

The United States Commission, authorized to determine and mark the 
boundary line between the United States and the British Possessions, from 
the crest of the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific Ocean, according to the 
treaty of June 15, 1846, and to act conjointly with a similar English com- 
mission, was created by act of Congress of August 11, 1856. 

A commission, consisting of Captains Prevost and Richards, Royal 
Navy, was appointed by the British Government to determine that part of 
the line which runs through “the channel which separates the continent 


from Vancouver’s Island.” 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 615 


In the summer of 1858 Col. J. 8. Hawkins, Royal Engineers, appointed 
as British commissioner to determine the land portion of the boundary, ar- 
rived with a party organized for field operations. In February, 1857, Mr. 
Archibald Campbell was appointed commissioner for the United States ; 
Lieut. John G. Parke, Topographical Engineers, chief astronomer and sur- 
veyor, and G. Clinton Gardner, assistant astronomer and surveyor. Other 
members of the expeditionary force were William J. Warren, secretary to 
the commission; John J. Major, clerk to the chief astronomer; J. 8. Harris, 
general assistant; C. B. R. Kennerly, surgeon and naturalist; Henry Custer 
and Francis Herbst, topographers; George Gibbs, assistant geologist; J. N. 
King, quartermaster and commissary; R. V. Peabody, guide and interpreter; 
Prof. James Nooney and IF. Hudson, computers; Charles T. Gardner, sur- 
veyor; K. Ross, assistant; and James M. Alden, artist; also, the requisite 
number of packers, laborers, ete. 

The United States Commission was duly organized and repaired to 
Fuca Straits in the spring of 1857 ;—from whence, because of the inability 
to co-operate of the British Commission, the United States Commission 
established a depot and located an observatory at the western land terminus 
of the forty-ninth parallel, and continued reconnaissances and explorations 
in the vicinity of the boundary eastward as long as the season permitted. 
Four astronomical points on the forty-ninth parallel were determined. A 
meeting of the joint commission was held in the summer of 1858, and a 
plan for the field operations for the survey of the land boundary was agreed 
upon. 

The reconnaissance at the close of this season had extended as far east 
as the valley of the Skagit, and the astronomical observations necessary for 
marking the three points of the parallel in the valley of the Chiloweyuck 
were completed. 

The following is the work done during season of 1859: Completion of 
the determination aud marking the parallel from three points fixed the pre- 
vious year; observations for latitude at six stations, between which the 
parallel has been determined, and seven points marked at crossings of 
streams; chronometer-trip for difference of longitude between Camp Simi- 


‘ahmoo and Chiloweyuck Depot; longitude determined at two of the latitude 


616 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


stations; triangulation covering an area of 50 square miles; route survey 
(chained) connecting astronomical stations of about 370 miles; reconnais- 
sance for developing the topography along and adjacent to the boundary 
line and for communications; magnetic observations at one station and 
meteorological registers at all the stations occupied. 

It is understood that the commission remained in the field during the 
seasons of 1860 and 1861, but no report is available from which to trace 
its operations and results for these seasons. ‘The commission passed the 
winter of 1859-’60 at Fort Colville. 

United States troops for the protection of the parties were furnished by 
General Harney from the Department of Oregon. In 1849 an additional 
escort, under Captain Archer, met the parties in the valleys of the Simil- 
kameen and Okinakane. 

The route of the United States Commissioner in 1859 commenced at 
Fort Langley, thence running down Fraser’s River by water to mouth of 
Chiloweyuck River; thence along the latter to its source, crossing the divide 
to head of Similkameen River, thence following its northern bank to Lake 
Osoyas; thence via valley of the Ne-hoi-al-pit-gua River to Fort Colville ; 
thence via Slavoutchas and Chemikana Rivers to the Spokane River; thence 
to Lewis Fork or Snake River, at the mouth of the Peloux, and to Walla 
Walla; thence due south to the Umatilla; thence to Fort Dalles; from the 
Dalles by water to Monticello, thence along the Cowlitz River and the 
headwaters of the Chehalis to Olympia on Puget Sound.* 

The transportation was largely by mules and pack-trains on land, and 
whale-boats on the water. Bridging streams, corduroying and grading 
rough roads, with ferryings at river crossings, was constantly done. 

The instruments used were astronomical transits, heliotropes, zenith 
telescopes, transit theodolites, telescopes, sextants, chronometers, magnetic 
theodolites, dip-circles, compasses, pocket levels, chains, tapes, camera- 
obscura, barometers, hygrometers, and thermometers. 

Monuments marking stations on the parallel were constructed of pyra- 
midal piles of stones 6 to 8 feet high, or earthen mounds, covering wooden 


posts. 


*This route isindicated in manuscript on a printed map of Oregon and Washington Territories, 1859. 
Seale 1 to 1,500,000, Bureau of Topographical Engineers. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 617 


These stations were established at nearly every accessible point from 
which the line was ascertained, and traced along vistas crossing valleys and 
trails. The reconnaissance line connecting stations was 800 miles, embrac- 
ing an area of 30,000 square miles. Within this space over 800 barometric 
heights were obtained. The boundary line exceeds 9° in longitude, or 
about 410 miles, and the amount expended (see Senate Ex. Doe. No. 86, 
Fortieth Congress) for its survey and demarkation, including the prepara- 
tion of results, was 5569,223.79, or at the rate of $1,388.34 per mile. Mag- 
netic observations were made over an are of 3° 20’ in latitude, and 4° in 
longitude. 

Reports upon the geology, botany, and natural history of the recon- 
naissance area were prepared. Glaciers were discovered and perpetual snow 
found in the cascades (2 feet of snow found on the route in July, 1859). 
Much of the line ran through a heavy growth of pine and fir, with much 
fallen timber. 

A progress report of the marking of the boundary, made November 
12, 1259, appears as Senate Ex. Doc. No. 16, Thirty-sixth Congress, first 
session. The expenditures made appear in House Ex. Doe. No. 86, Fortieth 
Congress, second session, in which a letter from Mr. Campbell to the See- 
retary of State gives data concerning the nature and extent of the services 
performed, but I have been unable to trace the manuscript of the final 
report, including that of the chief astronomer and the specialists, which it is 
believed was made. According to the Journal of the Senate of February 
9, 1871, this report was called for by the Senate, but a search of the Senate 
records, and also those of the State Department, made at my request by 
Mr. Dwight, librarian of the State Department, remained unavailing on 
June 15, 1887. Mr. William J. Warren, secretary of the commission, now 
chief clerk of the Engineer Department, recollects to have seen the manu- 
script of this report at the office of the Northern Boundary established in 
1873, as does also Maj J. F. Gregory, Corps of Engineers, a member of 
that commission, but it could not be found by Mr. Dwight in the records 
transmitted at the close of the latter survey to the State Department. 
The original manuscript maps are on file in the State Department, photo- 


graphic copies of which were furnished the General Land Office. 


618 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Captain Prevost, R. N., visited the 49th parallel in October, 1857, and 
in absence of Captain Richards proposed to proceed to the determination of 
the water boundary. He claimed Rosario Straits (the channel nearest the 
continent), and Mr. Campbell the Canal de Haro (the channel nearest Van- 


er 
, 


couver’s Island), as the boundary channel intended by the treaty. The 
British commissioner, after correspondence, proposed to compromise by 
running the boundary through an intermediate channel, thereby securing 
the island of San Juan to Great Britain, which the United States com- 
missioner declined. 

Senate Ex. Doc. No. 29, second session Fortieth Congress, contains 
the correspondence above referred to; also a geographical memoir of the 
islands in dispute, and a map and cross-section of the channels. 

In pursuance of the fifth section of the act creating the commission the 
superintendent of the Coast Survey was directed to place the steamer Active 
and brig Fauntleroy at the disposal of the commission. Both of these vessels 
were employed for the survey and soundings of the various channels and 
islands between the continent and Vancouver's Island, co-operating with 
Captain Richards of the British surveying steamer Plwmper, as a result of 
which a thorough survey of these channels and islands south of the 49th 
parallel was made during the several seasons, which was shown on the map 
above mentioned. 

Maps.—The following maps were constructed and compiled under the 
supervision of Archibald Campbell, commissioner, and Lieut. John G. 
Parke, Topographical Engineers, by Assistants L. D. Williams, Theo. 
Kolecki, and Ed. Freyhold, in 1866, and found reproduced, as follows ; 

“Survey of the northwest boundary, 185761, from Point Roberts, 
along the forty-ninth parallel to the Rocky Mountains between the British 
Possessions and the United States,” fourteen sheets, scale 1 to 60,000, photo- 
lithographed on double the scale of the originals; also, maps showing the 
boundary line from the western coast of the continent to the middle of the 
channel which separates the continent from Vancouver's Island, and thence 
southerly through the middle of said channel, ete., to Fuca Straits, seale 1 
inch to 4 miles (engraved) ; also, map embracing the country between the 
parallels 46° and 49° 30’, and from the Pacific to 110° west longitude (all 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 619 


in Washington Territory), scale 1 inch to 17 miles (photographie copies) ; 
also, a series of cross-sections from Vancouver's Island on parallels 49°, 48° 
45’, 48° 35’, and 48° 25’, respectively, to the mainland, were also prepared 
(engraved). 


MILITARY ROAD, FORT WALLA WALLA TO FORT BENTON, BY CAPT. MULLAN, 1858-62. 


The purpose of this expedition, which took the field in 1858, was to 
survey, locate, and build a wagon-road from Fort Benton, on the Missouri, 
to the Oregon country at Walla Walla, thus completing a northern line of 
road communication to the.Pacifie. 

The route commenced at Walla Walla and ran northeast to Snake 
River at the mouth of Palouse Creek, crossing on the way Dry Creek and 
Ponchet River; along Palouse River, Cow Creek to Aspen Grove; from 
thence northeast crossing the head of Rock Creek, a tributary of the Oray- 
tayons River, to Hangman’s Creek and to Spokane River, which it crossed 
and followed to Coeur d’Aléne Mission and the river of that name; thence 
crossing summit of Bitter Root Mountain and striking the source of St. 
Regis Borgia River, the valley of which and also that of Bitter Root River 
it follows to Hell’s Gate; thence along the Big Blackfoot River to Hell’s 
Gate River; thence along Deer Lodge River; thence northeast over hilly 
ground to Little Blackfoot, up which and over the west base of the Rocky 
Mountains at Mullan’s Pass to Prickly Pear Creek, which it follows to near 
its mouth; thence due north to Dearborn River; thence via Bird Tail Rock 
to Blackfoot Agency on Sun River, and thence northeast to Fort Benton. 

The expedition was under the command of Capt John Mullan, Second 
Artillery. He was assisted by C. R. Howard and Capt. W. W. de Lacey, 
civil engineers; P. M. Engel, topographical engineer; Theo. Kolecki, 
topographer; John Weisner, meteorologist, and assistants ; G. Sohon, guide 
and interpreter, and others in various capacities. The military escort 
consisted of 100 men, detailed from the Third Artillery, at Fort Vancouver, 
accompanying which were Lieuts. James L. White, H. B. Lyon, and James 
Howard, Third Artillery. The report made to the Chief of Corps of Topo- 
graphical Engineers was published as Senate Executive Document No. 43, 
Thirty-seventh Congress, third session, accompanied by four maps: One, 


620 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


reconnaissance from Fort Dalles via Fort Walla Walla to Fort Taylor, on 
Snake River, seale 1 to 300,000; one from Fort Taylor to the Cceur 
d’Aléne Mission, scale 1 to 300,000; one from Coeur d’Aléne Lake to Dear- 
born River (tributary of the Missouri River), scale 1 to 300,000, and a 
general map of the entire route, scale 1 to 1,000,000. The field work 
closed in September, 1862. In the exploration and location of this road 
distances were measured by the odometer, longitudes determined by lunar 
culminations, latitudes by polaris and meridian altitudes and prime vertical 
observations (the astronomical transit and sextant being employed), bear- 
ings by the Schmalealder compass, profiles by the barometer, together with 
variations of the needle from camp to camp. The resulting latitudes, 
longitudes, and altitudes appear in an appendix to the above document. 
Considerable topographical information regarding territory on either side 
of the route, especially from a reconnaissance northward to Fort Colville, 
Wash., appears for the first time on the resulting general map. During the 
Indian difficulties of 1858, Lieutenant Mullan commenced the exploration 
and location of this road from Fort Dalles as far as Coeur d’Aléne Mission, 
as acting topographical engineer on the staff of Col. Geo. Wright, Ninth 
Infantry, and his report forms Senate Executive Document No. 32, Thirty- 
fifth Congress, second session. 
EXPEDITION TO THE HEADWATERS OF THE YELLOWSTONE AND MISSOURI, BY CAPT. W. F. 
RAYNOLDS, CORPS OF TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 1559-'60. 

The expedition started from St. Louis, May 28, 1859, by steamer, 
passed up the Missouri to Fort Pierre, and left the river at that point June 
28, 1859, having for its object the examination of the headwaters of the 
Yellowstone and Missouri Rivers, and of the mountains in which they have 
their sources. 

Leaving Fort Pierre the expedition went westward, skirting the 
northern slope of the Black Hills to the waters of the Powder River; down 
that stream to within 40 miles of the Yellowstone; thence westward to that 
river, below the mouth of the Big Horn; thence southward to the Platte, 
by two routes, one up the Big Horn, skirting the eastern base of the Big 
Horn Mountains, the other from 20 to 50 miles farther east. The expedi- 
tion wintered at Deer Creek, on the North Platte. From winter quarters 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 621 


to the three forks of the Missouri the expedition was divided. One party 
passed up the Wind River with the intention of reaching the headwaters of 
the Yellowstone, but was compelled by impassable mountains to cross to 
the headwaters of the Columbia, near the sources of the Colorado; thence 
along the west side to Henry Lake; thence down the Madison to the three 
forks of the Missouri. The second passed through the valley of the Big 
Horn to the lower canon; thence westward, by the Yellowstone and Galla- 
tin of the Missouri to the three forks; thence to the mouth of the Yellow- 
stone by three routes—the first by way of the Yellowstone; the second 
overland, on the east side of the Missouri to Fort Benton, thence by the 
Missouri; and the third overland from Fort Benton, following approximately 
the line separating the waters of the Yellowstone and Missouri Rivers. 
From the mouth of the Yellowstone part of the expedition descended the 
Missouri in boats to Omaha, and the remainder reached that place by a 
route never passed over before on the west side of the Missouri. 

The expedition was commanded by Capt. W. F. Raynolds, Corps of 
Topographical Engineers. 

The escort for the year 1859 was commanded by First Lieut Caleb 
Smith, Second Infantry. The escort for the year 1860 was commanded by 
First Lieut. John Mullins, Second Dragoons, and First Lieut. Henry E. 
Maynadier, Ninth Infantry, was assistant. 

Astronomical positions en route were determined with sextant and 
chronometer The topography was sketched with the use of prismatic 


’ was deter- 


compass and odometer The longitude of ‘ winter quarters’ 
mined by observations ot moon culminations with transit instrument 

The report, delayed by the breaking out of the rebellion, was made to 
the Chief of Engineers in 1867. The narratives of Captain Raynolds and 
his assistants were published as Ex. Doc. 77, Fortieth Congress, first ses- 
sion (8vo, 174 pages). 

A special geological report by F. V. Hayden was printed im 8vo, 174 
pages, at the Government Printing Office in 1869. The report (Ex Doe. 
77) was accompanied by a topographical map on the scale of 1 to 1,200,000, 
by profiles and sketches of routes, and by numerous illustrations, and the 
special geological report contains the above topographical map, geologically 


colored. 


622 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


This exploration first pointed out a route for a wagon-road, which was 
subsequently opened from the Platte to the three forks of the Missouri, 
skirting the eastern base of the Big Horn Mountains, and first located cor- 
rectly the Yellowstone River from where it leaves the mountains to the 
mouth of Powder River. Captain Raynolds was told by his guide, James 
Bridger, of the latter having visited and seen “burning plains, immense 
lakes, and boiling springs” near the sources of the Yellowstone, as also the 
“Two Ocean River;” but impracticable ridges and deep snows prevented 
the party from penetrating from the Wind River direction the region since 
so well known as the Yellowstone National Park. 


Note.—Bridger also gave Lieutenant Gunnison, while the latter was associated with Stansbury 
on the Salt Lake Survey (1849-50), a description of the natural wonders of the Upper Yellowstone, 
mentioning a lake 60 miles long; plams where the ground resounded to the tread of the horses; geysers 
spouting 70 feet high; waterfalls; mammoth hot, acid, and other springs. (See Gunnison, History of 
the Mormons, 1852, page 151.) 


The following papers accompanying the report have not been pub- 
lished: 


Tables of latitudes and chronometer errors. 

Tables of meteorological observations and barometrical heights (two routes 1859, and two routes 
L860). 

Tables of meteorological observations at Deer Creek, 

Tables of meteorological observations at Fort Prien. 

Report on Fossil Plants, by Prof. J. S. Newberry. 

Report on Fossil Birds, by Dr. Elliott Coues. 

Report on Mammals, 

Catalogue of Plants, by Dr. George Engleman 

Report on Carices, by Prof. Chester Dewey. 

List of Mosses and Liverworts, by Professor Sullivan. 

List of Shells, by Professor Binney. 


The party reached Omaha, where it disbanded, October, 1860. 


HARNEY LAKE TO EUGENE CITY, OREGON, LIEUTENANT DIXON, TOPOGRAPHICAL ENGINEERS, 
1860. 

By special order No. 37, Headquarters Department of Oregon, April 6, 
1860, a command was again organized for the purpose of opening a wagor 
road from Harney Lake to Eugene City, Oregon, in extension of the explo- 
ration made in 1859. 

The expedition was commanded by Maj. Enoch Steen, First Dragoons; 
and Bvt. Lieut. Joseph Dixon, Corps of Topographical Engineers, was 


assigned to duty with it. The instruments used were the same as in 1859, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1%57-1880. 623 


A preliminary report, dated September 24, 1860, was made of this 
expedition by Lieutenant Dixon to the Chief of the Corps of Topographical 
Engineers, and will be found in his annual report for 1860. 

A map of this expedition by Lieutenant Dixon, scale 1 to 750,000, is to 
be found in Senate Executive Document No. 1, Thirty-seventh Congress, 
second session. 

The reconnaissance was commenced May 24, 1860, and on June 16 it 
had reached Lake Harney. From thence it was continued in a northwest- 
erly direction with satisfactory results for a distance of 105 miles, when, on 
account of Indian difficulties, it returned to Lake Harney, and September 
14, 1860, to Fort Vancouver. 

The area traversed by the expeditions of 1859 and 1860 embraces a 
great portion of the country between latitude 42° and 45° and longitude 
117° and 119° W. from Greenwich, independent of the southeasterly routes 
reaching Great Salt Lake. 

UNITED STATES AND TEXAS BOUNDARY COMMISSION; J. H. CLARK, UNITED STATES COMMIS- 
SIONER, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, 1858, 1859, 1860. 

The boundary line is the one-hundredth meridian west from Greenwich, 
between the main Red River and the parallel of 86° 30’ north latitude ; 
this parallel between the one-hundredth and one hundred and third merid- 
ian, the latter meridian between the parallels of 36° 36’ and 82° and this 
parallel between the one hundred and third meridian and the Rio Grande. 

This commission was organized and conducted by instructions of the 
Secretary of the Interior of July 9, 1858, pursuant to act of June 5, 1858. 
Mr. J. H. Clark (the commissioner for the United States) was assisted in 
the astronomic work by H. Campbell and for the topography by JE. 
Weyss and W. P. Clark. 

No corresponding Texas commission was continuously in the field, and 
the only known published results appear in Senate Executive Document No. 
70, Forty-seventh Congress, first session. 

This document, which embraces the field-notes of the astronomic and 
topographic work, is accompanied by fourteen detailed photolithographic 


maps (incomplete), each showing a portion of the line, one having upon it 


624 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the scale of 1 inch to 24 miles, or 1 to 182,000. The general map, scale 
1 inch to 15 miles 4,133 feet (reported as lost in the above document), was 
found and photolithographed at the Engineer Department, the original 
having passed into the office of the Commissioner of Public Lands. None 
of the maps are authenticated or approved, and one is missing. 

The field work commenced on January 9, 1859, near the junction of 
the thirty-second parallel with the Rio Grande, connection bemg had with 
the longitude determination of the Mexican boundary near El Paso, and 
terminated September 7, 1860, the winter quarters of the commission being 
at Fort Smith, Ark. The latitudes of forty-six stations, resulting from 
zenith telescope and sextant observations, are found on page 143. 

Lunar culmination observations for longitude were made near junction 
of one hundred and third meridian and thirty-second parallel and near 
northwest corner, results from which were used in the field, but no final 
longitude computations are given. 

The northwest corner was established by the transfer of longitude 
from the Kansas boundary, checked by a lunar culmination longitude and 
independent zenith telescope latitude. 

The eastern boundary was joined to that part of the one-hundredth 
meridian between the Red and Canadian Rivers, run (with the assistance of 
Daniel G. Major, astronomer) by Messrs. Jones and Brown, in 1859, for the 
Indian Bureau. 

That part of the west boundary between, approximately, 33° and 33° 45’ 
north latitude was not traced and marked on the ground on account of the 
desert character of this portion of the Staked Plains. 

No part of the line was officially agreed upon or accepted by the two 
Governments. The length of the boundary is about 800 miles, the deter- 
mination of which, on account of physical obstacles, required a survey of 
more than 1,400 miles, checked by nearly 4,000 astronomic observations. 

The latitude of Fort Cobb was determined, a part of the Pecos mean- 
dered, and considerable topography sketched on either side of the line. 

The monuments were of cairns of stone or mounds of earth. 

The appropriation of $80,000, made for field operations alone, was 


also available for the office work, so far as continued. The work was 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 625 


~ 


transferred to the General Land Office, and suspended on January 21, 1862, 
with the maps left, as stated, in a partially finished condition. 

During the period from 1857 to the outbreak of the war officers of the 
corps of Topographical Engineers were engaged in the survey, location, 
and construction of military wagon-roads in the following States and Ter- 
ritories, viz: Minnesota, Kansas, Nebraska, New Mexico, southern and 
northern Oregon, Washington and Utah Territories. 

While geographical data was not the principal object, the survey of 
each and every road added its details to the first topographical knowledge 
of a vast expanse of country, while sketches and maps were always availa- 
ble in compilation of general maps issued by the Topographical Bureau. 

The Interior Department during this period were also engaged in the 
construction of what were termed “ Pacific wagon roads,” of which Albert 
H. Campbell was superintendent. (See House Ex. Doc. No. 108, Thirty-fifth 
Congress, second session, and Senate Ex. Doc. No. 36, Thirty-fifth Congress, 
second session, the latter accompanied by a number of compiled maps.) 

The principal therein mentioned are the “Fort Ridgely and South Pass 
Road,” the “Fort Kearney and South Pass and Honey Lake Road,” the 
“E] Paso and Fort Yuma Road,” and the ‘‘ Nebraska Road.” 

The Land Office or planimetric subdivision surveys, necessary for mark- 
ing the legal townships and other divisions, were carried on steadily in the 
several States and Territories west of the Mississippi River during this period. 

The Coast Survey operations (devoted principally to the hydrography 
and a narrow strip of topography adjacent to main harbors) commenced on 
the west coast in the year 1848. Their progress, which is not especially 
pertinent to this memoir, will be found in the several annual reports of this 
service. 

The wagon-road examined from Fort Defiance to the Colorado River 
by E. F. Beale, under the War Department, during the summer and winter 
of 185758, will be found reported upon in House Ex. Doe. 124, Thirty- 
fifth Congress, first session. This report is accompanied by a map and 
itinerary from Albuquerque to the Colorado. 

The outbreak of the war of the rebellion called all available officers 
and enlisted men to duty with the army in the field. The officers of Topo- 

40 WH—VOL I 


626 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


graphical Engineers were one and all called from the scene of their geo- 
graphical labors in the Far West for actual war military service. 

This corps was merged with the present Corps of Engineers in 1863, 
and no duties of a topographical character were resumed till the close of the 
war, when, in 1865, such service was first resumed in the Military Division 
of the Pacific by Major Williamson, as will appear in the succeeding chap- 
ter. (See annual reports of the Chief of Topographical Engineers up to 
1863, and all reports of the Chief of the Bureau of Exploration and Survey, 
accompanying the Secretary of War, for reference to details of wagon-roads, 
compiled maps, and various results of a topographical nature, concluding 
those of the ante-war period.) 


CoEVAGP Ee ie 


RECONNAISSANCES, EXPLORATIONS, AND SURVEYS, HEADQUARTERS, MILI- 
TARY DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS A. D. 1865 TO A. D. 1880. 


SUSANVILLE TO FORT BIDWELL, CALIFORNIA, AND ORT KLAMATH; MAJOR WILLIAMSON, 
CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1865. 


The survey made by order of Maj. Gen. I. McDowell, commanding 
Department of the Pacific, organized at Fort Crook, and left there July 
18, 1865. It had for its object the examination of routes of communica- 
tion from Susanville, California, to Idaho and Surprise Valley, and from 
there to Fort Klamath, and the exploration of such unknown localities as 
might be of military interest, and to report upon sites for military posts 
which might become necessary for the protection of the increasing settle- 
ments and mining interests. 

The routes traveled were from Fort Crook to Susanville, to Smoky 
Creek Depot, to Summit Springs on the Idaho route, to Surprise Valley, and 
along its west side to Fort Bidwell, where a connection was made with the 
northeast boundary corner of California, as established by the surveyor- 
general of California, and Warner's Valley and Mountains located. From 
Fort Bidwella route was surveyed across Warner’s Range by Lassen’s Pass 
to Pitt River, the south fork of which was explored to its headwaters in the 
range near Saddle Mountain, which was ascended and its altitude obtained; 
thence to Madeline Plains and Pass and to Susanville by Pine Creek. 
From Susanville a more direct route was examined by Eagle Lake across 
Madeline Plains to the south end of Surprise Valley ; thence by its western 
side to Fort Bidwell; thence by Lassen’s Pass to Hot Springs at the head 


628 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


of Goose Lake, to south fork of Sprague River, and down this to Fort 

Klamath; thence to Lost River, along this to Grass Valley, and thence by 

the Old Emigrant Trail to Fort Crook. 

Maj. R. 8. Williamson, Corps of Engineers, commanded the expedition, 
and Captain Tillinghast the escort. he civil assistants were John D. 
Hoffman, photographer, and G. 8. Demeritt, barometric observer. 

The prismatic compass was used for angles, the odometer for distances, 
and the barometer for altitudes. Latitudes by sextant were observed at 
nearly every camp. 

The report was made to the General Commanding the Department, 
but was not subsequently printed. It was accompanied by a map on a scale 
of 1 inch to 3 miles. In 1866 a map of parts of California, Nevada, Oregon, 
and Idaho was compiled, comprising the results of the expedition, and 
published with the consent of the Commanding General by Britton and Rey, 
of San Francisco. 

The survey was completed by the return to Fort Crook, September 
28, 1865. ; 

RECONNAISSANCE MADE BY MAJ, R. S. WILLIAMSON, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, IN 1866, FROM FORT 
CHURCHILL TO CAMP McDERMIT, THENCE TO RUBY AND SILVER CITY VIA CAMP LYON AND 
RETURN TO CHURCHILL. 

The survey made by order of General Halleck, organized July 25, 
1866, at Fort Churchill, Nevada, to examine the hitherto unknown portions 
of northern California and Nevada and southern Oregon and Idaho, with 
the special object of discovering more direct and easy routes of travel. 

The route was from Fort Churchill to the bend of the Truckee River, 
down this river to where it empties into Pyramid Lake. 

A curious discovery was here made of the forking of the Truckee, one 
branch emptying into Pyramid Lake, the second into Winnemucea Lake, 
some 3 miles distant and 50 feet lower, 15 miles long and 3 wide. 

The shore of this lake was followed to its northern extremity ; thence 
the route lay in a northeast direction to Camp McDermit, a number of 
springs being discovered on the way. From Camp McDermit the usual 
circuitous trail to Camp Lyon was followed, from whence an examination 
was made to Ruby City, Silver City, and vicinity, returning to Camp Lyon. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 629 


From there a direct route was examined back to Camp McDermit, passing 

by the forks of the Owyhee River, which flows for many miles through a 

vation from 500 to 1,500 feet deep, which can be crossed in but few places. 

One of these crossings is at the forks, where wagons can ascend and descend. 

Thence in a southeast direction an elevated plateau was crossed, from the 

top of which the descent ef several thousand feet was made to the valley of 

Quin’s River, where Camp DeDermit is situated. An attempt was made to 

find a better and more direct route from this camp to Lassen’s Meadows, but 

the country was found to be sandy, with water only at long distances. 

From Lassen’s by another route to Winnemucca Lake and thence to Fort 

Churchill. 

Maj R.S. Williamson, Corps of Engineers, commanded the expedition. 
There was no commissioned officer commanding the escort, but Lieut. W. 
H. Heuer, Corps of Engineers, was Major Williamson’s assistant. G. C. 
Demeritt was the meteorologist. 

The instruments used were the sextant, prismatic compass, and odom- 
eter. Sextant observations were made nearly every night. 

The report was made to the assistant adjutant-general, Department of 
California, accompanied by tables of distances, altitudes, etc., and a topo- 
graphical sketch. The report was never printed, but a map on a seale of 1 
inch to 12 miles was subsequently lithographed by Britten and Rey, of San 
Francisco. It is now out of print. 

INDIAN EXPEDITION FROM FORT RILEY TO FORT DODGE AND FROM FORT HARKER TO DENVER, 
COLORADv, 1867, UNDER COMMAND OF GEN, W. S. HANCOCK AND BVT. MAJ. GEN. G. A. CUSTER— 
LIEUT. M. R. BROWN, CORPS OF ENGINEERS. 

The route was from Fort Riley via Smoky Valley and Smoky Hill 
River to Salina, thence to Fort Harker, thence to Fort Zarah, thence along 
Arkansas River to Fort Larned, thence up Pawnee Fork to Indian Village, 
thence to Fort Dodge to headquarters of Coon Creek, thence to Fort 
Larned; from Fort Larned to Walnut Creek, and crossing Smoky Hill 
River to Old Fort Hayes on Big Creek, thence via Smoky Hill Valley 
to Fort Harker. 

The expedition left Fort Harker again via Smoky Hill River Valley 
to Fort Hayes; thence along Big Creek to its source; thence to the head of 


630 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Castle Rock Creek and Fort Wallace; thence along the South Fork of 
¢ Timber to Cheyenne Wells; thence via Deering’s 


fo) 


Wells, David’s Wells, and Hugo Springs to Willow Springs; thence along 


Smoky Hill River via Bi 


Big Sandy Creek to River Bend. From here the command proceeded by 
two different routes. The first, north by way of Cedar Point, Fairmount, 
Benham Springs, Bijou, and Kiowa; the second, south via Reed Springs, 
Bijou Basin at the source of Bijou Creek, and crossing Kiowa River to 
Denver. A route was also pursued from Fort Wallace along the valley of 
the Smoky Hill to Chalk Bluff, thence to Castle Rock, thence to Downer’s, 
and along the valley of Smoky Hill River to New Fort Hayes. 

Lieutenant Brown had with him on this expedition a sextant, transit, 
and artificial horizons, and made observations for latitude, longitude, and 
variation of the needle. 

Accompanying his manuscript report, dated Fort Leavenworth, Octo- 
ber 19, 1867, to the Chief of Engineers, are tables of distances measured 
by odometer, detail journal sketches of the country passed over, its topo- 
graphical and geological character, and information concerning wood, 
water, and grass. 

REPUBLICAN FORK TO ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN, KANSAS PACIFIC RAILROAD, CAPTAIN 
HOWELL, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1868. 

A transit and level line with chain measurement was run by Capt. 
Charles W. Howell, Corps of Engineers, in 1868, from a point on the Kan- 
sas Pacific Railroad up the Valley of the Republican Fork (east side) and 
across the divide to the valley of the Platte, to connect with a monument 
erected on the Union Pacific Railroad to mark the crossing of the one hun- 
dredth meridian west of Greenwich. The topography was sketched in, and 
Capt. George D. Graham was in charge of the escort, consisting of two non- 
commissioned officers and ten privates, Tenth Cavalry. The longitude of 
the terminal point of the survey was determined by observations with a 
sextant and telegraphic communication with Chicago. The monument was 
first established by the engineers of the railroad company by measure- 


ment from old Fort Kearney, Nebraska. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 631 


RECONNAISSANCE IN NORTHERN DAKOTA, BY CAPT. W. J. TWINING, CORPS OF ENGINEERS. 1869 


The survey, made by orders from headquarters Department of Dakota, 
started July 1, 1869, having for its object a reconnaissance of the part of 
northern Dakota lying east of longitude 100° 30’. 

The surveyed lines were as follows: (1) From Fort Abercrombie to 
Fort Totten; (2) from Fort Totten to St. Joseph, crossing the head- 
waters of the western tributaries of Red River, and returning to the west of 
Devil’s Lake; (8) from Fort Totten to Mouse River and Turtle Mountain 
and return; (4) a direct trail from Fort Totten to the south bend of Mouse 
River; and (5) from Fort Totten to Georgetown, on the Red River. 

The officer in command was Capt. W. J. Twining, Corps of Engineers. 
The party was escorted, after leaving Fort Totten (September 6), by Lieu- 
tenant Lacristo, Twentieth Infantry, thirty men, and four Indian scouts. 

The routes traveled were surveyed with a small compass and odometer, 
and were checked in latitude by frequent astronomical observations. 

The report was made to the department commander, February 20, 
1870. The map of the reconnaissance, incomplete, was embodied in the 
maps of northern Dakota. The report, field-notes, and astronomical obser- 
vations were also used in connection with the work of the United States 


Northern Boundary Commission (1872—74). 


RECONNAISSANCE OF THE YUKON RIVER, ALASKA, BY CHARLES W. RAYMOND, CAPTAIN OF 
ENGINEERS, 1569. 


The survey was commenced July 1, 1869, having for its object to fix 
the geographical position of Fort Yukon (latitude 66° 33’ 47” north, longi- 
tude 145° 17’ 47” west), and generally to gain information concerning 
northern Alaska, its resources, the disposition of the native tribes, ete. , 

The following is the itinerary of the route: Sailed from San Francisco 
April 6, 1869, to Sitka; thence on the Commodore to San Michael’s Island, 
Morton Sound, carrying their small stern-wheel steamer Yukon, to be used 
in the ascent of the river of that name, under deck, leaving Sitka May 9. 

On July 1 the Yukon was launched, and on the 4th the voyage to the 


upper mouth of the Yukon River commenced. Fort Yukon was reached 


632 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


July 31 (distance 1,040 miles). This was the first journey by steam that 
had been made on the Yukon. 

On August 28 the return trip was commenced. Anvic River was 
ascended in canoes to the head of navigation, 50 miles from mouth, thence 
over a divide a portage was made to the valley of the Golsova Richka, 
thence over an almost impassable country, arriving September 24 at the 
native village of Ikikitoik, on the coast of Norton’s Sound, whence, on the 
5th of October, a messenger was sent to San Michael's Island for assistance, 
from whence a whale-boat was secured, in which the party were taken to 
the ship Commodore, which sailed for San Francisco and reached there No- 
vember 6, 1869. 

Capt. Charles W. Raymond, Corps of Engineers, commanded the 
expedition, Mr. John J. Major being assistant. For surveying, prismatic 
compasses and hand levels were used; for astronomy, a sextant and five 
chronometers, portable transit, and zenith telescope; for hypsometry, mer- 
curial and aneroid barometers, wet and dry bulb thermometers; magnetic 
instruments, theodolite magnetometer, and dip-circle. 

The report was made to Maj. Gen. H. W. Halleck, commanding Mili- 
tary Division of the Pacific, and was printed as Senate Executive Document 
No. 12, Forty-second Congress, and was accompanied by a map litho- 
graphed by Julius Bien, on a scale of 1 inch to 50,000 feet, or 1 to 600,000. 

The geographical co-ordinates of Fort Yukon being determined, it was 
found to be on United States territory. Possession was taken and the United 


States flag raised. 


EXPEDITION FOR A MILITARY RECONNAISSANCE THROUGH SOUTHERN AND SOUTHEASTERN 
NEVADA IN 1869.—LIEUTENANT WHEELER, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, U. S. ARMY. 


This expedition started from Camp Halleck, Nevada, on the 27th of 
June, 1869, and had for its object, in accordance with instructions from 
headquarters Department of California, Brig. Gen. E. O. C. Ord, command- 
ing, a thorough reconnaissance of the country to the south and east of the 
White Pine Mines, extending, if practicable, to the head of navigation on 
the Colorado River, with a view to opening a wagon road thereto from the 
White Pine or Grant mining district; obtaining correct data for a military 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 633 


map of the country, and for the selection of the site or sites for such mili- 
tary post or posts, to cover the mining country south and east of White 
Pine from hostile Indians, as might be required. Explorations and exami- 
nations in reference to the physical geography of the country, its physical 
resources in wood, water, agricultural, and mineral productions, were re- 
quired, and notice was also to be taken of the character, habits, and number 
of Indian tribes, and their disposition toward miners and settlers. 

The area embraced by the reconnaissance of this year was 24,428 
square miles, including portions of southeastern Nevada and western Utah. 
The officer in command (Lieut. George M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, 
U.S. Army, chief executive officer and field astronomer) was assisted by 
an officer of Engineers as assistant executive officer and field astronomer, 
an assistant surgeon of the Army, one chief topographer, one assistant to- 
pographer and photographer, one surveyor and draughtsman, one assistant 
surveyor and recorder, one collector, one guide, and the requisite number 
of teamsters, packers, and laborers. 

Personnel of expedition—First Lieut. George M. Wheeler, Corps of 
Engineers, U.S Army, in command, chief executive officer and field astron- 
omer; First Lieut. D. W. Lockwook, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army, as- 
sistant executive officer and field astronomer; John D. Hall, assistant sur- 
geon, U. 8. Army; P. W. Hamel, chief topographer; Carl Rahskopff, 
assistant topographer and photographer; Charles E. Fellerer, assistant topog- 
rapher and draughtsman; William M. Ord, assistant surveyor and recorder; 
John Koehler, collector; Henry Butterfield, guide. 

The escort consisted of two non-commissioned officers and twenty-five 
enlisted men, drawn principally from company H, Kighth US. Cavalry. 

Besides the daily latitudes and chronometric longitudes, by means of 
which and trigonometric measurements all the lines of survey were checked, 
it was found practicable to determine, by telegraph, longitudes at the fol- 
lowing stations: (1) Camp Halleck, (2) Peko, (3) Elko, (4) Camp Ruby, 
(5) Camp near Hamilton, and (6) Monte Christo Mill, White Pine district; 
the value and character of which appear in the preliminary report. 

Instruments.—The instruments used were sextants, theodolites for ob- 


servations upon peaks, and small Casella instruments with Schmackalder 


634 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


compasses for meandering. Comparison of time was had with members of 
the U S. Coast Survey, and Maj. H. M. Robert, Corps of Engineers, San 
Francisco, Cal. 

Transportation—The train consisted of thirty-six persons, eight 
wagons, forty-eight mules, and thirty-one horses. Supplies were provided 
at specified points, to which they were transported by the above army 
wagons, from whence, as centers, they were taken when required by pack 
animals along the routes following trails, or across country. 

Reports.—A special report of this reconnaissance was made to General 
Ord, commanding the Department of California, and printed at San Francisco 
in 1869 ina folio pamphlet, accompanied by a topographical map, sepa- 
rately issued, on a scale of 1 inch to 12 miles. 

This report, with additions, was reprinted in quarto form (pp. 72) and 
without the map, at the Government Printing Office in Washington, in 1875. 
On account of absence in the field no annual report was made at the close 
of the fiscal year 1868—69 to the Chief of Engineers. 

During this survey eighteen mining districts were visited, viz: Cave, 
White Pine, Robinson, Patterson, Sacramento, Snake, Shoshone, Ely, El 
Dorado, Yellow Pine, Timber Mountain, Hercules, Tim-pah-ute, Pahrana- 
gat, Reveille, Hot Creek, Morey, and Grant, and notice was taken of their 
character. The examination showed that there were two distinct extended 
parallel lines of mineral deposits, both bearing southerly to the military 
road from Mohave to Prescott. The route for a through line of travel, 
shortest and most practicable for a rail or wagon road, was found to be the 
one which crosses the Colorado River at the mouth of the Virgin River, 
furnishing more wood, water, and grass, and having generally less barren land 
along its way. By this route loaded wagons can reach Camp Toll-Gate 
from the Central Pacific Railroad in twenty-one days. Four mineral belts, 
having a general north and south course, are contained in the region trav- 
ersed, viz, the Hot Creek, Humboldt, Egan, and Schell Creek belts or 
ranges. The minerals found are gold, silver, copper, lead, antimony, iron, 
salt, gypsum, alum, and cobalt; silver being the principal one. 

The highest mountains are in the Humboldt and Spring Mountain 


ranges, some of the peaks reaching 12,000 to 13,000 feet. The rivers are 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 635 


the Colorado, Humboldt, and Virgin, and of the numerous smaller streams 
many become absorbed in the plains. 

A large portion of the region observed is unfit, from its mountainous 
and desert character, for agricultural purposes, and, where cultivation is 
possible it must be with irrigation usually. Timber and game are not 
abundaut, and in portions of the valleys water and grass are scarce. The 
timber for use is white and yellow pine; the principal forage, bunch grass. 
Herds of cattle range in the principal valleys. 

Besides the mining settlements or camps, seven Mormon settlemen.s 
were encountered along the route surveyed. Indians of the following tribes, 
to the number of about 2,500, were found within the limits of the survey, 
viz: Shoshones, Gosiutes, Snakes, Pahvants, Utes, and Pah-Utes. 

About 5 miles from where Muddy Creek enters Virgin River is a large 
deposit of rock salt, known as Salt Mountain. On the left bank of the 
Virgin, about 8 miles from its entrance into the Colorado, is a salt mine 
yielding 80 per cent. of salt; the yield of the mountain being 90 per cent. 
On an extensive mesa, near the mouth of the Virgin, there is a salt well, 
and saline water is found in pools along the river wash. 

A cave in Cave Valley, 3,000 feet in extent, is found near the Patterson 
mining district. 

The Colorado River formed the southern limit of the survey, and was 
noticed, with reference to practicability of navigation, at Black and El 
Dorado Canons, and other points. It was found to be navigable at all 
seasons as far as El Dorado Canon, above which point, until obstructions 
are removed, navigation is dangerous as far as it may ever be carried, viz, 
to the foot of the Grand Canon. The part of He @oloradouhiveriouched 
upon was afterward traversed in boats during the exploration of the Grand 
Canon in 1871. 

This survey discovered that the body of water known as Preuss Lake 
in the memoirs of Fremont’s explorations is the reservoir into which Sevier 
River empties, and, instead of being in Nevada, lies wholly in Utah. It is 
now known as Sevier Lake, and, with Salt, Utah, and Owen’s Lakes, lies 
within the great interior basin embracing portions of California, Nevada, 
and Utah, the waters of which find no outlet to the ocean. 


636 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Field work terminated on the 28th of November, nearly six months 
having been occupied in preliminary and actual observations. 

‘The reductions, necessary upon which the maps were based were made 
at San Francisco, California, at the headquarters of the Department of 
California, where the reports were also prepared. 

Results—The principal result of this reconnaissance was the topo- 
graphic data gathered over an area of 24,428 square miles, and published in 
preliminary and also final form, the latter appearing on regular atlas sheet, 
48 D, 49,57, 58, 59, and 66. Many new latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes 
were added to those hitherto existing. ; 

This reconnaissance, based principally on meander methods checked 
by principal and intermediate astronomic determinations (of the former of 
which there were six stations), was the precursor of more elaborate recon- 
naissance work in 1871 and subsequent years, until the introduction of trian- 
vulation methods in 1873, that subsequently were carried to the establish- 
ment of a complete trigonometric basis for the detailed topography in 1874 


and subsequently. 


. 


RECONNAISSANCES [N MONTANA AND DAKOTA TERRITORIES, BY CAPT. D. P. HEAP, CORPS OF 
ENGINEERS, 1870. 

Capt. D. P. Heap, Corps of Engineers, as engineer officer of the Depart- 
ment of Dakota in 1870, surveyed the trails from Pembina to Fort Totten, 
and from Fort Ransom to Fort Wadsworth. He also approximately deter- 
mined the forty-ninth parallel and marked it from Red River to Pembina, 
and later in the season made a short reconnaissance of the country near 
the mouth of the Yellowstone, commencing at Fort Buford, thence up the 
Yellowstone for 50 miles and return; thence west between the Yellow- 
stone and Missouri, a distance of 40 miles, turning north and striking the 
Missouri; thence southeast, reaching the outward trail at Nelson’s Springs, 
returning to Buford by the outward route. 

Mr. King acted as Captain Heap’s assistant in these surveys, except 
the last, when Mr. Sturgis was engaged. 

The instruments used were odometer, compass, chain, sextant, pocket 


chronometer, and engineer’s transit. The distance traveled was about 184 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 637 


miles. A report and map of the last reconnaissance, on a scale of 1 inch 
to 2 miles, were forwarded to department headquarters. 


YELLOWSTONE EXPEDITION OF 1870, LIEUT. G. C. DOANE, U. S. ARMY. 


Lieutenant Doane, in August, 1870, in accordance with instructions 
from headquarters military district of Montana, with one sergeant and four 
privates of Company I, Second Cavalry, escorted the surveyor-general of 
Montana (H. D. Washburn) and eight others to the falls, lakes, and hot 
springs and geysers of the Yellowstone. 

While this expedition does not answer to the criterion of those coming 
within the scope of the memoir (no latitudes or longitudes haying been 
determined), yet it is introduced as a link in the chain of exploratory 
endeavor that led to the discovery, exploration, location, survey, and 
physical examination of that wonderful region now known as the Yellow- 
stone National Park, the probable existence of which was first made known 
to the scientific world by Captain Raynolds, of the Topographical Engi- 
neers, in his report on the exploration of the Yellowstone, published in 
1868. This party started from Fort Ellis August 22 on the direct road to 
the Yellowstone River, which was reached near Butler’s Ranch. The val- 
ley of the river was then followed to the ‘Great Falls,” thence to Yellow- 
stone Lake, thence via head of Yellowstone and Snake Rivers to Fire- 
hole River, a tributary of the Madison, which was followed to near the 
upper settlements, Lieutenant Doane reaching Fort Ellis in return via 
Sterling. 

A descriptive report by Lieutenant Doane appears as Senate Ex. Doce. 
No. 51, Forty-first Congress, third session. The information gathered by 
him was also presented to the Philosophical Society of Washington during 
the winter of 1870-71, by Prof. S. F. Baird, and doubtless stimulated the 
further exploration of this region during the season of 1871 by Prof. F. V. 
Hayden and party, under the Interior Department, and Captains Barlow 
and Heap, under the Engineer Department. 


638 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


RECONNAISSANCE OF THE UPPER YELLOWSTONE, BY CAPT. J. W. BARLOW, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 
AND CAPT. D. P. HEAP, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1871. 

By order of Lieut. Gen. P. H. Sheridan, commanding Military Divis- 
ion of the Missouri, the survey took the field at Fort Ellis, Mont., July 16, 
1871, having for its object the examination of the sources of the Yellowstone, 
Missouri and Snake Rivers, for the purpose of verifying the reports of 
extraordinary phenomena existing in that region. Crossing the Bozeman 
Divide it proceeded up the valley of the Yellowstone, discovering and exam- 
ining the remarkable system of hot springs near the mouth of Gardner's 
River; thence the Great Falls, the Boiling Mud Springs and the Yellowstone 
Lake were visited; thence west to the wonderful geyser basin on Fire 
Hole River, a tributary of the Missouri; thence up the valley and across to 
the Yellowstone Basin. ‘The western shore of the Yellowstone Lake was 
meandered, and then the party turned southward to the sources of the 
Snake River; thence eastward to the Yellowstone, down this valley to the 
lake, the eastern shore of which was surveyed; thence to the Great Falls 
on the east side; thence a detour to the east fork of the Yellowstone, which 
was descended to its mouth. Recrossing the Yellowstone the party returned 
to Fort Ellis, and disbanded September 1, 1871. 

The expedition was in command of Capt. J. W. Barlow, Corps of 
Kngineers, who was assisted by Capt. D. P. Heap, Corps of Engineers, 
The civil assistants were W. H. Wood and H. G. Prout, topographers ; 
Thomas J. Hine, photographer. The small cavalry escort was commanded 
by Capt. G. L. Tyler. 

The instruments were sextants, chronometers, barometers, compasses, 
and odometers. 

The report forms Senate Ex. Doc. No. 66, second session Forty-second 
Congress, and is accompanied by a map of the route traversed on a scale of 
1 to 800,000. 

EXPLORATION IN UINTAH MOUNTAINS, UTAH, BY CAPT. W. A. JONWS, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1871. 

The object of this expedition, as determined by the instructions from 
headquarters Department of the Platte, was as follows : 

(1) To ascertain the character and extent of the valleys of the streams 
and their adaptability to cultivation or grazing 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 639 


(2) To ascertain the character of the timber, its amount, location, and 
the feasibility of getting it to the railroad. 

(3) If possible, to find a wagon road from Fort Bridger to the Uintah 
Indian Agency. 

(4) If practicable, to examine the country on Green River with refer- 
ence to the large mineral deposits reported there. 

Generally, to give all useful information concerning the country 
examined, which is now comparatively unknown. 

The party left Omaha June 11, 1871, and arrived at Fort Bridger 
June 29, proceeding south along the west branch of Smith’s Fork (9 miles 
distant), thence ascending this stream 24 miles, thence to Gilbert’s Pass, 
thence eastward 12 miles to the headwaters of a branch of Lake Fork 
called Big Spring Creek, which was followed for 12 miles to within 14 
miles of its mouth on the Uintah River. After examination and survey in 
this vicinity the Uintah Valley Agency, on the North Uintah River, was 
reached via the valley of this stream. 

From thence northeast across Tau-a-wah to Ashley Creek, tributaries 
of Green River; thence northerly to near the summit of the mountains ; 
thence northwesterly via the heads of Hunting-Ground Creek, Sheep 
Creek, and Burnt Fork to Henry’s Fork, near boundary between Utah and 
Wyoming; thence northwesterly through the “Bridger Bad Lands” to 
Sage Creek, northerly along valley of Cottonwood Creek, and due westerly 
across to Smith’s Fork, arriving at Bridger August 19, 1871. 

The country was minutely and carefully examined on either hand from 
the route pursued. On account of the poor character of the transportation 
furnished it was found impracticable to examine the Green River country 
as had been anticipated. The expedition was in command of Capt. W. A. 
Jones, Corps of Engineers, assisted by one topographer and one flagman, 
and with an escort of one corporal and six men, under Lieut. W. W. Wood, 
Thirteenth Infantry. 

A practicable wagon route was found from Fort Bridger to the Uintah 
Valley Agency via the pass at the head of the main branch of Smith’s 
Fork, discovered by Lieutenant-Colonel Gilbert, Seventh Infantry. The 
funds available admitted of only a simple reconnaissance. 


640 U.S GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


The report on this reconnaissance appears as Appendix A A of the 
Annual Report of the Chief of Eneineers for 1872, aecompanyine which 
] 8 ) panying 
a map was prepared of the ‘‘ Uintah Mountains and vicinity,” scale 1 to 
l pre} ys 


627,264, drawn by L. von Froben, 1872. 
RECONNAISSANCES BY CAPTAIN HEAP, 1872. 


In 1872 Captain Heap made a reconnaissance of the right bank of the 
Missouri from Fort Rice to the mouth of Heart River, and surveys of the 
roads or trails from Fort Rice to the Northern Pacific Railroad crossing of 
the James River, and from there to Fort Abercrombie. 

The instruments employed were of a similar character to those used 
by Captain Heap in 1870. Captain Heap, during same year, also recon- 
noitered the country between Beaver Dam and Buck Creeks, including that 
portion between these streams above and below present site of Fort Abra- 
ham Lincoln. <A report and map (scale 1 inch to 4,000 feet) were for- 
warded to department headquarters. The instruments used were sextant, 


transit, and chain. 


RECONNAISSANCE OF THE YELLOWSTONE AND MUSCLESHELL RIVERS, BY MAJ. J. W. BARLOW, 
CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1872. 

Major Barlow, assisted by Second Lieut. Henry A. Irgens, accom- 
panied the Northern Pacific Railroad engineers in their surveys in 1872 
eastward from Fort Ellis, which they left July 27, to the Yellowstone, 
thence after a few days’ work northward to the Muscleshell, up this valley, 
across the Belt Range, and down Sixteen-Mile Creek to the Missouri. Maj. 
J. W. Barlow, Corps of Engineers, commanded the expedition. 

The escort of three hundred and seventy-six men, cavalry and infantry, 
was commanded by Bvt. Col. E. M. Baker, major Second Cavalry. The 
survey disbanded at Fort Ellis about September 29, 1872. 

The report was published in Ex. Doc. No. 16, third session Forty- 
third Congress. A map (scale 1 to 1,200,000) of the country and a survey 
of the camp where an Indian battle occurred were made, but not published 


with the report. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880 641 


SURVEY OF THE YELLOWSTONE RIVER FROM FORTY BUFORD TO A POINT TEN MILES ABOVE 
POWDER RIVER, BY CAPT. WILLIAM LUDLOW, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, JULY, 1873. 


This reconnaissance was made in connection with the movements 
of the Yellowstone expedition of that year. Boats loaded with stores 
ascended the Yellowstone 85 miles to Glendine Creek, the point near 
which the Northern Pacifie Railroad survey line struck the river, and Cap- 
tain Ludlow, after departure of the expedition from Glendine Creek, over- 
took it 10 miles above the mouth of Powder River. The river was care- 
fully mapped by means of compass bearings and estimated distances 
checked by daily observations with sextant and chronometer. The expe- 
dition which Captain Ludlow accompanied consisted of six companies of 
the Sixth Infantry, commanded by Capt. H. 8. Hawkins, Sixth Infantry. 
A report and map (on a scale of 1 inch to 4 miles) were forwarded to 
department headquarters. 

The astronomical determinations will be found of record at the head- 
quarters of the department at St. Paul. 


LAVA BEDS, CAPT. G. J. LYDECKER, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1873. 


Captain Lydecker made a reconnaissance of the lava beds during the 
Modoe campaign in northern California in April and May, 1873. 

The preliminary report was made to the commanding general of the 
division, together with sketches and stereoscopic views, and subsequently 
a general map (showing position of Jack’s stronghold, lake shore and coun- 
try between Hospital Rock and General Gillem’s camp, scale 1 inch to 1 
mile) was prepared and forwarded to the Engineer Department. Mention of 
this reconnaissance appears in Captain Lydecker’s annual report. (See An- 
nual Report Chief of Engineers, 1873, Appendix FF.) 


UTE COUNTRY EXPLORATION, BY LIEUT.E.H. RUFFNER, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1873. 


This exploration was organized by command of Brigadier-General 
Pope, commanding Department of the Platte. The expedition left Pueblo, 
Colo. (the longitude of which was determined by telegraph), May 7, 1873, 
and ran a line to Fort Garland, Colo., thence across the San Luis Valley and 
up the Rio Grande to its source, and down the Animas River. Retracing 

41 WH—VOL I 


642 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the line to the vicinity of longitude 107° the Pacifie Divide was again crossed, 
the Lake Fork of the Grand River was followed down to its grand canon, 
thence east via Los Pinos Agency and Cochetopa Pass to the San Luis 
Park, where the first line was joined at Del Norte. 

Refitting at Fort Garland the expedition was continued over the Coche- 
topa Pass, up Taylor River and its tributaries, across the Red Mountain 
Pass to the head of the Arkansas River, and down it to Canon City, Colo. 
A side line was run through Puncho Pass, ending at Fort Garland, to con- 
nect with the Land Office surveys in San Luis Park. This expedition was 
the outgrowth of the disturbed relations between the Uncompahgre Utes 
and the miners of the so-called San Juan region, the ascertaining of the posi- 
tion of the eastern boundary of the Indian reservation (107° west of Green- 
wich) being the principal object, which was supplemented by an examina- 
tion of the various approaches from the Arkansas to the Ute country. 

The personnel was as follows: Assistant Engineer H. G. Prout (in 
charge of field work); assistant engineer, James Bassett; recorder, Sam- 
uel Anstey; recorder, D. W. Campbell; geologist, F. Hawn; assistant 
geologist, L. Hawn; photographer, T. Hines and two sergeants of the En- 
gineer Battalion. A small escort from Company F, Eighth Cavalry, com- 
manded by a sergeant, accompanied the first part of the exploration, and 
Lieutenant De Lancy, with a detachment from Company D, Fifteenth Infan- 
try, escorted the second party. 

The line was run by theodolite, the angles being referred to meridians 
determined nightly; the distance was ascertained by the use of a stadia, and 
this is believed to be the first time this method has been used in mountain 
work, A report made to the Chief of Engineers of this exploration, accom- 
panied by a lithographed map on a scale of 1 to 500,000, was printed in 
Executive document No. 193, Forty-third Congress, first session, House of 
Representatives, and separately as a pamphlet by the Engineer Depart- 
ment in 1874. 

The expedition disbanded at Pueblo October 4, 1873. 

Photographic copies of forty-six detail sheets (scale 1 to 50,000) are 
on files of the Engineer Department. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 643 


In appendixes to this report are found tables of distances with astro- 
nomically determined positions and altitudes. 


RECONNAISSANCE OF NORTHWESTERN WYOMING, INCLUDING THE YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL 
PARK, BY CAPT. W. A. JONES, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1873. 


The expedition, which took the field at Fort Bridger, Wyo., in June, 
1873, had for its object ‘the reconnaissance of the country about the head- 
waters of the Snake, Green, Big Horn, Gray Bull, Clark’s Fork, and Yel- 
lowstone Rivers;” also to find, if possible, a good route from the south, via 
the Wind River Valley and Upper Yellowstone, to the Yellowstone National 
Park and Montana. The route traversed was: leaving Fort Bridger June 
12; thence northward to Camp Brown; thence northward across the Owl 
Creek Mountains into the valley of the Big Horn as far as the Stinking 
Water River; thence westward across the South Shoshone Mountains to 
Yellowstone Lake ; thence northward, a portion of the expedition going to 
Fort Ellis, Mont., and making a wide detour to the westward, visiting all the 
noted phenomena in the park; thence southeast via the head of Wind River 
to Camp Brown, where the expedition disbanded. 

Capt. W. A. Jones, Corps of Engineers, commanded the expedition, 
and Capt. Henry E. Noyes the escort, of Company I, Second Cavalry, and 
fifteen Shoshone Indians, who were accompanied by their families. 

The assistants were Prof. T. B. Comstock, geologist; Dr. C. C. Parry, 
botanist and meteorologist; Assistant Surg. C. L. Heizman, U. 8. Army, 
chemist; Second Lieut. 8. E. Blunt, Thirteenth Infantry, astronomer; Sec- 
ond Lieut. R. H. Young, Fourth Infantry, acting assistant quartermaster 
and acting commissary of subsistence; Louis von Froben and Paul Le 
Hardy, topographers. 

The instruments were one large transit theodolite, one small transit 
theodolite, one chain, three odometers, pocket compasses, one reflecting circle, 
one sextant, two box and two pocket chronometers, two mercurial and two 
aneroid barometers, ordinary pocket maximum and minimum and radiation 
thermometers, and one medical test chest, with apparatus for the field anal- 
ysis of waters and gases. 

The report was made to Brig. Gen. E. O. C. Ord, commanding Depart- 
ment of the Platte, and with the maps form House of Representatives 


644 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Executive Document No. 285, first session Forty-third Congress; also House 
of Representatives Bill No. 2854, first session Forty-third Congress. The 
former document with additions, including geological report by Professor 
Jomstock, was republished by the War Department in 1875 (1 vol., 8°, pp. 
331, with maps and sketches). 

The much-doubted “two-ocean water” was discovered where one 
stream forms the common source of two, running respectively to the Atlantic 
and Pacific flowing waters. 

A very easy pass was found at the head of Wind River, thus opening 
a route to Montana from the southeast via Wind River and the Yellowstone 
National Park, the distance from Point of Rocks, Wyo., to Yellowstone 
Lake being 289 miles, and to Fort Ellis 437 miles. 

The reconnaissance was completed in September, 1873. 


FORT GARLAND TO FORT WINGATE, LIEUTENANTS RUFFNER AND ANDERSON, 1874. 


Lieut E. H. Ruffner states that in June, 1874, Lieut. G B. Anderson, 
Sixth Cavalry, was detailed from Fort Lyon, Colo., to conduct a survey for 
a direct wagon route from Fort Garland, Colo., to Fort Wingate, N. Mex. 
A small detachment of Company M, Sixth Cavalry, accompanied the 
party, which consisted, in addition to Lieutenant Anderson, of Assistant 
Engineer D. W. Campbell and Recorder Samuel Anstey. 

The instrumental work was done by azimuth and stadia, as in the 
prior surveys of this office. The line was run southwest from Fort Garland, 
the instrumental line commencing at a point on the land surveys at the 
junction of the Conejos River and Rio San Antonio. ‘Two lines were thus 
carried across the high mountain spur separating the waters of the Conejos 
and the Rio Chama, one of the tributaries of the Rio Grande, during the 
month of July. 

The report of Lieutenant Ruffner on the results of this examination 
and survey, accompanied by that of Lieutenant Anderson, is found in House 
Executive Document No. 172, Forty-fourth Congress, first session (with 
map, scale 1 to 1,000,000). 

An “atlas of detail sheets” (fourteen in number; scale, 1 to 50,000) 


remain as originals on the files of the Engineer Department. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 645 


RECONNAISSANCE OF THE BLACK HILLS, CAPT. WILLIAM LUDLOW, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1874. 


The expedition under command of Lieut. Col. G. A. Guster was organ- 
ized in pursuance of special orders No. 117, Headquarters Department of 
Dakota, June 8, 1874, and had for its purpose the reconnoitering of a route 
from Fort Abraham Lincoln to Bear Butte, in the Black Hills, and exploring 
the country south, southeast, and southwest of that point. 

The expedition consisted of ten companies of cavalry, two of infantry, 
and a number of Indian scouts, in all about 1,000 men, one guide, inter- 
preters, and teamsters. Captain Ludlow was detailed as its engineer officer. 

The line of reconnaissance (1,204 miles in length) commenced July 
2, moving southwestwardly toward the bend of Heart River; thence across 
the north fork of the Cannon Ball; thence across the south fork, called also 
Cedar Creek; thence over the Belle Pierres Hills; thence into the valley of 
the North Fork of Grand River; following this valley for a distance, the 
trail bore to the southwest, across several bends of the South Fork of Grand 
River, to a camp on a small branch of the Little Missouri; from this paint 
(called Prospect Valley) the trail led around the northern extremity of the 
Short Pine Hills, into the valley of the Little Missouri; thence southeasterly 
in the direction of Bear Butte, camp was made on a small branch of the Belle 
Fourche, the valley of which stream was reached at a point 292 miles from 
Fort Lincoln; thence by Redwater Creek, a tributary of Belle Fourche, 
into the Black Hills; thence to Myan Kara Creek, after the peak of that 
name, which was here ascended, and near the source of which exploring 
parties were sent out in various directions; thence camp was made in Castle 
Valley Creek; thence southeasterly to an unnamed creek (from whence 
Harney Peak was ascended); from this point reconnaissances were made to 
the south and southeast, toward the plains, rendezvous being again made 
in the heart of the Black Hills. On August 6 camp was broken for the 
return trip, which followed partly the incoming route, to determine the prac- 
ticability of a road northward through the hills, emerging near Bear Butte. 
Castle Valley and Elkhorn Prairie were retraversed, whence the plains 
were reached, and a trail reconnoitered over a different route in 1875, return- 
ing to Fort Lincoln (see pp. 1128 and 1129, Annual Report Chief of Engi- 
neers), which point was reached August 30, the sixtieth day of the trip. 


646 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Captain Ludlow was assisted by W. H. Wood, topographer, and a 
detachment of Engineer soldiers. Prof. W. H. Winchell was geologist; 
Dr. Williams, surgeon, U.S Army; George Bird Grinnell, paleontologist 
and zoologist; a photographer also accompanied the party. 

The instruments used were odometers, prismatic compasses, mean solar 
chronometers, barometers and thermometers, a Wurdemann transit, and a 
sextant. 

The general topography along all routes and at all points visited was 
earetully recorded and the lines checked by astronomical latitudes and 
points in the hills checked from a measured base by trigouometric means. 

A preliminary report of this expedition was made to the Chief of Engi- 
neers, and appears in his Annual Report for 1874 (Appendix KK). A 
subsequent report, including summaries of distances, latitudes, longitudes, 
and altitudes, and the result of geological examinations of W. H. Winchell, 
State geologist of Minnesota, and upon paleontological observations by 
George Bird Grinnell, representing Prof. O. C. Marsh, appears as Appendix 
PP, Annual Report Chief of Engineers for 1875. This report also, accom- 
panied by maps, was subsequently reproduced in quarto in 1875 (pp. 121). 

The latter document is accompanied by a map of the reconnaissance 
(seale 1 inch to 12 miles); one of the Black Hills, topographical (scale 1 


a 


inch to 3 miles), and a geological map, based on the same. 


RECONNAISSANCE FROM CARROLL, MONTANA, TO THE YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK AND 
RETURN, BY CAPT. W. LUDLOW, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1875. 


The reconnaissance commenced at Carroll, Mont., July 13, 1875; thence 
the Carroll road was surveyed to Camp Baker, Mont.; thence to Fort Ellis; 
thence through Bozeman Pass and up the Yellowstone River to the Yellow- 
stone Park, and return by same route to Ellis August 31; thence to the 
South Fork of Deep Creek; thence down the South Fork of the Musselshell 
to the forks; thence along the Carroll road to Armelis Creek. From this 
point an examination of the Judith basin was made by Lieutenant Thomp- 
son, under direction of Captain Ludlow; thence to Carroll, September 19, 
1875. 

Captain Ludlow commanded the expedition, assisted by Second Lieut. 
R. E. Thompson, Sixth Infantry. The escort from Carroll to Baker was 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURV EYS.—1857 -1880. 647 


10 men, Second Cavalry, under command of Second Lieut. C. F. Roe, 
Second Cavalry, and from Ellis to Carroll of 2 non-commissioned officers 
and 8 men of Second Cavalry. The civil assistants were W. H. Wood and 
Edwin Ludlow, topographers; G. B. Grinnell, paleontologist and zoologist ; 
Edward S. Dana, geologist, besides his detachment of engineer soldiers; 
and Charles Reynolds, hunter and euide. 

The instruments used were transit, chain, sextant, reflecting circle, 
prismatic compass, odometers, and chronometers. 

The report was accompanied by a map of the reconnaissance on a 
ecale of 1 inch to 6 miles. The published report (Appendix NN, Report 
Chief of Engineers, 1876) is illustrated by three maps—of the reconnais- 
sance, 1 inch to 12 miles; of the Judith Basin, 1 inch to 6 miles; and of 
the Geyser basin, 1 inch to 6 miles. This report was also separately pub- 
lished in quarto, 155 pages, in 1876. 


BIG HORN AND YELLOWSTONE EXPEDITION, CAPT. W. S. STANTON, CORRS OF ENGINEERS, 1876. 


This expedition, of fifteen companies of cavalry, five of infantry, one 
hundred and five wagons, and six hundred pack-mules, commanded in person 
by General George Crook, was organized at Fort Fetterman in May, 1876. 

The expedition left Fetterman May 29, marching northward on the old 
Montana road, camping first on Sage Creek; thence on branch of Cheyenne; 
thence across two tributaries to headwaters of this stream; thence to Dry 
Fork of Powder River; thence to Clear Fork of Powder River; thence via 
old Fort Phil Kearney to camp on Little Piney Creek; thence to Hay 
Greek; thence to mouth of Prairie Dog Creek; thence returning along this 
creek, reaching camp on Goose Creek; thence to Rosebud Creek, where a 
successful engagement was had with the Sioux Indians; thence to a small 
stream in vicinity of Tongue River; thence by a devious route to new ren- 
dezvous camp on Goose Creek; thence to Camp Cloud Peak, on same stream; 
thence to main Fort Smith road, near Fort Phil Kearney, returning by the 
outward route and reaching Fort Fetterman June 21. 

Captain Stanton, engineer officer to the expedition, was assisted by Mr. 
R. F. Koehneman, draughtsman and topographer; Private Henry Kehl, 


general service, and two infantry soldiers. 


648 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The instruments employed were sextants and chronometers for differ- 
ence of time and latitude, mercurial and cistern barometers, prismatic 
compass and odometers. Careful topographical sketches of country adjoin- 
ing the route were made. : 

A report of the reconnaissance will be found as Appendix PP, Annual 
Report Chief of Engineers, 1876, and it is also mentioned in Appendix 
QQ, Annual Report Chief of Engineers, 1877. 


CAMPAIGN AGAINST THE HOSTILE SIOUX, LIEUT. E. MAGUIRE, ENGINEER OFFICER, 1876. 


The expedition organized in the Department of Dakota was in command 
of Brig. Gen. A. H. Terry, and to which Lieutenant Maguire, U. 8. Engi- 
neers, was attached as chief engineer. 

It left Fort Abraham Lincoln May 17, 1876, marching almost due 
west to Heart River; thence to Sweet Brier Creek; thence to Crow’s Nest, 
or Buzzard’s Roost Butte; thence to Big Muddy Creek; thence via Big 
Muddy Valley to Thinfaced Woman’s Creek; thence to north fork of Heart 
River; thence to valley of Powder River; thence to valley of Davis Creek; 
thence to the Little Missouri; thence via Sentinel Buttes to Beaver Creek ; 
thence via head of Cabin Creek to O’Fallon’s Creek; thence to Powder 
River; and thence to the Yellowstone—a total distance of 3184 miles. 

The command with which Lieutenant Maguire moved was transferred 
by steamer up the Yellowstone, to near the mouth of the Big Horn, where 
the march to the Little Big Horn commenced, which was reached about 
9 miles above its mouth, near the scene of the Custer massacre, which battle- 
field was mapped. 

A return march was made to the Yellowstone, and a reconnaissance 
carried up the valley of the Rosebud and via Tongue River to Pumpkin 
Creek; thence to the valley of Powder River via a tributary of the Mizpah, 
and thence again to the Yellowstone, from whence movements were made 
in different directions. Astronomical observations, necessarily interrupted 
by the specially military necessities of the campaign, requiring moving by 
pack train at a moment’s notice in any direction, without intervals of repose, 
were taken at a number of points, results from which appear on pages 1359 
and 1360, Annual Report Chief of Engineers, 1877. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS. —1857-1880. 649 


The instruments used were chronometers and sextants, with artificial 
horizons. 

Transportation was both by wagon and pack-train. The elevations 
are barometric; the measurements are odometric. 

Lieutenant Maguire was assisted by Second Lieut. E. J. McClernand, 
Second Cavalry, and Mr. W. H. Wood. His report appears as Appendix 
PP of Annual Report Chief of Engineers, 1877. 

The original map, now on the files of the Engineer Bureau, drawn by 
Sergt. James E. Wilson, Battalion of Engineers, is to the scale of 1 inch to 
12 miles. 


RECONNAISSANCE OF ROUTES IN WYOMING, BY CAPT. W. 5. STANTON, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, 1877. 


The parties took the field at Cheyenne, Wyo., July 11, and proceeded 
first to Fort Laramie, 88 miles; thence to Hat Creek, 60 miles ; thence to 
Deadwood, 126 miles; thence to Fort McKinney, 197 miles; thence to 
Fort Fetterman, 91 miles; thence to Rock Creek Station, Union Pacific 
Railroad, 83 miles; thence to Laramie Peak, 45 miles; thence to Fort 
Laramie, 60 miles; thence to Camp Robinson, 73 miles; thence to Dead- 
wood, 157 miles; thence to Custer City, 55 miles; thence to Hat Creek, 
87 miles; thence to Camp Robinson, 53 miles; thence to Sidney Barracks, 
120 miles; where disbandment was made November 3. 

The length of the reconnaissance was 1,328 miles. Forty-four lati- 
tudes and longitudes were determined, twenty-two magnetic declinations, 
and two hundred and seventy-one barometric altitudes. 

The expedition was in command of Captain Stanton, who was assisted 
by Lieutenant Swigert, Second Cavalry; Lieut. Henry Seton, Mr, R. F. 
Koehsman, draughtsman and topographer; 10 enlisted men, one of whom 
acted as photographer. An escort of 1 sergeant and 9 men from Fort 
Laramie, and a like number from Camp Robinson, accompanied the expe- 
dition. 

The instruments employed were sextants, chronometers, prismatic 
compass, cistern and aneroid barometers, and odometers. 

Independent of latitude and longitude determinations by Captain 


Stanton, as well as magnetic variations, careful topographic sketches of 


650, U. S GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


country adjacent to the routes was recorded, and the usual hypsometrie 
observations taken for altitudes, 

The report of this extended instrumental reconnaissance will be found 
as Appendix RR, Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1878, p. 
1705 = It is accompanied by asketch map of the routes (scale 1 to 900,000). 

The result of his explorations was availed of by Captain Stanton in 
compilation of a military map of the Department of the Platte. 

The engineer officers at headquarters military divisions and depart- 
ments have, from time to time, made surveys of military reservations and 
of wagon-roads, prior to the construction of the fatter, the results of which 
appear in the Annual Reports of the Chief of Engineers; or, if unpublished, 
in the archives of the Engineer Department or at the headquarters offices 
respectively. It has been impossible to make an exhaustive study of these 
separate surveys, and doubtless some established latitudes and longitudes 
have been missed which would be developed upon a more complete and 
extended search, which should be done, when final working tabulated lists 
of latitudes and longitudes shall be made up, weighted and graded accord- 
ing to precision and reliability, with description of monuments, and with 
full bibliographical references. 

The following are the authorities available for the compilation of a 
standard official list of latitudes and longitudes west of the Mississippi 
River: 


1. Annual reports of Chief of Topographical Engineers (Graham, Lee, Poe); 1860, p. 341; 
1860~’61, pp. 554 and 571. 

2. Annual Reports Chief of Engineers U. 8. Army to date (Lockwood, Bailey, Ruffner, Wheeler, 
Wisner, Ruffner, Hoffman, Major, Greene, Barlow, Safford, Maguire, and others); 186061, 
pp. 576 and 581; 1566, p. 48; 1870, p.546; 1873, p. 681; 1874, pt. 2, pp. 432 and 610-620; 1877, 
p. — ; 1879, p. —; 1881, Vol. III, p. 2844; 1882, pt. 3, p. 2833, and elsewhere. 

U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey to date (various observers). 

4. U.S. Geographical Surveys. annual reports 1875 to 1879, inclusive; 1875, p. 11; 1876, pp. 6-35; 

1877, pp. 1214-1217; 1878, pp. 6-14; 1879, pp. 114-122; 1880, p. 35. 
. Tables of geographic positions, ete., U. S. Geographic Surveys, 1885 (Wheeler, Lockwood, 
Hoxie, Marshall, Kampff, Safford, Clark, Austin, Eastman, Wheeler, and Roberts). 
6. U S. Geographical Survey Reports, Vol. I, especially App. A, and Vol. II, pp. 488-491. 
Vol I, Reports of fortieth parallel, p. 766. 
8. Astronomic report, 1874; preliminary report, 4°, 1869; distances, etc., 4°, 1872; U.S. Geo- 
graphic Surveys. 

9. Hayden reports, Bull., Vol. III, No. 3, p. 713, 1877; annual reports 1872, p. 796, and annual 
report 1878, p. 463. 

10. Final report Lake Survey (Professional Papers, Corps of Engineers, No. 24; Comstock, Adams, 
Lockwood, Price, Ruffner, Wheeler, Wisner, Maguire, and others). 

11. General Land Office for State and Territ) ral beondaries. 


oo 


[Sa] 


1 


15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 


20. 


21, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 651 


. Texas and United States (Clark). Senate Ex. Doe. No. 70, Forty seventh Congress, first 


session. 


. United States and Mexican boundary reports (Emory, Whipple, and Michler). 
. United States and Northwestern boundary (Parke and Gardner). MSS. in State Department 


archives. 

United States and Northern Boundary report (Twining, Gregory, Greene, and Boss) ; p. 198. 

Warren, Vol. XI, Pacific Railroad reports. ‘i 

Naval Observatory, annual report 1871, p. xvi and others. 

Reports on transit of Venus and eclipse expeditions (Harkness, Newcomb, and others). 

Yukon River (Raymond and Major); Jones, Wyoming (Blunt and Hitt); Mullan’s wagon 
road, p. 360 (Wiesner and Kolecki); Ives, Colorado River; Simpson, Great Basin; Ludlow, . 
Black Hills; Stanton, Nebraska; Livermore in Western Texas (unpublished), and others. 

General records of the Engineer Department (see among others 305 and 2139 of 1879, 651 and 
2664 of 1881, 3476, 4032 and 4900 of 1882). 

General records of the Geological Survey (probably). 


y 
i 
i 
+ : 
—s 
i 
i ’ 
a 
I 
i 
‘ 
: i 
‘ 7 
ros 
= 
: 
‘ 
— 
+ 
ns 
- * o ab 
a ‘ 
- _ ith 
‘ 
‘ 
+ 
- . 
7 - 


eye 


CHAPTER III. 


GEOGRAPHICAL AND GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS UNDER 
THE WAR AND INTERIOR DEPARTMENTS, 1865 TO 1880. 


WAR DEPARTMENT. 


GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATION OF THE FORTIETH PARALLEL, (KING. ) 


This expedition first took the field in 1867, and continued its observa- 
tions therein during the seasons of 1868, 1869, 1870, 1871, and 1872. 

The object of the exploration, as determined by the instructions of 
General Humphreys, Chief of Engineers (see Appendix V, Annual Report 
Chief of Engineers, 1869), was “‘to examine and describe the geological 
structure, geographical condition, and natural resources of a belt of country 
extending from the one hundred and twentieth meridian eastward to the 
one hundred and fifth meridian of longitude, along the fortieth parallel of 
latitude, with sufficient expanses north and south to include the lines of the 
Central and Union Pacific Railroads, and as much more as may be consist- 
ent with accuracy and a proper progress.” 

To ‘examine all rock formations, mountain ranges, detrital plains, 
mines, coal deposits, soils, minerals, ores, saline and alkaline deposits.” 

To “collect material for detailed maps of the chief mining districts, 
coal fields, salt basins, etc., as well as also for a topographic map of the 
region traversed, and to conduct a systematic series of barometric and ther- 
mometric observations, with constant study of the atmospheric conditions 
bearing upon the subject of refraction and evaporation.” 

To “make collections in botany and zoology, with a view to a memoir 
on these subjects, illustrating the occurrence and distribution of plants and 
animals.” 

The Union and Central Pacific Railroads were used as the base lines 


of operations, and thence north and south, generally to distances not ex- 
653 


654 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


ceeding 40 or 50 miles, such routes as were found necessary to reach the 
points occupied for geological or other purposes were visited. 


The area embraced was about 86,390 square miles.* 
EXPEDITION OF 1867. 


The area embraced during this season was bounded by the one hun- 
dred and twentieth meridian on the west and 117° 30’ on the east, and lat- 
itude 389° 3’ north and 41° north, in western Nevada. 

The expedition took the field in July 27, disbanding at Virginia City 
December 15, 1867. 

During the succeeding winter investigations by Mr. King and one 
assistant on the Comstock Lode were prosecuted. A statement of progress 
for this season is found in Annual Report Chief of Engineers, 1868, pages 
76 to 77. 

The instruments employed for the topographic field work were zenith 
telescopes for latitude, 8 and 6 inch Wurdemann theodolites, each reading 
to 10”, for triangulation, and a zenith sextant and chronometers, and 4” era- 
dienter for topographic details, steel tapes and chains, cistern barometers 
and hygrometers. 

The transportation consisted of army wagons, saddle animals, either 
riding mules or horses, and pack-mules. 

The personnel was as follows: Clarence King, geologist in charge ; 
James D. Hague, assistant geologist; Arnold Hague, assistant geologist ; 
5. I. Emmons, assistant geologist, volunteer; James T. Gardner, chief 
topographer; H. Custer, assistant topographer; F. A. Clark, assistant 
topographer ; Sereno Watson, assistant topographer; W. W. Bailey, bota- 


nist; Robert Ridgeway, zoologist; T. H. O’Sullivan, photographer. 
; sway SISt ; >] gra} 


*This area is shown on the general sketch wap of the fortieth parallel atlas, and colored on each 
edition of the Annual Progress Chart of United States Geographical Surveys. 

+The lists of personnel do not include such assistants as geological collectors, barometer observ- 
ers, and persons employed from time to time as general assistants. 

The following extract from a letter from Mr. King serves as a general reference to the principal 
field assistants, the class of work of each, with mention also of the published results: 

“Tecan say to you, in general, that the geological work was under my own personal direction ; 
that Twas assisted in this department by Arnold Hague and S. F. Emmons; that the mining geology 
was executed in conjunction with myself by James D. Hague. The topographical work was under 
the general direction of James T, Gardner, who executed the road triangulation on which the map is 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1-80. 655 


The escort consisted of 20 mounted enlisted men, with the proper 
oumber of non-commissioned officers, the necessary camp equipage, trans- 
portation, and subsistence, and also medical attendance. Supplies were also 
authorized to be purchased from the Quartermaster and Commissary De- 
partments. 


SEASON OF 18€8. 


The field observations required along the belt in question, commenc- 
ing April 15, were carried until October 15 eastward, nearly as far as the 
Great Salt Lake, and to the westward limit of its immediate desert, making 
a belt of 100 miles wide and 500 miles long in Nevada and western Utah, 
with preliminary explorations in vicinity of Mono Lake, California, and 
continuation of investigation of the Comstock Lode. 

The personnel was as follows: Clarence King, geologist in charge; 
James D Hague, assistant geologist; Arnold Hague, assistant geologist ; 
S. F. Emmons, assistant geologist; James T. Gardner, chief topographer ; 
H. Custer, assistant topographer; A D. Wilson, assistant topographer; F. 
A. Clark, assistant topographer; Sereno Watson, botanist; Robert Ridg- 
way, zoologist; TH. O’Sullivan, photographer.* 

The escort consisted of one sergeant, three corporals, one bugler, and 
fourteen privates, Troop H, Eighth Cavalry. 


SEASON OF 1869. 


The season’s labors were commenced May 1, and disbandment was had 
in September. 

The area occupied was in the vicinity of Great Salt Lake, and adja- 
cent to mountain ranges in Utah and to the eastward as far as the Green 
River Divide between 111° to 114° west longitude, and 40° to 42° north 


latitude. 


based, and measured the astronomical and check bases. The topographical assistants were A. D, 
Wilson, F. A. Clark, and Henry Custer. 

“The legend sheet of the main atlas, the title-page of the mining atlas, and the title-pages of 
the various volumes, give in full the anthorship of the publications of the survey.” 

*Work carried on in three parties in charge, respectively, of Messrs. King, Arnold Hague, and 
Emmons. James D. Hague conducted the investigation of mining districts of Nevada and Colorado, 
in preparation for Volume III on Mining Industry. 


656 U.S. GEUGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


A reference to the progress for this season appears in Annual Report 
Chief of Engineers, 1870, page 87, Vol. III. The first of the quarto series 
was put to press during the winter of 1869 and 1870. 

The following constituted the personnel: Clarence King, geologist in 
charge; James D. Hague, assistant geologist; Arnold Hague, assistant 
geologist; 8. F. Emmons, assistant geologist; James T. Gardner, chief 
topographer; A. D. Wilson, assistant topographer; F. A. Clark, assistant 
topographer; Sereno Watson, botanist; Robert Ridgway, zoologist; T. 
H. O'Sullivan, photographer.* 

There was also an escort of one sergeant, one corporal, and nine men, 
Company H, Eighth Cavalry, and ten men (all mounted), Company I, 
Ninth Infantry. 


SEASON OF 1870. 


The field period, extending from August 12 to November 15, was used 
in completing vacant spaces in the 1869 work, and special observations in 
voleanic¢ and glacial phenomena in northern California, Oregon, and Wash- 
ington Territory. 

The personnel was-as follows: Clarence King, geologist in charge ; 
Arnold Hague, assistant geologist; $8. F. Emmons, assistant geologist ; 
James T. Gardner, chief topographer; A. D. Wilson, assistant topographer ; 
F. A. Clark, assistant topographer. 

An escort of one non-commissioned officer and two privates, Company 
D, Twenty-third Infantry, and such transportation as required and could be 
spared, was furnished by the military authorities.t 

Only a commencement was made in this work, which was intended to 
furnish monographs on the voleanoes, but was never carried to completion. 


A progress report appears as Appendix ZZ, Annual Report Chief of 


Engineers, 1871. 
* Work carried on in three parties in charge, respectively, of Messrs. King, Arnold Hague, aud 
Emmons. 


t Preliminary examination of the volcanoes of the Pacific coast, Lassen’s Peak, Mount Shasta in 
California, Mount Hood in Oregon, Mount Rainier in Washington Territory, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 657 


SEASON OF 1871. 


The main exploration was continued to the eastward of longitude 111° 
west in Wyoming, northern Colorado, and a part of Utah, including the 
Uintah Mountains. The full complement of topographical work was pre- 
vented by forest fires of great extent. Volume III, quarto reports, appeared 
during 1871. 

The personnel was as follows: Clarence King, geologist in charge ; 
Arnold Hague, assistant geologist; S. F. Emmons, assistant geologist ; 
James T. Gardner, chief topographer; A. D. Wilson, assistant topographer; 
F. A. Clark, assistant topographer. 

The escort consisted of one sergeant, one corporal, and thirteen pri- 
vates (mounted). Forage from the quartermaster’s department for not ex- 


ceeding forty animals was supplied.* 


SEASON OF 1872. 


During this field year the unfinished geologic and topographic observa- 
tions in Wyoming and northern Colorado were completed, with a review of 
the whole field of exploration from the 105th to the 122d meridian, and 
further study of extinct volcanoes and glacial phenomena. 

The party disbanded on November 13. 

Omissions were supplied north of Humboldt River as far east as Hum- 
boldt Wells, and field work carried to the region east of the Worth Platte. 

Special observations were conducted in the Sierra Nevada, and at and 
about Mount Humphreys and the San Francisco Mountain region of the 
Colorado plateau. 

The following was the personnel: Clarence King, geologist in charge; 
Arnold Hague, assistant geologist; 5S. F. Emmons, assistant geologist ; 
James T. Gardner, chief topographer; A. D. Wilson, assistant topographer; 
F. A. Clark, assistant topographer. 

An escort of one sergeant and nine men of Company A, Second Cav- 
alry, was detailed to accompany the party of Mr. Emmons.t+ 


*The work was carried on in two parties under the charge of Messrs. Hague and Emmons, re- 
spectively, the former taking the eastern, the latter the western portion of the region embraced. 

+The work was carried on in two parties under the charge of Messrs. Hague and Emmons, re- 
spectively, the former taking the eastern, the latter the western portion of the region, 


42 WH VOL I 


658 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Statement of progress for this year is found in Appendix DD and DD’, 
Annual Report, Chief of Engineers, 1873. 

Mr. King alone in 1873 made a field geological review between Sep- 
tember 2 and December 13 of the archzean formations as well as classi- 
fication of the important mining districts visited. 

The balance of the year was taken up in office work by himself, two 
geological assistants, one topographer, one clerk, and one’ microscopist. 

The office work,* with two geological assistants, one topographer, one 
clerk, and one microscopist, continued during the years 1874 to 1878, and 
Mr. King’s services in connection with this duty terminated January 30‘ 
1879, while the publication of Vol. VII, the last of the quarto series, is 
announced in the Annual Report Chief of Engineers for 1880. The main 
results connected with this work are seven quarto volumes and one atlas. 

This atlas contains ten sheets, five alone showing topography proper,t 
while the geological representations are found in colors upon the above 
topographic sheets in contours as a base. 

_ Contributions from Messrs. J.D. and Arnold Hague, Emmons, Watson, 
Eaton, Meek, Hall, Whitfield, Ridgway, Marsh, and Zirckel appear in the 
several volumes other than No. I, by Mr. King. Volume III (Mining 
Industry) was issued in 1870, V. (Botany) in 1871, VI (Microscopic 
Petrography) in 1876, Il and IV (Descriptive Geology and Ornithology and 
Paleontology) in 1877, I (Systematic Geology) in 1878, and VII (Odontor- 
nithes) in 1880 ¢ 

The only published geographical co-ordinates are seven latitudes, found 
in appendix to Volume I, page 765. 

It appears that the latitudes and longitudes of three stations (Verdi, 
Salt Lake, and Sherman) by the U. 8. Coast Survey were utilized. 

The following main or initial astronomical stations of the U. 8. Geo- 
graphical Survey fall within the fortieth parallel: 

(1) Virginia City, (2) Austin, (3) Carlin, and (4) Winnemucca, Nev.; 


* Reports of office progress toward completion appear as appendices to Annual Report Chief of 
Engineers, as follows: EE 1874, KK 1875, II 1876, MM 1877, and MM 1878. 

t The hill work of the topographic sheets, instead of hachuress, is represented by brush shading 
with an oblique light. 

t A reference to progress and results of this work may be found in House Ex. Doc. No. 88, Forty- 
fifth Congress, second session, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS—1857-1880. 659 


(5) Ogden, Utah; (6) Green River, (7)* Fort Steele, (8) Laramie, and (9) 
Cheyenne, Wyo. 

Various altitudes are found on the maps, but no distances are given in 
figures. The methods employed for establishing the field data, upon which 
the topographic maps are based, is described by Mr. James T. Gardner, 
pages 764 to 769, appendix to Volume I, Systematic Geology. 

The many collections in mineralogy, paleontology, and other branches 
of natural history were, upon the conclusion of the investigations, trans- 
ferred finally to the National Museum. 

The original field and manuscript records remain a part of the archives 
of the Engineer Department. 

The following is a brief list of maps and reports resulting from this 


exploration: 
MAPS, 


1. General atlas. (Scales 1 inch to 60 miles and 1 inch to 4 miles.) 


HG Onera ani preliMINALy re rerceiew cles wieevelei-= ow ietel= =n ele cicwcets oe sles vise slecueiseseisceises/--e ss 1 
PeOPOPTAD MO meee mee seer telecisiac stelcisiawietfale owe oe sale acs siscmewctssmeciiossiesceeceeepieosiaeme 5 
3b CEOS - conde cscoteee bee achoigenoneadtaguds sasésocaugcacauaos sdécccEensand osocce caBHSe 5 
ik IONS onn odeic SOE Ser SoOs HBSS OGRO SEC BSOMOnS 56d0 Deed COSeEFgH DOUG HOSCAU ESCH Sasa BESeue 1 

2. Atlas with Volume III (geological and mining maps): 
CEOINE IO = secsssacnso6e cobb sB0k56 ode SSdbE86, Cao Ses Scesos Goccae BeooopEobode cSSCSUbSSsEs sous 3 
Miscellancousizesscsteemaectseer sais seecites Seeiecieseeies ciseet selec ainceson ee ease eeecie sees 3 
SECTIONS) Seqachs S460 ondS00 cocidES. GE Cane Rep O60 OODOSOUSOS, COU BHSS aKda booo BacaEa se Sd6S qSnEES 7 
OE opas BSeBdcEdenSe Godg CGE BOS DED SCo.GO OHNE noesuD bacuA DHS CoH nSHade Geckos doar sacuasss 25 

REPORTS. 

fPAnnualstseparatelyspublished cocececwsce so acccelsices <tsaeacncs sana coe ssiceceesicceeieeecesee 4 
2, MOREREATIINS, (MERIT) saasoes 655509 AS55668 G5S0 GUS COEDS CEESE OE SECU CEES O Hua Sond CISCISDEEo Bese 7 
TROUPE Sonecc Coos codteS GUGO0S 6556 GEO S5005s SHES BOIS HE GE BOS EOHCC DEES SON BEO SEDO Ga56 Case 11 


The area examined and mapped was 86,390 square miles. 


EXPEDITION FOR EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS IN NEVADA, CALIFORNIA, UTAH, AND ARI- 
ZONA, IN 1871, FIRST LIEUT. GEORGE M. WHEELER, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, COMMANDING. 


This expedition took the field at Halleck Station, Nevada, May 3, 1871. 
Its main purpose, under detailed instructions from Brig. Gen, A. A. Humph- 
reys, Chief of Engineers, was to obtain correct topographical knowledge 
of the country traversed and to prepare accurate maps of the region entered. 
Other objects of the survey were to gather as much information as possible 
relating to the physical features of the country; the number, habits, and 


* Connection was made with this station (see Annual’ Report Chief of Engineers, 1873, p. 1206). 


660 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


disposition of the Indians; the selection of sites for military operations or 
occupation; facilities for making rail or common roads; to make such 
examinations as were justifiable from their importance of the mineral 
resources of the region; and to note the climate, geological formations, 
areas valuable for agricultural and grazing purposes, and the relative pro- 
portions of woodland, water, and other qualities. 

The latitude and longitude of as many important points as possible 
were also to be determined. 

The area embraced was 72,250 square miles, including portions of 
central, southern, and southwestern Nevada; eastern California; south- 
western Utah; northwestern, central, and southern Arizona. The area of 
the expedition of 1869 was again entered along certain lines. 

The following personnel constituted the expedition of this year: First 
Lieut. George M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. 8. Army, in command, 
chief executive officer and field astronomer; First Lieut. D. W. Lockwood, 
Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astron- 
omer; Second Lieut. D. A. Lyle, Second Artillery, U. 8. Army, assistant 
executive officer and field astronomer; A. H. Cochrane, acting assistant 
surgeon, U.S. Army, medical officer; W. J. Hoffman, acting assistant sur- 
geon, U.S. Army, medical officer and collector in natural history; Theodore 
V. Brown, hospital steward, U.S. Army, barometric observer and recorder; 
Frank Hecox, hospital steward, U.S. Army, barometric observer and 
recorder; E. P. Austin, astronomical observer and computer; Archibald R. 
Marvine, astronomical observer and assistant geological observer; P. W. 
Hamel, Louis Nell, Joseph R. Mauran, Frank R. Simonton, and Charles E. 
Fellerer, geodetic and topographic assistants; Francis Klett, assistant topog- 
rapher and clerk; William J. Bradley, barometrie recorder; Charles A. 
Ogden, barometric observer and recorder; Frederick W. Loring, barometric 
observer and recorder; John Smith, barometer and odometer observer and 
recorder; G. K. Gilbert, geological observer; F. Bischoff, zoological col- 
lector; John Kohler, zoological collector ; T. H. O'Sullivan, photographer; 
E. M. Richardson, general assistant; W. D. Wheeler, clerk; E. Martin 
Smith, Charles King, Charles Spencer, Willard Rice, William Egan, and 
Charles Hahn, guides, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS—1857-1880. 661 


The permanent escort was composed of six non-commissioned officers 
and twenty-six privates, Company I, Third Cavalry. Additional temporary 
escorts were obtained from several of the posts in Arizona, also the requisite 
number of cargadores, packers, teamsters, mechanics, laborers, ete. 

The transportation was in the main by pack-train, wagons in certain 
instances conveying supplies to rendezvous points. 

The following were members of the boat parties engaged in exploration 
of the Colorado River, including a part of the “Grand Canon” from Camp 
Mohave to mouth of Diamond Creek: (1) Lieut. George M. Wheeler; (2) 
Dr. W. J. Hoffman; (3) P. W. Hamel; (4) G. K. Gilbert; (5) Frank 
Hecox; (6) T. H. O'Sullivan; (7) Frederick W. Loring; (8) E. M. Rich- 
ardson; together with six boatmen and mechanics, two enlisted men of 
expedition escort, one sergeant and five privates from Company G, Twelfth 
Infantry; also Captain Asquit and thirteen other Mohave Indians, to assist 
in towing and general work. 


INSTRUMENTS. 


The following instruments were used: 

Astronomic.—At the main stations a combined meridian instrument, 
sextants with artificial horizons, and chronometers. 

Topographic.—Six-inch theodolites, reading by vernier to 20’-+30" in 
are; 3-inch transit theodolites, gradienters, and pivot-levels (Wurdemann 
pattern), field, prismatic, and pocket compasses, steel and linen tapes, and 
odometers attached to vehicles. For the inclination of the magnetic needle 
a dip circle was employed. For hypsometric purposes, cistern, mountain, 
and aneroid barometers, hygrometers, maximum and minimum and pocket 
thermometers were used. 

The instruments of the geologists were pick and hammer, clinometer 
compasses, aneroid barometers, and hand levels. 


REPORTS. 

A special preliminary report of this exploration and survey was made 
to Brig. Gen. A. A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers, U. 8. Army, early in 
1872, and published by departmental authority. A preliminary topographic 
map on a scale of 1 inch to 24 miles accompanied the report, embracing a 


662 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


skeleton of the general topographic information collected, location of routes 
pursued, positions of mining camps, ete. 

A few copies, expressly for office use, of a list of camps, distances, etc., 
of the expedition of this year, were printed in oblong folio. 

On account of the urgency of other duties no regular annual report 
for the fiscal year 1870—71 was submitted to the Chief of Engineers. 

At the close of this expedition a plan for a systematic topographic 
survey of the territory of the United States west of the 100th meridian 
was, by request, prepared by Lieutenant Wheeler, approved by the Chief 
of Engineers and the honorable the Secretary of War, and sanctioned by 
act of Congress approved June 10, 1872. 

To facilitate operations, initial main astronomice stations were established 
this season (longitude by telegraph) at the following points: Carlin, Battle 
Mountain, and Austin, Nev.; Camp Independence, Cal.; St. George, Utah; 
and Prescott, Ariz. Including the points determined in 1869, eleven 
main astronomic stations were established by the survey in the western 
interior, and the longitude of nine established by telegraph. 

The majority of these stations was confined to the main lines of the 
survey. Minor astronomical stations were established daily along the routes, 
the prominent mountain peaks were occupied as subordinate triangulation 
stations, while the extent of the country to be traversed precluded the pos- 
sibility of carrying out any connected net-work of triangulation. 

The principal mountain passes were traversed and profiled, and topo- 
graphic sketches made at both prominent and minor points. Elevations 
were obtained of most of the prominent features of the country, and tri- 
daily meteorological observations made constantly by all the different parties. 

The portion of the area surveyed during this season, with the most 
topographic detail, was that embracing the Colorado River, and that receiv- 
ing most attention in a physio-geographical view, was the Great American 
Desert region, which was found to vary in breadth from 75 to 250 miles. 
The Grand Canon of the Colorado was explored in boats, occupying one 
branch of the survey, under the immediate command of Lieutenant Wheeler, 
thirty-three days in the ascent of the river from Camp Mohave to Diamond 
Creek, a distance of more than 200 miles. More than two hundred rapids 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS—1857-1880. 663 


were passed during the trip, and there was revealed the most striking cation 
scenery in the world, of some of which photographic pictures were made. 
The trip was one of great hardship, and notwithstanding the loss of some 
of the instruments, which limited observations, and a part of the records, 
was highly successful. 

In addition to the highly interesting exploration of the Colorado Canon 
the extent and character of the great Colorado Plateau, first defined and 
named by myself, were determined, and its peculiar features delineated. 

The expedition also determined the existence and limits of several in- 
closed basins without outward drainage, and separate from the Great Salt 
Lake and Humboldt basins. These are mostly in Nevada, the Amargosa 
or Death Valley Basin, being’ most extensive and characteristic, its lowest 
depression being below the level of the sea. 

Ninety-two mining districts were embraced in the area surveyed, 
eighty-six of which were visited by one or more of the members of parties, 
and much information elicited in classified form. Notes of the principal 
features of the mines appear in the report. The mapping of mineral dis- 
tricts, showing their positions, direction of lodes, etc., was made a part of 
the work of the survey. 

A full series of meteorologic observations was taken during the sea- 
son. The geological information acquired enabled a plan to be projected 
of a final comprehensive report. The natural history collections, except of 
coleoptera and in botany, were small, owing to the desolate nature of the 
regions visited and rapid movements of the parties. Mineralogical speci- 
mens were collected mostly from the mining regions. 

Observations were made with a view to the practicability of establish- 
ing north and south lines of communication, and one from Salt Lake south- 
erly to the foot of the Grand Canon of the Colorado; one from the Central 
Pacific Railroad through Washoe, east of the Sierras; and one from a cen- 
tral point on the Central Pacific across the Colorado River at the mouth of 
Virgin River, were recommended as practicable. 

The navigability of the Colorado River to Camp Mohave was noted, 
and the practicability of navigation to Callville, a point 95 miles above 
Camp Mohave, has been proved in an instance mentioned; and it is con- 


664 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


cluded that steam navigation may ultimately be carried to the foot of the 
Grand Canon, 57 miles above Callville, or 577 miles above the mouth of 
the river. 

The areas inhabited by the Shoshones, Pah-Utes, Chemehuevis, Utes, 
Mohaves, Seviches, Hualapias, Apache-Mohaves, Cosninas, and Apaches, 
were accurately determined and mapped, and information respecting the 
numbers, manner of life, and disposition of these Indians towards the whites, 
collected. Three members of the expedition were murdered near Wicken- 
berg, Ariz., by Indians, near the end of the season, while en route home. 
Remnants of the works of extinct aboriginals were met with during the 
exploration. 

The expedition reached Tuscon, Ariz., for disbandment December 4, 
1871, after a protracted field season of a little more than seven months. A 
temporary office for both business and reduction purposes was occupied for 
a brief period in San Francisco, the balance of the winter months being 
spent in Washington, D. C., in the preparation and publication of results. 


EXPEDITION FOR EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN IN 
UTAH, NEVADA, AND ARIZONA, IN 1872. 


The survey of 1872 commenced July 7, and was completed on the 
11th of December. 

The chief objects were to establish main astronomic stations, in pur- 
suance ofa comprehensive system, at points available by telegraph and 
contiguous to the areas of survey, in addition, to obtain the topographic 
details of the sections visited, with sufficient accuracy to enable routes of 
communication necessary for military operations to be delineated, as well as 
to enable the general physical features of the country to be drawn to a 
scale of 1 inch to 8 miles, this projection having been determined upon for 
the atlas intended to cover that portion of the territory of the United States 
lying west of the 100th meridian. 

As the survey progressed data were gathered for maps of the scale of 
1 inch to 4 miles, 1 inch to 2 miles, 1 inch to 1 mile, and 1 inch to 1,500 
feet, the latter at prominent mining districts. 

Meteorologic observations were made hourly at the main astronomic 


stations, and such geologic and mineralogic examinations as could be prose- 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS—1857-1880. 665 


cuted were made to determine the physical structure, with its geographic 
and allied characteristics, and incidentally an examination of the condition 
of the mining industry in the region visited 

Collections in the remaining branches of natural history were also 
made. Photographs representing geologic formations and other peculiar 


natural features were taken. Such general data bearing upon the subjects 


& 
of irrigation, agriculture, sites for military posts, ete., as could be had were 
also obtained. 

Observations upon the varied native resources of the soil and under- 
lying rock, in accordance with formal instructions, were undertaken for the 
first time. 

The main astronomical stations occupied were at (1) Beaver, Utah; 
(2) Cheyenne, (3) Fort Fred. Steele, and (4) Laramie, Wyo.; (5) Pioche, 
Ney.; (6) Gunnison, Utah, and (7) Green River, Wyo., independent of the 
secondary and daily latitude stations. 

Reports upon results at these stations will be found in (1) Preliminary 
Report for 1872, (2) Special Astronomic Report, 1874, and (3) Vol. I, 
Quarto Reports. 

The area embraced was 47,366 square miles, including portions of 
central, western, and southwestern Utah, eastern Nevada, and northwestern 
Arizona. 

The areas of the expeditions of 1869 and 1871 were entered along 
certain lines. 

The following constituted the personnel of the year: First Lieut. 
George M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. 8. Army, in command, chief 
executive officer and field astronomer; First Lieut. R. L. Hoxie, Corps of 
Engineers, U. 8. Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer ; 
First Lieut. W. L. Marshall, Corps of Engineers, U. 8. Army, assistant 
executive officer and field astronomer; Second Lieut. W. A. Dinwiddie, 
Second U. 8. Cavalry, commanding cavalry escort; Second Lieut. Wallace 
Mott, Eighth U. 8. Infantry, commanding infantry escort; H.C. Yarrow, 
acting assistant surgeon, U. 8. Army, medical officer and zoological 
observer; Theodore V. Brown, hospital steward, U. 8. Army, barometric 
observer and recorder; E. P. Austin, John H. Clark, William W. Marryatt, 


666 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


astronomic observers and computers; Louis Nell, John E. Weyss, Gilbert 
Thompson, Frank R. Simonton, and Henry Cruger, geodetic and topo- 
graphic assistants; Francis Klett, assistant topographer and clerk; William 
M. Ord, assistant surveyor and recorder; William Kilp, C D. Gedney, Mark 
S. Severance, barometric observers and recorders; G. K. Gilbert, geological 
observer; Edwin E. Howell, assistant geological observer; H. W. Hen- 
shaw, ornithologist and collector; William Bell, photographer; George W. 
Bean and ——— Adams, guides. 

The escort consisted of one sergeant, two corporals, and twenty pri- 
vates from Company D, Second Cavalry, under the command of Second 
Lieut. William A. Dinwiddie, Second Cavalry, and three non-commissioned 
officers and thirty privates from Companies B, C, D, E, F, H, and I, 
Thirteenth Infantry, under the command of Second Lieut. Wallace Mott, 
Eighth Infantry. 

The requisite number of chief packers, cargadores, packers, herders, 
teamsters, laborers, ete., were also a part of the expedition. 

Instruments—The astronomical instruments used were the same as 
those of 1871, with the addition of cylinder chronographs (Harkness pat- 
tern), for recording observations and signals, and break-circuit chro- 
nometers. 

Signals for time comparisons were sent from the main and secondary 
stations in the field to the observatory in Temple Square, Salt Lake City. 

With the addition only of compensated steel tapes, the topographic 
instruments used were the same as those employed in 1871, and the meteor- 
ologic instruments were identical with those employed during the pre- 
vious year. The geologist used the same implements as those of 1871, 
while the photographer introduced the dry-plate process with success. 

Reports.—A special report in quarto of this expedition was made to the 
office of the Chief of Engineers and printed by departmental authority. The 
report was accompanied by a skeleton map of the region west of the 100th 
meridian, on a scale of 1 to 6,000,000, illustrative of a seheme for map- 
ping the entire area on a scale of 1 inch to 8 miles. 

An annual report of operations for the fiseal year 187172 was sub- 
mitted to the Chief of Engineers, and appears as Appendix DD to his 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS—1857-1880. 667 


report for that year. (See also p. 101, Annual Report Chief of Engineers, 
1872.) 

A table of camps, distances, altitudes, etc., was published for office use, 
being a preliminary rather than completed work, and will contribute its 
quota to the geographic positions, distances, azimuths, altitudes, etc., to 
be specially prepared. (See Appendix LL, Annual Report Chief of Engi- 
neers for 1875.) 

Besides the labor bestowed upon the principal objects of the survey 
this year, as above indicated, considerable attention was given to the sub- 
ject of irrigation in connection with observations upon the agricultural 
resources of the country traversed. 

Twenty-five mining districts in Utah, twelve in Nevada, and eleven in 
Arizona, forty-eight in all, were examined this season, and most’of them 
described in the annual report to the Chief of Engineers. 

A route of proposed communication from the head of the Sevier Val- 
ley, Utah, to Prescott, Ariz., was examined. this year and found prac- 
ticable even for a railroad, the point offering the most severe profile being 
that of descent into the basin of the Virgin River. The distance by the 
shortest of these routes from Salt Lake to Prescott is 585 miles. Other 
routes from Salt Lake south were partially examined during the season. 
The establishment of a military camp not far from St George upon the 
route most fully examined was suggested. 

Two parties visited special points of the lower Grand Canon of the 
Colorado. Some striking topographic details were gathered and photo- 
graphic pictures taken. 

Over one hundred and ninety species of birds were represented in the 
collections this year, and the specimens of reptiles and fishes numbered 
over four hundred. <A description of them is contained in Vol. V of the 
regular series of quarto reports. 

The area covered by the survey at the close of 1872 was a little over 
155,000 square miles, an area as large as New England and the Middle 
States; and 6,137 miles were traversed beside the routes of the supply 
parties—2,067 miles in length. The large amount of geographic and topo- 
graphic information collected is presented in the regular atlas sheets. 


668 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


EXPEDITION FOR GEOGRAPHICAL AND GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS IN COLO. 
RADO, NEW MEXICO, UTAH, AND ARIZONA, IN 1873. 


The expedition took the field in three divisions, organized, respectively, 
at Santa Fe, N. Mex.; Salt Lake City, Utah, and Denver, Colo. The first, 
under immediate command of Lieut. G. M. Wheeler, left the rendezvous 
camp early in June; the second, under Lieutenant Hoxie, on May 30; and 
the third, under Lieutenant Marshall, about June 1, 1873. 

The object of the survey was to gather data for topographic and 
geologic maps of the area explored, in accordance with the systematic plan 
submitted the year previous, and to gather information in the various 
branches of natural history. The data necessary to an approximate land 
classification, such as arable and irrigable, timber, grazing, ete., was gath- 
ered incidentally to the main objects of the survey more in detail than for 
the previous year. 

The routes traversed were numerous and such as would lead the 
various parties from point to point in the fields of their labors in the polit- 
ical divisions named in the title hereof. 

The area embraced was 72,500 square miles, including portions of 
central and southern Utah; northern, central, eastern, and southeastern 
Arizona; southwestern, western, northwestern, and central New Mexico; 
and central, southern, and southwestern Colorado. The area of the expe- 
dition of 1872 was entered along certain lines. 

The personnel of the expedition was as follows: First Lieut. George M. 
Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. 8. Army, in command, chief executive 
officer and field astronomer; First Lieut. R. L. Hoxie, Corps of Engineers, 
U.S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer; First Lieut. 
W. L. Marshall, Corps of Engineers, U 58. Army, assistant executive officer 
and field astronomer; First Lieut. Samuel E. Tillman, Corps of Engineers, 
U.S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer; Second Lieut. 
A. H. Russell, Third U.S. Cavalry, assistant executive officer ; Second Lieut. 
L. H. Walker, Fifteenth U.S. Infantry, commanding escort; J. T. Rothrock, 
acting assistant surgeon, U. 8. Army, medical officer and botanical observer; 
C. G. Newberry, acting assistant surgeon, U. 8. Army, medical officer ; 
Theodore V. Brown, hospital steward, U.S. Army, barometric observer and 


recorder; Prof. T. H. Safford, Dr F. Kampf, John H. Clark, William W. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS—1857-1880. ' 669 


Marryatt, and Prof. H. B. Herr, astronomic observers and computers; Louis 
Nell, John E. Weyss, Gilbert Thompson, E. J. Sommer, John J. Young, 
Max. E. Schmidt, Robert J. Ainsworth, and Edgar Schroeder, geodetic 
and topographic assistants; Francis Klett, assistant topographer and clerk ; 
W. D. Wheeler, assistant surveyor and recorder; Frank M. Lee, C. D. 
Gedney, Bernard Gilpin, and William Looram, barometric observers and 
recorders; G. K. Gilbert, Prof. John J. Stevenson, and Edwin E. Howell, 
geological observers; Dr. Oscar Loew, mineralogic observer and chemist; 
H. W. Henshaw, ornithologist and collector; George M. Keasby, collector 
in paleontology ; John Wolf, botanical collector; A. H. Wyant, artist; T. 
H. O'Sullivan, photographer; Charles Herman, A. A. Aguirre, and John C. 
Lang, draughtsmen (office); George M. Lockwood, clerk (office). 

The escort for the branch of the expedition leaving Santa Fe consisted at 
different times during the season of ten non-commissioned officers and forty- 
five privates of the Eighth Cavalry and Fifteenth Infantry, while Lieutenant 
Marshall, of the Colorado section, was escorted by three non-commissioned 
officers and thirteen soldiers of the Fifth Infantry, and Lieutenant Hoxie, 
of the the Utah section, had at his command one corporal and six privates. 

Six privates were detailed from the Engineer Battalion who did service 
principally with the astronomic parties. 

The usual number of chief packers, cargadores, packers, herders, team- 
sters, and laborers were also employed. 

Reports. —The usual annual report for the fiscal year ending June 30, 
1873, was made to the Chief of Engineers of the Army, and printed as 
Appendix EE of his annual report for 1873, a part being also contained 
in Appendix EE of the report of that office for 1874, the reports of the 
survey being for fiscal years ending June 30, parties of the several expe- 
ditions often being in the field at the date of the several reports. 

The report for 1873 was reproduced in a pamphlet of 11 pages, 
being only a résumé of field operations, accompanied by a plan of publica- 
tion of results of the survey, anda skeleton map on a scale of 1 to 6,000,000. 

Division No. 1 of the expedition, assisted during a part of the season by 
Division No. 2, surveyed about 11,000 square miles in New Mexico and 
17,500 in Arizona, in areas enjoying remarkable topographic features, 


670 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Division No. 2 occupied about 1,500 triangulation and topographic points, 
and meandered more than 1,000 miles, besides making special detours in 
Utah, and connected the meridian of Provo with that of the observatory at 
Great Salt Lake. 

Six thousand square miles of difficult mountain and cation country were 
mapped. This party was delayed by snow in the mountains and by the 
desertion of two packers with thirty mules, which were recovered after a 
chase of 400 miles, the delay forcing the party to subsist upon corn alone 
for seven days. 

A party of Division No. 3 examined the mines at Central City, Black 
Hawk, Georgetown, Oro City, ete., and another party those at Hardscrabble 
and Rosita, and the Cation City coal mines, Colorado, A main party sur- 
veyed the mountain ridges surrounding South Park, the headwaters of the 
Gunnison River, the drainage areas of the upper Arkansas and Gunnison 
and tributaries, and made numerous triangulation stations, thirty-six peaks 
over 13,000 feet high and many of less altitude being occupied. The area 
covered was nearly 21,000 square miles in extent. 

The total area occupied during the field season approximated 72,500 
square miles, and the number of main triangulation points occupied was 
eighty. 

The geologic investigations determined that the Sam Pitch coal beds of 
Utah are of the Tertiary age; the coals of Castle Valley and southern Utah, 
of the Cretaceous; and that the disputed age of the coal series of Colorado 
is also Cretaceous. 

A further study of the great lake regions of Utah was prosecuted during 
the season, and facts relating to the glacial period gathered. Considerable 
attention was given by some of the assistants to ethnologic researches with 
much success ; and the subject of minerals, soils, etc., received attention also 
by competent observers. 

Several regular topographic atlas sheets were completed, and certain 
specially interesting localities, as the San Juan mining region, in Colorado, 
published on larger scales. 

An advance sheet issue of a portion of the topographic atlas was pho- 
tolithographed during the year, and an edition of 2,000 copies printed, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880, 671 


consisting of the following sheets, viz: Title, legend, and four atlas 
sheets and a drainage basin ona scale of 1 inch to 8 miles or 1 to 
506,880 sheet, and a progress map, were also printed, each on a scale of 
1 to 6,000,000 

The latitudes and longitudes, the latter telegraphically, of the following 
main stations were determined by field astronomic observations of the first 
order of value, viz: (1) Bozeman, Mont.; (2) Virginia City, Nev.; (3) 
Winnemucca, Nev.; (4) Ogden, Utah; (5) Green River, Wyo.; (6) Den- 
ver, Colo; (7) Hughes, Colo.; (8) Colorado Springs, Colo.; (9) Canon 
City, Colo.; (10) Trinidad, Colo.; (11) Fort Union, N. Mex.; and (12) 
Santa Fe, N. Mex. This vigorous campaign is duly reported in the Annual 
Report (1874), volume II, and special astronomical report (1874). 

In addition to the advance made during the year toward placing the 
survey upon a geodetic basis, the preliminaries to a scheme of triangulation 
covering the entire region having been inaugurated, and the further develop- 
ment of observations looking to the approximate classification of the lands 
according to their agricultural and mineralogical characteristics, large ad- 
vances were made in the geological examinations needed to determine the 
general structure of extended areas, and collections in the various branches 
of natural history were greatly amplified. 

Although the expedition assembled at three rendezvous, the operations 
of the season were so conducted, by following converging lines, as to con- 
nect the areas of the branches and cement together those entered in prior 
years. 

The area in which the heads of the Gila and its northern tributaries, 
the Little Colorado and Salt River, intertwine, was for the first time ex- 
plored, and a reservoir lake discovered nearly in the center of this amphi- 
theatre of 4,000 or 5,CO0 square miles, nestling in a frame of high and 
rugged ranges. 

The presence of mines was noted in the Tonto Basin, below the vol- 
canic beds, and adjacent to the crystalline rocks and the sedimentaries, 
although scarcely opened. 

The presence of garnets, rubies, emeralds, ete, was noted north and 
east of old Fort Defiance, in placer ground worked from a dyke said to be 


~ 


672 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


persistent in a northerly direction for scores of miles. The presence of coal, 
noted by early explorers in the northern part of New Mexico, was corrobo- 
rated at specified localities. 

Parts of the southeastern extremity of the great Colorado plateau 
forest were traversed and their extent made known. The reservation of the 
Navajos and the Mesealero Apaches, together with the tracts set aside for 
the sixteen Pueblo tribes of New Mexico, were included in part by the 
examinations of the year, that embraced large areas in the Rio Grande Basin. 

The explorations of the year assist in making clear routes that may 
practically be utilized, reaching from the valley of the Arkansas to north- 
eastern Arizona, near Camp Apache in the Salt River Basin. 

The survey parties disbanded at Santa Fe and Fort Union, N. Mex., 
and Denver, Colo., between December 5 and 10, 1873. 


EXPEDITION FOR GEOGRAPHICAL AND GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS WEST OF THE 
ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN IN COLORADO, NEW MEXICO, ARIZONA, AND NEBRASKA, IN 1874 


The several parties ef the expedition took the field this year from the 
camp of organization at Pueblo, Colo., previous to and on the 6th of August. 

The object was a continuation of the topographic survey of the moun- 
tain regions in the political divisions above mentioned, in pursuance of the 
previously established plan, and the measurement of a number of bases 
connected with main astronomic positions then or subsequently fixed, the 
development of triangulation from the plains to the mountains, making a 
connected system of surveys, having a sufficient number of geodetic points 
well determined upon which to base a mathematically constructed map. 
The various field parties, nine in number, were not confined to special routes, 
but advanced in parallel areas as nearly as the conformation of the areas of 
drainage would permit westward except one party, which operated on the 
east of the summit line of the Rocky Mountains. The territory embraced 
in the field of operations is bounded on the north by the latitude of the 
Spanish Peaks, and on the south by a latitude line passing through Santa 
Fe; on the east by longitude 104° 07’ 30’ west, and on the west by the 
western boundary of Colorado and New Mexico, approximately. 

A special photographie party from this division visited the Pueblo ruins 
on the Chaco, and at adjacent points. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 673 


This year the work was developed into a complete!y connected survey 
resting on a geodetic base, referred to the initial geographic points con- 
stantly being established at selected points within and adjacent to the area 
of any given year. 

A still more systematic classification of the lands was this year begun. 

The area embraced was 23,28i square miles, including portions of 
central, southern, and southwestern Colorado, and central, northern, and 
northwestern New Mexico. The area of the expedition of 1873 was again 
entered along certain lines. 

The personnel as follows: First Lieut. George M. Wheeler, Corps 
of Engineers, U. S. Army, in command, chief executive officer and field 
astronomer; First Lieut. William L. Marshall, Corps of Engineers, U. S. 
Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer; First Lieut. Philip 
M Price, Corps of Engineers, US. Army, assistant executive officer and 
field astronomer; First Lieut. Rogers Birnie, jr., Thirteenth Infantry, U. 8. 
Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer ; First Lieut. Stanhope 
E. Blunt, Thirteenth Infantry, U. 8. Army, assistant executive officer and 
field astronomer; Second Lieut. Charles W. Whipple, Third Artillery, U. 
S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer; H. C. Yarrow, 
acting assistant surgeon, U.S. Army, medical officer and zoological ob- 
server; J. T. Rothrock, acting assistant surgeon, U.S. Army, medical officer 
and botanical observer; Theo. V. Brown, hospital steward, U. S. Army, 
barometric observer, recorder, and computer; Dr. F. Kampf and John H. 
Clark, astronomical observers and computers; Louis Nell, Gilbert Thomp- 
son, F. O. Maxson, Fred. A. Clarke, J. C. Spiller, Frank Carpenter, E. J. 
Sommer, William A Cowles, William H. Rowe, Robert J. Ainsworth, and 
William R Atkinson, geodetic and topographic assistants; Frank M Lee, 
Bernard Gilpin, B. W. Bates, Alston C Ladd, A. J. Tweed, and H. G. DuBois, 
barometric observers and recorders; J. B. Minnick and Irenez L. Chavez, 
barometric recorders; L. H. Hance, barometric recorder and collector; C. 
M. Morrison, barometric recorder; G. K. Gilbert, geological observer; 
Prof. E. D. Cope, paleontologist; Prof. C. A. White, paleontologist (office); 
Dr. Oscar Loew, mineralogical observer and chemist; H W. Henshaw, 


ornithological observer and collector; James M. Rutter, meteorological ob- 
43 WH—VOL I 


674 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


server; Charles E. Aiken, ornithological collector; W.G. Shedd, collector; 
T. H. O'Sullivan, photographer; John E. Weyss, Charles Herman, and 
John C. Lang, draughtsmen (office); George M. Lockwook, Francis Klett, 
and W. D. Wheeler, clerks; Almont Barnes, general assistant. 

The expedition of 1874 was unaccompanied by an escort. The requi- 
site number of chief packers, cargadores, packers, herders, teamsters, and 
laborers were employed. 

The field work of these parties completed the connection of the areas 
of New Mexico and Colorado, over which the surveyed portions were par- 
tially joined in 1873. 

The Indians encountered this season are portions of the Ute, Apache 
and Navajoe tribes, and the Pueblos, none in large numbers. Except the 
latter, who live in villages and are agricultural and pastoral, they were not 
inclined to be specially friendly. 

The mines visited are Rosita, in the Wet Mountains, those in Los 
Cerillos, and the San Juan; besides a new field which was being pros- 
pected with some success on the Alamosa. 

One of the important discoveries this season was that of a new pass 
through the main divide of the Rocky Mountains, near the head of the main 
fork of Poncha Creek, just south of Hunt's Peak. It is lower than any 
pass across these mountains in Colorado, and will admit ofa grade of not more 
than 212 feet to the mile for a road from Pueblo or Canon City, on the 
Arkansas. By this pass 80 miles in distance can be saved to the Gunnison 
River and mines at its head. This pass (since used by the Denver and Rio 
Grande Railroad) has been named from its discover, Lieutenant Marshall. 

The discoveries and collections in natural history were also important, 
and in several fields include new varieties and species. In the vicinity of 
San Ildefonso the discoveries embrace specimens of fish, of which quite a 
number of Cyprenide are new. Human remains of a tribe of which we 
have no history were found at a ruined fortified town at Abiquiu. In botany 
9,000 specimens were collected. In ornithology, besides many varieties, 
six species were added to the known fauna of the United States. 

An extensive series of deposits of the Eocene age was discovered in 
New Mexico, and its examination rewarded by the collection of remains of 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 675 


a considerable number of species of vertebrata, mostly mammalia, and 
among them four species of two new genera of Toxodonita, an order not 
previously identified as having existed on this continent. Many mineral 
springs were visited by the different parties; and vocabularies were made 
of four Indian languages. 

The following is a summary of the field and office work during the 
year, viz: 

Field—Main telegraphic longitude stations, 5; latitudes determined, 
main stations 6, sextant stations 50; main triangulation stations occupied, 
51; topographical stations occupied, 103; miles traveled, 11,440; main 
barometric stations occupied, 572; aneroid stations, 3,335; botanical speci- 
mens collected, 9,000; specim2ns of mammals, fish, reptiles, and insects, 
20,155; specimens of birds, 1,227; other ornithologic specimens, 83; lots 
of geologic and mineralogic specimens, 497. 

Office —Astronomie positions computed, 55; sheets plotted, 15; cistern 
barometer altitudes computed, 872; aneroid barometer altitudes computed, 
3,965. Atlas maps, 1 inch to 8 miles, published, 8; ready for publication, 3; 
partly completed, 2. Atlas sheets, 1 inch to 8 miles and 1 inch to 4 miles, 
in preparation, 13. Reports published, 5; in course of publication, 2; nearly 
ready for publication, 4. Maps distributed, 7,864. 

Results obtained during the vear of observations at Julesburg, which 
location was placed on some of the Government maps north of latitude 41° 
in Nebraska, show that it lies south of that latitude in Colorado. The 
astronomic co-ordinates of the main stations at Las Vegas and Cimmaron, 
N. Mex., Sidney Barracks and North Platte, Nebr., and Julesburg, Colo., 
were determined. 

The astronomic instruments employed were similar to those of the 
preceding year with the addition of an automatic instrument for the deter- 
mination of positive personal equation. 

The additional implements of the geologists were picks and heavy 
chisels for collecting vertebrate fossils. 

No special report of this survey was made except that which is con- 
tained in the regular annual report submitted by the officer in charge to the 


676 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Chief of Engineers, June 30, 1875, which is printed as Appendix LL to 
the Report of the Chief of Engineers for that year. 
During this year’s operations of the survey a number of topographic 
8 : i y pog 
and geographic maps of thesrecular series were prepared and published. 
geogray I g ] ] 


EXPEDITION FOR GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN IN COLO. 
RADO, NEW MEXICO, NEBRASKA, UTAH, CALIFORNIA, AND NEVADA, IN 1875, 


The expedition was organized in two sections of three parties each, one 
to operate from Los Angeles, Cal., and the other from Pueblo, Colo., at 
initial points. The California division disbanded at Caliente, Cal., in No- 
vember, 1875, and the Colorado section at West Las Animas, Colo., 
November 25. 

The object of the survey, as in preceding years, was primarily the 
collection of data for the construction of detailed topographic maps, in 
pursuance of the systematic geographic and topographie survey of the 
western mountain region. 

In addition, and to the extent practicable, investigations were conducted 
in geology, paleontology, mineralogy, and the several branches of zoology 
and botany. All mines and mining camps that could be reached were 
visited and examined, and mineral and thermal springs noted. 

The systematic classification of the land hitherto begun received espe- 
cial attention during this and subsequent seasons, becoming one of the most 
important incidentals to the main objects of the survey. . 

Careful and copious notes taken by the topographers of the several 
parties enable the areas entered to be divided into arable, grazing, timber, 
and desert, and also with reference to the presence of the precious and 
economic minerals at a trifling additional labor and expense. 

The topographic maps serve as a basis for the delineation of these sub- 
divisions in colors. 

The area occupied was 39,169 square miles, including portions of 
southern Colorado, northern New Mexico, southern California, small sec- 
tions in southwestern Nevada, and western Arizona. 

The areas occupied during seasons of 1869-71, 1873, and 1874 were 
again entered along certain lines with a view to perfect the triangulation and 


other connections of the areas of former years. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 677 


The personnel of this expedition was as follows: First Lieut. George 
M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army, in command, chief executive 
officer and field astronomer; First Lieut. William L. Marshall, Corps of 
Engineers, U.S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer ; 
First Lieut. Erie Bergland, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army, assistant execu- 
tive officer and field astronomer; First Lieut. William L. Carpenter, Ninth 
Infantry, U.S. Army, assistant executive officer; First Lieut. Rogers Birnie, 
jr, Thirteenth Infantry, U.S. Army, assistant executive officer and field 
astronomer; First. Lieut. Charles C. Morrison, Sixth Cavalry, U. 8S. Army, 
assistant executive officer and field astronomer; Second Lieut. Charles W. 
Whipple, Third Artillery, U.S Army, assistant executive officer and field 
astronomer; H.C. Yarrow, acting assistant surgeon, U. 8. Army, medical 
officer and zoological observer; J. T. Rothrock, acting assistant surgeon, 
U.S Army, medical officer and botanical observer; Theodore V. Brown, 
hospital steward, U. 8. Army, barometric computer; Dr. F. Kampf, trian- 
gulation observer and computer; Louis Nell, Gilbert Thompson, F. O. 
Maxson, J. C. Spiller, Frederick A. Clark, Frank Carpenter, William A. 
Cowles, Anton Karl, and George H. Birnie, geodetic and topographic 
assistants; Frank M. Lee, William Sommers, William C. Niblack, George 
M. Dunn, John A. Hasson, Alston C. Ladd, and William Looram, bar- 
ometric observers and recorders; Frank Holland and T. Von Brockdorff, 
barometric recorders; Prof. Jules Marcou, geological observer; Dr. Oscar 
Loew, geologic and mineralogic observer and chemist; Alfred R. Conk- 
ling, geological observer; Douglas A. Joy, geological assistant; H. W. 
Henshaw, zoological observer and collector; Charles F. Shoemaker, col- 
lector; Francis Klett and W. D. Wheeler, clerks (field); William H. Ride- 
ing, general assistant; John E. Weyss, Charles Herman, and John C. Lang, 
draughtsmen (office); Prof. F. W. Putnam, ethnologist (office); George M. 
Lockwood and J. D. McChesney, clerks (office). 

The expedition was accompanied by two engineer soldiers and one 
sergeant and nine privates of the Twelfth Infantry ; also the usual number 
of chief packers, cargadores, packers, herders, teamsters, laborers, ete. 

Some of the work finished this year has permitted the completion and 
publication of maps of all those mountainous portions of the West of most 


678 U. 8S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


intricate drainage areas, upon a scale of 1 inch to 4 miles, besides furnish- 
ing material for other maps, complete or in progress, on a scale of 1 inch to 
8 miles, for the plateau and semi-desert regions. 

Lieutenant Marshall, in charge of party No. 1, Colorado section, sur- 
veyed an area in south central Colorado, or that portion of the Platte and 
Arkansas divide between the southern edge of South Park and the Arkansas 
River. 

The following is a general summary of important results of the season’s 


work: 
Sextantilatitaudesstations 2.c sesscscceceecideccnessecee eee cee seceiemeoce 102 
Bases meastired 2:.=2-. <2s-sces-ssscccees ass SR SESS Bea ncO BuSooctaad Gnaeso 106 
Triangles:about bases measured .22-22-,--s2\.25- 222+ see ececeneeenecsete eae 50 
Main triangulation stations occupied ...-.....-.. ..---0.----- eee 2 eee ene 111 
Secondary triangulation stations occupied ......---..----.-------------6 273 
Three point stations, occupied -. 2 oo. soce sein te ancieee cherie ves ceesencieces 436 
Camps mad6).S2en fe. .acasteciccs ste cose etioee soo eceeeeoeeen ee eaeeneee 825 
Miles meandered ....--.:-----...--. ise sseMacsastaes ceteris ---- 9,463.3 
Miles'traversed notimeunderedic...---c..c2-sciceciciniodeele oe ereee eeceteceoee 4,799.9 
Stations oni meanders 22-~ =. 5. sensssee esse sacs e cae costes eae seee ene mCOD 
Magnetic variations observed’...2--..- 2 -52s.-.ccen ceases co-cessccsesasee 222 
Monuments) builts\...22 tos. joscoe saseacseee cess seeeshmessiseee soonenes 237 
Cistern barometer stations occupied .2.... 05.25 25.225 scs2c.cescseenence 707 
Aneroid stations’occupied ...2. ss. sevesscosicsscesesestests ec aecasceeces 5, 503 
Mining campsivisitedss = sascscecen cececel se cletne ose isles etasaetaee ae ene 22 
Mineral and thermal springs noted .-.. ......----- ----=-----0- ese cece cane 21 
Geological and mineralogical specimens collected ....-....---.---.------ 380 
Paleontologicalspecimens'collected|. 0-2-0260 es cleewisen see onions oem serene 107 
Botanical specimens (species) collected..---. .....25.- ce ecco cane cose esee 350 
Mammals, specimens: collected) 2-20). 5--- seo <5 gece asst eesieses BESO OS86 90 
Birds, specimens collected .<teew case salse esos te sealseoeaeneeseiac canes 710 
Other ornithological specimens collected ..........---..-----.------.---- 57 
Reptiles; lotscollected 252. 22.2 S525 sa.ateetase ceases sae se sess seen eneeees 67 
Wishes; lote:collected’= 2 222.222. tsceescie ssiseneeoeeesterescessoeeeeenmcee 29 
Insects; lots:collecteds ..-<., case.sc ten stencnisacccesestecesececieoraceesicees 325 
Shells; lots collected’. :- <<. sccasccecccencstee wilt eooafeleie sinless ceistee meine sie 12 
Crustacea: lots collected..22.cscccsc cccacnose soe ccocmeeseceesses cone eee 11 
Radiates; Jots:collected2s22 cia cecemeees cones once ee eee ee 5 


Ethnological specimensicollected: -.... .--.. sc ccscenacliectecsecoc-ceseece, S00 


The only noteworthy change made this year in the instruments used 
by the survey was in the transit. An instrument subsequently known as 
‘““Young’s Meander Transit” was devised from notes furnished by the topog- 
raphers of the survey as the result of experience required, and has been 
adopted as combining in as great a degree as possible, strength, simplicity 
of design, and convenient size, with the necessary accuracy of results. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.--1857-1880. 679 


The pack-train of mules represented the only means of transportation 
for the working parties. 

A report of the season’s operations was made as Appendix J J of the 
Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1876. This was subsequently 
repaged and published as Annual Report upon the Geographical Surveys 
West of the one-hundredth meredian. 

This annual report contains, in addition to the executive and descript- 
ive reports of the officers in charge of parties, a number of professional 
papers. 

During the year two large quarto volumes (III and V) were issued from 
this office. 

The archeological investigations about Santa Barbara resulted in the 
acquisition of a large amount of very valuable material in the shape of 
Indian utensils, implements, ete., which were exhumed under circumstances 
that proved, for some of them at least, a considerable antiquity. 

Dr. Loew conducted a series of interesting experiments with reference 
to the determination of the physiological effects upon the human system of 
the hot climate of the Colorado Valley, where the temperature of the air 
rises above blood-heat for weeks in summer. 

Upon studying the Indian vocabularies collected by himself in the 
West, Dr. Loew finds that certain Pah-Ute words show a resemblance to 
the Chinese and Japanese languages, this similarity not being noticed in 
any other tribe. 

The result of Lieutenant Bergland’s examination of the Colorado 
River, with reference to the practicability of its diversion for agricultural 
purposes, afforded a negative answer. 

Mount Whitney, or Fisherman’s Peak, the highest peak in the Southern 
Sierras, and presumably the highest in the range, was ascended by two 
parties, and its height found to be 14,470 feet. 

Triangulation was.carried forward this season in accordance with the 
general plan, and the system of points connected with the work of previous 
years. 

As a result of the work of the season in the San Juan region, a special 
sheet was published on a scale of 1 inch to 2 miles. 


680 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The efficiency of method of the topographic work and the accuracy 
in its delineation showed a notable advance in this as during each of the 


previous seasons. 


EXPEDITION FOR GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE-HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN, IN 
COLORADO, NEW MEXICO, CALIFORNIA, AND NEVADA, IN 1876. 

The expedition was organized in two sections; the Colorado section, 
of two parties, at Fort Lyon, Colo., and the California section, of four par- 
ties, at Carson City, Nev. 

These sections took the field during the month of August, and were 
disbanded late in November at the above-named points. The delay in or- 
ganization was caused by the lateness of appropriations for work of the 
year. 

The methods and objects of the survey were the same as during the 
previous year. The country examined and surveyed amounted to 21,044 
square miles, situated in southeastern Colorado, northern and west central 
New Mexico, western Nevada, and eastern California. The areas that had 
been visited during the years 1871, 1873, 1874, and 1875 were again en- 
tered along certain lines when necessary to perfect the continuous belts of 
triangulation required to cover entirely the country under examination, 
which latter often enters connected areas likely to be occupied in ensuing 
years. 

The following constituted the personnel: First Lieut. George M. Wheeler, 
Corps of Engineers, U. 8. Army, in command, chief executive officer and 
field astronomer; First Lieut. Samuel E. Tillman, Corps of Engineers, 
U.S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer; First Lieut 
Eric Bergland, Corps of Engineers, U. 8. Army, assistant executive officer 
and field astronomer; Second Lieut. Thomas W. Symons, Corps of Engi- 
neers, U. S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer; First 
Lieut. Rogers Birnie, jr, Thirteenth U. 8. Infantry, assistant executive 
otficer and field astronomer; First Lieut. Charles C. Morrison, Sixth U. 8. 
Cavalry, assistant executive officer and field astronomer; Second Lieut. M. 
M. Macomb, Fourth U.S. Artillery, assistant executive officer and field 
astronomer; Dr. F. Kampf, triangulation observer and computer; Louis 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 681 


Nell, Gilbert Thompson, F O. Maxson, J. C. Spiller, Frank Carpenter, Anton 
Karl, and William A. Cowles, geodetic and topographic assistants; Frank 
M Lee, Louis Seckles, George M. Dunn, William C. Niblack, Alfred Du- 
Bois, and 8. B. Cameron, barometric observers and recorders; Isaiah Brown, 
messenger and barometric recorder; Alfred R Conkling, geological observer; 
H. W. Henshaw, zoological observer and collector; Francis Klett, property 
clerk; John E. Weyss, Charles Herman, and John C. Lang, draughtsmen 
(office); George M Lockwood, clerk (in charge of office during field season) ; 
J. D. McChesney, money clerk (office); C. D. Davis, quartermaster’s clerk 
(office). 

Two non-commissioned officers and five privates drawn from the 
Twelfth and Nineteenth Regiments of Infantry accompanied the exped- 
ition, and the usual number of cargadores, packers, herders, teamsters, labor- 
ers, ete. 

The geology of the mountainous area about Lake Tahoe and near Car- 
son City was studied by Mr. A. R. Conkling in connection with party No. 
2, California section, while its zoology received attention at the hands of 
Mr. H. W. Henshaw. 

The more prominent features of the field-work for the season: are indi- 
cated in the following summary : 


Sextant latitude stations...........--. adncconidssedas cécanasoosaccssd 74 
IBasespmeasured meme see eee ae sence ties essinaniceslaccin=salee == ao6ede 2 
Triangles about bases measured ......-..---.-.-------- ScesEcocAaGsaco0: 50 
Main triangulation stations occupied ...--. .....--- .----. e---0 -------- 64 
Secondary triangulation stations occupied .... ..-....----..------------ 80 
Stations onvmeandersseeemeree ce stseicestsacss iecisiss crs ciciacecoesiec cece ees 5,115 
Phree-poin tStatlons|\OCCUPled o~-sleessee occ eisive selec alceceiwess encn'==— i= 765 
(CHT STEVI aogsocoasodado sacaddaacoquCcSsbaeusS Sboc esac ebsear Sassce 317 
Miles meandered ...-.. teeta ae Wecelso ure cease slice eer e saeec ene pore cn sees: 4, 379. 48 
Mapneticivariations\Observedics- cs 2=0 ce eaciemacleowace--s= cmeninecens 208 
Monuments) bullitese=.seese eon ae eo sa= eee oe aeeesaciecees seoceciore= 168 
Cistern barometer stations occupied..--.. ...-.. .----. 22 enon. eee ee - 749 
Aneroidusta llonslOccupledeaeciaececseassecie snes scicaeicssecccetesecece= 3, 804 
Minineycanipshvasibe disse s=eeerstee ss aateseclscimisiscice scinsleisieeswicw er sclsioec== 15 
Mineraliand’thermalisprings visited! s2 52 ..- cc. coccccicocnasiececasccsec= 16 
Mammals, specimens:collected ....-. .... ...-20------- ----00 sence ececoe 13 
Birdsyspecimonsaco lectodeaerecteeericseaiseseecisseceeie=s-ieeoerieneniee ==) LOS 
Repiilessspecimensicollected pace set cscisieccelcocalcecisesiciesoalaclessnl secs == 10 
Bishesspecimensicollected soaeseinciasal-ss se ciessors sooelnoceisescesiacee= 9 
Insects lotscollectedease- cco eieccec enters oe esa—ce = escece sopogececad 31 


Shelismotsicollectediscccassesnsiececeeltece-sosleccelcossceisccnisssccciceciees 2 


682 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Instruments.—These were practically the same as employed previously, 
with such slight modifications as had been suggested by experience, espe- 
cially in regard to instruments used at main triangulation stations, the 
object had in view being to increase the portability without decreasing the 
value of the instrument for accurate work. 

The transportation employed was entirely that of pack-trains, except 
that a light spring-wagon was used by the party engaged in the valley of 
the Carson for the safe transit of instruments. 

Pack-train transportation has been necessary in all of the expeditions, 
as most of the routes were over regions where no roads or trails exist. 

The usual report of the season’s operations was made to the Chief of 
Engineers, and appears as Appendix NN of that officer’s Annual Report for 
1877. In addition to the main report and the customary executive and de- 
scriptive reports by the officers in charge of the several parties, it contains 
a number of accompanying papers and several atlas sheets. 

The unusual shortness of the field season had its effect in limiting the 
amount of work accomplished. The special survey of Lake Tahoe in- 
augurated this season gave satisfactory results, and the data at hand war- 
ranted the production of a map of this extremely interesting lake region 
on a scale of 1 inch to 1 mile. 


The requirements made upon the topographers and others by which 
their notes furnished information relating to the natural resources of the 
regions traversed, especially of the amounts of arable, timber, grazing, 
mineral, and arid lands, very satisfactorily met, and much further valuable 
data was thus secured. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 683 


EXPEDITION FOR GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE-HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN IN COLO. 
RADO, NEW MEXICO, UTAH, WYOMING, IDAHO, NEVADA, CALIFORNIA, AND OREGON IN 1877. 


The expedition was organized in three divisions—one, of two parties, 
at Fort Lyon, Colo.; a second, of two parties, at Carson, Nev.; and a third, 
of two parties, at Ogden, Utah. 

The several parties were disbanded between the dates of November 
25 and December 10, at Carson, Nev.; Ogden, Utah; Fort Garland, Colo.; 
and Fort Union, N. Mex. 

The general plan of the survey and its objects have been detailed under 
accounts of previous seasons. 

The field of survey comprised 32,477 square miles, in west central 
Colorado, central New Mexico, northwestern Utah, southeastern Idaho, 
northeastern and east central California, and south central Oregon. 

The areas embraced by the expeditions of 1873, 1874, 1875, and 1876, 
were again entered along certain lines when required to complete triangu- 
lation observations and topographic details. 

The personnel was as follows: First Lieut. George M. Wheeler, Corps 
of Engineers, U. 8. Army, in command, chief executive officer, field astron- 
omer, and in charge of survey: First Lieut. Eric Bergland, Corps of Engi- 
neers, U.S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer; First 
Lieut. Samuel E. Tillman, Corps of Engineers, U. 8S. Army, assistant exec- 
utive officer and field astronomer; Second Lieut. Thomas W. Symons, Corps 
of Engineers, U. 8S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astronomer; 
First Lieut. Rogers Birnie, jr., Thirteenth Infantry, U. 8. Army, assistant 
executive officer and field astronomer; First Lieut. Charles C. Morrison, 
Sixth Cavalry, U. S. Army, assistant executive officer and field astrono- 
mer; Second Lieut. M. M. Macomb, Fourth Artillery, U. 8. Army, assistant 
executive officer and field astronomer; Dr. F. Kampf, triangulation ob- 
server and computer; Louis Nell, F. O. Maxson, Gilbert Thompson, Miles, 
Rock, C. J. Kintner, J. W. Ward, Alfred Downing, J. C. Spiller, William 
A. Cowles, Anton Karl, and E. T. Gunter, geodetie and topographic assist- 
ants; Frank M. Lee, Louis Seckels, George M. Dunn, William C. Niblack, 
Thomas W. Goad, John A. Hasson, Eugene L. Vail, J. M. Harris, C. D. 


684 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Davis, William Looram, F. E. McCrary, 8. B. Cameron, T. H. Simpson, 
Jay Cooke, jr., and J. B. Callahan, barometric observers and recorders; 
Isaiah Brown, messenger and recorder; H. W. Henshaw, zoological ob- 
server and collector; John A. Church, mining observer; Alfred R. Conk- 
ling, geologica) observer; John E. Weyss, Charles Herman, and John C. 
Lang, draughtsmen (office); Francis Klett, clerk (field); J. D. McChesney, 
Gwyn A. Lyell, and C. D Davis, clerks (office). 

Four privates of the Fourteenth Infantry and one of Company D, 
Nineteenth Infantry, accompanied the expedition, with the usual number 
of cooks, packers, teamsters, and men of all work. 

Five main base lines were measured at (1) Ogden and (2) Terrace, 
Utah; (3) Verdi and (4) Austin, Nev.; and (5) Bozeman, Mont. 

The triangulation observations of this season were pushed with great 
vigor, the nets being extended over all the territory examined and connec- 
tion made with prior years. 

In addition to the several main parties, the special survey of the Lake 
Tahoe region was completed by a party organized by Lieutenant Wheeler, 
and with which he remained for a short time, consisting of Mr. John E. 
Weyss and others. 

A special party under Lieutenant Wheeler operated from Ogden to the 
northward to the east of Cache Valley, in vicinity of Bear Lake, along 
Twin Creeks, and to the eastward in the Green River drainage, disbanding 
at Evanston, on the Union Pacific Railroad. 

The examination of the Comstock Lode, begun by Mr. J. A. Church 
in June, was continued during the season, his attention being exclusively 
directed to the structure of the vein, the regimen of the mines and the high 
temperature encountered in the rocks. 

Mr. A. R. Conkling continued his geological investigations, taking for 
his field a section of eastern California and western Nevada lying between 
latitude 38° and 39° 30’, and longitude 119° 15’ and 120° 54’. 

Collections in the several departments of zoology were made by Mr. 
H. W. Henshaw, in the region from Carson, Nev., along the eastern base of 
the Sierras, into southern Oregon; special attention being directed to the 
ornithology. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 685 


The following mining districts were visited during the season and 
reported upon: Bodie, Meadow Lake, Placerville, Washington, Castle, 
Alpine, West Walker, Confidence, Monitor, and Silver Mountain in Califor- 
nia, and the Iowa district in Idaho. 

The following is a brief summary of certain important features of the 


work : 
HOxcs tel anwudewtaWONGeeccsacisccsccwcocososicaecive seer cSececinnesesneee 145 
[SPECS TGR STIGT 36 566 oc60 OSS SOS OSOC D0 BOOBS ROBOT COBO DOS OR Sooo Hose EHES 5 
Mrianglesiaboutlbasesmeasured..<2--- -se- 2-1 --- -o<ciessacs saiseewtsscces 56 
AZIMUTH ADOULIPASEBMCASUTCHs.- nc ccincesiss\on = eckesccecisosmecceesoseces 13 
Main triangulation stations occupied .........-.. 0.222. ------ eee ee een ee 106 
Secondary triangulation stations occupied .........--...2--...--..------ 264 
Cross-si ehtistatiOng|0 DBCEVEO ~.< ac.o> <atoce stows ce cince ar cimnnce sce eseseaee 1, 060 
‘hree-pointistations Occupied. << «<2 eer wera ere cioves-nes ssoe-= se ses= 1,414 
Stations onwmeanderswec sys ne cists cis cvoce s cafe sstsleeeee ei crelne eaves eocce 12, 366 
WMilesimeasuredcenm acts cineclswecicisicccacecselesosetibeeioce coer csbecesecces 10,801 
Cistern barometer stations occupied ......-... ...--..----. ------ ---- eo-s 1, 447 
ANeroidistatlous OCCUPIed: o-s- se scos seco cosecaas sce BSbEDe Boodan Secs 8, 900 
Mapnetic-variations!observed © <2. <ja<cocciesiece cee socicsesesseasa esses 424 
Rivers ANOUCrecksi PAULO cone mace ee sema=\ernaaclonaoeslanese sions s\eeeess 58 
CampsiniadOyerestsatisecesccncescieosersasec= scene ccm soins cose eesieoaecece 761 
IMOnaMeNtSIDUIG eee emir ceicecess(ee ems clesisisetiesesieoe tec acioce ceerseeem ae 367 
Minin ica psivisited= -—eresescaeaclecor eee scsinesciscceisaencoesonseecisees 19 
Mineral and thermal springs noted -.-.-. --- 222 .. .en-55 ---e sane nan ceccience 60 
Minerals, fossils, and ores (specimens of) approximate....--.---..-....-. 1,100 
Mammals; specimens:collected! 22s... 5. a. ces sos 322-2 -cesiscececoace cree 14 
Birds,;specimensicollected(s.- --<= = ceelene essa loss saeeie ne s=tecieceeeees 228 
Hep tileswlotsicollectedsaacasan seeloresteceaeriecenenses conse cteneceee ates 11 
Hishesicollected plotsiee ac mncsteta.ce ss cet ce cc seeen sees oe mene ees ean secs 23 
Hishesycollectedmspecimens)-wesccssere recs en cesta cece otic esas onees 200 
Ansects otsicollected cen oso sa oe mols =o owe e aces cb ssce cesnnocccececcee 14 
SheWswlotstcollectedtee ser ecmmate ecco ss- sca oe ecaatet eee cocenleces 8 


No changes were made in the class of instruments used. 

Reports, more or less in detail, of the routes followed by the several 
parties, and descriptive accounts of the areas examined, appear as Appendix 
NN in the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1878, accom- 
panied by special reports and a number of atlas sheets. 

This Appendix was repaged and printed separately as Annual Report 
upon the Geographical Surveys of the Territory of the United States West 
of the One-hundredth Meridian. 

Volumes 2 and 4 of the quarto series were issued during the year. 

The season of 1877 included a period of from six to seven months, 
and was an extremely successful one in almost all the several branches of 


the work, resulting in a very large accumulation of data. 


686 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Among other interesting matters may be mentioned the tracing of the 
Bonneville Beach, or outlines of the ancient fresh-water lake of the Great 
Basin, northward through Cache Valley and westward through Malade 
Valley. Sufficient additional information was obtained regarding this 
ancient lake to complete its outlines. ; 

The collection of fishes of this season, though small, proved to be 
extremely interesting; besides containing two new species it illustrated 
several items of importance respecting the geographic range of previously 
known species. . 


EXPEDITION FOR GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE 100TH MERIDIAN, IN COLORADO, NEW 
MEXICO, UTAH, CALIFORNIA, NEVADA, OREGON, AND WASHINGTON, IN 1878. 


The expedition took the field in three divisions of three parties each. 
Of the Colorado division one party was organized at Fort Stanton, N. Mex., 
and two at Fort Garland, Colo. The two parties of the California division 
were organized respectively at Carson, Nev., and at Camp Bidwell, Cal., 
Ogden, Utah, was the initial point of the Utah section. 

Owing to the lateness of the appropriation field work was not begun 
until the Ist of July. 

The parties were disbanded after a season of about five months. 

An area aggregating 25,550 square miles was occupied, situated chiefly 
in southwestern New Mexico, northern Utah, northern, central and south- 
western California, western Nevada, and central Oregon. 

Areas embraced during the seasons of 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876, and 1877 
were again visited along certain lines when rendered necessary in perfecting 
triangulation and topographic details. 

The following were the personnel: First Lieut. George M. Wheeler, 
Corps of Engineers, U. 8. Army, in command, chief executive officer, field 
astronomer and in charge of survey; First Lieut. Samuel E. Tillman, Corps 
of Engineers, U. 8. Army, assistant executive officer, field astronomer and 
triangulator; First Lieut. Thomas W. Symons, Corps of Engineers, U. 8. 
Army, assistant executive officer, field astronomer and triangulator; Second 
Lieut. Willard Young, Corps of Engineers, U. 8. Army, assistant executive 
officer, field astronomer and triangulator; Second Lieut. Eugene Griffin, 


Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army, assistant executive officer, field astronomer 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1887-1880. 687 


and triangulator; First Lieut. Rogers Birnie, jr., Ordnance Corps, U. 8. 
Army, assistant executive officer, field astronomer and triangulator; Second 
Lieut. M. M. Macomb, Fourth U.S. Artillery, assistant executive officer, 
field astronomer and triangulator; Second Lieut. Henry H. Ludlow, Third 
U.S. Artillery, assistant executive officer and triangulation observer; Sec- 
ond Lieut. B. H. Randolph, Third U. S. Artillery, acting assistant quarter- 
master, acting assistant commissary of subsistence, and ordnance officer ; 
Prof. 'T. H. Safford and Miles Rock, astronomic observers and computers ; 
John H. Clark, astronomic observer; Louis Nell, Gilbert Thompson, F. O. 
Maxson, J. C. Spiller, Frank Carpenter, Anton Karl, James 8. Polhemus, 
Charles P. Kahler, W. G. Walbridge, and Ed. Gillette, jr., geodetic and topo- 
graphic assistants; Francis Klett, assistant topographer and clerk ; Thomas 
W. Goad, George M. Dunn, Frederick W. Floyd, G. H. Schleicher, John A. 
Hasson, Louis Seckles, H. 8. Wallace, William Hollis, John H. Morgan, 
Mark B. Kerr, and William L. Bailey, barometric observers and recorders; 
Seret. Thomas Knight, Company IF’, Fourteenth Infantry, barometric ob- 
server; Isaiah Brown, barometric observer and messenger; R. Pitcher, 
Edward W. Lyon, John Bishop, W. A. Purington, W. A. Phillips, jr., and 
J. B. Callahan, odometer observers and recorders; Prof. J. J. Stevenson, 
geological observer; Israel C. Russel, assistant geological observer; H W. 
Henshaw, zoological assistant; Almont Barnes, general assistant and clerk; 
C. 8. Chesney and C. D. Davis, clerks (office and field). 

Office —First Lieut. Charles C. Morrison, Sixth U. 8. Cavalry, tem- 
porarily in charge; John D. McChesney, money clerk; John C Lang, 
Charles Herman, and John E. Weyss, draughtsmen; Gwynn A. Lyell, 
draughtsman and clerk; Alfred Downing, draughtsman and computer; 
James M. Ewing, clerk. 

The Army furnished one sergeant, one corporal, and two privates of 
the Fourteenth Infantry, and the usual quota of packers, laborers, etc., were 
hired. 

In addition to the regular organizations covering contiguous and con- 
nected areas, the following special parties were sent out during this season : 

A party in charge of Lieutenant Young was intrusted with the survey 
of Great Salt Lake. This included a meander of its shore line and of the 


688 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


islands, the gauging the amount of inflowing water, the determination of 
the amount of surface evaporation, and the rise and fall of the lake, as 
well as the topography of the country immediately bordering the lake and 
the islands. The Terrace-Lucin base-line previously measured was leveled 
and connected with the general triangulation system. 

The detailed plane table contour survey of the Washoe mining region 
was completed and copies of the maps of all the underground workings 
kept up. Lieutenant Young visited several mining districts in southern 
California; Lieutenant Birnie others in New Mexico. (See Annual Report, 
1879.) 

Initial astronomical stations (with telegraphic determination of longi- 
tude) were concluded at (1) Fort Walia Walla, Wash.; (2) The Dalles, 
Oregon; (3) Fresno, Cal.; (4) Fort Bayard, N. Mex., and (5) Fort Bliss, 
near El Paso, Tex. Signals were sent from Fort Bayard Station to Ogden, 
Utah, by both an eastern and western circuit, thus affording independent 
determinations for comparison. Bases were measured at each of these 
points and developed connecting with the triangulation in every instance 
except at Walla Walla. An auxiliary basis was also measured near Aus- 
tin, Nev. 

The base line of 24 miles measured between Lucin and Terrace, 
Utah, was developed to connect with the triangulation work, the latter 
being carried, as was the custom, over the entire area surveyed in 1878 and 
where practicable extending it across to points lying in areas of prior years. 

Prof. J. J. Stevenson continued his examination of the geology of 
certain areas in south central Colorado and north central New Mexico, 
those of the Pur- 


which includes parts of the three great drainage areas 
gatory, the Canadian, and the Rio Grande. 

Mr. H. W. Henshaw accompanied party No. 1, California section, and 
made zoological collections in the region traversed, with a special view to 
the study of its ornithology. 

Fourteen mining districts were reported upon, viz: Ridge Bar, San 
Gabriel, San Antonio, Holcomb, Bear Valley, and Lone Valley, California; 
the Lone, Chloride, Mimbres. Pinos Altos, Aztee and Moreno, Los Cerillos, 


and Placer Districts, New Mexico; and the Las Animas District, Colorado. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 689 


The following table expresses certain of the prominent features of the 


field work: 


Number of main astronomical stations ...-.-...--....---. ..---+---------- 5 
Sextant latitude stations .--.. Sdecdeo Seoctod sacesSc0desu. chbsbc cagcen MDOSsr 90 
BS ANCHIMOASUTOO te rcocmalate o-eiacieoeel cesocieaem = ieee as ester siceceerice se ecies=e 5 
mianglesiabout bases: measured, ~--2.- 2 oo.) oes conn csecersecuseeeeens 64 
Main triangulation stations occupied ......-...........---.---------- +e 70 
Secondary triangulation stations occupied ..........-.-...---..-.-----+---- 87 
Three-point stations occupied. -..----. SES COC EGO EE EAE CA REABEROOIS Aaecioe 763 
REALIOUAIOMMNNOANGOL: cons aciswocc oe cuic ac casa onnenes ce sce ee sceee mes oeee 15, 936 
MIEN PINE RSUTCO eerie cate se te cisea mcs cs ete es cca so eem eee eee oe see cence 10, 299 
Gistern' barometer stations occupied...-<-- <2... ce!an dee ec-ce eens esceen 1, 041 
ATOLOTCUSTAUVIONS OCCU PICU scan sic-ccemececer cose esis einaaeeee ese ae occ 7, 057 
Maonetic vallatlOns ODSCIVed vcccec soccct er soek score cenene = seeeeeerises= 197 
IMOnMMenTSEDUll Gerster eascccssececcctaeersen = sseee eee ses cee eee 156 
Minin C1CaM PShv SLCC sete see slaciec rs onc isnat se ceelvor Serle ema niannea eens on 15 
Mineralanduthernialisprings notede =o a..- <acoee ao. 3 eta iaeesn eee esse 23 
Minerals, fossils, and ores collected (approximate).....-..---.---.---.---- 1, 467 
Mammals tspecimenscollected ia. csstisciscfes a esionsieeiscets seieee = see aagen es 11 
Birdssspecimens:collected yawacaicecier clemnceeeiesiale see eee cee isa aee 243 
Birdsperruicollected jo-..-. esses seston ste cicseiececse cessor ecciseceiness 12 
Mammals: (alcoholic) collected! <.- <<< ose -csccce cons eo esse ee sone ees see 3 
Mammalicraniacollectedt-cosleeccesloneciees ce sect aoe sen anes see eases 1 
Bindvcraniacolectedizeacnactoslace ce clenmmac las caaejca eens ensaseveceetececteace 7 
Hishes|Spec lM ONSranccelynaeeciaem acs ise ame cise enalse asian cael an eal esata tee 200 
WISHES OLS cS ccoc(scicc ae caine avec eeiettsce selene ce scciceess suis Caos sscces, 12 
SNAKES | SPCCMMONS etrewiee ele e elofee inicio o wlewel ccs vireiecis eleniels/ seule = claloic ota sinter 25 
SNRKCS SOUS tice sowie. iets ets antec esha cise capeclscaa alee oar e re = eee eee ene 16 
Lizards, specimens ..--.- Selec eisceaiceiosiee eigen mise seieseeeene ceeseeee weeeee 25 
AZATASS OL Ss coe oor ne Cae ee ele oe eee ee wee sacs Scien Senleameas csumeececade a 
Dacvrachians SpeCiMeNnjacc cee cc ese someone wos = ajacemasleene ee eee aeiaee 50 
BaurachiansHotsteo ca. soeten cee coco ce cei sais om eine Sess aa ose ea vemcoseee 11 
Wemipterajcollected=n-oe=encissececeeeciews co etes sceise ecm cocacise ace a= = 1 
Orthopteraspecimens)jen ss = costitcs coc csc sas cee seas ane same cata se esics 200 
Ortho pterawotsreacoe seco sionein science ceciccse ace ceeecesecccscssecincecensccs 6 
Shellstspecimensgiesoses <-seo-scoa ccc ees cocnicccc ssecssecis sec coscsecs eos =se 25 
Shellsmlota\ssosescsec saesee wet ct esccensecsocsccecesacess coca aeccehecccet 

Crustaceans speciMens)=-sss- sens =csieremencnssesirec sees c cee cccesiescoes 12 
Crustaceans lotayeoees aioe aecececi ses satis cele ssisativecessiscesaceceses cous 1 
Fossil leaves, specimens......-...-.-..----. Weepccie cas oeicsie coon e sie sciecs eee 72 


The field instruments employed were those given in description of 
“methods.” 

A report of the season’s results appeared as Appendix OO of the Chief 
of Engineers Annual Report of 1879. A repaged edition was issued as the 
annual report of the survey, Vol. VI, Botany, of the quarto series issued 
from the press during the year. 

With the report was a progress map and an outline map of the Comstock 
Lode. Accompanying the report, but in separate covers, were seven quarter 


atlas sheets. 
44 WH—VOL I 


690 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


The results of the season of 1878, while presenting no especially novel 
features as contrasted with previous years, are yet notable in a general way 
for the great amount of work accomplished and the value of the data gath- 
ered bearing on the several-subjects of inquiry. In this respect this, the 
latest-field season, exceeds in the aggregate of its results any previous year. 
While this ¢ 


t=] 


ratifying showing is in part due to the large working force 
employed, no small amount of the credit should be attributed to the improved 
methods of work, and to the experience in their several departments gained 
by the members of the survey. Experience in extended surveys 
especially necessary. In fact nowhere is the value of a skilled personnel 
more apparent than in a survey of the far West, where new problems and 
unforeseen contingencies are continually arising that tax ingenuity, patience, 
and forethought to their utmost. 


GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY PARTIES FOR THE SEASON OF 1879, IN COLORADO, CALIFORNIA, AND 
UTAH. 


No funds for field operations being available after June 30, compara- 
tively little work was accomplished during the field season of 1879. Several 
small parties were, however, sent out to complete details in arate areas 
entered during the years 1873, 1875, 1877, and 1878. 

A party under Lieutenant Young continued the hydrographic and 
topographic survey of Great Salt Lake, occupying the interval between 
April 22 and June 30. 

A second party, with Lieutenant Macomb as executive officer, took up 
the survey of the area in east central California, as left by his division at 
the close of the field season of 1878, and finished important details. This 
party was in the field from May 16 to June 27. 

A party under Louis Nell was engaged in triangulation observations 
in central Colorado ; it localized a number of new mining camps, as Silver 
Cliff, Leadville, Ten Mile, Carbonate, Frying Pan Gulch, Monarch, and the 
new discoveries in the basin of the Gunnison. 

Professor Stevenson again entered, for a brief interval, the scene of his 
previous year’s labors, and filled in certain gaps in the work. He also 
visited and examined the mines of the Placer Mountains and of Los Cerillos 
near Galisteo Creek. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 691 


Reports by Lieutenants Young and Macomb on the work intrusted to 
them, and a preliminary report by Profossor Stevenson on the section 
examined by him, will be found in the annual report for 1879, as cited 
above. 

The personnel was as follows: Capt. George M. Wheeler, Corps of 
Engineers, U.S. Army, in command; First Lieut. B. H. Randolph, Third 
Artillery, U. 8. Army, field quartermaster, ordnance officer, and commis- 
sary; Second Lieut. Willard Young, Corps of Engineers, U 8S. Army, chief 
of party and field astronomer; First Lieut. M M. Macomb, Fourth Artillery, 
U.S. Army, chief of party and field astronomer; Louis Nell, chief of party, 
triangulation and topographic observer; F. O. Maxson, field triangulation 
and topographic observer; Prof. John J. Stevenson, chief of party and 
geological observer; Francis Klett, topographer and surveyor; E. Gillette, 
jr., assistant topographer; Louis Seckles, barometric observer and recorder; 
C. D. Davis, clerk; Isaiah Brown, barometric recorder and messenger ; 
Seret. Thomas Knight, Company F, Fourteenth Infantry, U. 8. Army, 
barometric observer and recorder; Corp. Joseph T. Hill, Company I, 
Fourteenth Infantry, U. 8. Army, odometer recorder. 

Office, July 1, 1879.—First Lieut. Samuel E. Tillman, Corps of Engi- 
neers, U.S. Army, temporarily in charge; John D. McChesney, money clerk; 
H. W. Henshaw, clerk in charge of reports and publications; Miles Rock, 
astronomic and geodetic computer; Fred. W. Floyd, computer; Charles 
P. Kahler, J. S Polhemus, J. C. Spiller, Gilbert Thompson, and Anton 
Karl, topographic assistants; Charles Herman, John C. Lang, John E. 
Weyss, and Albert Noerr, draughtsmen; James M. Ewing and Mark B. 
Kerr, clerks; John W. Irwin, jr., general assistant. 

Subsequent to July 1, with all available means and assistants, the vari- 
ous reports and maps were brought as near as possible to completion (see 
list of reports and maps in this volume), while finally the office closed for 
lack of funds, February 28, 1884; since which, as circumstances have 
permitted, the volume on geographic positions, etc., the Venice report, and 
the present and final volume have been issued, as also a number of maps. 

The mountainous part of the total area of 1,443,360 square miles west 
of the one-hundredth meridian is 993,360 square miles, of which 359,065 


692 U..S. GEOGRAPAICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


square miles were surveyed topographically and otherwise examined during 
the expeditions above noticed. A summary of results in the several branches 
appears on pages 137 to 146 of the volume herewith. The manner of con- 
ducting the survey operations (observations and reductions) will be found 
as Appendix C of this volume.* 

Of necessity much material and many records, incompletely reduced, 
were transferred to the Engineer Department, U. 8. Army, as were all 
original field and manuscript records of the astronomic, geodetic, trigono- 
metric, topographic, hypsometric, and magnetic departments, including 
original triangulation sheets (unpublished); original platting sheets (pub- 
lished); original platting sheets (unpublished), and original finished topo- 
graphic sheets (published). 

Nothing was elsewhere or otherwise transferred. Numerical results for 
latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes will be found distributed through the 
annual, special, and main quarto reports. 

The following is a tabulated list of maps and reports: 


MAPS. 


1. Topographic maps, atlas sheet series (scales, 1 inch to 8 mies, 1 inch to 4 


miles, and 1 inch to 2 miles, including five preliminary sheets).......-.-. 55 

2. Land classification sheets based on above (scale 1 inch to 4 miles). ........ 30 
3. Geologic sheets based on above (scales 1 inch to 8 miles, 1 inch to 4 miles, 

including: two! preliminary sheets))--2- --s-\-sece- esse seco ele en eeae ee eee 13 

4, Maps of all kinds, bound with reports....-......--.+-------.-secc--c2s-2- 54 
5. Special and miscellaneous maps (scales from 1 inch to 12 miles to 1 inch to 

L500HOCt) ese cces--cnes eos neste oecs eee eee aa SSSR Oreos dacaas 12 

POtall 5 weenie se sesaceccecwerae sce cemsssaseecycece essa epee seco em Od 

REPORTS. 

1 Regular quarto; volumes \.j.2-2 1c too eee ee sae nese este ee eee 

2. Miscellaneous quarto volumes = 2c2.2cecn2-cslcees cs eecee ese esse nee eee eae 

3. Annual reports, separately published......--.............0--.s00--------- 12 

* 4. Special reports, folio and royal octavo.. .2..-. 2026 cc20cecocceececceesees OB 

5. Miscellaneous pamphlet reports, octavo and duodecimo ...........-.-----. ll 

Total's. cz coct 5. tos sc reciatins sem slo's. see eetea ete eee ee ae REAL 


*The project presented in 1872 for a connected and continuous survey, approved by act of June 
10, 1872, estimate a cost of $2,500,000, spread over an interval of 15 years. Had not the appropria- 
tion been stopped in 1879 the field work for the whole area west of one-hundredth meridian could easily 
have been completed by 1887, if not earlier. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880, 693 


LAKE SURVEY. 


While the admirable work of this office has been within areas east of the 
Mississippi, yet it has also successfully co-operated with certain western 
parties, in the establishment of telegraphic longitudes, results from which 
appear on page 763 et seg. (Professional Papers, Corps of Engineers, U.S. 
Army, No. 24; Primary Triangulation of the U. 8S. Lake Survey; Com- 
stock, 1882.) 

The observers at Detroit were Capt. H. M. Adams and Lieut. P. M. Price, 
U.S. Engineers, and assistants O. B. Wheeler and A. R. Flint. The lati- 
tudes and longitudes of twelve points are given: Four in Dakota, Wyom- 
ing, and Nebraska (Capt. W. 8. Stanton, U. 8. Engineers, observer) ; one 
in Nevada (Capt. W. A. Jones, U. S. Engineers, observer); one in Utah 
(Dr. F. Kampf, U. 8. Geographical Survey, observer); one in Kansas 
(Lieut. E. H. Ruffner, U. 8. Engineers, observer); and five in Texas (Lieut. 
William Hoffman, U. 8. Army, observer). 

In 1876 the duty of making a survey of the Mississippi River ‘was 
placed upon the Lake Survey, which was commenced at Cairo, IIl., during 
the winter of 1876~77, and base measuring triangulation, topographic, 
hydrographie, and precise leveling work was continued also from Memphis 
southward during two succeeding winters. 

All of these results were availed of by the Mississippi River Commission 
Survey, including complete maps (topographic and hydrographic) of 40 
miles of the river southward from Memphis. 


MISSISSIPPI RIVER COMMISSION SURVEY. 


This Commission, constituted by act of June 28, 1879, instituted a 
system of surveys not useful only to the proximate ends in view, but also 
in connection with the wider ultimate range of inquiry when necessary. 

The U.S. Lake Survey, during the winter of 1876—77, began a special 
survey of the Mississippi River (topographic and hydrographic) in the 
vicinity of Cairo, which was continued during the winters of 1877~78 and 
1878-79, at and below Memphis, all of the work of which was availed of 


by the Mississippi River Commission. 


694 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


It consisted of a developed line of secondary triangulation, resting 
upon secondary bases when necessary, principally from Cairo to the head 
of the Passes, about 1,100 miles. The triangulation at Cairo connects and 
depends upon a secondary base of the U.S. Lake Survey. Co-operation 
was extended during 1880 and 1881 by triangulation and hydrographic 
parties of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, as appears from the reports 
of this office and also that of the Commission. 

Tertiary triangulation was availed of along certain reaches. 

All existing survey data was utilized* and co-operation had with the 
Coast Survey as to the triangulation and precise leveling, which was carried 
from a beach point at the Gulf along the banks of the river northward to 
Fulton, Ill., and from thence to the level of Lake Michigan, at Chicago, 
where it is joined to the line of precise levels brought by the Lake Survey 
from tidewater at New York City. 

The average closure of the triangles ranged from 2 to 6 seconds. 

Topography consists of developing the shore line of the actual river, 
with its banks, tow-heads, chutes, islands, ete., also levees, elevations of 
banks, water surfaces, cross-sections of levees, ete., all resting upon the 
triangulation, with five-foot contours depending on numerous elevations 
(sketched) carried back an average distance of three-fourths of a mile each 
side. 

All topographic work intermediate between A stations was deter- 
mined by stadia measurements frequently checked. 

Nine principal trans-alluvial level lines were run to obtain information 
as to the alluvial bottom lands and their reservoir capacity: also similar 
levels over 160 miles between Lower Red River and the Atchafalaya. 

Elevations by vertical angles (by circle or telescope level), all creeks 
and lakes, between bluffs and the river located. 

Collections were made of reliable high-water marks of 1883. 

The topography includes outlines of bluffs, old river lakes, and bayous, 
the Red River, and Cut-off Bayou to the main stream; also sloughs, swamps, 


fields, woods, and houses. 


“In 1879 the Coast Survey had published charts of the river between Point Houmas (72 miles above 
New Orleans) and the Gulf, showing depths and marginal topography. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 695 


Measurements made of caving and changes in sliding banks, with bank 
line, cross-section, and reliable elevations of old and new river banks. Dif- 
ference of elevation determined between top and bottom of bluffs, with 
heights of tops above mean water surface; also connections with county 
and State lines and with township and section corners of public lands. The 
precise levels were run in duplicate, in opposite directions, with permanent 
beach marks every 3 miles. 

Hydrography.—Soundings in boats for cross-sections of the river and 
its approaches for about every half mile, with intermediate lines across base. 
Cross-sections were repeated near the principal crevasses after the flood of 
1882. 

Profile of water surface for low water of 1883 from St. Louis to New 
Orleans was determined. Special hydrographic surveys made in vicinity 
of crevasses. 

Resurvey made to determine the enlargement of the Atchafalaya. 
Besides normal sections in 1882 soundings were taken (1882) along the 
line of deepest water. In 1884 special surveys made above, below, and 
through cut-offs. 

Observations made of flood escapes through crevasses; correct data 
obtained as to depths of bad bars at low water. 

Longitudinal lines sounded along the thread of deepest water from 
Island No. 1 to Donaldson’s Point, also 98 miles north of Caruthersville. 

Physical inquiries extending to all the recognized phenomena likely to 
have a bearing upon problems of improvement were instituted. 

Physical examinations of selected reaches, presenting locally and rela- 
tively the most widely contrasted elements of width, depth, and curvature, 
were made. 

Stations for recording river elevations were maintained and increased 
where necessary, so as to trace the progress of floods and the principal 
features of the river slopes.* 

The trigonometric stations have been marked by stones 5 feet long, 
dressed 6 by 6 inches at one end; balance rough, with top projecting a few 
inches from the ground. 


“Twenty gauges have been maintained continuonsly on the main river and its tributaries. 


696 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


The precise level stations were marked by flat stones 18 inches square 
and 4 inches thick, with hole in center, into which a copper bolt is leaded. 
This is incased by a cast-iron 4-inch pipe 5 feet long, with elevations of top 
of pipe and stone both determined. 

Computations —The computations were usually made by angle adjust- 
ments by least squares for quadrilaterals and pentagons, with computations 
of lengths, and azimuths of the sides, and formation of equations of condi- 
tion and their solutions. 

Instruments—The instruments employed were as follows: Triangula- 
tion, Troughton & Sims 12-inch and Gambey 10-inch theodolites, Repsold 
12-inch and Pistor & Martins 5-inch universal instruments, Wurdemann- 
Gambey 10-inch and 6-inch transit theodolites, and ordinary transits. There 
were also Stackpole and Kern Y levels, with rods, ordinary and pocket 
sextants, chronometers, stadias, standard meter, iron standard bars, steel 
tapes, prismatic compasses, pedometers, and hand levels. 

The cost of certain parts of the completed survey is stated at $169 
per lineal mile and at $57 per square mile for topography alone, exclusive 
of the cost of all other branches. 

Geographic co-ordinates (latitudes and longitudes) results of the trian- 
gulation may be found published in progress report, 1881, being Senate 
Executive Document No. 10, Forty-seventh Congress, first session; Appen- 
dix SS, Part ILI, Annual Report Chief of Engineers, 1883, pages 2158 
et seg.; and Appendix TT, Part III, Annual Report Chief of Engineers, 
1884, pages 2445 et seq. 

Maps —TVhe map publications consist of detailed contour charts (3 feet 
and 5 feet intervals), scale 1 to 10,000; including outline and topographic 
maps, and those of the river lakes, the same reduced to 1 to 20,000; pre- 
liminary maps, 1 to 63,360; with a general map of the whole alluvial basin 
from Cape Girardeau to the Gulf (see tabular list of maps). 

The Progress and Annual Reports have usually been published first as 
executive documents, appearing during the sittings of Congress, which 
have afterwards been incorporated in the Annual Report of the Chief of 
Engineers, as follows: Appendices SS, 1881; RR, 1882; SS, 1883; TT, 
1884; WW and WW,, 1885. The Annual Report for 1886 appears as 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 697 


House Executive Document No. 30, Forty-ninth Congress, second session. 
The survey is considered complete below Cairo; above Cairo the tri- 
angulation is carried to Keokuk, Lowa, the detailed field survey being com- 
plete for 25 miles above Cairo. 
The first extension when made will be to complete topography and 
hydrography upward as far as the mouth of the Missouri, it being in con- 
templation finally to continue it as far as St. Paul, Minn. 


MISSOURI RIVER COMMISSION. 


Prior to 1884, commencing in 1878, the surveys on the Missouri River 
consisted of an accurate delineation of the shore line, islands, and sand bars, 
the general topographic features of the valley, and the line of bluffs bor- 
dering the same, the whole checked by a system of triangulation carried 
along the river banks. 

Soundings were made, on lines normal to the current, from 500 to 
1,500 feet apart; carefully checked levels were carried from Pierre to the 
mouth, 

The results have been reduced and published as photolithographs, 
scale 1 inch to 1 mile. The Missouri River Commission commenced in 
1884 a secondary triangulation of the river, to be carried from bluff to 
bluff, marked by permanent monuments and the establishments of perma- 
rent bench-marks, all to be connected with former surveys. 

The monuments marking the triangulation points consisted of a stone 
18 by 18 by 4 inches placed 3 feet 4 inches in the ground, in which was 
placed a 4-inch gas-pipe 3 feet long, the top covered with a cast iron cap, 
secured by a bolt and nut. (See Appendix XX, Annual Report Chief of 
Engineers, 1885, Part IV, pages 3015 et seq.) 


SURVEYS FOR RIVER AND HARBOR IMPROVEMENTS. 


These have been conducted at numerous points throughout the whole 
country, including frequent reaches of navigable rivers, also harbors and 
their approaches, but being for Engineers’ purposes solely have been 
directed to the physical relations of channels and water-ways, within the 
purview of the improvements, and hence have been made with an eye 


698 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


single to these improvements. Immeeiate results have always been re- 
quired, and hence, while often possessed of much topographic and hydro- 
graphic detail, are possessed of no geographic connection (no latitudes, or 
latitudes being established as a rule) and are valuable more particularly 
in preliminary compilation. The plats are either published with the Annual 
Reports of the Chief of Engineers, in executive documents, or held as 
original drawings at the Engineer Department. 


MAPS, ENGINEER DEPARTMENT. 


The recompilation of the Western Territory Map, originally constructed 
and compiled at close of the Pacific Railroad surveys by Lieut. Warren, com- 
mencing in 1867, was the only general topographic map of this territory 
until a new compilation (scale 1 to 500,000) was begun in 1876, and pub- 
lished in 1879 as a photolithograph (scale 1 to 2,000,000). The compila- 
tion of a new outline map of our territory west of the Mississippi was com- 
menced in 1880, the compilation completed in 1882, the same engraved and 
published in 1884 in outline, and in 1885 with hill work in color. 

Special photolithographed maps (1 to 1,500,000) were issued in 1880, 
separately, as follows: Colorado, Oregon, Washington and Idaho, New 
Mexico and Arizona, California and Nevada. 

A new map covering the entire territory of the United States, designed 
both for military and geographic purposes, had in 1869 been compiled 
and engraved. This was revised in 1874, and a new edition printed. This 
was further revised, and in 1877 again re-issued. 

In 1882 a new outline map of the United States was commenced, and 
in 1885 engraved and issued. 

In 1886 a new outline map of the United States (scale 1 to 2,000,000) 
was commenced, as also a compiled map of Central America (scale 1 to 
1,250,000). 

In 1881 an outline map of the United States (scale 1 inch to 52$ 
miles) showing location of works and surveys for rivers and harbors was 
issued. 

From time to time many military topographic and geographic maps of 
various scales, usually prepared at the headquarters of military divisions 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 699 


and departments, have been published and issued either at the Engineer 
Department or at the above offices, as appears from the several Annual 
Reports of the Chief of Engineers. It has been impossible, for want of 
data, to name all of them, and it may be said that these are such current 


compilations, demanded by the commanding general, as means permit. 


INTERIOR DEPARTMENT. 


GEOLOGICAL EXAMINATION IN NEBRASKA, BY PROF. F. V. HAYDEN, 1867. 


In i867, when Nebraska was admitted as a State, Congress set apart 
the unexpended balance ($5,000) of the appropriation for legislative ex- 
penses of the Territory for a geological survey of the new State. 

The examination was conducted by Dr. F. V. Hayden, who was 
assisted by Prof. F. B. Meek, and by Mr. James Stevenson as business 
agent. ‘The sale, for a party of ten, from the subsistence stores of the Army 
was authorized. 

The report of the work was made to the Commissioner of the General 
Land Office, and was devoted to the geological structure of Nebraska. 


GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATION OF WYOMING, BY PROF. F. V. HAYDEN, 1868. 


In 1868 $5,000 was appropriated to continue the work of geological 
exploration in Wyoming Territory. 

The party consisted of nine persons and was organized at Cheyenne, 
Wyo. 

The field work extended westward to Greene River. The geological 
structure along the line of the Union Pacific Railroad and along the Over- 
land Stage Route was examined. 

The Laramie Plains and North Park were visited and described. 

The report of this work was also made to the Commissioner of the 


General Land Office. 
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF THE TERRITORIES, BY PROF. F, V. HAYDEN, 1869. 
In 1869 the work was placed under the supervision of the Secretary 
of the Interior, and an appropriation of $10,000 was made for a geological 


examination of Colorado and New Mexico. 


7OO U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


This may be regarded as the proper commencement of the survey. 

The field party consisted of eleven persons in all, including, besides 
Dr. Hayden, Mr. James Stevenson, managing director; Mr. Persifor Frazer, 
jr, mining engineer; Prof. Cyrus Thomas, entomologist and botanist, and 
Henry W. Elliott, artist. 

The greater part of the outfit was furnished by the Quartermaster’s 
Department, and such aid as was needed was supplied at the military posts 
en route. 

The field labors commenced in the latter part of June at Cheyenne, 
Wyo., from which point a reconnaissance was made along the eastern edge 
of the Rocky Mountains via Denver, Central City, and Canon City to 
Santa Fe, N. Mex. 

Trips were made to the mines at the head of the Cache la Poudre 
River, the coal mines at South Boulder, the silver mines of Georgetown, 
the gold mines of Central City and Middle Park. 

From Santa Fe the return was made via the Rio Grande through San 
Luis Valley, Poncho Pass, Arkansas Valley, and South Park to Denver. 

The resulting report and all those thereafter were made to the Secre- 
tary of the Interior. 

EXAMINATION OF 1870. 

In 1870 the appropriation was $25,000. 

The area explored comprised a portion of Wyoming Territory. 

A reconnaissance was made from Cheyenne northward along the east- 
ern base of the Laramie Range via the Chugwater, North Platte, and 
Sweetwater Rivers to South Pass. 

Frequent excursions were made on each side of the route of travel, 
and the Sweetwater mines and the southern portions of the Wind River 
Mountains were visited. 

From South Pass the party passed down the Little and Big Sandy 
Creeks to Green River, and thence by way of Church Buttes to Fort 
Bridger. 

A permanent camp was established at the latter point, from which 
numerous excursions were made, especially to the Uintah Mountains, the 


northern slopes of which were explored. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 701 


From Fort Bridger the course was southward to Henry’s Fork and 
via that stream to Green River City, on the Union Pacifie Railroad. 

From the latter place the old stage road was followed up Bitter Creek, 
over Bridger’s Pass and the Medicine Bow Mountains, across the Laramie 
Plains, and through the Laramie Range via Cheyenne Pass to Cheyenne, 
the point of departure. 

The party in the field in 1870 consisted of twenty persons, with Dr. 
F. V. Hayden in charge; James Stevenson, assistant; Henry W. Elliott, 
artist; Prof. Cyrus Thomas, agriculturist; William H. Jackson, pho- 
tographer; John W. Beaman, meteorologist; Charles T. Turnbull, secre- 
tary; Arthur L. Ford, mineralogist; C. P. Carrington, zoologist; Henry 
D. Schmidt, naturalist, and L. A. Bartlett, general assistant. 

Outfits and equipments were furnished by the Quartermaster’s Depart- 
ment and assistance “by the military authorities of the west,” which caused 


a ‘“oreat saving to the appropriation.” 


EXAMINATION OF 1871, 


In 1871 it was decided to carry on topographic work in connection 
with the geological explorations. 

The plan adopted was that of a topographic reconnaissance—the 
reconnaissance of the immediate line of march, with the country in sight 
from it controlled by courses and distances, the former measured by com- 
pass, the latter by odometer, and the whole checked by sextant latitudes. 

The party organized as follows, at Cheyenne, Wyo.: Dr. F. V. Hay- 
den, geologist, in charge; James Stevenson, assistant; Henry W. Elliott, 
artist; Prof. Cyrus Thomas, agricultural statistician and entomologist; Anton 
Shouborn, chief topographer; A. J. Smith, assistant; William H. Jackson, 
photographer; George B. Dixon, assistant; J. W. Beaman, meteorologist ; 
Prof. G. N. Allen, botanist; Robert Adams, jr., assistant; Dr. A. C. Peale, 
mineralogist; Dr. A. C. Turnbull, physician; with a number of general 
assistants, the entire field party numbering about thirty-six persons. The 
greater portion of the outfit (including horses, mules, wagons, and other 
equipments) were furnished from the Army, and aid, where possible, by the 
military authorities. Commissary stores were purchased at cost price, with 


702 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


the cost of transportation added. One company, Second Cavalry, under 
Captain Tyler and Lieutenant Grugan, was a joint escort to this party and 
those of Captains Barlow and Heap, U. 8. Engineers. The escort officers 
were replaced at Yellowstone Lake by Lieutenant Doane. 

The party proceeded by rail from Cheyenne to Ogden, in Utah, whence 
a reconnaissance was made with a wagon train northward via Cache Valley, 
Snake River Plains, and the Madison Valley, through Utah and Idaho into 
Montana as far north as Bozeman, in the Gallatin Valley. and thence to 
Boteler’s ranch, on the Yellowstone River. 

From the latter point a trip of some six weeks’ duration was made with 
a pack-train to Yellowstone Lake and the geysers and hot springs on the 
Fire Hole or Upper Madison River (a portion of which region was after- 
wards set aside by Congress as the Yellowstone National Park). 

The return trip was made along the Jefferson Fork of the Missouri and 
across the Snake River Valley to Fort Hall, in Idaho, and thence via Bear 
Lake Valley and Bear Lake to Evanston, Wyo., where the party disbanded 
for the season. 

The amount appropriated was $40,000. 

EXAMINATION OF 1872. 

In 1872 two well-equipped parties were put in the field. The topo- 
graphic work was improved by the addition of a running system of triangu- 
lation, which, in conjunction with the observations for latitude, were used 
in correcting the work. 

The first, or Yellowstone division, was under the immediate charge of 
Dr. F. V. Hayden, with the following members: Adolf Burck, chief topog- 
rapher; Henry Gannett, astronomer; A. E. Brown, assistant topographer; E. 
Bb. Wakefield meteorologist; Dr. A. C. Peale, mineralogist; W.H. Holmes, 
artist; Walter b, Platt, naturalist; W. B. Logan, secretary; and three gen- 
eral assistants. 

The rendezvous for this division was at Fort Ellis, in Montana, from 
which point the trip to the Yellowstone Park was taken. The headwaters 
of the Yellowstone, Madison, and Gallatin Rivers were explored in much 
greater detail than during the previous year. The same assistance as that 
of the previous year was rendered by the military authorities. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 703 


The second, or Snake River division, was in charge of Mr. James 
Stevenson, and was constituted as follows: Prof. Frank H. Bradley, chief 
geologist; W. R. Taggart, assistant geologist; Gustavus R. Bechler, chief 
topographer; Rudolph Hering and Thomas W. Jaycox, assistant topog- 
raphers; William Nicholson, meteorologist; John M. Coulter, botanist; Dr. 
Josiah Curtis, surgeon and microscopist; C. Hart Merriam, ornithologist; 
Campbell Carrington, naturalist; Robert Adams, jr., and others, general 
assistaiits. The superintendent of the Yellowstone National Park also 
accompanied the party. This division, starting from Fort Hall, in Idaho 
Territory, made a reconnaissance of the country between that post and the 
Yellowstone Park, including the sources of Snake River, and the Teton 
Mountains and the southern portion of the Park. 

The appropriation for the year was $75,000. 


UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY OF THE TERRITORIES. 


SEASON OF 1873. 


In 1873 the field of work was transferred, and fuller and more detailed 
topographic observations, in charge of James T. Gardner, carried on in con- 
junction with the geological examination. 

A connected survey, covering uniformly the whole country, controlled 
by a triangulation, took the place of the route reconnaissance of the pre- 
vious years. 

At.the beginning of the work a base line was carefully measured near 
Denver, and the system of triangulation was expanded by well conditioned 
triangles. The triangulation was controlled by connection with stations at 
Denver, Colorado Springs, and Trinidad, the latitude and longitude of which 
were determined by the United States Coast Survey. The angles were 
measured with 8-inch theodolites, reading to ten seconds of are. ‘The mean 
error of closure of the triangles measured in 1873 is 10! 3”. 

The secondary triangulation was carried on by the topographers coin- 
cidently with the topographic work. The angles were measured with a 
4-inch theodolite reading to minutes, The mean error of closure is about 


two minutes. 


704 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 160TH MERIDIAN. 


The topographic observations were made from commanding points, 
mainly from the stations in the secondary triangulation susceptible of location 
and were fixed in position by the intersections. All important streams were 
ineandered. Heights were measured by the cistern barometer, and by ver- 
tical angles. The base barometer stations were so distributed, horizontally 
and in height, that any hypsometric work could be referred to a base in no 
case more than 50 miles distant nor differing in height more than 2,000 feet. 
All the high mountain peaks were carefully connected by vertical angles, 
and all barometric readings taken on them, were reduced to a common point, 
and then referred to the observations taken on the summits of Mount Lin- 
coln or Pike’s Peak as a base. 

The work in Colorado began in 1873 with an appropriation of $75,000. 

The principal triangulation party was in charge of James T. Gardner. 

The eastern portion of the mountainous part of the State was embraced 
topographically and geologically by three divisions, which covered in all 
some 23,000 square miles. The first or Middle Park division was directed 
by Mr. A R. Marvine, geologist, with G. R. Bechler as topographer and 8. 
b. Ladd topographical assistant. 

The area surveyed by this division was approximately a rectangular 
belt, the eastern end of which rested on the plains near Denver. This belt 
extended westward across the main chain of the Rocky Mountains to and 
including the Middle Park. 

The second or South Park division was in charge of Mr. Henry Gan- 
nett, topographer, with Dr. A. C. Peale as division geologist, and Mr. W. 
Kh. Taggart as assistant. The area surveyed by them extended westward 
from the plains to the Elk Mountains. 

The third or San Luis division was directed by Mr. A. D. Wilson, 
topographer. Mr. George B. Chittenden was assistant topographer, and 
Dr. F. M. Endlich division geologist. 

The field occupied by this division was the southern portion of the 
eastern mountainous part of the State. 

Besides the division just enumerated, there was a party of supervision, 
under Dr. F. V. Hayden, with Mr. W. H. Holmes as geological artist, and 
Mr W. H. Jackson photographer, and various assistants and collectors. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.— 1857-1880. 705 


Second Lieut. William L. Carpenter, Ninth U. 8. Infantry, accompa- 
nied the expedition as naturalist. 
The same assistance as hitherto was afforded by the military authori- 


ties. 
SEASON OF 1874. 


In 1874 Congress appropriated $75,000 for the continuation of the 
work in Colorado, and the work was extended westward and southwest- 
ward, covering an area of 13,000 square miles. The divisions were late in 
reaching the field and were constituted as follows: Party of general super- 
vision—Dr. F. V. Hayden, geologist in charge; W. H. Holmes, assistant 
geologist and artist; Mr. George B. Chittenden, topographer. This party 
was occupied mainly with the examination and mapping of the moraines 
of the Upper Arkansas Valley and the detailed examination of the Elk 
Mountains. 

First division, A. R. Marvine, division geologist in charge; S. B. Ladd, 
topographer. 

This division continued their work of 1873 westward. 

Second division, Henry Gannett, topographer in charge; Dr. A. C. 
Peale, geologist. The area surveyed was that lying west of the Elk 
Mountains between the Grand and Gunnison Rivers. 

Third division, A. D. Wilson, topographer in charge; Dr. F. M. End- 
lich, geologist. The work of the preceding year was extended westward 
and southward. 

The party of primary triangulation was in charge of Mr. James T. 
Gardner, and measured a base in San Luis Valley, carrying also the tri- 
angulation over the southern part of the State. 

The photographic and naturalist’s division was under the supervision 
of Mr. W. H. Jackson, photographer. Mr. Ernest Ingersoll was naturalist. 

Middle Park and the San Juan region were visited and particular 
attention paid to the cave dwellings and other ruins in southern Colorado. 

Dr. Elliott Coues, surgeon U. 8. Army, rendered valuable assistance 


in and contributions to the publications, commencing with this year. 
45 WH—VOL I 


706 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


SEASON OF 1875. 

The appropriation for 1875 was $75,000, and work was resumed in the 
western part of Colorado. An area of 24,000 square miles was surveyed 
by the following divisions of the survey : 

First or southern division, A. D. Wilson, topographer in charge; Dr. 
F. M. Endlich, geologist. This division was in the southern part of Colo- 
rado, mainly in the Sangre de Christo Range and the adjacent country. 

Second or southwestern division, W. H. Holmes directing, with George 
B. Chittenden as topographer, continued the work of Mr. A. D. Wilson of 
1874 to the westward. Mr. Holmes made also a special observation 
regarding the prehistoric remains of southwestern Colorado. 

Third or Grand River division, with Henry Gannett, topographer, as 
director, and Dr. A. C. Peale as geologist, extended westward their work 
of the previous year. 

Fourth division, in charge of G. R. Bechler, topographer, worked in 
the eastern part of the State, connecting by meanders and triangulation of 
several isolated areas surveyed during the previous years. 

The principal triangulation was under the supervision of James T. 
Gardner. 

The photographic and naturalists party was directed by W. H. Jackson, 
with Ernest Ingersoll as naturalist. They spent most of the season in south- 
western Colorado investigating the extent and distribution of the ruins in 
that region. ‘Their field was extended also to include the Moquis Pueblos. 


SEASON OF 1876. 


In 1876 an appropriation of $65,000 was made to complete the survey 
of Colorado, of which about 10,000 square miles remained to be examined. 
The field season was short, but the work was accomplished. 

The primary triangulation was completed by Mr. A. D. Wilson, who 


2 a general 


tos) fo) 


was accompanied by Mr. W. H. Holmes, for the purpose of takin 
view (for comparison) of the two great plain belts that lie one along the 
east and the other along the west base of the Rocky Mountains. 

The first or Grand River division, directed by Henry Gannett, with 
Dr. A. C. Peale, geologist, completed the western central portion of the 
State, and also surveyed a small area lying north of Grand River. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 707 


The second or White River division was in charge of George B Chit- 
tenden, topographer, accompanied by Dr. F. M. Endlich as geologist, and 
worked south of White River, extending the survey over into Utah. 

The third or Yampah division was directed by G. R. Bechler; Dr. C. 
A. White was the geologist. The field of work was the extreme northwest- 
ern portion of Colorado, lying between the Yampah and White Rivers, 
which area was satisfactorily completed. 


SEASON OF 1877. 


Examinations were carried northward into Wyoming and Idaho Terri- 
tories, beginning at the northern line of the work of the exploration of the 
40th parallel. During the season 30,000 square miles, embracing parts of 
Wyoming, Idaho, and Utah, were covered. The following parties were 
put in the field: 

First, party of primary triangulation, in charge of A. D. Wilson, chief 
topographer. 

Second, Green River division, in charge of Henry Gannett, topographer, 
with Dr. A. C. Peale, geologist. The area surveyed was the Green River 
Basin and the country westward of the Portneuf River. 

Third, Sweetwater division. in charge of George B. Chittenden, topog- 
rapher, with Dr. F. M Endlich as geologist. This division surveyed the 
area east of the Green River Basin lying between the Union Pacific Rail- 
road and the Wind River and Sweetwater Mountains, including the latter 
range and a part of the former 

Fourth, Teton division, in charge of G. R. Bechler, topographer, with 
Orestes St. John, geologist. The region surveyed by this division was di- 
rectly north of that occupied by the Green River division, and included 
the Teton Mountains and a portion of the Snake River Plains. 

There were also several special parties in the field, and among them 
one for critical paleontologie work, under Dr. C. A. White, who examined 
the geological formations that lie on both sides of the Rocky Mountains and 
on the north and south of the Uintah Mountains. 

Mr. W. H. Jackson, with the photographic division, made a tour through 


the northern part of New Mexico and the northeastern part of Arizona, 


708 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


securing material for the illustration of methods of building employed by 
the Pueblos or town-building Indians. 
On account of office work—superintending publications—Dr. Coues, 


surgeon U.S. Army, could not perform extended field work. 


SEASON OF 1878. 


In 1878 the work of the preceding year was extended northward, and 
included the Yellowstone National Park. The total area comprised was 
7,000 square miles. 

The appropriation for the year was 575,000, and four parties were put 
in the field, so constituted that they could be divided as the work required. 
They were made up as follows: 

First, party of primary triangulation; A. D. Wilson, chief topographer, 
in charge. 

Second, Yellowstone Park division; Henry Gannett, topographer, in 
charge. W. H. Holmes was geologist of the division, and investigated the 
general geological structures of the Park. Dr. A. C. Peale was also a 
member of the division, and made a special examination of the hot springs 
and geysers of the Park. 

Third, Teton division; F. A. Clark, topographer in charge; O. St. 
John, geologist. This division surveyed the northern end of the Wind 
River Mountains, the Gros Ventres, Shoshone, and Owl Creek Ranges, and 
a part of the Snake River Valley. 

Fourth, photographie division; W. H. Jackson, photographer, in charge. 
This party was occupied in the Park and in the Wind River Mountains. 

Nine maps (pocket form) accompanied the Annual Report of 1878, as 
follows: 


No. 1. Economie map of portions of Wyoming, Idaho, and Utah. Scale, 1 inch to 8 miles. 

No. 2. Geologic map of portions of Wyoming, Idaho, and Utah. Scale, 1 inch to 8 miles. 

No. 3. Geologic map of part of central Wyoming. Scale, 1 inch to 4 miles. 

No. 4. Geologic map of parts of western Wyoming and southeast Idaho. Scale, 1 inch to 4 miles. 

No. 5. Geologic map of parts of western Wyoming, southeast Idaho, and northeast Utah. Scale, 
1 inch to 4 miles. 

No. 6. Geologic map of Yellowstone National Park. Scale, 1 inch to 2 miles. 

No. 7. Topographic map of central Wyoming. Scale, 1 inch to 4 miles (contours, 200 feet). 

No. 8. Topographic map of part of western Wyoming and southeast Idaho. Scale, 1 inch to 4 
miles (contours, 200 feet). : 

No. 9. Topographic map of part of western Wyoming, southeast Idaho, and northeast Utah. Scale, 
l inch to 4 miles (contours, 200 feet). 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-18s0. 709 


PUBLICATIONS. 


The publications of the Geological and Geographical Survey of the 
Territories may be grouped under the following: 

Annual reports (octavo).—There are twelve regular, beginning with 
1867 and ending with 1878. There is also a report of the first three in one 
volume, and also two preliminary reports (viz, those for 1877 and 1878) 
and a supplement to the fifth annual, making in all sixteen publications of 
this class. 

Bulletins (octavo).—There are six volumes of the Bulletin, which in- 
clude twenty-seven bulletins issued separately. 

Miscellaneous publications (octavo).—There are twelve of these publica- 
tions, independent of each other but forming a regular series, numbered from 
I to XII, consecutively. As there are three editions of No. I and two of 
No. V, the total number is fifteen. 

Monographs (quarto).—The quarto series of final reports already pub- 
lished includes eleven volumes. These are as follows: Vol. I, Fossil Ver- 
tebrates, Leidy, 1873. Vol. 11, Cretaceous Vertebrata, Cope, 1875. Vol. 
III, Book I, Tertiary Vertebrata, 1884. Vol. IV, Miocene Vertebrata, Cope, 
(unpublished), 1887. Vol. V, Zoology, Thomas, 1873. Vol. VI, Creta- 
ceous Flora, Lesquereux, 1874. Vol VII, Tertiary Flora, Lesquereux, 
1878. Vol. VIII, The Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras, Lesquereux, 1883. 
Vol. IX, Invertebrate Paleontology, Meek, 1875. Vol. X, Geometrical 
Moths, Packard, 1876. Vol. XI, North American Rodentia, Coues & 
Allen, 1877. Vol. XII, Fresh Water Rhizopods, Leidy, 1879; and Vol. 
XIII, Fossil Insects, Scudder (unpublished), 1887. 

Unclassified publications—This class does not form any regular series, 
and numbers fifteen in all, ranging in size from 18° to folio. 

Maps.—Some of the published maps form parts of the various reports, 
while others were issued separately. Of the latter, some of the principal 
ones are as follows: 

1871.—General map in colors, scale 1 inch to 10 miles, of portions of 
Idaho, Montana, and Wyoming, compiled, including work of that year. 

1872.—Map of vicinity of headwaters of Snake River (Idaho, Wyom- 


ing, and Montana), scale 1 inch to 5 miles, brush work for hills; and map 


710 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


of Madison, Gallatin, and Upper Yellowstone drainage basins, scale 1 inch 
to 4 miles, sketchy contours, approximating 100 feet. Both colored, and 
issued as geological maps. General geologic map of the area explored and 
mapped * * * 1869 to 1880, scale 1 inch to 41.03 miles, was also issued. 
The principal map publication, however, was an atlas of Colorado (double 
folio), in 1878, consisting of 20 sheets, i. e., engraved title page, and legend 
sheets; four general sheets, 1 inch to 12 miles each, covering all of Colorado, 
(1) Triangulation, (2) Drainage, (8) Economie, and (4) General Geologie; 
six detailed topographic sheets, 1 inch to 4 miles, upon which are based six 
geologic sheets in colors, each sheet embracing 24 degrees of longitude and 
14 degrees of latitude; also, two sheets of geologic sections and two of pan- 
oramic views. 

The whole presents the,results of the field work from 1873 to 1876, 
inclusive, and, besides Colorado, embraces small adjacent portions of Utah, 
Arizona, and New Mexico. 

A brief partial list of publications of this work is found in its catalogue 
of publications, second edition (revised to December 31, 1876); also House 
Executive Document No. 81, Forty-fifth Congress, second session (1878). 

A reference to the methods employed to secure the topographic field 
data upon which to base a topographic map to receive the geologic and 
other colors, in and subsequent to 1873, will be found in Annual Report, 
1873 (p. 627 et seg.), by James T. Gardner, and Annual Report, 1876 (p. 
275 et seg.), by A. D. Wilson. 

Commencing in 1867, the object of the observations by and under Dr. 
Hayden were the collection of data possible in a rapid geologic recon- 
naissance, supplemented by topographic reconnaissance data commencing 
in 1871, and subsequently more ample topographic details, referred to a 
field triangulation, graphically reduced, the whole resting on initial check 
points determined astronomically by the Coast Survey and quite similar to 
the work prosecuted in the fortieth parallel geological exploration 

The principal instruments used when the topographic work reached its 
best stage were 8-inch Wurdemann theodolites graduated to 10 minutes and 
reading to 5-seconds, gradientas, steel tapes, compasses and odometers, 
cistern and aneroid barometers with hygrometers. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. Tal 


Connection was made with Coast Survey astronomic stations at Denver, 
Colorado Springs, and Trinidad, Colorado. Six readings were taken for 
main triangulation stations and azimuths; with L0’’.3, stated as error of closure 
for these triangles and 2’ for those subsidiary. 

Determinations of position for the Colorado work are found in the 
Annual Report for 1876, p. 285 et seq., and for that in Wyoming, Idaho, and 
Utah in the Annual Report for 1877, p.661. The elevations determined by 
this survey (since compiled into the Dictionary of Altitudes, by Gannett) 
are referred to by volume and page in the following list. Only the first 
pages of continuous references are given: 1871, p. 521 et seqg.; 1872, p. 799 
et seq., 813 et seg.; 1873, p. 657 et seq., 667, 675, and 678.; 1874, p. 429 et 
seq., 441, 446, and 492.; 1875, p. 299, 300, 342, 362 et seq, 388, 408, 418, 
440; 1876, p. 336 et seg., 357 et seg., 377; 1877, p. 681 et seg.; 1878, p. 459 
ef seq. 

The total area reported by Hayden as having been covered topograph- 
ically is 107,000 square miles, of which 37,000 square miles lie north and 
70,000 square miles south of the Union Pacific Railroad. 

The last field season was that of 1878, subsequent to which office reduc- 
tions were continued, while it would appear from the following that in the 
main any unfinished results were transferred to the Geological Survey. 

In the prefatory note to Vol. VIII, Floras (Lesquereux), the Director of 
the Geological Survey states that ‘‘on the 27th of September, 1882, at the 
request of Dr. F. V. Hayden, the completion of the publication of the U.S. 
Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, formerly under his 
charge, was committed to the Director of the Geological Survey,” by an 
order of the honorable the Secretary of the Interior. 

The volumes thus referred to would appear to be Vols. III (except 
Book I) and IV, Vertebrata; and Vol. XIII, Fossil Insects. 

The Director further states that ‘a portion of the unpublished materials 
of the Hayden Survey” was transferred to the Geological Survey, and that 
“all the field-notes and the manuscript notes” were thus transferred, and 
that ‘the present Geological Survey inherited all the unfinished topographic 
work of the Hayden Survey, but it did not inherit its natural history work 
and some of its work in paleontology.” 


712 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


He further states that the Hayden Survey abandoned the unfinished 
part of their work not germane to the present Geological Survey; i. e., the 
natural history part. 

The following is a condensed list of maps and reports resulting from 
this exploration: 


MAPS 
Number 
1s (Goneralsmapstccssemes soles coon ces Sele ere eee ena ee ola ee ate are ate eee eee ete eater 3 
2. Atlas of Colorado (scale 1 inch to 12 miles and 1 inch to 4 miles): 

1 EPR Ree DSR Rac Aes HODGE RCO C TG RUCeCU ceects nACEChCHdSSs CoDEco reeée ar esooe Cenc 2 

2: Geologyisc ccna ic socjenosesicoemaeeeeacsasesessaelse aes ceaceencnea=atanecee esos 4 

3. Population) 2222-6 -oees sass ciness tes cleaclsleeele pee aos clemes) oa aal san afeeeiafem == = eleaa ae 6 

4. Geology cs cmceres cic sctercen sine cetawacte seta seiwalaialenissiesaies anette seinteliel sae fetelereiae 6 

SRR BRS ROC Hess AOE H0 HOO CEHIDRE GOs BEROOY CBD ED ETISONCE, ine onSnon ast tos aided Becbse 2 
20 
3. General, special, and sketch maps bound with reports .... 2... .----- e220 eee cone cone eee ee 53 
Total) .cccccrsees= tos sen cette tom sci sais ene tere am ece esate aaa: aan eeeereant ieee ater 76 

REPORTS. 

LyAnnnali reports; Octavio coosactaccemscaescsceeleneasajeoedeaneeniiesiceslenlsie ats Geocaetenasleccen eat 12 
2: Bulleting Octavio pcccccleconcceceacsicssccons cereice ccs see selec secee socio eaeeane eases seatsaas 27 
3. Miscellaneous; OCtaVOnesncs\cceeee cc ceic encloses \--cnyensslsemeeeceon see ecine~nlaaanlesesise ce cler ee 12 
4. Monographs, quarto) <<< soi sccsrece acco ose taccce'ss vee ciseisie|enselsninl= nlenininniel = wisisleee eistnninlee= 11 
5 (Unelassifiedwces-ccs-ce vescecsccee ce accom cael ences alee aeamivassnelcese cessteecehmaeeimaceteacts 15 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880, 713 


GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN REGION. 


Mr. J. W. Powell states (see House of Representatives Report, No. 
612, Forty-third Congress, first session, pp. 46 and 48) that in the years 
1867,* 1868, and 1869, he was exploring in western Colorado and eastern 
Utah, about the source of the Grand, White, and Yampah Rivers, under 
the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution and certain scientific societies. 

In 1869 he made the descent of the Colorado River from Green River 
Station, Union Pacific Railroad, through and including the Grand Carion 
to the mouth of the Rio Virgin. In 1871 his work relating to the explora- 
tion of the basin of the Colorado River was placed under the Secretary of 
the Interior. 

The object of the examination, beginning with a general exploration, 
seems to have been developed to embrace more or less definitely the 
branches of geology, topography, natural history, including ethnology— 
patterning somewhat after the geologico-topographic reconnaissance inau- 
gurated by Clarence King in the exploration of the fortieth parallel. 

In the later years of the work a classification of lands was attempted, 
to determine the position and extent of the irrigable, timber, mineral, and 
waste lands ¢ 

The total area explored, examined, or surveyed, suitable for publication 
in map form, by and under the direction of Mr. Powell, from the time of 
taking the field in 1867 to the close of the field duties of this expedition in 
1878 (data from which is now being utilized by the Geological Survey), is 
stated by him (page 47, Senate Miscellaneous Document No. 82, first session 
Forty-ninth Congress) at 67,000 square miles. 


* During 1867, by authority, marron for twelve men were errehace d from the Army Subsistence 
Department. Subsequently they were furnished for twenty-five men at the expense of the War-Depart- 
ment. 

tOne sheet of the atlas of the Uintah Mountains shows classification colors for small detached 
areas. 


714 U.S, GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


SEASON OF 1870. 


Mr. Powell states that the total area explored and surveyed during 
this season, in northern Arizona and southern Utah, was 6,000 square miles, 
and that the professional personnel were: J. W. Powell, geologist, in 
charge; A. H. Thompson, geographer; F. M. Bishop and W. H. Graves, 
topographers; also one chief packer, one teamster, three employés, and 
from two to ten others, temporarily, as guides and hunters. In pursuance 
of joint resolution approved June 11, 1868, rations were issued by the 
commissary branch of the War Department for twenty-five men for the 
years commencing 1868 and ending in 1878. 

The instruments used were, as found stated in the several] reports, ze- 
nith telescopes, theodolites, sextants, gradientas, wooden rods, steel tapes, 
compasses, barometers, and hygrometers, part of which were borrowed 
from the Engineer Department. 

The route of the reconnaissance extended from Salt Lake City te the 
Canons of the Colorado, thence eastward to the Moqui villages, disbanding 
at Old Fort Defiance December 5, 1870. 


SEASON OF 1871. 


Professional personnel: J. W. Powell, geologist, in charge. J. F. 
Stewart, assistant geologist; A. H. Thompson, geographer; F. M. Bishop, 
I. S. Dellenbaugh, and 8. V. Jones, topographers; E. O. Beaman, photog- 
rapher; J. K. Hillers, assistant photographer; also W. C. Powell, F. A. 
Richardson, and A. J. Hatten as general assistants, with one chief packer, 
13 temporary employés, and a number of Indians as guides, hunters, and 
messengers 

Area explored and surveyed in southern Wyoming, Utah, and Arizona, 
12,000 square miles. 

The routes pursued were by boat, leaving Green River May 22, de- 
scending the Colorado to the mouth of the Paria, with land work for a 
narrow belt on either side, thus gathering material for a reconnaissance 
map. 

A preliminary report to the end of 1871 appears as House Mis. Doce. 
No. 173, Forty-second Congress, second session (1872). 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. Tid 


SEASON OF 1872. 

Professional personnel: J. W. Powell, geologist, in charge; A. H. 
Thompson, geographer; 8. V. Jones and F. 8. Dellenbaugh, topographers; 
J. K. Hillers, photographer; also W. C. Powell, A. J. Hatten, George 
Adair, Jacob Hamlin, George Riley, Nathan Adams, John Renshawe as 
general assistants, 18 temporary employés, with from 2 to 20 Indians as 
guides, hunters, and messengers. 

Area surveyed in Utah and Arizona, 8,000 square miles. 

The principal work for the year was in the Henry Mountains and 
vicinity. 

A partial report, of July 17, 1873, appears as House Mis. Doc. No. 76, 
Forty-second Congress, third session (1873). 


SEASON OF 1873. 


Professional personnel: J. W. Powell, geologist, in charge; A. H. Thomp- 
son, geographer; J. H. Renshawe, topographer; J. K. Hillers, photographer; 
also, Nathan Adams, Joseph Haycock, George Adair, and Jacob Hamlin 
as general assistants, with temporary employés and a number of Indians. 

Area surveyed in southern Utah and northern Arizona, 6,000 square 
miles. 

A third preliminary report was submitted to the Secretary of the Smith- 
sonian Institution and by him to the House of Representatives (8°, pp. 36, 
Washington: Government Printing Office. 1874), containing a summary of 


all work then executed. 
SEASON OF 1874. 


Professional personnel: J. W. Powell, geologist, in charge; Edwin E. 
Howell, assistant geologist ; A. H. Thompson, geographer; J. H. Renshawe, 
W. H. Graves, and H. C. DeMotte, topographers; O. D. Wheeler, assistant 
topographer; J. K. Hillers, photographer. 

Area surveyed in Wyoming, Utah, and Arizona, 15,000 square miles. 


SEASON OF 1875. 


Professional personnel: J. W. Powell, geologist, in charge; G. K. Gil- 
bert, Capt. C. E. Dutton (U.S. Army), and C. A. White, assistant geologists; 


716 U.S GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


A. H. Thompson, geographer; Robert Bell, J. H. Renshawe, and W. H. 
Graves, topographers; O. D. Wheeler, assistant topographer; J. K. Hillers, 
photographer. 

Area surveyed in Wyoming, Utah, and Arizona, 10,000 square miles. 

SEASON OF 1876. 

Professional personnel: J. W. Powell, geologist, in charge; G. K. Gil- 
bert, Capt. C. E. Dutton (U.S. Army), and C. A. White, assistant geologists; 
A. H. Thompson, geographer; J. H. Renshawe and W. H. Graves, topogra- 
phers; O. D. Wheeler, assistant topographer; J. K. Hillers, photographer. 

Area surveyed in Wyoming and Utah, 10,000 square miles. 

This area is situated between the Wahsatch Mountains on the west and 
the Green and Colorado Rivers on the east and southeast. 

SEASON OF 1877. 

Professional personnel: J. W. Powell, geologist, in charge; G. K. Gil- 
bert and Capt. C. E. Dutton (U.S. Army), assistant geologists; A. H. Thomp- 
son, geographer; J. H. Renshawe and W. H. Graves, topographers; O. D. 
Wheeler, assistant topographer. 

Area surveyed in Utah, 10,000 square miles. 

This work, in common with the greater share of all that executed by 
this expedition, is situated in the basin of the Colorado of the West, above 
the mouth of the Grand Canon. 

A brief report of operations for 1876 and 1877 was submitted Novem- 
ber 25, 1877, to the Secretary of the Interior (8°, pp. 19, Washington: Gov- 
ernment Printing Office, 1877), in which reference to ethnologic work, after- 
wards merged into the Bureau of Ethnology, is made. 

SEASON OF 1878. 

Professional personnel: J. W. Powell, geologist, in charge; G. IK. Gil- 
bert and Capt. C. E. Dutton (U. 8. Army), assistant geologists; 8. H. Bod- 
fish, J. H. Renshawe, and O. D Wheeler, topographers; P. B. Wright, W. 
A. Phillips, 
Hillers, photographer. 


Tipton, and F. P. Morgan, assistant topographers; J. K. 


Area surveyed in Utah and Arizona, 10,000 square miles. 
The above was the final season of field work for this expedition. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. CONG 


A communication regarding the continuation of ethnologic researches 
appears as House Miscellaneous Document No. 35, second session Forty- 
sixth Congress (1880). 

Independent of the progress reports already mentioned the following 
quartos were issued: 

Exploration of the Colorado River of the West, Powell, 1875, pp. 291, 
with 2 maps; Geology of the Uintah Mountains, Powell, 1876, pp. 218, 
with folio atlas; Geology of the Henry Mountains, Gilbert, 1877, pp. 160, 
with 5 plates and maps, second edition 1880; Lands of the Arid Region, 
Powell, 1878, pp. 195, with 3 maps, second edition 1879; and also Geology 
of the High Plateaus of Utah, Dutton, 1880, pp. 264, with folio atlas. 

In 1880 three quarto volumes had issued from the ethnological branch, 
which later became a separate office, with its annual and other reports; but 
these results are not germane to this memoir, which for its main object. has 
the analysis of the geographical foundation of national or Government 
maps, which, to be intelligible and homogeneous, should have sifted from it 
all the natural history portions, and remain more as an exponent of the 
mathematical field and office parts of topography and geography and their 
‘artistic delineation, and publication. Other than the maps accompanying 
reports, six preliminary sheets were issued; also four relief maps and two 
stereograms of the Grand Canon, High Plateaus, and Henry Mountains 
were prepared for distribution to colleges and libraries. 

A part of the topographie work was published in the atlas accompany- 
ing the report upon the Uintah Mountains and that upon the High Plateaus. 

Mr. Gannett states, with regard to the topography, that “it has been 
republished entire by the present survey,” 7. ¢., the Geological Survey.* 

So far as can be ascertained no geographic positions (latitudes and 
longitudes) were published by this office. The same may be said with 
regard to altitudes, except such as appear on published maps. 

A general reference to progress and results of the work may be found 


in House Executive Document No. 80, Forty-ninth Congress, second session. 


* Of the eighty-seven topographic base maps issued (April, 1837) for geologic purposes twenty- 
three are referred to on the face of each sheet as having been supplied in part or whole from the above 
work, = 


718 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


‘abulated list of maps and reports. 


MAPS. No. 
1. Preliminary sheets:----. -22--jss--=- SRA BD OSCO Ce DOOEDU OCHS Semel leleitaate 6 
2. Accompanying reports: 1. Topographic .........---...---------- iL 
2aNKCOLOMI Came maaten er caimecaiaaea aseramal 14 
Sn HCGONOMI Gras cecteciesicmwicewicecee ete Serer 2 
Scale 1 to 1,000,000, Linch 4. Miscellaneous and sections ..--....--. 19 
to 16 miles, and 1 inch 5. Maps and plates ...--...---...-...--- 5 
to 4 miles (principally). — 41 
Rotalessacsssseseries serene se eeee seeeeansecostesenseuseceene| em aee 47 
REPORTS. 
Te cAMMTIM aA OG ETO OTCSS tera stere matin tare ole ahem nie ie el ae oe 5 
DEST E50): Se etero aeriSsS Abbe CoS Ha DEB CSS Co EEE DES abe oS aenn GUD ESSA cDeeSe 5 
32 Miscellaneous ;pamphilets io. occestev sees weveesincee soe e=meeeeeseeeise= 2 
Totals eee ce cees cape santas aesterea cess Shop coeppadesasacs 12 


(Also six volumes on ethnological subjects. ) 


Upon the close of this work, as stated by Mr. Powell in his letter of 
May 21, 1886, to Senator Allison, “all of the material, embracing collec- 
tions of fossils, minerals, and rocks, and all field-notes of the geologist, and 
all topographic manuscript maps, together with the field-notes, computa- 


rd 


tions, etc.,” were transferred to the U. 8. Geological Survey. 


GEOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF THE BLACK HILLS OF DAKOTA, BY W. P. JENNEY, E. M., AND 
H. NEWTON, E. M., 1875. 

The parties conducting this examination left Cheyenne, Wyo., for the 
northward May 27, 1875. The object of the expedition, in accordance 
with letter of instructions of Commissioner of Indian Affairs of March 27, 
1875, was ‘“‘to obtain, pending certain negotiations for the cession of the 
Black Hills by the Sioux Indians, the true facts regarding the nature and 
value of the mineral deposits” having been lately discovered in that region. 

The route to Fort Laramie (where the escort was joined) was by the 
usual traveled road from Cheyenne, the former point being left on May 24. 
The Hills were reached via Raw-Hide Butte and Old Woman’s Fork. 

Camp was made on the East Fork of the Beaver on June 3, from 
which point the instrumental work was begun, a permanent camp being at 


once established on French Creek, from whence operations were carried on 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 719 


by two parties. Succeeding bases of supplies were established as the work 
proceeded to the northward until the examination embraced the entire area 
of the Black Hills between the forks of the Cheyenne. 

The routes within the Hills do not appear in detail. The area of the 
Black Hills, as stated by Mr. Newton in his report, aggregates 5,000 square 
miles. 

The object of the expedition having been accomplished, the parties 
rendezvoused at the mouth of Rapid Creek, on the South Fork of*the Che- 
yenne, preparatory to return march to Fort Laramie (via White River and 
Spotted Tail and Red Cloud Agencies), which point was reached on October 
14, after an absence of four months and twenty days. 

The professional work was carried on by W. P. Jenney, E. M., geolo- 
gist, in charge, assisted by H. Newton, E. M., geologist; V.'T. MceGillycuddy, 
M. D., photographer; Capt H. P. Tuttle, astronomer; and W. F. Patrick, 
_ E. M., together with eleven miners and laborers. 

The party was accompanied by a military escort of fully four hundred 
men, with a train of seventy-five wagons, in command of Lieut. Col. R. J. 
Dodge, Twenty-third Infantry, with Lieut. M. F. Trout, Ninth Infantry, as 
adjutant; Lieut. J. F. Trout, Twenty-third Infantry, as acting assistant quar- 
termaster; Lieut. J.G. Bourke, Third Cavalry, topographer; and Assistant 
Surgeons Jaquette and Kane. The above escort consisied of two compa- 
nies of the Ninth Infantry, under Capts. A. H. Bowman and 8. Munson and 
Lieut. H. De Lany; two companies of the Second Cavalry, under Capt. E. 
J. Spaulding and Lieuts. C. T. Hall, J. H. Coale, and F. W. Kingsbury ; 
four companies of the Third Cavalry, under Capts. W. Hawley, G. Russell, 
and H. W. Wessells and Lieuts. A. D. King, R. EK. Whitman, James Lawson, 
J. EK. H. Foster, and C. Morton. 

Thanks are rendered in the final report for the hearty co-operation of 
the several officers, as well as a recognization of topographic assistance by 
Lieutenants Morton and Foster. 

The instruments used were one transit theodolite, one surveyor’s transit, 
one sextant, two marine and one pocket chronometers, two mountain and 
five aneroid barometers and thermometers. These (except the chronome- 


ters) were transported while in the Hills upon pack animals. 


720 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WESY OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Topographic observations were made by the reconnaissance method, 
distances being estimated by time, courses, and topographic features observed 
with a prismatic compass. 

Longitude was determined by chronometriec differences,* and sextant 
observations were made for latitude. Triangulation, starting from an as- 
tronomic base (there being no measured base), was made to include the 
principal peaks. 

A preliminary report, accompanied by a small preliminary map by 
Dr. McGillicuddy, was made by Mr. Jenney to the Office of Indian Affairs, 
and appeared on page 181 of the Annual Report of the Commissioner (1875). 

A subsequent report by Mr. Jenney to the Indian Office, entitled: ‘‘ The 
Mineral Wealth, Climate and Rain-fall, and Natural Resources of the Black 
Hills,” appears as Senate Ex Doc. No 51, Forty-fourth Congress, first ses- 
sion (1876), with same map as in preliminary report (scale 1 inch to 8 miles). 

A preliminary report on the paleontology of the Black Hills, by R. P. 
Whitfield, was printed as a pamphlet in July, 1877, by the Geological and 
Geographical Survey of the Rocky Mountain region. 

The final report in quarto form, edited by Mr. G. K. Gilbert, on the 
geology and resources of the Black Hills of Dakota, by H. Newton, E. 
M., and W. P. Jenney, E. M., with an atlas, was published in 1880, under 
the auspices of the Geological and Geographical Survey of the Rocky 
Mountain Region. This volume contains, besides the contributions of 
Newton revised and edited by Mr. Gilbert, and that of Jenney substantially 
as found in his earlier report, others in the following order: On paleontol- 
ogy, by Rh P. Whitfield; on microscopic petrography, by John H. Cas- 
well; on botany, by Prof. Asa Gray; and on astronomy and barometric 
hypsometry, by H. P. Tuttle. On May 28, 1879, the results of this explo- 
ration were transferred to the survey of the Rocky Mountain region, by 
direction of the Secretary of the Interior. 

Mr. Newton revisited the Black Hills in 1877, to repeat certain of his 


observations and record the results of the rapidly developing mining in- 


* The errors of the lovgitudes were afterwards corrected by a reference to points established on 
the eastern boundary of Wyoming, near “Camp Jenney” of the expedition; finally, by telegraphic 
longitudes of Deadwood and other points within the Hills, determined by Captain Stanton, Corps of 
Engineers, in 1877, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880, 721 


dustry, where he died from typhoid fever, at Deadwood, August 5, 1877; 
hence the revision of his manuscript by Mr. Gilbert as stated. 

Maps.—The following are the maps known to have been separately 
issued : 


LIST OF MAPS RESULTING FROM THE GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATION OF THE BLACK HILLS. 


nD 
o Area 
= Size in sq. | Hill work. Moder 
Title. Author. |Date.| Seale. | 2 within ms. |How repre-| _, ‘a e ti 
° border. Ap- sented) aitrcbnswumone 
6 prox. 
A 
Topographical map | Jenney and | 1875 | 1’=8 ms.| 1 | 174’ x 153’; 9,300 | Hachuces. | Lithography. 
of the Black Hills.| others. 
(NN OCSAMO nas eine ose soe CO) oem 1875 | 1//—=4'ms.| 1 | 35? x3l" | 9,300 |..-.do .-. Do. 


Black Hills of Da- 
kota (to accom- 
papy report of 
Hevry Newton, 
E. M., etc.).* 


disheet; \bird’s=|)|-.----=---.- ibey Ay | Eoobosesae Sl Q7ateexlOPUN eo ce|eocess cesses} Colored itho- 
eye view of graph. 
the Black 
Hills.* 

isheet, Black: |)||.2..-=..<s5<|o0.--- 1’=4 ms.|...| 35/7x 28” | 9,216 | Hachures.| Photolitho- 
Hills of Da- graph. 
kota.* 

lsheets Blackillll|=ssectoe cio clemiai-- = 1’=4 ms.|...} 35’ x 28” | 9,216 | Contours .| Colored pho- 
Hills of Da- tolithograph. 
kota (geolog- 
ically col- 
ored).* 


* In atlas, 


RESUME. 


The topographic map (scale 1 inch to 4 miles) shows this class of ob- 
servations to have extended over part, if not all, of an area of 9,300 square 
miles. The geological map (based upon the above) embraces an area of 
9,216 square miles. The results, independent of those shown in the report 
of Newton on geology, Jenney on resources, and Whitfield, Caswell, and 
Gray on the natural history collections made, and the triangulation and 
topographic detail for the maps by Dr. McGillicuddy, as shown in report 
of Mr. Tuttle, are, longitudes 24,* latitudes 97, altitudes 93, and variations 13 


in number. 


- These longitudes were found by Mr. Tuttle in 1877, by reference to points on eastern boundary 
of Wyoming, to be 4’ 47” too far east; a further correction was introduced by a reference to telegraphic 
longitudes, established the same year by Stanton at Deadwood and other points within the Hills. 


46 WH—VOL I 


722 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Chapters on the Dakota Indians by Mr. Newton were reserved for pub- 
lication by the Bureau of Ethnology. 

The following was expended in field work (see House Ex. Doe. No. 80, 
Forty-fifth Congress, second session): By direct appropriation, $14,000; in- 
direct appropriation (allotted from ‘“ beneficial object fund for certain tribes 
of Northern Sioux”), $11,000; total, $25,000. 

Wagons, camp equipage, and horses were loaned by the Quartermaster’s 
Department, arms were loaned by the Ordnance Department, and rations 
purchased from the Commissary Department at cost. The cost of the escort 
was purely a military expense. 


SUBDIVISION OF THE PUBLIC LANDS. 


Of the 971,174,878 acres reported by the Land Office as having been 
subdivided June 30, 1886, 724,529,431 acres lie west of the Mississippi, 
while of the 844,329,269 acres then remaining unsurveyed all except 
7,252,857 acres (Florida) belongs to the same territory, including, however, 
369,529,600 acres (estimated) for Alaska, where these surveys have not yet 
been commenced. It appears that the law requires the establishment of no 
latitudes, longitudes, or altitudes in connection with these surveys, neither 
has it been the custom to conduct systematic topography, the latter being 
simply planimetric without a geographic basis; hence the results of the Land 
Office surveys, so far as relates to their uses in the compilation of general 
topographic and geographic maps, are but preliminary, on account of the 
above deficiencies, the available data being only such minor details as can 
be adjustetd to known geographic co-ordinates. For preliminary field and 
subsequent office plats they have, however, furnished valuable information, 


BOUNDARIES OF STATES AND TERRITORIES. 


These lines, when bounding States cut out of the public domain west 
of the Mississippi, were for a number of years run and marked by officers 
of Topographical Engineers, but immediately prior and subsequent to the 
late war they have been demarked under the General Land Office by con- 
tractors who have secured the services of competent astronomers and sur- 


veyors, employed under the authority of the Secretary of the Interior, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1830, 23 


The following is a tabulated list of certain of these boundaries furnished 
by the Commissioner of the General Land Office: 


State and Territorial boundaries surveyed under the direction of the General Land Office, between 1857 and 1880. 


Length of 
Boundary. Names of surveyors and astronomers. Date of line Cost of 
survey. waasurad! survey. 
mls. chs. lks. 

West boundary of | Chauncey H. Snow and Henry Hutton -- 1859 | 148 33 91 | $5,000.00 
Minnesota.* 

Washington and | Daniel G. Major (F. G. Hesse and John 1864 96 57 00 4,500. 00 
Oregon. Major, assistants). 

North boundary of | Daniel G. Major (John J. Major, assist- | 1868-69 | 212 40 00} 12,750.00 
California. ant). 

Oregon and Idaho .| Daniel G. Major . .-..-.------------------ 1867 | 124 17 02 Cee BP Arig 

North boundary of | Ehud N. Darling (J. Weissner and Alonzo 1868 | 331 60 00) 19,000.00 
New Mexico. Mace, assistants). 

West boundary of | O. N. Chaffee ..---.----------+------+---- 1869 | 207 22 26 |) 
Nebraska. 7,804. 48 

South boundary of | O. N. Chaffee ....-..--------------+----- 1869 | 104 72 07 , 
Nebraska.t 

East boundary of | Isaac E. James (J. T. Gardner, assistant) - 1870 | 401 50 56] 10,625.00 
Nevada. 

Utah and Idaho....| Daniel G. Major (John J. Major, assist- 1871 | 153 56 00 6, 480. 00 

ant). 

East boundary of | Alexander W. Von Schmidt ...---------- 1872-73 | 611 75 77 | 40,750.32 
California. 

West boundary of | John J. Major ..-----.-------+---------+: 1872 | 207 26 00 8, 293. 00 
Kansas. 

North boundary of | Daniel G. Major (John J. Major, assist- | 187273 | 304 62 00) 15,401.11 
Nevada. ant). 

South boundary of | Alonzo V. Richards (T. H. Safford and 1873 | 367 48 81 | ‘22,056.61 
Wyoming. A. MacConnel, assistants). 

West boundary of | Alonzo V. Richards (Augustus MacCon- 1874 | 277 72 66] 138,850.00 
Wyoming. nel, assistant). 

Part south bound- | John J. Major ...--..------------------- 1873-74 57 04 50 2, 282. 25 
ary of Colorado. 

Part east boundary | John J. Major ..---. ---------------+----- 1873-74 34 40 00 1, 380. 00 
of New Mexico.§ 

North boundary of | Chauncey Wiltse (E. P. Austin, assistant) - 1874 | 224 12 20 8, 069. 49 
Nebraska. 

Washington and | Rollin J. Reeves and C. 8. Denison .----. 1873 | 176 40 00) 10,590.00 
Idaho.|| 

Arizona and New | Chandler Robbins (John H. Clark, as- | 1875-76 | 390 48 31] 27,342.27 
Mexico. sistant). 

Arkansas and In- | Henry E. McKee..-.--.------------------ 1877 196 75 83 11, 805, 48 
dian Territory. 

Wyoming and Da- | Rollin J, Reeves (Horace P. Tuttle, as- 1877 | 138 32 00 7, 000, 00 
kota. sistant). 

Colorado and Utah.| Rollin J. Reeves (Horace P. Tuttle, as- 1878~79 | 276 51 66 15, 000. 00 

sistant). | 

North boundary of | R. J. Reeves (H. P. Tuttle and C. M. | 1879-80 | 346 43 00] 20,000.00 

Wyoming. Stephens, assistants). 


* This survey included only that part of the line not marked by natural boundaries. 

+41° north latitude, from 25° to 27° Tongitude west from Washington. A survey of the boundary 
between Kansas and Nebraska was made between November 16 and December 5, 1854, by John P. 
Johnson, surveyor (result not available); the initial point being the intersection of the 40th parallel 
with the Missouri River, having been previously determined in 1854 by Capt. Thomas J. Lee, Topo- 
graphical Engineers. : 

{37° north latitude, from 25° west from Washington to 103° west from Greenwich. 

§ 103° west from Greenwich, from 36° 30’ north latitude to 37° north latitude. 

|| From confluence of Snake and Clearwater Rivers, north to 49° north latitude. Survey aban- 
doned 2 miles south of 49° north latitude. 

Nore.—All the reports of the above boundary surveys are in manuscript only. 


724 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


The western boundary of Missouri, from the Missouri River at the 
mouth of the Kansas in a straight line to the southern boundary of Mis- 
souri (177 miles), was run in 1824 by Joseph C. Brown. The boundary 
between Missouri and Iowa, being parallel of 49° 44’ 06” N. latitude be- 
tween Des Moines and the Mississippi Rivers, was established in 1837 
(length 203 miles); in 1847 the boundary between Arkansas and Missouri— 
being the parallel of 36° N. latitude from the Mississippi to the St. Francis 
(36 miles 49.88 chains) and the parallel of 36° 30’ N, latitude from the St. 
Francis to the western boundary of Missouri (247 miles 44.41 chains). 

That part of the eastern boundary of Colorado lying on the 25th 
meridian west from Washington, from latitude 40° to 41° N. (69 miles) 
was run in 1870 by O. N. Chaffee, surveyor. 

The boundary between Dakota and Montana, being that part of the 
27th meridian west of Washington between latitudes 45° and 49° N. (276 
miles 26 chains) was determined in 1877 by Daniel G. Major, astronomer. 

The two last above-named were under the auspices of the General 
Land Office, where it is presumed that the original records are to be found. 
The locus of the original records of the three others above is not known. 
It is believed that all of the original records of boundaries west of the Mis- 
sissippi will be found eithe: at the General Land Office or at the Engineer 
Department. 

No data has been found available for the boundaries between Louisiana 
and Arkansas, Iowa and Minnesota, Minnesota and Wisconsin, and of the 
eastern line of the public land strip. It is believed that the boundaries 
between Arizona and Utah, and Montana and Idaho, have not yet been 
demarked, nor that part of northern Colorado adjoining Nebraska. 

The survey of the 98th meridian west longitude from the Red to the 
Canadian River was made by Messrs. A. H. Jones and H. M. C. Brown 
(Daniel G. Major, astronomer), under a contract with the acting Commis- 
sioner of Indian Affairs, dated October 13, 1857. The length of the 
measured line was 93 miles and 38 chains. The record of the observations 
and results of the astronomer are believed to be in the Indian Bureau. 

That part of the 100th meridian west longitude which lies between the 
southern boundary of the Cherokee country and the Red River was meas- 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 725 


ured in 1859 by Messrs. A. H. Jones and H. M. C. Brown (Daniel G. Major, 
astronomer), under contract with the Indian Office. The original field-notes, 
showing that the survey was begun April 22 and completed May 11, 1859, 
the length of the measured line to be 109 miles 56.59 chains, and the re- 
ductions of the astronomer, are of record in the Indian Bureau. The above 
was adopted and made a part of the official boundary survey between the 
United States and Texas. (See Senate Ex. Doc. No. 70, Forty-seventh 
Congress, first session.) 

Special surveys of Indian lands have been made by Daniel and John 
J. Major in the eastern Ute reservation of Colorado in 1881, with an initial 
point at Gunnison, and of boundaries of Indian reservations, and in the sub- 
division of Indian lands, but data there upon it has not been practicable to 
obtain. 


UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 


This office was created by appropriation act of March 3, 1879, and 
placed under a director, who ‘shall have the direction of the Geological 
Survey and the classification of the public lands, and examination of the 
geological structure, mineral resources and products of the national domain.” 
Under this act a geologic-topographic reconnaissance work similar to that 
pursued by King in the geologic exploration of the 40th parallel, and also 
to some extent by Hayden and Powell, was begun west of the Mississippi 
River; while the words of an appropriation act of 1882 “to continue the 
preparation of a geological map of the United States” have been interpreted 
to authorize field work east of the Mississippi River, since which date simi- 
lar operations have been conducted largely within that territory. The me- 
moir herewith was intended only to bring a reference to the works down 
to January 1, 1880, and time and means alike forbid a tracing of this office, 
then but just begun, but now grown to large proportions. However, from 
the testimony of the Director (Mr. J. W. Powell, who succeeded Mr. Clar- 
ence King),* and the Annual Reports of the Survey, certain information 
regarding field operations and office results will be herewith found.t 


*See Senate Mis. Doc. No. 82, Forty-ninth Congress, first session. 
t The progress of field triangulation to year ending June 30, 1886, will be found in report by 
Henry Gannett, in the Seventh Aniual Report from this office, pp. 45 et seq. 


726 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Following the scope given to geology by this office, it appears that a 
survey of the whole United States, consisting of a geologic examination, for 
the graphic illustration of which topographic maps as a base are specially 
produced, has been inaugurated. 

These are not published as topographic maps for general distribu- 
tion* (there being no authority therefor), but are to be issued, as prepared, 
with the geologic colors added. The Director states a considerable area as 
covered by the original observations of this office, but as regards results 
germane to the scope of this memoir of later works, i. e., astronomic, 
geodetic, trigonometric, topographic, and hypsometric, nothing yet published 
regarding results seems to define the exact value or extent of the latitudes, 
longitudes, and altitudes or the mathematical basis of the work. 

The publications are more purely geologic, or of an allied character. 

The results can much better be traced, grouped, analyzed, and compared 
when further publications shall admit of determining the above mentioned 
principal branches.t 

It appears, as stated by the Director, that all of the unreduced and 
unpublished results of the geologic and geographic survey of the Rocky 
Mountain region were transferred to this Survey, and likewise all of the 
similar material from the geologic and geographic survey of the Territories, 
except the natural history and a part of the paleontology. - 

Nothing whatever, either as to personnel, instruments, material, or 
supplies, professional or other records, published or unpublished maps and 
reports, or data of any sort, was transferred from the office of the United 
States Geographic Survey west of the 100th meridian, all the records of 
which were deposited in the archives of the Engineer Department, War 
Department, as heretofore stated. 


* At this writing (April 20, 1889) a number of topographic sheets—53 full degree (scale 1 to 
250,000), 127 quarter-degree (1 to 125,000), and 101 one-sixteenth degree (1 to 62,500)—have been 
engraved and issued prior to the geologic work proper, but not for general distribution and use as 
topographic maps. Of the above, 53 full degree (about one-half from prior surveys), 70 quarter degree, 
and 2 of one-sixteenth degree are found west of the Mississippi (data furnished by Henry Gannett, in 
charge of Division of Geography, U. S. Geological Survey). 

t+ No publication upon geographic co-ordinates has so far been mentioned in any of the ‘adver- 
tisement ” prospectuses of the publications of this office, with the single exception of Bulletin No. 49, 
“On the latitudes and longitudes of certain points in Missouri, Kansas, and New Mexico, by R. S. 
Woodward,” announced as in press March 1, 1889. (April 20,1889.) Stated as published in Bulletin of 
July 1, 1889. i 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. {Parl 


STATE DEPARTMENT. 


UNITED STATES NORTHERN BOUNDARY COMMISSION.—LAKE OF THE WOODS TO THE 
SUMMIT OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS (49TH PARALLEL), 1872~74. 


The United States Boundary Commission, having for its object ‘to 
determine and mark the boundary line between the United States and British 
Possessions, as defined in the second article of the convention between the 
United States and Great Britain, of October 20, 1818,” this line being the 
49th parallel from the meridian of the northwest corner of the Lake of the 
Woods to the summit of the Rocky Mountains, was authorized by act of 
Congress, approved March 19, 1872, and commenced field operations at 
Pembina, September 1, 1872. Besides marking the boundary line, an accu- 
rate survey of all topographic features in a belt 5 miles wide on the United 
States side and of the shore of the Lake of the Woods from the 49th parallel 
to the mouth of Rainy River, was made and consolidated on a series of 
maps, as also reconnaissance surveys of all routes traveled by the geodetic 
and astronomic parties.* 

The work of the Commission divides itself into astronomic and geodetic, 
which will be given separately. 

First, Astronomic.—1872. In this year two astronomical stations were 
observed, thus determining the ‘‘ northwest point” of the Lake of the Woods 
and the initial point or the west bank of the Red River of the North, Capt. 
W. J. Twining being the observer. 

1873. Captain Twining observed at Pointe Michel, 20 miles west of 
Red River, at Turtle Mountain, west side, and at west of Riviére des Lacs, 
237 miles west of Red River. 


* The United States Commission was organized with Archibald Campbell, Commissioner, and Maj. 
F. M. Far. uhar, Corps of Engineers, chief astronomer ; Capt. W. J. Twining, First Lieut. J. F. Gregory, 
and Second Lient. F. V. Greene, Corps of Engineers, being detailed as assistants. Inthe spring of 1872, 
Major Farquhar having been relieved at his own request, Captain Twining was appointed and thereafter 
continued chief astronomer. 

The 49th parallel was determined as follows: Astronomical stations were established alternately 
by the British and United States Commissions at approximate distances apart of 20 miles, and these 
were connected by tangents checked by azimuths at each end. The offsets to the parallel from these 
tangents were corrected proportionately, the astronomical determinations being considered absolute. 
The latitudes were determined by zenith telescope, the longitudes by chained distances from Red 
River (the initial point). These longitudes were to bave been checked by telegraphic comparisons and 
determinations through Fort Shaw, Mont., to Corinne, Utah, which proved impossible becanse com- 
munication was broken during the period of operations. lron monuments, one mile apart, were planted 
to mark the line trom longitude 96° to 99° west, with usually stone pyramids **r the more westerly 
portions. 


728 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Capt. J. F. Gregory observed at Pembina Mountains, east side, at 
Long River, at South Antler Creek, at Mouse River, at Mid Coteau, at 
Bully Spring, and at Four-hundred-and eight-and-a-half-mile Point. 

Assistant Lewis Boss observed at Pembina Mountains, west side. 

1874. Captain Gregory observed this year at Frenchman’s Creek, Pool 
on Prairie, East Fork Milk River, Milk River Lakes, East Butte, Red River, 
North Fork Milk River, and at Chief Mountain Lake The line was com- 
pleted from longitude 106° 12’ to the summit of the Rocky Mountains, 
where the survey connected with that part of the northwestern boundary 
heretofore established (1859). 

In 1872 Capt. and Bvt. Lieut. Col. F. M. Farquhar, Capt. and Bvt. 
Maj. W. J. Twining, and Lieut. J. F. Gregory, all of the Corps of En- 
gineers, were the astronomical observers. 

The escort in 1872 was a part of Capt. A. A. Harbach’s company, 
Twentieth Infantry; in 1873 two companies of the Seventh Cavalry and 
Captain Harbach’s company, Twentieth Infantry, all under command of 
Maj. M. A. Reno, Seventh Cavalry; and in 1874 two companies of the 
Seventh Cavalry and five companies of the Sixth Infantry, under Major 
Reno. 

The instruments used were zenith telescopes Nos. 7, 11, and 20, by 
Wurdemann; Nos. 7 and 11 were of 25 inches focal length, damaged by 
use; No. 20, of 32 inches focal length, in good condition. The chronom- 
eters, three in number, were by Negus, of New York, and Bond, of Boston. 
The sextants, two in number, were by Stackpole & Bro, New York. 
Astronomical transits in 1873, No. 30, and in 1874, No. 4; both by 
Wurdemann. 

Second, Geodetic.—Lieut. F. V. Greene was placed in charge of the 
tracing of the line and of the topographic work in the years 1872, 1873, 
1874, and 1875. The methods of work in these branches will be found 
described by Lieutenant Greene (pp. 341-369), Appendix B, of the main 
report, which is published as Senate Ex. Doc. No. 41, Forty-fourth Con- 
gress, second session, and contains reports of the Commissioner, Archibald 
Campbell; of Captain Twining, Captain Gregory, Lieutenant Greene; and 
the maps, except the preliminary and final series. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 729 


The original plats of this survey were transferred to the archives of 
the Engineer Department. 

Capt. J. F. Gregory, U. S. Engineers, in connection with the North- 
ern Boundary Survey during the first field season of 1872, was in charge 
of the geodetic and topographic work with Lieut. F. V. Greene and Mr. 
F. Von Schrader (now Lieutenant, Twelfth Infantry), as assistants. 
Work this season was confined to topographie surveys in vicinity of the 
boundary line, the Red and Pembina Rivers, the establishment of the 
northwest angle of the Lake of the Woods, and surveys in that vicinity 
of the boundary. 

In 1873 he was in charge of an astronomical party with Mr. E. L. 
Mack and Mr. O. 8. Wilson as assistants. 

Observations for latitude were made at seven stations and the parallels 
marked with large stone mounds. A part of the sextant work was done by 
Mr. Wilson. 

Reconnaissance was made from the second crossing of the boundary 
line (in longitude 102° approximate) to Fort Totten, Dakota, and thence to 
Fort Seward, crossing Mouse River at the mouth of Willow Creek. 

Lieut. (now Captain) C. O. Bradley, Twentieth Infantry, commanded 
the escort, beginning with fourteen enlisted men, afterwards increased to 
twenty-six in number. 

1874. Had charge of an astronomical party with Mr. Lewis Boss and 
A. J. Egerton as assistants. Dr. Elliott Coues, surgeon U.S. Army, accom- 
panied the party as naturalist. 

' Eight astronomical stations along the 49th parallel were determined and 
marked, carrying the work to its western limit on Chief Mountain Lake, of 
the Pacific water-shed. 

Reconnaissance surveys of the trails were made by compass and 
odometer. Also observed for latitude of Fort Buford with zenith telescope, 
and made reconnaissance from the mouth of Polar River to west bank of 
Frenchman’s Creek, and to the boundary line about longitude 107° 24’. 

Observations for time and latitude en route were made by Mr. Boss. 
Longitudes and latitudes were determined by sextant and chronometer of 


the trail, from Station Thirteen to Fort Buford. 


730 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Mr. Boss made a reconnaissance of the route from the termination of 
tne boundary to Fort Benton. 

The escort consisted of Company D, Sixth Infantry, about forty men 
and three Indian scouts, commanded by Capt. M. Byrant, Sixth Infantry 
(now Major, Fourteenth Infantry), and Lieut. F. W. Thibaut, Sixth Infantry, 
second in command. 

1875. Set the cast-iron pillars* east and west of Red River, at even 
mile intervals, and made special surveys at the northwest angle, Lake of 
the Woods. 

The escort consisted of twelve enlisted men commanded by Lieut. C. 
H. Low, Twentieth Infantry. The last astronomical station was established 
on Chief Mountain Lake, a special geodetic and topographic survey of 
which and the neighboring mountain region was made by Assistant Boss. 


RECONNAISSANCES AND SURVEYS BY LIEUT. F. V GREENE, CORPS OF ENGINEERS, IN CONNECTION 
WITH THE UNITED STATES NORTHERN BOUNDARY COMMISSION (1872-75). 


Lieutenant Greene, acting under general instructions from Major 
Farquhar, United States Engineers, in 1872, and subsequently from Captain 
Twining, United States Engineers, chief astronomer Northern Boundary 
Commission, commenced September 5, 1872, at Jatitude 49° on Red River. 

The field work intrusted to him comprised the immediate charge and 
direction of the parties engaged upon geodetic and topographic operations, 
and the making of reconnaissance surveys of all routes passed over by these 
parties, outside of the belt of more accurate surveys. It was accomplished 
within the following dates : 

1872. September 5 to November 12. From Red River eastward to 
Roseau River, 33 miles. 'Topographiesurvey by theodolite and chain of Red 
River near the boundary. Escort, Company K, Twentieth Infantry, Capt. 
A. A. Harback ; civil assistant, F. Von Schrader. 

1873. June 8 to October 25. From Red River westward to Poplar 
River, 384 miles. Assistants: Computer, L. Chauvenet ; topographers, F. 


* These pillars were ‘hollow iron castings, three-eighths of an inch in thickness, in the form of a 
truncated pyramid, 8 feet high, 8 inches square at bottom, 4 inches square at top with solid pyramidal 
cap, and an octagonal flange, one inch in thickness at bottom,” with an average weight of 285 
pounds. A list of all the monuments, some few of which were stone pillars and cairns and earth- 
mounds, are given on pp. 35-40 of the report. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. (awl 


Von Schrader, A. Downing, C. L. Doolittle. The escort, from September 11 
to October 15, was a detachment of twenty-five cavalry under command of 
Lieut. R. H. L. Alexander. 

187374. October 25 to February 16. From Red River to Lake of the 
Woods, 88 miles; thence toRainy River. Noescort. Assistants: Computer, 
O. 8. Wilson, C. E.; topographers, C. L. Doolittle, A. Downing. 

1874. June 21 to October 1.. From Poplar River to the summit of 
the Rocky Mountains, 380 miles. Escort, two companies Sixth Infantry 
and twelve Indian scouts, Capt. E. R. Ames, Sixth Infantry, in command. 
Assistants: Computer, O. S. Wilson, C. E., topographers, C. L. Doolittle, 
V. T. McGillicuddy, B. Vitzthum. 

In 1873—74 the escorts were parts of a general escort under command of 
Maj. M. A. Reno, Seventh Cavalry. 

1874. First, a reconnaissance from Frenchman’s Creek on the Missouri, 
in longitude 104° 54’ along Poplar River and its branches to the 49th 
parallel, made as above, with three astronomic camps. Second, a recon- 
naissance from astronomical station 24 to astronomic station 25 by way 
of Fort Turney on Frenchman’s Creek; one astronomic camp. Third, a 
reconnaissance of the trail made by the wagon train while Lieutenant Greene 
was running the meridian line to Fort Shaw ; two latitude camps. Fourth, 
a reconnaissance along the “ Riplinger Road,” skirting the base of the Rocky 
Mountains from the 49th parallel to Fort Shaw, by C. L. Doolittle; four 
latitude camps. Fifth, a reconnaissance from Fort Shaw to Fort Benton ; 
one astronomic camp. Sixth, boat survey of the Missouri River from Fort 
3enton to Bismarck, September 10 to October 1. This was based on the 
astronomic determinationof 17 points on the river, by sextant tor latitude 
and time, and by the mean of six chronometers, compared daily, and with 
well deduced traveling rates for longitude—the longitude of Fort Benton 
being determined by chronometers transported from the boundary, and that 
of Bismarck by telegraph by Major Barlow. Between these points courses 
were kept with 6-inch vernier compasses by Doolittle and MeGillicuddy, 
and distances estimated by time and the speed of the current. In reducing 
the computed co-ordinates, compass notes were adjusted to the astronomic 
observations. 


732 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


1875. July 1 to September 13. Lieutenant Greene proceeded to Fort 
Shaw, connected the meridian line with the flagstaff and with the principal 
meridian of the land office, but was unable to obtain a telegraphic longitude 
of the fort. 

The topographical information gained by these surveys was compiled 
under the supervision of Captain Twining into the following maps: 

(1) A preliminary series in an index and forty-five sheets, on a scale 
of 1 inch to 1 mile,* which show the topography of the 5-mile belt. These 
were photolithographed at once upon completion, and furnished the British 
Commission, 

(2) A final series of jot maps in an index and twenty-four sheets, 
on a scale of 1 inch to 2 miles, which take in the topography for 4 miles on 
the British side of the line, and have been reduced from the British and 
United States preliminary series. Of these final sheets twelve were exe- 
cuted by the British Commission and twelve by the United States. In both 
series the polyconic projection was used. 

Draughtsmen employed: A. A. Aquirre, E. Mahlo, E Collet, A. Von 
Hoake, and A. Downing. 

In addition to the above the following reconnaissances were made by 
Lieutenant Greene: 

1873. October 15-25. From the second crossing of Mouse River (lat- 
itude 49° longitude 101° 54’ 58’), along Mouse River on its southern bend 
to near the mouth of Wintering River; thence direct to Fort Totten. Trail 
was kept by C. L. Doolittle with vernier compass, odometer, and flags 
Seven camps were located astronomically by sextant; latitudes and longi- 
tudes by two Negus box chronometers, with traveling rates well deduced 
from observations at Mouse River crossing and at Pembina, both well estab- 
lished points 

The notes of these reconnaissances were compiled into a series of 
“reconnaissance maps,” a profile and six maps, on a scale of 1 inch to 8 
miles, which show the general features of the country from latitude 47° 
30° to 49°, and from longitude 94° 30’ to 114° 05’ (projection polyconic). 


“The topographic tield plots were reduced on scale of 1 to 30,000, at once, or immediately upon 
reaching the office. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 183 


The positions of the following military posts were determined: Fort 
Pembina, Dak., latitude 48° 56’ 45.1, longitude 97° 13’ 47.4; Fort Bu- 
ford, Dak., latitude 47° 59’ 22.19, longitude 103° 58’ 20’; Fort Totten, 
Dak., latitude 47° 58’ 40”, longitude 99° 01’ 38’; Fort Shaw, Mont., lat- 
itude 47° 30’ 33’.2, longitude 111° 45’ 19’.5; Fort Stevenson, Dak., lat- 
itude 47° 34’ 20”, longitude 101° 26’ 40”. 

Lieutenant Greene, though always with detached and independent 
parties, acted subsequent to 1872 under general instructions from Captain 
Twining, chief astronomer of the Commission. 

The British Commission consisted of Capt. D. R. Cameron, R. A., Com- 
missioner, and Capt. S. Anderson, R. E., chief astronomer. 

The Commissions worked in harmony throughout, establishing jointly 
the initial and other necessary points, and agreeing upon the boundary as 
the astronomical rather than the mean parallel of latitude 49° north. 

Dr. Elliott Coues, surgeon, U. S. Army, accompanied the Commission 
as surgeon and naturalist, making field observations and collections, which 
latter was also done to the extent that circumstances would permit. 

The results of the observed and computed latitudes of principal stations 
are found on pages 96 to 169; those for astronomical stations, with proba- 
ble errors, are tabulated on page 95, and a list of latitudes and longitudes 
with altitudes added, on pages 198-199, with British latitudes on page 198; 
longitudes, pages 349 to 355, and on page 298 a summary of results with 


probable errors. 
TREASURY DEPARIMENT. 


COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY. 

Prior to the commencement of operations by the Coast Survey on the 
Pacific, only two nations (Spain and Russia) had had anything like a per- 
manent establishment for the exploration of the west coast. 

It might be said that the English had a principal center of exploration 
founded in 1824 at Fort Vancouver, from which many exploring expedi- 
tions, by sea and land, were sent out. 

Instructions for the extension of the Coast Survey to the Pacific were 
issued by the Treasury Department in 1848, when the work, then consisting 
of a general reconnaissance of the whole coast, was placed under the charge 
of Lieutenant MacArthur, of the Navy. 


734 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Since the above date the field and office work has gradually developed 
through the necessary preliminary and formative stages, culminating in a 
hydrographic and topographic survey of the regular standard order of value 
of this work, done on the eastern coast, which, for our possessions from the 
Mexican boundary to Fuca Straits with Puget’s Sound, was, at the close of 
the season of 1884, about three-fifths done, and the publication of charts, 
sailing directions, and tide tables proportionately advanced. 

Nothing less than an inspection of the several Annual Reports since 
1849 will give anything like an adequate view of the work. 

The following table, kindly furnished from the office of the Coast Sur- 
vey, relates to. the results for the eastern gulf and west coasts : 


U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.—Astronomical, Geodetic, and Magnetic Statistics. 


Total 
Operations and Items—Results. to July, 
1885. 
Reconnaissance (both exterior and interior) : 
| Area in square statute miles. ..--.. 2.22. 0.22 wees cece cen BSS 377, 960 
Base lines: 
Primary, number of, measured and computed............ ----.--- 14 
Primary, length of, in'statute miles..............2sen:..2----2---- 90 
Subordinate, number of, measured and computed .........-------- 130 
Subordinate and beach measures, length of...--......--.-------2- 476 
Triangulation: 
Area in square statute miles (exterior and interior)...........---- | 199, R64 
No. of stations occupied for horizontal measures.........-...----- 11,050 
No. of (observed computed) geographical positions determined...) 21, 105 
No, of stations occupied for vertical measures............-..----- 762 
No. of elevations determined trigonometrically ........----------- 1.915 
No. of heights of bench-marks by spirit leveling..........-..------ 3, 014 
Lines of spirit leveling, length of, in statute miles......--..------ | 3,330 
Astronomical work: 
No. of azimuth stations........ 2.2.2... shui sebie cera secieteoe estes 190 
| Novron latitude stations ses..2s sos. pee oneoeeeeeeerieete satiese ct | 318 
No. of longitude stations, telegraphic............---.-.---- ------ 127 
No. of longitude stations, chronometric or lunar...........--.---- 110 
| Magnetic work: 
| Nos of stations occupied’ 2. ae cae coe Remeiete ale eerste tee ie eee 693 


Notse.—The above statistics are necessarily approximated ; at the time they are prepared the field 
records may not be allin; the triangulation sketches are not ready for use, and the computations not 
made to allow of accurate counting. 

It was found impossible to separate the numbers for the Atlantic, the Gulf, and the Pacific coasts 
and Alaska. 

No separation could be made between the primary, secondary, and tertiary triangulation, since 
they shade into each other by degrees, and interlace interminably. No area is counted twice, nor any 
station, though re-surveys may have been made. 

Late information from the office of this Survey indicates that ‘“‘ more than 5,500” of the above are 
‘‘ geodetic positions ;” to none of the latter, however, can any final value be assigned at present for the 
very obvious reason, viz, the incompleteness of the primary or main triangulation designed to connect 
them. These positions are therefore neither on uniform data, nor as yet properly supported, and con- 
sequently the time for their publication has not arrived. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 435 


Instruments —The following are among the principal field instruments 
now being used by this office : 

Reconnaissance: Gradientas, sextants, prismatic compasses, and tape 
lines. 

Geodesy: Primary 6-meter compensating base apparatuses, 4-meter 
secondary base apparatuses, 16 and 8 inch theodolites, reconnoitering tele- 
scopes, heliotropes, gradienters, and signal lamps for night observations. 

Astronomy: (1) Zenith telescopes for latitude; (2) 46-inch transits, 
adapted for time and latitude; (3) prismatic transits for time and latitude ; 
(4) electric chronographs for registering time observations; (5) telegraphic 
key-boards; (6) personal-equation apparatuses. 

Topography: Plane tables complete, with a telemeter rod. 

Hydrography: Sextants, optical densimeters, deep-sea thermometers, 
and self-registering tide-gauges. 

Miscellaneous: Pendulums, geodesic levels, tide-predicting machines, 
maximum and minimum thermometers, and a stoppered level.* 

Mr. F. H. Hassler was Superintendent from 1807 to 1818, and from 
1832 to 1843; Prof. A. D. Bache from 1843 to 1867; Prof. Benj. Peirce 
from 1867 to 1874; Carlile P. Patterson from 1874 to 1881; Julius E. Hil- 
gard till 1885; and at present Mr. F. M. Thorn. 

According to a statement of the Superintendent, of March 11, 1884, 
there were 63 field and 114 office civilian assistants, while in August, 1884, 
there were 58 naval officers and 340 seamen of the Navy engaged. The 
total number of the field parties (188485) is given as fifty-eight. The total 
personnel (civilians, naval officers, and seamen) aggregated 575 in all. 

The salaries and allowances to the normal force, with names, will be 
found on page 764 et seg. Senate Mis. Doc. No. 82, Forty-ninth Congress, 
first session. 

Army officers were employed on this work up to the war of the rebell- 
ion, since which date none have been so employed. 

The objecis of the Coast and Geodetic Survey will be found on page 
525 et seg. House Ex. Doc. No. 270, Forty-eighth Congress, second session, 


* Short descriptions of these instruments are given in a pamphlet at the exhibit of the Survey at 
New Orleans, 1884-’65, and are referred to in Appendix No, 18, Coast Survey Report, 1584, 


736 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


under the head of ‘ Functions,” which show that its practical results in the 
main are as an aid to navigation and commerce, while the classes of work 
prosecuted may be said to be generally astronomic, base measuring, trigo- 
nometric, topographic, hydrographic, tidal, magnetic, deep-sea soundings, 
and sea-current observations, in the field, and their subsequent office reduc- 
tions, with publication in a series of annual reports and charts. 

The field work of the Survey is divided in twelve sections for the coast 
proper, to which four others have been added for transcontinental work and 
the aid rendered State surveys. 

The work as a whole has been mainly hydrographic, the topography 
usually extending inland from 1 to 3 miles from the shore line, of which 
Nos. IX, X, XI, XII, XV, and XVI, are the divisions prosecuting field 
work west of the Mississippi River. (See Annual Report, 1885.) 

At the end of 1885 the topography had embraced an area of 3,364 
square miles.* 

Likewise the inside hydrography had embraced 3,500 square miles, 
and the outside hydrography 5,740 square miles.t 

Until within a few years the explorations in Alaska were carried on 
without system, scattered along the whole coast. 

In 1883 regular reconnaissance work, comprising topography and 
hydrography preliminary in character, was begun, and had progressed (end 
of 1885) over an area of 3,500 square miles. 

Off-shore and deep-sea soundings (including Commander Belknap’s 
soundings in the Tuscarora) have been made in the Santa Barbara channel, 
and in the approaches to San Francisco, over an area of about 4,250 square 
miles. 

The transcontinental triangulation in vicinity of 39th parallel was 
reported at end of 1885 as about three-fifths done, the gaps west of the 
Mississippi being between Kansas City, Mo., and Mount Carson, Colo., 
about 8° longitude (450 miles), and between Pike’s Peak, Colorado, and 


“Asa rule the topography extends 1 to 3 miles from the shore line; in special cases much further, 
in others less, 

tThe inside hydrography comprises the general coast line, and includes all bays, sounds, and 
rivers. The outside hydrography comprises the close surveys outside the coast line, including open 
bays, averaging 15 miles in width, with ranges from 5 to 30 miles. 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 737 


Salt Lake City, Utah, about 70° longitude (375 miles). Levels of precision 
have only extended a few miles west of St. Louis. 

Tidal observations were commenced by the Coast Survey about 1834, 
and have been made at over one thousand stations, mainly on our own coasts. 

They are usually prosecuted primarily for hydrographic purposes 
while some are series recorded by self-registering tide-guages, with a view 
to tidal predictions, tidal tables based on which are issued annually. 

Of the latter there are now six of nineteen years or more, and twenty- 
nine ranging from one to nineteen years. 

The tidal tables of 1887 contain the predicted times and heights of 
high and low waters for every day in the year, at four principal and ninety- 
two subordinate (or derivative) stations on the Pacifie coast. 

Gravity determinations are reported at San Francisco, and magnetic 
observations and compilations have always been undertaken in conjunction 
with the regular work, the latter made general for the whole United States. 

Longitudes, as determined by the electric telegraph between 1846 and 
1885, appear as Appendix No. 11, Annual Report, 1884. 

Certain late longitudes, latitudes, azimuths appear as Appendix No. 9, 
Annual Report, 1885, and heights of stations in Appendix No. 10, Annual 
Report, 1884. 

Lists of geographical positions may be found in the following Coast 
Survey Annual Reports: Appendix 12, 1851, pp. 162-442; Appendix 7, 
1853, pp. 14-42; Appendix 8, 1855, pp. 119-148; Appendix 25, 1857, 
pp. 264-301; Appendix 20, 1859, pp. 216-267; Appendix 15, 1864, pp. 
144-182; Appendix 9, 1865, pp. 99-136; Appendix 10, 1865, pp. 137; 
Appendix 13, 1868, pp. 171-242; Appendix 6, 1874, pp. 62-65 ; Appendix 
11, 1874, p. 134, and Appendix 8, 1885, pp. 285-439, including points 
established by the Borden Survey of Massachusetts. A list of heights of 
trigonometric stations appears in Appendix 9, 1870, pp. 90-91. A descrip- 
tion of bench-marks at tidal stations is found as Appendix 10, 1870, pp. 
92-97. 

An exploration and discussion of the field and office methods now in 
vogue in this work, together with the construction of maps, will mainly be 


found in the following Annual Reports: 
47 WH—VOL I 


738 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Bases.—Appendix 11, 1883, pp. 277-288, and Appendix 8, 1882, pp. 
139-149. 

Triangulation.—A ppendix 17, 1875, pp. 279-292; Appendix 20, 1876, 
pp. 891-399; Appendix 9, 1882, pp. 151-197, and Appendix 9, 1885, pp. 
441-467. 

Latitude —Appendix 10, 1866, pp. 72-85. 

Longitude —Appendix 6, 1880, pp. 81-92. 

Time, longitude, latitude, and azimuth—Appendix 14, 1880, pp. 
201-286; Appendix 7, Annual Report, 1884, pp. 323-375. 

Geodesic leveling —Appendix 11, 1882, pp. 517-556. 

Plane tables —Appendix 13, 1880, pp. 172-200. 

Ellipticity—Appendix 15, 1881, pp. 442-456. 

Magnetic div and intensity.—Appendix 6, Annual Report, 1885, pp. 
129-274. 

Topographic and hydrographic delineation.—Appendix 20, 1860, pp. 
216-229. 

Projections.—Appendix 15, 1880, pp. 287-296, and Appendix 6, 1884, 
pp. 1385-321. 

Topographic drawings.—Appendix 14, 1883, pp. 867-368. 

Appendix 7, 1884, pp. 323-375, 
and index to scientific papers; Appendix 6, 1881, pp. 91-123. 


Computations, formula, and factor. 


The publications of the Coast Survey consist of ‘Annual Reports,” 
“Charts,” “Coast Pilots,” ‘‘Tide-Tables,” and professional and _ scientific 
papers, the latter usually appearing as appendixes to the ‘Annual Reports.” * 

The latter have appeared from 1853 to date, in quarto form; prior to 
which they formed a part of the regular executive document series. 

The charts are classed as “finished” and “preliminary.” The former 
are printed from engraved plates, and include all details; the latter are 
issued as soon as possible after the survey to meet the most pressing needs of 
navigation, and are either engraved or photolithographed. 


The general character of the charts is as follows: 


*A general index of scientific papers, methods, and results, found in the appendixes to the several 
Annual Reports, appears as Appendix 6, Annual Report, 1851, and a descriptive catalogue of publica- 
tions forms Appendix 6, Annual Report, 1883, 


EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS.—1857-1880. 739 


1. Sailing charts, scale 1 to 1,200,000, exhibiting the approaches to a 
large extent of coast, and giving offshore soundings. 

2. General charts of the coast, scales 1 to 400,000 and 1 to 200,000, 
especially intended for coastwise navigation, showing configuration of the 
shore, the positions of islands, rocks, and shoals, the light-houses, life-saving 
stations, and other natural and artificial landmarks. 

3. Coast charts, scale 1 to 80,000, from which may be recognized the 
beacons, buoys, light-houses, ete., while entering channels to bays and 
harbors. 

4. Harbor charts, in large scales for needs of local navigation. The 
total number of charts of all kinds issued, as shown by official catalogue of 
1886, is 402, distributed as follows: 


Photo- 


Engraved: lithographed. 
Locality. == - === Total. 
Finished. Preliminary. | Preliminary. 
| 

Atlantic and Gulf coasts... -- -- 209 19 59 287 
PAC CCOaSb sem cmetsemeee= = eke 26 24 22 72 
INES Bs access concodies pansion poo carene pope jpocemeso caceagc 43 43 
Motaloseacssseesyenesea 235 43 _ 124 402 


Thirty-eight miscellaneous maps and plans, not adapted for the use of 
navigators, have also been issued. (See catalogue.) 

A compilation for a general map of the United States (scale 1 inch to 
10 miles) was begun in 18838 and continued while a small appropriation was 
available. (See Appendix 4, Annual Report, 1883.) 

An elaborate model, in plaster, of the Atlantic Basin and Gulf of Mex- 
ico, has been constructed. 


UNITED STATES NAVAL OBSERVATORY. 

When practicable this office has co-operated with survey parties in the 
West, and has also established independent astronomic latitudes and longi- 
tudes, to be found mentioned in the following volumes, published by the 
Naval Observatory : 

Washington astronomical and meteorological observations, Vol. XIV, 
1869, Appendix II, report of Professor Newcomb, U. 8. Navy, page 13. 


740 U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


Vol. XIV, 1869, Appendix II, report of Prof. William Harkness, U. S. 
Navy, page 40. 

Vol. XIV, 1869, Appendix IT, report of Prof. William Harkness, U. S. 
Navy, page 49. 

Vol. XIV, 1869, Appendix II, report of Prof. William Harkness, U. 8. 
Navy, page 59. 

Vol. XVII, 1870, Appendix I, page 39. 

Vol. XIX, 1872, Appendix II, pages 15, 19, and 21. 

Vol. XXI, 1874, Appendix II, page 10. 

Vol. XXIII, 1876, Part I], Appendix III, pages 43, 48, 116, 138, 139, 
175, 186, 253, 334, 348, and 408. 

Vol. XXIV, 1877, Appendix V, page 15. 

It has been ascertained that the Nautical Almanac Office published a 
special report by Prof. A. C. Coffin, U. 8. Navy, in 1869 (pp. 69-71), upon 
the total solar eclipse, containing independent determinations of astronomic 
latitudes and longitudes west of the Mississippi. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Survey operations, including one or more of triangulation, topographic, 
geologic, or cartographic factors, have been conducted by several States, 
but it is not the province of this memoir to indicate their scope or results.* 
As to the latter, the geographic co-ordinates of but few points have been 
determined. Of all railroad surveys that one projected and partially com- 
pleted by the Northern Pacific has been the most comprehensive and refined. 
The progress and results of all works of survey not prosecuted directly by 
the General Government should be currently secured and availed of at a 


permanent bureau, as herein mentioned. 
MAPS. 


Although the present volume has not been printed until 1889, yet cir- 
cumstances have prevented the continuation in detail of the works and re- 
sults of the several expeditions and surveys west of the Mississippi River 


since 1880, yet it has been possible to add a reference to the existing topo- 


*A brief reference to State surveys then existing between 1575 and 1881, will be found on page 
59 et seg. House Ex, Doc, No, 270, Forty-eighth Congress, second session, 


741 


* 


graphic maps of a general character, the outgrowth of the several offices and 


organizations, thathave contributed eachits quota to our general knowledge of 


the topography and geography of the interior of our country. 


The follow- 


ing list is believed to be complete at date of its compilation (March 31, 1887) : 


MISCELLANEOUS, TOPOGRAPHIC, AND OTHER GOVERNMENT MAPS, INCLUDING GEO- 


LOGIC. 
UNITED STATES. 


| No. | 
Dessription or namo. | goale, | ofaheets | Total | By whom iasued, | Administra 
| complete. 
Outline map of the sost000 4 4 | Engineer Depart- | War Depart- 
United States. ment, U.S. Army. ment. 
Ontline map of the |ssxtzos 4 71 Bea eee edocs 
United States, show- 
ing location of works 
and surveys for river 
and harbor improve- 
ments. 
Land Office map of the s5str00 4 4 | General Land Of- ; Interior De- 
United States. | fice. partment. 
Topographical Atlas |{xxs4a0 |---- 35) Office of Geograph- | War Depart- 
of territory of the ical Surveys un-| ment. 
Thited States west of | der Engineer De- 
the 100th meridian.* ||gaqss0 95 15)) partment. 
Geological Atlas of ter- | rodss0 95 TO Rass ty Sep scasatoso aleaet UO eccaces 
ritory of the United 
States west of the 
100th meridian. 
Atlas of geological ex- | geaca0 5 5 | Engineer Depart- |.--.do ....... 
ploration of 40th par- ment,U.S. Army. 
allel (special topo- 
graphic sheets). 
Atlas of geological ex- | 3x a0 5 ta ise) ease esos pecs domecce== 
ploration of 40th par- 
allel (special geolog- 
ical sheets). 
Outline map of terri- g5s5000 4 (ee mat a ceesacoccoad Ion d0)2-=--- 
tory of the United 
States west of the 


Mississippi River. 


Remarks. 


Prepared in the Office ot the Chief of 
Engineers, U.S. Army, 1885. Mili- 
tary posts shown by colored flags. 

Compiled for the index to Report of 
Chief of Engineers, 1879. Printed 
in black. 


Compiled and printed in black and 
five colors, 1884. A new map of 
the United States has been com- 
piled on same scale (1 inch to 40 
miles), and issued in 6 sheets. 

Thirty sheets issued with land classi- 


fication. Topography based on ini- 
tial astronomic points and trigono- 
metric net. Natural objects, means 
of communication, artificial and 
economic features prominent ac- 
cording toimportance. Geology and 
natural history incidental to main 
purpose, i. e., Topography. 

Colors superposed directly apon topo- 
graphic sheets of same scale. 


Topography from a geological stand- 
point, 7. e., natural features prom- 
inent, communications less so, in 
artificial and economic details defi- 
cient. Outlines engraved, hill work 
in crayon, shading based on plotted 
contours. 

Outlines engraved. Elevations in 

Geological formations 

in colors, superposed on the topo- 


contours. 


graphic map asa base. Also 1 sheet 


of geologic sections and an index 
map, 1 inch to 6 miles. 
| Prepared in the Office of the Chief 
of Engineers, U.S. Army. Printed 
in black; printed also in hachures 
{in color. 


742 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


MISCELLANEOUS, TOPOGRAPHIC, AND OTHER GOVERNMENT MAPS, ETC.—Continued. 


UNITED STATES—Continned. 


Description or name 
of map. 


Part of atlas of Colo-| 


rado, 


Part of geological at- 
las ef Colorado, 


Charts of the survey 
of northern 
northwestern lakes. 


Survey of part of Mis- 
sissippi River. 


Maps of part of Missis- 
sippi River. 


Alluvial Valley of the 
Mississippi. 


and? | 


No. 
| Scale. ohsherts een By whom issued. | Administra: Remarks. 
| | complete. | 
| | 
2EIIT0 6 6 Geological Survey Interior De-| Topography from a zeological stand- 
of the Territo-| partment. point. Natural features most 
ries. prominent, communications less 
so, artificial features still less. 
aesnao 6 Chl saat egerpe sen took .--.do .......| Result of color directly superposed 
upon topographic map of same 
scale. This atlas also contains 4 
sheets, each scale 1 inch to 12 miles, 
embracing the State, showing tri- 
angulation, drainage, land classifi- 
cation, and general geology; also 
geologic sections and panoramic 
views. 
sibs (| Work begun 1841; completed 1881. 
potas | | Re-edition of 69 charts being is- 
T5000 sued, printed in black. Elevations 
See on older charts in hachures; on 
25000 79 as, Engineer Depart-| War De-} others by contours, 20 feet and 60 
sitet ‘ | ment,U. §.Army.| partment. ||  feetintervals, and hachures. Cop- 
0000 per engraved; preliminary edition 
ae | of 34 sheets by photo-lithography. 
rz0000 | For use of lake vessels and as an aid 
| CE J {| to river and harbor improvements. 
rsb00 229 16 | Mississippi River |....do ....... Photo-lithographed. Printed in 
Commission. black; elevation by contours at 
3 feet and 5 feet intervals. From 
Cairo to Wolf Island and Memphis 
to Commerce Cut-off, from field data 
by Lake Survey (Comstock), the 
balance in MS. only and not to be 
published; 50 in outline; 137 with 
full topography, which with 16 
published embrace the river from 
Cairo to Donaldsonville, below 
which are charts by Coast Survey; 
also 26 lake charts (5 feet contours). 
Sinn 69 95) etdovecdeso ate eee ...----| Reduction from 5,35; by photolithog- 
| raphy combining several sheets in 
one. 
eakao 32 BON) 2 dOrsee cares cee ae leoee dows. These include the river from Cairo 
to the head of the Passes; also 3 
index charts and 2 of titles and 
notes, surveys by Mississippi _ 
River Commission. 
s1e505 Bi |Somacisa- [ona Olecas au ciesces as 00) .ise cae Shows area overflowed, existing 


levees, cross sections, etc., com- 
piled from all existing surveys 
from Cape Girardeau to the Gulf, 
including the several subdivisions 
of the lower river. 


* For publications issued by this work, see ‘' List of Reports and Maps of the United States Geographical Surveys west 
of the 100th Meridian," 2d edition, 1881 ; also, Annual Reports, Chief of Engineers, 1872 to 1885. 


TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS OF THE UNITED STATES. 743 


The General Land Office of the Interior Department issues compiled planimetric 
maps of the United States, as also of the States and Territories wherein remain unsold 
public lands, in black and two colors, except for Florida and Arizona, which are in 
three colors. Ohio and Indiana, scale 1 inch to 10 miles; Alabama, Arkansas, Flor- 
ida, Iowa, Mississippi, Wisconsin, Indian Territory, and Dakota, scale 1 inch to 12 
miles; Illinois, Louisiana, and Missouri, scale 1 inch to 14 miles; Colorado, Kansas, 
Minnesota, Nebraska, Oregon, Arizona, Utah, Washington Territory, and Wyoming, 
scale 1 inch to 15 miles; Michigan, Nevada, Idaho. and New Mexico, seale 1 inch to 16 
miles; and California and Montana, scale 1 inch to 18 miles. 

The Post-Office Department has, since the year 1869, issued twenty-five separately 
compiled planimetric maps, aggregating sixty-three sheets, each embracing a single 
or a number of States, on scales of 1 inch to 6 miles for the largest, and 1 ineh to 15 
mniles for the smallest (issued bi-monthly). 

The Coast Survey commenced the compilation of a general map of the United 
States, scale 1 inch to 10 miles (engraving and publishing the plate showing New 
Jersey and adjoining territory), the appropriation for which, however, is now suspended. 

Of the regular hydrographic charts of the Coast Survey, 402 have been issued, on 
forty-seven different scales, from 1 : 3000 to 1: 3500000. (See cataiogue, 1886.) 

Certain preliminary maps and those prepared to accompany reports were issued 
by the geological exploration of the Colorado River, and the geological and geographi- 
cal survey of the Rocky Mountain region under J. W. Powell. 

The geological exploratious of the Black Hills published one topographie and one 
geological map of the Black Hills, each scale 1 inch to 4 miles. The relief of the topo- 
graphic sheet is by contours and hachures, with drainage in blue; that for geologic 
purposes with contours and drainage in black. 

The present Geological Survey has also issued three sheets embracing territory in 
northeastern Arizona and northwestern New Mexico; and there have also been printed 
by this office fifty-three sheets, scale 1 inch to 4 miles, for areas west of the Mississippi 
River, each representing one degree of latitude and one of longitude (about one-half 
from prior surveys) as a topographic base for field purposes and upon which to deline- 
ate and subsequently publish, in colors, the geological formations. Also seventy 
quarter degree and two one-sixteenth degree sheets. 

Various compiled maps, especially of western areas, prepared at the Engineer 
Office, headquarters military divisions and departments, have been published, when 
possible, as currently required. (See Annual Reports, Corps of Engineers, to date.) 


Material now exists from which the compilation of a general military 
topographic atlas of the United States,* including Alaska, could be begun, 
resulting from various works, and found distributed among the following 


Government offices: 
i WAR DEPARTMENT. 


In the Engineer Department are lodged original and other results from 
the following: (1) United States Lake Survey (northern lakes and part of 


* See also essay by Lieut. M. M. Macomb on ‘ The necessity for a fixed policy in the War Depart- 
ment inregardto * * * the construction of a general military atlas of the United States.” 


744 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


St. Lawrence River); (2) United States geographical surveys; (3) geolog- 
ical exploration of the 40th parallel; (4) river and harbor surveys; (5) for- 
tification surveys (in manuscript only); (6) Pacific Railroad surveys; (7) 
bureau of exploration and surveys, including military and geographical 


> 


surveys west of the Mississippi; (8) exploration and reconnaissance head- 
quarters of military divisions and departments, including surveys of military 
reservations ; (9) certain international boundary surveys; (10) exploration 
of Yukon River, Alaska. 

In the War Department proper may be found explorations in Alaska 
(Allen), and notes, maps, ete., at the various engineers’ offices, headquarters 
divisions and departments. 

The Mississippi and Missouri River Commissions retain in their offices 
manuscript material of special topographic and hydrographic surveys made 
under their auspices. 

TREASURY DEPARTMENT. 


Office of the Coast and Geodetic Survey for topography of the Atlantie, 
Gulf, and Pacific coasts; also Alaska, transcontinental triangulation, and 
that in aid of State surveys, including Mississippi River to head of tidal in- 
fluence and precise levelings. 

INTERIOR DEPARTMENT. 

The General Land Office for its subdivision plats; boundaries between 
States and Territories; surveys of private land claims and Indian reserva- 
tions; topography of the United States geological survey of the Territories ; 
the geological and geographical survey of the Rocky Mountain region; the 
geological exploration of the Black Hills, and the United States geological 
survey. 

STATE DEPARTMENT. 
Records of the Texas, Northeast, Northwest. Northern and Mexican 


boundaries. 
: NAVY DEPARTMENT. 


Latitudes and longitudes by the Naval Observatory and Nautical Al- 
manac. 

There are also results from all State boundaries ; the subdivision surveys 
in Texas ; triangulation and topography by the State surveys of Massachusetts 


TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS OF THE UNITED STATES. 745 


and New York; topography of State geologic surveys of New Hampshire, 
New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, North Carolina, Georgia, 
Michigan, Missouri, and California; of surveys for railroads, including trans- 
continental survey, and canals, for turnpike, toll, and other wagon-roads, 
for counties, towns; also, by private or corporate parties, including the 
utilization of all manuscript and published data from all of these surveys, 
decided as available after competent inspection. 

Systematic compilation, based upon the above, should be constantly 
prosecuted independently of whatever field-work may be carried forward. 

Imperfect as it is feared the foregoing memoir may prove, resulting in 
part from want of assistance and ill health during its preparation, one trusts 
that it will serve to perpetuate in authentic form an official record of those 
organizations, officers, and others that as a whole have contributed to the 
ageregate of our present critical geographic knowledge of that portion of 
our territory west of the Mississippi up to 1880.* 


*There does not yet exist a published list of the principal latitudes and longitudes established 
by the several Government surveys, gathered in a single tabulated view, and all known separately- 
published lists are in a measure fragmentary. Sneh a list, compiled under competent jurisdiction, 
accurately weighted as to precision, and classified, with description of monuments, and careful biblio- 
graphical references, although a matter of no little labor, would nevertheless prove of great permanent 
value. 


APPENDIX G. 


SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS OF QUARTO REPORTS, IN EIGHT 
VOLUMES, INCLUDING VOL. III, GEOLOGY. (SUPPLEMENT.) 


VoLUME I.—GEOGRAPHICAL REPORT. 
Capt. George M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army. 
(See table of contents herewith, p. 3.) 


VOLUME II.—ASTRONOMY AND BAROMETRIC HYPSOMETRY. 
Introductory letter, Lieutenant Wheeler. 


Part I. Astronomical co-ordinates, Ogden, Utah, pp. 7-55; Beaver, Utah, pp. 59-71; Pioche, Nev., 
pp. 75-96; Gunnison, Utah, pp. 97-125; Green River, Wyo., pp. 129-154; Winnemucca, 
Nev., pp. 157-182; Virginia City, Nev., pp. 185-210; Georgetown, Colo., pp. 213-237; 
Hughes, Colo., pp. 241-263; Labran, Colo., pp. 267-286; Trinidad, Colo., pp. 291-312; Fort 
Union, N. Mex., pp. 315-355; Santa Fe, N. Mex., pp. 339-369; Bozeman, Mont., pp. 373-384; 
Las Vegas, N. Mex., pp. 387-410; Cimarron, N. Mex., pp. 405-415; Sidney Barracks, Nebr., 
pp. 419-432; Julesburg, Colo., pp. 435-448; North Platte, Nebr., pp. 451-458; Dr. F. Kampf; 
Prof. T. H. Safford; J.H.Clark; W.W.Maryatt; E. P. Austin. Descriptive report of Salt 
Lake Observatory, J. H. Clark, pp. 451-467. Descriptive report of Ogden Observatory, Lien- 
tenant Wheeler, pp. 469-471. Personal equation apparatus, Dr. F. Kampf, pp. 475-483. 
Descriptive list of astronomical stations, Lieutenant Wheeler, pp. 485-491. 


II. Lieutenant Marshall, Corps of Engineers: Barometric hypsometry, pp. 497-529; tables, hourly 
observations, pp. 530-550; horary corrections, pp. 551-554 ; tables of altitudes, pp. 556-566. 


VOLUME III.—GEOLOe@Y. 
Introductory letter, Lieutenant Wheeler. 


I. G.K. Gilbert; Nevada, Utah, California, and Arizona, 1871 and 1872, pp. 21-187. 
II. A. R. Marvine; St. George, Utah, and Gila River, Arizona, 1871, pp. 189-225. 
IIl. E. E. Howell; Utah, Nevada, Arizona, and New Mexico, 1872 and 1873, pp. 227-301. 
IV. J. J. Stevenson; Colorado, 1873, pp. 305-501. 
V. &. K. Gilbert; New Mexico and Arizona, pp. 503-567. 
IV. Mineralogical and agricultural conditions, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, 1873; O. 


Loew, pp. 569-661. 


PART 


VoLuME III (SUPPLEMENT).—GEOLOGY. 


Letter of transmittal, Captain Wheeler. 


Part I.—Prof. J. J. Stevenson, Ph. D. 


Introduction. 


CuaPTER I. General physical features, pp. 13-27. 


II. Notes respecting previous explorations, pp. 28-36, 
TAT 


748 U.S. 


1ODE 
LV. 

Nic 
Male 


CHAPTER 


CuaPprTerR XIII. 
JA 
XV. 
XVI: 


GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH 


Part II.—Systematic Geology, Professor Stevenson. 


Displacements of the strata, pp. 37-65, 
The Archen Rocks, pp. 66-72. 

The Carboniferous Rocks, pp. 72-84. 
The Jura Trias, pp. 85-87. 


. The Dakota Group, pp. 84-8. 

. The Colorado Group, pp. 95-101. 

. The Laramie Group, pp. 102-150. 

. The relations of the Laramie, pp. 131-158. 
. The Tertiary Rocks, pp. 159-174. 

. Surface geology, pp. 175-192. 


Part Il].—Descriptive Geology, Professor Stevenson. 


Area of the Purgatory River, pp. 103-224. 
Area of the Canadian River, pp. 224- 
Area of the Mora River, pp. 283-312. 
Area of the Rio Grande, pp. 313-353, 


Part 1V.—Economie Geology, Professor Stevenson, 


MERIDIAN. 


CuaptEr XVII, Capabilities for settlement, pp. 354-358. 
XVIII. Summary of Mineral Resources, pp. 389-406. 


APPENDIX. Dr. C. A. White: 
Carboniferous Invertebrate Fossils of New Mexico, pp. I to XXXVII. 
VoLuME IV.—PALEONTOLOGY. 
Introductory Letter, Lieutenant Wheeler. 
Part I.—Dr. C. A. White. 
CHAPTER I. General Observations, pp. 5-20. 
Il. Classification, pp. 21-831. 
III. Fossils, primoidal Period, pp. 32-49. 
IV. Fossils, Canadian period, pp. 49-61. 
V. Fossils, Trenton period, pp. 62-78. 2 
VI. Fossils, Sub-carboniferous period, pp. 79-95, 
VII. Fossils, Carboniferous period, pp. 96-168. 
VIII. Fossils, Jurassic period, pp. 162-168. 
IX. Cretaceous period, pp. 169-205. 
X. Tertiary period, pp. 206-216. 
Part II.—Prof. E. D. Cope. 
CHAPTER XI. Geology of Mesozoic and Tertiary Beds and Mesozoic Fossils, pp. 1-36. 
XII. Eocene Fossils, pp. 37-2582. 
XIII. Fossils of Loup Fork Epoch, pp. 283-365. 
VoLuME V.—ZooLoey. 
Introductory Letter, Lieutenant Wheeler. 
CHAPTER I. Geographical Distribution and Variation with regard to the Zoology of the West, 
relating especially to Mammals and Birds, Dr. H. C. Yarrow, pp. 23-34, 
Il. Mammals: Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1871, 
1872, 1873, and 1874; Drs. Coues and Yarrow, pp. 35-129. 
Ill. Birds: Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1871, 1872, 


1873, and 1874; H. W. Henshaw, pp. 132-507. 


CHAPTER 


CHAPTER Te 
Il. 

III. 

TVs 


SYNOPSIS OF QUARTO VOLUMES. 749 


. Batrachians ana Reptiles: Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and 


Arizona; 1871, 1872, 1873, and 1874; Dr. Yarrow, pp. 509-584. 


. Reptiles and Batrachians of Arizona: Dr. Coues, pp. 585-633. 
. Fishes: Nevada, Utah, California, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1871, 1872, 1873, and 


1874; Professor Cope and Dr. Yarrow, pp. 635-703. 


. Hymenoptera: Nevada, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1872, 1873, and 


1874; E. T. Cresson; with list of Formicide ; Edward Norton, pp. 705-735. 

Diurnal Lepidoptera: Colorado, Utah, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1s71, 1872, and 
1874, with notes upon all species known from Colorado; Theo. L. Mead; and a list of 
all species collected; W. H. Edwards, pp. 737-794. 


. New species of Zygenide and Bombycide: California and Arizona; 1871, 1872, and 


1873; R. H. Stretch, pp. 795-902. 


. Diptera: Colorado and Arizona; 1873; C. R. Osten-Sacken, pp. 803-807. 


Coleoptera: Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1871, 1872, 
1873, and 1874; Henry Ulke, pp. 809-827. 


. Hemiptera: Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1871, 


1873, and 1874; Professor Ubler, pp. 828-842. 

Orthoptera: Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1871, 1872, 
1873, and 1874; Professor Thomas, pp. 843-908. 

Neuroptera and Pseudo Neuroptera: Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1872, 1873, 
and 1874; Dr. Hagen, pp. 909-922. 


. Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca: Colorado, Utah, New Mexico, and Arizona; 1872, 


1873, and 1874; Dr. Yarrow, pp. 923-954. 


. Fresh-water Leeches: 1872, 1873, and 1874; Professor Verrill, pp. 955-967. 


VoLuME VI.—Borany. 
Introductory Letter, Lieutenant Wheeler. 


Colorado District: Dr. Rothrock, pp. 1-14. 

New Mexico District: Dr. Rothrock, pp. 15-37. 

Economic Botany: Dr. Rothrock, pp. 39-52. 

Catalogue: Nevada, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona; Dr. Rothrock, and 
Sereno Watson, George Engleman, Professor Porter, M. S. Bebb, William Boott, George 
Vasey, Professor Eaton, Thomas P. James, Professor Tuckerman, pp. 53-351. 


APPENDIX. California collection: Dr. Rothrock, pp. 353-378. 


VoLuME VII.—ARCH-EOLOGY. 
Introductory Letter, Lieutenant Wheeler. + 


Part I.—Prof. F. W. Putnam. 


(Assisted by C. C. Abbott, M. D., S. 8. Haldeman, L. L. D., H. C. Yarrow, M. D., H. W. Henshaw, and 


Lucien Carr.) 


Introduction: General Archeology and Ethnology of Southern California, pp. '-31; Yarrow’s Report 
on operations of party making collections, pp. 32-45; Collections at Dos Pueblos and La Patera, 
pp. 46-48; Chipped Stone Implemexts, pp. 49-69; Stone Mortars, Pestles, Cups, ete., pp. 70-92; 
Cooking vessels, baking stones, etc., pp. 95-116; Manufacture of soap-stone pots, pp. 117-121; 
Articles made of wood, pp. 122-124; Stone pipes, pp. 125-134; Perforated stones, pp. 135-189; 
Miscellaneous articles of stone, pp. 190-217; Sculptures, pp. 215-221; Implements and weapons of 


bone and wood, pp. 


222-223 


; Musical instruments made of bones, pp. 234-238; Textile fabrics, 


basket-work, brushes, pp. 239-250; Ornaments and paint, pp. 251-262; Beads, pp. 263-271; Iron 
implements and other objects, obtained by contact, with Europeans, pp. 272-276; Observations on 
Crania in California, 


750 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


APPENDIX to Part I.—Translation of the acconnt of Cabrillo’s voyage along the west coast of North 
America, with introductory notes (N. W. Henshaw), pp. 293-314. 


Part II.—The Pueblo Ruins and the Interior Tribes, Prof. F. W. Putnam. 


Introduction, pp. 315-318; Notes on the Pueblos and their inhabitants, pp. 319-321; The Pueblo of 
Acoma, pp. 325-326 ; The Pueblo of Taos, pp. 327-330; The Pueblo of San Juan, pp. 33L; The Cachina, 
a Zuni dance, pp. + 36; Report on the ruins and Pueblos in New Mexico, pp. 337-345 ; Ruins in 
New Mexico, pp. 346-350; Ancient population in northwestern New Mexico, pp. 351-361 ; Ruined 
Pueblo and burial place in the Valley of the Rio Chama, pp. 362-365; The Pueblo Pintado and 
other ruins in the Chaco Canin, pv. 366-369; Cliff House and cave in New Mexico, pp. 370-371; 
Ruins in the Canon de Chelle, pp. 372-373 ; Notes on the implements, pottery, and other objects 
from New Mexico and Arizona, pp. 374-390; Notes upon human crania and skeletons, pp, 391-398. 

AppeNnDIXx. Linguistics: Albert 8. Gatschet; classification of dialects in forty vocabularies, into seven 
linguistic stocks, pp. 399-423; Comparative tables of forty vocabularies, pp. 424-466. Appendix : 
Additions to the forty vocabuies, 


SYNOPTICAL LIST OF REPORTS AND MAP. 


SPECIAL PRELIMINARY AND PROGRESS REPORTS. 


I.—Exploration of 1869. 


Preliminary Report upon a Reconnaissance through Southern and Southeastern Nevada. Washington: 
Government Printing Office, 1875. (Republished from a royal octavo edition, by order of the Sec- 
retary of War. 4°, pp. 72. Original and later edition out of print.) 


Il.—Exploration and Survey of 1571. 


Preliminary Report concerning Explorations and Surveys, principally in Nevada and Arizona. Wash- 
ington: Government Printing Office, 1872. (4°., pp. 96, with map. Out of print.) 


I1I.— Exploration and Survey of 1872. 


NotTe.—The regular Annual Report of 1872 appearsas Appendix D D of the Annual Report of 
the Chief of Engineers of that year, but was not separately issued. 


Progress Report upon Geographical and Geological Explorations and Surveys west of the one hundredth 
meridian. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1874. (4° pp. 56, with skeleton map and fine 
plates. Out of print.) 


IV.—Survey of 1873. 


Annual Report upon the Geographical and Geological Surveys and Explorations west of the one 
hundredth meridian, in Nevada, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, being Appendix E E, 
of the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1873. Washington: Government Printing Office, 
1873. (11 pp. 8° with skeleton map. Out. of print.) 


V.—Survey of 1874. 


Annual Report of the Geographical Explorations and Surveys west of the ove hundredth meridian, in 
California, Nevada, Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, Wyoming, and Montana, being Appendix FF 
of the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1874. Washington : Government Printing Office, 
1874. (130 pp. 8° with progress map. Out of print.) 


VI.—Survey of 1875. 


Annual Report upon the Geographical Exploration’ and Surveys west of the one hundredth meridian 
in California, Nevada, Nebraska, Utah, Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, Wyoming, and Montana, 
being Appendix L Lof the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875. Washington: 
Government Printing Office, 1875. (196 pp. 8° with progress and triangulation maps of 1875, and 
thirty-eight illustrations, Out of print.) 

751 


752 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


VII.—Survey of 1876. 


Annual Report upon the Geographical Surveys west of the one hundredth meridian, in California 
Nevada, Utah, Colorado, Wyoming, New Mexico, Arizona, and Montana, being Appendix J J of 
the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1876. Washington: Government Printing Office, 
1876. (350 pp. 8° with nine large and small folded maps, fifteen illustrations, and seven separately 
folded topographic atlas sheets, viz, Nos. 61 B, 61 C, 61 C sub, 69 D, 75, 76, and 83. Out of print.) 


VIII.—Survey of 1877. 


Annual Report upon the Geographical Surveys west of the one hundredth meridian, in the States and 
Territories of California, Oregon, Nevada, Texas, Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, 
Utah, and Wyoming, being Appendix N N of the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1877. 
Washington: Government Printing Office, 1877. (133 pp. 8° with progress map, sketch and profile 
maps of Continental Divide, and sketch of lignitic seams. Also Atlas Sheets Nos. 53 C, 61 B, 61C 
sub, 61 D, 65 D, 69 B, 70 A, 70 C, and 77 B, land-classification series. ) 

Nore.—This separately printed report follows the paging given to it in the Report of the 
Chief of Engineers. 
IX.—Survey of 1878. 


Annual Report upon the Geographical Surveys of the territory of the United States west of the one 
hundredth meridian, in the States and Territories of California, Colorado, Kansas, Nebraska, 
Nevada, Oregon, Texas, Arizona, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming, 
being Appendix N N of the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1878. Washington: 
Government Printing Office, 1878. (234 pp. 8° with progress map and six illustrations and an 
early map of California. Out of print.) Also nine separately folded atlas sheets, viz, Nos. 41 B, 
47 D, 61 C. 62 A, 62 C, 69 D, 77 D, and 84 B. 


X.—Survey of 1879. 


Annual Report upon the Geographical Surveys of the territory of the United States west of the one 
hundredth meridian, in the States and Territories of California, Colorado, Kansas, Nebraska, 
Nevada, Oregon, Texas, Arizona, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming, 
being Appendix O O of the Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1879. Washington: 
Government Printing Office, 1879. (335 pp. 8° with progress map and six illustrations.) Also 
seven separately folded atlas sheets, viz, Nos, 32 D, 47 B, 47 D, 61 D, 73 A, 73 A, and 84 B. 


XI.— Reports of 1880. 


Annual Reports upon the Geographic and Topographic Surveys of the territory of the United States 
west of the one hundredth meridian, in the States and Territories of California, Colorado, Kansas, 
Nebraska, Nevada, Oregon, Texas, Arizona Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, Washington, and 
Wyoming, being Appendix TT for 1880 (44 pp. 8° with progress map); Appendix V V for 1881 
(5 pp. 8° with progress map); Appendix T T for 1882 (4 pp. 8° with progress map); Appendix 
V V for 1883 (3 pp. 8°); and Appendix V V for 1884 (4 pp. 8°). Washington: Government Printing 
Office, 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883, and 1884. 


QUARTO REPORTS. 


Vou. I. Geographical Report (in five chapters, with an introduction and appendixes, illustrated by 
three maps and thirty-eight plates, 764 pp. 4° and index.) Issued 1889. 

Vou. II. Astronomy and Barometric Hypsometry (in two parts, illustrated by twenty-two plates and 
three wood-cuts, 584 pp. in all. Out of print). Issued 1877. 

Vou. IIL. Geology (in six parts, illustrated by thirteen plates and one hundred and seventy-one wood- 
cuts, 681 pp. Out of print). Issned 1875, 

Vout. III. Geology, supplement (in four parts and an appendix, illustrated by four plates, three maps, 
and forty-nine cuts, 458 pp.). Issued 1881. 


SYNOPTICAL LIST OF REPORTS. ioe 


Vor. IV. Paleontology (in two parts, illustrated by eighty-three plates, with explanatory notes, 604 
pp. Ont of print). Issued 1877. 

Vou. V. Zoology (in sixteen chapters, with forty-five plates, and indexes, 1021 pp. Ont of print). 
Issued 1875. 

Vou VI. Botany (in four chapters, with an appendix, thirty plates, and one wood-cut, 424 pp.). 
Issued 1878. 

VoL. VII. Archeology, (in two parts, with two appendixes, illustrated with frontispiece, sketch, 
twenty plates, nd thirty-five cuts, 517 pp.). Issued 1379. 


SPECIAL AND MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS. 


Tables of camps, distances, ete. Explorations and Surveys in Nevada and Arizona, 1871. Washington: 
Government Printing Office, 1872. (Oblong folio, pp. 14. Out of print.) 

Tables containing camps, distances, latitudes, longitudes, altitudes, etc. Explorations and Surveys 
in Utah, Nevada, and Arizona, 1872. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1873. (4°, pp. 43. 
Out of print.) 

Report upon the Determination of the Astronomical Co-ordinates of the Primary Stations at Cheyenne, 
Wyo., and Colorado Springs, Colo., during 1872 and 1873. Washington: Government Printing 
Office, 1574. (4°, pp. 82. Out of print.) 

Report upon Vertebrate Fossils discovered in New Mexico, with description of new species. Extract 
from Appendix P P of Annu | Report of the Chief of Enginevrs, 1874. Washington: Government 
Printing Office, November 23, 1874. (pp. 18, 8°. Out of print.) 

Nore.—This was preliminary to the full report in Part II, Vol. IV, 4° series, Paleontology. 

On the Plagopterinawz and Ichthyology of Utah, 1874. (pp. 14, 8°. Out of print. ) 

Nore.—This was republished from the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society of 
Philadelphia, where the material was first presented by permission of the War Department. 

Systematic Catalogue of the Vertebrata of the Eocene of New Mexico, collected in 18 4. Washington: 
Government Printing Office, April 17, 1875. (yp. 37, 8°. Ont of print.) 

Notr.—This report is a second and final part of the preceding one of November 28, 1874. See 
4° series, Vol. IV, Part II, Paleontology, for full report. 

Preliminary Report upon Invertebrate Fossils, collected by the expeditions of 1871, 1872, and 1873, with 
description of new species. Washington: Government Printing Office, December, 1874. (pp. <7, 
8°. Out of print.) 

Norre.—Preliminary to the full report in Vol. IV, 4° series, Part I, Paleontology. 

Catalogue of Plants collected in the years 1871, 1872, and 1873, with descriptions of new s, ecies. 

Washington: Government Printing Office, 1874. (pp. 62, 8°. Out of print.) 
Norr.—Preliminary to full report in Vol. VI, Botany. 

Report upon Ornithological Specimens collected in 1871, 1872, and 1873. Washington: Government 
Printing Office. (pp. 148, 8°. Out of print.) 

Notr.—Preliminary to the full report in Vol. V, Zoology, 4° series; also a List of Biras of Utah, 
with annotations by Mr. Henshaw, appended. From the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History 
of New York, Vol. XI, June, 1874. 

Logarithm, Traverse, and Altitude Tables. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1875. (pp. 30, 
8°. Out of print.) 

Instructions for taking and recording Meteorological Observations, ete., prepared for use of parties of 
Geographical Survey west of the one hundredth meridian, with Barometric Tables I to XI, 
inclusive, of Professional Papers, Corps of Engineers, No. 15, appended. Washington: Government 
Printing Office, 1875. (pp. 64, 8°. Out of print.) 

Note.—The above is a revision of similar “Instructions” issued in 1874, in pamphlet form, 
12mo. 

Barometric Hypsometry Instructions. (1876.) Washington: Government Printing Office, 1876. (8°, 
pp. 88. Out of print.) 

Note.—This is a revised edition of the preceding. 


Catalogue of Mean Decl.nation of 2,014 Stars, for January 1, 1875, Washington: Government Printing 
Office, 1877. (4°, pp. 207.) 
48 WH VOL I 


754 U. 8. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


List of Longitudes, Latitudes, and Altitudes, being an extract from Vol. IT, 4° series (pp. 22, with 
blank tables ; oftice edition). 
Field List of Time Stars, ete. (1878.) Washington: Government Printing Office, 1578. (8°, pp. 13.) 


Nore.—The inside heading of this pamphlet is: ‘List of 278 Time Stars and 63 Cireumpolars, 
for use of,” ete. 


List of Reports and Maps of the United States Geographical Surveys west of the One Hundredth 
Meridian. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1878. (8°, pp. 36. Out of print.) 


Nore.—This pamphlet contains the title and table of contents of book aud pamphlet publica- 
tions of the survey and a reference to each map published or in progress. 


List of Reports and Maps, ete. 2d edition. Washington: Government Printing Office, 188i. (8°, pp. 
74. Revised edition of the preceding, with progress nap. Out of print.) 

Tables of Geographic Positions, Azimuths, and Distances, with Lists of Altitudes, Magnetic Declina- 
tions, aud Itineraries. (1883.) Washington: Government Printing Office, 1885. (Royal 8°, pp. 261.) 


Note.—Prior to the completion of the final reports of the survey the report by Captain Wheeler, 
commissioner, ete., on the Third International Geographical Congress and Exhibition, accompanied 
by facts concerning the principal Government land and marine surveys of the world, appeared as 
House Ex. Doc. No. 270, Forty-eighth Congress, second session (1 vol. 4°, pp. 556, with eleven maps 
and plates). 


Independently of the foregoing pablications, the direct requirement of the operations and results 
of the survey, the following Congressional documents bear on this work: 


1. House Ex. Doc. No. 271, Forty-third Congress, first session. Extra cost for 1873. 

2. House Ex. Doc. No, 240, Forty-third Congress, first session. (1874.) Special message of President 
Grant, transmitting reports on geographical and geological surveys west of the Mississippi. 

3. Report No. 612, House of Representatives, Forty-third Congress, first session, (1874.) From Com- 
mittee on Public Lands regarding geographical and geological surveys west of the Mississippi. 

4. House Ex. Doc. No, 32, Forty-third Congress, second session. (1874). ‘Printing report of Lien- 

tenant Wheeler’s expedition.” 

. House Ex. Doc. No. 109, Forty-third Congress, second session. ‘‘ Lieutenant Wheeler’s Geograph- 

ical Surveys,” inclosing complimentary letter of Field Marshal General, the Count von Moltke. 

6. House Report 149, Forty-third Congress, second session. (1874.) Contains disclaimer of Yale College 
Faculty concerning geographical and geological surveys west of the Mississippi. 

7. House Ex. Doc. No. 81, Forty-fifth Congress, second session, (1878.) Letter from Secretary of In- 
terior transmitting statement of Prof. F. V. Hayden, on geological and geographical surveys 
west of the Mississippi. 

8. House Ex. Doc. No. 80, Forty-fifth Congress, second session. (1878.) Letter from Secretary of In- 
terior transmitting statement of J. W. Powell, on ‘“ geological and geographical surveys” west 
of Mississippi. 

House Ex. Doe. No. 88, Forty-fifth Congress, second session, (1878.) Letter from Secretary of War, 
transmitting statement by the Chief of Engineers on ‘Surveys by the War Department,” in- 
clusive, the geological exploration of the fortieth parallel, geographical surveys west of one 
hundredth meridian, and explorations and reconnaissances at headquarters military division and 
departments. (Contains list of publications. ) 

10. House Mis. Doe. No. 55, Forty-fifth Congress, second session, (1878.) Testimony before Commit- 
tee on Public Lands, regarding a so-called geodetic system of subdivision for the Public Land 
Survey. 

11. Views of the War Department concerning tbe public surveys of the Territories of the United 
States, being Appendix N N, Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers, 1878. 

12. Senate Mis. Doe. No, 49, Forty-fifth Congress, third ssession. (1578). Report of a committee of the 
National Academy of Sciences, on the “Scientific Surveys of the Territories.” (House Mis. Doe. 
No. 5, Forty-fifth Congress, third session) is the same, with added communications from the Chief 
of Engineers, Commissioner of the General Land Office, and Messrs. Hayden and Powell.) 


on 


r=) 


13. 


14. 


15. 


16. 


17. 


18. 


GE 


20. 


SYNOPTICAL LIST OF REPORTS. COD 


Senate Ex. Doc. No. 21, Forty-fifth Congress, third session, parts 1 and 2. (1879). Information from 
War Department concerning surveys west of the Mississippi. Statement from Chief of Geographical 
Surveys, on extent, methods, cost, and cost of completion of those surveys, and views on report of 
a committee of the National Academy of Sciences, 

House Doc. No, 72, Forty-fifth Congress, third session. (1879.) Letter of J. W. Powell, on cost 
of geographical surveys. 

House Ex. Doc. No. 104, Forty-fifth Congress, third session. (1879). Statement regarding total 
cost of geographical surveys west of the one hundredth meridian. 

Senate Ex. Doc. No. 189, Forty-sixth Congress, second session. Letter of Secretary of War. 

Senate Ex. Doc. No. 118, Forty-sixth Congress, second session. (1880). Letter from Secretary of 
War presenting the importance of geographical and topographical surveys of the territory of 
the United States west of the Mississippi River. 

Senate Mis. Doc. No. 82, Forty-ninth Congress, first session, (1886). Testimony before the Joint 
Congressional Commission on Surveys. 

Senate Report No. 1285, parts 1 and 2, Forty-ninth Congress, first session. (1886.) Report of the 
Joint Commission on Surveys. The same appears as House Report No. 2740, Forty-niuth Congress, 
first session. 

Printed catalogues of maps, reports, and photographs exhibited at the Centennial, and also at the 
Third International Geographical Congress at Venice, 1881; includes principal publications at date 
of issue. 


SYNOPTICAL LIST OF MAPS. 


A.—TOPOGRAPHICAL ATLAS. 


I. Title. II. Legend sheet. III. Index map. IV. Basin map. V. Sheet of conventional signs, 
and the following atlas sheets: 


39 00| 113 45 003 
35 40 | 116 30 oo} 
37 20/119 15 00 


6 65 Parts of Southwestern California and South- 
western Nevada... 5. -.20..-e--0-050---- non 
uf 66 Parts of Southeastern California and South- 


western Nevada, Northwestern Arizona, 8 17, 588 Cy Ee WY 


87 20/116 30 00 


é 
6 A Boundaries. 
a 3 Scale 
a 4 Locality. ot Area. Longitude Remarks. 
a 2 ran Latitude west 
I} cre north. | from Green- 
a 4 | wich. 
Miles.| Sq. miles. ee i CO 
1 49 Parts of Eastern Nevada and Western Utah.- 8 16, 814 § 70) - a i aa Also in crayon. 
2 50 Parts of Central and Western Utah ........- 8 16, 814 5 a - a i og Do. 
3 0 
3 57 Parts of Southwestern Nevada and Eastern ; 8 17, 209 § 37 20 | 116 30 aa 
Californiage--c--->-seseeo onto lene ocees 39 00) 119 15 00 
4 58 Parts of Eastern and Southeastern Nevada 0 
i 8} 17,209 j EXE TAD ONE) SS oe Also in crayon. 
and Southern Utah... .-..:---cecceccees.. = 39 00/116 30 00 
2 
5 || 59 | Southwestern Utah...--..:--..-.......-.....| 8 | 17/209 § EA Ee aot 


Also in crayon. 
and Southwestern Utah ...............----- 


8 67 Parts of Northern Arizona and Southern 35 40; 110 00 00 
37 20|113 45 00 
35 40 | 105 30 00 
37 20| 108 15 00 
116 30 00 
35 40| 119 15 00 
34 00 | 111 00 00 
35 40/113 45 00 
34 00/108 15 00 
35 40] 111 00 00 
34 00 | 105 30 Be Also with land 
35 40 | 108 15 00 classification. 
32 20/108 15 00% 

34 00) 111 00 00) 

105 30 002) Also with land 
34 00/108 15 00%| classification. 
42 20] 112 22 me Do. 

43 10| 113 45 00 


9 69 Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern 
ING WwANIeXI COR sss nc)occccse ce satis a stelsincine s 


10 73 Parts of Southern California ....-..-..-...--- 8 17, 952 


ll 75 Parts of Central and Western Arizona .-.-.- 8 17, 952 


Oar ee 
wo 
= 
i) 
— 


12 76 Parts of Eastern Arizona and Western New ; 
IMGxiCOM== see eer temeci-aeeninal-inneceen=e a's 


13 77 Central New Mexic0--2----------2---+ecs---- 8 17, 952 


14 8&3 Parts of Eastern and Southern Arizona and p 
Western and Southwest: rn New Mexico --. 


15 84 Part of Southern New Mexico..-.........- S58 8 18, 302 


16 32:C | Parts of Southern Idaho.-...............----.- 4 4, 023 


ee ee 
wo 
to 
ie) 
Ss 


757 


758 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN, 


Scale 


of 1) 


inch 
to— 


Miles 
4 


s| & 
a) 3 
2 a | Locality. 
a o | 
| Ss | 
a| 4 
ti 32D | Parts of Southeastern Idaho ............----- 
18 38B_ Parts of Southern Oregon, Norihwestern Ne- | 
| vada, and Northeastern Califurnia ......--- 
19 38D | Parts of Eastern California and Western Ne- | 
Rf Ul eco seem aceopooar once ee oncecedonase 
20, 41A | Parts of Southeastern Idaho and Northwest- 
ern) Wtah pic .o-2 sie vic oe eae erece emeees : 
21 41B | southeastern corner of Idaho and part of | 
Northern Utah: 222s. <e<-eso-e0-o-<-=e-s-5 | 
22 47A | Part of Northern California ..........-.-. 
| 
23 47B Parts of Eastern California and Western Ne- 
Plead Ces Soe annncute ono ae Se SCeC nora aOeay 
24] 47D | Dov soot eee eee ies eee eae eee 
25 48C | Part of West Central Nevada ........-....--. 
26 48D | Part of Central Nevada: .-..5.<secescess<soues 
27 52D | Part of Central Colorado .........-....------ 
28 53C 1D) Opa eee ae eee eee tee 
29 56B | Parts of Eastern California and Western 
Nevadaiicossscssceqect scncee Soasecewanuenees | 
30 56D | Part of Central California ...........--..--.-- 
| 31 61A | Part of Western Colorado .......-.-...---.-.: 
32 61'B:| (Central Colorado: -o22.- 2<-.---<s-ncess-secsess 
33 61C | Part of Southwestern Colorado........--.-.-- 
34 610 | Southwestern Colorado, San Juan Mining- 
| RGBION (ices asmaapeeea -Meresesetceeciaecaases 
| 
35 61D | Part of Southern Colorado.....--........----. 
36 | 62A | Part of Central Colorado.........2-2-. ---+--- 
37 62C | Part of Southern Colorado, ..........--..----. 


[$4 


“—S 
vo 


Area. 


Sq. miles. 


4, 023 


4,178 


4, 229 


4, 278 | 


4, 326 


1, 100 


4, 326 


4, 278 


4,326 


| In outline and | 


| 


In contours and 


| Boundaries. 
| | Longitude 
Latitude west 
| north. | from Green- 
wich. 
| 0 4 OF sh ite. 
|¢ 42 20] 111 00 ae 
2 43 10) 112 22 30 
fr 41 30/119 15 a 
42 20] 120 37 30 
‘ 40 40 | 119 15 00 
41 30/120 37 30 
fi 41 30 112 22 3 | 
42 20} 113 45 00 
te 30 | 111 00 om 
42 20/112 22 30 
|¢ 39 50 120 37 30) 
i} 40 40] 122 00 003 
) 
39 50} 119 15 oo! 
' 40 40 120 37 30{ 
J 
ae 00} 119 15 00, 
39 50] 120 37 305) 
¢ 39 00) 117 52 30, 
t 39 50/119 15 005 
39 00 | 116 30 00 
; 89 50] 117 52 305 
39 00 | 105 30 00 
; 39 50) 106 52 aa 
; 39 00 | 104 07 a 
39 50 | 105 30 00 
38 10/129 15 00 
' 39 00] 120 37 30$ 
37 20] 119 15 00 
t 38 10) 120 37 ay 
| 
38 10 106 52 “a 
Fi 39 00 108 15 00 F | 
J 
{ 38 10 105 30 3 
39 00 106 52 305) 
| | 
s| 
¢ 387 20} 106 52 09} 
138 10 108 15 00; 
J 
37 42/107 15 00 
Vag 71 | 107 67 00 | 
J 
5 37 20} 105 30 00 
2? 38 10/106 52 an 
38 10 | 104 07 ae 
39 00) 105 30 00 
37 20/104 07 30 
' 38 10) 105 30 as 


Remarks. 


| 
| 


Also with land 
classification. 
| 
| 
Also with land 
classification. 


hachures; also 
with land classi- 
fication. 


Do. 


Also with land 
classification. 


hachures; also 
with land classi- 
fication. 


Also with land 
classification. 


In outline and 
hachures; also 
with land classi- 
fication. 


Engraved colored 
contours show- 
ing timber lim- 


its, ete. 

Also with land 
classification. 
Do. 

Do. 


SYNOPTICAL LIST OF MAPS. 


759 


6 zy Boundaries. 
‘a 3 Seale 
A f 1 
| a Locality. ia an Area. Longitude Remarks. 
A 2 to— Latitude west 
=} 3 north. | from Green- 
fo] <4 wich. 
Miles. Sq. miles. a 5 rae A a 
38 | 62D | Part of Southeastern Colorado.........-.---- 4 4, 326 { e 0 Oi ‘es i } | 
c tf * | 
39 65D | Part of Southeastern California ........-.... 4 4, 420 '$ oc on Also" swith) land 
: (36 20/117 52 305] classification. 
40 69 : s lorado and North 5 
B | Parts of Southern Colorado anc rthern |) 4 4,374 if 36 30 | 105 30 aa Do. 
WON ARMS) cones oacanheoosencnonesde. SEssoe ) 37 20] 106 52 30 
41| 69D] Part of North Central New Mexico...........| 4 4. 490 f 35 40 | 105 30 002) ~ no, 
k 36 30] 106 52 305 
42 70A | Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern i , AGH 36 30| 104 07 30) Do. 
ING Wwe MO x1 COR eermememe teammate en eceicicene's me } 37 20) 105 20 003 3 
43 | 70C | Part of North Central New Mexico.........-. 4 4, 420 i a ae re 8 i Do. 
36 8 5 0 
| 7 59 
44 734A | Part of Southern California .................. 4 4, 466 f as aa if of Do. 
a 00 | 117 53 30 
45| 73C D0 sjosccaneose fete eri sodenss-cccvescset 4] 4,510 § pate aes ee Do. 
e a) oO 
5 5 
46 "7B | Part of Central New Mexico.-...-........-.-.. 4 4, 466 § 3475051105 /830)400 } Do. 
35 40 | 106 52 30 
47| 77D DO eee ee ne ee dae et 4] 4,510 os os aa att Do. 
| 2 
48 78A | Part of Northern New Mexico .............-- 4 4, 466 | j a He ie u . ; Do. 
| o> © 
- 5 
49 84B | Part of Central New Mexico.......----------- 4 4, 554 | f 33, 10] 105 30 mt Do. 
(¢ 34 00 | 106 52 30 
9 9 
50 84C | Part of Southwestern New Mexico ...-.....-. 4 4,597 | f Ee a a i * } Do. 
| 


760 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


B.—GEOLOGICAL ATLAS. 


I. Title. II. Index map. III. Map showing restored outline of Lake Bonneville. 


° 
S a Boundaries. 
A ) Scale 
= a Tecali of 1 7 | A 
g a ocality. inch | 4Tea- ; | Longitude Remarks. 
a 2 eRe Latitude | west 
iS s north. | from Green- 
ao) < wich. 
Miles.) Sq. miles. cA ; af A ee PERE 
1 50 Parts of Central and Western Utah...-.....-. 8 16,814 |§ * i : } EY SD 
| (40 40) 113 45 00 crayon. 
9 
58 ) Parts of Eastern Nevada and Western Utah - So seccaeee on ; SC ee fe) TU) Do. 
{ party 39 00} 14 50 405 
rage ~ 
2 66 f Part of Southern Nevada.............--.--.- Bol eeaets ee § Ss Oh eet econ Do. 
| 37 20] 114 48 405 
(part) \) | 37 2 0 
3 59 Southwestern Wtalts-<.<ss..ccsessscisoossse =<) 8 17, 209 j en) a Do. 
}€ 39 00/113 45 00 
4 67 Partsof Nor hern Arizona and Southern Utah. 8| 17,583 |§ ET a Oy ee Do. 
¢ 37 20] 113 45 00 
5 75 Parts of Central and Western Arizona -.-.... 8 17, 952 see UY a ee Hillshading ta 
¢ 35 40} 113 45 00 h chures. 
6 76 Parts of Eastern Arizona and Western New } 8 17, 592 { 34 00 | 108 15 00 { Do 
MOXiC0 ieee cee aece areas see eee 35 40} 111 00 00 , 
32 20] 105 30 00 
7 83 WO. sebod Seed feces sacs ec so eeceehaene 8] 18,302 Dos 
i 34 00 | 108 15 wi qi 
8 70A | Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern } mn 4.374 If 36 30 | 104 07 | Do 
Moxicowsete5 cco see. ces tones eae ease eed " |¢ 37 20 | 105 30 00 ; 
9 70C | Part of North Central New Mexico. .......... 4 4, 420 f somes OF Cr a Do. 
( 69B |) /© 36 30/105 30 00 
me fp Ses 
69D | 20 | 2 
| (part) | f 35 40 | 105 30 00 
104 Pp ‘Parts of Southern Colorado and Northern 4 36 041105 57 41 Do. 
77B | ING Ww MOxiCOle canes testes aeeseee aie eee eee 4}) 
Gast) {36 30 | 105 40 45 Do. 
me Peete oe 
(part) | | 


C.—SPECIAL MAPS. 


1. Map of Reconnaissance through Southern and Southeastern Nevada; scale 1 inch to 12 mules; 
issued 1369. 

2. Outline Map of Washoe District, Nevada; scale 1 inch to 2,000 feet; issued 1879. 

3. Topographic Map of Washoe Mining Region, Nevada; scale 1 inch to 1,500 feet; issued 1879. 

4. Topographic Map of Parts of Eastern California and Western Nevada, in the vicinity of Tahoe, 
Pyramid, Winnemucca, and Honey Lakes; scale 1 inch to 4 miles; area 8,832.5 square miles; 
boundaries, 38° 55’ and 40° 40/ north latitude, and 119° 15’ 00” and 120° 37/ 30’ longitude west 
from Greenwich; also with land classification ; issued 1879. 

5. Outline Map of Southwestern New Mexico; scale 1 inch to 10 miles; issued 1880. 

6. Topographic Map of Lake Tahoe region, Nevada and California; photolithographic edition, 1881; 
scale { inch to 1 mile; Heliogravure edition, 1882; scale 1 inch to 2 miles. 

7. Outline Map of a Reconnaissance through Central Oregon; scale 1 inch to 8 miles. 

Topographic Map of the Yosemite Valley and vicinity; scale 3 inches to 2 miles, or 1 to 42.240. 

Boundaries, 37° 40/ 15’’ to 37° 48’ 00” north latitude, and 19° 28’ 15’ to 119° 42’ 00’ longitude 
west from Greenwich. 


Se 


APPENDIX H. 


GEOGRAPHIC-TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUN- 
DREDTH MERIDIAN, 


INTRODUCTORY. 


This work consisted of a mathematically based topographic survey, 
intended as a connected first survey of a comparatively wild and uninhab- 
ited region, more particularly for immediate military purposes at a mini- 
mum of time and cost, and serves as a model wherever like conditions shall 
arise. It is not suited to thickly settled territory, with well developed com- 
munications and industries, where more detail would be required and where 
a larger pro rata of established latitudes and longitudes of the first order, 
and other topographic data, should be made available. 


ORIGIN. 


Its origin was the outgrowth of a permanent and legitimate want of 
the War Department for current topographic information of the vast area 
west of the Mississippi, within which constant military movements were and 
are required. It was in a measure a continuation of such disconnected 
topographic works as the War Department had begun to prosecute for special 
objects prior to the war of the rebellion, and which were resumed at the 
headquarters of the military divisions and departments at the close thereof. 
It added to all existing data a complete survey commencing with initial 
astronomic and geodetic points, with added topographic and hypsometric 
details upon which the orographic chart was based, thus forming a con- 

761 


762 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


nected detail map of the region, suitable for all purposes for not less than 
fifty years. 
ORGANIZATION. 

Its personnel consisted of officers of Engineers, of the line of the Army, 
medical officers, those in command of escorts, and soldiers where required, 
certain astronomers, civilian assistants, with technical office officials, selected 
Engineer soldiers, ete; in short, a combination of military and civilian 
talent suited to the needs of the service and calculated to produce, with 
rapidity and economy, the results demanded. 


ADMINISTRATION. 


The officer in charge reported directly to the Chief of Engineers, where 
the annual projects were approved as well as by the Secretary of War. 
These operations were pursuant to partial money grants, based on an orig- 
inal project for a complete and connected detail survey and map of the 
whole area in fifteen years, at a cost not exceeding $2,500,000. 

Its administration, like that of all interior topographic works of the 
Government from its organization to the year 1879, and especially since 
1819, was in the War Department. 

It ceased simply from want of appropriations, but not so the want that 


determined its existence. 


FUNCTIONS. 


Its functions are partially set forth in letter of instructions of the Chief 
of Engineers, dated March 3, 1871, modified by methods suggested from 
time to time by the officer in charge in regard to the geodetic net or ground 
work for the maps as well as the perfection of interior topographic details. 
The subjects of geology, mineralogy, zoology, ete., incidentally received 
attention directly and in connection with the large collections made by 
specialists and others in these branches, which became the property of the 
Government, and the examination of which led to extended monographic 
reports in the branches under observation. While the jurisdiction actually 


named for the field work embraced only the area west of the one-hundredth 


U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS.—FUNCTIONS. 763 


meridian (an arbitrary line), yet from the first assignment of the officer in 
charge in February, 1871, he had been instructed to prepare himself for 
the investigation of the subject of surveys and explorations in the interior 
(see Special Order 25 Headquarters Chief of Engineers, February 28, 1871) 
as a general duty, which was prosecuted as circumstances permitted, from 
which resulted the data upon which to base a project for a complete con- 
nected topographic survey of the whole United States. (See chapter on 
Government surveys). 

The great general survey of the country, thus outlined, is a subject of 
the utmost importance; which, when once done, the initial or primal value 
becomes enhanced by time, and when sufficiently developed meets all the 
requirements of commerce and scientific investigation, results from which 
are considered so necessary that specified resurveys are constantly made, 
always with increasing detail, by the several European Governments. 


HISTORY. 


This work closed its field labors in 1879, its office on February 29, 
1884, and the present volume is the last of its publications. 

The cost for field and office work, including all expenses from the 
supply branches of the Army, with each and every expenditure chargeable 
to the work, was $691,444.45.* This sum has been reached after the most 
careful personal examination and much labor, and is an abstract from the 
actual vouchers of expenditure in all cases except the Quartermaster’s De- 
partment, and is complete and final, notwithstanding any and all statements 
to the contrary from other sources. 


*This does not include the sum of $87,083.14, the total paid for engraving and printing maps 
and illustrations for reports, or that of $85,129.11, the total of salaries to Army officers from commence- 
ment to the close of the office, March 1, 1884, since which no expenditure has been made. The former 
does not atall increase the volume or character of results, and the officers being in regular commission 
must have been paid whether engaged on this or other duty, and it has been invariably held that such 
expenditure is not properly chargeable to the special work under the War Department. Credit is due 
for money turned into the Treasury from sales ($6,488.45) and for estimated value of instruments and 
property ($57,000) at close of field work. References to the cost of this work will be found in House 
Ex. Doc. 88, Forty-fifth Congress, second session, May 10, 1878; House Ex. Doe. 104, Forty tifth Con- 
gress, third session, February 24, 1879; House Ex. Doc. 270, Forty-eighth Congress, second session, pp. 
473 and 486, December 10, 1883; and Senate Report 1285, Forty-ninth Congress, first session, June 8, 
1886. 


764 U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100TH MERIDIAN. 


METHODS, PROGRESS, AND RESULTS. 


The methods are found described in Appendix C of this report. 

The progress and results are summarily stated in Appendix F (this 
volume). 

The publications, consisting of forty-one separately printed reports and 
one hundred and sixty-four maps, are now completed, so far as means per- 
mit, and this volume is intended to make the references throughout between 
volumes and maps, and vice versa, as connected and complete as possible for 


convenience of reference. 


INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 


Page. 
AIOE OMDASINE yoacna terse ae asa enteaeerae ceaisseeeeces aes 9 
Areas occupied 3% 21 
in New Mesto 2a5 21 
California 21 

Nevada... 21 

Arizona . 21 

Witahieeescssieecs 21 

Colorado. ... ... 21 

Tdahosscec esse 21 

Oregon . - : - 2 

WAV OUI  Joncaseecaa as Bones aions sear 21 
MLeXaseeaeceseesences dorsabe SaDee 21 
Area Of expedition ofl 869) -22-. ecas-secneccacaceacn'asc 22 
TR meee aac CO CORRE mOseD00 30 
1ST2 eenecencseects sass es acdsee 46 
REYES oooecisdcasacoseotenEcaaneda 58 
187 Aveeemeiwatccswoc sles aeercisios 7 
UV AY Aooereeocosespececcoce 89 
1 87 Gectea non ecieees cases oem sere 103 
LST feciaroas steeae ene sweeceebis 110 
My Scene. Go5ss Bronececnasessse 114 
Administration of land surveys.....-. -...--...-.---. 408 
PAU VIS ERGIMeNtGs sense sew eeeeine inne tear ce set nes 82 
Ares UndercultivatioOn. --2¢----4.cs--s scene 255, 270, 289, 306 
AMLitviGMiry2s=-s) = 25) — <5 260 
Act of Congress, Fans 10,1872. . > - 45 
Annual production of gold and Bee ey Scuccocnasae ed 185 
Agricultural products without irrigation........ ...-- 65, 66 
Archean, .--..-- 82, 190, 238, 241, 243, 246, 248, 251, 253, 254, 257, 


260, 261, 262, 269, 272, 275, 279, 282, 284, 285, 
288, 290, 291, 297, 301, 306, 307, 310, 314, 322 


Artesian water --91, 206, 275 
Argentiferous galena ..... ... ...-. eisteletaivievslajaitistecl 8 O11 14, 
Acad SINS We Sy Milltaryncsccs) sane cieneastecdes sees 145, 270 
Agricultural Bureau ...- . 145 
Army Medical) Museum. .....--...-..---...0- Sonne kG 
ATid region 222 -.--/25< === --- 181, 227 
ASD HAlGO Meni) ssa dsieocsnisanescicccesciceccicscne cc's 19 
Agriculture- - 3 178, 297, 303, 315 
Arable lands, Dencennee of esceaeeec 174, 283 
ATLESIany Wella) --- ss o-eo0 «-. eeu - 181, 206, 207, 208 
Atlas of the wholecountry, meme miitars topographic 229 
‘Abbreviationsiandisions. |4--c52.-assees se -ecesceccccee 356 
PAMOrold readin Gwe eeee eee pesca cite 3 -- 359 

and odometer reading...- - 360 

profiles\(computations).--. 0... ce-cccecccese 394 
PACKNO WEG BS MONS pee) etaes cosets oeccteicidssisincccce 7 
Adjustment of angles Saocodse 371 


Areas undergoing systematic Cannyaeanate survey..-. 424 
Areas not undergoing systematic topographic survey.. 424 


Page. 
Austria Military Geographical Institute ............. 445 
topogr aphic surveys Of................... -.. 453 
geologic examination of .................-.-.- 425 
hydrographic survey of...........-....-..---- 76 
Administration of land surveys .............---.-..--- 441 


Authorities consulted in preparation of survey memoir 604 
available for compilation of standard ofti- 
cial list of latitudes and longitudes west 


Of Miasissippic as -ccscesesteres ses e seco 650 
Basins of the Colorado..... =} 29, 30, 58, 130 
COBBU ce sae ence mceemece ws sioee eee ans 9,114 
interior. .-... 9, 22, 30, 44, 110, 114 
Sacramento. ... - 9,110, 114, 130 
Columbiaist.ccocccice-cecceceneete cece 9,114 
Miss0uricacs.coccsisceencneesceeweeer anes 9 
Rio Grande. 9, 58, 77, 110, 114, 130 
ATkK@nsasnocoscecsiccccteeee cet tena 9, 77, 130 

9 

: ) 

eeaeanceeaceeee 22, 58 


sontOlereaeevccuciscissssesree -- 38, 39, 40, 43 
OwensiRivercccsesssoaseass eee e eee eee 44 
Salt! Lako mec. sectescccesece ace 58, 110, 114, 130 
Green Gescs-tacscceecece== see eceeeee ees 58 
Arkansas) ososccscceccoest een - 58,110 
Gunnisons:.2.-cscccc -c~caccecseoeee 58, 77, 110 
Chamattencacsacssocssiececee pent ee nee 7 
Mu rabernen sees ecicceecce cata ttematete 77 
77 
103 
BeawiRiversucnssccsccssescceceeceeretees 110 
Snake River ... Sxepupcooog htt) 
Mohave...... scieccses) 114 
Pecos. - 
Gila 
Base measurement . . 
BIpOka Oreste cect csissanp vise sci sscecice 
Barometer observation of Mount Whittney. 
Barometric altitudes  - ...............- 357 
height, astermination of 396 
British Museums: 1-2. ccccae cece: - 512 
Blankets, Navajo. .........-...- 69, 75 
Box Canon 2--<seresnesessceciese Se 45 
Basal tines enccee es aal- nem sence scjece sect semacisce ee eet 72 
|MBaSiINgTan POS. fos!-watenicaananteeae ees cece 265, 266, 268, 295, 323 
Baden, trigonometric and topographic works begun... 439 
topographic'survey of <-2.-------. ccss=+/--5o5- 445, 453 
Bavaria, early map works Of ........---..---02ees-e-- 439 
topographic survey of ...... -..-.......... 445, 453 
geologic examinaton of ............-......... 425 


766 


Page. 

Belgium, trigonometric work begun ...-..------.----- 441 
topographic surveys Of ........ ..--+.-.--- 449, 457 

geologic examinationof.... ....--.-.---. --- 425 


INDEX OF 


| Canon walls, height of - 


Carboniferous. .-82, 136, 238, 246, 248, 251, 254, 256, 257, 259, 260, 
267, 269, 272, 273, 276, 280, 282, 284, 285, 288, 
290, 291, 295, 297,301, 302, 306, 307, 310, 314 
CONOZ0IG 22 soos nom seinen scccineseircsiewel hcaa samias/= aie 233 
Gomistockclodens: 2-50 vess2he ere caltace see = ease sea 53 245 
Cambrian. cose. veosas aos e ae ae ae Sil 254,2 257 
Cost of a geographic survey sseewesieeeccelnce ey PmLOO: 
general survey of United Kingdom 464 
topographicsurveys.-. 2. c-.sccecececanenene AGL 
OG) ene Pee IO UCOCC LOONIE EE, Goeaa peaadgedddas 25, 42, 114, 158 
Camp, military, Old Ruby -..-. -......:-...- Bs BEERS 26 
MohanGc< sesso cose cscccess 2 20, 156, 157 
Apache ... --34, 38, 39, 63 
Grant. . 34 

Verde ... 34 | 
Whipple 34 
Hallocki Socacrose cet ss este nase aaa 38 
Independ one!s ss ses <cecias cise sees 41,97 
Computation of observations for time.......-. -.. --. 360 
form: for-publicationy-<-- <6 iose.4sc0) sa 363 
Comparison of Rio Granle and Nile muds ......-..-.. 305 
Comstock lode ........5-...-.--...- 326 
hot water in 326 
heat of rockoin«..6...e2ssees.sse-6 326 
ventilation. <os ish cee, pslenececseserscene 327 
Climatic sanitarigms 2c. .66 cece. ccecsceee cs tos cesece 67 
movement, secular changes in ......--..---.- 201 
Cedar (Juniperus occidentalis).... --.... --..--2.ceeee 73 
Condensed list of reports and maps (Hayden) .....--. 712 
Cistern and aneroid readings ............----.----+.-- 359 
Cost of topography, Mississippi River survey. --. 696 


Cretaceous. .83, 187, 188, 208, 238, 246, 253, 257, 259, 261, 262, 269, 


272, 276, 284, 288,290, 291,301, 302, 306, 307, 314, 323, 670 | 


Canon, Grand, of the Colorado, minimum width of.... 165 
BSAC AD CSA IE RARE ROO RDG HOC 270, 286, 308, 312 
Chronological statement of voyages, ete., to the west 
GOBASE OL0 2. coee ges samen melee mote eas oe elon 488 
Climate. - . ..27, 29, 25, 86, 240, 242, 245, 247, 2 50, 253, 256, 259, 267, 
290; 292, 296, 3 
Considerations upon National Government land and 
marine surveys 


Coali.- 2-525 : 


415 


2, 48, 49 


50, 56, 59, 187, 


Cibola, Seven Cities of. Seance steeple sen eceee 61 
Colorado:of the West...2....--ceceveon swacessseeiseaee 109 
WOlUMO Of-255).s: scsee, ee ecees 169 
limit of navigation .... .<-...-.. 170 
exploration of, complete ......-- 170 
geological sections......... 171 
Copperve-cee--oses eeseebee ashe ereeee eee 112 
Connection with land survey stakes ~~ 139, 354 
Contributions to the theory and practice of field lati- 
tudes and longitudes.... ..... ... 140 
economic botany...-.-.......... 143 
geography, topography, and natural 
histony.c:sctsccsacseoeeece esate = 146 
Coking coals -as co ee aecene-sjecse eee eee 187, 243, 291 
Colorado Plateau .... -..2.......2. 23, 36, 268, 282, 283, 295, 300 
Combination of irrigation and navigation as a rule 
SNVOVISADIO Tc conecan tense cceeneccesse eee ee eee 195 
Collections in natural history...... 57, 73, 74, 136, 141, 142, 143 
144, 145 


170 | 


SUBJECTS. 


Page. 
Collections in natural history—Continued. 
Total number of specimens turned over to Smith- 
sonian Institution and National Museum -....... 145 
Continental:Divideri=- <2) --- ue. -=4)--- 2 coer 83 


Chronological account of earlier appleretitans: of Colo- 
TAO Riviere: scocticneta=-ssicaae 


Co;nbination of bachures and contours 
Contours to express topographic Relief— 


Wiheniirati prop osediiass<esssct aeseafeaseeeaa aes 397 
Wise. fivensts hacinres:..-c-escehees eee res recone 398 
Co-efficient of expansion -.......--...---....--- Sa. ef 
Cross-sightistations jsc-c--sse~ece = sees se eoeme ese eee 
Computations for latitude. BEARD GEORS 
fOr. diStan CGS) > sc.j-ceseene se oee == = 384 
of latitudes and departures. 389 
Conjecturai contours defined .........-..-..- 398 
Correlative equations . ..... 381 
Cadastral survey, definition of 416 
Conventional signs and abbreviations ... ........... 397, 42 
Coast and Geodetic Survey — 
Administration of mes. s-ceshe sce een oeeenion 475 
Aid to commerce and navigation .........--...---- 479 
Board of officers:on, in 1843 ..-..........-------se-. 479 
Munctions of 2c22ccc.<is0 478 
Geodetic Belt .......... 451 
Personnel eles secesice 475 
Departmental instructions ...............-2.--222.---- 31 
Desert, Death Valley ..--.....-...----. Wiese scan 36, 37, 44 
Armargosa......-.. BOO BOBO CE CHO ESE RSHOBS 36, 37, 42, 44 
MODAVO(F- a2 ac. uceticeera socio accee 36, 37, 42, 44 
Coloradlon v1.2 cjsscw'e eon seis sec enece tes seman 36, 37 
Determination of altitudes............--..------ese-00- 140 
Description of Atlas Sheets. ... zeeer 205) 
Divides and drainage systems 237, “295, 301, 312 
Devonian 251, 254, 272, 285 
DOSOTb schoo ss citee sees ont enelc ei = -e eeeee rene ee caenicaes 264 
Death Valley fiscscs.5 soe saseease eee eee sae 278, 282 
temperature ine 2:2 Sarees seen eee 282 
Description of measuring 1od......-.....---------..-- 345 
method of measurement .......----.... 346 
Distribution into districts.\.-- 2... .-2.2-.2e--5)eee-cee 434 
Devilig Basiny-- S.ccsesecetsese~ eet ses ne eo 104 
Diversion of the Colorado River ..........-.....-. --- 107 
| Depressions below sea-level........-......-..--.-- = 110 
| Distances, tables of, in and about Yosemite Valley .-. 135 
Discovery and naming the Colorado Plateau..... ..... 138 
Determination of heighta .......-..--.-.---:--00.es-++ * 139 
Dis overy of north and south routes ...............--. 139 
and measurement of levels below sea ...... 139 
Denwark; oldeatimaps of, +.--0.2--2 2aecvaee Lee ae 441 
triangulation commenced ............- 441 
topographic survey of. .......... ....---.-450, 457 
geologic examination of 455 
hydrographic survey of. 477 
| Expedition of 1869.... 2.2... . 29 
30 
45 
58 
77 
89 
103 
110 
114 
130 
Emeralds 60 


141, 142, 143 | 


INDEX OF 


Page. 

Examinations proposed for the Comstock lode. ........ 326 
Epitome of, Warren’s Memoir.--....-...--. --.---- --. 513 
Estimated value of gold and silver ores. ..---.-.--..--. 184 
Exploration of the Grand Canon 139 
Colorado River of the West. ----- 147, 156 

Grand| Canon. cee-is--secs= = 139 

geological section. = -.-.--. lil 
Hiquattonsioficondition) 2. --22-2 -2-cc-c+<-=- -<- 373, 381 


Engineer Department. - 


Evaporation at Los Pinos ied Reservation. - 14 
Tolare Makeveereswessececce es < 97 
Madridtssssates=-ce== - 196 
Great Salt’ Lake: --...-.----.--.--....- 202 
WATIOUSStAtIONS oe. -=see = Semen s seces 204 
from earth and water compared ..-..... 203 

MipVadome los Padres: s2%, -2-aceeoae teense seca cess 55 

Fish, new species .-.-...-2..-.. Bn COE Sc RCO SEE Eee 57, 73 

ishes; new (Oypnenid@)\2 0-2, 2-5-2. 102. oaecencoe sen 674 

erriesjacross|Colorado\-")-..-- 20 2oe<2c---0esse-=-0 50 

Fir (Abies Engelmanni) . aie feces Sac 49 

Ferns, Maiden’s Hair iellanonaoire Capillus Voneris)\, 52 

ori otes* Conroy) aeccataasscecces cae) cocnts _.39, 63, 73 

RIGldg/N OUSCLY AMONS = eens-nas an eane see asensacensccn= 352 

note hooks, ‘‘ Mountain Station"’ and * Topo. 
CARAT Oe bso mis co CO OER OES BE BUCHOISSOO9 353 

instruments employed (astronomic, geodetic, to- 
pographic, and hypometric)...-...-----------. 360 
Minaliresultstscacteean= <a sonee= oe 137 
for longitude (form of) Es, 364 
Formation of angle equations ...... --...--.-.--.378, 379, 380 
Bid eTEqUAtIONS Ieee ele wele see = es == 380 

Future Government surveys required by the United 
Staves (tatDUlSbed) pe--esscemca eset easte sees oe ease 432 
lati), SATII 5 JS cconocbacbodeasenn ssachosecdossdtaood 28, 105 
WAIVER (2) else oebae cusses eenosaeocs Spaceseens 59, 60 
LO DTEMYED ice cop oceinconcoNOSeHoeSd SopaTSEcoCcosaos 59 
AAT oti escncon = SoeS-Eotog as Sap -eSnaSenspsn 60 
BON EIR creo ESO COsSoODSnCTEScaast se seasesa 63 
MulGvosaeeeaseeseee sae eatee eee eee 63,112 
Canada Alamosa, 63 
Garland .--- 17 

Old, Lowell. 

IGG A gsc pbo acts Sae ase esanocoda sens esaed aaa 83 
Old, Tejon . === 92,94 
Stanton - 111,112 
Craig-.... =) 12 
McRae. - 112 
Klamath = 116 

Forests And timber lands.... ----. a = 178 

Fossils, invertebrates, new .-...... =. -.. --.0-.--.-- 84 

France, military topographic bureau organized - 


topographic survey of --...-- 


geologic examination of .. ... ...------ ----- 
hydrographic survey of .........-...---.----- 
TPE TIO KOS bso ta son Sas SU S0 2250 SOBRE DOCG SESE SOnSeaOO 
MT COM PALO N pret atateleia |e afeteirnl-iw'«lefeteiicia'=/6\scnin'e slel==='=i=— 
ren ohlexplorawmOnSieecctaaccmacmcecececsnee = erase ~~ 
Grazing lands..-... Se eseROneee 38, 62, 85, 119, 181, 297, 303, 316 
(Grandiwrashteaserscsssteescnaa.\<= aaa coe te 
Geographie topographic surveys west of ire one ihe 
dredihimoenmaiateremctes-e sce mssinceminetcces se 761 
AmtroduccOryeneeesseiicce=- er - a> = --2- totszsccsem TOL 
Oniginvees=welesscece aaa  ABTEO EA SBDROEA TE oEoR Ber 761 
Organization -....-..- Ao BSACOneEnCO SpecoaASepcue 762 
PRAMINISLEA WOM eet ee aces oscse csa ne eset 762 
Functions....-.--. os Atma eenego nee coecmanbes is 762 


seh ssc 659, 724, 726, 729 | 


SUBJECTS 


Page. 

Geographic REE surveys, etc.-- Continued. 
ARS CORVAANC COS ieee -enan olen alee ee inseam et OG 
Methods, progress, ‘om meena omocsentcsogeasaases 764 
Glaciers/andimoraings a. asec) easel aes tomas 56 
Garnot) beds: 225: J atscaeccesae cee nee eee ca ece eet eeseee 59, 60 
64, 66, 298 
313 


reconnaissance ......---- 140 
survey of United States. - 458 
Geographic distribution of plants. - 308 
Geodetic and topographic -. 349 
computations - 371 
co-ordinates .....--...- 385, 386 
international association ---.-.-.----. --- 444 

Geographic discovery, exploration, and survey, 1500 to 
1 Dies Sa coonkoy Foon e Baar ead sone GS recto sSesba ese 483 
Character of early expeditions.....-...----...---- 485 
General Land Office surveys . ---23, 24, 37, 51, 59, 78, 90, 111, 115 
General geographic results ..--.---..-- 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 
143, 144, 145, 146 
| Great Britainand Ireland, Originoftopographicsurvey. 438 
topographic surveys in-. ..443, 452 
hydrographic surveys -.-- 471,475 


Great Interior Basin ..-..--. 41, 43, 46, 55, 105, 197, 115, 122, 123, 
199, 200, 239, 266, 268, 276, 291, 318 
Grand) Ganonwessas--2 es secs elec ser ecee eterna 
Great Colorado plateau 
Greasewood (Obie). ssace= scn-=ncines'esto-= esa 
‘Goldloress-neessene= === 79, 91, 93, 112, 160, 245, 261, 262, 271, 311 
Granite beds, Colorado Cafion ....-...----.-----------. 165 
Grazing areas without water. ....-...-.--.------------ 181 
Great Salt Lake.....-.- 199, 200, 254 
Great. American’Desert. <-<- 5). ca0= -aa= cis=-seiceime sine 264 
Great Plains - asd — 274, 307 
Geologists avail Gnemeclece of topographic maps as a 
WYSE, conacacention ae Shac epadasoasondécse 420 
Germany, original German Btatent early surveys of. 439 
topographic surveys in . ..--......- aso 443, 452 
geologic examinations in. ...-.--------. --. 425 
hydrographic survey of 476 
| Great general staff of the Prussian army, its originand 
(NRE eSB eciececos comes s=boos HsasoscocescSe 444 
General physical foatarenee -237, 239, 241, 244, 247, 219, 259, 255, 


258, 260, 263, 266, 268, 270,274. 277, 281, 
283, 286, 289,291, 295,300, 304, 307, 308, 311 


Geographical positions grouped, form of --...--..----- 388 
Geographer of the United States ........ -, 407. 
Geologic examinations and investigations... --..--.425, 426 
Great final topographic map of the United States 437 
Government surveys, hy drographic— 
Introduction . 468 
istiolgena<<= 469 
QUIS eres tae enw eleen=aninm=n ema elowmasascin es 470 
Organizawonlesacss\scaen sleet a aeeean a aosesls nase oe 471 
Administration - .....--...2.---2.-nseseen=s-eccnns 75 
Functions...-- << ..--22-- scenes sce eceseceos- == 375 
Geographical discovery and exploration west coast and 
INTOTIOD ea ee ee caer e eee ae te eee ep en caine 481 
Geographic and geologic explorations and surveys -. 599 
Geographical knowledge prior to the year 1500......-. 482 
Geographical surveys west of the one hundredth me- 
SG IS SeeS a acpeDbsoodecaaccaees compos auccaooeso Kes 451 
Geologic maps, their limited use as compared with to- 
DOraphiciMaps! eet ae ole woe w een enw wee ome 426 
Government surveys— 
TOPOLTAPHIO arr isae mcte nice selena sloacinies/siciesiancasesises 416 


768 


Page 
Government surveys—Continued. 
Hydrographic or marine...........-.----.--0---2- 416 
CadastraMor revenue: .---. 6... 262s) ssecscamescese 416 
Nature of, determined by specified want .......-.. 417 
Scope of, governed by the requirement of the Exec- 
utive Departments. ......-...----.----.. ------- 417 
To be classified and administered according to ob- 
jects'sought <..2---22 <- 2-2. aan er eee eee 418 
Reproductions from........-...--. eae cea ee seese ; 419 
The measure::-<s.-cnsecee eee sen een oe ene 428 
Requirements of Executive Departments! peeo ei, ] 
WG 1.) Beene ieee aoc rn hare aesoanpoddemea dass 430 
The-result: (costeastenresncccese te neeees ear eee ames 431 
Most noedéd.c-.tccesecesconsesssse-cser gece ee saee 433 
Government maps— 
TopopraphiCesasneascs <cas cores @eeeee es == se=— a= 421 
HCONOMIC? Soames ceesicnte! Poe saae sense ssc t—a 421 
Cadastral 421 
Government surveys, topographic— 
Orisin.2stit-cssseces tee eae nee eas Sossseross 438 
Administration 441 
Organization - 442 
Functions. . 452 
PYOP TOSS (2 sao see a aie oleae eee enter ns 459 
Tables of, data concerning 460, 461, 462, 463 
Cost 463 
Cost, recap iatonm 466 
Heat encountered on lower lever of Gometack lode. - 111 
Hachures:<2scccerecssesenss oscntc aos! Be eiSsenieteisic otee 396 
Meliogravure : 419 
Holland, topographic surveys of......-.---. --------- 447, 454 
hydrographic surveys Of........--..---...+.. 473, 476 
Hudson Bay Company. --.--...-200----20---s-000---25 496 
Hockett trail ..-..-........ Sc ORR eC ONOAESB ORR OeOS 99 
Hypsometric .-- -----2.---26---s-0-0sse0--00-0-02-25=0 391 
Hydrographic surveys -... --..0--2+-----+----6 Aeessoa 425 | 
Island, Dead maniseesssocoees eect en sas eeeesaeeaeanaae 92 
Rattlesnake;---c sc. sseseeescsee acess Saeceesus 92 | 
Santa Catalina -cosss\secseatesseesee ae eeates =e 93 
Cottonwood .-----.-.: S ecaccscedavenceecsaccens 157 | 
Industries in area surveyed ...... .2....----- EE soe 177 
Indians, method of issuing rations to .....-..--.------ 35 
India, Government land surveys in. -450, 457 
geologic examinations ............-.-..- - 425 
hydrographic surveys -- -474, 478 
Index of hydrographic surveys . == 469 
topographic surveys -- - 460-463 
Italy, topographic surveys in . -448, 455 
geologic examinations -- 425 
hydrocraphic surveys -.2..2.-<-s..=> 2-.-sess= 473,477 
Invention and introduction of modified secant conic 
projection’. ...3---2.swescescccee ees seesesesciase nn aeee 139 
Invention of personal equation apparatus. .. 140 
Improvement in triangulation instruments. 140 
MO) eee eR RCE ne Doe eo eeeceeiece ree aeotaass octadbelicn 91 
Instruments:omployed =< o.5 a2. voce eeen esse saineap esse 333 
Instruments used at main A stations ...........-..... 350 
Instruments of the geologist. ......-2..2..-s5.cs---000 357 
Indian tribes— 
Apaches, at Canada Alamosa. ....... Rene aaah saeadc 212 
Shoshones.----._ <-<00s-2-ccecessmcescorseeceoe. 24, 34, 212 
Gosi-Utes. cisn2. ccc snes sewesceusceeuaassmezecseee 24, 212 
DUakes | cSere aceon cmos ter eeecaese cee soe eee 24, 212 
Pal-Vants-ccncctcsceecenessansacaseamesecne 24, 51, 157, 212 
Pah-Utes ....-.° 24, 34, 51, 96, 212 
Chemiehueyis 222-50 o~aseceedeenncceeress= ose se 34, 96, 212 


INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 


Page. 

| Indian tribes—Continued. 
Utes of Nevada and California ........ witeoneseee 34, 212 
Seviches ..-........ -...34, 51, 212 


Mohaves ... ... 
Apache Mohaves.....-....-.- 


34, 96, 157, 212 
soeoeee34, 45, 51, 212 


ualapais era secmeed eet ona cermccaceerceeeses 34, 51, 212 
Cosninos 
TONGS sasacae ee aon naan eee sae ee = nia ise staan 
LS) SSS S08 ase eecoconcaococaaoscosscuascd 
Mescaleros 
Arivapas --34, 212 
Apaches ...2... ----- .-- 200 --- 202 ee ners --eeee---- es 34, 212 
White Mountain ..-...... BonibdcaoncctAstioce Seneca 34 
Coyotero Apaches. ..-.-....----0--+------ - -34, 212 
White River Utes.---<....-..-2--.e.ncnne-- 47, 51, 212 
IMOQUIBE as ece wes enene ase seems sree “2 49, 68, 212 
Zunis 5 49, 68, 212 
Uintah Utes - 51,212 
avajos “59, 6s, 75, 212 
Jemez 68 
White Mountain Apaches 68 
Uncompahgre Utes --.--- 


Muacho)-<-..se-ccee<- 
Capote -...--. 
Weenemuche 
Southern Utes. 
ucarillatec ete cen aos GEOR SRCE BEER OB Cnet bemSaceGor! 
Puebleo population... -..--. 2. .--.--sss0-ces-e recone 88, 212 
Coast Range (Diegetios))------ <2 c2 -- sce cae 96 
MIOMAB i cme a eaee aneatcae as mmeisninanatsoide emote 105, 212 
alam athe oosice nine wie ewww vie sien sivas =e aeAGOEOC 118, 212 
Modoos eae ose s snleism oan meeinelsine seine “lMlslelanivielcs mma 118 
Snake cenciccscmsessecisecane -neilnl=mainie slatwaareiaiminiate 118 
WiatihiSpMingsic-- cca amen sate m er men ee ieremenmee 212 
Mission ference ects saan seme cetraclen eratelelee lesa aan 212 
Bannocks'and'Snakes=-.-0-ss-s-es7-cececesn=mooe 212 
Pimas and Maricopas .----- SECO CO SS CRDERCOSRHOEAG 212 
Apaches Mim bresteenc-\ eee enjeeeeeceeeeee et ieen=aer 212 
Introdutionis-ceosteene fe seeen see ses ae acieaaawea eee 9 
Indians.......-.-.-------------- +220 concen cence eee e ee 34, 211 
Navajos, Ante number ..-.-. 69 
blanket wearing -- . 69,75 
retributive justice... 70 
Ouray, chief of Uncompahgre - 84 


burial place). -.--.-.ssecse==|- 88 


San Fernando Mission. 91 
Colorado River Reservation 96 
excavations near Santa Barbara ......---.----- 102 
Bannock Reservation 2 
Klamath Agency. ..-....-...-.-- dadeocasresaes 
Warm! Spring, A £enCy cc. ccreccicencass=nnessewe 118 
population Klamath Agency in 1886....... --. 118 
Asquit, captain of Mohaves ....-. ---..------ 156, 163 
Mohaves on river trip, names of ......-------- 168 
plan for enumeration. ....-.--..------------+++ 34 
totalinumberiofi sc. ener eces neem cece esiaa aes 211 
reservation areas per capita ....-...----------- 213 
agencies, number of -...---- 214 
increasing or decreasing ---.- 0 214 
service, cost of .......--- : 215 
wars, cost of - 216 
DOMAadss- == <cees 217 
love for the soil of -.--....... 217 
military force necessary to erence and ae 

220 

221 


INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 


Page. 

Itineraries of Colorado, Grand Cafion, and river trip, : 
Uf oceroed sc coccnocdes a=SeeceCOdDoeeS mien ai ataia 157 
Itineraries or ronzh notes 46, 49, 78,115, 157 
Irrigation. ...... 48, 53, 55, 60, 61, 73, 82, 85, 91, 95, 96, 97, 102, 108, 
173, 178, 180, 192, 202, 205, 209, 210, 224, 227, 240, 
242, 263, 272, 275, 287, 292, 298, 302, 305, 315, 318 
canals..... Asse59 docenccncnecpeocopssecunCEpan 194 
modulus for .--.------- - 195 
Trrigable areas in excess of water - i983 


oS 326 , 272, 283 


Jura-Trias 


Jurassic. .......-.. ogean, sen LAH 248, 254, 262, 269, 270, 276, 322 
Japan, geologic examination.-....-..-.-.---- Sopsoscecos 425 

hydrographic survey - a 478 
Jornada del Muerto aS te6 EenCCRIO 112 
UGNIUS) <ospsearecosacdeo Sens sscachse ecsesner époeos 491 


Land classification 24, 36, 37, 39, 223, 238, 240, 242, 
246, 257, 259, 272, 275, 284, 


288, 290, 293, 298, 305, 307 


begun, 1872 ..... Dodsossoccsseedsd 223, 668 
systematized, 1874 ........-....-.. 223 
UAW? saecing consode nenSouesqueso 225 

maximum and minimum percent- 
Ba Neseca a seacagenao sao Bao Pal 
Latitudes, longitudes, ete., of certain military posts. .220-233 
ava fields 2as=s)-<2-saeeass en PBECOO CE Sea IESE OSE 302 
Lacustine beaches .----.---- apgasds Eo cooSceneneec eee ii 
ipnitemecacatca-secr==s= srmosnscoD Seen ceancocason -49, 187, 262 
Lake Tahoe region...........--.--. sodeceecsee-stesane 317 


List of maps and reports, exploration of fortieth par- 


CU aan Ss csesccShosdosccadee sae S2enrc5o) eed pagecsen 659 
Lists of Coast Survey positions, where found..-.. .-. 737 
Latitudes and longitudes, no complete general stand- 

CTA NES A tS SB Saeco anconsoudsctesscuseichence tacaseoao 745 
Lavas, older than basalt, mani indexes of silver 

ore deposits. --..- =e 40 
Laramie Coal Beds . Fe - 136 
Location and examination of mining districts = 5 abst 
Longitude observations. .-..--.-..-...----+.-- 338 
Latitudes by cireum-meridian altitudes. ay hii) 
Latitude by polaris -.-.....---.------ - 370 
Letter of transmittal - - 


Maimum a Mohave Indian 


Main triangulation stations.......--..--..---..-.----. 349 
Mount Whitney, or Fisherman's Peak, records bear- 
ing upon the naming of this peak..........-.-..---. 100 
Main astronomic stations...... --...-.---- asonsssuoc0s 333 
Map of Colorado River .--..----- sence cece aeeSapesos 170 
Maps, geologic .-......-.-. --.--c0« Bescco or eqosceo8o58 21 
LOPOLTAPNICH ce saetet secant ee naemsioace cer ss- = 6 21 
kinds of, issued. ..-.-...--.. SSICO REDE Dee eee 328 
Mines: hydraulicnee cso esta cn eeeatsicee nee 245, 261 
Mammalian (Lacodonita) te natan-nseetse= eels sa c= s 675 
Mineral combinations in best soil..... --..----------- 288 
Material for compilation of a general military topo- 
graphic atlas..........-..... RBSCEEED =paeeSAer nen mes 
IOSAS EN ALANOS se are eae eee ne Seemann ee cen scan 39 
Mopollonsasnss=s=eaei=acenseseee peeecs 72, 295, 300, 302 
Military geographical engineers ...-...----. --..----- 443 
Mexican grants oe 86 
boundary survey. . --150, 154 
Mean places of stars 339 


Marine Government surveys, list of - 
Mining ses.s 


49 WH—VOL I 


| Paleoz0iGpesr oe ees eee tserw cence 


Page 
Mining—Continued. 
DLOCUCHONS peeeee nse ee aaa seem eee 183 
Map, the first upon which thename America occurs.. 502 
Manufactures: jemist .<<cjseseieciene toes tescececconereces 191 
Mountains, inaccessibility of.-----:--....2-.-.:-.s-<-- 117 
Mountain peaks over 10,000 feet... ..261, 263, 266, 271, 274, 279, 
287, 290, 292, 295, 305, 308, 312 
Model of San Juan region ...... ....-.--------- 270 


Mission expeditions. ....... 

MORONS se esecees esa a ie 

Mining districts or camps 
White Pine ...... 


Summit .... 


Wiashoei:-=-- <2. 
Silver Cliff. .-.... 
Leadville --..-.... RSG P Geneon cis 000 Aiackoadsao 130 
Ten Mile ss -- seen ose ao ass Satna os enec aes aces 130 
Carbonate: 222. se cost eee coe hoee renaemenees 130 
Erying Pan‘galch..-..2..-222225-sccssescesore=s 130 
IDISG} OL: wont seo se sen cone 251, 254, 256, 259, 261, 264, 266, 269, 
‘ 280, 282, 291, 294, 300, 306, 311, 315 
Modified secant conic projection ..-....-.......--..--- 399 
Mountain mahogany (Cercocarpus ledifolius).......--. 38 
Measurement of volumes of streams ..-..--.- 139 
Mesozoic .... -... 238, 257, 260, 285 
Methodsiofisurveyycsccacs ees -eoserie nomenon ene ase 314 
Meteorological Aten onae in the field... nese CEP, 


Minerals, precious and economic. .53, 79, 91, 93, 95, 105, 111, 112 


Nationale Museum ..22<6)cc0ceccce~ t= 57, 74, 102, 144, 270, 659 
New mineral..---...-.....- 141 
species of vertebrates ...........-.......2---02-- 141 
Myertebrates-.enan\eee=5--sececepaserite 141 
DILdSee eae esac cece sae emesee aes 141 
TOPtOS he ove scares eae ee ciscisesieas 141 
fishte cece eecer ec eaeccacnearecmemcrie. 
mollusea 
Insects 
plants 
Nationa! GOMaiMss- =.= osescccsececrces-cueeeecereses== 
Wormal'equations --....$.-.0.0.- =. -=--<-.-----------=- 
ROLUGION Ofessas as see eeorenaoecaet eaves =a == 38: 
Notes on the survey and disposal of the public lands.. 405 
Num beriof- equations, 2=4.a~2—<. = sem —- eel anan nina === 376 
« Northern route'to:' China” .--.....---- .--.-----«s=.-- 485 
Narrative and critical history of America .-.-.-------- 512 
Observations for land classification.-.....--.-.--.---- 139 
Orography system -...--.-.------------ 308, 311 
Oak, black (Q. sonomensis) ..------ 321 
evergreen (Q. crassipocwla) 321 
white (Q. labata) - c 321 
Old Lake Bonneville ....-...-.-.---- 242, 254, 318 
Order of sequence (astronomic report) ---------------- 334 
Observations for latituderc: 2c on ee esatceseses 341, 365 
Office (astronomic and geodetic) 361 
Original field and manuscript records transferred to 
Engineer Department ..---..------------------------ 692 
Ordnance survey of England ..-...-.--.------ 438, 443, 452, 464 
Origin of land surveys, et seq .----- -------++-++++---+-- 438 
Organization of land surveys, ef seq .--.--------------- 442 
Plateau, Colorado .......--..-.. Sek inieiea 23, 38, 39, 40, 41, 44 
Santi rancisc0..-.cc---------cecesccncsitecce 38, 39, 62 
ColobOseccsm nescence cismiine ceo sanleninete[ai=imen sis 49 
OD eee ae atasisis seeinciann ce ceeele sieleleareiemicm =n 72 


Project for a complete connected topographic survey of 
the United States, referred to 


272, 2! 


770 INDEX OF 


Page. 

Personal equation apparatus -.......---+++-+:e2+--+ 00 334 
Probable error (latitude) ....-.-----.-----.------++----- 336 
Portugal, topographic surveys in ..-..--..--.---.---- 450, 457 
hydrographic surveys ....------..--.------ 474, 478 


Permanent military topographic atlas of United States 438 
Pine, yellow (Pinus ponderosa). ..39, 49, 60, 63, 73, 100, 117, 179, 
285, 303, 321 


(Pseudotsuga Douglasit)...-...0. 2-.-+--e-00ss 39, 73 
(Pinus Centorta) ... toe -49, 99, 100 
(Pinus albicaulis) .. -.-.99, 100 


SUBJECTS. 


Page. 

Reclamation of swamp, marsh, or overflowed lands, la- 
goonsand flood plains4-.csseeecssees- alee ee cones 197 
Railroads. ...-....--- SOE CSOCO LE Orns SACRED Ber SA Ssaea6 40 
main lines. ---- 192 
Russia, oldest geographical knowledge of. -.........-. 440 
topographic survey -- ~~. 449, 456 
hydrographic surveys. --.-..-<-..-.....-...-. 474, 477 
tailroad, San Francisco to the Gulf of Mexico. son) 120 
Relation of forests to climate 179 
Reservoirs or tanks ......- 275, 303, 318 
Rainfall necessary. .... 198 
mean annual . 199 
Rocks, kinds of...-.--- 251 
Russian iexplorationsheccnceaeseneesceatee-cecesenseas 496 
Routes pursued by Lieutenant Wheeler -. ..22, 33, 46, 58, 77, 


90, 103, 110, 114, 130 

- 239, 243, 246, 248, 252, 255, 258, 260, 262. 
265, 267, 270, 273, 276, 280, 283, 289, 

291, 294, 288, 303, 306, 307, 311, 317 


Routes (atlas sheets) --. 


HT Bode cranaases Bacco aancsat end eckocd 43, 65, 75, 76, 77, 88, 89 
| Pueblo Viejo. vests cases seen tet emaestcoee 37 
| Stage massacre near Wickenburgh, Ariz ...-. Sbssatco 35 
Santa Me trailsece 32022. cocoa: te (Sanne a eames seers 80 
Survey of the public lands— 
Origin: S2eecesesl<seseleees = nee ceases scoeeeenes 406 
Organization’. <2 22-5. .o.6- sents asses ccaceesea es 407 
Administration Wois..ccessaceescoee ere saeecseeaes 408 
Manctions---2- 202. -snceeaclsasaec =neasceseasmece 408 
System; methods; ete: s2--s25 .cseeceecceecuseee 409 
COst eseseonoce . esac codea ce eee see eee ae 409 
Rectangularisystems<- 2 .c.ceeecce sss secon ss secee 409 
ReSUlistaseeesetmaasee| wecsecieecesesseet esa seeseste 410 
Geodeticisystom\= sen ese -eenencce scene seeeceee 410 
Benefits suggested - - 411 
Changes suggested . . ce, wld 
| POPSCIMONG pees ean a -cietee a a -74, 102, 144 
Scrub oak (Quercus undulata) - - 39,62 
Scientific surveys (so styled)... - 462 
Spruce (A. Douglassii) ...-.- ---49, 303 
Stakedtblains¥ercpscccesiscemece sae 307 
Sierra Blanca region ............... 5 1A 
Sanidin(dolerite’-+e--.-0csssoscsteseenee == eee eee cease 72 
Sagebrush.(A7tem7st@)-~-- .2cs-casisccoscs=seseeeccecs 73 
|QOILVONOLGSsecce ce nen aciean nee sostemee es 112, 238, 248, 293, 3LL 
Salt'deposits: <5... <.- secs ss-cele-seae oe eee ant eee 198 


(Pinus: Breweri))<. 3. - cose 100 
Physical details of mountain ranges...-... 138 
Physiological effects of a very hot climate --. 292 
Probable error a minimum .-... Se aOCRCon 333 

Bae 8s Sem OCS cQuaRCIsROS 834 
Principal passes across the western rim of the great 
interior basin, list of, 123 et seq ........--.:-.-------- 138 
Plan for a systematic topographic survey west of the 
one-hundredth meridian.............-.-...---..-+.-- 662 
Population of areas occupied in 1869 .......-........-- 23 | 
TST ee seonecee sees n= 23 
23 
23 
23 
3 23 
Precipitation, topography the largest local factor in... 199 
equalized) howiere-scenemesceasse esas ed 200 
Population of bucblosissecccssscaoeesetocecsescse - -88, 289 
Of Uiahsssaressares sorte camecomsecaeae 174 | 
Mormons sts ecovc-as-seaneeaecescemeeonee 175 
Published latitudes and longitudes ..........-.-.-.--- 140 
Public lands, cost to the Government of............... 406 
Project for a complete, connected, continuous, detailed 
topopraphical'survey <a. -<-<ses eseccosoeees ieee ee 46 
Plateau beds; thicknegsiof 2-2-2. scen- eee ee ee, SSH 
Population...... 252, 255, 258, 260, 265, 267, 270, 271, 272, 273, 277, 
281, 283, 285, 289, 291, 294, 299, 304, 306, 307 
actual and relative table of........-....... 172 
principally producers ....... --.--....-.-- 173 
Purposes and objects of great Government surveys... 415 
Pueblos— 
ROS sas soscasies oe coos noose sa aneeaf seat acta peee 85 
San Juan |. osc. cscteccssuawend=seesemsneesteens sees 85 
Nam D6)ooe cc's seseccssansamcennsst eesooeneteeeee ss 85 
Dan Melpe: 5-2... scecenaetwssnccasesveeeteeuesns 85 | 
Santa Ana 85 
Sandia ........ 85 
Cochiti ....... 85 
Santa Clara....... 85 
Santo Domingo .......... 85 
Positions of geodetic stations. . 387 
Publie:domainia-s.-c+--secs= *- 2 405 


lands undisposed of -...-.. ..... 412 
Quaternary ... .190, 238, 241, 243, 246, 251, 254, 267,269, 272, 273, 
276, 282, 288, 290, 293, 294, 297, 310, 323 
Rainfall. . 24, 42, 82, 87, 239, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 247, 253, 258, 
259, 262, 267, 269, 271, 274, 275, 278, 279, 280, 286, 
287, 290, 292, 293, 296, 297, 302, 305, 307, 309, 310, 

314. 


---238, 243, 246, 251, 254, 257, 260, 267, 272, 276, 280, 282, 
284, 285, 294, 297, 302, 3/4 


Silurian . 


Spain, triangulation begun .....--.......--2------.--- 440 
topographic surveys...........--...--..--. ---448, 455 
hydrographic'surveys 2... --..2--2+--s-ce-- oe 473, 476 

ePTIN ChOTas aera eae meee eae sete cesseaet 78 
ConejosiCrecks-<----feecescceecensa es cee eenaeee 79 
Dal ANLONIO| CLOCK#- sss. sses> so ooeleasaeesee snes 79 
SRBC CEES E Re Ot ECHR On CAC atscocon seccksca 79, 89 

aaa ee a feta esl feel lo iteee eee elt oterastos 29, 38, 39, 91 
Saxony, oldest map of....... a=) 439, 
topographic surveys. - -445, 453 
geologic examination . - 425 

Secular dessication. .-.. --... ~ 83, 98, 102 

Secondary triangulation stations. .....- -- 350 

Standard interior topographic surveys - 424 

Special exploration of the Colorado River. - 138 

Solfataric action (Comstock lode)......--.. 325 

Survey, the first general ............--.....- Soadsioate 331 

Springs— 

PagOsGccccsrecccets ceectosceeccsececisccesiose 77, 80, 81 


INDEX OF 


Page. 
Springs—Continued. 

Soda, at Morristown, Idaho ............-..------.- 113 
Hot Springs, near Honey Lake.......-.....---.-.. 113 
(hype psecs conde sHnodeseooo sa Scbemsssedbasce 117 
RorlornsHOpelesacs ieee eceeence aatine senate ca ae 158 
DSS V.GLAS) sence soem sion etesceescacseseceeecos 158 
EERO XLOM eee setieiae ico 167, 169 
TEER INS) Sacneagdue Goosd ssceqSeonboseseesadsed 169 
Secondary astronomical stations ... 335 
Sextant latitude stations --....... 5 335 
astronomical observations . - 344 
Springs, thermai and mineral --....----...--- 122 
Surveyor-general of the Northwest Territory - 407 
Sutiot, thepRio.Grande!--.---.--2o> secon ences. 288 
South stars...... ....- : 343 
Sweden, first map of .-.... sien, 440 
topographic surveys - -. 448, 456 
hydrographic surveys. ..-....-.------ ---474, 477 
Switzerland, topographic survey commenced -. -- 440 
topographic surveys.-.-....---.--- - - 447, 454 
Smithsonian Institution.........-..--. wo eee e-D7, 144, 145 
Systematic map compilations should be prosecuted... 745 
Tertiary ..-..-. 82, 92, 187, 207, 238, 243, 246, 253, 254, 259, 261, 262, 
269, 273, 273, 284, 285, 288, 29%, 206, 307, 323, 670 

Temperature of earth’s crust ..:......----. -----.---- 209 | 


Thermal and mineral springs - .26, 47, 7, 78, 80, 84, 106, 113, 122 


discovered..... ..---.--. 141 

Manitougeesessasmeeeci= ats 84 

ViasiViesaste-ses sess seene 84 

POMOZieas ne sence teenie 84 

ADIQUecsee se enaemen eee 84 

Timber, protection of...-....---5..---------s0----05 51 

MhrSe-POMt StavlONs so neccee ces cwcicle esis wes eee se eae 351 

Tabulated list of reports and maps (Powell) .---.--..-. 718 

GMeGYd NVI saeocceecosuc neSeeouSacocnd= sobs, Ba= ausana 72, 269 

METIASSIC to =< 2 82, 238, 246, 248, 253, 254, 257, 259, 260, 262, 269, 270, 

276, 282, 284, 297, 301, 302, 310 

ODOLTADUY esr sense waceeci er earecee ene ne == setae 138 
Topographic and hydrographic survey of Great Salt 

WIG, ~shceeenoaosocoEseaseanca SccUScosDASoTSaEerEsS 198 

BRIM GIS LATS pee ene eee ene ase sac oataa sania 342 
Tabulated list of reports and maps (United States geo- 

PaO MOREE) Soccterosesace dSsbs Sn5 256566 Sachs 692 


Timber. . .24, 28, 36, 38, 39, 47, 49, 50, 60, 62, 63, 65, 68, 73, 79, 85, 86, 
100, 119, 179, 297, 303 


Mim bers POM aWONs sa totes e ea eeneeceance< omc 95, 104, 179 
Pri Des pLndiane acu scence a aae Cannel en sesen 24 
Time observations ...-...--..--.---2-----.s0--- 337 
by single altitude. . 367 

equal altitudes ................. 368 


SUBJECTS. 


Topographical Engineers, U.S. Army 
Topographic ........-. SS pGOCOOOSS 
meander stations 
maps as a base, used by the geologist.. 420 
onoeralsmsesiObs nasa eceecieenone 420 
military uses paramount..-.....-. 422 
necessity for, developed........... 419 
indispensable to Government ...-. 421 
classificationiof-=.------sceeseeee 421 
survey, term defined........... -.--.---. 418 
| distinct from cadastral surveys. 419 
frame-work of all geography... 419 
iUippen.Cretaccouse-s--5y-ssece-¢ sees s eee cen cee : 187 
United States general topographic atlas of ...-....... 481 
Generaltiand!Office:-=- -.o-. ees. ee 408 
geographic surveys west of one hun- 
dredth meridian ............... meee 451 
Geological Survey of the Territories -. 451 
-Rocky Mountains. 451 
geological exploration of fortieth par- 
Bel Fasc eeesces toes Seas 451 
origin of topographic surveys in. - 441 
survey of Northern Lakes - 451 
Wserohhachuresymsaciete=i-ceeh ele fet sai 2 5 eee 
| Volcano Springs - -- 5 47 
Vocabularies 57 
113 
| 113 
| 113 
113 
| and velocity of Colorado River at Camp Mo- 
LEK) Aoshnogeecenp Scenics Se eoemeece sr 169 
| discharge at Stone’s Ferry.-...---------- - 169 
AVOlEMOS TQUALtO meen emccceneciees te seein == scmeaae se 22 
Walmin ctonilanrbortesecssncee sian sissies see se as 92 
Western rim of great interior basin defined ..-....-.. 123 
Walnut, black (Juglans rupestris var. Major) ..-.------ 68 
| (Juglans Californica) .--..-. ---+------ 73 
Washoe mining region) -~-- << (eso -0-nn- 5 ceenes oeea= 322 
Wurtemberg, first known map of 439 
topographic surveys in ...- o2 2220 445, 453 
White, State Mineralogist, Nevada......-.........---- 29 
Yosemite Valley— 
Special list of altitudes of points of interest in and 
CSOT ROAD a ea rpereoorcoces coca 131, 132, 183, 134, 320 
Condensed table of distances in, ‘'D” .. 22135136 
Zones of vegetation ene 12,03 
Zuni grant ...-.-..----- -- 61 
traditions. -..... <= 61 
Zenith telescopeilisti-s-ce-esseecea-sessse--ee-s-e-~=6 340 


INDEX OF NAMES. 


Page. 


Abert, Lieut. James W...- ~ 521, 557, 558, 560, 561 


Abert, (Col. Jodi: -<s2.ccee ~-945, 548, 552, 555, 578 
Nye) rey ed By hn ria 8 BS ee Sic gosto cee 5838, 584 
AD DOU CNC Co sesecaes <ccece sce name «ence tascam oes 749 
Adams! Captasamueliza<caccsrscesnccseaueesecenes ess 152 
Adams CapteuHe Motes. cccde etome ccs oe seeeear a atane= ae 693 
Adams, Nathan 715 
Adair, George........... fied 715 
Adams, Robert J - - 701, 703 
APOIO) AN Across caceecs SOO CLIC DH Ganon scum ene angen 669, 732 
Adken= Oharlesiiat csssussceccissesesiaase = scones 88, 142, 143, 674 


Allon: Tieut.d.2a<s-cceescsssente secs cascssa-J000) 000; 0017002 
‘Ainsworth, RObertd\.ccanuccecocecovsesalse\sss='sujas=51-7 0091076 
Alarcon, Capt. Fernando . . 147, 153, 489 
Allouez .--. 


Alvord) Maj oncccensecemiecaemetaresncrs-esciowee sme ce 584 
‘AldenvdlamesiMi 220 3-stcce = nat eos anno ce eoeae areas 615 
Alexanders Wsieutalealolicecanstscsoseecceesencecaoan 731 
Allen; ProtaG. Ni-2 2 <sss~- 270 
Ames, Capt. E. R....-.. eee 731 
Alondo or Atondo .-....-- 491 
Amory, Lieut. dC)... .scccce-sceensennee ceceesece- ses (592 
Anza Juan Batista.........02..es-00 Jeiwcaenen see 154, 493, 494 
Anderson, John. ......---...-- SEP cen a sone Peo naa 429 
‘AnGerson; iGhiAGrebecesteccsansecaceuseessseticeme a 582, G44 
Anderson, C. D.-.-..--. weet pO8t 
Anstey, Samuel .....-. - -- 642, 644 
Anderson, Capt. 8... 733 
Arteaga..-....----- tee otanct -nseresessecusiananancena> 493 
Arnold) hieuthis.scsclcseceostesescssocee eee setae 577, 578 
Armistead, Maj. L ....- EE REE ES acriscsee 592, 593 
Archer: Captain ecasees seceasnesseviceeassseeeee eee 616 
Atkinson, W. R 673 
Austin, E.P ........ - .660, 665, 723, 747 
Ayala: 2s<s2e-5 2205 - 493 
Baker(Captaine.-...s-heseseaseseaee secon eea eee eee 151 
Bayley, George (B' -2cossec acenaese essa eee se eeeeee 100 
‘Baeyer,i Generalc= 222 Seens eee ns cceseeacseheensee 439, 440 

Sach: Col. HW wiccccaicdacalaacsanecseauecneelien cee avec 442 
Bartiett, Commander J.R -468, 470, 475 
Bayfield, Lieut. H. W....---.. 2s Se SS 
Baldwin, Dr. .2:-.cccsccesccec 2.6 conse eceeneeeene 531 
Bancrolt .os.ce -scesetac sacs macs ees eee eee 496 
Barlow; Capt.id. Wi csce<+-cossecees os cnet 637, 638, 640, 702, 731 
Bailey, Assistant Surgeon Joseph C....-.....-....---- 612 
Baird; Prof:S, Wsccccessceeescsoos ae 609, 612 
Balch, Lieut G. T . 591 
Bache; Maj. Ho 2225255 ccsenaeneoce sees oes se oe ee 590 
Bartlett; TR. 225 3s, Secseseccoscsstaeetes so eee Sey ate) 

772 


Baker Lisseesc-css 

Barnes, Almont . 
BateseBa Waren ceuess cen: accaestcacese ane ceemaer aac 673 
Bailey iWaeW sacncs ocenctee neces soe nceecas ceaemaeseen 654 
Bassett, James: 5222.25. cassceisessse cesses covecess 642 
Baker, Bvt. Col. E. M 640 
Bailey, William L....... 687 
Bartlett, L. A .. 701 
Bache, Prof. A.D..-.. - 2 735 
Bazares ...... SACO eae Seco SSOnEED Bousonecetioncsa 490 
Bergland, Lieut. Erie ...96, 105, 107, 108, 110, 113, 152, 169, 677, 
679, 680, 683 
489 
Begole, C.D. -.- 100 
Belshaw, J. T ...-.- 100 
Bedford, Edward.--- 100 
Behrinow se. esas see ae 492 
Becker, George lyss- es, sons scseviese cere eaceeeeee eae 324, 328 
3eckwith, Capt. B.G......-.......--... -578, 579, 580 
Bester: NOrm an sean) coctic se cose sere ten cone cae eames 561 
Benton, Colonel ..---. - nase 542 
Bell Capt. JOM Ricsssnaheere cl cenea seen taeec ee 531 
Belchetncecsce een = aero epee saat mee 496 
Beech yn tee eae ceases as © -nsewencenccensnnemececans 496 
Berkeloyicacss- cer - owes eoatealcaca shia cemanta so aenee ee 494 
Benz0wskys--sscacsoo= 493 
Beckle, H. V. A. von... 612 
Beale, Ey E’..-2.-5--2 595, 625 
; Bell, William ....... 666 
3ell, Robert -....... 716 
Bechler, Gustavus R ....-.-.-.--2-..22-..---- 703, 704, 706, 707 
Behainy Martin 2s scesmecccco sense oes seas tos ecee cee 499 
seaman, John W.- 701 
Bebb; AL. S .---.< 749 
Beaman, E.O .-...... 714 


Sirnie, Lieut. Rogers, jr. .--97, 99, 101, 122, 673, 677, 680, 683, 687 


Bischoff, Ferd 143, 660 
BuUlin gs Woosenescee sees eens seers cece eneraeeeeees 495 
Bierstadt: Alberts ceectecs= seccoeeeie oe nee eee. 99 
Biddle, Major ...-. 531 
Binney, Professor - 622 
Bielawski, C....-- 609 
Bigelow: Drs. Ms oo none eee e eee eee ences 581 
Birnie George Wer seseeremane saree snmeen aeeenaie sbored 677 
Biensdulinss=.2ecsseee eee -c econ 632 
Bishop ahs Mieseease stan cee aaa 714 
Blake, Lieut. Edmund 546 
Blake; Wah ieosee -22cecseense oo seoo sev camnsseccessecee 582 
jeBlunt dient; Sik cecast cates ccseesccmersaeee eeemees OtONO0G 


INDEX OF NAMES. 


Bonilla 

Boquet de la Grye, Monsieur 469 
Boonen Cap unNieer tae a ser ee ieniee 5a1 
Bonneville, Capt.B L.B.-..-..--.-..----- 539, 540, 541, 542, 546 
BOU OPA ilosmie aires = =niee = =~ easuss 5604 SoSceSeeSet a rssaos 493, 494 
Bonnycastle, Lieutenant 614 
IBOCKORY ACs Mert seas ay oo Pe 609 
Bowman, Amos . 596 
Boss, Lewis ---- 8, 729 
Boott, William .......-.---:- SES BeOS one aes 749 
PBDywman’) Cap bc Asyhly cee ane ae sie See ee sen 719 
lata I Ghtmd o(C SaSeescses Sedaq eoocslceserabsodd 719 
BO fis lies ele aesten eee e ee er ete erases ieseeic clea stats 716 
Brereton, Colonel. 96, 113 
Brockdorf, F -.-. 97, 677 
IBrewerRrofessor:--=---<-= <-2-<-=-= ae secs 228 190 
Browns elheos. Vss.s--2 ses. ae =< 142, 660, 665, 668, 673, 677 
Ire Woltts easeeos eeSeBnacaoy CaPeeonoSeesooaueees 328 
TSU UN ec peo eo Ganbus PAS U So pUe eso ase 1Geocoee 496 
iBroeckeCaptailtay a OMe. s- ne seams nse cis emai sine 469 
Brevoort, James Carson -..- ames 488 
Bryan, Lieut. F.T ..-...-. ---559, 568, 569, 570, 571, 591, 593, 595 
TSA Hiekin OA hil 252558 .ocSeeaccesnos socnotedrosen aa HE) 
IBA DUE Oana oanesssaey moot oeuee Sencooosca Sobe 533, 553, 724 
Brown, Lieut. M.R.-..---.---.--- Seon olen cialss - -- -629, 630 
IBYO wl) -AcvH === << 702 
Teddies 1b 00} oa Ae ee resono BOSee Meee CDOCOSES 724, 725 
Bradley, William J .-- 660 
Bradley, Prof. Frank H -.-.-.-.----. Se SCOOPS SO AUOSAOAHE 703 
Bd Porte RINGS lease eae faa eee na ao onan == 622 
Burchard, Hon. H.C .-- 183 
Butterfield, Hon. Justin. 564 
Burt, John... en--+=— 564 
INTE) Caen eaanocne occ AnAO SoCo aes Soo derS eed 588 
Burnsidesientenant ..---- sees ote aceon ne ee 585 
Butterfield pHonryn aconci ase naan eae enia nanan asses 633 
IRE e JAG UR Sessa ane qooseaGoes es Hoa enbsccdpasoacade 702 
IWR) dio) 8 kaso nocenscacoscsSeobaaoco /SenesScanHsa aoe 582 
Carpenter, Frank de Y........-... --77, 673, 677, 781, 687 
Cabeza: dei aCieancnct=-- cies caaeean hss sselesscos 88, 489, 490 
(Carbonellije eee eas eepeeene eecacasete es name e aca 491 
CanagiCestuideieen sacs ccneise eae sae aee sl mami cennatae 491 
Cannel lS Sohne hy eee ems eee necator ete eepieasee cee 100 
Carpenter, Commander Alfred ...............-...---.- 469 
Carver, Capt. J 537 
Caamano....... 495 
Cabrillo.......- 489 
Cavendish 490 
Wanowhrancisc0ics-n-sceseesesceneseaeaseaseme ese aeees 490 
Castanio.....5.-...- 490 
Cass, General Lewis - 537 
Campbell, A. H ...... 581, 583, 625 
Campbell WHuprhtewscccec6, ce s- eee 581, 587, 588, 607, 623 
Campbell DMWareentehecenarencte as clecetem-ceaaseree 642, 643 
CampbellvAmchibaldi=-.----ssa 0 eectece-=-25 615, 618, 727, 728 
Calhoun tldents, by 2 asate sec = clean carne nos een oe ass 552 
Cameron, Capt. D.R Deeenae 733 
Caswell JohntHir = ccccsccec~ ss en--cesscaese 720 
Carrey pi eeena aa ae ele en eee an=aoo= 2s ==e se 59 
Carroll VANS ibs- voce ce tes. 2a a)-cecceccec-sesce<sas sees 609 
Gallahani Sep entre ccaactes ocedscececessnsecesccees 684, 687 
Carpenter, Lieut. W. L - 677. 705 
Cameron, S.B - 681, 684 
Carrington, C. B...........- 706 
Carrington, Campbell 703 
Carrington aWiabs © ccccacssccscooceccuenscccccs cccase 606 


Carr pono. seeansecMase ae ceene seasons <2ce since 749 
Cardenas, Captain .-. .- 148, 153 


Cermenontes scenes eee eetincas sos ascirsecemecseetaseee 490 
Charch, John A - 323, 324, 328, 684 
Charlevoix. 3 soto- soe wena eese ono. Oop SSS EcSSHaHOStes 493 
Chewosdofiteascse cttesccnetenaeencoeactosc snes saajembe 496 
Chamuscado ..--.-..-..- 490 
Chandler, Lieutenant.- 584 
Chapin, Lieut. G ..-... : 588 
Chittenden, George B..........---.....-.-:------704, 705, 706 
Chavez) 1: U.-:22-ss22222.s52 222506 cose e sss ascw sa eee 673 
Chaffee, O. N..-- Sc mbruconsasesec leery 
Chesney, C.S..-........ 687 
Chauvenet, L 730 
Chandler, T. W 588 
Clark, John H. ...-. 89, 587, 588, 595, 607, 623, 665, 668, 673, 687, 

723, 747 
Clark; Wibijccceseccseseesacee spoesdaccecceeeoseseees 623 
Clark phepAeseecccesaaeeee se 654, 655, 656, 657, 673, 677, 708 
Clark, Capt. William .-..........-..%....522, 523, 524, 526, 527 
Cooper, Dr. J. G 577 
Cope! Prof hD > eas asst. 80, 84, 88, 89, 141, 142, 673, 748, 749 
‘Cowles: william) Arcee eas-s-se eee 97, 99, 101, 673, 677, 681, 683 
ConsakweRernandovecssmecsass cis ccmes rete sae eee! 154, 493 
Coxtony Cap taints acsenme cancels aa cere a asteeieeetaria oa 491 
Cortez, Father Jacinto 491 


Colhoun, James C ... 


Coronado, Vasquez de . 157, 489 
CookmCaptainkes-ooe noes e eee eae eae ene e eee eats 494 
Costas Reve Bi .ide\<es.c-.sccccnacacssc-concencweees 483, 488 
Corte eRéalleeecere ss eeceeacise=e= - 488 
Colnet ......... nnoaooriboaactnoGatseoadaucino 495 
Calombusyecsespeecsete cs eses == --147, 484, 488 
Cortez: 5-2 -.ccscs BéCcBaO6eS Seatcceeeeeesa5e 400, 489, 
Cox SROSStectaet os sseac een enion see mares cons cnccen st 535 
Comstockest rote ly bs rtectoe ease aanacis cee eceeseaeas 643, 644 
(ota rane (0 6. cates Rance cea st ecnos pec CROSS RenEers 591, 593 
Cook, Lient. Col. P. St. G 5€0, 562 
Coues, Dr. Elliot. ..-. 524, 525, 526, 622, 705, 708, 729, 733, 748, 749 
Coale, Lieut. J. H. 719 
Conkling AW econ ceceeeeciereeessses=s-—s 677, 681, 684 
Cookenvavan leeaseeccesmccisenseais=scaelsasceaseemaaace 684 
CochranéyAngheccesstmavoccscenncniccece noses cacanee sxc 660 
Collet phere pacce cc cticawacececesicccrscscesoseneceee 732 
Coffin, Prof. A. C 740 
Cogswell, Lieut. M . 610 
Coulter, John M... - 703 
Crapo mWalliamienn nn vecwseccansccwssscenac=svensssecee 100 
Cressonuperotakipl econ en eeaaaneinewececcaces 142, 143, 747 
Crook, Lieut. and Gen. 35, 584, 649 
CrosswA\ 7s. 588 
Creutzfeldt, F-.--- 579 
Cross, Maj. Osborne 567 
Crnzeriennygea-sonleenaeeltesawsessusessssnes=sceeeee 666 
Cua reaper a stise-Oe etam a se eananan aaa cesarean cies 494 
Custer, Henry --...-.......-- nopccncsenosaced 582, 583, 615, 654 
Crsters May -(rensG eA aa seans eee n anes cae scea sacs 629, 645 
Curtiswiientad!.-sese==->—s6= 

Curtis, Dr. Josiah sas 

Davisveror GeorroeWameatacss-eeceercsacsscercas sams 
Davidson Prot: GCorges- sees. --canteecsece as -sceesece 
David Ofte esses ce see ei oc 

Dan3a,jh.iS <5 s5 

Daly, Charles P- 

DAV O78. 0 peeen aa aeieeeree conan on ceaeeecansae 


DavisnGe LD pases soc asec scmsemsawn = ners = eSea cease 


774 


Page. 
Darling, Ehud. N....-....-- Hoboasocuneantanocesagbo] 723 
D’Auteroche. --...- 
Derby, Lieut. G. H........... 
De Sotoset=<s.e-cco asec cence ac seer epee 489, 537 
Deschnew :22--sscceaes con et anaicaenae see eee ee 491 
DMekWontes. Fes Secc nce se saclest nna nteasmeereeceeeer ee 492 
Davis, J ffersonict <2. 20s-22<= see eee nee eee 29 
De Haro, 495 


De Mofrat, 496 
De Witt, F.. 509 
De Lancy, Lieutenant ..........-.- Gi 
Demeritt,G.iS 22. 2-2-2 S-csses ase eee eee 628, 629 
Dewey, Prof:iChester...5< scc- co connec sane e sae aes 622 
De Smeth, —-— 596 
De Soto --- 489, 537 
Desor, E...---- 563 
Wellenbaughwh aS! swe camapeiiae cacteseateattcoctceclae 714, 715 
Denison; CASi sc: ceeseaae ore secinemee cr ecemeten aeea seats 723 
De-Lany; Lieut: Hh. -2 26 eos etace scan oe a eisen ec osars 719 
Diaz, Captain .-..-...-- Me ceeoa Siacot aaeeeenenve! =p 147, 153 
Diaz del‘Castillo, Bernal) -= =. 22. So ococcceseaeee oes 489 
DIXON res 2 eopesee Sete net ae eens wate elclecters seen 494 
Dixon, Lieut. Joseph -.-..-.-.----- --613, 614, 622 
Dimmock, CiHe ts saceeea-eaeeneeweeeaeaeae desc ae anes 545, 610 
Dickerson; Capt. Ja\Weeasesscdsaasateasosccaseseesecs 593 
Dixon;:Ge0.Bicee-cceseneenee Mee eee eceenne seater 701 
Dinwiddie; LieutgwiAlesses=-eccaas eo asesteeesee ese 665, 666 
Doane, Lieut. G. C 637 
Donelson; Lieut. Avi 2es23- 5-2 ose s esta semeneceeses ee 576 
Doniphan Colonelase< aecaeee coset com ceeeeneeee 562 
Dodge, Lieut. Col. R.I.........----.-----2.-. ..-.544, 545, 719 
Downing All fredy.seceseccee ose acsteee eee ee 683, 687, 731, 732 
Doolittle, C. L .-.-.. cerscosefoloe 
Drew, Private... 168 
Drakevecescne se Sooo. 2c: S10) 
Dutton; Capt.\CiMyoec scacceemasinsnaececaotenes. 121, 715, 716 
Dudley, :AlS .25:eccsce- sone -osnass-sscnsesness es cesece 407 
Du Pradt 492 
Duncan 494 
Dunean, Lieut. J. K ...- 577 
Dunn; James =. ssc sos n2secccas ses ceeces 559 
Du Bois, Alfred p aecs =o) = OSL 
DuBois; AsiGie se seeeecceee sa oee SSE AS ORO ROOC ORES 673 
Dann; GeorseiM: ce ~ esses eee ance SSS annee 677, 681, 683 
Dwight; Mrs. ccsscsh sens Sana os sce e re ees se sees 617 
Dyer, Lieut. G. L 470, 475 
Eaton, Prof, D.C 658, 749 
Eagan, Lieut. Charles P 157 
Eckstein, CiAs) 2.4: 22 2casceescon cat ceeeeee -- 442 
EdelingsLientsAl iC. dieeces-s-coe ere ne ona. eee 469 
Ed warnds,:Wi..Hcs.. sas ceteseccetes te eceee coe eee 749 
Egan, William .-.-..-..-.<c22. 660 
Eisenbise, Sergeant 163 
Wliz@. 225 0c0os ccswssscaesewee oes 495 
Kegloffatein, Ws W.cscacnsecscareeees sess 579, 580, 608, 609, 611 
ME CLlON; Aud ec2c 2 ssocsexccccheeecacen eee eee 729 
Elliott, Henry W. 700, 701 
Ellis; George) Ei: 2. dace. an csosnete ae ee ee 216 
Emmerich, Lieutenant 470 


Englemann, Henry... 


Engleman, Dr. George. . 567, 609, 612, 622, 749 


Engel PaMinccccsccreedectees eee este ee 606, 619 
Endlich, Dr. WiM, <2. cs ccecscessceeossees 77, 704, 705, 706, 707 


INDEX OF NAMES. 


Page. 

Ernesto de Arbnés Moreira, Brig. Gen. Carlos.......-. 442 
ES PINOEKacesee nit enccccacacs adie aeons nee e een ee - 488 
HGS PO] Owain etme newman oe alam asin eee ee cia ona 490 
Kepy; Prot Ames'b,----s-.seceonocccue ce meee enaneenee 198 
Evans, F.J.O7..........-} 471 
Vans dinssessereeteecss Seq Iii 
Ewing, James M ......... - --687, 691 
Farquhar, Maj. F. M...... -727, 728, 730 
Merrell oyeace soir) ceca oe ease aaa aes ee ee eee 439 
MerecusOn gece ema cemeea=- = sem siocee SOGOADES SEs Sedo od 
Fellerer, Chas. E 660 
Fisher, Professor 488 
dal £0) semeca= ence acrae 495 
Fitzpatrick, Thomas 557 
KillebrownyHu@ pases seca eee ee ee eee ene 584 
Rishor hii Pi estes se ence estate eens cdceteenene cere 610 
HMloming Jam esi sasnclieestercecee cence saceeecees ee 100 
Floyd, F. W ..-.- ses . --394, 395, 687, 691 
Bloy.d, Hon. d:. Bee seces cee sete eee seecsce eee stemer ee 515, 607 

| Mont, Rather: <2 22s. ----c2eeecere cssdeseeccncce 149, 154, 544 
Forsch;'General D6: .-- 2+ --ss-ccnscase-sscanenanencoce 442 
Mog. Maj sG ent lig Kose ee naire sateen Samet oe alae cpaeiener te 442 
MELE AU fa An eindk Ses caccanac asses eto OOS OTEN Oca 563 
Foster dhieutid sal <2 2es.cesesans acess oon cose tee cee ate) 
Hord: Arthur conse eee sane te otcaceeees aaa ee 701 
Fremont, Capt. J.C :----..-.--- ---541, 542, 548 
549, 550, 555, 556, 557, 558, 560, 572, 573, 579 

Franklin, Lieut. W. B ...--....---- Se ieee ener ene 559 
Krench CaplisGnecse=-h sesecseeees Bee me One eee 568 
Franchére, Gabriel . . 596 
Brobenw Vion epee ence castcass tele 643 
Brazer,Persifor) jr) oc. cence <a ees 700 
inte AOR Raseanianiesscicsssea ace aac ease eee tases 693 

| Freyhold, Ed.....-..-.--.- Spa Daher crBanU anon cao Sdcce 618 
\ tracer Simon 25.. ses eee eee ae ae ee OOG, 
Gass, 0. D..-- Se eceesens gre ceceenee 151, 163, 164 
Garner, George C ...... Pana ehe enna aove ---581, 587 
Garay —— tees easeets ee cee aoa a eae eeecemenaee 488 
Gali, tae bade - aes Qecinnne at onanjtous eee cecoameeere 490 
Galvez, 492 
Garces, 494 
Gardner, Charles [ 615 
Garrard, Lieut. Kenner 582 
GalianO yee se G2 se alone oe eee come ee ae seme seh eee 496 
Gardner. G:C Oiericeiatsasisicin= sie ire eioseee erence me scaes 587, 615 
Gags, Sergti Patrick <eaccanmcese nate seer eee eaten seee 523, 525 
Gannett, Henry 704, 705, 706, 707, 708, 725, 726 
Gardner, James T 654, 655, 656, 
657, 659, 703, 704, 705, 706, 710, 723 

Gatschett;pAllbertiS secae-Ss-oco eo eee cee ces seeeee es azO0 

| Garces, Father.....-.-. PR Sner REE RCOMADS CEMIOOSBOSEAG 149, 154 
Gené, General Charles ........ _. 542 
Gedney, C. D...... PaCOOORS Scncasss praagooecasase 666, 669 
Gibbs: Georgey._. s-cecc es ee . -577, 584, 590, 615 
Gillette; Midi; jt-c ccenenineasen == =otledeewns cee cecee ee OS TAOGT. 
Gill TRheodores--2- =. ss cseeneeenee ee cree cece eee 612 
Gilpin, Bernard -.. 669, 673 

| Gilbert, Lieutenant-Culonel ..............--....-..--.- 639 
Gilbert, G.K.:..---.. 72, 156, 160, 162, 164, 165, 167, 168, 171, 265, 
269, 315, 660, 661, 666, 669, 673, 715. 716, 720, 747 

Glottof 492 
Goad Thomas iWienea-occanateeoecs ees secs teecere oe 683, 687 
|EGood year iWitAnl oo cc ccceciee-cosece seteceeceeeneeneme 100 
Goddard, George H. .. 580 
Gonzalez, de Avila .. 488 
[GrezeqJ0sightne-.-ccecwastecscetecncceessscee scene 553 


INDEX OF NAMES. ( 


(Gra Noe Soe acoso coe Bae O 20nd ae sae necOOco See ecnSeS 489 
STTAyeETOLcA Gi) pemee taecena a= eane ence sieene aoe 609, 720 
SE Ae conto secdccerecccncc osasee Ghonecdsnesneee 547 
CY en ee eran eee ene ean ones 495 
Greenhow, Robert -- 521 
Greconyer aa hyena = ea nee eee eee 8, 729 
Graham elieut.d aD eseose oe aa a eae ce ae 531, 532, ee 585 | 
Gratisia harlagerses ets aa a-worame ania nse a nea oe 545 
GUAVER Wie let sera ae toe eat ees eee Coecesicss~s 
Grcver, Lieut. C ------ 
Greene, Lieut. F.V.. --- 
Grinnell, George Bird. 
Stn ran iOutOUan Genes ean a= eaee nea aan aoe sia 
(Murari Yl WN IG Gioeessccencae oi esscaa eae 5 ss SS-rOaaeeaen 
(SOE as S6a5Sg0 nes COS SCC SIRS ESO =O eEEse ECeEp seas 492 
Gunnison, Capt. J.W-.. . -578, 580, 622 
(ORTTEG) Seo Ses sce Sona soncenreSsons6ss50 cera ce 
(COTE Py hd Bes CBSE aSOOS -SOaC ERAS OO SuSE COnneS 683 
Hakluyt, Aa ID Rea _..-------153, 489, 490, 496 
Hamel, P.W--.--- 156, 159, 163, 166, 167, 168, 169, 171, 633, 660, 661 
Hacue, dames Dts cecccjsacccs sean ce == 328, 654, 655, 656, 658 
Hare, Lieut. W. A. H.. 445 
Harrisse, Henry .---. 488 
Hanna 494 
Hardeastle, Bvt. Capt. E. L. F 587 
TEENA) AAG RO le eee Seas s ae osm 564 
Malls RMESs- see teen 2ctac oWons eon ca <ssco yaaa 563, 587, 658 
Hurdy, Lieutenant. --. sienenannna=as- 535 
Haller, Maj. G. P.. ae 590 
Martz, ols <nc= Sronteaeeshossdccssdas: - RY 
Hayden Gh roti hs Vi ------ anno enelse == mei <7 5595, O00 (621, 
637, 699, 700, 701, 702, 704, 705, 710, 711, 754 
Harney rir Gen, Wie sas = ana e-e a aaa ae 613, 616 
Hawkins Coles cecsta = so-asae enya aaeceanen nasa 615 
TERS OBS co osecocscnaceecentouu+ -canenadissbesccssenas 615 
Halleck, General H. W.. Ree ras 628, 632 
Han cocks Generali We =sse c= olen ee ee ar 629 
all PAsst SOrg. ON) oe = eneee ane ne ee -aareninee sas 633 
Hawkins, Capt. H.S 641 
Hawn, F 


Hawn, L 

Hague, Arnold 

Hahn Charles 2 sss-ereee- eat eae en ona st ee sears 660 
1g Fresh d Pals = SS caac one scee BOOB CSS ROS DSc Seas: 673 
HHASEON WO UMCA Saar ee seen anne enaseee =n eee 77, 683, 687 


Hawley, Capt. W .- 
Hall, Lieut. C. T -- 
Haycock, Joseph. - 
Hamlin, Jacob 
Hatton, A. J 
Haldeman, S.S8.. 


735 


iHarbach  CaMincAs A d.core sheen aoe a een aan ee oe 
Herrera nese ae sae ee se ana eee eae nea 153, 489 
Heintzelman, Brevet-Major 154 
Hecox, Frank....-- 156, 167, 168, 660, 661 
Hennequin, Maj. E.-- 
Hennepin : 
Meerman yr Avila scsaces cen eae esc ao escoe 
Henrie, Dan Drake 
Herr, Prof. H.B... 


ener isiemteWekbosssnccsecinee te comm eens oteede stn cee 629 
Herman, Charles. ........--...--. 669, 674, 677, 681, 684, 687, 691 
HeizManyA SS uoUL es Galea n-te om seria ae seer 643 

| Heap, Capt.D.P........ - 636, 637, 638, 640, 702 
Hering wad Ol p hence aspen ee oes ane oe eer ee 703 
PL @RSOy Ha Gee nce neta sesestet i soem eee eee 723 
Henshaw, H. W...-.--..- 57, 73, 88, 102, 141, 142, 143, 666, 669, 673, 
677, 681, 684, 687, 688, 691, 748, 749, 750 

Te ER manage ooeesscocsay coneesso eel oseasssoeese 564 
Hipparchns----------.« 397 
Hippel, M. von ..-....- 588 
eetin kl. Dieses secs 588 
|, Higgins, Lieutenant 592 
\etinehomasidae ens apaces tae eanaeae ee eee eee z--- 638 
| Hill, Joseph T soos ~ 691 
Hillers, J. K .- 714, 715, 716 
Hiloard ica: veccam cot: soptes es scae wane ccs oases 735 


Howell, Capt. Charles W 


Hoffman, John D...... 628 
Howard, Lieut. James .-- 619 
Howard CiRe en. * sepeee oc teens. denen maces meee 619 
Houston die. 2cc22 ee ses che eaos oe seenen eee aasas eee ee 587, 588 
Hoxieninientellitecces= ose se ee eee 58, 122, 152, 665, 668 
| Howell SAH feces oes ace eee an aa eee 666, 669, 715, 747 
| ET olmes,sW,Hisc-c-5..c-5-sctee oe oe cce tees 702, 704, 705, 706, 708 
Hoffman, Lieut. William 693 
HollisuWalliamieonassscece EE oes era coh none saeneeeeee 687 
inter gwar passes = eee enaase cea BRECOO SEC aoe 100 
Hutchings, J. M..-. 
| Haldeman, J ..--.. 
| Homafia ........-.. - 
nttons Nees =e es scene eee ee eases ee es 
Hughes; Capt..George Wi----.---=--=-.->=>=22 5555 -Fo = 559 
| Humboldt, Baron Alexander de 521-529, 530 
Humphreys, Capt. A. A....-. 515-517, 575, 605, 606, 609, 610, 611 
Humphreys, General A.A .......--..-------- 32, 653, 659, 661 
joa sont se on sete eee ne eee l= eee sans 615 
EPC Pen ge ON Nyaa eee ele ae sere elon seeniowe ese ne= == 723 
| Ibatiez de Ibero, Field Marshal Charles .--..--..----- 442, 448 
Ti ao) segs rac stao no AES Se ROC OUS SSSA SOE Hns SAoSeS 492 
Ingraham ..--. 495 
Ingraham, E ..- 587 
Ingalls, Capt. Rufas 589 
Birwgiiied ODN GW § Geeta een sees ences ccaccossecenas 691 
UsiPersollMineste--csssesananaaanaoeccee=sceresasesms 705, 706 
Pavan VV ASHIN ELON [osc esiedaascivena=-esa== sess —=ninn 542, 544 
TRA 58 865 eon “ago Se OSB SO SESE EEE So emerson 491 
Ives, Lieut. J. C. - 595, 608, 609 
James, R. W ----- 151, 168 
James, Prof. W. E =a 
SAMeC ele eee ease ae ccelanseaaeaacar arash cenea== 152, 72: 
Jackson, Helen Hunt He 
James, Dr. E 531 
James, Prof. Thomas P 749 


lad 


776 


Jaquette, Surgeon 
sayCox, Lhomas, Wo. cse-ceson-- 
Jackson, W. H 


dagiello, Edward! 2c.c2s.<s-ssateas ae sl ee Nea aaa 612 
Jefferson, President.....-..........-..--.-.- 407,408, 522, 524 
Jefferys, Thomas. .<----..<:--- -<~s2--2-2-- cee ee ease 512 
POSSUP, Mls sa. coceas «ase ons ae Seay e eet eae eee 531 
Deby] Thomagy. cc cccs- see hte emcee Reena 586 
Tenney Wel oe cect. cesese oe ees 718, 719, 720 
JOHNSON GAS He, coerce Se tang os Meoee een ree ntates 100 
OLN ON, Wie ee ote ane ears ate ahaa atari clan alerts 100 
Jones, Marcus). 2o0essesces noeaaoee 202 
JOY, De A. 2225 at cces sen aaa ena ano -280, 294, 677 
Joiu¢t,; Sieuts-...--s-=- 537 
Jolnson, Lieutenant... 547 
Jones, Adjt. Gen, Ro .... 551 
Johnston, Lieut. Col, J. E 569, 570, 571, 595, 607 
wones; Captide Ms sca doccteme ee nome ae eameee meee one 581 
JONES Se Wicceesesneeeis ac seneeaas tes aaseme tees 587 
ONCE). Gre W. eos cticane Fe oe 607 
Johnson, General -AllbertiSiocee-c nicer) cne-ee ease cee 611 
Jones; Capt. Wak cocsanssosinasssarseasees 638, 639, 643, 693 
LOTLGH fads Vico am aa oe he steam elect etree eee ee es Store 714, 715 
Jones A.M ssccck cosceccscsa stem ee bees iscccstee buss 724, 725 
JANA GO) Utena antes meee ea aes ee eee eet eer 490 
SUA NGap tee Dents ata) cone ale aaie ihe areal te ea ute 71 
Kampf, Dr. F.-.... 89, 345, 371, 388, 668, 673, 677, 680, 683, 693, 747 
Kahler, Hdward! 2 22 225 oscar, Sore: en he 345 
Kautz, Lieutenant os.c2 sjoss-<ct- oecetwee seen ees c= aces 584 
Karl :A pion: Sse os se teaten 22s eens 677, 681, 683, 687, 691 
Kahler: Gharles#ikmsoest scence saa cancn ueeaisiecaeta 687, 691 
Wane Sur geOM socom meer eects eeiee <= eet cements 719 
Kearney, Ool. James #2ss 28. steno sce en eee 150, 546 
Kellogg: DrtAt soca ene oseeny eeceetee eee eee a 100 
Keasby; George M22. < . 2 eca--- se scescnces acs <seses 142, 669 
Kendrick 222222 secesne rssh ieee emmens nee ae aan ets oe 495 
Kieatin SW dte~ man seeremetescan nasam ce scene seeat 532, 537 
Keendall).C.. Wi coscceectacieosees Sons sien celectee sles sciccls 547 
YS ed OY Dh ae op era eter dance Sess 557, 566 
Kearney, ColaSvW) 2.o.seseccenecs sos eee cones enna tenes 560 
Kern Raha, 2- 520 senecenee te eeee cee aa aet 556, 571, 572, 579 
Kennerly, Dr. C. B. R...--- ee sects Se a atetse tain arenas 581, 615 
Kehl) Privatesvdienry cates. sescces cuss a cseseseatene hme Old, 
Kerr, Mark) Bis2oo0-heseesne acca ees et seaeniienatcem ates 687, 691 
Kingsbury, Capital. Wicsvan-teccoemer sae ceee aces 719 


King, Clarence - .. .97, 98, 100, 103, 265, 328, 653, 654, 655, 656, 657, 
658, 713, 725 


ARSC UGIUON Ao fo a ee a tee 388, 683 
King, Wieut.cA (Dt. 22ssssccsapasaceanericcse selene 719 
cil; Willa micises cicwwiecta aca see aes ee ae ome arate 666 
Kine Ghlrarles: 22am) pots 2oseacs sacee ee eenaaaaseseces 660 
King Dah. oc css soniasaesaeee sets se eee wcae olegeaes 615 
Klett, Francis. ..101, 143, 269, 660, 666, 669, 674, 677, 681, 684, 687, 

691 
KNOWLES; ht al Kae 5 sscsiessccisasqciciecie==nene om eee ae 100 


Knight, Thomas... 


Kohl, Dr. J.G .. --481, 482 


Kotzebue ... -. 496 
Koppel, Charles. - oe 582 
Koilecki, Theo. 22.. fo2c. sees scuccsceneove soocatececes 618, 619 
Koehler, Sonn ..<ccsatvecsnsaccas, sacsessacs seeuace ce OS51000 
Koehneman, Ril’ s. 225. o.teccuccilesccoccde ccneaneeesee 617 
Krayenoft, General...2..cccsacesescesasaccsssasstatterd 410 
IKTUSCMStEIN 552 5:-235ce ccc ccte cv ceticestececateeemecene 493, 496 
Keno, Father (Kubn),),scecc.caceechuees sees acee see 149, 154, 492 
Lawrence Burgess &'Co'.2.22- .ssse0sseeces Cna-s csscse 204 


-.687, 691 | 


| Low, Licut..Co He soe encn ce eecee esac cso = oeyee eee 730 
LOGAN W113, eae wl an ecewisoeessiocse season cease sone 702 
Lockwood; George: M 4.2 icc,---.ceeoscasee sss 669, 674, 677, 681 
ooram pWiUlAMccocsceesseesaeces ORNS cee ais 669, 677, 684 
Lockwood, Lieut. D.W........-.-- 32, 158, 162, 163, 168, 633, 660 
DUUCas JOM Swale a's cs nee aetlesescecnse esses ne sieeeer 100 
ibucenillaorsvazanilla. 2ee.c5-5 oe ec ee enero 491 
Ludlow sd Win tees enn. soc an smclees oe ares costae noes 647 
udlow;|Capt:William)<222..s<jsecesoeaaces eee 641, 645, 646 
Ludlow licutily Hiss soon conten acne ee are eee 687 
DY Sanskyicesacte ewes sac ascee SS Seema CO ISOS aSaReo 496 
by on; ieuy Ha Bescece eats = are Ran eee sea aelecaee 619 
Lydecker,'‘Capt..G. S221: .----Si22.. co socesesscsesecs 641 
Lyon; Hd) W <s-asccss22s sasesce ns cs seecces cesecenesins 687 
Tsyell) Giw yu Atoems scero- bee seseeea ees neice aac 684, 687 
ay le (hier tDscAis esc ctan:ciccweesisays a aee merce 45, 280, 660 
Maldonado ..... jooceeereeee eeeeeseeeee © teeeeee oe 488, 490 
Marcon; Prof. Jinles*:=.22s-2s. 025 s-= 102, 293, 581, 596, 677 
Maury, Giewt, Mc Ry gensne-.) cone ata encase eee 470 
Marshall, Lieut. W. L.......-..--- Saestess= 02, D0; OS gU- 

101, 142, 269, 665, 668, 673,677, 747 
Mahlo, Wi. -csssecce-e as eoa= pangs ne teconeeeeeese cee 732 

| Marryatt, William W -. 665, 668, 747 
Mace, Alonzo ....-.--- bo ep} 
Macys BaC.peerrecs semana tetecereec esse secs ene aaetee 565 
Mansfield, Col. Jared. - - -407, 408, 410 
Mansfield, Paymaster C. D ..........---.-ss-c2----+--- 407 
Marquette ---<.c cece oe, ---491, 537 
Marey, Capt. R. B. 545, 567, 569, 573, 588 
Manny;'\Colonel 2o-. conan eoemcetts soenetsemeesciaate 544 


INDEX OF NAMES. 


Page. 

adrillerdcans-ssceelao-seecas onscee BR EcOSoDOoEHED Sood 490 
Wha Sallotcs--cecsee sac cetavccsccccds sasecesweseer eee 491, 537 
aH ontaniaseeatsec- sot soeeeen eee eee smears 491, 542, 543 
TaiPenous@s-cses-sesccaves (cccessecancaseee ee -- 494 
MaoristomMuentenant 2222-4 oo es eereec ees seen sees 631 
Lacey, Capt w. Wd: 25-2, cose onus = Senco GD) 
Larned,C. F 591, 593 
Ta W800; J) ofecie 2 seroion comet toleiniese are Simei ne eee ene 585 
DeandaryR iwi sccccefi cae seen capemecaeeeee 576, 578, 595 
Lambert diel ect. sss = ee sone eee oeeeaee 576, 577, 591, 593 
Lawson, Lieut. James ............ -. Snes aoe ite) 
adds SoBe. sseaswsol costes s sean ese eee ees 705 
Toad ds AAC oes ce eee eee eae ee 673, 677 
Lang dohn\ Cie. .sae- see ee eee 669, 674,677, 681, 684, 687 
Lauderdale, Dr - 108 
Lee, Maj. John . PSeeserbepaco coataeate 55 
ee, ESM = 392, 393, 396, 669, 673, 677, 681, 683 
Lehman: Colonelitz 223.) sy-essscacye eee eee ene 397 
he SueuLre se ~ ct os 2. cee a ae eee ae eee aoe ee 492, 537 
| Lelewel 2) 22 c.222.2.ss0< ae ah} 
Lewis, Capt. Merriwether-. . 522, 523, 524, 525, 526, 527 
e‘Hardy, Paul-—. 2-5-1: 643 
Lee, William .....-. 612 
Leslie, J. P ...- 587 
Tee ieutsl! diss-ts-e-s- essere 547 
1 Bh Peep oneOeceLoaG 493 
Litton Aver oss. 24.5 eee cee eee pos Soosecese = iis 
Loew, Dr. Oscar .. ..72, 88, 96, 110, 143, 280, 282, 305, 315, 669, 673, 
677, 679 

Loring) Bred. Wo -o=: <codean se scctocceene 35, 156, 159, 660, 661 
Hochman; Colidsdjscaracs sox elsisae a neeGienenee serene 442 
TOPO Ziseartate semana sieeeltina lana of See ee - 490 
Lownletesss cp aash woe aess dos ces acl tess eset ee aera en 494 
om bard Cre cases canescens snceece ase estes asp eeeee 59L 
Loring, Colonel...... ---. 567 


Long, Maj. 8. H 


INDEX OF NAMES. 


Macomb, Major-General 
Major, John J 
Mauran, Jos. R 
Maxon, F.O 
Marvine, A.R..- 
Marsh, Prof. 0.C - 
Maguire, Lieut. E 
Major, Daniel G 


621 


Macomb, Capt. J.N .-------- eee a caceae es sosese sss! 610, 611 
Macomb, Lieut. M. M ... .101, 123, 131. 246, 680, 683, 687, 691, 743 


Martinez de Are, Capt. Luis 469 
Magnaghi, Capt. G. B....- - 469 
Mather, Thos.........-- 533 
Martinez -- 494, 495 
MackenziO ton sarpcce re seeeteanm At arawaceniss= meinen cle 496 
Malaspina 495 
Marchand .. ...........- Bacnbiccacesscgercasnscd se 495 
Mendoza.... ------ - -- -488, 489 
IM@arO8 Soncws aaa teciice = cleaner ieiacs nea inle ae ana) [mi 495 
Meyer, Major......-...------------+- +--+ 220-200-2207 -- 442 
McClellan, Bvt. Capt. Geo. B .--....------ -- 5738, 576, 577, 578 
Meade Wient. GiGi... sso sser nasa --nes0-- naan ns 547 
Merriam, | CiHart: 2.<2.--<0e sce Macateacee eee ees, eee Os, 
ING Ie eases Sos Seecesee 565, 612, 658, 699 
Mechlin, J.P ..--- 612 
Merrill, Major---- 592 
Mercator....... 503, 506 
Meigs, Josiah ...2......-..----------+ -eeeee- -e2eee eee 530 
Mendell, Lieut. G. H 590 
M ade, Theo. L.-........ Sonaoosaodeo= —seornnaucconBacas Ye ©) 
Miuichler, bientoNn--s-<s-<ecccec'acenans 568, 569, 570, 571, 586, 588 
Minnick, J.B .-..-.. 673 
Minter, J. F ..-- 569, 577 
Mills, C. C.-.-.-- 612 
Mitchells Drs dicaee2 se. nasser == seer =~ =n encima - ae 582 
Morgan, H. J ...-...-----------2+--- 2-22-22 ceee ee eee ee 76 
Mofrat, Duflot d@=..2-- -- sec -ccon ate aac ease =e = = 488, 521, 596 
Morrison, Lieut.C.C -...--------- 111, 112, 114, 677, 680, 683, 687 
Moss, Jobn.....- 152 
Moscoso. - 489 
Morlette 499 
Moltke, Field Marshal Count von-..-...-----.-------- 443, 754 
Moncrief, Lieutenant ...........--.---------.--------s 195 
Morton, Lieut. C ---.------ 


Mowry, Lient.S 
Morgan, F. O 
Morris, Capt. R. M 
Morrison, C. M 


Mofile tte nee eee ae ee see anaes nena eames 576 
Mollhausen, H. B RBCS SS aA Soe 581, 609 
Morgan, John H .....----.------------ shes | hy 
Mott, Lieut. Wallace .......----.------- - ----. 665, 666 
Mooren Maeiinls EN --sens came meeaiseene site axiiase se =e 592 
IMoftatta Disease clam since inertieiejeie eens terete eet aime 606 
MOTraZa....- 225 na ccc ccwe ene nee cn nnnn neces n-s--- 2-0 494 
IRAE Nee acceabcauoocddssesensacce 100 
Munsen, Capt.5.--.------- 719 
Muller, R ..-...-..- 469 
Mafitling, General - - 397 
Munroe, Col. John .. 57L 
Mur: ay, Lieut. Alex..........---------------+--------- 612 


T77 


Page. 
Mullan Lieut. and Capt. John .......-..--.--.---- 577, 619, 620 
MacArchur, Lieut 733 
MacConnell, A ........------------ 2222 eee eee eee eee 723 
McCarthy, Chas.S ....-......-----------------+22-+--- 612 
McClernand, Juieut. Hi << 225s - = emiewmn eo ee 649 
McChesney, John D .......-------------- 77, 681, 684, 687, 691 
McCrary, F.E ......------------ +--+ +--+) -22+++ +--+ 684 
MeDonoutch, T ...---.-----.--+------------0-02+---+---- 100 
McDowell, Maj. Gen. I ......---..--------- 22-22) --22 62 
MacKeely; Lieut. Ri2..-----s.22-------- 005 577 
MecGillicnddy, Viel) se-= <i ee-- == 2 = 719, 731 
McKee, Henry E- .--.--- 723 
McMillan, Lieut. James ....--.--..-.-------.=-------- 606 
Mcleod Gencralt sess. 22s essen ne erie semaine 548 
McLaughlin, Dr. 2-25. .----.. 22. 0--22--------- 3502-2 542, 597 
INATVAO7) cece ese ese sea sa nce) Sane eee meen co nae 88, 488, 495 
Navarrete..-. ----- ....489, 490, 496 


Nell, Louis 7, 101, 401, 660, 666, 


669, 673, 677, 680, 683, 687, 690, 691 


Newberry, Prof.J.S .--..---- 151, 155, 164, 584, 608, 609, 610, 622 
Neighbors, Major 583 
Newberry, C.G ...--...-cee---- enn e ence ences eceeeneee 668 
Newton s-cstece == clnscse==<-l- === 5 -.718, 719, 720 
Newcomb, Prof..'S-------..7.2-.-------------<2-=-=2~5-5 739 
Niza, Marco de.... ...---.------------- ----2- 2 2-+ 2-0-2 489 
Nicollet. I. N..-.... .-.----- 491, 536, 548, 549, 550, 568 
lENiblack qWalliamn Ciccsceeseee cess ces 2 i=l-ae===-2677 081) 063, 
Nicholson, William... ...-...--------------- ---2-++ +--+ 703 
Noizet de St. Paul, General 397 
Noble, Lieut. T.......--.-----. --- 552 
Norwood. J: Gh-te----s<-=2----- 565 
Nobles, W. H..-. 595 
Nooney, Prof. James ...-----------------+++--+--+-++-+ 615 
Noyes, Capt. Henry E 643 
Noorr, Albert): 2----.<c-.ccecse bo == eee 691 
Norton, Edward 749 
Nunez de Balbao.. 488 
Nuttal; Mi.<-.-..-- 596 
| Oak, Henry L ......-..------ ------22eee seen ee eens eee 154 
Ocampo .....----.---------- 2s cece eee cen eee ener eee eee 489, 500 
O'Donoghue, J .----- ----- 588 
(O)N):) schececmastersassea5 5 4389 
Ojeda citescesssee-eae ae 500 
Ogden, Charles A .......-------++-----+---0 +--+ ----++- 660 
Ord, Bvt. Maj. Gen. E.0.C .-.-.----- 149, 544, 596, 632, 634, 643 
Ortega ..-.---.---.- 222 eee e ee eee ee ee eee ee eee eee e ee 491 
Ortelius teecscss asco seccisccnseieweeac victie arene mime 503 
Ord, William M ..-...-- Sach cHee ss ...- 633, 666 
Onate, Gov. Juan de ....-..----+----+--+-22022---+---- 149, 154 
Osten-Sacken, Baron C.R .....--.--------------------- 749 
OjSullivani cs Htscleonacnasecn\ennn- == <== ssesjanees= 76, 77, 87, 
156, 168, 654, 655, 656, 660, 661, 669, 674 

Owen, David TOA eee secsoee ese scnsoe, Case poseeer era 564 
Owen) Bion e <arce connec cee ene mnnwne sans cersw=sennse 565 
Parry, Dr. C..C <<< 2. --<-20--.---------+1-<=5-2=-> 151, 587, 643 
Patrick, W. F .-..--.----- 0-00 ------ 2-27-22 222 tree eee 719 
Parke, Lieut. J.G ...--...------- 571, 572, 582, 583, 594, 615, 618 
Parke; DT. HL . 2. <5 ns onan nnn en sn --- eee nennrennsee- 581 
Parker, Dr. Samuel. 597 
Patterson, Carlile P 735 
Peabody, R. V.--- 615 
| Perry, JoD)..--.----cecccnnneeecenonnn- =e -cescenneno==2 151 
Peter the Great .....--....---20----00 -----2-2+--- 441 
Peale, Dr. T. R .-.-- 531 
Perrier, Colonel ..- 442 
Perea tees ce oetee cece cece aeaspest en cammes<swescenans 490 


778 


Peacock, G. H 
Perez de Ribos, Father Andres 
Perez 
Pellows, P. T 
Peck, Lieut. W. G 
(Peters'.22-<:-— 


Pearce, Lieut. N. B .... 

Pealon Dr AMG caescesse ese eee 701, 702, 704, 705, 706, 707, 708 
Phifer, George:.... 2... <22ccenene---erinssenn n= s==-eaeans 168 
Phillips, W. A. J --. ---687, 716 
Phillips, He Aic06 fe cs esas assaseenmeenaisne= 587, 588 
Pitcher hessseosse sees 687 
Planitz,:Col>-vaniders.2<os--5).ce-sesa stones ease nanan 442 
IPineds.22.2s20 9-5 -4eamn 

PlattéWalter Rc. c2tsacceeecs veal cere econ eee eee ae 
Pinadero--ay.- eects eee eeeaee SSRee tH Socuemeyaccnodtosae 

Pike, Maj. Z.M..-..... 

Pierce, Prof. Benjamin . - 

Powell; dp Wieo-sssea-ese 

Pond, Byte May /Rallysa.c.=scseeaaesiatamceee ose comet 156 
Porter,sPeter Bis sc- +: isessesiccecadees eases eecc esha 534 
Portervy Casa ates sec ancee ce eewnnaw eras coeliac 491 
PotterLieutenant::.-s-<sc-cecscresssenoncsesote eee 551, 552 
Portala...... PEO C ISO ana On Sa ODO OC EE SOARES AGO EES 493 
PONS se aisee de eter ecto See hRineen «emer anecmecctncee 494 
Pope, Capt. John-....- 2, 582, 583, 595, 641 
Powtlock tesees acct snaees cocset ena its = eens a si eee cere 494 
Powell WiC vaccse cease sect sire saa ae eces caaeestitans 714, 715 
Porter: Prof. Thomas Cr -sesceeecet soe secs cnase=- = 749 
Prevost, Captains cceac= sttiecss aitass th oceemahte ate ae 614, 618 
Price, Lieut. R. M fs 673, 693 
Preuss iCharlesesceencetasscaweseasece ete 550, 556, 557, 558, 582 
Pratten; (Hee sscsessebesssmasmecces scent eassscesecnss te 565 
Prout, HiG nso sere ceeness ca asissoensen ee aae aeames ee 638, 642 
Polhemnsg; “cee seesee eaten anes anemone eae teeta tee 687, 691 
Ptolomaeus):.2.c<acsaceese@saate scac.cnoneetaoea smears 499 
Putnam, Prof. F. W... - - 102, 677, 749, 750 
POTN ECON AW 2Al ca enleenatee eee eeiseae ee nee 687 
Putnam, Lieut. WH; L:.-2--.22-.---- cassediosmiccsles Hee on 612 
PAL CHAS! ——— seas tas sa ielone sacar aaa ae eee a ate 507 
Quiros 494 
Quimper 495 
Ramusio ........ . -- 1538, 489, 496 
Rabe, Carl -...-. 100 
Rahskopff, Carl o355 633 
Raymond, Capt. Charles: Wi... 2.5.2. sce-aacss css ac 631, 632 
Raynolds, 'Captiiwe Bick 3.2 et ennccesees 620, 621, 622, 637 
Radziminski, C 587, 588 
Randolph, Lieut. B. H.- 687, 691 
Reynolds, Charles. ... oo 647, 
Reno; -Byt.. Capt. Wc. teccesenenssceortee 2 = eases 588 
Reeves; Benjamin - 2.2: ssseosswev cos cach aseseaese reese 533 
Rector Williams :22-. cccancscnse secession eee ame eye nD oO. 
Renshawe; J. Hie was iecenaescs ccsestnlcceeass se ose eee 715 
Reno, Maj. M. A... 728, 731 
Reeves, Rollins:S! 222220 -S2s25iss-0000ace00— soc neers 723 
Richardson, E. M --. 156, 168, 660, 661 
Richtoten;: Baron .~..5<.sn.2oasss-scresecees eee en- 323, 328 
RIN CL Se sass coc ovanca's dees cane sostene con oeeece eee 494 
Rice, Willard seisescccapecsaccnsla= clase sacs 660 
Ridgway, Robert........... - 654,655, 656, 658 
Richards, Captain. :ss-ce..ccdesent secs eee ce acme ee 614, 618 
Richardson; Ricc.scccelsccsscescccedcc ct osaoscteee tees 534 
Mideing;, Wie Mick oom. cdacaceeeeeese setae cee eee 77 
Richardson, F, A... 714 
Richards, Alonzo V 723 


INDEX OF NAMES. 


Page. 

Rothrock Drdeliescscse eco aae es 73, 88, 100, 101, 102, 142, 
178, 668, 673, 677, 749 

| Rodgers) Captain’. <cu.-s- see. esses se cer nee see ee eee 151 
Roberts; William’ -<--3-.s-cclsesecal fanince=ccutee teens 167, 168 
Rock, Miles-----.-:--<. -388, 683, 684, 691 
Roy; Generales sess selaneas cea sane sate eae eee) 
Rothe Commodoreibs Majors ost -seeea se neeaee eee 469 
Rodriguez, Leria Quarte, Dr. José....-....------- 469, 474, 490 
Roberval! i232 23-2222 saccade wesw esos ee cuee cee eae es 505 
Robinson, Dr. J. H -- 528 
Roe, Lieut. C. F .---- 647 
Robert, Maj H.M. - 634 
Lt hp gocenenosncasacosre 615 
Romer herd ss. 9-es cise 596 
Ress;~Allexander:.n0- see-ceeees ee =e aaa cena aes 589 
TROWO Wie nos atciemteccer senor ane ese see eeeeeaene 673 
Roberdeau, I...-.- Sacto. Sastastéesuansa44 429, 530 
Rutter, J. H....... aca ---142, 148, 673 
Ruge, Professor seca seeascerecrteaietnae sat nee stole cates 488 
TL AG cOOOROS CaCO ROR AEEECUOCERIAG DoBrias SSK bSodASeASAsr 490 
Ruysch, Johannes --..---......------- So85o5Ror 26a5eb 499 
RuxtonwiG. Bye stance occ eae Ve eee mee 596 
Ruffner, Lieut. E. H.-........---- REESE RD OOKSHCoS 614, 644, 693 
Russell CaptiG 2 -ss-2-cen-=-—a ne eae eeaneen 719 
Russell, Lieut. A. H - 668 
Russell, Israel C... -. 687 
Say 2 Dr GhOm as pew some cere mentee eet sl oe 531, 532 
Salmon, William George. .-...---.-.-...--.----.-2. 159, 167, 168 
Salvatiorra: csc. sce wenee aw ee ociaeee oe tee eee ees 492 
Santarenys= 2 cage aceas sce na sea <a erie slam arate teeter 512 
Safford, Prof. T. H. - - 668, 687, 723, 747 
Saxton; LieutiKiee<.--2ss-sacaecescue Bros BES BCCrEcC 576, 577 
Schmidt; BUD ts iseccn et to soee tone asecee cae sae eee nee 701 
Schoner), De 2 2255 <c-e3ast- sees SOAS Ao Sac Cb IE RCROSOO 501 
Schneider #Prassvontersesoscase aeeee eee tee ents 442 
Schneider, Lieutenant-Colonel . -. 442 
Schellendorf, Major-General von - 445 
Schlenitz, Rear-Admiral F. von..-. - 469 
SchielwDritdi- cctv otr-cise oe apa ieee eee cece ter 479 
Schleicher,(G iH. -.cc- ses -e- nena aaneea es enaneee ee 687 
Schmidt, Max E.... .....-- SSoetedEdsoec sesaScQCSoS SCS 669 
Scholliwljoetcenecesece sence mee seme m ane m aac: seen 614 
Schott Arthuri. 22. 2-sessese% 587, 588 
Schooleraft, Henry R 536, 537 


Schroeder, Edgar 669 
SeckelsLouwissecc-<- pei ma -ciene 358, 360, 393, 681, 683, 687, 691 
Sedeimayer, Jacob 148, 154, 492 
Seymour, Samueles oss senccacseseecee ss eseeee eee 531 
SOrra ae mcss ate ce siete etmiaslols ala eiciale ince ele falsie miotelaeei= ene 493, 494 
Severance, Mark S. 666 
Seton, Lieut. Henry 649 
Senex,Johns--2---.05.- 1 510 
Shoemaker, Charles F 677 
Sibley, (Georse CU 22caccesec one ce ace oo re eeaee eee 533 
Simpson, Capt. J. H. .-30, 61, 566, 567, 591, 611, 612, 613, 684 
ShumardsBoks--- cece oeeese = 5 6B) 
Sheridan, Lieut.Gen. P. H.--- eye - 638 
ShoubournyAnton se =ccesc nee oe seee oe se aceoeaeeoeraes 701 
Sheddiws, Geceese. scse soem eros eaachenessice een escaeseaOse 
Shumard,.DroiG: Mees cece ceceeseeccsesteencecessnes 573, 588 
Sherburne) ohntPiesss-o-e-esee cacao ee seen anor eeee 581 
Simonton; {iveRij.c--- eae eee eee - 282, 660, 666 
Silva, Rear-Admiral F. M. P. de -- sagas ¢ in) 
Sitorea ves, pientylijacassssecce ss ocee se oeeeee es 547, 559, 572 
Sibley. sri ce sccee tee ene ee ee 524 
Simpson} Sir Georgesceneacsascesesensaesctsscasaac eae 597 


INDEX OF NAMES. 


Slocum ......... SoranSpSccoscenonG . 496 | 
Smith, General -... 148 | 
Smith, Jedediah. --- ay 149, 154 
SHUN ORGY. pessoa Sa bonesaoobod saeoe = ecosonense 175, 176 
Smith, Capt. R. Baird.........-.....----- See seeeeeeiae 195 
Smith, Lieut: W. I. ..................--.568, 569, 570, 571, 585. 
SINILE NPs Ort iliesere ye actors aieteleislcletele(elslalaials wtei-ieete 568, 570, 571 
Smith, E. Martin - 660 
oath) ANGI) csseosaescedsouceabs 701 
Smighy ohn ss sess iets aeinia . 660 
RH hy MRE Vee cee easconoreconmoss seine aoe 582 | 
Smith ErentaCwle Dee meaatestlee walaisiannaea= salle 621 
Smith, Lieut. W. D ....-. 593 
Smith, Lieut. J.L 612 | 
Snyder, J. A...- 579 | 
SHO GLOb EO a sos open Rone OSna ae OAc oceDedaeacoadoasags 723 
Snowdensa thicse seer eceee ones eerie = eee See 591, 594, 601 
SohowiGpoe- cas oesna anew ae 619 | 
Sommers, William........ co YAS 
Sommer, E. J..-.-.-.-.-- 669, 673 
Spaulding Capt, Mis seceas actrees eaaieeeiee een enie ein 719 | 
Spacks Captains speteeseae wes cer anis naan nee ee 629 
Spencer Cnarlessceses occ siesta as aan aa sne teen ene 169, 660 
SpullenydleCeemsese coe ese os fovea se: 673, 677, 681, 683, 687, 696 | 
Stevenson; Prof. J.J .-:.-=2.-:---!=.--. 77, 84, 187, 188, 269, 288, 
669, 687, 683, 691, 747, 748 
StPOle PHONY wawitsicccec cw eclnemee ris mile eee te a= tania alnnln = 151 
Steller. -- 5 
Steptoe, Colonel -. 
Rai aid B@n ces Sasa co gees 2h b Se ocseSscon oe eresaies 
Srey AG CUE ORE see seas aaa neaseesreeeiaes canoe mt er 100 
Stroteli sha Micce case sesceese na secrincsccccectcactwese se 328, 749 | 
Stotherd, Col. R.H .--. --. 5 re 442 | 
Steen, Lieut. and Maj. . ....-.....-.. Snoaeds HCPL || 
Rime Nang 18 eae en eno andr sap coeoo pose eee J enee 545 
SLsNSbuULy CAP by Hn sec secalcceie seen eae= == ei 542, 543, 567 
Stephens, C. M 723 | 
Riad 5 1 a Ssocosceacs qmoponenoss spony 714 
Stevens GuaWewene seats nae eaenace eae esceeco=eseeice 576 
Stevens, Gov. I. I... --.. --.576, 577 


St. Jobn, Orestes --- 707, 708 
Stevenson AMESl sees ee ese e-< seals ee 699, 700, 701, 703 
DLanloyae cM Gere tece meceitae elaaiieesiie= serie me ericaanie >.561, 576 
Stanton, Capt. W.S .-. 

Sterling, Dr. E....... 

Stoneman, Lieut. G -- 

Sits (Cb AY 6 con oanposceseconibe Jcoacoccdaoosese eos 
Sullivanserofessoresseeeeereseraomec/sieit-paienseiocasscis 

Swift; Cadetiand)|Mieut. WH. secs ccs cessncne seca 531, 532 
Sywilerti lem base Me wets aisteete lasts ale clalstatems/e=tagelataie sta == 649 
Suckley, Dr. George-.- be careacas 576 
Symons, Lieut. Thos. W. ae --113, 118, 680, 683, 686 | 
Synd ——..........---.. Bocacbtceascecnssessese 492 | 
GERD. sscocemcedsqoa seco cHsUeR IEC HSe eeabocensdoceacs 492 | 
BRE RL 0 8 Oe oe Coo pisnloce gen Ap ENCES EEE ane mAs EOOCES 609 | 
RA yVlOTeG CNOLa le se emtelsic cl ctaslecleisfo cela a eieial-ia=s=m=mn wie ole 551 | 
Talbot, Theodore ....-...--.---.---+-----22--2---2---- 557 | 
Taplin, C.L---.. 582 | 
Taggart, W.R. . 703, 704 | 
Taylor, John. 175 | 
RCHINIKO fame eeeee sete ee aac sae ae enn ce estom me 492 
Merry, BricnGens Aa Mi oo. aceenesenen-= = onneerse 648 
HOM eV Maser epee iisane cls omic eo cere ac cleee c= 47 
EDIT beLtieeroressOL-eearise ae oe sasscis me cloacae == - 609 
Thompson, Lieut. R. E -.........-.--2----------------- 649 


Thom, Lieut. and Capt. G . 585, 588, 614 | 


779 


Page. 

Mhompsony Davidiswe-ceenseeess ceases cess oe memes - 597 
Thompson, Gilbert . a EES ss 74, 77, 352, 
378, 388, 359, 666, 669, 673, 677, 681, 683, 687, 691 

HOM SON PAC A ater a eslata a iateta taste iemietstaiete inicio sto 714, 715, 716 
Mhomash Prot Cyrust. oe. seee-eses rane e eae 700, 701, 749 
YU A aI kro th MiP grcr neipoocshas peSceSsasccnceeses asd 730 
Ripton; LAeuten ant ete e cae secs amaise sale ames ser . -608, 609 
Tillinghast, Captain. <ss2-v.ctsc-sceesscscee------ -585, 628 
Tinkham, A. W ...-.. 576 
Tilton, James ......... 588 
Tillman; Lieut y SB ccs oem ool ajaw a= ein sale 68, 113, 246, 
352, 371, 378, 388, 393, 396, 668, 680, 683, 686, 691 

Torquemada 153, 490 
Torrey, Professor 609 
| Townsend, J. K.....-.--- : - 596 
route uretta| Meth pete seem oeese a siseeeie melee eee 719 
UB Gyr Ab he ee peosoos pon pSponobachou ce comece 719 
MullanColonelyenosesceeecese anaes eee ee eee 439 
| Tudelos, Ignacio Garcia.......-..---------- 469 
Turnbull, Lieut. C. N..-. .. _ 588 
Tuttle Capt Hat Pinocees ceciecice sn weer ee ena <a —= 719, 723 
Morn hulls DrvAe Cees sce ea a= aera ee 701 
Turnbull, Charles T -.-.-- 701 
Tuckerman, Prof. Edward. 719 
Twining, CapliWevjeccse=-=-=--- ana aae ss 631, 727, 730, 732, 733 
Tweed pA s ete ne seats ier ae eee seen 673 
Myler, Cazit. Gs Li. = cee 2a 2 seein even e enema en 638, 70% 
HAC Ee Bee oa Se oogs soe becoasaacaess 5 596 
Ugarte, Juan. .........2.0----------- --- 154, 492 
Urdaneta..-..-.- - 490 
Wricoechea::. =... n..0e ccnene -ovncewccnnnse==se0cce== 507, 512 
| Ulke, Henry 749 
Ubler, Professor ...--.------.--e-0)-s-e20--0 02-22-25 <= 749 
Ulloa, Capt. Francisco de .....-.----+----------+- 149, 153, 489 
Vasquez de Coronado .......----------+-+------------- 147 
| Vandenpeereborm, Mr ...... : 469 
Varenne de la Vérandrye . 5 492 
Vancouver ...-..-.- 495 
Wald@ze--ssasn=st= 496 
Vail, Eugene L. ---.........----.----- 683 
Vasey, Dr. Geo ........---------+---++-- 749 
Vegezack, Col. Victor von 442 
iVelasco) << <-------- 490 
Verrill, Prof. A. E. 749 
WisCaiNO) denen ome seco lees cineese === sme meen ciara 490 
Vila, eee ae siseoaiac on ae snc celeiseinmmisistetelna inn iaiais 493 
Vickar, Archibald M........--- 523 
| Vitzthum, B..-...<.s5-:--<--- 731 
Von Schmidt, Alex. W 7123 
Von Schrader, Lieut. F.....------------------+--- --- 729, 730 
Vonblioake: Ae cocester<ce <clemecicwsciesiee semen tem nt, 732 
Washburn, C. E ......------ «+--+ ----0- s-- 202 ---n n= -- 100 
Wanka von Lenzenheim, Maj. Gen. Josef, Baron ..--. 442 
Walker, Lieut. Gen. J.T ........---- ---------+------- 442 


Warren, Lieut. G. K..515, 517, 565, 591, 594, 595, 596, 605, 606, 607 


Walker, William A .-..-2....c000-- ---2-0----02-2sece 540, 546 
Warren, William J.....-...--------------2+---------- 615, 617 
Wallen, Capt. H. D ......-------------222- eee eee eee eee 613 
Washington, Col. J. M....--..----- 0 --+-+ 22220-2002 -+ 566 
Warner, Lieut. and Capt. W.H ....--.----------- 561, 563, 582 
Walker, Lieut. L. H 668 
Watson, Sereno .-- 654, 655, 656, 658, 749 
Washburn, H. D 637 
Ward, JW; <<c------- scenes snacwe scccer ce nne seers = 683 
Walbridge, W. G.....--..--0----202 seen es nee seeeee 687 
Wallace, H.S. .....- ccc. scccce coccce concen ccee--cn=== 687 


780 


Page 
WakefieldDEB cc. acccusececesessjsasceslsccets owestetienc 702 
Weyss, John. E-. Bes a aete 52, 55, 587, 
595, 607, 623, 666, 669, 674, 677, 681, 684, 687, 691 
Wespelago, Lieut.-Gen. Th....... SABO ANAS Sah 469, 474 
Wells, Edward ..-.-.. Macisisteltoinettas clea teeett= <eaeeita aaa 511 
Webber, DiC. 22222. scanseccucslcs 547 
W660 CL, INO.-225-accceccenacst 619 
DWieigny Ol. ssu se sacetcacas aces 588 
Webster, Lient.d..D) 0. scc cae ses eceecccesecee a cseaces 566 
W O1ssner;- dice. eee cc cn oceles canst owes cwesseetcseasci 723 
Wiessells’ Captus We s.--sascecsoceccee sane. oncectoe= 719 
Whipple; Lieut: CAWi2:. 2) ccce cece os 79, 102, 142, 294, 672, 677 
White; James sssessnes sawes ao cacee een neeaae ase ce 151 
Wihite;*DriCiBY -w3cccccsees mesons aaa econ ee ee 100 
Whitney, J.-Di- cscs 2222 Bob oicen feeeenas -201, 323, 563 
‘Wharton; Capt Wed tla ese -atee ses seeeenina eae n eases 469 
Whipple, Capt AsWress ws ssccesoee- 521, 580, 581, 585, 587, 607 
Whistler;/George: Wi. oo stiestect cece tierce tease senses 534 
White, Lieut: James L ..222.522 Jose seseccesceccnsceecs 619 
Wheaton Fic. ssc cence ee euccnsotemeee: aes 587, 588 
White; William (Jit. Je. svesnes toca e rence ee eee eee 581, 587 
Whiting, Lieut. H.C . swale mieten seals spoeete 568, 569 
Whittlesey, Charles. 2222s. seve caccanjcceoeesebeesecoe 564, 565 
Wiheeler,fW..iD. co2cecesaecececes - 660, 669, 674, 677 
Wihitman; Captal: Ei. ss.csesccosjsoco= sce aacecne eeace ee 719 
Wheeler)'O;D. i... 2.-.-22 nice eseeaseseioonaeaies sechecs 716 
Wheeler OBB ic sosrcn 2 tay cece tciece cca eae ee aces se 1693 
White, Prof.C. A. -. 673, 707, 715, 716, 748 
Wheeler, Lieut. and Capt. George M.............- 32, 344, 367, 
368, 369, 632, 659, 661, 662, 665, 668, 
4 673, 680, 686, 691, 747, 748, 749, 754 
Whitfield) *RaPAsocc5e-aece sesaseans ceeneaaeeeesaes 658, 720 
Williamson, Bvt. Lieut.-Col. R.S............-.-- 151, 391, 558, 


563, 581, 582, 583, 584, 626, 627 682, 629 


INDEX OF NAMES. 


Page 
With ColiG.iGicsnnestrcesse-cetteecncinaccecess Seine 442 
Winsor, Mr. Justin............ 482, 512 
Wilkinson, Lieut. James R.... 528 
Wilkes, Commander Charles ...........--.----. : 547 
WizlizenUss Ats.- ascter saa teee ct ccctececeee ee 562 
Withers) Lieu tid oWee-e- es tne) enaeaeesccee eee ee 590 
Williams, L. D. sae aemac oe tass sete eae eee 618 
Wilson, A. D..... - --655, 656, 657, 704, 705, 706, 707, 708, 710 
Wilson, James Bion soc ssncenctesccce s-scessceee : 649 
Walliams, #Drseass case 646 
Winchell, Prof. W. A.... 646 
WiilsoniOxS ce encencccseeecte 729, 731 
Wiltse, Chauncey ......... ae YB 
Wool, Brig. Gen. John E... 559 
Woods, Byt.Maj.S ...... 2 Be Liye 
Woodhouse DriSW.o. scccact =< eee se nee eee eee 572 
Woodruff, LicttdiliC-scs.scceces ee sceree eee ee DUO DTS 
Wood iW 6) fecseccscctecececveniscnecetes 638, 64€, 647, 649 
Wood) Lientaweuwii-scssstesocstsccsececoeascies== seit smOaO 
Wolf Joni maitce sc toe toontmcctecs seceeeeene 669 
Woodward: RiStpannscecssne cee sae onc ee eee 726 
Wright, Col. George...-... rene efemm a =e 620) 
Wiright\ Pubiscarccsccccensheceas@anetacmeeseqtsecie . 716 
Wyant Ary eess see ce aa seeemenen AE EOE rine? Er ssnce 669 
Yarrow, H.C ...... 57, 88, 102, 141, 142, 143, 665, 673, 677, 748, 749 
Voun? Brigham) co s--seresesces cece ecee eee ee 175 
Yanagi, Rear-Admiral N.... 470, 475 
Young, Lieut, Willard! .222.- 5.22 .2-.-.s-05+--- - 388, 686, 691 
Voungs J obnid . 22: es ceeciscswcenecsceee dence ses serene 584, 669 
Young LientsHsR 2-2. -oevasaeees sc cese ne ceomeaecneee 643 
TAliOliver css ces salec er ee erase cesta soe cee e eee 504 
Zitckel;, ProvessOlesacccceesi-ccsociccssoeeescesicce sce. 658 


- 


hy 
ne 


re 


r 


at a ae 
a at, hy ap 


kd 
‘i 
j 
bt NY, 7 
‘ i 1) vt 
- | 
May 
si ie i 
ug 
tay " : 
i i} ‘ 
‘dae 
a ye 
am? 
ne : 


